Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 5, 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   4931   02-0781046

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Lyndon R. Rive

Chief Executive Officer

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Steven V. Bernard

Alexander D. Phillips

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Seth R. Weissman
Phuong Y. Phillips

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

 

Thomas J. Ivey

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

525 University Avenue

Palo Alto, California 94301

(650) 470-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨      Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  x       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration
Fee
         

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $201,250,000   $27,450.50
 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes shares the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 5, 2012

             Shares

 

LOGO

 

 

This is an initial public offering of SolarCity Corporation’s shares of common stock. We are offering to sell              shares in this offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering to sell an additional              shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 13 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us and certain of the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                    , 2012.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse   BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Needham & Company   Roth Capital Partners

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     13   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

     37   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     38   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     38   

CAPITALIZATION

     39   

DILUTION

     41   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     43   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     47   

BUSINESS

     91   

MANAGEMENT

     111   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     120   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     130   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     134   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     137   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     142   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     145   

UNDERWRITING

     149   

EXPERTS

     157   

LEGAL MATTERS

     157   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     157   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who obtain this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares in this offering. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and “SolarCity” refer to SolarCity Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

SolarCity

Our Vision for Better Energy

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

Overview

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided or contracted to provide systems or services on more than 33,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by reducing the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Investment Funds.”

To date, we have raised $1.57 billion through 23 investment funds and related financing facilities established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $648 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments. We also have made significant investments in our business infrastructure and personnel to support our growth, and as a result we have incurred substantial net losses over the past five years.

Our long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and we are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. Despite these increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, U.S. electricity usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kilowatt hour, or kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 terawatt hours, or TWh, of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual

 

 

2


Table of Contents

growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

As a result of rising energy prices, the market for energy efficiency solutions is expected to grow significantly. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to 2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to switch to Better Energy in a simple and cost-efficient manner. The key elements of our integrated approach are:

 

  Ÿ  

Sales.     We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing.     We provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy affordable.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering.     We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the custom design process and optimizes the energy production of each solar energy system.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation.     We obtain all necessary building permits and handle the installation of our solar energy systems. By managing these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance.     Our proprietary monitoring software provides both SolarCity and our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation, consumption and carbon offset through an easy-to-read application available on smartphones and any device with a web browser.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services.     Using our proprietary software, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements.

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we offer a simple and efficient process to our customers.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.     Most of our solar energy customers purchase energy from us under 20-year contracts, and we leverage these relationships to offer energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      We believe that our size and scale provide our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.      Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. We intend to:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     We intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel and leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     We plan on reducing costs by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary software to further ensure that our integrated team operates as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital and offer lower-priced energy to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, as more fully described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. For example, you should be aware of the following before investing in our common stock:

 

  Ÿ  

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

  Ÿ  

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems through financing arrangements with fund investors.

 

  Ÿ  

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other energy sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in June 2006 as a Delaware corporation. Our headquarters are located at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402, and our telephone number is (650) 638-1028. You can access our website at www.solarcity.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

“SolarCity,” “SolarGuard,” “SolarLease” and “PowerGuide” are our registered trademarks in the United States and, in some cases, in certain other countries. Our other unregistered trademarks and service marks in the United States include: “Better Energy,” “SolarBid,” “SolarStrong” and “SolarWorks.” This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and tradenames of other companies.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 3(a)(80) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Pursuant to Section 102 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, we have provided reduced executive compensation disclosure and have omitted a compensation discussion and analysis from this prospectus. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we have elected to utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                         shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                         shares

 

Total common stock offered

                         shares

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

                         shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of             additional shares of common stock from us and certain of the selling stockholders. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets.

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

SCTY

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 56,555,022 shares of our common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,886,477 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.46 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

201,612 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options at an exercise price of $18.48 per share and 16,991 restricted stock units granted after August 31, 2012;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

206,716 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $9.68 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,028,772 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,728,772 shares of common stock reserved for issuance

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

under our 2007 Stock Plan as of August 31, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 45,392,867 shares of common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described in “Description of Capital Stock;”

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the conversion of outstanding, non-expiring preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adopt our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and certain of the selling stockholders in this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to our consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

          

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

          

Basic

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(3):

          

Basic

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders assumes the net exercise of the warrants to purchase Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock and the conversion of the Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase common stock as occurring at the beginning of the fiscal period. Accordingly, the charge for the change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liability recorded in the fiscal period is reversed because this charge would not have been recorded after the net exercise and conversion. Pro forma basic or diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average basic or diluted pro forma shares of common stock. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2012.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2012 is presented on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

 

     As of June 30, 2012  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,779      $                    $                

Total current assets

     268,754        

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

     729,243        

Total assets

     1,043,379        

Total current liabilities

     246,443        

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     151,490        

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

     148,927        

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

     14,952        

Other liabilities

     72,887        

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     206,940        

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (54,829     

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     31,328        

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the net exercise of the outstanding Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, effective upon the closing of this offering.
(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet in the table above assumes the pro forma conversions, net exercise and reclassifications described in (1) above plus the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering and the

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of             , the mid-point range set forth in the cover page, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

         Year Ended December 31,          Six Months
Ended

June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     

New buildings(1)

     2,836         4,779         9,429         13,817   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

     5,767         10,546         19,975         33,792   

Cumulative customers (end of period)(2)

     5,775         10,541         18,384         31,651   

Megawatts booked(3)

     36         92         134         165   

Megawatts deployed(3)

     15         31         72         72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed (end of period)(3)

     27         58         129         201   

Transactions for other energy products and services(4)

     67         400         3,716         5,245   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential, commercial and government buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Customers include all residential, commercial and government consumers that use or will use energy generated by a solar energy system that we have sold or contracted to sell to the consumer or that we have installed or contracted to install pursuant to a lease or power purchase agreement. For landlord-tenant structures in which we contract with the landlord or development company, we include each residence as an individual customer. For commercial customers with multiple locations, each location is deemed a customer if we maintain a separate contract for the location.
(3) Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and solar energy systems we have sold to customers.
(4) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specific periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

       As of December 31,      As of June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

   $ 65,234       $ 183,188       $ 252,752       $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

   $ 106,204       $ 273,166       $ 485,780       $ 711,912   

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a substantial risk of loss. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks occurred, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. See the section entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to our Business

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

Federal, state and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, and internal policies and regulations promulgated by electric utilities, heavily influence the market for electricity generation products and services. These regulations and policies often relate to electricity pricing and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. In the United States, governments and utilities continuously modify these regulations and policies. These regulations and policies could deter customers from purchasing renewable energy, including solar energy systems. This could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for our solar energy systems. For example, utilities commonly charge fees to larger, industrial customers for disconnecting from the electric grid or for having the capacity to use power from the electric grid for back-up purposes. These fees could increase our customers’ cost to use our systems and make them less desirable, thereby harming our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, depending on the region, electricity generated by solar energy systems competes most effectively with expensive peak-hour electricity from the electric grid, rather than the less expensive average price of electricity. Modifications to the utilities’ peak hour pricing policies or rate design, such as to a flat rate, would require us to lower the price of our solar energy systems to compete with the price of electricity from the electric grid.

In addition, any changes to government or internal utility regulations and policies that favor electric utilities could reduce our competitiveness and cause a significant reduction in demand for our products and services. For example, certain jurisdictions have proposed assessing fees on customers purchasing energy from solar energy systems and a utility in San Diego, California recently attempted to impose a new charge that would disproportionately impact solar energy system customers who utilize net metering, either of which would increase the cost of energy to those customers and could reduce demand for our solar energy systems. Any similar government or utility policies adopted in the future could reduce demand for our products and services and adversely impact our growth.

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net energy metering, or net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Utilities operating in states without a net metering policy may receive solar electricity that is exported to the grid at times when there is no

 

13


Table of Contents

simultaneous energy demand by the customer to utilize the generation onsite without providing any compensation to the customer for this generation. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate may be adversely impacted by the failure to expand existing limits on the amount of net metering in states that have implemented it, the failure to adopt a net metering policy where it currently is not in place or the imposition of new charges that only or disproportionately impact customers that utilize net metering. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate also may be adversely impacted by the unavailability of expedited or simplified interconnection for grid-tied solar energy systems or any limitation on the number of customer interconnections or amount of solar energy that utilities are required to allow in their service territory or some part of the grid.

Limits on net metering, interconnection of solar energy systems and other operational policies in key markets could limit the number of solar energy systems installed there. For example, California utilities are currently required to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds 5% of the utilities’ “aggregate customer peak demand.” This cap on net metering in California was increased to 5% in 2010 as utilities neared the prior cap of 2.5%. If the current net metering caps in California, or other jurisdictions, are reached, future customers will be unable to recognize the cost savings associated with net metering. We substantially rely on net metering when we establish competitive pricing for our prospective customers. The absence of net metering for new customers would greatly limit demand for our solar energy systems.

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

U.S. federal, state and local government bodies provide incentives to end users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments and payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation. We rely on these governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives to lower our cost of capital and to incent fund investors to invest in our funds. These incentives enable us to lower the price we charge customers for energy and for our solar energy systems. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase. These reductions or terminations often occur without warning.

The federal government currently offers a 30% investment tax credit under Section 48(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Federal ITC, for the installation of certain solar power facilities until December 31, 2016. This credit is due to adjust to 10% in 2017. Solar energy systems that began construction prior to the end of 2011 were eligible to receive a 30% federal cash grant paid by the U.S. Treasury Department under section 1603 of the “American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009,” or the U.S. Treasury grant, in lieu of the Federal ITC. Pursuant to the Budget Control Act of 2011, U.S. Treasury grants apparently will be subject to sequestration beginning in 2013. The U.S. federal government’s Office of Management and Budget, in a report issued in September 2012, outlined the anticipated sequestration, which would result in a 7.6% reduction in spending for the U.S. Treasury grant program, with a resulting decrease in U.S. Treasury grants received by us. In addition, applicable authorities may adjust or decrease incentives from time to time or include provisions for minimum domestic content requirements or other requirements to qualify for these incentives.

Reductions in, or eliminations or expirations of, governmental incentives could adversely impact our results of operations and ability to compete in our industry by increasing our cost of capital, causing us to increase the prices of our energy and solar energy systems, and reducing the size of our addressable market. In addition, this would adversely impact our ability to attract investment partners

 

14


Table of Contents

and to form new investment funds and our ability to offer attractive financing to prospective customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, more than 90% of new customers chose to enter into financed lease or power purchase agreements rather than buying a solar energy system for cash.

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

Our leases and power purchase agreements are third-party ownership arrangements. Sales of electricity by third parties face regulatory challenges in some states and jurisdictions. Other challenges pertain to whether third-party owned systems qualify for the same levels of rebates or other non-tax incentives available for customer-owned solar energy systems, whether third-party owned systems are eligible at all for these incentives, and whether third-party owned systems are eligible for net metering and the associated significant cost savings. Reductions in, or eliminations of, this treatment of these third-party arrangements could reduce demand for our systems, adversely impact our access to capital and could cause us to increase the price we charge our customers for energy.

The Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Treasury has issued subpoenas to a number of significant participants in the rooftop solar energy installation industry, including us. The subpoena we received requires us to deliver certain documents in our possession relating to our participation in the U.S. Treasury grant program. These documents will be delivered to the Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Treasury, which is investigating the administration and implementation of the U.S. Treasury grant program.

In July 2012, we and other companies with significant market share, and other companies related to the solar industry, received subpoenas from the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of the Inspector General to deliver certain documents in our respective possession. In particular, our subpoena requested, among other things, documents dated, created, revised or referred to since January 1, 2007 that relate to our applications for U.S. Treasury grants or communications with certain other solar development companies or certain firms that appraise solar energy property for U.S. Treasury grant application purposes. The Inspector General is working with the Civil Division of the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate the administration and implementation of the U.S. Treasury grant program, including possible misrepresentations concerning the fair market value of the solar power systems submitted for grant under that program made in grant applications by companies in the solar industry, including us. We intend to cooperate fully with the Inspector General and the Department of Justice. We anticipate that at least six months will be required to gather all of the requested documents and provide them to the Inspector General, and at least another year following that for the Inspector General to conclude its review of the materials.

We are not aware of, and have not been made aware of, any specific allegations of misconduct or misrepresentation by us or our officers, directors or employees, and no such assertions have been made by the Inspector General or the Department of Justice. However, if at the conclusion of the investigation the Inspector General concludes that misrepresentations were made, the Department of Justice could decide to bring a civil action to recover amounts it believes were improperly paid to us. If it were successful in asserting this action, we could then be required to pay damages and penalties for any funds received based on such misrepresentations (which, in turn, could require us to make indemnity payments to certain of our fund investors). Such consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and prospects. Additionally, the period of time necessary to resolve the investigation is uncertain, and this matter could require significant management and financial resources that could otherwise be devoted to the operation of our business.

 

15


Table of Contents

The Internal Revenue Service recently notified us that it is conducting an income tax audit of two of our investment funds.

In October of 2012, we were notified that the Internal Revenue Service was commencing income tax audits of two of our investment funds which audit will include a review of the fair market value of the solar power systems submitted for grant under the 1603 Grant Program. If, at the conclusion of the audits currently being conducted, the Internal Revenue Service determines that the valuations were incorrect and that our investment funds received U.S. Treasury grants in excess of the amounts to which they were entitled, we could be subject to tax liabilities, including interest and penalties, and we could be required to make indemnity payments to the fund investors.

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We and our fund investors claim the Federal ITC or the U.S. Treasury grant in amounts based on the fair market value of our solar energy systems. We have obtained independent appraisals to support the fair market values we report for claiming Federal ITCs and U.S. Treasury grants. The Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department review these fair market values. With respect to U.S. Treasury grants, the U.S. Treasury Department reviews the reported fair market value in determining the amount initially awarded, and the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department may also subsequently audit the fair market value and determine that amounts previously awarded must be repaid to the U.S. Treasury Department. Such audits of a small number of our investment funds are ongoing. With respect to Federal ITCs, the Internal Revenue Service may review the fair market value on audit and determine that the tax credits previously claimed must be reduced. If the fair market value is determined in either of these circumstances to be less than we reported, we may owe the fund or our fund investors an amount equal to this difference, plus any costs and expenses associated with a challenge to that valuation. The U.S. Treasury Department has determined in a small number of instances to award us U.S. Treasury grants for our solar energy systems at a materially lower value than we had established in our appraisals and, as a result, we have been required to pay our fund investors a true-up payment or contribute additional assets to the associated investment funds. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2011, we had discussions with representatives of the U.S. Treasury Department relating to U.S. Treasury grant applications for certain commercial solar energy systems submitted in the third and fourth quarters of 2011 and the appropriate U.S. Treasury grant valuation guidelines for such systems. We were unsuccessful in our attempts to have the U.S. Treasury Department reconsider its valuation for these systems, and while we maintained the accuracy of the contracted value to the investment fund, we elected at that time to receive the lower amounts communicated by the U.S. Treasury Department. Other U.S. Treasury grant applications have been accepted and the U.S. Treasury grant paid in full on the basis of valuations comparable to those projects as to which the U.S. Treasury has determined a significantly lower valuation than that claimed in our U.S. Treasury grant applications. The U.S. Department of Treasury issued valuation guidelines on June 30, 2011, and no grant applications that we have submitted at values below those guidelines have been reduced by the U.S. Treasury Department. If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department disagrees now or in the future, as a result of any pending or future audit, the outcome of the Department of Treasury Inspector General investigation or otherwise, with the fair market value of more of our solar energy systems that we have constructed or that we construct in the future, including any systems for which grants have already been paid, and determines we have claimed too high of a fair market value, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects. For example, a hypothetical five percent downward adjustment in the fair market value in the approximately $325 million of U.S. Department of Treasury grant applications that we have submitted as of August 31, 2012 would obligate us to repay approximately $16 million to our fund investors.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems with fund investors who require particular tax and other benefits.

Our solar energy systems have been eligible for Federal ITCs or U.S. Treasury grants, as well as depreciation benefits. We have relied on, and will continue to rely on, financing structures that monetize a substantial portion of those benefits and provide financing for our solar energy systems. With the lapse of the U.S. Treasury grant program, we anticipate that our reliance on these tax-advantaged financing structures will increase substantially. If, for any reason, we were unable to continue to monetize those benefits through these arrangements, we may be unable to provide and maintain solar energy systems for new customers on an economically viable basis.

The availability of this tax-advantaged financing depends upon many factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to compete with other renewable energy companies for the limited number of potential fund investors, each of which has limited funds and limited appetite for the tax benefits associated with these financings;

 

  Ÿ  

the state of financial and credit markets;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the legal or tax risks associated with these financings; and

 

  Ÿ  

non-renewal of these incentives or decreases in the associated benefits.

Under current law, the Federal ITC will be reduced from approximately 30% of the cost of the solar energy systems to approximately 10% for solar energy systems placed in service after December 31, 2016. In addition, U.S. Treasury grants are no longer available for new solar energy systems. Moreover, potential fund investors must remain satisfied that the structures we offer make the tax benefits associated with solar energy systems available to these investors, which depends both on the investors’ assessment of the tax law and the absence of any unfavorable interpretations of that law. Changes in existing law and interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts could reduce the willingness of fund investors to invest in funds associated with these solar energy system investments. We cannot assure you that this type of financing will be available to us. If, for any reason, we are unable to finance solar energy systems through tax-advantaged structures or if we are unable to realize or monetize depreciation benefits, we may no longer be able to provide solar energy systems to new customers on an economically viable basis. This would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We need to enter into additional substantial financing arrangements to facilitate our customers’ access to our solar energy systems, and if this financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to continue to grow our business would be materially adversely impacted.

Our future success depends on our ability to raise capital from third-party fund investors to help finance the deployment of our residential and commercial solar energy systems. In particular, our strategy is to seek to reduce the cost of capital through these arrangements to improve our margins or to offset future reductions in government incentives and to maintain the price competitiveness of our solar energy systems. If we are unable to establish new investment funds when needed, or upon desirable terms, to enable our customers’ access to our solar energy systems with little or no upfront cost, we may be unable to finance installation of our customers’ systems, or our cost of capital could increase, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To date we have raised capital sufficient to finance installation of our customers’ solar energy systems from a number of financial institutions and other large companies. The contract terms in certain of our investment fund documents condition our ability to draw on investment

 

17


Table of Contents

commitments from the fund investors, including if an event occurs that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the fund or in one case on us. If we do not satisfy such condition due to events related to our business or a specific investment fund or developments in our industry (including related to the Department of Treasury Inspector General investigation) or otherwise, and as a result we are unable to draw on existing commitments, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and prospects. If any of the financial institutions or large companies that currently invest in our investment funds decide not to invest in future investment funds to finance our solar energy systems due to general market conditions, concerns about our business or prospects, the pendency of the Department of Treasury Inspector General investigation or any other reason, or materially changed the terms under which they are willing to provide future financing, we will need to identify new financial institutions and companies to invest in our investment funds and negotiate new financing terms.

In the past, we encountered challenges raising new funds, which caused us to delay deployment of a substantial number of solar energy systems for which we had signed leases or power purchase agreements with customers. For example, in late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Our future ability to obtain additional financing depends on banks’ and other financing sources’ continued confidence in our business model and the renewable energy industry as a whole. If we experience higher customer default rates than we currently experience in our existing investment funds or we lower the credit rating requirement for new customers, this could make it more difficult or costly to attract future financing. Solar energy has yet to achieve broad market acceptance and depends on continued support in the form of performance-based incentives, rebates, tax credits and other incentives from federal, state and foreign governments. If this support diminishes, our ability to obtain external financing on acceptable terms, or at all, could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we face competition for these investor funds. If we are unable to continue to offer a competitive investment profile, we may lose access to these funds or they may only be available on less favorable terms than our competitors. Our current financing sources may be inadequate to support the anticipated growth in our business plans. Our inability to secure financing could lead to cancelled projects and could impair our ability to accept new projects and customers. In addition, our borrowing costs could increase, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe that a customer’s decision to buy renewable energy from us is primarily driven by their desire to pay less for electricity. The customer’s decision may also be affected by the cost of other renewable energy sources. Decreases in the retail prices of electricity from the utilities or from other renewable energy sources would harm our ability to offer competitive pricing and could harm our business. The price of electricity from utilities could decrease as a result of:

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of a significant number of new power generation plants, including nuclear, coal, natural gas or renewable energy technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of additional electric transmission and distribution lines;

 

  Ÿ  

a reduction in the price of natural gas as a result of new drilling techniques or a relaxation of associated regulatory standards;

 

  Ÿ  

the energy conservation technologies and public initiatives to reduce electricity consumption; and

 

  Ÿ  

development of new renewable energy technologies that provide less expensive energy.

 

18


Table of Contents

A reduction in utility electricity prices would make the purchase of our solar energy systems or the purchase of energy under our lease and power purchase agreements less economically attractive. In addition, a shift in the timing of peak rates for utility-generated electricity to a time of day when solar energy generation is less efficient could make our solar energy system offerings less competitive and reduce demand for our products and services. If the retail price of energy available from utilities were to decrease due to any of these reasons, or others, we would be at a competitive disadvantage, we may be unable to attract new customers and our growth would be limited.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity would particularly adversely impact our ability to attract commercial customers.

Commercial customers comprise a significant and growing portion of our business, and the commercial market for energy is particularly sensitive to price changes. Typically, commercial customers pay less for energy from utilities than residential customers. Because the price we are able to charge commercial customers is only slightly lower than their current retail rate, any decline in the retail rate of energy for commercial entities could have a significant impact on our ability to attract commercial customers. We may be unable to offer solar energy systems for the commercial market that produce electricity at rates that are competitive with the price of retail electricity on a non-subsidized basis. If this were to occur, we would be at a competitive disadvantage to other energy providers and may be unable to attract new commercial customers, and our business would be harmed.

Rising interest rates could adversely impact our business.

Changes in interest rates could have an adverse impact on our business by increasing our cost of capital. For example:

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates would increase our cost of capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates may negatively impact our ability to secure financing on favorable terms to facilitate our customers’ purchase of our solar energy systems or energy generated by our solar energy systems.

The majority of our cash flows to date have been from solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements that have been monetized under various investment fund structures. One of the components of this monetization is the present value of the payment streams from the customers who enter into these leases and power purchase agreements. If the rate of return required by the fund investor rises as a result of a rise in interest rates, it will reduce the present value of the customer payment stream and consequently reduce the total value derived from this monetization. Rising interest rates could harm our business and financial condition.

We have guaranteed a minimum return to be received by an investor in certain of our investment funds and could be adversely affected if we are required to make any payments under those guarantees.

For three of our joint venture investment funds with one investor, with total investments of approximately $86.2 million, we are contractually required to make payments to the investor to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return in the event of liquidation of the funds or if we purchase the investor’s equity stake in the funds, including following the investor’s exercise of its put right. For another fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to make payments to the investor to compensate for payments that the investor would be required to make to a certain third party as a result of the investor not achieving a specified minimum internal rate of return in this fund, assessed annually. In both instances, the amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees depends on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to

 

19


Table of Contents

the investor from the funds’ activities, and the amounts that we would pay to the investor if we purchase the investor’s stake in the funds or the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. In a fifth fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to annually distribute a minimum amount. Because of uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amounts of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, we cannot determine the potential maximum future payments that we could have to make under these guarantees. We may agree to similar terms in the future if market conditions require it. Any significant payments that we may be required to make under our guarantees could adversely affect our financial condition.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, there is a one-time reset of the lease payments, and we may be obligated, in connection with the resetting of the lease payments at true up, to refund lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the extent the system sizes, costs, and timing are not consistent with the initial lease payment model.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, the models used to calculate the lease prepayments will be updated for each fund at a fixed date occurring after placement in service of all solar systems or an agreed upon date (typically within the first year of the applicable lease term) to reflect certain specified conditions as they exist at such date, including the ultimate system size of the equipment that was leased, how much it cost, and when it went into service. As a result of this true up, the lease payments are resized and we may be obligated to refund the investor’s lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the fund. Any significant refunds or capital contributions that we may be required to make could adversely affect our financial condition.

We are not currently regulated as a utility under applicable law, but we may be subject to regulation as a utility in the future.

Federal law and most state laws do not currently regulate us as a utility. As a result, we are not subject to the various federal and state standards, restrictions and regulatory requirements applicable to U.S. utilities. In the United States, we obtain federal and state regulatory exemptions by establishing “Qualifying Facility” status with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for all of our qualifying solar energy projects. In Canada, we also are generally subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff regulations (including the feed-in tariff rates), however we are not currently subject to regulation as a utility. Our business strategy includes the continued development of larger solar energy systems in the future for our commercial and government customers, which has the potential to impact our regulatory position. Any local, state, federal or foreign regulations could place significant restrictions on our ability to operate our business and execute our business plan by prohibiting or otherwise restricting our sale of electricity. If we were subject to the same state, federal or foreign regulatory authorities as utilities in the United States or if new regulatory bodies were established to oversee our business in the United States or in foreign markets, then our operating costs would materially increase.

A failure to hire and retain a sufficient number of employees in key functions would constrain our growth and our ability to timely complete our customers’ projects.

To support our growth, we need to hire, train, deploy, manage and retain a substantial number of skilled employees. In particular, we need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure to grow our customer base and our business, and we plan to expand our direct sales force. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months before a new salesperson is fully trained and productive. If we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or grow our business.

 

20


Table of Contents

To complete current and future customer projects and to continue to grow our customer base, we need to hire a large number of installers in the relevant markets. Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for skilled installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and delivery of energy products and services. We also compete with the homebuilding and construction industries for skilled labor. As these industries recover and seek to hire additional workers, our cost of labor may increase. The unionization of our labor force could also increase our labor costs. Shortages of skilled labor could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project. In addition, because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources that requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high regional standards for employees in these fields.

If we cannot meet our hiring, retention and efficiency goals, we may be unable to complete our customers’ projects on time, in an acceptable manner or at all. Any significant failures in this regard would materially impair our growth, reputation, business and financial results. If we are required to pay higher compensation than we anticipate, these greater expenses may also adversely impact our financial results and the growth of our business.

It is difficult to evaluate our business and prospects due to our limited operating history.

Since our formation in 2006, we have focused our efforts primarily on the sales, financing, engineering, installation and monitoring of solar energy systems for residential, commercial and government customers. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. We may be unsuccessful in significantly broadening our customer base through installation of solar energy systems within our current markets or in new markets we may enter. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in generating substantial revenue from our new energy efficiency products and services or from any additional energy-related products and services we may introduce in the future. Our limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving and competitive nature of our industry, may not provide an adequate basis for you to evaluate our operating and financing results and business prospects. In addition, we only have limited insight into emerging trends that may adversely impact our business, prospects and operating results. As a result, our limited operating history may impair our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.

We have incurred losses and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses in the past, and we had an accumulated deficit of $70.3 million as of June 30, 2012. We may incur net losses from operations as we increase our spending to finance the expansion of our operations, expand our installation , engineering, administrative, sales and marketing staffs, and implement internal systems and infrastructure to support our growth. We do not know whether our revenue will grow rapidly enough to absorb these costs, and our limited operating history makes it difficult to assess the extent of these expenses or their impact on our operating results. Our ability to achieve profitability depends on a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

growing our customer base;

 

  Ÿ  

finding investors willing to invest in our investment funds;

 

  Ÿ  

maintaining and further lowering our cost of capital;

 

21


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

reducing the cost of components for our solar energy systems; and

 

  Ÿ  

reducing our operating costs by optimizing our design and installation processes and supply chain logistics.

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may be unable to sustain or increase our profitability in the future.

We face competition from both traditional energy companies and renewable energy companies.

The solar energy and renewable energy industries are both highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive to distinguish themselves within their markets and compete with large utilities. We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. If we cannot offer compelling value to our customers based on these factors, then our business will not grow. Utilities generally have substantially greater financial, technical, operational and other resources than we do. As a result of their greater size, these competitors may be able to devote more resources to the research, development, promotion and sale of their products or respond more quickly to evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions than we can. Utilities could also offer other value-added products or services that could help them to compete with us even if the cost of electricity they offer is higher than ours. In addition, a majority of utilities’ sources of electricity is non-solar, which may allow utilities to sell electricity more cheaply than electricity generated by our solar energy systems.

We also compete with solar companies in the downstream value chain of solar energy. For example, we face competition from purely finance driven organizations which then subcontract out the installation of solar energy systems, from installation businesses that seek financing from external parties, from large construction companies and utilities, and increasingly from sophisticated electrical and roofing companies. Some of these competitors specialize in either the residential or commercial solar energy markets, and some may provide energy at lower costs than we do. Many of our competitors also have significant brand name recognition and have extensive knowledge of our target markets. For us to remain competitive, we must distinguish ourselves from our competitors by offering an integrated approach that successfully competes with each level of products and services offered by our competitors at various points in the value chain. If our competitors develop an integrated approach similar to ours including sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and efficiency services, this will reduce our marketplace differentiation.

We also face competition in the energy efficiency evaluation and upgrades market and we expect to face competition in additional markets as we introduce new energy-related products and services. As the solar industry grows and evolves, we will also face new competitors who are not currently in the market. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with existing or new competitors will limit our growth and will have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for 2010 and 2011, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and inventory processes. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s

 

22


Table of Contents

annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. These material weaknesses resulted from an aggregation of deficiencies.

The accounting policies associated with our investment funds are complex, which contributed to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. With regard to our joint venture partnerships, we initially computed the hypothetical liquidation at book value using the fair value of the assets in these joint ventures rather than the carryover basis, resulting in an adjustment to the net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interests in our 2009 consolidated financial statements. For lease pass-through arrangements, we initially characterized funds received from investors as deferred revenue rather than financing obligations, which resulted in adjustments to our 2010 consolidated financial statements. For a particular sale-leaseback transaction, we did not initially defer the correct amount of gain associated with this arrangement, which was corrected in our 2010 consolidated financial statements. The foregoing resulted in restatements of our 2008, 2009 and 2010 consolidated financial statements. In addition, deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls resulted in audit adjustments and delayed our financial statement close process for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011. We are implementing policies and processes to remediate these material weaknesses and improve our internal control over financial reporting.

We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our financial statements. Had we performed such an evaluation or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, material weaknesses, in addition to those discussed above, may have been identified. For so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, which may be up to five years following this offering, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. During the course of the evaluation, documentation or attestation, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify weaknesses and deficiencies that we may not otherwise identify in a timely manner or at all as a result of the deferred implementation of this additional level of review.

We have taken numerous steps to address the underlying causes of the control deficiencies referenced above, primarily through the development and implementation of policies, improved processes and documented procedures, and the hiring of additional accounting and finance personnel with technical accounting, inventory accounting and financial reporting experience. If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by law or exchange regulations.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate our existing material weaknesses in a timely manner, if at all, or that in the future additional material weaknesses will not exist or otherwise be discovered, a risk that is significantly increased in light of the complexity of our business. If our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses are not successful or if other deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock by the NASDAQ Global Market, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

 

23


Table of Contents

Projects for our significant commercial or government customers involve concentrated project risks that may cause significant changes in our financial results.

During any given financial reporting period, we typically have ongoing significant projects for commercial and governmental customers that represent a significant portion of our potential financial results for such period. For example, Walmart is a significant customer for which we have installed a substantial number of solar energy systems. We also recently announced SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country that we anticipate will involve a significant investment in resources and project management over time and will require additional investment funds to support the project. These larger projects create concentrated operating and financial risks. The effect of recognizing revenue or other financial measures on the sale of a larger project, or the failure to recognize revenue or other financial measures as anticipated in a given reporting period because a project is not yet completed under applicable accounting rules by period end, may materially impact our quarterly or annual financial results. In addition, if construction, warranty or operational issues arise on a larger project, or if the timing of such projects unexpectedly shifts for other reasons, such issues could have a material impact on our financial results. If we are unable to successfully manage these significant projects in multiple markets, including our related internal processes and external construction management, or if we are unable to continue to attract such significant customers and projects in the future, our financial results would be harmed.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers of solar panels and other system components to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems. Any shortage, delay or component price change from these suppliers could result in sales and installation delays, cancellations and loss of market share.

We purchase solar panels, inverters and other system components from a limited number of suppliers, making us susceptible to quality issues, shortages and price changes. If we fail to develop, maintain and expand our relationships with these or other suppliers, we may be unable to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems, or we may only be able to offer our systems at higher costs or after delays. If one or more of the suppliers that we rely upon to meet anticipated demand ceases or reduces production, we may be unable to quickly identify alternate suppliers or to qualify alternative products on commercially reasonable terms, and we may be unable to satisfy this demand. In particular, there are a limited number of inverter suppliers. Once we design a system for use with a particular inverter, if that type of inverter is not readily available at an anticipated price, we may incur additional delay and expense to redesign the system. There have also been periods of industry-wide shortage of key components, including solar panels, in times of rapid industry growth. The manufacturing infrastructure for some of these components has a long lead time, requires significant capital investment and relies on the continued availability of key commodity materials, potentially resulting in an inability to meet demand for these components. Any decline in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar compared to the functional currency of our component suppliers could increase our component prices. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. Any of these shortages, delays or price changes could limit our growth, cause cancellations or adversely affect our profitability, and result in loss of market share and damage to our brand.

Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which could make our future performance difficult to predict and could cause our operating results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a severe decline in the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly in the future. We have experienced seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in the past. However, given that we are an

 

24


Table of Contents

early-stage company operating in a rapidly growing industry, those fluctuations may be masked by our recent growth rates and thus may not be readily apparent from our historical operating results. As such, our past quarterly operating results may not be good indicators of future performance.

In addition to the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, the following factors could cause our operating results to fluctuate:

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration or initiation of any rebates or incentives;

 

  Ÿ  

significant fluctuations in customer demand for our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to complete installations in a timely manner due to market conditions resulting in inconsistently available financing;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to continue to expand our operations, and the amount and timing of expenditures related to this expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital-raising activities or commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our pricing policies or terms or those of our competitors, including utilities; and

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated developments in our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape.

For these or other reasons, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance. In addition, our actual revenue, key operating metrics and other operating results in future quarters may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have a severe adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Our business benefits from the declining cost of solar panels, and our financial results would be harmed if this trend reversed or did not continue.

The declining cost of solar panels and the raw materials necessary to manufacture them has been a key driver in the pricing of our solar energy systems and customer adoption of this form of renewable energy. If solar panel and raw materials prices increase or do not continue to decline, our growth could slow and our financial results would suffer. In addition, in the past we have purchased a significant portion of the solar panels used in our solar energy systems from manufacturers based in China, some of whom benefit from favorable foreign regulatory regimes and governmental support, including subsidies. If this support were to decrease or be eliminated, or if tariffs imposed by the U.S. government were to increase the prices of these solar panels, our ability to purchase these products on competitive terms or to access specialized technologies from those countries could be restricted. Any of those events could harm our financial results by requiring us to pay higher prices or to purchase solar panels or other system components from alternative, higher-priced sources. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China and is contemplating increasing the tariffs above current levels. These tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels, which may harm our financial results.

We act as the licensed general contractor for our customers and are subject to risks associated with construction, cost overruns, delays, regulatory compliance and other contingencies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager,

 

25


Table of Contents

and we typically rely on licensed subcontractors to install these commercial systems. We may be liable to customers for any damage we cause to their home or facility, belongings or property during the installation of our systems. For example, we frequently penetrate our customers’ roofs during the installation process and may incur liability for the failure to adequately weatherproof such penetrations following the completion of construction. In addition, shortages of skilled subcontractor labor for our commercial projects could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project.

In addition, the installation of solar energy systems and the evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business is subject to oversight and regulation in accordance with national, state and local laws and ordinances relating to building codes, safety, environmental protection, utility interconnection and metering, and related matters. It is difficult and costly to track the requirements of every individual authority having jurisdiction over our installations and to design solar energy systems to comply with these varying standards. Any new government regulations or utility policies pertaining to our systems may result in significant additional expenses to us and our customers and, as a result, could cause a significant reduction in demand for our systems.

Compliance with occupational safety and health requirements and best practices can be costly, and noncompliance with such requirements may result in potentially significant monetary penalties, operational delays and adverse publicity.

The installation of solar energy systems requires our employees to work at heights with complicated and potentially dangerous electrical systems. The evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business requires our employees to work in locations that may contain potentially dangerous levels of asbestos, lead or mold. We also maintain a fleet of more than 570 vehicles that our employees use in the course of their work. There is substantial risk of serious injury or death if proper safety procedures are not followed. Our operations are subject to regulation under the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and equivalent state laws. Changes to OSHA requirements, or stricter interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations, could result in increased costs. If we fail to comply with applicable OSHA regulations, even if no work-related serious injury or death occurs, we may be subject to civil or criminal enforcement and be required to pay substantial penalties, incur significant capital expenditures, or suspend or limit operations. In the past, we have had workplace accidents and received citations from OSHA regulators for alleged safety violations, resulting in fines and operational delays for certain projects. Any such accidents, citations, violations, injuries or failure to comply with industry best practices may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect our business.

Problems with product quality or performance may cause us to incur warranty expenses and performance guarantee expenses, may lower the residual value of our solar energy systems and may damage our market reputation and cause our financial results to decline.

Our solar energy system warranties are lengthy. Customers who buy energy from us under leases or power purchase agreements are covered by warranties equal to the length of the term of these agreements—typically 20 years. Depending on the state where they live, customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash are covered by a warranty up to 10 years in duration. We also make extended warranties available at an additional cost to customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash. In addition, we provide a pass-through of the inverter and panel manufacturers’ warranties to our customers, which generally range from 5 to 25 years. One of these third-party manufacturers could cease operations and no longer honor these warranties, instead leaving us to fulfill these potential obligations to our customers. For example, Evergreen Solar, Inc.,

 

26


Table of Contents

one of our former solar panel suppliers, filed for bankruptcy in August 2011. Further, we provide a performance guarantee with our leased solar energy systems that compensates a customer on an annual basis if their system does not meet the electricity production guarantees set forth in their lease.

Because of the limited operating history of our solar energy systems, we have been required to make assumptions and apply judgments regarding a number of factors, including our anticipated rate of warranty claims, and the durability, performance and reliability of our solar energy systems. We have made these assumptions based on the historic performance of similar systems or on accelerated life cycle testing. Our assumptions could prove to be materially different from the actual performance of our systems, causing us to incur substantial expense to repair or replace defective solar energy systems in the future or to compensate customers for systems that do not meet their production guarantees. Product failures or operational deficiencies also would reduce our revenue from power purchase agreements because they are dependent on system production. Any widespread product failures or operating deficiencies may damage our market reputation and adversely impact our financial results.

In addition, we amortize costs of our solar energy systems over 30 years, which typically exceeds the period of the component warranties and the corresponding payment streams from our operating lease arrangements with our customers. In addition, we typically bear the cost of removing the solar energy systems at the end of the lease term. Furthermore, it is difficult to predict how future environmental regulations may affect the costs associated with the removal, disposal or recycling of our solar energy systems. Consequently, if the residual value of the systems is less than we expect at the end of the lease, after giving effect to any associated removal and redeployment costs, we may be required to accelerate all or some of the remaining unamortized expenses. This could materially impair our future operating results.

Product liability claims against us could result in adverse publicity and potentially significant monetary damages.

If one of our solar energy systems or other products injured someone we would be exposed to product liability claims. Because solar energy systems and many of our other current and anticipated products are electricity producing devices, it is possible that consumers could be injured by our products, whether by product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. We rely on our general liability insurance to cover product liability claims and have not obtained separate product liability insurance. Any product liability claim we face could be expensive to defend and divert management’s attention. The successful assertion of product liability claims against us could result in potentially significant monetary damages that could require us to make significant payments, as well as subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position. Also, any product liability claims and any adverse outcomes may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect sales of our systems and other products.

Damage to our brand and reputation would harm our business and results of operations.

We depend significantly on our reputation for high-quality products and services, best-in-class engineering, exceptional customer service and the brand name “SolarCity” to attract new customers and grow our business. If we fail to continue to deliver our solar energy systems and our other energy products and services within the planned timelines, if our products and services do not perform as anticipated or if we damage any of our customers’ properties or cancel projects, our brand and reputation could be significantly impaired. In addition, if we fail to deliver, or fail to continue to deliver, high-quality products and services to our customers through our long-term relationships, our customers will be less likely to purchase future products and services from us, which is a key strategy to achieve our desired growth. We also depend greatly on referrals from existing customers for our growth, in addition to our other marketing efforts. Therefore, our inability to meet or exceed our current customers’ expectations would harm our reputation and growth through referrals.

 

27


Table of Contents

If we fail to manage our recent and future growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of customer service or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, and we intend to continue to expand our business significantly within existing markets and in a number of new locations in the future. This growth has placed, and any future growth may place, a significant strain on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. In particular, we will be required to expand, train and manage our growing employee base. Our management will also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third-parties and attract new customers and suppliers, as well as to manage multiple geographic locations.

In addition, our current and planned operations, personnel, systems and procedures might be inadequate to support our future growth and may require us to make additional unanticipated investment in our infrastructure. Our success and ability to further scale our business will depend, in part, on our ability to manage these changes in a cost-effective and efficient manner. If we cannot manage our growth, we may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. This could also result in declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increased costs, difficulties in introducing new products and services or other operational difficulties. Any failure to effectively manage growth could adversely impact our business and reputation.

We may not be successful in leveraging our customer base to grow our business through sales of other energy products and services.

To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue and cash receipts from the sale of solar energy systems and the sale of energy under our long-term customer agreements. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. Customer demand for these offerings may be more limited than we anticipate. In addition, several of our other energy products and services, including our battery storage solutions, are in the early stages of testing and development. We may not be successful in completing development of these products as a result of research and development difficulties, technical issues, availability of third-party products or other reasons. Even if we are able to offer these or other additional products and services, we may not successfully generate meaningful customer demand to make these offerings viable. If we fail to deliver these additional products and services, if the costs associated with bringing these additional products and services to market is greater than we anticipate, or if customer demand for these offerings is smaller than we anticipate, our growth will be limited.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

A key component of our growth strategy is to develop or expand our strategic relationships with third parties. For example, we are investing resources in establishing relationships with industry leaders, such as trusted retailers and commercial homebuilders, to generate new customers. Identifying partners and negotiating relationships with them requires significant time and resources. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, our ability to grow our business could be impaired. Even if we are able to establish these relationships, we may not be able to execute on our goal of leveraging these relationships to meaningfully expand our business and customer base. This would limit our growth potential and our opportunities to generate significant additional revenue or cash receipts.

 

28


Table of Contents

The loss of one or more members of our senior management or key employees may adversely affect our ability to implement our strategy.

We depend on our experienced management team, and the loss of one or more key executives could have a negative impact on our business. In particular, we are dependent on the services of our chief executive officer and co-founder, Lyndon R. Rive, and our chief operations officer, chief technology officer and co-founder, Peter J. Rive. We also depend on our ability to retain and motivate key employees and attract qualified new employees. Neither our founders nor our key employees are bound by employment agreements for any specific term, and we may be unable to replace key members of our management team and key employees in the event we lose their services. Integrating new employees into our management team could prove disruptive to our operations, require substantial resources and management attention and ultimately prove unsuccessful. An inability to attract and retain sufficient managerial personnel who have critical industry experience and relationships could limit or delay our strategic efforts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may be harmed if we fail to properly protect our intellectual property.

We believe that the success of our business depends in part on our proprietary technology, including our software, information, processes and know-how. We rely on trade secret and patent protections to secure our intellectual property rights. We cannot be certain that we have adequately protected or will be able to adequately protect our proprietary technology, that our competitors will not be able to utilize our existing technology or develop similar technology independently, that the claims allowed with respect to any patents held by us will be broad enough to protect our technology or that foreign intellectual property laws will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. Moreover, we cannot be certain that our patents provide us with a competitive advantage. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for third parties to obtain and use our intellectual property without our consent. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties, and the expenses incurred in protecting our intellectual property rights, may adversely affect our business. In the future, some of our products could be alleged to infringe existing patents or other intellectual property of third parties, and we cannot be certain that we will prevail in any intellectual property dispute. In addition, any future litigation required to enforce our patents, to protect our trade secrets or know-how or to defend us or indemnify others against claimed infringement of the rights of others could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. See, for example, “Business—Legal Proceedings,” discussing the lawsuit that Sunpower Corporation filed against us.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

 

29


Table of Contents

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

The production and installation of solar energy systems depends heavily on suitable meteorological conditions. If meteorological conditions are unexpectedly unfavorable, the electricity production from our solar energy systems may be substantially below our expectations and our ability to timely deploy new systems may be adversely impacted.

The energy produced and revenue and cash receipts generated by a solar energy system depend on suitable solar and weather conditions, both of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, components of our systems, such as panels and inverters, could be damaged by severe weather, such as hailstorms or tornadoes. In these circumstances, we generally would be obligated to bear the expense of repairing the damaged solar energy systems that we own. Sustained unfavorable weather also could unexpectedly delay our installation of solar energy systems, leading to increased expenses and decreased revenue and cash receipts in the relevant periods. Weather patterns could change, making it harder to predict the average annual amount of sunlight striking each location where we install. This could make our solar energy systems less economical overall or make individual systems less economical. Any of these events or conditions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We typically bear the risk of loss and the cost of maintenance and repair on solar systems that are owned or leased by our fund investors.

We typically bear the risk of loss and are generally obligated to cover the cost of maintenance and repair on any solar systems that we sell or lease to our fund investors. At the time we sell or lease a solar system to a fund investor, we enter into a maintenance services agreement where we agree to operate and maintain the system for a fixed fee that is calculated to cover our future expected maintenance costs. If our solar systems require an above-average amount of repairs or if the cost of repairing systems were higher than our estimate, we would need to perform such repairs without additional compensation. If our solar systems, a majority of which are located in California, are damaged in the event of a natural disaster beyond our control, losses could be excluded, such as earthquake damage, or exceed insurance policy limits, and we could incur unforeseen costs that could harm our business and financial condition. We may also incur significant costs for taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, such events. We purchase Property and Business Interruption insurance with industry standard coverage and limits approved by an investor’s third party insurance advisors to hedge against such risk, but such coverage may not cover our losses.

Any unauthorized disclosure or theft of personal information we gather, store and use could harm our reputation and subject us to claims or litigation.

We receive, store and use personal information of our customers, including names, addresses, e-mail addresses, credit information and other housing and energy use information. Unauthorized disclosure of such personal information, whether through breach of our systems by an unauthorized party, employee theft or misuse, or otherwise, could harm our business. If we were subject to an inadvertent disclosure of such personal information, or if a third party were to gain unauthorized access to customer personal information we possess, our operations could be seriously disrupted and we could be subject to claims or litigation arising from damages suffered by our customers. In addition, we could incur significant costs in complying with the multitude of federal, state and local laws regarding the unauthorized disclosure of personal information. Finally, any perceived or actual unauthorized

 

30


Table of Contents

disclosure of such information could harm our reputation, substantially impair our ability to attract and retain customers and have an adverse impact on our business.

We may have trouble refinancing our credit facilities or obtaining new financing for our working capital, equipment financing and other needs in the future or complying with the terms of existing credit facilities. If credit facilities are not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, or if we are unable to comply with their terms, our ability to continue to grow our business would be adversely impacted.

We have entered into several secured credit agreements, including a $75.0 million working capital facility that matures in September 2014, a $58.5 million term loan credit facility for the purchase of inventory and working capital needs that matures in August 2013, and a $7.0 million term facility to finance the purchase of vehicles that matures in January 2015. Each facility requires us to comply with certain financial, reporting and other requirements. The timing of our commercial projects and other large projects has on occasion adversely affected our ability to satisfy certain financial covenants under these or prior facilities. While our lenders have given us waivers of certain covenants we have not satisfied in the past, there is no assurance that the lenders will waive or forbear from exercising their remedies with respect to any future defaults that might occur, which also could trigger defaults under our other credit agreements. For example, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, we did not meet a financial ratio covenant, and on June 30, 2012, we breached a financial covenant related to non-GAAP EBITDA under our prior $25.0 million working capital facility, which also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same administrative bank agent. The bank waived these breaches, and in September 2012 we refinanced all amounts borrowed under the $25.0 million facility with the new $75.0 million working capital facility. We believe that the financial and other covenants are generally more favorable to us than those in the prior facility, however we cannot assure you that we will not breach these covenants in the future.

Further, there is no assurance that we will be able to enter into new credit facilities on acceptable terms. If we are unable to satisfy financial covenants and other terms under existing or new facilities or obtain associated waivers or forbearance from our lenders or if we are unable to obtain refinancing or new financings for our working capital, equipment and other needs on acceptable terms if and when needed, our business would be adversely affected.

In the long term, we intend to expand our international activities, which will subject us to a number of risks.

Our long-term strategic plans include international expansion, and we intend to sell our solar energy products and services in international markets. Risks inherent to international operations include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

inability to work successfully with third parties with local expertise to co-develop international projects;

 

  Ÿ  

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations, including export and import restrictions, tax laws and regulations, environmental regulations, labor laws and other government requirements, approvals, permits and licenses;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in general economic and political conditions in the countries where we operate, including changes in government incentives relating to power generation and solar electricity;

 

  Ÿ  

political and economic instability, including wars, acts of terrorism, political unrest, boycotts, curtailments of trade and other business restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties and costs in recruiting and retaining individuals skilled in international business operations;

 

31


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

international business practices that may conflict with U.S. customs or legal requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

financial risks, such as longer sales and payment cycles and greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar; and

 

  Ÿ  

inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights, including inability to apply for or register material trademarks in foreign countries.

Doing business in foreign markets requires us to be able to respond to rapid changes in market, legal, and political conditions in these countries. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, social and political environments. We may not be able to develop and implement policies and strategies that will be effective in each location where we do business.

Risks Related to this Offering

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price you paid.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market after the offering closes. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section and others beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

addition or loss of significant customers;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our industry, products or services;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in expectations regarding our performance by investors or securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

  Ÿ  

volatility in the market price and trading volume of companies in our industry or companies that investors consider comparable;

 

  Ÿ  

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;

 

  Ÿ  

litigation involving us, our industry or both;

 

  Ÿ  

major catastrophic events; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and market conditions and trends.

 

32


Table of Contents

Further, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, the stock prices of many renewable energy companies have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment and may lose some or all of your investment.

In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

As an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, we will utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We have in this prospectus utilized, and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, including reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the additional testing of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting, and we have elected to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We could remain an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of August 31, 2012 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options after August 31, 2012. The              shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares will become eligible for sale, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, upon the expiration of agreements not to sell such shares entered into between the underwriters and such stockholders beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the selling stockholders, have agreed that we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This agreement is subject to certain limited exceptions and extensions described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreement. After the closing of this offering, we intend to register approximately              shares of common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our stock incentive plans.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and that may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our

 

34


Table of Contents

stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering and may not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering and you will be relying on its judgment regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as described under the heading “Use of Proceeds.” However, management may not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $         per share based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, if we issue restricted stock to our employees under these plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. See “Dilution.”

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may believe advantageous. These provisions include:

 

  Ÿ  

establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

  Ÿ  

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to call a special stockholder meeting;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to act by written consent;

 

  Ÿ  

providing that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

  Ÿ  

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If

 

35


Table of Contents

any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may be forced to sell their stock to realize a return on their investment.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, legal requirements, earnings and other factors. Our ability to pay dividends might be restricted by the terms of any indebtedness that we incur in the future. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends to receive a return on your investment. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

36


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations of future operating results or financial performance, capital expenditures, use of proceeds from this offering, introduction of new products, regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under “Risk Factors.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “might,” “would,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Actual events or results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements.

We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise. Potential investors should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of any of the events described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, including September 2010 data from Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, February 2012 data from Bloomberg New Energy Finance, November 2011 data from the Energy Information Agency or other publicly available information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. We have not commissioned, nor are we affiliated with, any of the independent industry sources we cite. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. Our industry is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

 

37


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we receive in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $         million.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. The selling stockholders include certain of our executive officers and members of our board of directors or entities affiliated with or controlled by them. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

We will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds in this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering. We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary strategic businesses, products or technologies. We have no commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time.

We intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, pending their use as described above.

Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and increase our visibility in the marketplace. A public market for our common stock will facilitate future access to public equity markets and enhance our ability to use our common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions including compliance with covenants under our credit facilities and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

38


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2012:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering that, among other things, will increase our authorized number of shares of common stock and will authorize a new class of preferred stock, (iii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iv) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the pro-forma adjustments and our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2012  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma,
As  Adjusted(2)(3)
 
    

(in thousands, except

share and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,779      $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 108,580      $         $     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 56,733,796 shares authorized and 45,280,032 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     206,940             

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 106,000,000 shares authorized, 11,104,197 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 56,384,229 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        

Additional paid-in capital

     15,448        

Accumulated deficit

     (70,278     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (54,829     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 260,691      $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the net exercise of the outstanding Series C and F convertible preferred stock warrants and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, effective upon the closing of this offering.
(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet in the table above assumes the pro forma conversions, net exercise and reclassifications described in (1) above plus the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering and the

 

39


Table of Contents
 

application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of             , the mid-point range set forth in the cover page, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,262 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.33 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,197,945 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,897,945 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

40


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2012 was $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to our sale of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2012 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2012

   $                   

Increase in actual net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses as of June 30, 2012 on a pro forma basis.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing Stockholders

     56,384,229                            $                

New Investors

             $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

Total

        100        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to             , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

As of June 30, 2012, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 14,775,262 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.33 per share. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For a description of our equity plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares

 

41


Table of Contents

held by new investors to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,262 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.33 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,197,945 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,897,945 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

42


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

             

Revenue:

             

Operating leases

  $      $ 225      $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

    23,045        31,962        29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    23,045        32,187        32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

             

Operating leases

           96        1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

    23,164        33,212        28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    23,164        33,308        30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    (119     (1,121     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

             

Sales and marketing

    1,749        15,295        10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

    9,144        8,484        10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

         10,893             23,779             21,769             41,631               73,668        30,700        51,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (11,012     (24,900     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

    233        214        334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

    (291     1,119        2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

                  (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714    
(35,463

    (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

           (12,272     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

  $ (10,954   $ (13,961   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock holders:

             

Basic

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82        0.22      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

             

Basic

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(3):

             

Basic

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders assumes the net exercise of the warrants to purchase Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock and the conversion of the Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase common stock as occurring at the beginning of the fiscal period. Accordingly, the charge for the change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liability recorded in the fiscal period is reversed because this charge would not have been recorded after the net exercise and conversion. Pro forma basic or diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average basic or diluted pro forma shares of common stock. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2012.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
2012
 
         2007             2008             2009             2010             2011        
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,459      $ 27,829      $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 61,779   

Total current assets

     24,395        45,124        69,896        110,432        241,522        268,754   

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

            27,838        87,583        239,611        535,609        729,243   

Total assets

     27,132        78,800        164,154        371,264        813,173        1,043,379   

Total current liabilities

     10,531        19,539        52,012        81,958        246,886        246,443   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

            5,645        21,394        40,681        101,359        151,490   

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

                          53,097        46,541        148,927   

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

                          15,758        15,144        14,952   

Other liabilities

                   120        15,715        36,314        72,887   

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     26,234        56,184        80,042        101,446        125,722        206,940   

Stockholders’ deficit

     (11,912     (25,377     (50,736     (87,488     (37,662     (54,829

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

            19,573        56,036        123,514        122,646        31,328   

 

44


Table of Contents

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to

evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
   

Six Months
Ended June 30,
2012

 
    2009     2010     2011    

New buildings(1)

    2,836        4,779        9,429        13,817   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

    5,767        10,546        19,975        33,792   

Cumulative customers (end of period)(2)

    5,775        10,541        18,384        31,651   

Megawatts booked(3)

    36        92        134        165   

Megawatts deployed(3)

    15        31        72        72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed (end of period)(3)

    27        58        129        201   

Transactions for other energy products and services(4)

    67        400        3,716        5,245   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential, commercial and government buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Customers include all residential, commercial and government consumers that use or will use energy generated by a solar energy system that we have sold or contracted to sell to the consumer or that we have installed or contracted to install pursuant to a lease or power purchase agreement. For landlord-tenant structures in which we contract with the landlord or development company, we include each residence as an individual customer. For commercial customers with multiple locations, each location is deemed a customer if we maintain a separate contract for the location.
(3) Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and that we have sold to customers.
(4) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specified periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

 

45


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

    As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
2012
 
      2009     2010     2011    
    (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

  $ 65,234      $ 183,188      $ 252,752      $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

  $ 106,204      $ 273,166      $ 485,780      $ 711,912   

 

46


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We integrate the sales, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and financing of our distributed solar energy systems with our energy efficiency products and services. This allows us to offer long-term energy solutions to residential, commercial and government customers. Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. Our long-term contractual arrangements typically generate recurring customer payments and enable our customers to have visibility into their future electricity costs and to minimize their exposure to rising retail electricity rates. Our customer relationships also position us to continue to grow our business through energy efficiency products and services offerings including energy efficiency evaluations, appliance upgrades, energy storage solutions and electric vehicle charging stations.

We offer our customers the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems or to purchase the energy that our solar energy systems produce through various financed arrangements. These financed arrangements include long-term contracts that we structure as leases and power purchase agreements. In both financed structures we install our solar energy system at our customer’s premises and charge the customer a monthly fee for the power that our system produces. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is fixed with a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kilowatt hour based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces. The leases and power purchase agreements are typically for 20 years, and generally when there is no upfront fee the specified fees are subject to annual escalations.

Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. During an energy efficiency evaluation, we capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in the home to specifically identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy cost. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We offer our energy efficiency products and services to our solar energy systems customers and on a stand-alone basis. We launched our energy efficiency business in the second quarter of 2010. To date, revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems.

Initially, we only offered our solar energy systems on an outright purchase basis. In mid-2008, we began offering leases and power purchase agreements. Our ability to offer leases and power purchase agreements depends in part on our ability to finance the installation of the solar energy systems by monetizing the resulting customer receivable and related investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to monetize these assets was limited and resulted in an above-normal backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. By the end of 2009, we had raised sufficient investment funds to return to our target backlog. Currently, the majority of our residential energy customers enter

 

47


Table of Contents

into leasing arrangements, and the majority of our commercial customers and government organizations enter into power purchase agreements. We expect customers to continue to favor leases and power purchase agreements.

We compete mainly with the retail electricity rate charged by the utilities in the markets we serve, and our strategy is to price the energy we sell slightly below that rate. As a result, the price our customers pay to buy energy from us varies depending on the state where the customer is located and the local utility. The price we charge also depends on customer price sensitivity, the need to offer a compelling financial benefit and the price other solar energy companies charge in the region. Our commercial rates in a given region are also typically lower than our residential rates in that region because utilities’ commercial retail rates are generally lower than their residential retail rates.

We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We recognize the revenue these arrangements generate on a straight-line basis over the term for leases, or as we generate and deliver energy for power purchase agreements. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency business when we complete the services. Substantially all of our revenue is attributable to customers located in the United States.

The amount of operating leases revenue that we recognize in a given period is dependent in part on the amount of energy generated by solar energy systems under power purchase agreements and by systems with energy output performance incentives, which in turn is dependent in part on the amount of sunlight. As a result, operating leases revenue has in the past been impacted by seasonally shorter daylight hours in winter months. As the relative percentage of our revenue attributable to power purchase agreements or performance-based incentives increases, this seasonality may become more significant.

Various state and local agencies offer incentive rebates for the installation and operation of solar energy systems. For solar energy systems we sell, we typically have the customer assign the incentive rebate to us. We record the incentive rebates as a component of proceeds from the system sale. For incentive rebates associated with solar energy systems under leases or power purchase agreements, we initially record the rebate as deferred revenue and recognize the deferred revenue as revenue over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

Component materials, third-party appliances and direct labor comprise the substantial majority of the costs of our solar energy systems and energy efficiency products and services. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, the cost of revenue from our leases and power purchase agreements are primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems, which are depreciated over the estimated useful life of 30 years, and the amortization of initial direct costs, which is amortized over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

We classify our outstanding preferred stock warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. These warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each reporting date, with any changes in fair value being recognized as a component of other income or expense, net, in our consolidated statement of operations. When this offering closes, we expect to record a material non-cash charge in our consolidated statement of operations related to the remeasurement of these warrants. Any warrants that are not exercised and do not expire in connection with the closing of the offering will convert into warrants to purchase common stock. These common stock warrants will not be classified as a liability and accordingly will not be subject to further remeasurement.

We have structured different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy. One such structure is a joint venture structure where we and our fund investors both

 

48


Table of Contents

contribute funds or assets into the joint venture. Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of these joint ventures on our income statement. Therefore, after we determine our consolidated net income (loss) for a given period, we are required to allocate a portion of our consolidated net income (loss) to the fund investors in our joint ventures (referred to as the “noncontrolling interests” in our financial statements) and allocate the remainder of the consolidated net income (loss) to our stockholders. These income or loss allocations, reflected on our income statement, can have a significant impact on our reported results of operations. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, our consolidated net income (loss) was a loss of $73.7 million and $48.9 million, respectively. However, after applying the required allocations, the net income (loss) attributable to our stockholders was income of $43.5 million and a loss of $23.1 million, respectively. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

Investment Funds

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. We contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. Because these recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives are either paid by government agencies or individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores, and because electricity is a necessity, our fund investors perceive these as high-quality assets with a relatively low loss rate. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

We have established different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy, including joint ventures, lease pass-through and sale-leaseback structures, any of which may utilize debt that is non-recourse to us. We call these arrangements our investment funds. The allocation of the economic benefits among us and the fund investors and related accounting varies depending on the structure.

Joint Ventures.     Under joint venture structures, we and our fund investors contribute funds into a joint venture. Then, the joint venture acquires solar energy systems from us and leases the solar energy systems to customers. Prior to the fund investor receiving its contractual rate of return, the fund investors receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and, in some cases, other incentives. After the fund investor receives its contractual rate of return, we receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments and the other incentives.

We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in these joint venture structures. Accordingly, we consolidate the assets and liabilities and operating results of these joint ventures, including the solar energy systems and lease income, in our consolidated financial statements. We recognize the fund investors’ share of the net assets of the joint ventures as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet. We recognize the amounts that are contractually payable to these investors in each period as distributions to noncontrolling interests in our statement of equity. Our statement of cash flows reflects cash received from these fund investors as proceeds from investments by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Our statement of cash flows also reflects cash

 

49


Table of Contents

paid to these fund investors as distributions paid to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. We reflect any unpaid distributions to these fund investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet.

Lease Pass-Through.     Under lease pass-through structures, we lease solar energy systems to fund investors under a master lease agreement, and these investors in turn sublease the solar energy systems to customers. Depending upon the structure, we receive some or all of the value attributable to the accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. The fund investors receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits and, for the duration of the lease term, the long-term recurring customer payments. In some cases, the fund investors also receive a portion of the accelerated tax depreciation. After the lease term, we receive the customer payments, if any. We record the solar energy systems on our consolidated balance sheet as plant, property and equipment and recognize lease revenue generated by the systems ratably over the master lease term. The fund investors typically make significant upfront cash payments that we record on our consolidated balance sheet as lease pass-through financing obligations. We reduce these obligations by amounts received by the fund investors from U.S. Treasury Department grants, customer payments and the associated incentive rebates. We in turn recognize the incentive rebates and customer payments as revenue over the customer lease term and amortize U.S. Treasury Department grants as a reduction to depreciation of the associated solar energy systems over the estimated life of these systems.

Sale-Leaseback.     Under sale-leaseback structures, we generate cash through the sale of solar energy systems to our fund investors, and we then lease these systems back from the investors and sublease them to our customers. For the duration of the lease term, we may, for some of the structures, receive the value attributable to the incentives and the long-term recurring customer payments, and we make leaseback payments to the fund investors. The fund investors receive the customer payments after the lease term. They also receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation and other incentives. At the end of the lease term, we have an option to purchase the solar energy systems from the fund investors. Typically, our customers make monthly lease payments that we recognize as revenue over the term of the subleases on a straight-line basis. Depending on the design, size and construction of the individual systems and the leaseback terms, we may recognize a portion of the revenue from the sale of the systems or we may treat the cash received from the sale as financing received from the fund investors and reflect the cash received as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on our consolidated balance sheet.

Key Operating Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

Buildings

We track the number of residential, commercial and government buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services. We believe that the relationship we establish with building owners, together with energy-related information we obtain about the building, position us to provide the owner with additional energy-related solutions to further lower their energy costs. Our total number of buildings increased 83% from 5,767 as of December 31, 2009 to 10,546 as of December 31, 2010, 89% to 19,975 as of December 31, 2011, and 69% to 33,792 as of June 30, 2012.

 

50


Table of Contents

Solar Energy System Customers

We define a solar energy system customer as a residential, commercial or government consumer that uses or will use energy generated by a solar energy system that we have sold or contracted to sell to the consumer or that we have installed or contracted to install pursuant to a lease or power purchase agreement. For landlord-tenant structures, such as the Davis-Monthan Air Force Base, in which we contract with the landlord or development company, we maintain a direct relationship with the individual tenants and include each residence as an individual customer. For commercial customers with multiple locations, we consider each location to be a customer if we maintain a separate contract for the location. For example, we view each Walmart store to be an individual customer as we maintain a contractual relationship for the individual store and have a direct relationship with the store manager. We track cumulative solar energy system customers as of the end of a given period as an indicator of our historical growth and as an indicator of our rate of growth from period to period.

The following table sets forth our cumulative solar energy system customers as of the dates presented:

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  

Cumulative customers

     5,775         10,541         18,384         13,623         31,651   

Megawatts Booked, Megawatts Deployed and Cumulative Megawatts Deployed

We track the electricity-generating production capacity of our solar energy systems as measured in megawatts. Because the size of solar energy systems varies greatly, we believe that tracking the aggregate megawatt production capacity of the systems is an indicator of the growth rate of our solar energy systems business. We track megawatts booked in a given period as an indicator of sales activity in the period. We track megawatts deployed in a given period as an indicator of asset growth in the period. We track cumulative megawatts deployed as of the end of a given period as an indicator of our historical growth and our future opportunity to provide customers with additional energy-related solutions to further lower their energy costs.

Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and solar energy systems we have sold to customers. Until we have begun the design process, the customer may terminate these contracts with little or no penalty.

The following sets forth the megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems we have booked or deployed during the period presented and the cumulative megawatts deployed as of the end of each period presented:

 

       Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
       2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  

Megawatts booked

     36         92         134         43         165   

Megawatts deployed

     15         31         72         34         72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed

     27         58         129         91         201   

Transactions for Other Energy Products and Services

We use the number of transactions for energy products and services other than the installation of solar energy systems as a key operating metric to evaluate our ability to generate incremental sales

 

51


Table of Contents

from our installed customer base and to expand our business to new customers. Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. We also offer our energy efficiency products and services on a stand-alone basis. Our strategy is to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers and to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products and services.

Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the six months ended June 30, 2012, we completed 67, 400, 3,716 and 5,245 transactions for other energy products and services, respectively.

Nominal Contracted Payments

Our leases and power purchase agreements create long-term recurring customer payments. We use a portion of the value created by these contracts that we refer to as “nominal contracted payments,” together with the value attributable to investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation, Solar Renewable Energy Credits, performance-based incentives, state tax benefits and rebates, to cover the fixed and variable costs associated with installing solar energy systems.

We track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specific periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. Aggregate nominal contracted payments include leases and power purchase agreements that we have contributed to investment funds. Currently, third-party investors in such investment funds have contractual rights to a portion of these nominal contracted payments.

Nominal contracted payments is a forward-looking number, and we use judgment in developing the assumptions used to calculate it. Those assumptions may not prove to be accurate over time. Underperformance of the solar energy systems, payment defaults by our customers, cancellation of signed contracts or other factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” could cause our actual results to differ materially from our calculation of nominal contracted payments.

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

   $ 65,234       $ 183,188       $ 252,752       $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

   $ 106,204       $ 273,166       $ 485,780       $ 711,912   

 

52


Table of Contents

In addition to the nominal contracted payments, our long-term leases and power purchase agreements provide us with a significant post-contract renewal opportunity. Because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, they will continue to have a useful life after the 20-year term of the lease or power purchase agreement. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts. The solar energy systems will be already installed on the customer’s building, which facilitates customer acceptance of our renewal offer and results in limited additional costs to us.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Operating leases.     We classify and account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We consider the proceeds from solar energy system rebate incentives offered by certain state and local governments to form part of the proceeds from our operating leases. We recognize revenue from our operating leases over the operating lease term either on a straight-line basis over the lease term for lease arrangements or as we generate and sell energy to customers under power purchase agreements. We typically bundle and charge for remote monitoring services as part of the lease or power purchase agreement and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the term of the monitoring service. The term of our leases and power purchase agreements ranges between 10 and 20 years.

Solar energy systems sales.     Solar energy systems sales is comprised of revenue from the sale of solar energy systems directly to cash paying customers, revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts and revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services. We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We allocate a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the system to the remote monitoring service and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the monitoring service term. We recognize revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total project labor costs. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency services when we complete the services.

During the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, less than 10% of our solar energy system installations were sales as opposed to operating leases. However, because of our revenue recognition policy, these sales represented 61% and 72%, respectively, of our total revenue for those periods. We expect installations utilizing leases and power purchase agreements to continue to represent the vast majority of our installed systems. As a result, the number of systems sold for cash and delivered in a given financial reporting period will have a disproportionate effect on the total revenue reported for that period.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

Operating Leases Cost of Revenue.     Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems and the amortization of initial direct costs. The depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems is reduced by the amortization of any U.S. Treasury Department grant payment in lieu of the energy investment tax credit associated with these systems. Initial direct costs include allocated contract administration costs, sales commissions and customer acquisition referral fees. Contract administration costs include personnel costs, such as salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs. Operating leases cost of revenue also includes direct and allocated costs associated with monitoring services for these systems.

 

53


Table of Contents

Solar Energy Systems Cost of Revenue.     The substantial majority of solar energy systems cost of revenue consists of the costs of solar energy systems component acquisition and personnel costs associated with system installations. We acquire the significant component parts of the solar energy systems directly from foreign and domestic manufacturers or distributors. Our employees install our residential solar energy systems and we employ project managers and construction managers who oversee the subcontractors that install commercial systems. To a lesser extent, solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes personnel costs associated with performing our energy efficiency services and related materials. Solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes engineering and design costs, estimated warranty costs, freight charges, allocated corporate overhead costs such as facilities costs, vehicle depreciation costs and personnel costs associated with supply chain, logistics, operations management, safety and quality control. Personnel costs include salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs.

We allocate to solar energy systems cost of revenue certain corporate overhead costs that include rental and operating costs for our corporate facilities, information technology costs, travel expenses and certain professional services to cost of solar energy systems, work in process, cost of sales, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses using the relative proportions of direct payroll costs in each of these functions.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, benefits, bonuses, sales commissions and stock-based compensation as well as advertising, promotional and other marketing related expenses. Sales and marketing expenses also include customer referral fees, allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We expect sales and marketing costs to increase significantly in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to grow our sales headcount and expand our marketing efforts to continue to grow our business.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, bonuses and stock-based compensation and professional fees related to legal, human resources, accounting and structured finance services. General and administrative expenses also include allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We anticipate that we will incur additional administrative headcount costs to support the growth in our business, our investment fund arrangements and the additional costs of being a public reporting company.

Other Income and Expenses

Our other income and expenses consist principally of the change in fair value of warrants issued to certain fund investors that allow them, on achievement of certain contractual terms, to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock, and interest income and expense.

Change in Fair Value of Warrants.     Change in fair value of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We account for changes in the fair value of warrants issued to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock through other income or expenses. The warrants have been classified as liability instruments on the balance sheet. We record any changes in the fair value of these instruments between reporting dates as a component of other income or expense in the income statement.

 

 

54


Table of Contents

Interest Income and Expense.     Interest income and expense primarily consist of the interest charges associated with our secured credit revolver agreements, long-term debt facilities, financing obligations and capital lease obligations. Our credit revolver and long-term debt facilities are subject to variable interest rates. The interest charge on our financing obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date or the effective interest rate in the arrangement giving rise to the obligation. The interest charge on capital lease obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date. Interest income and expense also include the amortization of deferred financing costs associated with such secured credit revolvers or long-term debt facilities, partially offset by a nominal amount of interest income generated from our cash holdings in interest-bearing accounts.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to taxation in the United States and Canada. We conduct our business primarily in the United States.

Our effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate primarily due to the valuation allowance on our deferred taxes, state taxes, foreign taxes, joint venture transactions and nondeductible compensation. Our tax expense is primarily composed of the amortization of prepaid tax expense as a result of sales of assets to joint ventures included in our consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods, we maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders

We determine the net income (loss) attributable to stockholders by deducting from net income (loss) in a period the net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. The net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the joint venture fund investors’ allocable share in the results of the joint venture investment funds. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method, or HLBV method. We therefore use the HLBV method to determine the allocable share of the results of the joint ventures attributable to the fund investors, which we record in the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. The HLBV method determines the fund investors’ allocable share of results of the joint venture by calculating the net change in the investors’ share in the consolidated net assets of the joint venture at the beginning and at the end of a period after adjusting for any transactions with the fund investor such as capital contributions or cash distributions.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, cash flow and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Our future financial statements will be affected to the extent that our actual results materially differ from these estimates.

 

55


Table of Contents

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with our principles of consolidation, revenue recognition, property, plant and equipment, warranties, deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds, stock-based compensation, inventory reserves for excess and obsolescence, income taxes and noncontrolling interests have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act, and we will utilize certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements reflect our accounts and operations and those of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 810, Consolidation , we consolidate any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which we are the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity. However, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as VIEs, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if (1) that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. This holder is considered the primary beneficiary. We do not consolidate a VIE in which we have a majority ownership interest if we are not considered the primary beneficiary. We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in all of our VIEs and accordingly consolidate the assets and liabilities of such VIEs in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our relationships with our VIEs on an ongoing basis to determine whether we continue to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

Our customers have the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems, to access solar energy systems through contractual arrangements that we account for as operating leases, or to purchase energy through power purchase agreements. We also offer ongoing monitoring services of the solar energy systems. In certain cases, we have entered into sale-leaseback arrangements with our fund investors. In a sale-leaseback arrangement, fund investors invest in solar energy systems while enabling us to sublease the systems to our customers.

In the second quarter of 2010, we also began to offer energy efficiency products and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs.

 

56


Table of Contents

In accordance with ASC 605-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials , we recognize revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. In instances where we have multiple deliverables in a single arrangement, we allocate the arrangement consideration to the various elements in the arrangement. ASC 605-25 requires the allocation of the arrangement consideration to each element to be based on the relative selling price method. ASC 605-25 also provides a hierarchy of selling price determination, starting with vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; third-party evidence, or TPE, if available and if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, we recognize revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Costs incurred on installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the consolidated balance sheet. Solar energy systems sold to residential and small scale commercial customers typically take three to five months to install. Revenue attributable to the remote monitoring service is recognized over the period of the associated contract, which is generally 5 to 15 years.

We recognize revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers according to ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total projected labor costs, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Solar energy systems sold to large-scale commercial customers may take up to six months to install.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

We recognize revenue attributable to energy efficiency products and services when we complete the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically, energy efficiency services take one to two months to complete. Energy efficiency products and services are sold on a stand-alone basis or bundled with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements. When we bundle the sale of energy efficiency products and services with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements, we allocate revenue to the energy efficiency products and services and the sale, lease or power purchase agreements using the relative selling price method provided by ASU 2009-13. The selling price of the energy efficiency products and services used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices we charge for the products and services on a stand-alone basis. To date, the revenue generated from energy efficiency products and services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated financial statements.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

For solar energy systems under operating leases, we account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases , under which we are the lessor. We record operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on the amount of electricity the system generates, we record revenue as amounts are earned. The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is

 

57


Table of Contents

recorded as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related lease.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from us under power purchase agreements, we have determined that our power purchase agreements should be accounted for, in substance, as operating leases, pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming the other revenue recognition criteria are met. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related power purchase agreement.

Sale-Leaseback

We are a party to sale-leaseback arrangements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to the fund investor and simultaneous leaseback to us of the systems that we then sublease to our customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, we first determine whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” We determine a solar energy system to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. The cost to remove a system from its existing location includes the cost of shipping and reinstallation of the system at a new site, as well as any diminution in fair value. When the leaseback arrangements expire, we have the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to us, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to us prior to expiration of the arrangement.

For solar energy systems that we have determined to be integral equipment, we have concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, we use the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, we do not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, we treat any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly record the proceeds as a financing obligation in our consolidated balance sheet. We allocate the leaseback payments that we make to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using our incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. We determine our incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that we would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that are not integral equipment, we determine if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, we initially record a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in our consolidated balance sheet equal to the lower of the present value of our future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, we do not recognize any of the revenue but defer the gross profit comprising the net of revenue and cost of sale of the associated solar energy system. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, we recognize a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defer the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, we record the deferred gross profit in our consolidated balance sheet as deferred income and amortize the deferred income over the master lease term as a reduction to the cost of operating lease revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

 

58


Table of Contents

Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased

We are the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. We account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, we evaluate the lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. We utilize periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

    

Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are constructed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility and are depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Presentation of cash flows associated with solar energy systems

We disclose cash flows associated with solar energy systems in accordance with ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows (ASC 230). We determine the appropriate classification of cash payments related to solar energy systems depending on the activity that is likely to be the predominant source of cash flows for the item being paid for. Accordingly we present payments made in a period for costs incurred to install solar energy systems that will be leased to customers, including the payments for cost of the inventory that is utilized in such systems, as investing activities in the statement of cash flows. Payments made for inventory that is utilized for solar energy systems that will be sold to customers are presented as cash flows from operations in the statement of cash flows. We do not track payments for component parts at the individual component part level as they are not unique and can be used in either leased solar energy systems or solar energy systems that are sold to customers. Accordingly, we treat costs of raw material transferred to systems to be leased as if they were paid in the period they are transferred to the systems. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, we paid $81.7 million, $192.4 million, $337.8 million, $147.7 million and $307.3 million, respectively, for solar energy systems. Of these amounts, $61.7 million, $156.5 million, $292.9 million, $124.3 million and $174.6 million have been disclosed as cash payments for leased systems and disclosed as investing activities in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Warranties

We warrant our products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems that we sell. The manufacturers’ warranty on the components of the solar energy systems, which we typically pass through to our customers, has a warranty period ranging from 5 to 25 years depending upon the solar energy system component under

 

59


Table of Contents

warranty and the manufacturer. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012, the changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,

2012
 
(In thousands)    2010     2011    

Balance—beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        1,032   

Assumed obligations arising from business acquisitions

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 3,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar Energy Performance Guarantees

We guarantee that our leased solar energy systems will generate a minimum level of solar energy output. We monitor the systems to determine whether the solar energy systems are achieving these specified minimum outputs. If we determine that the guaranteed minimum energy output is not achieved, we record a liability for the estimated amounts payable. We believe that the solar energy systems are capable of producing the minimum production outputs guaranteed and therefore do not record any liability in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees.

Deferred U.S. Treasury Department Grant Proceeds

We have determined that all of our solar energy systems constitute eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010. We submit applications for grants receivable from the U.S. Treasury Department related to eligible property based on 30% of the tax basis of the solar energy systems as supported by independently appraised fair market values of the systems or guideline system values that have been posted by the U.S. Treasury Department on its website. To determine the fair market value of the systems, an independent appraiser considers various factors such as the cost of producing the systems, the estimated price that could be obtained in the market from the sale of the systems, and the present value of the economic benefits expected to be generated by the systems. We then present our appraised fair market value to the U.S. Treasury Department when we apply for grants on our solar energy systems. In a number of cases, the U.S. Treasury Department has determined that grants should be paid based on a lower value for the systems and has in such instances posted guideline system values on its website that should be used in the grant applications.

We initially record the grants receivable for leased solar energy systems as deferred income at the amounts that have been approved for payment by the U.S. Treasury Department and then amortize them on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems. We record the amortization of the deferred income as a credit to depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. We record a catch up adjustment in the period in which the grant is approved to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by the investor of the associated grant, in the case of lease pass-through investment funds. The catch up adjustments we have recorded to date have been immaterial. Some of our investment fund agreements obligate us to reimburse the fund investors based upon the difference between their anticipated benefit from U.S. Treasury grants at the formation of the funds and the benefit they receive from the amounts paid by the U.S. Treasury Department. For the joint venture

 

60


Table of Contents

investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet, and any impact to the consolidated statement of operations, which is determined using the HLBV method, is reflected in the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests line item. For sale-leaseback investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors under accrued and other current liabilities and reduce the deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions included within other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, with no impact to the consolidated statement of operations. For lease pass-through investment funds, all amounts received from the investors are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as a lease pass-through financing obligation and the amounts we expect to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable would reduce the lease pass-through obligation with no impact on the consolidated statement of operations.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we had discussions with representatives of the U.S. Treasury Department relating to U.S. Treasury grant applications for certain commercial solar energy systems submitted in the third and fourth quarters of 2011 and the appropriate U.S. Treasury grant valuation guidelines for such systems. We were unsuccessful in our attempts to have the U.S. Treasury Department reconsider its valuation for these systems, and while we maintained the accuracy of the contracted value to the investment fund, we elected at that time to receive the lower amounts communicated by the U.S. Treasury Department. As a result, the U.S. Treasury Department awarded grants in amounts lower than the appraised fair market values for these systems. We have appropriately reflected the financial impact of the anticipated reduction in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011.

We received no grants prior to 2010. The changes in deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)       

U.S. Treasury grant receipts during the year ended December 31, 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2010

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the year ended December 31, 2011

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     54,730   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2011

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the six months ended June 30, 2012

     45,005   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     12,442   

Amortization during the six months ended June 30, 2012

     (4,177
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2012

   $ 190,704   
  

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of FASB ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees, including our executive officers and employee members of our board of directors, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

We apply ASC 718 and FASB ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees , to options and other stock-based awards issued to non-employees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, we use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date and each reporting period prior to that, as applicable.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends that are estimated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Fair value of our common stock .    Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the common stock’s fair value, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and was primarily determined using the simplified method in accordance with guidance provided by the SEC. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the awards. We will continue to utilize the simplified method for all standard awards until we have established a reasonable period of representative trading history as a public company, at which time we will determine the expected term based on the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, expectations about future option exercise behavior and post-vesting cancellations.

 

  Ÿ  

Volatility.     Because there is no trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the solar energy industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us. If this occurs, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. Higher volatility and longer expected lives would result in an increase to stock-based compensation expense determined on the grant date.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk-free rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury Department securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

62


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Dividend yield.     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures since the adoption of our option plan. We routinely evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and expectations of future option exercise behavior. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the forfeiture rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected term, expected volatility and forfeiture rate related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to the estimates of our expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense as it relates to the future grants of our stock-based awards.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
         2009             2010             2011             2011             2012      
                       (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     6.10       5.98        6.09        6.09        6.13   

Volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.89     87.52

Risk-free interest rate

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.27     1.12

Dividend yield

                                   

Stock-based compensation totaled $0.9 million, $1.8 million, $5.1 million, $1.7 million and $4.7 million, respectively, in 2009, 2010, and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012. As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, we had $24.7 million and $29.0 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation expense, which will be recognized over the weighted average remaining vesting period of 3.01 years and 2.85 years, respectively.

Common Stock Valuations

Our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options. The board of directors intended the granted options to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on each grant date. The common stock valuations were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Our board of directors is comprised of a majority of non-employee directors that we believe have the relevant experience and expertise to determine a fair value of our common stock on each respective grant date. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised

 

63


Table of Contents

significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the common stock’s fair value as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

  Ÿ  

concurrent valuations performed by an unrelated third-party valuation expert, as described in the chart below;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices of our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

  Ÿ  

our history and the introduction of new products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

the hiring of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

individual sales of our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

Estimates obtained from third-party valuation experts of the fair value of our common stock are set forth below as of the indicated dates:

 

Report Date

   Effective as of    Third Party
Estimate of Fair
Value Per
Common Share
 

December 7, 2010

   December 3, 2010    $ 3.40   

May 24, 2011

   May 12, 2011      5.07   

August 9, 2011

   August 1, 2011      5.88   

September 27, 2011

   September 14, 2011      5.92   

November 1, 2011

   October 25, 2011      5.98   

February 6, 2012

   January 31, 2012      10.74   

March 22, 2012

   March 12, 2012      10.93   

May 21, 2012

   May 14, 2012      11.38   

August 14, 2012

   August 9, 2012      12.20   

September 11, 2012

   September 6, 2012      18.48   

 

64


Table of Contents

We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2011 and October 5, 2012:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Common Stock Fair
Value Per Share at
Grant Date
 

January 10, 2011

     531,158       $ 3.40       $ 3.40   

February 16, 2011

     884,620         3.40         3.40   

May 25, 2011

     3,121,058         5.07         5.07   

August 10, 2011

     455,978         5.88         5.88   

October 24, 2011

     1,480,724         5.92         5.92   

November 2, 2011

     97,500         5.98         5.98   

December 5, 2011

     472,100         5.98         5.98   

February 8, 2012

     987,880         10.74         10.74   

March 27, 2012

     292,000         10.93         10.93   

April 25, 2012

     223,400         10.93         10.93   

May 22, 2012

     466,150         11.40         11.40   

June 11, 2012

     105,381         11.40         11.40   

July 19, 2012

     189,817         11.40         11.40   

August 15, 2012

     101,679         12.20         12.20   

September 12, 2012

     151,612         18.48         18.48   

September 17, 2012

     50,000         18.48         18.48   

On September 17, 2012, we also granted 16,991 restricted stock units.

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of June 30, 2012 was $        , of which $         related to vested options and $         related to unvested options.

To determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we first determined our business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Our BEV was measured using a combination of financial and market-based methodologies including the following approaches: (i) the market transaction method, or MTM, (ii) the guideline public company method, or GPCM, or (iii) the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF. The MTM applies an option pricing model to negotiated enterprise valuations of arm’s-length actual transactions in our capital stock with third-party investors. This usually represents the best estimate of fair value. The GPCM considers multiples of financial metrics based on trading multiples of a selected peer group of publicly-traded companies. These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive the indicated values. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate known as the weighted average cost of capital which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. Once calculated, BEV is then weighted based on a qualitative assessment of the relative reliability of each method and the weight that an independent market participant could be expected to place on each indication. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, preferred stock was assumed to convert at the point where conversion provided an economic benefit to the stockholder or was required per the terms of the applicable agreements. Our BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options, using an option pricing method. The option pricing method, or OPM, treats common stock, convertible redeemable preferred stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for

 

65


Table of Contents

distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies.

We believe that the changes in the fair value of our common stock in the periods discussed below were largely driven by achievements in our operational plans, increases in negotiated valuations in arm’s length transactions in our capital securities and improvements in the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets. Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these grant dates include:

January 2011 and February 2011

Between December 2010 and February 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. In December 2010, a strategic investor sold all shares of Series D preferred stock held by it to other investors in an arm’s-length transaction at a per share purchase price of $5.95. This transaction was considered a reliable market price as it was well bargained for and involved a knowledgeable seller and knowledgeable buyers with clearly opposing economic interests. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of December 3, 2010 which determined the fair value to be $3.40 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on a secondary Series D preferred stock transaction as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM and the DCF method. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 30%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately one and one-half years. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $3.40 per share.

May 2011

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 12, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.07 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on the then-anticipated terms of our Series F preferred stock financing, which included issuing 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and warrants to purchase 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share, as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 17 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.07 per share.

August 2011

In June and July 2011, we completed the issuance and sale of 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and in June 2011, we issued warrants exercisable for 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share. In June 2011, we announced the creation of a $158 million fund with U.S. Bancorp and a $280 million fund with Google Inc.; and in July 2011, we announced our agreement to install solar energy systems for Hickam Communities at Joint Base Pearl Harbor-Hickam. Between May 2011 and August 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve overall, despite a brief decline in

 

66


Table of Contents

the financial and stock markets commencing in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of August 1, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.88 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on our Series F preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.88 per share.

October 2011

In September 2011, we announced the offer of a conditional commitment for a partial guarantee of a $344 million Department of Energy loan to help secure financing for our SolarStrong project to install, own and operate up to 160,000 rooftop solar installations on as many as 124 military housing developments across 33 states. Between August 2011 and October 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to stall, precipitated by continued political gridlock on economic issues. Notably, two U.S. solar energy companies, Evergreen Solar, Inc. and Solyndra, Inc., filed for bankruptcy during this period. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of September 14, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.92 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 12 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.92 per share.

November 2011 and December 2011

In November 2011, we announced our agreement with Bank of America, N.A. to provide us with a $350 million credit facility to facilitate our SolarStrong project. Between September 2011 and December 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets improved and the financial and stock markets exited the brief decline that commenced in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of October 25, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.98 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.98 per share.

February 2012

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of January 31, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.74 per share as of such date. We were engaged in advanced negotiations with investors for our Series G preferred stock financing during this period, at an expected valuation that represented a significant increase over our prior Series F preferred stock financing. The valuation determined a BEV by using the Probability-Weighted Expected Return, or PWER, variation of the MTM based on the then-anticipated terms and price of our Series G preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. We used this methodology given that our internal preparation for an initial public offering was underway at this time. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.74 per share.

 

67


Table of Contents

March 2012 and April 2012

In February 2012 and March 2012, as previously anticipated, we completed the issuance and sale of 3,386,986 shares of our Series G preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share. Although each share of Series G preferred stock is currently convertible into one share of common stock, upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series G preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing $23.92 by 60% of the initial public offering price, subject to a specified maximum and minimum adjustment. Therefore, although the nominal value of Series G preferred stock was $23.92 per share, the effective value of such shares on an as-converted to common stock basis may be less than $23.92 per share. In March 2012, we announced our agreement with Rabobank to provide us with $42.5 million in structured financing to fund commercial solar projects in California. Between February 2012 and March 2012, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of March 12, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.93 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.93 per share.

May 2012 through July 2012

In April 2012, we announced our plan to conduct a registered initial public offering of our common stock and the confidential submission to the SEC of our draft registration statement. Between April 2012 and July 2012, the U.S. financial and stock markets stalled, precipitated by global economic issues. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 14, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $11.38 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non- marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $11.40 per share.

August 2012

Between July 2012 and August 2012, the U.S. economy was stable and the financial and stock markets improved following the brief decline that commenced in May 2012. We also continued to close additional significant investment funds with new and existing fund investors during this period to support our continued growth. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of August 9, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $12.20 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a nonmarketability discount of 13%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $12.20 per share.

September 2012

Between August 2012 and September 2012, the U.S. economy was stable and the financial and stock markets improved. During this period, we continued to make significant progress in our preparation for a potential initial public offering, and we also closed a $75.0 million working capital

 

68


Table of Contents

facility to support our continued growth. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of September 6, 2012, which determined the fair value to be $18.48 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a nonmarketability discount of 10%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $18.48 per share.

Nonemployee Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock options issued to nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to quarterly adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations during the period the related services are rendered.

Inventory Reserves for Excess and Obsolescence

Inventories include solar energy system components, including photovoltaic panels, inverters, mounting hardware and miscellaneous electrical components, and work-in-process, including solar energy system components that are partially installed and direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Historically, we have purchased materials and appliances used in our energy efficiency business as they are needed. Accordingly, inventories related to energy efficiency products and services have not been material. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market.

We evaluate our inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and write down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined on the difference between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

The calculation of our tax assets and liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed by applicable accounting principles. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the relevant period.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, we had no material uncertain tax positions.

 

69


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods the company maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets primarily relate to net operating loss carryforwards, accelerated gains for tax purposes and deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. In addition, we had net operating losses for state income tax purposes of approximately $45.3 million and $39.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2016 if not utilized.

Our valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, based on our history of losses, we continued to provide a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. The amount of our valuation allowance could be materially affected should the actual amounts differ from our estimates. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the statement of operations in the periods when the adjustment is determined to be required.

We apply any limitations as a result of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, Section 382, when determining the amount of net operating loss that is available for future use. Based on this analysis, we have undergone two ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Code. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes have occurred through June 30, 2012.

We have agreements to sell solar energy systems to the investment funds structured as joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until we no longer benefit from the underlying asset. Because the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the life of the underlying systems, estimated to be 30 years. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, we recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.3 million net of amortization, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interests

Our noncontrolling interests represent fund investors’ interest in the net assets of certain funding structures, which we consolidate, that we have entered into to finance the costs of solar energy systems under operating leases. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual agreements of the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the HLBV method. We therefore determine the noncontrolling interest balance at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method and record it on our consolidated balance sheet as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet represent the amounts the fund investors would hypothetically receive

 

70


Table of Contents

at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the contractual agreements of these structures, assuming the net assets of these funding structures were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP. The fund investors’ interest in the results of operations of these funding structures is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each reporting period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the fund and the fund investors. The noncontrolling interests’ balance is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statement of operations data:

     

Revenue:

         

Operating leases

  $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

    29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

         

Operating leases

    1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

    28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

    10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

    334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

    2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

    (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

  $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

         

Basic

  $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2012

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 9,099       $ 19,667       $ 10,568         116

Solar energy systems sales

     11,179         51,748         40,569         363
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 20,278       $ 71,415       $ 51,137         252

Total revenue increased by approximately $51.1 million, or 252%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Operating leases revenue increased by approximately $10.6 million, or 116%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements that are in service, which increased by 75% from June 30, 2011 to June 30, 2012. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. Operating leases revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2012 included $7.8 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $4.2 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $40.6 million, or 363%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales, a $14.8 million increase in revenue from long-term contracts and a $3.9 million sale to a specific customer during the six months ended June 30, 2012. In addition, revenue from the sale of energy efficiency products and services increased by $2.6 million during this period. This increase in revenue was offset in part by a lower average sales price of solar energy systems sold for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The decline in the average sales price was due to a decrease in the cost of the solar energy system components that in turn led to a downward impact on the competitive market price of solar energy systems sold. We expect that the continuing decline in the cost of solar energy system components will similarly impact our average sales price.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011             2012         $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 1,397      $ 6,292      $ 4,895         350

Gross profit of operating leases

     7,702        13,375        5,673         74

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     85     68     

Solar energy systems

   $ 16,339      $ 44,024      $ 27,685         169

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     (5,160     7,724        12,884         250

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     (46 )%      15     

Total cost of revenue

   $ 17,736      $ 50,316      $ 32,580         184

Total gross profit

     2,542        21,099        18,557         730

Total gross profit margin

     13     30     

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by approximately $4.9 million, or 350%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was

 

72


Table of Contents

primarily due to an increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the six months ended June 30, 2012, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $27.7 million, or 169%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was due to increased costs associated with the rise in solar energy system sales. The increase in the gross margin from a gross loss of 46% to a gross profit of 15% was primarily due to the increase in the volume of sales recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. Due to increased volume, we were able to allocate overhead to more units, leading to a lower cost per unit.

The cost of our component materials could increase as a result of the U.S. government imposition of tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. These tariffs may have a short-term impact on the price we pay for solar panels purchased from China. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. As a result, we believe there is adequate surplus capacity of non-tariff panels available. In the longer term, we expect the cost of solar panels to continue to decline, although we expect the rate of decline will decrease as component prices approach the cost of manufacture.

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 15,243       $ 31,831       $ 16,588         109

General and administrative expense

     15,457         19,350         3,893         25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 30,700       $ 51,181       $ 20,481         67

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $16.6 million, or 109%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was driven primarily by greater marketing and promotional activities in the six months ended June 30, 2012 as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts and sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $3.8 million from $8.7 million to $12.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased our total number of personnel allocated to sales and marketing expense from 195 as of June 30, 2011 to 562 as of June 30, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $6.6 million from $5.5 million to $12.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $3.9 million, or 25%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due primarily to an increase in the number of our personnel allocated to general and administrative expense from 113 as of June 30, 2011 to 210 as of June 30, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $3.7 million from $5.7 million to $9.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. The administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and their

 

73


Table of Contents

associated legal and professional fees increased by $0.4 million from the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Interest expense, net

   $ 5,397       $ 8,335       $ 2,938         54

Other expense, net

     1,833         10,429         8,596         469
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest and all other expenses, net

   $ 7,230       $ 18,764       $ 11,534         160

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $2.9 million, or 54%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. Interest expense comprises imputed interest on financing obligations and interest expense on bank borrowings, net of interest income on cash balances. This increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in the first six months of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $8.6 million, or 469%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a non-cash charge related to a change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $     %  

Income tax expense

   $ 75       $ 65       $ (10     (13 )% 

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.01 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2012, we had incurred a total of $3.4 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

       Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2012     $     %  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $ (47,393   $ (25,834   $ (21,559     (45 )% 

The income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the share of income or loss that is allocated to the investors in the joint venture investment funds. This amount is determined as the change in the investors’ interest in the joint venture investment funds between the balance sheet dates at the beginning and end of each reporting period calculated using the HLBV method, less any capital contributions net of any capital distributions. The calculation of the noncontrolling interest balance using the HLBV method depends on the specific contractual liquidation provisions in each of the joint venture funds and is generally affected by, among other factors, the tax attributes allocated to the investors including tax bonus depreciation and income tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of

 

74


Table of Contents

the investment tax credits, the existence of guarantees of minimum returns to the fund investors by us, and the contractual provisions relating to the allocation of tax income or losses in these funds including provisions that govern the level of deficits that can be funded by noncontrolling interests in a liquidation scenario. The calculation is also affected by the cost of the assets sold to the funds which forms the book basis of the net assets allocated to the investors assuming a liquidation scenario. Generally, significant loss allocations to the noncontrolling interests have arisen in situations where there is a significant difference between the fair value and the cost of assets sold to the funds in a particular period accompanied by the absence of guarantees of minimum returns to the investors, since the capital contributions by the noncontrolling interests are based on the fair values of the assets in a fund while the calculation of the noncontrolling interests balance at each reporting period is determined based on the cost of the assets in the fund. The existence of guarantees of minimum returns to the investors and the amounts of deficit that an investor is contractually obligated to fund in a liquidation scenario reduce the amount of losses that are allocated to the noncontrolling interests.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $25.8 million reported in the six months ended June 30, 2012 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 of $91.3 million netted against the excess of distributions over capital contributions of $65.5 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $47.4 million reported in the six months ended June 30, 2011 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 of $24.2 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $23.2 million.

The net loss allocation to noncontrolling interests was lower in the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the comparative period in 2011 mainly due to an approximately $15.1 million higher loss allocation in 2011 to an investor in a fund into which we had sold assets with a larger excess of fair value over cost in 2011 compared to 2012, and an approximately $7.5 million higher loss allocation in 2011 to an investor in two funds into which we had contributed assets, while we did not contribute any assets into these funds in 2012.

Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                 %                 $                  %        

Operating leases

   $ 3,212       $ 9,684       $ 23,145       $ 6,472        201   $ 13,461         139

Solar energy systems

     29,435         22,744         36,406         (6,691     (23 )%      13,662         60
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 32,647       $ 32,428       $ 59,551       $ (219     (1 )%    $ 27,123         84

2011 Compared to 2010

Total revenue increased by approximately $27.1 million, or 84%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Operating leases revenue increased by approximately $13.5 million, or 139%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements in service and generating revenue. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 135% during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the

 

75


Table of Contents

more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2011 compared to 2010. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we expanded our operations into new territories such as the East Coast and continued our sales penetration within existing territories. Operating leases revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $9.6 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $5.8 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $13.7 million, or 60%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales compared to the prior year. This increase in revenue was offset in part by lower average selling prices of solar energy systems sold in the year 2011. The decline in the average sales price was due to a decrease in the cost of the solar energy system components that in turn led to a downward impact on the competitive market price of solar energy systems sold.

2010 Compared to 2009

Total revenue decreased by approximately $0.2 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Operating lease revenue increased by approximately $6.5 million, or 201%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under operating leases in 2010 compared to 2009. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 130% during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2010 compared to 2009. During 2010, we expanded into new states such as Texas and also implemented an additional four investment funds for financing the cost of solar energy systems that were then placed into operating leases. This was in addition to seven existing investment funds that we implemented in 2008 and 2009. Operating leases revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 included $3.8 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $2.7 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems decreased by approximately $6.7 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Direct sales to cash paying customers declined in 2010 as we focused more on power purchase agreements and leasing of solar energy systems through investment fund arrangements.

 

76


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Operating leases

  $ 1,911      $ 3,191      $ 5,718      $ 1,280        67   $ 2,527        79

Gross profit of operating leases

    1,301        6,493        17,427        5,192        399     10,934        168

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

    41     67     75        

Solar energy systems

  $ 28,971      $ 26,953      $ 41,418      $ (2,018     (7 )%    $ 14,465        54

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

    464        (4,209     (5,012     (4,673     (1,007 )%      (803     (19 )% 

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

    2     (19 )%      (14 )%         

Total cost of revenue

  $ 30,882      $ 30,144      $ 47,136      $ (738     (2 )%    $ 16,992        56

Total gross profit

    1,765        2,284        12,415        519        29     10,131        444

Total gross profit margin

    5     7     21        

2011 Compared to 2010

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $2.5 million, or 79%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the year ended December 31, 2011, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $14.5 million, or 54%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The change was due to rising costs associated with the increase in commercial solar energy system sales in 2011 and an increase in the aggregate amount of operational overhead costs allocated to these systems attributable to the growth in operational costs that we incurred to support our growth in current and new territories. These overhead costs increased by $15.7 million from $18.3 million in 2010 to $34.0 million in 2011. While we expect these allocated overhead costs to increase in the future, we expect the installation volume to increase at a greater rate than the increase in the overhead costs. Accordingly, the allocated overhead cost per installed system is expected to decrease in the future. The increase was also due to a $2.6 million charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011 to adjust the cost of certain raw material inventory to market value and a $0.1 million charge for slow moving inventory.

2010 Compared to 2009

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $1.3 million, or 67%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in this cost is primarily due to the increased number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the period, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy systems components. As of December 31, 2010, we had eleven investment funds compared to seven investment funds as of December 31, 2009.

Cost of sales of solar energy system decreased by approximately $2.0 million, or 7%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to lower volumes of solar energy system sales and declining costs of solar energy systems components.

 

77


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

    Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009      2010      2011              $                    %                 $                  %        

Sales and marketing expense

  $ 10,914       $ 22,404       $ 42,004       $ 11,490         105   $ 19,600         87

General and administrative expense

    10,855         19,227         31,664         8,372         77     12,437         65
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expense

  $ 21,769       $ 41,631       $ 73,668       $ 19,862         91   $ 32,037         77

2011 Compared to 2010

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $19.6 million, or 87%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2011 as promotional marketing costs increased by $11.5 million to $23.0 million in 2011 compared to $11.5 million in 2010, as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts to develop our backlog and increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the total number of our sales and marketing personnel from 137 as of December 31, 2010 to 319 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.2 million in payroll costs that increased from $8.6 million in 2010 to $12.8 million in 2011.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $12.4 million, or 65%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 102 as of December 31, 2010 to 155 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $4.1 million from $6.9 million in 2010 to $11.0 million in 2011. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $3.7 million in expenses, which increased from $2.4 million in 2010 to $6.1 million in 2011.

2010 Compared to 2009

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $11.5 million, or 105%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2010 as we intensified our marketing efforts to increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $8.9 million to $11.4 million in 2010 compared to $2.5 million in 2009. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the number of our sales and marketing personnel from 99 as of December 31, 2009 to 137 as of December 31, 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.0 million in payroll costs which increased from $4.6 million in 2009 to $8.6 million in 2010. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Therefore, in 2009, we reduced our spending on sales and marketing initiatives.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $8.4 million, or 77%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increased general and administrative expenses were primarily due to an increase in personnel costs. Personnel costs increased due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 53 as of December 31, 2009 to 102 as of December 31, 2010, including the creation and staffing of a funding structures management group to manage the increased number of investment fund

 

78


Table of Contents

arrangements that we created in 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $3.4 million from $3.5 million in 2009 to $6.9 million in 2010. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $2.3 million in expenses, which increased from $0.1 million in 2009 to $2.4 million in 2010.

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Interest expense, net

   $ 334       $ 4,901       $ 9,272       $ 4,567         1367   $ 4,371         89

Other expenses, net

     2,360         2,761         3,097         401         17     336         12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total interest and other expenses, net

   $ 2,694       $ 7,662       $ 12,369       $ 4,968         184   $ 4,707         61

2011 Compared to 2010

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.4 million, or 89%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2011 compared to 2010.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.3 million, or 12%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

2010 Compared to 2009

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.5 million, or 1367%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2010 compared to 2009.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.4 million, or 17%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Income tax expense

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92       $ 43         195   $ 27         42

2011 Compared to 2010

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.03 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011 we had incurred a total of $3.4 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our

 

79


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

2010 Compared to 2009

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.04 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase reflects a full year of amortization of the prepaid tax asset recorded in 2009 relating to sales of solar energy systems to investment funds. We incurred $1.3 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems. In 2009, the amortization was only for a portion of the year.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

  $ 3,507      $ (8,457   $ (117,230   $ (11,964     (341 )%    $ (108,773     (1,286 )% 

2011 compared to 2010 compared to 2009

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $117.2 million reported in 2011 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and 2011 of $0.9 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $116.3 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $8.5 million reported in 2010 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2009 and 2010 of $67.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $76.0 million.

The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $3.5 million reported 2009 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2008 and 2009 of $36.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $33.0 million.

This significant loss allocation in 2011 was attributable mainly to the excess of fair value over cost of assets of $122.9 million sold into two funds in which the investors have no guaranteed minimum return. The loss allocation in 2010 is attributable mainly to the excess of fair value over cost of the assets of $6.4 million that were sold into a fund in which the investor had no guaranteed minimum return. The net income allocation in 2009 is attributable to sales of assets in 2009 to funds which had a guaranteed minimum return to the investors.

 

80


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each of the quarters indicated. The consolidated financial statements for each of these quarters have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the consolidated results of operations for these periods. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

            

Operating leases

   $ 3,417      $ 5,682      $ 7,004      $ 7,042      $ 8,139      $ 11,528   

Solar energy systems sales

     3,827        7,352        11,527        13,700        16,702        35,046   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     7,244        13,034        18,531        20,742        24,841        46,574   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

            

Operating leases

     1,345        52        1,892        2,429        2,582        3,710   

Solar energy systems

     4,337        12,002        15,076        10,003        12,125        31,899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     5,682        12,054        16,968        12,432        14,707        35,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,562        980        1,563        8,310        10,134        10,965   

Operating expenses:

            

Sales and marketing

     6,590        8,653        12,003        14,758        16,131        15,700   

General and administrative

     6,641        8,816        8,669        7,538        8,562        10,788   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     13,231        17,469        20,672        22,296        24,693        26,488   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (11,669     (16,489     (19,109     (13,986     (14,559     (15,523

Interest expense, net

     2,211        3,186        2,119        1,756        3,494        4,841   

Other expenses, net

     1,148        685        51        1,213        8,974        1,455   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (15,028     (20,360     (21,279     (16,955     (27,027     (21,819

Income tax provision

     (24     (51     13        (30     (35     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (15,052     (20,411     (21,266     (16,985     (27,062     (21,849

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (21,699     (25,694     (38,779     (31,058     (29,818     3,984   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ 6,647      $ 5,283      $ 17,513      $ 14,073      $ 2,756      $ (25,833
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue and Cost of Revenue

Operating leases revenue has increased sequentially over the quarters presented as a result of our continued installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets. Operating leases revenue for the fourth quarter of 2011 was impacted due to seasonality in that the reduction in daylight hours adversely affected the revenue from power purchase agreements and performance-based incentives.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems has also increased sequentially over the quarters presented primarily due to large commercial solar energy system sales that continued to increase. In

 

81


Table of Contents

the second quarter of 2012 we recorded $7.1 million and $7.0 million in higher revenue from large commercial systems and long-term contracts, respectively, compared to the first quarter of 2012.

Cost of operating leases revenue, which is comprised mainly of depreciation, has generally increased as the number of installed solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements has increased. In the second quarter of 2011, however, we recorded significantly lower cost of operating leases revenue as we recognized a catch-up adjustment on the amortization of U.S. Treasury grants related to our investment funds amounting to $1.4 million.

Cost of revenue from sale of solar energy systems has generally increased as the sales of solar energy systems have increased. In the first three quarters of 2011, we recorded negative gross margins from sale of solar energy systems as we absorbed higher levels of operational costs related to headcount and infrastructure costs incurred for future growth. Additionally, we recorded a charge of $2.6 million in the second quarter of 2011 to write down the carrying value of certain inventory items to reflect the then expected net realizable values of the inventory.

Operating Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses have generally increased as we have continued to broaden our marketing efforts to develop our backlog and increase our sales in new and existing markets. In 2012 we reevaluated and subsequently implemented new marketing strategies to reduce our average customer acquisition cost, resulting in lower sales and marketing costs in the second quarter of 2012.

We recorded lower general and administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of 2011 as we incurred lower legal fees associated with the formation of investment funds as compared prior quarters. In the second quarter of 2012, we recorded higher general and administrative expenses as we incurred higher audit, accounting and legal fees associated with our investment funds.

Interest Expense, Net

The fluctuation in the interest expense has resulted from changes in the financing obligations balances and the amount of loan borrowings in each period. The higher interest expense in the second quarter of 2012 was due to a higher average balance of bank borrowings and lease pass-through obligations in that quarter.

Other Expenses, Net

The significant increase recorded in the first quarter of 2012 resulted from the significant increase in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants liability between December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

We have recorded losses attributable to noncontrolling interests in the four quarters of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012 mainly due to sales of assets with significant excess of fair value over costs to a fund which does not have a guarantee of minimum returns to the investor, leading to significant loss allocations to the investor. In the second quarter of 2012, however, the value of assets sold to this fund had an excess of fair value over costs of only $2.3 million which resulted in a much smaller loss allocation to the investor in the quarter. This loss was more than offset by the income allocation to an investor in funds with guarantees of minimum returns to the investor. Additionally, a loss allocated to an investor in a fund in the first quarter of 2012 was reversed in the second quarter as U.S. Treasury grants for this fund were received and distributed to the investor.

 

82


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated cash flow data:

          

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ 2,278      $ (3,818   $ 18,082      $ (12,518   $ (38,464

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (130,711     (180,522

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        140,478        230,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalent

   $ 10,083      $ 20,358      $ (7,799  

$

(2,751

 

$

11,308

  

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We finance our operations, including the costs of acquisition and installation of solar energy systems, mainly through a variety of investment fund arrangements that we have formed with fund investors, credit facilities from banks, preferred stock equity offerings and cash generated from our operations. As described below under “—Financing Activities—Investment Fund Commitments,” as of June 30, 2012 we had $671.1 million of available commitments from our fund investors that can be drawn down through our asset monetization strategy.

While we have reported operating losses and cash outflows from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and our secured credit facilities were fully utilized as of June 30, 2012, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, funds available under a secured credit facility that we entered into subsequent to June 30, 2012 and funds available in our existing investment funds that can be drawn down through our assets monetization strategy will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. We are not dependent upon the proceeds of this offering to meet our cash requirements.

Operating Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2012, we utilized approximately $38.5 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $48.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $9.0 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $4.7 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $4.9 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $9.6 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $7.3 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to a decrease in accounts payable of $68.1 million as we paid our suppliers, an increase in accounts receivable of $16.4 million and an increase in other assets of $5.1 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $62.5 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, an increase in accrued and other liabilities of $21.7 million and an decrease in inventories of $2.2 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we utilized approximately $12.5 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $35.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $3.4 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $1.7 million, interest on lease pass-through

 

83


Table of Contents

obligation of $4.4 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.5 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $10.8 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $6.4 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $2.0 million, a decrease in accounts payable of $3.6 million and a increase in inventories of $2.9 million. The outflow was offset in part by an decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.9 million, an increase in accrued and other liabilities of $2.4 million and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $35.6 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $18.1 million in net cash from operations. This cash inflow primarily resulted from an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $68.3 million relating to upfront lease payments received from fund investors under financing structures designed as operating leases and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, an increase in customer deposits of $10.9 million and an increase in accounts payable of $118.9 million. The cash inflow was offset in part by a decrease in incentive rebates receivable of $4.9 million, an increase in inventories of $111.2 million, and a net loss of approximately $73.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $12.3 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $5.1 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $7.4 million, changes in fair value of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.1 million and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $23.5 million. In addition, the increase in other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased other assets. The sizeable increase in inventories and accounts payable was due to a $106.1 million year-end purchase of inverters and modules that are expected to be used in 2012 in the construction of solar energy systems eligible for the U.S. Treasury cash grant program, the program rules of which required that the cost of the equipment be incurred by December 31, 2011.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we utilized approximately $3.8 million in operating activities. This cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss in the year of $47.1 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $5.7 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $1.8 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $3.3 million, changes in fair value of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.0 million and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $7.4 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $22.2 million relating to upfront lease payments received from a fund investor under a financing structure designed as an operating lease and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments and an increase in customer deposits of $2.5 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $3.3 million. In addition, unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased inventory and other assets.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $2.3 million in cash from operating activities. This cash inflow primarily resulted from increased unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities partially offset by increased inventory and other assets, and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $17.2 million relating to solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, partially offset by an increase in rebates receivable of $6.6 million and a net loss of approximately $22.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $3.2 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $0.9 million and changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.2 million.

 

84


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures.

In the six months ended June 30, 2012, we used approximately $180.5 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $174.6 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers and $6.0 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the six months ended June 30, 2011, we used approximately $130.7 million in investing activities. Of this amount we used $124.3 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $3.8 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.6 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we used approximately $304.3 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $292.9 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $8.8 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.5 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we used approximately $162.9 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $156.5 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $6.3 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we used approximately $62.8 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $61.7 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $1.1 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

Financing Activities

In the six months ended June 30, 2012, we generated approximately $230.3 million from financing activities. We received approximately $80.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $60.5 million from long-term debt and $19.4 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $18.1 million of long-term debt. We received approximately $48.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $123.6 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also generated approximately $21.8 million from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures and paid distributions to fund investors of approximately $91.3 million.

In the six months ended June 30, 2011, we generated approximately $140.5 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $70.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $47.8 million. We received approximately $38.8 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $50.2 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received an additional $15.8 million from long-term debt and $5.6 million from our revolving line of credit, and we repaid $2.1 million of long-term debt and $4.5 million on our revolving line of credit.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $278.4 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $208.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by

 

85


Table of Contents

various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $88.6 million. We received approximately $65.5 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $64.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also received approximately $19.7 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.3 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $17.3 million from long-term debt and $5.6 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $3.2 million of long-term debt and $4.5 million of revolving line of credit.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately $187.0 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $97.1 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to the fund investors of approximately $25.0 million. We received $61.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received approximately $21.4 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.4 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants. We received approximately $20.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received approximately $18.3 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing, which was partially offset by a repayment of the financing obligation of approximately $7.6 million. Finally, we received an additional $1.3 million from long-term debt and repaid $1.0 million of long-term debt.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $70.6 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $41.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $3.9 million. We received approximately $23.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received approximately $5.4 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing. We also drew down $4.9 million on a revolving line of credit, and received an additional $0.5 million from long-term debt and repaid $0.7 million of long-term debt.

Secured Credit Agreements

In September 2012, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as administrative agent, and a syndicate of banks, including Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, to obtain funding for working capital, letters of credit and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement has a $75.0 million committed facility, of which $70.0 million was initially available pursuant to the facility’s terms. The borrowed funds bear interest at a rate of 3.875% plus LIBOR or, at our option, at a rate equal to 2.875%, plus the higher of (A) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (B) Bank of America’s published “prime rate,” or (C) LIBOR plus 1%. The fee for letters of credit is 3.875% per annum, and the fee for undrawn commitments is 0.375% per annum. The facility is secured by certain of our machinery and equipment, accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. This facility matures in September 2014, which date may be extended by an additional year if we satisfy certain financial conditions. As of October 5, 2012, $60.0 million was borrowed and outstanding under this revolving credit agreement, of which we used approximately $25.0 million to fully repay our prior revolving credit facility described below.

Under the terms of this revolving credit agreement, we are required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. We are also required to maintain a debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, of at least 1.25:1.00 at the end of each fiscal quarter, and to

 

86


Table of Contents

maintain unencumbered liquidity, as defined in the credit agreement, of at least $35.0 million, measured at the end of each month prior to the earlier of the date that we certify unencumbered liquidity is in excess of $50.0 million or December 31, 2012 and at least $50.0 million at the end of each month thereafter; provided, however, in each case, an event of default shall not have been deemed to occur unless (i) the unencumbered liquidity is below the foregoing applicable thresholds for two consecutive months or (ii) (A) before the earlier of the date that we certify unencumbered liquidity is in excess of $50.0 million or December 31, 2012, the unencumbered liquidity is less than $30.0 million and (B) after the earlier of the date that we certify unencumbered liquidity is in excess of $50.0 million or December 31, 2012, the unencumbered liquidity is less than $40.0 million.

In May 2008, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a commercial bank for working capital and equipment financing needs. This facility was subsequently modified to include a revolving line of credit facility and equipment financing facility. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit facility, as modified, bore interest at a rate of 1.5% plus the greater of 5% or the bank’s prime rate and were collateralized by all of our assets other than intellectual property. We borrowed $4.5 million under the revolving line of credit in 2009 and repaid the facility in full in April 2011.

The equipment financing facility, as modified, had a commitment of $1.0 million and was available in two tranches. The first tranche was available to be drawn down through January 13, 2010, and the second tranche was available to be drawn down through April 13, 2010. Interest under the equipment financing facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. The principal amount is payable for the first tranche in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on December 10, 2009, and the principal amount for the second tranche is payable in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on March 10, 2010. This equipment financing facility was repaid in full in April 2011.

In April 2011, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement had a $25.0 million committed facility. Borrowed funds bore interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility was secured by our accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. As of December 31, 2011, $5.6 million was borrowed and outstanding under this revolving credit agreement. In January 2012, we borrowed the remainder of this facility, and the full amount remained outstanding as of June 30, 2012. In September 2012, we repaid this facility in connection with entering into a new $75.0 million working capital facility.

Under the terms of the revolving credit agreement, we were required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. Under this credit agreement, we also were required to maintain specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums for each fiscal quarter. The non-GAAP EBITDA financials measure was derived from both cash and accruals based accounting, forward looking financial forecasts and financial modeling assumptions and attempts to present a uniform financial measure that was agnostic to the investment fund structures deployed in that reporting period. The specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums were: $1.00 for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012; $6.0 million for each of the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011; and negative $2.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In addition, under this credit agreement, we were required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of total cash (excluding cash held within our investment funds) to certain funded debt of at least 2.00:1.00 at the end of each month, and to maintain a tangible net worth of at least $1.00 at the end of each fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all of these covenants, after giving effect to waivers provided by the bank in August 2011, October 2011 and January 2012 that waived the earlier breach of certain of these covenants. These waivers cured our breaches related to our reporting non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $2.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and of negative $2.04 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In addition, these waivers cured our breach relating

 

87


Table of Contents

to a liquidity ratio of 1.71:1.00 on May 31, 2011. We were in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, we reported liquidity ratios of 1.43:1.00 and 1.34:1.00, respectively, and therefore did not meet the required minimum liquidity ratio. As of June 30, 2012, we reported non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $6.6 million and therefore breached the non-GAAP EBITDA covenant of $1.00. This also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same administrative bank agent. We obtained additional waivers to these breaches in June 2012 and August 2012. We believe that the financial and other covenants contained in the September 2012 working facility that replaced our previous revolving credit facility are generally more favorable to us and better reflect our business than those in the prior facility.

In January 2011, we entered into a $7.0 million term facility that bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The term facility is secured by the vehicles financed by the facility.

In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as administrative agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as sole lead arranger and sole book manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. We borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of June 30, 2012, from which we paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders. Of the amounts borrowed, $40.8 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2012, of which $7.0 million is included in our consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR.

Under the terms of the inventory term loan facility we are required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. We are also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million, in each case at the end of each month and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. We were in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 2012.

We have entered into various other loan agreements consisting of motor vehicles and other assets financing with various financial institutions. Total loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 under these loan agreements and the equipment financing facility amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $8.0 million, respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Our credit facilities were fully utilized as of June 30, 2012, and as a result no amounts were available to be drawn. Subsequently, in September 2012, we entered into the $75.0 million working capital facility described above, of which approximately $25.0 million was used to repay our prior working capital facility, an additional $15.0 million was drawn for general corporate purposes and $30.0 million remained available to be drawn as of September 12, 2012.

Investment Fund Commitments

We have investment fund commitments from several fund investors that we can draw upon in the future upon the achievement of specific funding criteria. As of June 30, 2012, we had entered into 20 investment funds that had a total of $671.1 million of undrawn committed capital, including a $350.0 million investment fund structured as debt facility to be used to partially fund our SolarStrong initiative. From our significant customer backlog we allocate to our investment funds leases and power

 

88


Table of Contents

purchase agreements and related economic benefits associated with solar energy systems in accordance with the criteria of the specific funds. Upon such allocation and upon our satisfaction of the conditions precedent to drawing upon such commitments, we are able to draw down on the investment fund commitments. Once received, these proceeds provide working capital to deliver solar energy systems to our customers and form part of our general working capital. Subsequent to June 30, 2012, we executed three additional investment funds with new and existing fund investors, bringing our total investment funds to 23 and the capital available for future monetization to $648 million. A significant portion of these commitments can be used only for solar energy systems that commenced construction during 2011 (either physically or through incurrence of sufficient project costs) in order to qualify for the U.S. Treasury grant. As our supply of such solar energy systems decreases, we may not be able to satisfy the drawing conditions for all such commitments.

In November 2011, one of our subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with a bank, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility to be used to partially fund our SolarStrong initiative, which is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative and is non-recourse to our other assets.

In May 2010, one of our subsidiaries entered into a financing agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount that may be borrowed under this agreement was determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by equipment owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, up to a maximum of $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was drawn down by March 31, 2011. The loan tranches bear interest at an average blended rate of 2%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary and is non-recourse to our other assets. We borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility in March 2011, of which $12.1 million and $11.6 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012. Under the working capital financing arrangement, our subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. We were in compliance with the covenants as of June 30, 2012.

Contractual Obligations

Set forth below is information concerning our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 22,803       $ 8,222       $ 5,466       $ 1,825       $ 7,290   

Financing obligations

     15,505         361         806         929         13,409   

Interest(1)

     11,049         1,735         2,917         2,471         3,926   

Operating lease obligations

     39,953         5,461         10,521         8,887         15,084   

Performance guarantee

     90         —           60         30         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 89,400       $ 15,779       $ 19,770       $ 14,142       $ 39,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents obligations for interest payments on long-term debt and financing obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long-term debt, based upon 2011 year end rates.

 

89


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We include in our consolidated financial statements all assets and liabilities and results of operations of investment fund arrangements that we have entered into. We have not entered into any other transactions that have generated relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships or special purpose entities. Accordingly, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposure includes changes in interest rates because borrowings under our revolving credit agreement bears interest at floating rates based on the LIBOR rate plus a specified margin. We manage our interest rate risk by balancing our amount of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt. For fixed-rate debt, interest rate changes do not affect our earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for floating-rate debt, interest rate changes generally impact our earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

Changes in economic conditions could result in higher interest rates, thereby increasing our interest expense and other operating expenses and reducing our funds available for capital investment, operations or other purposes. In addition, we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow to service debt, which may affect our ability to make future acquisitions or capital expenditures. We may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings or net assets as a result of interest rate fluctuations. A hypothetical 10% change in our interest rate would have changed interest incurred for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 by $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Upon the filing of our initial registration statement, we intend to utilize the extended transition period provided in Securities Act Section 7(a)(2)(B) as allowed by Section 107(b)(1) of the JOBS Act for the adoption of new or revised accounting standards as applicable to emerging growth companies. As part of the election, we will not be required to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standard until such time that a company that does not qualify as an “issuer” (as defined under Section 2(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) is required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

90


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided or contracted to provide systems or services on more than 33,000 buildings. Every five minutes of the working day a new customer makes the switch to Better Energy. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

To date, we have raised $1.57 billion through 23 investment funds and related financing facilities established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation

 

91


Table of Contents

and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $648 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments.

Most of our customer relationships begin when we enter into long-term energy contracts. These long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively, with average residential prices rising from 8.24 cents to 11.54 cents per kilowatt hour, or kWh, and average commercial prices rising from 7.43 cents to 10.19 cents per kWh over this period. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. More broadly, in the past 20 years, the combined average residential utility rate in our top markets of Arizona, California and Hawaii has doubled.

In addition to rising prices, demand for electricity is inelastic. Despite increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years. To manage electricity demand, many states have implemented tiered pricing mechanisms that charge a higher cost per kWh as consumption increases. For example, in California, the highest consumption tier rates (Tiers 3-5) increased at 6-8% annually over the five-year period of 2006 through 2010, while the lowest tier rates (Tiers 1-2) remained flat. However, there has not been a corresponding reduction in consumption in the higher-priced tiers, demonstrating the inelasticity of electricity demand.

 

92


Table of Contents

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

SolarCity’s Competitive Pricing Position in Our Top Retail Markets

 

LOGO

Note: Current representative residential retail rates by tier, based on publicly available utility data.

Distributed solar energy systems, such as ours, provide customers with an alternative to traditional utility energy suppliers. Distributed resources are smaller in unit size and can be constructed at a customer’s site, removing the need for lengthy transmission lines. By bypassing the traditional suppliers and transmission and distribution systems, distributed energy systems de-link the customer’s price of power from external factors such as volatile commodity prices and costs of the incumbent energy supplier. This makes it possible for distributed energy purchasers to buy energy at a predictable and stable price over a long period of time, something traditional energy companies are generally unable to provide.

While the energy generated by distributed solar energy systems has historically been more expensive than centralized alternatives, downward trends in installed solar energy system prices have reduced the relative cost of distributed solar electricity to levels that are competitive with traditional utility generation retail costs. While these developments have adversely impacted panel manufacturers and the overall upstream market, we and other downstream companies have benefited significantly. In 2006, the year we commenced business, solar panel prices were 472% higher than now.

 

93


Table of Contents

Panel Pricing Trends

 

LOGO

Source: Bloomberg New Energy Finance.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 TWh of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

U.S. Residential and Commercial Retail Prices Over Time

 

LOGO

Source: EIA 2010 U.S. sales and revenue data.

Note: The distribution curves are constructed using utility data reported to the EIA and the assumptions described above.

Current market factors indicate that the trend towards increasing retail energy prices will continue, causing the consumption curves depicted above to continue to shift right towards higher electricity cost. The demand curve will continue to expand upward as well, as the country’s population growth, economic growth and the continued proliferation of consumer goods and products that utilize

 

94


Table of Contents

electricity, such as electric vehicles, promote growth in demand. As retail prices for electricity increase and distributed solar energy costs decline, our market opportunity will grow exponentially.

In recent years, government policies have evolved in response to dependence on foreign energy sources and the desire to foster the growth of the renewable energy industry. Federal and state governments have established renewable portfolio standards and incentives to further reduce the cost of solar energy for consumers, including investment tax credits and bonus depreciation. These federal and state incentives helped catalyze private sector investment in solar energy development, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

Historically, incentives have been instrumental in building the market for sustainable energy resources. However, rising retail energy costs, declining cost of solar energy components, and the increased affordability and accessibility of solar energy systems minimize the need for incentives. In line with this trend, while incentives on a dollar per watt basis have decreased over the last decade, installation of solar energy systems continued to grow.

In addition to distributed energy, we provide energy efficiency products and services. These solutions refer to projects or improvements designed to increase the energy efficiency of residences. Typical products and services offered include appliance replacement, upgrades to heating, ventilation and air conditioning, or HVAC, lighting retrofits, equipment installations, load management, energy procurement and rate analysis. The market for energy efficiency solutions has grown significantly, driven largely by rising energy prices, advances in energy efficiency technologies, growing customer awareness of energy and environmental issues, and governmental support for energy efficiency initiatives.

Recognizing energy efficiency initiatives as an offset to growing electricity consumption, many states have created formalized mechanisms to encourage energy efficiency. The potential market for energy efficiency solutions is significant. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to 2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to lower their energy costs in a simple and efficient manner. We have disrupted the industry status quo by providing renewable energy directly to customers for less than they are currently paying for utility-generated energy. Unlike utilities, we sell energy with a predictable cost structure that does not rely on limited fossil fuels and is insulated from rising retail electricity prices. We also guarantee the electricity production of our solar energy systems to our customers. Our strategy is to focus on that portion of the solar energy value chain with the most potential: the energy consumer and the customer relationship. We believe we are the only distributed energy company that offers integrated sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and efficiency services without involving the services of multiple third-party participants.

 

95


Table of Contents

The key elements of our integrated approach are illustrated below:

SolarCity’s Integrated Approach

 

LOGO

 

  Ÿ  

Sales .     We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program. We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing .     Financing makes it possible to install our solar energy systems for little or no upfront cost. Through a streamlined process, we provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy accessible and affordable, either on a fixed monthly fee basis or a fee based on the amount of energy produced.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering .     Our in-house engineering team custom designs a solar energy system for each of our customers. We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the design process and optimizes the design to maximize the energy production of each system. Our engineers complete a structural analysis of each building and produce a full set of structural design and electrical blueprints that contain the specifications for all system components.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation .     Once we complete the design, we obtain all necessary building permits. Our customer care representatives coordinate the SolarCity team and keep our customers apprised of the project status every step of the way. We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For substantially all of our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager. Once we complete installing the system, we schedule inspections with the local building department and arrange for interconnection to the power grid with the utility. By handling these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance .     Our proprietary monitoring software provides our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation and consumption. Through an easy-to-read graphical display available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts. These monitoring systems allow us to confirm the continuing proper operation of our solar energy systems, identify maintenance issues and provide our customers with a better understanding of their energy usage, allowing them the opportunity to modify their usage accordingly.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services .     Through our comprehensive energy efficiency evaluations, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. After the evaluation is completed, we review the results with the customer and recommend current and future

 

96


Table of Contents
 

opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy to a diversified customer base that includes residential home owners, large and small businesses, and government entities:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our solar energy systems rely solely on the free energy produced by the sun, allowing our customers to generate their own energy and reduce the amount they purchase from utilities. We help put solar energy generation within the reach of our customers by providing a variety of pricing options that minimize or eliminate upfront costs. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to access distributed renewable energy generation simply and efficiently. By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we are able to control and oversee the entire process while providing a superior experience to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.      Our business model enables us to develop long-term relationships with our customers. Under our standard customer agreements, our solar energy customers purchase energy from us for 20 years. This approach allows us to maintain an ongoing relationship with our customers through our receipt of payments and our real-time monitoring. We leverage these relationships to offer complementary energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs, which we believe further reinforces our relationship, brand and value to the customer, and reduces our customer acquisition costs. Because our 20-year contracts with our customers exceed the average useful life of most major appliances (such as water heaters and furnaces), we believe we are well-positioned to assist them with future replacements and upgrades. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      Our size enables us to achieve economies of scale in both installation and capital costs, enabling us to offer our customers electricity at rates lower than the retail rate offered by the utility. We believe that our size provides our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services. For example, we have developed proprietary software that significantly reduces design time, speeds the permitting process and allows us to efficiently manage the installation of every project.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.     Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand. For example, approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We believe our brand is a meaningful factor for customers as they consider their energy alternatives.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments. Our senior leadership team, consisting of our co-founders, Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive, and our chairman, Elon Musk, are widely recognized entrepreneurs and thought leaders with track records of building successful businesses. Additionally, to support our integrated business

 

97


Table of Contents
 

model, we have developed in-house expertise through strong senior leadership on our engineering, structured finance, legal and government affairs teams.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. The following are key elements of our strategy:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     Since our founding in 2006, we have provided or contracted to provide systems or services on more than 33,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. To continue this growth, we intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel. We also intend to continue to leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base. For example, our agreement with The Home Depot has generated installations across multiple markets and validates our brand by working with a trusted name in home improvement. We also recently developed strategic relationships with several homebuilders that we believe will extend our reach to new customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     Our business is based on selling renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. We plan on achieving cost reductions by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary design automation and supply chain management software to further ensure that our engineering team and system installers operate as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers. In addition, we plan to broadly market and sell energy-related products that we source from third-party suppliers, such as electric vehicle charging stations. Our existing long-term customer relationships enable us to sell these products and services with substantially lower acquisition costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities. We currently serve customers in 14 states, most recently expanding into Connecticut in February 2012.

Our Innovative Products, Services and Technology

We deliver Better Energy to our customers through a portfolio of complementary products and services that enable more cost effective generation and reduced energy consumption. We have developed enabling technologies that allow us to simplify our customers’ experience and enhance our ability to deliver our products and services.

Solar Energy Products

 

  Ÿ  

Solar Energy Systems.     The major components of our solar energy systems include solar panels that convert sunlight into electrical current, inverters that convert the electrical output

 

98


Table of Contents
 

from the panels to a usable current compatible with the electric grid, racking that attaches the solar panels to the roof or ground and electrical hardware that connects the solar energy system to the electric grid and our monitoring device. We purchase our components from vendors, maintaining multiple sources for each major component to ensure competitive pricing and an adequate supply of materials. Though we typically install poly-crystalline silicon panels and string inverters, we have installed a wide variety of other technologies, including thin film panels and panel-level power optimizers.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarLease and Power Purchase Agreement Finance Products.     Most of our solar energy customers choose to purchase energy from us pursuant to one of two payment structures: a SolarLease or a power purchase agreement. In both structures, we charge customers a monthly fee for the power produced by our solar energy systems. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is pre-determined and includes a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kWh based on the amount of electricity actually produced by the solar energy system. Under both the SolarLease and power purchase agreement, our customers also have the option to pay little or no upfront costs or to reduce the aggregate amount of their future payments by pre-paying a portion of their future payments. Over the term of the agreement, we own and operate the system and guarantee its performance. Our current standard SolarLeases and power purchase agreements have 20-year terms. Prior to 2010, our standard lease term was 15 years. In a limited number of utility districts, we continue to offer lease terms of less than 20 years to comply with applicable incentive programs. In addition, a limited number of our commercial customers have entered into power purchase agreements with terms of between 10 and 20 years.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

Our energy efficiency products and services enable our customers to save money on their energy bills by reducing their energy consumption. To date, we have completed over 11,000 home energy evaluations and performed more than 1,700 energy efficiency upgrades.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Energy Evaluation.     Our home energy evaluation is the threshold to the broad set of energy efficiency products and services we offer. We sell home energy efficiency evaluations to new solar energy system customers, existing customers, prospective solar energy system customers who are unable to adopt solar energy because of site conditions or credit, and to customers who want to start with energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. During the evaluation, we record details of the home’s construction and energy use, measurements of every major building surface, model numbers of appliances and other energy consuming equipment, and measure combustion efficiency and air leakage in the ducts and building envelope. We create a database of this information and review a report of the results with the customer outlining current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Efficiency Upgrades.     Based on the detailed analysis from the home energy evaluation, we work with customers to identify their priorities to improve the cost effectiveness, efficiency, health and comfort of their home by implementing appropriate upgrades. We generally handle every aspect of an energy efficiency improvement project for our customers including sales, engineering, permitting, procurement, installation, inspections and any supporting rebate or utility documentation. Our core energy efficiency upgrade products and services address heating and cooling, air sealing, duct sealing, water heating, insulation, high efficiency furnaces, weatherization, pool pumps and lighting.

 

99


Table of Contents

Other Energy Products and Services

 

  Ÿ  

Electric Vehicle Charging.     We believe there is a strong overlap between customer demand for electric vehicles, or EVs, and solar energy. As consumers switch to EVs, their electricity bills increase substantially, driving demand for lower cost electricity. We install EV charging equipment that we source from third parties. We market EV equipment to residential and commercial customers through retail partnerships with companies such as The Home Depot, and through EV manufacturers and dealerships, such as our preferred partnership with Tesla Motors, Inc. To date, we have sold over 500 charging stations.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Storage.     We are developing a proprietary battery management system built on our solar energy monitoring communications backbone. The battery management system is designed to enable remote, fully bidirectional control of distributed energy storage that can potentially provide significant benefits to our customers, utilities and grid operators. The benefits of energy storage coupled with a solar energy system to our customers may include back-up power, time-of-use energy arbitrage, rate arbitrage, peak demand shaving and demand response. We believe that advances in battery storage technology, steep reductions in pricing and burgeoning policy changes that support energy storage hold significant promise for enabling deployments of grid-connected energy storage systems. We currently have over 100 energy storage pilot projects under contract.

Enabling Technologies

 

  Ÿ  

SolarBid Sales Management Platform.     SolarBid is a proprietary sales management platform that incorporates a database of rate information by utility, sun exposure, roof orientation and a variety of other factors to enable a detailed analysis and customized graphical presentation of each customer’s savings. SolarBid simplifies the sales process and automates pricing, system configuration and proposal generation. It also automatically prepares the customer agreements, incentive forms and utility paperwork required to complete a project. SolarBid is designed for maximum flexibility, allowing us to quickly add new products, services and geographies.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarWorks Customer Management Software.     SolarWorks is the proprietary software platform we use to track and manage every project. SolarWorks’ embedded database and custom architecture enables reduced costs, improved quality and improved customer experience by supporting scheduling, budgeting and other project management functions as well as customer communications, inventory management and detailed project data.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Designer.     Energy Designer is a proprietary software application our field engineering auditors use to rapidly collect all pertinent site-specific design details on a tablet computer. This information then syncs with our design automation software, reducing design time and accelerating the permitting process.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Performance Pro.     Home Performance Pro is our proprietary energy efficiency evaluation platform that incorporates the U.S. Department of Energy’s Energy Plus simulation engine. Home Performance Pro collects and stores details of a building’s construction and energy use and accurately simulates the reduction in energy use from energy efficiency upgrades. We use Home Performance Pro to identify opportunities to improve our customers’ energy efficiency.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarGuard and PowerGuide Proactive Monitoring Solutions.     SolarGuard and PowerGuide provide our customers a real-time view of their home’s or business’s energy generation and consumption. Through easy-to-read graphical displays available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts such as carbon offset and pollution reduction. Our

 

100


Table of Contents
 

customer service team reviews system performance data using this proprietary monitoring software to confirm continuing efficient operation.

Our Customers

Our customers buy electricity and other energy services from us that lower their overall energy costs. Because our customers are individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores and government agencies, and because electricity is a necessity, we perceive our recurring customer payments as high-quality assets. Our customer base is comprised of the following key sectors:

 

  Ÿ  

Residential .     Our residential customers are individual homeowners and homeowners within communities who have participated in our community solar program that want to switch to cleaner, cheaper energy or reduce their home energy consumption through energy efficiency upgrades. Our community solar programs enable communities to collectively adopt clean energy in partnership with their local government or community organization without requiring any local government funds. We have helped more than 50 communities build more than 1,500 projects.

 

  Ÿ  

Commercial .     Our commercial customers represent several business sectors, including technology, retail, manufacturing, agriculture, nonprofit and houses of worship. Our commercial customers include the world’s largest retailer, the world’s premier semiconductor chip maker and hundreds of other businesses.

 

  Ÿ  

Government .     We have installed solar energy systems for several government entities including the U.S. Air Force, Army, Marines and Navy, and the Department of Homeland Security. In November 2011, SolarCity and Bank of America Merrill Lynch announced project SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. We expect SolarStrong to ultimately create up to 300 megawatts of solar generation capacity that could provide energy to as many as 120,000 military housing units. If completed as anticipated, SolarStrong would be the largest residential solar project in American history.

We generally group our commercial and governmental customers together for our internal customer management purposes. Based on cumulative megawatts deployed, our business is split approximately equally between our residential and commercial customers.

Our commercial and government customers include:

 

LOGO

Why Customers Choose SolarCity

The following examples illustrate the experiences of residential, commercial and government customers and the reasons they select us to provide solar energy systems and related energy products and services.

 

101


Table of Contents

Residential

 

  Ÿ  

California Family.     A California family contacted us to perform an evaluation of their home’s energy usage and costs. We recommended a combination of a solar energy system and energy efficiency products and services to reduce energy costs and consumption and to create a more comfortable home. The family decided to sign a 20-year lease with us for a solar energy system that saves them an average of more than $50 each month. Our energy efficiency evaluators also assessed that the home was losing 60% of its heating through leaks in ductwork and was using an inefficient air cooling system. We replaced the ductwork to reduce leakage and heating costs in the winter and installed a more efficient cooling system to reduce energy costs and increase comfort in the summer. The family now enjoys a more comfortable home and can expect to save thousands of dollars in future energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Maryland Homeowner.     A Maryland homeowner sought a solar energy solution to reduce high summertime electricity bills and ultimately decided to lease a solar energy system from us. Over the 20-year term of the contract, he will pay us $29,746 and is projected to create a net savings of $8,305 compared to his projected utility bills. The solar energy system is expected to offset 240,024 pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract term, the equivalent of planting approximately 130 trees. The solar energy system components, including panels, inverters and labor, cost approximately $18,276.

Commercial

 

  Ÿ  

Walmart Stores, Inc.      Walmart, the world’s largest retail business, is pursuing an array of sustainability goals, including a long-term goal to be supplied by 100% renewable energy. Walmart’s goal is to purchase renewable solar energy at prices equal to or less than utility energy rates while also providing price certainty for a percentage of these stores’ electricity requirements against the volatility of fossil-based energy prices. Walmart has contracted with us to purchase solar-generated electricity at 169 locations throughout Arizona, California, Colorado, Maryland, New York and Ohio. We started our first Walmart project in July 2010, and completed 57 projects by the end of 2011. Our solar energy systems typically offset between 10% and 30% of each Walmart location’s total electricity usage.

 

  Ÿ  

Granite Regional Park .    Granite Regional Park is a private-public partnership between Regional Park Limited Partnership and the City of Sacramento. Regional Park developed the Granite Regional Park with the goal of advancing the City of Sacramento’s sustainability goals and providing additional public greenspace. The park is located on an old mining site and includes office buildings and recreation area. Regional Park will pay $2,639,115 over 20 years for the solar electricity generated by the 901 kW solar energy system and is projected to create a net savings of $437,617 compared to the park’s projected utility bills over this period. The installation is expected to offset more than 27 million pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract period, the equivalent of taking approximately 2,500 cars off the road for a year, or planting approximately 15,000 trees.

Government

 

  Ÿ  

Soaring Heights Communities, Davis-Monthan Air Force Base.     In mid-2009, we entered into a transaction with Soaring Heights Communities LLC, an affiliate of Lend Lease (US) Public Partnerships LLC, a leading developer of privatized military housing, to build what we believe to be the largest solar-powered community in the United States: Soaring Heights Communities at Davis-Monthan Air Force Base in Tucson, Arizona. The project includes approximately 6 megawatts of generation capacity, including approximately 3.28 megawatts of ground-mounted solar panel arrays and an additional 2.76 megawatts of roof-mounted systems, spread among

 

102


Table of Contents
 

400 residential buildings. When construction began, the project was estimated to represent an increase of more than 15% over the state of Arizona’s grid-tied solar capacity. The solar electricity generated by the systems offsets the majority of the electricity used by the housing community’s over 900 single and multi-family residences. A photograph of a portion of this project appears below.

 

LOGO

 

  Ÿ  

Chico Unified School District .    Chico Unified School District decided to explore solar power as a way to help meet the school district’s electricity needs, reduce its dependency on polluting power sources and reduce energy expenses. After a careful selection process, we were awarded the contract to build 1.6 MW of solar energy systems across five district sites. As a power purchase agreement customer, the school district avoided the upfront cost of installing solar and simply buys the power produced from our systems at a set rate. The school district’s solar electricity production is expected to offset 85% of the five sites’ collective, total electricity needs. The school district will pay $10,907,432 for the solar electricity over a 20-year period, and the solar power is projected to create a net savings of $2,441,775 compared to the school district’s projected utility bills over this period. The school district’s solar installations are expected to offset more than 57 million pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract term, the equivalent of taking approximately 5,000 cars off the road for a year, or planting approximately 30,000 trees.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program.

 

  Ÿ  

Direct outside sales force.     Our outside sales force typically resides and works within a market we serve. Our outside sales force allows us to sell to those customers who prefer a face-to-face interaction.

 

103


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Call center.      Our call center allows us to sell our energy products and services to customers without visiting their homes or businesses. Because every home or site is unique, we begin by talking with each prospective customer about their energy needs and savings goals. Then, using online satellite technology, our salesperson evaluates the suitability of the site for our products and services. If either a solar energy system or an energy efficiency evaluation is an appropriate solution, our salesperson briefs the customer on our full scope of products and services, collects preliminary utility usage data and site information, and ultimately, provides a preliminary estimate of costs, including rebate applicability. If the customer desires to work with us, contracts can then be executed with e-signatures.

 

  Ÿ  

Channel Partner Network

 

   

SolarCity Network.     The SolarCity Network is a by-invitation business development program that pays referral fees to local professionals and businesses that refer customers to us. Typical network members include realtors, architects, contractors and insurance/financial services providers.

 

   

The Home Depot.     Our products and services are available through The Home Depot stores located in California, Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, Oregon and the District of Columbia. We are the exclusive solar provider in the stores we serve. We sell through point-of-purchase displays in the stores, through a team of field energy advisors that canvass the stores and speak to prospective customers, and through other direct marketing strategies including in-store flyers, seminars, promotions, search engine marketing campaigns, email campaigns, retail signage and displays, and a co-branded website.

 

   

Homebuilder partners.     Our products and services are available through several new home builders, including Shea Homes. These partners market solar energy systems through a variety of strategies, including advertising within their model homes, signage within their communities, realtor emails, newspaper inserts, online banners and co-branded flyers. Certain of these partners pre-pay for the electricity that will be produced by the solar energy system installed on the new home they sell, using the benefit of free solar energy as a selling point.

 

   

Other channel partners.     Our products and services also are available through Paramount Energy Solutions, LLC, dba Paramount Solar. Paramount Solar engages residential photovoltaic solar system customers through its own sales and marketing strategies.

 

  Ÿ  

Customer Referral Program .     We believe that customer referrals are the most effective way to market our products and services. Approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We offer cash awards to incentivize our current customers to refer their friends, family and colleagues to install solar energy systems or enroll in an energy efficiency evaluation performed. We also encourage our customers to host solar energy parties with their friends, family and colleagues, where one of our in-house solar consultants make an informal presentation.

We also market our products and services through a variety of direct marketing strategies designed to reach qualified homeowners and businesses, including radio ads and public radio sponsorships, newspaper and magazine ads, online banner ads, search engine marketing, direct mail, participation in trade shows, events and home shows, email marketing, public relations, social media, sweepstakes and promotions, newsletters, community programs and field marketing techniques such as door-to-door canvassing. Our in-house marketing team manages and coordinates our media buying and customizes our content for each region.

 

104


Table of Contents

Operations and Suppliers

We purchase major components such as solar panels and inverters directly from multiple manufacturers. We screen these suppliers and components based on expected cost, reliability, warranty coverage, ease of installation and other ancillary costs. As of August 31, 2012, our primary solar panel suppliers were Trina Solar Limited, Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited and Kyocera Solar, Inc., among others, and our primary inverter suppliers were Power-One, Inc., SMA Solar Technology, AG, Schneider Electric SA and Fronius International GmbH, among others. We typically enter into master contractual arrangements with our major suppliers that define the general terms and conditions of our purchases, including warranties, product specifications, indemnities, delivery and other customary terms. We typically purchase solar panels and inverters on an as-needed basis from our suppliers at then-prevailing prices pursuant to purchase orders issued under our master contractual arrangements. We generally do not have any supplier arrangements that contain long-term pricing or volume commitments , although at times in the past we have made limited purchase commitments to ensure sufficient supply of components.

The U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. We are not the importer of record of these solar panels and as a result we are not responsible for payment of the proposed tariffs.

Our racking systems are manufactured by contract manufacturers in the United States using our design.

We generally source the hundreds of other products related to our solar energy systems and energy efficiency upgrades services, such as HVAC and water heating equipment, fasteners and electrical fittings, through a variety of distributors. In addition, we source our EV charging stations from Tesla Motors and others.

We currently operate in 14 states. We manage inventory through one of our six centralized storage and distribution facilities, and we distribute inventory to local warehouses weekly as needed. We maintain a fleet of over 570 trucks and other vehicles to support our installers and operations. This operational scale is fundamental to our business, as our field teams currently complete more than 1,000 residential installations each month, while our project management teams simultaneously manage thousands of projects as they move through the stages of engineering, permitting, installation and monitoring.

We offer a range of warranties and performance guarantees for our solar energy systems. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems we sell, together with a pass-through of the inverter and module manufacturers’ warranties that generally range from 5 to 25 years. Where we sell the electricity generated by a solar energy system, we compensate customers if their system produces less energy than our guarantee in any given year by refunding overpayments. We also provide ongoing service and repair during the entire term of the customer relationship. Costs associated with such ongoing service and repair have not been material.

Securing Our Solar Energy Systems

Unless a customer fully prepays for its solar energy system, we file a uniform commercial code financing statement, or UCC-1, on the systems in the real property records where each system is

 

105


Table of Contents

located prior to or when the system is installed. We file the UCC-1 to put on notice anyone who might perform a title search on the address where the system is located that our property, the solar energy system, is installed on the building. This filing protects our rights as the system’s owner against any mortgage on the real property. If the lender that holds the mortgage on the real property forecloses on our customer’s home, the UCC-1 filing protects our interest in the solar energy system and prohibits the lender from taking ownership of our solar energy system. A UCC-1 fixture filing is not a lien against a customer’s home and does not entitle us to the proceeds of the sale of a home in foreclosure. Typically, when a foreclosed home is sold by the lender, we negotiate with the prospective buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement. We believe the prospective buyer is motivated to assume the existing agreement by the opportunity to purchase energy from us at a lower price than that available from the electric utility. To date, we have only had to repossess four systems. In every other case, we have successfully negotiated with the new buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement.

Competition

We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these traditional utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. We believe that we compete favorably with traditional utilities based on these factors in the regions we service.

We also compete with companies that provide products and services in distinct segments of the downstream solar energy and energy efficiency value chain. For example, many solar companies only install solar energy systems, while others only provide financing for these installations. These distributed energy competitors typically work in contractual arrangements with third parties, leaving the customer in the position of having to deal with different companies for different aspects of their solar energy project. In the residential solar energy system installation market, our competitors include American Solar Electric, Inc., Astrum Solar, Inc., Petersen Dean, Inc., Real Goods Solar, Inc., REC Solar, Inc., Sungevity, Inc., Trinity Solar, Inc., Verengo, Inc. and many smaller local solar companies. In the commercial solar energy system installation market, our competitors include Chevron Corporation, SunPower Corporation and Team Solar, Inc. In the solar project financing market, our competitors include SunRun Inc. In the energy efficiency products and services market, our competitors include Ameresco, Inc.

We believe that we compete favorably with these companies because we take an integrated approach to Better Energy, including offering solar energy systems, energy efficiency offerings, electric vehicle charging stations and additional energy-related products and services, as well as in-house sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, and operations and maintenance. Our competitors offer only a subset of the products and services we provide. Aside from simple cost efficiency, we offer distinct practical benefits as an all-in-one provider. We provide a single point of contact and accountability for our products and services during the relationship with our customers.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an essential element of our business, and our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property laws, confidentiality agreements and license agreements to establish and protect our intellectual property rights.

As of August 31, 2012, we had 6 patents issued and 17 pending applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. These patents and applications relate to our installation and mounting

 

106


Table of Contents

hardware, our finance products, our monitoring solutions and our software platforms. Our issued patents start expiring in 2028. We intend to continue to file additional patent applications.

All of our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property and assigning to us any ownership that they may claim in those works.

Government Regulation

We are not a “regulated utility” in the United States under applicable national, state or other local regulatory regimes where we conduct business. For our limited operations in Ontario, Canada, our subsidiary is subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff, or FIT, regulations, including the FIT rates.

To operate our systems we obtain interconnection agreements from the applicable local primary electricity utility. Depending on the size of the solar energy system and local law requirements, interconnection agreements are between the local utility and either us or our customer. In almost all cases, interconnection agreements are standard form agreements that have been pre-approved by the local public utility commission or other regulatory body with jurisdiction over interconnection agreements. As such, no additional regulatory approvals are required once interconnection agreements are signed. We maintain a utility administration function, with primary responsibility for engaging with utilities and ensuring our compliance with interconnection rules.

Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the occupational health and safety of our employees and wage regulations. For example, we are subject to the requirements of the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, or OSHA, and comparable state laws that protect and regulate employee health and safety. We have a robust safety department led by a safety professional, and we expend significant resources to comply with OSHA requirements and industry best practices.

Federal and/or state prevailing wage requirements, which generally apply to any “public works” construction project that receives public funds, may apply to installations of our solar energy systems on government facilities. The prevailing wage is the basic hourly rate paid on public works projects to a majority of workers engaged in a particular craft, classification or type of work within a particular area. Prevailing wage requirements are established and enforced by regulatory agencies. Our in-house prevailing wage expert monitors and coordinates our continuing compliance with these regulations.

Government Incentives

U.S. federal, state and local governments have established various incentives and financial mechanisms to reduce the cost of solar energy and to accelerate the adoption of solar energy. These incentives include tax credits, cash grants, tax abatements, rebates, and net energy metering, or net metering, programs. These incentives help catalyze private sector investments in solar energy and efficiency measures, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

The federal government provides an uncapped investment tax credit, or Federal ITC, that allows a taxpayer to claim a credit of 30% of qualified expenditures for a residential or commercial solar energy system that is placed in service on or before December 31, 2016. This credit is scheduled to reduce to 10% effective January 1, 2017. Solar energy systems that began construction prior to the end of 2011 are eligible to receive a 30% federal cash grant paid by the U.S. Treasury Department

 

107


Table of Contents

under section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or the U.S. Treasury grant, in lieu of the Federal ITC. The federal government also provides accelerated depreciation for eligible solar energy systems.

We have received U.S. Treasury grants with respect to the vast majority of the solar energy systems that we have installed, and we expect to receive U.S. Treasury grants with respect to many more solar energy systems that we will install in the near future. We have relied on, and will continue to rely in the near future on, U.S. Treasury grants to lower our cost of capital and to incent fund investors to invest in our funds. Also, the U.S. Treasury grants have enabled us to lower the price we charge customers for our solar energy systems.

Approximately half of the states offer a personal and/or corporate investment or production tax credit for solar, that is additive to the Federal ITC. Further, more than half of the states, and many local jurisdictions, have established property tax incentives for renewable energy systems, that include exemptions, exclusions, abatements and credits.

Many state governments, utilities, municipal utilities and co-operative utilities offer a rebate or other cash incentive for the installation and operation of a solar energy system or energy efficiency measures. Capital costs or “up-front” rebates provide funds to solar customers based on the cost, size or expected production of a customer’s solar energy system. Performance-based incentives provide cash payments to a system owner based on the energy generated by their solar energy system during a pre-determined period, and they are paid over that time period. Some states also have established FIT programs that are a type of performance-based incentive where the system owner-producer is paid a set rate for the electricity their system generates over a set period of time.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end

of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Some states require utilities to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds a set percentage of the utilities’ aggregate customer peak demand.

Many states also have adopted procurement requirements for renewable energy production. Twenty-nine states have adopted a renewable portfolio standard that requires regulated utilities to procure a specified percentage of total electricity delivered to customers in the state from eligible renewable energy sources, such as solar energy systems, by a specified date. To prove compliance with such mandates, utilities must surrender renewable energy certificates, or RECs. System owners often are able to sell RECs to utilities directly or in REC markets.

Employees and Our Company Values

We take great pride in being a company built on values. Our values are an integral part of who we are and how we conduct business, and they provide the framework for delivering exceptional service to our customers. These values are:

 

  Ÿ  

We are teammates.

 

  Ÿ  

We are innovators who welcome change.

 

108


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

We provide quality workmanship.

 

  Ÿ  

We act with integrity and honesty.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to lower costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We are anchored in safety.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to exceed customer expectations.

 

  Ÿ  

We change the world for the better.

We strive to attract, hire and retain the best employees and have designed programs to reward and incent our employees, including competitive salaries, equity ownership and substantial opportunities for career advancement.

As of August 31, 2012, we had 2,055 full-time employees, consisting of 584 in sales and marketing, 148 in engineering, 961 in installation, 202 in customer care and project controls and 160 others. Of our employees, 1,307 are located in California, including 578 located in our headquarters in San Mateo, California. Our remaining employees are located in 12 other states and Washington, D.C.

Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and the delivery of energy products and services. Because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources, and this requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high San Francisco Bay Area standards for employees employed in these fields. Further, as the industry continues to expand, we are increasingly subject to competition to hire the best salespeople and others who are keys to our growing business. We employ a team of full-time recruiters who are dedicated to identifying and qualifying prospective employees to support our growth.

Our employees are not currently represented by any labor union or subject to any collective bargaining agreement. To date, we have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters and executive offices are located in San Mateo, California, where we occupy approximately 68,025 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in December 2016. Our other locations include sales offices and warehouses in Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Hawaii, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania and Texas. We also maintain sales and support offices in Ontario, Canada.

We lease all of our facilities, and we do not own any real property. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that we will be able to lease suitable additional or alternative space on commercially reasonable terms if and when we need it.

Legal Proceedings

On February 13, 2012, SunPower Corporation filed an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California (Civil Action No. 12-00694). The complaint asserts 12 causes of action against six defendants: SolarCity, Thomas Leyden, Matt Giannini, Dan Leary, Felix Aguayo and Alice Cathcart, although only the following six causes of action are asserted against SolarCity: trade secret misappropriation; conversion; trespass to chattels; interference with prospective business advantage; unfair competition; and statutory unfair competition. Each of Messrs. Leyden, Giannini, Leary and Aguayo, and Ms. Cathcart, or the Individual Defendants, are former SunPower employees, and at the

 

109


Table of Contents

time SunPower filed the complaint, each was a SolarCity employee. The complaint’s claims generally relate to alleged unlawful access of SunPower computers by the Individual Defendants for the purpose of securing SunPower information, the alleged misappropriation of SunPower’s trade secret information for competitive advantage or in furtherance of recruiting some or all of the Individual Defendants to leave SunPower and join SolarCity. The complaint seeks preliminary and permanent injunctions, damages and attorney’s fees. In September 2011, we hired Mr. Leyden as our vice president of commercial sales; subsequently, his title was changed to vice president, project development. Mr. Leyden’s employment with us ceased on March 2, 2012. Discovery in the complaint has not yet commenced, and no trial date has been set. SolarCity intends to defend itself vigorously against the complaint’s allegations.

On August 17, 2012, Kevin Demattio, a former outside sales employee, filed a putative class action complaint against SolarCity in the Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles (Civil Action No. BC490482). Mr. Demattio purports to represent a class of certain current and former outside sales representatives, and those with a similar title, who worked for us in California for the four-year period prior to the filing of the complaint. The complaint alleges causes of action for failure to pay proper wages due under various commission pay plans; failure to properly pay the wages of terminated (or resigned) employees; failure to provide proper itemized wage statements because of an alleged failure to specify requisite information; failure to keep accurate time records; and related claims for unfair competition and a California state statute permitting individuals to pursue claims not pursued by a state agency. Mr. Demattio seeks unspecified damages for himself and affected class members, including all wages due and owing, applicable statutory penalties (including waiting time penalties), interest, attorneys’ fees and costs. As the complaint has not yet been served, we have not yet responded to the complaint. We intend to defend ourselves vigorously against the complaint’s allegations.

In July 2012, we and other companies with significant market share, and other companies related to the solar industry, received subpoenas from the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of the Inspector General to deliver certain documents in our respective possession. In particular, our subpoena requested, among other things, documents dated, created, revised or referred to since January 1, 2007 that relate to our applications for U.S. Treasury grants or communications with certain other solar development companies or certain firms that appraise solar energy property for U.S. Treasury grant application purposes. The Inspector General is working with the Civil Division of the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate the administration and implementation of the U.S. Treasury grant program, including possible misrepresentations concerning the fair market value of the solar power systems submitted for grant under that program made in grant applications by companies in the solar industry, including us. We intend to cooperate fully with the Inspector General and the Department of Justice. We anticipate that at least six months will be required to gather all of the requested documents and provide them to the Inspector General, and at least another year following that for the Inspector General to conclude its review of the materials. We are not aware of, and have not been made aware of, any specific allegations of misconduct or misrepresentation by us or our officers, directors or employees, and no such assertions have been made by the Inspector General or the Department of Justice.

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business.

 

110


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of October 5, 2012:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

     

Lyndon R. Rive

     35       Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Peter J. Rive

     38       Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director

Robert D. Kelly.

     54       Chief Financial Officer

Tobin J. Corey

     50       Chief Revenue Officer

Linda L. Keala

     54       Vice President, Human Resources

Mark C. Roe

     49       Vice President, Operations

John M. Stanton

     49       Vice President, Governmental Affairs

Ben Tarbell

     37       Vice President, Products

Seth R. Weissman

     43       Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Elon Musk

     41       Chairman of the Board

Raj Atluru

     43       Director

John H. N. Fisher(1)(2)(3)

     53       Director

Antonio J. Gracias

     41       Director

Donald R. Kendall, Jr.(3)

     60       Director

Nancy E. Pfund(1)(2)(3)

     57       Director

Jeffrey B. Straubel(1)(2)

     36       Director

 

(1) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the audit committee.

Executive Officers

Lyndon R. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from October 1999 to July 2006, Mr. Rive co-founded and served as vice president and a member of the board of directors of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Prior to this, Mr. Rive founded LRS, a distributor of health products in South Africa. Mr. Rive is also a current member of the U.S. underwater hockey team. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief executive officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

Peter J. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief operations officer, chief technology officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from April 2001 to June 2006, Mr. Rive served as chief technology officer of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Mr. Rive holds a bachelor’s degree in computer science from Queen’s University, Canada. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

Robert D. Kelly has served as our chief financial officer since October 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer of Calera Corporation, a clean technology

 

111


Table of Contents

company, from August 2009 to October 2011, and as an independent consultant providing financial advice to retail energy providers and power developers from January 2006 to August 2009. Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer and executive vice president of Calpine Corporation, an independent power producer, from March 2002 to November 2005, as president of Calpine Finance Company from March 2001 to November 2005, and held various financial management roles with Calpine from 1991 to 2001. In December 2005, Calpine filed a petition for voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 in January 2008. Mr. Kelly also served as the marketing manager of Westinghouse Credit Corporation from 1990 to 1991, as vice president of Lloyds Bank PLC from 1989 to 1990, and in various positions with The Bank of Nova Scotia from 1982 to 1989. Mr. Kelly holds a bachelor’s of commerce degree from Memorial University of Newfoundland and an MBA from Dalhousie University, Canada.

Tobin J. Corey has served as our chief revenue officer since January 2012. Since October 2011, Mr. Corey served as an adjunct professor at Stanford University teaching management science and engineering. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Corey was chief executive officer of Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company launching new start ups, from September 1999 to December 2011. From September 1995 to September 1999, Mr. Corey served as president and chief operating officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm. Mr. Corey holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and computer science from Southern Connecticut State University.

Linda L. Keala has served as our vice president, human resources since January 2011 and as our director of human resources from November 2010 to January 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Ms. Keala co-founded and served as vice president of TransformBlue, Inc., a mobile internet technology advisor, from July 2009 to November 2010. Prior to TransformBlue, Ms. Keala served as vice president of business operations and secretary of NBX Inc., an online sports entertainment company, from September 2005 to June 2009. From January 2000 to December 2005, Ms. Keala served as vice president, human resources and administration at Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company. Ms. Keala served as executive vice president and chief people officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm, from January 1996 to December 1999.

Mark C. Roe has served as our vice president, operations since January 2011. Mr. Roe joined SolarCity following his brief retirement after serving as senior director of worldwide service at Apple Inc., a designer, manufacturer and marketer of personal computers and related products, from February 2004 to March 2009. Mr. Roe served as vice president of customer service and quality at Palm, Inc., a manufacturer of handheld electronics, from March 2001 to January 2004. Mr. Roe also held positions at Webvan Group, Inc. and Beyond.com, Inc. Mr. Roe holds a bachelor’s degree in industrial engineering and operations research from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, and an MBA from Syracuse University.

John M. Stanton has served as our vice president, governmental affairs since March 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Stanton served as executive vice president and general counsel of the Solar Energy Industries Association, where he oversaw legal and government affairs for the solar industry’s pre-eminent trade association, from November 2006 to February 2010. Mr. Stanton also served as vice president for energy, climate and transportation programs at the National Environmental Trust from December 1998 to December 2006. Mr. Stanton also served as legislative counsel for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and as Deputy Attorney General for the state of New Jersey. Mr. Stanton holds a bachelor’s degree in Latin American studies and philosophy from Tulane University and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law School.

Ben Tarbell has served as our vice president, products since May 2010 and previously served as our director of products from November 2006 to May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Tarbell served as program manager, PV Modules for Miasolé, a thin-film solar cell developer, from July 2005

 

112


Table of Contents

to November 2006. Prior to Miasolé Inc., Mr. Tarbell served as project manager for IDEO Inc., a design consulting firm, from June 1998 to July 2003. Mr. Tarbell holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from Cornell University, a master’s degree in mechanical engineering design from Stanford University and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Seth R. Weissman has served as our vice president and general counsel since September 2008 and as our secretary since May 2009. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Weissman served as vice president, general counsel, and chief privacy officer of Coremetrics, Inc., the leading digital marketing company, from June 2004 to August 2008. Mr. Weissman also practiced employment and corporate law at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, at Stoneman, Chandler and Miller LLP, and at Hutchins, Wheeler, Dittmar, Professional Corporation. Mr. Weissman holds a bachelor’s degree in political science from The Pennsylvania State University and a J.D. from Boston University School of Law.

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Lyndon R. Rive, our co-founder and chief executive officer, and Peter J. Rive, our co-founder, chief operations officer and chief technology officer, are brothers and cousins to Elon Musk, the chairman of our board of directors. There are no other family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Non-Employee Directors

Elon Musk has served as the chairman of our board of directors since July 2006. Mr. Musk has served as the chief executive officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since October 2008, and as chairman of the board of directors of Tesla since April 2004. Mr. Musk has also served as chief executive officer, chief technology officer and chairman of Space Exploration Technologies Corporation, a company which is developing and launching advanced rockets for satellite and eventually human transportation, since May 2002. Mr. Musk co-founded PayPal, Inc., an electronic payment system, which was acquired by eBay Inc. in October 2002, and Zip2 Corporation, a provider of internet enterprise software and services, which was acquired by Compaq Computer Corporation in March 1999. Mr. Musk holds a bachelor’s degree in physics from the University of Pennsylvania and a bachelor’s degree in economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

We believe Mr. Musk possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with technology companies, extensive experience with energy technology companies and the perspective and experience he brings as one of our largest stockholders.

Raj Atluru has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2012. Mr. Atluru has been a partner of Silver Lake Kraftwerk since 2011. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Atluru was a partner at Draper Fisher Jurvetson for 10 years where he spearheaded DFJ’s cleantech investment practice and its India investment operations. Mr. Atluru remains a venture partner at DFJ. Mr. Atluru has been investing in the energy and resource sectors since 1997 and has served on the board of directors of numerous private companies. Mr. Atluru holds a B.S. and an M.S. in Civil Engineering and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Atluru possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a cleantech and renewable energy venture capital investor and as a board member.

John H. N. Fisher has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Fisher has served as a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm, for

 

113


Table of Contents

over two decades. Mr. Fisher serves on the board of directors of DFJ ePlanet Ventures and on the Investment Committees of DFJ Growth Fund, DFJ New England, and DFJ Esprit Ventures. Mr. Fisher previously held positions at ABS Ventures, Alex. Brown & Sons Inc., and Bank of America Corporation. Mr. Fisher serves as a Trustee of the California Academy of Sciences and serves on the board of directors of Common Sense Media. Mr. Fisher holds a bachelor’s degree in history of science from Harvard College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Fisher possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and as a board member.

Antonio J. Gracias has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2012. Mr. Gracias has been chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp., a private equity firm, since 2003. Mr. Gracias holds a joint B.S. and M.S. degree in international finance and economics from the Georgetown University School of Foreign Service and a J.D. from the University of Chicago Law School. Mr. Gracias also serves as a member of the board of directors of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer.

We believe that Mr. Gracias possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his management experience with a nationally recognized private equity firm and his operations management and supply chain optimization expertise.

Donald R. Kendall, Jr. has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2012. Mr. Kendall has served as managing director and chief executive officer of Kenmont Capital Partners, an alternative investment firm specializing in power and energy investments, since October 1998. Mr. Kendall previously served as president of Cogen Technologies Capital Company, a power generation firm, and concurrently as chairman and chief executive officer of Palmetto Partners, an investment management firm, from July 1993 to October 1998. Mr. Kendall holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from Hamilton College and an MBA from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.

We believe Mr. Kendall possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with power, energy and alternative energy companies, his experience in executive management positions and his experience as a member of several public and private boards of directors.

Nancy E. Pfund has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Ms. Pfund has also served as a managing partner of DBL Investors, a venture capital firm, since January 2008. Ms. Pfund previously served as a managing director of JPMorgan & Co., an investment bank, from January 2002 to January 2008. Ms. Pfund also serves as a member of the board of directors of the California Clean Energy Fund, a not-for-profit fund mandated by the California Public Utilities Commission to invest in companies pursuing fossil-fuel alternatives, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the UC Davis Center for Energy Efficiency. Ms. Pfund holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in anthropology from Stanford University and an MBA from the Yale School of Management.

We believe Ms. Pfund possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including her extensive experience as a venture capital investor focusing on technology companies, and as a board member.

Jeffrey B. Straubel has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2006. Mr. Straubel has served as chief technology officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since May 2004 and as principal engineer, drive systems from

 

114


Table of Contents

March 2004 to May 2005. Mr. Straubel served as chief technical officer and co-founder of Volacom Inc., an aerospace firm which designed a specialized high-altitude electric aircraft platform, from January 2002 to May 2004. Mr. Straubel holds a bachelor’s degree in energy systems engineering from Stanford University and a master’s degree in engineering, with an emphasis on energy conversion, from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Straubel possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with energy technology companies.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as currently in effect provides that our board of directors shall consist of eleven members. We anticipate filling these two vacancies with independent directors.

Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2013 for the Class I directors, 2014 for the Class II directors and 2015 for the Class III directors.

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class I directors will be Mr. Atluru, Mr. Fisher and Mr. Lyndon Rive, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class II directors will be Mr. Gracias, Ms. Pfund and Mr. Peter Rive, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class III directors will be Mr. Kendall, Mr. Musk and Mr. Straubel, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business, reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans, and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Following the end of each year, our board of directors will conduct an annual self-evaluation, which includes a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors have full access to our management and independent advisors.

Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a

 

115


Table of Contents

day-to-day basis. Our audit committee oversees and reviews with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, and our compensation committee oversees risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market. Under the listing requirements and rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Atluru, Fisher, Gracias, Kendall and Straubel, and Ms. Pfund are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, constituting a majority of our board of directors as required by the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Fisher and Kendall and Ms. Pfund, who comprise our audit committee, and Mr. Straubel, who joins Mr. Fisher and Ms. Pfund on our compensation committee and our nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for their respective committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of the charters for our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will be available without charge, upon request in writing to SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402; Attn: Secretary, or on the investor relations portion of our website, www.solarcity.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

 

116


Table of Contents

Audit Committee .    Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes. Our audit committee generally oversees:

 

  Ÿ  

our accounting and financial reporting processes as well as the audit and integrity of our financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

our compliance with disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting as well as the compliance of our employees, directors and consultants with ethical standards adopted by us.

Our audit committee also has certain responsibilities, including without limitation, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

selecting and hiring the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

supervising and evaluating the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

serving as our qualified legal compliance committee.

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Kendall and Ms. Pfund. Mr. Kendall serves as our audit committee chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that each of the directors serving on our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Kendall meets the requirements of a financial expert as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and who has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our audit committee, and our board of directors believes that each member meets the independence and other requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and is responsible for evaluating, approving and reviewing the compensation arrangements, plans, policies and programs for our executive officers and directors, and overseeing our cash-based and equity-based compensation plans.

 

117


Table of Contents

The functions of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and dollar amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance agreements and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

  Ÿ  

administering our equity compensation plans.

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a compensation committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our compensation committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market, is a nonemployee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an outside director as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The functions of our nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the board of directors for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing the succession planning for each of our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management; and

 

  Ÿ  

recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, and we have also adopted a code of ethics for principal executives and senior financial officers.

 

118


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

In 2011, none of our non-employee directors received any cash, equity, or other compensation for their services as directors or as members of any board committee.

In September 2012, we implemented a director compensation plan, pursuant to which our future non-employee directors are eligible to receive equity awards and annual cash retainers as compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. Under the director compensation plan, each individual who joins our board of directors as a non-employee director following the implementation of the plan will receive an initial stock option grant to purchase 30,000 shares at the time of initial election or appointment and additional triennial option grants for the purchase of 15,000 shares, as well as an annual cash retainer of $15,000, subject to continued service on our board of directors. Such non-employee directors who serve on committees of our board of directors will receive various specified additional equity awards and cash retainers.

Mr. Kendall joined our board of directors in September 2012. Pursuant to our director compensation plan, we granted him an option to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock, and we will pay him an annual cash retainer of $15,000, subject to his continued service as member of our board of directors. In connection with Mr. Kendall’s appointment as chairperson of our audit committee, we granted him an additional option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock, and we will pay him an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000, subject to his continued service as chairperson of our audit committee. In addition, in connection with Mr. Kendall joining our board of directors, we awarded him a special, one-time grant of restricted stock units covering 16,991 shares of common stock.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last completed year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. Before establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to compensation of our executive officers.

 

119


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2011 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our principal executive officer and each of our named executive officers during the last completed fiscal year. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2011.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
(1)($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)
    All
Other
Compensation
(2)($)
    Total
($)
 

Lyndon R. Rive, Chief Executive Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Peter J. Rive, Chief Operations Officer and Chief Technology Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Robert D. Kelly, Chief Financial Officer (3)

    2011      $ 46,731                    $ 2,882,014      $ 31,250      $ 40      $ 2,960,035   

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2011 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that our named executive officers may receive from the options.
(2) The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column represent group term life insurance premiums.
(3) Mr. Kelly joined SolarCity as our chief financial officer in October 2011. His annual base salary is $270,000.

2011 Bonus Decisions

After the conclusion of the fiscal year, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer evaluated our financial performance for 2011 and determined that, based on this performance, as well as their evaluation of the performance and contributions of our chief financial officer, that we should pay a bonus to him. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of his contribution during the year. In addition, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer also took into consideration his responsibilities, experience, skills, equity holdings, and current market practice.

In addition, our board of directors evaluated the performance of our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer and determined to pay bonuses to these individuals. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of each individual’s contributions during the year and equity holdings.

The annual cash bonuses for our named executive officers earning such bonuses for 2011 were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Cash Bonus
Opportunity
    Actual
Cash
Bonus
 

Lyndon R. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Peter J. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Robert D. Kelly

   $ 31,250 (1)    $ 31,250   

 

(1) Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Kelly’s target cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, adjusted to reflect his actual time of employment in 2011.

 

120


Table of Contents

2011 Equity Grants

On May 25, 2011, our board of directors approved stock option grants to purchase shares of our common stock for Messrs. Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive. The stock options granted to these named executive officers were for the right of each to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to $5.07 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date, and have a 48-month time-based vesting schedule.

On October 24, 2011, our board of directors approved the grant to Mr. Kelly of two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock, each with an exercise price equal to $5.92 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date. The first of the two stock options is subject to a four-year time-based vesting schedule with an initial 12-month cliff vesting requirement. The second stock option is subject to a performance-based vesting schedule which provides that 20% of the options to purchase shares of our common stock will vest in full upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with a value of at least $2 billion during his employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

Welfare and Other Employee Benefits

We provide other benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as all of our full-time employees in the country where they reside. These benefits include health, dental, and vision benefits, health and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and basic life insurance coverage. See below for a description of our 401(k) plan.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

We do not provide perquisites to our named executive officers, except in limited situations.

Pension Benefits

We did not sponsor any defined benefit pension or other actuarial plan for our executive officers during 2011.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We did not maintain any nonqualified defined contribution or other deferred compensation plans or arrangements for our executive officers during 2011.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Code limits. We do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to do so. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

Mr. Kelly’s Employment Offer Letter

On October 17, 2011, we named Mr. Kelly our chief financial officer. The terms and conditions of his employment were approved by our board of directors.

 

121


Table of Contents

When we hired Mr. Kelly, our board of directors approved an employment offer letter setting forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including an initial annual base salary of $270,000, an initial target annual cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, and two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock. Other than these terms, Mr. Kelly’s employment is “at will” and for no specific period of time.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Only one of our named executive officers, Mr. Kelly, is eligible to receive certain payments and benefits in connection with his termination of employment under various circumstances. None of our executive officers are eligible to receive any payments or benefits in connection with or following a change in control of our company, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

Our executive officers are eligible to receive any benefits accrued under our broad-based benefit plans, such as accrued vacation pay, in accordance with those plans and policies.

Termination of Employment—Mr. Kelly

In the event that we terminate Mr. Kelly’s employment without cause, Mr. Kelly would be eligible to receive a pro rata portion of any earned commissions or bonus. He is not otherwise eligible to receive any specific payments or benefits in the event of a change in control of SolarCity, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of our named executive officers, information regarding outstanding equity awards held as of December 31, 2011.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Awards –
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Awards –
Option
Expiration
Date
 

Lyndon R. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Peter J. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Robert D. Kelly

    10/24/2011               332,014 (2)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   
    10/24/2011               332,014 (3)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   

 

(1)

These stock options vest over a four-year period as follows: 1/48 th of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable each month following the respective vesting commencement date (September 2, 2009 or May 25, 2011), subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(2)

This stock option vests over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date (October 17, 2011) and 1/36 th of the remaining shares of our common stock subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(3) This stock option vests as follows: 20% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with an aggregate value of at least $2 billion during Mr. Kelly’s employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

 

122


Table of Contents

2011 Director Compensation

In 2011 we did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other non-employee members of our board of directors. As of December 31, 2011, the non-employee members of our board of directors did not hold any equity awards or non-equity awards. Mr. Lyndon R. Rive, who is our chief executive officer, and Mr. Peter J. Rive, who is our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, receive no compensation for their service as directors. The compensation received by these executive officers as employees during 2011 is presented in “2011 Summary Compensation Table.”

Employee Benefit Plans

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Plan, prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2012 Plan is effective upon its adoption by our board of directors, but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2012 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2012 Plan is 7,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2007 Stock Plan, or the 2007 Plan, and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options granted under the 2007 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2012 Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above equal to 16,615,249 shares as of August 31, 2012. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

8,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2012 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2012 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan.

Plan Administration .    The 2012 Plan will be administered by our board of directors who, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to

 

123


Table of Contents

each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2012 Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2012 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2012 Plan and awards granted thereunder. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2012 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of all options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting). After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of the stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the grant date. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions the administrator establishes. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units .    Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market

 

124


Table of Contents

value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Performance Units/Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2012 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and awards may be exercised by the participant only during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2012 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the proposed transaction and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2012 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2012 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an outside director’s awards are assumed or substituted for and his or her service as an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Plan Amendment; Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2012 Plan will automatically terminate in 2022, unless we terminate it sooner.

 

125


Table of Contents

2007 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Plan in March 2007, and our stockholders approved our 2007 Plan in August 2007. Our 2007 Plan was amended and restated most recently in February 2012.

Our 2007 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2007 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2012 Plan; however, the 2007 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock option awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2007 Plan is 19,400,000 shares of our common stock. As of August 31, 2012, options to purchase 14,886,477 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2007 Plan and 1,728,772 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2007 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan.

Plan Administration .     The 2007 Plan is administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees (referred to as the “administrator”).

Subject to the provisions of our 2007 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price of the options, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2007 Plan, among other powers. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2007 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2007 Plan and awards granted under the 2007 Plan. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2007 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of

 

126


Table of Contents

time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months (in the event of a termination due to death) or six months (in the event of a termination due to disability). In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for thirty days following a termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms are set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2007 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2007 Plan, the administrator will make proportional adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be issued under the 2007 Plan and/or the number and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, each award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2007 Plan provides that in the event of a sale, merger or change in control, as defined under the 2007 Plan, each outstanding award will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest and all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2007 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Concurrently with this offering, we are establishing our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our ESPP, prior to the completion of this offering. Our executive officers and all of our other employees will be allowed to participate in our ESPP.

A total of 1,300,000 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

2,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as may be determined by the administrator.

Our board of directors or a committee designated by the board of directors will administer the ESPP and has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility. Every determination made by the administrator will be final and binding upon all parties to the full extent permitted by law.

 

127


Table of Contents

Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year as required by applicable local law. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

  Ÿ  

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year.

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for consecutive 6-month offering periods with a new offering period beginning on the first trading days on or after May 15 and November 15 of each year, or on such other date as the administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first offering period under the ESPP will start on the first trading day on or after the date upon which the SEC declares our registration statement effective and end on the first trading day on or after May 15, 2013.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of the compensation he or she receives on each payday during the offering period. Eligible compensation includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, payments for overtime and shift premium commissions (to the extent such commissions are an integral, recurring part of compensation), but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 1,000 shares of common stock during each offering period.

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock on each exercise date. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day of the offering period, unless determined otherwise by the administrator. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Employees who end their participation at any time during an offering period must wait until the beginning of the next offering period to begin participation. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment and the participant will be paid any accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock.

A participant may not transfer credited contributions to his or her account or rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume, or substitute for, each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding options, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date (when such offering period will end) will be set which will occur prior to the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant in writing or electronically that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless the participant has already withdrawn from the offering period.

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP at any time and for any reason, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

 

128


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction where the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain appropriate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

129


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above under “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of those transactions since January 1, 2009, that we have participated in where the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private Placements

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2009, we sold an aggregate of 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $5.41 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      739,370       $ 3,999,992   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn(2)      3,696,858         20,000,002   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.
(2) Mr. Mehn resigned as a member of our board of directors effective as of September 17, 2012.

Series E-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2010, we sold an aggregate of 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $6.25 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E-1 preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E-1 preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E-1
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      1,440,000       $ 9,000,000   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      160,000         1,000,000   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn(3)      240,000         1,500,000   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(4)

        1,600,000         10,000,000   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mr. Mehn resigned as a member of our board of directors effective as of September 17, 2012.
(4) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

 

130


Table of Contents

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

In June and July 2011, we sold an aggregate of 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $9.68 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.68 per share were issued in connection with the Series F preferred stock financing. Purchasers of the Series F preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and which were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series F preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series F
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      611,096       $ 5,912,354   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      167,036         1,616,074   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn(3)      174,694         1,690,165   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      1,033,592         10,000,003   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(4)

        80,768         781,430   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, LLC, Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mr. Mehn resigned as a member of our board of directors effective as of September 17, 2012.
(4) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

Series G Preferred Stock Financing

In February and March 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $23.92 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series G preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that are represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series G preferred stock by the various inventors:

 

Name of Stockholder

  

SolarCity Director

   Number of
Series G
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Fund affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(1)

   Nancy E. Pfund      41,812       $ 999,934   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable

        

Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      627,220         14,999,966   

SilverLake Kraftwerk, L.P

   Raj Atluru      1,149,904         27,499,954   

Valor Solar Holding, LLC

   Antonio J. Gracias      1,045,368         24,999,976   

 

(1) Affiliates of Bay Area Equity Fund holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund – BAEF II, L.P.

Preferred Stock Warrant Exercises

In August 2012, Elon Musk, a member of our board of directors, and Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P., an affiliate of Nancy Pfund, another member of our board of directors, exercised warrants to purchase an aggregate of 112,835 shares of our Series C preferred stock for aggregate proceeds to us

 

131


Table of Contents

of $149,999. We originally issued these warrants in August 2007 in connection with our Series C preferred stock financing.

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to our executive officers. For a description of certain of these options, see “Executive Compensation—2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table.”

Transactions with First Solar

In October 2008, we entered into a framework agreement with First Solar, Inc., a manufacturer of solar panels and solar energy systems, to purchase 100 megawatts of solar panels between 2009 and 2013. In 2009 and 2010, we purchased approximately $18.5 million and $9.3 million, respectively, of solar panels from First Solar. During these periods, First Solar owned more than 10% of our outstanding common stock. The framework agreement with First Solar was terminated in December 2010. Michael J. Ahearn, who served on our board of directors from October 2008 to October 2009, was the chief executive officer and chairman of the board of First Solar during this period. Jens Meyerhoff, who replaced Mr. Ahearn on our board of directors from October 2009 to December 2010, was the chief financial officer of First Solar during this period. We believe that the prices, terms and conditions of these transactions were commercially reasonably and in the ordinary course of business.

Other Transactions

In late 2010, we received a grant from the California Public Utilities Commission, or CPUC, under its Self-Generation Incentive Program to develop distributed battery energy storage. We partnered with the University of California, Berkeley and Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, to jointly develop the technology. In connection the CPUC grant, in January 2011, we entered into a professional services agreement with Tesla to provide certain design, engineering and consulting services. The total amount payable by us to Tesla under this agreement is approximately $534,000, expected to be paid in 2012. Mr. Musk, the chairman of our board of directors, is the chief executive officer, product architect, chairman of the board of directors and a significant stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Fisher, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson which is a minority stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Straubel, a member of our board of directors, is the chief technology officer of Tesla. Mr. Gracias, a member of our board of directors, also is a member of the board of directors of Tesla; however, he joined our board following the date of these agreements.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and certain purchasers of our preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with whom certain of our directors are affiliated, grants these stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock that will be issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

 

132


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our audit committee charter will be effective when we complete this offering. The charter states that our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. All of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to the audit committee prior to entering into any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. Prior to the creation of our audit committee, our full board of directors reviewed related party transactions.

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth under the section entitled “Related Party Transactions” on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

133


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 31, 2012, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, by:

 

  Ÿ  

each stockholder who we know is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our current directors;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our current executive officers who are selling stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

all other selling stockholders.

We determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the SEC rules. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 56,555,022 shares of common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that                  shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering (which assumes that the underwriters will exercise their over-allotment option to purchase                  additional shares from us and certain of the selling stockholders). When we computed the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we considered to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2012. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. An asterisk (*) below denotes beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402.

 

134


Table of Contents
    Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
    Shares
Being
Offered
    Shares
Being Offered
in Over-
allotment

Option(†)
    Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Offering(†)
 

Beneficial Owner

  Shares     %         Shares     %  

Named Executive Officers, Selling Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Lyndon R. Rive(1)

    4,077,377        7.0            395,237        3,682,140            

Peter J. Rive(2)

    4,077,377        7.0               395,237        3,682,140     

Robert D. Kelly(3)

    83,004        *                      83,004     

Ben Tarbell(4)

    170,240        *        16,500               153,740     

Seth R. Weissman(5)

    279,949        *        27,785               252,164     

Elon Musk(6)

    18,030,187        31.9                      18,030,187     

Raj Atluru(7)

    1,149,904        2.0                      1,149,904     

John H. N. Fisher(8)

    14,863,016        26.3                      14,863,016     

Antonio J. Gracias(9)

    1,170,364        2.1                      1,170,364     

Donald R. Kendall, Jr.(10)

                                    

Nancy E. Pfund(11)

    4,178,374        7.4                      4,178,374     

Jeffrey B. Straubel

    758,246        1.3                      758,246     

All current executive officers and directors as a group (16 persons)(12)

    48,887,469        86.1        44,285        790,474        48,234,581     

Other 5% Stockholders:

           

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher(8)

    14,863,016        26.3                      14,863,016     

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.(13)

    4,248,912        7.5                      4,248,912     

Entities affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(11)

    4,178,374        7.4                      4,178,374     

Other Selling Stockholders:

           

Ajmere Dale(14)

    92,290        *        8,950               83,340     

Chrysanthe Gussis(15)

    107,655        *        10,530               97,125     

 

(†) Assumes that the underwriters will exercise their option to purchase              additional shares from us and certain of the selling stockholders.
(1) Includes 1,952,378 shares held by the Rive Family Trust dated February 8, 2011, and 1,124,999 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after August 31, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(2) Includes 1,124,999 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after August 31, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(3) Includes 83,004 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after August 31, 2012.
(4) Includes 93,540 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after August 31, 2012.
(5) Includes 279,949 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after August 31, 2012.
(6) Includes (i) 17,926,827 shares held of record by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003, and (ii) 165,822 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust that expire upon the completion of this offering. Includes 6,000,000 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co.
(7) Includes 1,149,904 shares held of record by SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. Mr. Atluru is a partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Management Company, the general partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Mr. Atluru disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for such fund is 1070 Commercial Street, San Carlos, California 94070.
(8)

Includes 177,612 shares held of record by Draper Associates, L.P., 160,396 shares held of record by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, 7,561,714 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 854,188 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., 5,381,876 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 204,916 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, 435,110 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, and 26,098 shares held of record by Draper Fisher

 

135


Table of Contents
 

Jurvetson Partners X, LLC. Also includes (i) 2,476 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, (ii) 20,446 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., (iii) 21,692 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., (iv) 14,134 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., (v) 554 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, (vi) 662 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC and (vii) 1,142 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, that expire upon the completion of this offering. Timothy C. Draper, John H. N. Fisher, Stephen T. Jurvetson, Jennifer Fonstad, Andreas Stavropoulos, Josh Stein and Don Wood are managing directors of the general partner entities of these funds that directly hold shares and as such they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for all entities above is 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(9) Includes 83,496 shares held of record by AJG Growth Fund, LLC, 1,045,368 shares held of record by Valor Solar Holdings, LLC and 41,500 shares held of record by Valor VC, LLC. Mr. Gracias is the manager of AJG Growth Fund, LLC and Valor VC, LLC and is a shareholder, director and chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp, which is the general partner of the general partner of the manager of Valor Solar Holdings, LLC. Mr. Gracias disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Valor VC, LLC and Valor Solar Holdings, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Valor entities and Mr. Gracias is 200 South Michigan Ave., Suite 1020, Chicago, Illinois 60604.
(10) Mr. Kendall was elected as a member of our board of directors effective as of September 17, 2012.
(11)

Includes (i) 3,541,968 shares held of record by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P., and (ii) 619,702 shares held of record by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. Also includes (i) 14,176 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and (ii) 2,528 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Ms. Pfund is a managing partner of H&Q Venture Management, L.L.C., doing business as DBL Investors LLC, the managing member of Bay Area Equity Fund Managers I, L.L.C, the general partner of Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. Ms. Pfund disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Montgomery Street, Suite 2375 , San Francisco, California 94104.

(12) Includes (i) 2,880,497 shares issuable to our current executive officers and directors upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after August 31, 2012, and (ii) 181,170 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants held by our current executive officers and directors that expire upon the completion of this offering.
(13) Includes (i) 4,231,442 shares held of record by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and (ii) 17,470 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. The address for these entities is 20 Air Street, London W1B 5AN United Kingdom.
(14) Includes 92,290 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2012.
(15) Includes 107,655 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2012.

 

136


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect when this offering closes. This summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and              shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated. The following information reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible redeemable preferred stock into 45,392,867 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

As of August 31, 2012, we had:

 

  Ÿ  

56,555,022 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 210 stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

206,716 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $9.68 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

14,886,477 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.46 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

201,612 shares of common stock issuable upon stock options at an exercise price of $18.48 per share and 16,991 restricted stock units granted after August 31, 2012.

Upon the closing of this offering and based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2012,                      shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,392,867 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described below, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock for an aggregate of 206,716 shares of our common stock that would otherwise expire when this offering is complete, (4) no additional exercises of options to purchase common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2012, and (5) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Each share of Series G preferred stock is initially convertible at the option of the holder into one share of our common stock. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series G preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the original issue price of $23.92 per share by (B) the product of (i) the public offering price in this offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions), multiplied by (ii) 0.6. However, in no event will one share of Series G preferred stock convert into more than approximately 2.47 shares or less than one share of common stock as a result of this conversion adjustment mechanism. As a result, the outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock will convert into no more than 8,372,072 shares and no fewer than 3,386,986 shares of common stock.

 

137


Table of Contents

Common Stock

Common stockholders are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, common stockholders are entitled to shares ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Common stockholders have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of common stockholders are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock that we will issue pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

When this offering is complete, our board of directors will be authorized, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time, up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, rights, preferences and privileges and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series of preferred stock, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of our common stockholders and the likelihood that our common stockholders will receive dividend payments upon liquidation and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of August 31, 2012, we had warrants outstanding to purchase 1,691,726 shares of our common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of our preferred stock into common stock, at exercise prices ranging from approximately $5.41 to $9.68 per share. The shares issuable upon exercise of the outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock will convert into 206,716 shares of common stock if these warrants are exercised for cash, as a weighted average exercise price of $9.68 per share, immediately prior to the closing of this offering. If not exercised before this offering is completed, all outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock will automatically net exercise into a smaller number of shares of our common stock based on our initial public offering price. The outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock will automatically convert into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share, and if not exercised, these warrants will expire on various dates between June 2014 and April 2015. Each outstanding warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations and reclassifications, consolidations and the like.

Registration Rights

Following this offering’s completion, the holders of an aggregate of 47,084,593 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights

 

138


Table of Contents

agreement between us and the holders of these shares, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

The registration rights terminate with respect to the registration rights of an individual holder on the earliest to occur of five years following the completion of this offering or such date as the holder can sell all of the holder’s shares in any three-month period under Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act, unless such holder holds at least 2% of our voting stock.

Demand Registration Rights.     At any time, other than during the six month period following the closing of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares subject to our investors’ rights agreement, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stock, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding the Series E preferred stock or the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series E-1 preferred stock may demand that we effect a registration under the Securities Act covering the public offering and sale of all or part of such registrable securities held by such stockholders. Upon any such demand we must use our best efforts to effect the registration of such registrable securities that have been requested to register together with all other registrable securities that we may have been requested to register by other stockholders pursuant to the incidental registration rights described below. We are only obligated to effect two registrations in response to these demand registration rights.

Incidental Registration Rights.     If we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder initiated demand registration, holders of such registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number registrable securities to be included in the registration statement, subject to certain restrictions.

Short Form Registration Rights.     Following this offering, we are obligated under our investors’ rights agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain eligible for registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 10% of such registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $1,000,000, subject to certain exceptions.

Expenses of Registration.     We will pay all registration expenses related to any demand, company or Form S-3 registration, including reasonable fees and expenses of one special counsel for the holders of such registrable securities, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes (if any), which will be borne by the holders of such registrable securities.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. We expect these provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any

 

139


Table of Contents

attempt to acquire or obtain control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Limits on the Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special stockholders meetings may be called only by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay our stockholders ability to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may preclude the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to acquire or obtain control of our company.

Board Classification.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes and that our stockholders will elect one class each year. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board Composition.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     When this offering is complete, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain

 

140


Table of Contents

circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  Ÿ  

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

  Ÿ  

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of common stock.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 662-7232.

Listing on the NASDAQ Global Market

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “SCTY.”

 

141


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

When this offering is complete, we will have an aggregate of          shares of common stock outstanding, assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 45,392,867 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock into an aggregate of 206,716 shares of our common stock, (4) no exercise of outstanding options to purchase common stock, and (5) the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

Of the outstanding shares, all of the         shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining         shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale when this offering is complete;

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

In addition, of the 14,886,477 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of August 31, 2012, options to purchase 6,489,813 shares of common stock were vested as of August 31, 2012 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Lock-Up Agreements and Obligations

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors, officers and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements that generally provide that these holders will not offer, pledge, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions described under the heading “Underwriting.”

 

142


Table of Contents

In addition, each grant agreement under our 2007 Plan contains restrictions similar to those set forth in the lock-up agreements described above limiting the disposition of securities issuable pursuant to those plans for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

The 180 day restricted periods described above are subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 180 day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180 day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day period, the restrictions on offers, pledges, sales, agreements to sell or other dispositions of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated waive such extension in writing.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

143


Table of Contents

As of August 31, 2012, 1,986,925 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards. These shares will be eligible for resale in reliance on this rule upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

Stock Options

We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans, ESPP and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements, and subject to vesting of such shares.

Registration Rights

When this offering is complete, the holders of an aggregate of 47,084,593 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

144


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock sold pursuant to this offering to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  Ÿ  

real estate investment trusts;

 

  Ÿ  

regulated investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  Ÿ  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock, except to the extent specifically set forth below;

 

  Ÿ  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

  Ÿ  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

In addition, if a partnership, including any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR

 

145


Table of Contents

UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder, other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our common stock and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Although not subject to withholding tax, dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

146


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale, net of certain deductions or credits, under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the United States. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% (scheduled to increase to 31% for payments made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012) unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

147


Table of Contents

Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in 2010 generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under these rules, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution, which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners. The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain transition rules, any obligation to withhold under this legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2015. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations, may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

148


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional          shares from us and certain of the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, announce the intention to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

 

149


Table of Contents

With respect to us, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

shares sold pursuant to this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares pursuant to any employee equity incentive plans contained in this prospectus, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of exercisable, convertible or exchangeable shares outstanding as of the date of the underwriting agreement; or

 

  Ÿ  

the issuance of shares, in amount up to an aggregate of 10% of the sum of our fully-diluted shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus plus the shares sold by us in this offering, in connection with mergers or acquisitions of securities, businesses, property or other assets (including pursuant to any employee benefit plans assumed in connection with such transactions), joint ventures, strategic alliances or equipment leasing arrangements (provided that in each case such recipients agree to lock up their shares for the balance of the lock-up period).

With respect to our officers, directors and stockholders, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares acquired in open market transactions following completion of this offering, provided that such transfer is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of an officer, director or stockholder (as applicable) or the immediate family of such person, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares by will or intestate succession upon the death of such person, provided that the recipient agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares with the prior written consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of options or other equity incentive awards issued pursuant to any stock option or similar equity incentive or compensation plan approved by our board of directors, provided that such plan is outstanding at the time of this offering, still in effect at the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of warrants issued to such officer, director or stockholder including on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, provided that such exercise is subject to the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement and is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the entry into a Rule 10b5-1 plan to sell shares after the expiration of the 180-day restricted period;

 

  Ÿ  

the sale and transfer of shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar

 

150


Table of Contents
 

transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control of our company, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to satisfy any tax obligations due as a result of the exercise of such options or warrants, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to us in connection with the repurchase of shares issued pursuant to equity incentive grants or pursuant to agreements under which such shares were issued; or

 

  Ÿ  

pursuant to the terms of any stock pledge agreement in existence as of the date hereof and disclosed under the heading “Principal and Selling Stockholders”;

and provided that, pursuant to the second, third or fourth bullets in this paragraph, any transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing or announcement by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee, as applicable) shall be required (except in the case of the fourth bullet above) or shall be voluntarily made in connection with any such transfer or distribution.

The 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. The factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, are our historical financial and operating performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects and those of our industry in general, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the

 

151


Table of Contents

representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area.     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU .

United Kingdom.     In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This

 

152


Table of Contents

document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Hong Kong.     The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.     This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan.     The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland .     The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards

 

153


Table of Contents

for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre .     This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia .     No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act) in relation to the common shares has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, or the ASIC. This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

(a)    you confirm and warrant that you are either:

(i)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

(ii)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

(iii)    a person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

(iv)    a ‘‘professional investor’’ within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act, and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

(b)    you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common shares for resale in Australia within 12 months of that common shares being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

 

154


Table of Contents

Chile .     The shares are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus supplement and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        . The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for a portion of our out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this offering in an amount equal to approximately $        .

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. We closed a $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in August 2011 and closed an additional $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in May 2012, both of which use lease pass-through structures. In July 2012, we received an initial commitment for $150 million in lease financing from an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. This investment uses a lease pass-through structure and will be funded in monthly tranches through the end of 2013. In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR. In September 2012, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as administrative agent, and a syndicate of banks, including Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, to obtain funding for working capital, letters of credit and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement has a $75.0 million committed facility. The borrowed funds bear interest at a rate of 3.875% plus LIBOR or, at our option, at a rate equal to 2.875%, plus the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, or Bank of America’s published “prime rate,” or LIBOR plus 1%. The fee for letters of credit is 3.875% per annum, and the fee for undrawn commitments is 0.375% per annum. The facility is secured by certain of our machinery and equipment, accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may

 

155


Table of Contents

at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co., has made loans in an aggregate amount of $125 million to Elon Musk and the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003, or the Trust. Interest on these loans accrues at market rates. Goldman Sachs Bank USA received customary fees and expense reimbursements in connection with these loans. Mr. Musk and Goldman have a long-standing relationship of almost a decade. We are not a party to these loans, which are full recourse against Mr. Musk and the Trust and are secured by a pledge of a portion of the SolarCity capital stock currently owned by Mr. Musk and the Trust and other shares of capital stock of unrelated entities owned by Mr. Musk and the Trust. The terms of these loans were negotiated directly between Mr. Musk and Goldman Sachs Bank USA.

If the price of our common stock declines, Mr. Musk may be forced by Goldman Sachs Bank USA to provide additional collateral for the loans or to sell shares of SolarCity capital stock in order to remain within the margin limitations imposed under the terms of his loans. The loans between Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Mr. Musk and the Trust prohibit the non-pledged shares currently owned by Mr. Musk and the Trust from being pledged to secure other loans. Any sales of capital stock following a margin call that is not satisfied may cause the price of our common stock to decline further. As a regulated entity, Goldman Sachs Bank USA makes decisions regarding making and managing its loans independent of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

156


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation own an interest representing less than 0.01% of our common stock. The underwriters are being represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Palo Alto, California, in connection with the offering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. With respect to statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document that has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other SEC information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website referred to above. We also maintain a website at http://www.solarcity.com. When this offering is complete, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

157


Table of Contents

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

SolarCity Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

April 26, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share Par Values)

 

    December 31     June 30
2012
    Pro forma
Stockholders’
Equity
June 30,
2012
    2010     2011      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 61,779     

Restricted cash

    600        1,796        2,309     

Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $76, $176 and $296 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively)

    3,479        10,651        27,047     

Rebates receivable

    8,751        13,684        13,032     

Inventories

    30,217        142,742        140,589     

Deferred income tax asset

    1,358        4,306        5,137     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    7,757        17,872        18,861     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    110,432        241,522        268,754     

Restricted cash

    1,942        3,764        3,632     

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

    239,611        535,609        729,243     

Property and equipment – net

    9,331        14,421        18,761     

Other assets

    9,948        17,857        22,989     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets(1)

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 1,043,379     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 43,711      $ 162,586      $ 94,511     

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

    3,244        6,216        2,197     

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

    669        5,430        9,282     

Accrued and other current liabilities

    13,774        30,574        29,906     

Customer deposits

    3,656        13,933        8,908     

Current portion of deferred revenue

    5,215        13,504        25,915     

Borrowings under bank line of credit

    4,495        5,582        25,000     

Current portion of long-term debt

    3,001        2,640        37,875     

Current portion of lease pass-through financing obligation

    3,872        6,060        12,474     

Current portion of sale-leaseback financing obligation

    321        361        375     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    81,958        246,886        246,443     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    40,681        101,359        151,490     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

           14,581        23,787     

Long-term deferred tax liability

    1,358        4,313        5,150     

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

    53,097        46,541        148,927     

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

    15,758        15,144        14,952     

Deferred U.S. Treasury grants income, net of current portion

    18,671        132,004        181,422     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities

    6,554        5,325        14,882     

Other liabilities

    15,715        36,314        72,887     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities(1)

    233,792        602,467        859,940     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock:

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 45,462, 47,042 and 56,734 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 39,451, 41,893 and 45,280 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; aggregate liquidation value of $100,864, $122,751 and $203,751 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively

    101,446        125,722        206,940     

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share Par Values)

  

  

  

   
    December 31     June 30
2012
    Pro forma
Stockholders’
Equity
June 30,
2012
    2010     2011      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 67,000, 75,000 and 106,000 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, and 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 8,949, 10,465 and 11,104 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively

           1        1     

Additional paid-in capital

    3,229        9,538        15,448     

Accumulated deficit

    (90,717     (47,201     (70,278  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (87,488     (37,662     (54,829  

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

    123,514        122,646        31,328     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total equity

    36,026        84,984        (23,501  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 1,043,379     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

(1) The Company’s consolidated assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 include $120,446, $317,225 and $416,962 (unaudited), respectively, being assets of variable interest entities, or VIEs, that can only be used to settle obligations of the VIEs. These assets include solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net, of $112,284, $301,573 and $399,132 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; cash and cash equivalents of $6,318, $7,070 and $12,353 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accounts receivable, net, of $147, $632, and $1,265 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; prepaid expenses and other assets of $916, $5,056, and $921 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; rebates receivable of $781, $2,894 and $3,291 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012. The Company’s consolidated liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 included $3,726, $9,840 and $9,483 (unaudited), respectively, being liabilities of VIEs whose creditors have no recourse to the Company. These liabilities include distributions payable to noncontrolling interests of $3,244, $6,216 and $2,197 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; customer deposits of $169, $2,804 and $4,849 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accounts payable of $43, $31 and $7 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accrued and other payables of $270, $789 and $1,100 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 and bank borrowings of $0, $0 and $1,330 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012.

See further description in Note 12, Solar Investment Funds.

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                  (unaudited)  

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expense, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 2,189      $ (23,077

Diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 2,813      $ (23,077

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

Number of shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

    Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interests in
Subsidiaries
    Total
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount            

Balance, January 1, 2009

    31,575      $ 56,186            8,437      $      $ 496      $ (25,873   $ (25,377   $ 19,573        (5,804

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      46               6               6               6   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         40,970        40,970   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      10                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    862               862               862   

Issuance of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at $5.41 per share, net of issuance cost of $144

    4,436        23,856                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (26,227     (26,227     3,507        (22,720

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (8,014     (8,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

    36,011        80,042            8,493               1,364        (52,100     (50,736     56,036        5,300   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      450               92               92               92   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         97,082        97,082   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      6                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    1,773               1,773               1,773   

Issuance of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock at $6.25 per share, net of issuance cost of $96

    3,440        21,404                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (38,617     (38,617     (8,457     (47,074

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (21,147     (21,147
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    39,451        101,446            8,949               3,229        (90,717     (87,488     123,514        36,026   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      1,489        1        1,089               1,090               1,090   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         207,970        207,970   

Issuance of common stock to a consultant

                      7               12               12               12   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                      20               119               119               119   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    5,039               5,039               5,039   

Income tax effect of stock-based compensation

                                    50               50               50   

Issuance of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock upon exercise of warrants

    375        4,576                                                        

Issuance of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at $9.68 per share, net of issuance cost of $93

    2,067        19,700                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           43,516        43,516        (117,230     (73,714

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (91,608     (91,608
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    41,893      $ 125,722            10,465      $ 1      $ 9,538      $ (47,201   $ (37,662   $ 122,646      $ 84,984   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash (unaudited)

                      639               1,197               1,197               1,197   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests (unaudited)

                                                         21,795        21,795   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                    4,713               4,713               4,713   

Issuance of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at $23.92 per share, net of issuance cost of $132 (unaudited)

    3,387        81,218                                                        

Net income (loss) (unaudited)

                                           (23,077     (23,077     (25,834     (48,911

Distributions to noncontrolling interests (unaudited)

                                                         (87,279     (87,279
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

    45,280      $ 206,940            11,104      $ 1      $ 15,448      $ (70,278   $ (54,829   $ 31,328      $ (23,501
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

          

Net loss

   $ (22,720   $ (47,074   $ (73,714   $ (35,463   $ (48,911

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

          

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     9        26        336        336        10   

Depreciation and amortization net of amortization of deferred U.S. Treasury grant income

     3,230        5,733        12,338        3,383        9,021   

Interest on lease pass-thorough financing obligation

            3,285        7,373        4,416        4,939   

Stock-based compensation

     862        1,773        5,101        1,671        4,713   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                   119                 

Revaluation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     2,227        1,998        2,050        2,487        9,557   

Revaluation of preferred stock forward contract

                                 350   

Deferred income taxes

                   7        6        6   

Reduction in lease pass-through financing obligation

            (7,421     (23,528     (10,846     (7,290

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Restricted cash

     250        (1,842     (3,018     (1,327     (381

Accounts receivable

     342        (1,259     (7,172     (1,991     (16,396

Rebates receivable

     (6,588     3,339        (4,933     (6,392     652   

Inventories

     (5,688     (15,964     (111,150     (2,873     2,153   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,286     (5,417     (6,945     97        (2,941

Other assets

     (1,559     (7,989     (6,361     829        (5,132

Accounts payable

     14,311        19,999        118,875        (3,573     (68,075

Accrued and other liabilities

     3,194        22,365        29,460        2,434        21,744   

Customer deposits

     (540     2,478        10,943        (1,332     (5,025

Deferred revenue

     17,234        22,152        68,301        35,620        62,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     2,278        (3,818     18,082        (12,518     (38,464

Investing activities:

          

Payments for the cost of solar energy systems, leased and to be leased

     (61,661     (156,495     (292,933     (124,343     (174,552

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,133     (6,300     (8,772     (3,821     (5,970

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

            (67     (2,547     (2,547       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (130,711     (180,522

Financing activities:

          

Borrowings under long-term debt

     516        1,292        17,270        15,812        60,532   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (736     (1,014     (3,158     (2,098     (18,127

Borrowings under bank line of credit

     4,864               5,582        5,582        19,418   

Repayments of bank line of credit

     (369            (4,495     (4,495       

Proceeds from sale-leaseback financing obligation

     5,416        18,266                        

Repayments of sale-leaseback financing obligation

            (7,603     (574     (404     (178

Proceeds from lease pass-through financing obligation

            61,106        64,135        50,247        123,593   

Repayment of capital lease obligations

                   (7,323            (15,582

Proceeds from investment by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     40,970        97,082        207,970        69,999        21,795   

Distributions paid to noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary

     (3,924     (25,039     (88,636     (47,779     (91,298

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     6        92        1,090        301        1,197   

Proceeds from U.S. Treasury grants

            20,084        65,513        38,792        48,076   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

            1,368        1,297                 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock

     23,856        21,404        19,700        14,521        80,868   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        140,478        230,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     10,083        20,358        (7,799     (2,751     11,308   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     27,829        37,912        58,270        58,270        50,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 55,519      $ 61,779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

          

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 421      $ 1,474      $ 2,841      $ 1,378      $ 3,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $      $ 3,018      $ 91      $ 91      $ 2,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities

          

Conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants to convertible redeemable preferred stock

   $      $      $ 4,576      $ 4,576      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

SolarCity Corporation or “the Company” was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 21, 2006. The Company is engaged in the design, installation and sale or lease of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers, or sale of electricity generated by solar energy systems to customers. The Company also offers energy efficiency solutions and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs to its customers. The Company’s headquarters are located in San Mateo, California.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification Section 810, or ASC, 810, Consolidation, the Company consolidates any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which it is the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity; however, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as variable interest entities, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company does not consolidate a VIE in which it has a majority ownership interest when the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary. The Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary in a number of VIEs—refer to Note 12, Solar Investment Funds. The Company evaluates its relationships with the VIEs on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company regularly makes significant estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, the estimates which affect the estimated selling price of undelivered elements for revenue recognition purposes, the collectibility of accounts receivable, the valuation of inventories, the estimated total costs for long-term contracts used as a basis of determining percentage of completion for such contracts, the estimated fair value and residual values of solar energy systems subject to leases, the useful lives of solar energy systems, property and equipment and intangible assets, the determination of accrued liabilities, accounting for business combinations, the valuation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, the valuation of stock-based compensation, and the determination of valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2012, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated statements of convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity for the six months ended June 30, 2012 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to these six-month periods are unaudited. The results of the six months ended June 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 or for any other interim period or other future year.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

Upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) that results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions, all of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company will automatically convert to common stock of SolarCity Corporation. In addition, if not exercised prior to an initial public offering resulting in the conversion of all convertible redeemable preferred stock to common stock, outstanding warrants to acquire Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically net exercise according to their terms into common stock based on the initial public offering price, while warrants to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically convert to common stock warrants. The convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants liability outstanding related to the warrants will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital. The pro forma financial data have been prepared assuming the net exercise of the Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, and the automatic conversion of the convertible redeemable preferred stock outstanding into 45,280,032 shares of common stock of SolarCity Corporation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents, which consist principally of demand deposits with high-credit-quality financial institutions. The Company has exposure to credit risk to the extent cash and cash equivalent balances, including restricted cash, exceed amounts covered by federal deposit insurance. The Company believes that its credit risk is not significant.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents balances collateralizing standby letters of credit, outstanding credit card borrowing facilities and obligations under certain operating leases.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represent trade receivables from sales of residential and commercial customers recorded at net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable. The Company reviews its accounts receivable by aging category to identify significant customers with known disputes or collection issues. In determining the allowance, the Company makes judgments about the creditworthiness of a majority of its customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. The Company also considers its historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are deemed uncollectible.

Rebates Receivable

Rebates receivable represent rebates due from utility companies and government agencies. These receivables include rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved solar energy system installations sold to the customers, and also uncollected incentives from state and local government agencies for solar energy system installations that have been leased to customers or are used to generate and sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. For the rebates assigned to the Company by its customers, the Company assumes the responsibility for collection of the rebate. The processing cycle for these rebates and incentives involves a multi-step process in which the Company accumulates and submits information required by the utility company or state agency necessary for the collection of the rebate. The entire process typically can take up to several months to complete. The Company recognizes rebates receivable upon the solar energy system passing inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and rebates receivable. The associated risk of concentration for cash and cash equivalents is mitigated by banking with creditworthy institutions. At certain times, amounts on deposit exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. To reduce credit risk, management performs periodic credit evaluations and ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Rebates receivable are due from various states and local governments as well as various utility companies. The Company considers the risk of uncollectability of such amounts to be low.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820 , Fair Value Measurements , clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

ASC 820 requires that the valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. ASC 820 establishes a three tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes inputs that may be used to measure fair value as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, there were no nonrecurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities subsequent to initial recognition.

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, based on the three-tier fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

As of December 31, 2010 :

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 6,554       $ 6,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011:

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 5,325       $ 5,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2012: (unaudited)

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 14,882       $ 14,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants is based on unobservable inputs. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using an option-pricing model incorporating assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of fair value. Some of these assumptions include estimates for interest rates, expected dividends, and the fair value of the underlying preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the underlying preferred stock is itself determined using an option-pricing method. Under this method, the fair value of an enterprise’s common stock is estimated as the net value of a series of call options, representing the present value of the expected future returns to the stockholders. Refer to Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities section of this Note 2 for the reconciliation of beginning and ending fair value balances.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

The Company’s other financial instruments include customer deposits, distributions payable to noncontrolling interests, borrowings under lines of credit and long-term debt facilities. The carrying values of its financial instruments other than its long-term debt approximate their fair values due to the fact that they are short-term in nature at December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012. The Company believes that the carrying value of its long-term debt approximates fair value based upon rates currently offered for debt of similar maturities and terms.

Inventories

Inventories include raw materials that include photovoltaic panels, inverters, and mounting hardware as well as miscellaneous electrical components, and work in process that includes raw materials partially installed, along with direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market (on a first-in-first-out basis). Work-in-process primarily relates to solar energy systems that will be sold to customers, which are under construction and are yet to pass inspection.

The Company also evaluates its inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and writes down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased

The Company is the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. The Company accounts for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, the Company evaluates lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. The Company utilizes periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are installed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility companies and will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Solar energy systems under construction represents systems that are under installation, which will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems are completed, interconnected and subsequently leased to customers.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related customer lease agreements.

Presentation of Cash Flows Associated with Solar Energy Systems

The Company discloses cash flows associated with solar energy systems in accordance with ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows (ASC 230). The Company determines the appropriate classification of cash payments related to solar energy systems depending on the activity that is likely to be the predominant source of cash flows for the item being paid for. Accordingly, the Company presents payments made in a period for costs incurred to install solar energy systems that will be leased to customers, including the payments for cost of the inventory that is utilized in such systems, as investing activities in the statement of cash flows. Payments made for inventory that will be utilized for solar energy systems that will be sold to customers are presented as cash flows from operations in the statement of cash flows.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives  

Furniture and fixtures

     7 years   

Vehicles

     5 years   

Computer hardware and software

     5 years   

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives, currently seven years.

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed from property and equipment and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with FASB ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , the Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets, as appropriate, may not be recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposition is less than the carrying amounts, an impairment loss would be measured based on the discounted cash flows compared to the carrying amounts. There was no impairment charge recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 or 2011, or for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Capitalization of Software Costs

For costs incurred in development of internal use software, the Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. To date the Company has not incurred any significant costs on internally developed software and all costs incurred to date have been expensed as incurred.

Warranties

The Company warrants its products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. The Company generally provides a warranty on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems it sells of typically between five to twenty years. The manufacturer’s warranty on the solar energy systems components, which is typically passed through to these customers, has a warranty period ranging from one to twenty five years. The changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
    As of and for
the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012  
                 (unaudited)  

Balance – beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        1,032   

Assumed warranty obligation arising from business acquisitions (Note 3)

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 3,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar Energy Systems Performance Guarantees

The Company guarantees certain specified minimum solar energy production output for systems leased to customers. The Company monitors the solar energy systems to ensure that these outputs are being achieved. The Company believes that the systems as designed are capable of producing the minimum capacity guaranteed. The Company evaluates if any amounts are due to its customers. Through June 30, 2012, no liability has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees based on the Company’s assessment of its exposure.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

Freestanding warrants to acquire shares that may be redeemable are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity . Under ASC 480, freestanding warrants to purchase the Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock are classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets and carried at fair value because the warrants may conditionally obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. The Company initially measured the warrants at fair value on issuance. The warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, and any change in their fair value is recognized as a component of other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, or the conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock. The changes in the value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value as of January 1, 2009

   $ 961   

Change in fair value

     2,227   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2009

     3,188   

Issuances

     1,368   

Change in fair value

     1,998   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2010

     6,554   

Issuances

     1,297   

Exercises

     (4,576

Change in fair value

     2,050   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2011

     5,325   

Change in fair value (unaudited)

     9,557   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 14,882   
  

 

 

 

Deferred U.S. Treasury Grant Income

The Company is eligible for U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable on eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010, which includes solar energy system installations, upon approval by the U.S. Treasury Department. For solar energy systems under lease pass-through arrangements as described in Note 13, the Company reduces the financing obligation and records deferred income for the U.S. Treasury grants which are paid directly to the investors upon receipt of the grants by the investors. The benefit of the U.S. Treasury grants is recorded as deferred income and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems of 30 years. The amortization of the deferred income is recorded as a reduction to depreciation expense which is a component of the cost of revenue of operating leases in the consolidated statement of operations. A catch up adjustment is recorded in the period in which the grant is approved by the U.S. Treasury Department or received by lease pass-through investors to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by lease pass-through

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

investors of the associated grant. The changes in deferred Treasury grant income during the year were as follows (in thousands):

 

U.S. Treasury grant receipts in 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the Company

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements

     54,730   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the company (unaudited)

     45,005   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements (unaudited)

     12,442   

Amortized during the period as a credit to depreciation expense (unaudited)

     (4,177
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 190,704   
  

 

 

 

There were no U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable prior to 2010. Of the balance outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, $18,671, $132,004 and $181,422 (unaudited), respectively, are disclosed as noncurrent deferred Treasury grants income in the consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Revenue

The Company records as deferred revenue any amounts that are collected from customers, including lease prepayments, in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue also includes the portion of rebates and incentives received from utility companies and various local and state government agencies, which are recognized as revenue over the lease term, as well as the remote monitoring fee, which is recognized as revenue ratably over the respective contract term. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and as of June 30, 2012, deferred revenue from rebates and incentives included in the deferred revenue balance in the consolidated balance sheet amounted to $39.9 million, $80.2 million and $97.0 million (unaudited), respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company provides design, installation, and ongoing remote monitoring services of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers. Residential customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements, which also include monitoring services. Commercial customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts, purchase electricity generated by Company-owned solar energy systems under power purchase agreements, or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements. The Company also earns rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved system installations sold to the customers, as well rebates and incentives from utility companies and state and local governments on systems leased to customers or used to sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. The Company considers the proceeds from the rebates to comprise a portion of the proceeds from the sale or lease of the solar energy systems. Commencing in the second quarter of

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

2010, the Company began offering energy efficiency solutions aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs. The energy efficiency services comprise energy efficiency evaluations and upgrades to homes and household appliances to improve energy efficiency.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, the Company recognizes revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, in accordance with ASC 605-25-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials . Revenue from installation of a system is recognized when (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (4) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenue upon the solar energy system passing an inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation for residential installations. Costs incurred on residential installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company recognizes revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers in accordance with ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction—Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on the percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to total projected costs. Provisions are made for the full amount of any anticipated losses on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company recognized $3.2 million, $2.2 million (unaudited) and $3.4 million (unaudited) in losses for these types of contracts in 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. No losses had been recognized in periods prior to 2011. Costs in excess of billings are recorded where costs recognized are in excess of amounts billed to customers of purchased commercial solar energy systems. Costs in excess of billings as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $1.2 million and $1.6 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings as of December 31, 2010. Billings in excess of costs as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $0.7 million and $1.4 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings as of December 31, 2010.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

The Company is the lessor under lease agreements for solar energy systems, which are accounted for as operating leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . The Company records operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on amount of electricity generated by the system, the Company records revenue as the amounts are earned.

The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from the Company under power purchase agreements, the Company has determined that these agreements should be accounted for, in

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

substance, as operating leases pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

The portion of rebates and incentives recognized within operating leases revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 amounted to $1.1 million, $3.8 million, $9.6 million, $3.6 million (unaudited) and $7.8 million (unaudited), respectively.

Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers (the incremental cost of contract administration, referral fees and sales commissions) are capitalized as an element of solar energy systems and amortized over the term of the related lease or power purchase agreement, which generally ranges from ten to twenty years.

Remote Monitoring Services

The Company provides solar energy systems remote monitoring services which are generally bundled with either the sale or lease of solar energy systems. For systems that the Company sells to customers, the Company provides remote monitoring services over the contractual term specified in the contractual agreements or over the warranty period if not specified in the contracts. For leased systems the Company provides remote monitoring services over the lease term. The Company allocates revenue to the remote monitoring services and other elements in the arrangement using the relative selling price method. The selling price used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices charged by third parties for similar services. The relative selling prices of solar energy systems and leases used in the allocation is based on the Company’s best estimate of the prices that the Company would charge its customers to sell or lease solar energy systems on a standalone basis. For remote monitoring services bundled with the sale of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the term of the associated contract or warranty period, if the contract does not specify the service term. For remote monitoring services bundled with the lease of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the lease term. To date the remote monitoring services revenue has not been material and is included in the consolidated statements of operations under either revenue from operating leases when these services are bundled with leases or revenue from solar energy system sales when these services are bundled with sale of solar energy systems.

Energy Efficiency Services

For energy efficiency services, the Company recognizes revenue upon completion of the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically the energy efficiency services take less than a month to complete. The energy efficiency services are either sold on a standalone basis or bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems. When the sale of energy efficiency services has been bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems, the Company allocates revenue to the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of energy system using the relative selling price method. The relative selling prices of the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of solar energy systems used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices the Company charges for these products on a standalone basis. To date, the revenue generated from

energy efficiency services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Sale-Leaseback

The Company is party to master lease agreements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to third parties and the simultaneous leaseback of the systems, which the Company then subleases to customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, the Company first determines whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” A solar energy system is determined to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location, including the shipping and reinstallation costs of the solar energy system at the new site, including any diminution in fair value, exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. When the leaseback arrangements expire, the Company has the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to the Company, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to the Company prior to expiration of the arrangement.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined to be integral equipment, the Company has concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, the Company uses the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, the Company does not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, the Company treats any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly records the proceeds as a sale-leaseback financing obligation in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company allocates the leaseback payments made to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the sale-leaseback financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that it would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the sale-leaseback financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined not to be integral equipment, the Company determines if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, the Company initially records a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in the consolidated balance sheets equal to the lower of the present value of the future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, the Company does not recognize any revenue but defers the gross profit comprising of the net of the revenue and the associated cost of sale. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, the Company recognizes a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defers the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, the Company records the deferred gross profit in the consolidated balance sheets as deferred income and amortizes the deferred income over the leaseback term as a reduction to the leaseback rental expense included in the cost of operating lease revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

Cost of Revenue

Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily made up of depreciation of the cost of leased solar energy systems, reduced by amortization of U.S. Treasury grant income and amortization of initial direct costs associated with those systems.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Solar energy systems cost of revenue includes direct and indirect material and labor costs, warehouse rent, freight, warranty expense, depreciation on vehicles, amortization of initial direct costs and depreciation related to solar energy systems leased to customers, and other overhead costs.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included as an element of sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company incurred advertising costs of $0.7 million, $5.5 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and $3.5 million (unaudited) and $3.2 million (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax reporting purposes, net operating loss carryforwards, and other tax credits measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. A valuation allowance is provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company uses a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon tax authority examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, within the provision for taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company accounts for comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with ASC 220 , Comprehensive Income . Under ASC 220, the Company is required to report comprehensive income (loss), which includes the Company’s net loss, as well as changes in other comprehensive loss items. There were no differences between comprehensive loss as defined by ASC 220 and net loss as reported in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the periods presented.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

The Company applies ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees, to options and other stock-based awards issued to nonemployees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent third party interests in the net assets under certain funding arrangements, or the Funds, that the Company has entered into to finance the cost of solar energy systems under operating leases. The Company has determined that the contractual-provisions in the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. The Company has further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method or the HLBV method. The Company therefore determines the amount of the noncontrolling interests in the net assets at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method which is presented on the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets represent the amounts the third parties would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the Funding arrangements, assuming the net assets of the Funds were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP and distributed to the investors. The third parties interest in the results of operations of these Funds is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each operating period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the Fund and the third parties. The noncontrolling interests balance in these Funds is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of a company about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the executive team, comprising the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer and the chief financial officer. Based on the financial information presented to and reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate the resources and in assessing the performance of the Company, the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reporting segment, solar energy and energy efficiency products and services. The Company’s principal operations, revenue and decision-making functions are located in the United States.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company’s basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock is entitled to receive dividends of up to $0.01 per share when and if dividends are declared on the common stock and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions to common stockholders. They are therefore participating securities. As a result, the Company calculates the net income (loss) per share using the two-class method. Accordingly, the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is derived from the net income (loss) for the period and, in periods in which the Company has net income attributable to common stockholders, an adjustment is made for the noncumulative dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities based on their outstanding shareholder rights. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible redeemable preferred stock as the convertible redeemable preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

The diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury stock method or the as-if converted method as applicable. In periods when the Company incurred a net loss attributable to common stockholders, convertible redeemable preferred stock, stock options, restricted stock units and warrants to purchase convertible redeemable preferred stock are considered to be common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders were computed to give effect to the exchange of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common stock as if the automatic exchange had occurred as of the beginning of each period, or the original date of issuance if later.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions

Building Solutions

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated April 23, 2010, between the Company and Home Performance Pro, Inc., dba Building Solutions, a privately held California corporation, the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities. The acquisition was intended to strengthen the Company’s competitive position by offering customers more comprehensive residential energy efficiency and energy cost reduction solutions, and to broaden the Company’s relationship with its customers. In consideration for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the Company paid $0.08 million on execution of the agreement with further contingent cash consideration due if certain future revenue milestones were met. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition. Management had estimated that there was low likelihood of the revenue targets being achieved and had therefore determined the fair value of the contingent consideration to be insignificant. The revenue targets were not met within the time period stipulated in the purchase agreement.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Cash acquired

   $ 13   

Accounts receivable

     97   

Vehicles and equipment

     16   

Accounts payable

     (61

Other liabilities

     (82

Intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     97   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 80   
  

 

 

 

Clean Currents

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated January 19, 2011, between the Company and Clean Currents, Inc., and Clean Currents Solar of the Mid Atlantic, LLC (collectively “Clean Currents”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from Clean Currents. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $0.4 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 219   

Fixed assets

     14   

Other assets

     98   

Warranty obligation

     (32

Other liabilities

     (296

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     335   

Goodwill

     44   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 382   
  

 

 

 

groSolar

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated February 16, 2011, between the Company and Global Resource Options, Inc., Chesapeake Solar LLC, and groSolar CalMass Inc. (collectively “groSolar”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from groSolar. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $1.9 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 1,155   

Fixed assets

     419   

Vehicle loans

     (164

Warranty obligation

     (317

Other liabilities

     (99

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     401   

Goodwill

     469   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 1,864   
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Financial Information

The pro forma financial information has not been presented as the acquisitions individually and in the aggregate are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Noncancelable Operating Lease Payments Receivable

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from customers under noncancelable operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 10,264   

2013

     7,762   

2014

     7,954   

2015

     8,155   

2016

     8,363   

Thereafter

     91,388   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 133,886   
  

 

 

 

The Company enters into power purchase agreements with its customers which are accounted for, in substance, as leases. These customers are charged solely based on actual power produced by the installed solar energy system at a predefined power rate per Kw/H of power produced. The payments from such arrangements are not included in the table above as they are a function of the power that will be generated by the related solar systems in the future.

Included in revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, was $0.8 million, $1.3 million, $5.0 million, $2.0 million (unaudited) and $8.2 million (unaudited), respectively, which have been accounted for as contingent rentals. The contingent rentals comprise of customer payments under power purchase agreements and performance-based incentives receivable by the Company from various utility companies.

5. Inventories

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 28,099       $ 126,517       $ 128,628   

Work in progress

     2,118         16,225         11,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,217       $ 142,742       $ 140,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Work in progress represents costs incurred on solar energy systems that are undergoing installation for sale to customers and are yet to be commissioned.

Raw materials comprise component parts that include photovoltaic panels, inverters and other electrical components that will be deployed to solar energy systems that will either be sold or to solar energy systems, leased and to be leased. Work in progress comprise installations in progress and include component parts, labor and other overhead costs incurred up to the balance sheet date on systems that will be sold to customers and for which binding sales contracts have already been executed. For solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, the Company commences transferring component parts from inventory to construction in progress, a component of solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, once a lease contract with a lease customer has been executed. Additional costs incurred on the leased systems, including labor and overhead, are recorded within construction in progress.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Inventories (continued)

 

The changes in inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

    As of and for the Year
Ended December 31,
    As of and for
the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2010     2011     2012  
                (unaudited)  

Balance – beginning of period

  $ 14,253      $ 30,217      $ 142,742   

Inventory receipts

    111,791        256,109        96,054   

Direct costs attributable to systems to be sold at the balance sheet date

    8,010        22,166        26,067   

Transfers to solar energy systems sales and long term contracts

    (16,015     (29,950     (39,760

Transfers to systems sold under sale leaseback transactions

    (8,710     (8,252     (14,696

Transfers to solar energy systems, leased and to be leased

    (78,984     (127,659     (68,280

Changes in overhead costs allocated to systems to be sold at the balance sheet date

    7        3,866        1,328   

Inventory write-offs and other adjustments

    (135     (3,755     (2,866
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – end of period

  $ 30,217      $ 142,742      $ 140,589   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The transfers in a period to solar energy systems sales and long term contracts, transfers to systems sold under sale leaseback transactions and transfers to solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, include material and direct costs. Overhead is allocated to work in progress at the end of each reporting period. The table above reflects changes in the overhead capitalized to work in progress at the end of the reporting period from the balance at the beginning of the period.

6. Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, leased assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

    December 31,     June 30,
2012
 
    2010     2011    
                (unaudited)  

Solar energy systems leased to customers

  $ 176,106      $ 441,165      $ 649,969   

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

    11,052        24,029        36,498   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    187,158        465,194        686,467   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (6,398     (17,797     (28,363
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    180,760        447,397        658,104   

Solar energy systems under construction

    46,174        57,998        45,085   

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers

    12,677        30,214        26,054   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net

  $ 239,611      $ 535,609      $ 729,243   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased, Net (continued)

 

Included under solar energy systems leased to customers as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 is $14.5 million and $44.8 million (unaudited), respectively, relating to capital leased assets, with an accumulated depreciation of $0.2 million and $1.1 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under capital leases as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease payments to be paid to the lessor under this lease arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 811   

2013

     809   

2014

     815   

2015

     821   

2016

     827   

Thereafter

     9,440   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,523   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease receipts to be paid to the Company by sublessees under this lease arrangement for each of the next five annual periods ending December 31, and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 940   

2013

     615   

2014

     622   

2015

     631   

2016

     640   

Thereafter

     10,829   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,277   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

7. Property and Equipment, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Vehicles

   $ 7,021      $ 11,943      $ 16,644   

Computer hardware and software

     2,947        3,720        4,431   

Furniture and fixtures

     763        1,394        1,626   

Leasehold improvements

     3,082        5,424        6,397   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,813        22,481        29,098   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,482     (8,060     (10,337
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 9,331      $ 14,421      $ 18,761   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

8. Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
       2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation

   $ 5,607       $ 8,890       $ 11,173   

Accrued expenses

     3,541         11,025         6,730   

Accrued warranty

     1,704         2,462         3,406   

Accrued sales taxes

     1,954         4,736         4,076   

Income taxes payable

             1,552           

Current portion of deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions

     968         1,538         2,514   

Current portion of capital lease obligation

             371         2,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,774       $ 30,574       $ 29,906   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Other Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

    December 31,     June 30,
2012
 
    2010     2011    
                (unaudited)  

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions, net of current portion

  $ 12,321      $ 24,597      $ 46,877   

Deferred rent expense

    3,051        4,567        4,553   

Capital lease obligation

           6,837        19,911   

Other noncurrent liabilities

    343        313        1,546   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 15,715      $ 36,314      $ 72,887   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

10. Long-Term Debt

Equipment Financing Facility

In May 2008, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a bank for working capital and equipment financing needs, whereby borrowings were collateralized by all of the Company’s assets other than intellectual property and assets under investment funds discussed in Notes 12, 13, 14 and 15. This facility was modified in 2009 and 2010. Under the facility, the bank provided a total of $2.0 million in committed borrowings available through April, 2010. Interest under the equipment facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. Borrowings under this facility were paid in full in April 2011.

Working Capital Financing

On May 26, 2010, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a financing agreement with a bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount to be borrowed under the financing agreement is determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by solar energy systems owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, but shall not exceed $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was available for drawdown up to March 31, 2011. No amounts were borrowed as of December 31, 2010.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt (continued)

 

The Company had borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility as of June 30, 2012. Of the amounts borrowed, $12.1 million and $11.6 million (unaudited) was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively, of which $11.1 million and $10.6 million (unaudited) is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. Each loan tranche bears interest at a rate of 2% plus the swap rate applicable to the average life of the scheduled rent receipts for the tranche. For the amounts borrowed as of December 31, 2011, the interest rates ranged between 5.48% and 5.65%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary, and matures on December 31, 2024.

Under the financing agreement with the bank, the Company’s subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. The bank has no recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company was in compliance with debt covenants as of June 30, 2012.

Vehicle and Other Loans

During the years ended 2010 and prior, the Company had entered into various loan agreements consisting of vehicle and other loans with various financial institutions. The principal amounts for these vehicle and other loans mature over the next four years, until 2015.

In January 2011, the Company entered into an additional $7.0 million term loan facility with a bank to finance the purchase of vehicles. This term loan facility bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR and is secured by the vehicles financed under this facility. As of December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.81%. The term loan facility matures in January 2015. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had drawn $4.0 million of the available amount. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended this term loan to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank.

Total other loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $8.0 million (unaudited), respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. Of the amounts outstanding, $3.0 million, $1.6 million and $2.9 million (unaudited) were classified as short term as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, respectively. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Inventory Term Loan Facility (unaudited)

On March 8, 2012, the Company entered into a $58.5 million term loan facility with a syndicate of banks to finance the purchase of inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR and is secured by the Company’s inventory as described in the credit agreement. As of June 30, 2012, the interest rate for this facility was 3.95% (unaudited). The term loan facility matures in August 2013. The Company borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of June 30, 2012, from which the Company paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders. Of the amounts borrowed, $40.8 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2012, of which $7.0 million is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion.

Under this arrangement, the Company is required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. The Company is also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit

 

defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million in each case at the end of each month, and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 2012.

Schedule of Principal Maturities of Long-Term Debt

The scheduled principal maturities of long-term debt including working capital financing and vehicle and other loans as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Principal due:

  

2012

   $ 2,640   

2013

     2,746   

2014

     2,720   

2015

     1,152   

2016

     673   

Thereafter

     7,290   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,221   
  

 

 

 

Working Capital facility

Under the 2008 bank loan and security agreement, as modified, (Note 10) is a revolving line of credit facility with a commitment of $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, there was $4.5 million borrowed and outstanding under the revolving line of credit, which was all classified as short term under borrowings under bank line of credit. This facility was paid in full in April 2011. The interest rate under the line of credit facility was 6.5% as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.

Revolving Credit Agreement

In April 2011, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement with the same bank the Company had entered into the $7.0 million term loan discussed in Note 10, to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement had a $25.0 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds bore interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility was secured by the Company’s accounts receivables, inventory and other assets as described in the revolving credit agreement, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. The Company had borrowed $5.6 million under this financing arrangement, which was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and is disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet under borrowings under bank line of credit. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.77%. In January 2012, the Company borrowed $19.4 million, which represented the remainder of this facility. As of June 30, 2012, $25.0 million (unaudited) was borrowed and outstanding on this facility. The facility was repaid in September 2012, in connection with entering into a new $75.0 million working capital facility.

Under the terms of the revolving credit agreement, the Company was required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. Under this credit agreement, the Company also was required to maintain specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums for each fiscal quarter. The non-

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit (continued)

 

GAAP EBITDA financials measure was derived from both cash and accruals based accounting, forward looking financial forecasts and financial modeling assumptions and attempts to present a uniform financial measure that was agnostic to the investment fund structures deployed in that reporting period. The specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums were: $1.00 for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012; $6.0 million for each of the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011; and negative $2.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In addition, under this credit agreement, the Company was required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of total cash (excluding cash held within its investment funds) to certain funded debt of at least 2.00:1.00 at the end of each month, and to maintain a tangible net worth of at least $1.00 at the end of each fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all of these covenants, after giving effect to waivers provided by the bank in August 2011, October 2011 and January 2012 that waived the earlier breach of certain of these covenants. These waivers cured the Company’s breaches related to the reporting of non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $2.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and negative $2.04 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In addition, these waivers cured the Company’s breach relating to a liquidity ratio of 1.71:1.00 on May 31, 2011. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, the Company reported liquidity ratios of 1.43:1.00 and 1.34:1.00, respectively, and therefore did not meet the required minimum liquidity ratio. As of June 30, 2012, the Company reported non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $6.6 million and therefore breached the non-GAAP EBITDA covenant of $1.00. This also resulted in a default under the Company’s $7.0 million vehicle financing facility discussed in Note 10 with the same administrative bank agent. We obtained additional waivers to these breaches in June 2012 and August 2012.

Credit Facility for SolarStrong

On November 21, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company and a bank entered into a credit agreement, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility for up to $350 million. This facility would be used to partially fund the Company’s SolarStrong initiative and will be non-recourse to the other assets of the Company. The SolarStrong initiative is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative. As of June 30, 2012, the Company’s subsidiary had borrowed $1.3 million. The debt is payable over a 20-year term and accrues interest at a rate of 7.27%. Under this facility, the Company’s subsidiary is required to comply with various financial and non-financial covenants.

12. Solar Investment Funds

The Company has entered into various arrangements with investors to facilitate funding and monetization of solar energy systems. These arrangements include those described in this Note 12, Solar Investment Funds, as well as those described in Note 13, Lease Pass-through Financing Obligation, Note 14, Sale-Leaseback Arrangements, and Note 15, Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

VIE Arrangements

Since 2008, wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and fund investors formed and contributed cash or assets to various solar investment funds and entered into related agreements. As of June 30, 2012, the VIE investors had contributed $402.7 million (unaudited) into the VIEs.

The Company has determined it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs by reference to the power and benefits criterion under ASC 810, Consolidation . The Company has considered the provisions within the contractual arrangements, which grant it full power to manage and make decisions that affect the operation of these VIEs, including preparation and approval of budgets. The Company considers that the rights granted to the other investors under the contractual arrangements are more protective in nature rather than participating rights.

As the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, the Company consolidates in its financial statements the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of these funds, and all intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and the investment funds are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Under the related agreements, cash distributions of income and other receipts by the fund, net of agreed-upon expenses and estimated expenses, tax benefits and detriments of income and loss, and tax benefits of tax credits are allocated to the fund investor and Company’s subsidiary as specified in contractual arrangements. Generally, the Company’s subsidiary has the option to acquire the investor’s equity interest as specified in the contractual agreements.

In 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company also issued warrants in 2010 to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company issued additional warrants to this fund investor pursuant to amending and restating the contractual arrangements to increase the funding commitment of this fund in 2011 from $120 million to $218 million.

The Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in four of the VIE funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum return under certain circumstances including in the event of liquidation of the funds or if the Company purchases the investor’s equity stake in the funds or annually for one fund. The amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees is dependent on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds activities and the timing and amounts that the Company would pay to the investor if the Company purchased the investor’s stake in the funds, or timing and amounts of the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. Due to uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amount of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, the Company is unable to determine the potential maximum future payments that it would have to make under these guarantees.

Upon the sale or liquidation of the fund, distributions would occur in the order and priority specified in the contractual agreements.

Pursuant to management services, maintenance, and warranty arrangements, the Company has been contracted to provide services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing, and

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

performance reporting. In some instances the Company has guaranteed payments to the fund investors as specified in the contractual agreements. The funds’ creditors have no recourse to the general credit of the Company or to that of other funds. As of June 30, 2012, the assets of one of the VIEs with a carrying value of $8.9 million have been pledged as collateral for the VIE’s borrowings under the SolarStrong facility. None of the assets of the other VIEs have been pledged as collateral for the VIEs’ obligations.

The Company reports the solar energy systems in the VIEs under the solar energy systems, net, line item in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company has aggregated the financial information of the investment funds in the table below. The aggregate carrying value of these funds’ assets and liabilities (after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,318       $ 7,070       $ 12,353   

Accounts receivable, net

     147         632         1,265   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     916         5,056         921   

Rebates receivable

     781         2,894         3,291   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,162         15,652         17,830   

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net

     112,284         301,573         399,132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 120,446       $ 317,225       $ 416,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current Liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 43       $ 31       $ 7   

Customer deposits

     169         2,804         4,849   

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

     3,244         6,216         2,197   

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

     669         2,877         5,184   

Current portion of deferred revenue

     2,672         5,796         13,156   

Accrued and other liabilities

     270         789         1,100   

Bank borrowings

     —           —           1,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,067         18,513         27,823   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     32,460         78,486         119,201   

Deferred U.S. Treasury grant income, net of current portion

     18,671         82,208         122,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 58,198       $ 179,207       $ 269,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company is contractually obligated to make certain VIE investors whole for losses that the investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from the disallowance or recapture of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits, including in the event that the U.S. Treasury awards cash grants for the solar energy systems in the VIEs that are less than the amounts initially anticipated. The Company accounts for distributions due to the VIE investors that may arise from the

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

reduction in anticipated U.S. Treasury grants under distributions payable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets. Through June 30, 2012, the Company has returned $3.6 million (unaudited) and will return an additional $0.7 million (unaudited) which is accrued as a distribution payable as at June 30, 2012 related to these obligations.

For one VIE fund the Company estimates a reduction in the U.S Treasury grants to be received of approximately $19.0 million (unaudited) as of June 30, 2012. In this particular VIE fund the Company is obligated to contribute additional capital in the form of solar energy systems or cash to purchase additional solar energy systems. The effect of this capital call does not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements as the VIE is consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation

During the years 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company entered into six transactions referred to as “lease pass-through fund arrangements.” Under these arrangements the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries finance the cost of solar energy systems with investors for an initial term ranging between 10 and 25 years. These solar energy systems are subject to lease or power purchase agreements with customers with an initial term not exceeding 20 years. These solar energy systems are reported under the line item solar energy systems, net, in the consolidated balance sheets. The cost of the solar energy systems under the lease pass-though arrangements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 was $58.1 million, $128.2 million and $198.9 million (unaudited), respectively. The accumulated depreciation related to these assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $0.6 million, $3.9 million and $6.4 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under the lease pass-through arrangements in 2009.

The investors make a large upfront payment to the lessor, which is a subsidiary of the Company, and in some cases, subsequent smaller quarterly payments. The Company accounts for the payments received from the investors under the arrangement as a borrowing by recording the proceeds received as a lease pass-through financing obligation, which would be repaid from U.S. Treasury grants, customer payments and incentive rebates that would be received by the investors. Under this approach the Company continues to account for the arrangement with the customers in its consolidated financial statements, whether the cash generated from the customer arrangements is received by the Company or paid directly to the investor. A portion of the amounts received by the investors from U.S. Treasury grants, customer payments and incentive rebates associated with the leases assigned to the lease pass-through investor is applied to reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation, and the balance allocated to interest expense. The incentive rebates and host customer payments are recognized into revenue consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition accounting policy. The U.S. Treasury grants are initially recorded as deferred U.S. Treasury grants income and subsequently recognized as a reduction to the depreciation expense, consistent with the Company’s accounting policy for recognition of U.S. Treasury grant income. Interest is calculated on the financing obligation using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the interest rate that equates the present value of the cash amounts to be received by an investor over the master lease term with the present value of the cash amounts paid by the investor to the Company, adjusted for any payments made by the Company. The lease pass-through obligation is nonrecourse once the associated assets have been placed in service and all the contractual arrangements have been assigned to the investor.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from the investors under the lease pass-through fund arrangements for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 2,781   

2013

     1,981   

2014

     2,000   

2015

     1,546   

2016

     1,223   

Thereafter

     9,470   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,001   
  

 

 

 

Concurrent with entering into one of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company entered into an agreement to issue warrants to the investor to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock in the Company if it committed to provide more than a specified threshold in total funding as specified in the contractual agreements, through this or other future funding arrangements. The warrants were issued during 2010 when the Company entered into the second lease pass-through arrangement with the investor.

For two of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company’s subsidiary has pledged its assets to the investor as security for its obligations under the contractual agreements.

For each of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants specified in the contractual arrangements, which the Company had met as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

Under these arrangements, the Company’s subsidiaries are responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting. The performance of the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary is guaranteed by the Company. As part of the warranty and performance guarantee with the host customers, the Company guarantees certain specified minimum annual solar energy production output for the solar energy systems leased to the customers.

Under the contractual terms of the lease pass-through arrangements there is a one-time future lease payment reset mechanism that is set to occur after the installation of all the solar energy systems in a fund. This reset date occurs when the installed capacity of the solar energy systems and in service placement dates are known or on an agreed upon date. As part of this reset process, the lease prepayment will be updated to reflect certain specified conditions as they exist at such date, including the ultimate system size of the equipment that was leased, how much it cost and when it went into service. As a result of this reset, the Company may be obligated to refund a portion of the investor’s lease prepayments or may be entitled to receive an additional lease prepayment from the investor. Additional payments by the investor would be recorded as additional lease pass-through financing obligation, while refunds of lease prepayments would reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation.

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements

In 2010, the Company executed a sale-leaseback arrangement with an existing investor, under which a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a 15-year master leaseback

 

F-35


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements (continued)

 

arrangement. The assets sold to the investor were valued at $25.2 million. The Company’s subsidiary leased the solar energy systems to end-user customers. The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor for this arrangement together with a funding arrangement entered into in 2009 with the same investor are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow. The amount in escrow is reduced by $0.25 million per annum in each of the first four years commencing in 2010, and the remaining balance remains in place until the end of the master lease period. Under this arrangement, the Company’s subsidiary is responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting.

As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company had contributed assets with a cost of $10.3 million and $31.3 million (unaudited), respectively, to its wholly owned subsidiary that in turn sold the assets to a new investor and then executed a 15-year master leaseback agreement with the investor. Under this arrangement, the tax benefits from investment tax credits or Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits inure to the investor as the owner of the assets. A total of $100 million in financing is available from the investor under this fund arrangement in the form of proceeds from the sale of the assets. The investor committed to further increase the funding commitment to $280 million, subject to certain conditions being met as set out in the contractual agreements. As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company had utilized $26.7 million and $65.2 million (unaudited), respectively, under this arrangement.

The Company has committed to make certain investors that have executed sale-leaseback arrangements with the Company whole for any reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury awards resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted. The Company accrues any such payments due to these investors. Through June 30, 2012, the Company had recorded a total $0.5 million (unaudited) refundable to a single sale-leaseback investor.

The Company has accounted for these sale-leaseback arrangements in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy as described in Note 2.

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation

In November 2009, the Company entered into an arrangement with an investor to finance the development, construction and installation of a ground mounted solar system that was leased to a customer. The Company also entered into an agreement to sell the system to the investor for a cash consideration of $27.2 million, of which $5.4 million was received in 2009, $18.3 million was received in 2010, and the balance of $3.5 million is receivable at the end of the lease period and accrues interest at an annual rate of 4.37%. Concurrent with the sale, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement with the investor to lease back the solar energy system from the investor with lease payments being made on a quarterly basis. The Company’s subsidiary has the option to purchase the system at the end of the lease term of 10 years for a price which is the greater of the fair market value or a predetermined agreed upon value. Additionally, the investor has the option to put its interest in the solar system to the Company within two years following the expiry of six years after placement in service of the solar system, for a value that is the greater of the fair value or a predetermined agreed upon value. As a result of these put and call options, the Company has concluded that it has a continuing involvement with the solar energy system.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation (continued)

 

The Company has determined that the ground mounted solar energy system qualifies as integral equipment and therefore as a real estate transaction under ASC 360-20, Real Estate Sales, and has been accounted for as a financing. Under the financing method, the receipts from the tax equity investor are reflected as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on the consolidated balance sheets, and the Company retains the solar energy system asset on the consolidated balance sheets within solar energy systems and depreciates the solar energy system over its estimated useful life of 30 years. The Company also continues to report all of the results of the operations of the system, with the revenue and expenses from the system operations being presented on the consolidated statements of operations on a “gross” basis. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $16.1 million of which $0.3 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.8 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of December 31, 2011, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.5 million of which $0.4 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.1 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of June 30, 2012, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.3 million (unaudited), of which $0.4 million (unaudited) has been classified as current and the balance of $14.9 million (unaudited) has been classified as noncurrent.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual rentals to be received from the customer for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 448   

2013

     457   

2014

     466   

2015

     475   

2016

     485   

Thereafter

     4,240   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,571   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual payments to be paid to the investor under the financing arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 1,239   

2013

     1,245   

2014

     1,251   

2015

     1,257   

2016

     1,264   

Thereafter

     3,830   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,086   
  

 

 

 

The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor together with the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary under the 2010 sale-leaseback fund arrangements discussed in Note 14, are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow that reduces by $0.25 million per annum for the first four years, and remains in place until the end of the master lease period.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity

Stock Split

The Company’s stockholders approved a 2-for-1 forward stock split of each share of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock that became effective on March 27, 2012. The stockholders also approved a proportionate increase in the authorized number of shares of the Company’s common stock, preferred stock and each series of preferred stock and also approved proportionate adjustments to the conversion prices, dividend rates, original issue prices and liquidation preferences of each series of the Company’s preferred stock. The number of the Company’s pre-split common stock covered by stock options issued under the Company’s stock options plans were also proportionately increased to reflect the stock split. The share information and the per share amounts in these financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the impact of the stock split.

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

In July 2006, the Company issued an aggregate of 12.0 million shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.19 per share for cash proceeds of $2.3 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In April 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 5.0 million shares of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.60 per share for cash proceeds of $3.0 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In August 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 8.8 million shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share for cash proceeds of $21.0 million (net of issuance costs of $44,000). This included the proceeds from the conversion of bridge notes representing an aggregate of $2.0 million received in July 2007. In October and November 2008, the Company issued 5.8 million shares of Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.20 per share for cash proceeds of $29.9 million (net of issuance costs of $123,000). In October 2009, the Company issued 4.4 million shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.41 per share for cash proceeds of $23.9 million (net of issuance costs of $144,000). In June 2010, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock for cash proceeds of $21.4 million (net of issuance costs of $96,000). In June and July 2011, the Company issued 2.1 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share for cash proceeds of $20.0 million (net of issuance costs of $93,000). Additionally, in accordance with the Series F financing agreement, the Company has an option to sell an additional 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share within 18 months following the initial closing on June 21, 2011. This option would expire upon the Company being acquired, upon a public offering of the Company’s common stock, upon a new round of equity financing, or within eighteen months of the option agreement date. In February and March 2012, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share for cash proceeds of $81.0 million (net of issuance costs of $132,000). In connection with the Series G preferred stock financing, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of preferred and common stock that it is authorized to issue to 56.7 million shares and 106.0 million shares, respectively.

Significant terms of the convertible redeemable preferred stock as of are as follows:

Dividends— Holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends in preference to the common stockholders at the rate of $0.01 per share per annum on each outstanding share of preferred stock payable when and if declared by the board of directors, and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions made to the common stockholders. No dividends have been declared to date.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Voting —The holders of each share of convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred stock is convertible.

Conversion —The holder of each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock has the option to convert each share of preferred stock into one share of common stock (subject to adjustment for events of dilution) at any time. The Series G preferred stock shall be automatically converted into shares of common stock, at the applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). In the event that an initial public offering is consummated, then immediately prior to the automatic conversion, the conversion price per share of Series G preferred stock shall be reduced to a price equal to 60% of the price at which shares of the Company’s common stock are sold to the public in such offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions). However, the conversion price per share of the Series G preferred stock shall not be reduced to less than the then-effective conversion price per share of the Series F preferred stock and shall not be increased above the original conversion price as a result of an initial public offering. The Series F preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E-1 preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding Series E-1 preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series A through C convertible redeemable preferred stock shall automatically be converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in

 

F-39


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock, voting together on an as-converted basis, consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

Liquidation Preference —The holders of the Series G preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1 and Series F preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $23.92 per share for the Series G preferred stock, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $9.68, $6.25 and $5.41 per share for the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price for the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock of $5.20 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D liquidation preference to the holders of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series A, B, and C convertible redeemable preferred stock together shall be entitled to receive an amount in preference to the holders of the common stock, at a per share amount equal to their purchase prices of $0.19, $0.60 and $2.40 per share, respectively. After the payment in full of the liquidation preferences to the convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, the remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock. A merger, acquisition, sale of voting control, or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the stockholders of the Company do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation shall be a deemed liquidation.

Redemption —At any time after October 28, 2015, each holder of Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E, Series D, or Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock (collectively referred to as Redeemable Stock) shall be entitled to have the Company redeem all, but not less than all, of such holders’ Redeemable Stock in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the original purchase price of the respective series of preferred stock plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of the Redeemable Stock, or (ii) the fair market value of the Redeemable Stock. This right of redemption is subject to the provision that redemption shall be available if (i) the annual gross revenue of the Company exceeded $200 million for the most recent fiscal year prior to the holder’s notice of redemption; and (ii) the Company has no less than $40 million in available cash.

Registration Rights —The holders of a majority of (a) certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock and (b) each of the Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock may at any time after the earlier of (i) June 21, 2014 or (ii) six months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering, request that the Company file a

 

F-40


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred shares (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof). The Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request and shall use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act. The Company shall have the right to delay such registration under certain circumstances for one period not in excess of 120 days in any 12-month period. The Company shall not be obligated to effect or take action to effect a registration if it has effected two registrations under these demand right provisions during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of, the registration or the initiating holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement —The shares of the Company’s securities held by (i) Lyndon Rive and Peter Rive (the Founders), and (ii) the Major Investors (as defined below) shall be subject to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement (with certain exceptions) with the holders of at least 2 million shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company (or the common stock issued upon conversion thereof) and (a) a specified Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock investor as long as that specified investor shall hold at least 1.2 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), and (b) three specified Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock investors as long as one of the specified investors shall hold at least 0.9 million, 0.8 million and 0.3 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), for the first, second and third specified investors, respectively (such holders each referred to as a Major Investor), such that the Founders or a Major Investor may not sell, transfer or exchange their stock unless such securities are first offered to the Company and then to the Major Investors and, if all such securities are not purchased by the Company or the Major Investors, then each participating Major Investor shall have an opportunity to participate in the sale of any remaining stock on a pro-rata basis. This right of first refusal and of co-sale shall not apply to and shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

Warrant Liability

In connection with the issuance of the convertible bridge notes in July 2007, in August 2007 the Company issued warrants to the note holders to purchase 124,924 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share. The warrants expire the earlier of five years from the date of their issuance or any change of control, or the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. These warrants were exercised in August 2012.

During 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase up to 2.70 million shares (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to 3.12 million shares) of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $2.88 per share (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to $3.80 per share), of which warrants to purchase 2.08 million shares were vested as of December 31, 2010. In February 2011, the fund investor exercised its Series C

 

F-41


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and was issued 375,200 shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The warrants agreement expired in March 2011.

During 2010, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase 995,006 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share, in connection with solar investment funding (Note 12). In 2011, in connection with the amendment and restatement of this funding arrangement to increase the amount that would be contributed by the tax equity investor from $120 million to $218 million, and to extend the time period to complete the construction and placement in service of the assets, the Company issued warrants to the fund investor to purchase a further 490,004 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share.

In June 2011, in connection with the issuance of 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, the Company issued warrants to the investors to acquire 0.2 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, with an exercise price of $9.68.

As discussed in Note 2, the Company accounts for the warrants in accordance with ASC 480 as a liability carried at fair value. The warrants are subject to revaluation at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other expense. The Company has determined the fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company adjusts the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or upon the conversion of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock.

Common Stock

At the inception of the Company in June 2006, the founders were issued four million shares of common stock at an issuance price of $0.0001 per share.

Restricted Stock

In connection with the acquisitions of Declination Solar and Palo Alto Solar, acquired in August 2006 and September 2006, respectively, the Company entered into stock restriction agreements. Pursuant to these agreements, 300,000 shares of common stock were granted to the sellers who became employees of the Company. The Company had the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the unvested shares of common stock upon termination of the sellers’ employment. The repurchase rights lapsed ratably over a four-year period as the shares vested. As of December 31, 2010, all of these shares had been released from this right of repurchase.

In 2007, the Company granted 40,000 shares of restricted stock to a Board member that vested over four years: 25% of the shares vested at the end of the first year of service and the remaining shares vested in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 6,600 shares of this restricted stock vested. As of December 31, 2010, all 40,000 of these shares were vested.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company has reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock

     12,039         12,039         12,039   

Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,010         5,010         5,010   

Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     8,744         9,120         9,120   

Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,781         5,781         5,781   

Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     4,436         4,436         4,436   

Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,440         3,440         3,440   

Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             2,067         2,067   

Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock

                     3,387   

Stock option plans:

        

Shares available for grant

     1,658         1,040         8,898   

Options outstanding

     9,746         13,873         14,775   

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

                     1,300   

Warrants to purchase Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,246         3,246         3,246   

Warrants to purchase Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     2,750         2,750         2,750   

Warrants to purchase Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             206         206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     56,850         63,008         76,455   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

17. Stock Option Plan

Under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan, the Company may grant options to purchase or directly issue incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options, respectively, of common stock to employees, directors, and consultants. Incentive stock options may be granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. If the incentive stock option is granted to a 10% stockholder, then the purchase or exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. Nonstatutory stock options may be granted at a price per share, not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

A summary of stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding – January 1, 2009

     5,040      $ 0.735         5.24         4,442   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.245)

     3,990        1.245                   

Exercised

     (46     0.145                   

Canceled

     (2,356     0.525                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2009

     6,628      $ 1.12         8.54         1,684   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.98)

     3,888        1.98                   

Exercised

     (450     0.205                   

Canceled

     (320     1.62                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2010

     9,746      $ 1.49         7.39       $ 18,570   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $5.035)

     7,043        5.035                   

Exercised

     (1,489     0.73                   

Canceled

     (1,427     2.435                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2011

     13,873      $ 3.28         8.22       $ 37,606   

Granted (unaudited)

     2,075        10.97                   

Exercised (unaudited)

     (639     1.85                   

Canceled (unaudited)

     (534     5.74                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     14,775      $ 4.33         8.00       $ 104,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2010

     3,810      $ 1.02         6.15       $ 9,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2011

     5,044      $ 1.85         7.45       $ 20,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     6,031      $ 2.25         7.14       $ 55,170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2010

     8,992      $ 1.455         7.30       $ 17,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2011

     13,834      $ 3.27         8.21       $ 37,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     13,786      $ 4.13         7.93       $ 100,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, was $1,068, $5,437 and $5,591 (unaudited), respectively. The grant date fair market value of options that vested in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 was $76, $1,939, $3,897, $1,982 (unaudited) and $5,436 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, there was approximately $5.1 million, $24.7 million and $29.0 million (unaudited), respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures related to nonvested stock options, which are expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.82, 3.01 and 2.85 years (unaudited) respectively.

Under ASC 718, the Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted on each grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and applies the straight-line method of expense attribution. The fair values were estimated on each grant date for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     December 31,     June 30  
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0

Annual risk-free rate of return

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.27     1.12

Expected volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.89     87.52

Expected term (years)

     6.10        5.98        6.09        6.09        6.13   

The expected volatility was calculated based on the average historical volatilities of publicly traded peer companies, determined by the Company. The risk free interest rate used was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock options to be valued. The expected dividend yield was zero, as the Company does not anticipate paying a dividend within the relevant time frame. The expected term has been estimated using the simplified method allowed under ASC 718.

As part of the requirements of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust stock-based compensation expense accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock-based compensation expenses to be recognized in future periods.

The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 was $862, $1,773, $5,051, $1,671 (unaudited) and $4,713 (unaudited), respectively. The Company capitalized costs of $46, $417, $1,417, $614 (unaudited) and $1,225 (unaudited), in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, as a component of work-in-progress, within solar energy systems leased to customers and solar energy systems held for lease to customers.

This expense was included in cost of revenue and in operating expenses as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
         2009              2010              2011              2011              2012      
                          (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 163       $ 144       $ 151       $ 17       $ 201   

Sales and marketing

     129         233         443         149         528   

General and administrative

     524         979         3,040         891         2,759   

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

United States

   $ (21,822   $ (38,552   $ 43,595   

Noncontrolling interest

     (876     (8,457     (117,230

Foreign

                   13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (22,698   $ (47,009   $ (73,622
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The income tax provision (benefit) is composed of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 5       $ 10       $ (26

State

     17         55         107   

Foreign

                     4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Provision

     22         65         85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

                   $ 7   

State

                       

Foreign

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Provision

                     7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate

     (34.00 )%      (34.00 )%      (34.00 )% 

State income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     1.89        (5.86     (4.59

Minority investment adjustment

     (4.39     11.07        19.38   

Investment in solar funds

     3.63        5.89        6.34   

Stock-based compensation

     1.24        1.25        1.48   

ASC 810 prepaid tax expense

     (5.61     0.09        0.16   

Other

     3.71        1.91        1.11   

Change in valuation allowance

     33.62        19.78        10.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     0.09     0.13     0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 2,931      $ 8,216   

Net operating losses

     29,741        34,399   

Accelerated gain on assets

     9,246        14,302   

Investment in solar funds

     10,598        18,346   

Tax rebate revenue

     14,444        27,021   

Other credits

     430        450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     67,390        102,734   

Valuation allowance

     (39,191     (49,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     28,199        53,042   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (17,777     (44,052

Investment in solar funds

     (6,328     (148

Other deferred tax liabilities

     (4,094     (8,849
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (28,199     (53,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $      $ (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of current and noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Current:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 3,589      $ 8,809   

Less: valuation allowance

     (2,231     (4,503
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

   $ 1,358      $ 4,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 63,555      $ 93,449   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (27,953     (52,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncurrent gross deferred tax assets

     35,602        40,876   

Less: valuation allowance

     (36,960     (45,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

   $ (1,358   $ (4,313
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2027 if not utilized. In addition, the Company had net operating losses for California income tax purposes of approximately $37.0 million and $37.0 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2021 if not utilized. The

 

F-47


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Company also had net operating losses for other state income tax purposes of approximately $8.3 million and $2.7 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal investment tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.13 million and $0.15 million, respectively. The net investment tax credit carryforward begins to expire in 2028 if not utilized.

The Company’s valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the valuation allowance was primarily related to the operating losses. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. Based on the available objective evidence and the Company’s history of losses, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company has applied a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. The Company completed a Section 382 analysis through December 2011 and determined that an ownership change, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, occurred in prior years. Based on the analysis, the Company has undergone two ownership changes. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes occurred through June 30, 2012. Net Operating Loss carryforwards presented have accounted for any limited and potential lost attributes due to the ownership changes and expiration dates.

The income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 were determined based upon the Company’s estimated consolidated effective income tax rates of negative 0.23% (unaudited) and 0.13% (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The differences between the estimated consolidated effective income tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory rate are primarily attributable to the valuation allowance and the current amortization of the prepaid income taxes due to inter-company sales held within the consolidated group.

As part of the assets monetization strategy, the Company has agreements to sell solar energy systems to the solar investment fund joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until the Company no longer benefits from the underlying asset. Since the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the estimated useful life of the underlying systems which has been estimated to be 30 years. The deferral of the tax expense results in recording of a prepaid tax expense that is included in the consolidated balance sheets as other assets. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 the Company recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.3 million (unaudited), respectively, net of amortization. The amortization of the prepaid tax expense in each period makes up the major component of the tax expense.

It is the intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiary in foreign operations. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiary

 

F-48


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

as such earnings are to be reinvested indefinitely. As of December 31, 2011, there is minimal amount of cumulative earnings upon which U.S. income taxes have not been provided.

Uncertain Tax Positions

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to the recognition, measurement and presentation of uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had no amount of unrecognized tax benefits.

The interest expense and penalties for uncertain tax positions will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. There was no interest and penalties accrued for any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010 and 2011.

The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of gross unrecognized benefits will increase or decrease within 12 months of the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company is subject to taxation and files income tax returns in the U.S., various state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s net losses, substantially all of its federal, state, local, and foreign income tax returns since inception are still subject to audit.

19. Defined Contribution Plan

In January 2007, the Company established a 401(k) Retirement Plan (the Retirement Plan) available to employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements. Participants may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation to the Retirement Plan up to a statutory limit. Participants are fully vested in their contributions. The Company may make discretionary contributions to the Retirement Plan as a percentage of participant contributions, subject to established limits. The Company did not make any contributions to the Retirement Plan during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, or for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

20. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012, include the following related party transactions (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
                          (unaudited)  

Net Revenue, Systems:

           

Sale of a solar energy system to Company officers and Board members

   $ 5       $       $       $ 183   

Expenditures:

           

Purchase of inventory from an investor

   $ 18,523       $ 9,259       $       $   

Payment of consulting fees and sales commissions to another investor (included in sales and marketing)

     76         79                   

 

F-49


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

The investor from whom the Company purchased inventory as noted above ceased to be an investor in the Company in December 2010.

Related party balances as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, comprise (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Payable to an investor vendor (included in accounts payable)

   $ 6       $       $   

21. Commitments and Contingencies

Noncancelable Operating Leases

The Company leases office and warehouse facilities under noncancelable operating leases primarily for its United States based warehouse locations. In addition, the Company leases equipment under noncancelable operating leases. Aggregate rent expense for facilities and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, was $1.3 million, $1.6 million, $2.9 million, $1.4 million (unaudited) and $1.7 million (unaudited), respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 5,461   

2013

     5,419   

2014

     5,102   

2015

     4,716   

2016

     4,171   

Thereafter

     15,084   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

   $ 39,953   
  

 

 

 

Indemnification and Guaranteed Returns

As disclosed in Notes 12 and 14, the Company has contractually committed to compensate certain fund investors for losses that the fund investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury grants resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted that results in the reduction of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits. The Company believes that any other payments to its fund investors arising from these obligations are not probable based on currently known facts. As a result, the fair values of any such obligations cannot be reasonably estimated.

As disclosed in Note 12, the Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in several of its funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return upon the occurrence of certain events, including the dissolution of the funds, or if the Company purchases the investors’ equity stake in the funds, or for one of the funds annually. The investor in these funds

 

F-50


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

21. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

has already received a significant portion of the projected economic benefits from Treasury grant distributions and tax depreciation benefits. Based on the Company’s current financial projections regarding the amount and timing of future distributions to the investor, the Company does not expect to make any payments as a result of these guarantees and has not accrued any liabilities relating to these guarantees. The amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees is dependent on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds activities and the timing and amounts that the Company would pay to the investor in the event the Company purchased the investor’s stake in the funds, or the timing and amount of distributions to the investors upon the liquidation of the funds. Due to uncertainties surrounding estimating the amounts of these factors, the Company is unable to estimate the maximum potential payments that could be payable under these guarantees.

As discussed in Note 13, under the lease pass-through investment funds is a one-time lease payment reset mechanism that is set to occur after the installation of all the solar energy systems in a fund. As a result of this mechanism, the Company may be required to refund lease prepayments previously received from investors. Any refunds of lease prepayments would reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets for the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077

Noncumulative dividends on convertible redeemable preferred stock(1)

                   (1,633     (795       

Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders(2)

                   (33,658     (8,946       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 2,189      $ (23,077

Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders(3)

                   2,764        624          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 2,813      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   

Dilutive effect of common stock options

                   4,546,088        3,712,488          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Noncumulative dividends payable on convertible redeemable preferred stock represents a $0.01 noncumulative preferred dividend that would be payable to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders prior to any other allocations to preferred and common stockholders if all the earnings for each period were distributed.
(2) Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders represents the share of available undistributed earnings as adjusted for noncumulative preferred dividends that would be allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders on an as-converted basis.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share (continued)

 

(3) Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders represents the impact of reallocation of undistributed earnings to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, as described in (2) above, to reflect potential impact of dilutive securities.

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
                          (unaudited)  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     36,010,660         39,450,660         41,893,046         39,825,860         45,280,032   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     60,834                                   

Preferred stock warrants

     2,209,742         3,204,748         1,816,650         1,119,930         1,816,650   

Common stock options

     6,627,062         9,746,200         3,678,225         3,720,315         1,995,856   

 

F-53


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share (continued)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
   Six Months
Ended

June 30, 2012
     (unaudited)

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

     

Change in fair value of liabilities for the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic common stockholders, basic

     

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock and net exercises of Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Weighted average effect of dilutive options

     

Weighted average effect of dilutive common stock warrants

     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

23. Subsequent Events

2012 Solar Financing Programs

During 2012, the Company has entered into six new tax equity arrangements, one with an existing tax equity investor, for a total of $357.5 million in available financing.

Credit Facility

In September 2012, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of banks to obtain funding for working capital, letters of credit and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement has a $75.0 million committed facility, of which $70.0 million was initially available

 

F-54


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

23. Subsequent Events (continued)

 

pursuant to the facility’s terms. The borrowed funds bear interest at a rate of 3.875% plus LIBOR or, at the Company’s option, at a rate equal to 2.875%, plus the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, or Bank of America’s published “prime rate,” or LIBOR plus 1%. The fee for letters of credit is 3.875% per annum, and the fee for undrawn commitments is 0.375% per annum. The facility is secured by certain of the Company’s machinery and equipment, accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. This facility matures in September 2014, which date may be extended by an additional year if the Company satisfies certain financial conditions. As of October 5, 2012, $60.0 million was borrowed and outstanding under this revolving credit agreement, of which the Company used approximately $25.0 million to fully repay its prior revolving credit facility.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table presents the costs and expenses we will pay, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fees and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

SEC Registration fee

   $ 27,451   

FINRA filing fee

     20,688   

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

      

Printing and engraving expenses

      

Legal fees and expenses

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Blue sky fees and expenses

      

Custodian and transfer agent fees

      

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

      
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred for their service for or on our behalf. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we shall advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding. The bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws (except in a proceeding initiated by such person without board approval). In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees for a legal proceeding.

Reference is made to Section 9 of the underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, indemnifying our directors and officers against limited liabilities. In addition, Section 1.10 of our seventh amended and restated investors’ rights agreement contained in Exhibit 4.5 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of certain of our stockholders against liabilities described therein.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2009, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

(1) Sales of Capital Stock

 

  Ÿ  

In October 2009, we issued 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock to six accredited investors at a price of $5.41 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $23.9 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2010, we issued 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a price of $6.25 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $21.5 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June and July 2011, we issued 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock to 12 accredited investors at a price of $9.68 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $20.0 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In November 2011, we issued 7,500 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $1.62 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $12,112.

 

  Ÿ  

In December 2011, we issued 20,000 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $0.0001 per share for aggregate proceeds of $1.00; and

 

  Ÿ  

In February and March 2012, we issued 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock to seven accredited investors at a price of $23.92 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $81.0 million.

 

  Ÿ  

In August 2012, we issued 112,835 shares of Series C preferred stock to two accredited investors upon exercise of outstanding warrants.

(2) Warrants

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2010, September 2010 and April 2011, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,485,010 shares of Series E preferred stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $5.41 per share.

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2011, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock to a total of 12 accredited investors at an exercise price of $9.68 per share.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(3) Options Issuances

 

  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through September 30, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,762,733 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants of the registrant under our 2007 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.03 to $11.40, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $2.7 million.

 

  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through September 30, 2012, we granted direct issuances or stock options to purchase an aggregate of 16,570,646 shares of our common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $1.62 to $18.48 share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2007 Plan.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, with respect to the items (1) and (2) above, and Rule 701 thereunder, with respect to the item (3) above, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.3    Form of Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.4    Seventh Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 24, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2    2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3    2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4    2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5    Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.6        Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011
10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.6D    Fourth Amendment and Waiver to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.7    Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7C    Third Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.8    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011

10.10*    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A. and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of September 10, 2012
21.1   

List of Subsidiaries

23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2†   

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)

24.1   

Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)

99.1   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on April 26, 2012

99.2   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on June 21, 2012

99.3   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on July 20, 2012

99.4   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 15, 2012

99.5   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 30, 2012

99.6   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on September 19, 2012

 

To be filed by amendment.
* Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this exhibit, which portions have been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(b) Financial Statements Schedules—All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) For the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

  a. The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (4) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Mateo, State of California, on the 5 th day of October, 2012.

 

SolarCity Corporation

By:

 

/s/ Lyndon R. Rive

  Lyndon R. Rive
  Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Lyndon R. Rive and Robert D. Kelly, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the registration statement filed herewith and any and all amendments to said registration statement (including post-effective amendments and any registration statement for the same offering covered by said registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto), and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done hereby by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Lyndon R. Rive

Lyndon R. Rive

  

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  October 5, 2012

/s/ Robert D. Kelly

Robert D. Kelly

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  October 5, 2012

/s/ Peter J. Rive

Peter J. Rive

   Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director   October 5, 2012

/s/ Elon Musk

Elon Musk

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   October 5, 2012

/s/ Raj Atluru

Raj Atluru

   Director  

October 5, 2012

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John H. N. Fisher

John H. N. Fisher

   Director   October 5, 2012

/s/ Antonio J. Gracias

Antonio J. Gracias

   Director  

October 5, 2012

/s/ Donald R. Kendall, Jr.

Donald R. Kendall, Jr.

   Director   October 5, 2012

/s/ Nancy E. Pfund

Nancy E. Pfund

   Director   October 5, 2012

/s/ Jeffrey B. Straubel

Jeffrey B. Straubel

   Director   October 5, 2012

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.3      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.4      Seventh Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 24, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1      Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2      2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3      2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4      2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5      Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
10.6      Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011
10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.6D    Fourth Amendment and Waiver to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.7      Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7C    Third Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.8    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011
10.10*    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A. and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of September 10, 2012
21.1      List of Subsidiaries
23.1      Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2†    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)
24.1      Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)
99.1    Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on April 26, 2012
99.2    Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on June 21, 2012
99.3    Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on July 20, 2012
99.4    Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 15, 2012
99.5   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 30, 2012

99.6   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on September 19, 2012

 

To be filed by amendment.
* Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this exhibit, which portions have been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.3

ELEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

The undersigned, Lyndon Rive, hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected Chief Executive Officer and President of SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 21, 2006; an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on July 6, 2006; a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 9, 2007; a Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on August 7, 2007; a Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 14, 2008; a Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 28, 2008; a Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 16, 2009, a Certificate of Amendment of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 17, 2010; a Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 17, 2010; an Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 14, 2010; a Ninth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 20, 2011; and a Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 23, 2012.

3. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be further amended and restated to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is SolarCity Corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.


ARTICLE IV

(A) Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred sixty-two million seven hundred thirty-three thousand seven hundred ninety-six (162,733,796) shares, each with a par value of $0.0001 per share. One hundred six million (106,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock and fifty-six million seven hundred thirty-three thousand seven hundred ninety-six (56,733,796) shares shall be Preferred Stock. Immediately upon the filing of this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and without further action, each one (1) share of issued and outstanding Common Stock shall be split and reconstituted into two (2) shares of Common Stock and each one (1) share of issued and outstanding Preferred Stock shall be split and reconstituted into two (2) shares of Preferred Stock (the “ Split ”). The Split shall be effected on a certificate-by-certificate basis.

(B) Rights Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock is designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and consists of twelve million thirty-nine thousand two hundred forty-eight (12,039,248) shares. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B). The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of five million nine thousand eight hundred twelve (5,009,812) shares. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on Series B Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B). The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of nine million two hundred forty-four thousand seven hundred eighteen (9,244,718) shares. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on Series C Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B). The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of five million seven hundred eighty thousand seven hundred seventy-eight (5,780,778) shares. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on Series D Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B). The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of seven million one hundred eighty-six thousand two hundred fifty (7,186,250) shares. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on Series E Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B). The sixth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series E-1 Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of three million four hundred forty thousand (3,440,000) shares. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on Series E-1 Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B). The seventh series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series F Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of ten million six hundred forty-five thousand nine hundred ninety-six (10,645,996) shares. The eighth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series G Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of three million three hundred eighty-six thousand nine hundred ninety-four (3,386,994) shares. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on Series G Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

1. Dividend Provisions . The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred

 

-2-


Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to receive dividends, on a pari passu basis, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of $0.01 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. The holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to participate pro rata in any dividends or other distributions paid on the Common Stock on an as-converted basis that exceeds the dividends or distributions paid on the Preferred Stock.

2. Liquidation .

(a) Series G Liquidation Preference . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Common Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) $23.915 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series G Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(b) Series E, Series E-1 and Series F Liquidation Preference . After payment has been made to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock of the full amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to Section 2(a) above, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Common Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) $5.41 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series E Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends, $6.25 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends, and $9.675 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series F Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had

 

-3-


each such share been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(c) Series D Liquidation Preference . After payment has been made to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock of the full amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) $5.2017 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(d) Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference . After payment has been made to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock of the full amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) above, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $0.19 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to $0.60 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock and an amount per share equal to $2.40 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

-4-


(e) Remaining Assets . Upon the completion of the distributions required by Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d) above, if assets remain in the Corporation, such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares held by each such holder.

(f) Certain Acquisitions .

(i) Deemed Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to occur if the Corporation shall sell, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business or merge with or into or consolidate with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity or effect any other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Corporation is disposed of, provided that this Section 2(f)(i) shall not apply to (A) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation, (B) an equity financing in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, or (C) a transaction in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction own 50% or more of the voting power of the surviving corporation following the transaction.

(ii) Valuation of Consideration . In the event of a deemed liquidation as described in Section 2(f)(i) above, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty-day period ending three days prior to the closing of such transaction;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty-day period ending three days prior to the closing of such transaction; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Section 2(f)(ii)(A) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

-5-


(iii) Notice of Transaction . The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than ten days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or ten days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than ten days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided , however , that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

(iv) Effect of Noncompliance . In the event the requirements of this Section 2(f) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either cause the closing of the transaction to be postponed until such requirements have been complied with, or cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(f)(iii) hereof.

3. Redemption .

(a) Redemption of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock . Shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, as applicable (collectively, the “ Redeemable Stock ”), shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price per share equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below), within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after October 28, 2015, from the holders of at least 51% of the then outstanding shares of any such series of Redeemable Stock, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of such series of Redeemable Stock (the date of such payment being referred to as a “ Redemption Date ”); provided , however , that redemption shall be available if (and only if) as of immediately prior to such redemption on a Redemption Date, (i) the Corporation’s financial statements, as prepared either in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or in accordance with “activity based” accounting as utilized by the Corporation for its management financials (which financial statements, in either case, shall be certified in writing by the Corporation’s principal financial officer) reflect that the annual gross revenue of the Corporation exceeded $200 million for the most recent fiscal year; and (ii) the Corporation’s financial statements, as prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (which financial statements shall be certified in writing by the Corporation’s principal financial officer) reflect that the Corporation has no less than 40 million in available cash. On each such Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem all of the outstanding shares of the series of Redeemable Stock to be redeemed owned by each holder. If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on a Redemption Date all shares of Redeemable Stock to be redeemed, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of such stock out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts which would

 

-6-


otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.

For purposes of this Section 3(a), “ Redemption Price ” shall mean (i) with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) $23.915 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock and (B) the fair market value of such share of Series G Preferred Stock, such valuation to be determined by an independent appraisal, exclusive of liquidity or minority ownership discounts, performed by an independent third party appraiser mutually agreeable to the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock and the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) $9.675 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and (B) the fair market value of such share of Series F Preferred Stock, such valuation to be determined by an independent appraisal, exclusive of liquidity or minority ownership discounts, performed by an independent third party appraiser mutually agreeable to the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock and the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (iii) with respect to the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) $6.25 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of Series E-1 Preferred Stock and (B) the fair market value of such share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, such valuation to be determined by an independent appraisal, exclusive of liquidity or minority ownership discounts, performed by an independent third party appraiser mutually agreeable to the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock and the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (iv) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) $5.41 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and (B) the fair market value of such share of Series E Preferred Stock, such valuation to be determined by an independent appraisal, exclusive of liquidity or minority ownership discounts, performed by an independent third party appraiser mutually agreeable to the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock and the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (v) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) $5.2017 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and (B) the fair market value of such share of Series D Preferred Stock, such valuation to be determined by an independent appraisal, exclusive of liquidity or minority ownership discounts, performed by an independent third party appraiser mutually agreeable to the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and (vi) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, $2.40 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon.

(b) Redemption Notice . Written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of any such series of Redeemable Stock that has elected to be redeemed, at its post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions

 

-7-


of the General Corporation Law, not less than 40 days prior to each Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

(i) the number of shares of Redeemable Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

(ii) the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price;

(iii) the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Section 4(a)); and

(iv) that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Redeemable Stock to be redeemed.

If the Corporation receives, on or prior to the 20th day after the date of delivery of the Redemption Notice to a holder of Redeemable Stock, written notice from such holder that such holder elects to be excluded from the redemption provided in this Section 3, then the shares of Redeemable Stock registered on the books of the Corporation in the name of such holder at the time of the Corporation’s receipt of such notice shall thereafter be “ Excluded Shares .”

(c) Surrender of Certificates; Payment . On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Redeemable Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date (other than Excluded Shares), unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 hereof, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired. In the event less than all of the shares of Redeemable Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of each such series of Redeemable Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

(d) Rights Subsequent to Redemption . If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Redeemable Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Redeemable Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

(e) Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any shares of Redeemable Stock which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately canceled and shall not be reissued, sold or

 

-8-


transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Redeemable Stock following redemption.

4. Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert .

(i) Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Series G Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $23.915 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) by the Conversion Price (as defined below) applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series G Preferred Stock shall be $23.915. Such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d) and Section 4(e).

(ii) Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $9.675 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) by the Conversion Price (as defined below) applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be $9.675. Such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d).

(iii) Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $6.25 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) by the Conversion Price (as defined below) applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock shall be $6.25. Such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d).

(iv) Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $5.41 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) by the Conversion Price (as defined below) applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series E Preferred

 

-9-


Stock shall be $5.41. Such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d).

(v) Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $5.2017 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) by the Conversion Price (as defined below) applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be $5.2017. Such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d).

(vi) Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $2.40 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be $2.40. Such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d).

(vii) Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.60 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be $0.60. Such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d).

(viii) Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.19 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be $0.19. Such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d).

(ix) “ Conversion Price ” shall mean, as of the date of the filing of this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, $0.19 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.60 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $2.40 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $5.2017 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $5.41 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock, $6.25 per share for the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, $9.675 per share for the Series F

 

-10-


Preferred Stock, and $23.915 per share for the Series G Preferred Stock, in each case, subject to adjustment as set forth in Sections 4(d) and 4(e).

(b) Automatic Conversion .

(i) Automatic Conversion of Series G Preferred Stock . Each share of Series G Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), the Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (an “ IPO ”), in which (A) the price at which shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock are sold to the public in such IPO is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $50,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock.

(ii) Automatic Conversion of Series F Preferred Stock . Each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), an IPO in which (A) the price at which shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock are sold to the public in such IPO is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $50,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock.

(iii) Automatic Conversion of Series E-1 Preferred Stock . Each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), an IPO in which (A) the price at which shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock are sold to the public in such IPO is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $50,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock.

(iv) Automatic Conversion of Series E Preferred Stock . Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), an IPO in which (A) the price at which shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock are sold to the public in such IPO is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $50,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

 

-11-


(v) Automatic Conversion of Series D Preferred Stock . Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), an IPO in which (A) the price at which shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock are sold to the public in such IPO is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $50,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

(vi) Automatic Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), an IPO in which (A) the price at which shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock are sold to the public in such IPO is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $50,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an IPO, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

-12-


(i) Issuance of Additional Stock below Purchase Price . If the Corporation shall issue, after the date of the filing of this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Purchase Date ” with respect to such series), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i).

(A) Adjustment Formula . Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i), the new Conversion Price shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common (as defined below) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of shares of Additional Stock so issued (or deemed to be issued) would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of Additional Stock so issued (or deemed to be issued). As used herein, the term “ Outstanding Common ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to any such issuance of Additional Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding (1) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance, (2) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any securities (including, without limitation, evidences of indebtedness) by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance and (3) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any convertible or exchangeable securities issuable upon conversion or exercise of any options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding immediately prior to such issuance).

(B) Definition of “Additional Stock” . For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i), “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)) by the Corporation after the Purchase Date other than:

(1) Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in Section 4(d)(ii) hereof;

(2) Shares of Common Stock issuable or issued to employees, consultants or directors of the Corporation directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(3) Shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of options, warrants, notes or other rights to acquire securities of the Corporation outstanding as of the date of this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(4) Shares of Common Stock issuable or issued to financial institutions, lessors or other lenders in connection with commercial credit arrangements,

 

-13-


equipment financings, bridge financings, commercial property lease transactions, or similar transactions, the terms of which have been approved by the Board of Directors;

(5) Up to 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) issuable or issued in strategic partnership transactions or other transactions the terms of which have been approved by the Board of Directors;

(6) Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(7) Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in an IPO in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock; and

(8) Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock issued or issuable in exchange for Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Series G Preferred Stock Purchase and Exchange Agreement dated on or about the date of the filing of this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(C) No Fractional Adjustments . No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

(D) Determination of Consideration . In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof. In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof (exclusive of liquidity or minority discounts in the case of securities) as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(E) Deemed Issuances of Common Stock . In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the Purchase Date) of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities (including, without limitation, evidences of indebtedness) by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i):

 

-14-


(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)).

(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

(4) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities which remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

(5) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(1) and

 

-15-


4(d)(i)(E)(2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or 4(d)(i)(E)(4).

(F) No Increased Conversion Price . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(3) and 4(d)(i)(E)(4), no adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(ii) Stock Splits and Dividends . In the event the Corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Purchase Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(i)(E).

(iii) Reverse Stock Splits . If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Purchase Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(e) Additional Conversion Price Adjustment of Series G Preferred Stock .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4(d) above or Section 4(l) below, in the event that an IPO is consummated following the first issuance of the Series G Preferred Stock, then immediately prior to the automatic conversion of the Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4(b)(i), the Conversion Price per share of Series G Preferred Stock will be reduced to a price equal to the product of (A) the price at which shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock are sold to the public in such IPO (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions), multiplied by (B) 0.6, provided that in no event will the Conversion Price per share of Series G Preferred Stock be reduced to an amount less than the then effective Conversion Price per share of the Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4(e)(i), and

 

-16-


provided further that in no event will the Conversion Price per share of Series G Preferred Stock be increased pursuant to this Section 4(e)(i).

(ii) Following such time as the first reduction to the Conversion Price per share of Series G Preferred Stock is made pursuant to this Section 4(e), the provisions of this Section 4(e) shall become inoperative and no further adjustments to the Conversion Price per share of Series G Preferred Stock shall be made pursuant to this Section 4(e).

(f) Other Distributions . In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(ii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(f), the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(g) Recapitalization . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of such Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h) No Impairment . The Corporation will not, by amendment of this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment. This provision will not restrict the Corporation’s right to amend this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite stockholder consent and in compliance with applicable law.

(i) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. The number of shares issuable upon such conversion

 

-17-


shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of the Preferred Stock.

(j) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(k) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(l) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, with the prior written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

(m) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United

 

-18-


States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

5. Voting Rights .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or by law, the holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

(b) The Board of Directors shall consist of eleven (11) members by vote as described in this paragraph. So long as at least 6,140,016 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect up to two members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and to remove from office such director(s) and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director. So long as at least 2,555,004 shares of the Series B Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect up to one member of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and to remove from office such director(s) and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director. So long as at least 4,459,742 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect up to two members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and to remove from office such director(s) and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director. So long as at least 2,218,114 shares of the Series E Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) (the “ Series E Share Limitation ”), the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect up to one member of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and to remove from office such director(s) and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director (provided, however, that the Series E Share Limitation shall not apply during any period of time in which the Corporation is then in default of its obligation to redeem the full number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock required to be redeemed pursuant to the terms of Section 3 hereof). So long

 

-19-


as at least 1,693,498 shares of the Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) (the “ Preferred Share Limitation ”), the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect up to two additional members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and to remove from office such director(s) and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director (provided, however, that the Preferred Share Limitation shall not apply during any period of time in which the Corporation is then in default of its obligation to redeem the full number of shares of Preferred Stock required to be redeemed pursuant to the terms of Section 3 hereof). The holders of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and to remove from office such director(s) and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director. The holders of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director. If at any time the issued and outstanding shares of a series of Preferred Stock, considered separately as a class, falls below the threshold specified for such series in this Section 5(b) (subject to the inapplicability of the Series E Share Limitation and the Preferred Share Limitation as provided above), then a majority of the remaining issued and outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect the members of the Board of Directors otherwise designated for such series in this Section 5(b), unless the remaining issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock considered together as a single class amount to fewer than 16,469,206 shares in the aggregate (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), in which case a majority of the remaining issued and outstanding Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect the members of the Board of Directors otherwise designated for such series in this Section 5(b).

6. Protective Provisions .

(a) So long as at least 16,400,000 shares of Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis:

(i) effect a transaction described in Section 2(f)(i) above;

(ii) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares of such series, including without limitation, by amendment, modification or repeal of any provision of this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or by merger, consolidation, reclassification or otherwise;

 

-20-


(iii) increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock;

(iv) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having a preference over, or being on a parity with, any Preferred Stock with respect to voting, redemption, dividends, conversion, anti-dilution rights, registration rights or upon liquidation;

(v) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set funds aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock other than in accordance with Section 3 hereof; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at no greater than cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or through the exercise of any right of first refusal;

(vi) increase or decrease the total number of authorized members of the Board of Directors;

(vii) dismiss, suspend, replace or demote the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer;

(viii) declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock; or

(ix) amend this Section 6(a).

(b) So long as at least 2,218,114 shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis:

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares of such series, including without limitation, by amendment, modification or repeal of any provision of this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or by merger, consolidation, reclassification or otherwise; provided, however, that for avoidance of doubt, such consent shall not be required for the creation of a new series of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock

(ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock; or

(iii) amend this Section 6(b).

(c) So long as at least 1,600,000 shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the

 

-21-


like), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis:

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares of such series, including without limitation, by amendment, modification or repeal of any provision of this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or by merger, consolidation, reclassification or otherwise; provided, however, that for avoidance of doubt, such consent shall not be required for the creation of a new series of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock;

(ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock; or

(iii) amend this Section 6(c).

(d) So long as at least 1,400,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis:

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares of such series, including without limitation, by amendment, modification or repeal of any provision of this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or by merger, consolidation, reclassification or otherwise; provided, however, that for avoidance of doubt, such consent shall not be required for the creation of a new series of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock;

(ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series F Preferred Stock; or

(iii) amend this Section 6(d).

(e) So long as at least 1,693,498 shares of Series G Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis:

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares of such series, including without limitation, by amendment, modification or repeal of any provision of this Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or by merger, consolidation, reclassification or otherwise; provided, however, that for avoidance of doubt, such consent shall not be required for the creation of a new series of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock;

 

-22-


(ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series G Preferred Stock; or

(iii) amend this Section 6(e).

7. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation. This Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

(C) Common Stock .

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B).

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

4. Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

ARTICLE V

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

(A) To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

-23-


(B) The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

(C) Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

*        *        *

 

-24-


The foregoing Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders is accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 223, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Executed at San Mateo, California, on March 27, 2012.

 

/s/ Lyndon Rive

Lyndon Rive, Chief Executive Officer & President

Exhibit 3.4

 

 

 

 

THIRD AMENDED & RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

SOLARCITY CORPORATION


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1      Registered Office

     1   

1.2      Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1      Place Of Meetings

     1   

2.2      Annual Meeting

     1   

2.3      Special Meeting

     1   

2.4      Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings

     2   

2.5      Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice

     2   

2.6      Quorum

     2   

2.7      Adjourned Meeting; Notice

     2   

2.8      Organization; Conduct of Business

     3   

2.9      Voting

     3   

2.10    Waiver Of Notice

     3   

2.11    Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting

     4   

2.12    Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents

     4   

2.13    Proxies

     5   

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

     5   

3.1      Powers

     5   

3.2      Number Of Directors

     6   

3.3      Election, Qualification And Term Of Office Of Directors

     6   

3.4      Resignation And Vacancies

     6   

3.5      Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone

     7   

3.6      Regular Meetings

     7   

3.7      Special Meetings; Notice

     7   

3.8      Quorum

     8   

3.9      Waiver Of Notice

     8   

3.10    Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting

     8   

3.11    Fees And Compensation Of Directors

     9   

3.12    Approval Of Loans To Officers

     9   

3.13    Removal Of Directors

     9   

3.14    Chairman Of The Board Of Directors

     9   

3.15    Affiliate Transactions

     9   

ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES

     10   

4.1      Committees Of Directors

     10   

4.2      Committee Minutes

     10   

4.3      Meetings And Action Of Committees

     10   

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     11   

5.1      Officers

     11   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

     Page  

5.2      Appointment Of Officers

     11   

5.3      Subordinate Officers

     11   

5.4      Removal And Resignation Of Officers

     11   

5.5      Vacancies In Offices

     11   

5.6      Chief Executive Officer

     12   

5.7      President

     12   

5.8      Vice Presidents

     12   

5.9      Secretary

     12   

5.10    Chief Financial Officer

     13   

5.11    Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations.

     13   

5.12    Authority And Duties Of Officers

     13   

ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND

          OTHER AGENTS

     14   

6.1      Indemnification Of Directors And Officers

     14   

6.2      Indemnification Of Others

     14   

6.3      Payment Of Expenses In Advance

     14   

6.4      Indemnity Not Exclusive

     14   

6.5      Insurance

     15   

6.6      Conflicts

     15   

ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS

     15   

7.1      Maintenance And Inspection Of Records

     15   

7.2      Inspection By Directors

     16   

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS

     16   

8.1      Checks

     16   

8.2      Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments

     16   

8.3      Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

     17   

8.4      Special Designation On Certificates

     17   

8.5      Lost Certificates

     17   

8.6      Construction; Definitions

     18   

8.7      Dividends

     18   

8.8      Fiscal Year

     18   

8.9      Seal

     18   

8.10    Transfer Of Stock

     18   

8.11    Stock Transfer Agreements

     18   

8.12    Registered Stockholders

     19   

8.13    Facsimile Signature

     19   

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS

     19   

 

-ii-


THIRD AMENDED & RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1     Registered Office.

The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is Corporation Service Company.

1.2     Other Offices .

The Board of Directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1     Place Of Meetings .

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence, of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

2.2     Annual Meeting .

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors each year. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3     Special Meeting .

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the president or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the votes at that meeting.

If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the president or the chairman of the board, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered

 

-1-


personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, or the secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of this Article II, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

2.4     Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings .

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place (if any), date and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.5     Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice .

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic mail or other electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.6     Quorum .

The holders of a majority of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairman of the meeting or (b) holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting to another place (if any), date or time.

2.7     Adjourned Meeting; Notice .

When a meeting is adjourned to another place (if any), date or time, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place (if any), thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders

 

-2-


may be deemed to be present and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the place (if any), date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.8     Organization; Conduct of Business .

(a)    Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as Chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the Secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the Chairman of the meeting appoints.

(b)    The Chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The date and time of opening and closing of the polls for, each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

2.9     Voting .

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate, of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

2.10     Waiver Of Notice .

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, or any waiver of

 

-3-


notice by electronic transmission, unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.11     Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting .

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is (i) signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and (ii) delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in this Section. A telegram, cablegram, electronic mail or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this Section to the extent permitted by law. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing (including by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law). If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.12     Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents .

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors

 

-4-


may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:

(a)    The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b)    The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent (including consent by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law) is delivered to the corporation.

(c)    The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, if such adjournment is for thirty (30) days or less; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.13     Proxies .

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by an instrument in writing or by an electronic transmission permitted by law filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, facsimile, electronic or telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1     Powers .

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be

 

-5-


managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

3.2     Number Of Directors .

Upon the adoption of these bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be no greater than ten (10). Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.

3.3     Election, Qualification And Term Of Office Of Directors .

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, and unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation, elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

3.4     Resignation And Vacancies .

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws:

(a)    Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(b)    Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

 

-6-


If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

3.5     Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone .

The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6     Regular Meetings .

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

3.7     Special Meetings; Notice .

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail, facsimile, electronic transmission, or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least seven days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by facsimile, electronic transmission, telephone or telegram, it shall be delivered at least 48 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be

 

-7-


communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

3.8     Quorum .

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.9     Waiver Of Notice .

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

3.10     Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting .

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be

 

-8-


used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

3.11     Fees And Compensation Of Directors .

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No such compensation shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

3.12     Approval Of Loans To Officers .

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

3.13     Removal Of Directors .

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these Bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, however, that if the stockholders of the corporation are entitled to cumulative voting, if less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

3.14     Chairman Of The Board Of Directors .

The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the Board of Directors who shall not be considered an officer of the corporation.

3.15     Affiliate Transactions .

If the corporation proposes to enter into an Affiliate Transaction (as defined below) and if there is one or more members of the Board of Directors that are “disinterested” (as such term is used in Section 144 of the Delaware General Corporation Law) with respect to such Affiliate Transaction, then the corporation shall not enter into such Affiliate Transaction without first obtaining the consent of a majority of such “disinterested” directors. For purposes of this Section 3.15, “Affiliate

 

-9-


Transaction” shall mean a transaction that would be required to be disclosed by the Company pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K if the Company was subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

4.1     Committees Of Directors .

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporate Law of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

4.2     Committee Minutes .

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

4.3     Meetings And Action Of Committees .

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.6 (regular meetings), Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.8 (quorum), Section 3.9 (waiver of notice), and Section 3.10 (action without a meeting) of these Bylaws, with such changes in the context of such provisions as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

 

-10-


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1     Officers .

The officers of the corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a president, a chief operating officer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2     Appointment Of Officers .

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these Bylaws, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3     Subordinate Officers .

The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

5.4     Removal And Resignation Of Officers .

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom the power of removal is conferred by the Board of Directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5     Vacancies In Offices .

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

-11-


5.6     Chief Executive Officer .

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if any, the chief executive officer of the corporation (if such an officer is appointed) shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

5.7     President .

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board (if any) or the chief executive officer, the president shall have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and other officers of the corporation. He or she stall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

5.8     Vice Presidents .

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

5.9     Secretary .

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

-12-


The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

5.10     Chief Financial Officer .

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the president, the chief executive officer, or the directors, upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the bylaws.

5.11     Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations .

The chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by the person having such authority.

5.12     Authority And Duties Of Officers .

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the stockholders.

 

-13-


ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS,

OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

6.1     Indemnification Of Directors And Officers .

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses {including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (a) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.2     Indemnification Of Others .

The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (a) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.3     Payment Of Expenses In Advance .

Expenses incurred in defending any action or proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1 or for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 following authorization thereof by the Board of Directors shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article VI.

6.4     Indemnity Not Exclusive .

The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of

 

-14-


stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent that such additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the certificate of incorporation.

6.5     Insurance .

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

6.6     Conflicts .

No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article VI, except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance where it appears:

(a)    That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

(b)    That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

7.1     Maintenance And Inspection Of Records .

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive offices or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent

 

-15-


to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in each such stockholder’s name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The stock list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

7.2     Inspection By Directors .

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

8.1     Checks .

From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

8.2     Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments .

The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

-16-


8.3     Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares .

The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

8.4     Special Designation On Certificates .

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

8.5     Lost Certificates .

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or

 

-17-


destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

8.6     Construction; Definitions .

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

8.7     Dividends .

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in (a) the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (b) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

8.8     Fiscal Year .

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

8.9     Seal .

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.10     Transfer Of Stock .

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

8.11     Stock Transfer Agreements .

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of

 

-18-


shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

8.12     Registered Stockholders .

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

8.13     Facsimile Signature .

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The Bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

-19-

Exhibit 4.2

THIS WARRANT AND THE WARRANT SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), NOR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SO REGISTERED OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE . THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, SALE, TRANSFER OR DISPOSAL OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Warrant No.: [__]

   Number of Shares: [              ]

Date of Issuance: [                      ]

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to issue to PG&E Corporation, the holder of this warrant (the “ Warrant ”), its nominees, successors or assigns (the “ Holder ”), [              ] fully paid and nonassessable shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] 1 Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, upon the payment by the Holder to the Company of the Warrant Price (as defined herein) and to deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock so purchased. The number of shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided herein. The Warrant Price (the “ Warrant Price ”) per share of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock shall equal $10.82 per share. The Warrant Price is subject to adjustment as provided herein. [For the avoidance of doubt, from and after the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV(B)(4)(b) of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, this Warrant shall be exercisable in accordance with its terms for Common Stock.]

For the purpose of this Warrant, [the term “ Series E Preferred Stock ” shall mean (i) the class of stock designated as the Series E Preferred Stock of the Company at the date of this Warrant, (ii) any other class or classes of stock resulting from successive changes or reclassifications of such class of stock and (iii) any other class or classes of stock resulting from conversion of all outstanding shares of such class of stock (including pursuant to Article IV(B)(4)(b) of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended);] the term “ Common Stock ” shall mean (a) the class of stock designated as the Common Stock of the Company at the date of this Warrant and (b) any other class or classes of stock resulting from successive changes or reclassifications of such class of stock; and the term “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday or Sunday

 

 

1 Bracketed terms to be included or deleted as appropriate to reflect a warrant to purchase Series E Preferred Stock or Common Stock.


or a day on which commercial banks in San Francisco, California are required or authorized to be closed.

SECTION 1.   Term of Warrant, Exercise of Warrant .

(a)    Subject to the terms of this Warrant, including without limitation Section 6, the Holder shall have the right, at its option, which may be exercised as hereinafter provided, in whole or in part, at any time, and from time to time, commencing at the time of the issuance of this Warrant and until 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the thirty-six (36) month anniversary of the date of issuance of this Warrant (the “ Scheduled Expiration Date ”), to purchase from the Company the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock which the Holder may at the time be entitled to purchase on exercise of this Warrant (“ Warrant Shares ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Holder shall have given the Company written notice of its intention to exercise this Warrant on or before 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the Scheduled Expiration Date, the Holder may exercise this Warrant at any time through (and including) the Business Day next following the date that all applicable required regulatory holding periods have expired and all applicable required governmental approvals have been obtained in connection with such exercise of this Warrant by the Holder, if such Business Day is later than on the Scheduled Expiration Date (the Scheduled Expiration Date or such later date being herein referred to as the “ Warrant Expiration Date ”). After the Warrant Expiration Date, this Warrant will be void.

(b)    (i)    The purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant shall be exercised by the Holder surrendering this Warrant, with the form of subscription at the end hereof duly executed by the Holder, to the Company at its office in Foster City, California (or, in the event the Company’s principal office is no longer in Foster City, California, its then principal office in the United States (the “ Principal Office ”)), accompanied by payment, of an amount (the “ Exercise Payment ”) equal to the Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares being purchased pursuant to such exercise, payable by payment to the Company in cash, by certified or official bank check, or by wire transfer of the Exercise Payment.

(ii)    In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(b)(i), if the Market Price per share of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock as of the date of such exercise is greater than the Warrant Price, the Holder may elect to receive a number of shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being exercised) by surrender of this Warrant at the Principal Office with the form of subscription at the end hereof duly executed by the Holder reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock computed using the following formula:

 

X =   

Y (A – B)

    
   A   

      Where:

 

                    X          =        

   The number of shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock to be issued to the Holder

 

2


                  Y         =       The number of shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (as of the date of such exercise)
                  A         =       The Market Price of one share of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock (as of the date of such exercise)
                  B         =       The Warrant Price (as of the date of such exercise)

For purposes hereof, the term “ Market Price ” shall mean, with respect to any day, the average closing price of a share of Common Stock or other security for the fifteen (15) consecutive trading days preceding such day on the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock or securities are listed or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the average of the reported bid and asked prices during such fifteen (15) trading day period in the over-the-counter market or, if the shares of Common Stock or securities are not publicly traded, the Market Price for such day shall be the fair market value thereof determined jointly by the Company and the Holder; provided , however , that if such parties are unable to reach agreement within twenty (20) Business Days, upon the request of either the Company or the Holder, the Market Price shall be determined in good faith by an independent investment banking firm selected jointly by the Company and the Holder or, if that selection cannot be made within fifteen (15) Business Days after such request, by an independent investment banking firm selected by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its rules. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the determination of Market Price shall be borne by the Company.

(c)    Upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall issue and cause to be delivered with all reasonable dispatch, but in any event within five (5) Business Days, to or upon the written order of the Holder and, subject to Section 3, in such name or names as the Holder may designate, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise together with such other property, including cash, which may be deliverable upon such exercise. If fewer than all of the Warrant Shares represented by this Warrant are purchased, a new Warrant of the same tenor as this Warrant, reflecting the number of Warrant Shares that remain subject to this Warrant will be issued and delivered by the Company at the Company’s expense, to the Holder together with the issue of the certificates representing the Warrant Shares then being purchased.

SECTION 2.    Warrant Register, Registration of Transfers .

Section 2.1.     Warrant Register . The Company shall keep at its Principal Office, a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) in which the Company shall record the name and address of the Holder from time to time and all transfers and exchanges of this Warrant made in accordance with the terms of this Warrant. The Company shall give the Holder prior written notice of any change of the address at which such register is kept.

 

3


Section 2.2.   Registration of Transfers, Exchanges or Assignment of Warrants .

(a)    This Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent, and any attempt by the Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant may be transferred or assigned in whole but not in part by a Holder to a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of such Holder (other than an affiliate that is a natural person); provided , that (i) the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition and (ii) the transferee or assignee shall in writing (a) represent to the Company that (x) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (y) it is acquiring this Warrant for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and (z) it has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing this Warrant or the shares of stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant [(or any shares issuable upon conversion thereof)], nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and (b) agree to take and hold this Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights hereunder [(and any shares issuable upon conversion thereof)] subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if such transferee or assignee were the original holder hereof.

(b)    Upon surrender for transfer or exchange of this Warrant to the Company at its Principal Office for transfer or exchange in accordance with this Section 2, the Company shall, without charge (subject to Section 3), execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor and of a like aggregate amount of Warrant Shares in the name of the assignee named in such instrument of assignment and this Warrant shall promptly be canceled.

SECTION 3.   Payment of Taxes . The Company shall pay all documentary stamp taxes, if any, attributable to the initial issuance of any Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax or taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of any Warrant or certificate for Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Holder as such name is then shown on the books of the Company.

SECTION 4.   Certain Covenants .

Section 4.1.     Reservation of Warrant Shares . There have been reserved and the Company shall at all times keep reserved, out of its authorized but unissued [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock, free from any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other restrictions (other than pursuant to the Securities Act) a number of shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock sufficient to provide for the exercise of the rights of purchase represented by this Warrant. The transfer agent, if any, for the [Series

 

4


E Preferred] [Common] Stock, and every subsequent transfer agent for any shares of the [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock issuable upon the exercise of any of the rights of purchase as set out in this Warrant, shall be irrevocably authorized and directed at all times to reserve such number of authorized shares as shall be requisite for such purpose.

Section 4.2.     Valid Issuance . The Company covenants and agrees that all Warrant Shares will, upon issuance, be duly authorized and issued, fully paid, nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens, and charges and any statutory or contractual preemptive rights with respect to the issue thereof except for all taxes, liens and charges imposed by the Holder. The Company will, at the time of or at any time after each exercise of this Warrant, upon the request of the Holder, acknowledge in writing the extent, if any, of its continuing obligation to afford to such Holder all rights to which such Holder shall continue to be entitled after such exercise in accordance with the terms of this Warrant, provided that if Holder shall fail to make any such request, the failure shall not affect the continuing obligation of the Company to afford such rights to Holder.

Section 4.3.     Notice of Certain Corporate Action . In case the Company shall propose (a) to offer to the holders of its Series E Preferred Stock, pursuant to their rights as holders of such shares, rights to subscribe for or to purchase any shares of Series E Preferred Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, or (b) to effect any reclassification of its [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision, or combination, of outstanding shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock), or (c) to effect any capital reorganization, or (d) to effect any consolidation, merger or sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its property, assets or business, or (e) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or (f) to offer to the holders of its [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock the right to have their shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock repurchased or redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company, or (g) to take any other action which, pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, would result in the adjustment of the Warrant Price and/or the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, then in each such case (but without limiting the provisions of Section 5), the Company shall give to the Holder a notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the date on which a record is to be taken for purposes of such dividend, distribution of offer of rights, or the date on which such reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, disposition, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock, if any such date is to be fixed and shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action on the [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock. Such notice shall be so given at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the record date for determining holders of the [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock for purposes of participating in or voting on such action, or at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock, whichever shall be the earlier. Such notice shall specify, in the case of any subscription or repurchase rights, the date on which the holders of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock shall be entitled thereto, or the date on which the holders of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock shall be entitled to exchange their [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock

 

5


for securities or other property deliverable upon any reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or other action, as the case may be. Such notice shall also state whether the action in question or the record date is subject to the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act or to a favorable vote of security holders, if either is required, and the adjustment in Warrant Price and/or number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant as a result of such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or other action. The notice provisions set forth in this Section 4.3 may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder.

SECTION 5.   Capital Events; Adjustments to Warrant Price .

Section 5.1.     Consolidation, Merger or Sale . If any reorganization or consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation shall be effected in such a way that holders of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby the Holder shall thereafter have the right to receive upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant, the amount of shares of stock, securities or assets (including cash) that is issued or paid with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock equal to the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant could have been exercised immediately prior to such reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such Holder to the end that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets (including cash) thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant. The Company will not effect any consolidation, merger or sale unless prior to the consummation thereof the successor corporation (if other than the Company) resulting from such consolidation or merger or the corporation purchasing such assets shall assume, by written instrument executed and mailed or delivered to the Holder at the last address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation to deliver to such Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets (including cash) as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Holder may be entitled to receive.

Section 5.2.     Reclassification of Shares. If the shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization[, conversion of all outstanding shares of the relevant class or series] or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of shares of [Series E Preferred]

 

6


[Common] Stock deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

Section 5.3.     Subdivisions and Combinations . In the event that the outstanding shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased.

Section 5.4.     Fractional Shares . The Company shall not issue fractions of shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock upon exercise of this Warrant or scrip in lieu thereof. If any fraction of a share of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock would, except for the provisions of this Section 5.4, be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall in lieu thereof pay to the person entitled thereto an amount in cash equal to the current value of such fraction, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth (1/100) of a share, to be computed on the basis of the Warrant Price for a share of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock as of the date of exercise.

Section 5.5.     Notice of Adjustment . Upon any adjustment of the Warrant Price, and from time to time upon the request of the Holder the Company shall furnish to the Holder the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment or otherwise in effect and the number of Warrant Shares then available for purchase under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

Section 5.6.     Certain Events . If any event occurs as to which in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company the other provisions of this Section 5 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the exercise rights of the Holder in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board of Directors of the Company in the good faith, reasonable exercise of its business judgment shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to make an adjustment in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles so as to protect such exercise rights as aforesaid.

SECTION 6.   No Rights as a Stockholder; Notice to Holder . Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder the right to vote or to consent or, except as otherwise provided in this Warrant, to receive notice as a stockholder in

 

7


respect of any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors of the Company or any other matter, or any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company.

SECTION 7.   Replacement of Warrant . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of an indemnity agreement (with, in the case of a Holder which is not a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act, surety) in an amount reasonably satisfactory to it, or (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation thereof, the Company will issue, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

SECTION 8.   Notices . All notices and other written communications provided for hereunder shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the United States Mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by telecopy or other similar facsimile transmission (with such telecopy or facsimile promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States Mail as otherwise provided in this Section 8); (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand delivered by messenger, and (i) if to the Holder addressed to it at the address or fax number specified for such Holder in the Warrant Register or at such other address or fax number as the Holder shall have specified to the Company in writing in accordance with this Section 8, and (ii) if to the Company, addressed to it at 393 Vintage Park Drive, Suite 140, Foster City, California, 94404, Attention: General Counsel, Facsimile: (650) 560-6182, or at such other address or fax number as the Company shall have specified to the Holder in writing in accordance with this Section 8.

SECTION 9.   Applicable Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California but without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

SECTION 10.   Warrant Share Legend . Each certificate representing Warrant Shares, until such Warrant Shares have been distributed pursuant to a registration statement effective under the Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 under the Act (or any similar rule then in force) shall bear the following legend:

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SUCH SECURITIES ACT OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH

 

8


SALE, OFFER, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

SECTION 11.    Captions . The captions of the Sections and subsections of this Warrant have been inserted for convenience only and shall have no substantive effect.

SECTION 12.   Market Stand-off . The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp with an appropriate legend each certificate with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Warrant as of the _____ day of [                  ], [          ].

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

Attest:    
 

Signature Page to Warrant


[To be signed only upon exercise of Warrant]

To SOLARCITY CORPORATION:

The undersigned, the holder of the within Warrant (the “ Holder ”), hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder, _____ shares of [Series E Preferred] [Common] Stock of SolarCity Corporation [and herewith makes payment of $_____ therefor in full payment of the Exercise Payment] [or] [pursuant to the net issue exercise provisions of Section 1(b)(ii) of such Warrant], and requests that the certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and be delivered to ___________________________, whose address is _____________________________________________.

The undersigned represents that (i) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) it is acquiring such shares for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and (iii) it has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing such shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

Dated:
   

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)

 

   
Address

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF SERIES F PREFERRED STOCK

of

SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

a Delaware Corporation

Dated as of [              ]

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

No. [          ]   

Warrant to Purchase

[          ] Shares of

Series F Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment)

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received and pursuant to that certain Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of [          ] (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the purchasers described therein, [          ] , or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Series F Preferred Stock ”), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. The holder of this Warrant is subject to certain restrictions set forth in the Purchase Agreement and the Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of [          ] , by and among the Company and the other parties named therein. This Warrant is one of a series of warrants referred to as the “ Series F Preferred Warrants ” in the Purchase Agreement.

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:


1.     Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period .

(a)     Number of Shares . Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to [          ] shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock (the “Shares”), as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 6 hereto.

(b)     Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $ [          ] , subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 6 hereto (the “ Exercise Price ”).

(c)     Exercise Period . This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

2.     Exercise of the Warrant .

(a)     Exercise . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, in accordance with Section 1, by:

(i)     the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

(ii)     the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

(iii)     Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being cancelled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X =    Y(A - B)   
   A   

Where:

 

X   

=

  

The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder

Y   

=

  

The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being cancelled (at the date of such calculation)

A   

=

  

The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)

 

-2-


B   

=

  

The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however , that:

(iv)     where a public market exists for the Company’s common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid prices of the common stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal , as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending on the date prior to the date of determination of fair market value and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable; and

(v)     if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable.

(b)     Stock Certificates . The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, and in any event within fifteen (15) days thereafter, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled, to receive the same a certificate or certificates for. that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

(c)     No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu, of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

(d)     Conditional Exercise . The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

(e)     Automatic Exercise . If the Holder of this Warrant has not elected to exercise this Warrant prior to expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, then this Warrant shall automatically (without any act on the part of the Holder) be exercised pursuant to Section 2(b) effective immediately prior to the expiration of the Warrant to the extent such net issue exercise would result in the issuance of Shares, unless Holder shall earlier provide written notice to the Company that the Holder desires that this Warrant expire unexercised. If this Warrant is automatically exercised, the Company shall notify the Holder of the automatic exercise as soon as

 

-3-


reasonably practicable, and the Holder shall surrender the Warrant to the Company in accordance with the terms hereof.

(f)     Reservation of Stock . The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of Series F Preferred Stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series F Preferred Stock (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms and the conversion of the Shares, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use its best efforts to take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its Series F Preferred Stock (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes. The Company represents and warrants that (i) all Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant will, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, and (ii) all shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares will, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3.     Replacement of the Warrant . Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

4.     Transfer of the Warrant .

(a)     Warrant Register . The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

(b)     Warrant Agent . The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

(c)     Transferability of the Warrant . Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions .on transfer set forth in Section 5, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement

 

-4-


(by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

(d)     Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by, the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

(e)     Minimum Transfer . This Warrant may not be transferred in part.

(f)     Taxes . In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

5.     Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws . By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

(a)     Restrictions on Transfers . Subject to Section 5(b), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (the “Securities”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

(i)     there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement;

(ii)     the disposition is made in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

-5-


(iii)    (x) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a reasonably detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (y) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (A) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (B) for investment and (C) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (z) if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(b)     Permitted Transfers . Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners or members, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners or members, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided, in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

(c)     Investment Representation Statement . Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(d)     Securities Law Legend . The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER,

 

-6-


PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

(e)     Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares and common stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

(f)     Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions . The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

(g)     Removal of Legend . The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares (and the common stock issuable upon conversion thereof) and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, (ii) such securities may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume restrictions or similar limitations or (iii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

6.     Adjustments . Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a)     Merger or Reorganization . If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder

 

-7-


after such Reorganization, to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after such Reorganization, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event, upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(b)     Reclassification of Shares . If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization, conversion of all outstanding shares of the relevant class or series (other than as would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8) or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(c)     Subdivisions and Combinations . In the event that the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock (or if this Warrant shall become exercisable for shares of common stock pursuant to its terms, common stock) are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock (or if this Warrant shall become exercisable for shares of common stock pursuant to its terms, common stock) are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

(d)     Redemption . In the event that all of the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are redeemed in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation, this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the number of shares of common stock that would have been received if this Warrant had been exercised in full immediately prior to such redemption and the preferred stock received thereupon had been simultaneously converted into common stock.

(e)     Notice of Adjustments . Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the, method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

7.     Notification of Certain Events . Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

-8-


(a)     the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, or (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights);

(b)     the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(c)     any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant, to Section 8(b) or 8(c);

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (c), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant in writing.

8.     Expiration of the Warrant . This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

(a)     5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on [          ] ;

(b)    (i) a sale, conveyance or other disposal of all or substantially all of the Company’s property or business or (ii) a merger of the Company with or into or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity or the effectiveness of any other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company is disposed of, provided, that this Section 8(b) shall not include (A) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (B) an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation, or (C) a transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction own 50% or more of the voting power of the surviving corporation following the transaction; or

(c)     immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act covering the offering and sale of the Company’s common stock, in which (i) the price at which shares of the Company’s common stock are sold to the public in the public offering is at least $13.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (ii) the results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions).

9.     No Rights as a Stockholder . Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate

 

-9-


action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

10.     Market Stand-off . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, the Holder of this Warrant agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days, subject to potential extensions to comply with the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(0(4) or NYSE Rule 472(0(4)) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering. In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of the Holder of this Warrant. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The obligations of the Holders under this Section 10 shall be conditioned upon similar agreements being in effect with each Holder that qualifies as a Major Investor (as defined in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement).

11.     Representations and Warranties of the Holder . By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a)     No Registration . The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

(b)     Investment Intent . The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

(c)     Investment Experience . The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

-10-


(d)     Speculative Nature of Investment . The Holder understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

(e)     Access to Data . The Holder has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities with the Company’s management and has had an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities. The Holder understands that such discussions, as well as the Company’s business plan and any other written information delivered by the Company to the Holder, were intended to describe the aspects of the Company’s business which it believes to be material. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections may not materialize or may vary significantly from actual results. The Holder has not seen, received, been presented with, or been solicited by any leaflet, public promotional meeting, newspaper or magazine article or advertisement, radio or television advertisement, or any other form of advertising or general solicitation with respect to the sale of the Securities.

(f)     Accredited Investor . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(g)     Residency . The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

(h)     Restrictions on Resides . The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for, the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any

 

-11-


disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

(i)     No Public Market . The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

(j)     Brokers and Finders . The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

(k)     Legal Counsel . The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

(l)     Tax Advisors . The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

12.     Miscellaneous .

(a)     Amendments . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.

(b)     Waivers . No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

(c)     Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(i)     if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile

 

-12-


number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(ii)     if to the Company, to the attention of the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy to Steven V. Bernard, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (x) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, (y) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (z) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

(d)     Governing Law . This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

(e)     Jurisdiction and Venue . Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within San Mateo County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

(f)     Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

(g)     Severability . If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(h)     Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS

 

-13-


WARRANT . If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

(i)     California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(j)     Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

(k)     Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant . Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

(l)     Entire Agreement . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

(signature page follows)

 

-14-


The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

By:

   

Name:

 

Lyndon Rive

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Address:

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

[          ]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Address:

[          ]

 

 

Signature Page to Warrant Purchase Shares of Series F Preferred Stock of SolarCity Corporation


The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

By:

   

Name:

 

Lyndon Rive

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Address:

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

[              ]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

 

 

Signature Page to Warrant Purchase Shares of Series F Preferred Stock of SolarCity Corporation


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:             SolarCity Corporation (the “ Company ”)

Attention:   Chief Executive Officer

 

(1)

Exercise . The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

Number of shares:

    

Type of security:

    

 

(2)

Method of Exercise . The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

  ¨

A cash payment and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

  ¨

The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3)

Conditional Exercise . Is this a conditional exercise pursuant to Section 2(e):

 

  ¨

Yes                                                              ¨ No

If “Yes,” indicate the applicable condition:

 

 

 

(4)

Stock Certificate . Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

¨      The undersigned    

  

¨      Other—Name:         

    
Address:         

 

(5)

Unexercised Portion of the Warrant . Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

¨      The undersigned    

  

¨      Other—Name:         

    
Address:         

 

A-1


  ¨

Not applicable

 

(6)

Investment Intent . The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement’ or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(7)

Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement . The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

   
(Print name of the warrant holder)
   
(Signature)
   
(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)
   
(Date)
   
(Fax number)
   
(Email address)

 

(Signature page to Notice of Exercise)

 

A-2

Exhibit 4.4

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

February 24, 2012

 


SOLARCITY CORPORATION

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 24, 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto, each of which is herein referred to as an “ Investor ”.

This Agreement replaces and supersedes the Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated February 8, 2012 (as amended, the “ Prior Agreement ”), by and among the Company and certain of the Investors.

RECITALS

A. The Company has sold Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, E-1 Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and proposes to sell shares of its Series G Preferred Stock to certain Investors (the “ Financing ”) pursuant to the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase and Exchange Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2012 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

B. In connection with the consummation of the Financing, the Company and the Investors have agreed to provide for the future registration and/or conversion of their shares of the Company’s capital stock as set forth below.

C. The Company and those undersigned Investors holding the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock desire to grant such rights to certain holders of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock by substituting this Agreement, to which certain holders of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock are a party, for the Prior Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Purchase Agreement, the parties mutually agree (i) that effective upon the closing of the sale and issuance of the Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and execution of this Agreement by (a) the Company, (b) Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement) currently outstanding, (c) the holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock, (d) the holders of a majority of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, and (e) Mayfield (as defined below), all provisions of, rights granted by, and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and terminated in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect whatsoever, and (ii) as follows:

1. Registration Rights . The Company and the Investors covenant and agree as follows:

 

-1-


1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”);

(b) The term “ Holder ” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement; provided , however , that PG&E Corporation (“ PG&E ”) (or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement) shall not be a Holder for purposes of Section 2 of this Agreement;

(c) The term “ Qualified IPO ” means the initial firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, in which the price at which shares of the Company’s Common Stock are sold to the public in the public offering is at least $13.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of $50,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions);

(d) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document;

(e) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, (ii) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon the exercise of warrants issued to PG&E pursuant to that certain Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of December 17, 2009 (the “ Warrant Agreement ”) prior to the Series E Conversion Date (as defined in the Warrant Agreement), and (iii) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i) and (ii); provided , however , that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his or her rights under this Agreement are not assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as they have not been (A) sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, or (B) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale;

 

-2-


(f) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities;

(g) The term “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission;

(h) “ Series A Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share;

(i) “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share;

(j) “ Series C Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share;

(k) “ Series D Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share;

(l) “ Series E Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share;

(m) “ Series E-1 Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series E-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and

(n) “ Series F Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(o) “ Series G Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.2 Request for Registration .

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the date hereof, or (ii) six months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction), a written request from (A) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, (B) the Holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) then outstanding, (C) the Holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) then outstanding, (D) the Holders of a majority of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) then outstanding or (E) the Holders of a majority of the Series G Preferred Stock (or any shares of capital stock issued upon conversion thereof, determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis) then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities, then the Company shall, within ten days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall,

 

-3-


subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b), use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered within 20 days of the mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.3.

(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 1.5(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period, and provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other holder during such 120 day period.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration initiated by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(A):

(i) After the Company has effected two such registrations pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(A) and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

 

-4-


(ii) During the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

(e) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration initiated by the Holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(B):

(i) After the Company has effected two such registrations pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(B) and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(ii) During the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

(f) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration initiated by the Holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(C):

(i) After the Company has effected two such registrations pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(C) and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(ii) During the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

(g) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration initiated by the Holders of a majority of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(D):

 

-5-


(i) After the Company has effected two such registrations pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(D) and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(ii) During the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

(h) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration initiated by the Holders of a majority of the Series G Preferred Stock (or the capital stock issued upon conversion thereof, determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis) pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(E):

(i) After the Company has effected two such registrations pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(E) and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(ii) During the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

1.3 Company Registration . If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan or a transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act, a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, or any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within 20 days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.3, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of not less than 10% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written

 

-6-


request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $1,000,000; (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve month period; (iv) if the Company has, within the 12 month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; (v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; or (vi) during the period ending 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 1.3.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 120 days.

 

-7-


(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to 120 days.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for 120 days, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(i) Use its best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with

 

-8-


respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

(j) Otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months, but not more than eighteen months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

(k) In connection with an underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.4 hereof, enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided that such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided , further , that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

1.6 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or subsection 1.4(b)(ii), whichever is applicable.

1.7 Expenses of Registration .

(a) Demand Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 if (i) the registration request was initiated by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities and the

 

-9-


registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(A); (ii) the registration request was initiated by the Holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) and the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion of thereof) agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(B); (iii) the registration request was initiated by the Holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) and the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(C); (iv) the registration request was initiated by the Holders of a majority of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) and the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(D); or (v) the registration request was initiated by the Holders of a majority of the Series G Preferred Stock (or the capital stock issued upon conversion thereof, determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis) and the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Series G Preferred Stock (or the capital stock issued upon conversion thereof, determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis) to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Series G Preferred Stock (or the capital stock issued upon conversion thereof, determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis) agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(E), provided further , however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(ii)(A), (B), (C), (D) or (E), as applicable.

(b) Company Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1.3, including (without limitation) all registration,

 

-10-


filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

(c) Registration on Form S-3 . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to Section 1.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

1.8 Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below ten percent of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, the selling stockholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included or (ii) any securities held by a Founder (as defined in the Sixth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement of even date herewith) be included if any securities held by any selling Holder are excluded. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ selling stockholder ,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

1.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any

 

-11-


controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.10 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each Holder’s officers, directors, constituent partners, managers, members and employees (the “ Holder Representatives ”), any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to such registration prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, Holder Representative, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, Holder Representative, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, Holder Representative, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will, severally but not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such

 

-12-


Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 1.10(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 1.10(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’

 

-13-


relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.11 Reports Under Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to (i) a transferee or assignee of at least 250,000 shares of such securities (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification or the like), (ii) a transferee or assignee of all of such Registrable Securities held by such transferring Holder,

 

-14-


if less than 250,000 shares, (iii) a partner, member or affiliate of the transferring Holder (including, but not limited to, an affiliated fund or entity of such Holder), (iv) a transferee or assignee who is a Holder’s child, stepchild, Grandchild, parent, stepparent, Grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (such a relation, a Holder’s “ Immediate Family Member ”, which term shall include adoptive relationships), or (v) a transferee or assignee that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member, provided the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided , further , that such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (x) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or (y) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including Immediate Family Members of such partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 1.

1.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of (i) the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities; (ii) the Holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock (or shares of the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) then outstanding; (iii) the Holders of a majority of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock (or shares of the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) then outstanding; (iv) the Holders of a majority of the shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock (or shares of the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) then outstanding and (v) the Holders of a majority of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock (or shares of the capital stock issued upon conversion thereof, determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis) then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 1.2(a) or within 120 days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.2.

1.14 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement .

(a) Market-Standoff Period; Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, each Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the

 

-15-


registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days, subject to potential extensions to comply with the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4)) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering. The obligations of the Holders under this Section 1.14(a) shall be conditioned upon similar agreements being in effect with each Holder that qualifies as a Major Investor (as defined below).

(b) Stop-Transfer Instructions . In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 1.14(a)).

(c) Transferees Bound . Each Holder agrees that it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.14.

1.15 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) five years following the consummation of a Qualified IPO or (ii) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares during a three month period without registration, except if such Holder holds at least two percent of the outstanding voting stock of the Company.

2. Covenants of the Company .

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, as defined in Section 2.3 below:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, preliminary and unaudited income statement for such fiscal year, a preliminary and unaudited balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a preliminary and unaudited statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”).

(b) within five days of availability, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(c) within five days of availability, but in any event within 15 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company and within five days of availability, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

 

-16-


(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event within five days before the end of the fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis; and

(e) with respect to the financial statements called for in subsection (b) of this Section 2.1, an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company and certifying that such financials were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment, provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the right of the Company to change its accounting principles consistent with GAAP, if the Board of Directors determines that it is in the best interest of the Company to do so.

2.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor, as defined in Section 2.3 below, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

2.3 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor (as hereinafter defined) a right of first offer with respect to future issuances by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). A “ Major Investor ” shall mean (a) any person who holds at least 1,000,000 shares in the aggregate of the Company’s Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, and subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like), (b) Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership (together with its affiliates, “ Mayfield ”), for so long as Mayfield shall hold at least 600,000 shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, and subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like), (c) Silver Lake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. (together with its affiliates, “ Silver Lake ”), for so long as Silver Lake shall hold at least 431,214 shares of Preferred Stock of the Company (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, and subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like), (d) Valor Solar Holdings, LLC (together with its affiliates, “ Valor ”), for so long as Valor shall hold at least 392,013 shares of Preferred Stock of the Company (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, and subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like), and (d) Tao LLC (together with its affiliates, “ Tao ”), for so long as Tao shall hold at least 156,805 shares of Preferred Stock of the Company (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, and subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like). For purposes of this Section 2, a Major Investor includes any general partners, members and affiliates of a Major Investor. A Major Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its partners, members or affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

-17-


Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice by certified mail (“ Notice ”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) Within 15 calendar days after delivery of the Notice, the Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities) (the “ Pro-Rata Amount ”). The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that purchases or obtains all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise, and in such notice the Company shall inform each Fully-Exercising Investor of the Fully-Exercising Investors’ Pool (as defined below). The “ Fully-Exercising Investors’ Pool ” shall mean the total investment amount that shall be available to be purchased by the Fully-Exercising Investors as determined unanimously by the Company’s Board of Directors; provided , however, such investment amount shall at least be equal to the aggregate Pro-Rata Amount for all of the Fully-Exercising Investors. During the ten day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to purchase that portion of the excess of the amount of the Fully-Exercising Investors’ Pool over the aggregate Pro-Rata Amount for all of the Fully-Exercising Investors (such excess, the “ Available Unsubscribed Shares ”) that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by all Fully-Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such Available Unsubscribed Shares. Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing thereunder.

(c) The Company may, during the 45-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this paragraph 2.3 shall not be applicable (i) to the issuance or sale of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, consultants and

 

-18-


directors, of the Company pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Board of Directors for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services, (ii) to or after consummation of a Qualified IPO, (iii) to the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or securities issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities issued after the date of this Agreement, so long as the rights established by this Section 2.3 were complied with, waived or were inapplicable pursuant to any provision of this Section 2.3(d) with respect to the initial sale or grant by the Company of such convertible or exercisable securities, (iv) stock splits, stock dividends or like transactions, (v) to the issuance of shares of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Purchase Agreement, or (vi) to the issuance of securities that, with unanimous approval of the Board of Directors of the Company and a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis, are not offered to any existing stockholder of the Company. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this paragraph 2.3 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor and any subsequent securities issuance, if (i) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, and (ii) such subsequent securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that the right of first offer contained in this paragraph 2.3 is not applicable to an issuance or sale of securities by operation of subsection 2.3(d)(vi) above or is otherwise waived on behalf of all Major Investors hereunder, then the Company shall offer each Major Investor the opportunity to purchase any securities that the Company proposes to issue that are not proposed to be purchased by the lead investor in such transaction (the “ Non-Lead Investor Shares ”) in accordance with the procedures set forth in subsections 2.3(a), (b) and (c) above, provided , however , that each Major Investor shall have the right to elect to purchase or obtain up to that portion of such Non-Lead Investor Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by all Major Investors; and provided , further , however , that any Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to purchase or obtain that portion of the Non-Lead Investor Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe under this subsection 2.3(e) but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by all Fully-Exercising Major Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed Non-Lead Investor Shares.

2.4 Stock Vesting . Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or its Compensation Committee, all stock, stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to officers and employees shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the Company and (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest in equal monthly

 

-19-


installments over the remaining three (3) years. With respect to any shares of stock purchased by any such person still subject to vesting, the Company’s repurchase option shall provide that upon such person’s termination of employment or service with the Company, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee shall have the option to purchase at cost any unvested share of stock held by such person.

2.5 Business Licenses . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to renew each of its business licenses prior to their expiration, or, with respect to any business licenses that have expired as of the date of this Agreement, as soon as practicable, and in any case within 60 days from the date of this Agreement, and to maintain such business licenses in full force and effect.

2.6 Blue Sky Filings . As soon as practicable, and in any case within 30 days from the date of this Agreement, the Company shall obtain all Blue Sky law permits and qualifications and complete any filings required by any governmental authority in connection with any past issuances of securities for which such permits, qualifications or filings have not yet been obtained or made.

2.7 Affiliate Transactions . If the Company proposes to enter into an Affiliate Transaction (as defined below) and if there is one or more members of the Board of Directors that are “disinterested” (as such term is used in Section 144 of the Delaware General Corporation Law) with respect to such Affiliate Transaction, then the Company shall not enter into such Affiliate Transaction without first obtaining the consent of a majority of such “disinterested” directors. For purposes of this Section 2.7, “Affiliate Transaction” shall mean a transaction that would be required to be disclosed by the Company pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K if the Company was subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Exchange Act.

2.8 Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain in effect a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy from an insurer satisfactory to the Board of Directors in an amount of no less than $3,000,000.

2.9 Termination of Covenants .

(a) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 through 2.8 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

(b) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 2.9(a) above.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be

 

-20-


binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any of the Preferred Stock or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.2 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of (i) the Company and (ii) the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided , however , that Investors purchasing shares of Series G Preferred Stock under the Purchase Agreement after the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) may become parties to this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other party; provided further that any amendment or waiver of Sections 1.1(e), 1.2, 1.4, 1.7, 1.13, 2.1, 2.3, 2.7, 2.9 and 3.2 shall require the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like); provided further that any amendment or waiver of Sections 1.1(e), 1.2, 1.4, 1.7, 1.13, 2.1, 2.3, 2.7, 2.9 and 3.2 shall require the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like); provided further that any amendment or waiver of Sections 1.1(e), 1.2, 1.4, 1.7, 1.13, 2.1, 2.3, 2.7, 2.9 and 3.2 shall require the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series G Preferred Stock (or any shares of capital stock issued upon conversion thereof, determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis, and as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), provided further that any amendment to (A) the definition of “Major Investor” in this Agreement, or (B) this Section 3.2 shall require the prior written consent of Mayfield so long as Mayfield holds at least 600,000 shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, and subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like); provided further that any amendment which adversely effects Silver Lake to (A) the definition of “Major Investor” in this Agreement, or (B) this Section 3.2 shall require the prior written consent of Silver Lake so long as Silver Lake holds at least 431,214 shares of Preferred Stock of the Company (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, and subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like); provided further that any amendment which adversely effects Valor to (A) the definition of “Major Investor” in this Agreement, or (B) this Section 3.2 shall require the prior written consent of Valor so long as Valor holds at least 392,013 shares of Preferred Stock of the Company (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, and subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like); and provided further that any amendment which adversely effects Tao to (A) the definition of “Major Investor” in this Agreement, or (B) this Section 3.2 shall require the prior written consent of Tao so long as Tao holds at least 156,805 shares of Preferred Stock of the Company (or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, and subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each party to the Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company; provided, however , that any amendment which treats any holder of Registrable Securities in an adverse manner different from other holders of Registrable Securities shall require the consent of the holder(s) of a majority of the Registrable Securities so adversely affected.

 

-21-


3.3 Notices . Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by telegram or fax, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or fax number as set forth on Exhibit A hereto or as subsequently modified by written notice.

3.4 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.5 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

3.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.7 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.8 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of the Preferred Stock held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

3.9 Voting as Converted . All references to any series or class of capital stock of the Company voting on an as converted to Common Stock basis, or similar language, shall mean as such series or class may be directly converted into Common Stock of the Company at the time of such vote in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as may be amended from time to time.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-22-


The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

COMPANY:

SolarCity Corporation

 

By:  

/s/ Lyndon Rive

 
  Lyndon Rive  
  President & CEO                               

Signature Page to Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

MAYFIELD XIII,   
a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership   
By:  

MAYFIELD XIII MANAGEMENT (EGP), L.P.,

a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership

  
Its:   General Partner   
By:   MAYFIELD XIII MANAGEMENT (UGP),   
  LTD., a Cayman Islands Exempted Company   
Its:   General Partner   
By:     
    

/s/ Navin Chaddha

  
Name: Navin Chaddha   
Title:   Authorized Signatory   

[signatures continue]

Signature Page to Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

DBL E QUITY F UND - BAEF II, L.P.  
By:   DBL Equity Fund Managers L.L.C.  
Its:   General Partner  
By:  

/s/ Nancy E. Pfund

 
Name: Nancy E. Pfund  
Title: Managing Member  
B AY A REA E QUITY F UND I, L.P.  
By:   Bay Area Equity Fund Managers I, L.L.C.,  
Its General Partner  
By:   H&Q Venture Management L.L.C.,  
Its Managing Member  
By:  

Nancy E. Pfund

 
  Nancy Pfund  
  Its: Managing Member  

[signatures continue]

Signature Page to Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

GENERATION IM CLIMATE SOLUTIONS FUND, L.P.

BY: GENERATION INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLP, ON BEHALF OF

GENERATION IM CLIMATE SOLUTIONS GP, LTD.

By:  

/s/ Hans A. Mehn

  
  Name: Hans A. Mehn   
  Title: Partner   
By:  

/s/ P. Harris

  
  Name: P. Harris   
  Title: Partner   

[signatures continue]

Signature Page to Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

D RAPER F ISHER J URVETSON F UND IX, L.P.  

By:

 

John Fisher

 

Name: John Fisher

 

Title: Managing Director

 
D RAPER F ISHER J URVETSON P ARTNERS IX, LLC  

By:

 

John Fisher

 

Name: John Fisher

 

Title: Managing Member

 
D RAPER F ISHER J URVETSON F UND X, L.P.  

By:

 

John Fisher

 

Name: John Fisher

 

Title: Managing Director

 
D RAPER F ISHER J URVETSON P ARTNERS X, LLC  

By:

 

John Fisher

 

Name: John Fisher

 

Title: Managing Member

 

[signatures continue]

Signature Page to Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

D RAPER A SSOCIATES , L.P.  
By:  

/s/ Timothy C. Draper

 
Name: Timothy C. Draper  
Title: General Partner  
Address: 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150  
               Menlo Park, CA 94025  
Telephone: (650) 233-9000  
Fax: (650) 233-9233  
D RAPER F ISHER J URVETSON G ROWTH F UND 2006, L.P.  
By: Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006 Partners, L.P.  
Its:  General Partner  
By: DFJ Growth Fund 2006, Ltd.  
Its:  General Partner  
By:  

/s/ John Fisher

 
Name: John Fisher  
Title:  Director  
D RAPER  F ISHER  J URVETSON  P ARTNERS  G ROWTH  F UND   2006, LLC  
By:  

/s/ John Fisher

 
Name: John Fisher  
Title:  Authorized Member  
Address: 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150  
               Menlo Park, CA 94025  
Telephone: (650) 233-9000  
Fax: (650) 233-9233  

[signatures continue]

Signature Page to Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

D RAPER A SSOCIATES R ISKMASTERS F UND , LLC

By:

 

/s/ Timothy C. Draper

 

Name: Timothy C. Draper

 

Title: Managing Member

 

Address: 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150

 

               Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Telephone: (650) 233-9000

 

Fax: (650) 233-9233

 

[signatures continue]

Signature Page to Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

E LON M USK , AS T RUSTEE OF THE E LON M USK R EVOCABLE T RUST DATED J ULY  22, 2003
   
By:  

/s/ Elon Musk

 
  Elon Musk, Trustee  

[signatures continue]

Signature Page to Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

SILVER LAKE KRAFTWERK FUND, L.P.  
By: Silver Lake Technology Associates Kraftwerk, L.P., its general partner  
By:  

/s/ Adam Grosser

 
  Name: Adam Grosser  
  Title: Managing Director and Group Head  

[signatures continue]

Signature Page to Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

V ALOR S OLAR H OLDINGS , LLC
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Shulkin

  Name: Jonathan Shulkin
  Title: CFO
TAO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Thomas Dykstra

Name: Thomas Dykstra
Title: Vice President

[signatures continue]

Signature Page to Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

Shea Ventures Opportunity Fund A, LLC
By:   SVO GP, LLC
Its:   Manager
By:  

/s/ Kevin Dunlap

Name:   Kevin Dunlap
Title:   Managing Director

[signatures conclude]

Signature Page to Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

Exhibit 10.1

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [ insert date ], and is between SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ insert name of indemnitee ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A.        Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B.        Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C.        Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D.        In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E.        This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

[F.        Indemnnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [ fund investor ] (“[ fund investor ]”) which Indemnitee and [ fund investor ] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to [continue to] provide services to the Company.]

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1.         Definitions.

(a)        A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i)         Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;


(ii)     Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;

(iii)     Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv)     Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v)     Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1)    “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2)    “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b)    “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c)    “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d)    “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

-2-


(e)    “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f)    “ Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g)    “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(h)    “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding or any other actual, threatened, or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i)    Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants

 

-3-


and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2.         Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

3.         Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. If applicable law so provides, no indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4.         Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5.         Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6.         Additional Indemnification .

(a)        Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to

 

-4-


procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b)        For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i)        the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii)        the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7.         Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a)        for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b)        for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor;

(c)        for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor;

(d)        initiated by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e)        if prohibited by applicable law.

8.         Advances of Expenses.

(a)        The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final resolution, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 30 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in

 

-5-


connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

9.         Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a)         It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnification that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b)        If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c)        In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. After the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be represented separately from the Company, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations, or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. In the event (x) the Indemnitee is entitled, pursuant to the preceding sentence, to engage separate counsel at the Company’s expense to defend a Proceeding, and (y) there are other directors, officers, employees or agents of the Company who are also defending the same Proceeding and who are also entitled to engage separate counsel at the Company’s expense pursuant indemnification agreements or otherwise, then the Company will only be obligated to pay for one counsel to represent all such indemnitees jointly, subject to the proviso that if counsel for the indemnitees shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between or among the indemnitees in the conduct of their defense such that one or more of the indemnitees must be represented separately from the other indemnitees, then the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of such separate representation. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any

 

-6-


provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d)        Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e)        The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f)        The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any penalty or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which may be withheld by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s sole discretion.

10.         Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a)        To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is materially prejudicial.

(b)        Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, if required by applicable law (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c)        In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee

 

-7-


shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing). The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel.

11.         Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a)        In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

(b)        The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c)        Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12.         Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a)        Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or

 

-8-


threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b)        Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c)        To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)        To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8. Such advances shall be subject to Indemnitee’s agreement to repay the sums advanced if the court (or arbitrator) finds that each material argument or defense advanced by Indemnitee in such action or arbitration was either frivolous or not made in good faith.

(e)        Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

-9-


13.         Contribution.

(a)        Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(b)        To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

(c)        The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

14.         Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

-10-


15.         No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

16.         Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

17.         [Indemnitor of First Resort . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [ fund investor ] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors” ). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof, but only to the extent not in contradiction of or prohibited by any of the Company’s applicable D&O insurance policies. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 17.]

18.         Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19.         Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the

 

-11-


Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20.         Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21.         Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22.         Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23.         Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24.         Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

25.         Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No

 

-12-


waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26.         Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a)        if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b)        if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Steven V. Bernard, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid.

27.         Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, or except as mutually agreed by the parties in writing, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28.         Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29.         Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

( signature page follows )

 

-13-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

 

 

( Signature )
 

 

( Print name )
 

 

( Title )
[ INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME ]
 

 

( Signature )
 

 

( Print name )
 

 

( Street address )
 

 

( City, State and ZIP )

[SolarCity Corporation Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.2

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

2007 STOCK PLAN

(As Amended March 27, 2012)

1.       Purposes of the Plan .  The purposes of this 2007 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations and interpretations promulgated thereunder. Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Stock Appreciation Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2.       Definitions .  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)      “ Administrator ” means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b)      “ Affiliate ” means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(c)      “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards, including under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, other U.S. federal and state laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

(d)      “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Stock Appreciation Rights.

(e)      “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(f)      “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g)      “ Change of Control ” means (1) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (2) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the


surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction, or (3) the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

With respect to Awards granted on or after December 10, 2008, the following sentence shall also apply: Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction or series of related transactions will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

(h)      “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(i)      “ Committee ” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

(j)      “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(k)      “ Company ” means SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(l)      “ Consultant ” means any individual, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any Director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Consultant” shall not include any entity or any non-natural person.

(m)      “ Continuous Service Status ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than three (3) months, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service Status.

(n)      “ Corporate Transaction ” means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, or the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

With respect to Awards granted on or after December 10, 2008, the following sentence shall also apply: Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction or series of related

 

-2-


transactions will not be deemed a Corporate Transaction unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

(o)      “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(p)      “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

(q)      “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(r)      “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(s)      “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)    If the Common Stock is listed on any established Stock Exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or, if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii)    If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii)    In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(t)      “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

-3-


(u)      “ Listed Security ” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(v)      “ Named Executive ” means any individual who, during the last completed fiscal year of the Company, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity), the chief financial officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity), or among the three most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer or chief financial officer) as of the end of the last completed fiscal year of the Company. Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

(w)      “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(x)      “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y)      “ Option Agreement ” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

(z)      “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(aa)      “ Optionee ” means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(bb)      “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(cc)      “ Participant ” means any holder of one or more Awards under the Plan.

(dd)      “ Plan ” means this 2007 Stock Plan.

(ee)      “ Reporting Person ” means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

(ff)      “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a grant of a Restricted Stock award under Section 11 below, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg)      “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of a Restricted Stock award granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

 

-4-


(hh)      “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 12. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(ii)      “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(jj)      “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 18 of the Plan.

(kk)      “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 13 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(ll)      “ Stock Exchange ” means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

(mm)      “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(nn)      “ Ten Percent Holder ” means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

3.         Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a)       Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 18 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is nineteen million four hundred thousand (19,400,000) Shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b)       Lapsed Awards . If an Award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an Award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such Award or any withholding obligations related to an Award shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are later repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares shall be available for future grant under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out

 

-5-


in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

4.         Administration of the Plan .

(a)       General . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make Awards under the Plan.

(b)       Committee Composition . If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions. The Committee shall in all events conform to any requirements of the Applicable Laws.

(c)       Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i)    to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(s) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

(ii)    to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(iii)    to determine whether and to what extent Awards are granted;

(iv)    to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted;

(v)    to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan;

(vi)    to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, any pro rata adjustment to vesting as a result of a Participant’s transitioning from full- to part-time service (or vice versa), and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

 

-6-


(vii)    to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 10(c) instead of Common Stock;

(viii)    to implement an Exchange Program on such terms and conditions as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Award that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant shall be made without the prior written consent of the Participant;

(ix)    to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 20(b) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 7);

(x)    to adjust the vesting of an Award held by an Employee or Consultant as a result of a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company;

(xi)    to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 16;

(xii)    to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xiii)    to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award;

(xiv)    to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants;

(xv)    in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify Awards to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs, or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws; and

(xvi)    to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws.

(d)       Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5.         Eligibility .

(a)       Recipients of Grants . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to Employees and

 

-7-


Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

(b)       Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c)       ISO $100,000 Limitation . Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option, and the calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d)       No Employment Rights . The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate the employment or consulting relationship at any time for any reason.

6.         Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 20 of the Plan.

7.         Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8.        [ Reserved .]

9.         Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a)       Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

(i)      In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

(A)      granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

 

-8-


(B)      granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii)      In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.

(b)       Permissible Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws (including without limitation Section 409 of the California General Corporation Law), delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate after taking into account the potential accounting consequences of permitting an Optionee to deliver a promissory note; (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised and provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company; (6) if, as of the date of exercise of an Option the Company then is permitting employees to engage in a “same-day sale” cashless brokered exercise program involving one or more brokers, through such a program that complies with the Applicable Laws (including without limitation the requirements of Regulation T and other applicable regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board) and that ensures prompt delivery to the Company of the amount required to pay the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes; (7) authorization for the Company to retain from the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price for the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised; (8) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (9) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

10.       Exercise of Option .

(a)       General .

(i)       Exercisability . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee.

 

-9-


(ii)       Minimum Exercise Requirements . An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

(iii)       Procedures for and Results of Exercise . An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 9(b) of the Plan, provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept any form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(iv)       Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 18 of the Plan.

(b)       Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 10(b), the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. Unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Optionee is not vested in Optioned Stock at the date of termination of his or her Continuous Service Status, or if the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Option Agreement or below (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

The following provisions (1) shall apply to the extent an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, and (2) establish the minimum post-termination exercise periods that may be set forth in an Option Agreement:

(i)       Termination other than Upon Disability or Death . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than under the circumstances set forth in subsections (ii) through (iii) below, such Optionee may exercise an Option for thirty (30) days

 

-10-


following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination. In the event that (i) an Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) an Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant, the Board may determine in its sole discretion that no termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status has occurred.

(ii)       Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her disability (including a disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may exercise an Option at any time within six (6) months following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination.

(iii)       Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or within thirty days following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death, but only to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated.

(c)       Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

11.       Restricted Stock .

(a)       Rights to Purchase . When the Administrator determines that it will offer Restricted Stock under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid (if any), and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The offer to purchase Shares subject to a Restricted Stock award shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b)       Repurchase Option .

(i)     General . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). Subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws, the terms of the Company’s repurchase option (including without limitation the price at which, and the consideration for which, it may be exercised, and the events upon which it shall lapse) shall be as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion and reflected in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(c)       Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by

 

-11-


the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

(d)       Rights as a Shareholder . Once the Restricted Stock is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a shareholder, and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Restricted Stock is exercised, except as provided in Section 18 of the Plan.

12.       Restricted Stock Units .

(a)       Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b)       Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c)       Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d)       Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e)       Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

13.       Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a)     Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b)       Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

-12-


(c)       Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 13(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d)       Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e)       Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 7 relating to the maximum term and Section 10 relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f)       Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i)    The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii)    The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

14.       Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

15.       Leaves of Absence . The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Awards shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). In

 

-13-


the event of military leave, vesting shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect his or her Award(s) to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

16.       Taxes .

(a)        As a condition of the grant, vesting or exercise of an Award granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Award) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such grant, vesting or exercise of the Award or the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations under this Section 16 (whether pursuant to Section 16(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

(b)        In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of exercise of an Award, the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award, or other taxable event with respect to an Award, as applicable.

(c)        This Section 16(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security. In the case of Participant other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares equal to the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. For purposes of this Section 16, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “ Tax Date ”).

(d)        If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations by surrendering to the Company already-owned Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the statutory amount

 

-14-


required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion.

(e)        Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 16(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by a Participant under Section 16(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.

(f)        In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Award is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

17.       Non-Transferability of Awards .

(a)        Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)

(b)        Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

18.       Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .

(a)       Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any action required under Applicable Laws by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, as well as the price per Share of Common

 

-15-


Stock covered by each such outstanding Award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(b)       Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(c)       Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction (including without limitation, a Change of Control), each outstanding Award shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”), unless the Successor Corporation does not agree to assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), in which case the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Corporate Transaction (including without limitation, a Change of Control), the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period. For purposes of this Section 18(c), an Award shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction, each holder of an Award would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Award the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the Award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Award as provided for in this Section 18); provided that if such consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

 

-16-


Notwithstanding anything in this Section 18(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

(d)       Certain Distributions . In the event of any distribution to the Company’s shareholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award to reflect the effect of such distribution.

19.       Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be no earlier than the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Participant’s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

20.       Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a)       Authority to Amend or Terminate . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 20 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b)       Effect of Amendment or Termination . Except as to amendments which the Administrator has the authority under the Plan to make unilaterally, no amendment or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Awards already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant or holder and the Company.

21.       Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising the Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any

 

-17-


present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law. Shares issued upon exercise of Awards granted prior to the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Participant will be required to offer Shares to the Company before selling or transferring them to any third party on such terms and subject to such conditions as is reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.

22.       Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

23.       Shareholder Approval . If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

24.       Information to Participants . Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

-18-


SOLARCITY CORPORATION

2007 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1.         Grant of Option . SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to the undersigned (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the SolarCity Corporation 2007 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2.         Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Optionee (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an Incentive Stock Option.

3.         Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

(a)         Right to Exercise .

(i)    This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii)    In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii)    In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

 


(b)       Method of Exercise .

(i)      This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price as to all exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

(ii)      As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 16 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii)      The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws (as that term is defined in the Plan), with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4.         Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a)      cash or check;

(b)      cancellation of indebtedness;

(c)      prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, by surrender of other Shares that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of Shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by Optionee free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and only if

 

-2-


accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, does not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company;

(d)      following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the Exercise Price (and applicable withholding taxes); or

(e)      authorization for the Company to retain from the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price for the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

5.         Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a)       Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s Disability or death, Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice and subject to the limitations of Section 3(a).

(b)       Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i)       Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s Disability, Optionee may, but only within six (6) months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Disability means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of an Option other than an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(ii)       Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the

 

-3-


Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

(c)       Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

6.         Non-Transferability of Option .

(a)      This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

(b)      Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “ Reliance End Date ”), Optionee shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Optionee upon the death or Disability of Optionee. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

7.         Tax Obligations .

(a)       Tax Withholding . Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b)       Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions . With respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of such Shares on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Option grant date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee.

(c)       Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal

 

-4-


Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionee. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Optionee shall be solely responsible for Optionee’s costs related to such a determination.

8.         Lock-Up Agreement . Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 8 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 8.

9.         No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY OPTIONEE’S CONTINUING SERVICE STATUS AT THE

 

-5-


WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS AN EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS AN EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10.         Effect of Agreement; Governing Law . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Delaware.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

-6-


This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

Optionee     SolarCity Corporation
      By:    
Signature       Signature
      Its:    
Printed Name       Title
         
Date      

 

-7-


EXHIBIT A

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

2007 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

This exercise notice (the “ Exercise Notice ”) is made as of ___________________, by and between SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned purchaser (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent that any capitalized terms used in this Exercise Notice are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the SolarCity Corporation 2007 Stock Plan.

1.         Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase ___________ shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement granted _____________ (the “ Option Agreement ”). The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2.         Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3.         Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Exercise Notice shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Exercise Notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. The Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

4.         Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

5.         Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 18 of the Plan.

 


6.         Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a)       Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i)     Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii)     Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii)     Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 6(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv)     Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v)     Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 6(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within sixty (60) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 6 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall

 

-2-


again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi)     Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 6(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, domestic partner, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 6, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.

(b)       Involuntary Transfer .

(i)     Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Exercise Notice, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 6(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Exercise Notice or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii)     Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 6(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares.

(c)       Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(d)       Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Exercise Notice. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Exercise Notice are satisfied.

(e)       Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 6(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 6(b) above shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with

 

-3-


and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or (ii) a Change of Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded. Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 6(a) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 8(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

7.         Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a)      Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b)      Purchaser understands that the Shares constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Purchaser understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Purchaser’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Shares, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future.

(c)      Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d)      Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Purchaser, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions

 

-4-


specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(e)      Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Purchaser understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

(f)      Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

8.         Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a)       Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i)

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER,

 

-5-


  PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

  (iii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b)       Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c)       Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

9.         No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Exercise Notice shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

10.         Lock-Up Agreement . Purchaser agrees that Purchaser is subject to the provisions of Section 8 of the Option Agreement relating to a lock-up agreement.

11.         Miscellaneous .

(a)       Governing Law . This Exercise Notice and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and

 

-6-


interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b)       Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Exercise Notice, nor any waiver of any rights under this Exercise Notice, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Exercise Notice. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Exercise Notice shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c)       Severability . If one or more provisions of this Exercise Notice are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Exercise Notice, (ii) the balance of the Exercise Notice shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Exercise Notice shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d)       Construction . This Exercise Notice is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Exercise Notice shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e)       Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Exercise Notice shall be in writing and shall be deemed received when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or on the second business day after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f)       Counterparts . This Exercise Notice may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g)       Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Exercise Notice may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

-7-


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
SOLARCITY CORPORATION
By:     
  Signature
Its:     
  Title
PURCHASER:
 
(Signature)
Name:    
  (Please print)
Address:     
 

I, ______________________, spouse (or domestic partner) of Optionee, have read and hereby approve the foregoing Exercise Notice. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse (or domestic partner) the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Exercise Notice, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Exercise Notice and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby be similarly bound by the Exercise Notice. I hereby appoint my spouse (or domestic partner) as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Exercise Notice.

 

 
Spouse (or Domestic Partner) of Optionee

 

-8-


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No. _____ for __________ shares of Common Stock of SolarCity Corporation.

 

Dated:           
      Optionee

 


RECEIPT

SolarCity Corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of (check as applicable):

_______         A check in the amount of $____________

_______         The cancellation of indebtedness in the amount of $____________

_______         Certificate No. _____ representing __________ shares of the Company’s

     Common Stock with a fair market value of $___________

given by Optionee as consideration for Certificate No. _____ for _________ shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

Dated:                                                                 SolarCity Corporation
      By:    
        Signature
      Its:    
        Title

 


Grant Number: «GrantNo»

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

2007 STOCK PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2007 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

Name:    «Name»

Address:

   «Address»
  

«CityStateZip»

The undersigned Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

   «GrantDate»

Vesting Commencement Date:

   «VCD»

Number of Restricted Stock Units:

   «Shares»

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

«VestingSchedule»

In the event Participant’s Continuous Service Status ceases for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units in Part I of this Award Agreement (“Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 20(a) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.


2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) at the time the Restricted Stock Units are paid to Participant, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the receipt of all or any portion of this Restricted Stock Unit Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

4. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 6, and subject to Section 7, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant, subject to Participant’s Continuous Service Status through each applicable vesting date.

5. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 5 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Unit Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be bound by this Section 5.


6. Payment after Vesting . Subject to Section 10, any Restricted Stock Units that vest will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her properly designated beneficiary or estate) in whole Shares. Subject to the provisions of the next paragraph, such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period ending no later than the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the end of the calendar year, or if later, the end of the Company’s tax year, in either case that includes the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the RSUs is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated RSUs will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated RSUs will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the RSUs will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the RSUs provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any proposed, temporary or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

7. Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, if Participant’s Continuous Service Status ceases for any or no reason, the then-unvested Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.

8. Tax Consequences . Participant has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

9. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated


beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

10. Tax Withholding . Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld (the “Tax Withholding”). The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such Tax Withholding, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Tax Withholding, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to such Tax Withholding, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount of the Tax Withholding. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it shall have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of such Tax Withholding hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 4 or 6, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to deliver the Shares if such Tax Withholding is not delivered at the time they are due.

11. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

12. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY PARTICIPANT’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE STATUS AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT, SUBSIDIARY, OR AFFILIATE EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE


COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

13. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 9, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

14. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Subject to Section 13, any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 14 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 14 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 14, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other


transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 14 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 14 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 14. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 14, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 14.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change of Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

15. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Award Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

16. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, CA 94402 or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

17. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

18. No Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

19. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

20. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any


governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.

21. Interpretation . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

22. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

23. Governing Law; Severability . This Award Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Award Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

24. Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.


PARTICIPANT

    SOLARCITY CORPORATION

         

   

 

Signature

    By

«Name»

   

         

Print Name

    Print Name
   

             

   

Title

Address:    

«Address»

   

«CityStateZip»

   

 


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

     :       «NAME»   

COMPANY

     :       SOLARCITY CORPORATION   

SECURITY

     :       COMMON STOCK   

AMOUNT

     :      

 

  

DATE

     :      

 

  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting


requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

         

Signature

«Name»

Print Name

         

Date

Exhibit 10.3

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1.       Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2.       Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a)    “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b)    “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c)    “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d)    “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e)    “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f)    “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)      A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered


to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii)      A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii)      A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g)    “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

-2-


(h)    “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i)    “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j)    “ Company ” means SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k)    “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l)    “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m)    “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n)    “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o)    “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p)    “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q)    “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)      If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii)      If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids

 

-3-


and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii)      For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or

(iv)      In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r)    “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s)    “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t)    “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u)    “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v)    “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w)    “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x)    “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y)    “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z)    “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(aa)    “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(bb)    “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

(cc)    “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

-4-


(dd)    “ Plan ” means this 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee)    “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff)    “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg)    “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(hh)    “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii)    “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj)    “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(kk)    “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(ll)    “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(mm)    “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3.       Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a)     Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 7,000,000 Shares, plus (i) any Shares that, as of the Registration Date, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Existing Plan ”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Existing Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 17,312,972 Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b)     Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2013 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 8,000,000 Shares, (ii) four percent (4%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

 

-5-


(c)     Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d)     Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4.       Administration of the Plan .

(a)     Procedure .

(i)       Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii)       Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii)       Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv)       Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

-6-


(b)     Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i)      to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii)      to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii)      to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv)      to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v)      to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi)      to determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;

(vii)      to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii)      to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix)      to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(x)      to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 14 of the Plan;

(xi)      to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii)      to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii)      to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

-7-


(c)     Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5.       Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6.       Stock Options .

(a)     Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b)     Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c)     Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i)       Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1)    In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A)      granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B)      granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

-8-


(2)    In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii)       Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii)       Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

(d)     Exercise of Option .

(i)       Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

-9-


Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii)       Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii)       Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv)       Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

-10-


7.       Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a)     Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b)     Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

(c)     Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d)     Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e)     Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f)     Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i)      The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii)      The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8.      R estricted Stock .

(a)     Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b)     Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares

 

-11-


granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c)     Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d)     Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e)     Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f)     Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g)     Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h)     Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9.       Restricted Stock Units .

(a)     Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b)     Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

-12-


(c)     Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d)     Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e)     Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10.       Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a)     Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b)     Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c)     Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d)     Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e)     Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the

 

-13-


applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f)     Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11.       Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12.       Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

13.       Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a)     Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

(b)     Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c)     Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the

 

-14-


successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d)     Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Performance Units and Performance Shares, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

 

-15-


14.       Tax .

(a)     Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b)     Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

(c)     Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

15.       No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16.       Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17.       Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 18 of the Plan.

 

-16-


18.       Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a)     Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b)     Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c)     Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19.       Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a)     Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b)     Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20.       Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

21.       Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-17-


SOLARCITY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the SolarCity Corporation 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

You have been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of SolarCity Corporation (the “ Company ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Exercise Price per Share   $                                                            
Total Number of Shares Granted  

 

 
Total Exercise Price   $                                                            
Type of Option:                Incentive Stock Option  
               Nonstatutory Stock Option  
Term/Expiration Date:  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:     SOLARCITY CORPORATION

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

-19-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “ Participant ”) an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“ NSO ”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as

 

-20-


to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant.

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “ Discount Option ”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree

 

-21-


that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

9. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its stock administration department at SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

10. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

11. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not

 

-22-


acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

13. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

14. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

15. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future Options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

16. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

17. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

18. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Option.

19. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has

 

-23-


received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

20. Governing Law . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of San Mateo County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

 

-24-


EXHIBIT B

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             ,             , the undersigned (“ Purchaser ”) hereby elects to purchase             shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Common Stock of SolarCity Corporation (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement dated             (the “ Award Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $            , as required by the Award Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all


prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER:     SOLARCITY CORPORATION

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Address :    

 

   

 

   
   

 

    Date Received

 

-2-


SOLARCITY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the SolarCity Corporation 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”).

 

I. NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

You have been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number

 

 

 

Date of Grant

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date

 

 

 

Number of Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of SolarCity Corporation (the “ Company ”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company

 

-27-


upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:     SOLARCITY CORPORATION

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

-28-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “ Participant ”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 3, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 7. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period ending no later than the date that is two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months from the end of the Company’s tax year that includes the vesting date.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such

 

-29-


accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. For purposes of this Award Agreement, “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code, and any proposed, temporary or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in

 

-30-


respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its stock administration department, at SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery

 

-31-


of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.

14. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Award Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

 

-32-


20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock Units or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of San Mateo County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.

 

-33-

Exhibit 10.4

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

2012 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1.       Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated Contributions (as defined in Section 2(j) below). The Company’s intention is to have the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

2.       Definitions .

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the following will not


constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final U.S. Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(e) “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or U.S. Treasury Regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(f) “ Committee ” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

(g) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(h) “ Company ” means SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(i) “ Compensation ” means an Eligible Employee’s base straight time gross earnings, commissions (to the extent such commissions are an integral, recurring part of compensation), payments for overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Offering Period.

 

2


(j) “ Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments that the Company may permit to be made by a Participant to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(k) “ Designated Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Eligible Employee ” means any individual who is a common law employee of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary and is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator (if required under applicable local law) for purposes of any separate Offering. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves or is legally protected under Applicable Laws. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three (3) months and one (1) day following the commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date in an Offering, determine (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each Offering in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose Employees are participating in that Offering. Each exclusion shall be applied with respect to an Offering in a manner complying with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e)(2)(ii).

(n) “ Employer ” means the employer of the applicable Eligible Employee(s).

(o) “ Enrollment Date ” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

(p) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(q) “ Exercise Date ” means the last Trading Day of each Offering Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first Exercise Date under the Plan will be May 15, 2013.

(r) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

3


(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator; or

(iv) For purposes of the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “Registration Statement”).

(s) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(t) “ New Exercise Date ” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

(u) “ Offering ” means an offer under the Plan of an option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 4. For purposes of the Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which Employees of one or more Employers will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

(v) “ Offering Periods ” means the periods of approximately six (6) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, (i) commencing on the first Trading Day on or after May 15 and November 15 of each year and terminating on the first Trading Day on or after November 15 and May 15, approximately six (6) months later; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s Registration Statement effective and will end on the first Trading Day on or after May 15, 2013, and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on the first Trading Day on or after May 15, 2013. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4 and 20.

 

4


(w) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(x) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee that participates in the Plan.

(y) “ Plan ” means this SolarCity Corporation 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(z) “ Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 20.

(aa) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(bb) “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

(cc) “ U.S. Treasury Regulations ” means the Treasury regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation or Section of the Code shall include such Treasury Regulation or Section, any valid regulation promulgated under such Section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section or regulation.

3.       Eligibility .

(a) First Offering Period . Any individual who is an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date subsequent to the first Offering Period will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5.

(c) Non-U.S. Employees . Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Section 423 of the Code.

(d) Limitations . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of

 

5


the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purc’hase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate, which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

4.       Offering Periods . The Plan will be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day on or after May 15 and November 15 each year, or on such other date as the Administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date upon which the Company’s Registration Statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and end on the first Trading Day on or after May 15, 2013, and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on the first Trading Day on or after May 15, 2013. The Administrator will have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future Offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter.

5.       Participation .

(a) First Offering Period . An Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period pursuant to Section 3(a) only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in a form determined by the Administrator to the Company’s designated plan administrator (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than ten (10) business days following the effective date of such S-8 registration statement or such other period of time as the Administrator may determine (the “Enrollment Window”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription agreement during the Enrollment Window will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b) by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date, a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator.

6.       Contributions .

(a) At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 5, he or she will elect to have payroll deductions made on each pay day or other Contributions (to the extent permitted by the Administrator) made during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of the Compensation, which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period; provided, however, that should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have any payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the subsequent

 

6


Offering Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit all Participants in a specified Offering to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the subscription agreement prior to each Exercise Date of each Offering Period. A Participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b) Payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the end of the Enrollment Window.

(c) All Contributions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and payroll deductions will be made in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(d) A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10. If permitted by the Administrator, as determined in its sole discretion, for an Offering Period, a Participant may increase or decrease the rate of his or her Contributions during the Offering Period by (i) properly completing and submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Exercise Date, a new subscription agreement authorizing the change in Contribution rate in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other procedure prescribed by the Administrator. If a Participant has not followed such procedures to change the rate of Contributions, the rate of his or her Contributions will continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Offering Period and future Offering Periods (unless terminated as provided in Section 10). The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, limit the nature and/or number of Contribution rate changes that may be made by Participants during any Offering Period, and may establish such other conditions or limitations as it deems appropriate for Plan administration. Any change in payroll deduction rate made pursuant to this Section 6(d) will be effective as of the first full payroll period following five (5) business days after the date on which the change is made by the Participant (unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, elects to process a given change in payroll deduction rate more quickly).

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b), a Participant’s Contributions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during an Offering Period. Subject to Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) hereof, Contributions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Offering Period scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

(f) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law, and (ii) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code.

 

7


(g) At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, local or any other tax liability payable to any authority including taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the U.S., national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs). At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

7.       Grant of Option . On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Offering Period more than 1,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19) and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(c) and 13. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option (i) with respect to the first Offering Period by submitting a properly completed subscription agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 on or before the last day of the Enrollment Window, and (ii) with respect to any subsequent Offering Period under the Plan, by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 5. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Offering Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

8.       Exercise of Option .

(a) Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions from his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any Contributions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 10. Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

 

8


(b) If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (y) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 20. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date.

9.       Delivery . As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 9.

10.       Withdrawal .

(a) A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure determined by the Administrator. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, Contributions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.

(b) A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company

 

9


or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

11.       Termination of Employment . Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated.

12.       Interest . No interest will accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the Plan, except as may be required by applicable law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, shall apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

13.       Stock .

(a) Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 19 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock, plus an annual increase to be added on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2013 Fiscal Year equal to the least of (i) 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on such date, or (iii) an amount determined by the Administrator.

(b) Until the shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

(c) Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

14.       Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to designate separate Offerings under the Plan, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 13(a) hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of Contributions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other

 

10


than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Administrator also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f), the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

15.       Designation of Beneficiary .

(a) If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, if permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Administrator. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

(c) All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time. Notwithstanding Sections 15(a) and (b) above, the Company and/or the Administrator may decide not to permit such designations by Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

16.       Transferability . Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

17.       Use of Funds . The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under Offerings in which applicable local law requires that Contributions to the

 

11


Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party for Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

18.       Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

19.       Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 7 and 13.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period shall end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

20.       Amendment or Termination .

 

12


(a) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under local laws, as further set forth in Section 12 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable.

(b) Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 20(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with Contribution amounts, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

(c) In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i) amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

(ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(iii) shortening any Offering Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

(iv) reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as Contributions; and

(v) reducing the maximum number of Shares a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan Participants.

21.       Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form

 

13


and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22.       Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23.       Code Section 409A. The Plan is exempt from the application of Code Section 409A and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Code Section 409A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Code Section 409A or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Code Section 409A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Code Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Code Section 409A.

24.       Term of Plan . The Plan will become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It will continue in effect for a term of twenty (20) years, unless sooner terminated under Section 20.

25.       Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

26.       Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California (except its choice-of-law provisions).

 

14


27.       Severability . If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

 

15


SOLARCITY CORPORATION

2012 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

             Original Application

   

Offering Period Date:                     

             Change in Payroll Deduction Rate

   

1.                     hereby elects to participate in the SolarCity Corporation 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ Plan ”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan.

2. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of     % of my Compensation on each payday (from 0 to 15%) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

3. I understand that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan.

4. I have received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

5. Shares of Common Stock purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) of                     (Eligible Employee or Eligible Employee and Spouse only).

6. I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the Plan within two (2) years after the offering date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or one (1) year after the Exercise Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price that I paid for the shares. I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for Federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock . The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the two (2)-year and one (1)-year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or (b) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the


Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

7. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

Employee’s Social  
Security Number:  

 

Employee’s Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Signature of Employee

 

17


EXHIBIT B

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

2012 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the SolarCity Corporation 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that began on             ,         hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be automatically terminated. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Date:  

 

 

18

Exhibit 10.5

OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

LOCON SAN MATEO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

(“LANDLORD”)

AND

SOLARCITY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

(“TENANT”)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.       Basic Lease Information

     1   

2.       Lease Grant

     4   

3.       Adjustment of Commencement Date; Possession

     5   

4.       Rent

     7   

5.       Compliance with Laws; Use

     8   

6.       Security Deposit

     8   

7.       Services to be Furnished by Landlord

     9   

8.       Premises Improvements

     11   

9.       Repairs and Alterations

     12   

10.     Use of Electrical Services by Tenant

     14   

11.     Entry by Landlord

     15   

12.     Assignment and Subletting

     15   

13.     Liens

     18   

14.     Indemnity and Waiver of Claims

     18   

15.     Insurance

     19   

16.     Subrogation

     21   

17.     Casualty Damage

     21   

18.     Condemnation

     23   

19.     Events of Default

     23   

20.     Remedies

     24   

21.     Limitation of Liability

     26   

22.     No Waiver

     26   

23.     Quiet Enjoyment

     27   

24.     Intentionally Omitted

     27   

25.     Holding Over

     27   

26.     Subordination to Mortgages; Estoppel Certificate

     28   

27.     Attorneys’ Fees

     29   

28.     Notice

     29   

29.     Excepted Rights

     30   

30.     Surrender of Premises

     30   

 

-i-


31.     Signage

     30   

32.     Roof Space

     32   

33.     Solar Panels

     35   

34.     Bicycle Storage Area

     39   

35.     Letter of Credit

     39   

36.     Option to Renew

     43   

37.     Right of First Refusal

     45   

38.     Right of First Offer

     48   

39.     Electric Vehicle Chargers

     50   

40.     Exclusive Use

     51   

41.     Miscellaneous

     52   

42.     Waiver of Jury Trial

     53   

43.     Entire Agreement

     55   

 

 

 

 

 

 

-ii-


OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of July 30, 2010, (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between LOCON SAN MATEO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and SOLARCITY CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

1. Basic Lease Information.

A.     “Building” shall mean the building located at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California commonly known as Building C.

B.     “Premises” shall initially mean the Initial Premises (as defined below), and effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), shall collectively mean the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises (as defined below). The Premises (which consists of the entire Building totaling 68,025 rentable square feet) is comprised of: (i) 45,350 rentable square feet (the “Initial Premises”) as described on Exhibit A attached hereto, and (ii) 22,675 rentable square feet (the “Additional Premises”) as described on Exhibit A attached hereto. The rentable area of the Building and each phase of the Premises shall not be subject to remeasurement at any time, and the foregoing calculations of rentable area of each phase of the Premises shall not be subject to adjustment or remeasurement during the Term (as the same may be extended or renewed).

C.     “Base Rent”:

 

    Period From
Commencement Date
   Rentable
Square
     Footage*    
       Annual Rate     
Per Square
Foot
   Aggregate
Base Rent
   Monthly Base  
Rent
 

Month 11 – Month 10

   45,350    $18.00   

$680,250.00

  

$68,025.00

 

Month 11 – Month 12

   11,338    $18.00   

$34,014.00

  

$17,007.00

 

Month 13 – Month 16

   56,688    $18.96   

$358,268.16

  

$89,567.04

 

Month 17 – Month 22

   68,025    $18.96   

$644,877.00

  

$107,479.50

 

Month 23 – Month 24

   22,675    $18.96   

$71,653.00

  

$35,826.50

 

Month 25 –Month 34

   68,025    $19.92   

$1,129,215.00  

  

$112,921.50

 

Month 35 – Month 36

   22,675    $19.92   

$75,281.00

  

$37,640.50

 

Month 37 – Month 48

   68,025    $20.88   

$1,420,362.00

  

$118,363.50

 

Month 49 – Month 60

   68,025    $21.84   

$1,485,666.00

  

$123,805.50

 

Month 61 – Month 72

   68,025    $22.80   

$1,550,970.00

  

$129,247.50

 

Month 73 – Month 78

   68,025    $23.76   

$808,137.00

  

$134,689.50

*Notwithstanding the square footages upon which the monthly Base Rent amounts set forth above are based, Tenant acknowledges that (i) following the Initial Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall be in possession of 45,350 rentable square feet comprising the Initial Premises, and shall be responsible for all of its obligations and liabilities under this Lease with respect to the entire Initial Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease, and (ii) following the Additional Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall be in possession of 68,025 rentable square feet comprising the entire Premises and shall be responsible for all of

 

-1-


its obligations and liabilities under this Lease with respect to the entire Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease during the Term.

D.     “Tenant’s Share”:

“Tenant’s Share” with respect to the Initial Premises: 66.67% of the Building and 17.36% of the Project.

“Tenant’s Share” with respect to the Additional Premises: 33.33% of the Building and 8.68% of the Project.

“Tenant’s Share” with respect to the entire Premises: 100.00% of the Building and 26.04% of the Project.

Estimate of “Tenant’s Monthly Expense and Tax Payment” for the entire Premises for the calendar year 2011: $74,827.50, which is Tenant’s Share of the monthly estimated Expenses and monthly estimated Taxes (as more fully described in, and subject to adjustment as described in Exhibit E attached hereto).

E.     “Term”: A period of seventy-eight (78) months. The Term with respect to the Initial Premises shall commence on the date (the “ Initial Premises Commencement Date ” or the “ Commencement Date ”) that is the later to occur of: (i) February 1, 2011 (the “ Target Initial Premises Commencement Date ”), and (ii) the date which is 15 Business Days following the date upon which Landlord Substantially Completes (defined in Section 3.A below) the Tenant Improvements (defined in Section 1.M below) in the Initial Premises and delivers possession of same to Tenant (such delivery of possession with the Tenant Improvements Substantially Completed being referred to herein as “ Delivery ” and the date upon which Delivery occurs being referred to as the “ Delivery Date ”) and, unless terminated early in accordance with this Lease, end on the last day of the 78 th full calendar month following the Initial Premises Commencement Date (the “ Termination Date ”). The Term with respect to the Additional Premises shall commence on the date (the “Additional Premises Commencement Date”) that is fifteen (15) Business Days following the Delivery Date for the Additional Premises and shall end on the Termination Date. Landlord estimates that the Delivery Date for the Additional Premises will be on or about December 1, 2011 (the “ Target Additional Premises Delivery Date ”). The fifteen (15) Business Day period following the Delivery of each portion of the Premises is referred to herein as the “ Early Access Period ”. Except as expressly set forth herein to the contrary, Landlord’s failure to Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements by the Target Initial Premises Commencement Date or the Target Additional Premises Delivery Date, as applicable, shall not be a Landlord Default (defined in Section 19.B) or otherwise render Landlord liable for damages. Promptly after the determination of each of the Initial Premises Commencement Date and the Additional Premises Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a commencement letter agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   C .

F.     Tenant allowance(s): $60.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises.

G.     “Security Deposit”: None.

 

-2-


H.    “Guarantor(s)”: None.

I.     “Broker(s)”: Cassidy Turley BT Commercial, representing Landlord, and Cushman & Wakefield representing Tenant.

J.     “Permitted Use”: General office use and, subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, any other legally permitted use.

K.    “Notice Addresses”:

Tenant:

On and after the Commencement Date, notices shall be sent to Tenant at the Premises. Prior to the Commencement Date, notices shall be sent to Tenant at the following address:

SolarCity Corporation

393 Vintage Park Drive, Suite 140

Foster City, California 94404

Attn: General Counsel

Phone #: (650) 638-1028

Fax #: (650) 638-1029

 

Landlord:

  

With a copy to:

Lowe Enterprises Real Estate Group

  

Lowe Enterprises Real Estate Group

455 Market Street, Suite 640

  

2020 Main Street, Suite 1150

San Francisco, CA 94105

  

Irvine, California 92614

Attention: Mike Sanford,

  

Attention: Lynda Cook, Senior Vice President

Senior Vice President

  
  

And to:

Rent (defined in Section 4.A)

  

Lowe Enterprises

is payable to the order of Landlord

  

11777 San Vicente Boulevard, 9th Floor

at the following address:

  

Los Angeles, California 90049

  

Attention: John DeMarco, Senior Vice President,

Lowe Enterprises Real Estate Group

  

Corporate Counsel

455 Market Street, Suite 640

  

San Francisco, CA 94105

  

Attention: Kelly Mullane

  

L.     “Business Day(s)” are Monday through Friday of each week, exclusive of New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (“ Holidays ”). Landlord may designate additional Holidays, provided that the additional Holidays are commonly recognized by other comparable office buildings in the area where the Building is located (“ Comparable Buildings ”).

 

-3-


M.     “Tenant Improvements” means the work that Landlord is obligated to perform pursuant to the work letter agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Work Letter ”).

N.     “Law(s)” means all applicable statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any municipal or governmental entity.

O.     “Normal Business Hours” for the Building are 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. on Business Days.

P.     “Property” means the Building and the parcel(s) of land on which it is located and, at Landlord’s discretion, the landscaping, the parking facilities and all other improvements owned by Landlord and serving the Building and the tenants thereof and the parcel(s) of land on which they are located.

Q.     “Project” means the project in which the Building is located.

R.     “Exterior Common Areas” mean those areas of the Project and/or the Property which are not located within the Building or any other building and which are provided and maintained for the use and benefit of Landlord and tenants of the Building and/or the Project generally and the employees, invitees and licensees of Landlord and such tenants, including, without limitation, any parking garage, artificial lakes, walkways, plaza, roads, driveways, sidewalks, surface parking and landscapes, if any.

S.     “Letter of Credit”: $1,000,000.00, in accordance with the terms of Section 35 below.

 

2.

Lease Grant.

Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant leases the Premises from Landlord, together with the right in common with others to use any portions of the Property that are designated by Landlord for the common use of tenants and others, such as sidewalks, unreserved parking areas, common corridors, elevator foyers, restrooms, vending areas and lobby areas (inclusive of the Exterior Common Areas, the “ Common Areas ”). Landlord also has the right to make changes to the Common Areas as Landlord deems reasonably appropriate, provided the changes do not adversely affect Tenant’s ability to access the Premises or to use the Premises for the Permitted Use or adversely affect Tenant from having access to or use of the parking facilities provided for Tenant’s use. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord, provided that Landlord shall at all times maintain and operate the Common Areas in a manner consistent with Comparable Buildings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that Landlord makes changes to the Common Areas, Tenant’s parking spaces shall at all times be within walking distance of the Building (i.e., without the need for parking shuttles or other transportation to and from such parking spaces). In addition, if Tenant’s parking spaces are temporarily relocated, Landlord shall provide reasonable alternate parking in the vicinity of the Building, which may include valet parking.

 

 

 

-4-


3.

Adjustment of Commencement Date; Possession.

A.     Substantial Completion; Tenant Delay . The Tenant Improvements in the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises, respectively, shall be deemed to be “ Substantially Complete ” on the later of (i) date that the applicable Tenant Improvements have been performed, other than any minor details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter, the noncompletion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Initial Premises or Additional Premises, as applicable, and (ii) the date Landlord receives from the appropriate governmental authorities, with respect to the applicable Tenant Improvements performed by Landlord or its contractors in the Initial Premises or Additional Premises, as applicable, all approvals necessary for Tenant’s occupancy of the Initial Premises or Additional Premises, as applicable (which may include a certificate of temporary occupancy or substantially equivalent approval). However, if Landlord is delayed in the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in either phase of the Premises by Tenant Delay(s) (defined below), the applicable Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be Substantially Complete on the date that Landlord could reasonably have been expected to Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements absent any Tenant Delay. “ Tenant Delay ” means any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant’s Parties that delays the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation: (1) Tenant’s failure to furnish information or approvals within any time period expressly specified in this Lease, including the failure to prepare or approve preliminary or final plans by any applicable due date; (2) Tenant’s selection of equipment or materials that have long lead times after first being informed by Landlord that the selection may result in a delay; (3) changes requested or made by Tenant to previously approved plans and specifications; (4) performance of work in the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor(s) during the performance of the Tenant Improvements; or (5) if the performance of any portion of the Tenant Improvements depends on the prior or simultaneous performance of work by Tenant, a delay by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor(s) in the completion of such work. No Tenant Delay shall be deemed to accrue unless and until Landlord has provided written notice to Tenant specifying that a delay has occurred because of actions, inaction or circumstances specified in the notice in reasonable detail. If such actions, inaction or circumstances qualify as a Tenant Delay, then a Tenant Delay shall be deemed to have occurred commencing as of the date Tenant received such notice from Landlord; provided, that the extent of the Tenant Delay shall be limited to the extent that such action, inaction or circumstance actually delays Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements.

B.     Tenant’s Acceptance; Landlord’s Representation . Subject to (i) Landlord’s obligation to perform the Tenant Improvements, (ii) Landlord’s obligations under Section 9.B., and (iii) Landlord’s obligation to comply with Landlord’s Representation (defined below), the Premises are accepted by Tenant in “as is” condition and configuration and Tenant agrees that, subject to the foregoing, the Premises are in good order and satisfactory condition, and that there are no representations or warranties by Landlord regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project, except as expressly set forth herein. Landlord represents that:

1.     upon the Delivery Date for each phase of the Premises, Landlord shall deliver all Building Systems (defined in Section 9.B below), as well as the lobbies and restrooms of the Building, in good working condition and repair.

 

-5-


2.     as of the Effective Date, Landlord has not received notice from any state or municipal authority or other governmental or quasi-governmental entity to the effect that any portion of the Building is in violation of applicable Laws;

3.     further, to Landlord’s actual knowledge, there are no Hazardous Materials (as defined below) in, at, under or about the Building or Property other than small quantities of Hazardous Materials to the extent customary in similar office buildings and necessary for the normal use, operating and maintenance of the Building and except to the extent set forth in that certain Phase I Environmental Site Assessment, dated May 4, 2005, prepared by LFR Levine-Fricke (the “ Phase I Report ”) and that certain Asbestos Operations and Maintenance Program, prepared by Acumen, dated April 2008 and updated March 2009 (the “ ACM Report ”).

For purposes of the representation set forth above, Landlord’s “actual knowledge” shall be deemed to mean and limited to the current actual knowledge of Mike L. Sanford, and not any implied, imputed, or constructive knowledge of said individual or of Landlord or any parties related to or comprising Landlord and without any independent investigation or inquiry having been made or any implied duty to investigate or make any inquiries (other than review of the Building’s regulatory compliance files, the Phase I Report and the ACM Report); it being understood and agreed that such individual shall have no personal liability in any manner whatsoever hereunder or otherwise related to the transactions contemplated hereby. As used herein, “ Hazardous Materials ” means any flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives or any substance subject to regulation by or under any federal, state and local laws and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment or the keeping, use or disposition of environmentally hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, presently in effect or hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and regulations issued pursuant to any of such laws or ordinances (“ Environmental Laws ”).

The representation set forth above is referred to herein as “Landlord’s Representation”. If and to the extent, at any time within the initial ninety (90) day period following the Commencement Date for each phase of the Premises, Tenant determines that the Building Systems or the lobbies or restrooms of the Building are not in good working condition, Landlord shall, promptly following notice from Tenant, correct the same at Landlord’s sole cost and expenses (not to be included within Expenses).

C.     Delay in Delivery . If the Delivery Date for either portion of the Premises does not occur on or before March 1, 2011 with respect to the Initial Premises or on or before January 1, 2012 with respect to the Additional Premises (each, an “ Outside Delivery Date ”), then, as Tenant’s sole remedy, Tenant shall be entitled to a rent abatement following the applicable Commencement Date in an amount equal to one (1) day of Base Rent payable with respect to the applicable portion of the Premises for each day in the period beginning on the Outside Delivery Date and ending on the actual Delivery Date. For purposes of calculating the foregoing with respect to the Additional Premises, if the Additional Premises Commencement Date does not occur before the applicable Outside Delivery Date, Tenant shall be entitled to a rent abatement following the Additional Premises Commencement Date in an amount equal to (i) $566.90 per day for the first forty-five (45) days of abatement, if any, and (ii) $1,194.22 per day thereafter. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the

 

-6-


determination of the Delivery Date shall take into consideration the effect of any Tenant Delays and any delay in Delivery due to Force Majeure (a “ Force Majeure Delivery Delay ”). Landlord shall, promptly upon Landlord’s determination that any circumstance or event may result in a Force Majeure Delivery Delay, deliver written notice to Tenant specifying in such notice the nature of the delay in question and (without any warranty implied) Landlord’s good faith estimate of the anticipated extent of the Force Majeure Delay, and shall thereafter keep Tenant apprised of any material changes in or revisions to Landlord’s estimate.

D.     Early Access Period . During the Early Access Period for each phase of the Premises, all of the terms of this Lease shall apply to Tenant’s early access; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes. During the Early Access Period, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate so that Landlord may perform repairs in order to comply with Landlord’s Representation and any remaining punch list items, and Tenant may perform improvements, install furniture, equipment or other personal property or to conduct business operations therein. Landlord may withdraw such permission to enter the applicable portion of the Premises prior to the applicable Commencement Date at any time that Landlord reasonably determines that such entry by Tenant is causing a dangerous situation for Landlord, Tenant or their respective contractors or employees.

 

4.

Rent.

A.     Payments . As consideration for this Lease, except to the extent expressly set forth herein, Tenant shall pay Landlord, without any notice, setoff or deduction, the total amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the Term. “ Additional Rent ” means all sums (exclusive of Base Rent) that Tenant is required to pay Landlord under this Lease. Additional Rent and Base Rent are sometimes collectively referred herein to as “ Rent ”. Tenant shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales and use taxes (but excluding income taxes), if any, imposed upon or measured by Rent under applicable Law. Base Rent and recurring monthly charges of Additional Rent shall be due and payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month without notice or demand, provided that the installment of Base Rent and Tenant’s Monthly Expense and Tax Payment (defined in Section 1.D. above) for the first full calendar month of the Term shall be payable upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant. All other items of Rent shall be due and payable by Tenant on or before 30 days after billing by Landlord, accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation. All payments of Rent shall be by good and sufficient check or by other means (such as automatic debit or electronic transfer) acceptable to Landlord. If Tenant fails to pay any item or installment of Rent when due, Tenant shall pay Landlord an administration fee equal to 5% of the past due Rent; provided, however, that the foregoing late charge shall not apply to the first two (2) such late payments in any twelve (12) month period of the Term of this Lease or any extension thereto. If the Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Expenses (defined in Exhibit E ) and Taxes (defined in Exhibit E ) for the month shall be prorated based on the number of days in such calendar month. Landlord’s acceptance of less than the correct amount of Rent shall be considered a payment on account of the earliest Rent due. No endorsement or statement on a check or letter accompanying a check or payment shall be considered an accord and satisfaction, and either party may accept the check or payment without prejudice to that party’s right

 

-7-


to recover the balance or pursue other available remedies. Except as expressly set forth herein to the contrary, Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent is independent of every other covenant in this Lease.

B.     Payment of Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes . Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of the total amount of Expenses and Taxes for each calendar year during the Term in accordance with Exhibit E hereto.

 

5.

Compliance with Laws; Use.

The Premises shall be used only for the Permitted Use and for no other use whatsoever. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises for any purpose which is illegal, dangerous to persons or property or which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, unreasonably disturbs any other tenants of the Project or unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Building or the Project. Tenant shall comply with all Laws, including the Americans with Disabilities Act, regarding the operation of Tenant’s business and, subject to Landlord’s obligations set forth in this Section 5, the use and occupancy of the Premises as well as any condition or configuration of the Premises constructed or created by Tenant. In addition, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with any Laws that relate to the “ Base Building ” (defined below), but only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant’s use of the Premises, other than for general office use, or Alterations or improvements in the Premises performed or requested by Tenant. “Base Building” shall mean the structural portions of the Building (including foundation, exterior wall structures and structural support systems and the roof of the Building), the public restrooms and the Building Systems. Except to the extent that (i) Tenant is responsible for complying with Laws that relate to the Base Building as provided above, or (ii) changes to the Base Building are required due to the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors (other than the mere discovery of the violation), Landlord shall be responsible for correcting violations of any Laws existing as of the Commencement Date for each part of the Premises with respect to the Base Building, provided that the cost of such compliance incurred after the Commencement Date shall be included in Expenses to the extent permitted in Exhibit E attached hereto. Tenant, within 10 Business Days after receipt, shall provide Landlord with copies of any notices it receives regarding a violation or alleged violation of any Laws with respect to the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Building attached as Exhibit B (the “ Rules and Regulations ”) and such other reasonable rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time; if there is a conflict between this Lease and any Rules and Regulations, the terms of this Lease shall control. The Rules and Regulations shall be generally applicable, and generally applied in the same manner, to all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall have no obligation to comply with any amended or new Rule and Regulation until the date that is ten (10) Business Day after Tenant has received written notice of such change or amended or new Rule or Regulation. Tenant shall also cause its agents, contractors, subcontractors, employees, customers, and subtenants (“ Tenant Entities ”) to comply with all rules and regulations. Landlord shall not knowingly discriminate against Tenant in Landlord’s enforcement of the rules and regulations.

 

6.

Security Deposit.

While there is no Security Deposit initially required hereunder, any future Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest (unless required by Law) as security for the

 

-8-


performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. A Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure of Tenant’s liability for damages. Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use all or a portion of a Security Deposit to the extent necessary to satisfy past due Rent or to cure any uncured Default by Tenant. If Landlord uses a Security Deposit, Tenant shall on demand restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord shall return any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant within 45 days after the later to occur of: (1) the determination of Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes for the final year of the Term; (2) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises to Landlord in accordance with this Lease; or (3) the Termination Date. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and, following the assignment, Landlord shall have no further liability for the return of the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts.

 

7.

Services to be Furnished by Landlord.

A.     Generally . Landlord agrees to furnish Tenant with the following services, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week (subject to event of Force Majeure and the terms of this Lease), except as expressly set forth herein to the contrary:

1.     Water . Water service for use in the lavatories and kitchens, if any on each floor on which the Premises are located;

2.     HVAC . Heat, ventilation and air conditioning in season during Normal Business Hours, designed to maintain the following temperature range in the Building at such temperatures and in such amounts that satisfy the HVAC Operating Criteria (as defined below); provided that (i) Tenant, upon such advance notice as is reasonably required by Landlord (but not to exceed twenty-four (24) hours), shall have the right to receive HVAC service during hours other than Normal Business Hours and (ii) Tenant shall pay Landlord the standard charge for the additional service as reasonably determined by Landlord from time to time, which standard charge shall reflect Landlord’s actual cost (including depreciation) without markup. As of the Effective Date, Landlord’s standard charge for providing after-hours air conditioning is approximately $8.00 per hour/zone (which does not include the cost of electricity incurred in connection therewith); said charges shall only be increased if, and to the extent, Landlord’s actual cost (described above) of providing such service increases. The “ HVAC Operating Criteria ” shall be the following: (i) cooling season indoor temperatures are not in excess of 73°F-79°F when outdoor temperatures are 91°F ambient, and (ii) heating season indoor temperatures are between 68°F-75°F when outdoor temperatures are at 50°F ambient.

3.     Maintenance . Maintenance and repair of the Property as described in Section 9.B.;

If Tenant’s use, floor covering or other improvements require special services in excess of the standard services for the Building, Tenant shall pay the additional cost attributable to the special services.

 

-9-


4.     Elevator . Elevator service;

5.     Food Service Operation . As of the Effective Date, the Project is not served by an on-site food service operation (a “ Food Service Operation ”). For purposes of clarity, a mobile food operation (such as a food truck or delivery service) shall not satisfy the definition of a Food Service Operation. If, as of the time that Landlord has successfully leased seventy percent (70%) of the rentable area of the Project, no Food Service Operation is then operating within the Project, Landlord will use reasonable efforts to procure or establish a Food Service Operation in the Project. If, as of the time Landlord has successfully leased ninety percent (90%) of the rentable area of the Project, no Food Service Operation is then operating within the Project, Landlord shall thereafter use best efforts to procure or establish a Food Service Operation to serve the Project and shall use reasonable efforts to provide adjacent indoor or outdoor seating for such Food Service Operation for no less than twelve (12) persons. If a Food Service Operation is established at the Project, in no event shall Landlord be liable or deemed in violation of this Section if such Food Service Operation subsequently goes out of business or leaves the Project for any reason.

6.     Electricity . An electrical system to convey power delivered by public utility or other providers selected by Landlord, with a demand load capacity per rentable square foot of 5.0 watts on a twenty-four (24) hour per day, seven (7) day per week basis, for convenience outlets at 120/208 volt, and 1.0 watts for lighting at 277/480 volts (the “ Electrical Capacity Level ”), in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions in Article 10;

7.     Other . Such other services as Landlord reasonably determines are necessary or appropriate for the Building, the Property or the Project or as may be necessary or appropriate from time to time to maintain the Project with types and levels of services commensurate with those provided at Comparable Buildings; and

8.     Access . Access to the Building for Tenant and its employees 24 hours per day/7 days per week, subject to the terms of this Lease and such security or monitoring systems as Landlord may reasonably impose, including, without limitation, sign-in procedures and/or presentation of identification cards.

B.     Interruptions . Except as set forth herein, Landlord’s failure to furnish, or any interruption or termination of, services due to the application of Laws or the occurrence of any event or cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (a “ Service Failure ”) shall not render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant, give rise to an abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant from the obligation to fulfill any covenant or agreement. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, are made untenantable (i.e., not reasonably usable or accessible for Tenant’s business operations, except for the maintenance of a skeleton crew within the affected Premises for such purposes as securing Tenant’s records and files, forwarding telephone communications, correspondence and deliveries, and otherwise enabling those aspects of Tenant’s business operations previously conducted within the affected Premises to be carried on from an alternative location) for a period in excess of five (5) consecutive business days due to a Service Failure, then Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive an abatement of Rent payable hereunder during the period beginning on the sixth (6 th ) consecutive business day of the Service Failure and ending on the day the interrupted service has been restored. If the entire

 

-10-


Premises have not been rendered untenantable by the Service Failure, the amount of abatement shall be equitably prorated. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage, including the theft of Tenant’s Property (defined in Article 15), arising out of or in connection with the failure of any security services, personnel or equipment.

C.     Additional Abatement . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of any closure of 10% or more of the Premises by Landlord in connection with (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of or ingress to or egress from the Building or Premises (unless the repair or maintenance in question is necessitated by Tenant’s breach of this Lease or unless Tenant requests that Landlord perform such repair); or (ii) the presence of Hazardous Materials due to the acts or omissions of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors (any such set of circumstances to be known as an “ Abatement Event ”), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for five (5) consecutive Business Days (the “ Eligibility Period ”), then the Rent payable hereunder shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises, or any portion thereof, in the proportion that the Rentable Area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total Rentable Area of the Premises.

D.     Actual Cost and Administrative Fees . When Tenant is required to pay Landlord for any utility as a direct reimbursement for above-standard usage, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s “actual cost” of providing such service to Tenant. “ Actual cost ” shall be the actual costs paid or incurred by Landlord (excluding any increases or write-ups for profit) in providing such utilities to Tenant; “actual cost” may, when warranted, included a commercially reasonable charge to offset anticipated costs attendant to the utility requested by Tenant, such as depreciation, increased wear and tear on, or shortened useful life of, certain infrastructure arising out of Tenant’s usage, but will not include any administrative charge or other write up to compensate Landlord for work performed by on-site employees or representatives unless and to the extent that Landlord is required to provide such employees or representatives additional compensation or benefits as a result of Tenant’s use of the utility in question. With respect to any services provided by Landlord, any administrative fee charged by Landlord in connection therewith shall be commercially reasonable.

 

8.

Premises Improvements.

All improvements to the Premises (collectively, “ Premises Improvements ”) shall be owned by Landlord and shall remain upon the Premises without compensation to Tenant. However, Landlord may require Tenant to remove, at Tenant’s expense, on or before the Termination Date: (1) Cable (defined in Section 9.A) installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant and located in the Premises or other portions of the Building; and (2) any Specialty Alterations (collectively any such Cable or Specialty Alterations, the removal of which is properly required by Landlord being referred to as “ Required Removables ”). Tenant shall repair damage caused by the installation or removal of Required Removables. If Tenant fails to remove any Required Removables or perform related repairs in a timely manner, Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, may remove and dispose of the Required Removables and perform the required repairs. Tenant, within 10 days after receipt of an invoice,

 

-11-


shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable costs incurred by Landlord. In order for Landlord to require Tenant to remove any Required Removables, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing, concurrently with Landlord’s consent to the construction of any Required Removables, as to which portions of the work in question constitute Required Removables. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Specialty Alterations which are performed without Landlord’s consent in violation of Article 9 below, Landlord may require Tenant to remove and restore such Specialty Alterations at the end of the Term. As used herein, “ Specialty Alterations ” shall mean Alterations that are not “typical” office improvements or which would not be conducive for use by subsequent office occupants, and will also include any alterations that (i) perforate, penetrate or require reinforcement of a floor slab (including, without limitation, interior stairwells or high-density filing or racking systems), (ii) consist of the installation of a raised flooring system, (iii) consist of the installation of a vault or other similar device or system intended to secure the Premises or a portion thereof in a manner that exceeds the level of security necessary for ordinary office space, (iv) involve material plumbing connections (such as, for example but not by way of limitation, kitchens, saunas, showers, and executive bathrooms outside of the Building core and/or special fire safety systems), or (v) consist of the dedication of any material portion of the Premises to non-office usage (such as classrooms).

 

9.

Repairs and Alterations.

A.     Tenant’s Repair Obligations . Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly perform all maintenance and repairs to the Premises that are not Landlord’s express responsibility under this Lease, and shall keep the interior part of the Premises (but not the Base Building) in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant’s repair obligations include, without limitation, repairs to: (1) floor covering; (2) interior partitions; (3) doors; (4) the interior side of demising walls; (5) electronic, phone and data cabling and related equipment (collectively, “ Cable ”) that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant and located in the Premises or other portions of the Building; (6) supplemental air conditioning units, private showers and kitchens, including hot water heaters, plumbing, and similar facilities serving the Premises exclusively; and (7) Alterations performed by contractors retained by Tenant, including related HVAC balancing. All work shall be performed in accordance with the rules and procedures described in Section 9.C. below. If Tenant fails to commence to make any repairs to the Premises which are required pursuant to this Section 9.A for more than 10 Business Days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required if there is an emergency), Landlord may, upon notice to Tenant, make the repairs, and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost of the repairs to Landlord within 21 Business Days after receipt of an invoice accompanied by reasonably detailed back-up documentation, together with an administrative charge in an amount equal to 10% of the cost of the repairs.

B.     Landlord’s Repair Obligations . Landlord, subject to inclusion in Expenses (except as provided below or in Exhibit E ), shall keep and maintain in good repair and working order and commensurate with the condition and repair of Comparable Buildings, and make repairs to and perform maintenance upon: (1) the Base Building; (2) mechanical (including HVAC), electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems serving the Building in general (the “ Building Systems ”); (3) the Common Areas; (4) the exterior windows of the Building; and (5) elevators serving the Building; provided, however, that the cost of maintaining and repairing the Base Building (other than the roof membrane and the Building Systems) shall be Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall

 

-12-


promptly make repairs (considering the nature and urgency of the repair) for which Landlord is responsible. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932, and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor Laws now or hereinafter in effect.

C.     Alterations .

(i)     Generally; Landlord’s Consent . Tenant shall not make alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or install any Cable in the Premises or other portions of the Building or the Project (collectively referred to as “ Alterations ”) without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each instance, which will not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned. However, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Alteration that satisfies all of the following criteria (a “ Minor Alteration ”): (1) the Alteration is not visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building; (2) is of a cosmetic nature such as painting, wallpapering, hanging pictures and installing carpeting, or costs less than $75,000.00 for any one project; and (3) does not require work to be performed inside the demising walls or above the ceiling of the Premises; and (4) will not affect the systems or structure of the Building or the Project. Landlord’s consent to any other proposed Alteration will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, unless Landlord reasonably determines that a Design Problem exists. A “ Design Problem ” is defined as, and will be deemed to exist if, such Alteration will (i) affect the exterior appearance of the Building; (ii) adversely affect the Base Building; (iii) adversely affect the Building Systems; (iv) unreasonably interfere with any other occupant’s normal and customary office operation or (v) fail to comply with applicable Laws.

(ii)     Requirements . Prior to starting work on any Alteration other than minor cosmetic work such as painting, wallpapering, or installation of carpet, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with plans and specifications; names of contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord; copies of contracts; necessary permits and approvals; and evidence of contractor’s and subcontractor’s insurance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord. Landlord agrees to respond to any request by Tenant for approval of Alterations which approval is required hereunder within fifteen (15) Business Days after delivery of Tenant’s written request; Landlord’s response shall be in writing and, if Landlord withholds its consent to any Alterations described in any such Plans, Landlord shall specify in reasonable detail in Landlord’s notice of disapproval (including the Design Problem, if any, which is the basis for such disapproval), and the changes to Tenant’s plans which would be required in order to obtain Landlord’s approval. If Landlord fails to timely notify Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval, Tenant shall have the right to provide Landlord with a second written request for approval (a “ Second Request ”) that specifically identifies the applicable Plans and contains the following statement in bold and capital letters: “ THIS IS A SECOND REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF PLANS PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9(c)(ii) OF THE LEASE. IF LANDLORD FAILS TO RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE, THEN LANDLORD SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE APPROVED THE WORK DESCRIBED HEREIN. ” If Landlord fails to respond to such Second Request within five (5) Business Days after receipt by Landlord, the Alterations in question shall be deemed approved by Landlord, and Tenant may, subject to the other provisions of this Article 9, perform such Alterations. If Landlord timely delivers to Tenant notice of Landlord’s disapproval of any plans, Tenant may revise Tenant’s plans to incorporate the changes suggested by

 

-13-


Landlord in Landlord’s notice of disapproval, and resubmit such plans to Landlord; in such event, the scope of Landlord’s review of such plans shall be limited to Tenant’s correction of the items in which Landlord had previously objected in writing. Landlord’s review and approval (or deemed approval) of such revised plans shall be governed by the provisions set forth above in this Section 9(c)(ii). The procedure set out above for approval of Tenant’s plans will also apply to any material change, addition or amendment to Tenant’s plans, which must also be submitted to Landlord for its approval. Alterations shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality that is at least equal to the quality designated by Landlord as the minimum standard for the Building. Landlord may designate reasonable rules, regulations and procedures for the performance of work in the Building and the Project and, to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid disruption to the occupants of the Building and the Project, shall have the right to designate the time when Alterations may be performed. Landlord may hire outside consultants to review such documents and information if Landlord reasonably believes such consultants’ review to be necessary and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual cost thereof (without any mark-up for administrative costs) within 30 days after receipt of an invoice for sums paid by Landlord for same.

(b)     Landlord’s Construction Management Fee . With respect to any Alterations for which any Landlord oversight or coordination is required, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee for Landlord’s oversight and coordination of such Alterations equal to 5% of the total cost of the Alterations. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish “as-built” plans (except for Minor Alterations), completion affidavits, full and final waivers of lien in recordable form, and receipted bills covering all labor and materials. Tenant shall assure that the Alterations comply with all insurance requirements and Laws. Landlord’s approval of an Alteration shall not be a representation by Landlord that the Alteration complies with applicable Laws or will be adequate for Tenant’s use.

 

10.

Use of Electrical Services by Tenant.

A.     Gas and electricity used by Tenant in the Premises shall be separately metered and payable by Tenant directly by Tenant to the applicable utility company. Gas and electrical service to the Premises may be furnished by one or more companies providing electrical generation, transmission and distribution services, and the cost of electricity may consist of several different components or separate charges for such services, such as generation, distribution and stranded cost charges. Landlord shall have the exclusive right to select any company providing electrical service to the Premises, to aggregate the electrical service for the Property and Premises with other buildings, to purchase electricity through a broker and/or buyers group and to change the providers and manner of purchasing electricity.

B.     Tenant’s use of electrical service shall not exceed, either in voltage or overall load, the Electrical Capacity Level without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be conditioned upon the requirement that Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, install such utility service upgrades as may be necessary to support such usage, and the additional usage (to the extent permitted by Law), installation and maintenance costs shall be paid by Tenant.

 

-14-


11.

Entry by Landlord.

Landlord, its agents, contractors and representatives may enter the Premises to inspect or show the Premises (during the final twelve (12) months of the Term), to clean and make repairs to the Premises. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform such work in a manner so as to minimize disruption to Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises (which obligation shall include the necessity of performing such work after normal business hours if the performance of such work would otherwise be unreasonably disruptive to Tenant’s business operations). Tenant may condition any entry by Landlord (except in the case of emergency) upon Landlord’s being accompanied by a representative of Tenant during any such entry; in connection therewith, provided that Tenant makes a representative of Tenant available at times reasonably requested by Landlord. Except in emergencies or to provide janitorial and other Building services required hereunder or requested by Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable prior notice of entry into the Premises, which may be given orally. If reasonably necessary for the protection and safety of Tenant and its employees, Landlord shall have the right to temporarily close all or a portion of the Premises to perform repairs, alterations and additions, subject to the provisions of Section 7.B above. Entry by Landlord shall not constitute constructive eviction or, subject to the provisions of Section 7.B, entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction of Rent.

 

12.

Assignment and Subletting.

A.     Generally . Except as set forth herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign, sublease, transfer or encumber any interest in this Lease or allow any third party to use any portion of the Premises (collectively or individually, a “ Transfer ”) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld if Landlord does not elect to exercise its termination rights under Section 12.B below. Without limitation, Landlord’s consent to a proposed Transfer, if required, shall not be considered unreasonably withheld if Landlord, in good faith, expressly withholds its consent on the basis of one or more of the following circumstances: (1) in the case of an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease (as opposed to a sublease), the proposed transferee’s financial condition does not meet the criteria Landlord uses to select Building and Project tenants having similar leasehold obligations; (2) the proposed transferee’s business is not suitable for the Building or the Project considering the business of the other tenants and the prestige of the Building and the Project, or would result in a violation of another tenant’s rights expressly set forth in such tenant’s lease agreement with Landlord; (3) the proposed transferee is a governmental agency unless Landlord has otherwise directly leased space in the Project to a similar governmental agency or consented to the subleasing by a Project tenant of a portion of the Project to a similar governmental agency as of the date of Tenant’s request for the proposed transfer, (4) during the first eighteen (18) months of the initial Term only, the proposed transferee is either then actively engaged in lease negotiations with Landlord for space at the Project or the proposed transferee is an occupant of the Building, the Property or the Project (provided, however, that Landlord will not withhold its consent solely because the proposed subtenant or assignee is an occupant of the Project if Landlord does not have space available for lease in the Project that is comparable to the space Tenant desires to sublet or assign. Landlord shall be deemed to have comparable space if it has, or will have, space available on any floor of the Building that is approximately the same size as the space Tenant desires to sublet or assign within 6 months of the proposed commencement of the proposed sublease or assignment); or (5) Tenant is in Default. Tenant shall not be entitled to receive monetary damages

 

-15-


based upon a claim that Landlord unreasonably withheld its consent to a proposed Transfer and Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action to enforce any such provision through specific performance or declaratory judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord withholds its consent to a proposed Transfer, Tenant shall be entitled, at Tenant’s option, to seek a temporary injunction. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1995.310 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor Laws, now or hereinafter in effect, and all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable Laws, on behalf of the proposed transferee. Any attempted Transfer in violation of this Article shall, at Landlord’s option, be void. Consent by Landlord to one or more Transfer(s) shall not operate as a waiver of Landlord’s rights to approve any subsequent Transfers. In no event shall any Transfer or Permitted Transfer release or relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease.

B.     Procedure . As part of its request for Landlord’s consent to a Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (x) financial statements for the proposed transferee, as well as (y) a complete copy of the proposed assignment, sublease and other contractual documents and such other information as Landlord may, within seven (7) Business Days following Tenant’s delivery of the items described in clauses (x) and (y) above, reasonably request. Landlord shall, by written notice to Tenant within twenty (20) days of its receipt of the required information and documentation, either: (1) consent to the Transfer by the execution of a consent agreement in a form reasonably designated by Landlord or reasonably refuse to consent to the Transfer in writing (such refusal to specify in reasonable detail the grounds for Landlord’s refusal); or (2) except in the case of a Permitted Transfer, in the case of an assignment of this Lease or a sublease that would result in 50% or more of the Tenant’s Premises being subject to sublease for a term, with or without renewal options relating thereto, which is 50% or more of the then remaining Term of this Lease, terminate this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises that Tenant is proposing to assign or sublet. Any such termination shall be effective on the proposed effective date of the Transfer for which Tenant requested consent. If Landlord fails to deliver to Tenant notice of Landlord’s consent or withholding of consent (or election to recapture, if applicable) with respect to a proposed Transfer within the twenty (20) days following Tenant’s submission of request for such consent, Tenant may send a second (2 nd ) notice to Landlord, which notice must contain the following inscription, in bold faced lettering: “ SECOND NOTICE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12.B OF LEASE - - FAILURE TO TIMELY RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN DEEMED APPROVAL OF ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE .” If Landlord fails to deliver notice of Landlord’s election within such five (5) business day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Transfer in question. Tenant shall pay Landlord a review fee of $2,000.00 for Landlord’s review of any Permitted Transfer or requested Transfer, provided if Landlord’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees associated with the review of a proposed Transfer) exceed $2,000.00, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its actual reasonable costs and expenses in lieu of a fixed review fee.

C.     Excess Rent . Tenant shall pay Landlord 50% of all rent and other consideration which Tenant receives as a result of and specifically related to a Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer) to the extent the same are in excess of the Rent payable to Landlord for the portion of the Premises and Term covered by the Transfer. Tenant shall pay Landlord for Landlord’s share of any such excess within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of such excess consideration. Tenant may deduct

 

-16-


from the excess the following reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by Tenant attributable to the Transfer (other than Landlord’s review fee): (i) brokerage fees, (ii) marketing costs, (iii) demising costs, (iv) the cost of design, permits and construction of tenant improvements, and (v) legal fees directly incurred by Tenant attributable to the Transfer, all such costs to be amortized on a straight-line basis, over the entire period for which Tenant is to receive excess Rent. If Tenant is in Default, Landlord may require that all sublease payments be made directly to Landlord.

D.     Corporate Ownership . If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar entity, and if an entity which owns or controls a majority of the voting shares/rights immediately prior to a transaction (including but not limited to a merger, consolidation or reorganization, subject to the provisions of Section 12.E below) ceases to own or control a majority of the voting/shares of Tenant immediately after such transaction, such change of ownership or control shall constitute a Transfer. The foregoing shall not apply so long as Tenant is an entity whose outstanding stock is listed on a recognized security exchange, or if at least 80% of its voting stock is owned by another entity, the voting stock of which is so listed. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.D to the contrary, the transfer of outstanding capital stock or other listed equity interests, or the purchase of outstanding capital stock or other listed equity interests, or the purchase of equity interests issued in an initial public offering of stock, by persons or parties other than “insiders” within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, through the “over-the-counter” market or any recognized national or international securities exchange shall not be included in determining whether control has been transferred.

E.     Permitted Transfer . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 12 to the contrary, so long as Tenant is not entering into the Permitted Transfer for the purpose of avoiding or otherwise circumventing the terms of this Section 12, Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease or sublease all or any portion of the Premises, without the consent of Landlord, to (a) an affiliate, subsidiary, or parent of Tenant, or a corporation, partnership or other legal entity wholly (or majority) owned by or under common control with Tenant (collectively, an “ Affiliated Party ”), or (b) a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (each such transfer a “ Permitted Transfer ” and any such assignee or sublessee of a Permitted Transfer, a “ Permitted Transferee ”): (i) Tenant is not in default under the Lease; (ii) the Permitted Use does not allow the Premises to be used for retail purposes; (iii) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least twenty-one (21) days prior to the effective date of the proposed Permitted Transfer (provided, however, that if Tenant is prohibited by applicable Laws or by contract from disclosing the proposed Permitted Transfer and/or the proposed Permitted Transferee prior to the effective date of the Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall provide written notice of such Permitted Transfer to Landlord within thirty (30) days following the effective date of such Permitted Transfer); and (iv) with respect to a proposed Permitted Transfer to an Affiliated Party, the Affiliated Party shall have a net worth equal to or greater than $200,000,000.00; and (v) with respect to a purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization or any Permitted Transfer which results in Tenant ceasing to exist as a separate legal entity, (A) Tenant’s successor shall own all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, and (B) Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth which is at least equal to $200,000,000.00. Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement.

 

-17-


As used herein, (1) “ parent ” shall mean a company which owns a majority of Tenant’s voting equity; (2) “ subsidiary ” shall mean an entity wholly owned by Tenant or at least 51% of whose voting equity is owned by Tenant; and (3) “ affiliate ” shall mean an entity controlled, controlling or under common control with Tenant.

 

13.

Liens.

Tenant shall not permit mechanic’s or other liens to be placed upon the Premises, Building, Property, Project or Tenant’s leasehold interest in connection with any work or service done or purportedly done by or for benefit of Tenant. If a lien is so placed, Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days after notice to Tenant the filing of the lien, fully discharge the lien by settling the claim which resulted in the lien or by bonding or insuring over the lien in the manner prescribed by the applicable lien Law. If Tenant fails to discharge the lien, then, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord, Landlord may bond or insure over the lien or otherwise discharge the lien. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any amount paid by Landlord to bond or insure over the lien or discharge the lien, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees (if and to the extent permitted by Law) within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord.

 

14.

Indemnity and Waiver of Claims.

A.     Tenant’s Indemnity . Subject to the provisions of Article 16 below, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its contractors, agents or employees (defined below), Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, Mortgagee(s) (defined in Article 26) and agents (“ Landlord Parties ”) harmless against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted by Law), which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Landlord or any of the Landlord Parties and arising out of or in connection with an third party claim brought as a result of (i) damage or injury occurring in the Premises, or (ii) the acts or omissions (including violations of Law) of Tenant, the Tenant Parties (defined below) or any of Tenant’s transferees, contractors or licensees.

B.     Exculpation . Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant waives, all claims for loss or damage to Tenant’s business or loss, theft or damage to Tenant’s Property or the property of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant resulting from: (1) wind or weather; (2) the failure of any sprinkler, heating or air-conditioning equipment, any electric wiring or any gas, water or steam pipes; (3) the backing up of any sewer pipe or downspout; (4) the bursting, leaking or running of any tank, water closet, drain or other pipe; (5) water, snow or ice upon or coming through the roof, skylight, stairs, doorways, windows, walks or any other place upon or near the Building or the Project; (6) any act or omission of any party other than Landlord or Landlord Parties; and (7) any causes not reasonably within the control of Landlord. Tenant shall insure itself against such losses under Article 15 below. The foregoing provisions of this Section 14.B shall in no way be construed to diminish, or excuse Landlord from, Landlord’s maintenance and repair obligations set forth elsewhere in this Lease.

 

 

 

-18-


C.     Landlord Indemnity . Subject to the provisions of Article 16 below, Landlord shall protect, indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted by Law) which may arise by reason of any damage to any property (including but not limited to property of Tenant) or any injury (including but not limited to death) to any person occurring in, on or about the common areas of the Project to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of Landlord’s agents or employees.

 

15.

Insurance .

Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect during the entire term of this Lease, at its own cost and expense, the following policies of insurance:

A.     Commercial General Liability Insurance and Umbrella Liability Insurance . Tenant shall carry Commercial General Liability insurance and Umbrella Liability insurance in an amount equal to that currently maintained by Tenant, but not less than $2,000,000 each occurrence (which limit shall apply to the Commercial General Liability and Umbrella Liability insurance policies cumulatively). If such CGL insurance contains a general aggregate limit, it shall apply separately to this location. Said policy shall provide coverage for bodily injury, property damage and advertising/personal injury arising from premises, operations, independent contractors, products-completed operations, and liability assumed under an insured contract. Not more frequently than once each three (3) years, if, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord the amount of Commercial General Liability insurance coverage required hereunder at that time is not comparable to the levels of coverage reasonably required by owners of Comparable Buildings, Tenant shall increase the insurance coverage as reasonably required by Landlord provided that such increased coverage amount shall not be more than the amount customarily required by landlords for Comparable Buildings.

B.     Commercial Automobile Insurance and Umbrella Liability Insurance . Tenant shall carry Commercial Automobile insurance and Umbrella Liability insurance in an amount equal to that currently maintained by Tenant, but not less than $1,000,000 each accident. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto (including owned, hired and non-owned autos).

C.     Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Employers’ Liability Insurance . Tenant shall carry Worker’s Compensation insurance as required by law and Employer’s Liability insurance in an amount equal to that currently maintained by Tenant, but not less than the following:

 

  1.

Bodily Injury by Accident: $1,000,000 each accident;

  2.

Bodily Injury by Disease: $1,000,000 policy limit; and

  3.

Bodily Injury by Disease: $1,000,000 each employee.

D.     Commercial Property Insurance . Tenant shall carry Commercial Property insurance covering the Premises including fixtures, inventory, equipment, furniture and other personal property (collectively, “ Tenant’s Property ”), Premises Improvements (other than the Tenant Improvements),

 

-19-


Alterations and all other content of the Premises. The policy shall, at minimum, cover the perils insured under the ISO Special Causes of Loss Form (CP 10 30), but must include coverage for the following: vandalism, malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage. Such insurance shall be in an amount equal to 100% of the full replacement cost. Any coinsurance requirement in the policy shall be eliminated through the attachment of an agreed amount endorsement, or as is otherwise appropriate under the particular policy form.

E.     Additional Coverage . Landlord may reasonably require Tenant to procure and maintain other forms of insurance provided that the types and levels of coverage requested by Landlord shall be commensurate with the types and levels of coverage then typically required by owners of Comparable Buildings.

F.     Form of Insurance . All insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder:

1.     shall be issued by insurance carriers authorized to conduct business in the state in which the Premises are located and with an A.M. Best’s guide rating of no less than A- VII;

2.     shall be written as primary insurance over any insurance purchased by Landlord;

3.     shall contain a provision whereby each insurer agrees to give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of any cancellation;

4.     may provide for a deductible so long as the deductible does not exceed $25,000 per occurrence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant’s insurance policies may provide for a Personal & Advertising Injury deductible equal to $500,000.00 and a workers’ compensation deductible in an amount equal to $150,000.00 per loss and $1,000,000.00 aggregate. Any increase in such deductibles shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

5.     shall be written on an “occurrence” basis (except for Tenant’s Personal & Advertising Injury Policy, which may be on a “claims made” basis). Except as expressly provided with respect to Tenant’s Personal & Advertising Injury Policy, any policies underwritten as “claims made” will not satisfy the insurance requirements outlined in this Section;

6.     with respect to the Commercial General Liability, Commercial Automobile Liability policies, Tenant shall ensure that the following are added by endorsement under the ISO (CG 20 11) or comparable form (it being agreed that a “Designated Insured” endorsement shall be sufficient as to the Commercial Automobile Liability policies) as additional insureds to the policies: Landlord, its parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliate companies and partnerships and all of its directors, officers, agents, representatives and employees; and

7.     with respect to Commercial Property insurance shall be provided under the form ACORD 24, and certificates of all other insurance and appropriate endorsements shall be provided under the form ACORD 25, said certificates shall be provided to Landlord five (5) days prior to occupancy and evidence of renewal shall be provided to Landlord concurrent with the expiry of each policy.

 

-20-


G.     Failure to Maintain . If Tenant shall fail to acquire and maintain the insurance required pursuant to this Section, Landlord may, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to Landlord, but shall not be obligated to, following notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to cure the same within five (5) Business Days, acquire such insurance and pay the premiums therefor, which premiums shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand.

H.     Blanket Insurance . Tenant may, at its option, satisfy its insurance obligations hereunder by policies of so-called blanket insurance carried by Tenant provided that the same shall, in all respects, comply with the provision hereof. In such event, Tenant shall not be deemed to have complied with its obligation hereunder until Tenant shall have obtained and delivered to Landlord a certificate of insurance with appropriate endorsements, or upon Landlord’s reasonable request, a copy of said policy with endorsements.

I.     Insurance Maintained by Landlord . Landlord shall obtain and keep in force during the Term Commercial General Liability insurance, Commercial Property insurance and Boiler & Machinery insurance covering the Building, Property and permanent Tenant Improvements provided by Landlord, with coverages and in amounts reasonably deemed prudent by Landlord from time to time. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent Tenant’s Share of the cost of the premiums for all such insurance and the reasonable cost of Landlord’s insurance consultants. Notwithstanding any contribution by Tenant to the cost of insurance premiums as provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has no right to receive any proceeds from any insurance policies carried by Landlord.

 

16.

Subrogation.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any recovery of damages against each other (including their employees, officers, directors, agents, or representatives) for loss or damage to the Building, Tenant Improvements and betterments, fixtures, equipment, and any other personal property to the extent covered by commercial property insurance or boiler and machinery insurance required above. If the commercial property insurance and boiler and machinery insurance purchased by Tenant or Landlord as required above do not expressly allow the insured to waive rights of subrogation prior to loss, Tenant and Landlord shall cause the policies to be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation to the extent described in this Section 16. The cost of the endorsement, if any, shall be borne exclusively by Tenant and Landlord respectively.

 

17.

Casualty Damage.

A.     If all or any part of the Premises is damaged by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing. During any period of time that all or a material portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable (i.e., not reasonably usable or accessible for Tenant’s use) as a result of a fire or other casualty, the Rent shall abate for the portion of the Premises that is untenantable and not used by Tenant; provided, however, that if the Premises is damaged such that the remaining portion thereof is not sufficient to allow Tenant to conduct is business operations from such remaining portion and Tenant does not conduct its business operations therefrom, Landlord shall allow Tenant a total abatement of Rent during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease, and not occupied by Tenant as a result of

 

-21-


the subject damage. Tenant’s abatement period shall continue until Tenant has been given sufficient time, and sufficient access to the Premises, to rebuild the portion of the Premises it is required to rebuild, to install its property, furniture, fixtures, data and telecommunications cabling and equipment and to move in to the Premises over the course of one (1) full weekend. Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease if: (1) Landlord is not permitted by Law to rebuild the Building or the Project in substantially the same form as existed before the fire or casualty; (2) the Premises have been materially damaged (defined below) and there are less than 2 years of the Term remaining on the date of the casualty (provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to exercise any then-available Renewal Option (defined in Article 36 below), and for such purposes, the provisions of Section 36.A.1 below stating that Tenant may not exercise the Renewal Option more than fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration of the current Term shall not apply); (3) the Premises have been materially damaged and any Mortgagee requires that substantially all of the insurance proceeds received by Landlord as a consequence of such damage be applied to the payment of the Mortgage debt; or (4) a material uninsured loss to the Building occurs (for the purposes of this clause (4), any loss which is not insured because Landlord failed to maintain the insurance coverage required pursuant to the provisions of this Lease shall not be deemed a “uninsured loss”); or (5) such restoration cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable determination, be made within two hundred seventy (270) days following the date of such damage. Landlord may exercise its right to terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing within 90 days after the date of the casualty; provided, however, that as a condition to such termination, all other leases in the Building for premises which are similarly affected by such damage must be concurrently terminated. If Landlord does not terminate this Lease, subject to the provisions of Section 17.B below, Landlord shall commence and proceed with reasonable diligence to repair and restore the structure of the Building (excluding any Tenant Improvements or Alterations that were performed by or for the benefit of Tenant) using materials and workmanship equal to or better in quality than those originally incorporated into the Premises. However, in no event shall Landlord be required to spend more than the insurance proceeds received by Landlord plus any applicable deductible payment. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage to Tenant’s Property or to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from the fire or other casualty or from the repair and restoration of the damage.

B.     If all or any portion of the Premises shall be made untenantable (as described above) by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall, with reasonable promptness, cause an architect or general contractor selected by Landlord to provide Landlord and Tenant with a written estimate of the amount of time required to substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises and make the Premises tenantable again, using standard working methods (the “ Completion Estimate ”). If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises cannot be made tenantable within 270 days from the date of the damage, then regardless of anything in Section 17.A above to the contrary, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other of such election within 10 Business Days after receipt of the Completion Estimate; provided, however, that as a condition to such termination by Landlord, all other leases in the Project for premises which are similarly affected by such damage must be concurrently terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant was entitled to but elected not to exercise its right to terminate this Lease and Landlord does not substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises within two (2) months after the expiration of the estimated period of time set forth in the Completion Estimate (the “ Outside Restoration Date ”), then Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord. The Outside Restoration Date shall be postponed by (i) any delays caused by Tenant; and (ii) any

 

-22-


delays caused by events of Force Majeure (up to a maximum of an additional sixty (60) days). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease if the casualty or other loss or damage was caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of Tenant.

C.     The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 17, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project, and any Laws, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any similar or successor Laws now or hereinafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project.

 

18.

Condemnation.

Either party may terminate this Lease if the whole or any material part of the Premises shall be taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building, Property or Project which would leave the remainder of the Building or the Project unsuitable for use as an office building or an office project in a manner comparable to the use of the Building or the Project prior to the Taking. In order to exercise its right to terminate the Lease, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, must provide written notice of termination to the other within 45 days after the terminating party first receives notice of the Taking. Any such termination shall be effective as of the date the physical taking of the Premises or the portion of the Building, Property or Project occurs. If this Lease is not terminated, the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, the Building’s allocable percentage of the Project and Tenant’s Share shall, if applicable, be appropriately adjusted. In addition, Rent for any portion of the Premises taken or condemned shall be abated during the unexpired Term of this Lease effective when the physical taking of the portion of the Premises occurs. All compensation awarded for a Taking, or sale proceeds, shall be the property of Landlord, any right to receive compensation or proceeds being expressly waived by Tenant. However, Tenant may file a separate claim at its sole cost and expense for Tenant’s Property and Tenant’s reasonable relocation expenses, provided the filing of the claim does not diminish the award which would otherwise be receivable by Landlord. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or any similar or successor Laws.

 

19.

Events of Default.

A.     Tenant shall be considered to be in default of this Lease upon the occurrence of any of the following events of default (a “ Default ”):

1.     Tenant’s failure to pay when due all or any portion of the Rent within five (5) days of after delivery of notice from Landlord that the same is past due (“ Monetary Default ”).

 

 

 

-23-


2.     Tenant’s failure (other than a Monetary Default) to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease, if the failure is not cured within 30 days after written notice to Tenant. However, if Tenant’s failure to comply cannot reasonably be cured within 30 days, Tenant shall be allowed additional time (not to exceed 90 days) as is reasonably necessary to cure the failure so long as: (1) Tenant commences to cure the failure within 30 days, and (2) Tenant diligently pursues a course of action that will cure the failure and bring Tenant back into compliance with the Lease. However, if Tenant’s failure to comply creates a hazardous condition, the failure must be cured immediately upon notice to Tenant. In addition, if Landlord provides Tenant with notice of Tenant’s intentional failure to comply with the same particular term, provision or covenant of this Lease on 3 occasions during any 12 month period, Tenant’s subsequent violation of such term, provision or covenant shall, at Landlord’s option, be an incurable Default by Tenant.

3.     Tenant or any Guarantor becomes insolvent, makes a transfer in fraud of creditors or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts when due.

4.     The leasehold estate is taken by process or operation of Law.

B.     Landlord Default . Landlord shall be considered to be in default in the performance of any obligation to be performed by Landlord under this Lease (“ Landlord Default ”) if Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and said failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of written notice of such failure; provided, however, that if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) day period (other than Landlord’s payment of any monetary obligation to Tenant), a Landlord Default shall exist only if Landlord fails to commence the cure of said failure as soon as reasonably practicable under the circumstances, or fails diligently to pursue the same to completion (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the date of delivery of Tenant’s notice of such failure). In the event of a Landlord Default, Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages and losses arising from any such Landlord Default and Tenant may pursue any and all remedies available to it at law or in equity.

 

20.

Remedies.

A.     Upon the occurrence of any Default, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice (except as expressly prescribed herein or as may be required by Law):

1.     Terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and recover from Tenant an award of damages equal to the sum of the following:

(a)     The Worth at the Time of Award of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

(b)     The Worth at the Time of Award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant affirmatively proves could have been reasonably avoided;

 

 

 

-24-


(c)     The Worth at the Time of Award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant affirmatively proves could be reasonably avoided;

(d)     Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment either proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and

(e)     All such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time under applicable law.

The “Worth at the Time of Award” of the amounts referred to in parts (a) and (b) above, shall be computed by allowing interest at the lesser of a per annum rate equal to: (i) the greatest per annum rate of interest permitted from time to time under applicable law, or (ii) the Prime Rate plus 5%. For purposes hereof, the “ Prime Rate ” shall be the per annum interest rate publicly announced as its prime or base rate by a federally insured bank selected by Landlord in the State of California. The “Worth at the Time of Award” of the amount referred to in part (c), above, shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%;

2.     Employ the remedy described in California Civil Code § 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations); or

3.     Notwithstanding Landlord’s exercise of the remedy described in California Civil Code § 1951.4 in respect of a Default, at such time thereafter as Landlord may elect in writing, to terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and recover an award of damages as provided above in Paragraph 20.A.1.

B.     The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No waiver by Landlord of any breach hereof shall be effective unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Landlord.

C.     TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS CONFERRED BY SECTION 3275 OF THE CIVIL CODE OF CALIFORNIA AND BY SECTIONS 1174 (c) AND 1179 OF THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE OF CALIFORNIA AND ANY AND ALL OTHER LAWS AND RULES OF LAW FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT DURING THE LEASE TERM PROVIDING THAT TENANT SHALL HAVE ANY RIGHT TO REDEEM, REINSTATE OR RESTORE THIS LEASE FOLLOWING ITS TERMINATION BY REASON OF TENANT’S BREACH. TENANT ALSO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE.

 

-25-


D.     No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and each and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing by agreement, applicable law or in equity. In addition to other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to injunctive relief, or to a decree compelling performance of any of the covenants, agreements, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or to any other remedy allowed to Landlord at law or in equity. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default.

E.     If Tenant is in Default, then, to the extent permitted by Law, Landlord shall be entitled to receive interest on any unpaid item of Rent at a rate equal to the lesser of the maximum rate permitted by Law or the Prime Rate plus 5% per annum (the “ Interest Rate ”). For purposes hereof, the “Prime Rate” shall be the per annum interest rate publicly announced as its prime or base rate by a federally insured bank selected by Landlord in the state in which the Building is located.

F.     This Article 20 shall be enforceable to the maximum extent such enforcement is not prohibited by applicable Law, and the unenforceability of any portion thereof shall not thereby render unenforceable any other portion.

 

21.

Limitation of Liability.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, THE LIABILITY OF LANDLORD (AND OF ANY SUCCESSOR LANDLORD) TO TENANT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE PROPERTY. TENANT SHALL LOOK SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY FOR THE RECOVERY OF ANY JUDGMENT OR AWARD AGAINST LANDLORD. FOR PURPOSES HEREOF, “INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE PROPERTY” SHALL INCLUDE RENTS DUE FROM TENANTS, INSURANCE PROCEEDS, AND PROCEEDS FROM CONDEMNATION OR EMINENT DOMAIN PROCEEDINGS (PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTION OF SAME TO ANY PARTNER OR SHAREHOLDER OF LANDLORD OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY). NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY SHALL BE PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR ANY JUDGMENT OR DEFICIENCY, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY BE LIABLE TO TENANT FOR ANY LOST PROFIT, DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF BUSINESS OR ANY FORM OF SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE. BEFORE FILING SUIT FOR AN ALLEGED DEFAULT BY LANDLORD, TENANT SHALL GIVE LANDLORD AND THE MORTGAGEE(S) (DEFINED IN ARTICLE 26 BELOW) WHOM TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED HOLD MORTGAGES (DEFINED IN ARTICLE 26 BELOW) ON THE PROPERTY, BUILDING OR PREMISES, NOTICE AND REASONABLE TIME TO CURE THE ALLEGED DEFAULT.

 

22.

No Waiver.

Either party’s failure to declare a Default immediately upon its occurrence, or delay in taking action for a default shall not constitute a waiver of the default, nor shall it constitute an estoppel.

 

-26-


Either party’s failure to enforce its rights for a default shall not constitute a waiver of its rights regarding any subsequent default. Receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s keys to the Premises shall not constitute an acceptance or surrender of the Premises.

 

23.

Quiet Enjoyment.

Tenant shall, and may peacefully have, hold and enjoy the Premises, subject to the terms of this Lease, provided Tenant pays the Rent and fully performs all of its covenants and agreements. This covenant and all other covenants of Landlord shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors only during its or their respective periods of ownership of the Building, and shall not be a personal covenant of Landlord or the Landlord Parties.

 

24.

Intentionally Omitted.

 

25.

Holding Over.

A.     Generally . If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, occupancy of the Premises after the termination or expiration shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance. Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises during the holdover shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease and Tenant shall pay an amount equal to 150% of the Base Rent due for the period immediately preceding the holdover. No holdover by Tenant or payment by Tenant after the expiration or early termination of this Lease shall be construed to extend the Term or prevent Landlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. In addition to the payment of the amounts provided above, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all damages, including, without limitation, consequential damages, that Landlord suffers from the holdover; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to diligently and in good faith attempt to mitigate any such damages.

B.     Permitted Holdover . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 25, so long as Tenant is not in Default, Tenant shall have the right to holdover (the “ Permitted Holdover ”) in the Premises for up to 3 consecutive one-month periods, commencing as of the first calendar month immediately following the expiration of the Term (as the same may be extended) (the “ Permitted Holdover Period ”), subject to the remaining terms of this Section 25, if Tenant delivers to Landlord prior written notice of Tenant’s intent to so occupy the Premises on or before the date that is six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Term (which notice shall specify whether Tenant shall hold over for one, two or three full months). If Tenant engages in a Permitted Holdover, then during the Permitted Holdover Period, Tenant shall occupy the Premises in its as-is condition and configuration subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease, provided that solely during the Permitted Holdover Period, Tenant shall pay an amount (calculated on a per month basis without reduction for partial months) equal to 150% of the Base Rent plus 100% of all Additional Rent due for the period immediately preceding the Permitted Holdover Period. Tenant shall not be liable for any consequential damages suffered by Landlord during the Permitted Holdover Period. If Tenant engages in a Permitted Holdover, then if Tenant fails to vacate and surrender the Premises on or prior to expiration or earlier termination of the Permitted Holdover Period, Tenant shall be deemed in holdover of the Premises and such holdover shall be subject to the provisions of the first

 

-27-


paragraph of this Section 25. Nothing herein shall grant Tenant the right to hold over or otherwise occupy the Premises at any time following the expiration or earlier termination of the Permitted Holdover Period.

 

26.

Subordination to Mortgages; Estoppel Certificate.

A.     Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground lease(s) or other lien(s) now or subsequently arising upon the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively referred to as a “ Mortgage ”). The party having the benefit of a Mortgage shall be referred to as a “ Mortgagee ”. This clause shall be self-operative, but upon request from a Mortgagee, Tenant shall execute a commercially reasonable subordination agreement in favor of the Mortgagee. In lieu of having the Mortgage be superior to this Lease, a Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease. If requested by a successor-in-interest to all or a part of Landlord’s interest in the Lease, Tenant shall, without charge, attorn to the successor-in-interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will use reasonable efforts to obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“ SNDA ”) from Landlord’s current Mortgagee in a form reasonable acceptable to that (Landlord’s Mortgagee’s current standard form of agreement) attached hereto as Exhibit G ). “Reasonable efforts” of Landlord shall not require Landlord to incur any cost, expense or liability to obtain such agreement, it being agreed that Tenant shall be responsible for any fee or review costs charged by the Mortgagee. Landlord’s failure to obtain a non-disturbance, subordination and attornment agreement for Tenant from any Mortgagee existing as of the Effective Date shall have no effect on the rights, obligations and liabilities of Landlord and Tenant or be considered to be a Landlord Default, provided that Landlord used reasonable efforts to procure them. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Article to the contrary, as a condition precedent to the future subordination of this Lease to a future Mortgage, Landlord shall be required to provide Tenant with a commercially reasonable SNDA in favor of Tenant from any Mortgagee who comes into existence after the Effective Date. Such SNDA in favor of Tenant shall provide that, so long as Tenant is paying the Rent due under this Lease and is not otherwise in Default, its right to possession and the other terms of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Such SNDA may include other commercially reasonable provisions in favor of the Mortgagee, including, without limitation, additional time on behalf of the Mortgagee to cure Landlord Defaults and provide that (a) neither Mortgagee nor any successor-in-interest shall be bound by (i) any payment of the Base Rent, Additional Rent, or other sum due under this Lease for more than 1 month in advance or (ii) any amendment or modification of this Lease made without the express written consent of Mortgagee or any successor-in-interest (other than an amendment or modification reflecting the exercise by Tenant of a right or option expressly set forth herein); (b) neither Mortgagee nor any successor-in-interest will be liable for (i) any act or omission or warranties of any prior landlord (including Landlord) except to the extent such act, or omission continues following such Mortgagee’s or successor’s succession to Landlord’s interest hereunder, (ii) the breach of any warranties or obligations relating to construction of improvements on the Project or any tenant finish work performed or to have been performed by any prior landlord (including Landlord), or (iii) the return of any security deposit, except to the extent such deposits have been received by Mortgagee; and (c) neither Mortgagee nor any successor-in-interest shall be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord).

 

-28-


B.     Within 10 Business Days following any written request which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord or mortgagee or prospective mortgagee a sworn statement certifying: (a) the Commencement Date for the initial Premises and the Additional Premises; (b) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications to this Lease, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (c) the date to which the Rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (d) the fact that there are no current Defaults or Landlord Defaults except as specified in Tenant’s statement; and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary or purchaser; provided, however, that if, at the time that such estoppel certificate request is delivered to Tenant, the estoppel certificate has been completed with factual information concerning the terms of this Lease, no such completed terms shall be deemed to amend or revise the provisions of this Lease. Tenant irrevocably agrees that if Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within such 10 Business Day period Landlord or Landlord’s beneficiary or agent may execute and deliver such certificate on Tenant’s behalf, and that such certificate shall be fully binding on Tenant.

C.     Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt of a written request from Tenant, execute and deliver a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate to Tenant’s lender, assignee or subtenant; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be obligated to deliver more than one (1) estoppel in any twelve (12) month period during the Term. Such estoppel certificate shall provide a certification solely as to (i) the status of this Lease, (ii) Landlord’s then-current actual knowledge of the existence of any defaults hereunder, and (iii) the amount of rent that is due and payable under this Lease.

 

27.

Attorneys’ Fees.

If either party institutes a suit against the other for violation of or to enforce any covenant or condition of this Lease, or if either party intervenes in any suit in which the other is a party to enforce or protect its interest or rights, the prevailing party shall be entitled to all of its costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

28.

Notice.

If a demand, request, approval, consent or notice (collectively referred to as a “ notice ”) shall or may be given to either party by the other, the notice shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested, or sent by overnight or same day courier service at the party’s respective Notice Address(es) set forth in Article 1, except that if Tenant has vacated the Premises (or if the Notice Address for Tenant is other than the Premises, and Tenant has vacated such address) without providing Landlord a new Notice Address, Landlord may serve notice in any manner described in this Article or in any other manner permitted by Law. Each notice shall be deemed to have been received or given on the earlier to occur of actual delivery (provided, however, that any notice received given on a weekend or holiday shall be deemed received or given on the next-succeeding Business Day) or the date on which delivery is refused, or, if Tenant has vacated the Premises or the other Notice Address of Tenant without providing a new Notice Address, 3 Business Days after notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service

 

-29-


in the manner described above. Either party may, at any time, change its Notice Address (other than to a post office box address) by giving the other party written notice of the new address in the manner described in this Article.

 

29.

Excepted Rights.

This Lease does not grant any rights to light or air over or about the Building or the Project. Landlord excepts and reserves exclusively to itself the use of: (1) roofs (subject, however, to Tenant’s rights under Sections 32 and 33 below), (2) telephone, electrical and janitorial closets, (3) equipment rooms, Building risers or similar areas that are used by Landlord for the provision of Building services, (4) rights to the land and improvements below the floor of the Premises, (5) the improvements and air rights above the Premises, (6) the improvements and air rights outside the demising walls of the Premises, and (7) the areas within the Premises used for the installation of utility lines and other installations serving occupants of the Building or the Project. Landlord has the right, upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant, to change the Building’s or Project’s name or address. Landlord also has the right to make such other changes to the Building, Property and Project as Landlord deems appropriate, provided the changes do not materially affect Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the Permitted Use or have access to Tenant’s parking allocation. Landlord shall also have the right (but not the obligation) to temporarily close the Building if Landlord reasonably determines that there is an imminent danger of significant damage to the Building or of personal injury to Landlord’s employees or the occupants of the Building. The circumstances under which Landlord may temporarily close the Building shall include, without limitation, electrical interruptions, hurricanes and civil disturbances. A closure of the Building under such circumstances shall not constitute a constructive eviction nor entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction of Rent.

 

30.

Surrender of Premises.

At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Property (defined in Article 15) from the Premises, and quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean, and in good order, condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall also be required to remove the Required Removables in accordance with Article 8. If Tenant fails to remove any of Tenant’s Property as of the termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be entitled (but not obligated) to remove and store Tenant’s Property. Landlord shall not be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of Tenant’s Property. Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the expenses and storage charges incurred for Tenant’s Property. In addition, if Tenant fails to remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises or storage, as the case may be, within 10 days after written notice, Landlord may deem all or any part of Tenant’s Property to be abandoned, and title to Tenant’s Property shall be deemed to be immediately vested in Landlord.

 

31.

Signage

A.     Building Signage .

1.     Tenant shall be entitled to the greater of: (i) one (1) exclusive tenant identification sign that does not to exceed 75 square feet, or (ii) Tenant’s pro rata share of the

 

-30-


maximum exterior signage permitted by applicable Laws that is allocated to the parcel on which the Building is located. Such signage shall be referred to herein as the “ Building Signage ”. The exact location of the Building Signage shall be determined by Tenant, subject to all applicable Laws, any reasonable signage guidelines for the Project established by Landlord that are provided to Tenant prior to installation of the Building Signage, and Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such right to the Building Signage is personal to Tenant (and any Permitted Transferee) and is subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) Tenant shall submit plans and drawings for the Building Signage to Landlord and to the City of San Mateo and to any other public authorities having jurisdiction and shall obtain written approval from Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and, if applicable, each such jurisdiction prior to installation, and shall comply with all applicable Laws; (b) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, design, construct and install the Building Signage; (c) the size, color and design of the Building Signage shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and (d) Tenant shall maintain the Building Signage in good condition and repair, and all costs of such maintenance and repair shall be borne by Tenant. Maintenance shall include, without limitation, cleaning and, if the Building Signage is illuminated, relamping at reasonable intervals. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of any electrical energy used in connection with the Building Signage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be liable for any fee in connection with Tenant’s right to display the Building Signage in accordance with this Lease. At Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to the Building Signage may be revoked and terminated upon occurrence of any of the following events: (i) Tenant shall be in Default; (ii) Tenant leases less 50% of the Building, or (iii) Tenant occupies less than 50% of the Premises, or (iv) this Lease shall terminate or otherwise no longer be in effect.

2.     Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or at such other time that Tenant’s signage rights are terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, if Tenant fails to remove the Building Signage and repair the Building in accordance with the terms of this Lease, Landlord shall cause the Building Signage to be removed from the Building and the Building to be repaired and restored to the condition which existed prior to the installation of the Building Signage (including, if necessary, the replacement of any precast concrete panels), all at the sole cost and expense of Tenant and otherwise in accordance with this Lease, without further notice from Landlord notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease. Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses for such removal and restoration within thirty (30) days following delivery of an invoice therefor accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation. The rights provided in this Section 31.A shall be non-transferable (except with respect to a Permitted Transferee) unless otherwise agreed by Landlord in writing in its sole discretion.

B.     Monument Signage .

1.     So long as (a) Tenant is not in Default; and (b) Tenant has not assigned this Lease (other than to a Permitted Transferee) and leases at least 50% of the rentable area of the Building, Tenant shall have the right to have its name listed on the shared monument sign for the Project (the “ Monument Sign ”), subject to the terms of this Section. The design, size and color of Tenant’s signage with Tenant’s name to be included on the Monument Sign, and the manner in which it is attached to the Monument Sign, shall comply with all applicable Laws and shall be subject to the approval of Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned

 

-31-


or delayed) and any applicable governmental authorities. Landlord shall have the right to require that all names on the Monument Sign be of the same size and style. Tenant must obtain Landlord’s written consent to any proposed signage and lettering prior to its fabrication and installation. Tenant’s right to place its name on the Monument Sign, and the location of Tenant’s name on the Monument Sign, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant’s right to place its name on the Monument Sign shall be free of charge during the Term. To obtain Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall submit design drawings to Landlord showing the type and sizes of all lettering; the colors, finishes and types of materials used; and (if applicable and Landlord consents in its sole discretion) any provisions for illumination. Although the Monument Sign will be maintained by Landlord, Tenant shall pay its proportionate share of the cost of any maintenance and repair associated with the Monument Sign. In the event that additional names are listed on the Monument Sign, all future costs of maintenance and repair shall be prorated between Tenant and the other parties that are listed on such Monument Sign.

2.     Tenant’s name on the Monument Sign shall be designed, constructed, installed, insured, maintained, repaired and removed from the Monument Sign all at Tenant’s sole risk, cost and expense. Tenant, at its cost, shall be responsible for the maintenance, repair or replacement of Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign, which shall be maintained in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

3.     If during the Term (and any extensions thereof) (a) Tenant is in Default; (b) Tenant leases less than 50% of the Building; or (c) Tenant assigns this Lease (other than to a Permitted Transferee), then Tenant’s rights granted herein will terminate and Landlord may remove Tenant’s name from the Monument Sign at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and restore the Monument Sign to the condition it was in prior to installation of Tenant’s signage thereon, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The cost of such removal and restoration shall be payable as additional rent within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s demand. Landlord may, at any time during the Term (or any extension thereof), upon five (5) days prior written notice to Tenant, relocate the position of Tenant’s name on the Monument Sign. The cost of such relocation of Tenant’s name shall be at the cost and expense of Landlord.

4.     The rights provided in this Section 31.B shall be non-transferable (except with respect to a Permitted Transferee) unless otherwise agreed by Landlord in writing in its sole discretion.

C.     Lobby Signage . Subject to the terms of Section 9 of this Lease, provided that Tenant leases the entire Building, Tenant may install signage in the lobby of the Building that is visible from the exterior of the Building through the entry doors. Such signage shall be designed, constructed, installed, insured, maintained, repaired and removed from the lobby all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant, at its cost, shall be responsible for the maintenance, repair or replacement of Tenant’s lobby signage.

 

32.

Roof Space.

A.     Tenant shall have the right to lease space on the roof of the Building for the purpose of installing (in accordance with Section 9.C of the Lease), operating and maintaining a thirty (30)

 

-32-


inch dish/antenna or other communication device approved by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (the “ Dish/Antenna ”), free of monthly rental charge during the initial Term. The exact location of the space on the roof to be leased by Tenant shall be designated by Landlord and shall not exceed 100 square feet (the “ Roof Space ”). Landlord reserves the right to relocate the Roof Space as reasonably necessary during the Term; provided, however that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference to the operation of the Dish/Antenna associated with any such relocation, including that the area to which the Dish/Antenna shall be relocated shall be an area in which the Dish/Antenna is able to function properly. Landlord’s designation shall take into account Tenant’s use of the Dish/Antenna. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s right to install the Dish/Antenna shall be subject to the approval rights of Landlord and Landlord’s architect and/or engineer with respect to the plans and specifications of the Dish/Antenna, the manner in which the Dish/Antenna is attached to the roof of the Building and the manner in which any cables are run to and from the Dish/Antenna. The precise specifications and a general description of the Dish/Antenna along with all documents Landlord reasonably requires to review the installation of the Dish/Antenna (the “ Plans and Specifications ”) shall be submitted to Landlord for Landlord’s written approval no later than twenty (20) days before Tenant commences to install the Dish/Antenna. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining all necessary governmental and regulatory approvals and for the cost of installing, operating, maintaining and removing the Dish/Antenna. Tenant shall notify Landlord upon completion of the installation of the Dish/Antenna. If Landlord determines that the Dish/Antenna equipment does not comply with the approved Plans and Specifications, that the Building has been damaged during installation of the Dish/Antenna or that the installation was defective, Landlord shall notify Tenant of any noncompliance or detected problems and Tenant immediately shall cure the defects. If the Tenant fails to immediately cure the defects, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the cost, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of correcting any defects and repairing any damage to the Building caused by such installation. If at any time Landlord reasonably deems it necessary, Tenant shall provide and install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, appropriate aesthetic screening, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, for the Dish/Antenna (the “ Aesthetic Screening ”).

B.     Tenant, upon reasonable prior written notice to Landlord, shall have access to the roof of the Building and the Roof Space for the purpose of installing, maintaining, repairing and removing the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, all of which shall be performed by Tenant or Tenant’s authorized representative or contractors, which shall be approved by Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and risk. It is agreed, however, that only authorized engineers, employees or properly authorized contractors of Tenant, FCC (defined below) inspectors, or persons under their direct supervision will be permitted to have access to the roof of the Building and the Roof Space. Tenant further agrees to exercise firm control over the people requiring access to the roof of the Building and the Roof Space in order to keep to a minimum the number of people having access to the roof of the Building and the Roof Space and the frequency of their visits.

C.     The installation, maintenance, operation and removal of the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, is not permitted to damage the Building or the roof thereof, or interfere with the use of the Building and roof by Landlord. Tenant agrees to be responsible for any damage caused to the roof or any other part of the Building, which may be caused by Tenant or any of its agents or representatives.

 

-33-


D.     Tenant agrees to install only equipment of types and frequencies which will not cause unreasonable interference to Landlord or existing tenants of the Building. In the event Tenant’s equipment causes such interference, Tenant will change the frequency on which it transmits and/or receives and take any other steps necessary to eliminate the interference. If said interference cannot be eliminated within a reasonable period of time, in the judgment of Landlord, then Tenant agrees to remove the Dish/Antenna from the Roof Space.

E.     Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, and at its sole risk, install, operate and maintain the Dish/Antenna in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with all Building, electric, communication, and safety codes, ordinances, standards, regulations and requirements, now in effect or hereafter promulgated, of the Federal Government, including, without limitation, the Federal Communications Commission (the “ FCC ”), the Federal Aviation Administration (“ FAA ”) or any successor agency of either the FCC or FAA having jurisdiction over radio or telecommunications, and of the state, city and county in which the Building is located. Under this Lease, the Landlord and its agents assume no responsibility for the licensing, operation and/or maintenance of Tenant’s equipment. Tenant has the responsibility of carrying out the terms of its FCC license in all respects. The Dish/Antenna shall be connected to Landlord’s power supply in strict compliance with all applicable Building, electrical, fire and safety codes. Neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable to Tenant for any stoppages or shortages of electrical power furnished to the Dish/Antenna or the Roof Space because of any act, omission or requirement of the public utility serving the Building, or the act or omission of any other tenant, invitee or licensee or their respective agents, employees or contractors, or for any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any rental abatement for any such stoppage or shortage of electrical power. Neither Landlord nor its agents shall have any responsibility or liability for the conduct or safety of any of Tenant’s representatives, repair, maintenance and engineering personnel while in or on any part of the Building or the Roof Space.

F.     The Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, shall remain the personal property of Tenant, and shall be removed by Tenant at its own expense at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession hereunder. Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal, including the patching of any holes to match, as closely as possible, the color surrounding the area where the equipment and appurtenances were attached. Tenant agrees to maintain all of the Tenant’s equipment placed on or about the roof or in any other part of the Building in proper operating condition and maintain same in satisfactory condition as to appearance and safety in Landlord’s sole discretion. Such maintenance and operation shall be performed in a manner to avoid any interference with any other tenants or Landlord. Tenant agrees that at all times during the Term, it will keep the roof of the Building and the Roof Space free of all trash or waste materials produced by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors.

G.     In light of the specialized nature of the Dish/Antenna, Tenant shall be permitted to utilize the services of its choice for installation, operation, removal and repair of the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant must provide Landlord with prior written notice of any such installation, removal or repair and coordinate such work with Landlord in order to avoid voiding or otherwise adversely affecting any warranties granted to Landlord with respect to the roof. If necessary, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall retain any contractor having a then existing

 

-34-


warranty in effect on the roof to perform such work (to the extent that it involves the roof), or, at Tenant’s option, to perform such work in conjunction with Tenant’s contractor. In the event the Landlord contemplates roof repairs that could affect Tenant’s Dish/Antenna, or which may result in an interruption of the Tenant’s telecommunication service, Landlord shall formally notify Tenant at least thirty (30) days in advance (except in cases of an emergency) prior to the commencement of such contemplated work in order to allow Tenant to make other arrangements for such service.

H.     Tenant shall not allow any provider of telecommunication, video, data or related services (“ Communication Services ”) to locate any equipment on the roof of the Building or in the Roof Space for any purpose other than to serve the Premises, nor may Tenant use the Roof Space and/or Dish/Antenna to provide Communication Services to an unaffiliated tenant, occupant or licensee of another building, or to facilitate the provision of Communication Services on behalf of another Communication Services provider to an unaffiliated tenant, occupant or licensee of the Building or any other building.

I.     Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may at some time establish a commercially reasonable standard license agreement (the “ License Agreement ”) with respect to the use of roof space by tenants of the Building. Tenant, upon request of Landlord, shall enter into such License Agreement with Landlord provided that such agreement does not adversely alter the rights of Tenant hereunder with respect to the Roof Space or impose any additional material obligations on Tenant with respect to the Roof Space.

J.     Tenant specifically acknowledges and agrees that the terms and conditions of Article 14 above (Indemnity and Waiver of Claims) shall apply with full force and effect to the Roof Space and any other portions of the roof accessed or utilized by Tenant, its representatives, agents, employees or contractors.

K.     If Tenant is in Default, Landlord shall be permitted to exercise all remedies provided under the terms of the Lease, including removing the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, and restoring the Building and the Roof Space to the condition that existed prior to the installation of the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any. If Landlord removes the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, as a result of a Default, Tenant shall be liable for all costs and expenses Landlord incurs in removing the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, and repairing any damage to the Building, the roof of the Building and the Roof Space caused by the installation, operation or maintenance of the Dish/Antenna, the appurtenances, and the Aesthetic Screening, if any.

 

33.

Solar Panels

A.     So long as Tenant is not in Default, subject to the provisions of this Section 33, Tenant, at its cost, shall be permitted during the Term (including any extension or renewal thereof) to access the roof of the Building from time to time for the purpose of installing, operating, maintaining, repairing and removing solar panels (individually or collectively, the “ Solar Panels ”) in connection with Tenant’s permitted use of the Premises. The manner in which Tenant and its authorized agents and employees access the roof of the Building pursuant to this Section 33, the safety protocols required for such access to the roof, the weight and sizes of the Solar Panels, the

 

-35-


path of travel and general location in which Tenant shall be permitted to install operate the Solar Panels, and the manner of connection of the Solar Panels to the electrical system in the Building or to Tenant’s products for testing purposes shall be subject to the compliance by Tenant, any Tenant Entities and contractors with any rules, regulations or guidelines established by Landlord in connection with such access (collectively, the “ Access Plan ”).

B.     In the event Tenant affixes or otherwise attaches any Solar Panels on the roof of the Building, the number of Solar Panels Tenant installs pursuant to this Section 33, the location on the roof in which the Solar Panels may be installed (the “ Solar Roof Space ”) and the manner in which the Solar Panels are installed shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in its reasonable discretion. Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to relocate the Solar Roof Space at Landlord’s cost if Landlord determines in good faith that such relocation is reasonably necessary, provided that Landlord’s designation of relocated Solar Roof Space shall take into account Tenant’s use of the Solar Panels and the associated need to maximize solar exposure in any such location. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s right to affix or otherwise attach any Solar Panels shall be subject to the terms of Section 9 of this Lease, including the approval rights of Landlord and Landlord’s architect and/or engineer with respect to the plans and specifications (“ Solar Plans and Specifications ”) of the Solar Panels (including without limitation the weight and size of the Solar Panels), the manner in which the Solar Panels (if any) are attached to the roof of the Building (which installation shall not penetrate the roof, except for wiring from the Solar Roof Space to the Premises, if any) and the manner in which any cables are run to and from the Solar Panels; Landlord’s approval not to be unreasonably withheld. If Tenant replaces any attached Solar Panels during the Term, the precise specifications and a general description of any replacement Solar Panels along with Solar Plans and Specifications and all documents Landlord reasonably requires to review the installation of such replacement Solar Panels shall be submitted to Landlord for Landlord’s written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) no later than twenty (20) days before Tenant commences such replacement of such Solar Panels. Landlord makes no representations or warranties concerning the suitability of the Building for the installation, operation, maintenance or use of the Solar Panels, and reserves the right to approve or disapprove the installation of any Solar Panels that Landlord or Landlord’s consultants reasonably determine might adversely impact the roof or any warranty on the roof, the structural integrity of the Building or any Building System.

C.     Tenant specifically acknowledges and agrees that the terms and conditions of Sections 9, 14 and 15 of the Lease shall apply with full force and effect to the Solar Roof Space and any other portions of the roof accessed or utilized by Tenant or any Tenant Entity. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining and maintaining all necessary governmental and regulatory permits and approvals and complying with all applicable Laws for any access to the roof of the Building and for the installation, use, maintenance and removal of the Solar Panels. In the event Tenant is unable to obtain the necessary permits and approvals from any applicable governmental authorities for the Solar Panels, Tenant shall have no remedy, claim or recourse against Landlord, nor shall such failure or inability to obtain permits and approvals provide Tenant the right to terminate this Lease. If Landlord determines that Tenant or any Tenant Entities fail to comply with the Access Plan or that any affixed or otherwise attached Solar Panels do not comply with the approved Solar Plans and Specifications, that any portion of the Building has been damaged during installation of the Solar Panels or that the installation was defective, Landlord shall notify Tenant of any noncompliance or detected problems and Tenant immediately shall cure the defects. If the Tenant fails to promptly cure

 

-36-


the defects, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the cost, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of correcting any defects and repairing any damage to the Building caused by such failure to follow the Access Plan and/or such installation. To the extent Tenant affixes or otherwise attaches any Solar Panels to the Solar Roof Space, if at any time Landlord reasonably deems it necessary or advisable, Tenant shall provide and install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, appropriate aesthetic screening, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, for the Solar Panels (the “ Solar Aesthetic Screening ”).

D.     Tenant shall have access to the roof of the Building and the Solar Roof Space for the purpose of maintaining, repairing and removing the Solar Panels, the appurtenances and the Solar Aesthetic Screening, if any, all of which shall be performed by Tenant or Tenant’s authorized representative or contractors, at Tenant’s sole cost and risk in full compliance with the Access Plan. Landlord shall retain the key to the roof, and Tenant shall check the key in and out from the Building manager as needed. Only authorized engineers, employees or properly authorized contractors of Tenant, government inspectors, or persons under their direct supervision will be permitted to have access to the roof of the Building and the Solar Roof Space. Tenant shall maintain a log documenting the time, duration and name of persons who access the roof of the Building and the Solar Roof Space, and Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of such log on a weekly basis. Tenant further agrees to exercise firm control over the people requiring access to the roof of the Building and the Solar Roof Space in order to keep to a minimum the number of people having access to the roof of the Building and the Solar Roof Space and the frequency of their visits. Tenant also agrees that Tenant and other people requiring access to the roof of the Building and the Solar Roof Space shall not access any portion of the roof of the Building that is above any other tenant’s (as opposed to a subtenant of Tenant) space. The access, installation, maintenance, operation and removal of the Solar Panels, the appurtenances and the Solar Aesthetic Screening, if any, is not permitted to damage the Building or the roof thereof, or interfere with the use of the Building and roof by Landlord. Tenant shall only use established walkpaths to access the roof of the Building and the Solar Roof Space, and Tenant agrees to be responsible for any damage caused to the roof or any other part of the Building which may be caused by Tenant or any Tenant Entity or contractor. Neither Landlord nor any Landlord Party shall have any responsibility or liability for the conduct or safety of any of Tenant’s representatives, repair, maintenance and engineering personnel while in or on any part of the Building or the Solar Roof Space. Landlord shall inspect and document the condition of the roof of the Building and the Solar Roof Space as of the Commencement Date of this Lease, and may continue to inspect the roof of the Building and the Solar Roof Space at any time to ensure Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 33 and the Access Plan; provided, however, that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts during any such inspection not to interfere with the operation of the Solar Panels or to damage Solar Panels or any associated equipment. At Tenant’s request, Tenant may accompany Landlord on any such inspection in order to assure that any such Solar Panels are not damaged or interfered with during any such inspection.

E.     Tenant agrees that the access, installation, use or maintenance of the Solar Panels shall not cause any interference with the Building systems (including the Building heating, ventilation and air conditioning system) or the use by Landlord or any other tenant of the Building. In the event Tenant’s equipment causes such interference, Tenant will take any steps necessary to eliminate the interference. If said interference cannot be eliminated within a reasonable period of time, in the sole but good faith judgment of Landlord, then Tenant agrees to remove the Solar Panels

 

-37-


from the Solar Roof Space. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, and at its sole risk, operate and maintain the Solar Panels in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with all Building, electric, communication, and safety codes, ordinances, standards, regulations and requirements, now in effect or hereafter promulgated, of the federal government and of the state, city and county in which the Building is located. Any access to the Roof Space by Tenant or any Tenant Entities or contractors shall comply with all Regulations, including without limitation California Division of Occupational Safety and Health requirements.

F.     The Solar Panels, the appurtenances and the Solar Aesthetic Screening, if any, shall remain the personal property of Tenant during the Term. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord may determine whether or not the Solar Panels, appurtenances and the Solar Aesthetic Screening shall be removed by Tenant at its own expense at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession hereunder. Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal, including the patching of any holes to match, as closely as possible, the color surrounding the area where the equipment and appurtenances were attached. Tenant agrees to maintain all of the Tenant’s equipment placed on or about the roof or in any other part of the Building in proper operating condition and maintain same in satisfactory condition as to appearance and safety in Landlord’s sole discretion. Such maintenance and operation shall be performed in a manner to avoid any interference with any other tenants or Landlord. Tenant agrees that at all times during the Term, it will keep the roof of the Building and the Solar Roof Space free of all trash or waste materials produced by Tenant or any Tenant Entities.

G.     In light of the specialized nature of the Solar Panels, Tenant shall be permitted to utilize the services of its selected contractor for operation, removal and repair of any affixed or otherwise attached Solar Panels, the appurtenances and the Solar Aesthetic Screening, if any, subject to the reasonable prior approval of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant must provide Landlord with prior written notice of any such removal or repair and coordinate such work with Landlord in order to avoid voiding or otherwise adversely affecting any warranties granted to Landlord with respect to the roof. If required by Landlord, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall retain any contractor having a then existing warranty in effect on the roof to perform such work (to the extent that it involves the roof), or, at Tenant’s option, to perform such work in conjunction with Tenant’s contractor.

H.     If Tenant is in Default, Landlord shall be permitted to exercise all remedies provided under the terms of this Lease, including prohibiting further access to the Solar Roof Space, removing any affixed or otherwise attached Solar Panels, the appurtenances and the Solar Aesthetic Screening, if any, and restoring the Building and the Solar Roof Space to the condition that existed prior to the installation of the Solar Panels, the appurtenances and the Solar Aesthetic Screening, if any. If Landlord removes any affixed or otherwise attached Solar Panels, the appurtenances and the Solar Aesthetic Screening, if any, as a result of a Default, Tenant shall be liable for all costs and expenses Landlord incurs in removing the Solar Panels, the appurtenances and the Solar Aesthetic Screening, if any, and repairing any damage to the Building, the roof of the Building and the Solar Roof Space caused by the installation, operation or maintenance of the Solar Panels, the appurtenances, and the Solar Aesthetic Screening, if any.

 

-38-


I.     The Solar Panels and Solar Roof Space may be used by Tenant only in the conduct of Tenant’s customary business in the Premises. Tenant’s rights pursuant to this Section 33 are personal to the named Tenant under this Lease and any Permitted Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer and are not transferable.

 

34.

Bicycle Storage Area.

Subject to the terms of this Article 34, Tenant may install up to four (4) enclosed bicycle storage lockers located in an area approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (the “ Storage Area ”) for the purpose of storing bicycles used by Tenant’s employees and otherwise in accordance with the terms of Article 9 of this Lease (including, without limitation, designating such Storage Area as a Required Removable). In selecting the bicycle storage lockers to be installed by Tenant, Tenant shall select the smallest available lockers that will store up to 2 bicycles in each locker. Tenant shall not store any items other than bicycles and related bicycle equipment in the Storage Area, nor shall Tenant store anything that is unsafe or otherwise may create a hazardous condition, or that may increase Landlord’s insurance rates, or cause a cancellation or modification of Landlord’s insurance coverage. Landlord shall not be liable for any theft or damage to any bicycles stored in the Storage Area, it being understood that Tenant is using the Storage Area at its own risk. Tenant shall be responsible for maintaining the Storage Area at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall completely vacate and surrender the Storage Area to Landlord (and the bicycle storage lockers located therein shall remain in place), empty of all stored items placed therein by or on behalf of Tenant. All terms and provisions of this Lease shall be applicable to the Storage Area, including, without limitation, Articles 14 (Indemnification), and 15 (Insurance), except that Landlord need not supply any services to the Storage Area and the Storage Area shall not be part of the “Premises” for purposes of calculating the rentable square footage of the Premises or Tenant’s Share. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable therefor and that the availability or non-availability of the Storage Area as a result of any applicable Laws and Tenant’s right to use the Storage Area shall not affect any of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease.

 

35.

Letter of Credit

Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as collateral for the full performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with one or more provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any post lease termination damages under Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code, an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”) in the total amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) as follows: (i) concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant, a Letter of Credit in the amount of $200,000.00; (ii) upon the earlier to occur of: (A) November 1, 2010, or (B) the date that is ninety (90) days prior to the Target Initial Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall increase the Letter of Credit from $200,000.00 to $400,000.00; (iii) upon the Initial Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall increase the Letter of Credit from $400,000.00 to $600,000.00; (iv) within ninety (90) days following the Initial Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall increase the Letter of Credit from $600,000.00 to $800,000.00; and (v) within one hundred eighty (180) days following the Initial Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall increase the Letter of Credit from $800,000.00 to $1,000,000.00. All such increases

 

-39-


shall be accomplished by Tenant providing Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit in the increased amount or an amendment to the original Letter of Credit increasing the applicable amount, at Tenant’s option, which substitute Letter of Credit or amendment shall comply with the requirements of this Article. The following terms and conditions shall apply to the Letter of Credit:

(1)     The Letter of Credit shall be in favor of Landlord, shall be issued by a bank acceptable to Landlord with a Standard & Poors rating of “A” or better (Landlord hereby consents to US Bank as the issuing bank), shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Article and shall otherwise be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H .

(2)     The Letter of Credit or any replacement Letter of Credit shall be irrevocable for the term thereof and shall automatically renew on a year to year basis until a period ending not earlier than two months subsequent to the Termination Date (the “ LOC Expiration Date ”) without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord; provided that the issuing bank shall have the right not to renew the Letter of Credit by giving written notice to Landlord not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the then current term of the Letter of Credit that it does not intend to renew the Letter of Credit. Tenant understands that the election by the issuing bank not to renew the Letter of Credit shall not, in any event, diminish the obligation of Tenant to maintain an irrevocable Letter of Credit in favor of Landlord through the LOC Expiration Date.

(3)     Landlord, or its then authorized representative, upon Tenant’s failure to comply with one or more provisions of this Lease, or as otherwise specifically agreed by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to this Lease or any amendment hereof, without prejudice to any other remedy provided in this Lease or by Regulations, shall have the right from time to time to make one or more draws on the Letter of Credit and use all or part of the proceeds in accordance with Section (4) below. In addition, if Tenant fails to furnish a renewal or replacement letter of credit complying with all of the provisions of this Article 35 at least thirty (30) days prior to the stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, Landlord may draw upon such Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds thereof (and such proceeds need not be segregated) in accordance with the terms of this Article 35. Funds may be drawn down on the Letter of Credit upon presentation to the issuing bank of Landlord’s (or Landlord’s then authorized representative’s) certification set forth in Exhibit H .

(4)     Tenant acknowledges and agrees (and the Letter of Credit shall so state) that the Letter of Credit shall be honored by the issuing bank without inquiry as to the truth of the statements set forth in such draw request and regardless of whether the Tenant disputes the content of such statement. The proceeds of the Letter of Credit shall constitute Landlord’s sole and separate property (and not Tenant’s property or the property of Tenant’s bankruptcy estate) and Landlord may immediately upon any draw (and without notice to Tenant) apply or offset the proceeds of the Letter of Credit: (a) against any rent or other amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due; (b) against all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with one or more provisions of this Lease, including any damages arising under Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code following termination of this Lease; (c) against any costs incurred by Landlord arising out of a Tenant Default (including attorneys’ fees); and (d) against any other amount that Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s Default. Provided Tenant has performed all of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the LOC Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the

 

-40-


Letter of Credit received by Landlord and not applied as allowed above; provided, that if prior to the LOC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant or any guarantor, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant or any guarantor by any of Tenant’s or guarantor’s creditors, under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused Letter of Credit proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed, in each case pursuant to a final court order not subject to appeal or any stay pending appeal.

(5)     If, as result of any application or use by Landlord of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the amount required by this Article 35, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days after notice from Landlord, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total amount required pursuant to this Article 35 or an amendment to the then-existing Letter of Credit achieving the same result), and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 35, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the same shall constitute an incurable Default. If, however, Tenant timely provides Landlord with such additional letter(s) of credit or replacement letter of credit, as described above, Landlord will promptly return to Tenant any retained cash from Landlord’s prior draw which was not applied pursuant to clause (4) above. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

(6)     Landlord may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, including Landlord’s Mortgagee and/or to have the Letter of Credit reissued in the name of Landlord’s Mortgagee. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Building and transfers the Letter of Credit (or any proceeds thereof then held by Landlord) in whole or in part to the transferee, Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties hereto, thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability therefor. The provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the issuer of the Letter of Credit such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer. Tenant shall be responsible for paying the issuer’s transfer and processing fees in connection with any transfer of the Letter of Credit and, if Landlord advances any such fees (without having any obligation to do so), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such transfer or processing fees within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request therefor.

(7)     If the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the LOC Expiration Date, or the issuing bank notifies Landlord that it shall not renew the Letter of Credit, Landlord shall accept a renewal thereof or substitute letter credit (such renewal or substitute Letter of Credit to be in effect not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration thereof), irrevocable and automatically renewable through the LOC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or upon such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord. However, if (a) the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed, or (b) a substitute Letter of Credit, complying with all of the terms and conditions of

 

-41-


this paragraph is not timely received, Landlord may present such Letter of Credit to the issuing bank, and the entire sum so obtained shall be paid to Landlord, to be held by Landlord in accordance with Article 6 of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to receive from Tenant all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the review of any proposed substitute Letter of Credit pursuant to this Section.

(8)     Landlord and Tenant (a) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any Law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context including Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, as such section now exist or as may be hereafter amended or succeeded (“ Security Deposit Laws ”), (b) acknowledge and agree that the Letter of Credit (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and all other provisions of Laws, now or hereafter in effect, to the extent the same (i) establish the time frame by which Landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (ii) provide that Landlord may claim from the security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified above in this Section 35 and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease or the acts or omission of Tenant or any other Tenant Entities, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of this Lease.

(9)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event that at any time the financial institution which issues said Letter of Credit is declared insolvent by the FDIC or is closed for any reason, Tenant must immediately provide a substitute letter of credit that satisfies the requirements of this Lease hereby from a financial institution acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion.

(10)     Subject to the remaining terms of this Section 35, and provided no Default has occurred in the twelve (12) month period prior to the applicable reduction, Tenant may reduce the face amount of the of Letter of Credit as follows (provided that in no event shall the Letter of Credit amount be less than $269,379.00): (i) Tenant may reduce the face amount of the Letter of Credit by an amount equal to two (2) months of Base Rent for the entire Premises (i.e., 68,025 rentable square feet) at the Applicable Rate (as defined below) effective as of the first day of the 37th month of the Term; (ii) Tenant may reduce the face amount of the Letter of Credit by two (2) months of Base Rent for the entire Premises at the Applicable Rate effective as of the first day of the 49th month of the Term; (iii) if Tenant’s Financial Information (defined below) reflects 5 consecutive calendar quarters of profitability, as determined by Landlord, during the time period immediately preceding Tenant’s request for reduction in the Letter of Credit amount, Tenant shall have the right to reduce the Letter of Credit by three (3) months of Base Rent for the entire Premises at the Applicable Rate; and (iv) if Tenant’s Financial Information demonstrates that Tenant has a tangible net worth in excess of $200,000,000.00, Tenant shall have the right to reduce the face amount of the Letter of Credit by three (3) months of Base Rent for the entire Premises at the Applicable Rate. Each of the events described in subclauses (i) through (iv) above shall be referred to as an “ Event ”. As used

 

-42-


herein, the “ Applicable Rate ” means: (A) with respect to the first Event to occur, $1.90 per rentable square foot (provided, however, that if the first Event involves a Letter of Credit reduction by three (3) months of Base Rent, the Applicable Rate means $1.90 per rentable square foot with respect to two (2) of the three (3) months of Base Rent), and (B) with respect to the second, third and fourth Events (if any) to occur, $1.98 per rentable square foot (provided, however, that if the first Event involves a Letter of Credit reduction by three (3) months of Base Rent, the “ Applicable Rate ” means $1.98 per rentable square foot with respect to one (1) of the three (3) months of Base Rent). Any reduction in the Letter of Credit amount shall be accomplished by Tenant providing Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit in the reduced amount, which substitute Letter of Credit shall comply with the requirements of this Article 35, or, alternatively, with an amendment to the then-existing Letter of Credit in the reduced face amount. If Tenant is entitled to a reduction in the Letter of Credit amount, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice requesting that the Letter of Credit amount be reduced as provided above (the “ Reduction Notice ”). Concurrent with Tenant’s delivery of any Reduction Notice requesting a reduction in clauses (iii) and (iv), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord for review Tenant’s financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and audited by a nationally recognized public accounting firm acceptable to Landlord, and any other financial information requested by Landlord (“ Tenant’s Financial Information ”).

 

36.

Option to Renew.

A.     Provided Tenant is not in Default at the time Tenant delivers a Renewal Notice (defined below) or as of the commencement of the applicable Renewal Term (defined below), have two (2) options to renew (each, a “ Renewal Option ”) the Term of this Lease for a term of five (5) years each (each, a “ Renewal Term ”), for the portion of the Premises being leased by Tenant as of the date the Renewal Term is to commence, on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, except as modified by the terms, covenants and conditions as set forth below:

1.     If Tenant elects to exercise the applicable Renewal Option, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice no earlier than the date which is fifteen months (15) prior to the expiration of the then current Term of this Lease but no later than the date which is twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the then current Term of this Lease (the “ Renewal Notice ”). If Tenant fails to provide such notice, Tenant shall have no further right to extend or renew the Term of this Lease.

2.     The Base Rent in effect (i) during the first Renewal Term shall be 95% of the Prevailing Market Rate (defined below), and (ii) during the second Renewal Term, if any, shall be 100% of the Prevailing Market Rate. Without triggering the exercise by Tenant of the Renewal Option and not more than once, Tenant, may also request and Landlord shall provide (within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor), for informational purposes only, Landlord’s good faith estimate, as of the date of Tenant’s request, of the Base Rent applicable to the Renewal Term; provided, however, that such good faith estimate shall not be binding on Landlord and the Base Rent applicable to the Renewal Term shall be determined as set forth in this Section 36 at the time that Tenant actually exercises its Renewal Option in accordance with this Section. Said request for the new Base Rent (including any request made pursuant to the immediately preceding

 

-43-


sentence) shall be made no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the first date on which Tenant may exercise its Renewal Option under this Section 36.

(a)     Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s good faith determination of the new Base Rent for the Premises no later than thirty (30) days after Tenant’s delivery of a Renewal Notice. If Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s determination, Tenant may notify Landlord, and, thereafter, the parties shall, in good faith, negotiate in an attempt to reach agreement upon the applicable Base Rent for the Premises for the applicable Renewal Term. If, however, Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on the Base Rent rate for a Renewal Term not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the then current Term, then Landlord and Tenant, within five (5) days after such date, shall each simultaneously submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the Prevailing Market Rate for the Premises during the Renewal Term (collectively referred to as the “ Estimates ”). If the higher of such Estimates is not more than 105% of the lower of such Estimates, then the Prevailing Market rate shall be the average of the two Estimates. If the Prevailing Market rate is not established by the exchange of Estimates, then, within seven (7) days after the exchange of Estimates, Landlord and Tenant shall each select an appraiser to determine which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate for the Premises during the Renewal Term. Each appraiser so selected shall be certified as an MAI appraiser or as an ASA appraiser and shall have had at least five (5) years experience within the previous ten (10) years as a real estate appraiser working in the San Mateo/Foster City/Redwood Shores, California area, with working knowledge of current rental rates and practices. For purposes hereof, an “ MAI ” appraiser means an individual who holds an MAI designation conferred by, and is an independent member of, the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers (or its successor organization, or in the event there is no successor organization, the organization and designation most similar), and an “ ASA ” appraiser means an individual who holds the Senior Member designation conferred by, and is an independent member of, the American Society of Appraisers (or its successor organization, or, in the event there is no successor organization, the organization and designation most similar).

(b)     Upon selection, Landlord’s and Tenant’s appraisers shall work together in good faith to agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market Rate for the Premises. The Estimate chosen by such appraisers shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an appraiser within the seven (7) day period referred to above, the appraiser appointed by the other party shall be the sole appraiser for the purposes hereof. If the two appraisers cannot agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market Rate within twenty (20) days after their appointment, then, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the two appraisers shall select a third appraiser meeting the aforementioned criteria. Once the third appraiser (i.e., the arbitrator) has been selected as provided for above, then, as soon thereafter as practicable but in any case within fourteen (14) days, the arbitrator shall make his or her determination of which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market Rate and such Estimate shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the Prevailing Market Rate for the Premises. If the arbitrator believes that expert advice would materially assist him or her, he or she may retain one or more qualified persons to provide such expert advice. The parties shall share equally in the costs of the arbitrator and of any experts retained by the arbitrator. Any fees of any appraiser, counsel or experts engaged directly by Landlord or Tenant, however, shall be borne by the party retaining such appraiser, counsel or expert.

 

-44-


(c)     If the Prevailing Market Rate has not been determined by the commencement date of the applicable Renewal Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent upon the terms and conditions in effect during the last month of the then current Term until such time as the Prevailing Market Rate has been determined. Upon such determination, the Base Rent for the Premises shall be retroactively adjusted to the commencement of such Renewal Term.

B.     This Renewal Option is not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid option to renew this Lease shall be “personal” to Tenant as set forth above and that in no event will any assignee (other than a Permitted Transferee) or sublessee have any rights to exercise this Renewal Option.

C.     If Tenant fails to validly exercise the first Renewal Option, Tenant shall have no further right extend the Term of this Lease. In addition, if both Renewal Options are validly exercised or if Tenant fails to validly exercise the second Renewal Option, Tenant shall have no further right to extend the term of this Lease.

D.     For purposes of the Renewal Option, “ Prevailing Market Rate ” shall mean the arms’ length fair market annual rental rate per rentable square foot under new leases entered into on or about the date on which the Prevailing Market Rate being determined hereunder for space comparable to the Premises in the Building and buildings comparable to the Building in the San Mateo/Foster City/Redwood Shores, California area as of the date the Renewal Term is to commence, taking into account the specific provisions of this Lease which will remain constant, including, without limitation, that the Lease shall continue to provide that there shall be no additional rent or charge for parking during the Renewal Term. The determination of Prevailing Market shall take into account any material economic differences between the terms of this Lease and any comparison lease or amendment, such as rent abatements, construction costs (but disregarding any core and shell modifications or tenant improvements that are above-standard office improvements paid for by Tenant) and other concessions and the manner, if any, in which the landlord under any such lease is reimbursed for operating expenses and taxes, as well as relevant information contained in leases being entered into in the applicable geographic area at the time that Prevailing Market is being determined pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

37.

Right of First Refusal

A.     Commencing upon the Effective Date and ending on the date that is the last day of the twelfth (12th) month of the Term, Tenant shall have an ongoing right of first refusal (the “ Right of First Refusal ”) with respect to any space located in Building E (the “ Refusal Space ”); provided, however, that in no event shall the Refusal Space be comprised of less than one full floor of Building E; (from and after the first day of the thirteenth (13th) month of the Term, provided that Tenant has neither exercised its Right of First Refusal nor leased any space in the building commonly known as Building E of the Project and shown on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 (“ Building E ”), Tenant’s Right of First Refusal shall be null and void and Tenant shall instead have the Right of First Offer described in Article 38 below). Tenant’s Right of First Refusal shall be exercised as follows: when Landlord has a prospective tenant, other than the existing tenant in the Refusal Space (the “ Prospect ”), who has proposed to lease the Refusal Space upon terms and conditions that Landlord is willing to accept, Landlord shall advise Tenant (the “ Advice ”) of the terms under which Landlord

 

-45-


is prepared to lease the Refusal Space to such Prospect and Tenant may lease the Refusal Space, under such terms, by providing Landlord with written notice of exercise (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) within five (5) Business Days after the date of the delivery of the Advice, except that Tenant shall have no such Right of First Refusal and Landlord need not provide Tenant with an Advice if: (a) Tenant is in Default at the time that Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; (b) the Premises, or any portion thereof, is sublet at the time Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; (c) this Lease has been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transferee) prior to the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or (d) Tenant is not occupying the Premises on the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice. If Tenant fails to respond within such five (5) Business Day period or declines to lease the Refusal Space, Landlord may lease the Refusal Space to the Prospect and shall not be required to provide another Advice to Tenant if the terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease the Refusal Space to such Prospect change; provided, however, that if Landlord modifies the terms so that they are substantially more favorable (described below) to any Prospect than those set forth in the first Advice, then Tenant shall once again have a Right of First Refusal with respect to such Refusal Space and Landlord, before leasing such Refusal Space to such Prospect, shall provide Tenant with written notice advising Tenant of the terms under which Landlord is prepared to lease such Refusal Space to such Prospect, whereupon Tenant may lease the Refusal Space, in its entirety only, under such terms, by delivering written notice of exercise to Landlord within five (5) Business Days after the date of the second Advice. For purposes hereof, the terms offered to another party (the “ Proposed Terms ”) shall not be deemed to be substantially more favorable than those set forth in the first Advice if the net effective annual rent for the Refusal Space as provided under the Proposed Terms is less than 95% of the net effective annual rent for the Refusal Space as provided under the first Advice, as determined in good faith by Landlord using a commercially reasonable discount rate selected in good faith by Landlord and taking into account all proposed material economic terms relating to the Refusal Space, including, without limitation, the length of the term, the net rent, any base year, any tax or expense escalation or other financial escalation, and any allowances or other financial concessions, but excluding any right to extend the term or any right to expand the leased premises (whether in the form of an expansion option, a right of first offer or refusal, or any similar right).

B.     If Tenant exercises the Right of First Refusal, the term for the Refusal Space shall commence upon the commencement date stated in the Advice and thereupon such Refusal Space shall be considered a part of the Premises, provided that all of the terms stated in the Advice, including the termination date set forth in the Advice, shall govern Tenant’s leasing of the Refusal Space and only to the extent that they do not conflict with the Advice, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply to the Refusal Space. Tenant shall pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes for the Refusal Space in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Advice. Notwithstanding anything elsewhere in this Article to the contrary, any leasing of the Refusal Space under this Article will not include terms or provisions of the Advice that are specific to the parties involved in the transaction giving rise to the Advice, such as options or rights to expand, contract; security deposit; and any rights that are personal to the third party making the Advice.

C.     The Refusal Space (including improvements and personalty, if any) shall be accepted by Tenant in its condition and as-built configuration existing on the earlier of the date Tenant takes possession of the Refusal Space or the date the term for such Refusal Space commences provided

 

-46-


that (i) if the Advice specifies work to be performed by Landlord in the Refusal Space, in which case Landlord shall perform such work in the Refusal Space prior to Tenant’s obligation to take possession of, or pay rent for, the Refusal Space and (ii) if the Advice does not specify that Landlord will perform initial improvement work within the Refusal Space, the Advice must provide for a reasonable period of time in which Tenant may construct improvements within the Refusal Space prior to the commencement of Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent for the Refusal Space. If Landlord is delayed delivering possession of the Refusal Space due to the holdover or unlawful possession of such space by any party, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the space, and the commencement of the term for the Refusal Space shall be postponed until the date Landlord delivers possession of the Refusal Space to Tenant free from occupancy by any party; except that if Landlord is delayed delivering to Tenant possession of the Refusal Space for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days beyond the date stated in the Advice or otherwise agreed to by Tenant and Landlord in writing (the “ Target Refusal Space Delivery Date ”), then Tenant shall have the right, to be exercised by written notice delivered to Landlord on or before the earlier to occur of (a) the one hundred thirtieth (130th) day after the Target Refusal Space Delivery Date and (b) the date of Landlord’s delivery of such space to Tenant, to rescind its election to add the applicable Refusal Space to the Premises, in which event Landlord will be free to lease such portion of the Refusal Space to a third party on such terms as Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, deems appropriate; provided, however, that such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended (up to a maximum of an additional sixty (60) days) for Force Majeure delays.

D.     The rights of Tenant hereunder with respect to any Refusal Space shall terminate on the earlier to occur of (a) the last day of the 12th month of the Term; (b) with respect to any Refusal Space regarding which Landlord delivered an Advice to Tenant, Tenant’s failure to exercise its Right of First Refusal within the five (5) Business Day period provided in Section A above; and (c) with respect to any Refusal Space regarding which Landlord otherwise would have delivered an Advice, the date Landlord would have provided Tenant such Advice if Tenant had not been in violation of one or more of the conditions set forth in Section A above.

E.     If Tenant exercises its Right of First Refusal, Landlord shall prepare an amendment (the “ Refusal Space Amendment ”) adding the Refusal Space to the Premises on the terms set forth in the Advice and reflecting the changes in the Base Rent, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share and other appropriate terms. A copy of the Refusal Space Amendment shall be sent to Tenant within a reasonable time after Landlord’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise executed by Tenant, and Tenant shall execute (or make good faith comments to) and return the Refusal Space Amendment to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, but an otherwise valid exercise of the Right of First Refusal shall be fully effective whether or not the Refusal Space Amendment is executed.

F.     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant’s Right of First Refusal is subject and subordinate to (a) the renewal or extension rights of any tenant leasing all or any portion of the Refusal Space as of the Effective Date, and (b) the expansion rights (whether such rights are designated as a right of first offer, right of first refusal, expansion option or otherwise) of any tenant of the Building existing on the Effective Date hereof.

 

-47-


38.

Right of First Offer.

A.     From and after the first day of the thirteenth (13th) month of the Term, provided that Tenant has neither exercised its Right of First Refusal nor leased any space in Building E, Tenant’s Right of First Refusal shall be null and void and Tenant shall instead have the Right of First Offer described in this Article 38. Provided Tenant is not then in Default, Tenant shall have a one-time right of offer (the “ Offer Right ”) to lease space located in Building E (provided that in no event shall such space consist of less than one full floor of Building E) (the “ Potential Offer Space ”) at such time as such Potential Offer Space becomes Available (defined below). Tenant’s Offer Right shall be exercised as follows: at any time after Landlord has determined that the Offer Space has become Available (defined below), Landlord shall advise Tenant (the “ Advice ”) of the terms under which Landlord is prepared to lease the Offer Space to Tenant on the terms set forth in the Advice, which terms shall reflect the Prevailing Market Rate for the Offer Space as reasonably determined by Landlord. For purposes hereof, an Offer Space shall be deemed to become “ Available ” as follows: (i) if the Offer Space is not under lease to a third party as of the Effective Date, the Offer Space shall be deemed to first become Available if, after Landlord’s first leasing of the Offer Space following the date of this Lease is mutually executed and delivered but prior to Landlord’s next leasing of the Offer Space (other than to the existing tenant) Landlord has located a prospective tenant (other than the existing tenant) that may be interested in leasing the Offer Space; and (ii) thereafter, or if the Offer Space is under lease to a third party as of the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, the Offer Space shall be deemed to become Available when Landlord has determined that the third-party tenant of the Offer Space will not extend or renew the term of its lease, or enter into a new lease, for the Offer Space. Tenant may lease such Offer Space in its entirety only, under such terms, by delivering written notice of exercise to Landlord (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) within five (5) Business Days after the date of the Advice, failing which Landlord may lease the subject Offer Space to any third party on whatever basis Landlord desires, and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to such subject Offer Space. If Tenant exercises its Offer Right for the Offer Space in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Article 38, effective as of the date Landlord delivers the subject Offer Space, such Offer Space shall automatically be included within the Premises and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except as set forth in Landlord’s notice and as follows:

(1)     Tenant’s Share shall be recalculated, using the total square footage of the Premises, as increased by the subject Offer Space, as the case may be.

(2)     the subject Offer Space shall be leased on an “as is” basis and Landlord shall have no obligation to improve the subject Offer Space or grant Tenant any improvement allowance thereon except as may be provided in Landlord’s Advice.

(3)     Tenant shall, prior to the beginning of the term for the subject Offer Space, as the case may be, execute the Offer Amendment (defined below) confirming the inclusion of the subject Offer Space and the Base Rent applicable thereto. The Term with respect to the Offer Space shall end, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease, on the Termination Date, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the term for the Offer Space and the Term for the initial Premises shall be coterminous.

 

-48-


B.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Tenant shall have no such Offer Right with respect to the subject Offer Space, as the case may be, and Landlord need not provide Tenant with an Advice, if: (a) Tenant is in Default at the time that Landlord would otherwise deliver its Advice for the subject Offer Space as described above; (b) the Premises, or any portion thereof, is sublet at the time Landlord would otherwise deliver its Advice as described above; (c) this Lease has been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) prior to the date Landlord would otherwise deliver its Advice as described above; (d) Tenant is not occupying the Premises on the date Landlord would otherwise deliver its written notice of the Offer Right as described above; (e) the subject Offer Space is not intended for the exclusive use of Tenant during the Term; (f) the existing tenant in the subject Offer Space is interested in extending or renewing its lease for such Offer Space or entering into a new lease for such Offer Space; or (g) as of the date Landlord would have provided an Advice to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Article, Tenant leases space in Building E (either pursuant to the Right of First Refusal or otherwise).

C.     If Landlord is delayed delivering possession of the subject Offer Space due to the holdover or unlawful possession of such space by any party, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of such space, and the commencement of the term for the subject Offer Space shall be postponed until the date Landlord delivers possession of the subject Offer Space to Tenant free from occupancy by any party; except that if Landlord is delayed delivering to Tenant possession of the Offer Space for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days beyond the date stated in the Advice or otherwise agreed to by Tenant and Landlord in writing (the “ Target Offer Space Delivery Date ”), then Tenant shall have the right, to be exercised by written notice delivered to Landlord on or before the earlier to occur of (a) the one hundred thirtieth (130th ) day after the Target Offer Space Delivery Date and (b) the date of Landlord’s delivery of such space to Tenant, to rescind its election to add the applicable Offer Space to the Premises, in which event Landlord will be free to lease such portion of the Offer Space to a third party on such terms as Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, deems appropriate, subject to the provisions of Section 37.D below regarding the reinstatement of Tenant’s rights hereunder; provided, however, that such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended (up to a maximum of an additional sixty (60) days) for Force Majeure delays.

D.     The rights of Tenant hereunder with respect to any Offer Space shall terminate on the earlier to occur of: (a) the date that is twelve (12) months prior to the Termination Date (unless Tenant has exercised its Renewal Option); (b) Tenant’s failure to exercise its offer right with respect to such Offer Space within the five (5) Business Day period provided in Section A above; (c) simultaneously with Tenant’s providing Landlord with a Notice of Exercise; and (d) the date Landlord would have provided Tenant an Advice with respect to such Offer Space if Tenant had not been in violation of one or more of the conditions set forth in Section B above. In addition, if Landlord provides Tenant with an Advice for any Offer Space that contains expansion rights (whether such rights are described as an expansion option, right of first refusal, right of first offer or otherwise) with respect to any other portion of the Potential Offer Space (such other portion of the Offer Space subject to such expansion rights is referred to herein as the “ Encumbered Potential Offer Space ”) and Tenant does not exercise its Offer Right to lease such Offer Space, Tenant’s Offer Right with respect to the Encumbered Potential Offer Space shall be subject and subordinate to all such expansion rights contained in the Advice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) Tenant was entitled to exercise its Offer Right, but failed to provide Landlord with a Notice of Exercise within

 

-49-


the five (5) Business Day period provided in Section A above, and (ii) Landlord does not enter into a lease for the Offer Space with the prospect or any other prospect within a period of six (6) months following the date of the Advice, Tenant shall once again have an Offer Right with respect to such Offer Space. In addition, Tenant shall once again have the Offer Right with respect to the Offer Space if, within such six (6) month period, Landlord proposes to lease the Offer Space to the prospect or any other prospect on terms that are substantially different than those set forth in the Advice. For purposes hereof, the terms offered to a prospect shall be deemed to be substantially the same as those set forth in the Advice as long as there is no more than a seven and one-half percent (7.5%) reduction in the “bottom line” cost per rentable square foot of the Offer Space to the prospect when compared with the “bottom line” cost per rentable square foot under the Advice, considering all of the economic terms of the both deals, respectively, including, without limitation, the net rent, any tax or expense escalation or other financial escalation and any financial concessions.

E.     If Tenant exercises its Offer Right as to a subject Offer Space, Landlord shall prepare an amendment (an “ Offer Amendment ”) adding the subject Offer Space to the Premises on the terms set forth in the Advice and reflecting the changes in the Base Rent, rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share and other appropriate terms. A copy of the Offer Amendment shall be sent to Tenant within a reasonable time after Landlord’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise executed by Tenant, and Tenant shall execute and return the Offer Amendment to Landlord within ten (10) days thereafter, but an otherwise valid exercise of the Offer Right shall be fully effective whether or not the Offer Amendment is executed.

F.     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant’s Offer Right is subject and subordinate to the expansion rights (whether such rights are designated as a right of first offer, right of first refusal, expansion option or otherwise) of any tenant of the Building existing on the date hereof.

 

39.

Electric Vehicle Chargers

Subject to the terms of this Article 39, Tenant may install a minimum of four (4) electric vehicle chargers (the “ Vehicle Chargers ”) in the parking lot serving the Building in an area approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (the “ EVC Area ”) and otherwise in accordance with the terms of Article 9 of this Lease (including, without limitation, approving all plans and specifications for the Vehicle Chargers and the method of installation). At least one (1) of the Vehicle Chargers may, at Tenant’s option, be photovoltaically powered. If Tenant desires to install more than four (4) Vehicle Chargers, such additional Vehicle Chargers shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall repair any damage caused by Tenant’s installation and operation of the Vehicle Chargers. In exercising its rights hereunder, Tenant shall not create an unsafe or hazardous condition, or cause an increase in Landlord’s insurance rates, or cause a cancellation or modification of Landlord’s insurance coverage. The installation and operation of such Vehicle Chargers shall be at Tenant’s own risk. Landlord shall have the right to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a separate meter to measure electrical service provided to the EVC Area. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for all electricity provided to the EVC Area and for maintaining the Vehicle Chargers and the EVC Area. All terms and provisions of this Lease shall be applicable to the EVC Area, including, without

 

-50-


limitation, Articles 14 (Indemnification), and 15 (Insurance), except that Landlord need not supply any services to the EVC Area and the EVC Area shall not be part of the “Premises” for purposes of calculating the rentable square footage of the Premises or Tenant’s Share. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable therefor and that the availability or non-availability of the EVC Area as a result of any applicable Laws and Tenant’s right to use the EVC Area shall not affect any of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. Upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, title to the EVC shall pass to Landlord although, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall be required to remove the EVC, at Tenant’s cost, and restore the EVC Area to the condition existing as of the date of this Lease.

 

40.

Exclusive Use

To the extent Landlord is not prohibited by any existing or future Laws, and provided that (a) Tenant is not in Default, and (b) Tenant is in occupancy of at least two (2) full floors of the Building, Landlord covenants not to enter into a lease agreement for space located at the Project with a Competitor (as hereinafter defined) for a term scheduled to commence during the Term (as the same may be extended) or consent to the use by any Competitor of any portion of the Project. For purposes of this Section, a “ Competitor ” shall mean any of the following entities: (1) SunRun, (2) SunPower, (3) Sungevity, (4) Real Goods, and (5) Akeena. Tenant shall have the right, on one (1) occasion at any time after the initial twenty-four (24) calendar months of the initial Term, to revise the foregoing list of Competitors; provided, however, that in no event shall the list of Competitors contain more than five (5) entities, and, additionally, if Tenant revises the list of Competitors to include an entity who has previously entered into a lease with Landlord for space in the Project or occupied the Project pursuant to the terms of an assignment or sublease, Landlord shall not be deemed in violation of this Article 40. If Tenant exercises any Renewal Option, Tenant will have the right to similarly update the list of competitors as of the commencement of any Renewal Term. However, in no event will any of the following be deemed a Competitor: (1) a tenant open for business in the Project on the Effective Date or any assignee or sublessee of any such tenant or any renewal or extension of the lease or other occupancy agreement (collectively, an “ Occupancy Agreement ”) of such tenant, or (2) a tenant of the Project whose Occupancy Agreement is dated prior to the Effective Date or any assignee or sublessee of any such tenant or any renewal or extension of the Occupancy Agreement of such tenant, or (3) a tenant who has been permitted to assume an Occupancy Agreement or otherwise operate its business in the Project based upon or as a result of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar action or (4) a business operated by Tenant, its parent corporation, wholly owned subsidiary corporation or affiliated corporation, or (5) any tenant who has been permitted to operate as a result of an action or order by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (6) a tenant whose premises is not located at the Project. The provisions of this Article are personal to the originally named Tenant under this Lease and are not transferable (other than to a Permitted Transferee). If Tenant institutes a lawsuit against Landlord for violation of or to enforce any covenant or condition of this Section 40 and Tenant prevails in such lawsuit, Tenant shall be entitled to all of its costs and expenses incurred in connection with such lawsuit, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees. The “prevailing party” in such action will be determined by the court before whom the action was brought.

 

-51-


41.

Miscellaneous.

A.     This Lease and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of California and Landlord and Tenant hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction and proper venue of such state. If any term or provision of this Lease shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by Law. The headings and titles to the Articles and Sections of this Lease are for convenience only and shall have no effect on the interpretation of any part of the Lease.

B.     Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum without Landlord’s prior written consent.

C.     Whenever a period of time is prescribed for the taking of an action by Landlord or Tenant, the period of time for the performance of such action shall be extended by the number of days that the performance is actually delayed due to strikes, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, civil disturbances and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the performing party (“ Force Majeure ”). However, events of Force Majeure shall not extend any period of time for the payment of Rent or other sums payable by either party or any period of time for the written exercise of an option or right by either party.

D.     Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its rights and obligations under this Lease and in the Building, Property and/or Project referred to herein, and upon such transfer Landlord shall be released from any further obligations arising hereunder from and after the date of such transfer, and Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations.

E.     Tenant represents that it has dealt directly with and only with the Broker as a broker in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant and the Tenant Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease.

F.     Tenant covenants, warrants and represents that: (1) each individual executing, attesting and/or delivering this Lease on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so on behalf of Tenant; (2) this Lease is binding upon Tenant; and (3) Tenant is duly organized and legally existing in the state of its organization and is qualified to do business in the State of California. If there is more than one Tenant, or if Tenant is comprised of more than one party or entity, the obligations imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several obligations of all the parties and entities. Notices, payments and agreements given or made by, with or to any one person or entity shall be deemed to have been given or made by, with and to all of them. Each party represents to the other that it is currently in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term (including any extension thereof), remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) and any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order

 

-52-


Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action relating thereto.

G.     Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise of any expansion, renewal or extension rights granted to Tenant. This Lease shall create only the relationship of landlord and tenant between the parties, and not a partnership, joint venture or any other relationship. This Lease and the covenants and conditions in this Lease shall inure only to the benefit of and be binding only upon Landlord and Tenant and their permitted successors and assigns.

H.     The expiration of the Term, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, shall not relieve either party of any obligations which accrued prior to or which may continue to accrue after the expiration or early termination of this Lease. Without limiting the scope of the prior sentence, it is agreed that Tenant’s obligations under Articles 4, 8, 9, 20, 25 and 30 shall survive the expiration or early termination of this Lease.

I.     Landlord has delivered a copy of this Lease to Tenant for Tenant’s review only, and the delivery of it does not constitute an offer to Tenant or an option. This Lease shall not be effective against any party hereto until an original copy of this Lease has been signed by such party.

J.     All understandings and agreements previously made between the parties are superseded by this Lease, and neither party is relying upon any warranty, statement or representation not contained in this Lease. This Lease may be modified only by a written agreement signed by Landlord and Tenant.

K.     Tenant, within 15 days after request, shall provide Landlord with a current financial statement and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord, however, shall not require Tenant to provide such information unless Landlord is requested to produce the information more than once per calendar year unless such request is in connection with a proposed financing or sale of the Building. Upon written request by Tenant, Landlord shall enter into a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement covering any confidential information that is disclosed by Tenant.

L.     If one or more buildings are removed from the group of buildings comprising the Project, whether as a result of a sale or demolition of the building(s) or otherwise, or if one or more buildings owned by Landlord are added to the group of buildings comprising the Project, as described above in this Section, then the definition of “Project” and “Tenant’s Share” with respect to the Premises, shall be appropriately modified or adjusted to reflect the deletion or addition of such buildings.

 

42.

Waiver of Jury Trial.

LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE OF AND HAS HAD THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE WITH RESPECT TO ITS RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY, AND, TO THE EXTENT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, EACH PARTY DOES HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE AND RELEASE ALL SUCH RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR

 

-53-


COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (AND/OR AGAINST ITS MEMBERS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OR SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE. FURTHERMORE, THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE OF ALL RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL IS DEEMED TO BE INDEPENDENT OF EACH AND EVERY OTHER PROVISION, COVENANT, AND/OR CONDITION SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE.

IF THE JURY WAIVER PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 42 ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THEN THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 42 SHALL APPLY. IT IS THE DESIRE AND INTENTION OF THE PARTIES TO AGREE UPON A MECHANISM AND PROCEDURE UNDER WHICH CONTROVERSIES AND DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR RELATED TO THE PREMISES WILL BE RESOLVED IN A PROMPT AND EXPEDITIOUS MANNER. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO ACTIONS FOR UNLAWFUL OR FORCIBLE DETAINER OR WITH RESPECT TO THE PREJUDGMENT REMEDY OF ATTACHMENT, ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (AND/OR AGAINST ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, SHALL BE HEARD AND RESOLVED BY A REFEREE UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, SECTIONS 638 — 645.1, INCLUSIVE (AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED, OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO) (THE “REFEREE SECTIONS”). ANY FEE TO INITIATE THE JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE PAID BY THE PARTY INITIATING SUCH PROCEDURE; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT THE COSTS AND FEES, INCLUDING ANY INITIATION FEE, OF SUCH PROCEEDING SHALL ULTIMATELY BE BORNE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 27 ABOVE. THE VENUE OF THE PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED. WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF RECEIPT BY ANY PARTY OF A WRITTEN REQUEST TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 42, THE PARTIES SHALL AGREE UPON A SINGLE REFEREE WHO SHALL TRY ALL ISSUES, WHETHER OF FACT OR LAW, AND REPORT A FINDING AND JUDGMENT ON SUCH ISSUES AS REQUIRED BY THE REFEREE SECTIONS. IF THE PARTIES ARE UNABLE TO AGREE UPON A REFEREE WITHIN SUCH TEN (10) DAY PERIOD, THEN ANY PARTY MAY THEREAFTER FILE A LAWSUIT IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED FOR THE PURPOSE OF APPOINTMENT OF A REFEREE UNDER CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTIONS 638 AND 640, AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED OF ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO. IF THE REFEREE IS APPOINTED BY THE COURT, THE REFEREE SHALL BE A NEUTRAL AND IMPARTIAL RETIRED JUDGE WITH SUBSTANTIAL EXPERIENCE IN THE RELEVANT MATTERS TO BE DETERMINED, FROM JAMS/ENDISPUTE, INC., THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION OR SIMILAR MEDIATION/ARBITRATION ENTITY. THE PROPOSED REFEREE MAY BE

 

-54-


CHALLENGED BY ANY PARTY FOR ANY OF THE GROUNDS LISTED IN SECTION 641 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO. THE REFEREE SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ALL ISSUES OF FACT AND LAW AND REPORT HIS OR HER DECISION ON SUCH ISSUES, AND TO ISSUE ALL RECOGNIZED REMEDIES AVAILABLE AT LAW OR IN EQUITY FOR ANY CAUSE OF ACTION THAT IS BEFORE THE REFEREE, INCLUDING AN AWARD OF ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW. THE REFEREE SHALL NOT, HOWEVER, HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD PUNITIVE DAMAGES, NOR ANY OTHER DAMAGES WHICH ARE NOT PERMITTED BY THE EXPRESS PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE, AND THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO RECOVER ANY SUCH DAMAGES. THE PARTIES SHALL BE ENTITLED TO CONDUCT ALL DISCOVERY AS PROVIDED IN THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, AND THE REFEREE SHALL OVERSEE DISCOVERY AND MAY ENFORCE ALL DISCOVERY ORDERS IN THE SAME MANNER AS ANY TRIAL COURT JUDGE, WITH RIGHTS TO REGULATE DISCOVERY AND TO ISSUE AND ENFORCE SUBPOENAS, PROTECTIVE ORDERS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISCOVERY AVAILABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW. THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW (INCLUDING THE RULES OF EVIDENCE), AND IN ALL REGARDS, THE REFEREE SHALL FOLLOW CALIFORNIA LAW APPLICABLE AT THE TIME OF THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING. IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 644 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE UPON THE WHOLE ISSUE MUST STAND AS THE DECISION OF THE COURT, AND UPON THE FILING OF THE STATEMENT OF DECISION WITH THE CLERK OF THE COURT, OR WITH THE JUDGE IF THERE IS NO CLERK, JUDGMENT MAY BE ENTERED THEREON IN THE SAME MANNER AS IF THE ACTION HAD BEEN TRIED BY THE COURT. THE PARTIES SHALL PROMPTLY AND DILIGENTLY COOPERATE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND THE REFEREE, AND SHALL PERFORM SUCH ACTS AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO OBTAIN A PROMPT AND EXPEDITIOUS RESOLUTION OF THE DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION 42. TO THE EXTENT THAT NO PENDING LAWSUIT HAS BEEN FILED TO OBTAIN THE APPOINTMENT OF A REFEREE, ANY PARTY, AFTER THE ISSUANCE OF THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE, MAY APPLY TO THE COURT OF THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED FOR CONFIRMATION BY THE COURT OF THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE IN THE SAME MANNER AS A PETITION FOR CONFIRMATION OF AN ARBITRATION AWARD PURSUANT TO CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 1285 ET SEQ . (AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO).

 

43.

Entire Agreement.

This Lease, including the following exhibits and attachments which are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease, constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersede all prior agreements and understandings related to the Premises, including all lease proposals, letters of intent and other documents: Exhibit A (Outline and Location of Premises), Exhibit A-1 (Site Plan), Exhibit B (Building Rules and Regulations), Exhibit C (Commencement Letter), Exhibit D

 

-55-


(Work Letter), Exhibit E (Expenses and Taxes), Exhibit F (Parking Agreement), Exhibit G (Form of Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement), and Exhibit H (Form of Letter of Credit).

[signatures on following page]

 

-56-


Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

LOCON SAN MATEO, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Mike L. Sanford
Name:   MIKE L. SANFORD
Title:   SVP
TENANT:

SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Lyndon Rive
Name:   Lyndon Rive
Title:   CEO
By:   /s/ Seth Weissman
Name:   SETH WEISSMAN
Title:   VP, GC & SECRETARY

 


EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF PREMISES

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between LOCON SAN MATEO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and SOLARCITY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) for space in the Building located at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California.

First Floor

 

LOGO

Second Floor

 

LOGO

 

A-1


Third Floor

 

LOGO

 

A-2


EXHIBIT A-1

SITE PLAN

 

LOGO

 

A-1-1

Exhibit 10.5A

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of November 15, 2010, by and between LOCON SAN MATEO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and SOLARCITY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A.     Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease Agreement dated July 30, 2010 (the “ Lease ”). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant space currently containing approximately 68,025 rentable square feet (the “ Premises ”) which is comprised of: (i) 45,350 rentable square feet consisting of the entire first and third floors (the “ Initial Premises ”); and (ii) 22,675 rentable square feet consisting of the entire second floor (the “ Additional Premises ”) in the building commonly known as Building C located at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California (the “ Building ”).

B.     Tenant and Landlord mutually desire that the Lease be amended on and subject to the following terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1.     Amendment . Effective as of the date hereof (unless different effective date(s) is/are specifically referenced in this Section), Landlord and Tenant agree that the Lease shall be amended in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

1.1     Shower Area Improvements .

1.1.1     Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, subject to the terms of this Amendment, Landlord has agreed to commence a portion of the Tenant Improvements in the Shower Area (as defined in Section 1.2 below) located on the second floor of the Building concurrently with Landlord’s performance of the Tenant Improvements to the Initial Premises (as originally defined in the Lease). The portion of the Tenant Improvements to be performed by Landlord on the second floor of the Building in order to construct the Shower Area shall be referred to herein as the “ Shower Work ”.

1.1.2     Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, the terms of the Work Letter (the “ Work Letter ”) attached as Exhibit D to the Lease shall apply to the performance of the Shower Work; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any terms of the Work Letter or the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be permitted to apply any portion of the Allowance attributable to the Additional Premises (i.e., the entire second floor of the Building) to the cost of performance of the Shower Work. Tenant may either apply a portion of the Allowance attributable to the Initial Premises (as originally defined in the Lease) (i.e., $2,721,000.00) to the cost of the Shower Work or, if such Allowance has been exhausted, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such


Excess Costs (as defined in the Work Letter) in accordance with Section 3(b) of the Work Letter. For the avoidance of doubt, the Allowance available to Tenant for performing the Tenant Improvements to the Additional Premises shall remain unchanged (i.e., $1,360,500.00).

1.2     Definitions of Initial Premises and Additional Premises . Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, the “ Initial Premises ” shall mean the (a) entire first and third floors of the Building, and (b) a portion of the second floor of the Building comprised of approximately 800 rentable square feet of space that will consist of shower facilities (the “ Shower Area ”); provided, however, that (i) for purposes of Tenant’s remedies for Landlord’s late delivery of the Initial Premises set forth in Section 3.0 of the Lease, the Shower Area shall not be deemed a part of the Initial Premises, and (ii) notwithstanding the terms of Section 3.B.1. of the Lease, prior to the Additional Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall not have any access to the restrooms located on the second floor of the Building. The parties acknowledge that the rentable square footage of the Shower Area set forth in clause (b) above is an estimate only and that, promptly following the Substantial Completion (as defined in Section 3.A of the Lease) of the Shower Area, Landlord shall have its architect measure the Shower Area in accordance with Landlord’s standard measurement practices for the Building. If the rentable square footage of the Shower Area is determined to be greater or less than the rentable square footage set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment modifying the rentable square footage, Base Rent table, Tenant’s Share of the Building, and the per diem rent abatement amount applicable to the Additional Premises described in the second sentence of Section 3.0 of the Lease.

1.3     Base Rent . Notwithstanding anything in the schedule of Base Rent set forth in the Lease to the contrary, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent with respect to the Shower Area shall commence on the later of (i) the date (the “ Shower Delivery Date ”) that Landlord delivers the Shower Area to Tenant with the Shower Work Substantially Complete and (ii) the date that Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent for the remainder of the Initial Premises commences. Accordingly, commencing as of the Shower Delivery Date, Tenant shall be responsible for paying Base Rent with respect to the Shower Area (as remeasured in accordance with the terms of Section 1.2 above), and the Base Rent for Months 1 through 16 set forth in the first three rows of the schedule of Base Rent set forth in the Lease shall be adjusted to include the rentable square footage of the Shower Area.

1.4     Tenant’s Share . Effective as of the Shower Delivery Date, Tenant’s Share for the Initial Premises shall be re-calculated to include the Shower Area (and shall be confirmed in the lease amendment described in the last sentence of Section 1.2 above), and Tenant shall pay all Additional Rent payable under the Lease, including Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes applicable to the Initial Premises (including the Shower Area) in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

2.     Miscellaneous .

2.1     This Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled to any rent abatement, improvement allowance, leasehold improvements, or other work to the Premises, or any similar economic

 

-2-


incentives that may have been provided Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease, unless specifically set forth in this Amendment.

2.2     Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control. The capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein and not redefined in this Amendment.

2.3     Submission of this Amendment by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Amendment but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord has executed and delivered the same to Tenant.

2.4     Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that Tenant has dealt with no broker in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Amendment.

2.5     Each signatory of this Amendment represents hereby that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.” If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, an event of Default under the Lease will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have entered into and executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

LOCON SAN MATEO, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Mike L. Sanford     By:   /s/ Seth Weissman
Name:   Mike L. Sanford     Name:   Seth Weissman
Title:   SVP     Title:   V.P. General Counsel
Dated:   12/2, 2010     Dated:   11/30, 2010

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.5B

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of February 25, 2011, by and between LOCON SAN MATEO, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and SOLARCITY CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

 

A.

Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease Agreement (the “ Original Lease ”), dated July 30, 2010, as amended by that certain Commencement Letter, dated January 10, 2010 [sic], and that certain First Amendment to Lease (the “ First Amendment ”), dated as of November 15, 2010 (collectively, the “ Lease ”). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant space currently containing approximately 68,025 rentable square feet (the “ Premises ”) which is comprised of: (i) 45,350 rentable square feet consisting of the entire first and third floors of the Building (the “ Initial Premises ”); and (ii) 22,675 rentable square feet consisting of the entire second floor of the Building (the “ Additional Premises ”) of the building commonly known as Building C located at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California (the “ Building ”).

 

B.

The Shower Delivery Date (as defined in the First Amendment) occurred on February 3, 2011, and Landlord has remeasured the Shower Area in accordance with the terms of the First Amendment. Accordingly, the parties desire to memorialize the Shower Delivery Date and make appropriate modifications to the schedule of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share, upon and subject to the following terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

  1.

Amendment . Effective as of the date hereof (unless different effective date(s) is/are specifically referenced in this Section), Landlord and Tenant agree that the Lease shall be amended in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

  1.1

Shower Delivery Date and Rent Schedule . Landlord delivered the Shower Area to Tenant with the Shower Work Substantially Complete (as such terms are defined in the Lease) on February 3, 2011 (the “Shower Delivery Date”). As of the date hereof, Landlord has remeasured the Shower Area in accordance with the terms of Section 1.2 of the First Amendment, and the rentable square footage of the Shower Area is 850 square feet. Accordingly, effective as of the Shower Delivery Date, the schedule of Base Rent set forth in Section 1.C of the Original Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:


“Base Rent”:

 

Period From

Commencement Date

   Rentable
Square
     Footage*    
   Annual Rate    
Per Square    
Foot
  

Aggregate

        Base Rent        

 

Monthly

        Base Rent        

1/10/11 — 2/2/11

  

45,350

  

$18.00

  

$52,476.43

 

$68,025.00

2/3/11 — 11/30/11

  

46,200

  

$18.00

  

$618,750.00

 

$69,300.00

12/1/11 — 1/31/12

  

12,188

  

$18.00

  

$36,564.00

 

$18,282.00

2/1/12 — 5/31/12

  

57,538

  

$18.96

  

$363,640.16

 

$90,910.04

6/1/12 — 11/30/12

  

68,025

  

$18.96

  

$644,877.00

 

$107,479.50

12/1/12 — 1/31/13

  

22,675

  

$18.96

  

$71,653.00

 

$35,826.50

2/1/13 —11/30/13

  

68,025

  

$19.92

  

$1,129,215.00

 

$112,921.50

12/1/13 — 1/31/14

  

22,675

  

$19.92

  

$75,281.00

 

$37,640.50

2/1/14 — 1/31/15

  

68,025

  

$20.88

  

$1,420,362.00

 

$118,363.50

2/1/15 — 1/31/16

  

68,025

  

$21.84

  

$1,485,666.00

 

$123,805.50

2/1/16 — 1/31/17

  

68,025

  

$22.80

  

$1,550,970.00

 

$129,247.50

2/1/17 — 7/31/17

  

68,025

  

$23.76

  

$808,137.00

 

$134,689.50

 

*

Notwithstanding the square footages upon which the monthly Base Rent amounts set forth above are based, Tenant acknowledges that (i) following the Initial Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall be in possession of 45,350 rentable square feet comprising the Initial Premises, and shall be responsible for all of its obligations and liabilities under this Lease with respect to the entire Initial Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease, and (ii) following the Shower Delivery Date, Tenant shall be in possession of 46,200 rentable square feet comprising the Initial Premises (including the Shower Area), and shall be responsible for all of its obligations and liabilities under this Lease with respect to the entire Initial Premises (including the Shower Area) pursuant to the terms of the Lease, and (iii) following the Additional Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall be in possession of 68,025 rentable square feet comprising the entire Premises and shall be responsible for all of its obligations and liabilities under this Lease with respect to the entire Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease during the Term.”

 

  1.2

Tenant’s Share . Effective as of the Shower Delivery Date, Tenant’s Share for the Initial Premises (including the Shower Area) is hereby amended to be 67.92% of the Building and 17.68% of the Project. Tenant shall pay all Additional Rent applicable to the Initial Premises and Shower Area payable under the Lease, including Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes applicable to the Initial Premises and the Shower Area in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as amended hereby.

 

  2.

Miscellaneous .

 

  2.1

This Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Under no circumstances shall Tenant

 

-2-


be entitled to any rent abatement, improvement allowance, leasehold improvements, or other work to the Premises, or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease, unless specifically set forth in this Amendment.

 

  2.2

Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control. The capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein and not redefined in this Amendment.

 

  2.3

Submission of this Amendment by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Amendment but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord has executed and delivered the same to Tenant.

 

  2.4

Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that Tenant has dealt with no broker in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Amendment.

 

  2.5

Each signatory of this Amendment represents hereby that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.” If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, an event of Default under the Lease will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have entered into and executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

LOCON SAN MATEO, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:       /s/ Vickie Ivey     By:       /s/ Seth Weissman
Name:   Vickie Ivey     Name:   Seth Weissman
Title:   Vice President     Title:   VP & GC
Dated:   March 31                     , 2011     Dated:   March 17                      , 2011

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

Execution

 

 

 

 

 

 

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of January 24, 2011

 

between

 

S OLAR C ITY C ORPORATION ,

as the Borrower

 

and

 

U.S. B ANK N ATIONAL A SSOCIATION ,

as the Bank

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

   Page  

1.

     DEFINITIONS      1   

2.

     LINE OF CREDIT      5   
    

2.1       Non-Revolving Line of Credit

     5   
    

2.2       Note

     6   

3.

     INTEREST RATE      6   
    

3.1       LIBOR Rate

     6   
    

3.2       Default Interest

     6   
    

3.3       Interest Calculation

     7   

4.

     REPAYMENT      7   
    

4.1       Drawing Period

     7   
    

4.2       Repayment Period

     7   
    

4.3       Interest Payments

     7   
    

4.4       Payments

     7   

5.

     FEES AND EXPENSES      7   
    

5.1       Facility Fee

     7   
    

5.2       Reimbursement

     8   

6.

     ADMINISTRATION OF CREDIT      8   
    

6.1       Security

     8   
    

6.2       Changes in Law Rendering the Loan Unlawful

     8   
    

6.3       Capital Adequacy

     8   
    

6.4       Prepayment

     9   
    

6.5       Disbursements

     9   
    

6.6       Payments

     9   
    

6.7       Business Days

     10   
    

6.8       Taxes

     10   

7.

     CONDITIONS OF BORROWING      10   
    

7.1       Documentation

     10   
    

7.2       Representations

     10   
    

7.3       Authorizations

     11   
    

7.4       Payment of Fees

     11   
    

7.5       Insurance

     11   
    

7.6       Filings

     11   
    

7.7       Required Documentation

     11   

8.

     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      12   
    

8.1       Formation

     12   
    

8.2       Authorization

     12   
    

8.3       Enforceable Agreement

     12   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Cont’d)

 

Section

   Page  
    

8.4       Good Standing

     12   

.

    

8.5       No Conflicts

     12   
    

8.6       Financial Information

     12   
    

8.7       Lawsuits

     12   
    

8.8       Permits, Franchises

     13   
    

8.9       Other Obligations

     13   
    

8.10     Financial Statements

     13   
    

8.11     Tax Matters

     13   
    

8.12     No Event of Default or Material Adverse Change

     13   
    

8.13     Insurance

     13   
    

8.14     ERISA Plans

     13   
    

8.15     Location of Borrower

     14   

9.

     COVENANTS      14   
    

9.1       Use of Proceeds

     14   
    

9.2       Financial Information of Borrower

     14   
    

9.3       Financial Covenants

     16   
    

9.4       Limitation on Loans to Third Parties

     16   
    

9.5       Other Debts

     16   
    

9.6       Other Liens

     16   
    

9.7       Maintenance of Assets

     17   
    

9.8       Limitation on Acquisitions and Change in Control

     18   
    

9.9       Notices to Bank

     18   
    

9.10     Insurance

     18   
    

9.11     Compliance with Laws

     19   
    

9.12     ERISA Plans

     19   
    

9.13     ERISA Plans - Notices

     19   
    

9.14     Books and Records

     19   
    

9.15     Audits

     20   
    

9.16     Cooperation

     20   

10.

     DEFAULT AND REMEDIES      20   
    

10.1     Failure to Pay

     20   
    

10.2     Default under Other Loan Documents

     20   
    

10.3     Cross-default

     21   
    

10.4     False Information

     21   
    

10.5     Insolvency

     21   
    

10.6     Lawsuits

     21   
    

10.7     Judgments

     21   
    

10.8     Material Adverse Change

     22   
    

10.9     Security Agreement

     22   
    

10.10   Collateral Defaults

     22   
    

10.11   Government Action

     22   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Cont’d)

 

Section

   Page  
    

10.12   ERISA Plans

     22   
    

10.13   Unenforceability of any Loan Document

     23   
    

10.14   Other Breach under this Agreement

     23   

11.

    

ENFORCING THIS AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

     23   
    

11.1     Conclusiveness of Statements

     23   
    

11.2     Obligation of the Bank to Mitigate

     23   
    

11.3     Survival of Provisions

     24   
    

11.4     GAAP

     24   
    

11.5     Governing Law

     24   
    

11.6     Successors and Assigns

     24   
    

11.7     Waiver of Jury Trial

     24   
    

11.8     Judicial Reference

     25   
    

11.9     Severability; Waivers

     27   
    

11.10   Attorneys’ Fees

     27   
    

11.11   One Agreement

     27   
    

11.12   Indemnification

     28   
    

11.13   Notices

     28   
    

11.14   Headings

     28   
    

11.15   Counterparts

     28   
    

11.16   USA Patriot Act Notice

     29   

 

SCHEDULE 1

   Permitted Acquisitions      Schedule 1   

SCHEDULE 2

   Permitted Indebtedness      Schedule 2   

EXHIBIT A

   Form of Compliance Certificate      A-1   

EXHIBIT B

   Form of Note      B-1   

EXHIBIT C

   Form of Security Agreement      C-1   

 

iii


TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This Term Loan Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of January 24, 2011 is by and between U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States (the “ Bank ”), and SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”).

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

Activity-based ” means recognizing all current and future revenues, expenses and associated income of a project at the time a contract is signed.

Advance ” means any drawing on the Loan honored by the Bank.

Affiliate ” means any person who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Borrower. The term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Borrower or other person or its board of directors, whether through stock ownership, membership, partnership rights, voting rights, governing boards, committees, divisions or other bodies with one or more common members, directors, partners, trustees, officers or other managers.

Agreement ” means this Agreement by and between the Bank and the Borrower, dated as of January 24, 2011.

Available Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

Bank ” means U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States.

Borrower ” means SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Business Day ” means any day other than (a) a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday or (b) a day on which banking institutions in San Francisco, California or New York, New York are required or authorized by law (including executive order) to close.

Cash & Cash Equivalents ” means (a) money, currency or a credit balance in a deposit account, (b) short-term obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States of America, (c) commercial paper rated A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (or any successor) or P-1 or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor), (d) certificates of deposit issued by, and time deposits with, commercial banks (whether domestic or foreign) having capital and surplus in excess of One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00), or (e) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the holdings of which are the type described in causes (b) through (d).


Closing Date ” means January 24, 2011 or such other date as the Bank and the Borrower shall mutually agree as the date the Loan may initially be made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b) hereof.

Default ” means an event which with the passage of time or giving of notice or both would become an Event of Default under this Agreement.

Dollar ” means U.S. Dollar.

Drawing Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

EBITDA ” or “ Activity-based EBITDA ” means Activity-based operating income as represented by the Borrower before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash charges.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or subsections (b), (c), (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Plan ” or “ Plan ” means a pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, including any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Event of Default ” means any of the events described in Article 10 hereof.

Funded Debt ” means total interest-bearing Indebtedness, including committed but unused credit facilities but excluding any Indebtedness that is non-recourse to the Borrower.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied.

Indebtedness ” means with respect to a specified Person, (a) all obligations for borrowed money, all installment sale and capitalized lease obligations and all reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit incurred or assumed by such Person (including, in the case of the Borrower, the Borrower’s Indebtedness under this Agreement and the Loan Documents), (b) all other obligations of such Person upon which interest is customarily charged, (c) all obligations of such Person to make swap payments under a Swap Contract, (d) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as deferred construction price for completed work or deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business, but only if and so long as the same are payable on customary trade terms), and (e) all obligations,

 

2


contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or becoming surety for or having the economic effect of guaranteeing or becoming surety for any Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, but only up to the amount so guaranteed.

Interest Period ” means the period commencing on the advance date of the applicable Advance and ending on the numerically corresponding day one (1) month thereafter matching the interest rate term selected by Borrower; provided, however, (a) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a New York Banking Day, then the Interest Period shall end on the next succeeding New York Banking Day unless the next succeeding New York Banking Day falls in another calendar month, in which case the Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding New York Banking Day, or (b) if any Interest Period begins on the last New York Banking Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of the Interest Period), then the Interest Period shall end on the last New York Banking Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period.

LIBOR Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) hereof.

Lien ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereof.

Liquid Assets ” means total unrestricted Cash & Cash Equivalents, marketable securities and unused availability on committed credit facilities.

Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Security Documents and the Note.

Master Agreement ” means any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (including any related schedules).

Material Adverse Change ” means any material adverse effect on (a) the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business or operations of the Borrower from those reflected in the most current financial statements provided by the Borrower to the Bank or from the facts represented or warranted in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document delivered to the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, (b) the ability of the Borrower to carry out its respective business as of the closing date or to meet or perform its Obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents on a timely basis, or (c) the amount which the Bank would be likely to receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in a liquidation of the collateral, taken as a whole, granted, mortgaged, assigned or pledged to the Bank under the Loan Documents.

Maturity Date ” means the last day of the Repayment Period.

New York Banking Day ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) hereof.

Note ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereof.

 

 

 

3


Obligations ” means the Loan, all other amounts owing to the Bank under the Loan Documents, the fees and expenses relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and all other obligations of the Borrower to the Bank arising under or in relation to the Loan Documents.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto under ERISA.

Permitted Acquisitions ” means the acquisitions listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto, or the acquisition by the Borrower of all or substantially all of the assets of another company, the controlling interest in another company, or not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of or ownership interest in another company, provided that the company whose assets are being purchased, or whose capital stock or ownership interest is being acquired is in a line of business substantially similar to that of the Borrower as reasonably determined by the Borrower, and further provided that:

 

  (a)

at the time of such transaction, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default exists (including, without limitation, failure of the Borrower to comply with any affirmative or negative covenant contained in any of the Loan Documents as of the most recent measurement date), and no event or circumstance has occurred that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time would constitute an Event of Default;

 

  (b)

if the acquisition is of one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of or ownership interest or controlling interest in another company: (i) the Borrower is the surviving entity; and (ii) the transaction is not hostile; and (iii) the acquired entity will within thirty (30) days of the closing execute and deliver such guaranties, security agreements, and other documents as the Bank may require in connection with the Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents; and

 

  (c)

in no event may the aggregate cash consideration paid by the Borrower in connection with all Permitted Acquisitions at any time after the effective date of the Loan Documents, exceed the sum of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), whether such consideration is paid in connection with one or a series of related transactions. To the extent the Borrower pays non-cash consideration in connection with an acquisition the amount of non-cash consideration shall not cause the Borrower to exceed the Permitted Indebtedness.

Permitted Encumbrances ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereof.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means (a) all Indebtedness to the Bank, (b) Indebtedness to parties other than the Bank (including as a guaranty or surety or pursuant to a contingent liability) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any one time outstanding, (c) all other Indebtedness of the Borrower in existence as of the date of this Agreement and disclosed to the Bank on Schedule 2 attached hereto, (d) Indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of equipment (and any accessions, attachments, replacements or improvements thereon), (e) Indebtedness incurred with respect to

 

4


equipment leased to customers in the ordinary course of business, which Indebtedness is contemplated to be serviced by the related lease payment, (f) guaranties of obligations of Borrower’s subsidiaries, and (g) extensions, refinancing, modifications, amendments and restatements of any item of Permitted Indebtedness described in (a) through (f) above.

Person ” or words importing persons, means firms, associations, partnerships (including without limitation, limited liability company, general and limited partnerships), joint ventures, societies, estates, trusts, borrowers, public or governmental bodies, other legal entities and natural persons.

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Bank as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is set by the Bank based upon various factors including the Bank’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans. The Bank may price loans and loan to its customers at, above, or below the “prime rate.” Any change in the “prime rate” shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of a change in the Bank’s “prime rate.”

Repayment Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 hereof.

Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement dated as of January 24, 2011 made by the Borrower for the benefit of the Bank substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

Security Documents ” means (a) the Security Agreement and (b) any related financing statements.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transactions is governed by or subject to any Master Agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, a Master Agreement, including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement. For purposes of calculating any payment obligations with respect to a Swap Contract, all amounts to be paid and received under such contracts shall be netted against each other on a one (1) month basis.

 

2.

LINE OF CREDIT

 

  2.1

Non-Revolving Line of Credit.

 

  (a)

Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Bank hereby agrees to make the loan (the “ Loan ”) to the Borrower during the Drawing Period

 

5


 

in the original principal amount of up to Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00) (the “ Available Amount ”).

 

  (b)

The Borrower may make multiple drawings on the Loan up to the Available Amount during the period starting with the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of: (i) the date that is one year from the Closing Date, or (ii) the date on which the full Available Amount is drawn (the “ Drawing Period ”).

 

  (c)

This is a non-revolving line of credit. Any amount borrowed, even if repaid before the expiration date of the line of credit, permanently reduces the remaining available line of credit.

 

  (d)

The Borrower agrees not to permit the principal balance outstanding to exceed the Available Amount. If the Borrower exceeds this limit, the Borrower will immediately pay the excess to the Bank upon the Bank’s demand.

 

  2.2

Note.

The Loan shall be evidenced by the promissory note of the Borrower (the “ Note ”), in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, payable to the order of the Bank and the Loan shall bear interest and otherwise be payable as provided in the Note and this Agreement; provided , however , in any event, the principal balance, all accrued but unpaid interest and all other sums owing on the Loan shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date or earlier, if the Loan is accelerated pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. The Note shall be executed by the Borrower and delivered to the Bank on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

3.

INTEREST RATE

 

  3.1

LIBOR Rate.

 

  (a)

Interest on the Loan hereunder shall accrue at an annual rate equal to two and one-half percent (2.50%) plus the one-month LIBOR rate quoted by the Bank from Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page or any successor thereto, which shall be that one-month LIBOR rate in effect and reset each New York Banking Day, adjusted for any reserve requirement and any subsequent costs arising from a change in government regulation, such rate rounded up to the nearest one-sixteenth percent (0.0625%) (the “ LIBOR Rate ”).

 

  (b)

The term “ New York Banking Day ” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks are open for business in New York, New York. The Bank’s internal records of applicable interest rates shall be determinative in the absence of manifest error.

 

  3.2

Default Interest.

From and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the unpaid principal amount of the Loan and all other amounts due and unpaid

 

6


under this Agreement and the Note will bear interest until paid computed at a rate equal to Prime Rate plus two percent (2.00%).

 

  3.3

Interest Calculation.

Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all computations of interest and other amounts due under the Note and fees and other amounts due under this Agreement will be based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year using the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest, fees or other amounts are payable.

 

4.

REPAYMENT

 

  4.1

Drawing Period.

During the Drawing Period the Borrower shall make monthly interest payments on the Loan.

 

  4.2

Repayment Period.

Upon expiration of the Drawing Period, the loan will automatically convert to a three (3) year (the “ Repayment Period ”) fully amortizing term loan. During the Repayment Period the Borrower shall make thirty-six (36) equal monthly payments of principal and interest on the Loan.

 

  4.3

Interest Payments.

Interest on the Loan will accrue during the applicable Interest Period and will be due and payable on the last Business Day of the applicable Interest Period, and on the Maturity Date or other date of maturity of the Note, whether by acceleration pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Note.

 

  4.4

Payments.

All payments and prepayments of principal, interest and fees under this Agreement and the Note shall be made to the Bank prior to 2:00 p.m., Pacific time, in immediately available funds.

 

5.

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

  5.1

Facility Fee.

On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Bank in immediately available funds a facility fee equal to twenty-five basis points (0.25%) of the Available Amount.

 

7


  5.2

Reimbursement.

 

  (a)

The Borrower agrees to immediately reimburse the Bank for any expenses it incurs in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and any agreement or instrument required by this Agreement. Expenses include, but are not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

  (b)

The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Bank for the cost of periodic field examinations of the Borrower’s books, records and collateral, and appraisals of the collateral at such intervals as the Bank may reasonably require, limited to once per year unless an Event of Default or Material Adverse Change has occurred. The actions described in this paragraph may be performed by employees of the Bank or by independent appraisers.

 

6.

ADMINISTRATION OF CREDIT

 

  6.1

Security.

 

  (a)

This Agreement is secured by the Security Documents.

 

  (b)

The Borrower grants to the Bank, as security for the Note and the payment of all Obligations, a first priority lien and security interest in all titled and untitled vehicles of the Borrower financed by the Loan, including the vehicles listed on Schedule 1 to the Security Agreement and any vehicles obtained after the date hereof with the proceeds of the Loan (the “ Collateral ”).

 

  6.2

Changes in Law Rendering the Loan Unlawful.

In the event that any regulatory change should make it (or, in the good faith judgment of the Bank, should raise substantial questions as to whether it is) unlawful for the Bank to make, maintain or fund the Loan bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate, (a) the Bank will promptly notify the Borrower, (b) the obligation of the Bank to make the Loan bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate shall, upon the effectiveness of such event, be suspended for the duration of such unlawfulness, and (c) upon such notice, any outstanding principal amount of the Loan bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate made by the Bank will automatically convert into a Loan bearing interest at the Prime Rate plus three percent (3.00%) per annum, which rate shall change when and as the Prime Rate changes.

 

  6.3

Capital Adequacy.

If any regulatory change affects the treatment of the Loan hereunder as an asset or other item included for the purpose of calculating the appropriate amount of capital to be maintained by the Bank or any corporation controlling the Bank and has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Bank’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of the obligations of the Bank hereunder to a level below that which the Bank or such corporation could have achieved but for such regulatory change (taking into account the Bank’s or such corporation’s policies

 

8


with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed in good faith by the Bank to be material, then the Borrower shall pay to the Bank, on demand, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Bank or such corporation, as the case may be, for such reduction.

 

  6.4

Prepayment.

 

  (a)

The Loan may be prepaid at the option of the Borrower in whole or in part at any time without premium or penalty; provided , however , that the Borrower must provide the Bank with irrevocable written notice of the Borrower’s intention to make the prepayment, specifying the date and amount of the prepayment. The notice must be received by the Bank at least two (2) Business Days in advance of the prepayment and partial prepayment will be applied to the most remote payment of principal under this Agreement; provided further , that voluntary prepayments made on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to the payment of customary breakage costs, if any.

 

  (b)

All prepayments shall be accompanied by interest accrued on the amount prepaid through the date of prepayment.

 

  6.5

Disbursements.

The Borrower shall promptly submit to the Bank invoices for any titled or untitled machinery and equipment purchased after January 1, 2010 that the Borrower desires to finance hereunder. Upon receipt and approval by the Bank that such invoices are for Collateral, the Bank will disburse to the Borrower up to one hundred percent (100.00%) of the amount of the invoice, such disbursements to be made not more frequently than a quarterly basis.

 

  6.6

Payments.

 

  (a)

Each payment by the Borrower shall be made in Dollars and in immediately available funds by debit to a deposit account, as described in this Agreement or otherwise authorized by the Borrower. For payments not made by direct debit, payments shall be made by mail to the address shown on the Borrower’s statement or at one of the Bank’s banking centers in the United States, or by such other method as may be permitted by the Bank.

 

  (b)

For any payment under this Agreement made by debit to a deposit account, the Borrower shall maintain sufficient immediately available funds in the deposit account to cover each debit. If there are insufficient immediately available funds in the deposit account on the date the Bank enters any such debit authorized by this Agreement, the Bank may reverse the debit.

 

9


  6.7

Business Days.

All payments and disbursements which would be due on a day which is not a Business Day shall be due on the next Business Day. All payments received on a day which is not a Business Day shall be applied to the credit on the next Business Day.

 

  6.8

Taxes.

If any payments to the Bank under this Agreement are made from outside the United States, the Borrower shall not deduct any foreign taxes from any payments it makes to the Bank. If any such taxes are imposed on any payments made by the Borrower (including payments under this Section 6.7 ), the Borrower shall pay the taxes and shall also pay to the Bank, at the time interest is paid, any additional amount which the Bank specifies as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Bank would have received if such taxes had not been imposed. The Borrower shall confirm that it has paid the taxes by giving the Bank official tax receipts (or notarized copies) within thirty (30) days after the due date.

 

7.

CONDITIONS OF BORROWING

Without limiting any of the other terms of this Agreement, the Bank shall not be required to make the Loan to the Borrower under this Agreement, unless the conditions set forth below are satisfied as of the Closing Date:

 

  7.1

Documentation.

The Bank shall have received the following documents, in form satisfactory to the Bank:

 

  (a)

Duly executed counterparts to all Loan Documents;

 

  (b)

A certified copy of the Borrower’s organizational documents;

 

  (c)

Evidence of good standing for the Borrower from its state of formation and from any other state in which the Borrower is required to qualify to conduct its business; and

 

  (d)

The written opinion from the Borrower’s legal counsel dated the Closing Date covering such matters as the Bank may require; for the opinion, the legal counsel and the terms of the opinion must be acceptable to the Bank.

 

  7.2

Representations.

The representations and warranties contained in Article 8 hereof continue to be true and correct on the Closing Date; no Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing; and there has been no Material Adverse

 

10


Change in the business operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Affiliates, taken as a whole, since June 30, 2010.

 

  7.3

Authorizations.

The Bank receives evidence that the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Note, the Security Agreement and any instrument or agreement required under this Agreement have been duly authorized and any instrument or agreement required under this Agreement have been duly authorized.

 

  7.4

Payment of Fees.

The Bank receives payment of all fees and other amounts due and owing to the Bank, including without limitation payment of all reimbursement costs as required by Article 5 hereof.

 

  7.5

Insurance.

The Bank shall have received evidence of insurance coverage, as required in Section 9.10 of this Agreement.

 

  7.6

Filings.

 

  (a)

Any documents (including, without limitation, financing statements) required to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create, in favor of the Bank, perfected security interests in the collateral in the jurisdiction listed on Schedule 2 to the Security Agreement shall have been properly filed, registered or recorded in each office in each such jurisdiction which such filings, registrations and recordings are required.

 

  (b)

The Bank shall have received acknowledgment copies of all such filings, registrations and recordations stamped by the appropriate filing, registration or recording officer (or, in lieu thereof, other evidence satisfactory to the Bank that all such filings, registrations and recordations have been made); and the Bank shall have received such evidence as it may deem satisfactory that all necessary filing, recording and other similar fees, and all taxes and other expenses related to such filings, registrations and recordings have been paid in full.

 

  7.7

Required Documentation.

The Borrower shall execute and deliver such other documents, instruments, certificates, opinions, approvals and assurances customary in this type of financing as the Bank may reasonably request.

 

11


8.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

On the date that the Borrower signs this Agreement, on the Closing Date and on each day that an Advance is made, the Borrower makes the following representations and warranties continuously:

 

  8.1

Formation.

The Borrower is duly formed and existing under the laws of the state or other jurisdiction where organized.

 

  8.2

Authorization.

The Loan Documents and any instrument or other agreement required hereunder, are within the Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with any of its organizational papers.

 

  8.3

Enforceable Agreement.

Each of the Loan Documents is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower, in accordance with its terms, and any other instrument or other agreement required hereunder, when executed and delivered, shall be similarly legal, valid, binding and enforceable, except, in each case, as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

  8.4

Good Standing.

In each state in which the Borrower does business, it is respectively properly licensed, in good standing, and, where required, in compliance with fictitious name statutes.

 

  8.5

No Conflicts.

The Loan Documents do not conflict with any law, obligation or material agreement by which the Borrower is bound.

 

  8.6

Financial Information.

Since the date of the most recent financial statement provided to the Bank, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

 

  8.7

Lawsuits.

There is no lawsuit, tax claim or other dispute pending or threatened against the Borrower which is reasonably likely to impair the Borrower’s financial condition or ability to repay the Loan, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Bank.

 

12


  8.8

Permits, Franchises.

The Borrower possesses all permits, memberships, franchises, contracts and licenses required and all trademark rights, trade name rights, patent rights, copyrights, and fictitious name rights necessary to enable it to conduct the business in which it is now engaged except to the extent that the failure to so possess could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

  8.9

Other Obligations.

The Borrower is not in default on any obligation for borrowed money, any purchase money obligation or any other material lease, commitment, contract, instrument or obligation, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Bank.

 

  8.10

Financial Statements.

The financial statements and other information provided to the Bank fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Borrower, including all material contingent liabilities, as of the dates presented therein and the results of operations for the periods presented therein and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except, with respect to unaudited interim financial statements.

 

  8.11

Tax Matters.

The Borrower has no knowledge of any pending assessments or adjustments of its income tax for any year and the Borrower has paid or caused to be paid all material taxes due, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Bank.

 

  8.12

No Event of Default or Material Adverse Change.

There is no event currently in existence which is, or with notice or lapse of time or both would be, an Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

  8.13

Insurance.

The Borrower has obtained, and maintained in effect, the insurance coverage required in Section 9.10 of this Agreement.

 

  8.14

ERISA Plans.

 

  (a)

Each ERISA Plan (other than a multiemployer plan) is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law. Each Plan has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS and to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification. The Borrower has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code

 

13


 

with respect to each Plan, and has not incurred any liability with respect to any Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

 

  (b)

There are no claims, lawsuits or actions (including by any governmental authority), and there has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules, with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect.

 

  (c)

With respect to any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA:

 

    (i)

No reportable event has occurred under Section 4043(c) of ERISA for which the PBGC requires thirty (30) day notice.

 

    (ii)

No action by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to terminate or withdraw from any Plan has been taken and no notice of intent to terminate a Plan has been filed under Section 4041 of ERISA.

 

    (iii)

No termination proceeding has been commenced with respect to a Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA, and no event has occurred or condition exists which might constitute grounds for the commencement of such a proceeding.

 

  8.15

Location of Borrower.

The place of business of the Borrower (or, if the Borrower has more than one place of business, its chief executive office) is located at the address listed on the signature page of this Agreement, or at such other address as the Borrower shall provide to the Bank in writing.

 

9.

COVENANTS

The Borrower agrees that until the Loan is repaid in full:

 

  9.1

Use of Proceeds.

 

  (a)

The proceeds of the Loan shall be used only for the purchase of or reimbursement of the Borrower for purchase of the Collateral.

 

  (b)

The proceeds of the Loan shall not be used directly or indirectly to purchase or carry any “margin stock” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or extend credit to or invest in other parties for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such “margin stock,” or to reduce or retire any indebtedness incurred for such purpose.

 

  9.2

Financial Information of Borrower.

During the term of this Agreement until the Loan and all other Obligations have been repaid in full, the Borrower shall:

 

14


  (a)

maintain accounting records in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the accounting periods involved, except, with respect to unaudited interim financial statements;

 

  (b)

provide the Bank with such information concerning its business affairs and financial condition (including insurance coverage) as the Bank may reasonably request;

 

  (c)

without request, provide to the Bank all of the following financial information, in form and content acceptable to the Bank, pertaining to the Borrower:

 

  (i)

Quarterly Compliance Certificates : Not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit A , executed by the Borrower’s chief financial officer, controller, or other officer or person acceptable to the Bank certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and further certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Default exists under this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

Quarterly Financial Statements : Not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the internally-prepared consolidated Activity-based financial statements, including an income statement and balance sheet;

 

  (iii)

Quarterly Liquidity Statements : Not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the bank and brokerage statements of the Borrower verifying liquid assets as of the quarter-end;

 

  (iv)

Audited Annual Financial Statements : Not later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated GAAP-based audited financial statements for the Borrower prepared by a certified public accounting firm acceptable to the Bank;

 

  (v)

Preliminary Annual Financial Statements : Not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the preliminary GAAP-based financial statements for the Borrower; and

 

  (vi)

Annual Budget : Not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, an annual budget of the Borrower, which shall include a quarterly Activity-based income statement and balance sheet; and

 

  (d)

within forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Bank the certificates of title for all of the titled Collateral listed on Schedule 1 to the Security Agreement. The Bank shall be listed as the only lien holder on all such certificates of title.

 

15


  9.3

Financial Covenants.

The Borrower shall maintain the following:

 

  (a)

Minimum Quarterly Activity-based EBITDA . For the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2011 and for all fiscal quarters thereafter until the Maturity Date EBITDA shall not be less than One Dollar ($1.00).

 

  (b)

Minimum Liquidity Ratio . A ratio of Liquid Assets to Funded Debt of at least 1.25:1.00, measured at the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower.

 

  9.4

Limitation on Loans to Third Parties.

The Borrower shall not lend money or otherwise extend credit to any third party in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any one time outstanding except (a) loans existing on the date hereof and disclosed in writing to the Bank, (b) travel advances, employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, (c) debt obligations received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business, (d) receivable of, or prepaid royalties from and other credit obligations of, customers, suppliers and debtors of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, (e) the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of the Borrower, (f) deposit accounts maintained by the Borrower, (g) leases to customers of solar equipment in the ordinary course of business, (h) loans to subsidiaries of the Borrower to cover operating deficits or other obligations under partnership, membership or similar agreements, and (i) intercompany transactions with Affiliates.

 

  9.5

Other Debts.

The Borrower shall not incur, assume, or have outstanding any indebtedness for borrowed money (including capitalized leases), or guaranty or become a surety or otherwise contingently liable for any obligations of others, except Permitted Indebtedness.

 

  9.6

Other Liens.

The Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or other lien or levy upon or security interest (“ Liens ”) in any of the Borrower’s property or assets, except (a) Liens arising under the Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (b) Liens securing Permitted Indebtedness, (c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, (d) Leases or subleases and non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, (e) Liens existing on the date hereof and disclosed in writing

 

16


to Bank, (f) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, vendors, and landlords incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not overdue or being contested in good faith, provided provision is made for the eventual payment thereof if subsequently found payable, (g) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (h) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default, (i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, (j) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as security for financed premiums, (k) Liens on the equity interests of the Borrower’s subsidiaries granted in connection with financing provided to such subsidiary, and (l) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens, but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase (“ Permitted Encumbrances ”).

 

  9.7

Maintenance of Assets.

 

  (a)

The Borrower shall not sell, assign, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any part of the Borrower’s business or the Borrower’s assets, except (i) in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business, (ii) consisting of Permitted Encumbrances or (iii) of assets not otherwise permitted hereunder in amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in any fiscal year.

 

  (b)

Without the prior affirmative written consent of the Bank, the Borrower shall not sell, convey, transfer, encumber, or dispose of, or permit to be sold, conveyed, transferred, encumbered or disposed, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or otherwise, more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower or of a beneficial interest therein to anyone other than existing stockholders.

 

  (c)

The Borrower shall not sell, assign, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets for less than fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, or enter into any agreement to do so, other than with respect to worn-out or obsolete equipment.

 

  (d)

The Borrower shall not enter into any sale and leaseback agreement covering any of the Collateral.

 

  (e)

The Borrower shall maintain and preserve all of its rights, privileges, and franchises that it now has, except to the extent that a failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

17


  (f)

The Borrower shall make any repairs, renewals, or replacements to keep the Borrower’s properties in good working condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

  9.8

Limitation on Acquisitions and Change in Control.

The Borrower shall not acquire assets or capital stock of another company, except for Permitted Acquisitions or acquisitions of capital stock of subsidiaries and shall not merge or consolidate, except in connection with a Permitted Acquisition where Borrower is the surviving entity, liquidate, dissolve or wind up its affairs, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of a substantial part of its property (other than in the ordinary course of its business) or enter into or engage in any operation or activity materially different from that presently being conducted as of the dated of this Agreement, other than operations or activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

  9.9

Notices to Bank.

The Borrower shall promptly notify the Bank in writing of:

 

  (a)

Any lawsuit over Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) against the Borrower.

 

  (b)

Any substantial dispute between any governmental authority and the Borrower.

 

  (c)

Any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

  (d)

Any Material Adverse Change with respect to the Borrower.

 

  (e)

Any change in the Borrower’s name, legal structure, place of business, or chief executive office if the Borrower has more than one place of business.

 

  (f)

Any Permitted Acquisition.

 

  9.10

Insurance.

 

  (a)

General Business Insurance . The Borrower shall maintain insurance satisfactory to the Bank as to amount, nature and carrier covering property damage (including loss of use and occupancy) to any of the Borrower’s properties, business interruption insurance, public liability insurance including coverage for contractual liability, product liability and workers’ compensation, and any other insurance which is usual for the Borrower’s business or for the Collateral, it being agreed that insurance acceptable to the Bank at closing will continue to be acceptable to the Bank. Each policy shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior notice to the Bank of any cancellation thereof.

 

18


  (b)

Evidence of Insurance . Upon the request of the Bank, to deliver to the Bank a copy of each insurance policy, or, if permitted by the Bank, a certificate of insurance listing all insurance in force.

 

  9.11

Compliance with Laws.

The Borrower shall comply with the laws (including any fictitious or trade name statute), regulations, and orders of any government body with authority over the Borrower’s business, except to the extent that a failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. The Bank shall have no obligation to make the Loan to the Borrower, except in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and the Borrower shall fully cooperate with the Bank in complying with all such applicable laws and regulations.

 

  9.12

ERISA Plans.

The Borrower shall promptly during each year, pay and cause to be paid contributions adequate to meet at least the minimum funding standards under ERISA with respect to each and every Plan; file each annual report required to be filed pursuant to ERISA in connection with each Plan for each year; and notify the Bank within ten (10) days of the occurrence of any Reportable Event that might constitute grounds for termination of any capital Plan by the PBGC or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer any Plan. Capitalized terms in this paragraph shall have the meanings defined within ERISA.

 

  9.13

ERISA Plans - Notices.

The Borrower shall with respect to a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, give prompt written notice to the Bank of:

 

  (a)

The occurrence of any reportable event under Section 4043(c) of ERISA for which the PBGC requires thirty (30) days notice.

 

  (b)

Any action by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to terminate or withdraw from a Plan or the filing of any notice of intent to terminate under Section 4041 of ERISA.

 

  (c)

The commencement of any proceeding with respect to a Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA.

 

  9.14

Books and Records.

The Borrower shall maintain books and records sufficient to prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

 

19


  9.15

Audits.

The Borrower shall allow the Bank and its agents to inspect the Borrower’s properties and examine, audit, and make copies of books and records at any reasonable time, limited to once per year unless an Event of Default or Material Adverse Change has occurred. If any of the Borrower’s properties, books or records are in the possession of a third party, the Borrower shall, at the Bank’s request, authorize that third party to permit the Bank or its agents to have access to perform inspections or audits and to respond to the Bank’s requests for information concerning such properties, books and records.

 

  9.16

Cooperation.

The Borrower shall take any action reasonably requested by the Bank to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

10.

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

If any of the following Events of Default occurs and the Bank has not waived such Event of Default in writing, the Bank may do one or more of the following: declare the Borrower in default, stop making any additional credit available to the Borrower, and require the Borrower to repay its entire Indebtedness immediately and without prior notice. If an event which, with notice or the passage of time, will constitute an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Bank has no obligation to make the Loan or extend additional credit under this Agreement. In addition, if any Event of Default occurs, the Bank shall have all rights, powers and remedies available under any instruments and agreements required by or executed in connection with this Agreement, including the Loan Documents, as well as all rights and remedies available at law or in equity. If an Event of Default occurs under Section 10.5 below, with respect to the Borrower, then the entire Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement shall automatically be due immediately.

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

  10.1

Failure to Pay.

The Borrower fails to make any payment of principal under this Agreement when due or any other payment within five (5) days of when due.

 

  10.2

Default under Other Loan Documents.

After giving effect to any applicable cure or grace period, any default occurs under the other Loan Documents or any guaranty, subordination agreement, security agreement, deed of trust, mortgage, or other document required by or delivered in connection with this Agreement or any such document is no longer in effect, or any guarantor purports to revoke or disavow any of the Loan Documents or any default occurs under any other Indebtedness owed to the Bank by the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates.

 

20


  10.3

Cross-default.

After giving effect to any applicable cure or grace period, any default occurs under any agreement in connection with any credit or Indebtedness the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates has obtained from anyone else or which the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates has guaranteed, in each case, in an amount at or greater than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00), other than any indebtedness consisting of non-recourse loans to Affiliates that are special purpose entities.

 

  10.4

False Information.

Any representation or warranty made by the Borrower herein or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto, or any financial statement delivered to the Bank hereunder, shall prove to have been false in any material respect as of the time when made or given.

 

  10.5

Insolvency.

The Borrower shall: (a) become insolvent, or (b) be unable, or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, or (c) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or to an agent authorized to liquidate any substantial amount of its property, or (d) become the subject of an “order for relief” within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (e) become the subject of a creditor’s petition for liquidation, reorganization or to effect a plan or other arrangement with creditors, or (f) apply to a court for the appointment of a custodian or receiver for any of its assets, or (g) have a custodian or receiver appointed for any of its assets (with or without its consent), or (h) have assets in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) garnished, seized or forfeited, or threatened with garnishment, seizure or forfeiture, or (i) otherwise become the subject of any insolvency proceedings or propose or enter into any formal or informal composition or arrangement with its creditors.

 

  10.6

Lawsuits.

Any lawsuit or lawsuits are filed on behalf of one or more trade creditors against the Borrower in an aggregate amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more in excess of any insurance coverage.

 

  10.7

Judgments.

Any judgments or arbitration awards are entered against the Borrower, or the Borrower enters into any settlement agreements with respect to any litigation or arbitration, in an aggregate amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more in excess of any insurance coverage that remains unpaid or unstayed for more than thirty (30) days.

 

21


  10.8

Material Adverse Change.

Any material adverse change occurs on (a) the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business or operations of the Borrower from those reflected in the most current financial statements provided by the Borrower to the Bank or from the facts represented or warranted in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document delivered to the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, (b) the ability of the Borrower to carry out its respective business as of the closing date or to meet or perform its Obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents on a timely basis, or (c) the amount which the Bank would be likely to receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in a liquidation of the collateral, taken as a whole, granted, mortgaged, assigned or pledged to the Bank under the Loan Documents.

 

  10.9

Security Agreement.

The Borrower fails to comply with any representation, warranty or covenant set forth in the Security Agreement and such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days.

 

  10.10 

Collateral Defaults.

 

  (a)

The Borrower transfers or disposes of any of the Collateral, except as permitted by this Agreement or the Security Agreement; or

 

  (b)

There occurs any attachment, execution or levy on any of the Collateral.

 

  10.11 

Government Action.

Any government authority takes action that the Bank believes materially and adversely affects the Borrower’s financial condition or ability to repay.

 

  10.12 

ERISA Plans.

Any one or more of the following events occurs with respect to a Plan of the Borrower subject to Title IV of ERISA, provided such event or events could reasonably be expected, in the judgment of the Bank, to subject the Borrower to any tax, penalty or liability (or any combination of the foregoing) which, in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Borrower:

 

  (a)

A reportable event shall occur under Section 4043(c) of ERISA with respect to a Plan.

 

  (b)

Any Plan termination (or commencement of proceedings to terminate a Plan) or the full or partial withdrawal from a Plan by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

22


  10.13 

Unenforceability of any Loan Document.

This Agreement or any other Loan Document shall, at any time after their respective execution and delivery, and for any reason, cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void, or be revoked or terminated other than as permitted hereunder, or the validity or enforceability thereof or hereof shall be contested by the Borrower or any shareholder of the Borrower, or the Borrower shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation thereunder or hereunder, as the case may be, other than pursuant to a termination in accordance with its terms.

 

  10.14 

Other Breach under this Agreement.

A default occurs under any other term or condition of this Agreement not specifically referred to in this Article. This includes any failure by the Borrower to comply with any covenants set forth in Article 9 of this Agreement, whether such failure is evidenced by financial statements delivered to the Bank or is otherwise known to the Borrower or the Bank. If, in the Bank’s opinion, the breach is capable of being remedied, the breach shall not be considered an Event of Default under this Agreement for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which the Bank gives written notice of the breach to the Borrower.

 

11.

ENFORCING THIS AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

 

  11.1

Conclusiveness of Statements.

Determinations and statements of the Bank pursuant to Sections 6.2 and 6.3 shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the correctness of the determinations and statements and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

  11.2

Obligation of the Bank to Mitigate.

The Bank agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of the Bank responsible for administering the Loan of the Bank becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would entitle the Bank to receive payments under Section 6.3 , it will, to the extent not inconsistent with the internal policies of the Bank and any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts (a) to make, issue, fund or maintain the Loan through another lending office of the Bank, or (b) take such other measures as the Bank may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to the Bank pursuant to Section 6.3 , would be materially reduced and if, as determined by the Bank in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such commitment or the Loan through such other lending office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise materially adversely affect such commitment or the Loan or the interests of the Bank.

 

23


  11.3

Survival of Provisions.

The provisions of Sections 6.2 and 6.3 shall survive the obligation of the Bank to extend credit under this Agreement and the repayment of the Loan; provided that the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to compensate the Bank under Sections 6.2 and 6.3 above with respect to increased costs or reductions arising from any period prior to the date that is six (6) months prior to the date of such demand by the Bank if the Bank knew or could reasonably have been expected to be aware of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would in fact result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs or reductions; provided further that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any law, regulation, rule, guideline or directive.

 

  11.4

GAAP.

Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all financial information provided to the Bank and all financial covenants shall be made under GAAP, consistently applied, except with respect to unaudited interim financial statements.

 

  11.5

Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. To the extent that the Bank has greater rights or remedies under federal law, whether as a national bank or otherwise, this paragraph shall not be deemed to deprive the Bank of such rights and remedies as may be available under federal law.

 

  11.6

Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement is binding on the Borrower’s and the Bank’s successors and assignees. The Borrower agrees that it may not assign this Agreement without the Bank’s prior consent. The Bank may sell participations in or assign the Advance to another lending institution, and may exchange information about the Borrower (including, without limitation, any information regarding any hazardous substances) with actual or potential participants or assignees; provided that such actual or potential participants or assignees shall agree to treat all non-public information exchanged as confidential. If a participation is sold or the Advance is assigned, the purchaser shall have the right of set-off against the Borrower.

 

  11.7

Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE BANK AND THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER THE BANK OR THE BORROWER AGAINST THE OTHER.

 

24


  11.8

Judicial Reference.

 

  (a)

The parties prefer that any dispute between them be resolved in litigation subject to a Jury Trial Waiver as set forth in Section 11.7 of this Agreement, but the California Supreme Court has held that pre-dispute Jury Trial Waivers not authorized by statute are unenforceable. This Reference Provision shall be applicable until:

 

  (i)

the California Supreme Court holds that a pre-dispute Jury Trial Waiver provision similar to that set forth herein is valid or enforceable; or

 

  (ii)

the California Legislature enacts a statute which becomes law, authorizing pre-dispute Jury Trial Waivers of the type set forth herein and, as a result, such waivers become enforceable.

 

  (b)

Other than (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of security interests in real or personal property, (ii) the appointment of a receiver or (iii) the exercise of other provisional remedies (any of which may be initiated pursuant to applicable law), any controversy, dispute or claim (each, for purposes of this Section, a “ Claim ”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, a Swap Contract or any other document, instrument or agreement between the Bank and the Borrower (collectively in this Section, the “ Documents ”), shall be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Section 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“ CCP ”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Documents, venue for the reference proceeding shall be in the Superior Court or Federal District Court in the County or District where the real property, if any, is located or in a County or District where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “ Court ”).

 

  (c)

The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. The referee shall be appointed to sit with all the powers provided by law. Pending appointment of the referee, the Court has power to issue temporary or provisional remedies.

 

  (d)

The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within

 

25


 

ninety (90) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

  (e)

The referee shall have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

 

  (f)

Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter shall be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee shall be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties shall equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

  (g)

The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California shall be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, provide all temporary or provisional remedies, enter equitable orders that shall be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a trial, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee’s decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court. The final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

 

  (h)

If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure shall be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP

 

26


 

as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL DISPUTES RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION SHALL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION SHALL APPLY TO ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THEM WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR IS RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE DOCUMENTS.

 

  11.9

 Severability; Waivers.

If any part of this Agreement is not enforceable, the rest of this Agreement may be enforced. The Bank retains all rights, even if it makes an Advance after Default. If the Bank waives a Default, it may enforce a later Default. Any consent or waiver under this Agreement must be in writing.

 

  11.10

 Attorneys’ Fees.

The Borrower shall reimburse the Bank for any reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by the Bank in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement and any other documents executed in connection with this Agreement, and in connection with any amendment, waiver, “workout” or restructuring under this Agreement. In the event of a lawsuit or arbitration proceeding, the prevailing party is entitled to recover costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the lawsuit or arbitration proceeding, as determined by the court or arbitrator. In the event that any case is commenced by or against the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or any similar or successor statute, the Bank is entitled to recover costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the Bank related to the preservation, protection, or enforcement of any rights of the Bank in such a case. As used in this paragraph, “attorneys’ fees” includes the allocated costs of the Bank’s in-house counsel.

 

  11.11

 One Agreement.

This Agreement and any related security or other agreements required by this Agreement, collectively:

 

  (a)

represent the sum of the understandings and agreements between the Bank and the Borrower concerning this credit;

 

  (b)

replace any prior oral or written agreements between the Bank and the Borrower concerning this credit; and

 

27


  (c)

are intended by the Bank and the Borrower as the final, complete and exclusive statement of the terms agreed to by them.

In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any other agreements required by this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail. Any reference in any related document to a “promissory note” or a “note” executed by the Borrower and dated as of the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Note, as now in effect or as hereafter amended, renewed, or restated.

 

  11.12

 Indemnification.

The Borrower shall indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from any loss, liability, damages, judgments, and costs of any kind relating to or arising directly or indirectly out of (a) this Agreement or any document required hereunder, (b) any credit extended or committed by the Bank to the Borrower hereunder, and (c) any litigation or proceeding related to or arising out of this Agreement, any such document, or any such credit. This indemnity includes but is not limited to attorneys’ fees (including the allocated cost of in-house counsel). This indemnity extends to the Bank, its parent, subsidiaries and all of their directors, officers, employees, agents, successors, attorneys, and assigns. This indemnity shall survive repayment of the Borrower’s Obligations to the Bank. All sums due to the Bank hereunder shall be Obligations of the Borrower, due and payable immediately without demand.

 

  11.13

 Notices.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in another agreement between the Bank and the Borrower, all notices required under this Agreement shall be personally delivered or sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier, to the addresses on the signature page of this Agreement, or sent by facsimile to the fax numbers listed on the signature page, or to such other addresses as the Bank and the Borrower may specify from time to time in writing. Notices and other communications shall be effective (a) if mailed, upon the earlier of receipt or five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, postage prepaid, (b) if telecopied, when transmitted, or (c) if hand-delivered, by courier or otherwise (including telegram, lettergram or mailgram), when delivered.

 

  11.14

 Headings.

Article and paragraph headings are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation or meaning of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

  11.15

 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as necessary or convenient, and by the different parties on separate counterparts each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

 

28


  11.16

 USA Patriot Act Notice.

Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account or obtains an advance. The Bank shall ask for the Borrower’s legal name, address, tax ID number or social security number and other identifying information. The Bank may also ask for additional information or documentation or take other actions reasonably necessary to verify the identity of the Borrower, guarantors or other related persons.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

29


This Agreement is executed as of the date stated at the top of the first page.

 

   
       
       
BANK     BORROWER
U.S. Bank National Association     SolarCity Corporation
By:  

/s/ Cecilia Person

    By:  

/s/ David White

  Cecilia Person       David White
  Vice President and Portfolio Manager       Chief Financial Officer

 

Notice address for Bank:

  

Notice address for Borrower:

One California Street, Suite 2100

  

3055 Clearview Way

San Francisco, CA 94111

  

San Mateo, CA 94402

Phone: (415) 273-5206

  

Email: contracts@solarcity.com

Facsimile: (415) 273-5212

  

Facsimile: (650) 560-6182

Attention: Cecilia Person

  

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO T ERM L OAN A GREEMENT


SCHEDULE 1

PERMITTED ACQUISITIONS

The acquisition by the Borrower or an affiliate thereof of substantially all of the assets of Clean Currents Solar of the Mid-Atlantic, LLC (“Clean Currents Solar”), headquartered at 155 Gibbs Street, Suite 425, Rockville, MD 20850 and with warehouse and sales offices at 2319 Stewart Drive, Suite B, Silver Spring, MD 20910 substantially on the terms and conditions outlined in that certain Summary of Proposed Terms and Conditions for an Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 10, 2010 between the Borrower and Clean Currents Solar or on such other terms and conditions as otherwise duly authorized by the board of directors of the Borrower.

 

S CHEDULE 1


SCHEDULE 2

PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS

 

SolarCity Corporation

              

Current Indebtedness

              

As of December 22, 2010

              
                  

Bridge Bank Credit Revolver

             $4,495,188.00
                  

Non Vehicle Notes Payable as of 11/30/2010

              
                  
   

Microsoft Licenses

             $148,193.15
   

IBM Credit

             $61,061.12
   

Compellent Credit

             $44,841.91
                   $254,096.17
                    
                    

Vehicles Notes Payable as of 11/30/2010

              
                  
   

Bridge Bank

             $1,085,554.80
   

Chrysler

             $434,665.27
   

Mercedes Benz

             $552,017.52
   

Ford Credit

             $111,398.57
   

Wells Fargo Bank

             $29,510.86
   

Toyota

             $579,091.03
                   $2,792,238.05
                    
                    
   

Total Indebtedness

             $7,541,522.22
                    

 

S CHEDULE 2

Exhibit 10.6A

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO TERM LOAN AGREEMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ First Amendment ”) dated as of May 1, 2011 is by and between SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and U.S. Bank National Association (the “ Bank ”) as a First Amendment to that certain Term Loan Agreement dated as of January 24, 2011 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) between the Bank and the Borrower and that certain Security Agreement dated as of January 24, 2011 (“ Security Agreement ”) between the Bank and the Borrower. Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein shall have their defined meaning under the Loan Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Bank made available to the Borrower a term loan facility in an amount not to exceed Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00);

WHEREAS, the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under the Loan Agreement are secured pursuant to the Security Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank desire to amend the Loan Agreement and the.Security Agreement as provided herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT.

A.     Article 1 . The following definition is hereby added to the Loan Agreement:

“‘ Tangible Net Worth ” means total consolidated assets, less intangible assets, less total consolidated liabilities.”

B.     Article 1 . The definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” is hereby deleted and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“‘ Permitted Indebtedness ’ means (a) all Indebtedness to the Bank, (b) all Indebtedness under that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 1, 2011 between the Borrower, the Bank and the lenders party thereto), (c) Indebtedness to parties other than the Bank (including as a guaranty or surety or pursuant to a contingent liability) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any one time outstanding, (d) all other Indebtedness of the Borrower in existence as of the date of this Agreement and disclosed to the Bank on Schedule 2 attached hereto, (e) Indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of equipment (and any accessions, attachments, or improvements thereon), (f) Indebtedness incurred with respect to equipment leased to customers in the ordinary course of business, which Indebtedness is contemplated to


be serviced by the related lease payment, (g) guaranties of obligations of Borrower’s subsidiaries, and (h) extensions, refinancing, modifications, amendments and restatements of any item of Permitted Indebtedness described in (a) through (h) above,”

C.     Section 9.2(c) . Section 9.2(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c)     without request, provide to the Bank all of the following financial information, in form and content acceptable to the Bank, pertaining to the Borrower:

 

  (i)

Quarterly Compliance Certificates : No later than (1) fifteen (15) days after the end of each month in connection with the liquidity statements required by subsection (ii) hereof, (2) thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter in connection with the EBITDA covenant in Section 9.3(a) hereof, and (3) ninety (90) days after the fiscal year end in connection with the Minimum Tangible Net Worth covenant in Section 9.3(c) hereof, the Borrower shall provide a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit A . executed by the Borrower’s chief financial officer, controller, or other officer or person acceptable to the Bank certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and further certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Event of Default exists under this Agreement.

 

  (ii)

Monthly Liquidity Statements : Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, the bank and brokerage statements of the Borrower verifying liquid assets as of the month-end.

 

  (iii)

Monthly Activity-Based Financial Statements : Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each month, the internally-prepared consolidated Activity-based financial statements, including an income statement.

 

  (iv)

Quarterly GAAP-Based Financial Statements : Not later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending March 31, 2011, and not later than sixty (60) days after the end of the fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending each June 30, September 30 and March 31 thereafter, the internally-prepared consolidated GAAP-based financial statements, including an income statement and balance sheet.

 

  (v)

Audited Annual Financial Statements : Not later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated GAAP-based audited financial statements for the Borrower prepared by a certified public accounting firm acceptable to the Bank.

 

-2-


  (vi)

Preliminary Annual Financial Statements : Not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the preliminary GAAP-based financial statements for the Borrower.

 

  (vii)

Annual Budget : Not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, an annual budget of the Borrower, which shall include a quarterly Activity-based income statement.”

D.     Section 9.3 . Section 9.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Financial Covenants.

The Borrower shall maintain the following:

 

  (a)

Minimum Quarterly Activity-based EBITDA .

 

  (i)

For the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2011 EBITDA shall not be more negative than Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars (<$7,500,000>);

 

  (ii)

For the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2011 EBITDA shall not be more negative than Two Million Dollars (<$2,000,000>);

 

  (iii)

For the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011 EBITDA shall not be less than Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000);

 

  (iv)

For the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011 EBITDA shall not be less than Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000); and

 

  (v)

For the fiscal quarter ended March 31,2012 and each quarter thereafter EBITDA shall not be less than One Dollar ($1.00).

 

  (b)

Minimum Liquidity Ratio . A ratio of Liquid Assets to Funded Debt of at least 2.00:1.00, measured at the end of each month.

 

  (c)

Minimum Tangible Net Worth . Tangible Net Worth not less than One Dollar ($1.00) at any time, to be tested as of the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower.”

E.     Section 10.2 . Section 10.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Default Under Other Loan Documents.

After giving effect to any applicable cure or grace period, any default occurs under the other Loan Documents or any guaranty, subordination agreement, security

 

-3-


agreement, deed of trust, mortgage, or other document required by or delivered in connection with this Agreement, or that certain Revolving Credit Agreement between the Bank and the Borrower dated as of April 1, 2011, or any such document is no longer in effect, or any guarantor purports to revoke or disavow any of the Loan Documents or any default occurs under any other Indebtedness owed to the Bank by the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates.”

F.     Exhibit A . Exhibit A of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with Exhibit A attached hereto.

SECTION 2. AMENDMENTS TO SECURITY AGREEMENT.

A.     Schedule 1 . Schedule 1 to the Security Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with Exhibit B attached hereto.

B.     Schedule 2 . Schedule 2 to the Security Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with Exhibit C attached hereto.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.   The Borrower hereby certifies and confirms that as of the effective date of this First Amendment (a) no material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, financial condition of the Borrower that would affect Borrower’s ability to meet it obligations under the Loan Agreement or the Security Agreement or to conduct its business has occurred, (b) subject to the modifications in Section 1 hereof, its representations and warranties contained in Section 8 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this First Amendment, (c) subject to the modifications in Section 2 hereof, its representations and warranties contained in Section 2 of the Security Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this First Amendment and (d) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the Loan Agreement or the Security Agreement.

SECTION 4. COUNTERPARTS. The execution and delivery of this First Amendment by the Borrower and the Bank shall constitute a contract between them for the uses and purposes set forth in the Loan Agreement and the Security Agreement, both as amended by this First Amendment, and this First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, with each executed counterpart constituting an original and all counterparts together constituting one agreement.

SECTION 5. EFFECTIVENESS. This First Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon the execution by the Borrower and the Bank of this First Amendment with written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery hereof. Except as amended by this First Amendment, all terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement and the Security Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. The parties hereto intend that this First Amendment shall be binding upon the Bank and the Borrower upon execution of this First Amendment by such parties.

SECTION 6. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.   Any provision of this First Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such portion

 

-4-


without invalidating the remaining provisions of this First Amendment, or any other agreement executed between the Bank and the Borrower or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provisions.

SECTION 7. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This First Amendment is binding upon the parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Bank.

SECTION 8. GOVERNING LAW. This First Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without giving effect to California choice of law principles that would result in the application of laws of another jurisdiction.

[ signature page follows ]

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:

 

/s/ Cecilia Person

 

Cecilia Person

Vice President

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ David White

 

David White

Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit 10.6B

October 19, 2011

David White

Chief Financial Officer

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, CA 94402

 

  Re:

Notice of Waiver and Amendment under the Term Loan Agreement dated January 24, 2011 and the Revolving Credit Agreement dated April 1, 2011

Dear Mr. White:

We refer to (1) that certain Term Loan Agreement dated as of January 24, 2011 (as amended on May 1, 2011, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) between U.S. Bank National Association (the “ Bank ”) and SolarCity Corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and (2) that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 1, 2011 (the “ Credit Agreement ” and together with the Term Loan Agreement, the “ Loan Agreements ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have their assigned meanings in the Loan Agreements.

Section 9.2(c)(v) of each Loan Agreement requires the Borrower to submit to the Bank audited annual financial statements of the Borrower, prepared by a certified public accounting firm acceptable to the Bank. As of the date of this notice of default, the Borrower has not provided the Bank with these financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

The Bank, with the consent of Bridge Bank as Required Lender under the Credit Agreement, hereby waives any Event of Default that has occurred as a result of the Borrower’s failure to deliver such financials. Furthermore, the Bank, with the consent of Bridge Bank as Required Lender under the Credit Agreement, hereby amends Section 9.2(c)(v) solely with respect to the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 such that the Borrower is not required to deliver such financials until October 31, 2011. If the Borrower does not deliver such financials by October 31, 2011, an Event of Default shall be deemed to occur under Section 10.14 of the Term Loan Agreement and under Section 10.15 of the Credit Agreement.

The Bank reserves the right to take such action as the Bank considers necessary or reasonable under the Loan Agreements, and reserves all other rights and remedies available to it under applicable law. Except as explicitly stated herein, no failure or delay on the part of the Bank or any successor or assign of the Bank in exercising any power, right or remedy under the Loan Agreements or related documents shall operate as a


waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy shall preclude an further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Cecilia Person

Cecilia Person, Vice President for U.S. Bank National Association

 

Consented to by Bridge Bank

By:

 

/s/ Molly Hendry

Name:

 

Molly Hendry

Title:

 

AVP, Relationship Mgr.

Acknowledged by SolarCity Corporation

By:

 

/s/ DAVID WHITE

Name:

 

DAVID WHITE

Title:

 

CFO

 

cc:

Teveia Barnes, Esq.

Exhibit 10.6C

THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO TERM LOAN AGREEMENT (this Third Amendment ) dated as of March 6, 2012 is by and between SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Borrower ) and U.S. Bank National Association (the Bank ) as a Third Amendment to that certain Term Loan Agreement dated as of January 24, 2011 (as amended by the First Amendment to Term Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 1, 2011, and as further amended by a letter dated as of October 19, 2011, the Loan Agreement ) between the Bank and the Borrower. Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein shall have their defined meaning under the Loan Agreement.

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Bank made available to the Borrower a term loan facility in an amount not to exceed Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00); and

WHEREAS , the Borrower and the Bank desire to amend the Loan Agreement as provided herein.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS.

A. Article 1 . A new subsection (b) is hereby added to the definition of “Funded Debt” so that such definition is restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“ ‘ Funded Debt means total interest-bearing Indebtedness, including committed but unused credit facilities but excluding (a) any Indebtedness that is non-recourse to the Borrower, and (b) Indebtedness in an aggregate amount outstanding of up to Sixty Five Million Dollars ($65,000,000) pursuant to an inventory financing facility between the Borrower and Bank of America, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as sole lead arranger and sole book manager, on terms disclosed to and approved by the Bank in writing.

B. Article 1 . A new subsection (i) is added to the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” so that such definition is restated to read in its entirety as follows

“ ‘ Permitted Indebtedness means (a) all Indebtedness to the Bank, (b) all Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement, (c) Indebtedness to parties other than the Bank (including as a guaranty or surety or pursuant to a contingent liability) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any one time outstanding, (d) all other Indebtedness of the Borrower in existence as of the date of this Agreement and disclosed to the Bank on Schedule 2 attached hereto, (e)


Indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of equipment (and any accessions, attachments, replacements or improvements thereon), (f) Indebtedness incurred with respect to equipment leased to customers in the ordinary course of business, which Indebtedness is contemplated to be serviced by the related lease payment, (g) guaranties of obligations of Borrower’s subsidiaries, (h) extensions, refinancing, modifications, amendments and restatements of any item of Permitted Indebtedness described in (a) through (g) above, and (i) Indebtedness incurred under an inventory financing facility between the Borrower and Bank of America, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as sole lead arranger and sole book manager, in an aggregate amount not to exceed Sixty Five Million Dollars ($65,000,000.00) at any one time outstanding, with a maturity no longer than eighteen (18) months (the BofA Facility ).”

C. Article 1 . A new definition for Revolving Credit Agreement is hereby added in its entirety as follows:

“ ‘ Revolving Credit Agreement means that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 1, 2011 among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and the Bank as agent, as amended from time to time.”

D. Section 4.2 . Section 4.2 is hereby restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Repayment Period .

Upon expiration of the Drawing Period, the loan will automatically convert to a three (3) year (the Repayment Period ) fully amortizing term loan. During the Repayment Period the Borrower shall make thirty-six (36) equal monthly payments of principal plus interest on the Loan.”

E. Section 9.6 . A new subsection (m) is added to Section 9.6 of the Loan Agreement so that such Section is restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Other Liens .

The Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or other lien or levy upon or security interest (“ Liens ”) in any of the Borrower’s property or assets, except (a) Liens arising under the Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (b) Liens securing Permitted Indebtedness, (c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, (d) Leases or subleases and non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, (e) Liens existing on the date hereof and disclosed in writing to Bank, (f) Liens

 

2


of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, vendors, and landlords incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not overdue or being contested in good faith, provided provision is made for the eventual payment thereof if subsequently found payable, (g) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (h) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default, (i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, (j) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as security for financed premiums, (k) Liens on the equity interests of the Borrower’s subsidiaries granted in connection with financing provided to such subsidiary, (1) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens, and (m) Liens on inventory securing Permitted Indebtedness, but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase (“ Permitted Encumbrances ”).”

SECTION 2. TERMINATION AND RELEASE OF LIEN. The Bank hereby acknowledges and agrees that the BofA Facility will be secured by the Inventory identified on the UCC-3 (the “ UCC-3 ”) attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ BofA Collateral ”). The Bank hereby terminates and releases any Lien they may now have in the BofA Collateral and authorizes Bank of America, N.A. and its counsel to record the UCC-3 in the appropriate jurisdictions necessary to give effect to such release.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Borrower hereby certifies and confirms that as of the effective date of this Third Amendment (a) no material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, financial condition of the Borrower that would affect Borrower’s ability to meet it obligations under the Loan Agreement or to conduct its business has occurred, (b) subject to the modifications in Section 1 hereof, its representations and warranties contained in Section 8 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Third Amendment, and (c) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the Loan Agreement.

SECTION 4. COUNTERPARTS. The execution and delivery of this Third Amendment by the Borrower and the Bank shall constitute a contract between them for the uses and purposes set forth in the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Third Amendment, and this Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, with each executed counterpart constituting an original and all counterparts together constituting one agreement.

SECTION 5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Third Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon (a) the execution by the Borrower and the Bank of this Third Amendment with written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery hereof, (b) the payment of an amendment fee to the Bank in the amount of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) and (c) payment of all legal fees and expenses of the Bank in

 

3


connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Third Amendment. Except as amended by this Third Amendment, all terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS. Any provision of this Third Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such portion without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Third Amendment, or any other agreement executed between the Bank and the Borrower or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provisions.

SECTION 7. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Third Amendment is binding upon the parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Bank.

SECTION 8. GOVERNING LAW. This Third Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without giving effect to California choice of law principles that would result in the application of laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:

 

/s/ Cecilia Person

 

Cecilia Person

 

Vice President

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ B. Kelly

 

Bob Kelly

 

Chief Financial Officer

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

T HIRD A MENDMENT TO T ERM L OAN A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.6D

FOURTH AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

TO

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO TERM LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Fourth Amendment ”) dated as of June 28, 2012 is by and between SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and U.S. Bank National Association (the “ Bank ”) as a Fourth Amendment to that certain Term Loan Agreement dated as of January 24, 2011 (as amended by the First Amendment to Term Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 1, 2011, and as further amended by a letter dated as of October 19, 2011 and by the Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement dated as of March 6, 2012, the “ Loan Agreement ”) between the Bank and the Borrower. Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein shall have their defined meaning under the Loan Agreement.

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Bank made available to the Borrower a term loan facility in an amount not to exceed Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00);

WHEREAS , the Borrower has not satisfied a financial covenant set forth in the Loan Agreement, which the Bank desires to waive; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank desire to amend the Loan Agreement as provided herein.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. WAIVER.

   A.         For the months ending April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, the Borrower has failed to maintain a ratio of Liquid Assets to Funded Debt of at least 2.00:1.00 as required under Section 9.3(b) of the Loan Agreement (the “ Existing Default ”). In accordance with Section 11.9 of the Loan Agreement the Bank hereby waives the Existing Default.

   B.         Except for with respect to the Existing Default, the Bank reserves the right to take such action as the Bank considers necessary or reasonable under the Loan Agreement, and reserves all other rights and remedies available to it under applicable law. Except as expressly stated herein, no failure or delay on the part of the Bank or any successor or assign of the Bank in exercising any power, right or remedy under the Loan Agreement or related documents shall operate as waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy shall preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right, or remedy.

SECTION 2. AMENDMENT .    Section 9.3(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Minimum Liquidity Ratio. A ratio of Liquid Assets to Funded Debt of at least 1.25:1.00, measured at the end of each month.”


SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.     The Borrower hereby certifies and confirms that as of the effective date of this Fourth Amendment (A) no material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, financial condition of the Borrower that would affect Borrower’s ability to meet it obligations under the Loan Agreement or to conduct its business has occurred, (B) subject to the modifications in Section 2 hereof, its representations and warranties contained in Section 8 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Fourth Amendment, and (C) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Loan Agreement (except for the Existing Default, expressly waived by the Bank pursuant to Section 1 hereof).

SECTION 4. COUNTERPARTS.     The execution and delivery of this Fourth Amendment by the Borrower and the Bank shall constitute a contract between them for the uses and purposes set forth in the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Fourth Amendment, and this Fourth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, with each executed counterpart constituting an original and all counterparts together constituting one agreement.

SECTION 5. EFFECTIVENESS.     This Fourth Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon (A) the execution by the Borrower and the Bank of this Fourth Amendment with written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery hereof and (B) payment of all legal fees and expenses of the Bank in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Fourth Amendment. Except as amended by this Fourth Amendment, all terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.     Any provision of this Fourth Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such portion without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Fourth Amendment, or any other agreement executed between the Bank and the Borrower or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provisions.

SECTION 7. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.     This Fourth Amendment is binding upon the parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Bank.

SECTION 8. GOVERNING LAW.     This Fourth Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without giving effect to California choice of law principles that would result in the application of laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fourth Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Cecilia Person

 
 

Cecilia Person

 
  Vice President  

 

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert Kelly

 
  Robert Kelly  
  Chief Financial Officer  

 

 

 

 

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

F OURTH A MENDMENT AND WAIVER TO T ERM L OAN A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.7

Execution

 

 

 

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 1, 2011

among

S OLAR C ITY C ORPORATION ,

as the Borrower,

The Lenders Parties Hereto,

and

U.S. B ANK N ATIONAL A SSOCIATION ,

As Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

   Page  

1.     DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.     REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT

     7   

2.1       Revolving Line of Credit

     7   

2.2       Funding by the Lenders; Presumption by the Agent

     9   

2.3       Payments by the Borrower; Presumption by the Agent

     9   

2.4       Pro Rata Treatment and Payments

     9   

2.5       Defaulting Lenders

     11   

2.6       Notes

     11   

3.     INTEREST RATE

     12   

3.1       Interest Accrual

     12   

3.2       LIBOR Rate

     12   

3.3       Default Interest

     12   

3.4       Interest Calculation

     13   

4.     REPAYMENT

     13   

4.1       Interest Payments

     13   

4.2       Principal Payments

     13   

4.3       Payments

     13   

5.     FEES AND EXPENSES

     13   

5.1       Facility Fee

     13   

5.2       Reimbursement

     13   

6.     ADMINISTRATION OF CREDIT

     14   

6.1       Security and Guaranty

     14   

6.2       Changes in Law Rendering the Loans Unlawful

     14   

6.3       Capital Adequacy

     14   

6.4       Prepayment

     15   

6.5       Payments

     15   

6.6       Business Days

     16   

6.7       Taxes

     16   

7.     CONDITIONS OF BORROWING

     16   

7.1       Documentation

     16   

7.2       Representations

     17   

7.3       Payment of Fees

     17   

7.4       Insurance

     17   

7.5       Filings

     17   

7.6       Required Documentation

     18   

8.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     18   

8.1       Formation

     18   

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Cont’d)

 

Section

   Page  

8.2       Authorization

     18   

8.3       Enforceable Agreement; Accuracy of Information

     18   

8.4       Good Standing

     18   

8.5       No Conflicts

     18   

8.6       Financial Information

     19   

8.7       Lawsuits

     19   

8.8       Permits, Franchises

     19   

8.9       Other Obligations

     19   

8.10     Financial Statements

     19   

8.11     Tax Matters

     19   

8.12     No Event of Default or Material Adverse Change

     19   

8.13     Insurance

     20   

8.14     ERISA Plans

     20   

8.15     Location of Borrower

     20   

9.     COVENANTS

     20   

9.1       Use of Proceeds

     20   

9.2       Financial Information of Borrower

     21   

9.3       Financial Covenants

     22   

9.4       Limitation on Loans to Third Parties

     22   

9.5       Other Debts

     23   

9.6       Other Liens

     23   

9.7       Maintenance of Assets

     24   

9.8       Limitation on Acquisitions and Change in Control

     24   

9.9       Notices to Agent

     25   

9.10     Insurance

     25   

9.11     Compliance with Laws

     25   

9.12     ERISA Plans

     26   

9.13     ERISA Plans - Notices

     26   

9.14     Books and Records

     26   

9.15     Audits

     26   

9.16     Guaranties

     27   

9.17     Cooperation

     27   

10.   DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     27   

10.1     Failure to Pay

     27   

10.2     Default under Other Loan Documents

     27   

10.3     Cross-default

     27   

10.4     False Information

     28   

10.5     Insolvency

     28   

10.6     Lawsuits

     28   

10.7     Judgments

     28   

10.8     Material Adverse Change

     28   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Cont’d)

 

Section

   Page  

10.9     Security Agreement

     29   

10.10   Guaranties

     29   

10.11   Collateral Defaults

     29   

10.12   Government Action

     29   

10.13   ERISA Plans

     29   

10.14   Unenforceability of any Loan Document

     30   

10.15   Other Breach under this Agreement

     30   

11.   THE AGENT

     30   

11.1     Appointment and Authority

     30   

11.2     Rights as a Lender

     30   

11.3     Exculpatory Provisions

     31   

11.4     Reliance by Agent

     32   

11.5     Delegation of Duties

     32   

11.6     Resignation of Agent

     32   

11.7     Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders

     33   

12.   ENFORCING THIS AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

     33   

12.1     Conclusiveness of Statements

     33   

12.2     Obligation of the Lenders to Mitigate

     33   

12.3     Survival of Provisions

     34   

12.4     Amendments, Waivers and Release of Collateral

     34   

12.5     Payment of Expenses and Taxes; Indemnification

     36   

12.6     Adjustments; Set-off

     37   

12.7     GAAP

     38   

12.8     Governing Law

     38   

12.9     Successors and Assigns

     38   

12.10   Waiver of Jury Trial

     39   

12.11   Judicial Reference

     39   

12.12   Severability; Waivers

     42   

12.13   One Agreement

     42   

12.14   Notices

     42   

12.15   Headings

     43   

12.16   Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     43   

12.17   Confidentiality

     43   

12.18   Acknowledgments

     44   

12.19   USA Patriot Act Notice

     44   

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

    Permitted Indebtedness

     Schedule 1   

SCHEDULE 2

 

    Revolving Credit Commitments

     Schedule 2.1(a)   

EXHIBIT A

 

    Form of Compliance Certificate

     A-1   

EXHIBIT B

 

    Form of Note

     B-1   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Cont’d)

 

Section

       Page  

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Security Agreement

     C-1   

 

iv


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Revolving Credit Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of April 1, 2011 is among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually a “ Lender ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States, as agent for the Lenders hereunder (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Upon execution of this Agreement and updating of Schedule 2.1(a) by the Agent, a bank or other financial institution acceptable to the Borrower and the Agent shall be considered a Lender hereunder and shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof without any further requirement.

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

Activity-based ” means recognizing all current and future revenues, expenses and associated income of a project at the time a contract is signed.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Person or other person or its board of directors, whether through stock ownership, membership, partnership rights, voting rights, governing boards, committees, divisions or other bodies with one or more common members, directors, partners, trustees, officers or other managers.

Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement and any successors in such capacity.

Agreement ” means this Agreement among the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent dated as of April 1, 2011.

Borrower ” means SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City and San Francisco are authorized or required by law to remain closed, provided that, when used in connection with a LIBOR Loan or the determination of LIBOR Rate, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Cash and Cash Equivalents ” means (a) money, currency or a credit balance in a deposit account (i) maintained with a Lender or (ii) maintained with another financial institution located in the United States and subject to a control agreement acceptable to the Agent among the Borrower, such depository institution and the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, (b) short-term obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States of America, (c) commercial paper rated A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (or any successor) or P-1 or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor), (d) certificates of deposit issued by, and time deposits with, commercial banks (whether domestic or foreign) having capital and surplus in


excess of One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00), or (e) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the holdings of which are the type described in causes (b) through (d).

Closing Date ” means April 1, 2011 or such other date as the Agent and the Borrower shall mutually agree as the date the initial Loans may be made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b) hereof.

Control Agreement ” shall mean any deposit account control agreement entered into by the Borrower, the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders and any depository institution pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Default ” means an event which with the passage of time or giving of notice or both would become an Event of Default under this Agreement.

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that, at such time (a) has failed to make a Loan required pursuant to the term of this Agreement, and such default remains uncured for a period of one (1) Business Day following receipt of written notice thereof, (b) has failed to pay to the Agent or any Lender an amount owed by such Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and such default remains uncured a period of one (1) Business Day following receipt of written notice thereof, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or has become subject to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or to a receiver, trustee or similar official.

Dollar ” means U.S. Dollar.

EBITDA ” or “ Activity-based EBITDA ” means Activity-based operating income as represented by the Borrower before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash charges.

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Lender, (b) any fund that is administered or managed by a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender, (c) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and having total assets in excess of $3,000,000,000, calculated in accordance with the accounting principles prescribed by the regulatory authority applicable to such bank in its jurisdiction of organization, (d) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country that is a member of the OECD, or a political subdivision of any such country, and having total assets in excess of $3,000,000,000, calculated in accordance with the accounting principles prescribed by the regulatory authority applicable to such bank in its jurisdiction of organization, so long as such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the country in which it is organized or another country that is described in this clause (d), or (e) the central bank of any country that is a member of the OECD; provided , however , that neither the Borrower nor an Affiliate of the Borrower shall qualify as an Eligible Assignee.

 

2


ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or subsections (b), (c), (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Plan ” or “ Plan ” means a pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, including any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Event of Default ” means any of the events described in Article 10 hereof.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published on the next succeeding Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. If for any reason the Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate, for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms thereof, the Prime Rate shall be determined, until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the opening of business on the date of such change.

Funded Debt ” means total interest-bearing Indebtedness, including the unused Revolving Commitments of the Lenders but excluding any Indebtedness that is non-recourse to the Borrower.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied.

Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(c) hereof.

Guaranty ” shall mean any and all guaranties in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent made by any Guarantor as required by this Agreement.

Indebtedness ” means with respect to a specified Person, (a) all obligations for borrowed money, all installment sale and capitalized lease obligations and all reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit incurred or assumed by such Person (including, in the case of the Borrower, the Borrower’s Indebtedness under this Agreement and the Loan Documents), (b) all other obligations of such Person upon which interest is customarily charged, (c) all obligations of such Person to make swap payments under a Swap Contract, (d) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as deferred construction price for completed work or deferred purchase price

 

3


of property or services (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business, but only if and so long as the same are payable on customary trade terms), and (e) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or becoming surety for or having the economic effect of guaranteeing or becoming surety for any Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, but only up to the amount so guaranteed.

Interest Period ” means the period commencing on the advance date of the applicable Loan and ending on the numerically corresponding day one (1) month thereafter matching the interest rate term selected by Borrower; provided , however , (a) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, then the Interest Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day unless the next succeeding Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case the Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day, or (b) if any Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of the Interest Period), then the Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period.

Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

LIBOR Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a) hereof.

Lien ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereof.

Liquid Assets ” means total unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents, medium and long-term securities rated investment grade by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor), common or preferred stock which (a) is not control or restricted stock under Rule 144 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or subject to any other regulatory or contractual restrictions on sales, (b) is traded on a U. S. national stock exchange, including NASDAQ, with a liquidity on such exchange for such stock acceptable to the Agent and (c) has, as of the close of trading on the applicable exchange (excluding after hours trading), a per share price of at least Fifteen Dollars ($15) and the aggregate unused Revolving Commitments of the Lenders.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes, any Guaranty and any Control Agreement.

Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

Master Agreement ” means any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (including any related schedules).

Material Adverse Change ” means any material adverse effect on (a) the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business or operations of the Borrower from those reflected in the most current financial statements provided by the Borrower to the Agent or from the facts represented or warranted in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document delivered to the Agent pursuant to this Agreement, (b) the ability of the Borrower to carry out its

 

4


respective business as of the closing date or to meet or perform its Obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents on a timely basis, or (c) the amount which any Lender would be likely to receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in a liquidation of the collateral, taken as a whole, granted, mortgaged, assigned or pledged to the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

Note ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 hereof.

Notice of Borrowing ” shall mean a request for a Loan pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i ).

Obligations ” means the Loans, all other amounts owing to the Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents, the fees and expenses relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and all other obligations of the Borrower to the Agent and the Lenders arising under or in relation to the Loan Documents.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto under ERISA.

Permitted Acquisitions ” means the acquisition by the Borrower of all or substantially all of the assets of another company, the controlling interest in another company, or not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of or ownership interest in another company, provided that the company whose assets are being purchased, or whose capital stock or ownership interest is being acquired is in a line of business substantially similar to that of the Borrower as reasonably determined by the Borrower, and further provided that:

 

  (a)

at the time of such transaction, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default exists (including, without limitation, failure of the Borrower to comply with any affirmative or negative covenant contained in any of the Loan Documents as of the most recent measurement date), and no event or circumstance has occurred that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time would constitute an Event of Default;

 

  (b)

if the acquisition is of one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of or ownership interest or controlling interest in another company: (i) the Borrower is the surviving entity; and (ii) the transaction is not hostile; and (iii) the acquired entity will within thirty (30) days of the closing execute and deliver such guaranties, security agreements, and other documents as the Agent may require in connection with the Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents; and

 

  (c)

in no event may the aggregate cash consideration paid by the Borrower in connection with all Permitted Acquisitions at any time after the effective date of the Loan Documents, exceed the sum of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), whether such consideration is paid in connection with one or a series of related transactions. To the extent the Borrower pays non-cash consideration in connection with an acquisition the amount of non-cash consideration shall not cause the Borrower to exceed the Permitted Indebtedness.

 

5


Permitted Encumbrances ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereof.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means (a) all Indebtedness to the Lenders, (b) Indebtedness to parties other than the Lenders (including as a guaranty or surety or pursuant to a contingent liability) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any one time outstanding, (c) all other Indebtedness of the Borrower in existence as of the date of this Agreement and disclosed on Schedule 1 attached hereto, (d) Indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of equipment (and any accessions, attachments, replacements or improvements thereon), (e) Indebtedness incurred with respect to equipment leased to customers in the ordinary course of business, which Indebtedness is contemplated to be serviced by the related lease payment, (f) guaranties of obligations of Borrower’s subsidiaries, and (g) extensions, refinancing, modifications, amendments and restatements of any item of Permitted Indebtedness described in (a) through (f) above.

Person ” or words importing persons, means firms, associations, partnerships (including without limitation, limited liability company, general and limited partnerships), joint ventures, societies, estates, trusts, borrowers, public or governmental bodies, other legal entities and natural persons.

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Agent as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is set by the Agent based upon various factors including the Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans. The Agent may price loans and loan to its customers at, above, or below the “prime rate.” Any change in the “prime rate” shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of a change in the Agent’s “prime rate.”

Project Subsidiary ” means any special purpose subsidiary of the Borrower, established for the sole purpose of acquiring, leasing or financing projects.

Purchasers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.9 hereof.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Required Lenders ” shall mean the Lenders holding in the aggregate 66 2/3 % of all Loans then outstanding at such time plus the aggregate unused Revolving Commitments at such time; provided , however , if there are only two Lenders (and for purposes of this calculation, Lenders which are Affiliates shall be deemed to be one Lender), “ Required Lenders ” shall mean both Lenders; provided further , that if any Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender at such time, then there shall be excluded from the determination of Required Lenders, Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender and such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment, or after termination of the Revolving Commitments, the principal balance of the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender.

 

6


Revolving Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding up to such Lender’s Revolving Committed Amount as specified in Schedule 2.1(a ), as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Revolving Commitment Percentage ” shall mean, for each Lender, the percentage identified as its Revolving Commitment Percentage on Schedule 2.1(a ).

Revolving Commitment Period ” shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to but not including the Termination Date.

Revolving Committed Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a ).

Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement dated as of April 1, 2011 made by the Borrower for the benefit of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

Security Documents ” means (a) the Security Agreement, (b) any related financing statements, (c) any Guaranty now or hereafter executed and delivered to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and (d) any Control Agreement now or hereafter executed and delivered to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transactions is governed by or subject to any Master Agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, a Master Agreement, including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement. For purposes of calculating any payment obligations with respect to a Swap Contract, all amounts to be paid and received under such contracts shall be netted against each other on a one (1) month basis.

Tangible Net Worth ” means total consolidated assets, less intangible assets, less total consolidated liabilities.

Termination Date ” shall mean the first anniversary of the Closing Date or the earlier termination in full of the Revolving Commitment in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.

REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT

 

  2.1

Revolving Line of Credit.

 

7


  (a)

During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (“ Loans ) to the Borrower from time to time for the purposes hereinafter set forth; provided , however , that (i) with regard to each Lender individually, the sum of such Lender’s share of outstanding Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and (ii) with regard to the Revolving Lenders collectively, the sum of the aggregate amount of outstanding Loans shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Committed Amount then in effect. For purposes hereof, the aggregate amount available hereunder shall be the amount set forth on Schedule 2.1(a ) (as such aggregate maximum amount may be reduced from time to time as provided in Section 2.5 , the “ Revolving Committed Amount ”). Loans may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

  (b)

Revolving Loan Borrowings.

 

  (i)

Notice of Borrowing . The Borrower shall request a Loan borrowing by written notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed in writing which confirmation may be by fax) to the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. on the third Business Day prior to the date of the requested borrowing. Each such request for borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify (1) that a Loan is requested, (2) the date of the requested borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (3) the aggregate principal amount to be borrowed (“ Notice of Borrowing ”). The Agent shall give notice to each Lender promptly upon receipt of each Notice of Borrowing, the contents thereof and each such Lender’s pro rata share thereof.

 

  (ii)

Minimum Amounts . Each Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof (or the remaining amount of the Revolving Committed Amount, if less).

 

  (iii)

Loans . Each Lender will make its Revolving Commitment Percentage of each Loan borrowing available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower at the office of the Agent specified on the signature page hereto or at such other office as the Agent may designate in writing, upon reasonable advance notice by 1:00 p.m. California time on the date specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing, in Dollars and in funds immediately available to the Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the Agent by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of such office, or to such other account of the Borrower as specified in writing by the Borrower to the Agent in a timely manner, with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Agent.

 

  (c)

No Loan may extend beyond the Termination Date. In any event, if the Interest Period for any Loans should happen to extend beyond the Termination Date, such Loans must be paid on the Termination Date. The Agent’s internal records of applicable interest rates shall be determinative in the absence of manifest error.

 

8


  2.2

Funding by the Lenders; Presumption by the Agent.

Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.1(a) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Prime Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Agent.

 

  2.3

Payments by the Borrower; Presumption by the Agent.

Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Agent for the account of the Lenders that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

  2.4

Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.

 

  (a)

Allocation of Payments Before Event of Default . Each borrowing of Loans and any reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be made pro rata according to the respective Revolving Commitment Percentages of the Lenders. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, each payment under this Agreement or any Note shall be applied, first , to any fees then due and owing by the Borrower

 

9


 

pursuant to Article 5 , second , to interest then due and owing hereunder and under the Notes and, third , to principal then due and owing hereunder and under the Notes. Each payment on account of any fees pursuant to Article 5 shall be made pro rata in accordance with the respective amounts due and owing. Each payment (other than prepayments) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Loans shall be applied to such Loans as directed by the Borrower or otherwise applied in accordance with the terms of Section 6.5 hereof. Each optional prepayment on account of principal of the Loans shall be applied in accordance with Section 6.4(a) . Each mandatory prepayment on account of principal of the Loans shall be applied in accordance with Section 6.4(c) . All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower on account of principal, interest and fees shall be made without defense, set-off or counterclaim and shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Lenders at the Agent’s office specified on the signature page hereto in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 1:00 p.m. California time on the date when due. The Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders entitled thereto promptly upon receipt in like funds as received.

 

  (b)

Allocation of Payments After Exercise of Remedies . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, after the Revolving Commitments shall have been terminated and the Loans and all other amounts under the Loan Documents shall have become due and payable in accordance with the terms of Article 10 hereof, all amounts collected or received by the Agent or any Lender on account of the Obligations under the Loan Documents or any other amounts outstanding under any of the Loan Documents or in respect of the Collateral shall be paid over or delivered as follows:

FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) of the Agent in connection with enforcing the rights of the Lenders under the Loan Documents and any protective advances made by the Agent with respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents;

SECOND, to payment of any fees owed to the Agent;

THIRD, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) of each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing its rights under the Loan Documents or otherwise with respect to the Obligations owing to such Lender;

FOURTH, to all other Obligations and other obligations which shall have become due and payable under the Loan Documents or otherwise and not repaid pursuant to clauses  “FIRST ” through “ THIRD ” above; and

FIFTH, the payment of the surplus, if any, to the Borrower or to whomsoever a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine to be entitled thereto.

 

10


In carrying out the foregoing, (i) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to application to the next succeeding category and (ii) each of the Lenders shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share (based on the proportion that the then outstanding Loans.

 

  2.5

Defaulting Lenders.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

  (a)

the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder; and

 

  (b)

any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise shall, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Agent in a segregated account and, subject to any applicable requirements of law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Agent (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Agent hereunder, (ii) second to the funding of any Loan (iii) third, if so determined by the Agent and the Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (iv) fourth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower or any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement, (v) fifth, if so determined by the Agent, distributed to the Lenders other than the Defaulting Lender until the ratio of the aggregate principal Dollar amount of the Loans outstanding at such time of such Lenders to the aggregate principal Dollar amount of the Loans outstanding at such time of all the Lenders equals such ratio immediately prior to the Defaulting Lender’s failure to fund any portion of any Loans, and (vi) sixth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided , that if such payment is a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the Loans of all Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans owed to any Defaulting Lender.

Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the Borrower of any of its rights or remedies (whether in equity or law) against any Lender which fails to fund any of its Loans hereunder at the time or in the amount required to be funded under the terms of this Agreement.

 

  2.6

Notes.

The Borrower’s obligation to pay each Lender’s Loans shall be evidenced by a note made payable to such Lender in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto and

 

11


payable to the order of such Lender (a “ Note ”). Each Note shall be executed by the Borrower and delivered to the Agent for delivery to such Lender prior to the initial Loan for such Lender. Although the Note shall be expressed to be payable in the full amounts specified above, the Borrower shall be obligated to pay only the amounts actually disbursed to or for the account of the Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid balance of sums so disbursed which remains outstanding from time to time, at the rates and on the dates specified herein or in the Notes, together with the other amounts provided herein.

 

3.

INTEREST RATE

 

  3.1

Interest Accrual.

Each Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable date of borrowing at the rates per annum determined in accordance with the terms of this Article 3 .

 

  3.2

LIBOR Rate.

 

  (a)

Interest on each Loan hereunder shall accrue at an annual rate equal to two and one-half percent (2.50%) plus the LIBOR Rate. “ LIBOR Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in dollars in minimum amounts of at least $1,000,000 for a period equal to the applicable Interest Period which appears on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 (or any successor page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period. If, for any reason, such rate does not appear on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 (or any successor page), then “LIBOR Rate” shall be the rate of interest per annum as determined by the Administrative Agent, equal to the rate, as reported by U.S. Bank to the Administrative Agent, quoted by U.S. Bank to leading banks in the London interbank market as the rate at which U.S. Bank is offering dollar deposits in an amount approximately equal to its ratable share of such LIBOR Borrowing with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. Each calculation by the Administrative Agent of the LIBOR Rate shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the Lenders of each determination of a LIBOR Rate on the Business Day of the determination thereof.

 

  3.3

Default Interest.

From and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the unpaid principal amount of all Loans and all other amounts due and unpaid under this Agreement and the Notes will bear interest until paid computed at a rate equal to Prime Rate plus two percent (2.00%).

 

12


  3.4

Interest Calculation.

Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all computations of interest and other amounts due under the Notes and fees and other amounts due under this Agreement will be based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year using the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest, fees or other amounts are payable. Each determination of an interest rate by the Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the computations used by the Agent in determining any interest rate.

 

4.

REPAYMENT

 

  4.1

Interest Payments.

Interest on each Loan will accrue during the applicable Interest Period and will be due and payable on the first (1 st ) day of each month; provided that if such day is not a Business Day interest shall be due and payable on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

  4.2

Principal Payments.

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on the Termination Date or other date of maturity of the Notes, whether by acceleration or otherwise, the aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding on such date.

 

  4.3

Payments.

All payments and prepayments of principal, interest and fees under this Agreement and the Notes shall be made to the Agent prior to 12:00 p.m. (noon), Pacific time, in immediately available funds and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders.

 

5.

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

  5.1

Facility Fee.

On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent in immediately available funds a facility fee equal to twenty-five basis points (0.25%) of the aggregate Revolving Commitments for the ratable benefit of the Lenders.

 

  5.2

Reimbursement.

 

  (a)

The Borrower agrees to immediately reimburse each Lender for any expenses it incurs in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the Loan

 

13


 

Documents and any agreement or instrument required by this Agreement. Expenses include, but are not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

  (b)

The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Agent for the cost of periodic field examinations of the Borrower’s books, records and collateral, and appraisals of the collateral at such intervals as the Agent may reasonably require, limited to once per year unless an Event of Default or Material Adverse Change has occurred. The actions described in this paragraph may be performed by employees of the Agent or by independent appraisers.

 

6.

ADMINISTRATION OF CREDIT

 

  6.1

Security and Guaranty.

 

  (a)

This Agreement is secured by the Security Documents.

 

  (b)

The Borrower grants to the Agent for the benefit of all Lenders, as security for the Notes and the payment of all Obligations, a first priority lien and security interest in accounts receivable, inventory and all assets of the Borrower, as more particularly described in the Security Agreement (collectively, the “ Collateral ”).

 

  (c)

The Borrower’s Obligations shall be guaranteed by all current and future material subsidiaries of the Borrower excluding any Project Subsidiary (each a “ Guarantor ”). Each such Guarantor shall, promptly after the formation of such Guarantor, execute and deliver a Guaranty in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. As of the date hereof, the Borrower represents and warrants that it has no subsidiaries which qualify as Guarantors under this Section 6.1(c ).

 

  6.2

Changes in Law Rendering the Loans Unlawful.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if (i) the Agent shall reasonably determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that, by reason of any regulatory change, reasonable and adequate means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for such Interest Period, or (ii) the Required Lenders shall reasonably determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that, by reason of any regulatory change, the LIBOR Rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding LIBOR Rate Loans, the Agent shall forthwith give telephone notice of such determination, confirmed in writing, to the Borrower, and the Lenders at least two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period. Any Loans that were requested to be made as LIBOR Rate Loans shall be made as at the Prime Rate plus three percent (3.00%) per annum, which rate shall change when and as the Prime Rate changes. Until any such notice has been withdrawn by the Agent, no further Loans shall be made as, continued as, or converted into, LIBOR Rate Loans.

 

  6.3

Capital Adequacy.

 

14


If any regulatory change affects the treatment of any Loan hereunder as an asset or other item included for the purpose of calculating the appropriate amount of capital to be maintained by any Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender and has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of the obligations of the Lender hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such regulatory change (taking into account such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed in good faith by such Lender to be material, then the Borrower shall pay to such Lender, on demand, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation, as the case may be, for such reduction.

 

  6.4

Prepayment.

 

  (a)

Any Loan may be prepaid at the option of the Borrower in whole or in part and the aggregate Revolving Commitments may be terminated at any time without premium or penalty; provided , however , that the Borrower must provide the Agent with irrevocable written notice of the Borrower’s intention to make the prepayment, specifying the date and amount of the prepayment or to request the termination. The notice must be received by the Agent (which shall notify the Lenders thereof as soon as practicable) at least two (2) Business Days in advance of the prepayment and partial prepayment will be applied to the most remote payment of principal under this Agreement; provided further , that voluntary prepayments made on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to the payment of customary breakage costs, if any.

 

  (b)

All prepayments shall be accompanied by interest accrued on the amount prepaid through the date of prepayment.

 

  (c)

Amounts prepaid on the Loans may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. However, if at any time, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Loans shall exceed the aggregate Revolving Committed Amount then in effect, the Borrower immediately shall prepay the Loans and such Loans shall not be reborrowed in excess of the aggregate Revolving Committed Amount.

 

  6.5

Payments.

The Borrower authorizes and agrees that each payment by the Borrower hereunder shall be made in Dollars and in immediately available funds by debit to a deposit account, as described in this Agreement or otherwise authorized by the Borrower. The Borrower shall maintain sufficient immediately available funds in the deposit account to cover each debit. If there are insufficient immediately available funds in the deposit account on the date the Agent enters any such debit authorized by this Agreement, the Agent may reverse the debit.

 

15


  6.6

Business Days.

All payments and disbursements which would be due on a day which is not a Business Day shall be due on the next Business Day. All payments received on a day which is not a Business Day shall be applied to the credit on the next Business Day.

 

  6.7

Taxes.

If any payments to the Agent or any Lender under this Agreement are made from outside the United States, the Borrower shall not deduct any foreign taxes from any such payments. If any such taxes are imposed on any payments made by the Borrower (including payments under this Section 6.7 ), the Borrower shall pay the taxes and shall also pay to the Agent or such Lender, at the time interest is paid, any additional amount which the Agent or such Lender specifies as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Agent or such Lender would have received if such taxes had not been imposed. The Borrower shall confirm that it has paid the taxes by giving the Agent or such Lender official tax receipts (or notarized copies) within thirty (30) days after the due date.

 

7.

CONDITIONS OF BORROWING

Without limiting any of the other terms of this Agreement, the Lenders shall not be required to make any Loan to the Borrower under this Agreement, unless the conditions set forth below are satisfied as of the Closing Date:

 

  7.1

Documentation.

The Agent shall have received the following documents, in form satisfactory to the Agent:

 

  (a)

Duly executed counterparts to all Loan Documents;

 

  (b)

A certified copy of the Borrower’s and any Guarantor’s organizational documents;

 

  (c)

Certified copies of the resolutions of the Borrower and any Guarantor authorized the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, of the Loan Documents to which each is a party;

 

  (d)

Evidence of good standing for the Borrower from its state of formation and from any other state in which the Borrower is required to qualify to conduct its business; and

 

  (e)

The written opinion from the Borrower’s legal counsel dated the Closing Date covering such matters as the Agent may require; for the opinion, the legal counsel and the terms of the opinion must be acceptable to the Agent.

 

16


  7.2

Representations.

 

  (a)

The representations and warranties contained in Article 8 hereof continue to be true and correct on the Closing Date;

 

  (b)

No Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing as of the Closing Date;

 

  (c)

Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor is in violation or breach of any other agreement with any Lender or with any third party in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000);

 

  (d)

There has been no Material Adverse Change in the business operations, financial condition or performance of the Borrower since the Borrower’s audited financial statements dated December 31, 2009 and the activity-based and unaudited GAAP financial statements dated December 31, 2010; and

 

  (e)

There has been no Material Adverse Change in the Borrower’s Collateral or property or in any other matter which the Lenders analyzed in conjunction with the approval of this transaction including, without limitation, any change in the structure of the transaction initially presented to and agreed upon by the Borrower and the Agent.

 

  7.3

Payment of Fees.

The Agent and the Lenders shall have received payment of all fees and other amounts due and owing this Agreement, including without limitation payment of all reimbursement costs as required by Article 5 hereof.

 

  7.4

Insurance.

The Agent shall have received evidence of insurance coverage, as required in Section 9.10 of this Agreement.

 

  7.5

Filings.

 

  (a)

Any searches necessary to evidence the Agent’s first lien security interest in the Collateral, for the benefit of the Lenders, and any documents (including, without limitation, financing statements) required to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create, in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, perfected security interests in the Collateral in the jurisdiction listed on Schedule 2 to the Security Agreement shall have been properly filed, registered or recorded in each office in each such jurisdiction which such filings, registrations and recordings are required.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall have received acknowledgment copies of all such filings, registrations and recordations stamped by the appropriate filing, registration or recording officer (or, in lieu thereof, other evidence satisfactory to the Agent that

 

17


all such filings, registrations and recordations have been made); and the Agent shall have received such evidence as it may deem satisfactory that all necessary filing, recording and other similar fees, and all taxes and other expenses related to such filings, registrations and recordings have been paid in full.

 

  7.6

Required Documentation.

The Borrower shall execute and deliver such other documents, instruments, certificates, opinions, approvals and assurances customary in this type of financing as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

8.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

On the date that the Borrower signs this Agreement, on the Closing Date and on each day that a Loan is made, the Borrower makes the following representations and warranties continuously:

 

  8.1

Formation.

The Borrower is duly formed and existing under the laws of the state or other jurisdiction where organized.

 

  8.2

Authorization.

The Loan Documents and any instrument or other agreement required hereunder, are within the Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with any of its organizational papers.

 

  8.3

Enforceable Agreement; Accuracy of Information.

Each of the Loan Documents is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower, in accordance with its terms, and any other instrument or other agreement required hereunder, when executed and delivered, shall be similarly legal, valid, binding and enforceable, except, in each case, as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity. All information provided by the Borrower to the Agent in connection with this Agreement is accurate and complete in all material respects.

 

  8.4

Good Standing.

In each state in which the Borrower does business, it is respectively properly licensed, in good standing, and, where required, in compliance with fictitious name statutes.

 

  8.5

No Conflicts.

 

18


The Loan Documents do not conflict with any law, obligation or material agreement by which the Borrower is bound.

 

  8.6

Financial Information.

Since the date of the most recent financial statement provided to the Agent, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

 

  8.7

Lawsuits.

There is no lawsuit, tax claim or other dispute pending or threatened against the Borrower which is reasonably likely to impair the Borrower’s financial condition or ability to repay any Loan, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Agent.

 

  8.8

Permits, Franchises.

The Borrower possesses all permits, memberships, franchises, contracts and licenses required and all trademark rights, trade name rights, patent rights, copyrights, and fictitious name rights necessary to enable it to conduct the business in which it is now engaged except to the extent that the failure to so possess could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

  8.9

Other Obligations.

The Borrower is not in default on any obligation for borrowed money, any purchase money obligation or any other material lease, commitment, contract, instrument or obligation, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Agent.

 

  8.10

Financial Statements.

The financial statements and other information provided to the Agent fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Borrower, including all material contingent liabilities, as of the dates presented therein and the results of operations for the periods presented therein and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except, with respect to unaudited interim financial statements.

 

  8.11

Tax Matters.

The Borrower has no knowledge of any pending assessments or adjustments of its income tax for any year and the Borrower has paid or caused to be paid all material taxes due, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Agent.

 

  8.12

No Event of Default or Material Adverse Change.

There is no event currently in existence which is, or with notice or lapse of time or both would be, an Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

19


  8.13

Insurance.

The Borrower has obtained, and maintained in effect, the insurance coverage required in Section 9.10 of this Agreement.

 

  8.14

ERISA Plans.

 

  (a)

Each ERISA Plan (other than a multiemployer plan) is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law. Each Plan has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS and to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification. The Borrower has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan, and has not incurred any liability with respect to any Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

 

  (b)

There are no claims, lawsuits or actions (including by any governmental authority), and there has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules, with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect.

 

  (c)

With respect to any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA:

 

  (i)

No reportable event has occurred under Section 4043(c) of ERISA for which the PBGC requires thirty (30) day notice.

 

  (ii)

No action by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to terminate or withdraw from any Plan has been taken and no notice of intent to terminate a Plan has been filed under Section 4041 of ERISA.

 

  (iii)

No termination proceeding has been commenced with respect to a Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA, and no event has occurred or condition exists which might constitute grounds for the commencement of such a proceeding.

 

  8.15

Location of Borrower.

The place of business of the Borrower (or, if the Borrower has more than one place of business, its chief executive office) is located at the address listed on the signature page of this Agreement, or at such other address as the Borrower shall provide to the Agent in writing.

 

9.

COVENANTS

The Borrower agrees that until all Loans are repaid in full:

 

  9.1

Use of Proceeds.

 

20


  (a)

The proceeds of each Loan shall be used only for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

  (b)

The proceeds of each Loan shall not be used directly or indirectly to purchase or carry any “margin stock” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or extend credit to or invest in other parties for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such “margin stock,” or to reduce or retire any indebtedness incurred for such purpose.

 

  9.2

Financial Information of Borrower.

During the term of this Agreement until all Loans and all other Obligations have been repaid in full, the Borrower shall:

 

  (a)

maintain accounting records in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the accounting periods involved, except, with respect to unaudited interim financial statements;

 

  (b)

provide the Agent with such information concerning its business affairs and financial condition (including insurance coverage) as the Agent may reasonably request; and

 

  (c)

without request, provide to the Agent all of the following financial information, in form and content acceptable to the Agent, pertaining to the Borrower:

 

  (i)

Compliance Certificates : No later than (1) fifteen (15) days after the end of each month in connection with the liquidity statements required by subsection (ii) hereof, (2) thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter in connection with the EBITDA covenant in Section 9.3(a ) hereof, and (3) ninety (90) days after the fiscal year end in connection with the Minimum Tangible Net Worth covenant in Section 9.3(c ) hereof, the Borrower shall provide a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit A , executed by the Borrower’s chief financial officer, controller, or other officer or person acceptable to the Agent certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and further certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Default exists under this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

Monthly Liquidity Statements : Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, the bank and brokerage statements of the Borrower verifying liquid assets as of the month-end;

 

  (iii)

Monthly Activity-Based Financial Statements : Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each month, the internally-prepared consolidated Activity-based financial statements, including an income statement;

 

  (iv)

Quarterly GAAP-Based Financial Statements : Not later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending March

 

21


31, 2011, and not later than sixty (60) days after the end of the fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending each June 30, September 30 and March 31 thereafter, the internally-prepared consolidated GAAP-based financial statements, including an income statement and balance sheet;

 

  (v)

Audited Annual Financial Statements : Not later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated GAAP-based audited financial statements for the Borrower prepared by a certified public accounting firm acceptable to the Agent;

 

  (vi)

Preliminary Annual Financial Statements : Not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the preliminary GAAP-based financial statements for the Borrower; and

 

  (vii)

Annual Budget : Not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, an annual budget of the Borrower, which shall include a quarterly Activity-based income statement.

 

  9.3

Financial Covenants.

The Borrower shall maintain the following:

 

  (a)

Minimum Quarterly Activity-based EBITDA .

 

  (i)

For the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2011 EBITDA shall not be more negative than Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars (<$7,500,000>);

 

  (ii)

For the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2011 EBITDA shall not be more negative than Two Million Dollars (<$2,000,000>);

 

  (iii)

For the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011 EBITDA shall not be less than Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000);

 

  (iv)

For the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011 EBITDA shall not be less than Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000); and

 

  (v)

For the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012 and each quarter thereafter EBITDA shall not be less than One Dollar ($1.00).

 

  (b)

Minimum Liquidity Ratio . A ratio of Liquid Assets to Funded Debt of at least 2.00:1.00, measured at the end of each month.

 

  (c)

Minimum Tangible Net Worth . Tangible Net Worth not less than One Dollar ($1.00) at any time, to be tested as of the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower.

 

  9.4

Limitation on Loans to Third Parties.

 

22


The Borrower shall not lend money or otherwise extend credit to any third party in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any one time outstanding except (a) loans existing on the date hereof and disclosed in writing to the Agent, (b) travel advances, employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, (c) debt obligations received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business, (d) receivable of, or prepaid royalties from and other credit obligations of, customers, suppliers and debtors of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, (e) the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of the Borrower, (f) deposit accounts maintained by the Borrower, (g) leases to customers of solar equipment in the ordinary course of business, (h) loans to subsidiaries of the Borrower to cover operating deficits or other obligations under partnership, membership or similar agreements, and (i) intercompany transactions with Affiliates.

 

  9.5

Other Debts.

The Borrower shall not incur, assume, or have outstanding any indebtedness for borrowed money (including capitalized leases), or guaranty or become a surety or otherwise contingently liable for any obligations of others, except Permitted Indebtedness.

 

  9.6

Other Liens.

The Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or other lien or levy upon or security interest (“ Liens ”) in any of the Borrower’s property or assets, except (a) Liens arising under the Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (b) Liens securing Permitted Indebtedness, (c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, (d) Leases or subleases and non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, (e) Liens existing on the date hereof and disclosed in writing to Agent, (f) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, vendors, and landlords incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not overdue or being contested in good faith, provided provision is made for the eventual payment thereof if subsequently found payable, (g) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (h) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default, (i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, (j) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as security for financed premiums, (k) Liens on the equity interests of the Borrower’s subsidiaries granted in connection with

 

23


financing provided to such subsidiary, and (l) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens, but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase (“ Permitted Encumbrances ”). The Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or other lien or levy upon or security interest in any of the Borrower’s intellectual property, except Permitted Encumbrances, and the Borrower will not agree to grant a negative pledge on any of the Borrower’s intellectual property in favor of any Person other than the Agent.

 

  9.7

Maintenance of Assets.

 

  (a)

The Borrower shall not sell, assign, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any part of the Borrower’s business or the Borrower’s assets, except (i) in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business, (ii) consisting of Permitted Encumbrances or (iii) of assets not otherwise permitted hereunder in amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in any fiscal year.

 

  (b)

Without the prior affirmative written consent of the Required Lenders, the Borrower shall not sell, convey, transfer, encumber, or dispose of, or permit to be sold, conveyed, transferred, encumbered or disposed, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or otherwise, more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower or of a beneficial interest therein to anyone other than existing stockholders.

 

  (c)

The Borrower shall not sell, assign, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets for less than fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, or enter into any agreement to do so, other than with respect to worn-out or obsolete equipment.

 

  (d)

The Borrower shall not enter into any sale and leaseback agreement covering any of the Collateral, except as permitted by Section 9.7(a ).

 

  (e)

The Borrower shall maintain and preserve all of its rights, privileges, and franchises that it now has, except to the extent that a failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

  (f)

The Borrower shall make any repairs, renewals, or replacements to keep the Borrower’s properties in good working condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

  9.8

Limitation on Acquisitions and Change in Control.

The Borrower shall not acquire assets or capital stock of another company, except for Permitted Acquisitions or acquisitions of capital stock of subsidiaries and shall not merge or consolidate, except in connection with a Permitted Acquisition where Borrower is the surviving entity, liquidate, dissolve or wind up its affairs,

 

24


sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of a substantial part of its property (other than in the ordinary course of its business) or enter into or engage in any operation or activity materially different from that presently being conducted as of the dated of this Agreement, other than operations or activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

  9.9

Notices to Agent.

The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent in writing of:

 

  (a)

Any lawsuit over Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) against the Borrower.

 

  (b)

Any substantial dispute between any governmental authority and the Borrower.

 

  (c)

Any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

  (d)

Any Material Adverse Change with respect to the Borrower.

 

  (e)

Any change in the Borrower’s name, legal structure, place of business, or chief executive office if the Borrower has more than one place of business.

 

  (f)

Any Permitted Acquisition.

 

  9.10

Insurance.

 

  (a)

General Business Insurance . The Borrower shall maintain insurance satisfactory to the Agent as to amount, nature and carrier covering property damage (including loss of use and occupancy) to any of the Borrower’s properties, business interruption insurance, public liability insurance including coverage for contractual liability, product liability and workers’ compensation, and any other insurance which is usual for the Borrower’s business or for the Collateral, it being agreed that insurance acceptable to the Agent at closing will continue to be acceptable to the Agent. Each policy shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior notice to the Agent of any cancellation thereof.

 

  (b)

Evidence of Insurance . Upon the request of the Agent, to deliver to the Agent a copy of each insurance policy, or, if permitted by the Agent, a certificate of insurance listing all insurance in force.

 

  (c)

Lender’s Loss Payee . The Borrower shall name the Agent as lender’s loss payee on each insurance policy required hereunder.

 

  9.11

Compliance with Laws.

The Borrower shall comply with the laws (including any fictitious or trade name statute), regulations, and orders of any government body with authority over the

 

25


Borrower’s business, except to the extent that a failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. The Lenders shall have no obligation to make any Loan to the Borrower, except in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and the Borrower shall fully cooperate with the Lenders in complying with all such applicable laws and regulations.

 

  9.12

ERISA Plans.

The Borrower shall promptly during each year, pay and cause to be paid contributions adequate to meet at least the minimum funding standards under ERISA with respect to each and every Plan; file each annual report required to be filed pursuant to ERISA in connection with each Plan for each year; and notify the Agent within ten (10) days of the occurrence of any Reportable Event that might constitute grounds for termination of any capital Plan by the PBGC or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer any Plan. Capitalized terms in this paragraph shall have the meanings defined within ERISA.

 

  9.13

ERISA Plans - Notices.

The Borrower shall with respect to a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, give prompt written notice to the Agent of:

 

  (a)

The occurrence of any reportable event under Section 4043(c) of ERISA for which the PBGC requires thirty (30) days notice.

 

  (b)

Any action by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to terminate or withdraw from a Plan or the filing of any notice of intent to terminate under Section 4041 of ERISA.

 

  (c)

The commencement of any proceeding with respect to a Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA.

 

  9.14

Books and Records.

The Borrower shall maintain books and records sufficient to prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

 

  9.15

Audits.

The Borrower shall allow the Agent and its agents to inspect the Borrower’s properties and examine, audit, and make copies of books and records at any reasonable time, limited to once per year unless an Event of Default or Material Adverse Change has occurred. If any of the Borrower’s properties, books or records are in the possession of a third party, the Borrower shall, at the Agent’s request, authorize that third party to permit the Agent or its agents to have access to perform inspections or audits and to respond to the Agent’s and the Lender’s requests for information concerning such properties, books and records.

 

26


  9.16

Guaranties.

The Borrower shall cause each Guarantor to execute and deliver a Guaranty in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent in compliance with Section 6.1 .

 

  9.17

Cooperation.

The Borrower shall take any action reasonably requested by the Agent to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

10.

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

If any of the following Events of Default occurs and the Required Lenders have not waived such Event of Default in writing, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Agent may, or upon the written request of the Required Lenders, the Agent shall, do one or more of the following: declare the Borrower in default, stop making any additional credit available to the Borrower, and require the Borrower to repay its entire Indebtedness immediately and without prior notice. If an event which, with notice or the passage of time, will constitute an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lender have no obligation to make any Loan or extend additional credit under this Agreement. In addition, if any Event of Default occurs, the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall have all rights, powers and remedies available under any instruments and agreements required by or executed in connection with this Agreement, including the Loan Documents, as well as all rights and remedies available at law or in equity. If an Event of Default occurs under Section 10.5 below, with respect to the Borrower, then the entire Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement shall automatically be due immediately.

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

  10.1

Failure to Pay.

The Borrower fails to make any payment of principal under this Agreement when due or any other payment within five (5) days of when due.

 

  10.2

Default under Other Loan Documents.

After giving effect to any applicable cure or grace period, any default occurs under the other Loan Documents or any guaranty, subordination agreement, security agreement, deed of trust, mortgage, or other document required by or delivered in connection with this Agreement or any such document is no longer in effect, or any Guarantor purports to revoke or disavow any of the Loan Documents or any default occurs under any other Indebtedness owed to the Agent by the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates.

 

  10.3

Cross-default.

 

27


After giving effect to any applicable cure or grace period, any default occurs under any agreement in connection with any credit or Indebtedness the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates has obtained from anyone else or which the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates has guaranteed, in each case, in an amount at or greater than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00), other than any indebtedness consisting of non-recourse loans to Affiliates that are special purpose entities.

 

  10.4

False Information.

Any representation or warranty made by the Borrower herein or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto, or any financial statement delivered to the Agent hereunder, shall prove to have been false in any material respect as of the time when made or given.

 

  10.5

Insolvency.

The Borrower shall: (a) become insolvent, or (b) be unable, or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, or (c) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or to an agent authorized to liquidate any substantial amount of its property, or (d) become the subject of an “order for relief” within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (e) become the subject of a creditor’s petition for liquidation, reorganization or to effect a plan or other arrangement with creditors, or (f) apply to a court for the appointment of a custodian or receiver for any of its assets, or (g) have a custodian or receiver appointed for any of its assets (with or without its consent), or (h) have assets in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) garnished, seized or forfeited, or threatened with garnishment, seizure or forfeiture, or (i) otherwise become the subject of any insolvency proceedings or propose or enter into any formal or informal composition or arrangement with its creditors.

 

  10.6

Lawsuits.

Any lawsuit or lawsuits are filed on behalf of one or more trade creditors against the Borrower in an aggregate amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more in excess of any insurance coverage.

 

  10.7

Judgments.

Any judgments or arbitration awards are entered against the Borrower, or the Borrower enters into any settlement agreements with respect to any litigation or arbitration, in an aggregate amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more in excess of any insurance coverage that remains unpaid or unstayed for more than thirty (30) days.

 

  10.8

Material Adverse Change.

 

28


Any material adverse change occurs on (a) the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business or operations of the Borrower from those reflected in the most current financial statements provided by the Borrower to the Agent or from the facts represented or warranted in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document delivered to the Agent pursuant to this Agreement, (b) the ability of the Borrower to carry out its respective business as of the closing date or to meet or perform its Obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents on a timely basis, (c) the amount which the Lenders would be likely to receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in a liquidation of the collateral, taken as a whole, granted, mortgaged, assigned or pledged to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, or (d) the existing tax equity funding arrangements that negatively affect the Borrower in a material respect.

 

  10.9

Security Agreement.

The Borrower fails to comply with any representation, warranty or covenant set forth in the Security Agreement and such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days.

 

  10.10

Guaranties.

The Borrower fails to cause any Guarantor to execute and deliver a Guaranty in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent in compliance with Section 6.1 .

 

  10.11

Collateral Defaults.

 

  (a)

The Borrower transfers or disposes of any of the Collateral, except as permitted by this Agreement or the Security Agreement; or

 

  (b)

There occurs any attachment, execution or levy on any of the Collateral.

 

  10.12

Government Action.

Any government authority takes action that the Required Lenders believe materially and adversely affects the Borrower’s financial condition or ability to repay.

 

  10.13

ERISA Plans.

Any one or more of the following events occurs with respect to a Plan of the Borrower subject to Title IV of ERISA, provided such event or events could reasonably be expected, in the judgment of the Required Lenders, to subject the Borrower to any tax, penalty or liability (or any combination of the foregoing) which, in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Borrower:

 

29


  (a)

A reportable event shall occur under Section 4043(c) of ERISA with respect to a Plan.

 

  (b)

Any Plan termination (or commencement of proceedings to terminate a Plan) or the full or partial withdrawal from a Plan by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

  10.14

Unenforceability of any Loan Document.

This Agreement or any other Loan Document shall, at any time after their respective execution and delivery, and for any reason, cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void, or be revoked or terminated other than as permitted hereunder, or the validity or enforceability thereof or hereof shall be contested by the Borrower or any shareholder of the Borrower, or the Borrower shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation thereunder or hereunder, as the case may be, other than pursuant to a termination in accordance with its terms.

 

  10.15

Other Breach under this Agreement.

A default occurs under any other term or condition of this Agreement not specifically referred to in this Article. This includes any failure by the Borrower to comply with any covenants set forth in Article 9 of this Agreement, whether such failure is evidenced by financial statements delivered to the Agent or is otherwise known to the Borrower or any Lender. If, in the Required Lenders’ opinion, the breach is capable of being remedied, the breach shall not be considered an Event of Default under this Agreement for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which the Agent gives written notice of the breach to the Borrower.

 

  11.

THE AGENT

 

  11.1

Appointment and Authority.

Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints U.S. Bank National Association to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

 

  11.2

Rights as a Lender.

The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “ Lender ” or “ Lenders ” shall, unless

 

30


 

otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

  11.3

Exculpatory Provisions.

The Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent:

 

  (a)

shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (b)

shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

 

  (c)

shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Article 10 and Section 12.4 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Agent by the Borrower, a Guarantor or a Lender.

The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or

 

31


the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 7 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

 

  11.4

Reliance by Agent.

The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

  11.5

Delegation of Duties.

The Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Agent. The Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article 11 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facility provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

 

  11.6

Resignation of Agent.

The Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in California, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in California. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above provided that if the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders

 

32


that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 12.6 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

 

  11.7

Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

12.

ENFORCING THIS AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

 

  12.1

Conclusiveness of Statements.

Determinations and statements of the Agent pursuant to Sections 6.2 and 6.3 shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the correctness of the determinations and statements and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

  12.2

Obligation of the Lenders to Mitigate.

 

33


Each of the Lenders agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of the such Lender responsible for administering the Loans of such Lender becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would entitle the Lender to receive payments under Section 6.3 , it will, to the extent not inconsistent with the internal policies of the Lender and any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts (a) to make, issue, fund or maintain the Loans through another lending office of the Lender, or (b) take such other measures as the Lender may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to the Lender pursuant to Section 6.3 , would be materially reduced and if, as determined by the Lender in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such commitment or any Loan through such other lending office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise materially adversely affect such commitment or the Loans or the interests of the Lender.

 

  12.3

Survival of Provisions.

The provisions of Sections 6.2 and 6.3 shall survive the obligation of the Lenders to extend credit under this Agreement and the repayment of the Loans; provided that the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender under Sections 6.2 and 6.3 above with respect to increased costs or reductions arising from any period prior to the date that is six (6) months prior to the date of such demand by the Lender if the Lender knew or could reasonably have been expected to be aware of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would in fact result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs or reductions; provided further that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any law, regulation, rule, guideline or directive.

 

  12.4

Amendments, Waivers and Release of Collateral.

Neither this Agreement, nor any of the Notes, nor any of the other Loan Documents, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section nor may the Borrower or any Guarantor be released except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.4 . The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Agent may, from time to time, (a) enter into with the Borrower or any Guarantor written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the

 

34


other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, waiver, supplement, modification or release shall:

 

  (i)

reduce the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or Note or any installment thereon, or reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except in connection with a waiver of interest at the increased post-default rate set forth in Section 3.3 which shall be determined by a vote of the Required Lenders) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof or forgive any principal, interest or fee payable hereunder, or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; or

 

  (ii)

increase the amount of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby; or

 

  (iii)

amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 12.4 or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, without the written consent of all the Lenders; or

 

  (iv)

amend, modify or waive any provision of Article 11 without the written consent of the Agent; or

 

  (v)

release the Borrower or a substantial portion of the Guarantors from their obligations hereunder or under the Guaranty, without the written consent of all of the Lenders; or

 

  (vi)

release all or substantially all of the Collateral without the written consent of all of the Lenders; or

 

  (vii)

subordinate the Loans to any other Indebtedness without the written consent of all of the Lenders; or

 

  (viii)

permit the Borrower to assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or other Loan Documents without the written consent of all of the Lenders; or

 

  (ix)

amend, modify or waive any provision of the Loan Documents requiring consent, approval or request of the Required Lenders or all Lenders without the written consent of all of the Required Lenders or Lenders as appropriate;

provided , further , that no amendment, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of the Agent shall in any event be effective, unless in writing and signed by the Agent, in addition to the Lenders required hereinabove to take such action.

 

35


Any such waiver, any such amendment, supplement or modification and any such release shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Borrower, any Guarantors, the Lenders, the Agent and all future holders of the Notes. In the case of any waiver, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the outstanding Loans and Notes and other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

Notwithstanding the fact that the consent of all the Lenders is required in certain circumstances as set forth above, (x) each Lender is entitled to vote as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code supersede the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein and (y) the Required Lenders may consent to allow the Borrower or any Guarantor to use cash collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

  12.5

Payment of Expenses and Taxes; Indemnification.

The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agent and the Lenders for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation, printing and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, together with the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agent and the Lenders, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and the Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the Notes and any such other documents, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agent and to the Lenders (including reasonable allocated costs of in-house legal counsel), (c) on demand, to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying stamp, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, the Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the Agent and their Affiliates harmless from and against, any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of the Loan Documents and any such other documents and the use, or proposed use, of proceeds of the

 

36


Loans (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “indemnified liabilities”); provided , however , that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to the Agent or any Lender with respect to indemnified liabilities arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or such Lender, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The agreements in this Section 12.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans, Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

  (a)

Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing (to the extent such Related Party is acting in the capacity of the Agent), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount (other than any such amounts related to fees, time charges and disbursements of attorneys who may be employees of the Agent); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Agent (or any such sub-agent) or against any Related Party acting for the Agent (or any such sub-agent).

 

  (b)

Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten (10) days after demand therefor.

 

  12.6

Adjustments; Set-off.

 

  (a)

If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other obligations hereunder resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other such obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (i) notify the Agent of such fact, and (ii) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them; provided that

 

  (i)

if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

 

  (ii)

the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender

 

37


 

as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).

The Borrower and any Guarantor consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each the Borrower and any Guarantor rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower or such Guarantor in the amount of such participation.

 

  (b)

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any Guarantor against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

  12.7

GAAP.

Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all financial information provided to the Agent and all financial covenants shall be made under GAAP, consistently applied, except with respect to unaudited interim financial statements.

 

  12.8

Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. To the extent that the Agent and the Lenders have greater rights or remedies under federal law, whether as a national bank or otherwise, this paragraph shall not be deemed to deprive the Agent or such Lenders of such rights and remedies as may be available under federal law.

 

  12.9

Successors and Assigns.

 

38


  (a)

Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (“ Purchasers ”) all or any part of its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents. Such assignment shall be in form reasonably acceptable to the Agent as may be agreed to by the parties thereto. Each such assignment with respect to a Purchaser which is not a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender shall either be in an amount equal to the entire applicable outstanding commitment or outstanding credit exposure of the assigning Lender or (unless each of the Borrower and the Agent otherwise consents) be in an aggregate amount not less than $5,000,000. The amount of the assignment shall be based on the outstanding commitment or outstanding credit exposure (if the commitment has been terminated) subject to the assignment, determined as of the date of such assignment.

 

  (b)

On and after the effective date of such assignment, such Purchaser shall for all purposes be a Lender party to this Agreement and any other Loan Document executed by or on behalf of the Lenders and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, to the same extent as if it were an original party thereto, and the transferor Lender shall be released with respect to the commitment and outstanding credit exposure assigned to such Purchaser without any further consent or action by the Borrower, the Lenders or the Agent; provided that such Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of, and subject to, those provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents which survive payment of the Borrower’s obligations and termination of the applicable agreement). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations.

 

  (c)

The consent of the Borrower shall be required prior to an assignment becoming effective unless the Purchaser is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, provided that the consent of the Borrower shall not be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The consent of the Agent shall be required prior to an assignment becoming effective unless the Purchaser is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender. Any consent required under this Section shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  12.10 

Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE LENDERS, THE AGENT AND THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER THE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE BORROWER AGAINST THE OTHER.

 

  12.11

 Judicial Reference.

 

  (a)

The parties prefer that any dispute between them be resolved in litigation subject to a Jury Trial Waiver as set forth in Section 12.10 of this Agreement, but the

 

39


 

California Supreme Court has held that pre-dispute Jury Trial Waivers not authorized by statute are unenforceable. This Reference Provision shall be applicable until:

 

  (i)

the California Supreme Court holds that a pre-dispute Jury Trial Waiver provision similar to that set forth herein is valid or enforceable; or

 

  (ii)

the California Legislature enacts a statute which becomes law, authorizing pre-dispute Jury Trial Waivers of the type set forth herein and, as a result, such waivers become enforceable.

 

  (b)

Other than (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of security interests in real or personal property, (ii) the appointment of a receiver or (iii) the exercise of other provisional remedies (any of which may be initiated pursuant to applicable law), any controversy, dispute or claim (each, for purposes of this Section, a “ Claim ”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, a Swap Contract or any other document, instrument or agreement between the Agent and the Borrower (collectively in this Section, the “ Documents ”), shall be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Section 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“ CCP ”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Documents, venue for the reference proceeding shall be in the Superior Court or Federal District Court in the County or District where the real property, if any, is located or in a County or District where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “ Court ”).

 

  (c)

The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. The referee shall be appointed to sit with all the powers provided by law. Pending appointment of the referee, the Court has power to issue temporary or provisional remedies.

 

  (d)

The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within ninety (90) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

  (e)

The referee shall have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good

 

40


 

cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

 

  (f)

Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter shall be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee shall be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties shall equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

  (g)

The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California shall be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, provide all temporary or provisional remedies, enter equitable orders that shall be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a trial, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee’s decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court. The final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

 

  (h)

If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure shall be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL DISPUTES RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION SHALL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR

 

41


HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION SHALL APPLY TO ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THEM WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR IS RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE DOCUMENTS.

 

  12.12 

Severability; Waivers.

If any part of this Agreement is not enforceable, the rest of this Agreement may be enforced. Each Lender retains all rights, even if it makes a Loan after Default. If the Required Lenders waive a Default, they may enforce a later Default. Any consent or waiver under this Agreement must be in writing.

 

  12.13 

One Agreement.

This Agreement and any related security or other agreements required by this Agreement, collectively:

 

  (a)

represent the sum of the understandings and agreements between the Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower concerning this credit;

 

  (b)

replace any prior oral or written agreements between the Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower concerning this credit; and

 

  (c)

are intended by the Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower as the final, complete and exclusive statement of the terms agreed to by them.

In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any other agreements required by this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail. Any reference in any related document to a “promissory note” or a “note” executed by the Borrower and dated as of the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Notes, as now in effect or as hereafter amended, renewed, or restated.

 

  12.14 

Notices.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in another agreement between the Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, all notices required under this Agreement shall be personally delivered or sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier, to the addresses on the signature page of this Agreement, or sent by facsimile to the fax numbers listed on the signature page, or to such other addresses as the Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower may specify from time to time in writing. Notices and other communications shall be effective (a) if mailed, upon the earlier of receipt or five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, postage prepaid, (b) if telecopied, when transmitted, or (c) if hand-delivered, by courier or otherwise (including telegram, lettergram or mailgram), when delivered.

 

42


  12.15

 Headings.

Article and paragraph headings are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation or meaning of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

  12.16

 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Agent, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Article 7 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Agent and when the Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

  12.17

 Confidentiality.

Each of the Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority); (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or participant in, or any prospective assignee of or participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations; (g) with the consent of the Borrower; or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Agent, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

 

43


For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received in writing from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  12.18

 Acknowledgments.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that

(a)     it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of each Loan Document; and

(b)     neither the Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower or any Guarantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and the relationship between Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the Borrower and any Guarantor, on the other hand, in connection herewith is solely that of debtor and creditor.

 

  12.19

 USA Patriot Act Notice.

Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account or obtains an advance. Each Lender shall ask for the Borrower’s legal name, address, tax ID number or social security number and other identifying information. Each Lender may also ask for additional information or documentation or take other actions reasonably necessary to verify the identity of the Borrower, guarantors or other related persons.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

44


This Agreement is executed as of the date stated at the top of the first page.

 

U.S. Bank National Association

as Agent and a Lender

   

SolarCity Corporation

as Borrower

By:   /s/ Cecilia Person     By:   /s/ David White
  Cecilia Person       David White
  Vice President and Portfolio Manager       Chief Financial Officer

 

Notice address:

  

Notice address:

One California Street, Suite 2100

  

3055 Clearview Way

San Francisco, CA 94111

  

San Mateo, CA 94402

Phone: (415) 273-5206

  

Email: contracts@solarcity.com

Facsimile: (415) 273-5212

  

Facsimile: (650) 560-6182

Attention: Cecilia Person

  

Attention: General Counsel

 


Bridge Bank

as a Lender

By:    
  Name
  Title

Notice address:

S IGNATURE P AGE TO R EVOLVING C REDIT A GREEMENT


SCHEDULE 1

PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS

 

SolarCity Corporation

           

Current Indebtedness

         

As of March 31, 2011

           
         
                 

Non Vehicle Notes Payable as of 3/31/2011

       
         
                 
   

Microsoft Licenses

              $ 89,711.60
   

IBM Credit

              $ 52,781.26
   

Compellent Credit

              $ 36,853.63
                    $ 179,346.49
         
                 
         
                 

Vehicles Notes Payable as of 3/31/2011

       
         
                 
   

Chrysler

            $ 357,152.06
   

Mercedes Benz

              $ 518,218.34
   

Ford Credit

            $ 101,676.28
   

Wells Fargo Bank

              $ 25,242.24
   

Toyota

            $ 496,584.97
                    $ 1,498,873.89                     
             
         
                 
   

Total Indebtedness

              $ 6,173,408.38
         
                 

 

S CHEDULE 1


SCHEDULE 2.1(A)

REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENTS

 

Lenders   

Revolving Committed

Amount

  

Revolving Commitment

Percentage

U.S. Bank National Association

   $15,000,000    100%

 

S CHEDULE 2.1( A )


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Financial Statement Date: [                      ]

To: U.S. Bank National Association

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2011 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Agent and a Lender (the “ Agent ”) and the other Lenders party thereto. Capitalized terms defined in the Agreement are used herein with their defined meanings.

The undersigned hereby certifies as of the date hereof that he/she is the                      of the Borrower, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to the Agent on the behalf of the Borrower, and that:

1.        The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under his/her supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower during the accounting period covered by the financial statements delivered for the period ended [                          ].

2.        A review of the activities of the Borrower during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period the Borrower performed and observed all its Obligations under the Agreement, and

[select one:]

[to the best knowledge of the undersigned during such fiscal period, the Borrower performed and observed each covenant and condition of the Agreement applicable to it.]

-or-

[the following covenants or conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and its nature and status:]

3.        The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article 8 of the Agreement, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection with the Agreement, are true and correct, in each case, on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date.

 

E XHIBIT A-1


4.        The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on Annex 1 attached hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate.

5.        Attached hereto as Annex 2 are the [monthly liquidity statements] [quarterly activity-based financial statements] [quarterly GAAP-based financial statements] [audited annual financial statements] [preliminary annual financial statements] [annual budget] required by Section 9.2 of the Agreement for the [month] [fiscal year] [quarterly period] of the Borrower ended as of                      , 20      , together with the [report] and [opinion of an independent certified public accountant] required by such section. Such consolidated financial statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to the consolidated [annual] [quarterly] financial statements of the Borrower.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of                      ,          .

 

SolarCity Corporation

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

E XHIBIT A-2


ANNEX 1

TO THE COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

($ In 000’S)

For the period of [one] [two] [four] [consecutive] fiscal quarters ended              (such period, the “Test Period” and such date, the “Statement Date”).

 

1.

Section 9.3(a)– Minimum Quarterly Activity-based EBITDA : Tested at the end of each fiscal quarter.

For the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2011 EBITDA shall not be more negative than Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars (<$7,500,000>);

For the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2011 EBITDA shall not be more negative than Two Million Dollars (<$2,000,000>);

For the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011 EBITDA shall not be less than Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000);

For the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011 EBITDA shall not be less than Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000); and

For the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012 and each quarter thereafter EBITDA shall not be less than One Dollar ($1.00).

 

2.

Section 9.3(b)- Minimum Liquidity Ratio : Tested at the end of each month.

Minimum Liquidity Ratio of not less than 2.00:1.00.

 

3.

Section 9.3(c)– Minimum Tangible Net Worth : Tested at the end of each fiscal year.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and for all fiscal years thereafter until the Termination Date Tangible Net Worth shall not be less than One Dollar ($1.00).

 

E XHIBIT A-3


ANNEX 2

TO THE COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[Please attach financial statements]

 

E XHIBIT A-4


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF NOTE

 

$[Revolving Commitment]   April 1, 2011            

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , SolarCity Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Borrower ”), absolutely and unconditionally promises to pay to the order of [Name of Lender], a                                          organized under the laws of                                          (the “ Lender ”) the lesser of (a)           Million and No/100 Dollars ($          ) and (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Loan (as defined in that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 1, 2011 between the Borrower, U.S. Bank National Association, as Agent, and the Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”) made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Agreement on the Termination Date (as defined in the Agreement) or at such earlier time as may be required by the Agreement. The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan on the dates and at the rate or rates provided for in the Agreement. All such payments of principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of the United States in Federal or other immediately available funds in accordance with the invoices sent from the Lender.

All Loans made by the Lender, the maturities thereof and all repayments of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, appropriate notations to evidence the foregoing information with respect to each Loan then outstanding shall be endorsed by the Lender on the schedule attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a part hereof; provided , however , that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Agreement.

This Obligation (as defined in the Agreement) is the Note referred to in the Agreement.

Reference is made to the Agreement for provisions relating to the prepayment hereof, for payment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof. If the Lender accelerates the Loans pursuant to Article 10 of the Agreement upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Agreement) notwithstanding the scheduled maturity date of such Loan as reflected on the Loan Schedule attached to this Note, this Note shall automatically be accelerated, and the Borrower shall immediately make payment on this Note in an amount sufficient to pay all of the principal of and interest on the Loans then due in accordance with the Agreement.

Reference is made to the Agreement and the Security Documents (as defined in the Agreement) and to all amendments thereto for the provisions, among others, with respect to the nature and extent of the security for this Note, the rights, duties and obligations of the Borrower and the Lender and the rights of the holder of this Note, and to all the provisions of which the holder hereof by the acceptance of this Note assents.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor and all defenses on the grounds of extension of time of payment for the payment hereof which may be given (other than in writing) by the Lender to the Borrower.

 

E XHIBIT B-1


This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. To the extent that the Lender has greater rights or remedies under federal law, whether as a national bank or otherwise, this paragraph shall not be deemed to deprive the Lender of such rights and remedies as may be available under federal law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Borrower caused this Note to be executed in its name and on its behalf by a duly authorized officer, all as of April 1, 2011.

 

SolarCity Corporation,  

a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

 

 
 

David White, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

E XHIBIT B-2


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

DATE:   as of April 1, 2011   
       Organization I.D. 4178768   
DEBTOR:   SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation   
  3055 Clearview Way   
  San Mateo, CA 94402   
SECURED PARTY:   U.S. Bank National Association, as Agent   
  One California Street, Suite 2100   
  San Francisco, CA 94111   

1.       Security Interest and Collateral .  Concurrently herewith, Debtor and Secured Party are entering into that certain Revolving Credit Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Credit Agreement ”) (terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms under the Credit Agreement), pursuant to which Debtor is the borrower and Secured Party is the agent (the “ Agent ”) for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement (the “ Lenders ”), and pursuant to which Debtor has issued to Lenders secured promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Committed Amount. To secure the obligations of Debtor to Secured Party, as Agent for the Lenders, pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the performance of every liability and obligation of every type and description that Debtor may now or at any time hereafter owe to Secured Party and the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, whether such debt, liability or obligation now exists or is hereafter created or incurred, and whether it is absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, or sole, joint, several or joint and several (all such debts, liabilities and obligations and any amendments, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof collectively referred to herein as the “ Obligations ”), Debtor hereby grants Secured Party, as Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, a first priority security interest (the “ Security Interest ”), subject to Permitted Encumbrances, in all assets of the Borrower, and as governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as may be in effect in the State of California from time to time (the “ UCC ”), including without limitation the following (the “ Collateral ”):

A.       Inventory :   All inventory of Debtor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located and other tangible personal property held for sale or lease or furnished or to be furnished under contracts of service or consumed in Debtor’s business, and all goods of Debtor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located, including without limitation all computer programs embedded in goods, and all other Inventory and Goods of the Debtor, as such terms may be defined in the UCC;

B.       Equipment :  All equipment of Debtor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located, including but not limited to all present and future equipment, machinery, tools, motor vehicles, trade fixtures, furniture, furnishings, office and recordkeeping equipment and all goods for use in Debtor’s business and all other Equipment of the Debtor, as such term may be defined in the UCC, together with all parts, equipment and attachments relating to any of the foregoing;

 

E XHIBIT C-1


C.       Accounts, Contract Rights and Other Rights to Payment :  Each and every right of Debtor to the payment of money, whether such right to payment now exists or hereafter arises, whether such right to payment arises out of a sale, lease, license, assignment or other disposition of goods or other property by Debtor, out of a rendering of services by Debtor, out of a loan by Debtor, out of the overpayment of taxes or other liabilities of Debtor, or otherwise arises under any contract or agreement, whether such right to payment is or is not already earned by performance, and howsoever such right to payment may be evidenced, together with all other rights and interests (including all liens and security interests) which Debtor may at any time have by law or agreement against any account debtor or other obligor obligated to make any such payment or against any of the property of such account debtor or other obligor; all including but not limited to all present and future debt instruments, chattel paper, accounts, license fees, contract rights, loans and obligations receivable and tax refunds and all other Accounts of the Debtor, as such term may be defined in the UCC;

D.       Instruments :   All instruments, chattel paper, letters of credit or other documents of Debtor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including but not limited to promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and trade acceptances; all rights and interests of Debtor, whether now existing or hereafter created or arising, under leases (where Debtor is the lessor), licenses or other contracts, in each case where assignment for security purposes is not expressly prohibited by the terms of such instruments and all other Instruments of the Debtor, as such term may be defined in the UCC;

E.       Deposit Accounts and Investment Property :  All right, title and interest of Debtor in all deposit and investment accounts maintained with any bank, savings and loan association, broker, brokerage, or any other financial institution, together with all monies and other property deposited or held therein, including, without limitation, any checking account, savings account, escrow account, savings certificate and margin account, and all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts, and commodity accounts and all other Deposit Accounts and Investment Property of the Debtor, as such terms may be defined in the UCC;

F.       General Intangibles :   All general intangibles of Debtor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including, but not limited to, good will, tradenames, customer lists, permits and franchises, software, all licenses of any of the foregoing and the right to use Debtor’s name, and any and all membership interests, governance rights, and financial rights in each and every limited liability company, and all payment intangibles and all other General Intangibles of the Debtor, as such term may be defined in the UCC;

G.       Chattel Paper :   All Chattel Paper of the Debtor, whether tangible or electronic, as such term may be defined in the UCC; and

H.       Supporting Obligations, Embedded Software, etc. :  All of Debtor’s rights, whether now existing or hereafter acquired, in promissory notes, documents, embedded software, letter of credit rights and supporting obligations (and security interests and liens securing them) as such terms may be defined in the UCC;

 

E XHIBIT C-2


together with all substitutions and replacements for and products of any of the foregoing property and proceeds of any and all of the foregoing property together with (i) all accessories, attachments, parts, equipment, accessions and repairs and embedded software now or hereafter attached or affixed to or used in connection with any such goods, (ii) all warehouse receipts, bills of lading and other documents of title now or hereafter covering such goods, and (iii) all books and records of Debtor related to the Collateral.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in the Credit Agreement, the Collateral shall not include: (i) vehicles subject to a lien under that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2011, by and between Debtor and Secured Party; (ii) any property (including any accessions, additions, replacements or substitutions) that is subject to a Permitted Encumbrance if the written agreement between Debtor and the holder of such Permitted Encumbrance prohibits the incurring or existence of Secured Party’s Lien against such property and, if so, only for so long as such prohibition remains in effect; (iii) any equity interests in any Project Subsidiary; or (iv) any intellectual property of the Debtor.

2.       Representations, Warranties and Agreements .  Debtor represents, warrants and agrees that:

a.      Debtor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and the State of Delaware has been Debtor’s state of organization since the date of Debtor’s organization. Debtor has full power and authority to execute this Security Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), to perform Debtor’s obligations hereunder and to subject the Collateral to the Security Interest. Debtor’s organizational identification number is the number shown at the beginning of this Agreement.

b.      Debtor’s chief place of business is, located at the address shown at the beginning of this Agreement or such other address provided to the Secured Party in writing. Debtor’s records concerning its accounts and contract rights are kept at such address. The Collateral is located at the address shown at the beginning of this Agreement and at all addresses listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto, or such other address provided to the Secured Party in writing, and there are no other locations where any of the Collateral may be kept. Debtor will give at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Secured Party of any change in Debtor’s jurisdiction of organization or chief place of business and any change in or addition of any Collateral location. Debtor will take all such actions as Secured Party may reasonably request to permit Secured Party to establish and perfect the Security Interest in all jurisdictions Secured Party deems necessary, including but not limited to the execution, delivery or endorsement of any and all instruments, documents, assignments; security agreements and other agreements and writings that Secured Party may at any time reasonably request in order to secure, protect, perfect or enforce the Security Interest and Secured Party’s rights under this Agreement.

c.      Debtor has (or will have at the time Debtor acquires rights in Collateral hereafter arising) absolute title to each item of Collateral free and clear

 

E XHIBIT C-3


of all security interests, liens and encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances. Debtor will keep all Collateral free and clear of all security interests, liens and encumbrances except the Security Interest and other Permitted Encumbrances, and will defend the Collateral against all claims or demands of all persons other than Secured Party and holders of Permitted Encumbrances. The Debtor shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or other lien or levy upon or security interest in any of the Debtor’s intellectual property, except Permitted Encumbrances, and Debtor will not agree to grant a negative pledge on any of the Debtor’s intellectual property in favor of any Person other than the Secured Party. Debtor will promptly pay or properly and timely contest all material taxes and other governmental charges levied or assessed upon or against any Collateral or upon or against the creation, perfection or continuance of the Security Interest.

d.     Until the Obligations are satisfied in full, Debtor will not, without the prior written consent of the Secured Party, sell any of the Collateral or enter into any agreement that is inconsistent with Debtor’s obligations or Secured Party’s rights under this Agreement, except that Debtor may sell or discard the Collateral to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement. Debtor further agrees that it will not take any action, or permit any action to be taken by others under its control, or fail to take any action that would adversely affect the validity of the Secured Party’s rights in the Collateral or enforcement of Secured Party’s rights in the Collateral.

e.     This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action by Debtor.

f.      Debtor will keep preserve and protect all Collateral in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

g.     Debtor will at all reasonable times permit Secured Party or its respective representatives to examine or inspect any Collateral, wherever located, and to examine, inspect and copy Debtor’s books and records pertaining to the Collateral and its business and financial condition up to one time per year unless an Event of Default or Material Adverse Change has occurred.

h.     If Secured Party at any time so requests after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Debtor will promptly transfer to Secured Party any instrument, document, chattel paper or bill of lading constituting the Collateral, duly endorsed or assigned by Debtor to Secured Party to be held as Collateral.

i.      Debtor will keep accurate and complete records pertaining to the Collateral and submit to Secured Party such periodic reports concerning the Collateral as Secured Party may from time to time reasonably request.

j.      Debtor will at all times keep all tangible Collateral insured against risks of fire (including so-called extended coverage), theft, and such other risks

 

E XHIBIT C-4


and in such amounts as Secured Party may reasonably request, with any loss payable to Secured Party.

k.      Debtor will pay when due or reimburse Secured Party on demand for all costs of collection of any of the Obligations and all other out-of-pocket expenses (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Secured Party in connection with the creation, perfection, satisfaction, protection, defense or enforcement of the Security Interest or the creation, continuance, protection, defense or enforcement of this Agreement or any or all of the Obligations, including expenses incurred in any litigation or bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings.

l.       The Collateral will be used exclusively for business purposes.

m.     To Borrower’s knowledge and except as disclosed to Secured Party in writing, all rights to payment and all instruments, documents, chattel papers, bills of lading and other agreements constituting or evidencing Collateral are (or will be when arising or issued) the valid, genuine and legally enforceable obligation, subject to no defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than those arising in the ordinary course of business) of each account debtor or other obligor named therein or in Debtor’s records pertaining thereto as being obligated to pay such obligation. Debtor will not agree to any modification, amendment or cancellation of any such obligation without Secured Party’s prior written consent except discounts provided by Debtor in the ordinary course of business, and will not subordinate any such right to payment to claims of other creditors of such account debtor or other obligor.

n.      Debtor will promptly notify Secured Party of any material loss of or damage to any Collateral or of any adverse change in the prospect of payment of any material sums due on or under any instrument, chattel paper, bill of lading, account or contract right constituting Collateral.

o.      Debtor will from time to time execute such financing statements or control agreements as Secured Party may reasonably deem necessary in order to perfect the Security Interest and, if any Collateral is covered by a certificate of title, execute such documents as may be required to have the Security Interest properly noted on a certificate of title. In addition, Debtor authorizes Secured Party to file any financing statement Secured Party deems necessary, describing any liens held by Secured Party. Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of the Collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Secured Party may determine, in its reasonable discretion, is necessary to ensure the perfection of the Security Interest, including, without limitation, describing such property as “all assets” or “all personal property.”

 

E XHIBIT C-5


p.      Debtor will not use or keep any Collateral, or permit it to be used or kept, for any unlawful purpose or in violation of any federal, state or local law, statute or ordinance.

q.      If Debtor at any time fails to perform or observe any agreement contained in this Section 2, and if such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after Secured Party gives Debtor written notice thereof, Secured Party may (but need not) perform or observe such agreement on behalf and in the name, place and stead of Debtor (or, at Secured Party’s option, in Secured Party’s own name) and may (but need not) take any and all other actions that Secured Party may reasonably deem necessary to cure or correct such failure. Debtor shall pay Secured Party on demand the amount of all monies expended and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Secured Party in connection with or as a result of Secured Party’s performing or observing such agreements or taking such actions, together with interest thereon from the date expended or incurred by Secured Party at the highest rate then applicable to any of the Obligations. To facilitate the performance or observance by Secured Party of such agreements of Debtor (in the event Debtor does not cure any such failure during the above-described thirty (30) day period), Debtor hereby irrevocably appoints (which appointment is coupled with an interest) Secured Party, or its delegate, as the attorney-in-fact of Debtor with the right (but not the duty) from time to time to create, prepare, complete, execute, deliver, endorse or file, in the name and on behalf of Debtor, any and all instruments, documents, financing statements, and other agreements and writings required to be obtained, executed, delivered or endorsed by Debtor under this Section 2.

3.       Account Verification and Collection Rights of Secured Party .  Secured Party shall have the right to verify any accounts in the name of Debtor or in Secured Party’s own name; and Debtor, whenever requested pursuant to the terms of this Section, shall furnish Secured Party with duplicate statements of the accounts, which statements may be mailed or delivered by Secured Party for that purpose. Secured Party may at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default notify any account debtor, or any other person obligated to pay any amount due, that such chattel paper, account, or other right to payment has been assigned or transferred to Secured Party for security and shall be paid directly to Secured Party. If Secured Party so requests at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Debtor will so notify such account debtors and other obligors in writing and will indicate on all invoices to such account debtors or other obligors that the amount due is payable directly to the Secured Party. At any time after the Secured Party or Debtor gives such notice to an account debtor or other obligor, Secured Party may (but need not), in Secured Party’s respective own names or in Debtor’s name, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of, or securing, any such chattel paper, account, or other right to payment, or grant any extension to, make any compromise or settlement with or otherwise agree to waive, modify, amend or change the obligations (including collateral obligations) of any such account debtor or other obligor.

4.       Events of Default .   The occurrence of any of the following shall, at the sole option of the Secured Party, be an Event of Default: any “Event of Default” (as defined in such

 

E XHIBIT C-6


agreement) by Debtor under the Credit Agreement or any other agreement evidencing the Obligations, which default is not cured within any grace period granted with respect to such default or, if no specific grace period is granted with respect to such default, where such default is not cured within five (5) business days after written notice thereof from Secured Party.

5.       Remedies upon Event of Default .  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter, unless the Secured Party, upon the written direction of the Required Lenders, has waived such Event of Default in writing, the Secured Party may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies, with the written consent of the Required Lenders:

a.      Declare all Obligations to be immediately due and payable, which shall then be immediately due and payable, without presentment or other notice or demand;

b.      Exercise and enforce any or all rights and remedies available upon default to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code, including but not limited to the right to take possession of any Collateral, proceeding without judicial process if permitted by law or by judicial process, and the right to use, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Collateral, and in connection therewith, Secured Party may require Debtor to make the Collateral available to Secured Party at a place to be designated by Secured Party that is reasonably convenient to all parties, and if notice to Debtor of any intended disposition of Collateral or any other intended action is required by law in a particular instance, such notice shall be deemed commercially reasonable if given (in the manner specified in Section 8(A)) at least ten (10) business days prior to the date of intended disposition or other action; or

c.      Exercise or enforce any or all other rights or remedies available to a secured party by law or agreement against the Collateral, including specifically the right to use the Collateral, against Debtor or against any other person or property.

All rights and remedies of Secured Party shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently, at Secured Party’s option, and the exercise or enforcement of any one such right or remedy shall neither be a condition to nor bar the exercise or enforcement of any other.

6.       Other Personal Property .  Unless at the time the Secured Party takes possession of any tangible Collateral, or within seven (7) days thereafter, Debtor gives written notice to Secured Party of the existence of any goods, papers or other property of Debtor, not affixed to or constituting a part of such Collateral, but which are located or found upon or within such Collateral, Secured Party shall not be responsible or liable to Debtor for any action taken or omitted by or on behalf of Secured Party with respect to such property without actual knowledge of the existence of any such property or without actual knowledge that it was located or to be found upon or within such Collateral.

7.       Insurance .  Debtor hereby agrees to name Secured Party as a lender loss payee with respect to any all property policies of insurance covering the Collateral. So long as no

 

E XHIBIT C-7


Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or this Agreement has occurred, and no event has occurred which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or this Agreement, Secured Party shall allow Debtor to use the insurance proceeds for repair or replacement of the Collateral. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Secured Party may (but need not), in Secured Party’s name or in Debtor’s name, execute and deliver proofs of claim, receive all such moneys, endorse checks and other instruments representing payment of such moneys, and adjust, litigate, compromise or release any claim against the issuer of any such policy.

8.       Miscellaneous .

This Agreement can be waived, modified, amended, terminated or discharged, and the Security Interest can be released, only explicitly in a writing signed by Secured Party; provided that Secured Party shall release the Security Interest upon satisfaction in full of all the Obligations. A waiver signed by Secured Party shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose given. Mere delay or failure to act shall not preclude the exercise or enforcement of any of Secured Party’s rights or remedies.

a.      All notices to be given to Debtor shall be deemed sufficiently given if delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to Debtor at its address set forth above or at such other address as Debtor may subsequently provide to Secured Party.

b.      Secured Party’s duty of care with respect to Collateral in its possession (as imposed by law) shall be deemed fulfilled if Secured Party exercises reasonable care in physically safekeeping such Collateral or, in the case of Collateral in the custody or possession of a bailee or other third person, exercises reasonable care in the selection of the bailee or other third person, and Secured Party need not otherwise preserve, protect, insure or care for any Collateral. Secured Party shall not be obligated to preserve any rights Debtor may have against prior parties, to realize on the Collateral at all or in any particular manner or order, or to apply any cash proceeds of Collateral in any particular order of application.

c.      This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Debtor and Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns and shall take effect when signed by Debtor and delivered to the Secured Party, and Debtor waives notice of Secured Party’s acceptance hereof.

d.      A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of any financing statement signed by Debtor shall have the same force and effects as the original for all purposes of a financing statement.

e.      This Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of California. If any provision or application of this Agreement is held unlawful or unenforceable in any respect, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect other provisions or applications which can be given effect and this Agreement

 

E XHIBIT C-8


shall be construed as if the unlawful or unenforceable provision or application had never been contained herein or prescribed hereby. Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including the formation, interpretation or alleged breach hereof, shall be brought in the state or federal courts located in the City and County of San Francisco, California, and the parties hereto consent to the personal jurisdiction and venue of such courts.

f.      All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the creation and payment of the Obligations.

[ signature pages follow ]

 

E XHIBIT C-9


ACCORDINGLY, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties as of the date first set forth above.

 

Debtor:

  SOLARCITY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
 

By:

 

 

   

David White,

   

Chief Financial Officer

Secured Party:

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a

national banking association

 

By:

 

 

   

Cecilia Person,

   

Vice President and Portfolio Manager

 

E XHIBIT D-7


Schedule 1 to Security Agreement

 

SEKO

268 Lawrence Drive

 

Phoenix

South San Francisco

 

2060 South 16 th Street #119

CA 94080

 

Phoenix, AZ 85034

Portland

 

Deer Valley

6132 NE 112 th Avenue

 

1725 West Williams, Suite 60

Portland, OR 97220

 

Phoenix, AZ 85027

Foster City

 

Tucson

391 Foster City Blvd

 

4651 South Butterfield Drive, Suite 101

Foster City, CA 94404

 

Tucson, AZ 85714

Berkeley(Current)

 

Denver

3045 Hollis Street

 

490 E 76 th Avenue, Unit C

Berkeley, CA 94710

 

Denver, CO 80229

Berkeley (GRO)

 

Parker

1501 Eastshore Highway

 

15690 Parkerhouse Road

Berkeley, CA 94710

 

Parker, CO 80134

Sacramento

 

Dallas

2709 Academy Way, Suite 300

 

10430 Shady Trail, Suite 108

Sacramento, CA 95815

 

Dallas, TX 75220

Fresno

 

Hawaii

2310 North Larkin Avenue

 

599 Kahela Avenue

Fresno, CA 93727

 

Millani, HI 96789

Bakersfield

 

Maryland(Jessup)

5206 Young Street, Suite D

 

8280 Stayton Drive, Suite D

Bakersfield, CA 93311

 

Jessup, MD 20794

Los Angeles

 

Maryland (Silver Spring)

10451 Jefferson Blvd

 

2319 Stewart Avenue

Culver City, Ca 90232

 

Silver Spring, MD 20910

Orange County

 

Massachusetts (Billerica)

2165 South Grand Avenue

 

17 Sterling Road, Unit B

Santa Ana, CA 92705

 

Billerica, MA 01862

Inland Empire

 

Massachusetts (Raynham)

2896 Metropolitan Place

 

65 Ryan Drive, Unit 5F

Pomona, CA 91767

 

Raynham, MA 02767

San Diego

 

New York

7895 Convoy Court, Suite 13

 

12 Petra Lane

San Diego, CA 92111

 

Colony, NY 12205

 

Pennsylvania

 

800 Parkway Drive

 

Broomall, PA

 

E XHIBIT D-8


Schedule 2 to Security Agreement

The following documents require filing, registration or recording in order to create a perfected security interests in favor of the Secured Party, and the relevant jurisdiction for each such document:

UCC-1 Financing Statement filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware for all untitled collateral.

 

E XHIBIT D-9

Exhibit 10.7A

October 19, 2011

David White

Chief Financial Officer

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, CA 94402

 

  Re: Notice of Waiver and Amendment under the Term Loan Agreement dated January 24, 2011 and the Revolving Credit Agreement dated April 1, 2011

Dear Mr. White:

We refer to (1) that certain Term Loan Agreement dated as of January 24, 2011 (as amended on May 1, 2011, the Term Loan Agreement ) between U.S. Bank National Association (the Bank ) and SolarCity Corporation (the Borrower ) and (2) that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 1, 2011 (the Credit Agreement and together with the Term Loan Agreement, the Loan Agreements ). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have their assigned meanings in the Loan Agreements.

Section 9.2(c)(v) of each Loan Agreement requires the Borrower to submit to the Bank audited annual financial statements of the Borrower, prepared by a certified public accounting firm acceptable to the Bank. As of the date of this notice of default, the Borrower has not provided the Bank with these financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

The Bank, with the consent of Bridge Bank as Required Lender under the Credit Agreement, hereby waives any Event of Default that has occurred as a result of the Borrower’s failure to deliver such financials. Furthermore, the Bank, with the consent of Bridge Bank as Required Lender under the Credit Agreement, hereby amends Section 9.2(c)(v) solely with respect to the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 such that the Borrower is not required to deliver such financials until October 31,2011. If the Borrower does not deliver such financials by October 31, 2011, an Event of Default shall be deemed to occur under Section 10.14 of the Term Loan Agreement and under Section 10.15 of the Credit Agreement.

The Bank reserves the right to take such action as the Bank considers necessary or reasonable under the Loan Agreements, and reserves all other rights and remedies available to it under applicable law. Except as explicitly stated herein, no failure or delay on the part of the Bank or any successor or assign of the Bank in exercising any power, right or remedy under the Loan Agreements or related documents shall operate as a


waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy shall preclude an further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Cecilia Person

Cecilia Person, Vice President for U.S. Bank National Association

 

Consented to by Bridge Bank

By:

 

/s/ Molly Hendry

Name:

 

Molly Hendry

Title:

 

AVP, Relationship Mgr.

Acknowledged by SolarCity Corporation

By:

 

/s/ DAVID WHITE

Name:

 

DAVID WHITE

Title:

 

CFO

 

cc:

Teveia Barnes, Esq.

Exhibit 10.7B

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (this Second Amendment ) dated as of March 6, 2012 is by and between SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Borrower ), U.S. Bank National Association, as Agent (the Agent ) and the lenders signatory hereto (the “ Lenders ” or individually, a Lender ), as a Second Amendment to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 1. 2011 (as amended by a letter dated as of October 19, 2011, the Credit Agreement ) between the Agent, the Lenders signatory thereto and the Borrower. Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein shall have their defined meaning under the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders made available to the Borrower a revolving commitment; and

WHEREAS , the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent desire to amend the Credit Agreement as provided herein.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

1. AMENDMENTS.

A. Article 1 . The definition of “Termination Date” is amended so that such definition is restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Termination Date shall mean July 1, 2012 or the earlier termination in full of the Revolving Commitment in accordance with this Agreement.”

B. Article 1 . A new subsection (b) is hereby added to the definition of “‘Funded Debt” so that such definition is restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Funded Debt means total interest-bearing Indebtedness, including the unused Revolving Commitments of the Lenders but excluding (a) any Indebtedness that is non-recourse to the Borrower, and (b) Indebtedness in an aggregate amount outstanding of up to Sixty Five Million Dollars ($65,000,000) pursuant to an inventory financing facility between the Borrower and Bank of America, as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as sole lead arranger and sole book manager, on terms disclosed to and approved by the Agent and the Lenders in writing.”

C. Article 1 . A new subsection (h) is added to the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” so that such definition is restated to read in its entirety as follows

Permitted Indebtedness means (a) all Indebtedness to the Lenders, (b) Indebtedness to parties other than the Lenders (including as a guaranty or


surety or pursuant to a contingent liability) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any one time outstanding, (c) all other Indebtedness of the Borrower in existence as of the date of this Agreement and disclosed on Schedule 1 attached hereto, (d) Indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of equipment (and any accessions, attachments, replacements or improvements thereon), (e) Indebtedness incurred with respect to equipment leased to customers in the ordinary course of business, which Indebtedness is contemplated to be serviced by the related lease payment, (f) guaranties of obligations of Borrower’s subsidiaries, (g) extensions, refinancing, modifications, amendments and restatements of any item of Permitted Indebtedness described in (a) through (f) above, and (h) Indebtedness incurred under an inventory financing facility between the Borrower and Bank of America, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as sole lead arranger and sole book manager, in an aggregate amount not to exceed Sixty Five Million Dollars ($65,000,000.00) at any one time outstanding, with maturities no longer than eighteen (18) months (the BofA Facility ).”

D. Section 9.6 . A new subsection (m) is added to Section 9.6 of the Credit Agreement so that such Section is restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Other Liens .

The Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or other lien or levy upon or security interest ( Liens ) in any of the Borrower’s property or assets, except (a) Liens arising under the Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (b) Liens securing Permitted Indebtedness, (c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, (d) Leases or subleases and non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, (e) Liens existing on the date hereof and disclosed in writing to Agent, (f) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, vendors, and landlords incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not overdue or being contested in good faith, provided provision is made for the eventual payment thereof if subsequently found payable, (g) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (h) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default, (i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, (j) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as security for financed premiums, (k) Liens on the equity

 

2


interests of the Borrower’s subsidiaries granted in connection with financing provided to such subsidiary, (l) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens, and (m) Liens on inventory securing Permitted Indebtedness, but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness may not increase ( Permitted Encumbrances ). The Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or other lien or levy upon or security interest in any of the Borrower’s intellectual property, except Permitted Encumbrances, and the Borrower will not agree to grant a negative pledge on any of the Borrower’s intellectual property in favor of any Person other than the Agent.”

2. TERMINATION AND RELEASE OF LIEN . The Agent and the Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that the BofA Facility will be secured by the Inventory identified on the UCC-3 (the “ UCC-3 ”) attached as Exhibit A hereto (the BofA Collateral ). The Agent and the Lenders hereby terminate and release any Lien they may now have in the BofA Collateral and authorize Bank of America, N.A. and its counsel to record the UCC-3 in the appropriate jurisdictions necessary to give effect to such release.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . The Borrower hereby certifies and confirms that as of the effective date of this Second Amendment (a) no material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, financial condition of the Borrower that would affect Borrower’s ability to meet it obligations under the Credit Agreement or to conduct its business has occurred, (b) subject to the modifications in Section 1 hereof, its representations and warranties contained in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Second Amendment, and (c) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the Credit Agreement.

4. COUNTERPARTS. The execution and delivery of this Second Amendment by the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent shall constitute a contract between them for the uses and purposes set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Second Amendment, and this Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, with each executed counterpart constituting an original and all counterparts together constituting one agreement.

5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Second Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon (a) the execution by the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent of this Second Amendment with written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery hereof, (b) the payment of an amendment fee to the Agent in the amount of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) and (c) payment of all legal fees and expenses of the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Second Amendment. Except as amended by this Second Amendment, all terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

6. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS . Any provision of this Second Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such portion without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Second Amendment, or any other

 

3


agreement executed between the Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provisions.

7. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . This Second Amendment is binding upon the parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Lenders.

8. GOVERNING LAW . This Second Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without giving effect to California choice of law principles that would result in the application of laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:

 

/s/ Cecilia Person

 

Cecilia Person

 

Vice President

BRIDGE BANK

By:

 

/s/ Dan Pistone

 

Name: Dan Pistone

 

Title: Senior Vice President

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ B. Kelly

 

Bob Kelly

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

S ECOND A MENDMENT TO R EVOLVING C REDIT A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.7C

THIRD AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

TO

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Third Amendment ”) dated as of June 28, 2012 is by and between SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), U.S. Bank National Association, as Agent (the “ Agent ”) and the lenders signatory hereto (the “ Lenders ” or individually, a “ Lender ”), as a Third Amendment to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 1, 2011 (as amended by a letter dated as of October 19, 2011 and as further amended by the Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2012, the “ Credit Agreement ”) between the Agent, the Lenders signatory thereto and the Borrower. Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein shall have their defined meaning under the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders made available to the Borrower a revolving commitment;

WHEREAS , the Borrower has not satisfied a financial covenant set forth in the Credit Agreement, which the Lenders desire to waive; and

WHEREAS , the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent desire to amend the Credit Agreement as provided herein.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

1. WAIVER.

   A.         For the months ending April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, the Borrower has failed to maintain a ratio of Liquid Assets to Funded Debt of at least 2.00:1.00 as required under Section 9.3(b) of the Credit Agreement (the “ Existing Default ”). In accordance with Section 11.9 of the Credit Agreement the Lenders hereby waive the Existing Default.

   B.         Except for with respect to the Existing Default, the Lenders reserve the right to take such action as the Lenders consider necessary or reasonable under the Credit Agreement, and reserve all other rights and remedies available to them under applicable law. Except as expressly stated herein, no failure or delay on the part of the Lenders or any successor or assign of the Lenders in exercising any power, right or remedy under the Credit Agreement or related documents shall operate as waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy shall preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right, or remedy.

2. AMENDMENTS.     The following amendments shall be effective as of the date hereof:


  A. Article 1.     The definition of “Termination Date” is amended so that such definition is restated to read in its entirety as follows:

  “ ‘ Termination Date ’ shall mean October 1, 2012 or the earlier termination in full of the Revolving Commitment in accordance with this Agreement.”

  B . Section 9.3(b) .    Section 9.3(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

  “ Minimum Liquidity Ratio.   A ratio of Liquid Assets to Funded Debt of at least 1.25:1.00, measured at the end of each month.”

3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.     The Borrower hereby certifies and confirms that as of the effective date of this Third Amendment (A) no material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, financial condition of the Borrower that would affect Borrower’s ability to meet it obligations under the Credit Agreement or to conduct its business has occurred, (B) subject to the modifications in Section 2 hereof, its representations and warranties contained in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Third Amendment, and (C) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the Credit Agreement (except for the Existing Default, expressly waived by the Lenders pursuant to Section 1 hereof).

4.     COUNTERPARTS. The execution and delivery of this Third Amendment by the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent shall constitute a contract between them for the uses and purposes set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Third Amendment, and this Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, with each executed counterpart constituting an original and all counterparts together constituting one agreement.

5.     EFFECTIVENESS. This Third Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon (A) the execution by the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent of this Third Amendment with written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery hereof, (B) the payment of an amendment fee to the Agent in the amount of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) and (C) payment of all legal fees and expenses of the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Third Amendment. Except as amended by this Third Amendment, all terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

6.     SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.     Any provision of this Third Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such portion without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Third Amendment, or any other agreement executed between the Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provisions.

7.     SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.     This Third Amendment is binding upon the parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Lenders.

 

2


8. GOVERNING LAW.     This Third Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without giving effect to California choice of law principles that would result in the application of laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Cecilia Person

 
 

Cecilia Person

 
  Vice President  

 

 

BRIDGE BANK
By:  

/s/ Molly Hendry

 
  Name: Molly Hendry  
  Title: AVP  

 

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert Kelly

 
  Robert Kelly  
  Chief Financial Officer  

 

 

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

T HIRD A MENDMENT AND WAIVER TO R EVOLVING C REDIT A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.8

Execution Version

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of March 8, 2012

among

SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

as the Borrower,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent,

and

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     1   

1.01

   Defined Terms      1   

1.02

   Other Interpretive Provisions      18   

1.03

   Accounting Terms      18   

1.04

   Rounding      19   

1.05

   Times of Day      19   

ARTICLE II COMMITMENTS AND BORROWINGS

     19   

2.01

   Borrowing      19   

2.02

   Continuations of Loans      20   

2.03

   [Reserved]      20   

2.04

   Prepayments      21   

2.05

   Termination of Commitments      22   

2.06

   Repayment of Loans      22   

2.07

   Interest and Default Rate      23   

2.08

   Fees      24   

2.09

   Computation of Interest and Fees      24   

2.10

   Evidence of Debt      24   

2.11

   Payments Generally      25   

2.12

   Sharing of Payments by Lenders      26   

ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

     28   

3.01

   Taxes      28   

3.02

   Illegality      33   

3.03

   Inability to Determine Rates      33   

3.04

   Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans      34   

3.05

   Compensation for Losses      35   

3.06

   Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders      36   

3.07

   Survival      36   

ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BORROWING

     37   

4.01

   Execution of Credit Agreement; Loan Documents      37   

4.02

   Officer’s Certificate      37   

4.03

   Legal Opinions of Counsel      37   

4.04

   Financial Statements      37   

4.05

   Personal Property Collateral      37   

4.06

   Liability, Casualty, Property, Terrorism and Business Interruption Insurance      38   

4.07

   Solvency Certificate      38   

4.08

   Financial Condition Certificate      38   

4.09

   Funding Indemnity Letter      38   

 

i


4.10

   No Material Adverse Effect      38   

4.11

   No Litigation      38   

4.12

   Consents      38   

4.13

   Fees and Expenses      38   

4.14

   Due Diligence      39   

4.15

   Field Exam      39   

4.16

   Procurement and Tax Equity Contracts      39   

4.17

   Loan Coverage Ratio      39   

4.18

   Creditor Waivers      39   

4.19

   Lender Commitments      39   

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     39   

5.01

   Existence, Qualification and Power      39   

5.02

   Authorization; No Contravention      40   

5.03

   Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      40   

5.04

   Binding Effect      40   

5.05

   Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect      40   

5.06

   Litigation      41   

5.07

   No Default      41   

5.08

   Ownership of Property      41   

5.09

   Environmental Compliance      41   

5.10

   Insurance      42   

5.11

   Taxes      42   

5.12

   ERISA Compliance      42   

5.13

   Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act      43   

5.14

   Disclosure      43   

5.15

   Compliance with Laws      43   

5.16

   Solvency      43   

5.17

   Casualty, Etc.      43   

5.18

   Labor Matters      44   

5.19

   Authorized Officers      44   

5.20

   Collateral Representations      44   

5.21

   Safe Harbor      44   

ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     44   

6.01

   Financial Statements      44   

6.02

   Certificates; Other Information      46   

6.03

   Notices      48   

6.04

   Payment of Obligations      49   

6.05

   Preservation of Existence, Etc      49   

6.06

   Maintenance of Properties      49   

6.07

   Maintenance of Insurance      50   

6.08

   Compliance with Laws      51   

6.09

   Books and Records      51   

6.10

   Inspection Rights      51   

 

ii


6.11

   Use of Proceeds      51   

6.12

   Compliance with Environmental Laws      51   

6.13

   Procurement Contracts and Senior Credit Facilities Documents      52   

6.14

   Covenant to Give Security      52   

6.15

   Further Assurances      52   

ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     53   

7.01

   Liens      53   

7.02

   Fundamental Changes      54   

7.03

   Change in Nature of Business      54   

7.04

   Use of Proceeds      54   

7.05

   Amendments of Organization Documents; Fiscal Year; Legal Name, State of Formation and Form of Entity      54   

7.06

   Accounting Changes      54   

ARTICLE VIII FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     54   

8.01

   Minimum Loan Coverage Ratio      54   

8.02

   Minimum Liquidity      54   

8.03

   Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio      55   

ARTICLE IX EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     55   

9.01

   Events of Default      55   

9.02

   Remedies upon Event of Default      57   

9.03

   Application of Funds      57   

ARTICLE X ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     58   

10.01

   Appointment and Authority      58   

10.02

   Rights as a Lender      59   

10.03

   Exculpatory Provisions      59   

10.04

   Reliance by Administrative Agent      60   

10.05

   Delegation of Duties      61   

10.06

   Resignation of Administrative Agent      61   

10.07

   Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders      62   

10.08

   No Other Duties, Etc.      62   

10.09

   Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding      62   

10.10

   Collateral Matters      64   

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

     64   

11.01

   Amendments, Etc.      64   

11.02

   Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications      66   

11.03

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement      69   

11.04

   Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver      69   

11.05

   Payments Set Aside      71   

 

iii


11.06

   Successors and Assigns      72   

11.07

   Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality      75   

11.08

   Right of Setoff      76   

11.09

   Interest Rate Limitation      77   

11.10

   Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness      77   

11.11

   Survival of Representations and Warranties      78   

11.12

   Severability      78   

11.13

   Replacement of Lenders      78   

11.14

   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.      79   

11.15

   Waiver of Jury Trial      80   

11.16

   No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      80   

11.17

   Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      81   

11.18

   USA PATRIOT Act Notice      81   

11.19

   Time of the Essence      82   

 

iv


BORROWER PREPARED SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.01(c)    Authorized Officers
Schedule 1.01(e)    Eligible Inventory
Schedule 1.01(p)    Procurement Contracts
Schedule 5.10    Insurance Coverage
Schedule 7.01    Existing Liens

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PREPARED SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.01(a)    Certain Addresses for Notices
Schedule 1.01(b)    Initial Commitments and Applicable Percentages

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit B    Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit C    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D    Backlog Spreadsheet
Exhibit E    Form of Loan Notice
Exhibit F    Release Request
Exhibit G    Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit H    Form of Term Note
Exhibit I    Form of Officer’s Certificate
Exhibit J    Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates
Exhibit K    Form of Funding Indemnity Letter
Exhibit L    Form of Warehouse Agreement
Exhibit M    Form of Financial Condition Certificate
Exhibit N    Form of Authorization to Share Insurance Information
Exhibit O    Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

 

i


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of March 8, 2012, among SOLARCITY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders (as hereinafter defined), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

WHEREAS , the Borrower has requested that the Lenders make a term loan to the Borrower in the aggregate amount up to $58,545,194.50.

WHEREAS , the Lenders have agreed to make such term loan and other financial accommodations to the Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01 Defined Terms .

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Activity Basis ” means recognizing all past, current and future revenue, expenses and associated income from a project at the time (i) with respect to photovoltaic projects, a project passes any and all city inspections required in such project’s jurisdiction and (ii) with respect to energy efficiency projects, a project is complete.

Additional Collateral ” has the meaning given in Section 2.04(b).

Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 1.01(a) , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Advance Rate ” means 60%.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.


Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as the same may hereafter be modified, supplemented, amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Applicable Percentage ” with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Facility represented by (i) on or prior to the Closing Date, (A) such Lender’s Commitment, over (B) the amount of the Facility and (ii) thereafter, (A) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Loan at such time, over (B) the amount of the Facility. The Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 1.01(b) or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arranger ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, in its capacity as sole lead arranger and sole book manager.

ARRTA ” means the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009, Pub. L. No. 111-5, as amended.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit B or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by MarkitClear or other electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

Backlog Spreadsheet ” means a spreadsheet for residential and commercial projects, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , generated each month and made available to Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, providing for the status and amount of customer backlog.

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” and (c) the rate of interest in effect based on clause (b) of the definition of Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for

 

2


pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

Borrowing Base ” means the result of the Advance Rate multiplied by the aggregate Value of Eligible Inventory.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day.

Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, any expenditure in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of any fixed or capital asset (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations).

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

Cash Grant ” means any grant under Section 1603 of ARRTA or any successor or other similar provision, including any similar provision concerning a refundable tax credit that replaces such grant program.

Cash Grant Guidance ” means the guidance enumerated in the publication entitled “Payments for Specified Energy Property in Lieu of Tax Credits Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 – Terms and Conditions”, as amended, the Frequently Asked Questions and Answers issued by Treasury, as amended, and any other guidance, instructions or terms and conditions published or issued by Treasury in respect of the Cash Grant or any application therefor.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated

 

3


by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Closing Date ” means the date hereof.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Collateral ” means all of the “ Collateral ” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, including any Additional Collateral that becomes “Collateral” pursuant to Section 2.04(b)(i) herein.

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, any Warehouse Agreement or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01(b) under the caption “Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Committed Financing ” means, as of a given date of determination, the aggregate of each tax equity investor’s Tax Equity Commitment less all amounts advanced by such tax equity investors.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated ” shall mean, when used with reference to financial statements or financial statement items of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any other Person, such statements or items on a consolidated basis in accordance with the consolidation principles of GAAP.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

4


Coverage Base ” means, at a given time of measurement, an amount equal to the lesser of the Borrower’s (a) Committed Financing (as may be adjusted from time to time) and (b) Project Backlog (as may be adjusted from time to time).

Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” means, for a given date of determination, with respect to Borrower, the ratio of: (a) for the trailing 12-month period then ending on the most recent fiscal quarter end available (i) EBITDA less (ii) Maintenance Capital Expenditures, to (b) the sum of (i) 10% of the total principal due and payable on funded Indebtedness, as of such date of determination, plus (ii) cash Interest Charges, for the trailing 12-month period then ending on the most recent fiscal quarter end available.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means with respect to any Obligation for which a rate is specified, a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the rate otherwise applicable thereto.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition of any property by Borrower (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith, but excluding any Involuntary Disposition.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

EBITDA ” means, for any given period of measurement, an amount equal to Net Income for such period of measurement, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Net Income (without duplication): (a) Interest Charges, (b) the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable, (c) depreciation and amortization expense, and (d) non-recurring expenses.

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.06 (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.06(b)(iii)).

Eligible Inventory ” means Inventory consisting of Inverters and Modules located at Eligible Warehouses which Inverters and Modules, as of the Closing Date are identified on Schedule 1.01(e) and which satisfy the following criteria:

(a) Administrative Agent has a first priority perfected lien therein and which is free and clear of any other Liens other than Liens in favor of the Eligible Warehouse;

 

5


(b) is either currently usable or saleable in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business; and

(c) is in good condition; and

(d) meets all standards imposed by any governmental agency or department or division thereof having regulatory authority over such Inventory for its use or sale.

Eligible Warehouse ” means each public warehouse where Borrower’s Inverters and Modules are stored and which warehouse operator has entered into Warehouse Agreement.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

 

6


ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan; (f) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (g) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Eurodollar Rate ” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or, (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) BBA LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two (2) London Banking Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one (1) month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one (1) month would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) of the definition of “Eurodollar Rate.”

 

7


Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01.

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 11.13) or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(ii) or (c), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Facility ” means, at any time, (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, the Agreement Commitments at such time and (b) thereafter, the aggregate principal amount of the Loans of all Lenders outstanding at such time.

Facility Termination Date ” means the date as of which all of the following shall have occurred: (a) the Aggregate Commitments have terminated, and (b) all Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations).

FASB ASC ” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

8


Fee Letter ” means the letter agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger.

Foreign Lender ” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

Funding Indemnity Letter ” means a funding indemnity letter, substantially in the form of Exhibit K .

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America applied on a consistent basis and subject to the terms of Section 1.03.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any swap, derivative or other similar transaction;

 

9


(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business;

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person or any warrant, right or option to acquire such Equity Interest, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and

(g) all guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing (other (x) than guarantees of performance, and (y) Borrower’s indemnification obligations and obligations to make capital contributions to its Subsidiaries in each case as required under the documents evidencing the Tax Equity Commitments so long as such indemnification and capital contribution obligations are not made in respect of obligations to repay debt for borrowed money).

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person; for the avoidance of doubt, the membership in a limited liability company or a partnership shall not constitute a “general partner” or “joint venture” for purposes of this provision.

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b).

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(a).

Interest Charges ” means, for any period of measurement, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, (b) all interest paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations, and (c) the portion of rent expense under Capitalized Leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP which is to be paid in cash, in each case, of or by the Borrower for such period of measurement.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three (3) months, the respective dates that fall every three (3) months after the beginning

 

10


of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one (1) week or one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Loan Notice; provided that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Inverters ” means solar inverters purchased by the Borrower from an Inverter Vendor pursuant to a Procurement Contract.

Inverter Vendor ” means each of SMA America, LLC, Power-One Renewable Energy Solutions LLC, Fronius USA LLC, Xantrex Technology Inc., and each other Person acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

Involuntary Disposition ” means any loss of, damage to or destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking for public use of, any property of any Collateral.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

Lender ” means each of the Persons identified as a “Lender” on the signature pages hereto, each other Person that becomes a “Lender” in accordance with this Agreement and, their successors and assigns.

 

11


Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Liquidity ” means the amount of Borrower’s cash maintained in deposit accounts at any U.S. branch of a bank reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which, shall include Bridge Bank) so long as such deposit accounts are not subject to control agreements (as set forth in Section 9-104(a)(2) of the UCC and are not subject to any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

Loan ” means an advance made by any Lender under the Facility.

Loan Coverage Ratio ” means, at any time, an amount equal to the ratio of (a) the Coverage Base to (b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Term Notes, (c) the Collateral Documents, (d) the Fee Letter, and any other document executed in connection with the Facility.

Loan Notice ” means a notice of a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E .

London Banking Day ” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” means Capital Expenditures for the maintenance and normal replacements of fixed or capital assets of the Borrower, excluding any business expansion-related capital expenditures.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under any Loan Document; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Borrower of any Loan Document.

Maturity Date ” means August 31, 2013; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

Modules ” means solar modules purchased by the Borrower from a Module Vendor pursuant to a Procurement Contract.

 

12


Module Vendor ” means each of vendors providing Modules to Borrower and listed on the attached Schedule 1.01(p) .

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five (5) plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Multiple Employer Plan ” means a Plan which has two or more contributing sponsors (including the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate) at least two of whom are not under common control, as such a plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

Net Income ” means the result of (A) (i) job-related revenue on an Activity Basis, less (ii) job-related expenses on an Activity Basis, and (B) fund management revenue on an accrual basis, less (C) operating, interest, tax and other expenses, on an accrual basis.

Non-Consenting Lender ” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 11.01, and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Obligations ” means (a) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of the Borrower arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, and (b) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with enforcement and collection of the foregoing, including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against the Borrower pursuant to any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming Borrower as a debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement (or equivalent or comparable documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization (or equivalent or comparable documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); and (d) with respect to all entities, any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization (or equivalent or comparable documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

13


Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.06).

Overadvance ” has the meaning given in Section 2.04(b).

Outstanding Amount ” means the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any prepayments or repayments of the Loans, occurring on such date.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).

Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Act ” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

Pension Funding Rules ” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Section 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

Pension Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (including a Multiple Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by the Borrower and any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

Permitted Liens ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including a Pension Plan), maintained for employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or any such Plan to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required to contribute on behalf of any of its employees.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

 

14


Procurement Contract ” means the sale and purchase contract between the Borrower, as purchaser, and a Module Vendor or Inverter Vendor, as manufacturer and seller, as each such contract is further described in Schedule 1.01(p) hereto.

Project Backlog ” means, as of a given date of determination, the amount (in dollars) set forth in the Backlog Spreadsheet.

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Recipient ” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c).

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Release Request ” a request provided by Borrower to Administrative Agent in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F .

Release Price ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, at least two (2) Lenders having Total Credit Exposures representing more than 50% of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or chief operations officer of the Borrower and solely for purposes of the delivery of incumbency certificates pursuant to Section 4.02, the general counsel of the Borrower. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of the Borrower and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such the Borrower. To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, each Responsible Officer will provide an incumbency certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Safe Harbor ” means the rule incorporated in the Cash Grant Guidance that “eligible property” (within the meaning of the Cash Grant Guidance) will be considered under construction for Cash Grant purposes by December 31, 2011 if more than 5% of the cost of the eligible property was incurred by such date.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

15


Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders the Indemnitees, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 10.05.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, including all amendments thereto and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Security Agreement ” means the security and pledge agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, executed in favor of the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.

Senior Credit Facilities ” the credit accommodations provided to Borrower pursuant to (i) that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated April 1, 2011 among Borrower, U.S. Bank National Association and various lenders party thereto, as may be amended, restated and modified from time to time and (ii) that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated January 24, 2011, between the Borrower and U.S. Bank National Association, as may be amended, restated, modified or refinanced from time to time.

Senior Credit Facilities Documents ” means, collectively, all agreements, documents and instruments executed and delivered in connection with the Senior Credit Facilities, as each may be amended, restated, modified or refinanced from time to time.

Solvency Certificate ” means a solvency certificate in substantially in the form of Exhibit G .

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of Voting Stock is at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Systems ” means photo-voltaic electric energy generating systems described in Section 48(a)(3)(A)(i) of the Code.

 

16


Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Tax Equity Commitment ” means, with respect to a given tax equity investor, such tax equity investor’s (i) in the case of an inverted lease, commitment to pay rent, (ii) in the case of a sale leaseback, commitment to pay the purchase price, (iii) in the case of a partnership flip structure, commitment to contribute to the partnership for the payment of the purchase price, and (iv) in the case of any other tax structure, commitment to fund.

Term Note ” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing the Loan made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit H .

Threshold Amount ” means $2,000,000.

Total Credit Exposure ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the Outstanding Amount of all Loans of such Lender at such time.

Treasury ” means the United States Treasury Department.

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

U.S. Person ” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(B)(3).

Value ” as of the Closing Date means the purchase price of the Eligible Inventory as set forth on the Procurement Contracts and thereafter means the appraised value of the Eligible Inventory as set forth in an appraisal thereof by an appraiser and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, Equity Interests issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the right to so vote has been suspended by the happening of such contingency.

 

17


Warehouse Agreement ” means an agreement, between Administrative Agent and the operator of a public warehouse where Borrower’s Inverters and Modules are stored, as custodian, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions .

With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including the Loan Documents and any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “hereto,” “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.03 Accounting Terms .

(a) Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial

 

18


ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.

(b) Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Without limiting the foregoing, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the Audited Financial Statements for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes, as provided for above.

1.04 Rounding .

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.05 Times of Day .

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

ARTICLE II

COMMITMENTS AND BORROWINGS

2.01 Borrowing . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make a single loan to the Borrower, in Dollars, on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Facility. The Borrowing shall consist of

 

19


Loans made simultaneously by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentage. Borrowings repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Loans shall or may be Eurodollar Rate Loans unless the Eurodollar Rate is not available to Administrative Agent in which case Loans will be Base Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

2.02 Continuations of Loans .

(a) Loan Notice . Each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (A) the requested date of the continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (B) the principal amount of Loans to be continued, (C) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans with the same Interest Period most recently applicable thereto. If the Borrower requests continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

(b) Eurodollar Rate Loans . Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan and may not be converted to a Base Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of Administrative Agent and Administrative Agent may demand that any or all of the outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans be converted immediately to Base Rate Loans. Eurodollar Rate Loans may not be converted to Base Rate Loans at any time; provided, that if for any reason Eurodollar Rate is not available to Administrative Agent at any time, all Loans shall upon notice by Administrative Agent to Borrower and Lenders be converted to Base Rate Loans.

(c) Notice of Interest Rates . The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(d) Interest Periods . After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of the Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of the Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than three (3) Interest Periods in effect in respect of the Facility.

2.03 [Reserved] .

 

20


2.04 Prepayments .

(a) Optional . The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay the Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (1) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (2) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s ratable portion of such prepayment (based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage). If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of principal shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each prepayment of the outstanding Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(a) shall be applied to the principal repayment installments thereof in the current order of maturity. Such prepayments shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

(b) Mandatory .

(i) Overadvance . If Administrative Agent determines at any time based on the most recent appraisal of Eligible Inventory obtained hereunder that the Outstanding Amount exceeds the Borrowing Base (such excess being referred to as an “ Overadvance ”), Borrower shall within five (5) Business Days after notice from Administrative Agent of such Overadvance either (A) repay the Overadvance in full, or (B) provide additional collateral consisting of Eligible Inventory to Administrative Agent (“ Additional Collateral ”) together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent that (w) the result of the appraised value of such Additional Collateral multiplied by the Advance Rate equals or exceeds the Overadvance, (x) Borrower is the owner of such Additional Collateral free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens, (y) the granting of a Lien in the Additional Collateral to Administrative Agent does not result in a Default, and (z) such other documentation necessary to grant a lien in such Additional Collateral to Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; provided , that Borrower shall not have the option to provide Additional Collateral under clause (B) above if the applicable Overadvance is in an amount which exceeds the result of 0.70 multiplied by the aggregate Value of Eligible Inventory.

(ii) Ordinary Course Dispositions . Each time Borrower intends to deploy any Eligible Inventory in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, it shall provide notice thereof to Administrative Agent by providing Administrative Agent the Release Request with respect to such Eligible Inventory and shall promptly pay to Administrative Agent the Release Price with respect to such Eligible Inventory. Upon receipt of the Release Price, Administrative Agent shall release its Lien in such Eligible Inventory as set forth in the Security Agreement.

 

21


(iii) Involuntary Dispositions . The Borrower shall prepay the Loans as hereinafter provided in an aggregate amount equal to the cash proceeds received by the Borrower from all Involuntary Dispositions, including insurance proceeds, within 30 days of the date of such Involuntary Disposition if cash proceeds received by the Borrower as a result of Involuntary Dispositions exceed in the aggregate $500,000.

(iv) Application of Payments . Each prepayment of Loans pursuant to the foregoing provisions of Section 2.04(b)(i) through (iii) shall be applied to the principal repayment installments of the Loan in order of maturity thereof. Such prepayments shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages in respect of the Facility.

Within the parameters of the applications set forth above, prepayments pursuant to this Section 2.04(b) shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans and then to Eurodollar Rate Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities. All prepayments under this Section 2.04(b) shall be subject to Section 3.05, but otherwise without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by interest on the principal amount prepaid through the date of prepayment.

2.05 Termination of Commitments . The aggregate Commitments shall be automatically and permanently reduced to zero on the date of the Borrowing.

2.06 Repayment of Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders the aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding on the following dates in the respective amounts set forth opposite such dates (which amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.04), unless accelerated sooner pursuant to Section 9.02;

 

Payment Dates

   Loan Balance      Principal Repayment
Installments
 

03/07/12

   $ 58,545,194.50      

03/31/12

   $ 56,743,803.90       $ 1,801,390.60   

04/30/12

   $ 54,041,718.00       $ 2,702,085.90   

05/31/12

   $ 50,889,284.45       $ 3,152,433.55   

06/30/12

   $ 47,736,850.90       $ 3,152,433.55   

07/31/12

   $ 44,584,417.35       $ 3,152,433.55   

08/31/12

   $ 41,431,983.80       $ 3,152,433.55   

09/30/12

   $ 38,279,550.25       $ 3,152,433.55   

10/31/12

   $ 35,127,116.70       $ 3,152,433.55   

11/30/12

   $ 31,974,683.15       $ 3,152,433.55   

12/31/12

   $ 28,822,249.60       $ 3,152,433.55   

01/31/13

   $  25,219,468.40       $  3,602,781.20   

02/28/13

   $ 21,616,687.20       $ 3,602,781.20   

03/31/13

   $ 18,013,906.00       $ 3,602,781.20   

04/30/13

   $ 14,411,124.80       $ 3,602,781.20   

05/31/13

   $ 10,808,343.60       $ 3,602,781.20   

06/30/13

   $ 7,205,562.40       $ 3,602,781.20   

07/31/13

   $ 3,602,781.20       $ 3,602,781.20   

08/31/13

   $ 0.00       $ 3,602,781.20   

 

22


provided, however, that the final principal repayment installment of the Loans shall be repaid on the Maturity Date for the Facility and in any event shall be in an amount equal to the Outstanding Amount on such date.

2.07 Interest and Default Rate .

(a) Interest . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07(b), (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan under the Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus 3.75%; and (ii) each Base Rate Loan under the Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus 2.75%.

(b) Default Rate .

(i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace period), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, outstanding Obligations may accrue at a fluctuating rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iv) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

 

23


(c) Interest Payments . Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

2.08 Fees .

In addition to certain fees described in this Agreement:

(a) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(b) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.09 Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans (including Base Rate Loans determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate) shall be made on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty-five (365) or three hundred sixty-six (366) days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.11(a), bear interest for one (1) day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

2.10 Evidence of Debt .

(a) Maintenance of Accounts . The Borrowings made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Borrowings made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Term Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach Schedules to its Term Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

 

24


2.11 Payments Generally .

(a) General . All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 3:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 3:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(b) (i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the Closing Date that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

 

25


(ii) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Borrowing set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(d) Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 11.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 11.04(c).

(e) Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

2.12 Sharing of Payments by Lenders .

If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) Obligations in respect of the Facility due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations in respect of the Facility due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of

 

26


payments on account of the Obligations in respect of the Facility due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b) Obligations in respect of any of the Facility owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations in respect of the Facility owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations in respect of the Facility owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such time, then, in each case under clauses (a) and (b) above, the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (A) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (B) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of Obligations in respect of the Facility then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be, provided that:

(1) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(2) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement, or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

27


ARTICLE III

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

3.01 Taxes .

(a) P ayments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes .

(i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Laws. If any applicable Laws (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Administrative Agent) require the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, then the Administrative Agent or the Borrower shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding, upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below.

(ii) If the Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) the Administrative Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Administrative Agent to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(iii) If the Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall be required by any applicable Laws other than the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as required by such Laws, shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by it to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, to the extent required by such Laws, shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with such Laws, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse the Administrative Agent for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

28


(c) Tax Indemnifications .

(i) The Borrower shall, and does hereby indemnify each Recipient, and shall make payment in respect thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall also, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required pursuant to Section 3.01(c)(ii) below.

(ii) Each Lender shall, and does hereby, severally indemnify and shall make payment in respect thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, (A) the Administrative Agent against any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (B) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, as applicable, against any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 11.06(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (C) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, as applicable, against any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii).

(d) Evidence of Payments . Upon request by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower or by the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

 

29


(e) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation .

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(A), (B) and (D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, properly completed and executed originals of IRS

 

30


Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY from the Foreign Lender, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI and/or IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-2 or Exhibit J-3 , properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 and/or IRS Form W-8IMY, and/or other required documents from each intermediary and direct or indirect beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

31


(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(iii) The Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 3.01 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall provide a new form or certification on or before the next Interest Payment Date or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or have any obligation to pay to any Lender any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender. If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Recipient, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Recipient in the event the Recipient is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection, in no event will the applicable Recipient be required to pay any amount to the Borrower pursuant to this subsection the payment of which would place the Recipient in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Recipient would

 

32


have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Recipient to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(g) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

3.02 Illegality .

If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (a) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (b) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (i) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

3.03 Inability to Determine Rates .

If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for

 

33


determining the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (i) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .

(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by 3.04(e));

(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, the Borrower will pay to such Lender, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such

 

34


Lender or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine (9) months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine (9) month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(e) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans . The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least ten (10) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice ten (10) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable ten (10) days from receipt of such notice.

3.05 Compensation for Losses .

Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

 

35


(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 11.13;

including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or requires the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then at the request of the Borrower, such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 3.06(a), the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 11.13.

3.07 Survival .

All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder, resignation of the Administrative Agent and the Facility Termination Date.

 

36


ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BORROWING

The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Borrowing hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

4.01 Execution of Credit Agreement; Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of this Agreement, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and a duly authorized officer of each Lender, (ii) for the account of each Lender requesting a Term Note, a Term Note executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, (iii) counterparts of the Security Agreement and each other Collateral Document, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and a duly authorized officer of each other Person party thereto, as applicable and (iv) counterparts of any other Loan Document, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and a duly authorized officer of each other Person party thereto.

4.02 Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer (in substantially the form of Exhibit I attached hereto) dated the Closing Date, certifying as to the Organization Documents of the Borrower (which, to the extent filed with a Governmental Authority, shall be certified as of a recent date by such Governmental Authority), the resolutions of the governing body of the Borrower, the good standing, existence or its equivalent of the Borrower and of the incumbency of the Responsible Officers of the Borrower.

4.03 Legal Opinions of Counsel . The Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion of counsel for the Borrower, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

4.04 Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 5.05 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 and interim financial statements of the Borrower and its subsidiaries dated the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, each in form and substance satisfactory to each of them.

4.05 Personal Property Collateral . The Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(a) searches of (A) UCC filings in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Borrower and any other jurisdiction where Collateral is located or where a filing would need to be made in order to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, copies of the financing statements on file in such jurisdictions and evidence that no Liens exist other than Permitted Liens and (B) tax lien, judgment and bankruptcy searches;

 

37


(b) completed UCC financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral; and

(c) evidence that all filing and recording fees and taxes shall have been duly paid.

4.06 Liability, Casualty, Property, Terrorism and Business Interruption Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of insurance policies, declaration pages, certificates, and endorsements of insurance or insurance binders evidencing liability, casualty, property, terrorism and business interruption insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein or in the Collateral Documents or as required by the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Authorization to Share Insurance Information in substantially the form of Exhibit N (or such other form as required by the Borrower’s insurance companies).

4.07 Solvency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as to the financial condition, solvency and related matters of the Borrower, after giving effect to the initial borrowings under the Loan Documents and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

4.08 Financial Condition Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate or certificates executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as of the Closing Date, as to certain financial matters including a representation that the amount of the Facility available for drawing on the Closing Date does not exceed the Borrowing Base, substantially in the form of Exhibit M .

4.09 Funding Indemnity Letter . Three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Funding Indemnity Letter signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower with respect to the Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made on the Closing Date.

4.10 No Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have occurred since September 30, 2011 any event or condition that has had or could be reasonably expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.11 No Litigation . There shall not exist any action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental authority that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.12 Consents . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that all boards of directors, governmental, shareholder and material third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the Loan Documents have been obtained.

4.13 Fees and Expenses . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all fees and expenses, if any, owing pursuant to the Fee Letter and Section 2.08.

 

38


4.14 Due Diligence . The Lenders shall have completed a due diligence investigation of the Borrower in scope, and with results, satisfactory to the Lenders.

4.15 Field Exam . Administrative Agent shall have completed a field exam of the Borrower’s business conducted by third parties acceptable to Administrative Agent and with results satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

4.16 Procurement and Tax Equity Contracts . Administrative Agent shall have received copies of each of the fully executed Procurement Contracts and special counsel to Administrative agent shall have reviewed to its reasonable satisfaction for the benefit of the Administrative Agent certain documents evidencing the Tax Equity Commitments.

4.17 Loan Coverage Ratio . Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that Borrower has a Loan Coverage Ratio equal to or greater than 2.50:1.00, measured as of the Closing Date.

4.18 Creditor Waivers . Administrative Agent shall have satisfactorily reviewed the Borrower’s debt structure and obtained any waivers, lien releases or consents deemed necessary to provide Administrative Agent a first priority Lien on the Collateral.

4.19 Lender Commitments . Administrative Agent shall have received in cash the amount of each Lender’s respective Commitment of the Facility.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as of the date made or deemed made, that:

5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power .

The Borrower (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that

 

39


failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The copy of the Organization Documents of the Borrower provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement is a true and correct copy of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect.

5.02 Authorization; No Contravention .

The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of the Borrower’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law.

5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents .

No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the Borrower of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the grant by the Borrower of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, other than (i) authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained and (ii) filings to perfect the Liens created by the Collateral Documents.

5.04 Binding Effect .

This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principals of equity.

5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) Audited Financial Statements . The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

 

40


(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . The unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated September 30, 2011, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) Material Adverse Effect . Since September 30, 2011, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.06 Litigation .

There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge after due and diligent investigation, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.07 No Default .

No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.08 Ownership of Property .

The Borrower has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.09 Environmental Compliance .

(a) Borrower and its Subsidiaries conduct in the ordinary course of business a review of the effect of existing Environmental Laws and claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on their respective businesses, operations and properties, and as a result thereof the Borrower has reasonably concluded that such Environmental Laws and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

41


(b) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

5.10 Insurance .

The properties of the Borrower are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower operates. The insurance coverage of the Borrower as in effect on the Closing Date, and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is outlined as to carrier, policy number, expiration date, type, amount and deductibles on Schedule 5.10 and such insurance coverage complies with the requirements set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

5.11 Taxes .

The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against any the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect, nor is there any tax sharing agreement applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state laws. Each Pension Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter or is subject to a favorable opinion letter from the IRS to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the trust related thereto has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred; (ii) the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate has met all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of each Pension Plan; (iii) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is 60% or higher; (iv) the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have not incurred any liability to

 

42


the PBGC other than for the payment of premiums, and there are no premium payments which have become due that are unpaid; (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; and (vi) no Pension Plan has been terminated by the plan administrator thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan.

5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) Margin Regulations . The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.

(b) Investment Company Act . None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

5.14 Disclosure .

No report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

5.15 Compliance with Laws .

The Borrower and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.16 Solvency .

Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole are Solvent.

5.17 Casualty, Etc.

Neither the businesses nor the properties of the Borrower are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake,

 

43


embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18 Labor Matters .

There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.

5.19 Authorized Officers .

Set forth on Schedule 1.01(c) are the Authorized Officers, holding the offices indicated next to their respective names, as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02. Such Authorized Officers are the duly elected and qualified officers of the Borrower and are duly authorized to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Borrower, the Credit Agreement, the Term Notes and the other Loan Documents.

5.20 Collateral Representations .

(a) Collateral Documents . The provisions of the Collateral Documents and the filing of any necessary UCC filings are collectively effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) on all right, title and interest of the Borrower in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings completed prior to the Closing Date and as contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Documents, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect or protect such Liens.

(b) Procurement Contracts . Set forth on Schedule 1.01(p) is a complete and accurate list of all Procurement Contracts of Borrower.

5.21 Safe Harbor . The cost of all Eligible Inventory can be used by Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower to satisfy the Safe Harbor in respect of Systems that will be constructed, owned or sold and leased back by such Persons.

ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter until the Facility Termination Date, the Borrower shall:

6.01 Financial Statements .

Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but in any event within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a

 

44


Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such Consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (except for the fourth quarter of 2011, no later than March 31, 2012), a Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such Consolidated statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller who is a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and such consolidating statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller that is a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to the Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(c) Megawatts Measured on Activity Basis . As soon as available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, an internally prepared income statement, measured on an Activity Basis, reflecting megawatts installed for such fiscal quarter.

(d) Business Plan and Budget . As soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, an annual business plan and budget consisting of forecasts prepared by management of the Borrower on an Activity Basis, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, on a monthly basis for the immediately following fiscal year.

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section ARTICLE I the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under Section 6.01(a) or (b) above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in Sections 6.01(a) and (b) above at the times specified therein.

 

45


6.02 Certificates; Other Information .

Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) Accountants’ Certificate . Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements.

(b) Compliance Certificate . Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b) a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller which is a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, and in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Borrower shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with ARTICLE VIII, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP.

(c) Borrowing Base Certificate. As soon as available, but in any event within fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, a Borrowing Base Certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit O , as at the end of such month, together with a report of megawatts installed in such month and megawatts added to Borrower’s Project Backlog, its net Project Backlog for such month, and a report of Borrower’s Liquidity, duly certified by the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

(d) Updated Schedules . Concurrently with the delivery of the Compliance Certificate referred to in Section 6.02(b), the following updated Schedules to this Agreement (which may be attached to the Compliance Certificate) to the extent required to make the representation related to such Schedule true and correct as of the date of such Compliance Certificate: Schedules 1.01(c) (Authorized Officers) and 5.10 (Insurance).

(e) Calculations . Concurrently with the delivery of the Compliance Certificate referred to in Section 6.02(b) required to be delivered with the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate (which may be included in such Compliance Certificate) providing the calculation of each of the financial covenants required by Article VIII.

(f) Changes in Corporate Structure . Within ten (10) days prior to any merger, consolidation, dissolution or other change in corporate structure of the Borrower permitted pursuant to the terms hereof, provide notice of such change in corporate structure to the Administrative Agent, along with such other information as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. Provide notice to the Administrative Agent, not less than ten (10) days prior (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent) of any change in the Borrower’s legal name, state of organization, or organizational existence.

 

46


(g) Audit Reports; Management Letters; Recommendations . Promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of the Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any audit of any of them.

(h) Annual Reports; Etc . Promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;.

(i) Debt Securities Statements and Reports . Promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities the Borrower pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or any other clause of this Section.

(j) SEC Notices . Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, copies of each written notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation, possible investigation or other inquiry, in each case regarding the performance by Borrower of an act that is legally unjustified, harmful, contrary to law or involves wrongdoing, by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

(k) Notices . Not later than five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower, copies of all notices, requests and other documents (including amendments, waivers and other modifications) so received under or pursuant to any agreement in connection with Borrower’s Indebtedness regarding or related to any breach or default by any party thereto or any other event that could materially impair the value of the interests or the rights of the Borrower or otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect and, from time to time upon request by the Administrative Agent, such information and reports regarding such instruments, indentures and loan and credit and similar agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(l) Environmental Notice . Promptly after the assertion or occurrence thereof, notice of any action or proceeding against or of any noncompliance by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit that could (i) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(m) Additional Information . Promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial, legal or corporate affairs of the Borrower, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

47


Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or 6.02(h) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (a) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 1.01(a) ; or (b) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon its request to the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission) of the posting of any such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request by a Lender for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (A) the Administrative Agent and/or an Affiliate thereof may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, Syndtrak or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (B) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (1) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (2) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, any Affiliate thereof, the Arranger, and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07); (3) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (4) the Administrative Agent and the any Affiliate thereof and the Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”.

6.03 Notices .

Promptly, but in any event within two (2) Business Days, notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

 

48


(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower; and

(e) of any occurrence of any Disposition of property or assets for which the Borrower is required to make a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.04(b)(ii).

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and to the extent applicable, stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

6.04 Payment of Obligations .

Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness.

6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc . Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.02;

(a) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(b) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06 Maintenance of Properties .

(a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted;

 

49


(b) Make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) Use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.

(d) Maintain at all times a system for logging and tracking each item of Eligible Inventory, which will include, without limitation, the following procedures: (i) each purchase order for Eligible Inventory will be associated with a “part number” which will distinguish Eligible Inventory that was purchased on or before December 31, 2011 from Eligible Inventory that was purchased after December 31, 2011, (ii) such part numbers will be logged into the Borrower’s inventory tracking system used to manage system installations and (iii) upon delivery of Eligible Inventory, the Borrower will record the serial number of each item of Eligible Inventory in a computer database.

6.07 Maintenance of Insurance .

(a) Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons, including, without limitation, terrorism insurance on such terms and in such amounts as required by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Interests. Cause the Administrative Agent to be named as lenders’ loss payable, loss payee or mortgagee, as its interest may appear, and/or additional insured with respect of any such insurance providing liability coverage or coverage in respect of any Collateral, and cause each provider of any such insurance to agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Administrative Agent that it will give the Administrative Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be altered or cancelled (or ten (10) days prior notice in the case of cancellation due to the nonpayment of premiums). Annually, upon expiration of current insurance coverage, the Borrower shall provide, or cause to be provided, to the Administrative Agent (i) certified copies of such insurance policies upon request pending receipt of the policy from the insurer, (ii) evidence of such insurance policies (including, without limitation and as applicable, ACORD Form 28 certificates (or similar form of insurance certificate), and ACORD Form 25 certificates (or similar form of insurance certificate)), (iii) declaration pages for each insurance policy and (iv) lender’s loss payable endorsement if the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties is not on the declarations page for such policy. As requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent an Authorization to Share Insurance Information in substantially the form of Exhibit N (or such other form as required by the Borrower’s insurance companies).

 

50


6.08 Compliance with Laws .

Comply with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.09 Books and Records .

Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower.

6.10 Inspection Rights .

Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, subject to reasonable notice (except when a default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) and normal business hours, to visit any location where Collateral is maintained to inspect and/or appraise the Collateral, inspect, audit and make extracts from Borrower’s books and records, and discuss with its officers, employees, agents, advisors and independent accountants Borrower’s business, financial condition, assets, prospects and results of operations; provided , that such appraisals, inspections and audits shall not be conducted more frequently than once per any three-month period unless a default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Borrower shall reimburse Administrative Agent for costs and expenses associated with such inspections, appraisals, and audits conducted.

6.11 Use of Proceeds .

Use the proceeds of the Borrowings for general corporate purposes not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document and to pay certain fees and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

6.12 Compliance with Environmental Laws .

Comply, and cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws; provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

 

51


6.13 Procurement Contracts and Senior Credit Facilities Documents .

Perform and observe all the terms and provisions of each Procurement Contract and Senior Credit Facilities Document to be performed or observed by it, maintain each such Procurement Contract and Senior Credit Facilities Document in full force and effect, enforce each such Procurement Contract and Senior Credit Facilities Document in accordance with its terms, take all such action to such end as may be from time to time requested by the Administrative Agent and, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, make to each other party to each such Procurement Contract or Senior Credit Facilities Document such demands and requests for information and reports or for action as the Borrower is entitled to make under such Procurement Contract or Senior Credit Facilities Document.

6.14 Covenant to Give Security .

At any time upon request of the Administrative Agent, promptly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take all such other action as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable to maintain in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, Liens and insurance rights on the Collateral that are duly perfected in accordance with the requirements of, or the obligations of the Borrower under, the Loan Documents and all applicable Laws.

6.15 Further Assurances .

Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, (a) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (i) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, subject the Borrower’s properties, assets, rights or interests to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder and (iv) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which the Borrower is or is to be a party.

 

52


ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter until the Facility Termination Date, it shall not, directly or indirect:

7.01 Liens .

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for the following (the “ Permitted Liens ”):

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens in favor of U.S. Bank National Association securing the Senior Credit Facilities so long as such Liens do not attach to the Collateral;

(c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its books;

(d) Leases or subleases and non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(e) Liens existing on the date and disclosed on Schedule 7.01 ;

(f) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, vendors and landlords incurred in the ordinary course of business of Borrower for sums not overdue or being contested in good faith; provided, provision is made for the eventual payment thereof if subsequently found payable;

(g) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(h) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default;

(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(j) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as security for financed premiums;

(k) Liens on the equity interests of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries granted in connection with financing provided to Borrower’s Subsidiaries; and

(l) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Liens permitted above, but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien.

Notwithstanding the above, none of the Permitted Liens shall attach to the Collateral.

 

53


7.02 Fundamental Changes .

Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person.

7.03 Change in Nature of Business .

Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto.

7.04 Use of Proceeds .

Use the proceeds of any Borrowing, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

7.05 Amendments of Organization Documents; Fiscal Year; Legal Name, State of Formation and Form of Entity .

(a) Amend any of its Organization Documents in a manner that could be adverse to Agent or Secured Parties;

(b) change its fiscal year; or

(c) without providing ten (10) days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), change its name, state of formation or form of organization.

7.06 Accounting Changes .

Make any change in (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or (b) fiscal year.

ARTICLE VIII

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

8.01 Minimum Loan Coverage Ratio . So long as any Obligations remain outstanding, Borrower shall maintain a Loan Coverage Ratio of at least 2.50:1.00 measured quarterly as of the last day of each quarter.

8.02 Minimum Liquidity . So long as any Obligations remain outstanding, Borrower shall maintain Liquidity at an amount not less than (i) $20,000,000 at any time the Outstanding Amount is equal to or greater than $35,000,000 and (ii) $15,000,000 at any time the Outstanding Amount is less than $35,000,000, in each case measured monthly as of the last day of each month.

 

54


8.03 Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio . So long as any Obligations remain outstanding, Borrower shall maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25:1.00 measured quarterly as of the last day of each quarter.

ARTICLE IX

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

9.01 Events of Default .

Any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Non-Payment. The Borrower fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within three (3) days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five (5) days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.05, 6.08, 6.10, 6.11, 6.13, ARTICLE VII or ARTICLE VIII or;

(c) Other Defaults . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 9.01 or clause (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default . The Borrower (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, the effect of which is to cause such Indebtedness to be demanded, accelerated or to become due; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . The Borrower institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60)

 

55


calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) The Borrower becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within thirty (30) days after its issue or levy; or

(h) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(i) Judgments . There is entered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding ten percent (10%) of the Borrower’s Liquidity at the time of final judgment or order is entered (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of ten (10) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ceases to be in full force and effect; or the Borrower or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document; or the Borrower denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any material provision of any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or

(k) Uninsured Loss . Any uninsured damage to or loss, theft or destruction of any Collateral in excess of the Threshold Amount shall occur that is not cured by cash within five (5) days.

 

56


(l) Appraised Value . The Outstanding Amount exceeds 90% of the Value of Eligible Inventory.

(m) Suspension of Operations. The Borrower suspends operation of its business for more than three (3) Business Days in any 365 day period.

Without limiting the provisions of Article IX, if a Default shall have occurred and continue under the Loan Documents, then such Default will continue to exist until it either is cured (to the extent specifically permitted) in accordance with the Loan Documents or is otherwise expressly waived by Administrative Agent (with the approval of requisite Lenders (in their sole discretion) as determined in accordance with Section 11.01; and once an Event of Default occurs under the Loan Documents, then such Event of Default will continue to exist until it is expressly waived by the requisite Lenders or by the Administrative Agent with the approval of the requisite Lenders, as required hereunder in Section 11.01.

9.02 Remedies upon Event of Default .

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders, all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law or equity; and

(d) the Administrative Agent may require the Borrower to utilize in any of its projects the Inventory constituting Collateral prior to its utilization of any other comparable Inventory;

provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

57


9.03 Application of Funds .

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 9.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in the proviso to Section 9.02) or if at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all Obligations then due hereunder, any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders arising under the Loan Documents and amounts payable under Article III, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, ratably among the Lenders, in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

ARTICLE X

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

10.01 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Appointment . Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and the Borrower shall have no rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

 

58


(b) Collateral Agent . The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by the Borrower to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article XI (including Section 11.04(c) as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

10.02 Rights as a Lender .

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial, advisory, underwriting or other business with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliate as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders or to provide notice to or consent of the Lenders with respect thereto.

10.03 Exculpatory Provisions .

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent and its Related Parties:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law; and

 

59


(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty or responsibility to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary), or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.01 and 9.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. Any such action taken or failure to act pursuant to the foregoing shall be binding on all Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender.

Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties have any duty or obligation to any Lender or participant or any other Person to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

10.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent .

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, communication, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall be fully protected in relying and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such prior to the

 

60


making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in ARTICLE IV, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objections.

10.05 Delegation of Duties .

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facility as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

10.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent .

(a) Notice . The Administrative Agent may at any time resign as Administrative Agent upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower (which consent shall be required only so long as no Default of Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing), such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent gives (the “ Resignation Effective Date ”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective.

(b) Effect of Resignation . With effect from the Resignation Effective Date (i) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral

 

61


security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (ii) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent (other than as provided in Section 3.01(g) and other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date), and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

10.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders .

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

10.08 No Other Duties, Etc.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the titles listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder.

10.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding .

In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.08 and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

62


(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding.

The Borrower and the Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, to (a) credit bid and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar Laws in any other jurisdictions to which the Borrower is subject, or (b) credit bid and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral at any other sale or foreclosure conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with applicable Law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims being estimated for such purpose if the fixing or liquidation thereof would not unduly delay the ability of the Administrative Agent to credit bid and purchase at such sale or other disposition of the Collateral and, if such claims cannot be estimated without unduly delaying the ability of the Administrative Agent to credit bid, then such claims shall be disregarded, not credit bid, and not entitled to any interest in the asset or assets purchased by means of such credit bid) and the Secured Parties whose Obligations are credit bid shall be entitled to receive interests (ratably based upon the proportion of their Obligations credit bid in relation to the aggregate amount of Obligations so credit bid) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). Except as provided above and otherwise expressly provided for herein or in the other

 

63


Collateral Documents, the Administrative Agent will not execute and deliver a release of any Lien on any Collateral. Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower at any time, the Secured Parties will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release any such Liens on particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.09.

10.10 Collateral Matters .

Each of the Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon the Facility Termination Date, (ii) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 11.01; and

(b) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property. In each case as specified in this Section 10.10, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the Borrower such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 10.10.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by the Borrower in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.01 Amendments, Etc.

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 9.02) without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of any condition precedent in ARTICLE IV or of any Default or a mandatory reduction in Commitments is not considered an extension or increase in Commitments of any Lender);

 

64


(b) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under such other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or (subject to clause (ii) of the second proviso to this Section 11.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) change (i) Section 9.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender or (ii) the order of application of any reduction in the Commitments or any prepayment of Loans under the Facility from the application thereof set forth in Section 2.04(b)(iv), in any manner that materially and adversely affects the Lenders under the Facility without the written consent of each affected Lender;

(e) change any provision of this Section 11.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions (except pursuant to a Release Request in accordance with the terms herein), without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) release the Borrower or permit the borrower to assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without the consent of each Lender; or

(h) impose any greater restriction on the ability of any Lender under the Facility to assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Required Lenders under the Facility;

and provided , further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or

 

65


duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (ii) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein; each Lender is entitled to vote as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein and (C) the Required Lenders shall determine whether or not to allow the Borrower to use cash collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding and such determination shall be binding on all of the Lenders.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Administrative Agent may, with the prior written consent of the Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (I) to add one or more additional term loan facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit and all related obligations and liabilities arising in connection therewith from time to time outstanding to share ratably (or on a basis subordinated to the existing facility hereunder) in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the obligations and liabilities from time to time outstanding in respect of the existing facility hereunder, and (II) in connection with the foregoing, to permit, as deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Required Lenders, the Lenders providing such additional credit facility to obtain comparable tranche voting rights with respect to each such new facility and to participate in any required vote or action required to be approved by the Required Lenders or by any other number, percentage or class of Lenders hereunder.

If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of each Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may replace such Non-Consenting Lender in accordance with Section 11.13; provided that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph).

11.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone or posted electronically (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 1.01(a) ; and

 

66


(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by (fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including electronic mail address and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may each, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an electronic mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return electronic mail address or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its electronic mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii), if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice, email or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY

 

67


DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet.

(d) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may change its address, facsimile number or telephone number or electronic mail address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile number or telephone number or electronic mail address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one (1) individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent and Lenders . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic or electronic Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of any the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

68


11.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement .

No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Borrower or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 9.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 11.09 (subject to the terms of Section 2.12), or (c) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to the Borrower under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.12, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

11.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facility provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with Loans made, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Buchalter Nemer, as counsel to the Arranger and Administrative Agent, incurred in connection with the legal due diligence, and the preparation, negotiation, execution, and delivery of the initial documentation for the Facility, in each case irrespective of whether the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated, shall not exceed $125,000.

 

69


(b) Indemnification by Borrower . Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), the Arranger, each Lender and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including the Borrower) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including in respect of any matters addressed in Section 3.01), (ii) any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.01, this Section 11.04(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fail to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender), such payment to be made severally among them based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought), provided , further that, the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent). The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.11(d).

 

70


(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Borrower shall not assert, and the Borrower hereby waives, and acknowledges that no other Person shall have, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor.

(f) Survival . The agreements in this Section and the indemnity provisions of Section 11.02(e) shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

11.05 Payments Set Aside .

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

71


11.06 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment under the Facility and/or the Loans at the time owing to it or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Facility, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

72


(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Loans and/or the Commitment assigned.

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof; and

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) will be required for any assignment of any outstanding term loan to an entity that is not a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

(vi) Certain Additional Payments .

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05 and 11.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Term Note to the

 

73


assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.

(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it (or the equivalent thereof in electronic form) and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 11.04 without regard to the existence of any participations.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 11.01 that affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section (it being understood that the documentation required under 3.01(e) shall be delivered to the Lender who sells the participation) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.06 and 11.13 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01 or 3.04, with respect to any participation, than the Lender from whom it acquired the applicable participation would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the

 

74


Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 3.06 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.12 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(e) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Term Note) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

11.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality .

(a) Treatment of Certain Information . Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed and bound to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) to any other party hereto, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or any Eligible Assignee invited to be a Lender pursuant to or (B) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations,

 

75


this Agreement or payments hereunder, (vii) on a confidential basis and with the written consent of Borrower (unless a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing) to (A) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the credit facility provided hereunder or (B) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit facility provided hereunder, (viii) with the consent of the Borrower or to the extent such Information (1) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (2) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

(b) Non-Public Information . Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders acknowledges that (i) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (iii) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States federal and state securities Laws.

(c) Press Releases . The Borrower and its Affiliates agree that they will not in the future issue any press releases or other public disclosure using the name of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or their respective Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, unless (and only to the extent that) the Borrower or such Affiliate is required to do so under law and then, in any event the Borrower or such Affiliate will consult with such Person before issuing such press release or other public disclosure.

(d) Customary Advertising Material . The Borrower consents to the publication by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of customary advertising material relating to the transactions contemplated hereby using the name, product photographs, logo or trademark of the Borrower; provided that if any such advertising materials include Borrower’s results of operating, references to Borrower purchasing the Eligible Inventory to satisfy the Safe Harbor, or Information that is to be treated as confidential under this Section 11.07, Borrower’s consent shall be required prior to use of such information.

11.08 Right of Setoff .

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent

 

76


permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or its respective Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower may be contingent or unmatured, secured or unsecured, or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or its Affiliates may have. Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

11.09 Interest Rate Limitation .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

11.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .

This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in ARTICLE IV, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any certificate delivered thereunder, by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g. “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent a manually executed counterpart is not specifically required to be delivered under the terms of any Loan Document, upon the request of any party, such fax transmission or electronic mail transmission shall be promptly followed by such manually executed counterpart.

 

77


11.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties .

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Borrowing, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.

11.12 Severability .

If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.13 Replacement of Lenders .

If the Borrower is entitled to replace a Lender pursuant to the provisions of 3.06, or if any Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.06), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 3.01 and 3.04) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 11.06(b);

(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

 

78


(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and

(e) in the case of an assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

11.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE TRANSACTIONS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT COMMENCE ANY ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND OR DESCRIPTION, WHETHER IN LAW OR EQUITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR OTHERWISE, AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY RELATED PARTY OF THE FOREGOING IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS, IN ANY FORUM OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING

 

79


RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(c) WAIVER OF VENUE . THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 11.04. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

11.15 Waiver of Jury Trial .

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (a) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (b) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.15.

11.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility .

In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (a) (i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and any Affiliate thereof, the Arranger and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and, as applicable, its Affiliates and the Lenders and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this Section 11.16, the “ Lenders ”), on the other hand, (ii) the

 

80


Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b) (i) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates and each Lender each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary, for Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (ii) neither the Administrative Agent, any of its Affiliates nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates and the Lenders may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, any of its Affiliates nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower and its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, any of its Affiliates or any Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transactions contemplated hereby.

11.17 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents .

The words “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.18 USA PATRIOT Act Notice .

Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act. The Borrower agrees to, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all such other documentation and information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

 

81


11.19 Time of the Essence .

Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

82


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:     SOLARCITY CORPORATION,
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Robert Kelly

    Name:   Robert Kelly
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Dora Brown

Name:   Dora Brown
Title:   Vice President

 

Credit Agreement


LENDERS:     BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
    as a Lender
    By:  

/s/ Thomas R. Sullivan

    Name:   Thomas R. Sullivan
    Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Credit Agreement


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark Walton

Name:  

Mark Walton

Title:  

Authorized Signatory

 

Credit Agreement


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mikhail Faybusovich

Name:  

Mikhail Faybusovich

Title:  

Director

By:  

/s/ Vipul Dhadda

Name:  

Vipul Dhadda

Title:  

Associate

 

Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 1.01(a)

Certain Addresses for Notices

 

Borrower:

 

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94127

Attn: General Counsel

Phone:

Electronic Mail: legal@solarcity.com

Facsimile:

Website Address: www.solarcity.com

  

Administrative Agent:

 

For payments and Requests for Credit Extensions

Bank of America, N.A.

Credit Services

Mail Code: TX1-492-14-04

901 Main Street

Dallas TX 75202

Attn: Eldred Sholars

Phone: 214-209-9253

Electronic Mail: eldred.sholars@baml.com

Facsimile: 214-290-9485

 

Wire Instructions:

Bank of America, New York NY

ABA: [routing number]

Account Name: Credit Services

Account Number: [account number]

Reference: SolarCity Corporation

 

Other Notices for Administrative Agent

Bank of America, N.A.

Agency Management

Mail Code: WA1-501-17-32

800 Fifth Avenue, Floor 17

Seattle WA 98104

Attn: Dora Brown, Vice President

Phone: 206-358-0101

Electronic Mail: dora.a.brown@baml.com

Facsimile: 415-343-0556


SCHEDULE 1.01(b)

Initial Commitments and Applicable Percentages

 

Lender

   Term
Commitment
     Applicable
Percentage
 

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 22,517,382.50         38.461538462

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   $ 18,013,906.00         30.769230769

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 18,013,906.00         30.769230769
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

   $ 58,545,194.50         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


SCHEDULE 1.01(c)

Authorized Officers

 

NAME OF OFFICER

  

OFFICE

Lyndon Rive    Chief Executive Officer
Peter Rive    Chief Operating Officer
Robert Kelly    Chief Financial Officer
Seth Weissman    General Counsel


SCHEDULE 1.01(p)

Procurement Contracts

 

1. PV Module Procurement Contract, dated October 7, 2011, by and between Trina Solar (U.S.) Inc. and the Borrower

 

2. PV Module Procurement Contract, dated November 17, 2011, by and between Yingli Green Energy Americas, Inc. and the Borrower

 

3. PV Module Procurement Contract, dated December 30, 2011, by and between Kyocera Solar Inc. and the Borrower

 

4. Inverter Procurement Contract, dated October 25, 2011, by and between Fronius USA, LLC and the Borrower

 

5. Inverter Procurement Contract, dated November 21, 2011, by and between Schneider Electric/Xantrex Technology, Inc. and the Borrower

 

6. Inverter Procurement Contract, dated October 28, 2011, by and between Power-One Renewable Energy Solutions, LLC and the Borrower

 

7. Inverter Procurement Contract, dated November 21, 2011, by and between SMA America and the Borrower


SCHEDULE 5.10

Insurance Coverage

[ carrier, policy number, expiration date, type, amount and deductibles ]

Exhibit 10.9

October 6, 2011

Via Email Only

Mr. Robert D. Kelly

[Address]

Dear Bob:

I am personally and professionally pleased to confirm an offer of employment for you to join SolarCity (the “Company”) as its Chief Financial Officer reporting directly to me. In this capacity, you will be a member of SolarCity’s Executive Team. Your employment start date with SolarCity will be October 17, 2011 and you will work out of our Headquarters office in San Mateo, CA. The following information will outline your compensation, benefits and responsibilities as a new member of the SolarCity Executive Team.

Position & Responsibilities : As the Chief Financial Officer , you will render exclusive and full-time services to the Company, and you will use your best efforts, skill, and abilities to promote the Company’s interests. We encourage you to participate in the development of all aspects of SolarCity, fostering a spirit of teamwork, professionalism, high energy, and fun.

Compensation and Benefits : If you decide to join us, you will receive or be eligible to receive the following cash compensation prorated to your start date:

 

  (i)

a bi-weekly salary of ten thousand eight hundred eighty four dollars and sixty two cents ($10,384.62) which would represent $270,000 dollars on an annualized basis, and will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures;

an annual bonus of one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) , earned upon achievement of goals and objectives which will be mutually agreed upon within 60 days following your start date and each year thereafter, between you and the CEO. Such bonus shall be earned and payable within sixty (60) days of the end of each calendar year. Such bonus shall be prorated based on your start date for calendar year 2011.

Stock Options : In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at a meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors at a time following your employment start date, that the Company grant you options to purchase the Company’s shares as follows:

 

  (i)

one hundred sixty six thousand and seven (166,007)  shares of the Company’s Common Stock (which represents .5% of the total outstanding shares of the Company’s Stock) at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors but no later than November 2011 so long as your employment starts prior to October 31, 2011. The

 

3055 Clearview Way San Mateo, California 94402 Fax 650.472.9090    www.solarcity.com


 

Company makes no prior commitment or estimate of what the Stock Option price will be at the time of grant since the Fair Market Value of the option may increase significantly from the time of your employment start date until the Board approves the Option Grant. Twenty five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option shall vest twelve (12) months after the date your vesting begins subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement we will execute, including vesting requirements. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment.

 

  (ii)

one hundred sixty six thousand and seven (166,007)  shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. One fifth (1/5) of these shares (33,201 shares) shall be fully vested upon the achievement of the Closing (as defined below) of each aggregate of $2 Billion in capital (including debt on project funds, tax equity, corporate equity and corporate debt, etc.) raised by the Company during your employment, up to a maximum of $10 Billion. Closing shall be defined as the date in which all documents are fully executed by all parties and the transfer of proceeds to the Company has been completed. Capital excludes any and all revenue generated by the Company in its normal course of business.

As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits including Paid Time Off, prorated per our policies; specifically, vacation will accrue at a two (2) week rate during your first year of employment. Beginning your second year of employment, vacation will continue to accrue at a three (3) week rate. The details of our benefits plans shall be provided to you upon your start date or earlier if you wish. Medical, dental and vision benefits begin the first of the month following 30 days of employment. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, salaries and benefits from time to time, as it deems necessary.

We are excited about your joining and look forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to terminate its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice; provided however, that if the Company terminates your employment without cause, in addition to all salary earned to the date of termination, it shall pay you a pro-rata share of your earned annual commissions and bonus. The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such


documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, that you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct, which are included in the Company Handbook.

As a condition of your employment, you will also be required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement, which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree to an arbitration in which (i) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (ii) we agree that all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator except that you shall pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that you initiate, but only so much of the filing fees as you would have instead paid had you filed a complaint in a court of law.

This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you.

To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and fax a copy of this letter to (650) 560-6560 (Linda’s private fax).


We look forward to a happy, supportive and mutually beneficial relationship with you. We hope that you will grow and prosper with us, and that you are as excited about joining SolarCity as we are at having the opportunity to work with you. We look forward to your favorable reply.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Lyndon Rive
Lyndon Rive
CEO

Agreed to and accepted:

Signature: /s/ Robert D. Kelly

Printed Name: Robert D. Kelly

Date: 10/9/11

Exhibit 10.10

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

Certain portions of this document have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and,

where applicable, have been marked with “[***]” to indicate where omissions have been made. The

confidential material has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Execution Version

 

 

 

Published CUSIP Number: 83414VAE7

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of September 10, 2012

among

SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

as the Borrower,

THE SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER PARTY HERETO,

as the Guarantors,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and

L/C Issuer,

and

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH,

as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager

 

 

 

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     1   

Section 1.01

  Defined Terms      1   

Section 1.02

  Other Interpretive Provisions      32   

Section 1.03

  Accounting Terms      32   

Section 1.04

  Rounding      33   

Section 1.05

  Times of Day      33   

Section 1.06

  Letter of Credit Amounts      33   

ARTICLE II COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

     33   

Section 2.01

  Loans      33   

Section 2.02

  Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans      34   

Section 2.03

  Letters of Credit      36   

Section 2.04

  Swingline Loans      43   

Section 2.05

  Prepayments      45   

Section 2.06

  Termination or Reduction of Commitments      46   

Section 2.07

  Repayment of Loans      47   

Section 2.08

  Interest and Default Rate      47   

Section 2.09

  Fees      48   

Section 2.10

  Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate      48   

Section 2.11

  Evidence of Debt      49   

Section 2.12

  Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback      49   

Section 2.13

  Sharing of Payments by Lenders      51   

Section 2.14

  Cash Collateral      52   

Section 2.15

  Defaulting Lenders      53   

Section 2.16

  Increase in Facility      55   

ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

     56   

Section 3.01

  Taxes      56   

Section 3.02

  Illegality      60   

Section 3.03

  Inability to Determine Rates      60   

Section 3.04

  Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans      61   

Section 3.05

  Compensation for Losses      62   

Section 3.06

  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders      63   

Section 3.07

  Survival      63   

ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

     63   

Section 4.01

  Conditions of Initial Credit Extension      63   

Section 4.02

  Conditions to all Credit Extensions      66   

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     66   

Section 5.01

  Existence, Qualification and Power      66   

Section 5.02

  Authorization; No Contravention      67   

Section 5.03

  Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      67   

Section 5.04

  Binding Effect      67   

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

i


Section 5.05

  Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect      67   

Section 5.06

  Litigation      68   

Section 5.07

  No Default      68   

Section 5.08

  Ownership of Property      68   

Section 5.09

  Environmental Compliance      68   

Section 5.10

  Insurance      69   

Section 5.11

  Taxes      69   

Section 5.12

  ERISA Compliance      69   

Section 5.13

  Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act      70   

Section 5.14

  Disclosure      70   

Section 5.15

  Compliance with Laws      71   

Section 5.16

  Solvency      71   

Section 5.17

  Casualty, Etc.      71   

Section 5.18

  OFAC      71   

Section 5.19

  Authorized Officers      71   

Section 5.20

  Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties      71   

Section 5.21

  Collateral Representations      72   

Section 5.22

  Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.      74   

Section 5.23

  Labor Matters      74   

Section 5.24

  Available Take-Out      74   

Section 5.25

  Immaterial Subsidiaries      74   

ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     74   

Section 6.01

  Financial Statements      74   

Section 6.02

  Certificates; Other Information      75   

Section 6.03

  Notices      78   

Section 6.04

  Payment of Obligations      79   

Section 6.05

  Preservation of Existence, Etc.      79   

Section 6.06

  Maintenance of Properties      79   

Section 6.07

  Maintenance of Insurance      79   

Section 6.08

  Compliance with Laws      80   

Section 6.09

  Books and Records      80   

Section 6.10

  Inspection Rights      80   

Section 6.11

  Use of Proceeds      81   

Section 6.12

  Material Contracts      81   

Section 6.13

  Covenant to Guarantee Obligations      81   

Section 6.14

  Covenant to Give Security      81   

Section 6.15

  Further Assurances      83   

Section 6.16

  Compliance with Environmental Laws      83   

Section 6.17

  Alternative Servicer      83   

Section 6.18

  Post-Closing Deliverables      83   

ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     84   

Section 7.01

  Liens      84   

Section 7.02

  Indebtedness      86   

Section 7.03

  Investments      87   

Section 7.04

  Fundamental Changes      88   

Section 7.05

  Dispositions      89   

Section 7.06

  Restricted Payments      89   

Section 7.07

  Change in Nature of Business      90   

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

ii


Section 7.08

  Transactions with Affiliates      90   

Section 7.09

  Burdensome Agreements      90   

Section 7.10

  Use of Proceeds      90   

Section 7.11

  Financial Covenants      91   

Section 7.12

  Capital Expenditures      91   

Section 7.13

  Amendments of Organization Documents; Fiscal Year; Legal Name, State of Formation; Form of Entity and Accounting Changes      91   

Section 7.14

  Sale and Leaseback Transactions      92   

Section 7.15

  Host Customer Agreements      92   

Section 7.16

  General      92   

ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     92   

Section 8.01

  Events of Default      92   

Section 8.02

  Remedies upon Event of Default      94   

Section 8.03

  Application of Funds      95   

ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     96   

Section 9.01

  Appointment and Authority      96   

Section 9.02

  Rights as a Lender      97   

Section 9.03

  Exculpatory Provisions      97   

Section 9.04

  Reliance by Administrative Agent      98   

Section 9.05

  Delegation of Duties      98   

Section 9.06

  Resignation of Administrative Agent      99   

Section 9.07

  Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders      100   

Section 9.08

  No Other Duties, Etc.      100   

Section 9.09

  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding      100   

Section 9.10

  Collateral and Guaranty Matters      102   

Section 9.11

  Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements      102   

ARTICLE X CONTINUING GUARANTY

     103   

Section 10.01

  Guaranty      103   

Section 10.02

  Rights of Lenders      103   

Section 10.03

  Certain Waivers      104   

Section 10.04

  Obligations Independent      104   

Section 10.05

  Subrogation      104   

Section 10.06

  Termination; Reinstatement      104   

Section 10.07

  Stay of Acceleration      105   

Section 10.08

  Condition of Borrower      105   

Section 10.09

  Appointment of Borrower      105   

Section 10.10

  Right of Contribution      105   

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

     105   

Section 11.01

  Amendments, Etc.      105   

Section 11.02

  Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications      107   

Section 11.03

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement      109   

Section 11.04

  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver      110   

Section 11.05

  Payments Set Aside      111   

Section 11.06

  Successors and Assigns      112   

Section 11.07

  Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality      116   

Section 11.08

  Right of Setoff      117   

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

iii


Section 11.09

  Interest Rate Limitation      117   

Section 11.10

  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness      118   

Section 11.11

  Survival of Representations and Warranties      118   

Section 11.12

  Severability      118   

Section 11.13

  Replacement of Lenders      118   

Section 11.14

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.      119   

Section 11.15

  Waiver of Jury Trial      120   

Section 11.16

  Subordination      120   

Section 11.17

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      121   

Section 11.18

  Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      121   

Section 11.19

  USA PATRIOT Act Notice      122   

Section 11.20

  Time of the Essence      122   

Section 11.21

  Intercreditor Agreement      122   

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

iv


BORROWER PREPARED SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.01(c)

   Authorized Officers

Schedule 5.10

   Insurance

Schedule 5.12

   Pension Plans

Schedule 5.20(a)

   Subsidiaries, Partnerships and Other Equity Investments

Schedule 5.20(b)

   Loan Parties

Schedule 5.21(b)

   Intellectual Property

Schedule 5.21(c)

   Documents, Instrument, and Tangible Chattel Paper

Schedule 5.21(d)(i)

   Deposit Accounts & Securities Accounts

Schedule 5.21(d)(ii)

   Electronic Chattel Paper & Letter-of-Credit Rights

Schedule 5.21(e)

   Commercial Tort Claims

Schedule 5.21(f)

   Pledged Equity Interests

Schedule 5.21(g)(i)

   Mortgaged Properties

Schedule 5.21(g)(ii)

   Other Properties

Schedule 5.21(h)

   Material Contracts

Schedule 7.01

   Existing Liens

Schedule 7.02

   Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 7.03

   Existing Investments

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PREPARED SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.01(a)

   Certain Addresses for Notices

Schedule 1.01(b)

   Initial Commitments and Applicable Percentages

Schedule 1.01(e)

   Mortgaged Property Support Documentation

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

   Form of Administrative Questionnaire

Exhibit B

   Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit C

   Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit D

   Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit E

   Form of Loan Notice

Exhibit F

   Form of Permitted Acquisition Certificate

Exhibit G

   Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit H

   Form of Secured Party Designation Notice

Exhibit I

   Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit J

   Form of Swingline Loan Notice

Exhibit K

   Form of Officer’s Certificate

Exhibit L

   Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates

Exhibit M

   Form of Funding Indemnity Letter

Exhibit N-1

   Form of Bailee Agreement

Exhibit N-2

   Form of Landlord Waiver

Exhibit O

   Form of Financial Condition Certificate

Exhibit P

   Form of Authorization to Share Insurance Information

Exhibit Q

   Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit R

   Form of Back-Log Spreadsheet

Exhibit S

   Form of Take-Out Spreadsheet

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

v


 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

vi


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of September 10, 2012, among SOLARCITY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors (defined herein), the Lenders (defined herein), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

WHEREAS , the Loan Parties (as hereinafter defined) have requested that the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer make loans and other financial accommodations to the Loan Parties in an aggregate amount of up to $100,000,000.

WHEREAS , the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer have agreed to make such loans and other financial accommodations to the Loan Parties on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

Section 1.01 Defined Terms .

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Activity Basis ” means recognizing all past, current and future revenue, expenses and associated income from a project at the time (i) with respect to photovoltaic projects, a project passes any and all city inspections required in such project’s jurisdiction and (ii) with respect to projects that are not solar photovoltaic projects, a project is complete.

Acquisition ” means the acquisition, whether through a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of (a) a controlling equity interest or other controlling ownership interest in another Person (including the purchase of an option, warrant or convertible or similar type security to acquire such a controlling interest at the time it becomes exercisable by the holder thereof), whether by purchase of such equity or other ownership interest or upon the exercise of an option or warrant for, or conversion of securities into, such equity or other ownership interest, or (b) assets of another Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or of a division, line of business or other business unit of such Person.

Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 1.01(a) , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement.

Applicable Percentage ” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Facility represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.15. If the Commitment of all of the Lenders to make Revolving Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, or if the Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of the Facility shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender in respect of the Facility most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of the Facility is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 1.01(b) or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

Applicable Rate ” means, for (a) Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.875%, (b) Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.875%, (c) the Letter of Credit Fee, 3.875%, and (d) the Commitment Fee, 0.375%.

Applicable Revolving Percentage ” means with respect to any Lender at any time, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage in respect of the Facility at such time.

Appraisal ” means the appraisal acquired by the Borrower every six months which (i) is from a nationally recognized third-party appraiser that (A) is qualified to appraise independent electric generating businesses, and (B) has been engaged in the appraisal or business valuation and consulting business for no fewer than five years, (ii) (A) is approved by the applicable Tax Equity Investor and (B) shows the fair market value of new residential and commercial photovoltaic systems in each of the States of the United States of America in which Projects are being Tranched, in each case expressed in terms of dollars per watt of installed capacity.

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to the Facility, a Lender that has a Commitment or holds a Revolving Loan at such time, (b) with respect to the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (i) the L/C Issuer and (ii) if any Letters of Credit have been issued pursuant to Section 2.03, the Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swingline Sublimit, (i) the Swingline Lender and (ii) if any Swingline Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a), the Lenders.

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arranger ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, in its capacity as sole lead arranger and sole book manager.

ARRTA ” means the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009, Pub. L. No. 111-5, as amended.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit B or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by MarkitClear or other electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease or similar payments under the relevant lease or other applicable agreement or instrument that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease or other agreement or instrument were accounted for as a Capitalized Lease.

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

Availability Period ” means in respect of the Facility, the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date for the Facility, (ii) the date of termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, and (iii) the date of termination of the Commitment of each Lender to make Revolving Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.

Available Take-Out ” means, as of a given date of determination, the aggregate of each Tax Equity Investor’s Tax Equity Commitment less all amounts advanced by such Tax Equity Investors under such Tax Equity Commitment, as set forth in the Take-Out Spreadsheet.

Backlever Financing ” means Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred by an Excluded Subsidiary where (i) such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an accounts receivable financing, a factoring facility or other similar financing; (ii) such Indebtedness is incurred only with respect to Projects that have been Tranched; (iii) Borrower does not guaranty the payment of debt service for such Indebtedness; and (iv) the Person providing the financing for such Indebtedness maintains no interest in, right or title to any Available Take-Out.

Back-Log Spreadsheet ” means a spreadsheet for residential, commercial and military Projects, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit R , providing for the status and amount of Project Back-Log.

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” and (c) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


Base Rate Loan ” means a Revolving Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Borrowing, as the context may require.

Borrowing Base ” means, the sum of (i) the Commercial Project Formula Amount, plus (ii) the Military Project Formula Amount, plus (iii) the Residential Project Formula Amount.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit Q .

Borrowing Base Deficiency ” means, at any time of determination, the failure of the Borrowing Base to exceed the Total Outstandings. Such determination shall be made based on the most recently delivered Borrowing Base Certificate and Total Outstandings as reflected in the Register.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day.

Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, any expenditure in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of any fixed or capital asset (excluding (i) acquisitions of PV Systems made in the ordinary course of business and (ii) normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations).

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

Cash Collateral Account ” means a blocked, non-interest bearing deposit account of one or more of the Loan Parties at Bank of America in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit in a Cash Collateral Account with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, Obligations, or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of either thereof (as the context may require), cash or deposit account balances or, if the L/C Issuer shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens):

(a) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


more than three hundred sixty days (360) days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof;

(b) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a Lender or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) of this definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of acquisition thereof;

(c) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America and rated at least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case with maturities of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of acquisition thereof; and

(d) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and the portfolios of which are limited solely to Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition.

Cash Grant ” means any grant under Section 1603 of ARRTA or any successor or other similar provision, including any similar provision concerning a refundable tax credit that replaces such grant program.

Cash Management Agreement ” means any agreement that is not prohibited by the terms hereof to provide treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overnight draft, credit cards, debit cards, p-cards (including purchasing cards and commercial cards), funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services.

Cash Management Bank ” means any Person in its capacity as a party to a Cash Management Agreement that, (a) at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement with a Loan Party, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, or (b) at the time it (or its Affiliate) becomes a Lender, is a party to a Cash Management Agreement with a Loan Party, in each case in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement (even if such Person ceases to be a Lender or such Person’s Affiliate ceased to be a Lender); provided , however , that for any of the foregoing to be included as a “Secured Cash Management Agreement” on any date of determination by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Cash Management Bank (other than the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) must have delivered a Secured Party Designation Notice to the Administrative Agent prior to such date of determination.

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.

CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5


CFC ” means a Person that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Code.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Change of Control ” means an event or series of events by which:

(a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than an Existing Shareholder becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “option right”)), directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the Equity Interests of the Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such “person” or “group” has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right); or

(b) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors).

Closing Date ” means the date hereof.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6


Collateral ” means all of the “ Collateral ” and “ Mortgaged Property ” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Mortgages, any related Mortgaged Property Support Documents, each Joinder Agreement, each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.14, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Commercial Project Formula Amount ” means the lesser of (i) 40% of the Eligible Commercial Project Back-Log, and (ii) 70% of the Eligible Commercial Take-Out.

Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swingline Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01(b) under the caption “Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

Commitment Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a) .

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated ” shall mean, when used with reference to financial statements or financial statement items of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any other Person, such statements or items on a consolidated basis in accordance with the consolidation principles of GAAP.

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Cost of Acquisition ” means, with respect to any Acquisition, as at the date of entering into any agreement therefor, the sum of the following (without duplication): (a) the value of the Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to be transferred in connection with such Acquisition, (b) the amount of any cash and fair market value of other property (excluding property described in clause (a) and the unpaid principal amount of any debt instrument) given as consideration in connection with such Acquisition, (c) the amount (determined by using the face amount or the amount payable at maturity, whichever is greater) of any Indebtedness incurred, assumed or acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with such Acquisition, (d) all additional purchase price amounts in the form of earn outs and other contingent obligations that should be recorded on the financial statements of the

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

7


Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP in connection with such Acquisition, (e) all amounts paid in respect of covenants not to compete, consulting agreements that should be recorded on the financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, and other affiliated contracts in connection with such Acquisition, and (f) the aggregate fair market value of all other consideration given by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with such Acquisition. For purposes of determining the Cost of Acquisition for any transaction, the Equity Interests of the Borrower shall be valued in accordance with GAAP.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Customer Lease Agreement ” means a lease agreement entered into by Borrower and its customer, pursuant to which such customer agrees to lease a PV System from Borrower in the ordinary course of business.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” means, for a given date of determination, with respect to Borrower, the ratio of: (a) for the trailing 12-month period then ending on the most recent fiscal quarter end available (i) EBITDA, less (ii) Maintenance Capital Expenditures, to (b) the sum of (i) 10% of the total principal due and payable on funded Indebtedness, as of such date of determination, plus (ii) cash Interest Charges, for the trailing 12-month period then ending on the most recent fiscal quarter end available.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means (a) with respect to any Obligation for which a rate is specified, a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the rate otherwise applicable thereto and (b) with respect to any Obligation for which a rate is not specified or available, a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans plus two percent (2%), in each case , to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law.

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.15(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two (2) Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

8


(3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above, and the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.15(b)) as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the L/C Issuer, the Swingline Lender and each other Lender promptly following such determination.

Deposit Account ” has the meaning set forth in the UCC.

Designated Jurisdiction ” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory is the subject of any Sanction.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of any property by any Loan Party or Subsidiary (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States, including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

EBITDA ” means, for any given period of measurement (measured on an Activity Basis), an amount equal to Net Income for such period of measurement, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Net Income (without duplication): (a) Interest Charges, (b) the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable, (c) depreciation and amortization expense, and (d) non-recurring expenses during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months in an amount (i) not to exceed $1,000,000, or (ii) in excess of $1,000,000 upon Administrative Agent’s consent.

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.06 (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.06(b)(iii)).

Eligible Commercial Project Back-Log ” means the Eligible Project Back-Log for PV Systems to be installed on commercial property.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

9


Eligible Commercial Take-Out ” means Eligible Take-Out which is available for the purchase, lease or financing of PV Systems that make up Eligible Commercial Project Back-Log.

Eligible Military Project Back-Log ” means the Eligible Project Back-Log for PV Systems which are to be installed on property located on military bases.

 

Eligible Military Take-Out ” means Eligible Take-Out which is available for the purchase, lease or financing of PV Systems that make up Eligible Military Project Back-Log.

Eligible Project Back-Log ” means the Project Back-Log except for the following, which shall be deemed ineligible:

 

  (a) 20% of residential Projects for which the period of time during which the applicable customer can terminate the Host Customer Agreement has not yet expired;

 

  (b) residential Projects set forth in SolarWorks as being in the “permit phase” for more than [***] after being included in Project Back-Log;

 

  (c) commercial Projects set forth in SolarWorks as being in the “permit phase” for more than [***] after being included in Project Back-Log;

 

  (d) military Projects set forth in SolarWorks as being in the “permit phase” for more than [***] after being included in Project Back-Log;

 

  (e) Projects which are purchased in cash by a customer (to the extent included in Project Back-Log);

 

  (f) a Project to be installed on the property of a customer of Borrower if the Project Back-Log with respect to Projects for such customer exceeds 15% of the total Project Back-Log; provided , that ineligibility shall only apply to such excess and such limitation shall not apply to Projects provided to customers that have obtained an unsecured public debt rating of A or better from either Moody’s or S&P;

 

  (g) Projects to be Tranched in order to cure the True-Up Liability;

 

  (h) a Project which has been identified for Tranching using Available Take-Out which is not Eligible Take-Out; and

 

  (i) Projects expressly deemed ineligible by the Administrative agent pursuant to clause 2.01(b)(i) herein.

Eligible Residential Project Back-Log ” means the Eligible Project Back-Log for PV Systems which are to be installed on residential property.

Eligible Residential Take-Out ” means Eligible Take-Out which is available for the purchase, lease or financing of PV Systems which make up Eligible Residential Project Back-Log.

Eligible Take-Out ” means the Available Take-Out except for the following, which shall be deemed ineligible:

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

10


  (a) Available Take-Out provided by any Person (i) that has disputed its obligation to fund such Available Take-Out, (ii) that generally made statements that it is unable to satisfy its funding obligations, or (iii) for which any Person may have any claim, demand, or liability whether by action, suit, counterclaim or otherwise against such Available Take-Out;

 

  (b) the Person providing such Available Take-Out is the subject of any action or proceeding of a type described in Section 8.01(f);

 

  (c) the Available Take-Out is obtained from any facility other than (i) a Tax Equity Commitment under a Partnership Flip Structure, Sale-Leaseback Structure or Inverted Lease Structure, (ii) Backlever Financing, or (iii) other Take-Out acceptable to Administrative Agent and Required Lenders;

 

  (d) Available Take-Out provided by a Person who has the right of offset with respect to any amounts owed to such Person by Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided , that ineligibility shall be limited to the amount of such set-off; and

 

  (e) Take-Out expressly deemed ineligible by the Administrative agent pursuant to clause 2.01(b)(ii) herein.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

11


ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan; (f) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (g) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Eurodollar Rate ” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or, (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) BBA LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two (2) London Banking Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one (1) month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one (1) month would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Revolving Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) of the definition of “Eurodollar Rate.”

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12


Excluded Property ” means, with respect to any Loan Party, (a) any owned or leased real property which is located outside of the United States, (b) any Intellectual Property, (c) the Equity Interests of or in any Excluded Subsidiary, and (d) the Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary of any Loan Party to the extent not required to be pledged to secure the Secured Obligations pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

Excluded Subsidiaries ” means (i) any existing or future acquired or formed special purpose Subsidiary without employees in which Borrower holds a direct or indirect interest, established for the purpose of acquiring, leasing, operating, owning or financing energy systems, directly or indirectly, including but not limited to solar photovoltaic, battery storage, geothermal and other renewable energy technologies, in each case, either whose (A) committed financing or equity contribution proceeds are included in the calculation of Available Take-Out or (B) Tax Equity Commitments have been fully deployed and are no longer Available Take-Out, (ii) any existing or future acquired or formed Immaterial Subsidiary, and (iii) any existing or future acquired or formed Subsidiary operating as a public utility, Load-Serving Entity, electric supplier, or [***].

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 11.13) or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(ii) or (c), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 1, 2011 among the Borrower, U.S. Bank, National Association, as agent, and a syndicate of lenders.

Existing Shareholder ” means Elon Musk, funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, funds affiliated with AJG Growth Fund, including Valor VC, LLC., funds affiliated with Generation Investment Management LLP, funds affiliated with DBL Investors, including Bay Area Equity Fund and funds affiliated with SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P.

Existing Vehicle Financing ” means the credit facility provided to Borrower pursuant to that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated January 24, 2011, between the Borrower and U.S. Bank National Association, as may be amended, restated, modified or refinanced from time to time.

Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments at such time.

Facility Termination Date ” means the date as of which all of the following shall have occurred: (a) the Aggregate Commitments have terminated, (b) all Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations), and (c) all Letters of Credit have terminated or expired (other

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

13


than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer shall have been made).

FASB ASC ” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Fee Letter ” means the letter agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger.

Foreign Lender ” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Flood Hazard Property ” shall mean any Mortgaged Property that is in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mudslide hazards.

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender that is a Lender, (a) with respect to the L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swingline Loans other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

Funding Indemnity Letter ” means a funding indemnity letter, substantially in the form of Exhibit M .

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

14


GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America applied on a consistent basis and subject to the terms of Section 1.03.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of the kind described in clauses (a) through (g) of the definition thereof or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness of the kind described in clauses (a) through (g) of the definition thereof or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed or expressly undertaken by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “ Guarantee ” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantors ” means the Subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) as are or may from time to time become parties to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.13.

Guaranty ” means, collectively, the Guaranty made by the Guarantors under Article X in favor of the Secured Parties, together with each other guaranty delivered pursuant to Section 6.13.

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedge Bank ” means any Person in its capacity as a party to a Swap Contract that, (a) at the time it enters into a Swap Contract not prohibited under Article VI or VII, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, or (b) at the time it (or its Affiliate) becomes a Lender, is a party to a Swap Contract not prohibited under Article VI or VII, in each case, in its capacity as a party to such Swap Contract (even if such Person ceases to be a Lender or such Person’s Affiliate ceased to be a Lender); provided, in the case of a Secured Hedge Agreement with a Person who is no longer a Lender (or Affiliate of a Lender), such Person shall be considered a Hedge Bank only through the stated termination date (without extension or renewal) of such Secured Hedge Agreement and provided further that for any of the foregoing to be included as a “Secured Hedge Agreement” on any date of determination by the Administrative Agent, the

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

15


applicable Hedge Bank (other than the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) must have delivered a Secured Party Designation Notice to the Administrative Agent prior to such date of determination.

Honor Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c).

Host Customer Agreements ” means the Power Purchase Agreements and Customer Lease Agreements.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary of Borrower which at no time contributes more than 5% of the EBITDA of Borrower and its Subsidiaries measured on a Consolidated basis for a trailing twelve (12) month period; provided, that at no time shall the aggregate contribution of the EBITDA of all such Subsidiaries exceed 15% of the EBITDA of Borrower and its Subsidiaries measured on a Consolidated basis for a trailing twelve (12) month period.

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations (including, without limitation, earnout obligations) of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and remain unpaid for more than one-hundred twenty (120) days after the date on which such trade account was created);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person and all Synthetic Debt of such Person;

(g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person or any warrant, right or option to acquire such Equity Interest, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and

(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

16


recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b).

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07.

Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Intercompany Debt ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, by and among Bank of America, N.A., as Revolving Facility Agent (as defined therein), Bank of America, N.A., as Term Loan Agent (as defined therein), Borrower, and the other grantors from time to time party thereto.

Interest Charges ” means, for any period of measurement, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, (b) all interest paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations, and (c) the portion of rent expense under Capitalized Leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP which is to be paid in cash, in each case, of or by the Borrower for such period of measurement.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided , however , that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three (3) months, the respective dates that fall every three (3) months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan or Swingline Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made (with Swingline Loans being deemed made under the Facility for purposes of this definition).

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Loan Notice or such other period that is twelve (12) months or less requested by the Borrower and consented to by all the Appropriate Lenders; provided that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

17


(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Inventory Financing Facility ” means that certain term loan provided to Borrower pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of March 8, 2012, among Borrower, various lenders party thereto, Bank of America, as administrative agent for such lenders and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as sole lead arranger and sole book manager, as such agreement may be amended, restated, modified or refinanced from time to time.

Inverted Lease Structure ” means a tax equity investment structure in which the Borrower contributes PV Systems and assigns the affiliated Host Customer Agreements to a wholly-owned Excluded Subsidiary, which Excluded Subsidiary then leases such PV Systems to a Tax Equity Investor or a subsidiary of such Tax Equity Investor pursuant to a lease agreement.

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit or all or a substantial part of the business of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

ITC ” means any investment tax credit under Title 26, Section 48 of the United States Code or any successor or other similar provision, including any similar provision concerning a refundable tax credit that replaces such investment tax credit program.

Joinder Agreement ” means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D executed and delivered in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.13 and 6.14.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Revolving Percentage.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

18


L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Revolving Borrowing.

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Issuer ” means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Lender ” means each of the Persons identified as a “Lender” on the signature pages hereto, each other Person that becomes a “Lender” in accordance with this Agreement and, their successors and assigns and, unless the context requires otherwise, includes the Swingline Lender.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is seven (7) days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect for the Facility (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(h).

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $20,000,000 and (b) the Facility. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Facility.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Liquidity Covenant Increase Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date Borrower delivers to Administrative Agent a Compliance Certificate indicating the Unencumbered Liquidity is in excess of $50,000,000 and (ii) December 31, 2012, or another date mutually agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

19


Load-Serving Entity ” means a Person who secures energy and transmission service (and related interconnected operations services) to serve the electrical demand and energy requirements of its end use customers.

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Revolving Notes, (c) the Guaranty, (d) the Collateral Documents, (e) the Fee Letter, (f) each Issuer Document, (g) each Joinder Agreement, (h) the Payment Direction Letters, (i) the Intercreditor Agreement, and (j) any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.14 (but specifically excluding any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Secured Cash Management Agreement).

Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E .

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

London Banking Day ” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” means Capital Expenditures for the maintenance and normal replacements of fixed or capital assets of the Borrower, excluding any business expansion-related capital expenditures.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

Material Contract ” means, (i) with respect to any Person, each contract or agreement (a) to which such Person is a party involving aggregate consideration payable to or by such Person of $10,000,000 or more or (b) otherwise material to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of such Person or (c) any other contract, agreement, permit or license, written or oral, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew by any party thereto, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, each contract or agreement evidencing Tax Equity Commitments or Backlever Financing to the extent any Available Take-Out exists with respect to such Tax Equity Commitment or Backlever Financing.

Maturity Date ” means September 10, 2014 which shall be extended to September 10, 2015 upon satisfaction of each of the Maturity Date Extension Conditions; provided , however , that, in each case, if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next proceeding Business Day.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

20


Maturity Date Extension Conditions ” means each of the following (i) Borrower has delivered to Administrative Agent the most recent financial statements and Compliance Certificate prior to September 10, 2014 pursuant to Sections 6.01 and 6.02 and such financial statements and Compliance Certificate reflect (a) Borrower has achieved a Consolidated EBITDA of at least $40,000,000 for each of the prior two consecutive trailing 12-month periods, determined for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or most recently ended prior to such date of measurement, (b) Borrower is in compliance with all financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11, (c) no Default or Event of Default exists, and (ii) Borrower has delivered to Administrative Agent evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, that Borrower and its Subsidiaries have Available Take-Out in an amount sufficient to support the Borrowing Base at a level in excess of the Commitments for a period of at least 120 days after September 10, 2015.

Military Project Formula Amount ” means the lesser of (i) 40% of the Eligible Military Project Back-Log, and (ii) 70% of the Eligible Military Take-Out.

Minimum Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances provided to reduce or eliminate Fronting Exposure during any period when a Lender constitutes a Defaulting Lender, an amount equal to 105% of the Fronting Exposure of the L/C Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time, (b) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances provided in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.14(a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (a)(iv), an amount equal to 105% of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, and (c) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer in their sole discretion.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage ” or “ Mortgages ” means, individually and collectively, as the context requires, each of the fee or leasehold mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds executed by a Loan Party that purport to grant a Lien to the Administrative Agent (or a trustee for the benefit of the Administrative Agent) for the benefit of the Secured Parties in any Mortgaged Properties, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Mortgaged Property ” means any owned property of a Loan Party listed on Schedule 5.21(g)(i) and any other owned real property of a Loan Party that is or will become encumbered by a Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Mortgaged Property Support Documents ” means with respect to any real property subject to a Mortgage, the deliveries and documents described on Schedule 1.01(e) attached hereto.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five (5) plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Multiple Employer Plan ” means a Plan which has two or more contributing sponsors (including the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate) at least two of whom are not under common control, as such a plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

21


Net Income ” means the sum of (a) (i) job-related revenue on an Activity Basis, less (ii) job-related expenses on an Activity Basis, and (b) fund management revenue on an accrual basis, less (c) operating, interest, tax and other expenses, on an accrual basis.

New Revolving Lenders ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(c).

Non-Consenting Lender ” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 11.01 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

NPL ” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

Obligations ” means (a) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, or Letter of Credit and (b) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with enforcement and collection of the foregoing, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement (or equivalent or comparable documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (c) with respect to any partnership, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership or other applicable agreement of formation or organization (or equivalent or comparable documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction) and (d) with respect to all entities, any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization (or equivalent or comparable documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

22


otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.06).

Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).

Partnership Flip Structure ” means a tax equity investment structure in which the Tax Equity Partnership or a subsidiary of such Tax Equity Investor purchases PV Systems and takes assignment of Host Customer Agreements from Borrower pursuant to a purchase agreement. In a Partnership Flip Structure, the membership interests in the Tax Equity Partnership to its members changes (or “flips”) upon fulfillment of specified conditions in the Organization Documents of such Tax Equity Partnership, but in any event, no earlier than five years from the date of the purchase of the PV Systems and assignment of the Host Customer Agreements.

Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).

Payment Direction Letter ” means one or more payment direction letters from each Excluded Subsidiary that is wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by Borrower, which confirms that certain proceeds of Available Take-Out from Tax Equity Investors, certain cash flows from Host Customer Agreements and certain proceeds from Backlever Financing (all as more specifically described therein) received by such Excluded Subsidiary will be distributed directly to Borrower.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Act ” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

Pension Funding Rules ” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Section 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

Pension Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (including a Multiple Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by the Borrower and any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean (i) an Acquisition with a Cost of Acquisition of less than $500,000 by a Loan Party of a Target that meets the condition set forth in clauses (a) and (h) below, (ii) an Acquisition with a Cost of Acquisition of less than $5,000,000 but greater than or equal to $500,000, by a Loan Party of a Target that meets the conditions set forth in clauses (a), (c), (d)(i), (d)(iv), (e), (f) and (h) below, or (ii) an Acquisition with a Cost of Acquisition in excess of $5,000,000 by a Loan Party of a Target that meets all of the following conditions:

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

23


(a) no Event of Default shall then exist or would exist after giving effect thereto;

(b) the Loan Parties shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent that, after giving effect to the Acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis, the Loan Parties are in compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11;

(c) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have received (or shall receive in connection with the closing of such Acquisition) a first priority perfected security interest in all property (including, without limitation, Equity Interests) acquired with respect to the Target in accordance with the terms of Section 6.14 and the Target, if a Person, shall have executed a Joinder Agreement in accordance with the terms of Section 6.13, unless, in either case, such Target becomes an Excluded Subsidiary immediate after such Acquisition;

(d) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received (i) a description of the material terms of such Acquisition, (ii) audited financial statements (or, if unavailable,

management-prepared financial statements) of the Target for its two most recent fiscal years and for any fiscal quarters ended within the fiscal year to date, (iii) Consolidated projected income statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (giving effect to such Acquisition), and (iv) not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F , executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that such Permitted Acquisition complies with the requirements of this Agreement;

(e) the Target (if an Acquisition of Equity Interests) or the assets acquired (if an Acquisition of assets which does not expressly exclude all liabilities associated with such assets), shall have earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the four (4) fiscal quarter period prior to the acquisition date in an amount greater than $0;

(f) such Acquisition shall not be a “hostile” Acquisition and shall have been duly authorized by the board of directors (or equivalent) and/or shareholders (or equivalent) of the applicable Loan Party and the Target, in each case where such authorization is required; and

(h) the Cost of Acquisition paid by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for all Acquisitions made during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed $15,000,000; provided further that any earnouts or similar deferred or contingent obligations of any Borrower in connection with such Acquisition shall be subordinated to the Obligations in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Permitted Dispositions ” means (a) Dispositions of inventory, equipment and Host Customer Agreements in the ordinary course of business, including Tranching of inventory, equipment and Host Customer Agreements (including any warranties arising in connection therewith) and, cash sales of inventory to Borrower’s customers and sale of Projects pursuant to a customer’s purchase right under its applicable Host Customer Agreement; (b) Dispositions of property to the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided , that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party then the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party; (c) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; (d) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (e) the sale or disposition of Cash Equivalents for fair market value and (f) Dispositions of Equity Interests in accordance with the terms herein.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

24


Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including a Pension Plan), maintained for employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or any such Plan to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required to contribute on behalf of any of its employees.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Pledged Equity ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Power Purchase Agreements ” means a power purchase agreement entered into by Borrower and a customer, pursuant to which such customer agrees to purchase electricity from Borrower generated by a PV System installed on the customer’s property.

Pro Forma Basis ” and “ Pro Forma Effect ” means, for any Disposition of all or substantially all of a line of business or for any Acquisition, whether actual or proposed, for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11, each such transaction or proposed transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on and as of the first day of the relevant measurement period, and the following pro forma adjustments shall be made:

(a) in the case of an actual or proposed Disposition, all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the line of business or the Person subject to such Disposition shall be excluded from the results of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such measurement period;

(b) in the case of an actual or proposed Acquisition, income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property, line of business or the Person subject to such Acquisition shall be included in the results of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such measurement period;

(c) interest accrued during the relevant measurement period on, and the principal of, any Indebtedness repaid or to be repaid or refinanced in such transaction shall be excluded from the results of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such measurement period; and

(d) any Indebtedness actually or proposed to be incurred or assumed in such transaction shall be deemed to have been incurred as of the first day of the applicable measurement period, and interest thereon shall be deemed to have accrued from such day on such Indebtedness at the applicable rates provided therefor (and in the case of interest that does or would accrue at a formula or floating rate, at the rate in effect at the time of determination) and shall be included in the results of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such measurement period.

Pro Forma Compliance ” means, with respect to any transaction, that such transaction does not cause, create or result in a Default after giving Pro Forma Effect, based upon the results of operations for the most recent four (4) fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01 to (a) such transaction and (b) all other transactions which are contemplated or required to be given Pro Forma Effect hereunder that have occurred on or after the first day of the relevant measurement period.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

25


Project ” means a PV System together with all associated real property rights, rights under the applicable Host Customer Agreement, and all other related rights to the extent applicable thereto, including without limitation, all parts and manufacturers’ warranties and rights to access customer data.

Project Back-Log ” means, as of a given date of determination, the aggregate of the PV System Values set forth in the Backlog Spreadsheet for each PV System the Borrower has contracted to install but has not yet Tranched.

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Public Offering ” means a public offering of the Equity Interests of the Borrower pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

PV Systems ” means a photovoltaic system, including photovoltaic panels, racks, wiring and other electrical devices, conduit, weatherproof housings, hardware, one or more inverters, remote monitoring systems, connectors, meters, disconnects and over current devices.

PV System Value ” means (i) with respect to PV Systems which are rated at less than 600 Kilowatts the lesser of (a) the appraised value of a PV System (based on the national appraisal or the weighted average of the state appraisals, as applicable, in each case as set forth in the most recent Appraisal), or (b) the value determined pursuant to guidance published by the U.S. Department of the Treasury for such PV System and (ii) with respect to PV Systems which are rated at or greater than 600 Kilowatts, the value determined pursuant to guidance published by the U.S. Department of the Treasury for such PV Systems; provided , however , for all measurement periods ending on or before December 31, 2012, PV System Value will be determined by the foregoing clauses (i)(b) and (ii), as the case may be.

Qualifying Control Agreement ” shall mean an agreement, among a Loan Party, a depository institution or securities intermediary and the Administrative Agent, which agreement is in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and which provides the Administrative Agent with “control” (as such term is used in Article 9 of the UCC) over the deposit account(s) or securities account(s) described therein.

Recipient ” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c).

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Revolving Loans, a Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swingline Loan, a Swingline Loan Notice.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, at least two (2) Lenders having Total Credit Exposures representing more than 50% of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders. The Total Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time; provided that,

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

26


the amount of any participation in any Swingline Loan and Unreimbursed Amounts that such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated to and funded by another Lender shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the Swingline Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, in making such determination.

Residential Project Formula Amount ” means the lesser of (i) 40% of the Eligible Residential Project Back-Log, and (ii) 70% of the Eligible Residential Take-Out.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operations officer, chief revenue officer or controller of a Loan Party and solely for purposes of the delivery of incumbency certificates pursuant to Section 4.01, the general counsel, the secretary or any assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party. To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, each Responsible Officer will provide an incumbency certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Restricted Payment ” means (a) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares (or equivalent) of any class of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, except such dividends or distributions made by an Excluded Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Tax Equity Commitments, (b) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares (or equivalent) of any class of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, now or hereafter outstanding, (c) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Equity Interests of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (d) any payment with respect to any earnout obligation, and (e) equity grants made in the ordinary course of business in connection with Borrower’s stock option plan.

Revolving Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

Revolving Exposure ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of its outstanding Revolving Loans and such Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans at such time.

Revolving Increase Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(d).

Revolving Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).

Revolving Note ” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, as the case may be, made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit G .

Sanction(s) ” means any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including, without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

27


S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means, with respect to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby such Loan Party or such Subsidiary shall sell or transfer any property used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred. For the avoidance of doubt, a Sale and Leaseback Transaction does not include “operating leases” (as such term is defined in FASB ASC 13).

Sale-Leaseback Structure ” means a tax equity investment structure in which the Borrower contributes PV Systems to an Excluded Subsidiary, which entity then sells such PV Systems to a Tax Equity Investor or a subsidiary of such Tax Equity Investor pursuant to a purchase agreement and subsequently leases back the same PV Systems.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Cash Management Agreement ” means any Cash Management Agreement between the any Loan Party and any Cash Management Bank.

Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any interest rate, currency, foreign exchange, or commodity Swap Contract permitted under Article VI or VII between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.

Secured Obligations ” means (a) all Obligations, (b) all obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements and (c) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with enforcement and collection of the foregoing, including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

Secured Party Designation Notice ” shall mean a notice from any Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender substantially in the form of Exhibit H .

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, the Indemnitees, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, including all amendments thereto and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Security Agreement ” means the security and pledge agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, executed in favor of the Administrative Agent by each of the Loan Parties.

SolarWorks ” means SolarWorks ® , Borrower’s proprietary project management software.

Solvency Certificate ” means a solvency certificate in substantially in the form of Exhibit I .

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

28


Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of Voting Stock is at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swingline Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swingline Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swingline Lender ” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swingline Loans, or any successor swingline lender hereunder.

Swingline Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

29


Swingline Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swingline Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit J .

Swingline Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $20,000,000 and (b) the Facility. The Swingline Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Facility.

Synthetic Debt ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination thereof, all obligations of such Person in respect of transactions entered into by such Person that are intended to function primarily as a borrowing of funds but are not otherwise included in the definition of “Indebtedness” or as a liability on the Consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including Sale and Leaseback Transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

Take-Out Spreadsheet ” means a spreadsheet for residential, commercial and military projects, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit S , providing for the amount of Available Take-Out.

Target ” means a Person or division, line of business or other business unit or asset of such Person who is to be acquired or purchased by a Loan Party.

Tax Credit ” means (i) Cash Grants, (ii) ITC, and (iii) other tax credits established by the IRS or a state of the United States for the purchase, lease or other acquisition of PV Systems.

Tax Equity Commitment ” means, with respect to a given Tax Equity Investor, such Tax Equity Investor’s (i) in the case of an Inverted Lease Structure, commitment to prepay rent, (ii) in the case of a Sale Leaseback Structure, commitment to pay the purchase price (excluding any long-term payment of a deferred purchase price or any other payment that does not constitute a payment received for Tranching), (iii) in the case of a Partnership Flip Structure, commitment to contribute to the partnership for the payment of the purchase price, and (iv) in the case of any other tax structure, commitment to fund Tranching.

Tax Equity Document ” means any agreements entered into by Borrower, its Subsidiaries and Tax Equity Investors relating to, arising under or in connection with a Tax Equity Commitment.

Tax Equity Investor ” means an investor that has entered into agreements with Borrower or its Subsidiaries to provide a commitment to purchase, lease or otherwise finance PV System projects installed or to be installed pursuant to a Host Customer Agreement, which projects are eligible for a Tax Credit.

Tax Equity Partnership ” means a special purpose entity whose membership interests are held by the Borrower, as the managing member, and a Tax Equity Investor or a subsidiary of such Tax Equity Investor, as the investor member, and whose members are obligated to advance capital contributions to purchase PV Systems from Borrower in accordance with the Partnership Flip Structure.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

30


Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Threshold Amount ” means $2,000,000.

Total Credit Exposure ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the unused Commitments and Revolving Exposure of such Lender at such time.

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations.

Tranching ” means the sale, lease, assignment, contribution or other transfer of Projects by Borrower to an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to an Inverted Lease Structure, Sale-Leaseback Structure or Partnership Flip Structure transaction.

True-Up Liability ” means Borrower’s liability to any Tax Equity Investor (as measured in dollars) due to a reduction of fair market value of Projects already Tranched with such Tax Equity Investor, as set forth in the Borrower’s financial statements and as may be reduced from time to time by the Tranching of such Projects pursuant to the applicable Tax Equity Documents.

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

UCP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce (“ ICC ”) Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Unencumbered Liquidity ” means the sum of Borrower’s cash and Cash Equivalents (determined as of the last day of each month based on the average daily balance thereof during such month) held in deposit accounts and securities accounts in which Administrative Agent’s has obtained a perfected Lien subject to no other Liens.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

U.S. Loan Party ” means any Loan Party that is organized under the laws of one of the states of the United States of America and that is not a CFC.

U.S. Person ” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(B)(3).

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

31


Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, Equity Interests issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the right to so vote has been suspended by the happening of such contingency.

Section 1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions .

With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including the Loan Documents and any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “hereto,” “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 1.03 Accounting Terms .

(a) Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

32


(b) Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Without limiting the foregoing, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the Audited Financial Statements for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes, as provided for above.

(c) Pro Forma Treatment . Each Disposition of all or substantially all of a line of business, and each Acquisition, by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that is consummated during any measurement period shall, for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11, be given Pro Forma Effect as of the first day of such measurement period.

Section 1.04 Rounding .

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

Section 1.05 Times of Day .

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Pacific time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

Section 1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts .

Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

ARTICLE II

COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

Section 2.01 Loans .

(a) Revolving Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Revolving Loan ”) to the Borrower, in Dollars, from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

33


any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Revolving Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of the Facility and the Borrowing Base, (ii) the Revolving Exposure of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment; and (iii) any time prior to receipt by Administrative Agent of a Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b) after the Liquidity Covenant Increase Date reflecting Borrower’s compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.11(b), the Total Outstandings shall not exceed $70,000,000. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow Revolving Loans, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b). Revolving Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein; provided , however , any Revolving Borrowings made on the Closing Date or any of the three (3) Business Days following the Closing Date shall be made as Base Rate Loans unless the Borrower delivers a Funding Indemnity Letter not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such Revolving Borrowing.

(b) Borrowing Base .

(i) Eligible Project Back-Log . If at any time during the Availability Period Administrative Agent conducts a field examination in accordance with Section 6.10 and determines based on the results of such field examination, after consulting with Borrower, that in its commercially reasonable judgment, the eligibility criteria for Eligible Project Back-Log are to be revised, the components of Eligible Project Back-Log shall be deemed revised accordingly and the Borrowing Base shall be calculated thereafter using such revised definition

(ii) Eligible Take-Out . During the Availability Period, within five (5) Business Days after the closing of a new Tax Equity Commitment, [***]. If based on such report or a field examination conducted in accordance with Section 6.10 Administrative Agent determines, after consulting with Borrower, that in its commercially reasonable judgment, the eligibility criteria for Eligible Take-Out are to be revised, the components of Eligible Take-Out shall be deemed revised accordingly and the Borrowing Base shall be calculated thereafter using such revised definition. If Borrower does not receive notice from Administrative Agent that any new Tax Equity Commitment is to be ineligible under this clause (b)(ii) within 60 days after the delivery of the applicable documents as set forth above, such Tax Equity Commitments shall be deemed eligible subject to the then existing eligibility conditions set forth herein.

Section 2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

(a) Notice of Borrowing . Each Borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans; provided , however , that if the Borrower wishes to request Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period”, the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. four (4) Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Appropriate Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 11:00 a.m., three (3) Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower (which notice may be by telephone)

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

34


whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (A) the applicable Facility and whether the Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Loans, as the case may be, under such Facility, (B) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (C) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (D) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (E) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Swingline Loan may not be converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

(b) Advances . Following receipt of a Loan Notice for the Facility, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage under such Facility of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Appropriate Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of a Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date a Loan Notice with respect to a Revolving Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Revolving Borrowing, first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second , shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Eurodollar Rate Loans . Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders, and the Required Lenders may demand that any or all of the outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans be converted immediately to Base Rate Loans.

(d) Notice of Interest Rates . The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

35


Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e) Interest Periods . After giving effect to all Revolving Borrowings, all conversions of Revolving Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Revolving Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than eight (8) Interest Periods in effect in respect of the Facility.

Section 2.03 Letters of Credit .

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit in Dollars for the account of the Borrower, and to amend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Facility, (y) the Revolving Exposure of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve (12) months after the date of issuance, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(B) the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date;

(iii) The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

36


(B) the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000, in the case of a commercial Letter of Credit, or $100,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;

(D) the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

(E) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv)) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which the L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion; or

(iv) The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(v) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.

(vi) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto Extension Letters of Credit .

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application may be sent by fax transmission, by United States mail, by overnight courier, by electronic transmission using the system provided by the L/C Issuer, by personal delivery or by any other means acceptable to the L/C Issuer. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two (2) Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

37


such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Revolving Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(iv) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole discretion, agree to issue a standby Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve (12) month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve (12) month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven (7) Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

38


(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Revolving Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Revolving Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section.

(iv) Until each Lender funds its Revolving Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Revolving Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default; or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

39


Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan included in the relevant Revolving Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Revolving Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Revolving Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

40


Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or by such Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated hereby or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, endorsement, certificate or other document presented under or in connection with such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) waiver by the L/C Issuer of any requirement that exists for the L/C Issuer’s protection and not the protection of the Borrower or any waiver by the L/C Issuer which does not in fact materially prejudice the Borrower;

(v) honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit requires that demand be in the form of a draft;

(vi) any payment made by the L/C Issuer in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under such Letter of Credit if presentation after such date is authorized by the UCC, the ISP or the UCP, as applicable;

(vii) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

(viii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of L/C Issuer . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight or time draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not,

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

41


preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in Section 2.03(e); provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves, as determined by a final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight or time draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring, endorsing or assigning or purporting to transfer, endorse or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason. The L/C Issuer may send a Letter of Credit or conduct any communication to or from the beneficiary via the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (“ SWIFT ”) message or overnight courier, or any other commercially reasonable means of communicating with a beneficiary.

(g) Applicability of ISP and UCP; Limitation of Liability . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the UCP shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible to the Borrower for, and the L/C Issuer’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of the L/C Issuer required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where the L/C Issuer or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP or UCP, as applicable, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade - International Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.

(h) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance, subject to Section 2.15, with its Applicable Revolving Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03 equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (A) due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (B) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears.

(i) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer . The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee (i) with respect to each commercial Letter of Credit, at the rate specified in the Fee Letter, computed on the amount of such Letter of Credit, and payable upon the issuance thereof, (ii) with respect to any amendment of a commercial Letter of Credit increasing the amount of such Letter of Credit, at a rate separately agreed between the Borrower and the L/C Issuer, computed on the amount of such increase, and payable upon the

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

42


effectiveness of such amendment, and (iii) with respect to each standby Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum specified in the Fee Letter, computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(j) Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

Section 2.04 Swingline Loans .

(a) The Swingline . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section, shall make loans (each such loan, a “ Swingline Loan ”). Each such Swingline Loan may be made, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, to the Borrower, in Dollars, from time to time on any Business Day. During the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swingline Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swingline Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Revolving Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swingline Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that (i) after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, (A) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Facility at such time, and (B) the Revolving Exposure of any Lender at such time shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, (ii) the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swingline Loan to refinance any outstanding Swingline Loan, and (iii) the Swingline Lender shall not be under any obligation to make any Swingline Loan if it shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that it has, or by such Credit Extension may have, Fronting Exposure. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section. Each Swingline Loan shall bear interest only at a rate based on the Base Rate. Immediately upon the making of a Swingline Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swingline Lender a risk participation in such Swingline Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Revolving Percentage times the amount of such Swingline Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures .

(i) Each Swingline Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day). Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swingline Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swingline Lender of any telephonic Swingline Loan Notice, the Swingline Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swingline Loan Notice and, if not, the

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

43


Swingline Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swingline Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swingline Borrowing (A) directing the Swingline Lender not to make such Swingline Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swingline Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swingline Loan available to the Borrower.

(c) Refinancing of Swingline Loans .

(i) The Swingline Lender at any time in its sole discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swingline Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Revolving Percentage of the amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Facility and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swingline Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Revolving Percentage of the amount specified in such Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral available with respect to the applicable Swingline Loan) for the account of the Swingline Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swingline Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swingline Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swingline Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swingline Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swingline Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swingline Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swingline Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swingline Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan included in the relevant Revolving Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swingline Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swingline Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

44


(iv) Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Loan Notice). No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swingline Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swingline Loan, if the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of such Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Revolving Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swingline Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swingline Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swingline Loan is required to be returned by the Swingline Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swingline Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swingline Lender its Applicable Revolving Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swingline Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swingline Lender . The Swingline Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swingline Loans. Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Revolving Percentage of any Swingline Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Revolving Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swingline Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swingline Lender . The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swingline Loans directly to the Swingline Lender.

Section 2.05 Prepayments.

(a) Optional .

(i) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Revolving Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (1) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (2) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (B) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (C) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

45


Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s ratable portion of such prepayment (based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage in respect of the relevant Facility). If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of principal shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Subject to Section 2.15, such prepayments shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages in respect of the Facility.

(ii) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swingline Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swingline Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (B) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess hereof (or, if less, the entire principal thereof then outstanding). Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of principal shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05.

(b) Mandatory .

(i) Revolving Outstandings . If for any reason a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists, the Borrower shall immediately on demand prepay Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and/or L/C Borrowings (together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon) and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i) unless, after the prepayment of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, a Borrowing Base Deficiency continues to exist.

(ii) Application of Other Payments . Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.15, prepayments of the Facility made pursuant to this Section 2.05(b), first , shall be applied ratably to the L/C Borrowings and the Swingline Loans, second , shall be applied to the outstanding Revolving Loans, and, third , shall be used to Cash Collateralize the remaining L/C Obligations. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall be applied (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any Defaulting Lender that has provided Cash Collateral) to reimburse the L/C Issuer or the Lenders, as applicable.

Within the parameters of the applications set forth above, prepayments pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans and then to Eurodollar Rate Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities. All prepayments under this Section 2.05(b) shall be subject to Section 3.05, but otherwise without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by interest on the principal amount prepaid through the date of prepayment.

Section 2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Optional . The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Facility, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swingline Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the Facility, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swingline Sublimit; provided that (i) any such notice

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

46


shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. five (5) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce (A) the Facility if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Facility, (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, or (C) the Swingline Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Swingline Loans would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

(i) [Reserved].

(ii) If after giving effect to any reduction or termination of Commitments under this Section 2.06, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swingline Sublimit exceeds the Facility at such time, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swingline Sublimit, as the case may be, shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.

(b) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees.

The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Letter of Credit Sublimit, Swingline Sublimit or the Commitment under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of the Commitments, the Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Revolving Percentage of such reduction amount, the Facility shall be reduced as to such amount and any Commitment Fees accruing with respect thereto shall be calculated based on the reduced Facility. All fees in respect of the Facility accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Facility shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

Section 2.07 Repayment of Loans .

(a) Revolving Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Facility the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding on such date.

(b) Swingline Loans . The Borrower shall repay each Swingline Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten (10) Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date for the Facility.

Section 2.08 Interest and Default Rate .

(a) Interest . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan under the Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate for such Facility; (ii) each Base Rate Loan under the Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for such Facility; and (iii) each Swingline Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for the Facility.

(b) Default Rate .

(i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

47


(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, outstanding Obligations (including Letter of Credit Fees) may accrue at a fluctuating rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iv) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest Payments . Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

Section 2.09 Fees.

In addition to certain fees described in Section 2.03:

(a) Commitment Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Revolving Percentage, a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount by which the Facility exceeds the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.15. For the avoidance of doubt, the Outstanding Amount of Swingline Loans shall not be counted towards or considered usage of the Aggregate Commitments. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period for the Facility.

(b) Other Fees .

(i) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent and the Arranger for its own account fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

Section 2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate .

(a) Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans (including Base Rate Loans determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate) shall be made on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty-five (365) or three hundred sixty-six (366) days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

48


computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one (1) day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 2.11 Evidence of Debt .

(a) Maintenance of Accounts . The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Revolving Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Revolving Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) Maintenance of Records . In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

Section 2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.

(a) General . All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage in respect of the relevant Facility (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. Subject to Section 2.07(a) and as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, if any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(b) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

49


Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(i) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Appropriate Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Appropriate Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(d) Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Revolving Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 11.04(c) on any date required

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

50


hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 11.04(c).

(e) Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

Section 2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders.

If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) Obligations in respect of any of the Facility due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations in respect of the Facility due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations in respect of the Facility due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b) Obligations in respect of any of the Facility owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations in respect of the Facility owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations in respect of the Facility owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such time, then, in each case under clauses (a) and (b) above, the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (A) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (B) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of Obligations in respect of the Facility then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be, provided that:

(1) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(2) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.14, or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

51


exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

Section 2.14 Cash Collateral .

(a) Certain Credit Support Events . If (i) the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, (ii) as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, (iii) the Borrower shall be required to provide Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.05 or 8.02(c), or (iv) there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower shall immediately (in the case of clause (iii) above) or within one (1) Business Day (in all other cases) following any request by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, provide Cash Collateral in an amount not less than the applicable Minimum Collateral Amount (determined in the case of Cash Collateral provided pursuant to clause (iv) above, after giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

(b) Grant of Security Interest . The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.14(c). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency. All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in one or more Cash Collateral Accounts at Bank of America. The Borrower shall pay on demand therefor from time to time all customary account opening, activity and other administrative fees and charges in connection with the maintenance and disbursement of Cash Collateral.

(c) Application . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.14 or Sections 2.03, 2.05, 2.15 or 8.02 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Lender that is a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.

(d) Release . Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 11.06(b)(vi))) or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided , however , (A) any such release shall be without prejudice to, and any disbursement or other transfer of Cash Collateral shall be and remain subject to, any other Lien conferred under the Loan Documents and the other applicable provisions of the Loan Documents, and (B) the Person providing Cash Collateral and the L/C Issuer may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

52


Section 2.15 Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders” and Section 11.01.

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender hereunder; third , to Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.14; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (A) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (B) Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.14; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise as may be required under the Loan Documents in connection with any Lien conferred thereunder or directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (1) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (2) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Obligations owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(v). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.15(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees .

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

53


(A) Fees . No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee payable under Section 2.09 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(B) Letter of Credit Fees . Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive Letter of Credit Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Applicable Revolving Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.14.

(C) Defaulting Lender Fees . With respect to any Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrower shall (1) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (2) pay to the L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such L/C Issuer’s or Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (3) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iv) Reallocation of Applicable Revolving Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure . All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Revolving Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (A) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (B) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(v) Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swingline Loans . If the reallocation described in clause (a)(v) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under applicable Law, (A) first, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure and (B) second, Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.14.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

54


Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

Section 2.16 Increase in Facility.

(a) Request for Increase. Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Revolving Lenders), the Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in the Facility so long as the Facility, after taking into account all such requests, does not exceed $100,000,000; provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000, and (ii) the Borrower may make a maximum of three (3) such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Revolving Lender is requested to respond.

(b) Lender Elections to Increase. Each Revolving Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Revolving Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Revolving Percentage of such requested increase. Any Revolving Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Revolving Commitment.

(c) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Revolving Lender of the Revolving Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase, and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swingline Lender (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Revolving Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement (“ New Revolving Lenders ”) in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(d) Effective Date and Allocations. If the Facility is increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “ Revolving Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Revolving Lenders and the New Revolving Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Revolving Increase Effective Date.

(e) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase. As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Revolving Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct, on and as of the Revolving Increase Effective Date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.16, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. The Borrower shall either prepay any Revolving Loans outstanding on the Revolving Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Revolving Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Revolving Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Revolving Commitments under this Section.

(f) Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 11.01 to the contrary.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

55


ARTICLE III

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

Section 3.01 Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes .

(i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Laws. If any applicable Laws (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Administrative Agent) require the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party, then the Administrative Agent or such Loan Party shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding, upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below.

(ii) If any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) the Administrative Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Administrative Agent to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(iii) If any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by any applicable Laws other than the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) such Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, as required by such Laws, shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by it to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) such Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, to the extent required by such Laws, shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with such Laws, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Loan Parties . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c) Tax Indemnifications .

(i) Each of the Loan Parties shall, and does hereby, jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, and shall make payment in respect thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

56


the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each of the Loan Parties shall also, and does hereby, jointly and severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender or the L/C Issuer for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required pursuant to Section 3.01(c)(ii) below.

(ii) Each Lender and the L/C Issuer shall, and does hereby, severally indemnify and shall make payment in respect thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, (A) the Administrative Agent against any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender or the L/C Issuer (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (B) the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties, as applicable, against any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 11.06(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (C) the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties, as applicable, against any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii).

(d) Evidence of Payments . Upon request by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower or by the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

(e) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation .

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion,

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

57


execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY from the Foreign Lender, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2 or Exhibit L-3 , properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 and/or IRS Form W-8IMY, and/or other required documents from each intermediary and direct or indirect beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

58


provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(iii) The Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 3.01 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall provide a new form or certification on or before the next Interest Payment Date or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender or the L/C Issuer, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall pay to such Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Loan Party under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Loan Party, upon the request of the Recipient, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Recipient in the event the Recipient is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection, in no event will the applicable Recipient be required to pay any amount to the Loan Party pursuant to this subsection the payment of which would place the Recipient in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Recipient would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Recipient to make available its tax

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

59


returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(g) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

Section 3.02 Illegality .

If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (a) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (b) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (i) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

Section 3.03 Inability to Determine Rates .

If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (i) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

60


Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

Section 3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e)) or the L/C Issuer;

(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

61


the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine (9) months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine (9) month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(e) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans . The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least ten (10) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice ten (10) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable ten (10) days from receipt of such notice.

Section 3.05 Compensation for Losses .

Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 11.13;

including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

62


such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

Section 3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or requires the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender, the L/C Issuer, or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then at the request of the Borrower, such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 3.06(a), the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 11.13.

Section 3.07 Survival .

All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder, resignation of the Administrative Agent and the Facility Termination Date.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

Section 4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension .

The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Execution of Credit Agreement; Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of this Agreement, executed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party and a duly authorized officer of each Lender, (ii) for the account of each Lender requesting a Revolving Note, a Revolving Note executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, (iii) counterparts of the Security Agreement, each Mortgage and any related Mortgaged Property Support Document (if applicable) and each other Collateral Document, executed by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Loan Parties and a duly authorized officer of each other Person party thereto, as applicable and (iv) counterparts of any other Loan Document, executed by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Loan Party and a duly authorized officer of each other Person party thereto.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

63


(b) Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer (in substantially the form of Exhibit K attached hereto) dated the Closing Date, certifying as to the Organization Documents of each Loan Party (which, to the extent filed with a Governmental Authority, shall be certified as of a recent date by such Governmental Authority), the resolutions of the governing body of each Loan Party, the good standing, existence or its equivalent of each Loan Party and of the incumbency of the Responsible Officers of each Loan Party.

(c) Legal Opinions of Counsel . The Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion or opinions of counsel for the Loan Parties, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(d) Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 5.05, each in form and substance satisfactory to each of them.

(e) Personal Property Collateral . The Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) (A) searches of UCC filings in the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, as applicable, of each Loan Party and each jurisdiction where a filing would need to be made in order to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, copies of the financing statements on file in such jurisdictions and evidence that no Liens exist other than Permitted Liens and (B) tax lien, judgment and bankruptcy searches;

(ii) completed UCC financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral;

(iii) stock or membership certificates, if any, evidencing the Pledged Equity and undated stock or transfer powers duly executed in blank; in each case to the extent such Pledged Equity is certificated under Article 8 of the UCC;

(iv) to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents, all instruments, documents and chattel paper in the possession of any of the Loan Parties, together with allonges or assignments as may be necessary or appropriate to perfect the Administrative Agent’s and the Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral; and

(v) Qualifying Control Agreements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.14.

(f) Liability, Property, Terrorism and Business Interruption Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of insurance policies (with premiums, rates and other proprietary information redacted), declaration pages as they become available, certificates, and endorsements of insurance or insurance binders (with premiums, rates and other proprietary information redacted) evidencing liability, casualty, property, with terrorism and business interruption insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein or in the Collateral Documents or as required by the Administrative Agent. The Loan Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Authorization to Share Insurance Information in substantially the form of Exhibit P (or such other form as required by each of the Loan Parties’ insurance companies).

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

64


(g) Solvency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as to the financial condition, solvency and related matters of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the initial borrowings under the Loan Documents and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

(h) Financial Condition Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate or certificates executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as of the Closing Date, as to certain financial matters, substantially in the form of Exhibit O .

(i) Material Contracts . The Administrative Agent or its counsel shall have received true and complete copies, certified by an officer of the Borrower as true and complete, of all Material Contracts, together with all exhibits and schedules. [***].

(j) Borrowing Notice . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Notice with respect to the Loans to be made on the Closing Date.

(k) Existing Indebtedness of the Loan Parties . All of the existing Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the Existing Credit Agreement (other than Indebtedness permitted to exist pursuant to Section 7.02) shall be repaid in full and all security interests related thereto shall be terminated on or prior to the Closing Date.

(l) Consents . All boards of directors, governmental, shareholder and material third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the entering into of this Agreement shall have been obtained.

(m) Fees and Expenses . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all fees and expenses, if any, owing pursuant to the Fee Letter and Section 2.09.

(n) Due Diligence . The Lenders shall have completed a due diligence investigation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in scope, and with results, satisfactory to the Lenders, including but not limited to due diligence with respect to the Tax Equity Commitments and Available Take-Out.

(o) Borrowing Base Certificate . Administrative Agent and Lenders shall have received a completed Borrowing Base Certificate together with a Back-Log Spreadsheet and a Take-Out Spreadsheet and other supporting information, each prepared as of the Closing Date, duly certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

(p) Commitments . Administrative Agent shall have received confirmation from each Lender that such Lender will provide a Commitment hereunder with the aggregate amount of all such Commitments to be not less than $75,000,000.

(q) Flow of Funds . Administrative Agent shall have received all documents and confirmations (including Payment Direction Letters) reasonably deemed necessary by Administrative Agent to confirm that the net fundings Available Take-Out from Tax Equity Investors will be paid directly to Borrower from such wholly-owned Excluded Subsidiary to which such Available Take-Out is due.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.03, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

65


satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Section 4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions .

The obligation of each Lender and the L/C Issuer to honor any Request for Credit Extension is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article II, Article V or any other Loan Document, shall (i) with respect to representations and warranties that contain a materiality qualification, be true and correct on and as of the date of such Credit Extension and (ii) with respect to representations and warranties that do not contain a materiality qualification, be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.05(a) and (b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) and (b), respectively.

(b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as of the date made or deemed made, that:

Section 5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power .

Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The copy of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement is a true and correct copy of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

66


Section 5.02 Authorization; No Contravention .

The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is or is to be a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law.

Section 5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents .

No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, other than (i) authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained and (ii) filings to perfect the Liens created by the Collateral Documents.

Section 5.04 Binding Effect .

This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principals of equity.

Section 5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) Audited Financial Statements . The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . The unaudited Consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated as of June 30, 2012, and the related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

67


operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements (and, in addition, after delivery of the most recent annual audited financial statements in accordance with the terms hereof, since the date of such annual audited financial statements), there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.06 Litigation .

There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after due and diligent investigation, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to materially affect this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.07 No Default .

Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is in default under or with respect to, or a party to, any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 5.08 Ownership of Property .

Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.09 Environmental Compliance .

(a) The Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries conduct in the ordinary course of business a review of the effect of existing Environmental Laws and claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on their respective businesses, operations and properties, and as a result thereof the Loan Parties have reasonably concluded that such Environmental Laws and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) None of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; there are no and never have been any underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best of the knowledge of the Loan Parties, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and Hazardous Materials have not been released,

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

68


discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

(c) Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law; and all Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 5.10 Insurance .

The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the applicable Loan Party or the applicable Subsidiary operates. The general liability, casualty, property, with terrorism and business interruption insurance coverage of the Loan Parties as in effect on the Closing Date, and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is outlined as to carrier, policy number, expiration date, type, amount and deductibles on Schedule 5.10 and such insurance coverage complies with the requirements set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 5.11 Taxes .

Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state and other material tax returns and filings required to be filed, and have paid all federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect, nor is there any tax sharing agreement applicable to the Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.12 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state laws. Each Pension Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter or is subject to a favorable opinion letter from the IRS to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the trust related thereto has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS. To the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

69


violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred, and no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate is aware of any fact, event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to constitute or result in an ERISA Event with respect to any Pension Plan; (ii) the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate has met all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the Pension Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained; (iii) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is 60% or higher and no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of the most recent valuation date; (iv) no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the payment of premiums, and there are no premium payments which have become due that are unpaid; (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; and (vi) no Pension Plan has been terminated by the plan administrator thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan.

(d) Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to, or has any unsatisfied obligation to contribute to, or liability under, any active or terminated Pension Plan other than (i) on the Closing Date, those listed on Schedule 5.12 hereto and (ii) thereafter, Pension Plans not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.

Section 5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) Margin Regulations . The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. Following the application of the proceeds of each Borrowing or drawing under each Letter of Credit, not more than 25% of the value of the assets (either of the Borrower only or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 or Section 7.05 or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or instrument between the Borrower and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender relating to Indebtedness and within the scope of Section 8.01(e) will be margin stock.

(b) Investment Company Act . None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 5.14 Disclosure .

The Borrower has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Loan Party is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

70


or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, each Loan Party represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

Section 5.15 Compliance with Laws .

Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.16 Solvency .

The Borrower together with its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis is Solvent.

Section 5.17 Casualty, Etc.

Neither the businesses nor the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.18 OFAC .

No Loan Party, nor, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any Related Party, (a) is currently the subject of any Sanctions, (b) is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction, or (c) is or has been (within the previous five (5) years) engaged in any transaction with any Person who is now or was then the subject of Sanctions or who is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction. No Loan, nor the proceeds from any Loan, has been used, directly or indirectly, to lend, contribute, provide or has otherwise made available to fund any activity or business in any Designated Jurisdiction or to fund any activity or business of any Person located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction or who is the subject of any Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in any violation by any Person (including any Lender, Arranger, Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender) of Sanctions.

Section 5.19 Authorized Officers .

Set forth on Schedule 1.01(c) are the Authorized Officers, holding the offices indicated next to their respective names, as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02. Such Authorized Officers are the duly elected and qualified officers of such Loan Party and are duly authorized to execute and deliver, on behalf of the respective Loan Party, the Credit Agreement, the Revolving Notes and the other Loan Documents.

Section 5.20 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties .

(a) Subsidiaries, Partnerships and Equity Investments . Set forth on Schedule 5.20(a), is the following information which is true and complete in all respects as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02: (i) a complete and accurate list of all Subsidiaries and partnerships and other equity investments of the Loan Parties as of the

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

71


Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, (ii) the number of shares of each class of Equity Interests in each Subsidiary outstanding, (iii) the number and percentage of outstanding shares of each class of Equity Interests owned by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and (iv) the class or nature of such Equity Interests (e.g., voting, non-voting, preferred, etc.). The outstanding Equity Interests in all Subsidiaries are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and are owned free and clear of all Liens. There are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to the Equity Interests of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, except as contemplated in connection with the Loan Documents.

(b) Loan Parties . Set forth on Schedule 5.20(b) is a complete and accurate list of all Loan Parties, showing as of the Closing Date, or as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, (as to each Loan Party) (i) the exact legal name, (ii) any former legal names of such Loan Party in the four (4) months prior to the Closing Date, (iii) the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as applicable, (iv) the type of organization, (v) the jurisdictions in which such Loan Party is qualified to do business, (vi) the address of its chief executive office, (vii) the address of its principal place of business, (viii) its U.S. federal taxpayer identification number or, in the case of any non-U.S. Loan Party that does not have a U.S. taxpayer identification number, its unique identification number issued to it by the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (ix) the organization identification number, (x) ownership information (e.g., publicly held or if private or partnership, the owners and partners of each of the Loan Parties) and (xi) the industry or nature of business of such Loan Party.

Section 5.21 Collateral Representations .

(a) Collateral Documents . The provisions of the Collateral Documents and the filings of any necessary UCC filings are collectively effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) on all right, title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings completed prior to the Closing Date and as contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Documents, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect or protect such Liens to the extent such Liens can be perfected by filing of a UCC filing.

(b) Intellectual Property . Set forth on Schedule 5.21(b) , as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a list of all registered or issued Intellectual Property (including all applications for registration and issuance) owned by each of the Loan Parties or that each of the Loan Parties has the right to (including the name/title, current owner, registration or application number, and registration or application date and such other information as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

(c) Documents, Instrument, and Tangible Chattel Paper . Set forth on Schedule 5.21(c) , as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a description of all Documents (as defined in the UCC), Instruments (as defined in the UCC), and Tangible Chattel Paper (as defined in the UCC) of the Loan Parties (including the Loan Party owning such Document, Instrument and Tangible Chattel Paper and such other information as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent) in each case with a face amount in excess of $1,000,000.

(d) Deposit Accounts, Electronic Chattel Paper, Letter-of-Credit Rights, and Securities Accounts .

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

72


(i) Set forth on Schedule 5.21(d)(i) , as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a description of all Deposit Accounts (as defined in the UCC) and Securities Accounts (as defined in the UCC) of the Loan Parties, including the name of (A) the applicable Loan Party, (B) in the case of a Deposit Account, the depository institution and average amount held in such Deposit Account and whether such account is a ZBA account or a payroll account, and (C) in the case of a Securities Account, the Securities Intermediary (as defined in the UCC) or issuer and the average aggregate market value held in such Securities Account, as applicable.

(ii) Set forth on Schedule 5.21(d)(ii) , as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a description of all Electronic Chattel Paper and Letter of Credit Rights of the Loan Parties, including the name of (A) the applicable Loan Party, (B) in the case of Electronic Chattel Paper, the account debtor and (C) in the case of Letter-of-Credit Rights, the issuer or nominated person, as applicable.

(e) Commercial Tort Claims . Set forth on Schedule 5.21(e) , as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a description of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the UCC) for which the Loan Parties are a claimant (detailing such Commercial Tort Claim in such detail as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

(f) Pledged Equity Interests . Set forth on Schedule 5.21(f) , as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a list of (i) all Pledged Equity and (ii) all other Equity Interests required to be pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents (in each case, detailing the Grantor (as defined in the Security Agreement), the Person whose Equity Interests are pledged, the number of shares of each class of Equity Interests, the certificate number and percentage ownership of outstanding shares of each class of Equity Interests and the class or nature of such Equity Interests (e.g., voting, non-voting, preferred, etc.).

(g) Properties . Set forth on Schedule 5.21(g)(i) , as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a list of all Mortgaged Properties (including (i) the name of the Loan Party owning such Mortgaged Property, (ii) the number of buildings located on such Mortgaged Property, (iii) the property address, and (iv) the city, county, state and zip code which such Mortgaged Property is located. Set forth on Schedule 5.21(g)(ii) , as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a list of (A) each headquarter location of the Loan Parties, (B) each other location where any significant administrative or governmental functions are performed, (C) each other location where the Loan Parties maintain any books or records (electronic or otherwise) and (D) each location where any personal property Collateral is located at any premises owned or leased by a Loan Party with a Collateral value in excess of $1,000,000 (in each case, including (1) an indication if such location is leased or owned, (2), if leased, the name of the lessor, and if owned, the name of the Loan Party owning such property, (3) the address of such property (including, the city, county, state and zip code) and (4) to the extent owned, the approximate fair market value of such property).

(h) Material Contracts . Set forth on Schedule 5.21(h) , as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a complete and accurate list of all Material Contracts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(i) Borrowing Base Certificate . All information and calculations set forth on each Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(m) are true and correct as of the date reflected therein.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

73


Section 5.22 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries infringes upon any rights held by any other Person. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.23 Labor Matters .

There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and the Borrower has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the last five (5) years preceding the Closing Date, which has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.24 Available Take-Out.

The aggregate outstanding Revolving Loans are in an amount equal to or less than the net proceeds of Available Take-Out which are to be paid to Borrower.

Section 5.25 Immaterial Subsidiaries.

Each of Borrower’s Immaterial Subsidiaries has no material assets or material liabilities.

ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each of the Loan Parties hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter until the Facility Termination Date, such Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to:

Section 6.01 Financial Statements .

Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, (i) such Consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, and (ii) such consolidating statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

74


controller that is a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to the Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, a Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP and including management discussion and analysis of operating results inclusive of operating metrics in comparative form, such Consolidated statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller who is a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and such consolidating statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller that is a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to the Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(c) Megawatts Booked, Inspected and Terminated . As soon as available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) an internally prepared income statement, measured on an Activity Basis, reflecting megawatts booked and inspected for such fiscal quarter and (ii) a report of megawatts terminated for such fiscal quarter.

(d) Business Plan and Budget . As soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, an annual business plan and budget consisting of forecasts prepared by management of the Borrower on an Activity Basis, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, on a monthly basis for the immediately following fiscal year.

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 6.02(g), the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under Section 6.01(a) or (b) above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in Sections 6.01(a) and (b) above at the times specified therein.

Section 6.02 Certificates; Other Information .

Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) Accountants’ Certificate . Concurrently with the delivery of the Borrower’s financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or, if any such Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event.

(b) Compliance Certificate . Concurrently with the delivery of the Borrower’s financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), (i) a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

75


the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller which is a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, and in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Borrower shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section 7.11, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP, and (ii) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to such financial statements.

(c) Updated Schedules . Concurrently with the delivery of the Compliance Certificate referred to in Section 6.02(b), the following updated Schedules of the Borrower to this Agreement (which may be attached to the Compliance Certificate) to the extent required to make the representation related to such Schedule true and correct as of the date of such Compliance Certificate: Schedules 1.01(c) , 5.10 , 5.20(a) , 5.20(b) , 5.21(b) , 5.21(c) , 5.21(d)(i) , 5.21(d)(ii ), 5.21(e) , 5.21(f) , 5.21(g)(i) , 5.21(g)(ii) and 5.21(h) .

(d) Calculations . Concurrently with the delivery of the Compliance Certificate referred to in Section 6.02(b) required to be delivered with the Borrower’s financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate from the Borrower (which may be included in such Compliance Certificate) including the amount of all Restricted Payments, Investments (including Permitted Acquisitions), Dispositions and Capital Expenditures that were made during the prior fiscal year.

(e) Changes in Corporate Structure . Concurrently with the delivery of the Compliance Certificate referred to in Section 6.02(b), Borrower will provide notice of any change in corporate structure of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (including by merger, consolidation, dissolution or other change in corporate structure) to the Administrative Agent, along with such other information as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. Provide notice to the Administrative Agent, not less than ten (10) days prior (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent) of any change in any Loan Party’s legal name, state of organization, or organizational existence.

(f) Audit Reports; Management Letters; Recommendations . Promptly after any reasonable request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of any Loan Party, or any audit of any of them.

(g) Annual Reports; Etc . Promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;.

(h) Debt Securities Statements and Reports . Promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or any other clause of this Section.

(i) SEC Notices . Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

76


investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof.

(j) Notices . Not later than five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of all notices, requests and other documents (including amendments, waivers and other modifications) so received under or pursuant to any instrument, indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement regarding or related to any breach or default by any party thereto or any other event that could materially impair the value of the interests or the rights of any Loan Party or otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect and, from time to time upon request by the Administrative Agent, such information and reports regarding such instruments, indentures and loan and credit and similar agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(k) Environmental Notice . Promptly after the assertion or occurrence thereof, notice of any action or proceeding against or of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit that could (i) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) cause any property described in the Mortgages to be subject to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law.

(l) Additional Information . Subject to Section 6.10(b), promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial, legal or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

(m) Borrowing Base Certificate . As soon as available, but in any event within fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, a Borrowing Base Certificate together with a Back-Log Spreadsheet and a Take-Out Spreadsheet and other supporting information, each prepared as at the end of such month, duly certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(g) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (a) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 1.01(a) ; or (b) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website, related to an SEC filing or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon its request to the Borrower to deliver such paper copies and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission) of the posting of any such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request by a Lender for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (A) the Administrative Agent and/or an Affiliate thereof may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, Syndtrak or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (B) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

77


do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that so long as the Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or Equity Interests that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (1) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (2) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, any Affiliate thereof, the Arranger, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07); (3) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (4) the Administrative Agent and the any Affiliate thereof and the Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”.

Section 6.03 Notices .

(a) Promptly, but in any event within two (2) Business Days, notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the occurrence of any Default; and

(b) Promptly, but in any event within four (4) Business Days, notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(i) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;

(ii) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(iii) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof;

(iv) the execution and delivery by the parties thereto of agreements evidencing new Tax Equity Commitments or Backlever Financing obtained by Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and to the extent applicable and not including any notice provided pursuant to clause (iv) above, stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

78


Section 6.04 Payment of Obligations .

Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness; except, in each case, to the extent that failure an Excluded Subsidiaries’ failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc .

(a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Agent or the Secured Parties.

(b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.06 Maintenance of Properties .

(a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted;

(b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.

Section 6.07 Maintenance of Insurance .

(a) Maintenance of Insurance . With respect to the Loan Parties, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons, including, without limitation, (i) property terrorism insurance and (ii) flood hazard insurance on all Mortgaged Properties that are Flood Hazard Properties, on such terms and in such amounts as required by the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 or as otherwise required by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Evidence of Insurance . With respect to the Loan Parties, cause the Administrative Agent to be named as lenders’ loss payable, loss payee or mortgagee, as its interest may appear, and/or additional insured with respect of any such insurance providing liability coverage or coverage in respect

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

79


of any Collateral, and cause, unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent, each provider of any such insurance to agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Administrative Agent that it will give the Administrative Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be altered or cancelled (or ten (10) days prior notice in the case of cancellation due to the nonpayment of premiums). Annually, upon expiration of current insurance coverage, the Loan Parties shall provide, or cause to be provided, to the Administrative Agent, such evidence of insurance as required by the Administrative Agent, including, but not limited to: (i) certified copies of such insurance policies, (ii) evidence of such insurance policies (including, without limitation and as applicable, ACORD Form 28 certificates (or similar form of insurance certificate), and ACORD Form 25 certificates (or similar form of insurance certificate)), (iii) declaration pages for each insurance policy and (iv) lender’s loss payable endorsement if the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties is not on the declarations page for such policy. As requested by the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties agree to deliver to the Administrative Agent an Authorization to Share Insurance Information in substantially the form of Exhibit P (or such other form as required by each of the Loan Parties’ insurance companies).

(c) Redesignation . Promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any Mortgaged Property that is, or becomes, a Flood Hazard Property.

Section 6.08 Compliance with Laws .

Comply with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.09 Books and Records .

(a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

(b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Section 6.10 Inspection Rights .

(a) Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of Borrower’s properties, to examine its and its Subsidiaries’ corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom (subject to the limitation set forth in clause (b) below), and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided , however , subject to clause (c) below, prior to an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall not conduct more than one such inspection during any calendar year; provided further , however , that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent (or any of its respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

80


(b) [***].

(c) Subject to the second proviso in clause (a) above, Administrative Agent may (and at the direction of a Lender shall) conduct an additional inspection during any calendar year beyond the inspection set forth in the first proviso in clause (a) above so long as (i) the results of such inspection will not result in the exercise of Administrative Agent’s discretion as set forth in Sections 2.01(b)(i) and (ii) , (ii) such inspection shall be at the cost and expense of Lenders if at the time of such inspection no Event of Default exists, and (iii) Administrative Agent designates such inspection as an “Additional Inspection”.

Section 6.11 Use of Proceeds .

Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions for general corporate purposes not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document. The proceeds of the Credit Extensions shall not be used to pay the purchase price or fees related to the purchase of the interests of a Tax Equity Investor in connection with Partnership Flip Structure, Sale-Leaseback Structure or Inverted Lease Structure.

Section 6.12 Material Contracts .

Perform and observe all the terms and provisions of each Material Contract to be performed or observed by it, maintain each such Material Contract in full force and effect, enforce each such Material Contract in accordance with its terms, take all such action to such end as may be from time to time requested by the Administrative Agent and, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, make to each other party to each such Material Contract such demands and requests for information and reports or for action as any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled to make under such Material Contract, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so, except, in any case, where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.13 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations .

The Loan Parties will cause each of their Subsidiaries whether newly formed, after acquired or otherwise existing to promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days after such Subsidiary is formed or acquired (or such longer period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion)) become a Guarantor hereunder by way of execution of a Joinder Agreement; provided , however , no (i) Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor to the extent such Guaranty would result in a material adverse tax consequence for the Borrower and (ii) no Subsidiary formed with the intent of becoming an Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor. In connection therewith, the Loan Parties shall give notice to the Administrative Agent not less than thirty (30) days after creating a Subsidiary (or such shorter period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), or acquiring the Equity Interests of any other Person. In connection with the foregoing, the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each new Guarantor to the extent applicable, substantially the same documentation required pursuant to Sections 4.01 and 6.14 and such other documents or agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

Section 6.14 Covenant to Give Security .

Except with respect to Excluded Property:

(a) Equity Interests and Personal Property . Each Loan Party will cause the Pledged Equity and all of its tangible and intangible personal property now owned or hereafter acquired by it to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected Lien (subject to Permitted Liens to the extent permitted by the

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

81


Loan Documents) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the Secured Obligations pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents. Each Loan Party shall provide opinions of counsel and any filings and deliveries reasonably necessary in connection therewith to perfect the security interests therein, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Real Property . If any Loan Party intends to acquire a fee ownership interest in any real property (“ Real Estate ”) after the Closing Date and such Real Estate has a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000, it shall provide to the Administrative Agent within sixty (60) days (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent) a Mortgage and such Mortgaged Property Support Documents as the Administrative Agent may request to cause such Real Estate to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected Lien (subject in each case to Permitted Liens) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the Secured Obligations pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents.

(c) Landlord Waivers . In the case of (i) each headquarter location of the Loan Parties (as of the Closing Date, there is only one headquarter location in San Mateo, California) and each other location where the Loan Parties maintain any books or records (electronic or otherwise) and (ii) any personal property Collateral located at any other premises containing personal property Collateral with a value in excess of $1,000,000, the Loan Parties will provide the Administrative Agent (x) with respect to any premises operated by a third party logistics coordinator or warehouse operator who manage such real property, with such estoppel letters, consents or waivers from such third party logistics coordinator or warehouse operator (such estoppel letters, consents or waivers shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, it being acknowledged and agreed that any bailee agreement in the form of Exhibit N-1 is satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and (y) with respect to a premises that is leased directly from the property owner, with such estoppel letters, consents or waivers from the respective landlord who owns such property, to the extent (A) requested by the Administrative Agent and (B) the Loan Parties are able to secure such letters, consents and waivers after using commercially reasonable efforts (such letters, consents and waivers shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, it being acknowledged and agreed that any landlord waiver in the form of Exhibit N-2 is satisfactory to the Administrative Agent).

(d) Account Control Agreements . Each of the Loan Parties shall not open, maintain or otherwise have any deposit or other accounts (including securities accounts) at any bank or other financial institution, or any other account where money or securities are or may be deposited or maintained with any Person, other than (a) deposit accounts that are maintained at all times with depositary institutions as to which the Administrative Agent shall have received a Qualifying Control Agreement, (b) securities accounts that are maintained at all times with financial institutions as to which the Administrative Agent shall have received a Qualifying Control Agreement, (c) deposit accounts established solely as payroll and other zero balance accounts and such accounts are held at Bank of America and (d) other deposit accounts, so long as at any time the balance in any such account does not exceed $10,000 and the aggregate balance in all such accounts does not exceed $100,000.

(e) Further Assurances . At any time upon request of the Administrative Agent, promptly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take all such other action as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable to maintain in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, Liens and insurance rights on the Collateral that are duly perfected in accordance with the requirements of, or the obligations of the Loan Parties under, the Loan Documents and all applicable Laws.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

82


Section 6.15 Further Assurances .

Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, (a) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (i) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, subject any Loan Party’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties, assets, rights or interests to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder and (iv) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to be a party, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so.

Section 6.16 Compliance with Environmental Laws .

Comply, and cause all lessees and other Persons (other than the customer under the Host Customer Agreements) in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws; provided , however , that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

Section 6.17 Alternative Servicer .

By no later than December 31, 2012, Borrower shall provide to Administrative Agent a plan for the engagement of an alternative servicer which will have the ability to provide maintenance and operations for the PV Systems of the Host Customer Agreements in the event the Borrower is unable or needs assistance in the provision of operation and maintenance for such customer’s PV Systems.

Section 6.18 Post-Closing Deliverables . Deliver, within sixty (60) days of the Closing Date, to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) In the case of any personal property Collateral with an aggregate value in excess of $1,000,000 located at premises set forth on Schedule 5.21(g)(ii) , such estoppel letters, consents or waivers from the third party logistics coordinators or warehouse operators who manage such real property (or, to the extent there is no third party logistics coordinator or warehouse operator, the landlord) to the extent required to be delivered in connection with Section 6.14 (such letters, consents and waivers shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, it being acknowledged and agreed that any bailee agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit N-1 or landlord waiver in substantially the form of Exhibit N-2 is satisfactory to the Administrative Agent);

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

83


(b) Evidence that any outstanding letters of credit have been transferred to the L/C Issuer;

(c) With respect to deposit accounts maintained by any Loan Party which are held with financial institutions other than Bank of America, (i) evidence that such accounts have been closed and the proceeds therein transferred to a deposit account held by Bank of America, or (ii) a duly executed Qualifying Control Agreement;

(d) Duly executed Qualifying Control Agreement for each deposit account maintained by any Loan Party with any financial institution including Bank of America; and

(e) Evidence the UCC financing statement recorded with the Delaware Secretary of State on March 19, 2009 with the filing number 90892031, naming Duvera Billing Services, LLC as the secured party thereunder and Borrower as the debtor thereunder, shall have been properly terminated.

ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each of the Loan Parties hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter until the Facility Termination Date, no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirect do the following.

Section 7.01 Liens .

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for the following (the “ Permitted Liens ”):

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property, assets or revenues covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except as contemplated by Section 7.02(b), (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.02(b);

(c) Liens for Taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d) Statutory Liens such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person; provided that a reserve or other appropriate provision shall have been made therefor;

(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

84


(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness) that is not Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02 , statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money (or appeal or other surety bonds relating to such judgments) not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02(c); provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property, assets or revenues other than the property, assets or revenues financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value at the time of the acquisition, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;

(j) Liens (i) securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02(g) on the property, assets and revenues of Excluded Subsidiaries and (ii) securing obligations of the Excluded Subsidiaries pursuant to the Tax Equity documents, in each case so long as such Liens do not attach to the net proceeds of any Available Take-Out which are subject to the Payment Direction Letter;

(k) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02(h) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement;

(l) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02(i) so long as such Liens attach only to the vehicles financed thereby;

(m) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing solely the customary amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements; provided , that in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness;

(n) Liens arising out of judgments or awards not resulting in an Event of Default; provided the applicable Loan Party or Subsidiary shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review;

(o) Any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublessor under any lease, license or sublease entered into by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of business and covering only the assets so leased, licensed or subleased;

(p) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;

(q) Any zoning, building or similar laws or rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority;

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

85


(r) Liens on property, assets and revenues of Excluded Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.02(n); and

(s) other Liens securing Indebtedness outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $[***], provided that no such Lien shall extend to or cover any Collateral.

Section 7.02 Indebtedness .

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.02 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, as a result of or in connection with such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension; and, still further, that the terms relating to principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination, standstill and related terms (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole, of any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness, and of any agreement entered into and of any instrument issued in connection therewith, are no less favorable in any material respect to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and the interest rate applicable to any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness does not exceed the then applicable market interest rate;

(c) Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 7.01(i); provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness of the Loan Parties at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $[***];

(d) Unsecured Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Borrower owed to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower, which Indebtedness shall (i) to the extent required by the Administrative Agent, be evidenced by promissory notes which shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent as Collateral for the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement, (ii) be on terms (including subordination terms) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (iii) be otherwise permitted under the provisions of Section 7.03 (“ Intercompany Debt ”);

(e) Guarantees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of the Borrower or any other Guarantor;

(f) obligations (contingent or otherwise) existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

(g) Backlever Financing;

(h) Inventory Financing Facility;

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

86


(i) Existing Vehicle Financing and other Indebtedness incurred for the acquisition or lease of vehicles (so long as the amount of the Indebtedness does not exceed the purchase price of the vehicles purchased with the proceeds thereof) and any refinancing of such other vehicle Indebtedness (so long as the amount of the Indebtedness is not increased in connection with such refinancing);

(j) Borrower’s limited guarantees, indemnification obligations and obligations to make capital contributions to the Excluded Subsidiaries as required under the documents evidencing the Tax Equity Commitments so long as such indemnification and capital contribution obligations are not made in respect of obligations to repay debt for borrowed money;

(k) Unsecured vendor financing incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries’ business;

(l) Obligations of reimbursement owed to the issuers of surety bonds (including, without limitation, payment and performance bonds, operation and maintenance bonds, contractor license bonds, bid bonds, energy broker bonds, prevailing wage bonds, sweepstake bonds, permit bonds, electrical license bonds, notary public bonds and other similar bonds) to the extent such surety bonds are procured in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Indebtedness evidenced in warrants issued by Borrower in connection with its Equity Interests and stock options in the Borrower, in each case issued in the ordinary course of business, so long as such Indebtedness is not for borrowed money;

(n) Indebtedness incurred by an Excluded Subsidiary in connection with the purchase of a Tax Equity Investor’s interest in a Partnership Flip Structure, Sale-Leaseback Structure or Inverted Lease Structure so long as (i) no Loan Party has an obligation to pay debt service under such Indebtedness, and (ii) the Tax Equity Commitments of such Excluded Subsidiary and its partially or wholly owned subsidiaries have been fully funded and are no longer included in the calculation of Available Take-Out;

(o) other unsecured Indebtedness not contemplated by the above provisions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $[***] at any time outstanding; and

(p) Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the applicable Tax Equity Documents in the ordinary course of business.

Section 7.03 Investments .

Make or hold any Investments, except:

(a) Investments held by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(b) loans from any Loan Party to any officer, director and/or employee of the Borrower and Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000;

(c) (i) Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof, (ii) Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in Loan Parties, (iii) Investments by Excluded Subsidiaries in other Excluded Subsidiaries and (iv) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such Investment, additional Investments by the Loan Parties in Excluded Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount invested from the date hereof together with any Investments made under clause 7.03(i) below not to exceed $[***];

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

87


(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(e) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.02;

(f) Investments existing on the date hereof (other than those referred to in Section 7.03(c)(i)) and set forth on Schedule 7.03 ;

(g) Permitted Acquisitions (other than of CFCs and Subsidiaries held directly or indirectly by a CFC which Investments are covered by Section 7.03(c)(iv));

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) other Investments not contemplated by the above provisions not exceeding $[***] in the aggregate invested from the date hereof after taking into account Investments under clause 7.03(c)(iv) above; and

(j) Investments in Excluded Subsidiaries in accordance with the applicable Tax Equity Documents in the ordinary course of business.

Section 7.04 Fundamental Changes .

Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except:

(a) any Loan Party may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Loan Party, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom;

(b) any Excluded Subsidiary may (i) dispose of all or substantially all its assets (including any Disposition that is in the nature of a liquidation) as set forth in Section 7.05(e), or (ii) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, in each case so long as the Tax Equity Commitments of such Excluded Subsidiary have been fully funded and are no longer included in the calculation of Available Take-Out;

(c) in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it; provided that (i) the Person surviving such merger shall be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and (ii) in the case of any such merger to which any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) is a party, such Loan Party is the surviving Person;

(d) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, each of the Borrower and any Loan Party may merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it; provided , however , that in each case, immediately after giving effect thereto (i) in the case of any such merger to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower is

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

88


the surviving Person and (ii) in the case of any such merger to which any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) is a party, such Loan Party is the surviving Person;

(e) any Public Offering of equity interests in the Borrower, any follow-on offerings thereafter, any private offerings of equity interests of Borrower and any other activities in connection therewith, so long as such offerings and activities could not be reasonably expected to have Material Adverse Effect or result in a Change of Control; and

(f) Disposition of Equity Interests in or assets of Excluded Subsidiaries as permitted by Section 7.05(e).

Section 7.05 Dispositions .

Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

(a) Permitted Dispositions;

(b) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(d) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.04;

(e) Dispositions of Equity Interests in, or assets of, Excluded Subsidiaries so long as (i) the Tax Equity Commitments of such Excluded Subsidiary and its partially or wholly owned subsidiaries shall have been fully funded and are no longer included in the calculation of Available Take-Out, (ii) consideration received for such Disposition is in Cash or Cash Equivalents, and (iii) the net consideration (after deduction of reasonable fees and expenses) is distributed directly to Borrower;

(f) other Dispositions so long as (i) the consideration paid in connection therewith shall be cash or Cash Equivalents paid contemporaneously with consummation of the transaction and shall be in an amount not less than the fair market value of the property disposed of, (ii) if such transaction is a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, such transaction is not prohibited by the terms of Section 7.14, (iii) such transaction does not involve the sale or other disposition of Equity Interests in any Subsidiary, (iv) such transaction does not involve a sale or other disposition of receivables other than receivables owned by or attributable to other property concurrently being disposed of in a transaction otherwise permitted under this Section, and (v) the aggregate net book value of all of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in all such transactions in any fiscal year of the Borrower shall not exceed $[***]; and

(g) Dispositions made in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the applicable Tax Equity Documents.

Section 7.06 Restricted Payments .

Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

89


(a) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to any Person that owns Equity Interests in such Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;

(b) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in common Equity Interests of such Person;

(c) the exercise of stock repurchase rights of Borrower in connection with shareholder’s right of first refusal as set forth in Borrower’s stock option plan; and

(d) the Borrower may make other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount during any fiscal year of the Borrower not to exceed $[***].

Section 7.07 Change in Nature of Business .

Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.08 Transactions with Affiliates .

Enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of transactions with any officer, director or Affiliate of such Person other than (a) advances of working capital to any Loan Party, (b) transfers of cash and assets to any Loan Party, (c) intercompany transactions expressly permitted by this Agreement, (d) normal and reasonable compensation (including grant of stock options in accordance with Borrower’s stock option plan) and reimbursement of expenses of officers and directors, (e) except as otherwise specifically limited in this Agreement, other transactions which are entered into in the ordinary course of such Person’s business on fair and reasonable terms and conditions substantially as favorable to such Person as would be obtainable by it in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an officer, director or Affiliate, (f) transactions contemplated by the Tax Equity Documents, and (g) transactions with Tesla Motors, Inc. with respect to the sharing of battery technologies and use of joint facilities for sales and marketing purposes.

Section 7.09 Burdensome Agreements .

Enter into, or permit to exist, any Contractual Obligation (except for this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the documents evidencing the Inventory Financing Facility) that (a) restricts the ability of any such Person to (i) to act as a Loan Party; (ii) make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party, (iii) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to any Loan Party, (iv) make loans or advances to any Loan Party, or (v) create any Lien upon any of their properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except, in the case of clause (a)(v) only, for any document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(c), provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, or (b) requires the grant of any Lien on property for any obligation if a Lien on such property is given as security for the Secured Obligations.

Section 7.10 Use of Proceeds .

Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

90


Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

Section 7.11 Financial Covenants .

(a) Debt Service Coverage Ratio . Permit the Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be less than 1.25:1.00 opposite such fiscal quarter.

(b) Unencumbered Liquidity . Permit the Unencumbered Liquidity of the Borrower to be less than:

(i) prior to the Liquidity Covenant Increase date, $35,000,000, measured monthly as of the last day of each month; provided , that an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of Borrower’s failure to maintain an Unencumbered Liquidity of at least $35,000,000 as of any month end prior to the Liquidity Covenant Increase Date unless its Unencumbered Liquidity is less then such amount on two consecutive measurement dates; further provided , that Unencumbered Liquidity shall not be less than $30,000,000 as of the last day of any month occurring prior to the Liquidity Covenant Increase Date; and

(ii) at all times on or after the Liquidity Covenant Increase Date, $50,000,000, measured monthly as of the last day of each month; provided , that an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of Borrower’s failure to maintain an Unencumbered Liquidity of at least $50,000,000 as of any month end on or after the Liquidity Covenant Increase Date unless its Unencumbered Liquidity is less then such amount on two consecutive measurement dates; further provided , that Unencumbered Liquidity shall not be less than $40,000,000 as of the last day of any month occurring on or after to the Liquidity Covenant Increase Date.

Section 7.12 Capital Expenditures .

Make or become legally obligated to make any Capital Expenditure, except for Capital Expenditures in the ordinary course of business not exceeding, in the aggregate for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during each fiscal year set forth below, the amount set forth opposite such fiscal year:

 

Fiscal Year

   Amount  

2012

   $ 10,000,000   

2013

   $ 15,000,000   

2014

   $ 15,000,000   

2015

   $ 20,000,000   

Section 7.13 Amendments of Organization Documents; Fiscal Year; Legal Name, State of Formation; Form of Entity and Accounting Changes .

(a) Amend any of its Organization Documents in a manner that could reasonably be expected to lead to a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) change its fiscal year;

(c) without providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), change its name, state of formation or form of organization; or

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

91


(d) make any chance in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP or as required by Borrower’s external auditors.

Section 7.14 Sale and Leaseback Transactions .

Enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction other than (i) a Sale and Leaseback Transaction of vehicles pursuant to the Existing Vehicle Financing, (ii) a Sale and Leaseback Transaction of office and computer equipment in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) a Sale and Leaseback Transaction for the sale of PV Systems in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business pursuant to a Sale-Leaseback Structure.

Section 7.15 Host Customer Agreements .

Make any material amendments to its forms of Host Customer Agreements as disclosed to Administrative Agent on the Closing Date in a manner that could be reasonably expected to lead to a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.16 General .

Except with respect to Sections 7.06(b) and 7.09(a)(ii) which shall at all times be applicable to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, the covenants set forth in this Article VII shall in no way be applicable to the activities of the Excluded Subsidiaries required, contemplated or permitted under (i) the Tax Equity Documents in effect on the Closing Date, (ii) the Tax Equity Documents executed after the closing date which are materially similar to the Tax Equity Documents in effect on the Closing Date or otherwise approved in accordance with Section 2.01(b)(ii), and (iii) all other Tax Equity Documents to the extent the obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries thereunder (x) do not materially impair the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party, (y) could be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (z) do not restrict the ability of any Excluded Subsidiary to perform its obligations under the Payment Direction Letter; provided, however, under no circumstance shall a Subsidiary shall incur a Lien on the assets or equity of any Loan Party.

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Section 8.01 Events of Default .

Any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Non-Payment . The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation or deposit any funds as Cash Collateral in respect of L/C Obligations, or (ii) within three (3) days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five (5) days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . (i) Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.05, 6.08, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12, 6.16, Article VII or Article X or (ii) any of the Loan Parties fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in the Security Agreement; or

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

92


(c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default . (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the $[***], or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, in each case having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $[***] or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within thirty (30) days after its issue or levy; or

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

93


(h) Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of ten (10) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(i) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any provision of any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or

(k) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control; or

(l) Uninsured Loss . Any uninsured damage to or theft or destruction of any assets of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries shall occur that is in excess of $[***] (excluding customary deductible thresholds established in accordance with historical past practices).

provided , however , with respect to an Excluded Subsidiary, an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to Sections 8.01(e) , (f) , (g) , and (h)  unless the breach under such Sections could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or adversely affect such Excluded Subsidiary’s ability to make required distributions or payments to Borrower.

Without limiting the provisions of Article IX, if a Default shall have occurred under the Loan Documents, then such Default will continue to exist until it either is cured (to the extent specifically permitted) in accordance with the Loan Documents or is otherwise expressly waived by Administrative Agent (with the approval of requisite Appropriate Lenders (in their sole discretion) as determined in accordance with Section 11.01; and once an Event of Default occurs under the Loan Documents, then such Event of Default will continue to exist until it is expressly waived by the requisite Appropriate Lenders or by the Administrative Agent with the approval of the requisite Appropriate Lenders, as required hereunder in Section 11.01.

Section 8.02 Remedies upon Event of Default .

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

94


(a) declare the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the Minimum Collateral Amount with respect thereto); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under the Loan Documents or applicable Law or equity;

provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

Section 8.03 Application of Funds .

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02) or if at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all Secured Obligations then due hereunder, any amounts received on account of the Secured Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.14 and 2.15, be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuer arising under the Loan Documents and amounts payable under Article III, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Secured Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, L/C Borrowings and Secured Obligations then owing under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements, ratably among the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Hedge Banks and

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

95


the Cash Management Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrower pursuant to Sections 2.03 and 2.14; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Secured Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Sections 2.03(c) and 2.14, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Secured Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Secured Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received a Secured Party Designation Notice, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be. Each Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank not a party to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article IX for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 9.01 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Appointment . Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

(b) Collateral Agent . The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Hedge Bank and a potential Cash Management Bank) and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and the L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

96


this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article XI (including Section 11.04(c), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

Section 9.02 Rights as a Lender .

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial, advisory, underwriting or other business with any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders or to provide notice to or consent of the Lenders with respect thereto.

Section 9.03 Exculpatory Provisions .

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent and its Related Parties:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty or responsibility to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary), or as the

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

97


Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. Any such action taken or failure to act pursuant to the foregoing shall be binding on all Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.

Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties have any duty or obligation to any Lender or participant or any other Person to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Section 9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent .

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, communication, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall be fully protected in relying and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objections.

Section 9.05 Delegation of Duties .

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

98


with the syndication of the Facility as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

Section 9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent .

(a) Notice . The Administrative Agent may at any time resign as Administrative Agent upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent gives (the “ Resignation Effective Date ”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective.

(b) Defaulting Lender . If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Removal Effective Date ”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(b) Effect of Resignation or Removal . With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (ii) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Administrative Agent (other than as provided in Section 3.01(g) and other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date, as applicable), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

99


removed Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

(c) L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender . Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender. If Bank of America resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c). If Bank of America resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swingline Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c). Upon the appointment by the Borrower of a successor L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender hereunder (which successor shall in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender), (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender, as applicable, (ii) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

Section 9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders .

Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Section 9.08 No Other Duties, Etc .

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the titles listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.

Section 9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding .

In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

100


(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Secured Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(h) and (i), 2.09, and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Secured Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the L/C Issuer or in any such proceeding.

The Loan Parties and the Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, to (a) credit bid and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar Laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, or (b) credit bid and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral at any other sale or foreclosure conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with applicable Law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Secured Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Secured Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims being estimated for such purpose if the fixing or liquidation thereof would not unduly delay the ability of the Administrative Agent to credit bid and purchase at such sale or other disposition of the Collateral and, if such claims cannot be estimated without unduly delaying the ability of the Administrative Agent to credit bid, then such claims shall be disregarded, not credit bid, and not entitled to any interest in the asset or assets purchased by means of such credit bid) and the Secured Parties whose Secured Obligations are credit bid shall be entitled to receive interests (ratably based upon the proportion of their Secured Obligations credit bid in relation to the aggregate amount of Secured Obligations so credit bid) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). Except as provided above and otherwise expressly provided for herein or in the other Collateral Documents, the Administrative Agent will not execute and deliver a release of any Lien on any Collateral. Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower at any time, the Secured Parties will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release any such Liens on particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 9.09.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

101


Section 9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters .

Each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank) and the L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon the Facility Termination Date, (ii) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 11.01;

(b) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i);

(c) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents or if such person becomes an Excluded Subsidiary;

(d) to release any Lien on the assets or Equity Interests of a Subsidiary that becomes an Excluded Subsidiary.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10. In each case as specified in this Section 9.10, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

Section 9.11 Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements .

Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, no Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefit of the provisions of Section 8.03, the Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) (or to notice of or to consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of the provisions hereof or of the Guaranty or any Collateral Document) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Secured Obligations arising under Secured Cash

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

102


Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements except to the extent expressly provided herein and unless the Administrative Agent has received a Secured Party Designation Notice of such Secured Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Secured Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements in the case of the Facility Termination Date.

ARTICLE X

CONTINUING GUARANTY

Section 10.01 Guaranty .

Each Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally, jointly and severally guarantees, as a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all of the Secured Obligations, whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, damages, costs, expenses or otherwise, of the Borrower to the Secured Parties, arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document, any Secured Cash Management Agreement or any Secured Hedge Agreement (including all renewals, extensions, amendments, refinancings and other modifications thereof and all costs, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Secured Parties in connection with the enforcement thereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of each Guarantor individually with respect to this Guaranty shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provisions of any applicable state law. The Administrative Agent’s books and records showing the amount of the Secured Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon each Guarantor, and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Secured Obligations. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Secured Obligations or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Secured Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Secured Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of the Guarantors, or any of them, under this Guaranty, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any or all of the foregoing.

Section 10.02 Rights of Lenders .

Each Guarantor consents and agrees that the Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew, compromise, discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Secured Obligations or any part thereof; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Secured Obligations; (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders in their sole discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other guarantors of any of the Secured Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of such Guarantor under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of such Guarantor.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

103


Section 10.03 Certain Waivers .

Each Guarantor waives (a) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever (including any act or omission of any Secured Party) of the liability of the Borrower; (b) any defense based on any claim that such Guarantor’s obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower; (c) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting any Guarantor’s liability hereunder; (d) any right to proceed against the Borrower, proceed against or exhaust any security for the Secured Obligations, or pursue any other remedy in the power of any Secured Party whatsoever; (e) any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by any Secured Party; and (f) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all other defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable Law limiting the liability of or exonerating guarantors or sureties. Each Guarantor expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Secured Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Secured Obligations.

Section 10.04 Obligations Independent .

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Secured Obligations and the obligations of any other guarantor, and a separate action may be brought against each Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty whether or not the Borrower or any other person or entity is joined as a party.

Section 10.05 Subrogation .

No Guarantor shall exercise any right of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until all of the Secured Obligations and any amounts payable under this Guaranty have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full and the Commitments and the Facility are terminated. If any amounts are paid to a Guarantor in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Secured Parties to reduce the amount of the Secured Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

Section 10.06 Termination; Reinstatement .

This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all Secured Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until the Facility Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or a Guarantor is made, or any of the Secured Parties exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Secured Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by any of the Secured Parties in their discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not the Secured Parties are in possession of or have released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of each Guarantor under this paragraph shall survive termination of this Guaranty.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

104


Section 10.07 Stay of Acceleration .

If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Secured Obligations is stayed, in connection with any case commenced by or against a Guarantor or the Borrower under any Debtor Relief Laws, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor, jointly and severally, immediately upon demand by the Secured Parties.

Section 10.08 Condition of Borrower .

Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from the Borrower and any other Guarantor such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower and any such other Guarantor as such Guarantor requires, and that none of the Secured Parties has any duty, and such Guarantor is not relying on the Secured Parties at any time, to disclose to it any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower or any other guarantor (each Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information and any defense relating to the failure to provide the same).

Section 10.09 Appointment of Borrower .

Each of the Guarantors hereby appoints the Borrower to act as its agent for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and agrees that (a) the Borrower may execute such documents on behalf of such Guarantor as the Borrower deems appropriate in its sole discretion and each Guarantor shall be obligated by all of the terms of any such document executed on its behalf, (b) any notice or communication delivered by the Administrative Agent or the Lender to the Borrower shall be deemed delivered to each Guarantor and (c) the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may accept, and be permitted to rely on, any document, instrument or agreement executed by the Borrower on behalf of each Guarantor.

Section 10.10 Right of Contribution .

The Guarantors agree among themselves that, in connection with payments made hereunder, each Guarantor shall have contribution rights against the other Guarantors as permitted under applicable Law.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01 Amendments, Etc .

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01, or, in the case of the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.02, without the written consent of each Lender;

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

105


(b) without limiting the generality of clause (a) above, waive any condition set forth in Section 4.02 as to any Credit Extension without the written consent of the Required Lenders;

(b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of any condition precedent in Section 4.02 or of any Default or a mandatory reduction in Commitments is not considered an extension or increase in Commitments of any Lender);

(c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under such other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment;

(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section 11.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate;

(e) change Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) change any provision of this Section 11.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions (except with respect to Permitted Dispositions and Permitted Investments), without the written consent of each Lender;

(h) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Guarantor from the Guaranty is permitted pursuant to Section 9.10 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone); or

(i) release the Borrower or permit the borrower to assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without the consent of each Lender;

and provided , further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swingline Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swingline Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (A) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

106


consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender, or all Lenders or each affected Lender under the Facility, may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders, except that (1) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (2) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender, or all Lenders or each affected Lender under the Facility, that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender; (B) each Lender is entitled to vote as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein and (C) the Required Lenders shall determine whether or not to allow a Loan Party to use cash collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding and such determination shall be binding on all of the Lenders.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Administrative Agent may, with the prior written consent of the Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (I) to add one or more additional revolving credit or term loan facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit and all related obligations and liabilities arising in connection therewith from time to time outstanding to share ratably (or on a basis subordinated to the existing facilities hereunder) in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the obligations and liabilities from time to time outstanding in respect of the existing facilities hereunder, and (II) in connection with the foregoing, to permit, as deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Required Lenders, the Lenders providing such additional credit facilities to obtain comparable tranche voting rights with respect to each such new facility and to participate in any required vote or action required to be approved by the Required Lenders or by any other number, percentage or class of Lenders hereunder.

If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of each Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may replace such Non-Consenting Lender in accordance with Section 11.13; provided that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph).

Section 11.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax transmission or electronic mail transmission as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 1.01(a) ; and

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

107


(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by (fax transmission or electronic mail transmission shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including electronic mail address and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Borrower may each, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an electronic mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return electronic mail address or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its electronic mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii), if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice, email or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

108


(d) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swingline Lender may change its address, facsimile number or telephone number or electronic mail address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile number or telephone number or electronic mail address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swingline Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one (1) individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic or electronic Loan Notices, Letter of Credit Applications and Swingline Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of any Loan Party even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of a Loan Party. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

Section 11.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement .

No failure by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuer; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 11.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

109


of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

Section 11.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Loan Parties shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) Indemnification by the Loan Parties . The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including the Borrower or any other Loan Party) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including in respect of any matters addressed in Section 3.01), (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of the Borrower’s or such Loan Party’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

110


Indemnitee. Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.01(c), this Section 11.04(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Loan Parties for any reason fail to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer, the Swingline Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer, the Swingline Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender), such payment to be made severally among them based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought), provided , further that, the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d).

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, and acknowledges that no other Person shall have, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor.

(f) Survival . The agreements in this Section and the indemnity provisions of Section 11.02(e) shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swingline Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

Section 11.05 Payments Set Aside .

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

111


repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 11.06 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swingline Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case with respect to the Facility) any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment under the Facility and/or the Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to the Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Facility, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

112


Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Loans and/or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swingline Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swingline Loans.

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof; and provided , further , that the Borrower’s consent shall not be required during the primary syndication of the Facility;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of the applicable Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

(C) the consent of the L/C Issuer and the Swingline Lender shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Facility.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or (C) to a natural Person.

(vi) Certain Additional Payments . In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (A) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (B) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

113


event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05 and 11.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment); provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Revolving Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.

(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it (or the equivalent thereof in electronic form) and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person, a Defaulting Lender or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swingline Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 11.04(c) without regard to the existence of any participations.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment,

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

114


waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 11.01 that affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 3.01(e) shall be delivered to the Lender who sells the participation) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.06 and 11.13 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01 or 3.04, with respect to any participation, than the Lender from whom it acquired the applicable participation would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 3.06 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(e) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Revolving Note or Revolving Notes, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(f) Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Revolving Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, (i) upon ten (10) days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon ten (10) days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swingline Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If Bank of America resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swingline Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding as

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

115


of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swingline Lender, (A) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, and (B) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

Section 11.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality .

(a) Treatment of Certain Information . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) to any other party hereto, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or (B) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (vii) on a confidential basis to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit facilities provided hereunder, (viii) with the consent of the Borrower or to the extent such Information (1) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (2) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses shall be deemed “Information” for purposes of this Section 11.07(a) unless marked “Public.” Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

(b) Non-Public Information . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (i) the Information may include material non-public information concerning a Loan Party or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (iii) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States federal and state securities Laws.

(c) Press Releases . The Loan Parties and their Affiliates agree that they will not in the future issue any press releases or other public disclosure using the name of the Administrative Agent or any

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

116


Lender or their respective Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, unless (and only to the extent that) the Loan Parties or such Affiliate is required to do so under law and then, in any event the Loan Parties or such Affiliate will consult with such Person before issuing such press release or other public disclosure.

(d) Customary Advertising Material . The Loan Parties consent to the publication by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of customary advertising material relating to the transactions contemplated hereby using the name, product photographs, logo or trademark of the Loan Parties; provided that if any such advertising materials include Borrower’s results of operating or other non-public Information that is to be treated as confidential under this Section 11.07, Borrower’s consent shall be required prior to use of such Information.

Section 11.08 Right of Setoff .

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender, the L/C Issuer or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured, secured or unsecured, or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (a) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.15 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, and (b) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Secured Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

Section 11.09 Interest Rate Limitation .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

117


prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

Section 11.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .

This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any certificate delivered thereunder, by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent a manually executed counterpart is not specifically required to be delivered under the terms of any Loan Document, upon the request of any party, such fax transmission or electronic mail transmission shall be promptly followed by such manually executed counterpart.

Section 11.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties .

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

Section 11.12 Severability .

If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

Section 11.13 Replacement of Lenders .

If the Borrower is entitled to replace a Lender pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.06, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender or if any other circumstance exists hereunder

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

118


that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.06), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 3.01 and 3.04) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 11.06(b);

(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and

(e) in the case of an assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

Section 11.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc .

(a) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE TRANSACTIONS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT COMMENCE ANY ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND OR DESCRIPTION, WHETHER IN LAW OR EQUITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR OTHERWISE, AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER, THE L/C ISSUER, OR ANY RELATED PARTY OF THE FOREGOING IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS, IN ANY FORUM OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

119


UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(c) WAIVER OF VENUE . THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 11.14. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

Section 11.15 Waiver of Jury Trial .

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (a) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (b) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.15.

Section 11.16 Subordination .

Each Loan Party (a “ Subordinating Loan Party ”) hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of any other Loan Party owing to it, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation of any such other Loan Party to the Subordinating Loan Party as subrogee of the Secured Parties or resulting from such Subordinating Loan Party’s performance under this Guaranty, to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all Obligations. If the

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

120


Secured Parties so request, any such obligation or indebtedness of any such other Loan Party to the Subordinating Loan Party shall be enforced and performance received by the Subordinating Loan Party as trustee for the Secured Parties and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the Secured Parties on account of the Secured Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Subordinating Loan Party under this Agreement. Without limitation of the foregoing, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Loan Parties may make and receive payments with respect to Intercompany Debt; provided , that in the event that any Loan Party receives any payment of any Intercompany Debt at a time when such payment is prohibited by this Section, such payment shall be held by such Loan Party, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon written request, to the Administrative Agent.

Section 11.17 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility .

In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (a) (i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and any Affiliate thereof, the Arranger and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, each other Loan Party and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and, as applicable, its Affiliates (including the Arranger) and the Lenders and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this Section 11.17, the “ Lenders ”), on the other hand, (ii) each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) the Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b) (i) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the Arranger) and each Lender each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary, for Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (ii) neither the Administrative Agent, any of its Affiliates (including the Arranger) nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the Arranger) and the Lenders may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, any of its Affiliates (including the Arranger) nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, any of its Affiliates (including the Arranger) or any Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 11.18 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents .

The words “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

121


and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 11.19 USA PATRIOT Act Notice .

Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower and the other Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the Act. The Borrower and the Loan Parties agree to, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all such other documentation and information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

Section 11.20 Time of the Essence .

Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.

Section 11.21 Intercreditor Agreement .

Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes Administrative Agent to enter into and become bound by the Intercreditor Agreement on its behalf and to take such action on its behalf under the provisions thereof. Each Lender further agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that it shall not take any action that is prohibited by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. No further consent or approval on the part of any Lender is or will be required in connection with the performance by Administrative Agent of the Intercreditor Agreement. Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders acknowledge that the exercise of certain of Administrative Agent’s rights and remedies hereunder are subject to and restricted by, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. Except as specified herein, nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to modify any of the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, which, as among Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall remain in full force and effect.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

122


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER :    

SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

    By:   /s/ Robert Kelly
    Name:   Robert Kelly
    Title:     Chief Financial Officer

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

By:   /s/ Rosanne Parsill
Name:   Rosanne Parsill
Title:     Vice President

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Credit Agreement


LENDERS:    

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as a Lender, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender

    By:   /s/ Thomas R. Sullivan
    Name:   Thomas R. Sullivan
    Title:     Senior Vice President

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Credit Agreement


BRIDGE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Molly Hendry
Name:   Molly Hendry
Title:     AVP

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Credit Agreement


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Mikhail Faybusovich
Name:   Mikhail Faybusovich
Title:     Director

 

By:   /s/ Vipul Dhadda
Name:   Vipul Dhadda
Title:     Associate

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Credit Agreement


SILICON VALLEY BANK,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Dan Baldi
Name:   Dan Baldi
Title:     Deal Team Leader

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 1.01(a)

Certain Addresses for Notices

 

Borrower:

 

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94127

Attn: General Counsel

Phone: 650-963-5826

Electronic Mail: legal@solarcity.com

Website Address: www.solarcity.com

  

Administrative Agent:

 

For payments and Requests for Credit Extensions

Bank of America, N.A.

Credit Services

Mail Code: TX1-492-14-04

901 Main Street

Dallas TX 75202

Attn: Eldred Sholars

Phone: 214-209-9253

Electronic Mail: eldred.sholars@baml.com

Facsimile: 214-290-9485

 

Wire Instructions:

Bank of America, New York NY

ABA: [routing number]

Account Name: Credit Services

Account Number: [account number]

Reference: SolarCity Corporation

 

Other Notices for Administrative Agent

Bank of America, N.A.

Agency Management

Mail Code: WA1-501-17-32

800 Fifth Avenue, Floor 17

Seattle WA 98104

Attn: Dora Brown, Vice President

Phone: 206-358-0101

Electronic Mail: dora.a.brown@baml.com

Facsimile: 415-343-0556

 

L/C Issuer:

 

Bank of America, N.A.

Trade Operations

Mail Code: CA9-705-07-05

1000 W. Temple St.

Los Angeles, CA 90012-1514

Attn: Teela Yung

Phone: 213-417-9523

Electronic Mail: Teela.p.yung@baml.com

Facsimile: 888-277-5577

  

Swingline Lender:

 

Bank of America, N.A.

Credit Services

Mail Code: TX1-492-14-04

901 Main Street

Dallas TX 75202

Attn: Eldred Sholars

Phone: 214-209-9253

Electronic Mail: eldred.sholars@baml.com

Facsimile: 214-290-9485

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SCHEDULE 1.01(b)

Initial Commitments and Applicable Percentages

 

Lender    Revolving
Commitment
     Applicable Percentage
(Revolving Loans)
 

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 30,000,000         40.000000000

Silicon Valley Bank

   $ 20,000,000         26.666666667

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 15,000,000         20.000000000

Bridge Bank

   $ 10,000,000         13.333333333
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

   $ 75,000,000         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

2


SCHEDULE 1.01(c)

Authorized Officers

 

Loan Party

  

Authorized Officers

SolarCity Corporation   

Lyndon Rive, Chief Executive Officer

Peter Rive, Chief Operating Officer

Robert Kelly, Chief Financial Officer

Seth Weissman, General Counsel

Ajmere Dale, Controller

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SCHEDULE 1.01(e)

Mortgaged Property Support Documentation

Mortgaged Property Support Documents ” means the following, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

 

  (a) Mortgages and Assignment of Leases and Rents . Fully executed and notarized Mortgages and, to the extent required by the Administrative Agent, Assignment of Leases and Rents for each property required to become a Mortgaged Property pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents.

 

  (b) Mortgage Policies . Fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policies in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent (the “Mortgage Policies”), with endorsements and in amounts acceptable to the Administrative Agent, issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers acceptable to the Administrative Agent, insuring the Mortgages to be valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Permitted Liens, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents, for mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens and for zoning of the applicable property) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable. Further, each Loan Party agrees to provide or obtain any customary affidavits and indemnities as may be required or necessary to obtain title insurance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

  (c) Survey . American Land Title Association/American Congress on Surveying and Mapping form as-built surveys, for which all necessary fees (where applicable) have been paid, and dated, certified to the Administrative Agent and the issuer of the Mortgage Policies (the “ Title Insurance Company ”) in a manner satisfactory to each of the Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company by a land surveyor duly registered and licensed in the States in which the property described in such surveys is located and acceptable to each of the Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company, showing all buildings and other improvements, any off-site improvements, the location of any easements, parking spaces, rights of way, building set-back lines and other dimensional regulations and the absence of encroachments, either by such improvements or on to such property, and other defects, other than encroachments and other defects acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

  (d) Flood Hazard Information . (i) Flood hazard certificates and evidence of flood insurance, both as required by The National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, as amended, and as required by the Administrative Agent. (ii) The information required to be delivered pursuant to Schedule 5.21(g)(i) no later than fifteen (15)

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


  days prior to the Closing Date (or, with respect to any Person to be joined as a Loan Party, such joinder date).

 

  (e) Insurance . Evidence of the insurance required by the terms of the Mortgages and the Loan Documents.

 

  (f) Appraisal . An appraisal of each of the properties described in the Mortgages complying with the requirements of the Federal Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, which appraisals shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and from a Person acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

  (g) Legal Opinions . To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties for each jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Properties are located which opinions shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent and its counsel.

 

  (h) Property Reports . Satisfactory third-party engineering, soils, environmental reports/reviews and other reports of all owned Mortgaged Properties, and to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, all leased Mortgaged Properties, from professional firms acceptable to Administrative Agent, including, but not limited to Phase I environmental assessments, together with reliance letters in favor of the Lenders.

 

  (i) Leased Real Property Documents . To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, all lease agreements between the applicable leasing entity and each of the lessors of the leased real properties listed on Schedule 5.21(g)(i) and Schedule 5.21(g)(ii) (as applicable) and estoppel and consent agreements executed by each of the lessors of the leased real properties listed on Schedule 5.21(g)(i) and Schedule 5.21(g)(ii) (as applicable), along with (i) a memorandum of lease in recordable form with respect to such leasehold interest, executed and acknowledged by the owner of the affected real property, as lessor, or (ii) evidence that the applicable lease with respect to such leasehold interest or a memorandum thereof has been recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice to third-party purchasers of such leasehold interest, or (iii) if such leasehold interest was acquired or subleased from the holder of a recorded leasehold interest, the applicable assignment or sublease document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

  (j) Estoppels and SNDA . To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, as to owned properties, copies of the leases listed on Schedule 5.21(g)(i) and Schedule 5.21(g)(ii) (as applicable), along with (i) estoppel certificates, from the lessees for such leased properties and (ii) subordination, non-disturbance and attornment

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


  agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent from those tenants of such leased properties.

 

  (k) Other Real Property Information . The Administrative Agent shall have received such other certificates, documents and information as are reasonably requested by the Lenders, including, without limitation, landlord agreements/waivers, engineering and structural reports, permanent certificates of occupancy and evidence of zoning compliance, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

  (l) Collateral / Further Assurances / Additional Evidence . At any time, and from time to time, upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, each Loan Party will, at the Borrower’s or such Loan Party’s expense, (i) correct any defect, error or omission which may be discovered in the form or content of any of the Loan Documents, and (ii) make, execute, deliver and record, or cause to be made, executed, delivered and recorded, any and all further instruments, certificates and other documents as may, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent or any Lender, be necessary or desirable in order to complete, perfect or continue and preserve the Liens and security interests of the Mortgages. Upon any failure by such Loan Party to do so, the Administrative Agent may make, execute and record any and all such instruments, certificates and other documents for and in the name of such Loan Party, all at the sole expense of the Borrower or such Loan Party, and such Loan Party hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the agent and attorney-in-fact of such Loan Party to do so, this appointment being coupled with an interest and being irrevocable. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Loan Party irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time to file any financing statements, amendments thereto and continuation statements deemed necessary or desirable by the Administrative Agent to establish or maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the Liens and security interests granted in the Mortgages, and each Loan Party ratifies any such filings made by the Administrative Agent prior to the date hereof. From and after the time any Mortgage is recorded and encumbers a Mortgaged Property pursuant to the terms hereof, such Loan Party shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a copy of each such instrument and evidence of its proper filing or recording, as necessary. From and after the time any Mortgage is recorded and encumbers a Mortgaged Property pursuant to the terms hereof, such Loan Party will cause all of the applicable Collateral to be subject at all times to first priority, perfected Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders to secure the Secured Obligations pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents. Further, Borrower shall provide such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably require.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


SCHEDULE 5.10

Insurance

 

Loan Party

  

Carrier

   Policy Number    Expiration Date    Type    Amount    Deductibles

SolarCity

Corporation

   [carrier]    [policy number]    [expiration date]    [insurance type]    [coverage
amount]
   [deductible]

SolarCity

Corporation

   [carrier]    [policy number]    [expiration date]    [insurance type]    [coverage
amount]
   [deductible]

SolarCity

Corporation

   [carrier]    [policy number]    [expiration date]    [insurance type]    [coverage
amount]
   [deductible]

SolarCity

Corporation

   [carrier]    [policy number]    [expiration date]    [insurance type]    [coverage
amount]
   [deductible]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SCHEDULE 5.12

Pension Plans

None.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SCHEDULE 5.20(a)

Subsidiaries, Partnerships and Other Equity Investments

 

Subsidiary

 

Owner(s)

 

Outstanding

 

by Loan Party

 

Number(s)

 

by Loan Party

 

Class/Nature

AU Solar I, LLC

  SolarCity AU Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Banyan SolarCity Manager 2010, LLC

  SolarCity Arbor Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Banyan SolarCity Owner 2010, LLC

  Banyan SolarCity Manager 2010, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Beatrix Solar I, LLC

  SolarCity Orange Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Bernese Solar Manager I, LLC

  SolarCity Alpine Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Building Solutions Acquisition Corporation

  SolarCity Corporation   1,000   1,000   1   100%   Common

Clydesdale SC Solar I, LLC

  SolarStrong, LLC   100 Class A   100 Class A     100% Class A   Managing Member

Eiger Lease Co, LLC

  Bernese Solar Manager I, LLC   951 Class B   951 Class B     100% Class B   Managing Member

Fontane Solar I, LLC

  SolarCity Village Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Haymarket Holdings, LLC 2

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Haymarket Manager 1, LLC 2

  Haymarket Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Haymarket Solar 1, LLC 2

  Haymarket Manager 1, LLC   100 Class A   100 Class A     100% Class A   Managing Member

Ikehu Manager I, LLC

  SolarCity Ulu Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

IL Buono Solar I, LLC

  SolarCity Amphitheatre Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Landlord 2008-A LLC

  SolarRock, LLC         51%   Managing Member
  Master Tenant 2008-A LLC         49%   Master Tenant Member

Master Tenant 2008-A LLC

  SolarRock, LLC         1%   Managing Member

Matterhorn Solar I, LLC

  SolarCity Alpine Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Monte Rosa Solar I, LLC

  SolarCity Alpine Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Mound Solar Manager V, LLC

  SolarCity Arches Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Mound Solar Master Tenant V, LLC

  Mound Solar Manager V, LLC         0.01%   Managing Member

Mound Solar Owner V, LLC

  Mound Solar Manager V, LLC         50.01%   Managing Member
  Mound Solar Master Tenant V, LLC         49.99%   Master Tenant Member

MS SolarCity 2008, LLC

  SolarCity Holdings 2008, LLC   100 Class A   100 Class A     100% Class A   Managing Member

MS SolarCity

Commercial 2008, LLC

  MS SolarCity 2008, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


Subsidiary

 

Owner(s)

 

Outstanding

 

by Loan Party

 

Number(s)

 

by Loan Party

 

Class/Nature

MS SolarCity Residential 2008, LLC

  MS SolarCity 2008, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

NBA SolarCity AFB, LLC

  SolarCity Grand Canyon Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

NBA SolarCity Commercial I, LLC

  SolarCity Grand Canyon Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

NBA SolarCity Solar Phoenix, LLC

  SolarCity Grand Canyon Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Pukana La Solar I, LLC

  Ikehu Manager I, LLC   100 Class A   100 Class A     100% Class A   Managing Member

Sequoia Pacific Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Arbor Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Sequoia Pacific Manager I, LLC

  Sequoia Pacific Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Sequoia Pacific Solar I, LLC

  Sequoia Pacific Manager I, LLC   1000 Class B   1000 Class B     100% Class B   Class B

Sequoia SolarCity Owner I, LLC

  SolarCity Arbor Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

Solar Marketing, Inc.

  SolarCity Corporation   0 (at this time)   1,000,000 shares will be owned by SolarCity Corp.     100% will be owned by SolarCity Corp.   1,000,000 common shares to be issued to SolarCity Corp.

Solar Marsh, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity Alpine Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity Amphitheatre Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity Arbor Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity Arches Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity AU Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity Community Fund, LLC *

  SolarCity Engineering, Inc.         0.01%   Managing Member
  SolarCity New Markets Manager, LLC         99.99%   Non-Managing Administrative Member

SolarCity Engineering, Inc.

  SolarCity Corporation   10,000   10,000   C-1   100%   Common

SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Corporation   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity Giants Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Corporation   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity Grand Canyon Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity Holdings 2008, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


Subsidiary

 

Owner(s)

 

Outstanding

 

by Loan Party

 

Number(s)

 

by Loan
Party

 

Class/Nature

SolarCity International, Inc.

  SolarCity Corporation   10,000   10,000   C-1   100%   Common

SolarCity Investments Canada Ltd.

  SolarCity International, Inc.   10,000   10,000   1   100%   Common

SolarCity Mid-Atlantic Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Corporation   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity New Markets Manager, LLC *

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity Orange Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity Ulu Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarCity Village Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarRock, LLC

  SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarStrong Holdings, LLC

  SolarCity Corporation   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

SolarStrong, LLC

  SolarStrong Holdings, LLC   100 Class B   100 Class B     100% Class B   Managing Member

USB SolarCity Manager 2009, LLC

  SolarCity Arches Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

USB SolarCity Manager 2009-2010, LLC

  SolarCity Arches Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

USB SolarCity Manager III, LLC

  SolarCity Arches Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

USB SolarCity Manager IV, LLC

  SolarCity Arches Holdings, LLC   Sole Member   Sole Member     100%   Sole Member

USB SolarCity Master Tenant 2009, LLC

  USB SolarCity Manager 2009, LLC         0.01%   Managing Member

USB SolarCity Master Tenant 2009-2010, LLC

  USB SolarCity Manager 2009-2010, LLC         0.01%   Managing Member

USB SolarCity Master Tenant III, LLC

  USB SolarCity Manager III, LLC         0.01%   Managing Member

USB SolarCity Master Tenant IV, LLC

  USB SolarCity Manager IV, LLC         0.01%   Managing Member

USB SolarCity Owner 2009, LLC

  USB SolarCity Manager 2009, LLC         50.01%   Managing Member
  USB SolarCity Master Tenant 2009, LLC         49.99%   Master Tenant Member

USB SolarCity Owner 2009-2010, LLC

  USB SolarCity Manager 2009-2010, LLC         50.01%   Managing Member
  USB SolarCity Master Tenant 2009-2010, LLC         49.99%   Master Tenant Member

USB SolarCity Owner III, LLC

  USB SolarCity Manager III, LLC         50.01%   Managing Member
  USB SolarCity Master Tenant III, LLC         49.99%   Master Tenant Member

USB SolarCity Owner IV, LLC

  USB SolarCity Manager IV, LLC         50.01%   Managing Member
  USB SolarCity Master Tenant IV, LLC         49.99%   Master Tenant Member

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


* Indicates unused and inactive subsidiaries that SolarCity is in the process of dissolving.

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


SCHEDULE 5.20(b)

Loan Parties

 

Exact Legal Name of Loan Party:

   SolarCity Corporation

Previous Legal Names within the 4 months prior to the Closing Date:

   None

Jurisdiction of Organization/Incorporation:

   Delaware

Type of Organization:

   Corporation

Jurisdictions where Qualified to do Business:

  

Arizona

California

Colorado

Connecticut

Delaware

District of Columbia Florida

Hawaii

Maryland

Massachusetts

Nevada

New Hampshire

New Jersey New Mexico

New York

Ohio

Oregon

Pennsylvania

Tennessee

Texas

Utah

Virginia

Washington

Address of Chief Executive Office:

  

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, CA 94402

Address of Principal Place of Business:

  

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, CA 94402

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


U.S. Federal Taxpayer Identification Number, or Unique Identification Number (as applicable)

   02-0781046

Organizational Identification Number (if any):

   4178768

Ownership Information (e.g. publicly held, if private or partnership—identity of owners/partners):

  

Private

10% stockholders:

Elon Musk

Draper Fisher Jurvetson and affiliates

Industry or Nature of Business:

   Clean energy services and products

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


SCHEDULE 5.21(b)

Intellectual Property

Copyrights: None.

Patents:

 

SolarCity Corporation    USA   

Methods of Processing Information in Solar Energy

System

   RCE    Granted    12/040,693

8,249,902

   02/29/08

08/21/12

SolarCity Corporation    USA    Methods of Processing Information in Solar Energy System    CON    Pending    13/589,771    08/20/12
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Renewable Energy System Monitor    PRI    Granted    12/046,236

7,904,382

   03/11/08

03/08/11

SolarCity Corporation    USA    Renewable Energy System Monitor    RCE    Granted    13/020,661

8,175,964

   02/03/11

05/08/12

SolarCity Corporation    USA    Renewable Energy System Monitor    RCE    Granted    12/047,860

7,925,552

   03/13/08

04/12/11

SolarCity Corporation    USA    Renewable Energy System Monitor    CON    Published    13/051,744    03/18/11
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Supply Side Backfeed Meter Socket Adapter    PRI    Granted    12/166,205

7,648,389

   07/01/08

01/19/10

SolarCity Corporation    USA    Energy Services    RCE    Published    12/199,242    08/27/08
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Renewable Energy Employee and Employer Group Discounting    RCE    Published    12/203,145    09/03/08
SolarCity Corporation    USA    A Platform/Method for Evaluating Aggregating and Placing of Renewable Energy Generating Assets    RCE    Pending    11/942,930    11/20/07
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Quick Release Mechanism for Solar Panels    RCE    Published    11/936,343    11/07/07

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SolarCity Corporation    USA    Roof Support Apparatus for Solar Panels    PRI    Granted    12/349,158

7,797,883

   01/06/09

09/21/10

SolarCity Corporation    USA   

Techniques for Optimizing Stringing of Solar Panel

Modules

   PRI    Pending    13/227,139    09/07/11
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Techniques for Optimizing Stringing of Solar Panel Modules    CON    Pending    13/426,487    03/21/12
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Techniques for Optimizing Stringing of Solar Panel Modules    CON    Pending    13/426,503    03/21/12
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Solar Panel Fire Skirt    PRI    Pending    13/535,892    06/28/12
SolarCity Corporation    USA    TECHNIQUES FOR CONTROLLING ENERGY GENERATION AND STORAGE SYSTEMS    PRI    Pending    13/553,603    07/19/12
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Solar Panel Clamp System    PRI    Pending    13/552,395    07/18/12
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Systems and Methods for Home Energy Auditing    PRI    Pending    13/433,191    03/28/12
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Techniques for Facilitating Electrical Design of an Energy Generation System    PRI    Pending    13/556,025    07/23/12
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Systems and Methods for Solar Photovoltaic Design    PRI    Pending    13/557,450    07/25/12
SolarCity Corporation    USA    TECHNIQUES FOR PROVISIONING ENERGY GENERATION AND STORAGE SYSTEMS    PRI    Pending    13/553,639    07/19/12
SolarCity Corporation    USA    Software Abstraction Layer for Energy Generation and Storage Systems    PRI    Pending    13/553,653    07/19/12

Trademarks:

 

SolarCity Corporation    Australia    SOLARCITY    Registered    7, 9    10/03/07    1202200    11/20/08    1202200    37454-TM2001
SolarCity Corporation    Canada    SOLARCITY    Registered       10/03/07    1366107    03/28/11    TMA794048    37454-TM2002

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


SolarCity Corporation    Canada    SOLARSTRONG   

Allowed-

CA

      04/13/11    1523554          37454-TM2007
SolarCity Corporation    USA    DESIGN (CHEVRON)    Published    37, 42    01/30/12    85529053          37454-TM1014
SolarCity Corporation    USA   

POWERGUIDE

(STYLIZED)

   Registered    9, 42    03/26/09    77699884    02/15/11    3920376    37454-TM1009
SolarCity Corporation    USA    PUREPOWER    Published    36    10/08/09    77844838          37454-TM1011
SolarCity Corporation    USA    SOLARCITY    Registered    37, 42    12/08/06    77060532    07/28/11    3474562    37454-TM1002
SolarCity Corporation    USA    SOLARCITY    Registered    7, 9    06/23/06    78915934    10/04/11    4035797    37454-TM1001
SolarCity Corporation    USA    SOLARGUARD    Registered    42    09/13/07    77279209    06/09/09    3636027    37454-TM1003
SolarCity Corporation    USA    SOLARLEASE    Registered    35, 37    10/28/08    77602333    04/27/10    3782129    37454-TM1006
SolarCity Corporation    USA    SOLARSTRONG    Registered    37, 42    01/19/11    85220966    04/17/12    4129539    37454-TM1012
SolarCity Corporation    USA    SOLSOURCE ENERGY    Aband Inst    37, 40    09/24/03    78304783    03/07/06    3066583    37454-TM1010

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


SCHEDULE 5.21(c)

Documents, Instruments, and Tangible Chattel Paper

All Documents: None.

All Instruments: None.

All Tangible Chattel Paper: None.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SCHEDULE 5.21(d)(i)

Deposit Accounts & Securities Accounts

 

Institution

  

Account Number

  

Balance

  

ZBA or Payroll

[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]    [ZBA or payroll]
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   
[banking institution]    [account number]    [account balance]   

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


Institution

  

Account Number

  

Balance

  

ZBA or Payroll

[banking institution]

   [account number]    [account balance]    [ZBA or payroll]

[banking institution]

   [account number]    [account balance]   

[banking institution]

   [account number]    [account balance]   

[banking institution]

   [account number]    [account balance]   

[banking institution]

   [account number]    [account balance]   

[banking institution]

   [account number]    [account balance]   

[banking institution]

   [account number]    [account balance]   

[banking institution]

   [account number]    [account balance]   

[banking institution]

   [account number]    [account balance]   
   Total    [total balance]   

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


SCHEDULE 5.21(d)(ii)

Electronic Chattel Paper & Letter of Credit Rights

Electronic Chattel Paper: None.

Letter of Credit Rights: None.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SCHEDULE 5.21(e)

Commercial Tort Claims

None.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SCHEDULE 5.21(f)

Pledged Equity Interests

None.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SCHEDULE 5.21(g)(i)

Mortgaged Properties

None.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SCHEDULE 5.21(g)(ii)

Other Properties

(A)

 

Address

  

County

  

Leased or
owned

  

If leased, name of lessor

  

To the extent owned,

approximate fair market value

of such property

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, CA 94402

   San Mateo    Leased    Locon San Mateo, LLC    N/A

2855 Campus Drive

San Mateo, CA 94403

   San Mateo    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

(B)

 

Location

  

Address

  

County

  

Leased or
owned

  

If leased, name of lessor

  

To the extent owned,
approximate fair
market value of such
property

Washington, DC

  

575 7th Street, NW

Suite 400

Washington, DC 20004

   District of Columbia    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

(C)

 

Location

  

Address

  

County

  

Leased or
owned

  

If leased, name of lessor

  

To the extent owned,
approximate fair market value
of such property

Dewey

  

3600 State Route 69

Dewey, AZ 86327

   Yavapai    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Phoenix (North)

Deer Valley

  

1725 West Williams

Bldg E, Suite 60

Phoenix, AZ 85027

   Maricopa    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Phoenix (South)

  

3834 E. Roeser Road

Phoenix, AZ 85040

   Maricopa    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Phoenix (South)

  

5401 S. 37th St.

Phoenix, AZ 85040

   Maricopa    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Tucson

  

4651 S. Butterfield, Suite 102

Tucson, AZ 85714

   Pima    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Location

  

Address

  

County

  

Leased or
owned

  

If leased, name of lessor

  

To the extent owned,
approximate fair market value
of such property

Bakersfield

  

5206 Young Street, Suites C & D

Bakersfield, CA 93311

   Kern    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Berkeley

  

5206 Young Street, Suites C & D

Bakersfield, CA 93311

   Alameda    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Foster City

  

391 Foster City Blvd

Foster City, CA 94404

   San Mateo    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Fresno

  

2310 N. Larkin Ave

Fresno, CA 93727

   Fresno    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Los Angeles

  

6334 Arizona Place

Los Angeles, CA 90045

   Los Angeles    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Lancaster (Resi)

  

249 East Avenue K8

Bldg 2, Units 109, 111 & 113

Lancaster, CA 93534

   Los Angeles    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Pomona

  

2896 Metropolitan Place

Pomona, CA 91767

   Los Angeles    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Sacramento

  

2709 Academy Way

Sacramento, CA 95815

   Sacramento    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

San Diego

  

5183 Mercury Point

San Diego, CA 92111

   San Diego    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Santa Ana

  

2165 South Grand Ave

Santa Ana, CA 92705

   Orange    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Temecula

  

42345 Avenida Alvarado, Suite B

Temecula, CA 92590

   Riverside    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Torrance

  

1347 West Storm Parkway

Torrance, CA 90501

   Los Angeles    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Denver

  

490 East 76th Ave, Unit 3A

Denver, CO 80229

   Adams    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Parker

  

15960 Parkerhouse Road

Parker, CO 80134

   Douglas    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Rocky Hill

  

714 Brook Street

Rocky Hill, CT 06067

   Hartford    Leased    [lessor]   

Wethersfield

  

61 Arrow Road, #202

Wethersfield, CT 06109

   Hartford    Leased    [lessor]   

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Location

  

Address

  

County

  

Leased or
owned

  

If leased, name of lessor

  

To the extent owned,
approximate fair market value
of such property

Mililani

  

599 Kahelu Ave

Mililani, HI 96789

   Honolulu    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Marlborough

  

24 St Martin Drive

Marlborough, MA 01752

   Middlesex    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Beltsville

   9000 Virginia Manor Road, # 250 Beltsville, MD 20705    Prince George’s    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Silver Spring

  

2319 Stewart Ave

Silver Spring, MD 20910

   Montgomery    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Cherry Hill

  

1930 East Marlton Pike, Bldg Q

Cherry Hill, NJ 08003

   Camden    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Princeton

  

100 Overlook Center, 2nd Floor (2 offices)

Princeton NJ 08540

   Mercer    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Colonie

  

12 Petra Lane

Colonie, NY 12205

   Albany    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Albany

  

6 Vatrano Road

Albany, NY 12205

   Albany    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Brooklyn

  

155 Water St

2nd Floor, Unit 3

Brooklyn, NY 11201

   Kings    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Portland

  

6132 NE 112th Avenue

Portland, OR 97220

   Multnomah    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Broomall

  

800 Parkway Blvd

Broomall, PA 19008

   Delaware    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Dallas

  

10430 Shady Trail, Suite 108

Dallas, TX 75220

   Dallas    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Ontario

  

55 City View Drive

Toronto, ON M9W 1J1, Canada

   Ontario (province)    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Phoenix

  

235 S. 56th Street

Chandler, AZ

   Maricopa    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Hayward

  

23541 Eichler St

Hayward, CA 94545

   Alameda    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Location

  

Address

  

County

  

Leased or
owned

  

If leased, name of lessor

  

To the extent owned,
approximate fair market value
of such property

Rancho Cucamonga

  

122 Arrow Route

Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91739

   San Bernardino    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Allentown

  

235 S. 56th Street

Allentown, PA 18106

   Lehigh    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Westchester

  

203 Ridgewood Drive

Elmsford, NY 10523

   Westchester    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Honolulu

  

933 N. Nimitz Hwy

Honolulu, HI 96817

   Honolulu    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Cranbury Township

  

Corporate Drive, Bldg 9

Cranbury Township, NJ 08512

   Middlesex    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

(D) 1

 

Location

  

Address

  

County

  

Leased or
owned

  

If leased, name of lessor

  

To the extent owned,
approximate fair market value
of such property

Hayward

  

23541 Eichler St

Hayward, CA 94545

   Alameda    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Rancho Cucamonga

  

122 Arrow Route

Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91739

   San Bernardino    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Allentown

  

235 S. 56th Street

Allentown, PA 18106

   Lehigh    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Westchester

  

203 Ridgewood Drive

Elmsford, NY 10523

   Westchester    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Honolulu

  

933 N. Nimitz Hwy

Honolulu, HI 96817

   Honolulu    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

Cranbury Township

  

Corporate Drive, Bldg 9

Cranbury Township, NJ 08512

   Middlesex    Leased    [lessor]    N/A

 

1  

Information provided for warehouses that hold more than $1 million in Collateral.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


SCHEDULE 5.21(h)

Material Contracts

 

  (1) Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and SolarCity Corporation, dated as of July 30, 2010

 

  (2) First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and SolarCity Corporation, dated as of November 15, 2010

 

  (3) Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and SolarCity Corporation, dated as of March 31, 2011

 

  (4) Term Loan Agreement between SolarCity Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011

 

  (5) First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between SolarCity Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011

 

  (6) Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between SolarCity Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011

 

  (7) Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between SolarCity Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012

 

  (8) Fourth Amendment and Waiver to Term Loan Agreement between SolarCity Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of June 28, 2012

 

  (9) Credit Agreement among SolarCity Corporation, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012

 

  (10) All Tax Equity Documents (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) delivered to Administrative Agent’s counsel as of the Closing Date and all other Tax Equity Documents inspected by Administrative Agent’s counsel pursuant to Section 6.10(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SCHEDULE 7.01

Existing Liens

 

  1. Restricted Cash Account, American Express (Account Number [account number]); and

 

  2. The following liens filed with the Secretary of States of the States set forth below:

 

    

Jurisdiction

  

UCC File No.

and Date

  

Secured Party

  

Collateral

1.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2008-2988010

09/04/08

   FPC Funding II, LLC    Lease Filing (Modules)

2.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2008-3330089

10/01/08

   IBM Credit LLC    Lease Filing (specific equipment).

3.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2008 3763305

11/10/08

   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    Specific equipment

4.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

90892031

3/19/09

   Duvera Billing Services, LLC    All Performance Based Incentive Rebates in connection with the Otay Mesa Border Station 247 pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated 5/31/08)

5.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

20100180624

01/11/10

   MB Financial Bank, N.A.    Lease Filing (specific equipment).

6.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2010-0302145

01/28/10

   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    Specific equipment

7.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2010-0302152

01/28/10

   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    Specific equipment

8.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2010-1125677

04/01/10

   IBM Credit LLC    Lease Filing (specific equipment).

9.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2010-2039547

06/11/10

   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    Specific equipment

10.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2010-2047672

06/11/10

   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    Specific equipment

11.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2010-2159626

06/21/10

   National Bank of Arizona    Specific equipment (Inverter and module).

12.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2010-3134925

09/08/10

   US Bank National Association    All contents of account held at US Bank Account No. XXXXX0449.

13.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2011-0285174

01/25/11

   U.S. Bank National Association    All vehicles financed by Secured Party.

14.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2011-0816531

03/04/11

   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    Specific equipment

15.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2011-2165754

06/07/11

   Toyota Motor Credit Corporation    Specific equipment

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


    

Jurisdiction

  

UCC File No.

and Date

  

Secured Party

  

Collateral

16.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2011-2446816

06/27/11

   NMHG Financial Services, Inc.    All leased equipment.

17.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2011-3270702

08/23/11

   CIT Technology Financing Services, Inc.    Lease Filing (specific equipment).

18.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2011-3553388

09/16/11

   CIT Finance LLC    Lease Filing (specific equipment)

19.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2011-3935734

10/13/11

   CIT Finance LLC    Lease Filing (specific equipment)

20.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2011-4198639

10/31/11

   CIT Finance LLC    Lease Filing (specific equipment)

21.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2011-4202845

10/31/11

   CIT Finance LLC    Lease Filing (specific equipment).

22.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2012-0795379

02/29/12

   U.S. Bank Equipment Finance    Specific equipment

23.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2012-0902686

03/08/12

   Bank of America, N.A., as Agent    Inverters and Modules (“Procurement Inventory”), Procurement Contracts and Proceeds

24.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2012-0994279

03/14/12

   Dell Financial Services L.L.C.    Lease Filing (specific equipment)

25.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2012-1038399

03/19/12

   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    Specific equipment

26.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2012-1421157

04/12/12

   Dell Financial Services L.L.C.    Lease Filing (specific equipment)

27.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2012-1928169

05/02/12

   Toyota Motor Credit Corporation    Specific equipment

28.

  

Delaware

Secretary of State

  

2012-1936626

05/02/12

   Toyota Motor Credit Corporation    Lease Filing (specific equipment)

29.

  

California

Secretary of State

  

07-7118378052

06/21/07

   De Lage Landen Financial Services, Inc.    Specific equipment

30.

  

California

Secretary of State

  

07-7122101374

07/20/07

   De Lage Landen Financial Services, Inc.    Specific equipment

31.

  

California

Secretary of State

  

07-7122137272

07/20/07

   De Lage Landen Financial Services, Inc.    Specific equipment

32.

  

California

Secretary of State

  

08-7147214256

02/14/08

   De Lage Landen Financial Services, Inc    Specific equipment

33.

  

California

Secretary of State

  

08-7172233578

09/17/08

   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    Specific equipment

34.

  

California

Secretary of State

  

09-7189791112

03/06/09

   Landlord 2008-A, LLC    Specific equipment leases.

35.

  

California

Secretary of State

  

09-7199010208

06/10/09

   USB SolarCity Owner 2009, LLC    Specific equipment leases.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


    

Jurisdiction

  

UCC File No.

and Date

  

Secured Party

  

Collateral

36.

  

California

Secretary of State

  

10-7220393582

01/20/10

   USB SolarCity Owner 2009-2010, LLC    Specific equipment leases.

37.

  

California

Secretary of State

  

10-7220398416

01/20/10

   USB SolarCity Owner III, LLC    Specific equipment leases.

38.

  

California

Secretary of State

  

10-7226137746

03/22/10

   Canon Financial Services    Specific leased and financed equipment.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


SCHEDULE 7.02

Existing Indebtedness

 

(1) Unconditional Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2011, by SolarCity Corporation in favor of PPL Electric Utilities Corporation (guaranteeing the performance of Sol Sytems, LLC .up to $58,860).

 

(2) Letter of Credit Number SLCPPDX05244 dated December 30, 2010 issued by U.S. Bank National Association in favor of Locon San Mateo, LLC for $200,000.

 

(3) Letter of Credit Number SLCPPDX05319 dated March 29, 2011 issued by U.S. Bank National Association in favor of Locon San Mateo, LLC for $200,000.

 

(4) Letter of Credit Number SLCPPDX05206 dated November 3, 2010 issued by U.S. Bank National Association in favor of Locon San Mateo, LLC for $200,000.

 

(5) Letter of Credit Number SLCPPDX05153 dated September 7, 2010 issued by U.S. Bank National Association in favor of Locon San Mateo, LLC for $200,000.

 

(6) Letter of Credit Number SLCPPDX05383 dated June 14, 2011 issued by U.S. Bank National Association in favor of Locon San Mateo, LLC for $200,000.

 

(7) Letter of Credit Number LC 590052 dated December 19, 2008 issued by Bridge Bank in favor of MS SolarCity Commercial 2008, LLC initially issued for $399,975.65 and decreasing over time.

 

(8) Letter of Credit Number LC5900-601 dated March 9, 2012 issued by Bridge Bank in favor of WU/LH 203 Ridgewood L.L.C. for $106,666.68.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


SCHEDULE 7.03

Existing Investments

 

1. Series A Preferred Stock in Clean Currents, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT A

Form of

Administrative Questionnaire

See attached

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


 

LOGO

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM—(US DOLLAR ONLY) CONFIDENTIAL 1. Borrower or Deal Name SOLARCITY CORPORATION E-mail this document with your commitment letter to: E-mail address of recipient: 2. Legal Name of Lender of Record for SignaturePage: Markit Entity Identifier (MEI) # Fund Manager Name (if applicable) Legal Address from Tax Document of Lender of Record: Country Address City State/Province Country 3. Domestic Funding Address: 4. Eurodollar Funding Address: Street Address Street Address Suite/ Mail Code Suite/ Mail Code City State City StatePostal Code Country Postal Code Country 5. Credit Contact Information: Syndicate level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its related parties or their respective securities will be made available to the Credit Contact(s). The Credit Contacts identified must be able to receive such information in accordance with his/her institution’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and Statesecuritieslaws. Primary Credit Contact: First Name Middle Name Last Name Title Street Address Suite/Mail Code City State Postal Code Country Office Telephone # Office Facsimile # Work E-Mail Address IntraLinks/SyndTrak E-Mail Addres Secondary Credit Contact: First Name Middle Name Last Name Title Street Address Suite/Mail Code City State Postal Code Country Office Telephone # Office Facsimile #Work E-Mail Address


 

LOGO

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM—(US DOLLAR ONLY) CONFIDENTIAL IntraLinks/SyndTrak E-Mail Address Primary Operations Contact: Secondary Operations Contact: First MI LastFirst MI Last Title Title Street Address Street Address Suite/ Mail Code Suite/ Mail Code City State City State Postal Code Country Postal Code Country Telephone Facsimile Telephone Facsimile E-Mail Address E-Mail Address IntraLinks/SyndTrak E-Mail Address IntraLinks/SyndTrak E-Mail Address Does Secondary Operations Contact need copy of notices? ¨ YES ¨ NO Letter of Credit Contact: Draft Documentation Contact or Legal Counsel: First MI Last First MI Last Title Title Street Address Street Address Suite/ Mail Code Suite/ Mail Code City State City State Postal Code Country Postal Code Country TelephoneFacsimile Telephone Facsimile E-Mail Address E-Mail Address 6. Lender’s Fed Wire Payment Instructions: Pay to: Bank Name ABA # City State Account # Account Name Attentio 7. Lender’s Standby Letter of Credit, Commercial Letter of Credit, and Bankers’ Acceptance Fed Wire Payment Instructions (if applicable): Pay to: Bank Name ABA # City State Account # Account Name Attention Can the Lender’s Fed Wire Payment Instructions in Section 6 be used? ¨ YES ¨ NO


 

LOGO

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM—(US DOLLAR ONLY) CONFIDENTIAL 8. Lender’s Organizational Structure and Tax Status Please refer to the enclosed withholding tax instructions below and then complete this section accordingly: Lender Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN):             -              Tax Withholding Form Delivered to Bank of America (check applicable one): ¨ W-9 ¨ W-8BEN ¨ W-8ECI ¨ W-8EXP ¨ W-8IMY Tax Contact: First MI Last Title Street Address Suite/ Mail Code City State Postal Code Country Telephone Facsimile E-Mail Address NON—U.S. LENDER INSTITUTIONS 1. Corporations: If your institution is incorporated outside of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and is the beneficial owner of the interest and other income it receives, you must complete one of the following three tax forms, as applicable to your institution: a.) Form W-8BEN (Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner), b.) Form W-8ECI (Income Effectively Connected to a U.S. Trade or Business), or c.) Form W-8EXP (Certificate of Foreign Government orGovernmental Agency). A U.S. taxpayer identification number is required for any institution submitting a Form W-8 ECI. It is also required on Form W-8BEN for certain institutions claiming the benefits of a tax treaty with the U.S. Please refer to the instructions when completing the form applicable to your institution. In addition, please be advised that U.S. tax regulations do not permit the acceptance of faxed forms. An original tax form must be submitted. 2. Flow-Through Entities If your institution is organized outside the U.S., and is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as either a Partnership, Trust, Qualified or Non-Qualified Intermediary, or other non-U.S. flow-through entity, an original Form W-8IMY (Certificate of Foreign Intermediary, Foreign Flow-Through Entity, or Certain U.S. branches for United States Tax Withholding) must be completed by the intermediary together with a withholding statement. Flow-through entities other than Qualified Intermediaries are required to include tax forms for each of the underlying beneficial owners. Please refer to the instructions when completing this form. In addition, please be advised that U.S. tax regulations do not permit the acceptance of faxed forms. Original tax form(s) must be submitted. U.S. LENDER INSTITUTIONS: If your institution is incorporated or organized within the United States, you must complete and return Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification). Please be advised that we require an original form W-9. Pursuant to the language contained in the tax section of the Credit Agreement, the applicable tax form for your institution must be completed and returned on or prior to the date on which your institution becomes a lender under this Credit Agreement. Failure to provide the proper tax form when requested will subject your institution to U.S. tax withholding.


 

LOGO

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM—(US DOLLAR ONLY) CONFIDENTIAL

*Additional guidance and instructions as to where to submit this documentation can be found at this link:

9. Bank of America’s Payment Instructions:

Pay to: Bank of America, N.A.

ABA # 026009593

New York, NY

Account # 001292000883

Attn: Corporate Credit Services

Ref: SolarCity Corporation


EXHIBIT B

Form of

Assignment and Assumption

This Assignment and Assumption (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the][each] 2 Assignor identified in item 1 below ([the][each, an] “ Assignor ”) and [the][each] 3 Assignee identified in item 2 below ([the][each, an] “ Assignee ”). [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors][the Assignees] 4 hereunder are several and not joint.] 5 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee][the respective Assignees], and [the][each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor][the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (a) all of [the Assignor’s][the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender][their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement and any other Loan Documents in the amount[s] and equal to the percentage interest[s] identified below of all the outstanding rights and obligations under the respective facilities identified below (including, without limitation, the Letters of Credit and the Swingline Loans included in such facilities) and (b) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)][the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Documents or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (a) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the][any] Assignor to [the][any] Assignee pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above being referred to herein collectively as [the][an] “ Assigned Interest ”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the][any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the][any] Assignor.

 

1.       Assignor[s] :

  

 

  
  

 

  

 

2  

For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignor(s), if the assignment is from a single Assignor, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is from multiple Assignors, choose the second bracketed language.

3  

For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignee(s), if the assignment is to a single Assignee, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is to multiple Assignees, choose the second bracketed language.

4  

Select as appropriate.

5  

Include bracketed language if there are either multiple Assignors or multiple Assignees.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


2.       Assignee[s] :

  

 

  
  

 

  

         [for each Assignee, indicate [Affiliate][Approved Fund] of [identify Lender]]

3.       Borrower : SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation

4.       Administrative Agent : Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

5.       Credit Agreement : Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012 among the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, and Swingline Lender

6.       Assigned Interest :

 

Assignor[s] 6

   Assignee[s] 7    Facility
Assigned 8
   Aggregate
Amount of
Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders 9
     Amount of
Commitment/
Loans
Assigned
     Percentage
Assigned of
Commitment/
Loans 10
     CUSIP
Number
         $         $           %      
         $         $           %      
         $         $           %      

 

[7.

Trade Date:                     ] 11

     Effective Date:                     , 20     [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6  

List each Assignor, as appropriate.

7  

List each Assignee, as appropriate.

8  

Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g., “Revolving Commitment”, etc.).

9  

Amounts in this column and in the column immediately to the right to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date.

10  

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

11  

To be completed if the Assignor and the Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

ASSIGNEE

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[Consented to and] 12 Accepted:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as

    Administrative Agent

By:    
Name:    
Title:    
[Consented to:] 13
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

 

12  

To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

13  

To be added only if the consent of the Borrower and/or other parties (e.g., Swingline Lender, L/C Issuer) is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

Standard Terms and Conditions for Assignment and Assumption

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1. Assignor . [The][Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the][such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee . [The][Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under the terms of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under the terms of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by [the][such] Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire [the][such] Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, and (vii) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached hereto is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by [the][such] Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, [the][any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the][the relevant] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT C

Form of

Compliance Certificate

Financial Statement Date: [            ,         ]

 

TO:    Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
RE:    Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement)
DATE:    [Date]

The undersigned Responsible Officer 1 hereby certifies as of the date hereof that [he/she] is the [                    ] of the Borrower, and that, as such, [he/she] is authorized to execute and deliver this Compliance Certificate (this “ Certificate ”) to the Administrative Agent on the behalf of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, and that:

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements]

1. The Borrower has delivered (i) the year-end audited financial statements required by Section 6.01(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal year of the Borrower ended as of the above date, together with the report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant required by such section and (ii) the consolidating balance sheet required by Section 6.01(a)(ii) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidating statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year. Such consolidating statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to the Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements]

1. The Borrower has delivered the unaudited financial statements required by Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended as of the above date. Such Consolidated financial statements fairly present the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as at such date and for such period, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and such consolidating statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to the Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

2. The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Credit Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under [his/her] supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by such financial statements.

 

1  

This Certificate should be from the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower, as applicable.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


3. A review of the activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period the Borrower and each of the other Loan Parties performed and observed all its obligations under the Loan Documents, and

[select one:]

[to the best knowledge of the undersigned, during such fiscal period each of the Loan Parties performed and observed each covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to it, and no Default has occurred and is continuing.]

—or—

[to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the following covenants or conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and its nature and status:]

4. The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection therewith are (i) with respect to representations and warranties that contain a materiality qualification, true and correct on and as of the date hereof and (ii) with respect to representations and warranties that do not contain a materiality qualification, true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, and except that for purposes of this Compliance Certificate, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, including the statements in connection with which this Compliance Certificate is delivered.

5. The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on Schedule A attached hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Certificate by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Certificate.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


SOLARCITY CORPORATION ,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Schedule A

Financial Statement Date: [                    ,             ] (“ Statement Date ”)

to the Compliance Certificate

($ in 000’s)

I. Section 7.11(a) – Debt Service Coverage Ratio

 

A. Numerator (for the trailing 12-month period then ending on the most recent fiscal quarter end available):

     .   

i. EBITDA (as calculated below)

   $     
  

 

 

 

ii. Maintenance Capital Expenditures 1

   $     
  

 

 

 

iii. Line I.A.i – Line I.A.ii

   $     
  

 

 

 

B. Denominator

  

i. Total principal due and payable on funded Indebtedness, as of such date of determination

   $     
  

 

 

 

ii. 10% times Line I.B.i

   $     
  

 

 

 

iii. Cash Interest Charges, for the trailing 12-month period then ending on the most recent fiscal quarter end available

   $     
  

 

 

 

iv. Line I.B.ii + Line I.B.iii

   $     
  

 

 

 

C. Debt Service Coverage Ratio (Line I.A.iii ÷ Line I.B.iv):

     to 1 .00   

Compliance

Borrower [is][is not] in compliance with Section 7.11(a) of the Credit Agreement as the Debt Service Coverage Ratio of          2 to 1.00 [is][is not] greater than or equal to the minimum permitted ratio of 1.25 to 1.00.

II. Section 7.11(b) – Unencumbered Liquidity

 

A.    Sum of Borrower’s cash and Cash Equivalents (determined as of the last day of each month based on the average daily balance thereof during such month) held in deposit accounts and securities accounts [maintained at Bank of America or its Affiliates in which the Administrative Agent has obtained a perfected Lien subject to no other Liens] 3 and held as investments in deposit accounts and securities accounts in which the Administrative Agent has obtained a perfected Lien subject to no other Lien:    $            
     

 

 

 
   Compliance Borrower [is][is not] in compliance with Section 7.11(b) of the Credit Agreement as the   

 

 

1  

Maintenance Capital Expenditures are Capital Expenditures for the maintenance and normal replacements of fixed or capital assets of the Borrower, excluding any business expansion-related capital expenditures

2  

Insert Line I.C.

3  

Insert this language after accounts transferred pursuant to Section 6.18 of the Credit Agreement

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Unencumbered Liquidity of $                     4 [is][is not] greater than or equal to the minimum permitted Liquidity amount of $                    . 5

EBITDA

(in accordance with the definition of EBITDA as set forth in the Credit Agreement)

 

EBITDA
(measured on an Activity
Basis)

  

Quarter
Ended

   Quarter
Ended
   Quarter
Ended
   Quarter
Ended
   Twelve
Months
Ended

Net Income

              

plus, without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in calculating Net Income:

  

+ Interest Charges

              

+ as applicable, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable

              

+ depreciation and amortization expense

              

+ non-recurring expenses

              

= EBITDA

              

 

 

4  

Insert Line II.A.

5  

Insert amount as determined by Section 7.11(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT D

Form of

Joinder Agreement

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [            ,     ], is by and among [                    , a                     ] (the “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), and Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012 (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Subsidiary Guarantor is an additional Loan Party, and, consequently, the Loan Parties are required by Section 6.13 of the Credit Agreement to cause the Subsidiary Guarantor to become a “Guarantor” thereunder.

Accordingly, the Subsidiary Guarantor and the Borrower hereby agree as follows with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders:

1. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed to be a party to and a “Guarantor” under the Credit Agreement and shall have all of the obligations of a Guarantor thereunder as if it had executed the Credit Agreement. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the applicable Loan Documents, including, without limitation (a) all of the representations and warranties set forth in Article V of the Credit Agreement and (b) all of the affirmative and negative covenants set forth in Articles VI and VII of the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing terms of this Paragraph 1, the Subsidiary Guarantor hereby guarantees, jointly and severally together with the other Guarantors, the prompt payment of the Secured Obligations in accordance with Article X of the Credit Agreement.

2. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantor and the Borrower hereby agree that all of the representations and warranties contained in Article V of the Loan Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party are true and correct as of the date hereof.

3. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed to be a party to the Security Agreement, and shall have all the rights and obligations of a “Grantor” (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) thereunder as if it had executed the Security Agreement. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Security Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing terms of this Paragraph 3, the Subsidiary Guarantor hereby grants, pledges and assigns to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a continuing security interest in, and a right of set off, to the extent applicable, against any and all right, title and interest of the Subsidiary Guarantor in and to the Collateral (as such term is defined in Section 2 of the Security Agreement) of the Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


4. The Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges and confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the schedules and exhibits thereto and each Collateral Document and the schedules and exhibits thereto. The information on the schedules to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents are hereby supplemented (to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement or Collateral Documents) to reflect the information shown on the attached Schedule A .

5. The Borrower confirms that the Credit Agreement is, and upon the Subsidiary Guarantor becoming a Guarantor, shall continue to be, in full force and effect. The parties hereto confirm and agree that immediately upon the Subsidiary Guarantor becoming a Guarantor the term “Obligations,” as used in the Credit Agreement, shall include all obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and under each other Loan Document to which it is a party.

6. Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that at any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, it will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents in order to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

8. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The terms of Sections 11.14 and 11.15 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis, and the parties hereto agree to such terms.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized officer, and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, has caused the same to be accepted by its authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:   [SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]
    By:    
    Name:    
    Title:    
BORROWER:    

SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

    By:    
    Name:    
    Title:    

 

Acknowledged, accepted and agreed:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ,

as Administrative Agent

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Schedule A

Schedules to Credit Agreement and Collateral Documents

[TO BE COMPLETED BY BORROWER]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT E

Form of

Loan Notice

 

TO: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

RE: Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement)

 

DATE: [Date]

The undersigned hereby requests (select one):

 

  ¨ A Borrowing of the Revolving Loan

 

  ¨ A [conversion] or [continuation] of Revolving Loans

 

  1. On                      (the “ Credit Extension Date ”)

 

  2. In the amount of $                     

 

3.      Comprised of:

   ¨      Base Rate Loans
   ¨      Eurodollar Rate Loans

 

  4. For Eurodollar Rate Loans: with an Interest Period of      months

The Revolving Borrowing requested herein complies with the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.01(a) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions specified in Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement shall be satisfied on and as of the Credit Extension Date.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this notice by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this notice.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


SOLARCITY CORPORATION ,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT F

Form of Permitted Acquisition Certificate

 

TO: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

RE: Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement)

 

DATE: [Date]

[Loan Party] intends to make an Acquisition of [            ] (the “ Target ”). The undersigned Responsible Officer of [Loan Party], hereby certifies that:

(a) The Acquisition is an acquisition of a type of business (or assets used in a type of business) permitted to be engaged in by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

(b) No Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to the Acquisition.

(c) [After giving effect to the Acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis, the Loan Parties are in compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 of the Credit Agreement (as demonstrated on Schedule A attached hereto).] 1

(d) The Loan Parties have complied with Sections 6.13 and 6.14 of the Credit Agreement, to the extent required to do so thereby.

(e) Attached hereto as Schedule B is a description of the material terms of the Acquisition (including a description of the business and the form of consideration).

(f) [Attached hereto as Schedule C are the [audited financial statements] [management-prepared financial statements 2 ] of the Target for its two most recent fiscal years and for any fiscal quarters ended within the fiscal year to date.] 3

(g) [Attached hereto as Schedule D are the Consolidated projected income statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (giving effect to the Acquisition).] 4

 

1  

Only applicable to Acquisitions with a Cost of Acquisition in excess of $5,000,000.

2  

Audited financial statements are to be provided unless unavailable, in which case management-prepared financial statements can be provided

3  

Only applicable to Acquisitions with a Cost of Acquisition in excess of $5,000,000.

4  

Only applicable to Acquisitions with a Cost of Acquisition in excess of $5,000,000.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


(h) The Target (if an Acquisition of Equity Interests) or the assets acquired (if an Acquisition of assets which does not expressly exclude all liabilities associated with such assets), has earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the four (4) fiscal quarter period prior to the acquisition date in an amount greater than $0.

(i) The Acquisition is not a “hostile” Acquisition and has been duly authorized by the board of directors (or equivalent) and/or shareholders (or equivalent) of the applicable Loan Party and the Target, in each case where such authorization is required.

(j) The Cost of Acquisition paid by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for all Acquisitions made during the term of the Credit Agreement shall not exceed $15,000,000; provided that any earnouts or similar deferred or contingent obligations of any Borrower in connection with such Acquisition shall be subordinated to the Obligations in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Certificate by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Certificate.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


SOLARCITY CORPORATION ,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Schedule A

Financial Covenant Calculations

Financial Statement Date: [            ,     ] (“ Statement Date ”)

to the Compliance Certificate

($ in 000’s)

 

I.   Section 7.11(a) – Debt Service Coverage Ratio   
 

A.      Numerator (for the trailing 12-month period then ending on the most recent fiscal quarter end available):

         

 

i.       EBITDA (as calculated below)

   $                
    

 

 

 
 

ii.      Maintenance Capital Expenditures 1

   $                
    

 

 

 
 

iii.    Line I.A.i – Line I.A.ii

   $     
    

 

 

 
 

B.     Denominator

  
 

i.       Total principal due and payable on funded Indebtedness, as of such date of determination

   $     
    

 

 

 
 

ii.      10% times Line I.B.i

   $     
    

 

 

 
 

iii.    Cash Interest Charges, for the trailing 12-month period then ending on the most recent fiscal quarter end available

   $     
    

 

 

 
 

iv.     Line I.B.ii + Line I.B.iii

   $     
    

 

 

 
 

C.     Debt Service Coverage Ratio (Line I.A.iii ÷ Line I.B.iv):

             to 1.00   
 

Compliance

 

Borrower [is][is not] in compliance with Section 7.11(a) of the Credit Agreement as the Debt Service Coverage Ratio of              2 to 1.00 [is][is not] greater than or equal to the minimum permitted ratio of 1.25 to 1.00.

  

   

II.   Section 7.11(b) – Unencumbered Liquidity   
 

A.     Sum of Borrower’s cash and Cash Equivalents (determined as of the last day of each month based on the average daily balance thereof during such month) held in deposit accounts and securities accounts [maintained at Bank of America or its Affiliates in which the Administrative Agent has obtained a perfected Lien subject to no other Liens] 3 and held as investments in deposit accounts and securities accounts in which the Administrative Agent has obtained a perfected Lien subject to no other Lien:

   $     
    

 

 

 

 

1  

Maintenance Capital Expenditures are Capital Expenditures for the maintenance and normal replacements of fixed or capital assets of the Borrower, excluding any business expansion-related capital expenditures

2  

Insert Line I.C.

3  

Insert this language after accounts transferred pursuant to Section 6.18 of the Credit Agreement

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Compliance

Borrower [is][is not] in compliance with Section 7.11(b) of the Credit Agreement as the Unencumbered Liquidity of $                     1 [is][is not] greater than or equal to the minimum permitted Liquidity amount of $                    . 2

EBITDA

(in accordance with the definition of EBITDA as set forth in the Credit Agreement)

 

EBITDA

(measured on an Activity
Basis)

  


Quarter
Ended

  
Quarter
Ended
  
Quarter
Ended
  
Quarter
Ended
   Twelve
Months
Ended

Net Income

              

plus , without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in calculating Net Income:

  

+ Interest Charges

              

+ as applicable, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable

              

+ depreciation and amortization expense

              

+ non-recurring expenses

              

= EBITDA

              

 

1  

Insert Line II.A.

2  

Insert amount as determined by Section 7.11(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Schedule B

Description of Material Terms

[TO BE COMPLETED BY BORROWER]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


[Schedule C

[Audited Financial Statements] [Management-Prepared Financial Statements]

[TO BE COMPLETED BY BORROWER]] 1

 

1  

Only applicable to Acquisitions with a Cost of Acquisition in excess of $5,000,000.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


[Schedule D

Consolidated Projected Income Statements

[TO BE COMPLETED BY BORROWER]] 30

 

30

Only applicable to Acquisitions with a Cost of Acquisition in excess of $5,000,000.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT G

Form of

Revolving Note

[                    ,             ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to [                    ] or its registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Revolving Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan from the date of such Revolving Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.04(f) of the Credit Agreement with respect to Swingline Loans, all payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Revolving Note is one of the Revolving Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, and the holder is entitled to the benefits thereof. Revolving Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Revolving Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Revolving Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Revolving Note.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Revolving Note by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Revolving Note.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


SOLARCITY CORPORATION ,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT H

Form of

Secured Party Designation Notice

 

TO: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

RE: Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement)

 

DATE:  [Date]

[Name of Cash Management Bank/Hedge Bank] (the “ Secured Party ”) hereby notifies you, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, that the Secured Party meets the requirements of a [Cash Management Bank] [Hedge Bank] under the terms of the Credit Agreement and is a [Cash Management Bank] [Hedge Bank] under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this notice by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this notice.

A duly authorized officer of the undersigned has executed this notice as of the day and year set forth above.

 

,
as a [Cash Management Bank] [Hedge Bank]

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT I

Form of

Solvency Certificate

 

TO: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

RE: Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement)

 

DATE: [Date]

The undersigned Responsible Officer of the Borrower is familiar with the properties, businesses, assets and liabilities of the Loan Parties and is duly authorized to execute this certificate on behalf of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties.

The undersigned certifies that [he/she] has made such investigation and inquiries as to the financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as the undersigned deems necessary and prudent for the purpose of providing this Solvency Certificate (this “ Certificate ”). The undersigned acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of this Certificate in connection with the making of Credit Extensions and the other transactions contemplated under the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned certifies that the financial information, projections and assumptions which underlie and form the basis for the representations made in this Certificate were reasonable when made and were made in good faith and continue to be reasonable as of the date hereof.

BASED ON THE FOREGOING, the undersigned certifies that, both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement:

(a) The fair value of the property of each Loan Party, individually and together with its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Loan Party, individually and together with its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis.

(b) The present fair salable value of the assets of each Loan Party, individually and together with its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Loan Party individually and together with its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, on their debts as they become absolute and matured.

(c) Each Loan Party, individually and together with its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s individual or consolidated ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


(d) No Loan Party is engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Loan Party’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital.

(e) Each Loan Party, individually and together with its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, is able to pay its individual and consolidated debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business.

(f) The amount of contingent liabilities at any time have been computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Certificate by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Certificate.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


SOLARCITY CORPORATION ,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Solvency Certificate


EXHIBIT J

Form of

Swingline Loan Notice

 

TO: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender

 

RE: Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement)

 

DATE: [Date]

The undersigned hereby requests a Swingline Loan:

1. On                      (the “Credit Extension Date”)

2. In the amount of $                         .

The Swingline Borrowing requested herein complies with clauses (i) and (ii) of the proviso contained in Section 2.04(a) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions specified in Section 4.02 shall be satisfied on and as of the Credit Extension Date.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this notice by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this notice.

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION ,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT K

Form of

Officer’s Certificate

 

TO: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

RE: Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement)

 

DATE: [Date]

The undersigned Responsible Officer of [LOAN PARTY] (the “ Company ”) hereby certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and complete copy of the [articles of incorporation] [certificate of formation] [certificate of limited partnership] of the Company and all amendments thereto as in effect on the date hereof certified as a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authorities of the state of [incorporation] [formation] [organization] of the Company.

2. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true and complete copy of the [bylaws] [operating agreement] [partnership agreement] of the Company and all amendments thereto as in effect on the date hereof.

3. Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the [board of directors] [members] [managers] [partners] of the Company on [                 ]. Such resolutions have not in any way been rescinded or modified and have been in full force and effect since their adoption to and including the date hereof, and such resolutions are the only corporate proceedings of the Company now in force relating to or affecting the matters referred to therein.

4. Attached hereto as Exhibit D are true and complete copies of the certificates of good standing, existence or its equivalent of the Company certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authorities of the state of [incorporation] [formation] [organization] of the Company and each other state in which the failure to so qualify and be in good standing could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5. The following persons listed on Annex A attached hereto are the duly elected and qualified officers of the Company, holding the offices appearing next to their names on the date hereof, and the signatures appearing opposite the names of the officers below are their true and genuine signatures, and each of such officers is duly authorized to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Company, the Credit Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents and such other documents, agreements, deeds, certificates and instruments as specified or contemplated by the Loan Documents:

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Certificate by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Certificate.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate as of the date set forth above.

 

By:    
  [Name]
  [Title]

The undersigned, the duly appointed, qualified and acting [            ] of the Company, hereby certifies that the signature immediately above is the true, correct and genuine signature of [            ], the duly appointed, qualified and acting [            ] of the Company.

 

By:    
  [Name]
  [Title]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


ANNEX A

INCUMBENCY FOR COMPANY

 

Name

  

Title

   Signature

Lyndon Rive

   Chief Executive Officer   
     

 

Peter Rive

   Chief Operating Officer   
     

 

Robert Kelly

   Chief Financial Officer   
     

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT L-1

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships

For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (a) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (b) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (c) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (d) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on a properly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this IRS Form W-8BEN, the undersigned agrees that (a) if the information provided on the IRS Form W-8BEN changes, the undersigned shall so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent by providing a newly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8BEN with the updated information no later than the date of the next interest payment on the Loan, and (b) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective IRS Form W-8BEN in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF FOREIGN LENDER]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Date:            ,     

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT L-2

Form of

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships

For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (a) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (b) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (c) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (d) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on a properly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this IRS Form W-8BEN, the undersigned agrees that (a) if the information provided on this IRS Form W-8BEN changes, the undersigned shall so inform such Lender by providing a newly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8BEN with the updated information no later than the date of the next interest payment on the Loan, and (b) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective IRS Form W-8BEN in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Date:               ,     

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT L-3

Form of

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships

For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (a) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (b) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (c) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (d) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (e) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a properly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8IMY, a withholding statement as described in the regulations under section 1441 of the Code, and one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (a) a properly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8BEN or (b) a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption (or if one of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners is itself a partnership (“ Upper-Tier Partnership ”), then a properly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8IMY from the Upper-Tier Partnership accompanied by a properly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8BEN from each of the Upper-Tier Partnership’s partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption, and so on). By executing this IRS Form W-8IMY, the undersigned agrees that (i) if the information provided on this IRS Form W-8IMY and accompanying documentation changes, the undersigned shall so inform such Lender by providing newly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY or any of the accompanying documentation (as appropriate) with the updated information no later than the date of the next interest payment on the Loan and (ii) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective IRS Form W-8IMY and accompanying documentation in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:    
Name:    

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Title:    
Date:               ,     

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT L-4

Form of

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships

For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (a) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (b) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (c) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (d) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (e) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a properly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8IMY, a withholding statement as described in the regulations under section 1441 of the Code, and one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (a) a properly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8BEN or (b) a properly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption (or if one of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners is itself a partnership (“ Upper-Tier Partnership ”), then a properly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8IMY from the Upper-Tier Partnership accompanied by a properly completed and executed original of IRS Form W-8BEN from each of the Upper-Tier Partnership’s partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption, and so on). By executing this IRS Form W-8IMY, the undersigned agrees that (i) if the information provided on this IRS Form W-8IMY or the accompanying documentation changes, the undersigned shall so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent by providing newly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY or any of the accompanying documentation (as appropriate) with the updated information no later than the date of the next interest payment on the Loan, and (ii) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective IRS Form W-8IMY and accompanying documentation in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Date:               ,     

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT M

Form of

Funding Indemnity Letter

 

TO: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

     Lenders to the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined)

 

RE: Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement)

 

DATE: [Date]

This letter is delivered in anticipation of the closing of the above-referenced Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the most recent draft of the Credit Agreement circulated to the Borrower and the Lenders.

The Borrower anticipates that all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied on September [    ], 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”). The Borrower wishes to borrow the initial Revolving Loans, described in the Loan Notice delivered in connection with this letter agreement, on the Effective Date as Eurodollar Rate Loans (the “ Effective Date Eurodollar Rate Loans ”).

The Borrower acknowledges that (a) in order to accommodate the foregoing request, the Lenders are making funding arrangements for value on the Effective Date, (b) there can be no assurance that the Credit Agreement will become effective as of the Effective Date, (c) the Lenders will not make such Effective Date Eurodollar Rate Loans unless the Credit Agreement has been fully executed and the requirements set forth in Article IV of the Credit Agreement are satisfied (the “ Funding Requirements ”), and (d) if the Funding Requirements are not satisfied on or before the Effective Date, the Lenders may sustain funding losses as a result of such failure to close on such date.

In order to induce the Lenders to make the funding arrangements necessary to make the Effective Date Eurodollar Rate Loans on the Effective Date, the Borrower agrees promptly upon demand to compensate each Lender and hold each Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense (including the cost of counsel) which such Lender may incur (a) as a consequence of any failure to (i) satisfy the Funding Requirements or (ii) borrow the Effective Date Eurodollar Rate Loans on the Effective Date from such Lender for any reason whatsoever (including the failure of the Credit Agreement to become effective) or (b) in connection with the preparation, administration or enforcement of, or any dispute arising under, this Funding Indemnity Letter. For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to any Lender under this paragraph, the provisions of Section 3.05 of the Credit Agreement shall apply as if the Credit Agreement were in effect with respect to the Effective Date Eurodollar Rate Loans (regardless of whether the Credit Agreement ever becomes effective).

This letter agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this letter agreement by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this letter agreement. This letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


EXHIBIT N-1

Form of

Bailee Agreement

BAILEE AGREEMENT

THIS BAILEE AGREEMENT is entered into as of                     , among BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”),                     (“ Custodian ”), and SOLARCITY CORPORATION (“ Borrower ”).

WHEREAS , Custodian has warehouse facilities at                     (“ Warehouse ”), in which it stores or handles inventory of Borrower (“ Inventory ”) from time to time; and from time to time pursuant to that certain [ describe applicable agreement ], dated as of [    ], 2012 (the “ Custodian Agreement ”), between Custodian and Borrower;

WHEREAS , pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Borrower, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), and the Administrative Agent, Administrative Agent and Lenders have agreed to provide advances and other financial accommodations to Borrower, and Administrative Agent and the Lenders are agreeable to providing such financing only if Custodian and Borrower agree upon the storage and handling of the Inventory as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS , as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement), Borrower has granted a security interest in certain of the inventory that will be stored at the Warehouse (together with all additions, substitutions, replacements and improvements to, and proceeds of, the foregoing, collectively, the “ Administrative Agent Collateral ”);

NOW, THEREFORE , for valuable consideration hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Custodian is hereby notified that Administrative Agent has a security interest in the Administrative Agent Collateral. Custodian agrees not to claim any ownership of any Administrative Agent Collateral, agrees not to encumber, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Administrative Agent Collateral except as permitted hereunder or otherwise instructed in writing by Administrative Agent, and agrees that it holds all Administrative Agent Collateral as agent for Administrative Agent for the purpose of perfecting Administrative Agent’s security interest therein. Custodian hereby subordinates all of its present and future rights of levy, distraint, demand, lien, encumbrance or seizure with respect to such Administrative Agent Collateral, to Administrative Agent’s security interest and rights in the Administrative Agent Collateral.

 

  2. Custodian shall institute, supervise, control and maintain records and procedures in order to control the receipt, storage and delivery of the Administrative Agent Collateral. Custodian shall fully supervise, control and protect, the Administrative Agent Collateral and its records of same at the Warehouse and shall sufficiently label such Administrative Agent Collateral

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


  so as to be identifiable as being Administrative Agent Collateral.

 

  3. Custodian shall allow Administrative Agent at its discretion, from time to time during normal business hours, to examine the Administrative Agent Collateral, to verify that all Administrative Agent Collateral has been properly accounted for and that Custodian and Borrower are in compliance with this Agreement, and to obtain copies of Custodian’s records relating to the Administrative Agent Collateral and this Agreement. Custodian agrees to give Administrative Agent at least 20 days advance written notice of any change in address or location of the Warehouse.

 

  4. [Custodian will be bonded at all times, which bond shall be issued by a company and on terms reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent. Custodian will at all times keep the Administrative Agent Collateral insured for full value against all insurable risks, on terms acceptable to Administrative Agent. Custodian will notify Administrative Agent in writing at least 10 days before changing or canceling any such insurance.]

 

  5. Custodian shall report to Administrative Agent immediately, or as soon as is reasonably possible, if any Inventory is missing, lost, damaged or destroyed, or if Custodian receives notice of any attachment, lien or other claim affecting the Administrative Agent Collateral [(other than any lien arising under or in connection with that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2012 (“ Inventory Financing ”), by and among SolarCity Corporation, as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the other lenders party thereto].

 

  6. Custodian acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent Collateral shall at all times be moveable personal property. From time to time, Administrative Agent may enter the Warehouse to enforce its rights in and to the Administrative Agent Collateral, and Custodian will not interfere with any such actions; provided that Administrative Agent is escorted by an employee or agent of Custodian at all times while in the Warehouse.

 

  7. If Borrower is ever in material default under the Custodian Agreement, Custodian will promptly notify Administrative Agent in writing and provide at least 30 days thereafter for Administrative Agent to cure such default. If, as a result of any default by Borrower or otherwise, Custodian decides to terminate the Custodian Agreement, then Custodian shall so notify Administrative Agent in writing and Administrative Agent shall have 30 days after receipt of such notice to remove Administrative Agent Collateral from the Warehouse, prior to any exercise of rights by Custodian. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Administrative Agent be responsible for any obligations of Borrower to Custodian under the Custodian Agreement or otherwise, unless Administrative Agent specifically agrees in writing to accept same.

 

  8. Upon Administrative Agent’s request, Custodian will promptly provide to Administrative Agent a copy of Borrower’s monthly statement of charges.

 

  9. Custodian agrees not to issues any warehouse receipts or other document of title relating to Administrative Agent Collateral.

 

  10. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until all obligations of Borrower owing to Administrative Agent have been indefeasibly paid or performed in full, or until

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


  all Administrative Agent Collateral has been removed from the Warehouse. Any notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be made to the notice address the recipient party has set forth on the signature page hereto or such other notice address as the recipient party shall hereafter designate in writing to the other parties and shall be deemed given when received if delivered personally, via electronic mail or by facsimile transmission with completed transmission acknowledgment, or when delivered or when delivery is refused if mailed by overnight delivery via a nationally recognized courier or registered or certified first class mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid.

 

  11.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of [California] 31 , and may be modified only in writing signed by both parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns.

 

  12. [Any rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder are superseded by the rights of Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent under the Inventory Financing, with respect to any Administrative Agent Collateral covered by the Inventory Financing.]

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

31

Insert warehouse location.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Bailee Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

Notice address :       ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT :
        BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
          
Attn:              
         By     
            Title:
           
Notice address :       CUSTODIAN :
         
          
Attn:              
         By     
            Title:
Notice address :       BORROWER :
        SOLARCITY CORPORATION
          
Attn:              
         By     
            Title:

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


EXHIBIT N-2

Form of

Landlord Waiver

Drawn by and return to:

Bank of America, N.A.

Agency Management

Mail Code: WA1-501-17-32

800 Fifth Avenue, Floor 17

Seattle, WA 98104

Attn: Dora Brown

THIS LANDLORD AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered as of this [            ] day of [            , 20__] by [            ], a [            ] (“ Landlord ”), the owner of certain real property, buildings and improvements located in [            ], to Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) for itself and the other lenders (the “ Lenders ”) providing certain credit facilities pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated on or about September [    ], 2012 (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement) by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the guarantors from time to time party thereto (the “ Guarantors ” and together with the Borrower, the “ Loan Parties ”), the lenders and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and the Administrative Agent.

Recitals:

A. The Lenders have agreed to provide the Borrower with certain loan facilities and other financial accommodations (the “ Loan Facilities ”) under the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, which Loan Facilities are guaranteed by the Guarantors. The Loan Parties have secured the repayment of the Loan Facilities and certain other obligations (collectively, defined as “ Secured Obligations ” in the Credit Agreement) by granting the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement), a security interest in all of the Loan Parties’ personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including all proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Collateral ”).

B. Whereas Landlord is the lessor under the lease described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Lease ”) with [            ] (the “ Tenant ”) as lessee pursuant to which Landlord has leased certain premises to Tenant located at [            ] (the “ Premises ”).

C. As a condition to extending the Loan Facilities, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have requested that the Loan Parties obtain, and cause the Landlord to provide, a waiver and subordination, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, of all of its rights against any of the Collateral until the Facility Termination Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the mutual benefits accruing to the Administrative Agent and Landlord as a result of the Loan Facilities provided by the Lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the sufficiency and receipt of such consideration being hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


1. Landlord hereby subordinates in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, any and all rights or interests that Landlord, or its successors and assigns, may now or hereafter have in or to the Collateral, including, without limitation, any lien, claim, charge or encumbrance of any kind or nature, arising by statute, contract, common law or otherwise.

2. Landlord hereby agrees that the liens and security interests existing in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be prior and superior to (a) any and all rights of distraint, levy, and execution which Landlord may now or hereafter have against the Collateral, (b) any and all liens and security interests which Landlord may now or hereafter have on and in the Collateral, and (c) any and all other rights, demands and claims of every nature whatsoever which Landlord may now or hereafter have on or against the Collateral for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, rent, storage charge, or similar expense, cost or sum due or to become due Landlord by Tenant under the provisions of any lease, storage agreement or otherwise, and Landlord hereby subordinates all of its foregoing rights and interests in the Collateral to the security interest of the Administrative Agent in the Collateral. Landlord deems the Collateral to be personal property, not fixtures.

3. Upon the advance written notice from the Administrative Agent that an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement, Landlord agrees that the Administrative Agent or its delegates or assigns may enter upon the Premises at any time or times, during normal business hours, to inspect or remove the Collateral, or any part thereof, from the Premises, without charge, either prior to or subsequent to the termination of the Lease; provided that in any event such removal shall occur no later than forty-five (45) days after the termination of the Lease. The Administrative Agent shall repair or pay reasonable compensation to Landlord for damage, if any, to the Premises caused by the removal of the Collateral. In addition to the above removal rights, the Landlord will permit the Administrative Agent to remain on the Premises for forty-five (45) days after the Administrative Agent gives the Landlord notice of its intention to do so and to take such action as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or appropriate in order to liquidate the Collateral; provided that the Administrative Agent shall pay to the Landlord the basic rent due under the Lease pro-rated on a per diem basis determined on a 30-day month (provided, that such rent shall exclude any rent adjustments, indemnity payments or similar amounts payable under the Lease for default, holdover status or similar charges).

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


4. Landlord represents and warrants: (a) that it has not assigned its claims for payment, if any, nor its right to perfect or assert a lien of any kind whatsoever against Tenant’s Collateral; (b) that it has the right, power and authority to execute this Agreement; (c) that it holds legal title to the Premises; (d) that it is not aware of any breach or default by the Tenant of its obligations under the Lease with respect to the Premises; and (e) the Lease, together with all assignments, modifications, supplementations and amendments set forth in Exhibit A , represents, as of the date hereof, the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the lease of the Premises. Landlord further agrees to provide the Administrative Agent with prompt written notice in the event that Landlord sells the Premises or any portion thereof.

5. The Landlord shall send to the Administrative Agent (in the manner provided herein) a copy of any notice or statement sent to the Tenant by the Landlord asserting a default under the Lease. Such copy shall be sent to the Administrative Agent at the same time such notice or statement is sent to the Tenant. Notices shall be sent to the Administrative Agent by prepaid, registered or certified mail, addressed to the Administrative Agent at the following address, or such other address as the Administrative Agent shall designate to the Landlord in writing:

Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

Agency Management

Mail Code: WA1-501-17-32

800 Fifth Avenue, Floor 17

Seattle, WA 98104

Attn: Dora Brown

6. The Landlord shall not terminate the Lease or pursue any other right or remedy under the Lease by reason of any default of the Tenant under the Lease, until the Landlord shall have given a copy of such written notice to the Administrative Agent as provided above and, in the event any such default is not cured by the Tenant within any time period provided for under the terms and conditions of the Lease, the Landlord will allow the Administrative Agent (a) thirty (30) days from the expiration of the Tenant’s cure period under the Lease within which the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to remedy such act, omission or other default and Landlord will accept such performance by the Administrative Agent and (b) up to an additional sixty (60) days to occupy the Premises; provided that during such period of occupation the Administrative Agent shall pay to the Landlord the basic rent due under the Lease pro-rated on a per diem basis determined on a thirty (30) day month (provided that such rent shall exclude any rent adjustments, indemnity payments or similar amounts payable under the Lease for default, holdover or similar charge).

7. The undersigned will notify all successor owners, transferees, purchasers and mortgagees of the Premises of the existence of this Agreement. The agreements contained herein may not be modified or terminated orally and shall be binding upon the successors, assigns and personal representatives of the undersigned, upon any successor owner or transferee of the Premises, and upon any purchasers, including any mortgagee, from the undersigned.

8. This Agreement shall continue in effect during the term of the Credit Agreement, and any extensions, renewals or modifications thereof and any substitutions therefor, shall be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of Landlord, and shall inure to the benefit of the transferees of Landlord, and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns. Landlord hereby waives notice of the Administrative Agent’s acceptance of and reliance on this Agreement.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


9. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

10. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York. All judicial proceedings brought by the Landlord, the Administrative Agent or the Tenant with respect to this Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the Landlord, Administrative Agent and the Tenant accepts, for itself and in connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any final judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement from which no appeal has been taken or is available.

11. This Agreement represents the agreement of the Landlord, Administrative Agent and the Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Landlord, Administrative Agent and the Tenant relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein.

12. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by a written amendment or instrument signed by each of the Landlord, the Administrative Agent and the Tenant.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and the Administrative Agent have each caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

                                                                                           ,
as Landlord
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


 

Acknowledged and Agreed:
                                                                  , as Tenant
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Acknowledged and Agreed:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Exhibit A to Landlord Waiver

Lease

[TO BE ATTACHED]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


SCHEDULE 1

to

Release Certificate

(see attached)

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT O

Form of

Financial Condition Certificate

 

TO: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

RE: Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement)

 

DATE: [Date]

Pursuant to the terms of Section 4.01(h) of the Credit Agreement, a Responsible Officer of the Borrower hereby certifies on behalf of the Loan Parties and not in any individual capacity that, as of the date hereof, the statements below are accurate and complete in all respects:

(a) There does not exist any pending or ongoing, action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding in any court or before any other Governmental Authority (i) affecting the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, that has not been settled, dismissed, vacated, discharged or terminated prior to the Closing Date or (ii) that purports to affect any Loan Party or any transaction contemplated by the Loan Documents, which action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, that has not been settled, dismissed, vacated, discharged or terminated prior to the Closing Date.

(b) Immediately after giving effect to the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement to occur on the Closing Date, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists, (ii) all representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct, and (iii) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with each of the initial financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 of the Credit Agreement, as demonstrated by the financial covenant calculations set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, as of the last day of the month ending at least twenty (20) days preceding the Closing Date.

(c) Immediately after giving effect to the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement to occur on the Closing Date, each of the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 have been satisfied.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Certificate by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Certificate.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Financial Condition Certificate


Schedule A

Financial Covenant Calculations

Financial Statement Date: [            ,     ] (“ Statement Date ”)

to the Compliance Certificate

($ in 000’s)

I. Section 7.11(a) – Debt Service Coverage Ratio

 

A. Numerator (for the trailing 12-month period then ending on the most recent fiscal quarter end available):   

i. EBITDA (as calculated below)

   $                
  

 

 

 

ii. Maintenance Capital Expenditures 1

   $     
  

 

 

 

iii. Line I.A.i – Line I.A.ii

   $     
  

 

 

 
B. Denominator   

i. Total principal due and payable on funded Indebtedness, as of such date of determination

   $     
  

 

 

 

ii. 10% times Line I.B.i

   $     
  

 

 

 

iii. Cash Interest Charges, for the trailing 12-month period then ending on the most recent fiscal quarter end available

   $     
  

 

 

 

iv. Line I.B.ii + Line I.B.iii

   $     
  

 

 

 
C. Debt Service Coverage Ratio (Line I.A.iii ÷ Line I.B.iv):      to 1.00   

Compliance

Borrower [is][is not] in compliance with Section 7.11(a) of the Credit Agreement as the Debt Service Coverage Ratio of              2 to 1.00 [is][is not] greater than or equal to the minimum permitted ratio of 1.25 to 1.00.

II. Section 7.11(b) – Unencumbered Liquidity

 

A.    Sum of Borrower’s cash and Cash Equivalents (determined as of the last day of each month based on the average daily balance thereof during such month) held in deposit accounts and securities accounts [maintained at Bank of America or its Affiliates in which the Administrative Agent has obtained a perfected Lien subject to no other Liens] 3 and held as investments in deposit accounts and securities accounts in which the Administrative Agent has obtained a perfected Lien subject to no other Lien:      $               
     

 

 

 

 

 

1  

Maintenance Capital Expenditures are Capital Expenditures for the maintenance and normal replacements of fixed or capital assets of the Borrower, excluding any business expansion-related capital expenditures

2  

Insert Line I.C.

3  

Insert this language after accounts transferred pursuant to Section 6.18 of the Credit Agreement

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Compliance

Borrower [is][is not] in compliance with Section 7.11(b) of the Credit Agreement as the Unencumbered Liquidity of $             4 [is][is not] greater than or equal to the minimum permitted Liquidity amount of $            . 5

EBITDA

(in accordance with the definition of EBITDA as set forth in the Credit Agreement)

 

EBITDA

(measured on an Activity

Basis)

   Quarter
Ended
   Quarter
Ended
   Quarter
Ended
   Quarter
Ended
   Twelve
Months
Ended

Net Income

              

plus , without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in calculating Net Income:

+ Interest Charges

              

+ as applicable, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable

              

+ depreciation and amortization expense

              

+ non-recurring expenses

              

= EBITDA

              

 

4  

Insert Line II.A.

5  

Insert amount as determined by Section 7.11(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT P

Form of

Authorization to Share Insurance Information

 

TO:

   Insurance Agent

RE:

   Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement)

DATE:

   [Date]

 

Grantor :

   SolarCity Corporation (the “ Grantor ”)

Administrative Agent:

  

Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties, I.S.A.O.A., A.T.I.M.A. * (the “Administrative Agent”) Attn: MAC Legal Collateral Administration

TX1-492-14-06 901 Main Street Dallas TX 75202-3714

Policy Number :

   See attached Exhibit 1.

Insurance Company/Agent :

   See attached Exhibit 1.

Insurance Company Address :

   See attached Exhibit 1.

Insurance Company Telephone No. :

   See attached Exhibit 1.

Insurance Company Fax No. :

   See attached Exhibit 1.

The Grantor hereby authorizes the Insurance Agent to send evidence of all insurance to the Administrative Agent, as may be requested by the Administrative Agent, together with requested insurance policies, certificates of insurance, declarations and endorsements.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Certificate by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Certificate.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

*  

I.S.A.O.A. stands for “its successors and/or assigns.” A.T.I.M.A. stands for “as their interest may appear.”

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Authorization to Share Insurance Information


Exhibit 1 to

Authorization to Share Insurance Information

[Insurance certificates to be attached.]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT Q

Form of

Borrowing Base Certificate

 

TO:

   Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

RE:

   Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2012, by and among SolarCity Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement)

DATE:

   [Date]

 

(1)    Borrowing Base (from Schedule A )     
(2)    Facility     
(3)    Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans     
(4)    Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations   
(5)    Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Swingline Loans     
(6)    Sum of (3) plus (4) plus (5)     
(7)    Borrowing Availability (Borrowing Base Deficiency) the lesser of (1) and ((2) minus (6))     

This certificate (this “ Certificate ”) is submitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the Collateral Documents, the Administrative Agent has been granted a security interest in all of the Collateral referred to in this Certificate and has a valid perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens.

The undersigned hereby certifies, as of the date first written above, that (a) the amounts and calculations (i) the information set forth in Schedule A accurately reflect the Borrower Base, (ii) the information set forth in Schedule B accurately reflect the Eligible Commercial Project Back-Log, Eligible Residential Project Back-Log and Eligible Military Project Back-Log, (iii) the information set forth in Schedule C accurately reflect the Eligible Commercial Take-Out, Eligible Military Take-Out and Eligible Residential Take-Out, and (iv) attached as Exhibit A are true and complete copies of all funding notices delivered to the Tax Equity Investors for the prior month (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Certificate by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Certificate.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


SOLARCITY CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Schedule A

(See attached)

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Schedule B

Form of

Back-Log Spreadsheet

 

Available Backlog

 

Market

  

Market Size

   PV System
Size (in kW)
     PV System
Value FMV
(in $/W) 1
   PV System
Value (in $)
 
  

Lg Comm

        
  

Md Comm

        
  

Sm Comm

        
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

Commercial

        —            $ 0   
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 
  

Large Resi

        
  

Small Resi

        
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

Military

        —            $ 0   
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 
  

Large Resi

        
  

Small Resi

        
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

Residential

        —            $ 0   
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

1 - Insert amount as determined by the definition of PV System Value in the Credit Agreement

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Schedule C

Form of

Take-Out Spreadsheet

 

Available Unfunded Take-Out

 

Fund

   Investor    Close
Date
   Commitment
Amount
     Total
Investor
Contributions
     Remaining
Commitment
     Available to
Commercial
     Available
to
Military
     Available
to
Residential
 
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Exhibit A to Borrowing Base Certificate

(See attached funding notices)

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT R

Form of

Back-Log Spreadsheet

 

Available Backlog

 

Market

  

Market Size

   PV System
Size (in kW)
     PV System
Value FMV
(in $/W) 1
   PV System
Value (in $)
 
  

Lg Comm

        
  

Md Comm

        
  

Sm Comm

        
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

Commercial

        —            $ 0   
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 
  

Large Resi

        
  

Small Resi

        
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

Military

        —            $ 0   
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 
  

Large Resi

        
  

Small Resi

        
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

Residential

        —            $ 0   
     

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

1 - Insert amount as determined by the definition of PV System Value in the Credit Agreement

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT S

Form of

Take-Out Spreadsheet

 

Available Unfunded Take-Out

 

Fund

   Investor    Close
Date
   Commitment
Amount
     Total
Investor
Contributions
     Remaining
Commitment
     Available to
Commercial
    Available
to
Military
    Available
to
Residential
 
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

         $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0      $ 0      $ 0   

 

[***] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 21.1

Company Subsidiaries

USB SolarCity Manager 2009, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

USB SolarCity Owner 2009, LLC, a California limited liability company

USB SolarCity Master Tenant 2009, a California limited liability company

USB SolarCity Manager 2009-2010, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

USB SolarCity Owner 2009-2010, LLC, a California limited liability company

USB SolarCity Master Tenant 2009-2010, a California limited liability company

NBA SolarCity AFB, LLC, a California limited liability company

USB SolarCity Manager III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

USB SolarCity Owner III, LLC, a California limited liability company

USB SolarCity Master Tenant III, LLC, a California limited liability company

NBA SolarCity Solar Phoenix, LLC, a California limited liability company

Building Solutions Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation

USB SolarCity Manager IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

USB SolarCity Owner IV, LLC, a California limited liability company

USB SolarCity Master Tenant IV, LLC, a California limited liability company

SolarCity Mid-Atlantic Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarCity Giants Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Banyan SolarCity Manager 2010, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Banyan SolarCity Owner 2010, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Fontane Solar I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

IL Buono Solar I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Landlord 2008-A, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Master Tenant 2008-A, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


Matterhorn Solar I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

MS SolarCity 2008, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

MS SolarCity Commercial 2008, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

MS SolarCity Residential 2008, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

NBA SolarCity Commercial I, LLC, a California limited liability company

Sequoia Pacific Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Sequoia Pacific Manager I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Sequoia Pacific Solar I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Sequoia SolarCity Owner I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Solar Marketing, Inc., a Delaware corporation

SolarCity Alpine Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarCity Amphitheatre Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarCity Arbor Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarCity Arches Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarCity Community Fund, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarCity Engineering, Inc., a California Corporation

SolarCity Fund Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarCity Grand Canyon Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarCity Holdings 2008, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarCity International, Inc., a Delaware corporation

SolarCity Investments Canada Ltd., a Canada corporation

SolarCity New Markets Manager, LLC, a California limited liability company

SolarCity Village Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarRock, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarStrong Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

-2-


SolarStrong, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Clydesdale SC Solar I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Beatrix Solar I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

SolarCity Orange Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Mound Solar Manager V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Mound Solar Master Tenant V, LLC, a California limited liability company

Mound Solar Owner V, LLC, a California limited liability company

Solar Marsh, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

-3-

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 26, 2012, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of SolarCity Corporation for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

October 5, 2012

Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.1

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on              , 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   4931   02-0781046

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Lyndon R. Rive

Chief Executive Officer

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Steven V. Bernard

Alexander D. Phillips

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Seth R. Weissman
Phuong Y. Phillips

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

 

Thomas J. Ivey

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

525 University Avenue

Palo Alto, California 94301

(650) 470-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨      Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  x       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration
Fee
         

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

       
 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes shares the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED              , 2012

             Shares

 

LOGO

 

 

This is an initial public offering of SolarCity Corporation’s shares of common stock. We are offering to sell              shares in this offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering to sell an additional              shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

 

 

See “ Risk Factors ” on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 3(a)(80) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                    , 2012.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse   J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch

Roth Capital Partners

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     11   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

     33   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     34   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     34   

CAPITALIZATION

     35   

DILUTION

     37   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     39   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     42   

BUSINESS

     72   

MANAGEMENT

     90   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     99   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     109   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     113   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     116   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     121   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     124   

UNDERWRITING

     128   

EXPERTS

     134   

LEGAL MATTERS

     134   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     134   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who obtain this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares in this offering. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and “SolarCity” refer to SolarCity Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

SolarCity

Our Vision for Better Energy

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

Overview

The demand for Better Energy has enabled us to install more solar energy systems than any company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs.     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships.     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy.     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality.     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 24,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 123% over the past three years.

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this

 

 

1


Table of Contents

lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have formed investment funds with fund investors where we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

To date, we have raised $1.4 billion through 20 investment funds established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $700 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments.

Our long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and we are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% for residential and commercial customers from 2000 to 2010, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. Despite these increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, U.S. electricity usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kilowatt hour, or kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 terawatt hours, or TWh, of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

As a result of rising energy prices, the market for energy efficiency solutions is expected to grow significantly. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to 2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to switch to Better Energy in a simple and cost-efficient manner. The key elements of our integrated approach are:

 

  Ÿ  

Sales.     We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing.     We provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy affordable.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering.     We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the custom design process and optimizes the energy production of each solar energy system.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation.     We obtain all necessary building permits and handle the installation of our solar energy systems. By managing these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance.     Our proprietary monitoring software provides both SolarCity and our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation, consumption and carbon offset through an easy-to-read application available on smartphones and any device with a web browser.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services.     Using our proprietary software, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements.

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation and monitoring ourselves, we offer a simple and efficient process to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.     Most of our customers purchase energy from us under 20-year contracts, and we leverage these relationships to offer energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      We believe that our size and scale provide our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.      Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. We intend to:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     We intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel and leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     We plan on reducing costs by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary software to further ensure that our integrated team operates as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital and offer lower-priced energy to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities.

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, as more fully described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. For example, you should be aware of the following before investing in our common stock:

 

  Ÿ  

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

  Ÿ  

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems through financing arrangements with fund investors.

 

  Ÿ  

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other energy sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in June 2006 as a Delaware corporation. Our headquarters are located at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402, and our telephone number is (650) 638-1028. You can access our website at www.solarcity.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

“SolarCity,” “SolarGuard,” “SolarLease” and “PowerGuide” are our registered trademarks in the United States and, in some cases, in certain other countries. Our other unregistered trademarks and service marks in the United States include: “Better Energy,” “SolarBid,” “SolarStrong” and “SolarWorks.” This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and tradenames of other companies.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 3(a)(80) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Pursuant to Section 102 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, we have provided reduced executive compensation disclosure and have omitted a compensation discussion and analysis from this prospectus.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                         shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                         shares

 

Total common stock offered

                         shares

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

                         shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of             additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets.

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market symbol

SCTY

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 55,903,601 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,656,043 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.88 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,797,792 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 2,497,792 shares of common stock reserved for issuance

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

under our 2007 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 45,280,032 shares of common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described in “Description of Capital Stock;”

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the conversion of outstanding, non-expiring preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

reflects a two-for-one forward stock split of our capital stock that we effected in March 2012;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adopt our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders in this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to our consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

      

Revenue:

      

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551   

Cost of revenue:

      

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,765        2,284        12,415   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272   

Other expenses, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

      

Basic

       $     
      

 

 

 

Diluted

       $     
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:(2)

      

Basic

      
      

 

 

 

Diluted

      
      

 

 

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 upon the completion of this offering.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 is presented on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Actual     Pro
Forma
     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 50,471      $                    $                

Total current assets

     241,522        

Solar energy systems

     535,609        

Total assets

     813,173        

Total current liabilities

     246,886        

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     101,359        

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

     46,541        

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

     15,144        

Other liabilities

     36,314        

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     125,722        

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (37,662     

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     122,646        

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

         Year Ended December 31,      
     2009      2010      2011  

New buildings(1)

     2,893         4,843         8,273   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

     5,817         10,660         18,933   

Transactions for other energy products and services(2)

     68         403         3,862   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

 

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments as of the dates presented:

 

       As of December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate Nominal Contracted Payments

   $ 115,439       $ 265,252       $ 486,456   

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a substantial risk of loss. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks occurred, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. See the section entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to our Business

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

Federal, state and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, and internal policies and regulations promulgated by electric utilities, heavily influence the market for electricity generation products and services. These regulations and policies often relate to electricity pricing and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. In the United States, governments and utilities continuously modify these regulations and policies. These regulations and policies could deter customers from purchasing renewable energy, including solar energy systems. This could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for our solar energy systems. For example, utilities commonly charge fees to larger, industrial customers for disconnecting from the electric grid or for having the capacity to use power from the electric grid for back-up purposes. These fees could increase our customers’ cost to use our systems and make them less desirable, thereby harming our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, depending on the region, electricity generated by solar energy systems competes most effectively with expensive peak-hour electricity from the electric grid, rather than the less expensive average price of electricity. Modifications to the utilities’ peak hour pricing policies or rate design, such as to a flat rate, would require us to lower the price of our solar energy systems to compete with the price of electricity from the electric grid.

In addition, any changes to government or internal utility regulations and policies that favor electric utilities could reduce our competitiveness and cause a significant reduction in demand for our products and services. For example, certain jurisdictions have proposed assessing fees on customers purchasing energy from solar energy systems and a utility in San Diego, California recently attempted to impose a new charge that would disproportionately impact solar energy system customers who utilize net metering, either of which would increase the cost of energy to those customers and could reduce demand for our solar energy systems. Any similar government or utility policies adopted in the future could reduce demand for our products and services and adversely impact our growth.

 

11


Table of Contents

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net energy metering, or net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Utilities operating in states without a net metering policy may receive solar electricity that is exported to the grid at times when there is no simultaneous energy demand by the customer to utilize the generation onsite without providing any compensation to the customer for this generation. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate may be adversely impacted by the failure to expand existing limits on the amount of net metering in states that have implemented it, the failure to adopt a net metering policy where it currently is not in place or the imposition of new charges that only or disproportionately impact customers that utilize net metering. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate also may be adversely impacted by the unavailability of expedited or simplified interconnection for grid-tied solar energy systems or any limitation on the number of customer interconnections or amount of solar energy that utilities are required to allow in their service territory or some part of the grid.

Limits on net metering, interconnection of solar energy systems and other operational policies in key markets could limit the number of solar energy systems installed there. For example, California utilities are currently required to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds 5% of the utilities’ “aggregate customer peak demand.” This cap on net metering in California was increased to 5% in 2010 as utilities neared the prior cap of 2.5%. If the current net metering caps in California, or other jurisdictions, are reached, future customers will be unable to recognize the cost savings associated with net metering. We substantially rely on net metering when we establish competitive pricing for our prospective customers. The absence of net metering for new customers would greatly limit demand for our solar energy systems.

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

U.S. federal, state and local government bodies provide incentives to end users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments and payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation. We rely on these governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives to lower our cost of capital and to incent fund investors to invest in our funds. These incentives enable us to lower the price we charge customers for energy and for our solar energy systems. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase. These reductions or terminations often occur without warning.

The federal government currently offers a 30% investment tax credit under Section 48(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Federal ITC, for the installation of certain solar power facilities until December 31, 2016. This credit is due to adjust to 10% in 2017. Solar energy systems that began construction prior to the end of 2011 were eligible to receive a 30% federal cash grant paid by the U.S. Treasury Department under section 1603 of the “American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009,” or the U.S. Treasury grant, in lieu of the Federal ITC. In addition, applicable authorities may adjust or decrease incentives from time to time or include provisions for minimum domestic content requirements or other requirements to qualify for these incentives.

 

12


Table of Contents

Reductions in, or eliminations or expirations of, governmental incentives could adversely impact our results of operations and ability to compete in our industry by increasing our cost of capital, causing us to increase the prices of our energy and solar energy systems, and reducing the size of our addressable market. In addition, this would adversely impact our ability to attract investment partners and to form new investment funds and our ability to offer attractive financing to prospective customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011, more than 90% of new customers chose to enter into financed lease or power purchase agreements rather than buying a solar energy system for cash.

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

Our leases and power purchase agreements are third-party ownership arrangements. Sales of electricity by third parties face regulatory challenges in some states and jurisdictions. Other challenges pertain to whether third-party owned systems qualify for the same levels of rebates or other non-tax incentives available for customer-owned solar energy systems, whether third-party owned systems are eligible at all for these incentives, and whether third-party owned systems are eligible for net metering and the associated significant cost savings. Reductions in, or eliminations of, this treatment of these third-party arrangements could reduce demand for our systems, adversely impact our access to capital and could cause us to increase the price we charge our customers for energy.

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We and our fund investors claim the Federal ITC or the U.S. Treasury grant in amounts based on the fair market value of our solar energy systems. We have obtained independent appraisals to support the fair market values we report for claiming Federal ITCs and U.S. Treasury grants. The Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department review these fair market values. With respect to U.S. Treasury grants, the U.S. Treasury Department reviews the reported fair market value in determining the amount initially awarded, and the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department may also subsequently review the fair market value and determine that amounts previously awarded must be repaid to the U.S. Treasury Department. With respect to Federal ITCs, the Internal Revenue Service may review the fair market value on audit and determine that the tax credits previously claimed must be reduced. If the fair market value is determined to be less than we reported, we may owe the fund or our fund investors an amount equal to this difference, plus any costs and expenses associated with a challenge to that valuation. The U.S. Treasury Department has determined in a small number of instances to award us U.S. Treasury grants for our solar energy systems at a materially lower value than we had established in our appraisals and, as a result, we have been required to pay our fund investors a true-up payment or contribute additional assets to the associated investment funds. Other U.S. Treasury grant applications have been accepted and the U.S. Treasury grant paid in full on the basis of valuations comparable to those projects as to which the U.S. Treasury has determined a significantly lower valuation than that claimed in our U.S. Treasury grant applications. If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department disagrees now or in the future with the fair market value of more of our solar energy systems that we have constructed or that we construct in the future, including any systems for which grants have already been paid, and determines we have claimed too high of a fair market value, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems with fund investors who require particular tax and other benefits.

Our solar energy systems have been eligible for Federal ITCs or U.S. Treasury grants, as well as depreciation benefits. We have relied on, and will continue to rely on, financing structures that monetize a substantial portion of those benefits and provide financing for our solar energy systems. With the lapse of the U.S. Treasury grant program, we anticipate that our reliance on these tax-advantaged financing structures will increase substantially. If, for any reason, we were unable to continue to monetize those benefits through these arrangements, we may be unable to provide and maintain solar energy systems for new customers on an economically viable basis.

The availability of this tax-advantaged financing depends upon many factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to compete with other renewable energy companies for the limited number of potential fund investors, each of which has limited funds and limited appetite for the tax benefits associated with these financings;

 

  Ÿ  

the state of financial and credit markets;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the legal or tax risks associated with these financings; and

 

  Ÿ  

non-renewal of these incentives or decreases in the associated benefits.

Under current law, the Federal ITC will be reduced from approximately 30% of the cost of the solar energy systems to approximately 10% for solar energy systems placed in service after December 31, 2016. In addition, U.S. Treasury grants are no longer available for new solar energy systems. Moreover, potential fund investors must remain satisfied that the structures we offer make the tax benefits associated with solar energy systems available to these investors, which depends both on the investors’ assessment of the tax law and the absence of any unfavorable interpretations of that law. Changes in existing law and interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts could reduce the willingness of fund investors to invest in funds associated with these solar energy system investments. We cannot assure you that this type of financing will be available to us. If, for any reason, we are unable to finance solar energy systems through tax-advantaged structures or if we are unable to realize or monetize depreciation benefits, we may no longer be able to provide solar energy systems to new customers on an economically viable basis. This would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We need to enter into additional substantial financing arrangements to facilitate our customers’ access to our solar energy systems, and if this financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to continue to grow our business would be materially adversely impacted.

Our future success depends on our ability to raise capital from third-party fund investors to help finance the deployment of our residential and commercial solar energy systems. In particular, our strategy is to seek to reduce the cost of capital through these arrangements to improve our margins or to offset future reductions in government incentives and to maintain the price competitiveness of our solar energy systems. If we are unable to establish new investment funds when needed, or upon desirable terms, to enable our customers’ access to our solar energy systems with little or no upfront cost, we may be unable to finance installation of our customers’ systems, or our cost of capital could increase, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To date we have raised capital sufficient to finance installation of our customers’ solar energy systems from a number of financial institutions and other large companies. If any of these financial institutions or large companies decide not to invest in future investment funds to finance our

 

14


Table of Contents

solar energy systems, or materially changed the terms under which they are willing to provide future financing, we will need to identify new financial institutions and companies to invest in our investment funds and negotiate new financing terms.

In the past, we encountered challenges raising new funds, which caused us to delay deployment of a substantial number of solar energy systems for which we had signed leases or power purchase agreements with customers. For example, in late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Our future ability to obtain additional financing depends on banks’ and other financing sources’ continued confidence in our business model and the renewable energy industry as a whole. If we experience higher customer default rates than we currently experience in our existing investment funds or we lower the credit rating requirement for new customers, this could make it more difficult or costly to attract future financing. Solar energy has yet to achieve broad market acceptance and depends on continued support in the form of performance-based incentives, rebates, tax credits and other incentives from federal, state and foreign governments. If this support diminishes, our ability to obtain external financing on acceptable terms, or at all, could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we face competition for these investor funds. If we are unable to continue to offer a competitive investment profile, we may lose access to these funds or they may only be available on less favorable terms than our competitors. Our current financing sources may be inadequate to support the anticipated growth in our business plans. Our inability to secure financing could lead to cancelled projects and could impair our ability to accept new projects and customers. In addition, our borrowing costs could increase, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe that a customer’s decision to buy renewable energy from us is primarily driven by their desire to pay less for electricity. The customer’s decision may also be affected by the cost of other renewable energy sources. Decreases in the retail prices of electricity from the utilities or from other renewable energy sources would harm our ability to offer competitive pricing and could harm our business. The price of electricity from utilities could decrease as a result of:

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of a significant number of new power generation plants, including nuclear, coal, natural gas or renewable energy technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of additional electric transmission and distribution lines;

 

  Ÿ  

a reduction in the price of natural gas as a result of new drilling techniques or a relaxation of associated regulatory standards;

 

  Ÿ  

the energy conservation technologies and public initiatives to reduce electricity consumption; and

 

  Ÿ  

development of new renewable energy technologies that provide less expensive energy.

A reduction in utility electricity prices would make the purchase of our solar energy systems or the purchase of energy under our lease and power purchase agreements less economically attractive. In addition, a shift in the timing of peak rates for utility-generated electricity to a time of day when solar energy generation is less efficient could make our solar energy system offerings less competitive and reduce demand for our products and services. If the retail price of energy available from utilities were to decrease due to any of these reasons, or others, we would be at a competitive disadvantage, we may be unable to attract new customers and our growth would be limited.

 

15


Table of Contents

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity would particularly adversely impact our ability to attract commercial customers.

Commercial customers comprise a significant and growing portion of our business, and the commercial market for energy is particularly sensitive to price changes. Typically, commercial customers pay less for energy from utilities than residential customers. Because the price we are able to charge commercial customers is only slightly lower than their current retail rate, any decline in the retail rate of energy for commercial entities could have a significant impact on our ability to attract commercial customers. We may be unable to offer solar energy systems for the commercial market that produce electricity at rates that are competitive with the price of retail electricity on a non-subsidized basis. If this were to occur, we would be at a competitive disadvantage to other energy providers and may be unable to attract new commercial customers, and our business would be harmed.

Rising interest rates could adversely impact our business.

Changes in interest rates could have an adverse impact on our business. For example:

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates would increase our cost of capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates may negatively impact our ability to secure financing on favorable terms to facilitate our customers’ purchase of our solar energy systems or energy generated by our solar energy systems.

The majority of our cash flows to date have been from solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements that have been monetized under various investment fund structures. One of the components of this monetization is the present value of the payment streams from the customers who enter into these leases and power purchase agreements. If the rate of return required by the fund investor rises as a result of a rise in interest rates, it will reduce the present value of the customer payment stream and consequently reduce the total value derived from this monetization. Rising interest rates could harm our business and financial condition.

We have guaranteed a minimum return to be received by investors in certain of our investment funds and could be adversely affected if we are required to make any payments under those guarantees.

In three of the solar investment funds that we formed in 2009, we have guaranteed that the investors in those funds will achieve a minimum internal rate of return, which is below the original projected internal rate of return, on their investments measured at the end of approximately five years and nine months following the last date on which any solar energy project owned by the funds is placed into service. If an investor does not achieve the minimum internal rate of return, then our subsidiary that co-owns the applicable fund with the investor would be required to pay the investor an amount that, together with distributions received from the fund, cause the investor to achieve the minimum internal rate of return. If our subsidiary does not have funds available to make such payment, then the investor could require us to pay such amounts under our guarantees, which could adversely affect our financial condition.

We are not currently regulated as a utility under applicable law, but we may be subject to regulation as a utility in the future.

Federal law and most state laws do not currently regulate us as a utility. As a result, we are not subject to the various federal and state standards, restrictions and regulatory requirements applicable to U.S. utilities. In the United States, we obtain federal and state regulatory exemptions by establishing “Qualifying Facility” status with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for all of our qualifying

 

16


Table of Contents

solar energy projects. In Canada, we also are generally subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff regulations (including the feed-in tariff rates), however we are not currently subject to regulation as a utility. Our business strategy includes the continued development of larger solar energy systems in the future for our commercial and government customers, which has the potential to impact our regulatory position. Any local, state, federal or foreign regulations could place significant restrictions on our ability to operate our business and execute our business plan by prohibiting or otherwise restricting our sale of electricity. If we were subject to the same state, federal or foreign regulatory authorities as utilities in the United States or if new regulatory bodies were established to oversee our business in the United States or in foreign markets, then our operating costs would materially increase.

A failure to hire and retain a sufficient number of employees in key functions would constrain our growth and our ability to timely complete our customers’ projects.

To support our growth, we need to hire, train, deploy, manage and retain a substantial number of skilled employees. In particular, we need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure to grow our customer base and our business, and we plan to expand our direct sales force. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months before a new salesperson is fully trained and productive. If we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or grow our business.

To complete current and future customer projects and to continue to grow our customer base, we need to hire a large number of installers in the relevant markets. Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for skilled installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and delivery of energy products and services. We also compete with the homebuilding and construction industries for skilled labor. As these industries recover and seek to hire additional workers, our cost of labor may increase. The unionization of our labor force could also increase our labor costs. Shortages of skilled labor could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project. In addition, because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources that requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high regional standards for employees in these fields.

If we cannot meet our hiring, retention and efficiency goals, we may be unable to complete our customers’ projects on time, in an acceptable manner or at all. Any significant failures in this regard would materially impair our growth, reputation, business and financial results. If we are required to pay higher compensation than we anticipate, these greater expenses may also adversely impact our financial results and the growth of our business.

It is difficult to evaluate our business and prospects due to our limited operating history.

Since our formation in 2006, we have focused our efforts primarily on the sales, financing, engineering, installation and monitoring of solar energy systems for residential, commercial and government customers. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. We may be unsuccessful in significantly broadening our customer base through installation of solar energy systems within our current markets or in new markets we may enter. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in generating

 

17


Table of Contents

substantial revenue from our new energy efficiency products and services or from any additional energy-related products and services we may introduce in the future. Our limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving and competitive nature of our industry, may not provide an adequate basis for you to evaluate our operating and financing results and business prospects. In addition, we only have limited insight into emerging trends that may adversely impact our business, prospects and operating results. As a result, our limited operating history may impair our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.

We have incurred losses and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses, including a net loss of $47.1 million in 2010, and had an accumulated deficit of $47.2 million as of December 31, 2011. We may continue to incur net losses from operations as we increase our spending to finance the expansion of our operations, expand our installation , engineering, administrative, sales and marketing staffs, and implement internal systems and infrastructure to support our growth. We do not know whether our revenue will grow rapidly enough to absorb these costs, and our limited operating history makes it difficult to assess the extent of these expenses or their impact on our operating results. Our ability to achieve profitability depends on a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

growing our customer base;

 

  Ÿ  

finding investors willing to invest in our investment funds;

 

  Ÿ  

maintaining and further lowering our cost of capital;

 

  Ÿ  

reducing the cost of components for our solar energy systems; and

 

  Ÿ  

reducing our operating costs by optimizing our design and installation processes and supply chain logistics.

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may be unable to sustain or increase our profitability in the future.

We face competition from both traditional energy companies and renewable energy companies.

The solar energy and renewable energy industries are both highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive to distinguish themselves within their markets and compete with large utilities. We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. If we cannot offer compelling value to our customers based on these factors, then our business will not grow. Utilities generally have substantially greater financial, technical, operational and other resources than we do. As a result of their greater size, these competitors may be able to devote more resources to the research, development, promotion and sale of their products or respond more quickly to evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions than we can. Utilities could also offer other value-added products or services that could help them to compete with us even if the cost of electricity they offer is higher than ours. In addition, a majority of utilities’ sources of electricity is non-solar, which may allow utilities to sell electricity more cheaply than electricity generated by our solar energy systems.

We also compete with solar companies in the downstream value chain of solar energy. For example, we face competition from purely finance driven organizations which then subcontract out the installation of solar energy systems, from installation businesses that seek financing from external parties, from large construction companies and utilities, and increasingly from sophisticated electrical and roofing companies. Some of these competitors specialize in either the residential or commercial

 

18


Table of Contents

solar energy markets, and some may provide energy at lower costs than we do. Many of our competitors also have significant brand name recognition and have extensive knowledge of our target markets. For us to remain competitive, we must distinguish ourselves from our competitors by offering an integrated approach that successfully competes with each level of products and services offered by our competitors at various points in the value chain. If our competitors develop an integrated approach similar to ours including sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and efficiency services, this will reduce our marketplace differentiation.

We also face competition in the energy efficiency evaluation and upgrades market and we expect to face competition in additional markets as we introduce new energy-related products and services. As the solar industry grows and evolves, we will also face new competitors who are not currently in the market. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with existing or new competitors will limit our growth and will have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for 2010 and 2011, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and inventory processes. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. These material weaknesses resulted from an aggregation of deficiencies, including an error related to the allocation of net loss to the controlling and non-controlling interests that resulted in a restatement of our 2008 and 2009 financial statements, the accounting for inventory shipping terms, controls over the financial statement close process and errors related to the treatment of certain lease pass-through and sale-leaseback-sublease arrangements that resulted in a restatement of our 2010 financial statements. These deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls resulted in audit adjustments and delayed our financial statement close process for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011. We are implementing policies and processes to remediate these material weaknesses and improve our internal control over financial reporting.

We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our financial statements. Had we performed such an evaluation or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, material weaknesses, in addition to those discussed above, may have been identified. For so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, which may be up to five years following this offering, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. During the course of the evaluation, documentation or attestation, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify weaknesses and deficiencies that we may not otherwise identify in a timely manner or at all as a result of the deferred implementation of this additional level of review.

We have taken numerous steps to address the underlying causes of the control deficiencies referenced above, primarily through the development and implementation of policies, improved processes and documented procedures, and the hiring of additional accounting and finance personnel

 

19


Table of Contents

with technical accounting, inventory accounting and financial reporting experience. If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by law or exchange regulations.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate our existing material weaknesses in a timely manner, if at all, or that in the future additional material weaknesses will not exist or otherwise be discovered, a risk that is significantly increased in light of the complexity of our business. If our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses are not successful or if other deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock by the NYSE or NASDAQ National Market, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Projects for our significant commercial or government customers involve concentrated project risks that may cause significant changes in our financial results.

During any given financial reporting period, we typically have ongoing significant projects for commercial and governmental customers that represent a significant portion of our potential financial results for such period. For example, Walmart is a significant customer for which we have installed a substantial number of solar energy systems. We also recently announced SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country that we anticipate will involve a significant investment in resources and project management over time and will require additional investment funds to support the project. These larger projects create concentrated operating and financial risks. The effect of recognizing revenue or other financial measures on the sale of a larger project, or the failure to recognize revenue or other financial measures as anticipated in a given reporting period because a project is not yet completed under applicable accounting rules by period end, may materially impact our quarterly or annual financial results. In addition, if construction, warranty or operational issues arise on a larger project, or if the timing of such projects unexpectedly shifts for other reasons, such issues could have a material impact on our financial results. If we are unable to successfully manage these significant projects in multiple markets, including our related internal processes and external construction management, or if we are unable to continue to attract such significant customers and projects in the future, our financial results would be harmed.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers of solar panels and other system components to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems. Any shortage, delay or component price change from these suppliers could result in sales and installation delays, cancellations and loss of market share.

We purchase solar panels, inverters and other system components from a limited number of suppliers, making us susceptible to quality issues, shortages and price changes. If we fail to develop, maintain and expand our relationships with these or other suppliers, we may be unable to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems, or we may only be able to offer our systems at higher costs or after delays. If one or more of the suppliers that we rely upon to meet anticipated demand ceases or reduces production, we may be unable to quickly identify alternate suppliers or to qualify alternative products on commercially reasonable terms, and we may be unable to satisfy this demand. In particular, there are a limited number of inverter suppliers. Once we design a system for use with a particular inverter, if that type of inverter is not readily available at an anticipated price, we

 

20


Table of Contents

may incur additional delay and expense to redesign the system. There have also been periods of industry-wide shortage of key components, including solar panels, in times of rapid industry growth. The manufacturing infrastructure for some of these components has a long lead time, requires significant capital investment and relies on the continued availability of key commodity materials, potentially resulting in an inability to meet demand for these components. Any decline in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar compared to the functional currency of our component suppliers could increase our component prices. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China and is contemplating increasing the tariffs above current levels. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. Any of these shortages, delays or price changes could limit our growth or cause cancellations, loss of market share and damage to our brand.

Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which could make our future performance difficult to predict and could cause our operating results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a severe decline in the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly in the future. We have experienced seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in the past. However, given that we are an early-stage company operating in a rapidly growing industry, those fluctuations may be masked by our recent growth rates and thus may not be readily apparent from our historical operating results. As such, our past quarterly operating results may not be good indicators of future performance.

In addition to the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, the following factors could cause our operating results to fluctuate:

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration or initiation of any rebates or incentives;

 

  Ÿ  

significant fluctuations in customer demand for our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to complete installations in a timely manner due to market conditions resulting in inconsistently available financing;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to continue to expand our operations, and the amount and timing of expenditures related to this expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital-raising activities or commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our pricing policies or terms or those of our competitors, including utilities; and

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated developments in our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape.

For these or other reasons, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance. In addition, our actual revenue, key operating metrics and other operating results in future quarters may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have a severe adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Our business benefits from the declining cost of solar panels, and our financial results would be harmed if this trend reversed or did not continue.

The declining cost of solar panels and the raw materials necessary to manufacture them has been a key driver in the pricing of our solar energy systems and customer adoption of this form of renewable energy. If solar panel and raw materials prices increase or do not continue to decline, our growth could slow and our financial results would suffer. In addition, in the past we have purchased a

 

21


Table of Contents

significant portion of the solar panels used in our solar energy systems from manufacturers based in China, some of whom benefit from favorable foreign regulatory regimes and governmental support, including subsidies. If this support were to decrease or be eliminated, or if the U.S. government were to impose import restrictions on these products as is currently being considered, the prices of these solar panels could increase or access to specialized technologies from those countries could be restricted. Any of those events could harm our financial results by requiring us to pay higher prices or to purchase solar panels or other system components from alternative, higher-priced sources. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China and is contemplating increasing the tariffs above current levels. These tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels, which may harm our financial results.

We act as the licensed general contractor for our customers and are subject to risks associated with construction, cost overruns, delays, regulatory compliance and other contingencies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager, and we typically rely on licensed subcontractors to install these commercial systems. We may be liable to customers for any damage we cause to their home or facility, belongings or property during the installation of our systems. For example, we frequently penetrate our customers’ roofs during the installation process and may incur liability for the failure to adequately weatherproof such penetrations following the completion of construction. In addition, shortages of skilled subcontractor labor for our commercial projects could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project.

In addition, the installation of solar energy systems and the evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business is subject to oversight and regulation in accordance with national, state and local laws and ordinances relating to building codes, safety, environmental protection, utility interconnection and metering and related matters. It is difficult and costly to track the requirements of every individual authority having jurisdiction over our installations and to design solar energy systems to comply with these varying standards. Any new government regulations or utility policies pertaining to our systems may result in significant additional expenses to us and our customers and, as a result, could cause a significant reduction in demand for our systems.

Compliance with occupational safety and health requirements and best practices can be costly, and noncompliance with such requirements may result in potentially significant monetary penalties, operational delays and adverse publicity.

The installation of solar energy systems requires our employees to work at heights with complicated and potentially dangerous electrical systems. The evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business requires our employees to work in locations that may contain potentially dangerous levels of asbestos, lead or mold. We also maintain a fleet of more than 460 vehicles that our employees use in the course of their work. There is substantial risk of serious injury or death if proper safety procedures are not followed. Our operations are subject to regulation under the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and equivalent state laws. Changes to OSHA requirements, or stricter interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations, could result in increased costs. If we fail to comply with applicable OSHA regulations, even if no work-related serious injury or death occurs, we may be subject to civil or criminal enforcement and be required to pay substantial penalties, incur significant capital expenditures, or suspend or limit operations. In the past,

 

22


Table of Contents

we have had workplace accidents and received citations from OSHA regulators for alleged safety violations, resulting in fines and operational delays for certain projects. Any such accidents, citations, violations, injuries or failure to comply with industry best practices may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect our business.

Problems with product quality or performance may cause us to incur warranty expenses and performance guarantee expenses, and may damage our market reputation and cause our financial results to decline.

Our solar energy system warranties are lengthy. Customers who buy energy from us under leases or power purchase agreements are covered by warranties equal to the length of the term of these agreements—typically 20 years. Depending on the state where they live, customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash are covered by a warranty up to 10 years in duration. We also make extended warranties available at an additional cost to customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash. In addition, we provide a pass-through of the inverter and panel manufacturers’ warranties to our customers, which generally range from 5 to 25 years. One of these third-party manufacturers could cease operations and no longer honor these warranties, instead leaving us to fulfill these potential obligations to our customers. For example, Evergreen Solar, Inc., one of our former solar panel suppliers, filed for bankruptcy in August 2011. Further, we provide a performance guarantee with our leased solar energy systems that compensates a customer on an annual basis if their system does not meet the electricity production guarantees set forth in their lease.

Because of the limited operating history of our solar energy systems, we have been required to make assumptions and apply judgments regarding a number of factors, including our anticipated rate of warranty claims, and the durability, performance and reliability of our solar energy systems. We have made these assumptions based on the historic performance of similar systems or on accelerated life cycle testing. Our assumptions could prove to be materially different from the actual performance of our systems, causing us to incur substantial expense to repair or replace defective solar energy systems in the future or to compensate customers for systems that do not meet their production guarantees. This would reduce our revenue from power purchase agreements because they are dependent on system production. Any widespread product failures or operating deficiencies may damage our market reputation and adversely impact our financial results.

In addition, we amortize costs of our solar energy systems over 30 years, which typically exceeds the period of the component warranties and the corresponding payment streams from our operating lease arrangements with our customers. In addition, we typically bear the cost of removing the solar energy systems at the end of the lease term. Furthermore, it is difficult to predict how future environmental regulations may affect the costs associated with the removal, disposal or recycling of our solar energy systems. Consequently, if the value of the systems is less than we expect at the end of the lease, after giving effect to any associated removal and redeployment costs, we may be required to accelerate all or some of the remaining unamortized expenses. This could materially impair our future operating results.

Product liability claims against us could result in adverse publicity and potentially significant monetary damages.

If one of our solar energy systems or other products injured someone we would be exposed to product liability claims. Because solar energy systems and many of our other current and anticipated products are electricity producing devices, it is possible that consumers could be injured by our products, whether by product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. We rely on our general liability insurance to cover product liability claims and have not obtained separate product liability insurance. Any product liability claim we face could be expensive to defend and divert

 

23


Table of Contents

management’s attention. The successful assertion of product liability claims against us could result in potentially significant monetary damages that could require us to make significant payments, as well as subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position. Also, any product liability claims and any adverse outcomes may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect sales of our systems and other products.

Damage to our brand and reputation would harm our business and results of operations.

We depend significantly on our reputation for high-quality products and services, best-in-class engineering, exceptional customer service and the brand name “SolarCity” to attract new customers and grow our business. If we fail to continue to deliver our solar energy systems and our other energy products and services within the planned timelines, if our products and services do not perform as anticipated or if we damage any of our customers’ properties or cancel projects, our brand and reputation could be significantly impaired. In addition, if we fail to deliver, or fail to continue to deliver, high-quality products and services to our customers through our long-term relationships, our customers will be less likely to purchase future products and services from us, which is a key strategy to achieve our desired growth. We also depend greatly on referrals from existing customers for our growth, in addition to our other marketing efforts. Therefore, our inability to meet or exceed our current customers’ expectations would harm our reputation and growth through referrals.

If we fail to manage our recent and future growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of customer service or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, and we intend to continue to expand our business significantly within existing markets and in a number of new locations in the future. This growth has placed, and any future growth may place, a significant strain on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. In particular, we will be required to expand, train and manage our growing employee base. Our management will also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third-parties and attract new customers and suppliers, as well as to manage multiple geographic locations.

In addition, our current and planned operations, personnel, systems and procedures might be inadequate to support our future growth and may require us to make additional unanticipated investment in our infrastructure. Our success and ability to further scale our business will depend, in part, on our ability to manage these changes in a cost-effective and efficient manner. If we cannot manage our growth, we may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. This could also result in declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increased costs, difficulties in introducing new products and services or other operational difficulties. Any failure to effectively manage growth could adversely impact our business and reputation.

We may not be successful in leveraging our customer base to grow our business through sales of other energy products and services.

To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue and cash receipts from the sale of solar energy systems and the sale of energy under our long-term customer agreements. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. Customer demand for these offerings may be more limited than we anticipate. In addition, several of our other energy products and services, including our battery storage solutions, are in the early stages of testing and development. We may not be successful in completing development of these products

 

24


Table of Contents

as a result of research and development difficulties, technical issues, availability of third-party products or other reasons. Even if we are able to offer these or other additional products and services, we may not successfully generate meaningful customer demand to make these offerings viable. If we fail to deliver these additional products and services, if the costs associated with bringing these additional products and services to market is greater than we anticipate, or if customer demand for these offerings is smaller than we anticipate, our growth will be limited.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

A key component of our growth strategy is to develop or expand our strategic relationships with third parties. For example, we are investing resources in establishing relationships with industry leaders, such as trusted retailers and commercial homebuilders, to generate new customers. Identifying partners and negotiating relationships with them requires significant time and resources. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, our ability to grow our business could be impaired. Even if we are able to establish these relationships, we may not be able to execute on our goal of leveraging these relationships to meaningfully expand our business and customer base. This would limit our growth potential and our opportunities to generate significant additional revenue or cash receipts.

The loss of one or more members of our senior management or key employees may adversely affect our ability to implement our strategy.

We depend on our experienced management team, and the loss of one or more key executives could have a negative impact on our business. In particular, we are dependent on the services of our chief executive officer and co-founder, Lyndon R. Rive, and our chief operations officer, chief technology officer and co-founder, Peter J. Rive. We also depend on our ability to retain and motivate key employees and attract qualified new employees. Neither our founders nor our key employees are bound by employment agreements for any specific term, and we may be unable to replace key members of our management team and key employees in the event we lose their services. Integrating new employees into our management team could prove disruptive to our operations, require substantial resources and management attention and ultimately prove unsuccessful. An inability to attract and retain sufficient managerial personnel who have critical industry experience and relationships could limit or delay our strategic efforts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may be harmed if we fail to properly protect our intellectual property.

We believe that the success of our business depends in part on our proprietary technology, including our software, information, processes and know-how. We rely on trade secret and patent protections to secure our intellectual property rights. We cannot be certain that we have adequately protected or will be able to adequately protect our proprietary technology, that our competitors will not be able to utilize our existing technology or develop similar technology independently, that the claims allowed with respect to any patents held by us will be broad enough to protect our technology or that foreign intellectual property laws will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. Moreover, we cannot be certain that our patents provide us with a competitive advantage. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for third parties to obtain and use our intellectual property without our consent. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties, and the expenses incurred in protecting our intellectual property rights, may adversely affect our business. In the future, some of our products could be alleged to infringe existing patents or other intellectual property of third parties, and we cannot be certain that we will prevail in any intellectual property dispute. In addition, any future litigation required to enforce our patents, to protect our trade secrets or know-how or to defend us or indemnify others against claimed infringement of the rights of others could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

The production and installation of solar energy systems depends heavily on suitable meteorological conditions. If meteorological conditions are unexpectedly unfavorable, the electricity production from our solar energy systems may be substantially below our expectations and our ability to timely deploy new systems may be adversely impacted.

The energy produced and revenue and cash receipts generated by a solar energy system depend on suitable solar and weather conditions, both of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, components of our systems, such as panels and inverters, could be damaged by severe weather, such as hailstorms or tornadoes. In these circumstances, we generally would be obligated to bear the expense of repairing the damaged solar energy systems that we own. Sustained unfavorable weather also could unexpectedly delay our installation of solar energy systems, leading to increased expenses and decreased revenues and cash receipts in the relevant periods. Weather patterns could change, making it harder to predict the average annual amount of sunlight striking each location where we install. This could make our solar energy systems less economical overall or make individual systems less economical. Any of these events or conditions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We typically bear the risk of loss and the cost of maintenance and repair on solar systems that are owned or leased by our fund investors.

We typically bear the risk of loss and are generally obligated to cover the cost of maintenance and repair on any solar systems that we sell or lease to our fund investors. At the time we sell or lease a solar system to a fund investor, we enter into a maintenance services agreement where we agree to operate and maintain the system for a fixed fee that is calculated to cover our future expected maintenance costs. If our solar systems require an above-average amount of repairs or if the cost of repairing systems were higher than our estimate, we would need to perform such repairs without additional compensation. If our solar systems, a majority of which are located in California, are damaged in the event of a natural disaster beyond our control, losses could be excluded, such as earthquake damage, or exceed insurance policy limits, and we could incur unforeseen costs that could harm our business and financial condition. We may also incur significant costs for taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, such events. We purchase Property and Business Interruption

 

26


Table of Contents

insurance with industry standard coverage and limits approved by an investor’s third party insurance advisors to hedge against such risk, but such coverage may not cover our losses.

Any unauthorized disclosure or theft of personal information we gather, store and use could harm our reputation and subject us to claims or litigation.

We receive, store and use personal information of our customers, including names, addresses, e-mail addresses, credit information and other housing and energy use information. Unauthorized disclosure of such personal information, whether through breach of our systems by an unauthorized party, employee theft or misuse, or otherwise, could harm our business. If we were subject to an inadvertent disclosure of such personal information, or if a third party were to gain unauthorized access to customer personal information we possess, our operations could be seriously disrupted and we could be subject to claims or litigation arising from damages suffered by our customers. In addition, we could incur significant costs in complying with the multitude of federal, state and local laws regarding the unauthorized disclosure of personal information. Finally, any perceived or actual unauthorized disclosure of such information could harm our reputation, substantially impair our ability to attract and retain customers and have an adverse impact on our business.

We may have trouble refinancing our credit facilities or obtaining new financing for our working capital, equipment financing and other needs in the future or complying with the terms of existing credit facilities. If credit facilities are not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, or if we are unable to comply with their terms, our ability to continue to grow our business would be adversely impacted.

We have entered into several secured credit agreements, including a $58.5 million, 18-month term loan credit facility for the purchase of inventory and working capital needs, a $25 million working capital facility that matures in July 2012, and a $7 million term facility to finance the purchase of vehicles that matures in January 2015. Each facility requires us to comply with certain financial, reporting and other requirements. The timing of our commercial projects and other large projects has on occasion adversely affected our ability to satisfy certain quarterly financial covenants under these facilities. While our lenders have given us waivers of covenants we have not satisfied in the past, there is no assurance that the lenders will waive or forbear from exercising their remedies with respect to any future defaults that might occur, which also could trigger defaults under our other credit agreements. Further, there is no assurance that we will be able to refinance our working capital facility or enter into new credit facilities on acceptable terms. If we are unable to satisfy quarterly financial covenants and other terms under existing or new facilities or obtain associated waivers or forbearance from our lenders or if we are unable to obtain refinancing or new financings for our working capital, equipment and other needs on acceptable terms if and when needed, our business would be adversely affected.

In the long term, we intend to expand our international activities, which will subject us to a number of risks.

Our long-term strategic plans include international expansion, and we intend to sell our solar energy products and services in international markets. Risks inherent to international operations include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

inability to work successfully with third parties with local expertise to co-develop international projects;

 

  Ÿ  

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations, including export and import restrictions, tax laws and regulations, environmental regulations, labor laws and other government requirements, approvals, permits and licenses;

 

27


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

changes in general economic and political conditions in the countries where we operate, including changes in government incentives relating to power generation and solar electricity;

 

  Ÿ  

political and economic instability, including wars, acts of terrorism, political unrest, boycotts, curtailments of trade and other business restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties and costs in recruiting and retaining individuals skilled in international business operations;

 

  Ÿ  

international business practices that may conflict with U.S. customs or legal requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

financial risks, such as longer sales and payment cycles and greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar; and

 

  Ÿ  

inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights, including inability to apply for or register material trademarks in foreign countries.

Doing business in foreign markets requires us to be able to respond to rapid changes in market, legal, and political conditions in these countries. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, social and political environments. We may not be able to develop and implement policies and strategies that will be effective in each location where we do business.

Risks Related to this Offering

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price you paid.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market after the offering closes. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section and others beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

addition or loss of significant customers;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our industry, products or services;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in expectations regarding our performance by investors or securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

  Ÿ  

volatility in the market price and trading volume of companies in our industry or companies that investors consider comparable;

 

  Ÿ  

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights;

 

28


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;

 

  Ÿ  

litigation involving us, our industry or both;

 

  Ÿ  

major catastrophic events; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and market conditions and trends.

Further, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, the stock prices of many renewable energy companies have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment and may lose some or all of your investment.

In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and as such, we intend to take advantage of certain modified disclosure requirements.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We have in this prospectus taken advantage of, and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to take advantage of, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies for up to five years following this offering, including reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the additional testing of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting, and we have irrevocably elected to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

We could remain an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

 

29


Table of Contents

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2012 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options after March 31, 2012. The              shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares will become eligible for sale, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, upon the expiration of agreements not to sell such shares entered into between the underwriters and such stockholders beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the selling stockholders, have agreed that we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This agreement is subject to certain limited exceptions and extensions described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreement. After the closing of this offering, we intend to register approximately              shares of common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our stock incentive plans.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and that may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering and may not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering and you will be relying on its judgment regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use

 

30


Table of Contents

the net proceeds from this offering as described under the heading “Use of Proceeds.” However, management may not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $         per share based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, if we issue restricted stock to our employees under these plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. See “Dilution.”

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may believe advantageous. These provisions include:

 

  Ÿ  

establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

  Ÿ  

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to call a special stockholder meeting;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to act by written consent;

 

  Ÿ  

providing that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

  Ÿ  

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

31


Table of Contents

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may be forced to sell their stock to realize a return on their investment.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, legal requirements, earnings and other factors. Our ability to pay dividends might be restricted by the terms of any indebtedness that we incur in the future. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends to receive a return on your investment. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

32


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations of future operating results or financial performance, capital expenditures, use of proceeds from this offering, introduction of new products, regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under “Risk Factors.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “might,” “would,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Actual events or results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements.

We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise. Potential investors should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of any of the events described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, including September 2010 data from Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, February 2012 data from Bloomberg New Energy Finance, November 2011 data from the Energy Information Agency or other publicly available information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. We have not commissioned, nor are we affiliated with, any of the independent industry sources we cite. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. Our industry is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

 

33


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we receive in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $         million.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. The selling stockholders may include certain of our executive officers and members of our board of directors or entities affiliated with or controlled by them. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

We will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds in this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering. We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary strategic businesses, products or technologies. We have no commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time.

We intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, pending their use as described above.

Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and increase our visibility in the marketplace. A public market for our common stock will facilitate future access to public equity markets and enhance our ability to use our common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions including compliance with covenants under our credit facilities and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

34


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2011:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 41,893,046 shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of             shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma,
As Adjusted(1)
 
    

(in thousands, except

share and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 50,471      $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 30,011      $         $     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 47,041,896 shares authorized and 41,893,046 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     125,722             

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 75,000,000 shares authorized, 10,464,528 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 52,357,574 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        

Additional paid-in capital

     9,538        

Accumulated deficit

     (47,201     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (37,662     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 118,071      $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

 

35


Table of Contents

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2011, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

13,873,142 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.27 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,279,880 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after December 31, 2011 at a weighted average exercise price of $10.78 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

11,739,830 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,039,830 shares of common stock reserved for issuance as of December 31, 2011 and 2,400,000 additional shares of common stock reserved in February 2012, in each case, under our 2007 Stock Plan, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

36


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2011 was $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to our sale of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2011 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2011

   $                   

Increase in actual net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses as of December 31, 2011 on a pro forma basis.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing Stockholders

     52,357,574                            $                

New Investors

             $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

Total

        100        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to             , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

As of December 31, 2011, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 13,873,142 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $3.27 per share. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For a description of our equity plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares

 

37


Table of Contents

held by new investors to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2011, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

13,873,142 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.27 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,279,880 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after December 31, 2011 at a weighted average exercise price of $10.78 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

11,739,830 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,039,830 shares of common stock reserved for issuance as of December 31, 2011 and 2,400,000 additional shares of common stock reserved in February 2012, in each case, under our 2007 Stock Plan, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

38


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011      
                               
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

         

Revenue:

         

Operating leases

  $      $ 225      $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145   

Solar energy systems sales

    23,045        31,962        29,435        22,744        36,406   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    23,045        32,187        32,647        32,428        59,551   

Cost of revenue:

         

Operating leases

           96        1,911        3,191        5,718   

Solar energy systems

    23,164        33,212        28,971        26,953        41,418   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    23,164        33,308        30,882        30,144        47,136   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    (119     (1,121     1,765        2,284        12,415   

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    1,749        15,295        10,914        22,404        42,004   

General and administrative

    9,144        8,484        10,855        19,227        31,664   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    10,893        23,779        21,769        41,631        73,668   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (11,012     (24,900     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253

Interest expense, net

    233        214        334        4,901        9,272   

Other expenses, net

    (291     1,119        2,360        2,761        3,097   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622

Income tax provision

                  (22     (65     (92
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714

 

39


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009     2010            2011         
   

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

    (10,954     (12,272     3,507        (8,457     (117,230
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

  $ (10,954   $ (13,961   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock holders:

         

Basic

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

         

Basic

            $   
         

 

 

 

Diluted

            $   
         

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(2):

         

Basic

         
         

 

 

 

Diluted

         
         

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 upon the completion of this offering.

 

    As of December 31,  
           2007                   2008                   2009                   2010                2011      
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,459      $ 27,829      $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471   

Total current assets

    24,395        45,124        69,896        110,432        241,522   

Solar energy systems

           27,838        87,583        239,611        535,609   

Total assets

    27,132        78,800        164,154        371,264        813,173   

Total current liabilities

    10,531        19,539        52,012        81,958        246,886   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

           5,645        21,394        40,681        101,359   

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

                         53,097        46,541   

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

                         15,758        15,144   

Other liabilities

                  120        15,715        36,314   

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

    26,234        56,184        80,042        101,446        125,722   

Stockholders’ deficit

    (11,912     (25,377     (50,736     (87,488     (37,662

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

           19,573        56,036        123,514        122,646   

 

40


Table of Contents

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to

evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2009     2010     2011  

New buildings(1)

    2,893        4,843        8,273   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

    5,817        10,660        18,933   

Transactions for other energy products and services(2)

    68        403        3,862   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments as of the dates presented:

 

     As of December 31,  
       2009      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate Nominal Contracted Payments

   $ 115,439       $ 265,252       $ 486,456   

 

41


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We integrate the sales, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and financing of our distributed solar energy systems with our energy efficiency products and services. This allows us to offer long-term energy solutions to residential, commercial and government customers. Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. Our long-term contractual arrangements typically generate recurring customer payments and enable our customers to have visibility into their future electricity costs and to minimize their exposure to rising retail electricity rates. Our customer relationships also position us to continue to grow our business through energy efficiency products and services offerings including energy efficiency evaluations, appliance upgrades, energy storage solutions and electric vehicle charging stations.

We offer our customers the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems or to purchase the energy that our solar energy systems produce through various financed arrangements. These financed arrangements include long-term contracts that we structure as leases and power purchase agreements. In both financed structures we install our solar energy system at our customer’s premises and charge the customer a monthly fee for the power that our system produces. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is fixed with a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kilowatt hour based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces. The leases and power purchase agreements are typically for 20 years, and generally when there is no upfront fee the specified fees are subject to annual escalations.

Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. During an energy efficiency evaluation, we capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in the home to specifically identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy cost. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We offer our energy efficiency products and services to our solar energy systems customers and on a stand-alone basis. We launched our energy efficiency business in the second quarter of 2010. To date, revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems.

Initially, we only offered our solar energy systems on an outright purchase basis. In mid-2008, we began offering leases and power purchase agreements. Our ability to offer leases and power purchase agreements depends in part on our ability to finance the installation of the solar energy systems by monetizing the resulting customer receivable and related investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to monetize these assets was limited and resulted in an above-normal backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. By the end of 2009, we had raised sufficient investment funds to return to our target backlog. Currently, the majority of our residential energy customers enter

 

42


Table of Contents

into leasing arrangements, and the majority of our commercial customers and government organizations enter into power purchase agreements. We expect customers to continue to favor leases and power purchase agreements.

We compete mainly with the retail electricity rate charged by the utilities in the markets we serve, and our strategy is to price the energy we sell slightly below that rate. As a result, the price our customers pay to buy energy from us varies depending on the state where the customer is located and the local utility. The price we charge also depends on customer price sensitivity, the need to offer a compelling financial benefit and the price other solar energy companies charge in the region. Our commercial rates in a given region are also typically lower than our residential rates in that region because utilities’ commercial retail rates are generally lower than their residential retail rates.

We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We recognize the revenue these arrangements generate on a straight-line basis over the term for leases, or as we generate and deliver energy for power purchase agreements. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency business when we complete the services. Substantially all of our revenue is attributable to customers located in the United States.

Various state and local agencies offer incentive rebates for the installation and operation of solar energy systems. For solar energy systems we sell, we typically have the customer assign the incentive rebate to us. We record the incentive rebates as a component of proceeds from the system sale. For incentive rebates associated with solar energy systems under leases or power purchase agreements, we initially record the rebate as deferred revenue and recognize the deferred revenue as revenue over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

Component materials, third-party appliances and direct labor comprise the substantial majority of the costs of our solar energy systems and energy efficiency products and services. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, the cost of revenue from our leases and power purchase agreements are primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems, which are depreciated over the estimated useful life of 30 years, and the amortization of initial direct costs, which is amortized over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

We classify our outstanding preferred stock warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. These warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each reporting date, with any changes in fair value being recognized as a component of other income or expense, net, in our consolidated statement of operations. When this offering closes, we expect to record a material non-cash charge in our consolidated statement of operations related to the remeasurement of these warrants. Any warrants that are not exercised and do not expire in connection with the closing of the offering will convert into warrants to purchase common stock. These common stock warrants will not be classified as a liability and accordingly will not be subject to further remeasurement.

We have structured different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy. One such structure is a joint venture structure where we and our fund investors both contribute funds or assets into the joint venture. Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of these joint ventures on our income statement. Therefore, after we determine our consolidated net income (loss) for a given period, we are required to allocate a portion of our consolidated net income (loss) to the fund investors in our joint ventures (referred to as the “noncontrolling interests” in our financial statements) and allocate the remainder of the consolidated net income (loss) to our stockholders. These income or loss allocations, reflected on our income statement, can have a significant impact on our reported results of operations. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2011, our consolidated net income (loss) was a loss of $73.7

 

43


Table of Contents

million. However, after applying the required allocations, the net income (loss) attributable to our stockholders was income of $43.5 million. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

Investment Funds

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have formed investment funds with fund investors where we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

We have established different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy, including joint ventures, lease pass-through and sale-leaseback structures. The allocation of the economic benefits among us and the fund investors and related accounting varies depending on the structure.

Joint Ventures.     Under joint venture structures, we and our fund investors contribute funds into a joint venture. Then, the joint venture acquires solar energy systems from us and leases the solar energy systems to customers. Prior to the fund investor receiving its contractual rate of return, the fund investors receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and, in some cases, other incentives. After the fund investor receives its contractual rate of return, we receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments and the other incentives.

We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in these joint venture structures. Accordingly, we consolidate the assets and liabilities and operating results of these joint ventures, including the solar energy systems and lease income, in our consolidated financial statements. We recognize the fund investors’ share of the net assets of the joint ventures as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet. We recognize the amounts that are contractually payable to these investors in each period as distributions to noncontrolling interests in our statement of equity. Our statement of cash flows reflects cash received from these fund investors as proceeds from investments by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Our statement of cash flows also reflects cash paid to these fund investors as distributions paid to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. We reflect any unpaid distributions to these fund investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet.

Lease Pass-Through.     Under lease pass-through structures, we lease solar energy systems to fund investors under a master lease agreement, and these investors in turn sublease the solar energy systems to customers. Depending upon the structure, we receive some or all of the value attributable to the accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. The fund investors receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits and, for the duration of the lease term, the long-term recurring customer payments. In some cases, the fund investors also receive a portion of the accelerated tax depreciation. After the lease term, we receive the customer payments, if any. We record the solar energy systems on our consolidated balance sheet as plant, property and equipment and recognize lease revenue generated by the systems ratably over the master lease term. The fund investors typically make significant upfront cash payments that we record on our consolidated balance sheet as

 

44


Table of Contents

lease pass-through financing obligations. We reduce these obligations by amounts received by the fund investors from U.S. Treasury Department grants, customer payments and the associated incentive rebates. We in turn recognize the incentive rebates and customer payments as revenue over the customer lease term and amortize U.S. Treasury Department grants as a reduction to depreciation of the associated solar energy systems over the estimated life of these systems.

Sale-Leaseback.     Under sale-leaseback structures, we generate cash through the sale of solar energy systems to our fund investors, and we then lease these systems back from the investors and sublease them to our customers. For the duration of the lease term, we may, for some of the structures, receive the value attributable to the incentives and the long-term recurring customer payments, and we make leaseback payments to the fund investors. The fund investors receive the customer payments after the lease term. They also receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation and other incentives. At the end of the lease term, we have an option to purchase the solar energy systems from the fund investors. Typically, our customers make monthly lease payments that we recognize as revenue over the term of the subleases on a straight-line basis. Depending on the design, size and construction of the individual systems and the leaseback terms, we may recognize a portion of the revenue from the sale of the systems or we may treat the cash received from the sale as financing received from the fund investors and reflect the cash received as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on our consolidated balance sheet.

Key Operating Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

Buildings

We track the number of residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services. We believe that the relationship we establish with building owners, together with energy-related information we obtain about the building, position us to provide the owner with additional energy-related solutions to further lower their energy costs. Our total number of buildings increased 83% from 5,817 as of December 31, 2009 to 10,660 as of December 31, 2010, and 78% to 18,933 as of December 31, 2011.

Transactions for Other Energy Products and Services

We use the number of transactions for energy products and services other than the installation of solar energy systems as a key operating metric to evaluate our ability to generate incremental sales from our installed customer base and to expand our business to new customers. Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. We also offer our energy efficiency products and services on a stand-alone basis. Our strategy is to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers and to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products and services.

Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we completed 68, 403 and 3,862 transactions for other energy products and services, respectively.

 

45


Table of Contents

Nominal Contracted Payments

Our leases and power purchase agreements create long-term recurring customer payments. We use a portion of the value created by these contracts that we refer to as “nominal contracted payments,” together with the value attributable to investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation, Solar Renewable Energy Credits, performance-based incentives, state tax benefits and rebates, to cover the fixed and variable costs associated with installing solar energy systems.

We track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. Aggregate nominal contracted payments include leases and power purchase agreements that we have contributed to investment funds. Currently, third- party investors in such investment funds have contractual rights to a portion of these nominal contracted payments.

Nominal contracted payments is a forward-looking number, and we use judgment in developing the assumptions used to calculate it. Those assumptions may not prove to be accurate over time. Underperformance of the solar energy systems, payment defaults by our customers, cancellation of signed contracts or other factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” could cause our actual results to differ materially from our calculation of nominal contracted payments.

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments as of the dates presented:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate Nominal Contracted Payments

   $ 115,439       $ 265,252       $ 486,456   

In addition to the nominal contracted payments, our long-term leases and power purchase agreements provide us with a significant post-contract renewal opportunity. Because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, they will continue to have a useful life after the 20-year term of the lease or power purchase agreement. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts. The solar energy systems will be already installed on the customer’s building, which facilitates customer acceptance of our renewal offer and results in limited additional costs to us.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Operating leases.     We classify and account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We consider the proceeds from solar energy system rebate incentives offered by certain state and local governments to form part of the proceeds from our operating leases. We recognize revenue from our operating leases over the operating lease term either on a straight-line

 

46


Table of Contents

basis over the lease term for lease arrangements or as we generate and sell energy to customers under power purchase agreements. We typically bundle and charge for remote monitoring services as part of the lease or power purchase agreement and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the term of the monitoring service. The term of our leases and power purchase agreements ranges between 10 and 20 years.

Solar energy systems sales.     Solar energy systems sales is comprised of revenue from the sale of solar energy systems directly to cash paying customers, revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts and revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services. We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We allocate a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the system to the remote monitoring service and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the monitoring service term. We recognize revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total project labor costs. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency services when we complete the services.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, less than 10% of our solar energy system installations were sales as opposed to operating leases. However, because of our revenue recognition policy, these sales represented 61% of our total revenue for that period. We expect installations utilizing leases and power purchase agreements to continue to represent the vast majority of our installed systems. As a result, the number of systems sold for cash and delivered in a given financial reporting period will have a disproportionate effect on the total revenue reported for that period.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

Operating Leases Cost of Revenue.     Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems and the amortization of initial direct costs. The depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems is reduced by the amortization of any U.S. Treasury Department grant payment in lieu of the energy investment tax credit associated with these systems. Initial direct costs include allocated contract administration costs, sales commissions and customer acquisition referral fees. Contract administration costs include personnel costs, such as salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs. Operating leases cost of revenue also includes direct and allocated costs associated with monitoring services for these systems.

Solar Energy Systems Cost of Revenue.     The substantial majority of solar energy systems cost of revenue consists of the costs of solar energy systems component acquisition and personnel costs associated with system installations. We acquire the significant component parts of the solar energy systems directly from foreign and domestic manufacturers or distributors. Our employees install our residential solar energy systems and we employ project managers and construction managers who oversee the subcontractors that install commercial systems. To a lesser extent, solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes personnel costs associated with performing our energy efficiency services and related materials. Solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes engineering and design costs, estimated warranty costs, freight charges, allocated overhead costs such as facilities costs, vehicle depreciation costs and personnel costs associated with supply chain, logistics, operations management, safety and quality control. Personnel costs include salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, benefits, bonuses, sales commissions and stock-based compensation as well as advertising, promotional and other marketing

 

47


Table of Contents

related expenses. Sales and marketing expenses also include customer referral fees, allocated costs of facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We expect sales and marketing costs to increase significantly in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to grow our sales headcount and expand our marketing efforts to continue to grow our business.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, bonuses and stock-based compensation and professional fees related to legal, human resources, accounting and structured finance services. General and administrative expenses also include allocated costs of facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We anticipate that we will incur additional administrative headcount costs to support the growth in our business, our investment fund arrangements and the additional costs of being a public reporting company.

Other Income and Expenses

Our other income and expenses consist principally of the change in fair value of warrants issued to certain fund investors that allow them, on achievement of certain contractual terms, to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock, and interest income and expense.

Change in Fair Value of Warrants.     Change in fair value of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We account for changes in the fair value of warrants issued to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock through other income or expenses. The warrants have been classified as liability instruments on the balance sheet. We record any changes in the fair value of these instruments between reporting dates as a component of other income or expense in the income statement.

Interest Income and Expense.     Interest income and expense primarily consist of the interest charges associated with our secured credit revolver agreements, long-term debt facilities, financing obligations and capital lease obligations. Our credit revolver and long-term debt facilities are subject to variable interest rates. The interest charge on our financing obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date or the effective interest rate in the arrangement giving rise to the obligation. The interest charge on capital lease obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date. Interest income and expense also include the amortization of deferred financing costs associated with such secured credit revolvers or long-term debt facilities, partially offset by a nominal amount of interest income generated from our cash holdings in interest-bearing accounts.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to taxation in the United States and Canada. We conduct our business primarily in the United States.

Our effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate primarily due to the valuation allowance on our deferred taxes, state taxes, foreign taxes, joint venture transactions and nondeductible compensation. Our tax expense is primarily composed of the amortization of prepaid tax expense as a result of sales of assets to joint ventures included in our consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods, we maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

 

48


Table of Contents

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders

We determine the net income (loss) attributable to stockholders by deducting from net income (loss) in a period the net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. The net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the joint venture fund investors’ allocable share in the results of the joint venture investment funds. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual arrangements represent substantive profit share arrangements. We therefore use the Hypothetical Liquidation at Book Value method, or HLBV method, to determine the allocable share of the results of the joint ventures attributable to the fund investors, which we record in the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. The HLBV method is a balance sheet approach that determines the fund investors’ allocable share of results of the joint venture by calculating the net change in the investors’ share in the consolidated net assets of the joint venture at the beginning and at the end of a period after adjusting for any transactions with the fund investor such as capital contributions or cash distributions.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, cash flow and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Our future financial statements will be affected to the extent that our actual results materially differ from these estimates.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with our principles of consolidation, revenue recognition, property, plant and equipment, warranties, deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds, stock-based compensation, inventory reserves for excess and obsolescence, income taxes and noncontrolling interests have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements reflect our accounts and operations and those of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 810, Consolidation , we consolidate any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which we are the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity. However, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as VIEs, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if (1) that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. This holder is considered the primary beneficiary. We do not consolidate a VIE in which we have a majority ownership interest if we are not considered the primary beneficiary. We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in all of our VIEs and accordingly consolidate the assets and liabilities of such VIEs in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our relationships with our VIEs on an ongoing basis to determine whether we continue to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

49


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Our customers have the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems, to access solar energy systems through contractual arrangements that we account for as operating leases, or to purchase energy through power purchase agreements. We also offer ongoing monitoring services of the solar energy systems. In certain cases, we have entered into sale-leaseback arrangements with our fund investors. In a sale-leaseback arrangement, fund investors invest in solar energy systems while enabling us to sublease the systems to our customers.

In the second quarter of 2010, we also began to offer energy efficiency products and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs.

In accordance with ASC 605-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials , we recognize revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. In instances where we have multiple deliverables in a single arrangement, we allocate the arrangement consideration to the various elements in the arrangement. ASC 605-25 requires the allocation of the arrangement consideration to each element to be based on the relative selling price method. ASC 605-25 also provides a hierarchy of selling price determination, starting with vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; third-party evidence, or TPE, if available and if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, we recognize revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Costs incurred on installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the consolidated balance sheet. Solar energy systems sold to residential and small scale commercial customers typically take three to five months to install. Revenue attributable to the remote monitoring service is recognized over the period of the associated contract, which is generally 5 to 15 years.

We recognize revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers according to ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total projected labor costs, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Systems sold to large scale commercial customers take up to 12 months to install.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

We recognize revenue attributable to energy efficiency products and services when we complete the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically, energy efficiency services take one to two months to complete. Energy efficiency products and services are sold on a stand-alone basis or bundled with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements. When we bundle the sale of energy efficiency products and services with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements, we allocate revenue to the energy efficiency products and services and the sale, lease or power purchase agreements using the relative selling price method provided by ASU 2009-13. The selling price of the energy efficiency products and services used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices we charge for the products and services on a stand-alone basis. To date, the revenue generated from energy efficiency products and

 

50


Table of Contents

services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated financial statements.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

For solar energy systems under operating leases, we account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases , under which we are the lessor. We record operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on the amount of electricity the system generates, we record revenue as amounts are earned. The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related lease.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from us under power purchase agreements, we have determined that our power purchase agreements should be accounted for, in substance, as operating leases, pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming the other revenue recognition criteria are met. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related power purchase agreement.

Sale-Leaseback

We are a party to sale-leaseback arrangements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to the fund investor and simultaneous leaseback to us of the systems that we then sublease to our customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, we first determine whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” We determine a solar energy system to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. The cost to remove a system from its existing location includes the cost of shipping and reinstallation of the system at a new site, as well as any diminution in fair value. When the leaseback arrangements expire, we have the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to us, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to us prior to expiration.

For solar energy systems that we have determined to be integral equipment, we have concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, we use the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, we do not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, we treat any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly record the proceeds as a financing obligation in our consolidated balance sheet. We allocate the leaseback payments that we make to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using our incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. We determine our incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that we would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that are not integral equipment, we determine if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, we initially record a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in our consolidated balance sheet

 

51


Table of Contents

equal to the lower of the present value of our future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, we do not recognize any of the revenue but defer the gross profit comprising the net of revenue and cost of sale of the associated solar energy system. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, we recognize a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defer the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, we record the deferred gross profit in our consolidated balance sheet as deferred income and amortize the deferred income over the master lease term as a reduction to the cost of operating lease revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

Solar Energy Systems

We are the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. We account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, we evaluate the lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. We utilize periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

     Useful Lives  

Solar energy systems leased to customers

     30 years   

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

     Lease term (10 to 20 years)   

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are constructed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility and are depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Warranties

We warrant our products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems that we sell. The manufacturers’ warranty on the components of the solar energy systems, which we typically pass through to our customers, has a warranty period ranging from 5 to 25 years depending upon the solar energy system component under warranty and the manufacturer. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, the changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In thousands)    2010     2011  

Balance—beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531   

Assumed obligations arising from business acquisitions

            349   

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Solar Energy Performance Guarantees

We guarantee that our leased solar energy systems will generate a minimum level of solar energy output. We monitor the systems to determine whether the solar energy systems are achieving these specified minimum outputs. If we determine that the guaranteed minimum energy output is not achieved, we record a liability for the estimated amounts payable. We believe that the solar energy systems are capable of producing the minimum production outputs guaranteed and therefore do not record any liability in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees.

Deferred U.S. Treasury Department Grant Proceeds

We have determined that all of our solar energy systems constitute eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010. We record grants receivable from the U.S. Treasury Department related to eligible property based on the appraised fair market value of the systems. To determine the fair market value of the systems, an independent appraiser considers various factors such as the cost of producing the systems, the estimated price that could be obtained in the market from the sale of the systems, and the present value of the economic benefits expected to be generated by the systems. We then present our appraised fair market value to the U.S. Treasury Department when we apply for grants on our solar energy systems. In a number of cases, the U.S. Treasury Department has determined that grants should be paid based on a lower value for the systems. When this occurs, we then record grants receivable based on the amount paid by the U.S. Treasury Department.

We initially record the grants receivable for leased solar energy systems as deferred income and then amortize them on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems. We record the amortization of the deferred income as a credit to depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. We record a catch up adjustment in the period in which the grant is approved to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by the investor of the associated grant, in the case of lease pass-through investment funds. Some of our investment fund agreements obligate us to reimburse the fund investors based upon the difference between their anticipated benefit from U.S. Treasury grants at the formation of the funds and the benefit they receive from the amounts paid by the U.S. Treasury Department.

During 2011, the U.S. Treasury Department awarded grants in amounts lower than the appraised fair market values for some solar energy systems. We have appropriately reflected the financial impact of the anticipated reduction in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011.

We received no grants prior to 2010. The changes in deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)       

U.S. Treasury grant receipts during the year ended December 31, 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2010

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the year ended December 31, 2011

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     54,730   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2011

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 137,434   
  

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of FASB ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

We apply ASC 718 and FASB ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees , to options and other stock-based awards issued to non-employees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, we use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date and each reporting period prior to that, as applicable.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends that are estimated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Fair value of our common stock .    Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the common stock’s fair value, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and was primarily determined using the simplified method in accordance with guidance provided by the SEC. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the awards. We will continue to utilize the simplified method for all standard awards until we have established a reasonable period of representative trading history as a public company, at which time we will determine the expected term based on the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, expectations about future option exercise behavior and post-vesting cancellations.

 

  Ÿ  

Volatility.     Because there is no trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the solar energy industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us. If this occurs, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. Higher volatility and longer expected lives would result in an increase to stock-based compensation expense determined on the grant date.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk-free rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury Department securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

  Ÿ  

Dividend yield.     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

54


Table of Contents

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures since the beginning of the option plan. We routinely evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and expectations of future option exercise behavior. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the forfeiture rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected term, expected volatility and forfeiture rate related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to the estimates of our expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense as it relates to the future grants of our stock-based awards.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Expected term (in years)

     6.10       5.98        6.09   

Volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26

Risk-free interest rate

     2.44     2.50     1.95

Dividend yield

                     

Stock-based compensation totaled $0.9 million, $1.8 million and $5.1 million, respectively, in 2009, 2010 and 2011. At December 31, 2011, we had $24.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense, which will be recognized over the weighted average remaining vesting period of 3.01 years.

Common Stock Valuations

Our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options. The board of directors intended the granted options to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the grant date. The common stock valuations were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Our board of directors is comprised of a majority of non-employee directors that we believe have the relevant experience and expertise to determine a fair value of our common stock on each respective grant date. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the common stock’s fair value as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

  Ÿ  

concurrent valuations performed by an unrelated third-party specialist, as described in the chart below;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

55


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the prices of our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

  Ÿ  

our history and the introduction of new products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

the hiring of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

individual sales of our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

Estimates from third-party valuations of the fair value of our common stock are set forth below as of the indicated dates:

 

Valuation Date

   Effective as of    Fair Value Per
Common Share
 

December 7, 2010

   December 3, 2010      3.40   

May 24, 2011

   May 12, 2011      5.07   

August 9, 2011

   August 1, 2011      5.88   

September 27, 2011

   September 14, 2011      5.92   

November 1, 2011

   October 25, 2011      5.98   

We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2011 and December 5, 2011:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Common Stock Fair
Value Per Share at
Grant Date
 

January 10, 2011

     531,158         3.40         3.40   

February 16, 2011

     884,620         3.40         3.40   

May 25, 2011

     3,121,058         5.07         5.07   

August 10, 2011

     455,978         5.88         5.88   

October 24, 2011

     1,480,724         5.92         5.92   

November 2, 2011

     97,500         5.98         5.98   

December 5, 2011

     472,100         5.98         5.98   

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 was $        , of which $         related to vested options and $         related to unvested options.

To determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we first determined our business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Our BEV was measured using a combination of financial and market-based methodologies including the following approaches: (i) the market transaction method, or MTM, (ii) the guideline public company method, or GPCM, or (iii) the income

 

56


Table of Contents

approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF. The MTM applies an option pricing model to negotiated enterprise valuations of arm’s-length actual transactions in our capital stock with third-party investors. This usually represents the best estimate of fair value. The GPCM considers multiples of financial metrics based on trading multiples of a selected peer group of publicly-traded companies. These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive the indicated values. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate known as the weighted average cost of capital which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. Once calculated, BEV is then weighted based on a qualitative assessment of the relative reliability of each method and the weight that an independent market participant could be expected to place on each indication. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, preferred stock was assumed to convert at the point where conversion provided an economic benefit to the stockholder or was required per the terms of the applicable agreements. Our BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options, using an option pricing method. The option pricing method, or OPM, treats common stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies.

We believe that the changes in the fair value of our common stock in the periods discussed below were largely driven by achievements in our operational plans, increases in negotiated valuations in arm’s length transactions in our capital securities and improvements in the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets. Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these grant dates include:

January 2011 and February 2011

Between December 2010 and February 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. In December 2010, a strategic investor sold all shares of Series D preferred stock held by it to other investors in an arm’s-length transaction at a per share purchase price of $5.95. This transaction was considered a reliable market price as it was well bargained for and involved a knowledgeable seller and knowledgeable buyers with clearly opposing economic interests. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of December 3, 2010 which determined the fair value to be $3.40 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on the Series D preferred stock transaction as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM and the DCF method. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 30%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately one and one-half years. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $3.40 per share.

 

57


Table of Contents

May 2011

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 12, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.07 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on the then-anticipated terms of our Series F preferred stock financing, which included issuing 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and warrants to purchase 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share, as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 17 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.07 per share.

August 2011

In June and July 2011, we completed the issuance and sale of 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and in June 2011, we issued warrants exercisable for 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share. In June 2011, we announced the creation of a $158 million fund with U.S. Bancorp and a $280 million fund with Google Inc.; and in July 2011, we announced our agreement to install solar energy systems for Hickam Communities at Joint Base Pearl Harbor-Hickam. Between May 2011 and August 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve overall, despite a brief decline in the financial and stock markets commencing in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of August 1, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.88 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on our Series F preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.88 per share.

October 2011

In September 2011, we announced the offer of a conditional commitment for a partial guarantee of a $344 million Department of Energy loan to help secure financing for our SolarStrong project to install, own and operate up to 160,000 rooftop solar installations on as many as 124 military housing developments across 33 states. Between August 2011 and October 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to stall, precipitated by continued political gridlock on economic issues. Notably, two U.S. solar energy companies, Evergreen Solar, Inc. and Solyndra, Inc. filed for bankruptcy during this period. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of September 14, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.92 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 12 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.92 per share.

November 2011 and December 2011

In November 2011, we announced our agreement with Bank of America, N.A. to provide us with a $350 million credit facility to facilitate our SolarStrong project. Between September 2011 and December 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets improved and the financial and

 

58


Table of Contents

stock markets exited the brief decline that commenced in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of October 25, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.98 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.98 per share.

Nonemployee Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock options issued to nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to quarterly adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations during the period the related services are rendered.

Inventory Reserves for Excess and Obsolescence

Inventories include solar energy system components, including photovoltaic panels, inverters, mounting hardware and miscellaneous electrical components, and work-in-process, including solar energy system components that are partially installed and direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Historically, we have purchased materials and appliances used in our energy efficiency business as they are needed. Accordingly, inventories related to energy efficiency products and services have not been material. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market.

We evaluate our inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and write down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined on the difference between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

The calculation of our tax assets and liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed by applicable accounting principles. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the relevant period.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had no material uncertain tax positions.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and

 

59


Table of Contents

$53.0 million, respectively. During these periods the company maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets primarily relate to net operating loss carryforwards, accelerated gains for tax purposes and deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. In addition, we had net operating losses for state income tax purposes of approximately $45.3 million and $39.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2016 if not utilized.

Our valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, based on our history of losses, we continued to provide a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. The amount of our valuation allowance could be materially affected should the actual amounts differ from our estimates. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the statement of operations in the periods when the adjustment is determined to be required.

We apply any limitations as a result of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, Section 382, when determining the amount of net operating loss that is available for future use. Based on this analysis, we have undergone two ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Code. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes have occurred through December 31, 2011.

We have agreements to sell solar energy systems to the investment funds structured as joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until we no longer benefit from the underlying asset. Because the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the life of the underlying systems, estimated to be 30 years. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 we recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million and $3.3 million net of amortization, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interests

Our noncontrolling interests represent fund investors’ interest in the net assets of certain funding structures, which we consolidate, that we have entered into to finance the costs of solar energy systems under operating leases. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual agreements of the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We therefore determine the noncontrolling interest balance at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method and record it on our balance sheet as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet represent the amounts the fund investors would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the contractual agreements of these structures, assuming the net assets of these funding structures were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP. The fund investors’ interest in the results of operations of these funding structures is determined as the

 

60


Table of Contents

difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each reporting period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the fund and the fund investors. The noncontrolling interests’ balance is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
    

(in thousands, except share and

per share data)

 

Consolidated statement of operations data:

  

Revenue:

      

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

      

Operating leases

   $ 1,911      $ 3,191      $ 5,718   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,765        2,284        12,415   

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272   

Other expenses, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                 %                 $                  %        

Operating leases

   $ 3,212       $ 9,684       $ 23,145       $ 6,472        201   $ 13,461         139

Solar energy systems

     29,435         22,744         36,406         (6,691     (23 )%      13,662         60
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 32,647       $ 32,428       $ 59,551       $ (219     (1 )%    $ 27,123         84

2011 Compared to 2010

Total revenue increased by approximately $27.1 million, or 84%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Operating leases revenue increased by approximately $13.5 million, or 139%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements in service and generating revenue. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we expanded our operations into new territories such as the East Coast and continued our sales penetration within existing territories.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $13.7 million, or 60%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales compared to the prior year. This increase in revenue was offset in part by lower average selling prices of solar energy systems sold in the year 2011.

2010 Compared to 2009

Total revenue decreased by approximately $0.2 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Operating lease revenue increased by approximately $6.5 million, or 201%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under operating leases in 2010 compared to 2009. During 2010, we expanded into new states such as Texas and also implemented an additional four investment funds for financing the cost of solar energy systems that were then placed into operating leases. This was in addition to seven existing investment funds that we implemented in 2008 and 2009.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems decreased by approximately $6.7 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Direct sales to cash paying customers declined in 2010 as we focused more on power purchase agreements and leasing of solar energy systems through investment fund arrangements.

 

62


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Operating leases

   $ 1,911      $ 3,191      $ 5,718      $ 1,280        67   $ 2,527        79

Gross profit of operating leases

     1,301        6,493        17,427        5,192        399     10,934        168

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     41     67     75        

Solar energy systems

   $ 28,971      $ 26,953      $ 41,418      $ (2,018     (7 )%    $ 14,465        54

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     464        (4,209     (5,012     (4,673     (1,007 )%      (803     (19 )% 

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     2     (19 )%      (14 )%         

Total cost of revenue

   $ 30,882      $ 30,144      $ 47,136      $ (738     (2 )%    $ 16,992        56

Total gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        519        29     10,131        444

Total gross profit margin

     5     7     21        

2011 Compared to 2010

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $2.5 million, or 79%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the year ended December 31, 2011, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components. While we expect the cost of solar panels will continue to decline in the future, we expect the rate of decline will slow as prices approach manufacturing costs and due to the impact of tariffs.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $14.5 million, or 54%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was due to increased costs associated with the increase in commercial solar energy system sales in 2011 and an increase in the allocation of operational overhead costs allocated to these systems. The increase was also due to a $2.6 million charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011 to adjust the cost of certain raw material inventory to market value and a $0.1 million charge for slow moving inventory.

2010 Compared to 2009

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $1.3 million, or 67%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in this cost is primarily due to the increased number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the period, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy systems components. As of December 31, 2010, we had eleven investment funds compared to seven investment funds as of December 31, 2009.

Cost of sales of solar energy system decreased by approximately $2.0 million, or 7%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to lower volumes of solar energy system sales and declining costs of solar energy systems components.

 

63


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

    Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009      2010      2011              $                    %                 $                  %        

Sales and marketing expense

  $ 10,914       $ 22,404       $ 42,004       $ 11,490         105   $ 19,600         87

General and administrative expense

    10,855         19,227         31,664         8,372         77     12,437         65
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expense

  $ 21,769       $ 41,631       $ 73,668       $ 19,862         91   $ 32,037         77

2011 Compared to 2010

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $19.6 million, or 87%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2011 as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts to develop our backlog and increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the total number of our sales and marketing personnel from 140 as of December 31, 2010 to 311 as of December 31, 2011.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $12.4 million, or 65%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 135 as of December 31, 2010 to 157 as of December 31, 2011, and the increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and their associated legal and professional fees.

2010 Compared to 2009

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $11.5 million, or 105%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2010 as we intensified our marketing efforts to increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the number of our sales and marketing personnel from 79 as of December 31, 2009 to 140 as of December 31, 2010. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Therefore, in 2009, we reduced our spending on sales and marketing initiatives.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $8.4 million, or 77%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increased general and administrative expenses were primarily due to an increase in personnel costs. Personnel costs increased due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 78 as of December 31, 2009 to 135 as of December 31, 2010, including the creation and staffing of a funding structures management group to manage the increased number of investment fund arrangements that we created in 2010. The increased number of investment fund arrangements also resulted in increased overhead, including allocated facility costs, information technology, travel and professional services.

 

64


Table of Contents

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Interest expense, net

   $ 334       $ 4,901       $ 9,272       $ 4,567         1367   $ 4,371         89

Other expenses, net

     2,360         2,761         3,097         401         17     336         12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest and other expenses, net

   $ 2,694       $ 7,662       $ 12,369       $ 4,968         184   $ 4,707         61

2011 Compared to 2010

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.4 million, or 89%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. Interest expense comprises imputed interest on financing obligations and interest income on cash balances, net of interest on bank borrowings. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2011 compared to 2010.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.3 million, or 12%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

2010 Compared to 2009

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.5 million, or 1367%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2010 compared to 2009.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.4 million, or 17%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Income tax expense

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92       $ 43         195   $ 27         42

2011 Compared to 2010

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.03 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011 we had incurred a total of $3.4 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

 

65


Table of Contents

2010 Compared to 2009

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.04 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase reflects a full year of amortization of the prepaid tax asset recorded in 2009 relating to sales of solar energy systems to investment funds. We incurred $1.3 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems. In 2009, the amortization was only for a portion of the year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated cash flow data:

      

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ 2,278      $ (3,818   $ 18,082   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and equivalent

   $ 10,083      $ 20,358      $ (7,799
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We finance our operations, including the costs of acquisition and installation of solar energy systems, mainly through a variety of investment fund arrangements that we have formed with fund investors, credit facilities from banks, preferred stock equity offerings and cash generated from our operations. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and funds available in our existing investment funds will be sufficient to meet our projected cash requirements for at least the next 12 months.

Operating Activities

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $18.1 million in net cash from operations. This cash inflow primarily resulted from an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $68.3 million relating to upfront lease payments received from fund investors under financing structures designed as operating leases and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, an increase in customer deposits of $10.9 million and an increase in accounts payable of $118.9 million. The cash inflow was offset in part by a decrease in incentive rebates receivable of $4.9 million, an increase in inventories of $111.2 million, and a net loss of approximately $73.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $12.3 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $5.1 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $7.4 million, a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $23.5 million and changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.1 million. In addition, the increase in other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased other assets. The sizeable increase in inventories and accounts payable was due to a $106.1 million year-end purchase of inverters and modules that are expected to be used in 2012 in the construction of solar energy systems eligible for the U.S. Treasury Cash Grant Program, the program rules of which required that the cost of the equipment be incurred by December 31, 2011.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we utilized approximately $3.8 million in operating activities. This cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss in the year of $47.1 million, reduced by non-cash

 

66


Table of Contents

items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $5.7 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $1.8 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $3.3 million, a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $7.4 million and changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.0 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $22.2 million relating to upfront lease payments received from a fund investor under a financing structure designed as an operating lease and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments and an increase in customer deposits of $2.5 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $3.3 million. In addition, unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased inventory and other assets.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $2.3 million in cash from operating activities. This cash inflow primarily resulted from increased unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities partially offset by increased inventory and other assets, and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $17.2 million relating to solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, partially offset by an increase in rebates receivable of $6.6 million and a net loss of approximately $22.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $3.2 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $0.9 million and changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.2 million.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we used approximately $304.3 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $292.9 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $8.8 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.6 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we used approximately $162.9 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $156.5 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $6.2 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we used approximately $62.8 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $61.6 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $1.1 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

Financing Activities

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $278.4 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $208.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $88.6 million. We received approximately $65.5 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $64.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also received approximately $19.7 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.3 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $17.3 million from long-term debt and $5.6

 

67


Table of Contents

million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $3.2 million of long-term debt and $4.5 million of revolving line of credit.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately $187.0 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $97.1 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to the fund investors of approximately $25.0 million. We received $61.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received approximately $21.4 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.4 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants. We received approximately $20.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received approximately $18.3 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing, which was partially offset by a repayment of the financing obligation of approximately $7.6 million. Finally, we received an additional $1.3 million from long-term debt and repaid $1.0 million of long-term debt.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $70.6 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $41.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $3.9 million. We received approximately $23.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable convertible preferred stock. We received approximately $5.4 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing. We also drew down $4.9 million on a revolving line of credit, and received an additional $0.5 million from long-term debt and repaid $0.7 million of long-term debt.

Secured Credit Agreements

In May 2008, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a commercial bank for working capital and equipment financing needs. This facility was subsequently modified to include a revolving line of credit facility and equipment financing facility. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit facility, as modified, bore interest at a rate of 1.5% plus the greater of 5% or the bank’s prime rate and were collateralized by all of our assets other than intellectual property. We borrowed $4.5 million under the revolving line of credit in 2009 and repaid the facility in full in April 2011.

The equipment financing facility, as modified, had a commitment of $1.0 million and was available in two tranches. The first tranche was available to be drawn down through January 13, 2010, and the second tranche was available to be drawn down through April 13, 2010. Interest under the equipment financing facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. The principal amount is payable for the first tranche in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on December 10, 2009, and the principal amount for the second tranche is payable in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on March 10, 2010. This equipment financing facility was repaid in full in April 2011.

In April 2011, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement has a $25 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility is secured by our accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. As of December 31, 2011, $5.6 million was borrowed and outstanding under this revolving credit agreement. In January 2012, we borrowed the remainder of this facility, and the full amount remains outstanding. In March 2012, we amended this facility to extend the

 

68


Table of Contents

maturity date to July 2012 and to permit us to incur additional non-recourse secured debt under other facilities.

In January 2011, we entered into a $7 million term facility that bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The term facility is secured by the vehicles financed by the facility.

In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR.

We have entered into various other loan agreements consisting of motor vehicles and other assets financing with various financial institutions. Total loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 under these loan agreements and the equipment financing facility amounted to $3.0 million and $5.1 million, respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

In May 2010, one of our subsidiaries entered into a financing agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount that may be borrowed under this agreement was determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by equipment owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, up to a maximum of $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was drawn down by March 31, 2011. The loan tranches bear interest at an average blended rate of 2%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary. We borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility in March 2011, of which $12.1 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2011.

Contractual Obligations

Set forth below is information concerning our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 22,803       $ 8,222       $ 5,466       $ 1,825       $ 7,290   

Financing obligations

     15,505         361         806         929         13,409   

Interest(1)

     11,049         1,735         2,917         2,471         3,926   

Operating lease obligations

     39,953         5,461         10,521         8,887         15,084   

Performance guarantee

     90         —           60         30         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 89,400       $ 15,779       $ 19,770       $ 14,142       $ 39,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents obligations for interest payments on long-term debt and financing obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long-term debt, based upon 2011 year end rates.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We include in our consolidated financial statements all assets and liabilities and results of operations of investment fund arrangements that we have entered into. We have not entered into any other transactions that have generated relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships or special purpose entities. Accordingly, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

69


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposure includes changes in interest rates because borrowings under our revolving credit agreement bears interest at floating rates based on the LIBOR rate plus a specified margin. We manage our interest rate risk by balancing our amount of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt. For fixed-rate debt, interest rate changes do not affect our earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for floating-rate debt, interest rate changes generally impact our earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

Changes in economic conditions could result in higher interest rates, thereby increasing our interest expense and other operating expenses and reducing our funds available for capital investment, operations or other purposes. In addition, we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow to service debt, which may affect our ability to make future acquisitions or capital expenditures. We may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings or net assets as a result of interest rate fluctuations. A hypothetical 10% change in our interest rate would have changed interest incurred for the year ended December 31, 2011 by $0.2 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Upon the filing of our initial registration statement, we intend to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Securities Act Section 7(a)(2)(B) as allowed by Section 107(b)(1) of the JOBS Act for the adoption of new or revised accounting standards as applicable to emerging growth companies. As part of the election, we will not be required to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standard until such time that a company that does not qualify as an “issuer” (as defined under Section 2(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) is required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

The FASB issued SFAS 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) , in June 2009 and FASB ASU 2009-17, Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities, in December 2009, to update the ASC as a result of SFAS 167. This new accounting guidance amends the evaluation criteria to identify the primary beneficiary of a VIE and requires ongoing reassessment of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The new guidance significantly changes the consolidation rules for VIEs including the consolidation of common structures, such as joint ventures, equity method investments and collaboration arrangements. Under the new guidance, there is no grandfathering of previous consolidation conclusions and as a result, companies will need to evaluate all prior VIE and primary beneficiary determinations. The guidance is applicable to all new and existing VIEs. The provisions of this new accounting guidance were effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after November 15, 2009, and became effective for us on January 1, 2010. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements , which provided updated guidance related to fair value measurements and disclosures. This new guidance requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers. In addition, in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3, a reporting entity should disclose separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements (that is, on a gross basis rather than one net number). The updated guidance also requires that an entity should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. The updated guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward

 

70


Table of Contents

activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-05 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2011-04 on our consolidated financial statements.

 

71


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

The demand for Better Energy has enabled us to install more solar energy systems than any company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs.     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships.     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy.     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality.     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 24,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 123% over the past three years.

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have formed investment funds with fund investors where we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

To date, we have raised $1.4 billion through 20 investment funds established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $700 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments.

Most of our customer relationships begin when we enter into long-term energy contracts. These long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency

 

72


Table of Contents

evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% for residential and commercial customers from 2000 to 2010, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively.

In addition to rising prices, demand for electricity is inelastic. Despite increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years. To manage electricity demand, many states have implemented tiered pricing mechanisms that charge a higher cost per kilowatt hour, or kWh, as consumption increases. For example, in California, the highest consumption tier rates (Tiers 3-5) increased at 6-8% annually over the five-year period of 2006 through 2010, while the lowest tier rates (Tiers 1-2) remained flat. However, there has not been a corresponding reduction in consumption in the higher-priced tiers, demonstrating the inelasticity of electricity demand.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

SolarCity’s Competitive Position in Our Top Retail Markets

 

LOGO

Note: Current representative residential retail rates by tier, based on publicly available utility data.

Distributed solar energy systems, such as ours, provide customers with an alternative to traditional utility energy suppliers. Distributed resources are smaller in unit size and can be constructed at a

 

73


Table of Contents

customer’s site, removing the need for lengthy transmission lines. By bypassing the traditional suppliers and transmission and distribution systems, distributed energy systems de-link the customer’s price of power from external factors such as volatile commodity prices and costs of the incumbent energy supplier. This makes it possible for distributed energy purchasers to buy energy at a predictable and stable price over a long period of time, something traditional energy companies are generally unable to provide.

While the energy generated by distributed solar energy systems has historically been more expensive than centralized alternatives, downward trends in installed solar energy system prices have reduced the relative cost of distributed solar electricity to levels that are competitive with traditional utility generation retail costs. While these developments have adversely impacted panel manufacturers and the overall upstream market, we and other downstream companies have benefited significantly.

Panel Pricing Trends

 

LOGO

Source: Bloomberg New Energy Finance.

 

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 TWh of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

 

74


Table of Contents

U.S. Residential and Commercial Retail Prices Over Time

 

LOGO

Source: EIA 2010 U.S. sales and revenue data.

Note: The distribution curves are constructed using utility data reported to the EIA and the assumptions described above.

Current market factors indicate that the trend towards increasing retail energy prices will continue, causing the consumption curves depicted above to continue to shift right towards higher electricity cost. The demand curve will continue to expand upward as well, as the country’s population growth, economic growth and the continued proliferation of consumer goods and products that utilize electricity, such as electric vehicles, promote growth in demand. As retail prices for electricity increase and distributed solar energy costs decline, our market opportunity will grow exponentially.

In recent years, government policies have evolved in response to dependence on foreign energy sources and the desire to foster the growth of the renewable energy industry. Federal and state governments have established renewable portfolio standards and incentives to further reduce the cost of solar energy for consumers, including investment tax credits and bonus depreciation. These federal and state incentives helped catalyze private sector investment in solar energy development, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

Historically, incentives have been instrumental in building the market for sustainable energy resources. However, rising retail energy costs, declining cost of solar energy components, and the increased affordability and accessibility of solar energy systems minimize the need for incentives. In line with this trend, while incentives on a dollar per watt basis have decreased over the last decade, installation of solar energy systems continued to grow.

In addition to distributed energy, we provide energy efficiency products and services. These solutions refer to projects or improvements designed to increase the energy efficiency of residences. Typical products and services offered include appliance replacement, upgrades to heating, ventilation and air conditioning, or HVAC, lighting retrofits, equipment installations, load management, energy procurement and rate analysis. The market for energy efficiency solutions has grown significantly, driven largely by rising energy prices, advances in energy efficiency technologies, growing customer awareness of energy and environmental issues, and governmental support for energy efficiency initiatives.

Recognizing energy efficiency initiatives as an offset to growing electricity consumption, many states have created formalized mechanisms to encourage energy efficiency. The potential market for energy efficiency solutions is significant. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to

 

75


Table of Contents

2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to lower their energy costs in a simple and efficient manner. We have disrupted the industry status quo by providing renewable energy directly to customers for less than they are currently paying for utility-generated energy. Unlike utilities, we sell energy with a predictable cost structure that does not rely on limited fossil fuels and is insulated from rising retail electricity prices. We also guarantee the electricity production of our solar energy systems to our customers. Our strategy is to focus on that portion of the solar energy value chain with the most potential: the energy consumer and the customer relationship. We believe we are the only distributed energy company that offers integrated sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and efficiency services without involving the services of multiple third-party participants.

The key elements of our integrated approach are illustrated below:

SolarCity’s Integrated Approach

 

LOGO

Sales.     We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program. We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

Financing.     Financing makes it possible to install our solar energy systems for little or no upfront cost. Through a streamlined process, we provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy accessible and affordable, either on a fixed monthly fee basis or a fee based on the amount of energy produced.

Engineering.     Our in-house engineering team custom designs a solar energy system for each of our customers. We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the design process and optimizes the design to maximize the energy production of each system. Our engineers complete a structural analysis of each building and produce a full set of structural design and electrical blueprints that contain the specifications for all system components.

Installation.     Once we complete the design, we obtain all necessary building permits. Our customer care representatives coordinate the SolarCity team and keep our customers apprised of the project status every step of the way. We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager. Once we complete installing the system, we schedule

 

76


Table of Contents

inspections with the local building department and arrange for interconnection to the power grid with the utility. By handling these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

Monitoring and Maintenance.     Our proprietary monitoring software provides our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation and consumption. Through an easy-to-read graphical display available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts. These monitoring systems allow us to confirm the continuing proper operation of our solar energy systems, identify maintenance issues and provide our customers with a better understanding of their energy usage, allowing them the opportunity to modify their usage accordingly.

Complementary Products and Services.     Through our comprehensive energy efficiency evaluations, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. After the evaluation is completed, we review the results with the customer and recommend current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy to a diversified customer base that includes residential home owners, large and small businesses, and government entities:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our solar energy systems rely solely on the free energy produced by the sun, allowing our customers to generate their own energy and reduce the amount they purchase from utilities. We help put solar energy generation within the reach of our customers by providing a variety of pricing options that minimize or eliminate upfront costs. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to access distributed renewable energy generation simply and efficiently. By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we are able to control and oversee the entire process while providing a superior experience to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.     Our business model enables us to develop long-term relationships with our customers. Under our standard customer agreements, our customers purchase energy from us for 20 years. This approach allows us to maintain an ongoing relationship with our customers through our receipt of payments and our real-time monitoring. We leverage these relationships to offer complementary energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs, which we believe further reinforces our relationship, brand and value to the customer, and reduces our customer acquisition costs. Because our 20-year contracts with our customers exceed the average useful life of most major appliances (such as water heaters and furnaces), we believe we are well-positioned to assist them with future replacements and upgrades. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.     Our size enables us to achieve economies of scale in both installation and capital costs, enabling us to offer our customers electricity at rates lower than the retail rate offered by the utility. We believe that our size provides our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

77


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services. For example, we have developed proprietary software that significantly reduces design time, speeds the permitting process and allows us to efficiently manage the installation of every project.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.     Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand. For example, approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We believe our brand is a meaningful factor for customers as they consider their energy alternatives.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments. Our senior leadership team, consisting of our co-founders, Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive, and our chairman, Elon Musk, are widely recognized entrepreneurs and thought leaders with track records of building successful businesses. Additionally, to support our integrated business model, we have developed in-house expertise through strong senior leadership on our engineering, structured finance, legal and government affairs teams.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. The following are key elements of our strategy:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 24,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 123% over the past three years. To continue this growth, we intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel. We also intend to continue to leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base. For example, our agreement with The Home Depot has generated installations across multiple markets and validates our brand by working with a trusted name in home improvement. We also recently developed strategic relationships with several homebuilders that we believe will extend our reach to new customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     Our business is based on selling renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. We plan on achieving cost reductions by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary design automation and supply chain management software to further ensure that our engineering team and system installers operate as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers. In addition, we plan to broadly market and sell energy-related products that we source from third-party suppliers, such as electric vehicle charging stations. Our existing long-term customer relationships enable us to sell these products and services with substantially lower acquisition costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar

 

78


Table of Contents
 

energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities. We currently serve customers in 14 states, most recently expanding into Connecticut in February 2012.

Our Innovative Products, Services and Technology

We deliver Better Energy to our customers through a portfolio of complementary products and services that enable more cost effective generation and reduced energy consumption. We have developed enabling technologies that allow us to simplify our customers’ experience and enhance our ability to deliver our products and services.

Solar Energy Products

 

  Ÿ  

Solar Energy Systems.     The major components of our solar energy systems include solar panels that convert sunlight into electrical current, inverters that convert the electrical output from the panels to a usable current compatible with the electric grid, racking that attaches the solar panels to the roof or ground and electrical hardware that connects the solar energy system to the electric grid and our monitoring device. We purchase our components from vendors, maintaining multiple sources for each major component to ensure competitive pricing and an adequate supply of materials. Though we typically install poly-crystalline silicon panels and string inverters, we have installed a wide variety of other technologies, including thin film panels and panel-level power optimizers.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarLease and Power Purchase Agreement Finance Products.     Most of our solar energy customers choose to purchase energy from us pursuant to one of two payment structures: a SolarLease or a power purchase agreement. In both structures, we charge customers a monthly fee for the power produced by our solar energy systems. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is pre-determined and includes a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kWh based on the amount of electricity actually produced by the solar energy system. Under both the SolarLease and power purchase agreement, our customers also have the option to pay little or no upfront costs or to reduce the aggregate amount of their future payments by pre-paying a portion of their future payments. Over the 20-year term of the agreement, we own and operate the system and guarantee its performance.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

Our energy efficiency products and services enable our customers to save money on their energy bills by reducing their energy consumption.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Energy Evaluation.     Our home energy evaluation is the threshold to the broad set of energy efficiency products and services we offer. We sell home energy efficiency evaluations to new solar energy system customers, existing customers, prospective solar energy system customers who are unable to adopt solar energy because of site conditions or credit, and to customers who want to start with energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. During the evaluation, we record details of the home’s construction and energy use, measurements of every major building surface, model numbers of appliances and other energy consuming equipment, and measure combustion efficiency and air leakage in the ducts and building envelope. We create a database of this information and review a report of the results with the customer outlining current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Efficiency Upgrades.     Based on the detailed analysis from the home energy evaluation, we work with customers to identify their priorities to improve the cost effectiveness,

 

79


Table of Contents
 

efficiency, health and comfort of their home by implementing appropriate upgrades. We generally handle every aspect of an energy efficiency improvement project for our customers including sales, engineering, permitting, procurement, installation, inspections and any supporting rebate or utility documentation. Our core energy efficiency upgrade products and services address heating and cooling, duct sealing, water heating, insulation, weatherization, pool pumps and lighting.

Other Energy Products and Services

 

  Ÿ  

Electric Vehicle Charging.     We believe there is a strong overlap between customer demand for electric vehicles, or EVs, and solar energy. As consumers switch to EVs, their electricity bills increase substantially, driving demand for lower cost electricity. We install EV charging equipment that we source from third parties. We market EV equipment to residential and commercial customers through retail partnerships with companies such as The Home Depot, and through EV manufacturers and dealerships such as Tesla Motors, Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Storage.     We are developing a proprietary battery management system built on our solar energy monitoring communications backbone. The battery management system is designed to enable remote, fully bidirectional control of distributed energy storage that can potentially provide significant benefits to our customers, utilities and grid operators. The benefits of energy storage coupled with a solar energy system to our customers may include back-up power, time-of-use energy arbitrage, rate arbitrage, peak demand shaving and demand response. We believe that advances in battery storage technology, steep reductions in pricing and burgeoning policy changes that support energy storage hold significant promise for enabling deployments of grid-connected energy storage systems.

Enabling Technologies

 

  Ÿ  

SolarBid Sales Management Platform.     SolarBid is a proprietary sales management platform that incorporates a database of rate information by utility, sun exposure, roof orientation and a variety of other factors to enable a detailed analysis and customized graphical presentation of each customer’s savings. SolarBid simplifies the sales process and automates pricing, system configuration and proposal generation. It also automatically prepares the customer agreements, incentive forms and utility paperwork required to complete a project. SolarBid is designed for maximum flexibility, allowing us to quickly add new products, services and geographies.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarWorks Customer Management Software.     SolarWorks is the proprietary software platform we use to track and manage every project. SolarWorks’ embedded database and custom architecture enables reduced costs, improved quality and improved customer experience by supporting scheduling, budgeting and other project management functions as well as customer communications, inventory management and detailed project data.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Designer.     Energy Designer is a proprietary software application our field engineering auditors use to rapidly collect all pertinent site-specific design details on a tablet computer. This information then syncs with our design automation software, reducing design time and accelerating the permitting process.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Performance Pro.     Home Performance Pro is our proprietary energy efficiency evaluation platform that incorporates the U.S. Department of Energy’s Energy Plus simulation engine. Home Performance Pro collects and stores details of a building’s construction and energy use and accurately simulates the reduction in energy use from energy efficiency upgrades. We use Home Performance Pro to identify opportunities to improve our customers’ energy efficiency.

 

80


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

SolarGuard and PowerGuide Proactive Monitoring Solutions.     SolarGuard and PowerGuide provide our customers a real-time view of their home’s or business’s energy generation and consumption. Through easy-to-read graphical displays available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts such as carbon offset and pollution reduction. Our customer service team reviews system performance data using this proprietary monitoring software to confirm continuing efficient operation.

Our Customers

Our customer base is comprised of the following key sectors:

 

  Ÿ  

Residential .     Our residential customers are individual homeowners and homeowners within communities who have participated in our community solar program that want to switch to cleaner, cheaper energy or reduce their home energy consumption through energy efficiency upgrades. Our community solar programs enable communities to collectively adopt clean energy in partnership with their local government or community organization without requiring any local government funds. We have helped more than 50 communities build more than 1,500 projects.

 

  Ÿ  

Commercial .     Our commercial customers represent several business sectors, including technology, retail, manufacturing, agriculture, nonprofit and houses of worship. Our commercial customers include the world’s largest retailer, the world’s premier semiconductor chip maker and hundreds of other businesses.

 

  Ÿ  

Government .     We have installed solar energy systems for several government entities including the U.S. Air Force, Army, Marines and Navy, and the Department of Homeland Security. In November 2011, SolarCity and Bank of America Merrill Lynch announced project SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. We expect SolarStrong to ultimately create up to 300 megawatts of solar generation capacity that could provide energy to as many as 120,000 military housing units. If completed as anticipated, SolarStrong would be the largest residential solar project in American history.

Our commercial and government customers include:

 

LOGO

 

81


Table of Contents

Why Customers Choose SolarCity

The following examples illustrate the experiences of residential, commercial and government customers and the reasons they select us to provide solar energy systems and related energy products and services.

Residential Family .     A California family contacted us to perform an evaluation of their home’s energy usage and costs. We recommended a combination of a solar energy system and energy efficiency products and services to reduce energy costs and consumption and to create a more comfortable home. The family decided to sign a 20-year lease with us for a solar energy system that saves them an average of more than $50 each month. Our energy efficiency evaluators also assessed that the home was losing 60% of its heating through leaks in ductwork and was using an inefficient air cooling system. We replaced the ductwork to reduce leakage and heating costs in the winter and installed a more efficient cooling system to reduce energy costs and increase comfort in the summer. The family now enjoys a more comfortable home and can expect to save thousands of dollars in future energy costs.

Walmart Stores, Inc.      Walmart, the world’s largest retail business, is pursuing an array of sustainability goals, including a long-term goal to be supplied by 100% renewable energy. Walmart’s goal is to purchase renewable solar energy at prices equal to or less than utility energy rates while also providing price certainty for a percentage of the stores’ electricity requirements against the volatility of fossil-based energy prices. To date, Walmart has contracted with us to purchase solar-generated electricity at 169 locations throughout Arizona, California, Colorado, Maryland, New York and Ohio. We started our first Walmart project in July 2010, and had completed 57 projects at the end of 2011. Our solar energy systems typically offset between 10% and 30% of each Walmart location’s total electricity usage.

 

82


Table of Contents

Soaring Heights Communities, Davis-Monthan Air Force Base .     In mid-2009, we entered into a transaction with Soaring Heights Communities LLC, an affiliate of Lend Lease (US) Public Partnerships LLC, a leading developer of privatized military housing, to build what we believe to be the largest solar-powered community in the United States: Soaring Heights Communities at Davis-Monthan Air Force Base in Tucson, Arizona. The project includes approximately 6 megawatts of generation capacity, including approximately 3.28 megawatts of ground-mounted solar panel arrays and an additional 2.76 megawatts of roof-mounted systems, spread among 400 residential buildings. When construction began, the project was estimated to represent an increase of more than 15% over the state of Arizona’s grid-tied solar capacity. The solar electricity generated by the systems offsets the majority of the electricity used by the housing community’s over 900 single and multi-family residences. A photograph of a portion of this project appears below.

 

LOGO

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program.

 

  Ÿ  

Direct outside sales force.     Our outside sales force typically resides and works within a market we serve. Our outside sales force allows us to sell to those customers who prefer a face-to-face interaction.

 

  Ÿ  

Call center.     Our call center allows us to sell our energy products and services to customers without visiting their homes or businesses. Because every home or site is unique, we begin by talking with each prospective customer about their energy needs and savings goals. Then, using online satellite technology, our salesperson evaluates the suitability of the site for our products and services. If either a solar energy system or an energy efficiency evaluation is an appropriate solution, our salesperson briefs the customer on our full scope of products and services, collects preliminary utility usage data and site information, and ultimately, provides a

 

83


Table of Contents
 

preliminary estimate of costs, including rebate applicability. If the customer desires to work with us, contracts can then be executed with e-signatures.

 

  Ÿ  

Channel Partner Network

 

   

SolarCity Network.     The SolarCity Network is a by-invitation business development program that pays referral fees to local professionals and businesses that refer customers to us. Typical network members include realtors, architects, contractors and insurance/financial services providers.

 

   

The Home Depot.     Our products and services are available through The Home Depot stores located in California, Arizona, Oregon, Colorado and Maryland. We are the exclusive solar provider in the stores we serve. We sell through point-of-purchase displays in the stores, through a team of field energy advisors that canvass the stores and speak to prospective customers, and through other direct marketing strategies including in-store flyers, seminars, promotions, search engine marketing campaigns, email campaigns, retail signage and displays, and a co-branded website.

 

   

Homebuilder partners.     Our products and services are available through several new home builders. These partners market solar energy systems through a variety of strategies, including advertising within their model homes, signage within their communities, realtor emails, newspaper inserts, online banners and co-branded flyers. Certain of these partners pre-pay for the electricity that will be produced by the solar energy system installed on the new home they sell, using the benefit of free solar energy as a selling point.

 

   

Other channel partners.     Our products and services also are available through Paramount Energy Solutions, LLC, dba Paramount Solar. Paramount Solar engages residential photovoltaic solar system customers through its own sales and marketing strategies.

 

  Ÿ  

Customer Referral Program.     We believe that customer referrals are the most effective way to market our products and services. Approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We offer cash awards to incentivize our current customers to refer their friends, family and colleagues to install solar energy systems or enroll in an energy efficiency evaluation performed. We also encourage our customers to host solar energy parties with their friends, family and colleagues, where one of our in-house solar consultants make an informal presentation.

We also market our products and services through a variety of direct marketing strategies designed to reach qualified homeowners and businesses, including radio ads and public radio sponsorships, newspaper and magazine ads, online banner ads, search engine marketing, direct mail, participation in trade shows, events and home shows, email marketing, public relations, social media, sweepstakes and promotions, newsletters, community programs and field marketing techniques such as door-to-door canvassing. Our in-house marketing team manages and coordinates our media buying and customizes our content for each region.

Operations and Suppliers

We purchase major components such as solar panels and inverters directly from multiple manufacturers. We screen these suppliers and components based on expected cost, reliability, warranty coverage, ease of installation and other ancillary costs. As of March 31, 2012, our primary solar panel suppliers were Trina Solar Limited, Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited and Kyocera Solar, Inc., among others, and our primary inverter suppliers were Power-One, Inc., SMA Solar Technology, AG, Schneider Electric SA and Fronius International GmbH, among others. The

 

84


Table of Contents

U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China and is contemplating increasing the tariffs above current levels. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. However, we expect the effect on price of any additional duties placed on these solar panels to be partially offset, as our Chinese solar panel vendors are developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed duties.

Our racking systems are manufactured by contract manufacturers in the United States using our design.

We generally source the hundreds of other products related to our solar energy systems and energy efficiency upgrades services, such as HVAC and water heating equipment, fasteners and electrical fittings, through a variety of distributors. In addition, we source our EV charging stations from Tesla Motors and others.

We currently operate in 14 states. We manage inventory through one of our six centralized storage and distribution facilities, and we distribute inventory to local warehouses weekly as needed. We maintain a fleet of over 535 trucks and other vehicles to support our installers and operations. This operational scale is fundamental to our business, as our field teams currently complete more than 800 residential installations each month, while our project management teams simultaneously manage thousands of projects as they move through the stages of engineering, permitting, installation and monitoring.

We offer a range of warranties and performance guarantees for our solar energy systems. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems we sell, together with a pass-through of the inverter and module manufacturers’ warranties that generally range from 5 to 25 years. Where we sell the electricity generated by a solar energy system, we provide ongoing service and repair during the entire term of the customer relationship and compensate customers if their system produces less energy than our guarantee in any given year by refunding overpayments.

Securing Our Solar Energy Systems

Unless a customer fully prepays for its solar energy system, we file a uniform commercial code financing statement, or UCC-1, on the systems in the real property records where each system is located prior to or when the system is installed. We file the UCC-1 to put on notice anyone who might perform a title search on the address where the system is located that our property, the solar energy system, is installed on the building. This filing protects our rights as the system’s owner against any mortgage on the real property. If the lender that holds the mortgage on the real property forecloses on our customer’s home, the UCC-1 filing protects our interest in the solar energy system and prohibits the lender from taking ownership of our solar energy system. A UCC-1 fixture filing is not a lien against a customer’s home and does not entitle us to the proceeds of the sale of a home in foreclosure. Typically, when a foreclosed home is sold by the lender, we negotiate with the prospective buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement. We believe the prospective buyer is motivated to assume the existing agreement by the opportunity to purchase energy from us at a lower price than that available from the electric utility. To date, we have only had to repossess three systems. In every other case, we have successfully negotiated with the new buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement.

Competition

We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these traditional utilities primarily based on price, predictability

 

85


Table of Contents

of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. We believe that we compete favorably with traditional utilities based on these factors in the regions we service.

We also compete with companies that provide products and services in distinct segments of the downstream solar energy and energy efficiency value chain. For example, many solar companies only install solar energy systems, while others only provide financing for these installations. These distributed energy competitors typically work in contractual arrangements with third parties, leaving the customer in the position of having to deal with different companies for different aspects of their solar energy project. In the residential solar energy system installation market, our competitors include American Solar Electric, Inc., Astrum Solar, Inc., Petersen Dean, Inc., Real Goods Solar, Inc., REC Solar, Inc., Sungevity, Inc., Trinity Solar, Inc., Verengo, Inc. and many smaller local solar companies. In the commercial solar energy system installation market, our competitors include Chevron Corporation, SunPower Corporation and Team Solar, Inc. In the solar project financing market, our competitors include SunRun Inc. In the energy efficiency products and services market, our competitors include Ameresco, Inc.

We believe that we compete favorably with these companies, because we take an integrated approach to Better Energy, including offering solar energy systems, energy efficiency offerings, electric vehicle charging stations and additional energy-related products and services, as well as in-house sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, and operations and maintenance. Our competitors offer only a subset of the products and services we provide. Aside from simple cost efficiency, we offer distinct practical benefits as an all-in-one provider. We provide a single point of contact and accountability for our products and services during the relationship with our customers.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an essential element of our business, and our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property laws, confidentiality agreements and license agreements to establish and protect our intellectual property rights.

As of March 31, 2012, we had 4 patents issued and 13 pending applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. These patents and applications relate to our installation and mounting hardware, our finance products, our monitoring solutions and our software platforms. Our issued patents start expiring in 2028. We intend to continue to file additional patent applications.

All of our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property and assigning to us any ownership that they may claim in those works.

Government Regulation

We are not a “regulated utility” in the United States under applicable national, state or other local regulatory regimes where we conduct business. For our limited operations in Ontario, Canada, our subsidiary is subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff, or FIT, regulations including the FIT rates.

To operate our systems we obtain interconnection agreements from the applicable local primary electricity utility. Depending on the size of the solar energy system and local law requirements,

 

86


Table of Contents

interconnection agreements are between the local utility and either us or our customer. In almost all cases, interconnection agreements are standard form agreements that have been pre-approved by the local public utility commission or other regulatory body with jurisdiction over interconnection agreements. As such, no additional regulatory approvals are required once interconnection agreements are signed. We maintain a utility administration function, with primary responsibility for engaging with utilities and ensuring our compliance with interconnection rules.

Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the occupational health and safety of our employees and wage regulations. For example, we are subject to the requirements of the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, or OSHA, and comparable state laws that protect and regulate employee health and safety. We have a robust safety department led by a safety professional, and we expend significant resources to comply with OSHA requirements and industry best practices.

Federal and/or state prevailing wage requirements, which generally apply to any “public works” construction project that receives public funds, may apply to installations of our solar energy systems on government facilities. The prevailing wage is the basic hourly rate paid on public works projects to a majority of workers engaged in a particular craft, classification or type of work within a particular area. Prevailing wage requirements are established and enforced by regulatory agencies. Our in-house prevailing wage expert monitors and coordinates our continuing compliance with these regulations.

Government Incentives

U.S. federal, state and local governments have established various incentives and financial mechanisms to reduce the cost of solar energy and to accelerate the adoption of solar energy. These incentives include tax credits, tax abatement, rebates, and net metering programs. These incentives help catalyze private sector investments in solar energy and efficiency measures, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

The federal government provides an uncapped investment tax credit, or Federal ITC, that allows a taxpayer to claim a credit of 30% of qualified expenditures for a residential or commercial solar energy system that is placed in service on or before December 31, 2016. This credit is scheduled to reduce to 10% effective January 1, 2017. The federal government also provides accelerated depreciation for eligible solar energy systems.

Approximately half of the states offer a personal and/or corporate investment or production tax credit for solar, that is additive to the Federal ITC. Further, more than half of the states, and many local jurisdictions, have established property tax incentives for renewable energy systems, that include exemptions, exclusions, abatements and credits.

Many state governments, utilities, municipal utilities and co-operative utilities offer a rebate or other cash incentive for the installation and operation of a solar energy system or energy efficiency measures. Capital costs or “up-front” rebates provide funds to solar customers based on the cost, size or expected production of a customer’s solar energy system. Performance-based incentives provide cash payments to a system owner based on the energy generated by their solar energy system during a pre-determined period, and they are paid over that time period. Some states also have established FIT programs that are a type of performance-based incentive where the system owner-producer is paid a set rate for the electricity their system generates over a set period of time.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net energy metering, or net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for

 

87


Table of Contents

energy generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Some states require utilities to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds a set percentage of the utilities’ aggregate customer peak demand.

Many states also have adopted procurement requirements for renewable energy production. Twenty-nine states have adopted a renewable portfolio standard that requires regulated utilities to procure a specified percentage of total electricity delivered to customers in the state from eligible renewable energy sources, such as solar energy systems, by a specified date. To prove compliance with such mandates, utilities must surrender renewable energy certificates, or RECs. System owners often are able to sell RECs to utilities directly or in REC markets.

Employees and Our Company Values

We take great pride in being a company built on values. Our values are an integral part of who we are and how we conduct business, and they provide the framework for delivering exceptional service to our customers. These values are:

 

  Ÿ  

We are teammates.

 

  Ÿ  

We are innovators who welcome change.

 

  Ÿ  

We provide quality workmanship.

 

  Ÿ  

We act with integrity and honesty.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to lower costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We are anchored in safety.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to exceed customer expectations.

 

  Ÿ  

We change the world for the better.

We strive to attract, hire and retain the best employees and have designed programs to reward and incent our employees, including competitive salaries, equity ownership and substantial opportunities for career advancement.

As of March 31, 2012, we had 1,604 full-time employees, consisting of 401 in sales and marketing, 114 in engineering, 461 in installation, 210 in customer care and project control and 418 others. Of our employees, 1,076 are located in California, including 498 located in our headquarters in San Mateo, California. Our remaining employees are located in 10 other states and Washington, D.C.

Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and the delivery of energy products and services. Because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources, and this requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high San Francisco Bay Area standards for employees employed in these fields. Further, as the industry continues to expand, we are increasingly subject to competition to hire the best salespeople and others who are keys to our growing business. We employ a team of full-time recruiters who are dedicated to identifying and qualifying prospective employees to support our growth.

Our employees are not currently represented by any labor union or subject to any collective bargaining agreement. To date, we have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

 

88


Table of Contents

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters and executive offices are located in San Mateo, California, where we occupy approximately 68,025 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in December 2016. Our other locations include sales offices and warehouses in Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Hawaii, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania and Texas. We also maintain sales and support offices in Ontario, Canada.

We lease all of our facilities, and we do not own any real property. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that we will be able to lease suitable additional or alternative space on commercially reasonable terms if and when we need it.

Legal Proceedings

On February 13, 2012, SunPower Corporation filed an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California (Civil Action No. 12-00694), or the Complaint. The Complaint asserts 12 causes of action against six defendants: SolarCity, Thomas Leyden, Matt Giannini, Dan Leary, Felix Aguayo and Alice Cathcart, although only 6 of the 12 causes of action are asserted against SolarCity. Each of Messrs. Leyden, Giannini, Leary and Aguayo, and Ms. Cathcart, or the Individual Defendants, are former SunPower employees, and at the time SunPower filed the Complaint, each was a SolarCity employee. The Complaint’s claims generally relate to alleged unlawful access of SunPower computers by the Individual Defendants for the purpose of securing SunPower information, the alleged misappropriation of SunPower’s trade secret information for competitive advantage or in furtherance of recruiting some or all of the Individual Defendants to leave SunPower and join SolarCity. In September 2011, we hired Mr. Leyden as our vice president of commercial sales; subsequently, his title was changed to vice president, project development. Mr. Leyden’s employment with us ceased on March 1, 2012. Discovery in the Complaint has not yet commenced, and no trial date has been set. SolarCity intends to defend itself vigorously against the Complaint’s allegations.

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business.

 

89


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of April 15, 2012:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

     

Lyndon R. Rive

     35       Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Peter J. Rive

     37       Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director

Robert D. Kelly.

     54       Chief Financial Officer

Tobin J. Corey

     50       Chief Revenue Officer

Benjamin J. Cook

     40       Vice President, Structured Finance

Linda L. Keala

     54       Vice President, Human Resources

Mark C. Roe

     48       Vice President, Operations

John M. Stanton

     48       Vice President, Governmental Affairs

Ben Tarbell

     37       Vice President, Products

Seth R. Weissman

     43       Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Elon Musk

     40       Chairman of the Board

Raj Atluru

     43       Director

John H. N. Fisher (1)(2)(3)

     53       Director

Antonio J. Gracias

     41       Director

Hans A. Mehn

     41       Director

Nancy E. Pfund (1)(2)(3)

     56       Director

Jeffrey B. Straubel (1)(2)(3)

     36       Director

 

(1) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the audit committee.

Executive Officers

Lyndon R. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from October 1999 to July 2006, Mr. Rive co-founded and served as vice president and a member of the board of directors of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Prior to this, Mr. Rive founded LRS, a distributor of health products in South Africa. Mr. Rive is also a current member of the U.S. underwater hockey team. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief executive officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

Peter J. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief operations officer, chief technology officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from April 2001 to June 2006, Mr. Rive served as chief technology officer of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Mr. Rive holds a bachelor’s degree in computer science from Queen’s University, Canada. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

 

90


Table of Contents

Robert D. Kelly has served as our chief financial officer since October 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer of Calera Corporation, a clean technology company, from August 2009 to October 2011, and as an independent consultant providing financial advice to retail energy providers and power developers from January 2006 to August 2009. Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer and executive vice president of Calpine Corporation, an independent power producer, from March 2002 to November 2005, as president of Calpine Finance Company from March 2001 to November 2005, and held various financial management roles with Calpine from 1991 to 2001. In December 2005, Calpine filed a petition for voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 in January 2008. Mr. Kelly also served as the marketing manager of Westinghouse Credit Corporation from 1990 to 1991, as vice president of Lloyds Bank PLC from 1989 to 1990, and in various positions with The Bank of Nova Scotia from 1982 to 1989. Mr. Kelly holds a bachelor’s of commerce degree from Memorial University of Newfoundland and an MBA from Dalhousie University, Canada.

Tobin J. Corey has served as our chief revenue officer since January 2012. Since October 2011, Mr. Corey served as an adjunct professor at Stanford University teaching management science and engineering. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Corey was chief executive officer of Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company launching new start ups, from September 1999 to December 2011. From September 1995 to September 1999, Mr. Corey served as president and chief operating officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm. Mr. Corey holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and computer science from Southern Connecticut State University.

Benjamin J. Cook has served as our vice president, structured finance since May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Cook served as vice president of finance for Recurrent Energy, LLC, a distributed utility-scale solar project developer, from January 2009 to February 2010. Prior to Recurrent Energy, Mr. Cook served as director of structured finance and business development in the systems division of SunPower Corporation, a solar products and services company, from November 2006 to December 2008. Prior to SunPower, Mr. Cook served in various positions in technology market development for Tiax, LLC, a technology development company, from January 2005 to November 2006. Mr. Cook also served as founder and chief executive officer of Solar Electric Light Co., a solar power developer, financier, and operator focused on emerging markets, from January 2003 to September 2004. Mr. Cook developed and financed projects for Bechtel Enterprises, the project finance and project development group of the Bechtel construction group, from September 2001 to January 2003. Mr. Cook holds bachelor’s degrees in physics and economics from the University of Virginia and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Linda L. Keala has served as our vice president, human resources since January 2011 and as our director of human resources from November 2010 to January 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Ms. Keala co-founded and served as vice president of TransformBlue, Inc., a mobile internet technology advisor, from July 2009 to November 2010. Prior to TransformBlue, Ms. Keala served as vice president of business operations and secretary of NBX Inc., an online sports entertainment company, from September 2005 to June 2009. From January 2000 to December 2005, Ms. Keala served as vice president, human resources and administration at Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture construction corporation. Ms. Keala served as executive vice president and chief people officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm, from January 1996 to December 1999.

Mark C. Roe has served as our vice president, operations since January 2011. Mr. Roe joined SolarCity following his brief retirement after serving as senior director of worldwide service at Apple Inc., a designer, manufacturer and marketer of personal computers and related products, from February 2004 to March 2009. Mr. Roe served as vice president of customer service and quality at Palm, Inc., a manufacturer of handheld electronics, from March 2001 to January 2004. Mr. Roe also held positions at Webvan Group, Inc. and Beyond.com, Inc. Mr. Roe holds a bachelor’s degree in

 

91


Table of Contents

industrial engineering and operations research from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, and an MBA from Syracuse University.

John M. Stanton has served as our vice president, governmental affairs since March 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Stanton served as executive vice president and general counsel of the Solar Energy Industries Association, where he oversaw legal and government affairs for the solar industry’s pre-eminent trade association, from November 2006 to February 2010. Mr. Stanton also served as vice president for energy, climate and transportation programs at the National Environmental Trust from December 1998 to December 2006. Mr. Stanton also served as legislative counsel for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and as Deputy Attorney General for the state of New Jersey. Mr. Stanton holds a bachelor’s degree in Latin American studies and philosophy from Tulane University and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law School.

Ben Tarbell has served as our vice president, products since May 2010 and previously served as our director of products from November 2006 to May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Tarbell served as program manager, PV Modules for Miasolé, a thin-film solar cell developer, from July 2005 to November 2006. Prior to Miasolé Inc., Mr. Tarbell served as project manager for IDEO Inc., a design consulting firm, from June 1998 to July 2003. Mr. Tarbell holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from Cornell University, a master’s degree in mechanical engineering design from Stanford University and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Seth R. Weissman has served as our vice president and general counsel since September 2008 and as our secretary since May 2009. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Weissman served as vice president, general counsel, and chief privacy officer of Coremetrics, Inc., the leading digital marketing company, from June 2004 to August 2008. Mr. Weissman also practiced employment and corporate law at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, at Stoneman, Chandler and Miller LLP, and at Hutchins, Wheeler, Dittmar, Professional Corporation. Mr. Weissman holds a bachelor’s degree in political science from The Pennsylvania State University and a J.D. from Boston University School of Law.

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Lyndon R. Rive, our co-founder and chief executive officer, and Peter J. Rive, our co-founder, chief operations officer and chief technology officer, are brothers and cousins to Elon Musk, the chairman of our board of directors. There are no other family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Non-Employee Directors

Elon Musk has served as the chairman of our board of directors since July 2006. Mr. Musk has served as the chief executive officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since October 2008, and as chairman of the board of directors of Tesla since April 2004. Mr. Musk has also served as chief executive officer, chief technology officer and chairman of Space Exploration Technologies Corporation, a company which is developing and launching advanced rockets for satellite and eventually human transportation, since May 2002. Mr. Musk co-founded PayPal, Inc., an electronic payment system, which was acquired by eBay Inc. in October 2002, and Zip2 Corporation, a provider of internet enterprise software and services, which was acquired by Compaq Computer Corporation in March 1999. Mr. Musk holds a bachelor’s degree in physics from the University of Pennsylvania and a bachelor’s degree in business from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

We believe Mr. Musk possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with technology companies, extensive

 

92


Table of Contents

experience with energy technology companies and the perspective and experience he brings as one of our largest stockholders.

Raj Atluru has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2012. Mr. Atluru has been a partner of Silver Lake Kraftwerk since 2011. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Alturu was a partner at Draper Fisher Jurvetson for 10 years where he spearheaded DFJ’s cleantech investment practice since 2001 and its India investment operations since 2005, leading DFJ’s partnership with Element Partners in 2005 to co-found DFJ Element, one of the largest dedicated cleantech funds. Mr. Atluru remains a venture partner at DFJ. He serves on the advisory board of the Cleantech Investors Forum and co-founded The Spotlight Fund, a non-profit dedicated to funding start-up educational entrepreneurs. Mr. Atluru holds a B.S. and an M.S. in Civil/Environmental Engineering and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Atluru possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a cleantech and renewable energy venture capital investor and as a board member.

John H. N. Fisher has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Fisher has served as a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm, for over two decades. Mr. Fisher serves on the board of directors of DFJ ePlanet Ventures and on the Investment Committees of DFJ Growth Fund, DFJ New England, and DFJ Esprit Ventures. Mr. Fisher previously held positions at ABS Ventures, Alex. Brown & Sons Inc., and Bank of America Corporation. Mr. Fisher serves as a Trustee of the California Academy of Sciences and serves on the board of directors of Common Sense Media. Mr. Fisher holds a bachelor’s degree in history of science from Harvard College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Fisher possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and as a board member.

Antonio J. Gracias has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2012. Mr. Gracias has been chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp., a private equity firm, since 2003. Mr. Gracias holds a joint B.S. and M.S. degree in international finance and economics from the Georgetown University School of Foreign Service and a J.D. from the University of Chicago Law School. Mr. Gracias also serves as a member of the board of directors of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer.

We believe that Mr. Gracias possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his management experience with a nationally recognized private equity firm and his operations management and supply chain optimization expertise.

Hans A. Mehn has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2009. Mr. Mehn has also served as a partner at Generation Investment Management LLP, an independent investment firm focused on integrated sustainability research, since January 2008. Mr. Mehn also serves as senior portfolio manager for the Climate Solutions Fund, an investment fund focused on public and private equity investments. Mr. Mehn has also held positions with Swiss Re Ltd. and affiliates, a reinsurance provider, from 1997 to December 2007, and prior to that, with Smith Barney Inc., an investment bank. Mr. Mehn holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and art history from Duke University.

We believe Mr. Mehn possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as an investor focusing on sustainable development and growth companies and as a board member.

 

93


Table of Contents

Nancy E. Pfund has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Ms. Pfund has also served as a managing partner of DBL Investors, a venture capital firm, since January 2008. Ms. Pfund previously served as a managing director of JPMorgan & Co., an investment bank, from January 2002 to January 2008. Ms. Pfund also serves as a member of the board of directors of the California Clean Energy Fund, a not-for-profit fund mandated by the California Public Utilities Commission to invest in companies pursuing fossil-fuel alternatives, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the UC Davis Center for Energy Efficiency. Ms. Pfund holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in anthropology from Stanford University and an MBA from the Yale School of Management.

We believe Ms. Pfund possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including her extensive experience as a venture capital investor focusing on technology companies, and as a board member.

Jeffrey B. Straubel has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2006. Mr. Straubel has served as chief technology officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since May 2004 and as principal engineer, drive systems from March 2004 to May 2005. Mr. Straubel served as chief technical officer and co-founder of Volacom Inc., an aerospace firm which designed a specialized high-altitude electric aircraft platform, from January 2002 to May 2004. Mr. Straubel holds a bachelor’s degree in energy systems engineering from Stanford University and a master’s degree in engineering, with an emphasis on power electronics, microprocessor control and energy conversion, from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Straubel possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with energy technology companies.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as currently in effect provides that our board of directors shall consist of eleven members. We anticipate filling these two vacancies with independent directors.

Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2013 for the Class I directors, 2014 for the Class II directors and 2015 for the Class III directors.

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class I directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class II directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class III directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

 

94


Table of Contents

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business, reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans, and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Following the end of each year, our board of directors will conduct an annual self-evaluation, which includes a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors have full access to our management and independent advisors.

Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee oversees and reviews with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, and our compensation committee oversees risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market. Under the listing requirements and rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In February and March 2012, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Atluru, Fisher, Gracias, Mehn and Straubel, and Ms. Pfund are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, constituting a majority of our board of directors as required by the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund, who comprise our audit committee, our compensation committee and our nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director

 

95


Table of Contents

has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of the charters for our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will be available without charge, upon request in writing to SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402; Attn: Secretary, or on the investor relations portion of our website, www.solarcity.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Audit Committee .    Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes. Our audit committee generally oversees:

 

  Ÿ  

our accounting and financial reporting processes as well as the audit and integrity of our financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

our compliance with disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting as well as the compliance of our employees, directors and consultants with ethical standards adopted by us.

Our audit committee also has certain responsibilities, including without limitation, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

selecting and hiring the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

supervising and evaluating the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

serving as our qualified legal compliance committee.

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated an audit committee chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that each of the directors serving on our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We are currently seeking an audit committee member who will be a financial expert as defined under the applicable rules and

 

96


Table of Contents

regulations of the SEC and who has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We anticipate filling this position prior to the closing of this offering. The audit committee will be comprised of independent directors, subject to the phase-in periods available to companies listing on the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market in connection with an initial public offering. Each member of the audit committee will be financially literate at the time such member is appointed. The composition of the audit committee will satisfy the independence and other requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and is responsible for evaluating, approving and reviewing the compensation arrangements, plans, policies and programs for our executive officers and directors, and overseeing our cash-based and equity-based compensation plans.

The functions of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and dollar amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance agreements and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

  Ÿ  

administering our equity compensation plans.

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a compensation committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our compensation committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, is a nonemployee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an outside director as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The functions of our nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the board of directors for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing the succession planning for each of our executive officers;

 

97


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management; and

 

  Ÿ  

recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, and we have also adopted a code of ethics for principal executives and senior financial officers.

Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors do not currently receive any cash compensation for their services as directors or as board committee members. The compensation committee has retained Compensia, Inc., a compensation advisory firm, to provide recommendations on non-employee director compensation following this offering based on an analysis of relevant market data.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last completed year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. Before establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to compensation of our executive officers.

 

98


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2011 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our principal executive officer and each of our named executive officers during the last completed fiscal year. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2011.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
(1)($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)
    All
Other
Compensation
(2)($)
    Total
($)
 

Lyndon R. Rive, Chief Executive Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,605,201      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 3,956,986   

Peter J. Rive, Chief Operations Officer and Chief Technology Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,605,201      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 3,956,986   

Robert D. Kelly, Chief Financial Officer (3)

    2011      $ 46,731                    $ 2,881,714      $ 31,250      $ 40      $ 2,959,735   

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2011 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that our named executive officers may receive from the options.
(2) The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column represent group term life insurance premiums.
(3) Mr. Kelly joined SolarCity as our chief financial officer in October 2011. His annual base salary is $270,000.

2011 Bonus Decisions

After the conclusion of the fiscal year, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer evaluated our financial performance for 2011 and determined that, based on this performance, as well as their evaluation of the performance and contributions of our chief financial officer, that we should pay a bonus to him. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of his contribution during the year. In addition, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer also took into consideration his responsibilities, experience, skills, equity holdings, and current market practice.

In addition, our board of directors evaluated the performance of our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer and determined to pay bonuses to these individuals. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of each individual’s contributions during the year and equity holdings.

The annual cash bonuses for our named executive officers earning such bonuses for 2011 were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Cash Bonus
Opportunity
    Actual
Cash
Bonus
 

Lyndon R. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Peter J. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Robert D. Kelly

   $ 31,250 (1)    $ 31,250   

 

(1) Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Kelly’s target cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, adjusted to reflect his actual time of employment in 2011.

 

99


Table of Contents

2011 Equity Grants

On May 25, 2011, our board of directors approved stock option grants to purchase shares of our common stock for Messrs. Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive. The stock options granted to these named executive officers were for the right of each to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to $5.07 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date, and have a 48-month time-based vesting schedule.

On October 24, 2011, our board of directors approved the grant to Mr. Kelly of two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock, each with an exercise price equal to $5.92 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date. The first of the two stock options is subject to a four-year time-based vesting schedule with an initial 12-month cliff vesting requirement. The second stock option is subject to a performance-based vesting schedule which provides that 20% of the options to purchase shares of our common stock will vest in full upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with a value of at least $2 billion during his employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

Welfare and Other Employee Benefits

We provide other benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as all of our full-time employees in the country where they reside. These benefits include health, dental, and vision benefits, health and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and basic life insurance coverage. See below for a description of our 401(k) plan.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

We do not provide perquisites to our named executive officers, except in limited situations.

Pension Benefits

We did not sponsor any defined benefit pension or other actuarial plan for our executive officers during 2011.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We did not maintain any nonqualified defined contribution or other deferred compensation plans or arrangements for our executive officers during 2011.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Code limits. We do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to do so. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Mr. Kelly’s Employment Offer Letter

On October 17, 2011, we named Mr. Kelly our chief financial officer. The terms and conditions of his employment were approved by our board of directors.

When we hired Mr. Kelly, our board of directors approved an employment offer letter setting forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including an initial annual base salary of $270,000, an initial target annual cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, and two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock. Other than these terms, Mr. Kelly’s employment is “at will” and for no specific period of time.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Only one of our named executive officers, Mr. Kelly, is eligible to receive certain payments and benefits in connection with his termination of employment under various circumstances. None of our executive officers are eligible to receive any payments or benefits in connection with or following a change in control of our company, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

Our executive officers are eligible to receive any benefits accrued under our broad-based benefit plans, such as accrued vacation pay, in accordance with those plans and policies.

Termination of Employment—Mr. Kelly

In the event that we terminate Mr. Kelly’s employment without cause, Mr. Kelly would be eligible to receive a pro rata portion of any earned commissions or bonus. He is not otherwise eligible to receive any specific payments or benefits in the event of a change in control of SolarCity, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of our named executive officers, information regarding outstanding equity awards held as of December 31, 2011.

 

Name

  Grant
Date(1)
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Awards –
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Awards –
Option
Expiration
Date
 

Lyndon R. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Peter J. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Robert D. Kelly

    10/24/2011               332,014 (2)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   
    10/24/2011               332,014 (3)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   

 

(1)

These stock options vest over a four-year period as follows: 1/48 th of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable each month following the vesting commencement date (May 25, 2011), subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to our on each such vesting date.

(2)

This stock option vests over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date (October 17, 2011) and 1/36 th of the remaining shares of our common stock subject to the option vest monthly thereafter.

 

101


Table of Contents
(3) This stock option vests as follows: 20% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with an aggregate value of at least $2 billion during Mr. Kelly’s employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

2011 Director Compensation

In 2011 we did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other non-employee members of our board of directors. The non-employee members of our board of directors do not hold any equity awards or non-equity awards. Mr. Lyndon R. Rive, who is our chief executive officer, and Mr. Peter J. Rive, who is our chief operations officer, receive no compensation for their service as directors. The compensation received by these executive officers as employees during 2011 is presented in “2011 Summary Compensation Table.”

Employee Benefit Plans

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Plan, prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2012 Plan is effective upon its adoption by our board of directors, but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2012 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2012 Plan is 7,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2007 Stock Plan, or the 2007 Plan, and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options granted under the 2007 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2012 Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above equal to 14,912,972 shares as of December 31, 2011. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

8,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2012 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2012 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan.

Plan Administration .    The 2012 Plan will be administered by our board of directors who, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-

 

102


Table of Contents

based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2012 Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2012 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2012 Plan and awards granted thereunder. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2012 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of all options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting). After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of the stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the grant date. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions the administrator establishes. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock

 

103


Table of Contents

that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units .    Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Performance Units/Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2012 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and awards may be exercised by the participant only during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2012 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the proposed transaction and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2012 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2012 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an outside director’s awards are assumed or substituted for and his or her service as an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

 

104


Table of Contents

Plan Amendment, Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2012 Plan will automatically terminate in 2022, unless we terminate it sooner.

2007 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Plan in March 2007, and our stockholders approved our 2007 Plan in August 2007. Our 2007 Plan was amended and restated most recently in February 2012.

Our 2007 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2007 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2012 Plan; however, the 2007 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock option awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2007 Plan is 19,400,000 shares of our common stock. As of March 31, 2012, options to purchase 14,656,043 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2007 Plan and 2,497,792 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2007 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan.

Plan Administration .     The 2007 Plan is administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees (referred to as the “administrator”).

Subject to the provisions of our 2007 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price of the options, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2007 Plan, among other powers. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2007 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2007 Plan and awards granted under the 2007 Plan. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2007 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common

 

105


Table of Contents

stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months (in the event of a termination due to death) or six months (in the event of a termination due to disability). In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for thirty days following a termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms are set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2007 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2007 Plan, the administrator will make proportional adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be issued under the 2007 Plan and/or the number and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, each award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2007 Plan provides that in the event of a sale, merger or change in control, as defined under the 2007 Plan, each outstanding award will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest and all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2007 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Concurrently with this offering, we are establishing our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our ESPP, prior to the completion of this offering. Our executive officers and all of our other employees will be allowed to participate in our ESPP.

A total of 1,300,000 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

2,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as may be determined by the administrator.

Our board of directors or a committee designated by the Board of Directors will administer the ESPP and has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility.

 

106


Table of Contents

Every determination made by the administrator will be final and binding upon all parties to the full extent permitted by law.

Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year as required by applicable local law. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

  Ÿ  

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year.

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for consecutive 6-month offering periods with a new offering period beginning on the first trading days on or after February 1 and August 1 of each year, or on such other date as the administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first offering period under the ESPP will start on the first trading day on or after the date upon which the SEC declares our registration statement effective and end on the first trading day on or after February 1, 2013.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of the compensation he or she receives on each payday during the offering period. Eligible compensation includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, payments for overtime and shift premium commissions (to the extent such commissions are an integral, recurring part of compensation), but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 1,000 shares of common stock during each offering period.

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock on each exercise date. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day of the offering period, unless determined otherwise by the administrator. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Employees who end their participation at any time during an offering period must wait until the beginning of the next offering period to begin participation. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment and the participant will be paid any accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock.

A participant may not transfer credited contributions to his or her account or rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume, or substitute for, each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding options, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date (when such offering period will end) will be set which will occur prior to the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant in writing or electronically that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless the participant has already withdrawn from the offering period.

 

107


Table of Contents

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP at any time and for any reason, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction where the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain appropriate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

108


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above under “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of those transactions since January 1, 2009, that we have participated in where the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private Placements

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2009, we sold an aggregate of 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $5.41 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      739,370       $ 3,999,992   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      3,696,858         20,000,002   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.

Series E-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2010, we sold an aggregate of 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $6.25 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E-1 preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E-1 preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E-1
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      1,440,000       $ 9,000,000   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      160,000         1,000,000   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      240,000         1,500,000   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(3)

        1,600,000         10,000,000   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

 

109


Table of Contents

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

In June and July 2011, we sold an aggregate of 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $9.68 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.68 per share were issued in connection with the Series F preferred stock financing. Purchasers of the Series F preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and which were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series F preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series F
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      611,096       $ 5,912,354   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      167,036         1,616,074   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      174,694         1,690,165   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      1,033,592         10,000,003   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(3)

        80,768         781,430   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, LLC, Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

Series G Preferred Stock Financing

In February and March 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $23.91 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series G preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that are represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series G preferred stock by the various inventors:

 

Name of Stockholder

  

SolarCity Director

   Number of
Series G
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Fund affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(1)

   Nancy E. Pfund      41,812       $ 999,934   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable

        

Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      627,220         14,999,966   

SilverLake Kraftwerk, L.P

   Raj Atluru      1,149,904         27,499,954   

Valor Solar Holding, LLC

   Antonio J. Gracias      1,045,368         24,999,976   

 

(1) Affiliates of Bay Area Equity Fund holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund – BAEF II, L.P.

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to our executive officers. For a description of certain of these options, see “Executive Compensation—2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table.”

 

110


Table of Contents

Transactions with First Solar

In October 2008, we entered into a framework agreement with First Solar, Inc., a manufacturer of solar panels and solar energy systems, to purchase 100 megawatts of solar panels between 2009 and 2013. In 2009 and 2010, we purchased approximately $18.5 million and $9.3 million, respectively, of solar panels from First Solar. During these periods, First Solar owned more than 10% of our outstanding common stock. The framework agreement with First Solar was terminated in December 2010. Michael J. Ahearn, who served on our board of directors from October 2008 to October 2009, was the chief executive officer and chairman of the board of First Solar during this period. Jens Meyerhoff, who replaced Mr. Ahearn on our board of directors from October 2009 to December 2010, was the chief financial officer of First Solar during this period. We believe that the prices, terms and conditions of these transactions were commercially reasonably and in the ordinary course of business.

Other Transactions

In late 2010, we received a grant from the California Public Utilities Commission, or CPUC, under its Self-Generation Incentive Program to develop distributed battery energy storage. We partnered with the University of California, Berkeley and Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, to jointly develop the technology. In connection the CPUC grant, in January 2011, we entered into a professional services agreement with Tesla to provide certain design, engineering and consulting services. The total amount payable by us to Tesla under this agreement is approximately $534,000, expected to be paid in 2012. Mr. Musk, the chairman of our board of directors, is the chief executive officer, product architect, chairman of the board of directors and a significant stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Fisher, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson which is a minority stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Straubel, a member of our board of directors, is the chief technology officer of Tesla. Mr. Gracias, a member of our board of directors, also is a member of the board of directors of Tesla; however, he joined our board following the date of these agreements.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and certain purchasers of our preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with whom certain of our directors are affiliated, grants these stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock that will be issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our audit committee charter will be effective when we complete this offering. The charter states that our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. All of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to the audit committee prior to entering into any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness,

 

111


Table of Contents

guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. Prior to the creation of our audit committee, our full board of directors reviewed related party transactions.

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth under the section entitled “Related Party Transactions” on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

112


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2012, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, by:

 

  Ÿ  

each stockholder who we know is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our executive officers who are selling stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

all other selling stockholders.

We determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the SEC rules. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 55,903,601 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. When we computed the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we considered to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2012. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. An asterisk (*) below denotes beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

113


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402.

 

     Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
    Shares
Being
Offered
   Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Offering

Beneficial Owner

   Shares      %        Shares    %

Named Executive Officers, Selling Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Lyndon R. Rive(1)

     3,869,042         6.8        

Peter J. Rive(2)

     3,869,042         6.8           

Robert D. Kelly

                       

Mark C. Roe(3)

     65,482         *           

John Stanton(4)

     75,436         *           

Ben Tarbell(5)

     155,032         *           

Seth R. Weissman(6)

     247,036         *           

Elon Musk(7)

     18,028,982         32.0           

Raj Atluru(8)

     1,149,904         2.0           

John H. N. Fisher(9)

     14,863,016         26.6           

Antonio J. Gracias(10)

     1,170,364         2.0           

Hans A. Mehn(11)

     4,248,912         7.6           

Nancy E. Pfund(12)

     4,190,462         7.5           

Jeffrey B. Straubel

     738,246         1.3           

All current executive officers and directors as a group (17 persons)(13)

     52,779,288         94.0           

Other 5% Stockholders:

             

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher(9)

     14,863,016         26.6           

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.(11)

     4,248,912         7.6           

Entities affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(12)

     4,190,462         7.5           

Other Selling Stockholders:

             
             
             
             
             
             
             

 

(1) Includes 1,952,378 shares held by the Rive Family Trust dated February 8, 2011, and 916,664 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(2) Includes 916,664 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(3) Includes 57,296 shares held by the Mark C. Roe and Jennifer L Beaune Revocable Trust dated July 5, 2010 and includes 8,186 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2012.
(4) Includes 75,436 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2012.
(5) Includes 78,332 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2012.
(6) Includes 247,036 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2012.
(7) Includes (i) 17,863,160 shares held of record by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003, and (ii) 165,822 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust that expire upon the completion of this offering. Includes 1,500,000 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co.
(8)

Includes 1,149,904 shares held of record by SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. Mr. Atluru is a partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Management Company, the general partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to

 

114


Table of Contents
 

have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Mr. Atluru disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for such fund is 1070 Commercial Street, San Carlos, California 94070.

(9) Includes 177,612 shares held of record by Draper Associates, L.P., 160,396 shares held of record by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, 7,561,714 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 854,188 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., 5,381,876 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 204,916 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, 435,110 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, and 26,098 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC. Also includes (i) 2,476 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, (ii) 20,446 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., (iii) 21,692 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., (iv) 14,134 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., (v) 554 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, (vi) 662 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC and (vii) 1,142 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, that expire upon the completion of this offering. Timothy C. Draper, John H. N. Fisher, Stephen T. Jurvetson, Jennifer Fonstad, Andreas Stavropoulos, Josh Stein and Don Wood are managing directors of the general partner entities of these funds that directly hold shares and as such they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for all entities above is 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(10) Includes 83,496 shares held of record by AJG Growth Fund LLC, 1,045,368 shares held of record by Valor Solar Holdings, LLC and 41,500 shares held of record by Valor VC, LLC. Valor Management Corp. is the general partner of Valor Solar Holdings, LLC and Valor VC, LLC and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. Mr. Gracias is a shareholder and director of Valor Management Corp. and is a manager of AJG Growth Fund LLC and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares. Mr. Gracias disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held of record by the Valor entities, except in each case, to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Valor entities and Mr. Gracias is 200 South Michigan Ave., Suite 1020, Chicago, Illinois 60604.
(11) Includes (i) 4,231,442 shares held of record by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and (ii) 17,470 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Mehn is one of the partners of Generation Investment Management LLP which serves as agent for the general partner of Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the shares. Mr. Mehn disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Vine Street, London W1J 0AH United Kingdom.
(12)

Includes (i) 3,491,594 shares held of record by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P., (ii) 619,702 shares held of record by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. Also includes (i) 76,638 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and (ii) 2,528 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Ms. Pfund is a managing partner of H&Q Venture Management, L.L.C., doing business as DBL Investors LLC, the managing member of Bay Area Equity Fund Managers I, L.L.C, the general partner of Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. Ms. Pfund disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Montgomery Street, Suite 2375 , San Francisco, California 94104.

(13) Includes (i) 2,170,016 shares issuable to our current executive officers and directors upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2012 and (ii) 323,564 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by our current executive officers and directors that expire upon the completion of this offering.

 

115


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect when this offering closes. This summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and             shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated. The following information reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 41,893,046 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

As of March 31, 2012, we had:

 

  Ÿ  

55,903,601 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 162 stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

14,656,043 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.88 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering and based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2012,                      shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described below, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock for an aggregate of 331,640 shares of our common stock that would otherwise expire when this offering is complete, (4) no additional exercises of options to purchase common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2012, and (5) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Each share of Series G preferred stock is initially convertible at the option of the holder into one share of our common stock. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series G preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the original issue price of $23.91 per share by (B) the product of (i) the public offering price in this offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions), multiplied by (ii) 0.6. However, in no event will one share of Series G preferred stock convert into more than approximately 2.47 shares or less than one share of common stock as a result of this conversion adjustment mechanism. As a result, the outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock will convert into no more than 8,372,069 shares and no fewer than 3,386,986 shares of common stock.

 

116


Table of Contents

Common Stock

Common stockholders are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, common stockholders are entitled to shares ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Common stockholders have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of common stockholders are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock that we will issue pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

When this offering is complete, our board of directors will be authorized, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time, up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, rights, preferences and privileges and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series of preferred stock, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of our common stockholders and the likelihood that our common stockholders will receive dividend payments upon liquidation and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of March 3, 2012, we had warrants outstanding to purchase 1,816,650 shares of our common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of our preferred stock into common stock, at exercise prices ranging from approximately $2.41 to $9.68 per share. The shares issuable upon exercise of the outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will convert into 331,640 shares of common stock if these warrants are exercised for cash, as a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, immediately prior to the closing of this offering. If not exercised before this offering is completed, all outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will automatically net exercise into a smaller number of shares of our common stock based on our initial public offering price. The outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock will automatically convert into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share, and if not exercised, these warrants will expire on various dates between June 2014 and April 2015. Each outstanding warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations and reclassifications, consolidations and the like.

Registration Rights

Following this offering’s completion, the holders of an aggregate of 47,096,682 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights

 

117


Table of Contents

agreement between us and the holders of these shares, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

The registration rights terminate with respect to the registration rights of an individual holder on the earliest to occur of five years following the completion of this offering or such date as the holder can sell all of the holder’s shares in any three month period under Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act, unless such holder holds at least 2% of our voting stock.

Demand Registration Rights.     At any time, other than during the six month period following the closing of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares subject to our investors’ rights agreement, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding the Series E preferred stock or the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series E-1 preferred stock may demand that we effect a registration under the Securities Act covering the public offering and sale of all or part of such registrable securities held by such stockholders. Upon any such demand we must use our best efforts to effect the registration of such registrable securities that have been requested to register together with all other registrable securities that we may have been requested to register by other stockholders pursuant to the incidental registration rights described below. We are only obligated to effect two registrations in response to these demand registration rights.

Incidental Registration Rights.     If we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder initiated demand registration, holders of such registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number registrable securities to be included in the registration statement, subject to certain restrictions.

Short Form Registration Rights.     Following this offering, we are obligated under our investors’ rights agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain eligible for registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 10% of such registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $1,000,000, subject to certain exceptions.

Expenses of Registration.     We will pay all registration expenses related to any demand, company or Form S-3 registration, including reasonable fees and expenses of one special counsel for the holders of such registrable securities, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes (if any), which will be borne by the holders of such registrable securities.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. We expect these provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any

 

118


Table of Contents

attempt to acquire or obtain control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Limits on the Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special stockholders meetings may be called only by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay our stockholders ability to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may preclude the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to acquire or obtain control of our company.

Board Classification.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes and that our stockholders will elect one class each year. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board composition.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

 

119


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     When this offering is complete, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  Ÿ  

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

  Ÿ  

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of common stock.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 662-7232.

Listing on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “SCTY.”

 

120


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

When this offering is complete, we will have an aggregate of          shares of common stock outstanding, assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock into an aggregate of 331,640 shares of our common stock, (4) no exercise of outstanding options to purchase common stock, and (5) the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

Of the outstanding shares, all of the         shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining         shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale when this offering is complete;

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

In addition, of the 14,656,043 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2012, options to purchase 5,715,320 shares of common stock were vested as of March 31, 2012 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering, subject to extension as described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Lock-Up Agreements and Obligations

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors, officers and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements that generally provide that these holders will not offer, pledge, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions described under the heading “Underwriting.”

 

121


Table of Contents

In addition, each grant agreement under our 2007 Plan contains restrictions similar to those set forth in the lock-up agreements described above limiting the disposition of securities issuable pursuant to those plans for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

The 180 day restricted periods described above are subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 180 day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180 day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day period, the restrictions on offers, pledges, sales, agreements to sell or other dispositions of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release; provided, however, that if none of the underwriters’ representatives publishes or otherwise distributes a research report or makes a public appearance concerning us within three trading days of the announcement of such material news or material event, the extension of the 180 day restricted period related to such material news or material event (but not related to any other material news or material event) will be only until the later of (i) the last day of the initial 180 day restricted period and (ii) the third trading day after such announcement.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares

 

122


Table of Contents

under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

As of March 31, 2012, 7,705,975 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards. These shares will be eligible for resale in reliance on this rule upon expiration of the lock up agreements described above.

Stock Options

We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans, ESPP and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements, and subject to vesting of such shares.

Registration Rights

When this offering is complete, the holders of an aggregate of 43,107,502 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

123


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock sold pursuant to this offering to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  Ÿ  

real estate investment trusts;

 

  Ÿ  

regulated investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  Ÿ  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock, except to the extent specifically set forth below;

 

  Ÿ  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

  Ÿ  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

In addition, if a partnership, including any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR

 

124


Table of Contents

UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder, other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our common stock and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Although not subject to withholding tax, dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

125


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale, net of certain deductions or credits, under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the United States. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% (scheduled to increase to 31% for payments made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012) unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an

 

126


Table of Contents

overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in 2010 generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under these rules, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution, which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners. The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain transition rules, any obligation to withhold under this legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2015. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

127


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional          shares from us and the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, announce the intention to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

128


Table of Contents

and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area.     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter

 

129


Table of Contents

has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU .

United Kingdom.     In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Hong Kong.     The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to

 

130


Table of Contents

do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.     This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan.     The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland .     The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

131


Table of Contents

Dubai International Financial Centre .     This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia .     No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act) in relation to the common shares has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, or the ASIC. This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

(a)    you confirm and warrant that you are either:

(i)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

(ii)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

(iii)    a person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

(iv)    a ‘‘professional investor’’ within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act, and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

(b)    you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common shares for resale in Australia within 12 months of that common shares being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Chile .     The shares are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus supplement and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

 

132


Table of Contents

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

133


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation own an interest representing less than 0.01% of our common stock. The underwriters are being represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Palo Alto, California, in connection with the offering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other SEC information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website referred to above. We also maintain a website at http://www.solarcity.com. When this offering is complete, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

134


Table of Contents

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

SolarCity Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

April 26, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share Par Values)

 

     December 31     Proforma
Stockholders’
Equity
December 31,
2011
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 58,270      $ 50,471     

Restricted cash

     600        1,796     

Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $76 and $176 as of December 31,2010 and 2011, respectively)

     3,479        10,651     

Rebates receivable

     8,751        13,684     

Inventories

     30,217        142,742     

Deferred income tax asset

     1,358        4,306     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     7,757        17,872     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     110,432        241,522     

Restricted cash

     1,942        3,764     

Solar energy systems – net

     239,611        535,609     

Property, plant and equipment – net

     9,331        14,421     

Other assets

     9,948        17,857     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 371,264      $ 813,173     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and equity

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 43,711      $ 162,586     

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

     3,244        6,216     

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

     669        5,430     

Accrued and other current liabilities

     13,774        30,574     

Customer deposits

     3,656        13,933     

Current portion of deferred revenue

     5,215        13,504     

Borrowings under bank line of credit

     4,495        5,582     

Current portion of long-term debt

     3,001        2,640     

Current portion of lease pass-through financing obligation

     3,872        6,060     

Current portion of sale-leaseback financing obligation

     321        361     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     81,958        246,886     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     40,681        101,359     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

            14,581     

Long-term deferred tax liability

     1,358        4,313     

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

     53,097        46,541     

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

     15,758        15,144     

Deferred U.S. Treasury grants income, net of current portion

     18,671        132,004     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities

     6,554        5,325     

Other liabilities

     15,715        36,314     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     233,792        602,467     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)

      

Convertible redeemable preferred stock:

      

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 45,462 and 47,042 shares as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively; issued and outstanding, 39,451 and 41,893 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively; aggregate liquidation value of $100,864 and $122,751 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively

     101,446        125,722     

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 67,000 and 75,000 shares as of December 31, and 2010 and 2011, respectively; issued and outstanding, 8,949 and 10,465 as of December 31, and 2010 and 2011, respectively

            1     

Additional paid-in capital

     3,229        9,538     

Accumulated deficit

     (90,717     (47,201  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (87,488     (37,662  

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     123,514        122,646     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total equity

     36,026        84,984     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity

   $ 371,264      $ 813,173     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2009     2010     2011  

Revenue:

      

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551   

Cost of revenue:

      

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272   

Other expense, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

      

Basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225   

Diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989   

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

      

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82   

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76   

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

      

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646   

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734   

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

      

Basic

      

Diluted

      

Number of shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

      

Basic

      

Diluted

      

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

    Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interests in
Subsidiaries
    Total
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount            

Balance, January 1, 2009

    31,575      $ 56,186            8,437      $
 
 
  
  
  $ 496      $ (25,873   $ (25,377   $ 19,573        (5,804

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      46               6               6               6   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         40,970        40,970   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      10                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    862               862               862   

Issuance of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at $5.41 per share, net of issuance cost of $144

    4,436        23,856                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (26,227     (26,227     3,507        (22,720

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (8,014     (8,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

    36,011        80,042            8,493               1,364        (52,100     (50,736     56,036        5,300   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      450               92               92               92   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         97,082        97,082   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      6                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    1,773               1,773               1,773   

Issuance of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock at $6.25 per share, net of issuance cost of $96

    3,440        21,404                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (38,617     (38,617     (8,457     (47,074

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (21,147     (21,147
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    39,451        101,446            8,949               3,229        (90,717     (87,488     123,514        36,026   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      1,489        1        1,089               1,090               1,090   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         207,970        207,970   

Issuance of common stock to a consultant

                      7               12               12               12   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                      20               119               119               119   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    5,039               5,039               5,039   

Income tax effect of stock-based compensation

                                    50               50               50   

Issuance of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock upon exercise of warrants

    375        4,576                                                        

Issuance of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at $9.68 per share, net of issuance cost of $93

    2,067        19,700                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           43,516        43,516        (117,230     (73,714

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (91,608     (91,608
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    41,893      $ 125,722            10,465      $ 1      $ 9,538      $ (47,201   $ (37,662   $ 122,646      $ 84,984   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2009     2010     2011  

Operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (22,720   $ (47,074   $ (73,714

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     9        26        336   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,230        5,733        12,338   

Interest on lease pass-thorough obligation

            3,285        7,373   

Stock-based compensation

     862        1,773        5,101   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                   119   

Revaluation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     2,227        1,998        2,050   

Deferred income taxes

                   7   

Reduction in lease pass-through obligation

            (7,421     (23,528

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Restricted cash

     250        (1,842     (3,018

Accounts receivable

     342        (1,259     (7,172

Rebates receivable

     (6,588     3,339        (4,933

Inventories

     (5,688     (15,964     (111,150

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,286     (5,417     (6,945

Other assets

     (1,559     (7,989     (6,361

Accounts payable

     14,311        19,999        118,875   

Accrued and other liabilities

     3,194        22,365        29,460   

Customer deposits

     (540     2,478        10,943   

Deferred revenue

     17,234        22,152        68,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     2,278        (3,818     18,082   

Investing activities:

      

Payments for the cost of solar energy systems

     (61,661     (156,495     (292,933

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (1,133     (6,300     (8,772

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

            (67     (2,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252

Financing activities:

      

Borrowings under long-term debt

     516        1,292        17,270   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (736     (1,014     (3,158

Borrowings under bank line of credit

     4,864               5,582   

Repayments of bank line of credit

     (369            (4,495

Proceeds from sale-leaseback financing obligation

     5,416        18,266          

Repayments of sale-leaseback financing obligation

            (7,603     (574

Proceeds from lease pass-through financing obligation

            61,106        64,135   

Repayment of capital lease obligations

                   (7,323

Proceeds from investment by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     40,970        97,082        207,970   

Distributions paid to noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary

     (3,924     (25,039     (88,636

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     6        92        1,090   

Proceeds from U.S. Treasury grants

            20,084        65,513   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

            1,368        1,297   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock

     23,856        21,404        19,700   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     10,083        20,358        (7,799

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     27,829        37,912        58,270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

      

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 421      $ 1,474      $ 2,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $      $ 3,018      $ 91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities

      

Conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants to convertible redeemable preferred stock

   $      $      $ 4,576   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

SolarCity Corporation or “the Company” was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 21, 2006. The Company is engaged in the design, installation and sale or lease of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers, or sale of electricity generated by solar energy systems to customers. The Company also offers energy efficiency solutions and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs to its customers. The Company’s headquarters are located in San Mateo, California.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 810, Consolidation, the Company consolidates any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which it is the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity; however, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as variable interest entities, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company does not consolidate a VIE in which it has a majority ownership interest when the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary. The Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary in a number of VIEs—refer to Note 12, Solar Investment Funds. The Company evaluates its relationships with the VIEs on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company regularly makes significant estimates and assumptions including, but not limited, to the estimates which affect the estimated selling price of undelivered elements for revenue recognition purposes, the collectibility of accounts receivable, the valuation of inventories, the estimated total costs for long-term contracts used as a basis of determining percentage of completion for such contracts, the estimated fair value and residual values of solar energy systems subject to leases, the useful lives of solar energy systems, property and equipment and intangible assets, the determination of accrued liabilities, accounting for business combinations, the valuation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, the valuation of stock-based compensation, and the determination of valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

Upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) that results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions, all of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company will automatically convert to common stock of SolarCity Corporation. In addition, if not exercised prior to an initial public offering resulting in the conversion of all convertible redeemable preferred stock to common stock, outstanding warrants to acquire Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically net exercise according to their terms into common stock based on the initial public offering price, while warrants to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically convert to common stock warrants. The convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants liability outstanding related to the warrants will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital. The pro forma financial data have been prepared assuming the automatic conversion of the convertible redeemable preferred stock outstanding into 41,893,046 shares of common stock of SolarCity Corporation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents, which consist principally of demand deposits with high-credit-quality financial institutions. The Company has exposure to credit risk to the extent cash and cash equivalent balances, including restricted cash, exceed amounts covered by federal deposit insurance. The Company believes that its credit risk is not significant.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents balances collateralizing standby letters of credit, outstanding credit card borrowing facilities and obligations under certain operating leases.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represent trade receivables from sales of residential and commercial customers recorded at net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable. The Company reviews its accounts receivable by aging category to identify significant customers with known disputes or collection issues. In determining the allowance, the Company makes judgments about the creditworthiness of a majority of its customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. The Company also considers its historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are deemed uncollectible.

Rebates Receivable

Rebates receivable represent rebates due from utility companies and government agencies. These receivables include rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved solar energy system installations sold to the customers, and also uncollected incentives

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

from state and local government agencies for solar energy system installations that have been leased to customers or are used to generate and sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. For the rebates assigned to the Company by its customers, the Company assumes the responsibility for collection of the rebate. The processing cycle for these rebates and incentives involves a multi-step process in which the Company accumulates and submits information required by the utility company or state agency necessary for the collection of the rebate. The entire process typically can take up to several months to complete. The Company recognizes rebates receivable upon the solar energy system passing inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and rebates receivable. The associated risk of concentration for cash and cash equivalents is mitigated by banking with creditworthy institutions. At certain times, amounts on deposit exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. To reduce credit risk, management performs periodic credit evaluations and ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Rebates receivable are due from various states and local governments as well as various utility companies. The Company considers the risk of uncollectability of such amounts to be low.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820 , Fair Value Measurements , clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

ASC 820 requires that the valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. ASC 820 establishes a three tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes inputs that may be used to measure fair value as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 there were no nonrecurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities subsequent to initial recognition.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, based on the three-tier fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

At December 31, 2010 :

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 6,554       $ 6,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011:

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 5,325       $ 5,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants is based on unobservable inputs. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using an option-pricing model incorporating assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of fair value. Some of these assumptions include estimates for interest rates, expected dividends, and the fair value of the underlying preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the underlying preferred stock is itself determined using an option-pricing method. Under this method, the fair value of an enterprise’s common stock is estimated as the net value of a series of call options, representing the present value of the expected future returns to the stockholders. Refer to Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities section of this Note 2 for the reconciliation of beginning and ending fair value balances.

The Company’s other financial instruments include customer deposits, distributions payable to noncontrolling interests, borrowings under lines of credit and long-term debt facilities. The carrying values of its financial instruments other than its long-term debt approximate their fair values due to the fact that they are short-term in nature at December 31, 2010 and 2011. The Company believes that the carrying value of its long-term debt approximates fair value based upon rates currently offered for debt of similar maturities and terms.

Inventories

Inventories include raw materials that include photovoltaic panels, inverters, and mounting hardware as well as miscellaneous electrical components, and work in process that includes raw materials partially installed, along with direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market (on a first-in-first-out basis). Work-in-process primarily relates to solar energy systems that will be sold to customers, which are under construction and are yet to pass inspection.

The Company also evaluates its inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and writes down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Solar Energy Systems

The Company is the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. The Company accounts for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, the Company evaluates lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. The Company utilizes periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are constructed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility companies and will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Solar energy systems under construction represents systems that are under construction, which will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems are completed, interconnected and subsequently leased to customers.

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related customer lease agreements.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives  

Furniture and fixtures

     7 years   

Vehicles

     5 years   

Computer hardware and software

     5 years   

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives, currently seven years.

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed from property and equipment and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with FASB ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , the Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets, as appropriate, may not be recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposition is less than the carrying amounts, an impairment loss would be measured based on the discounted cash flows compared to the carrying amounts. There was no impairment charge recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 or 2011.

Capitalization of Software Costs

For costs incurred in development of internal use software, the Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. To date the Company has not incurred any significant costs on internally developed software and all costs incurred to date have been expensed as incurred.

Warranties

The Company warrants its products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. The Company generally provides a warranty on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems it sells of typically between five to twenty years. The manufacturer’s warranty on the solar energy systems components, which is typically passed through to these customers, has a warranty period ranging from one to twenty five years. The changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2011  

Balance – beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531   

Assumed warranty obligation arising from business acquisitions (Note 3)

            349   

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Solar Energy Systems Performance Guarantees

The Company guarantees certain specified minimum solar energy production output for systems leased to customers. The Company monitors the solar energy systems to ensure that these outputs are being achieved. The Company believes that the systems as designed are capable of producing the minimum capacity guaranteed. The Company evaluates if any amounts are due to its customers. Through December 31, 2011, no liability has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees based on the Company’s assessment of its exposure.

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

Freestanding warrants to acquire shares that may be redeemable are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity . Under ASC 480, freestanding warrants to purchase the Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock are classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets and carried at fair value because the warrants may conditionally obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. The Company initially measured the warrants at fair value on issuance. The warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, and any change in their fair value is recognized as a component of other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, or the conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock. The changes in the value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value as of January 1, 2009

   $ 961   

Change in fair value

     2,227   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2009

     3,188   

Issuances

     1,368   

Change in fair value

     1,998   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2010

     6,554   

Issuances

     1,297   

Exercises

     (4,576

Change in fair value

     2,050   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2011

   $ 5,325   
  

 

 

 

Deferred U.S. Treasury Grant Income

The Company is eligible for U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable on eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010, which includes solar energy system installations, upon approval by the U.S. Treasury Department. For solar energy systems under lease pass-through arrangements as described in Note 13, the Company reduces the financing obligation and records deferred income for the Treasury grants which are paid directly to the investors upon receipt of the grants by the investors. The benefit of the U.S. Treasury grants is recorded as deferred income and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems of 30 years. The amortization of the deferred income is

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

recorded as a reduction to depreciation expense which is a component of the cost of revenue of operating leases in the consolidated statement of operations. A catch up adjustment is recorded in the period in which the grant is approved by the U.S. Treasury Department or received by lease pass-through investors to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by lease pass-through investors of the associated grant. The changes in deferred Treasury grant income during the year were as follows (in thousands):

 

U.S. Treasury grant receipts in 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the Company

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements

     54,730   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 137,434   
  

 

 

 

There were no U.S. Treasury grant received or receivable prior to 2010. Of the balance outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, $18,671 and $132,004, respectively, are disclosed as noncurrent deferred Treasury grants income in the consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Revenue

The Company records as deferred revenue any amounts that are collected from customers, including lease prepayments, in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue also includes the portion of rebates and incentives received from utility companies and various local and state government agencies, which are recognized as revenue over the lease term, as well as the monitoring fee resulting from sales of solar energy systems, which is recognized as revenue ratably over the respective contract term.

Revenue Recognition

The Company provides design, installation, and ongoing monitoring services of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers. Residential customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements, which also include monitoring services. Commercial customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts, purchase electricity generated by Company-owned solar energy systems under power purchase agreements, or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements. The Company also earns rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved system installations sold to the customers, as well rebates and incentives from utility companies and state and local governments on systems leased to customers or used to sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. The Company considers the proceeds from the rebates to comprise a portion of the proceeds from the sale or lease of the solar energy systems. Commencing in the second quarter of 2010, the Company began offering energy efficiency solutions aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs. The energy efficiency services comprise

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

energy efficiency evaluations and upgrades to homes and household appliances to improve energy efficiency.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, the Company recognizes revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, in accordance with ASC 605-25-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials . Revenue from installation of a system is recognized when (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (4) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenue upon the solar energy system passing an inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation for residential installations. Costs incurred on residential installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

For solar energy systems purchased by residential customers and small scale commercial customers, revenue attributable to the remote monitoring service is recognized generally over the period of the associated contract, which is generally five to fifteen years.

The Company recognizes revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers, which typically take more than six months to complete, in accordance with ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction—Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on the percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to total projected costs. Provisions are made for the full amount of any anticipated losses on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company recognized $3.2 million in losses for these types of contracts in 2011. No losses had been recognized in prior years. Costs in excess of billings are recorded where costs recognized are in excess of amounts billed to customers of purchased commercial solar energy systems. Costs in excess of billings as of December 31, 2011 amounted to $1.2 million and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings as of December 31, 2010. Billings in excess of costs as of December 31, 2011 amounted to $0.7 million, and are included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings as of December 31, 2010.

For purchased commercial solar energy systems, revenue attributable to the remote monitoring service is recognized over the period of the associated contract, which is generally 10 to 25 years.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

The Company is the lessor under lease agreements for solar energy systems, which are accounted for as operating leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . The Company records operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on amount of electricity generated by the system, the Company records revenue as the amounts are earned.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

For solar energy systems where commercial customers purchase electricity from the Company under power purchase agreements, the Company has determined that these agreements should be accounted for, in substance, as operating leases pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers (the incremental cost of contract administration, referral fees and sales commissions) are capitalized as an element of solar energy systems and amortized over the term of the related lease or power purchase agreement, which generally ranges from ten to twenty years.

Energy Efficiency Services

For energy efficiency services, the Company recognizes revenue upon completion of the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically the energy efficiency services take less than a month to complete. The energy efficiency services are either sold on a standalone basis or bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems. When the sale of energy efficiency services has been bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems, the Company allocates revenue to the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of energy system using the relative selling price method as provided for under ASU 2009-13. The selling price of the energy efficiency services used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices the Company charges for the services on a standalone basis. To date, the revenue generated from energy efficiency services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

Sale-Leaseback

The Company is party to master lease agreements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to third parties and the simultaneous leaseback of the systems, which the Company then subleases to customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, the Company first determines whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” A solar energy system is determined to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location, including the shipping and reinstallation costs of the solar energy system at the new site, including any diminution in fair value, exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. When the leaseback arrangements expire, the Company has the option to purchase the solar energy system and the lessor has the option to sell the system back to the Company.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined to be integral equipment, the Company has concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, the Company uses the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, the Company does not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, the Company treats any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

energy system and accordingly records the proceeds as a sale-leaseback financing obligation in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company allocates the leaseback payments made to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the sale-leaseback financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that it would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the sale-leaseback financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined not to be integral equipment, the Company determines if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, the Company initially records a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in the consolidated balance sheets equal to the lower of the present value of the future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, the Company does not recognize any revenue but defers the gross profit comprising of the net of the revenue and the associated cost of sale. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, the Company recognizes a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defers the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, the Company records the deferred gross profit in the consolidated balance sheets as deferred income and amortizes the deferred income over the leaseback term as a reduction to the leaseback rental expense included in the cost of operating lease revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

Cost of Revenue

Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily made up of depreciation of the cost of leased solar energy systems, reduced by amortization of U.S. Treasury grant income and amortization of initial direct costs associated with those systems.

Solar energy systems cost of revenue includes direct and indirect material and labor costs, warehouse rent, freight, warranty expense, depreciation on vehicles, amortization of initial direct costs and depreciation related to solar energy systems leased to customers, and other overhead costs.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included as an element of sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company incurred advertising costs of $0.7 million, $5.5 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax reporting purposes, net operating loss carryforwards, and other tax credits measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. A valuation allowance is provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company uses a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon tax authority examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, within the provision for taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company accounts for comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with ASC 220 , Comprehensive Income . Under ASC 220, the Company is required to report comprehensive income (loss), which includes the Company’s net loss, as well as changes in other comprehensive loss items. There were no differences between comprehensive loss as defined by ASC 220 and net loss as reported in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the periods presented.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

The Company applies ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees, to options and other stock-based awards issued to nonemployees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent third party interests in the net assets under certain funding arrangements, or the Funds, that the Company has entered into to finance the cost of solar energy systems under operating leases. The Company has determined that the contractual-provisions in the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. The Company therefore determines the assessment of the noncontrolling interests in the net assets at each balance sheet date using the Hypothetical Liquidation at Book Value method, or HLBV method, which is presented on the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets represent the amounts the third parties would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

provisions of the Funding arrangements, assuming the net assets of the Funds were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP and distributed to the investors. The third parties interest in the results of operations of these Funds is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each operating period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the Fund and the third parties. The noncontrolling interests balance in these Funds is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of a company about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the executive team, comprising the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer and the chief financial officer. Based on the financial information presented to and reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate the resources and in assessing the performance of the Company, the Company has determined that it has a single reporting segment, solar energy and energy efficiency products and services. The Company’s principal operations, revenue and decision-making functions are located in the United States.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company’s basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock participate in dividends, up to $0.01 per share when and if declared on the common stock and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions in excess of the $0.01 preferred dividend. They are therefore participating securities. As a result, the Company calculates the net income (loss) per share using the two-class method. Accordingly, the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is derived from the net income (loss) for the period and, in periods in which the Company has net income attributable to common stockholders, an adjustment is made to remove the noncumulative dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities based on their outstanding shareholder rights. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible redeemable preferred stock as the convertible redeemable preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

The diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury stock method or the as-if converted method as applicable. In periods when the Company incurred a net loss attributable to common stockholders, convertible redeemable preferred stock, stock options, restricted stock units and warrants to purchase convertible redeemable preferred stock are considered to be common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders were computed to give effect to the exchange of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

stock using the as-if converted method into common stock as if the automatic exchange had occurred as of the beginning of each period, or the original date of issuance if later.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2011-04 on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-05 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Acquisitions

Building Solutions

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated April 23, 2010, between the Company and Home Performance Pro, Inc., dba Building Solutions, a privately held California corporation, the Company purchased certain assets and liabilities. The acquisition was intended to strengthen the Company’s competitive position by offering customers more comprehensive residential energy efficiency and energy cost reduction solutions, and to broaden the Company’s relationship with its customers. In consideration for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the Company paid $0.08 million on execution of the agreement with further contingent cash consideration due if certain future revenue milestones were met. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition. Management had estimated that there was low likelihood of the revenue targets being achieved and had therefore determined the fair value of the contingent consideration to be insignificant. The revenue targets were not met within the time period stipulated in the purchase agreement.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Cash acquired

   $ 13   

Accounts receivable

     97   

Vehicles and equipment

     16   

Accounts payable

     (61

Other liabilities

     (82

Intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     97   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 80   
  

 

 

 

Clean Currents

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated January 19, 2011, between the Company and Clean Currents, Inc., and Clean Currents Solar of the Mid Atlantic, LLC (collectively “Clean Currents”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from Clean Currents. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $0.4 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 219   

Fixed assets

     14   

Other assets

     98   

Warranty obligation

     (32

Other liabilities

     (296

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     335   

Goodwill

     44   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 382   
  

 

 

 

groSolar

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated February 16, 2011, between the Company and Global Resource Options, Inc., Chesapeake Solar LLC., and groSolar CalMass Inc. (collectively “groSolar”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from groSolar. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $1.9 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions (continued)

 

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 1,155   

Fixed assets

     419   

Vehicle loans

     (164

Warranty obligation

     (317

Other liabilities

     (99

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     401   

Goodwill

     469   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 1,864   
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Financial Information

The pro forma financial information has not been presented as the acquisitions individually and in the aggregate are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

4. Noncancelable Operating Lease Payments Receivable

At December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from customers under noncancelable operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 10,264   

2013

     7,762   

2014

     7,954   

2015

     8,155   

2016

     8,363   

Thereafter

     91,388   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 133,886   
  

 

 

 

The Company enters into power purchase agreements with its customers which are accounted for, in substance, as leases. These customers are charged solely based on actual power produced by the installed solar energy system at a predefined power rate per Kw/H of power produced. The payments from such arrangements are not included in the table above as they are a function of the power that will be generated by the related solar systems in the future.

Included in revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, was $0.8 million, $1.3 million, $5.0 million, respectively, which have been accounted for as contingent rentals. The contingent rentals comprise of customer payments under power purchase agreements and performance-based incentives receivable by the Company from various utility companies.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Inventories

At December 31, 2010 and 2011, inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Raw materials

   $ 28,099       $ 126,517   

Work in progress

     2,118         16,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,217       $ 142,742   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Solar Energy Systems, Net

At December 31, 2010 and 2011, leased assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   $ 176,106      $ 441,165   

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

     11,052        24,029   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     187,158        465,194   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (6,398     (17,797
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     180,760        447,397   

Solar energy systems under construction

     46,174        57,998   

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers

     12,677        30,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leased assets

   $ 239,611      $ 535,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included under solar energy systems leased to customers as of December 31, 2011, is $14.5 million relating to capital leased assets, with an accumulated depreciation of $0.2 million. There were no assets under capital leases in prior periods. At December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease payments to be paid to the lessor under this lease arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 811   

2013

     809   

2014

     815   

2015

     821   

2016

     827   

Thereafter

     9,440   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,523   
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease receipts to be paid to the Company by sublessees under this lease arrangement for each of the next five annual periods ending December 31, and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Solar Energy Systems, Net (continued)

 

2012

   $ 940   

2013

     615   

2014

     622   

2015

     631   

2016

     640   

Thereafter

     10,829   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,277   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

7. Property and Equipment, Net

At December 31, 2010 and 2011, property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Vehicles

   $ 7,021      $ 11,943   

Computer hardware and software

     2,947        3,720   

Furniture and fixtures

     763        1,394   

Leasehold improvements

     3,082        5,424   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,813        22,481   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,482     (8,060
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 9,331      $ 14,421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

8. Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

At December 31, 2010 and 2011, accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,  
       2010      2011  

Accrued compensation

   $ 5,607       $ 8,890   

Accrued expenses

     3,541         11,025   

Accrued warranty

     1,704         2,462   

Accrued sales taxes

     1,954         4,736   

Income taxes payable

             1,552   

Current portion of deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions

     968         1,538   

Current portion of capital lease obligation

             371   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,774       $ 30,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Other Liabilities

At December 31, 2010 and 2011, other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions, net of current portion

   $ 12,321       $ 24,597   

Deferred rent expense

     3,051         4,567   

Capital lease obligation

             6,837   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     343         313   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,715       $ 36,314   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Long-Term Debt

Equipment Financing Facility

In May 2008, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank for working capital and equipment financing needs, whereby borrowings were collateralized by all of the Company’s assets other than intellectual property and assets under investment funds discussed in Notes 12, 13, 14 and 15. This facility was modified in 2009 and 2010. Under the facility, the bank provided a total of $2.0 million in committed borrowings available through April, 2010. Interest under the equipment facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. Borrowings under this facility were paid in full in April 2011.

Working Capital Financing

On May 26, 2010, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a Financing Agreement with a bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount to be borrowed under the Financing Agreement is determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by solar energy systems owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, but shall not exceed $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was available for drawdown up to March 31, 2011. No amounts were borrowed as of December 31, 2010.

The Company borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility as of December 31, 2011. Of the amounts borrowed, $12.1 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2011, of which $11.1 million is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion. Each loan tranche bears interest at a rate of 2% plus the swap rate applicable to the average life of the scheduled rent receipts for the tranche. For the amounts borrowed as of December 31, 2011, the interest rates ranged between 5.48% and 5.65%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary, and matures on December 31, 2024.

Under the Financing Agreement with the bank, the Company’s subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. The bank has no recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company was in compliance with debt covenants as of December 31, 2011.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt (continued)

 

Vehicle and Other Loans

During the years ended 2010 and prior, the Company had entered into various loan agreements consisting of vehicle and other loans with various financial institutions. The principal amounts for these vehicle and other loans mature over the next four years, until 2015.

In January 2011, the Company entered into an additional $7 million term loan facility with a bank to finance the purchase of vehicles. This term loan facility bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR and is secured by the vehicles financed under this facility. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.81%. The term loan facility matures in January 2015. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had drawn $4.0 million of the available amount. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended this term loan to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank.

Total other loans payable at December 31, 2010 and 2011 amounted to $3.0 million and $5.1 million, respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. Of the amounts outstanding, $3.0 million and $1.6 million were classified as short term as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Schedule of Principal Maturities of Long-Term Debt

The scheduled principal maturities of long-term debt including working capital financing and vehicle and other loans as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Principal due:

  

2012

   $ 2,640   

2013

     2,746   

2014

     2,720   

2015

     1,152   

2016

     673   

Thereafter

     7,290   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,221   
  

 

 

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit

Working Capital facility

Under the 2008 Bank Loan and Security Agreement, as modified, (Note 10) is a revolving line of credit facility with a commitment of $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, there was $4.5 million borrowed and outstanding under the revolving line of credit, which was all classified as short term under borrowings under bank line of credit. This facility was paid in full in April 2011. The interest rate under the line of credit facility was 6.5% at December 31, 2009 and 2010.

Revolving Credit Agreement

In April 2011, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement with the same bank the Company had entered into the $7.0 million term loan discussed in Note 10, to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This Revolving Credit Agreement has a $25 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds would bear interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit (continued)

 

The facility is secured by the Company’s accounts receivables, inventory and other assets as described in the Revolving Credit Agreement, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. The Company had borrowed $5.6 million under this financing arrangement, which was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and is disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet under borrowings under bank line of credit. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.77%. Subsequent to December 31, 2011, the Company borrowed $19.4 million, which represented the remainder of this facility. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended the Revolving Credit Agreement to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank as well as extend the maturity date of the facility to July 1, 2012.

Under this arrangement, the Company is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with certain covenants that included financial reporting requirements and achieving certain non GAAP operational performance metrics, after giving effect to a waiver of breaches of such covenants that the bank provided in January 2012.

Credit Facility for Solar Strong

On November 21, 2011, the Company and a bank entered into a credit agreement, whereby the bank would provide the Company with a credit facility for up to $350 million. This facility would be used to partially fund the Company’s SolarStrong initiative. The SolarStrong initiative is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative. The Company has drawn down $1.3 million under this facility subsequent to December 31, 2011.

12. Solar Investment Funds

The Company has entered into various arrangements with investors to facilitate funding and monetization of solar energy systems. These arrangements include those described in this Note 12, Solar Investment Funds, as well as those described in Note 13, Lease Pass-through Financing Obligation, Note 14, Sale-Leaseback Arrangements, and Note 15, Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation.

VIE Arrangements

Since 2008, wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and fund investors formed and contributed cash or assets to various solar investment funds and entered into related agreements.

The Company has determined it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs by reference to the power and benefits criterion under ASC 810, Consolidation . The Company has considered the provisions within the contractual arrangements, which grant it full power to manage and make decisions that affect the operation of these VIEs, including preparation and approval of budgets. The Company considers that the rights granted to the other investors under the contractual arrangements are more protective in nature rather than participating rights.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

As the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, the Company consolidates in its financial statements the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of these funds, and all intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and the investment funds are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Under the related agreements, cash distributions of income and other receipts by the fund, net of agreed-upon expenses and estimated expenses, tax benefits and detriments of income and loss, and tax benefits of tax credits are allocated to the fund investor and Company’s subsidiary as specified in contractual arrangements. Generally, the Company’s subsidiary has the option to acquire the investor’s equity interest as specified in the contractual agreements.

In 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company also issued warrants in 2010 to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company issued additional warrants to this fund investor pursuant to amending and restating the contractual arrangements to increase the funding commitment of this fund in 2011 from $120 million to $218 million.

Upon the sale or liquidation of the fund, distributions would occur in the order and priority specified in the contractual agreements.

Pursuant to management services, maintenance, and warranty arrangements, the Company has been contracted to provide services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing, and performance reporting. In some instances the Company has guaranteed payments to the fund investors as specified in the contractual agreements. The funds’ creditors have no recourse to the general credit of the Company or to that of other funds.

The Company has aggregated the financial information of the investment funds in the table below. The aggregate carrying value of these funds’ assets and liabilities (after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, are as follows (in thousands):

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Assets

     

Current Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,318       $ 7,070   

Accounts receivable, net

     147         632   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     916         5,056   

Rebates receivable

     781         2,894   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,162         15,652   

Solar energy systems, net

     112,284         301,573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 120,446       $ 317,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Current Liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 43       $ 31   

Customer deposits

     169         2,804   

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

     3,244         6,216   

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

     669         2,877   

Current portion of deferred revenue

     2,672         5,796   

Accrued and other liabilities

     270         789   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,067         18,513   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     32,460         78,486   

Deferred U.S. Treasury grant income, net of current portion

     18,671         82,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 58,198       $ 179,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation

During the years 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company entered into five transactions referred to as “lease pass-through fund arrangements.” Under these arrangements the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries finance solar energy systems under leases with investors for an initial term ranging between 10 and 25 years. The cost of the solar energy systems under the lease pass-though arrangements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 was $58.1 million and $128.2 million, respectively. The accumulated depreciation related to these assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 amounted to $0.6 million and $3.9 million, respectively. There were no assets under the lease pass-through arrangements in 2009.

The investors make a large upfront payment to the lessor, which is a subsidiary of the Company, and in some cases, subsequent smaller quarterly payments. The Company accounts for the payments received from the investors under the arrangement as a borrowing by recording the proceeds received as a lease pass-through financing obligation. This obligation is reduced by amounts received by the investors from U.S. Treasury grants, incentive rebates, customer payments and incentive rebates associated with the leases assigned to the lease pass-through investor. The incentive rebates and host customer payments are recognized into revenue consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition accounting policy. The U.S. Treasury grants are recognized as a reduction to the depreciation expense, consistent with the Company’s accounting policy for recognition of U.S. Treasury grants income. Interest is calculated on the financing obligation using the effective interest rate method. The

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation (continued)

 

effective interest rate is the interest rate that equates the present value of the cash amounts to be received by an investor over the master lease term with the present value of the cash amounts paid by the investor to the Company, adjusted for any payments made by the Company. The lease pass-through obligation is nonrecourse once the associated assets have been placed in service and all the contractual arrangements have been assigned to the investor.

At December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from the investors under the lease pass-through fund arrangements for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 2,781   

2013

     1,981   

2014

     2,000   

2015

     1,546   

2016

     1,223   

Thereafter

     9,470   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,001   
  

 

 

 

Concurrent with entering into one of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company entered into an agreement to issue warrants to the investor to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock in the Company if it committed to provide more than a specified threshold in total funding as specified in the contractual agreements, through this or other future funding arrangements. The warrants were issued during 2010 when the Company entered into the second lease pass-through arrangement with the investor.

For two of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company’s subsidiary has pledged its assets to the investor as security for its obligations under the contractual agreements.

For each of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants specified in the contractual arrangements, which the Company had met as of December 31, 2011.

Under these arrangements, the Company’s subsidiaries are responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting. The performance of the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary is guaranteed by the Company. As part of the warranty and performance guarantee with the host customers, the Company guarantees certain specified minimum annual solar energy production output for the solar energy systems leased to the customers.

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements

In 2010, the Company executed a sale-leaseback arrangement with an existing investor, under which a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a 15-year master leaseback arrangement. The assets sold to the investor were valued at $25.2 million. The Company’s subsidiary leased the solar energy systems to end-user customers. The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor for this arrangement together with a funding arrangement entered into in 2009 with the same investor are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements (continued)

 

escrow. The amount in escrow is reduced by $0.25 million per annum in each of the first four years commencing in 2010, and the remaining balance remains in place until the end of the master lease period. Under this arrangement, the Company’s subsidiary is responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting.

In 2011, the Company contributed assets with a cost of $10.3 million as of December 31, 2011 to its wholly owned subsidiary that in turn sold the assets to a new investor and then executed a 15-year master leaseback agreement with the investor. Under this arrangement, the tax benefits from investment tax credits or Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits inure to the investor as the owner of the assets. A total of $100 million in financing is available from the investor under this fund arrangement in the form of proceeds from the sale of the assets. The investor committed to further increase the funding commitment to $280 million, subject to certain conditions being met as set out in the contractual agreements. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had utilized $26.7 million under this arrangement.

The Company has accounted for these sale-leaseback arrangements in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy as described in Note 2.

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation

In November 2009, the Company entered into an arrangement with an investor to finance the development, construction and installation of a ground mounted solar system that was leased to a customer. The Company also entered into an agreement to sell the system to the investor for a cash consideration of $27.2 million, of which $5.4 million was received in 2009, $18.3 million was received in 2010, and the balance of $3.5 million is receivable at the end of the lease period and accrues interest at an annual rate of 4.37%. Concurrent with the sale, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement with the investor to lease back the solar energy system from the investor with lease payments being made on a quarterly basis. The Company’s subsidiary has the option to purchase the system at the end of the lease term of 10 years for a price which is the greater of the fair market value or a predetermined agreed upon value. Additionally, the investor has the option to put its interest in the solar system to the Company within two years following the expiry of six years after placement in service of the solar system, for a value that is the greater of the fair value or a predetermined agreed upon value. As a result of these put and call options, the Company has concluded that it has a continuing involvement with the solar energy system.

The Company has determined that the ground mounted solar energy system qualifies as integral equipment and therefore as a real estate transaction under ASC 360-20, Real Estate Sales, and has been accounted for as a financing. Under the financing method, the receipts from the tax equity investor are reflected as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on the consolidated balance sheets, and the Company retains the solar energy system asset on the consolidated balance sheets within solar energy systems and depreciates the solar energy system over its estimated useful life of 30 years. The Company also continues to report all of the results of the operations of the system, with the revenue and expenses from the system operations being presented on the consolidated statements of operations on a “gross” basis. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $16.1 million of which $0.3 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.8 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of December 31, 2011, the balance of

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation (continued)

 

sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.5 million of which $0.4 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.1 million has been classified as noncurrent.

At December 31, 2011, future minimum annual rentals to be received from the customer for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 448   

2013

     457   

2014

     466   

2015

     475   

2016

     485   

Thereafter

     4,240   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,571   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

At December 31, 2011, future minimum annual payments to be paid to the investor under the financing arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 1,239   

2013

     1,245   

2014

     1,251   

2015

     1,257   

2016

     1,264   

Thereafter

     3,830   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,086   
  

 

 

 

The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor together with the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary under the 2010 sale-leaseback fund arrangements discussed in Note 14, are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow that reduces by $0.25 million per annum for the first four years, and remains in place until the end of the master lease period.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

In July 2006, the Company issued an aggregate of 12.0 million shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.19 per share for cash proceeds of $2.3 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In April 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 5.0 million shares of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.60 per share for cash proceeds of $3.0 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In August 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 8.8 million shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share for cash proceeds of $21.0 million (net of issuance costs of $44,000). This included the proceeds from the conversion of bridge notes representing an aggregate of $2.0 million received in July 2007. In October and November 2008, the Company issued 5.8 million shares of Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.20 per share for cash proceeds of $29.9 million (net of issuance costs of $123,000). In October 2009, the Company issued 4.4 million shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.41 per share for cash proceeds of $23.9 million (net of issuance costs of $144,000). In June 2010, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock for cash proceeds of $21.4 million (net of issuance costs of $96,000). In June and July 2011, the Company issued 2.1 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share for cash proceeds of $20.0 million (net of issuance costs of $93,000). In connection with the Series F preferred stock financing, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of preferred and common stock that it is authorized to issue to 47.0 million shares and 75.0 million shares, respectively. Additionally, in accordance with the Series F financing agreement, the Company has an option to sell an additional 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share within 18 months following the initial closing on June 21, 2011. This option would expire upon the Company being acquired, upon a public offering of the Company’s common stock, upon a new round of equity financing, or within eighteen months of the option agreement date.

Significant terms of the convertible redeemable preferred stock as of are as follows:

Dividends— Holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1 and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends in preference to the common stockholders at the rates of $0.01 per share per annum, respectively, on each outstanding share of preferred stock payable when and if declared by the board of directors, and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions in excess of the $0.01 preferred dividend. No dividends have been declared to date.

Voting —The holders of each share of convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred stock is convertible.

Conversion —The holder of each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1 and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock has the option to convert each share of preferred stock into one share of common stock (subject to adjustment for events of dilution) at any time. The Series F preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E-1 preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding Series E-1 preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series A through C convertible redeemable preferred stock shall automatically be converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock, voting together on an as-converted basis, consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

Liquidation Preference —The holders of the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $9.68, $6.25 and $5.41 per share, for the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E liquidation preferences to the holders of Series F, Series E-1 and Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price for the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock of $5.20 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D liquidation preference to the holders of the Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series A, B, and C convertible redeemable preferred stock together shall be entitled to receive an amount in preference to the holders of the common stock, at a per share amount equal to their purchase prices of $0.19, $0.60 and $2.40 per share, respectively. After the payment in full of the liquidation preferences to the convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, the remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

the holders of the common stock. A merger, acquisition, sale of voting control, or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the stockholders of the Company do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation shall be a deemed liquidation.

Redemption —At any time after October 28, 2015, each holder of Series F, Series E-1, Series E, Series D, or Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock (collectively referred to as Redeemable Stock) shall be entitled to have the Company redeem all, but not less than all, of such holders’ Redeemable Stock in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the original purchase price of the respective series of preferred stock plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of the Redeemable Stock, or (ii) the fair market value of the Redeemable Stock. This right of redemption is subject to the proviso that redemption shall be available if (i) the annual gross revenue of the Company exceeded $200 million for the most recent fiscal year prior to the holder’s notice of redemption; and (ii) the Company has no less than $25 million in available cash.

Registration Rights —The holders of a majority of (a) certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock and (b) each of the Series D, Series E, Series E-1 and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock may at any time after the earlier of (i) June 21, 2014 or (ii) six months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering, request that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred shares (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof). The Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request and shall use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act. The Company shall have the right to delay such registration under certain circumstances for one period not in excess of 120 days in any 12-month period. The Company shall not be obligated to effect or take action to effect a registration if it has effected two registrations under these demand right provisions during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of, the registration or the initiating holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement —The shares of the Company’s securities held by (i) Lyndon Rive and Peter Rive (the Founders), and (ii) the Major Investors (as defined below) shall be subject to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement (with certain reasonable exceptions) with the holders of at least 1 million shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1 and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company (or the common stock issued upon conversion thereof) and a specified Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock investor as long as that specified investor shall hold at least 1.2 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof) (such holders each referred to as a Major Investor) such that the Founders or a Major Investor may not sell, transfer or exchange their stock unless such securities are first offered to the Company and then to the Major Investors and, if all such securities are not purchased by the Company or the Major Investors, then each participating Major Investor shall have an opportunity to participate in the sale of any remaining stock on a pro-rata basis. This right of first refusal and of co-sale shall not apply to and shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Warrant Liability

In connection with the issuance of the convertible bridge notes in July 2007, the Company issued warrants to the note holders to purchase 124,924 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share. The warrants expire the earlier of five years from the date of their issuance or any change of control, or the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock.

During 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase up to 2.70 million shares (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to 3.12 million shares) of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $2.88 per share (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to $3.80 per share), of which warrants to purchase 2.08 million shares were vested as of December 31, 2010. In February 2011, the fund investor exercised its Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and was issued 375,200 shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The warrants agreement expired in March, 2011.

During 2010, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase 995,006 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share, in connection with solar investment funding (Note 12). In 2011, in connection with the amendment and restatement of this funding arrangement to increase the amount that would be contributed by the tax equity investor from $120 million to $218 million, and to extend the time period to complete the construction and placement in service of the assets, the Company issued warrants to the fund investor to purchase a further 490,004 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share.

In June 2011, in connection with the issuance of 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, the Company issued warrants to the investors to acquire 0.2 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, with an exercise price of $9.68.

As discussed in Note 2, the Company accounts for the warrants in accordance with ASC 480 as a liability carried at fair value. The warrants are subject to revaluation at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other expense. The Company has determined the fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company adjusts the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or upon the conversion of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock.

Common Stock

At the inception of the Company in June 2006, the founders were issued four million shares of common stock at an issuance price of $0.0001 per share.

Restricted Stock

In connection with the acquisitions of Declination Solar and Palo Alto Solar, acquired in August 2006 and September 2006, respectively, the Company entered into stock restriction agreements. Pursuant to these agreements, 300,000 shares of common stock were granted to the

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

sellers who became employees of the Company. The Company had the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the unvested shares of common stock upon termination of the sellers’ employment. The repurchase rights lapsed ratably over a four-year period as the shares vested. As of December 31, 2010, all of these shares had been released from this right of repurchase.

In 2007, the Company granted 40,000 shares of restricted stock to a Board member that vested over four years: 25% of the shares vested at the end of the first year of service and the remaining shares vested in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 6,600 shares of this restricted stock vested. As of December 31, 2010, all 40,000 of these shares were vested.

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

At December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company has reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock

     12,039         12,039   

Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,010         5,010   

Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     8,744         9,120   

Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,781         5,781   

Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     4,436         4,436   

Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,440         3,440   

Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             2,067   

Stock option plans:

     

Shares available for grant

     1,658         1,040   

Options outstanding

     9,746         13,873   

Warrants to purchase Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,246         3,246   

Warrants to purchase Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     2,750         2,750   

Warrants to purchase Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     56,850         63,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

17. Stock Option Plan

Under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan, the Company may grant options to purchase or directly issue incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options, respectively, of common stock to employees, directors, and consultants. Incentive stock options may be granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. If the option is granted to a 10% stockholder, then the purchase or exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. Nonstatutory stock options may be granted at a price per share, not less than 85% of the fair market value at date of grant. If the option is granted to a 10% stockholder, then the purchase or exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

A summary of stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding – January 1, 2009

     5,040      $ 0.735         5.24         4,442   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.245)

     3,990        1.245                   

Exercised

     (46     0.145                   

Canceled

     (2,356     0.525                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2009

     6,628      $ 1.12         8.54         1,684   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.98)

     3,888        1.98                   

Exercised

     (450     0.205                   

Canceled

     (320     1.62                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2010

     9,746      $ 1.49         7.39       $ 18,570   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $5.035)

     7,043        5.035                   

Exercised

     (1,489     0.73                   

Canceled

     (1,427     2.435                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2011

     13,873      $ 3.28         8.22       $ 37,606   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2010

     3,810      $ 1.02         6.15       $ 9,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2011

     5,044      $ 1.85         7.45       $ 20,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2010

     8,992      $ 1.455         7.30       $ 17,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2011

     13,834      $ 3.27         8.21       $ 37,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, was $1,068 and $5,437, respectively. The grant date fair market value of options that vested in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $76, $1,939 and $3,897, respectively.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, there was approximately $5.1 million and $24.7 million, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures related to nonvested stock options, which are expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.82 years and 3.01 respectively.

Under ASC 718, the Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted on each grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and applies the straight-line method of expense attribution. The fair values were estimated on each grant date for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

F-38


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

     December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Dividend yield

     0     0     0

Annual risk-free rate of return

     2.44     2.50     1.95

Expected volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26

Expected term (years)

     6.10        5.98        6.09   

The expected volatility was calculated based on the average historical volatilities of publicly traded peer companies, determined by the Company. The risk free interest rate used was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock options to be valued. The expected dividend yield was zero, as the Company does not anticipate paying a dividend within the relevant time frame. The expected term has been estimated using the simplified method allowed under ASC 718.

As part of the requirements of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust stock-based compensation expense accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock-based compensation expenses to be recognized in future periods.

The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $862, $1,773 and $5,051, respectively. The Company capitalized costs of $46, $417 and $1,417, in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, as a component of work-in-progress, within solar energy systems leased to customers and solar energy systems held for lease to customers.

This expense was included in cost of revenue and in operating expenses as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011  

Cost of sales

   $ 163       $ 144       $ 151   

Sales and Marketing

     129         233         443   

General and administrative expenses

     524         979         3,040   

18. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     2009     2010     2011  

United States

   $ (21,822   $ (38,552   $ 43,595   

Noncontrolling interest

     (876     (8,457     (117,230

Foreign

                   13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (22,698   $ (47,009   $ (73,622
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The income tax provision (benefit) is composed of the following (in thousands):

 

     2009      2010      2011  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 5       $ 10       $ (26

State

     17         55         107   

Foreign

                     4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Provision

     22         65         85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

                   $ 7   

State

                       

Foreign

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Provision

                     7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

 

     2009     2010     2011  

Tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate

     (34.00 )%      (34.00 )%      (34.00 )% 

State income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     1.89        (5.86     (4.59

Minority investment adjustment

     (4.39     11.07        19.38   

Investment in solar funds

     3.63        5.89        6.34   

Stock-based compensation

     1.24        1.25        1.48   

ASC 810 prepaid tax expense

     (5.61     0.09        0.16   

Other

     3.71        1.91        1.11   

Change in valuation allowance

     33.62        19.78        10.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     0.09     0.13     0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     2010     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 2,931      $ 8,216   

Net operating losses

     29,741        34,399   

Accelerated gain on assets

     9,246        14,302   

Investment in solar funds

     10,598        18,346   

Tax rebate revenue

     14,444        27,021   

Other credits

     430        450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     67,390        102,734   

Valuation allowance

     (39,191     (49,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     28,199        53,042   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (17,777     (44,052

Investment in solar funds

     (6,328     (148

Other deferred tax liabilities

     (4,094     (8,849
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (28,199     (53,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $      $ (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of current and noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

 

     2010     2011  

Current:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 3,589      $ 8,809   

Less: valuation allowance

     (2,231     (4,503
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

   $ 1,358      $ 4,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 63,555      $ 93,449   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (27,953     (52,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncurrent gross deferred tax assets

     35,602        40,876   

Less: valuation allowance

     (36,960     (45,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

   $ (1,358   $ (4,313
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2027 if not utilized. In addition, the Company had net operating losses for California income tax purposes of approximately $37.0 million and $37.0 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2021 if not utilized. The Company also had net operating losses for other state income tax purposes of approximately

 

F-41


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

$8.3 million and $2.7 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal investment tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.13 million and $0.15 million, respectively. The net investment tax credit carryforward begins to expire in 2028 if not utilized.

The Company’s valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the valuation allowance was primarily related to the operating losses. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. Based on the available objective evidence and the Company’s history of losses, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company has applied a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. The Company completed a Section 382 analysis through December 2011 and determined that an ownership change, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, occurred in prior years. Based on the analysis, the Company has undergone two ownership changes. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes occurred through December 31, 2011. Net Operating Loss carryforwards presented have accounted for any limited and potential lost attributes due to the ownership changes and expiration dates.

As part of the assets monetization strategy, the Company has agreements to sell solar energy systems to the solar investment fund joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until the Company no longer benefits from the underlying asset. Since the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the estimated useful life of the underlying systems which has been estimated to be 30 years. The deferral of the tax expense results in recording of a prepaid tax expense that is included in the consolidated balance sheets as other assets. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 the Company recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million and $3.3 million respectively, net of amortization. The amortization of the prepaid tax expense in each period makes up the major component of the tax expense.

It is the intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiary in foreign operations. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiary as such earnings are to be reinvested indefinitely. As of December 31, 2011, there is minimal amount of cumulative earnings upon which U.S. income taxes have not been provided.

Uncertain Tax Positions

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to the recognition, measurement and presentation of uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had no amount of unrecognized tax benefits.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

The interest expense and penalties for uncertain tax positions will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. There was no interest and penalties accrued for any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010 and 2011.

The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of gross unrecognized benefits will increase or decrease within 12 months of the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S., various state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s net losses, substantially all of its federal, state, local, and foreign income tax returns since inception are still subject to audit.

19. Defined Contribution Plan

In January 2007, the Company established a 401(k) Retirement Plan (the Retirement Plan) available to employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements. Participants may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation to the Retirement Plan up to a statutory limit. Participants are fully vested in their contributions. The Company may make discretionary contributions to the Retirement Plan as a percentage of participant contributions, subject to established limits. The Company did not make any contributions to the Retirement Plan during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

20. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, include the following related party transactions (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  

Net Revenue, Systems:

        

Sale of a solar energy system to Company officers and Board members

   $ 5       $       $   

Expenditures:

        

Purchase of inventory from an investor

   $ 18,523       $ 9,259       $   

Payment of consulting fees and sales commissions to another investor (included in sales and marketing)

     76         79           

The investor from whom the Company purchased inventory as noted above ceased to be an investor in the Company in December 2010.

Related party balances as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, comprise (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Payable to an investor vendor (included in accounts payable)

   $ 6       $   

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

21. Commitments and Contingencies

Noncancelable Operating Leases

The Company leases office and warehouse facilities under noncancelable operating leases primarily for its United States based warehouse locations. In addition, the Company leases equipment under noncancelable operating leases. Aggregate rent expense for facilities and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, was $1.6 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 5,461   

2013

     5,419   

2014

     5,102   

2015

     4,716   

2016

     4,171   

Thereafter

     15,084   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

   $ 39,953   
  

 

 

 

Indemnification

The Company has committed to make fund investors in various funding arrangements whole for losses that the fund investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from the disallowance or recapture of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits, including in the event that the U.S. Treasury awards cash grants for the Company’s solar energy systems based on valuation amounts that are less than the appraised fair market value. The Company also indemnifies the fund investors for other tax consequences resulting from contractual performance by the Company as specified in the contracts associated with leased solar energy systems under the respective funding arrangements. The Company uses third-party appraisals to support the value in the applications for the U.S. Treasury grants. The grants are recorded after the applications are approved by the U.S. Treasury Department. The Company has accounted for an anticipated reduction in U.S. Treasury grants accruing to fund investors associated with certain solar energy systems placed in service under the various investment funds as of December 31, 2011, after the Treasury Department awarded grants at amounts lower than the values submitted on application of the grants. The Company believes that any other indemnification obligations are not probable and that the fair values of any such obligations cannot be reasonably estimated.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Earnings Income (Loss) Per Common Stock

The following table sets for the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516   

Noncumulative dividends on convertible redeemable preferred stock

                   (1,633

Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders

                   (33,658
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225   

Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders

                   2,764   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646   

Dilutive effect of common stock options

                   4,546,088   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     36,010,660         39,450,660         41,893,046   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     60,834                   

Preferred stock warrants

     2,209,742         3,204,748         1,816,650   

Common stock options

     2,279,112         1,980,416           

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Earnings Income (Loss) Per Common Stock (continued)

 

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2011

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $            

Change in fair value of liabilities for the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

  

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $            

Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to preferred stockholders

  

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $            
  

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic common stockholders, basic

  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock preferred stock

  
  

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

  

Weighted average effect of dilutive options

  

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

  

23. Subsequent Events

For our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011, we evaluated subsequent events through April 26, 2012, the date our consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

2011 Solar Financing Programs

During 2012, the Company has entered into two new tax equity arrangements, one with an existing tax equity investor, for a total of $64.5 million in available financing.

Series G Financing

In February and March, 2012, the Company issued a total of 3.4 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock for a total of $81.0 million. In connection with the financing, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of preferred and common stock that it is authorized to issue to 56.7 million shares and 106.0 million shares, respectively. In addition, the preferred stockholders have been granted rights relating to their representation on the Board of Directors and certain other protective rights. The rights and preferences of the Series G convertible redeemable preferred stockholders are similar to Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1 and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stockholders in matters relating to dividend and voting provisions. The conversion price for Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock varies depending on the price of the Company’s common stock in the event of an initial public offering.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

23. Subsequent Events (continued)

 

Inventory Term Loan Facility

In March 8, 2012, the Company entered into a $58.5 million term loan facility with a syndicate of banks to finance the purchase of inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds would bear interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR. The facility shall be secured by the Company’s inventory as described in the Credit Agreement. The Company drew down on the full amount and as of March 31, 2012 $56.3 million was outstanding. This facility matures in August, 2013.

Under this arrangement, the Company is required to meet various financial covenants, including meeting debt coverage and liquidity ratios.

Stock Split

The Company’s stockholders approved a 2-for-1 forward stock split of each share of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock. The stockholders also approved a proportionate increase in the authorized number of shares of the Company’s common stock, preferred stock and each series of preferred stock and also approved proportionate adjustments to the conversion prices, dividend rates, original issue prices and liquidation preferences of each series of the Company’s preferred stock. The number of Company’s pre-split common stock covered by stock options issued under the Company’s stock options plans were also proportionately increased to reflect the stock split. The share information and the per share amounts in these financial statements have been adjusted to reflect this stock split.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table presents the costs and expenses we will pay, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fees and the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

SEC Registration fee

   $  

FINRA filing fee

      

NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

      

Printing and engraving expenses

      

Legal fees and expenses

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Blue sky fees and expenses

      

Custodian and transfer agent fees

      

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

      
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred for their service for or on our behalf. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we shall advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding. The bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws (except in a proceeding initiated by such person without board approval). In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees for a legal proceeding.

Reference is made to Section          of the underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, indemnifying our directors and officers against limited liabilities. In addition, Section 1.10 of our sixth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement contained in Exhibit 4.5 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of certain of our stockholders against liabilities described therein.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2009, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

(1) Sales of Capital Stock

 

  Ÿ  

In October 2009, we issued 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock to six accredited investors at a price of $5.41 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $23.9 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2010, we issued 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a price of $6.25 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $21.5 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June and July 2011, we issued 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock to 12 accredited investors at a price of $9.68 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $20.0 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In November 2011, we issued 7,500 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $1.62 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $12,112.

 

  Ÿ  

In December 2011, we issued 20,000 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $0.0001 per share for aggregate proceeds of $1.00; and

 

  Ÿ  

In February and March 2012, we issued 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock to seven accredited investors at a price of $23.91 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $81.0 million.

(2) Warrants

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2011, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock to a total of 12 accredited investors at an exercise price of $9.68 per share.

(3) Options Issuances

 

  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through March 31, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,143,841 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants of the registrant under our 2007 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.03 to $5.07, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $1.6 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through March 31, 2012, we granted direct issuances or stock options to purchase an aggregate of 16,204,956 shares of our common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $1.62 to $10.93 share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2007 Plan.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, with respect to the items (1) and (2) above, and Rule 701 thereunder, with respect to the item (3) above, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock
  4.3    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.4    Form of Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.5    Sixth Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 8, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2    2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3    2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4    2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5    Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
10.6    Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7    Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.8†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011

21.1   

List of Subsidiaries

23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2†   

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)

24.1   

Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)

 

To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statements Schedules—All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to

 

II-4


Table of Contents
 

Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) For the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

  a. The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (4) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Mateo, State of California, on the      day of             , 2012.

 

SolarCity Corporation

By:

 

     

  Lyndon R. Rive
  Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Lyndon R. Rive and Robert D. Kelly, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the registration statement filed herewith and any and all amendments to said registration statement (including post-effective amendments and any registration statement for the same offering covered by said registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto), and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done hereby by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

Lyndon R. Rive

  

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

     

Robert D. Kelly

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

     

Peter J. Rive

   Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director  

     

Elon Musk

   Chairman of the Board of Directors  

     

Raj Atluru

   Director  

     

John H. N. Fisher

   Director  

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

Antonio J. Gracias

   Director  

     

Hans A. Mehn

   Director  

     

Nancy E. Pfund

   Director  

     

Jeffrey B. Straubel

   Director  

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock
  4.3      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.4      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.5      Sixth Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 8, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1      Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2      2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3      2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4      2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5      Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
10.6      Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011
10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7      Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.8†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011
21.1      List of Subsidiaries
23.1      Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2†    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)
24.1      Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)

 

To be filed by amendment.
Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.2

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on              , 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   4931   02-0781046

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Lyndon R. Rive

Chief Executive Officer

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Steven V. Bernard

Alexander D. Phillips

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Seth R. Weissman
Phuong Y. Phillips

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

 

Thomas J. Ivey

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

525 University Avenue

Palo Alto, California 94301

(650) 470-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨      Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  x       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration
Fee
         

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

       
 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes shares the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED              , 2012

             Shares

 

LOGO

 

 

This is an initial public offering of SolarCity Corporation’s shares of common stock. We are offering to sell              shares in this offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering to sell an additional              shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 12 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                    , 2012.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse   J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Needham & Company   Roth Capital Partners

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     12   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

     34   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     35   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     35   

CAPITALIZATION

     36   

DILUTION

     38   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     40   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     43   

BUSINESS

     80   

MANAGEMENT

     98   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     107   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     117   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     121   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     124   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     129   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     132   

UNDERWRITING

     136   

EXPERTS

     143   

LEGAL MATTERS

     143   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     143   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who obtain this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares in this offering. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and “SolarCity” refer to SolarCity Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

SolarCity

Our Vision for Better Energy

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

Overview

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 27,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 123% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by reducing the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Investment Funds.”

To date, we have raised $1.53 billion through 21 investment funds established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $802 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments.

Our long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and we are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. Despite these increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, U.S. electricity usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kilowatt hour, or kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 terawatt hours, or TWh, of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

As a result of rising energy prices, the market for energy efficiency solutions is expected to grow significantly. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to 2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to switch to Better Energy in a simple and cost-efficient manner. The key elements of our integrated approach are:

 

  Ÿ  

Sales.     We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing.     We provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy affordable.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering.     We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the custom design process and optimizes the energy production of each solar energy system.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation.     We obtain all necessary building permits and handle the installation of our solar energy systems. By managing these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance.     Our proprietary monitoring software provides both SolarCity and our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation, consumption and carbon offset through an easy-to-read application available on smartphones and any device with a web browser.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services.     Using our proprietary software, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements.

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we offer a simple and efficient process to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.     Most of our solar energy customers purchase energy from us under 20-year contracts, and we leverage these relationships to offer energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      We believe that our size and scale provide our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.      Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. We intend to:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     We intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel and leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     We plan on reducing costs by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary software to further ensure that our integrated team operates as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital and offer lower-priced energy to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities.

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, as more fully described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. For example, you should be aware of the following before investing in our common stock:

 

  Ÿ  

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

  Ÿ  

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems through financing arrangements with fund investors.

 

  Ÿ  

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other energy sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in June 2006 as a Delaware corporation. Our headquarters are located at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402, and our telephone number is (650) 638-1028. You can access our website at www.solarcity.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

“SolarCity,” “SolarGuard,” “SolarLease” and “PowerGuide” are our registered trademarks in the United States and, in some cases, in certain other countries. Our other unregistered trademarks and service marks in the United States include: “Better Energy,” “SolarBid,” “SolarStrong” and “SolarWorks.” This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and tradenames of other companies.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 3(a)(80) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Pursuant to Section 102 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, we have provided reduced executive compensation disclosure and have omitted a compensation discussion and analysis from this prospectus. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we have elected to utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                         shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                         shares

 

Total common stock offered

                         shares

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

                         shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of             additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets.

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market symbol

SCTY

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 56,370,053 shares of our common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,745,352 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.28 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,244,031 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,942,031 shares of common stock reserved for issuance

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

under our 2007 Stock Plan as of May 31, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 45,280,032 shares of common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described in “Description of Capital Stock;”

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the conversion of outstanding, non-expiring preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

reflects a two-for-one forward stock split of our capital stock that we effected in March 2012;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adopt our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders in this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to our consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

          

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 3,417      $ 8,139   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        3,827        16,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        7,244        24,841   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,345        2,582   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        4,337        12,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        5,682        14,707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,765        2,284        12,415        1,562        10,134   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        6,590        16,131   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        6,641        8,562   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        13,231        24,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (11,669     (14,559

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        2,211        3,494   

Other expenses, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,148        8,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (15,028     (27,027

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (24     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (15,052     (27,062

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (21,699     (29,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 6,647      $ 2,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.13      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,659,797        10,503,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        12,919,519        17,076,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

          

Basic

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(2):

          

Basic

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of March 31, 2012. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2012 is presented on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

 

     As of March 31, 2012  
     Actual     Pro
Forma
     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 90,668      $                    $                

Total current assets

     311,879        

Solar energy systems – net

     623,596        

Total assets

     976,876        

Total current liabilities

     241,019        

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     132,748        

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

     94,576        

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

     15,049        

Other liabilities

     49,961        

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     206,940        

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (32,428     

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     60,241        

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

         Year Ended December 31,          Three Months
Ended

March  31,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     

New buildings(1)

     2,893         4,843         8,273         3,953   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

     5,817         10,660         18,933         22,886   

Transactions for other energy products and services(2)

     68         404         3,840         2,534   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments as of the dates presented:

 

       As of December 31,      As of March 31,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate Nominal Contracted Payments

   $ 106,082       $ 258,097       $ 485,780       $ 579,527   

 

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a substantial risk of loss. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks occurred, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. See the section entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to our Business

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

Federal, state and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, and internal policies and regulations promulgated by electric utilities, heavily influence the market for electricity generation products and services. These regulations and policies often relate to electricity pricing and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. In the United States, governments and utilities continuously modify these regulations and policies. These regulations and policies could deter customers from purchasing renewable energy, including solar energy systems. This could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for our solar energy systems. For example, utilities commonly charge fees to larger, industrial customers for disconnecting from the electric grid or for having the capacity to use power from the electric grid for back-up purposes. These fees could increase our customers’ cost to use our systems and make them less desirable, thereby harming our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, depending on the region, electricity generated by solar energy systems competes most effectively with expensive peak-hour electricity from the electric grid, rather than the less expensive average price of electricity. Modifications to the utilities’ peak hour pricing policies or rate design, such as to a flat rate, would require us to lower the price of our solar energy systems to compete with the price of electricity from the electric grid.

In addition, any changes to government or internal utility regulations and policies that favor electric utilities could reduce our competitiveness and cause a significant reduction in demand for our products and services. For example, certain jurisdictions have proposed assessing fees on customers purchasing energy from solar energy systems and a utility in San Diego, California recently attempted to impose a new charge that would disproportionately impact solar energy system customers who utilize net metering, either of which would increase the cost of energy to those customers and could reduce demand for our solar energy systems. Any similar government or utility policies adopted in the future could reduce demand for our products and services and adversely impact our growth.

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net energy metering, or net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Utilities operating in states without a net metering policy may receive solar electricity that is exported to the grid at times when there is no

 

12


Table of Contents

simultaneous energy demand by the customer to utilize the generation onsite without providing any compensation to the customer for this generation. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate may be adversely impacted by the failure to expand existing limits on the amount of net metering in states that have implemented it, the failure to adopt a net metering policy where it currently is not in place or the imposition of new charges that only or disproportionately impact customers that utilize net metering. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate also may be adversely impacted by the unavailability of expedited or simplified interconnection for grid-tied solar energy systems or any limitation on the number of customer interconnections or amount of solar energy that utilities are required to allow in their service territory or some part of the grid.

Limits on net metering, interconnection of solar energy systems and other operational policies in key markets could limit the number of solar energy systems installed there. For example, California utilities are currently required to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds 5% of the utilities’ “aggregate customer peak demand.” This cap on net metering in California was increased to 5% in 2010 as utilities neared the prior cap of 2.5%. If the current net metering caps in California, or other jurisdictions, are reached, future customers will be unable to recognize the cost savings associated with net metering. We substantially rely on net metering when we establish competitive pricing for our prospective customers. The absence of net metering for new customers would greatly limit demand for our solar energy systems.

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

U.S. federal, state and local government bodies provide incentives to end users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments and payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation. We rely on these governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives to lower our cost of capital and to incent fund investors to invest in our funds. These incentives enable us to lower the price we charge customers for energy and for our solar energy systems. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase. These reductions or terminations often occur without warning.

The federal government currently offers a 30% investment tax credit under Section 48(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Federal ITC, for the installation of certain solar power facilities until December 31, 2016. This credit is due to adjust to 10% in 2017. Solar energy systems that began construction prior to the end of 2011 were eligible to receive a 30% federal cash grant paid by the U.S. Treasury Department under section 1603 of the “American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009,” or the U.S. Treasury grant, in lieu of the Federal ITC. In addition, applicable authorities may adjust or decrease incentives from time to time or include provisions for minimum domestic content requirements or other requirements to qualify for these incentives.

Reductions in, or eliminations or expirations of, governmental incentives could adversely impact our results of operations and ability to compete in our industry by increasing our cost of capital, causing us to increase the prices of our energy and solar energy systems, and reducing the size of our addressable market. In addition, this would adversely impact our ability to attract investment partners and to form new investment funds and our ability to offer attractive financing to prospective customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, more than 90% of new customers chose to enter into financed lease or power purchase agreements rather than buying a solar energy system for cash.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

Our leases and power purchase agreements are third-party ownership arrangements. Sales of electricity by third parties face regulatory challenges in some states and jurisdictions. Other challenges pertain to whether third-party owned systems qualify for the same levels of rebates or other non-tax incentives available for customer-owned solar energy systems, whether third-party owned systems are eligible at all for these incentives, and whether third-party owned systems are eligible for net metering and the associated significant cost savings. Reductions in, or eliminations of, this treatment of these third-party arrangements could reduce demand for our systems, adversely impact our access to capital and could cause us to increase the price we charge our customers for energy.

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We and our fund investors claim the Federal ITC or the U.S. Treasury grant in amounts based on the fair market value of our solar energy systems. We have obtained independent appraisals to support the fair market values we report for claiming Federal ITCs and U.S. Treasury grants. The Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department review these fair market values. With respect to U.S. Treasury grants, the U.S. Treasury Department reviews the reported fair market value in determining the amount initially awarded, and the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department may also subsequently review the fair market value and determine that amounts previously awarded must be repaid to the U.S. Treasury Department. With respect to Federal ITCs, the Internal Revenue Service may review the fair market value on audit and determine that the tax credits previously claimed must be reduced. If the fair market value is determined to be less than we reported, we may owe the fund or our fund investors an amount equal to this difference, plus any costs and expenses associated with a challenge to that valuation. The U.S. Treasury Department has determined in a small number of instances to award us U.S. Treasury grants for our solar energy systems at a materially lower value than we had established in our appraisals and, as a result, we have been required to pay our fund investors a true-up payment or contribute additional assets to the associated investment funds. Other U.S. Treasury grant applications have been accepted and the U.S. Treasury grant paid in full on the basis of valuations comparable to those projects as to which the U.S. Treasury has determined a significantly lower valuation than that claimed in our U.S. Treasury grant applications. If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department disagrees now or in the future with the fair market value of more of our solar energy systems that we have constructed or that we construct in the future, including any systems for which grants have already been paid, and determines we have claimed too high of a fair market value, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems with fund investors who require particular tax and other benefits.

Our solar energy systems have been eligible for Federal ITCs or U.S. Treasury grants, as well as depreciation benefits. We have relied on, and will continue to rely on, financing structures that monetize a substantial portion of those benefits and provide financing for our solar energy systems. With the lapse of the U.S. Treasury grant program, we anticipate that our reliance on these tax-advantaged financing structures will increase substantially. If, for any reason, we were unable to continue to monetize those benefits through these arrangements, we may be unable to provide and maintain solar energy systems for new customers on an economically viable basis.

 

14


Table of Contents

The availability of this tax-advantaged financing depends upon many factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to compete with other renewable energy companies for the limited number of potential fund investors, each of which has limited funds and limited appetite for the tax benefits associated with these financings;

 

  Ÿ  

the state of financial and credit markets;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the legal or tax risks associated with these financings; and

 

  Ÿ  

non-renewal of these incentives or decreases in the associated benefits.

Under current law, the Federal ITC will be reduced from approximately 30% of the cost of the solar energy systems to approximately 10% for solar energy systems placed in service after December 31, 2016. In addition, U.S. Treasury grants are no longer available for new solar energy systems. Moreover, potential fund investors must remain satisfied that the structures we offer make the tax benefits associated with solar energy systems available to these investors, which depends both on the investors’ assessment of the tax law and the absence of any unfavorable interpretations of that law. Changes in existing law and interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts could reduce the willingness of fund investors to invest in funds associated with these solar energy system investments. We cannot assure you that this type of financing will be available to us. If, for any reason, we are unable to finance solar energy systems through tax-advantaged structures or if we are unable to realize or monetize depreciation benefits, we may no longer be able to provide solar energy systems to new customers on an economically viable basis. This would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We need to enter into additional substantial financing arrangements to facilitate our customers’ access to our solar energy systems, and if this financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to continue to grow our business would be materially adversely impacted.

Our future success depends on our ability to raise capital from third-party fund investors to help finance the deployment of our residential and commercial solar energy systems. In particular, our strategy is to seek to reduce the cost of capital through these arrangements to improve our margins or to offset future reductions in government incentives and to maintain the price competitiveness of our solar energy systems. If we are unable to establish new investment funds when needed, or upon desirable terms, to enable our customers’ access to our solar energy systems with little or no upfront cost, we may be unable to finance installation of our customers’ systems, or our cost of capital could increase, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To date we have raised capital sufficient to finance installation of our customers’ solar energy systems from a number of financial institutions and other large companies. If any of these financial institutions or large companies decide not to invest in future investment funds to finance our solar energy systems, or materially changed the terms under which they are willing to provide future financing, we will need to identify new financial institutions and companies to invest in our investment funds and negotiate new financing terms.

In the past, we encountered challenges raising new funds, which caused us to delay deployment of a substantial number of solar energy systems for which we had signed leases or power purchase agreements with customers. For example, in late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Our future ability to obtain additional financing depends on banks’ and other financing sources’ continued confidence in our business model and the renewable energy industry as a whole. If we experience higher customer default rates than we currently experience in our existing investment funds or we lower the credit rating

 

15


Table of Contents

requirement for new customers, this could make it more difficult or costly to attract future financing. Solar energy has yet to achieve broad market acceptance and depends on continued support in the form of performance-based incentives, rebates, tax credits and other incentives from federal, state and foreign governments. If this support diminishes, our ability to obtain external financing on acceptable terms, or at all, could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we face competition for these investor funds. If we are unable to continue to offer a competitive investment profile, we may lose access to these funds or they may only be available on less favorable terms than our competitors. Our current financing sources may be inadequate to support the anticipated growth in our business plans. Our inability to secure financing could lead to cancelled projects and could impair our ability to accept new projects and customers. In addition, our borrowing costs could increase, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe that a customer’s decision to buy renewable energy from us is primarily driven by their desire to pay less for electricity. The customer’s decision may also be affected by the cost of other renewable energy sources. Decreases in the retail prices of electricity from the utilities or from other renewable energy sources would harm our ability to offer competitive pricing and could harm our business. The price of electricity from utilities could decrease as a result of:

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of a significant number of new power generation plants, including nuclear, coal, natural gas or renewable energy technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of additional electric transmission and distribution lines;

 

  Ÿ  

a reduction in the price of natural gas as a result of new drilling techniques or a relaxation of associated regulatory standards;

 

  Ÿ  

the energy conservation technologies and public initiatives to reduce electricity consumption; and

 

  Ÿ  

development of new renewable energy technologies that provide less expensive energy.

A reduction in utility electricity prices would make the purchase of our solar energy systems or the purchase of energy under our lease and power purchase agreements less economically attractive. In addition, a shift in the timing of peak rates for utility-generated electricity to a time of day when solar energy generation is less efficient could make our solar energy system offerings less competitive and reduce demand for our products and services. If the retail price of energy available from utilities were to decrease due to any of these reasons, or others, we would be at a competitive disadvantage, we may be unable to attract new customers and our growth would be limited.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity would particularly adversely impact our ability to attract commercial customers.

Commercial customers comprise a significant and growing portion of our business, and the commercial market for energy is particularly sensitive to price changes. Typically, commercial customers pay less for energy from utilities than residential customers. Because the price we are able to charge commercial customers is only slightly lower than their current retail rate, any decline in the retail rate of energy for commercial entities could have a significant impact on our ability to attract commercial customers. We may be unable to offer solar energy systems for the commercial market that produce electricity at rates that are competitive with the price of retail electricity on a non-subsidized basis. If this were to occur, we would be at a competitive disadvantage to other energy providers and may be unable to attract new commercial customers, and our business would be harmed.

 

16


Table of Contents

Rising interest rates could adversely impact our business.

Changes in interest rates could have an adverse impact on our business by increasing our cost of capital. For example:

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates would increase our cost of capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates may negatively impact our ability to secure financing on favorable terms to facilitate our customers’ purchase of our solar energy systems or energy generated by our solar energy systems.

The majority of our cash flows to date have been from solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements that have been monetized under various investment fund structures. One of the components of this monetization is the present value of the payment streams from the customers who enter into these leases and power purchase agreements. If the rate of return required by the fund investor rises as a result of a rise in interest rates, it will reduce the present value of the customer payment stream and consequently reduce the total value derived from this monetization. Rising interest rates could harm our business and financial condition.

We have guaranteed a minimum return to be received by an investor in certain of our investment funds and could be adversely affected if we are required to make any payments under those guarantees.

For three of our joint venture investment funds with one investor, with total investments of approximately $86.2 million, we are contractually required to make payments to the investor to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return in the event of liquidation of the funds or if we purchase the investor’s equity stake in the funds, including following the investor’s exercise of its put right. For another fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to make payments to the investor to compensate for payments that the investor would be required to make to a certain third party as a result of the investor not achieving a specified minimum internal rate of return in this fund, assessed annually. In both instances, the amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees depends on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds’ activities, and the amounts that we would pay to the investor if we purchase the investor’s stake in the funds or the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. In a fifth fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to annually distribute a minimum amount. Because of uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amounts of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, we cannot determine the potential maximum future payments that we could have to make under these guarantees. We may agree to similar terms in the future if market conditions require it. Any significant payments that we may be required to make under our guarantees could adversely affect our financial condition.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, there is a one-time reset of the lease payments, and we may be obligated, in connection with the resetting of the lease payments at true up, to refund lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the extent the system sizes, costs, and timing are not consistent with the initial lease payment model.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, the models used to calculate the lease prepayments will be updated for each fund at a fixed date occurring after placement in service of all solar systems or an agreed upon date (typically within the first year of the applicable lease term) to reflect certain specified conditions as they exist at such date, including the ultimate system size of the equipment that was leased, how much it cost, and when it went into service. As a result of this true up, the lease payments are resized and we may be obligated to refund the investor’s lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the fund. Any significant refunds or capital contributions that we may be required to make could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

17


Table of Contents

We are not currently regulated as a utility under applicable law, but we may be subject to regulation as a utility in the future.

Federal law and most state laws do not currently regulate us as a utility. As a result, we are not subject to the various federal and state standards, restrictions and regulatory requirements applicable to U.S. utilities. In the United States, we obtain federal and state regulatory exemptions by establishing “Qualifying Facility” status with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for all of our qualifying solar energy projects. In Canada, we also are generally subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff regulations (including the feed-in tariff rates), however we are not currently subject to regulation as a utility. Our business strategy includes the continued development of larger solar energy systems in the future for our commercial and government customers, which has the potential to impact our regulatory position. Any local, state, federal or foreign regulations could place significant restrictions on our ability to operate our business and execute our business plan by prohibiting or otherwise restricting our sale of electricity. If we were subject to the same state, federal or foreign regulatory authorities as utilities in the United States or if new regulatory bodies were established to oversee our business in the United States or in foreign markets, then our operating costs would materially increase.

A failure to hire and retain a sufficient number of employees in key functions would constrain our growth and our ability to timely complete our customers’ projects.

To support our growth, we need to hire, train, deploy, manage and retain a substantial number of skilled employees. In particular, we need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure to grow our customer base and our business, and we plan to expand our direct sales force. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months before a new salesperson is fully trained and productive. If we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or grow our business.

To complete current and future customer projects and to continue to grow our customer base, we need to hire a large number of installers in the relevant markets. Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for skilled installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and delivery of energy products and services. We also compete with the homebuilding and construction industries for skilled labor. As these industries recover and seek to hire additional workers, our cost of labor may increase. The unionization of our labor force could also increase our labor costs. Shortages of skilled labor could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project. In addition, because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources that requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high regional standards for employees in these fields.

If we cannot meet our hiring, retention and efficiency goals, we may be unable to complete our customers’ projects on time, in an acceptable manner or at all. Any significant failures in this regard would materially impair our growth, reputation, business and financial results. If we are required to pay higher compensation than we anticipate, these greater expenses may also adversely impact our financial results and the growth of our business.

 

18


Table of Contents

It is difficult to evaluate our business and prospects due to our limited operating history.

Since our formation in 2006, we have focused our efforts primarily on the sales, financing, engineering, installation and monitoring of solar energy systems for residential, commercial and government customers. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. We may be unsuccessful in significantly broadening our customer base through installation of solar energy systems within our current markets or in new markets we may enter. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in generating substantial revenue from our new energy efficiency products and services or from any additional energy-related products and services we may introduce in the future. Our limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving and competitive nature of our industry, may not provide an adequate basis for you to evaluate our operating and financing results and business prospects. In addition, we only have limited insight into emerging trends that may adversely impact our business, prospects and operating results. As a result, our limited operating history may impair our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.

We have incurred losses and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses in the past, and we had an accumulated deficit of $44.4 million as of March 31, 2012. We may incur net losses from operations as we increase our spending to finance the expansion of our operations, expand our installation , engineering, administrative, sales and marketing staffs, and implement internal systems and infrastructure to support our growth. We do not know whether our revenue will grow rapidly enough to absorb these costs, and our limited operating history makes it difficult to assess the extent of these expenses or their impact on our operating results. Our ability to achieve profitability depends on a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

growing our customer base;

 

  Ÿ  

finding investors willing to invest in our investment funds;

 

  Ÿ  

maintaining and further lowering our cost of capital;

 

  Ÿ  

reducing the cost of components for our solar energy systems; and

 

  Ÿ  

reducing our operating costs by optimizing our design and installation processes and supply chain logistics.

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may be unable to sustain or increase our profitability in the future.

We face competition from both traditional energy companies and renewable energy companies.

The solar energy and renewable energy industries are both highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive to distinguish themselves within their markets and compete with large utilities. We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. If we cannot offer compelling value to our customers based on these factors, then our business will not grow. Utilities generally have substantially greater financial, technical, operational and other resources than we do. As a result of their greater size, these competitors may be able to devote more resources to the research, development, promotion and sale of their products or respond more quickly to evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions than we can. Utilities could also offer other value-added products or services that could help them to compete with us even if the cost of electricity they offer is higher than ours. In addition, a majority of utilities’ sources of electricity is non-solar, which may allow utilities to sell electricity more cheaply than electricity generated by our solar energy systems.

 

19


Table of Contents

We also compete with solar companies in the downstream value chain of solar energy. For example, we face competition from purely finance driven organizations which then subcontract out the installation of solar energy systems, from installation businesses that seek financing from external parties, from large construction companies and utilities, and increasingly from sophisticated electrical and roofing companies. Some of these competitors specialize in either the residential or commercial solar energy markets, and some may provide energy at lower costs than we do. Many of our competitors also have significant brand name recognition and have extensive knowledge of our target markets. For us to remain competitive, we must distinguish ourselves from our competitors by offering an integrated approach that successfully competes with each level of products and services offered by our competitors at various points in the value chain. If our competitors develop an integrated approach similar to ours including sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and efficiency services, this will reduce our marketplace differentiation.

We also face competition in the energy efficiency evaluation and upgrades market and we expect to face competition in additional markets as we introduce new energy-related products and services. As the solar industry grows and evolves, we will also face new competitors who are not currently in the market. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with existing or new competitors will limit our growth and will have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for 2010 and 2011, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and inventory processes. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. These material weaknesses resulted from an aggregation of deficiencies.

The accounting policies associated with our investment funds are complex, which contributed to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. With regard to our joint venture partnerships, we initially computed the hypothetical liquidation at book value using the fair value of the assets in these joint ventures rather than the carryover basis, resulting in an adjustment to the net loss attributable to the non-controlling interests in our 2009 consolidated financial statements. For lease pass-through arrangements, we initially characterized funds received from investors as deferred revenue rather than financing obligations, which resulted in adjustments to our 2010 consolidated financial statements. For a particular sale-leaseback transaction, we did not initially defer the correct amount of gain associated with this arrangement, which was corrected in our 2010 consolidated financial statements. The foregoing resulted in restatements of our 2008, 2009 and 2010 consolidated financial statements. In addition, deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls resulted in audit adjustments and delayed our financial statement close process for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011. We are implementing policies and processes to remediate these material weaknesses and improve our internal control over financial reporting.

We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our financial statements. Had we performed such an evaluation or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal

 

20


Table of Contents

control over financial reporting, material weaknesses, in addition to those discussed above, may have been identified. For so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, which may be up to five years following this offering, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. During the course of the evaluation, documentation or attestation, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify weaknesses and deficiencies that we may not otherwise identify in a timely manner or at all as a result of the deferred implementation of this additional level of review.

We have taken numerous steps to address the underlying causes of the control deficiencies referenced above, primarily through the development and implementation of policies, improved processes and documented procedures, and the hiring of additional accounting and finance personnel with technical accounting, inventory accounting and financial reporting experience. If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by law or exchange regulations.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate our existing material weaknesses in a timely manner, if at all, or that in the future additional material weaknesses will not exist or otherwise be discovered, a risk that is significantly increased in light of the complexity of our business. If our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses are not successful or if other deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock by the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Projects for our significant commercial or government customers involve concentrated project risks that may cause significant changes in our financial results.

During any given financial reporting period, we typically have ongoing significant projects for commercial and governmental customers that represent a significant portion of our potential financial results for such period. For example, Walmart is a significant customer for which we have installed a substantial number of solar energy systems. We also recently announced SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country that we anticipate will involve a significant investment in resources and project management over time and will require additional investment funds to support the project. These larger projects create concentrated operating and financial risks. The effect of recognizing revenue or other financial measures on the sale of a larger project, or the failure to recognize revenue or other financial measures as anticipated in a given reporting period because a project is not yet completed under applicable accounting rules by period end, may materially impact our quarterly or annual financial results. In addition, if construction, warranty or operational issues arise on a larger project, or if the timing of such projects unexpectedly shifts for other reasons, such issues could have a material impact on our financial results. If we are unable to successfully manage these significant projects in multiple markets, including our related internal processes and external construction management, or if we are unable to continue to attract such significant customers and projects in the future, our financial results would be harmed.

 

21


Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of suppliers of solar panels and other system components to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems. Any shortage, delay or component price change from these suppliers could result in sales and installation delays, cancellations and loss of market share.

We purchase solar panels, inverters and other system components from a limited number of suppliers, making us susceptible to quality issues, shortages and price changes. If we fail to develop, maintain and expand our relationships with these or other suppliers, we may be unable to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems, or we may only be able to offer our systems at higher costs or after delays. If one or more of the suppliers that we rely upon to meet anticipated demand ceases or reduces production, we may be unable to quickly identify alternate suppliers or to qualify alternative products on commercially reasonable terms, and we may be unable to satisfy this demand. In particular, there are a limited number of inverter suppliers. Once we design a system for use with a particular inverter, if that type of inverter is not readily available at an anticipated price, we may incur additional delay and expense to redesign the system. There have also been periods of industry-wide shortage of key components, including solar panels, in times of rapid industry growth. The manufacturing infrastructure for some of these components has a long lead time, requires significant capital investment and relies on the continued availability of key commodity materials, potentially resulting in an inability to meet demand for these components. Any decline in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar compared to the functional currency of our component suppliers could increase our component prices. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. Any of these shortages, delays or price changes could limit our growth, cause cancellations or adversely affect our profitability, and result in loss of market share and damage to our brand.

Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which could make our future performance difficult to predict and could cause our operating results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a severe decline in the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly in the future. We have experienced seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in the past. However, given that we are an early-stage company operating in a rapidly growing industry, those fluctuations may be masked by our recent growth rates and thus may not be readily apparent from our historical operating results. As such, our past quarterly operating results may not be good indicators of future performance.

In addition to the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, the following factors could cause our operating results to fluctuate:

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration or initiation of any rebates or incentives;

 

  Ÿ  

significant fluctuations in customer demand for our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to complete installations in a timely manner due to market conditions resulting in inconsistently available financing;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to continue to expand our operations, and the amount and timing of expenditures related to this expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital-raising activities or commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our pricing policies or terms or those of our competitors, including utilities; and

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated developments in our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape.

 

22


Table of Contents

For these or other reasons, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance. In addition, our actual revenue, key operating metrics and other operating results in future quarters may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have a severe adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Our business benefits from the declining cost of solar panels, and our financial results would be harmed if this trend reversed or did not continue.

The declining cost of solar panels and the raw materials necessary to manufacture them has been a key driver in the pricing of our solar energy systems and customer adoption of this form of renewable energy. If solar panel and raw materials prices increase or do not continue to decline, our growth could slow and our financial results would suffer. In addition, in the past we have purchased a significant portion of the solar panels used in our solar energy systems from manufacturers based in China, some of whom benefit from favorable foreign regulatory regimes and governmental support, including subsidies. If this support were to decrease or be eliminated, or if tariffs imposed by the U.S. government were to increase the prices of these solar panels, our ability to purchase these products on competitive terms or to access specialized technologies from those countries could be restricted. Any of those events could harm our financial results by requiring us to pay higher prices or to purchase solar panels or other system components from alternative, higher-priced sources. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China and is contemplating increasing the tariffs above current levels. These tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels, which may harm our financial results.

We act as the licensed general contractor for our customers and are subject to risks associated with construction, cost overruns, delays, regulatory compliance and other contingencies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager, and we typically rely on licensed subcontractors to install these commercial systems. We may be liable to customers for any damage we cause to their home or facility, belongings or property during the installation of our systems. For example, we frequently penetrate our customers’ roofs during the installation process and may incur liability for the failure to adequately weatherproof such penetrations following the completion of construction. In addition, shortages of skilled subcontractor labor for our commercial projects could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project.

In addition, the installation of solar energy systems and the evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business is subject to oversight and regulation in accordance with national, state and local laws and ordinances relating to building codes, safety, environmental protection, utility interconnection and metering, and related matters. It is difficult and costly to track the requirements of every individual authority having jurisdiction over our installations and to design solar energy systems to comply with these varying standards. Any new government regulations or utility policies pertaining to our systems may result in significant additional expenses to us and our customers and, as a result, could cause a significant reduction in demand for our systems.

 

23


Table of Contents

Compliance with occupational safety and health requirements and best practices can be costly, and noncompliance with such requirements may result in potentially significant monetary penalties, operational delays and adverse publicity.

The installation of solar energy systems requires our employees to work at heights with complicated and potentially dangerous electrical systems. The evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business requires our employees to work in locations that may contain potentially dangerous levels of asbestos, lead or mold. We also maintain a fleet of more than 460 vehicles that our employees use in the course of their work. There is substantial risk of serious injury or death if proper safety procedures are not followed. Our operations are subject to regulation under the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and equivalent state laws. Changes to OSHA requirements, or stricter interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations, could result in increased costs. If we fail to comply with applicable OSHA regulations, even if no work-related serious injury or death occurs, we may be subject to civil or criminal enforcement and be required to pay substantial penalties, incur significant capital expenditures, or suspend or limit operations. In the past, we have had workplace accidents and received citations from OSHA regulators for alleged safety violations, resulting in fines and operational delays for certain projects. Any such accidents, citations, violations, injuries or failure to comply with industry best practices may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect our business.

Problems with product quality or performance may cause us to incur warranty expenses and performance guarantee expenses, may lower the residual value of our solar energy systems and may damage our market reputation and cause our financial results to decline.

Our solar energy system warranties are lengthy. Customers who buy energy from us under leases or power purchase agreements are covered by warranties equal to the length of the term of these agreements—typically 20 years. Depending on the state where they live, customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash are covered by a warranty up to 10 years in duration. We also make extended warranties available at an additional cost to customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash. In addition, we provide a pass-through of the inverter and panel manufacturers’ warranties to our customers, which generally range from 5 to 25 years. One of these third-party manufacturers could cease operations and no longer honor these warranties, instead leaving us to fulfill these potential obligations to our customers. For example, Evergreen Solar, Inc., one of our former solar panel suppliers, filed for bankruptcy in August 2011. Further, we provide a performance guarantee with our leased solar energy systems that compensates a customer on an annual basis if their system does not meet the electricity production guarantees set forth in their lease.

Because of the limited operating history of our solar energy systems, we have been required to make assumptions and apply judgments regarding a number of factors, including our anticipated rate of warranty claims, and the durability, performance and reliability of our solar energy systems. We have made these assumptions based on the historic performance of similar systems or on accelerated life cycle testing. Our assumptions could prove to be materially different from the actual performance of our systems, causing us to incur substantial expense to repair or replace defective solar energy systems in the future or to compensate customers for systems that do not meet their production guarantees. Product failures or operational deficiencies also would reduce our revenue from power purchase agreements because they are dependent on system production. Any widespread product failures or operating deficiencies may damage our market reputation and adversely impact our financial results.

In addition, we amortize costs of our solar energy systems over 30 years, which typically exceeds the period of the component warranties and the corresponding payment streams from our operating lease arrangements with our customers. In addition, we typically bear the cost of removing the solar energy systems at the end of the lease term. Furthermore, it is difficult to predict how future

 

24


Table of Contents

environmental regulations may affect the costs associated with the removal, disposal or recycling of our solar energy systems. Consequently, if the residual value of the systems is less than we expect at the end of the lease, after giving effect to any associated removal and redeployment costs, we may be required to accelerate all or some of the remaining unamortized expenses. This could materially impair our future operating results.

Product liability claims against us could result in adverse publicity and potentially significant monetary damages.

If one of our solar energy systems or other products injured someone we would be exposed to product liability claims. Because solar energy systems and many of our other current and anticipated products are electricity producing devices, it is possible that consumers could be injured by our products, whether by product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. We rely on our general liability insurance to cover product liability claims and have not obtained separate product liability insurance. Any product liability claim we face could be expensive to defend and divert management’s attention. The successful assertion of product liability claims against us could result in potentially significant monetary damages that could require us to make significant payments, as well as subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position. Also, any product liability claims and any adverse outcomes may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect sales of our systems and other products.

Damage to our brand and reputation would harm our business and results of operations.

We depend significantly on our reputation for high-quality products and services, best-in-class engineering, exceptional customer service and the brand name “SolarCity” to attract new customers and grow our business. If we fail to continue to deliver our solar energy systems and our other energy products and services within the planned timelines, if our products and services do not perform as anticipated or if we damage any of our customers’ properties or cancel projects, our brand and reputation could be significantly impaired. In addition, if we fail to deliver, or fail to continue to deliver, high-quality products and services to our customers through our long-term relationships, our customers will be less likely to purchase future products and services from us, which is a key strategy to achieve our desired growth. We also depend greatly on referrals from existing customers for our growth, in addition to our other marketing efforts. Therefore, our inability to meet or exceed our current customers’ expectations would harm our reputation and growth through referrals.

If we fail to manage our recent and future growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of customer service or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, and we intend to continue to expand our business significantly within existing markets and in a number of new locations in the future. This growth has placed, and any future growth may place, a significant strain on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. In particular, we will be required to expand, train and manage our growing employee base. Our management will also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third-parties and attract new customers and suppliers, as well as to manage multiple geographic locations.

In addition, our current and planned operations, personnel, systems and procedures might be inadequate to support our future growth and may require us to make additional unanticipated investment in our infrastructure. Our success and ability to further scale our business will depend, in part, on our ability to manage these changes in a cost-effective and efficient manner. If we cannot manage our growth, we may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our

 

25


Table of Contents

business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. This could also result in declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increased costs, difficulties in introducing new products and services or other operational difficulties. Any failure to effectively manage growth could adversely impact our business and reputation.

We may not be successful in leveraging our customer base to grow our business through sales of other energy products and services.

To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue and cash receipts from the sale of solar energy systems and the sale of energy under our long-term customer agreements. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. Customer demand for these offerings may be more limited than we anticipate. In addition, several of our other energy products and services, including our battery storage solutions, are in the early stages of testing and development. We may not be successful in completing development of these products as a result of research and development difficulties, technical issues, availability of third-party products or other reasons. Even if we are able to offer these or other additional products and services, we may not successfully generate meaningful customer demand to make these offerings viable. If we fail to deliver these additional products and services, if the costs associated with bringing these additional products and services to market is greater than we anticipate, or if customer demand for these offerings is smaller than we anticipate, our growth will be limited.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

A key component of our growth strategy is to develop or expand our strategic relationships with third parties. For example, we are investing resources in establishing relationships with industry leaders, such as trusted retailers and commercial homebuilders, to generate new customers. Identifying partners and negotiating relationships with them requires significant time and resources. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, our ability to grow our business could be impaired. Even if we are able to establish these relationships, we may not be able to execute on our goal of leveraging these relationships to meaningfully expand our business and customer base. This would limit our growth potential and our opportunities to generate significant additional revenue or cash receipts.

The loss of one or more members of our senior management or key employees may adversely affect our ability to implement our strategy.

We depend on our experienced management team, and the loss of one or more key executives could have a negative impact on our business. In particular, we are dependent on the services of our chief executive officer and co-founder, Lyndon R. Rive, and our chief operations officer, chief technology officer and co-founder, Peter J. Rive. We also depend on our ability to retain and motivate key employees and attract qualified new employees. Neither our founders nor our key employees are bound by employment agreements for any specific term, and we may be unable to replace key members of our management team and key employees in the event we lose their services. Integrating new employees into our management team could prove disruptive to our operations, require substantial resources and management attention and ultimately prove unsuccessful. An inability to attract and retain sufficient managerial personnel who have critical industry experience and relationships could limit or delay our strategic efforts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our business may be harmed if we fail to properly protect our intellectual property.

We believe that the success of our business depends in part on our proprietary technology, including our software, information, processes and know-how. We rely on trade secret and patent protections to secure our intellectual property rights. We cannot be certain that we have adequately protected or will be able to adequately protect our proprietary technology, that our competitors will not be able to utilize our existing technology or develop similar technology independently, that the claims allowed with respect to any patents held by us will be broad enough to protect our technology or that foreign intellectual property laws will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. Moreover, we cannot be certain that our patents provide us with a competitive advantage. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for third parties to obtain and use our intellectual property without our consent. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties, and the expenses incurred in protecting our intellectual property rights, may adversely affect our business. In the future, some of our products could be alleged to infringe existing patents or other intellectual property of third parties, and we cannot be certain that we will prevail in any intellectual property dispute. In addition, any future litigation required to enforce our patents, to protect our trade secrets or know-how or to defend us or indemnify others against claimed infringement of the rights of others could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. See, for example, “Business—Legal Proceedings,” discussing the lawsuit that Sunpower Corporation filed against us.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

The production and installation of solar energy systems depends heavily on suitable meteorological conditions. If meteorological conditions are unexpectedly unfavorable, the electricity production from our solar energy systems may be substantially below our expectations and our ability to timely deploy new systems may be adversely impacted.

The energy produced and revenue and cash receipts generated by a solar energy system depend on suitable solar and weather conditions, both of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, components of our systems, such as panels and inverters, could be damaged by severe weather, such as hailstorms or tornadoes. In these circumstances, we generally would be obligated to bear the expense of repairing the damaged solar energy systems that we own. Sustained unfavorable weather

 

27


Table of Contents

also could unexpectedly delay our installation of solar energy systems, leading to increased expenses and decreased revenues and cash receipts in the relevant periods. Weather patterns could change, making it harder to predict the average annual amount of sunlight striking each location where we install. This could make our solar energy systems less economical overall or make individual systems less economical. Any of these events or conditions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We typically bear the risk of loss and the cost of maintenance and repair on solar systems that are owned or leased by our fund investors.

We typically bear the risk of loss and are generally obligated to cover the cost of maintenance and repair on any solar systems that we sell or lease to our fund investors. At the time we sell or lease a solar system to a fund investor, we enter into a maintenance services agreement where we agree to operate and maintain the system for a fixed fee that is calculated to cover our future expected maintenance costs. If our solar systems require an above-average amount of repairs or if the cost of repairing systems were higher than our estimate, we would need to perform such repairs without additional compensation. If our solar systems, a majority of which are located in California, are damaged in the event of a natural disaster beyond our control, losses could be excluded, such as earthquake damage, or exceed insurance policy limits, and we could incur unforeseen costs that could harm our business and financial condition. We may also incur significant costs for taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, such events. We purchase Property and Business Interruption insurance with industry standard coverage and limits approved by an investor’s third party insurance advisors to hedge against such risk, but such coverage may not cover our losses.

Any unauthorized disclosure or theft of personal information we gather, store and use could harm our reputation and subject us to claims or litigation.

We receive, store and use personal information of our customers, including names, addresses, e-mail addresses, credit information and other housing and energy use information. Unauthorized disclosure of such personal information, whether through breach of our systems by an unauthorized party, employee theft or misuse, or otherwise, could harm our business. If we were subject to an inadvertent disclosure of such personal information, or if a third party were to gain unauthorized access to customer personal information we possess, our operations could be seriously disrupted and we could be subject to claims or litigation arising from damages suffered by our customers. In addition, we could incur significant costs in complying with the multitude of federal, state and local laws regarding the unauthorized disclosure of personal information. Finally, any perceived or actual unauthorized disclosure of such information could harm our reputation, substantially impair our ability to attract and retain customers and have an adverse impact on our business.

We may have trouble refinancing our credit facilities or obtaining new financing for our working capital, equipment financing and other needs in the future or complying with the terms of existing credit facilities. If credit facilities are not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, or if we are unable to comply with their terms, our ability to continue to grow our business would be adversely impacted.

We have entered into several secured credit agreements, including a $58.5 million, 18-month term loan credit facility for the purchase of inventory and working capital needs, a $25.0 million working capital facility that matures in July 2012, and a $7.0 million term facility to finance the purchase of vehicles that matures in January 2015. Each facility requires us to comply with certain financial, reporting and other requirements. The timing of our commercial projects and other large projects has on occasion adversely affected our ability to satisfy certain quarterly financial covenants under these facilities. While our lenders have given us waivers of certain covenants we have not satisfied in the

 

28


Table of Contents

past, there is no assurance that the lenders will waive or forbear from exercising their remedies with respect to any future defaults that might occur, which also could trigger defaults under our other credit agreements. For example, subsequent to March 31, 2012, we did not meet a financial ratio covenant under our $25.0 million working capital facility, which also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility. The bank has agreed to waive these recent breaches and to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility. Further, there is no assurance that we will be able to refinance our working capital facility or enter into new credit facilities on acceptable terms. If we are unable to satisfy quarterly financial covenants and other terms under existing or new facilities or obtain associated waivers or forbearance from our lenders or if we are unable to obtain refinancing or new financings for our working capital, equipment and other needs on acceptable terms if and when needed, our business would be adversely affected.

In the long term, we intend to expand our international activities, which will subject us to a number of risks.

Our long-term strategic plans include international expansion, and we intend to sell our solar energy products and services in international markets. Risks inherent to international operations include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

inability to work successfully with third parties with local expertise to co-develop international projects;

 

  Ÿ  

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations, including export and import restrictions, tax laws and regulations, environmental regulations, labor laws and other government requirements, approvals, permits and licenses;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in general economic and political conditions in the countries where we operate, including changes in government incentives relating to power generation and solar electricity;

 

  Ÿ  

political and economic instability, including wars, acts of terrorism, political unrest, boycotts, curtailments of trade and other business restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties and costs in recruiting and retaining individuals skilled in international business operations;

 

  Ÿ  

international business practices that may conflict with U.S. customs or legal requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

financial risks, such as longer sales and payment cycles and greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar; and

 

  Ÿ  

inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights, including inability to apply for or register material trademarks in foreign countries.

Doing business in foreign markets requires us to be able to respond to rapid changes in market, legal, and political conditions in these countries. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, social and political environments. We may not be able to develop and implement policies and strategies that will be effective in each location where we do business.

 

29


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price you paid.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market after the offering closes. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section and others beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

addition or loss of significant customers;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our industry, products or services;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in expectations regarding our performance by investors or securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

  Ÿ  

volatility in the market price and trading volume of companies in our industry or companies that investors consider comparable;

 

  Ÿ  

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;

 

  Ÿ  

litigation involving us, our industry or both;

 

  Ÿ  

major catastrophic events; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and market conditions and trends.

Further, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, the stock prices of many renewable energy companies have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment and may lose some or all of your investment.

In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

 

30


Table of Contents

As an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, we will utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We have in this prospectus utilized, and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, including reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the additional testing of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting, and we have elected to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We could remain an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of May 31, 2012 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options after May 31, 2012. The              shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares will become eligible for sale, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, upon the expiration of agreements not to sell such shares entered into between the underwriters and such stockholders beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

 

31


Table of Contents

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the selling stockholders, have agreed that we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This agreement is subject to certain limited exceptions and extensions described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreement. After the closing of this offering, we intend to register approximately              shares of common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our stock incentive plans.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and that may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering and may not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering and you will be relying on its judgment regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as described under the heading “Use of Proceeds.” However, management may not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $         per share based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the

 

32


Table of Contents

initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, if we issue restricted stock to our employees under these plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. See “Dilution.”

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may believe advantageous. These provisions include:

 

  Ÿ  

establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

  Ÿ  

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to call a special stockholder meeting;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to act by written consent;

 

  Ÿ  

providing that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

  Ÿ  

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may be forced to sell their stock to realize a return on their investment.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, legal requirements, earnings and other factors. Our ability to pay dividends might be restricted by the terms of any indebtedness that we incur in the future. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends to receive a return on your investment. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

33


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations of future operating results or financial performance, capital expenditures, use of proceeds from this offering, introduction of new products, regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under “Risk Factors.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “might,” “would,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Actual events or results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements.

We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise. Potential investors should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of any of the events described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, including September 2010 data from Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, February 2012 data from Bloomberg New Energy Finance, November 2011 data from the Energy Information Agency or other publicly available information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. We have not commissioned, nor are we affiliated with, any of the independent industry sources we cite. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. Our industry is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

 

34


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we receive in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $         million.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. The selling stockholders may include certain of our executive officers and members of our board of directors or entities affiliated with or controlled by them. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

We will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds in this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering. We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary strategic businesses, products or technologies. We have no commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time.

We intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, pending their use as described above.

Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and increase our visibility in the marketplace. A public market for our common stock will facilitate future access to public equity markets and enhance our ability to use our common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions including compliance with covenants under our credit facilities and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

35


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2012:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering that, among other things, will increase our authorized number of shares of common stock and will authorize a new class of preferred stock, (iii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iv) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the pro-forma adjustments and our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2012  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma,
As Adjusted(1)
 
    

(in thousands, except

share and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 90,668      $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 111,430      $         $     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 56,733,796 shares authorized and 45,280,032 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     206,940             

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 106,000,000 shares authorized, 10,618,903 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 55,898,935 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        

Additional paid-in capital

     12,016        

Accumulated deficit

     (44,445     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (32,428     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 285,942      $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

 

36


Table of Contents

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,705,958 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.89 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,752,543 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 2,452,543 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

37


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2012 was $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to our sale of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2012 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2012

   $                   

Increase in actual net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses as of March 31, 2012 on a pro forma basis.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing Stockholders

     55,898,935                            $                

New Investors

             $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

Total

        100        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to             , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

As of March 31, 2012, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 14,705,958 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $3.89 per share. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For a description of our equity plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares

 

38


Table of Contents

held by new investors to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,705,958 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.89 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,752,543 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 2,452,543 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

39


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

             

Revenue:

             

Operating leases

  $      $ 225      $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 3,417      $ 8,139   

Solar energy systems sales

    23,045        31,962        29,435        22,744        36,406        3,827        16,702   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    23,045        32,187        32,647        32,428        59,551        7,244        24,841   

Cost of revenue:

             

Operating leases

           96        1,911        3,191        5,718        1,345        2,582   

Solar energy systems

    23,164        33,212        28,971        26,953        41,418        4,337        12,125   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    23,164        33,308        30,882        30,144        47,136        5,682        14,707   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    (119     (1,121     1,765        2,284        12,415        1,562        10,134   

Operating expenses:

             

Sales and marketing

    1,749        15,295        10,914        22,404        42,004        6,590        16,131   

General and administrative

    9,144        8,484        10,855        19,227        31,664        6,641        8,562   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

         10,893             23,779             21,769             41,631               73,668               13,231               24,693   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (11,012     (24,900     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (11,669     (14,559

Interest expense, net

    233        214        334        4,901        9,272        2,211        3,494   

Other expenses, net

    (291     1,119        2,360        2,761        3,097        1,148        8,974   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (15,028     (27,027

Income tax provision

                  (22     (65     (92     (24     (35
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (15,052     (27,062

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

           (12,272     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (21,699     (29,818
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

  $ (10,954   $ (13,961   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 6,647      $ 2,756   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock holders:

             

Basic

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.13      $ 0.04   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.04   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,659,797        10,503,931   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        12,919,519        17,076,717   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

             

Basic

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(2):

             

Basic

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of March 31, 2012. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2012
 
         2007             2008             2009             2010             2011        
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,459      $ 27,829      $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 90,668   

Total current assets

     24,395        45,124        69,896        110,432        241,522        311,879   

Solar energy systems – net

            27,838        87,583        239,611        535,609        623,596   

Total assets

     27,132        78,800        164,154        371,264        813,173        976,876   

Total current liabilities

     10,531        19,539        52,012        81,958        246,886        241,019   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

            5,645        21,394        40,681        101,359        132,748   

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

                          53,097        46,541        94,576   

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

                          15,758        15,144        15,049   

Other liabilities

                   120        15,715        36,314        49,961   

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     26,234        56,184        80,042        101,446        125,722        206,940   

Stockholders’ deficit

     (11,912     (25,377     (50,736     (87,488     (37,662     (32,428

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

            19,573        56,036        123,514        122,646        60,241   

 

41


Table of Contents

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to

evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
   

Three Months
Ended March 31,
2012

 
    2009     2010     2011    

New buildings(1)

    2,893        4,843        8,273        3,953   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

    5,817        10,660        18,933        22,886   

Transactions for other energy products and services(2)

    68        404        3,840        2,534   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments as of the dates presented:

 

    As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2012
 
      2009     2010     2011    
    (in thousands)  

Aggregate Nominal Contracted Payments

  $ 106,082      $ 258,097      $ 485,780      $ 579,527   

 

42


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We integrate the sales, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and financing of our distributed solar energy systems with our energy efficiency products and services. This allows us to offer long-term energy solutions to residential, commercial and government customers. Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. Our long-term contractual arrangements typically generate recurring customer payments and enable our customers to have visibility into their future electricity costs and to minimize their exposure to rising retail electricity rates. Our customer relationships also position us to continue to grow our business through energy efficiency products and services offerings including energy efficiency evaluations, appliance upgrades, energy storage solutions and electric vehicle charging stations.

We offer our customers the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems or to purchase the energy that our solar energy systems produce through various financed arrangements. These financed arrangements include long-term contracts that we structure as leases and power purchase agreements. In both financed structures we install our solar energy system at our customer’s premises and charge the customer a monthly fee for the power that our system produces. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is fixed with a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kilowatt hour based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces. The leases and power purchase agreements are typically for 20 years, and generally when there is no upfront fee the specified fees are subject to annual escalations.

Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. During an energy efficiency evaluation, we capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in the home to specifically identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy cost. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We offer our energy efficiency products and services to our solar energy systems customers and on a stand-alone basis. We launched our energy efficiency business in the second quarter of 2010. To date, revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems.

Initially, we only offered our solar energy systems on an outright purchase basis. In mid-2008, we began offering leases and power purchase agreements. Our ability to offer leases and power purchase agreements depends in part on our ability to finance the installation of the solar energy systems by monetizing the resulting customer receivable and related investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to monetize these assets was limited and resulted in an above-normal backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. By the end of 2009, we had raised sufficient investment funds to return to our target backlog. Currently, the majority of our residential energy customers enter

 

43


Table of Contents

into leasing arrangements, and the majority of our commercial customers and government organizations enter into power purchase agreements. We expect customers to continue to favor leases and power purchase agreements.

We compete mainly with the retail electricity rate charged by the utilities in the markets we serve, and our strategy is to price the energy we sell slightly below that rate. As a result, the price our customers pay to buy energy from us varies depending on the state where the customer is located and the local utility. The price we charge also depends on customer price sensitivity, the need to offer a compelling financial benefit and the price other solar energy companies charge in the region. Our commercial rates in a given region are also typically lower than our residential rates in that region because utilities’ commercial retail rates are generally lower than their residential retail rates.

We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We recognize the revenue these arrangements generate on a straight-line basis over the term for leases, or as we generate and deliver energy for power purchase agreements. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency business when we complete the services. Substantially all of our revenue is attributable to customers located in the United States.

Various state and local agencies offer incentive rebates for the installation and operation of solar energy systems. For solar energy systems we sell, we typically have the customer assign the incentive rebate to us. We record the incentive rebates as a component of proceeds from the system sale. For incentive rebates associated with solar energy systems under leases or power purchase agreements, we initially record the rebate as deferred revenue and recognize the deferred revenue as revenue over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

Component materials, third-party appliances and direct labor comprise the substantial majority of the costs of our solar energy systems and energy efficiency products and services. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, the cost of revenue from our leases and power purchase agreements are primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems, which are depreciated over the estimated useful life of 30 years, and the amortization of initial direct costs, which is amortized over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

We classify our outstanding preferred stock warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. These warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each reporting date, with any changes in fair value being recognized as a component of other income or expense, net, in our consolidated statement of operations. When this offering closes, we expect to record a material non-cash charge in our consolidated statement of operations related to the remeasurement of these warrants. Any warrants that are not exercised and do not expire in connection with the closing of the offering will convert into warrants to purchase common stock. These common stock warrants will not be classified as a liability and accordingly will not be subject to further remeasurement.

We have structured different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy. One such structure is a joint venture structure where we and our fund investors both contribute funds or assets into the joint venture. Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of these joint ventures on our income statement. Therefore, after we determine our consolidated net income (loss) for a given period, we are required to allocate a portion of our consolidated net income (loss) to the fund investors in our joint ventures (referred to as the “noncontrolling interests” in our financial statements) and allocate the remainder of the consolidated net income (loss) to our stockholders. These income or loss allocations, reflected on our income statement, can have a significant impact on our reported results of operations. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, our consolidated net

 

44


Table of Contents

income (loss) was a loss of $73.7 million and $27.1 million, respectively. However, after applying the required allocations, the net income (loss) attributable to our stockholders was income of $43.5 million and $2.8 million, respectively. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

Investment Funds

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. We contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. Because these recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives are either paid by government agencies or individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores, and because electricity is a necessity, our fund investors perceive these as high-quality assets. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

We have established different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy, including joint ventures, lease pass-through and sale-leaseback structures. The allocation of the economic benefits among us and the fund investors and related accounting varies depending on the structure.

Joint Ventures.     Under joint venture structures, we and our fund investors contribute funds into a joint venture. Then, the joint venture acquires solar energy systems from us and leases the solar energy systems to customers. Prior to the fund investor receiving its contractual rate of return, the fund investors receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and, in some cases, other incentives. After the fund investor receives its contractual rate of return, we receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments and the other incentives.

We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in these joint venture structures. Accordingly, we consolidate the assets and liabilities and operating results of these joint ventures, including the solar energy systems and lease income, in our consolidated financial statements. We recognize the fund investors’ share of the net assets of the joint ventures as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet. We recognize the amounts that are contractually payable to these investors in each period as distributions to noncontrolling interests in our statement of equity. Our statement of cash flows reflects cash received from these fund investors as proceeds from investments by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Our statement of cash flows also reflects cash paid to these fund investors as distributions paid to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. We reflect any unpaid distributions to these fund investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet.

Lease Pass-Through.     Under lease pass-through structures, we lease solar energy systems to fund investors under a master lease agreement, and these investors in turn sublease the solar energy systems to customers. Depending upon the structure, we receive some or all of the value attributable to the accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. The fund investors receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits and, for the duration of the lease term, the long-term recurring customer payments. In some cases, the fund investors also receive a portion of the accelerated tax

 

45


Table of Contents

depreciation. After the lease term, we receive the customer payments, if any. We record the solar energy systems on our consolidated balance sheet as plant, property and equipment and recognize lease revenue generated by the systems ratably over the master lease term. The fund investors typically make significant upfront cash payments that we record on our consolidated balance sheet as lease pass-through financing obligations. We reduce these obligations by amounts received by the fund investors from U.S. Treasury Department grants, customer payments and the associated incentive rebates. We in turn recognize the incentive rebates and customer payments as revenue over the customer lease term and amortize U.S. Treasury Department grants as a reduction to depreciation of the associated solar energy systems over the estimated life of these systems.

Sale-Leaseback.     Under sale-leaseback structures, we generate cash through the sale of solar energy systems to our fund investors, and we then lease these systems back from the investors and sublease them to our customers. For the duration of the lease term, we may, for some of the structures, receive the value attributable to the incentives and the long-term recurring customer payments, and we make leaseback payments to the fund investors. The fund investors receive the customer payments after the lease term. They also receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation and other incentives. At the end of the lease term, we have an option to purchase the solar energy systems from the fund investors. Typically, our customers make monthly lease payments that we recognize as revenue over the term of the subleases on a straight-line basis. Depending on the design, size and construction of the individual systems and the leaseback terms, we may recognize a portion of the revenue from the sale of the systems or we may treat the cash received from the sale as financing received from the fund investors and reflect the cash received as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on our consolidated balance sheet.

Key Operating Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

Buildings

We track the number of residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services. We believe that the relationship we establish with building owners, together with energy-related information we obtain about the building, position us to provide the owner with additional energy-related solutions to further lower their energy costs. Our total number of buildings increased 83% from 5,817 as of December 31, 2009 to 10,660 as of December 31, 2010, 78% to 18,933 as of December 31, 2011, and 21% to 22,886 as of March 31, 2012.

Transactions for Other Energy Products and Services

We use the number of transactions for energy products and services other than the installation of solar energy systems as a key operating metric to evaluate our ability to generate incremental sales from our installed customer base and to expand our business to new customers. Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. We also offer our energy efficiency products and services on a stand-alone basis. Our strategy is to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers and to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products and services.

Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It

 

46


Table of Contents

excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the three months ended March 31, 2012, we completed 68, 404, 3,840 and 2,534 transactions for other energy products and services, respectively.

Nominal Contracted Payments

Our leases and power purchase agreements create long-term recurring customer payments. We use a portion of the value created by these contracts that we refer to as “nominal contracted payments,” together with the value attributable to investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation, Solar Renewable Energy Credits, performance-based incentives, state tax benefits and rebates, to cover the fixed and variable costs associated with installing solar energy systems.

We track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. Aggregate nominal contracted payments include leases and power purchase agreements that we have contributed to investment funds. Currently, third- party investors in such investment funds have contractual rights to a portion of these nominal contracted payments.

Nominal contracted payments is a forward-looking number, and we use judgment in developing the assumptions used to calculate it. Those assumptions may not prove to be accurate over time. Underperformance of the solar energy systems, payment defaults by our customers, cancellation of signed contracts or other factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” could cause our actual results to differ materially from our calculation of nominal contracted payments.

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments as of the dates presented:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
March 31,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate Nominal Contracted Payments

   $ 106,082       $ 258,097       $ 485,780       $ 579,527   

In addition to the nominal contracted payments, our long-term leases and power purchase agreements provide us with a significant post-contract renewal opportunity. Because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, they will continue to have a useful life after the 20-year term of the lease or power purchase agreement. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts. The solar energy systems will be already installed on the customer’s building, which facilitates customer acceptance of our renewal offer and results in limited additional costs to us.

 

47


Table of Contents

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Operating leases.     We classify and account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We consider the proceeds from solar energy system rebate incentives offered by certain state and local governments to form part of the proceeds from our operating leases. We recognize revenue from our operating leases over the operating lease term either on a straight-line basis over the lease term for lease arrangements or as we generate and sell energy to customers under power purchase agreements. We typically bundle and charge for remote monitoring services as part of the lease or power purchase agreement and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the term of the monitoring service. The term of our leases and power purchase agreements ranges between 10 and 20 years.

Solar energy systems sales.     Solar energy systems sales is comprised of revenue from the sale of solar energy systems directly to cash paying customers, revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts and revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services. We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We allocate a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the system to the remote monitoring service and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the monitoring service term. We recognize revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total project labor costs. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency services when we complete the services.

During the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, less than 10% of our solar energy system installations were sales as opposed to operating leases. However, because of our revenue recognition policy, these sales represented 61% and 67%, respectively, of our total revenue for those periods. We expect installations utilizing leases and power purchase agreements to continue to represent the vast majority of our installed systems. As a result, the number of systems sold for cash and delivered in a given financial reporting period will have a disproportionate effect on the total revenue reported for that period.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

Operating Leases Cost of Revenue.     Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems and the amortization of initial direct costs. The depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems is reduced by the amortization of any U.S. Treasury Department grant payment in lieu of the energy investment tax credit associated with these systems. Initial direct costs include allocated contract administration costs, sales commissions and customer acquisition referral fees. Contract administration costs include personnel costs, such as salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs. Operating leases cost of revenue also includes direct and allocated costs associated with monitoring services for these systems.

Solar Energy Systems Cost of Revenue.     The substantial majority of solar energy systems cost of revenue consists of the costs of solar energy systems component acquisition and personnel costs associated with system installations. We acquire the significant component parts of the solar energy systems directly from foreign and domestic manufacturers or distributors. Our employees install our residential solar energy systems and we employ project managers and construction managers who oversee the subcontractors that install commercial systems. To a lesser extent, solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes personnel costs associated with performing our energy efficiency services and related materials. Solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes engineering and

 

48


Table of Contents

design costs, estimated warranty costs, freight charges, allocated corporate overhead costs such as facilities costs, vehicle depreciation costs and personnel costs associated with supply chain, logistics, operations management, safety and quality control. Personnel costs include salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs.

We allocate to solar energy systems cost of revenue certain corporate overhead costs that include rental and operating costs for our corporate facilities, information technology costs, travel expenses and certain professional services to cost of solar energy systems, work in process, cost of sales, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses using the relative proportions of direct payroll costs in each of these functions.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, benefits, bonuses, sales commissions and stock-based compensation as well as advertising, promotional and other marketing related expenses. Sales and marketing expenses also include customer referral fees, allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We expect sales and marketing costs to increase significantly in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to grow our sales headcount and expand our marketing efforts to continue to grow our business.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, bonuses and stock-based compensation and professional fees related to legal, human resources, accounting and structured finance services. General and administrative expenses also include allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We anticipate that we will incur additional administrative headcount costs to support the growth in our business, our investment fund arrangements and the additional costs of being a public reporting company.

Other Income and Expenses

Our other income and expenses consist principally of the change in fair value of warrants issued to certain fund investors that allow them, on achievement of certain contractual terms, to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock, and interest income and expense.

Change in Fair Value of Warrants.     Change in fair value of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We account for changes in the fair value of warrants issued to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock through other income or expenses. The warrants have been classified as liability instruments on the balance sheet. We record any changes in the fair value of these instruments between reporting dates as a component of other income or expense in the income statement.

Interest Income and Expense.     Interest income and expense primarily consist of the interest charges associated with our secured credit revolver agreements, long-term debt facilities, financing obligations and capital lease obligations. Our credit revolver and long-term debt facilities are subject to variable interest rates. The interest charge on our financing obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date or the effective interest rate in the arrangement giving rise to the obligation. The interest charge on capital lease obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date. Interest income and expense also include the amortization of deferred financing

 

49


Table of Contents

costs associated with such secured credit revolvers or long-term debt facilities, partially offset by a nominal amount of interest income generated from our cash holdings in interest-bearing accounts.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to taxation in the United States and Canada. We conduct our business primarily in the United States.

Our effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate primarily due to the valuation allowance on our deferred taxes, state taxes, foreign taxes, joint venture transactions and nondeductible compensation. Our tax expense is primarily composed of the amortization of prepaid tax expense as a result of sales of assets to joint ventures included in our consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods, we maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders

We determine the net income (loss) attributable to stockholders by deducting from net income (loss) in a period the net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. The net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the joint venture fund investors’ allocable share in the results of the joint venture investment funds. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method, or HLBV method. We therefore use the HLBV method to determine the allocable share of the results of the joint ventures attributable to the fund investors, which we record in the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. The HLBV method determines the fund investors’ allocable share of results of the joint venture by calculating the net change in the investors’ share in the consolidated net assets of the joint venture at the beginning and at the end of a period after adjusting for any transactions with the fund investor such as capital contributions or cash distributions.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, cash flow and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Our future financial statements will be affected to the extent that our actual results materially differ from these estimates.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with our principles of consolidation, revenue recognition, property, plant and equipment, warranties, deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds, stock-based compensation, inventory reserves for excess and obsolescence, income taxes and noncontrolling interests have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

50


Table of Contents

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act, and we will utilize certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements reflect our accounts and operations and those of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 810, Consolidation , we consolidate any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which we are the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity. However, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as VIEs, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if (1) that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. This holder is considered the primary beneficiary. We do not consolidate a VIE in which we have a majority ownership interest if we are not considered the primary beneficiary. We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in all of our VIEs and accordingly consolidate the assets and liabilities of such VIEs in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our relationships with our VIEs on an ongoing basis to determine whether we continue to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

Our customers have the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems, to access solar energy systems through contractual arrangements that we account for as operating leases, or to purchase energy through power purchase agreements. We also offer ongoing monitoring services of the solar energy systems. In certain cases, we have entered into sale-leaseback arrangements with our fund investors. In a sale-leaseback arrangement, fund investors invest in solar energy systems while enabling us to sublease the systems to our customers.

In the second quarter of 2010, we also began to offer energy efficiency products and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs.

In accordance with ASC 605-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials , we recognize revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. In instances where we have multiple deliverables in a single arrangement, we allocate the arrangement consideration to the various elements in the arrangement. ASC 605-25 requires the allocation of the arrangement consideration to each element to be based on the relative

 

51


Table of Contents

selling price method. ASC 605-25 also provides a hierarchy of selling price determination, starting with vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; third-party evidence, or TPE, if available and if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, we recognize revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Costs incurred on installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the consolidated balance sheet. Solar energy systems sold to residential and small scale commercial customers typically take three to five months to install. Revenue attributable to the remote monitoring service is recognized over the period of the associated contract, which is generally 5 to 15 years.

We recognize revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers according to ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total projected labor costs, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Solar energy systems sold to large-scale commercial customers may take up to six months to install.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

We recognize revenue attributable to energy efficiency products and services when we complete the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically, energy efficiency services take one to two months to complete. Energy efficiency products and services are sold on a stand-alone basis or bundled with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements. When we bundle the sale of energy efficiency products and services with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements, we allocate revenue to the energy efficiency products and services and the sale, lease or power purchase agreements using the relative selling price method provided by ASU 2009-13. The selling price of the energy efficiency products and services used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices we charge for the products and services on a stand-alone basis. To date, the revenue generated from energy efficiency products and services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated financial statements.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

For solar energy systems under operating leases, we account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases , under which we are the lessor. We record operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on the amount of electricity the system generates, we record revenue as amounts are earned. The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related lease.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from us under power purchase agreements, we have determined that our power purchase agreements should be accounted for, in substance, as operating leases, pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the

 

52


Table of Contents

contracts, assuming the other revenue recognition criteria are met. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related power purchase agreement.

Sale-Leaseback

We are a party to sale-leaseback arrangements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to the fund investor and simultaneous leaseback to us of the systems that we then sublease to our customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, we first determine whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” We determine a solar energy system to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. The cost to remove a system from its existing location includes the cost of shipping and reinstallation of the system at a new site, as well as any diminution in fair value. When the leaseback arrangements expire, we have the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to us, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to us prior to expiration of the arrangement.

For solar energy systems that we have determined to be integral equipment, we have concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, we use the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, we do not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, we treat any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly record the proceeds as a financing obligation in our consolidated balance sheet. We allocate the leaseback payments that we make to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using our incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. We determine our incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that we would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that are not integral equipment, we determine if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, we initially record a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in our consolidated balance sheet equal to the lower of the present value of our future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, we do not recognize any of the revenue but defer the gross profit comprising the net of revenue and cost of sale of the associated solar energy system. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, we recognize a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defer the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, we record the deferred gross profit in our consolidated balance sheet as deferred income and amortize the deferred income over the master lease term as a reduction to the cost of operating lease revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

Solar Energy Systems

We are the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. We account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, we evaluate the lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. We utilize periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception,

 

53


Table of Contents

and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

    

Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are constructed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility and are depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Warranties

We warrant our products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems that we sell. The manufacturers’ warranty on the components of the solar energy systems, which we typically pass through to our customers, has a warranty period ranging from 5 to 25 years depending upon the solar energy system component under warranty and the manufacturer. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, the changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March  31,

2012
 
(In thousands)    2010     2011    

Balance—beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        401   

Assumed obligations arising from business acquisitions

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 2,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar Energy Performance Guarantees

We guarantee that our leased solar energy systems will generate a minimum level of solar energy output. We monitor the systems to determine whether the solar energy systems are achieving these specified minimum outputs. If we determine that the guaranteed minimum energy output is not achieved, we record a liability for the estimated amounts payable. We believe that the solar energy systems are capable of producing the minimum production outputs guaranteed and therefore do not record any liability in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees.

Deferred U.S. Treasury Department Grant Proceeds

We have determined that all of our solar energy systems constitute eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010. We submit applications for grants receivable from the U.S. Treasury Department related to eligible property based on 30% of the tax basis of the solar energy systems as supported by independently appraised fair

 

54


Table of Contents

market values of the systems or guideline system values that have been posted by the U.S. Treasury Department on its website. To determine the fair market value of the systems, an independent appraiser considers various factors such as the cost of producing the systems, the estimated price that could be obtained in the market from the sale of the systems, and the present value of the economic benefits expected to be generated by the systems. We then present our appraised fair market value to the U.S. Treasury Department when we apply for grants on our solar energy systems. In a number of cases, the U.S. Treasury Department has determined that grants should be paid based on a lower value for the systems and has in such instances posted guideline system values on its website that should be used in the grant applications.

We initially record the grants receivable for leased solar energy systems as deferred income at the amounts that have been approved for payment by the U.S. Treasury Department and then amortize them on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems. We record the amortization of the deferred income as a credit to depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. We record a catch up adjustment in the period in which the grant is approved to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by the investor of the associated grant, in the case of lease pass-through investment funds. The catch up adjustments we have recorded to date have been immaterial. Some of our investment fund agreements obligate us to reimburse the fund investors based upon the difference between their anticipated benefit from U.S. Treasury grants at the formation of the funds and the benefit they receive from the amounts paid by the U.S. Treasury Department. For the joint venture investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests. For other types of investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors under accrued and other current liabilities.

During 2011, the U.S. Treasury Department awarded grants in amounts lower than the appraised fair market values for some solar energy systems. We have appropriately reflected the financial impact of the anticipated reduction in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011.

We received no grants prior to 2010. The changes in deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)       

U.S. Treasury grant receipts during the year ended December 31, 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2010

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the year ended December 31, 2011

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     54,730   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2011

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the three months ended March 31, 2012

     23,806   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     5,972   

Amortization during the three months ended March 31, 2012

     (1,988
  

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2012

   $ 165,224   
  

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of FASB ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees, including our executive officers and employee members of our board of directors, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

We apply ASC 718 and FASB ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees , to options and other stock-based awards issued to non-employees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, we use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date and each reporting period prior to that, as applicable.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends that are estimated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Fair value of our common stock .    Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the common stock’s fair value, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and was primarily determined using the simplified method in accordance with guidance provided by the SEC. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the awards. We will continue to utilize the simplified method for all standard awards until we have established a reasonable period of representative trading history as a public company, at which time we will determine the expected term based on the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, expectations about future option exercise behavior and post-vesting cancellations.

 

  Ÿ  

Volatility.     Because there is no trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the solar energy industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us. If this occurs, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. Higher volatility and longer expected lives would result in an increase to stock-based compensation expense determined on the grant date.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk-free rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury Department securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

  Ÿ  

Dividend yield.     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

56


Table of Contents

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures since the adoption of our option plan. We routinely evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and expectations of future option exercise behavior. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the forfeiture rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected term, expected volatility and forfeiture rate related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to the estimates of our expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense as it relates to the future grants of our stock-based awards.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2009             2010             2011             2011             2012      
                       (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     6.10       5.98        6.09        5.80        6.08   

Volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.20     87.52

Risk-free interest rate

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.55     1.15

Dividend yield

                                   

Stock-based compensation totaled $0.9 million, $1.8 million, $5.1 million, $0.7 million (unaudited) and $2.1 million (unaudited), respectively, in 2009, 2010, and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012. As of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, we had $24.7 million and $26.3 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation expense, which will be recognized over the weighted average remaining vesting period of 3.01 years and 2.94 years, respectively.

Common Stock Valuations

Our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options. The board of directors intended the granted options to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on each grant date. The common stock valuations were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Our board of directors is comprised of a majority of non-employee directors that we believe have the relevant experience and expertise to determine a fair value of our common stock on each respective grant date. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the common stock’s fair value as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

  Ÿ  

concurrent valuations performed by an unrelated third-party valuation expert, as described in the chart below;

 

57


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices of our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

  Ÿ  

our history and the introduction of new products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

the hiring of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

individual sales of our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

Estimates obtained from third-party valuation experts of the fair value of our common stock are set forth below as of the indicated dates:

 

Valuation Date

   Effective as of    Fair Value Per
Common Share
 

December 7, 2010

   December 3, 2010    $ 3.40   

May 24, 2011

   May 12, 2011      5.07   

August 9, 2011

   August 1, 2011      5.88   

September 27, 2011

   September 14, 2011      5.92   

November 1, 2011

   October 25, 2011      5.98   

February 6, 2012

   January 31, 2012      10.74   

March 22, 2012

   March 12, 2012      10.93   

May 21, 2012

   May 14, 2012      11.40   

We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2011 and June 11, 2012:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Common Stock Fair
Value Per Share at
Grant Date
 

January 10, 2011

     531,158       $ 3.40       $ 3.40   

February 16, 2011

     884,620         3.40         3.40   

May 25, 2011

     3,121,058         5.07         5.07   

August 10, 2011

     455,978         5.88         5.88   

October 24, 2011

     1,480,724         5.92         5.92   

November 2, 2011

     97,500         5.98         5.98   

December 5, 2011

     472,100         5.98         5.98   

February 8, 2012

     987,880         10.74         10.74   

March 27, 2012

     292,000         10.93         10.93   

April 25, 2012

     223,400         10.93         10.93   

May 22, 2012

     466,150         11.40         11.40   

June 11, 2012

     105,881         11.40         11.40   

 

58


Table of Contents

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of May 31, 2012 was $        , of which $         related to vested options and $         related to unvested options.

To determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we first determined our business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Our BEV was measured using a combination of financial and market-based methodologies including the following approaches: (i) the market transaction method, or MTM, (ii) the guideline public company method, or GPCM, or (iii) the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF. The MTM applies an option pricing model to negotiated enterprise valuations of arm’s-length actual transactions in our capital stock with third-party investors. This usually represents the best estimate of fair value. The GPCM considers multiples of financial metrics based on trading multiples of a selected peer group of publicly-traded companies. These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive the indicated values. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate known as the weighted average cost of capital which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. Once calculated, BEV is then weighted based on a qualitative assessment of the relative reliability of each method and the weight that an independent market participant could be expected to place on each indication. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, preferred stock was assumed to convert at the point where conversion provided an economic benefit to the stockholder or was required per the terms of the applicable agreements. Our BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options, using an option pricing method. The option pricing method, or OPM, treats common stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies.

We believe that the changes in the fair value of our common stock in the periods discussed below were largely driven by achievements in our operational plans, increases in negotiated valuations in arm’s length transactions in our capital securities and improvements in the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets. Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these grant dates include:

January 2011 and February 2011

Between December 2010 and February 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. In December 2010, a strategic investor sold all shares of Series D preferred stock held by it to other investors in an arm’s-length transaction at a per share purchase price of $5.95. This transaction was considered a reliable market price as it was well bargained for and involved a knowledgeable seller and knowledgeable buyers with clearly opposing economic interests. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of December 3, 2010 which

 

59


Table of Contents

determined the fair value to be $3.40 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on the Series D preferred stock transaction as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM and the DCF method. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 30%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately one and one-half years. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $3.40 per share.

May 2011

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 12, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.07 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on the then-anticipated terms of our Series F preferred stock financing, which included issuing 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and warrants to purchase 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share, as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 17 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.07 per share.

August 2011

In June and July 2011, we completed the issuance and sale of 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and in June 2011, we issued warrants exercisable for 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share. In June 2011, we announced the creation of a $158 million fund with U.S. Bancorp and a $280 million fund with Google Inc.; and in July 2011, we announced our agreement to install solar energy systems for Hickam Communities at Joint Base Pearl Harbor-Hickam. Between May 2011 and August 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve overall, despite a brief decline in the financial and stock markets commencing in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of August 1, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.88 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on our Series F preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.88 per share.

October 2011

In September 2011, we announced the offer of a conditional commitment for a partial guarantee of a $344 million Department of Energy loan to help secure financing for our SolarStrong project to install, own and operate up to 160,000 rooftop solar installations on as many as 124 military housing developments across 33 states. Between August 2011 and October 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to stall, precipitated by continued political gridlock on economic issues. Notably, two U.S. solar energy companies, Evergreen Solar, Inc. and Solyndra, Inc., filed for bankruptcy during this period. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of September 14, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.92 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within

 

60


Table of Contents

approximately 12 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.92 per share.

November 2011 and December 2011

In November 2011, we announced our agreement with Bank of America, N.A. to provide us with a $350 million credit facility to facilitate our SolarStrong project. Between September 2011 and December 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets improved and the financial and stock markets exited the brief decline that commenced in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of October 25, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.98 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.98 per share.

February 2012

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of January 31, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.74 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the Probability-Weighted Expected Return, or PWER, variation of the MTM based on the then-anticipated terms of our Series G preferred stock financing, which included issuing 3,386,986 shares of our Series G preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share, as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.74 per share.

March 2012 and April 2012

In February 2012 and March 2012, we completed the issuance and sale of 3,386,986 shares of our Series G preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share. In March 2012, we announced our agreement with Rabobank to provide us with $42.5 million in structured financing to fund commercial solar projects in California. Between February 2012 and March 2012, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of March 12, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.93 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.93 per share.

May 2012 and June 2012

In April 2012, we announced our plan to conduct a registered initial public offering of our common stock and the confidential submission to the SEC of our draft registration statement. Between April 2012 and June 2012, the U.S. financial and stock markets stalled, precipitated by global economic issues. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 14, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $11.40 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non-

 

61


Table of Contents

marketability discount of 14%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $11.40 per share.

Nonemployee Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock options issued to nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to quarterly adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations during the period the related services are rendered.

Inventory Reserves for Excess and Obsolescence

Inventories include solar energy system components, including photovoltaic panels, inverters, mounting hardware and miscellaneous electrical components, and work-in-process, including solar energy system components that are partially installed and direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Historically, we have purchased materials and appliances used in our energy efficiency business as they are needed. Accordingly, inventories related to energy efficiency products and services have not been material. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market.

We evaluate our inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and write down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined on the difference between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

The calculation of our tax assets and liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed by applicable accounting principles. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the relevant period.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, we had no material uncertain tax positions.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods the company maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

 

62


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets primarily relate to net operating loss carryforwards, accelerated gains for tax purposes and deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. In addition, we had net operating losses for state income tax purposes of approximately $45.3 million and $39.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2016 if not utilized.

Our valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, based on our history of losses, we continued to provide a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. The amount of our valuation allowance could be materially affected should the actual amounts differ from our estimates. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the statement of operations in the periods when the adjustment is determined to be required.

We apply any limitations as a result of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, Section 382, when determining the amount of net operating loss that is available for future use. Based on this analysis, we have undergone two ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Code. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes have occurred through March 31, 2012.

We have agreements to sell solar energy systems to the investment funds structured as joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until we no longer benefit from the underlying asset. Because the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the life of the underlying systems, estimated to be 30 years. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, we recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.4 million net of amortization, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interests

Our noncontrolling interests represent fund investors’ interest in the net assets of certain funding structures, which we consolidate, that we have entered into to finance the costs of solar energy systems under operating leases. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual agreements of the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the HLBV method. We therefore determine the noncontrolling interest balance at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method and record it on our consolidated balance sheet as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet represent the amounts the fund investors would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the contractual agreements of these structures, assuming the net assets of these funding structures were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP. The fund investors’ interest in the results of operations of these funding structures is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated

 

63


Table of Contents

balance sheets at the start and end of each reporting period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the fund and the fund investors. The noncontrolling interests’ balance is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statement of operations data:

      

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 3,417      $ 8,139   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        3,827        16,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        7,244        24,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,345        2,582   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        4,337        12,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        5,682        14,707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,765        2,284        12,415        1,562        10,134   

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        6,590        16,131   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        6,641        8,562   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (11,669     (14,559

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        2,211        3,494   

Other expenses, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,148        8,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (15,028     (27,027

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (24     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (15,052     (27,062

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (21,699     (29,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 6,647      $ 2,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.13      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,659,797        10,503,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        12,919,519        17,076,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2012

Revenue

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 3,417       $ 8,139       $ 4,722         138

Solar energy systems sales

     3,827         16,702         12,875         336
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 7,244       $ 24,841       $ 17,597         243

Total revenue increased by approximately $17.6 million, or 243%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Operating lease revenue increased by approximately $4.7 million, or 138%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements that are in service, which more than doubled from March 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $12.9 million, or 336%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $3.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales, a $5.6 million increase in revenue from long-term contracts and a $3.9 million sale to a specific customer during the three months ended March 31, 2012. In addition, revenue from the sale of energy efficiency products and services increased by $1.0 million during this period. This increase in revenue was offset in part by a lower average sales price of solar energy systems sold for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011             2012         $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 1,345      $ 2,582      $ 1,237         92

Gross profit of operating leases

     2,072        5,557        3,485         168
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     61     68     

Solar energy systems

   $ 4,337      $ 12,125      $ 7,788         180

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     (510     4,577        5,087         997

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     (13 )%      27     

Total cost of revenue

   $ 5,682      $ 14,707      $ 9,025         159

Total gross profit

     1,562        10,134        8,572         549

Total gross profit margin

     22     41     

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by approximately $1.2 million, or 92%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the three months ended March 31, 2012, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $7.8 million, or 180%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase was due to increased costs associated with the rise in solar energy system sales. The increase in the gross margin from a gross loss of 13% to a gross profit of 27% was primarily due to the

 

65


Table of Contents

increase in the volume of sales recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

The cost of our component materials could increase as a result of the U.S. government imposition of tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. These tariffs may have a short-term impact on the price we pay for solar panels purchased from China. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. As a result, we believe there is adequate surplus capacity of non-tariff panels available. In the longer term, we expect the cost of solar panels to continue to decline, although we expect the rate of decline will decrease as component prices approach the cost of manufacture.

Operating Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 6,590       $ 16,131       $ 9,541         145

General and administrative expense

     6,641         8,562         1,921         29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 13,231       $ 24,693       $ 11,462         87

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $9.5 million, or 145%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase was driven primarily by greater marketing and promotional activities in the three months ended March 31, 2012 as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts and sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $3.5 million from $3.5 million to $7.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased our total number of sales and marketing personnel from 173 as of March 31, 2011 to 421 as of March 31, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $3.2 million from $2.4 million to $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $1.9 million, or 29%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 112 as of March 31, 2011 to 186 as of March 31, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $1.4 million from $2.2 million to $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. The administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and their associated legal and professional fees increased by $0.3 million from the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Interest expense, net

   $ 2,211       $ 3,494       $ 1,283         58
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other expense, net

     1,148         8,974         7,826         682
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest and all other expenses, net

   $ 3,359       $ 12,468       $ 9,109         271

 

66


Table of Contents

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $1.3 million, or 58%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. Interest expense comprises imputed interest on financing obligations and interest expense on bank borrowings, net of interest income on cash balances. This increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in the first three months of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $7.8 million, or 682%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a non-cash charge related to a change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Income tax expense

   $ 24       $ 35       $ 11         46
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.01 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. As of March 31, 2012 we had incurred a total of $3.5 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

       Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2012  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $ (21,699   $ (29,818

The income or loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest represents the share of income or loss that is allocated to the investors in the joint venture investment funds. This amount is determined using the HLBV method and is dependent on the specific contractual liquidation provisions of each of the joint venture funds. The income or loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest is the change in the investors’ interest in the joint venture investment funds between the balance sheet dates at the beginning and end of the reporting period calculated using the HLBV method less any capital contributions net of any capital distributions. This amount is therefore dependent on the contractual provisions of each joint venture fund, the amount of capital contributed to the fund less the distributions, the cost of assets sold to a fund in a particular period and the results of the funds operations.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $29.8 million reported in the three months ended March 31, 2012 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 of $62.4 million netted against the excess of distributions over capital contributions of $32.6 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $21.7 million reported in the three months ended March 31, 2011 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011 of $12.0 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $33.7 million.

 

67


Table of Contents

Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                 %                 $                  %        

Operating leases

   $ 3,212       $ 9,684       $ 23,145       $ 6,472        201   $ 13,461         139

Solar energy systems

     29,435         22,744         36,406         (6,691     (23 )%      13,662         60
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 32,647       $ 32,428       $ 59,551       $ (219     (1 )%    $ 27,123         84

2011 Compared to 2010

Total revenue increased by approximately $27.1 million, or 84%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Operating leases revenue increased by approximately $13.5 million, or 139%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements in service and generating revenue. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 135% during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2011 compared to 2010. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we expanded our operations into new territories such as the East Coast and continued our sales penetration within existing territories.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $13.7 million, or 60%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales compared to the prior year. This increase in revenue was offset in part by lower average selling prices of solar energy systems sold in the year 2011.

2010 Compared to 2009

Total revenue decreased by approximately $0.2 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Operating lease revenue increased by approximately $6.5 million, or 201%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under operating leases in 2010 compared to 2009. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 130% during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2010 compared to 2009. During 2010, we expanded into new states such as Texas and also implemented an additional four investment funds for financing the cost of solar energy systems that were then placed into operating leases. This was in addition to seven existing investment funds that we implemented in 2008 and 2009.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems decreased by approximately $6.7 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Direct sales to cash paying customers declined in 2010 as we focused more on power purchase agreements and leasing of solar energy systems through investment fund arrangements.

 

68


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Operating leases

   $ 1,911      $ 3,191      $ 5,718      $ 1,280        67   $ 2,527        79

Gross profit of operating leases

     1,301        6,493        17,427        5,192        399     10,934        168

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     41     67     75        

Solar energy systems

   $ 28,971      $ 26,953      $ 41,418      $ (2,018     (7 )%    $ 14,465        54

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     464        (4,209     (5,012     (4,673     (1,007 )%      (803     (19 )% 

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     2     (19 )%      (14 )%         

Total cost of revenue

   $ 30,882      $ 30,144      $ 47,136      $ (738     (2 )%    $ 16,992        56

Total gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        519        29     10,131        444

Total gross profit margin

     5     7     21        

2011 Compared to 2010

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $2.5 million, or 79%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the year ended December 31, 2011, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $14.5 million, or 54%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The change was due to rising costs associated with the increase in commercial solar energy system sales in 2011 and an increase in the aggregate amount of operational overhead costs allocated to these systems attributable to the growth in operational costs that we incurred to support our growth in current and new territories. These overhead costs increased by $15.7 million from $18.3 million in 2010 to $34.0 million in 2011. While we expect these allocated overhead costs to increase in the future, we expect the installation volume to increase at a greater rate than the increase in the overhead costs. Accordingly, the allocated overhead cost per installed system is expected to decrease in the future. The increase was also due to a $2.6 million charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011 to adjust the cost of certain raw material inventory to market value and a $0.1 million charge for slow moving inventory.

2010 Compared to 2009

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $1.3 million, or 67%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in this cost is primarily due to the increased number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the period, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy systems components. As of December 31, 2010, we had eleven investment funds compared to seven investment funds as of December 31, 2009.

Cost of sales of solar energy system decreased by approximately $2.0 million, or 7%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was

 

69


Table of Contents

due to lower volumes of solar energy system sales and declining costs of solar energy systems components.

Operating Expenses

 

    Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009      2010      2011              $                    %                 $                  %        

Sales and marketing expense

  $ 10,914       $ 22,404       $ 42,004       $ 11,490         105   $ 19,600         87

General and administrative expense

    10,855         19,227         31,664         8,372         77     12,437         65
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expense

  $ 21,769       $ 41,631       $ 73,668       $ 19,862         91   $ 32,037         77

2011 Compared to 2010

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $19.6 million, or 87%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2011 as promotional marketing costs increased by $11.5 million to $23.0 million in 2011 compared to $11.5 million in 2010, as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts to develop our backlog and increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the total number of our sales and marketing personnel from 137 as of December 31, 2010 to 319 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.2 million in payroll costs that increased from $8.6 million in 2010 to $12.8 million in 2011.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $12.4 million, or 65%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 102 as of December 31, 2010 to 155 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $4.1 million from $6.9 million in 2010 to $11.0 million in 2011. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $3.7 million in expenses, which increased from $2.4 million in 2010 to $6.1 million in 2011.

2010 Compared to 2009

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $11.5 million, or 105%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2010 as we intensified our marketing efforts to increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $8.9 million to $11.4 million in 2010 compared to $2.5 million in 2009. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the number of our sales and marketing personnel from 99 as of December 31, 2009 to 137 as of December 31, 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.0 million in payroll costs which increased from $4.6 million in 2009 to $8.6 million in 2010. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Therefore, in 2009, we reduced our spending on sales and marketing initiatives.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $8.4 million, or 77%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increased general and administrative expenses were primarily due to an increase in personnel costs. Personnel

 

70


Table of Contents

costs increased due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 53 as of December 31, 2009 to 102 as of December 31, 2010, including the creation and staffing of a funding structures management group to manage the increased number of investment fund arrangements that we created in 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $3.4 million from $3.5 million in 2009 to $6.9 million in 2010. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $2.3 million in expenses, which increased from $0.1 million in 2009 to $2.4 million in 2010.

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Interest expense, net

   $ 334       $ 4,901       $ 9,272       $ 4,567         1367   $ 4,371         89

Other expenses, net

     2,360         2,761         3,097         401         17     336         12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total interest and other expenses, net

   $ 2,694       $ 7,662       $ 12,369       $ 4,968         184   $ 4,707         61

2011 Compared to 2010

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.4 million, or 89%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2011 compared to 2010.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.3 million, or 12%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

2010 Compared to 2009

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.5 million, or 1367%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2010 compared to 2009.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.4 million, or 17%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Income tax expense

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92       $ 43         195   $ 27         42

2011 Compared to 2010

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.03 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011 we had incurred a

 

71


Table of Contents

total of $3.4 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

2010 Compared to 2009

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.04 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase reflects a full year of amortization of the prepaid tax asset recorded in 2009 relating to sales of solar energy systems to investment funds. We incurred $1.3 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems. In 2009, the amortization was only for a portion of the year.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

  $ 3,507      $ (8,457   $ (117,230   $ (11,964     (341 )%    $ (108,773     (1,286 )% 

2011 compared to 2010 compared to 2009

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $117.2 million reported in 2011 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and 2011 of $0.9 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $116.3 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $8.5 million reported in 2010 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2009 and 2010 of $67.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $76.0 million.

The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $3.5 million reported 2009 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2008 and 2009 of $36.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $33.0 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated cash flow data:

          

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ 2,278      $ (3,818   $ 18,082      $ (25,357   $ (76,885

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (61,885     (86,831

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        80,917        203,913   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalent

   $ 10,083      $ 20,358      $ (7,799  

$

(6,325

 

$

40,197

  

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

We finance our operations, including the costs of acquisition and installation of solar energy systems, mainly through a variety of investment fund arrangements that we have formed with fund investors, credit facilities from banks, preferred stock equity offerings and cash generated from our operations. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and funds available in our existing investment funds will be sufficient to meet our projected cash requirements for at least the next 12 months.

Operating Activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, we utilized approximately $76.9 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $27.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $4.0 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $2.1 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $1.9 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $8.6 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $3.9 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to a decrease in accounts payable of $68.8 million as we paid our suppliers, an increase in accounts receivable of $25.2 million and an increase in inventories of $7.4 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $33.9 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments and an increase in accrued and other liabilities of $7.9 million.

For the three months ended March 31, 2011, we utilized approximately $25.4 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $15.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $2.3 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $0.7 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $1.7 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $0.8 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $5.2 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $3.6 million, an increase in inventories of $4.9 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $1.8 million and a decrease in accounts payable of $15.9 million. The outflow was offset in part by an decrease in other assets of $0.5 million and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $19.8 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $18.1 million in net cash from operations. This cash inflow primarily resulted from an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $68.3 million relating to upfront lease payments received from fund investors under financing structures designed as operating leases and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, an increase in customer deposits of $10.9 million and an increase in accounts payable of $118.9 million. The cash inflow was offset in part by a decrease in incentive rebates receivable of $4.9 million, an increase in inventories of $111.2 million, and a net loss of approximately $73.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $12.3 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $5.1 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $7.4 million, a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $23.5 million and changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.1 million. In addition, the increase in other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased other assets. The sizeable increase in inventories and accounts payable was due to a $106.1 million year-end purchase of inverters and modules that are expected to be used in 2012 in the construction of solar energy systems eligible for the U.S. Treasury Cash Grant Program, the program rules of which required that the cost of the equipment be incurred by December 31, 2011.

 

73


Table of Contents

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we utilized approximately $3.8 million in operating activities. This cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss in the year of $47.1 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $5.7 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $1.8 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $3.3 million, a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $7.4 million and changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.0 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $22.2 million relating to upfront lease payments received from a fund investor under a financing structure designed as an operating lease and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments and an increase in customer deposits of $2.5 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $3.3 million. In addition, unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased inventory and other assets.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $2.3 million in cash from operating activities. This cash inflow primarily resulted from increased unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities partially offset by increased inventory and other assets, and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $17.2 million relating to solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, partially offset by an increase in rebates receivable of $6.6 million and a net loss of approximately $22.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $3.2 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $0.9 million and changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.2 million.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures.

In the three months ended March 31, 2012, we used approximately $86.8 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $83.5 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers and $3.4 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the three months ended March 31, 2011, we used approximately $61.9 million in investing activities. Of this amount we used $57.1 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $2.3 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.5 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we used approximately $304.3 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $292.9 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $8.8 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.5 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we used approximately $162.9 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $156.5 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $6.3 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we used approximately $62.8 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $61.7 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $1.1 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

 

74


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

In the three months ended March 31, 2012, we generated approximately $203.9 million from financing activities. We received approximately $80.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $57.6 million from long-term debt and $19.4 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $0.4 million of long-term debt. We received approximately $26.9 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $59.2 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also generated approximately $3.5 million from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures and paid distributions to fund investors of approximately $37.8 million.

In the three months ended March 31, 2011, we generated approximately $80.9 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $43.3 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $10.0 million. We received approximately $8.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $24.3 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received an additional $15.8 million from long-term debt and repaid $0.7 million of long-term debt.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $278.4 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $208.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $88.6 million. We received approximately $65.5 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $64.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also received approximately $19.7 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.3 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $17.3 million from long-term debt and $5.6 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $3.2 million of long-term debt and $4.5 million of revolving line of credit.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately $187.0 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $97.1 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to the fund investors of approximately $25.0 million. We received $61.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received approximately $21.4 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.4 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants. We received approximately $20.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received approximately $18.3 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing, which was partially offset by a repayment of the financing obligation of approximately $7.6 million. Finally, we received an additional $1.3 million from long-term debt and repaid $1.0 million of long-term debt.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $70.6 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $41.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $3.9 million. We received approximately $23.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable convertible preferred stock. We received approximately $5.4 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing. We also drew down $4.9 million on a

 

75


Table of Contents

revolving line of credit, and received an additional $0.5 million from long-term debt and repaid $0.7 million of long-term debt.

Secured Credit Agreements

In May 2008, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a commercial bank for working capital and equipment financing needs. This facility was subsequently modified to include a revolving line of credit facility and equipment financing facility. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit facility, as modified, bore interest at a rate of 1.5% plus the greater of 5% or the bank’s prime rate and were collateralized by all of our assets other than intellectual property. We borrowed $4.5 million under the revolving line of credit in 2009 and repaid the facility in full in April 2011.

The equipment financing facility, as modified, had a commitment of $1.0 million and was available in two tranches. The first tranche was available to be drawn down through January 13, 2010, and the second tranche was available to be drawn down through April 13, 2010. Interest under the equipment financing facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. The principal amount is payable for the first tranche in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on December 10, 2009, and the principal amount for the second tranche is payable in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on March 10, 2010. This equipment financing facility was repaid in full in April 2011.

In April 2011, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement has a $25.0 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility is secured by our accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. As of December 31, 2011, $5.6 million was borrowed and outstanding under this revolving credit agreement. In January 2012, we borrowed the remainder of this facility, and the full amount remains outstanding as of March 31, 2012. In March 2012, we amended this facility to extend the maturity date to July 2012 and to permit us to incur additional non-recourse secured debt under other facilities.

Under the terms of the revolving credit agreement, we are required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. We are also required to maintain non-GAAP EBITDA, as defined in the credit agreement, greater than or equal to $1.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, as well as maintain a ratio of liquid assets to funded debt, as defined in the credit agreement, greater than or equal to 2.0 at the end of each month, and maintain a tangible net worth, as defined in the credit agreement, greater than $1.0 million at each fiscal year end. As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with the covenants after giving effect to a waiver of breaches of such covenants that the bank provided in January 2012. This waiver cured our breach related to our reporting non-GAAP EBITDA, as defined in the credit agreement, of less than $6.0 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 as was required under the terms of the borrowing facility. We were in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date did not meet the required liquid assets to funded debt ratio. This also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same bank. The bank has agreed to waive these recent breaches and to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility. If we are unable to meet our financial covenants in the future and are unable to obtain future waivers of any such breaches, the bank may declare an event of default. This default could result in the outstanding principal and interest being immediately repayable. We would also be unable to request further capital under our borrowing facilities unless we obtained such waivers. A request for the immediate repayment of the borrowings would have a materially adverse impact our short term liquidity and capital resources.

In January 2011, we entered into a $7.0 million term facility that bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The term facility is secured by the vehicles financed by the facility.

 

76


Table of Contents

In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. We borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of March 31, 2012, from which we paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR.

Under the terms of the inventory term loan facility we are required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. We are also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million, in each case at the end of each month and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. We were in compliance with these covenants as of March 31, 2012.

We have entered into various other loan agreements consisting of motor vehicles and other assets financing with various financial institutions. Total loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 under these loan agreements and the equipment financing facility amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $7.7 million (unaudited), respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Our credit facilities were fully utilized as of March 31, 2012, and as a result no amounts were available to be drawn.

Investment Fund Borrowings

In May 2010, one of our subsidiaries entered into a financing agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount that may be borrowed under this agreement was determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by equipment owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, up to a maximum of $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was drawn down by March 31, 2011. The loan tranches bear interest at an average blended rate of 2%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary and is non-recourse to our other assets. We borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility in March 2011, of which $12.1 million and $11.9 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012.

Under the working capital financing arrangement, our subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. The subsidiary is also required to maintain an assets coverage ratio, as defined in the financing agreement, greater than 1.3. We were in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012.

On November 21, 2011, one of our subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with a bank, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility for up to $350 million. This facility would be used to partially fund our SolarStrong initiative, which is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative and is non-recourse to our other assets.

 

77


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

Set forth below is information concerning our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 22,803       $ 8,222       $ 5,466       $ 1,825       $ 7,290   

Financing obligations

     15,505         361         806         929         13,409   

Interest(1)

     11,049         1,735         2,917         2,471         3,926   

Operating lease obligations

     39,953         5,461         10,521         8,887         15,084   

Performance guarantee

     90         —           60         30         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 89,400       $ 15,779       $ 19,770       $ 14,142       $ 39,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents obligations for interest payments on long-term debt and financing obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long-term debt, based upon 2011 year end rates.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We include in our consolidated financial statements all assets and liabilities and results of operations of investment fund arrangements that we have entered into. We have not entered into any other transactions that have generated relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships or special purpose entities. Accordingly, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposure includes changes in interest rates because borrowings under our revolving credit agreement bears interest at floating rates based on the LIBOR rate plus a specified margin. We manage our interest rate risk by balancing our amount of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt. For fixed-rate debt, interest rate changes do not affect our earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for floating-rate debt, interest rate changes generally impact our earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

Changes in economic conditions could result in higher interest rates, thereby increasing our interest expense and other operating expenses and reducing our funds available for capital investment, operations or other purposes. In addition, we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow to service debt, which may affect our ability to make future acquisitions or capital expenditures. We may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings or net assets as a result of interest rate fluctuations. A hypothetical 10% change in our interest rate would have changed interest incurred for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 by $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Upon the filing of our initial registration statement, we intend to utilize the extended transition period provided in Securities Act Section 7(a)(2)(B) as allowed by Section 107(b)(1) of the JOBS Act for the adoption of new or revised accounting standards as applicable to emerging growth companies. As part of the election, we will not be required to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standard until such time that a company that does not qualify as an “issuer” (as defined under Section

 

78


Table of Contents

2(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) is required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

79


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 27,000 buildings. Every five minutes of the working day a new customer makes the switch to Better Energy. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 123% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

To date, we have raised $1.53 billion through 21 investment funds established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we

 

80


Table of Contents

continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $802 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments.

Most of our customer relationships begin when we enter into long-term energy contracts. These long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively.

In addition to rising prices, demand for electricity is inelastic. Despite increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years. To manage electricity demand, many states have implemented tiered pricing mechanisms that charge a higher cost per kilowatt hour, or kWh, as consumption increases. For example, in California, the highest consumption tier rates (Tiers 3-5) increased at 6-8% annually over the five-year period of 2006 through 2010, while the lowest tier rates (Tiers 1-2) remained flat. However, there has not been a corresponding reduction in consumption in the higher-priced tiers, demonstrating the inelasticity of electricity demand.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

SolarCity’s Competitive Position in Our Top Retail Markets

 

LOGO

Note: Current representative residential retail rates by tier, based on publicly available utility data.

 

81


Table of Contents

Distributed solar energy systems, such as ours, provide customers with an alternative to traditional utility energy suppliers. Distributed resources are smaller in unit size and can be constructed at a customer’s site, removing the need for lengthy transmission lines. By bypassing the traditional suppliers and transmission and distribution systems, distributed energy systems de-link the customer’s price of power from external factors such as volatile commodity prices and costs of the incumbent energy supplier. This makes it possible for distributed energy purchasers to buy energy at a predictable and stable price over a long period of time, something traditional energy companies are generally unable to provide.

While the energy generated by distributed solar energy systems has historically been more expensive than centralized alternatives, downward trends in installed solar energy system prices have reduced the relative cost of distributed solar electricity to levels that are competitive with traditional utility generation retail costs. While these developments have adversely impacted panel manufacturers and the overall upstream market, we and other downstream companies have benefited significantly.

Panel Pricing Trends

 

LOGO

Source: Bloomberg New Energy Finance.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 TWh of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

 

82


Table of Contents

U.S. Residential and Commercial Retail Prices Over Time

 

LOGO

Source: EIA 2010 U.S. sales and revenue data.

Note: The distribution curves are constructed using utility data reported to the EIA and the assumptions described above.

Current market factors indicate that the trend towards increasing retail energy prices will continue, causing the consumption curves depicted above to continue to shift right towards higher electricity cost. The demand curve will continue to expand upward as well, as the country’s population growth, economic growth and the continued proliferation of consumer goods and products that utilize electricity, such as electric vehicles, promote growth in demand. As retail prices for electricity increase and distributed solar energy costs decline, our market opportunity will grow exponentially.

In recent years, government policies have evolved in response to dependence on foreign energy sources and the desire to foster the growth of the renewable energy industry. Federal and state governments have established renewable portfolio standards and incentives to further reduce the cost of solar energy for consumers, including investment tax credits and bonus depreciation. These federal and state incentives helped catalyze private sector investment in solar energy development, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

Historically, incentives have been instrumental in building the market for sustainable energy resources. However, rising retail energy costs, declining cost of solar energy components, and the increased affordability and accessibility of solar energy systems minimize the need for incentives. In line with this trend, while incentives on a dollar per watt basis have decreased over the last decade, installation of solar energy systems continued to grow.

In addition to distributed energy, we provide energy efficiency products and services. These solutions refer to projects or improvements designed to increase the energy efficiency of residences. Typical products and services offered include appliance replacement, upgrades to heating, ventilation and air conditioning, or HVAC, lighting retrofits, equipment installations, load management, energy procurement and rate analysis. The market for energy efficiency solutions has grown significantly, driven largely by rising energy prices, advances in energy efficiency technologies, growing customer awareness of energy and environmental issues, and governmental support for energy efficiency initiatives.

Recognizing energy efficiency initiatives as an offset to growing electricity consumption, many states have created formalized mechanisms to encourage energy efficiency. The potential market for energy efficiency solutions is significant. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to

 

83


Table of Contents

2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to lower their energy costs in a simple and efficient manner. We have disrupted the industry status quo by providing renewable energy directly to customers for less than they are currently paying for utility-generated energy. Unlike utilities, we sell energy with a predictable cost structure that does not rely on limited fossil fuels and is insulated from rising retail electricity prices. We also guarantee the electricity production of our solar energy systems to our customers. Our strategy is to focus on that portion of the solar energy value chain with the most potential: the energy consumer and the customer relationship. We believe we are the only distributed energy company that offers integrated sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and efficiency services without involving the services of multiple third-party participants.

The key elements of our integrated approach are illustrated below:

SolarCity’s Integrated Approach

 

LOGO

 

  Ÿ  

Sales .     We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program. We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing .     Financing makes it possible to install our solar energy systems for little or no upfront cost. Through a streamlined process, we provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy accessible and affordable, either on a fixed monthly fee basis or a fee based on the amount of energy produced.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering .     Our in-house engineering team custom designs a solar energy system for each of our customers. We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the design process and optimizes the design to maximize the energy production of each system. Our engineers complete a structural analysis of each building and produce a full set of structural design and electrical blueprints that contain the specifications for all system components.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation .     Once we complete the design, we obtain all necessary building permits. Our customer care representatives coordinate the SolarCity team and keep our customers apprised of the project status every step of the way. We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For substantially all of our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager. Once we

 

84


Table of Contents
 

complete installing the system, we schedule inspections with the local building department and arrange for interconnection to the power grid with the utility. By handling these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance .     Our proprietary monitoring software provides our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation and consumption. Through an easy-to-read graphical display available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts. These monitoring systems allow us to confirm the continuing proper operation of our solar energy systems, identify maintenance issues and provide our customers with a better understanding of their energy usage, allowing them the opportunity to modify their usage accordingly.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services .     Through our comprehensive energy efficiency evaluations, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. After the evaluation is completed, we review the results with the customer and recommend current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy to a diversified customer base that includes residential home owners, large and small businesses, and government entities:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our solar energy systems rely solely on the free energy produced by the sun, allowing our customers to generate their own energy and reduce the amount they purchase from utilities. We help put solar energy generation within the reach of our customers by providing a variety of pricing options that minimize or eliminate upfront costs. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to access distributed renewable energy generation simply and efficiently. By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we are able to control and oversee the entire process while providing a superior experience to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.      Our business model enables us to develop long-term relationships with our customers. Under our standard customer agreements, our solar energy customers purchase energy from us for 20 years. This approach allows us to maintain an ongoing relationship with our customers through our receipt of payments and our real-time monitoring. We leverage these relationships to offer complementary energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs, which we believe further reinforces our relationship, brand and value to the customer, and reduces our customer acquisition costs. Because our 20-year contracts with our customers exceed the average useful life of most major appliances (such as water heaters and furnaces), we believe we are well-positioned to assist them with future replacements and upgrades. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      Our size enables us to achieve economies of scale in both installation and capital costs, enabling us to offer our customers electricity at rates lower than the retail rate offered by the utility. We believe that our size provides our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

85


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services. For example, we have developed proprietary software that significantly reduces design time, speeds the permitting process and allows us to efficiently manage the installation of every project.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.     Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand. For example, approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We believe our brand is a meaningful factor for customers as they consider their energy alternatives.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments. Our senior leadership team, consisting of our co-founders, Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive, and our chairman, Elon Musk, are widely recognized entrepreneurs and thought leaders with track records of building successful businesses. Additionally, to support our integrated business model, we have developed in-house expertise through strong senior leadership on our engineering, structured finance, legal and government affairs teams.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. The following are key elements of our strategy:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 27,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 123% since 2009. To continue this growth, we intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel. We also intend to continue to leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base. For example, our agreement with The Home Depot has generated installations across multiple markets and validates our brand by working with a trusted name in home improvement. We also recently developed strategic relationships with several homebuilders that we believe will extend our reach to new customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     Our business is based on selling renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. We plan on achieving cost reductions by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary design automation and supply chain management software to further ensure that our engineering team and system installers operate as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers. In addition, we plan to broadly market and sell energy-related products that we source from third-party suppliers, such as electric vehicle charging stations. Our existing long-term customer relationships enable us to sell these products and services with substantially lower acquisition costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar

 

86


Table of Contents
 

energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities. We currently serve customers in 14 states, most recently expanding into Connecticut in February 2012.

Our Innovative Products, Services and Technology

We deliver Better Energy to our customers through a portfolio of complementary products and services that enable more cost effective generation and reduced energy consumption. We have developed enabling technologies that allow us to simplify our customers’ experience and enhance our ability to deliver our products and services.

Solar Energy Products

 

  Ÿ  

Solar Energy Systems.     The major components of our solar energy systems include solar panels that convert sunlight into electrical current, inverters that convert the electrical output from the panels to a usable current compatible with the electric grid, racking that attaches the solar panels to the roof or ground and electrical hardware that connects the solar energy system to the electric grid and our monitoring device. We purchase our components from vendors, maintaining multiple sources for each major component to ensure competitive pricing and an adequate supply of materials. Though we typically install poly-crystalline silicon panels and string inverters, we have installed a wide variety of other technologies, including thin film panels and panel-level power optimizers.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarLease and Power Purchase Agreement Finance Products.     Most of our solar energy customers choose to purchase energy from us pursuant to one of two payment structures: a SolarLease or a power purchase agreement. In both structures, we charge customers a monthly fee for the power produced by our solar energy systems. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is pre-determined and includes a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kWh based on the amount of electricity actually produced by the solar energy system. Under both the SolarLease and power purchase agreement, our customers also have the option to pay little or no upfront costs or to reduce the aggregate amount of their future payments by pre-paying a portion of their future payments. Over the term of the agreement, we own and operate the system and guarantee its performance. Our current standard SolarLeases and power purchase agreements have 20-year terms. Prior to 2010, our standard lease term was 15 years. In a limited number of utility districts, we continue to offer lease terms of less than 20 years in order to comply with applicable incentive programs. In addition, a limited number of our commercial customers have entered into power purchase agreements with terms of between 10 and 20 years.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

Our energy efficiency products and services enable our customers to save money on their energy bills by reducing their energy consumption.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Energy Evaluation.     Our home energy evaluation is the threshold to the broad set of energy efficiency products and services we offer. We sell home energy efficiency evaluations to new solar energy system customers, existing customers, prospective solar energy system customers who are unable to adopt solar energy because of site conditions or credit, and to customers who want to start with energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. During the evaluation, we record details of the home’s construction and energy use, measurements of every major building surface, model numbers of appliances and other energy consuming equipment, and measure combustion efficiency and air leakage in the ducts and building envelope. We create a database of this information and review a report of the results with the customer outlining current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

 

87


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Energy Efficiency Upgrades.     Based on the detailed analysis from the home energy evaluation, we work with customers to identify their priorities to improve the cost effectiveness, efficiency, health and comfort of their home by implementing appropriate upgrades. We generally handle every aspect of an energy efficiency improvement project for our customers including sales, engineering, permitting, procurement, installation, inspections and any supporting rebate or utility documentation. Our core energy efficiency upgrade products and services address heating and cooling, duct sealing, water heating, insulation, weatherization, pool pumps and lighting.

Other Energy Products and Services

 

  Ÿ  

Electric Vehicle Charging.     We believe there is a strong overlap between customer demand for electric vehicles, or EVs, and solar energy. As consumers switch to EVs, their electricity bills increase substantially, driving demand for lower cost electricity. We install EV charging equipment that we source from third parties. We market EV equipment to residential and commercial customers through retail partnerships with companies such as The Home Depot, and through EV manufacturers and dealerships such as Tesla Motors, Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Storage.     We are developing a proprietary battery management system built on our solar energy monitoring communications backbone. The battery management system is designed to enable remote, fully bidirectional control of distributed energy storage that can potentially provide significant benefits to our customers, utilities and grid operators. The benefits of energy storage coupled with a solar energy system to our customers may include back-up power, time-of-use energy arbitrage, rate arbitrage, peak demand shaving and demand response. We believe that advances in battery storage technology, steep reductions in pricing and burgeoning policy changes that support energy storage hold significant promise for enabling deployments of grid-connected energy storage systems.

Enabling Technologies

 

  Ÿ  

SolarBid Sales Management Platform.     SolarBid is a proprietary sales management platform that incorporates a database of rate information by utility, sun exposure, roof orientation and a variety of other factors to enable a detailed analysis and customized graphical presentation of each customer’s savings. SolarBid simplifies the sales process and automates pricing, system configuration and proposal generation. It also automatically prepares the customer agreements, incentive forms and utility paperwork required to complete a project. SolarBid is designed for maximum flexibility, allowing us to quickly add new products, services and geographies.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarWorks Customer Management Software.     SolarWorks is the proprietary software platform we use to track and manage every project. SolarWorks’ embedded database and custom architecture enables reduced costs, improved quality and improved customer experience by supporting scheduling, budgeting and other project management functions as well as customer communications, inventory management and detailed project data.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Designer.     Energy Designer is a proprietary software application our field engineering auditors use to rapidly collect all pertinent site-specific design details on a tablet computer. This information then syncs with our design automation software, reducing design time and accelerating the permitting process.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Performance Pro.     Home Performance Pro is our proprietary energy efficiency evaluation platform that incorporates the U.S. Department of Energy’s Energy Plus simulation engine. Home Performance Pro collects and stores details of a building’s construction and energy use and accurately simulates the reduction in energy use from energy efficiency upgrades. We use Home Performance Pro to identify opportunities to improve our customers’ energy efficiency.

 

88


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

SolarGuard and PowerGuide Proactive Monitoring Solutions.     SolarGuard and PowerGuide provide our customers a real-time view of their home’s or business’s energy generation and consumption. Through easy-to-read graphical displays available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts such as carbon offset and pollution reduction. Our customer service team reviews system performance data using this proprietary monitoring software to confirm continuing efficient operation.

Our Customers

Our customers buy electricity and other energy services from us that lower their overall energy costs. Because our customers are individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores and government agencies, and because electricity is a necessity, we perceive our recurring customer payments as high-quality assets. Our customer base is comprised of the following key sectors:

 

  Ÿ  

Residential .     Our residential customers are individual homeowners and homeowners within communities who have participated in our community solar program that want to switch to cleaner, cheaper energy or reduce their home energy consumption through energy efficiency upgrades. Our community solar programs enable communities to collectively adopt clean energy in partnership with their local government or community organization without requiring any local government funds. We have helped more than 50 communities build more than 1,500 projects.

 

  Ÿ  

Commercial .     Our commercial customers represent several business sectors, including technology, retail, manufacturing, agriculture, nonprofit and houses of worship. Our commercial customers include the world’s largest retailer, the world’s premier semiconductor chip maker and hundreds of other businesses.

 

  Ÿ  

Government .     We have installed solar energy systems for several government entities including the U.S. Air Force, Army, Marines and Navy, and the Department of Homeland Security. In November 2011, SolarCity and Bank of America Merrill Lynch announced project SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. We expect SolarStrong to ultimately create up to 300 megawatts of solar generation capacity that could provide energy to as many as 120,000 military housing units. If completed as anticipated, SolarStrong would be the largest residential solar project in American history.

We generally group our commercial and governmental customers together for our internal customer management purposes. Based on megawatts installed, our business is split approximately equally between our residential and commercial customers.

Our commercial and government customers include:

 

LOGO

 

89


Table of Contents

Why Customers Choose SolarCity

The following examples illustrate the experiences of residential, commercial and government customers and the reasons they select us to provide solar energy systems and related energy products and services.

Residential Family .     A California family contacted us to perform an evaluation of their home’s energy usage and costs. We recommended a combination of a solar energy system and energy efficiency products and services to reduce energy costs and consumption and to create a more comfortable home. The family decided to sign a 20-year lease with us for a solar energy system that saves them an average of more than $50 each month. Our energy efficiency evaluators also assessed that the home was losing 60% of its heating through leaks in ductwork and was using an inefficient air cooling system. We replaced the ductwork to reduce leakage and heating costs in the winter and installed a more efficient cooling system to reduce energy costs and increase comfort in the summer. The family now enjoys a more comfortable home and can expect to save thousands of dollars in future energy costs.

Walmart Stores, Inc.      Walmart, the world’s largest retail business, is pursuing an array of sustainability goals, including a long-term goal to be supplied by 100% renewable energy. Walmart’s goal is to purchase renewable solar energy at prices equal to or less than utility energy rates while also providing price certainty for a percentage of these stores’ electricity requirements against the volatility of fossil-based energy prices. To date, Walmart has contracted with us to purchase solar-generated electricity at 169 locations throughout Arizona, California, Colorado, Maryland, New York and Ohio. We started our first Walmart project in July 2010, and completed 57 projects by the end of 2011. Our solar energy systems typically offset between 10% and 30% of each Walmart location’s total electricity usage.

 

90


Table of Contents

Soaring Heights Communities, Davis-Monthan Air Force Base .     In mid-2009, we entered into a transaction with Soaring Heights Communities LLC, an affiliate of Lend Lease (US) Public Partnerships LLC, a leading developer of privatized military housing, to build what we believe to be the largest solar-powered community in the United States: Soaring Heights Communities at Davis-Monthan Air Force Base in Tucson, Arizona. The project includes approximately 6 megawatts of generation capacity, including approximately 3.28 megawatts of ground-mounted solar panel arrays and an additional 2.76 megawatts of roof-mounted systems, spread among 400 residential buildings. When construction began, the project was estimated to represent an increase of more than 15% over the state of Arizona’s grid-tied solar capacity. The solar electricity generated by the systems offsets the majority of the electricity used by the housing community’s over 900 single and multi-family residences. A photograph of a portion of this project appears below.

 

LOGO

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program.

 

  Ÿ  

Direct outside sales force.     Our outside sales force typically resides and works within a market we serve. Our outside sales force allows us to sell to those customers who prefer a face-to-face interaction.

 

  Ÿ  

Call center.      Our call center allows us to sell our energy products and services to customers without visiting their homes or businesses. Because every home or site is unique, we begin by talking with each prospective customer about their energy needs and savings goals. Then, using online satellite technology, our salesperson evaluates the suitability of the site for our products and services. If either a solar energy system or an energy efficiency evaluation is an appropriate solution, our salesperson briefs the customer on our full scope of products and services, collects preliminary utility usage data and site information, and ultimately, provides a

 

91


Table of Contents
 

preliminary estimate of costs, including rebate applicability. If the customer desires to work with us, contracts can then be executed with e-signatures.

 

  Ÿ  

Channel Partner Network

 

   

SolarCity Network.     The SolarCity Network is a by-invitation business development program that pays referral fees to local professionals and businesses that refer customers to us. Typical network members include realtors, architects, contractors and insurance/financial services providers.

 

   

The Home Depot.     Our products and services are available through The Home Depot stores located in California, Arizona, Oregon, Colorado and Maryland. We are the exclusive solar provider in the stores we serve. We sell through point-of-purchase displays in the stores, through a team of field energy advisors that canvass the stores and speak to prospective customers, and through other direct marketing strategies including in-store flyers, seminars, promotions, search engine marketing campaigns, email campaigns, retail signage and displays, and a co-branded website.

 

   

Homebuilder partners.     Our products and services are available through several new home builders. These partners market solar energy systems through a variety of strategies, including advertising within their model homes, signage within their communities, realtor emails, newspaper inserts, online banners and co-branded flyers. Certain of these partners pre-pay for the electricity that will be produced by the solar energy system installed on the new home they sell, using the benefit of free solar energy as a selling point.

 

   

Other channel partners.     Our products and services also are available through Paramount Energy Solutions, LLC, dba Paramount Solar. Paramount Solar engages residential photovoltaic solar system customers through its own sales and marketing strategies.

 

  Ÿ  

Customer Referral Program .     We believe that customer referrals are the most effective way to market our products and services. Approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We offer cash awards to incentivize our current customers to refer their friends, family and colleagues to install solar energy systems or enroll in an energy efficiency evaluation performed. We also encourage our customers to host solar energy parties with their friends, family and colleagues, where one of our in-house solar consultants make an informal presentation.

We also market our products and services through a variety of direct marketing strategies designed to reach qualified homeowners and businesses, including radio ads and public radio sponsorships, newspaper and magazine ads, online banner ads, search engine marketing, direct mail, participation in trade shows, events and home shows, email marketing, public relations, social media, sweepstakes and promotions, newsletters, community programs and field marketing techniques such as door-to-door canvassing. Our in-house marketing team manages and coordinates our media buying and customizes our content for each region.

Operations and Suppliers

We purchase major components such as solar panels and inverters directly from multiple manufacturers. We screen these suppliers and components based on expected cost, reliability, warranty coverage, ease of installation and other ancillary costs. As of May 31, 2012, our primary solar panel suppliers were Trina Solar Limited, Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited and Kyocera Solar, Inc., among others, and our primary inverter suppliers were Power-One, Inc., SMA Solar Technology, AG, Schneider Electric SA and Fronius International GmbH, among others. We typically

 

92


Table of Contents

enter into master contractual arrangements with our major suppliers that define the general terms and conditions of our purchases, including warranties, product specifications, indemnities, delivery and other customary terms. We typically purchase solar panels and inverters on an as-needed basis from our suppliers at then-prevailing prices pursuant to purchase orders issued under our master contractual arrangements. We do not have any supplier arrangements that contain long-term pricing or volume commitments.

The U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. We are not the importer of record of these solar panels and as a result we are not responsible for payment of the proposed tariffs.

Our racking systems are manufactured by contract manufacturers in the United States using our design.

We generally source the hundreds of other products related to our solar energy systems and energy efficiency upgrades services, such as HVAC and water heating equipment, fasteners and electrical fittings, through a variety of distributors. In addition, we source our EV charging stations from Tesla Motors and others.

We currently operate in 14 states. We manage inventory through one of our six centralized storage and distribution facilities, and we distribute inventory to local warehouses weekly as needed. We maintain a fleet of over 550 trucks and other vehicles to support our installers and operations. This operational scale is fundamental to our business, as our field teams currently complete more than 800 residential installations each month, while our project management teams simultaneously manage thousands of projects as they move through the stages of engineering, permitting, installation and monitoring.

We offer a range of warranties and performance guarantees for our solar energy systems. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems we sell, together with a pass-through of the inverter and module manufacturers’ warranties that generally range from 5 to 25 years. Where we sell the electricity generated by a solar energy system, we provide ongoing service and repair during the entire term of the customer relationship and compensate customers if their system produces less energy than our guarantee in any given year by refunding overpayments.

Securing Our Solar Energy Systems

Unless a customer fully prepays for its solar energy system, we file a uniform commercial code financing statement, or UCC-1, on the systems in the real property records where each system is located prior to or when the system is installed. We file the UCC-1 to put on notice anyone who might perform a title search on the address where the system is located that our property, the solar energy system, is installed on the building. This filing protects our rights as the system’s owner against any mortgage on the real property. If the lender that holds the mortgage on the real property forecloses on our customer’s home, the UCC-1 filing protects our interest in the solar energy system and prohibits the lender from taking ownership of our solar energy system. A UCC-1 fixture filing is not a lien against a customer’s home and does not entitle us to the proceeds of the sale of a home in foreclosure. Typically, when a foreclosed home is sold by the lender, we negotiate with the prospective buyer to

 

93


Table of Contents

assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement. We believe the prospective buyer is motivated to assume the existing agreement by the opportunity to purchase energy from us at a lower price than that available from the electric utility. To date, we have only had to repossess three systems. In every other case, we have successfully negotiated with the new buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement.

Competition

We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these traditional utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. We believe that we compete favorably with traditional utilities based on these factors in the regions we service.

We also compete with companies that provide products and services in distinct segments of the downstream solar energy and energy efficiency value chain. For example, many solar companies only install solar energy systems, while others only provide financing for these installations. These distributed energy competitors typically work in contractual arrangements with third parties, leaving the customer in the position of having to deal with different companies for different aspects of their solar energy project. In the residential solar energy system installation market, our competitors include American Solar Electric, Inc., Astrum Solar, Inc., Petersen Dean, Inc., Real Goods Solar, Inc., REC Solar, Inc., Sungevity, Inc., Trinity Solar, Inc., Verengo, Inc. and many smaller local solar companies. In the commercial solar energy system installation market, our competitors include Chevron Corporation, SunPower Corporation and Team Solar, Inc. In the solar project financing market, our competitors include SunRun Inc. In the energy efficiency products and services market, our competitors include Ameresco, Inc.

We believe that we compete favorably with these companies because we take an integrated approach to Better Energy, including offering solar energy systems, energy efficiency offerings, electric vehicle charging stations and additional energy-related products and services, as well as in-house sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, and operations and maintenance. Our competitors offer only a subset of the products and services we provide. Aside from simple cost efficiency, we offer distinct practical benefits as an all-in-one provider. We provide a single point of contact and accountability for our products and services during the relationship with our customers.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an essential element of our business, and our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property laws, confidentiality agreements and license agreements to establish and protect our intellectual property rights.

As of May 31, 2012, we had 4 patents issued and 13 pending applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. These patents and applications relate to our installation and mounting hardware, our finance products, our monitoring solutions and our software platforms. Our issued patents start expiring in 2028. We intend to continue to file additional patent applications.

All of our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property and assigning to us any ownership that they may claim in those works.

 

94


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

We are not a “regulated utility” in the United States under applicable national, state or other local regulatory regimes where we conduct business. For our limited operations in Ontario, Canada, our subsidiary is subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff, or FIT, regulations, including the FIT rates.

To operate our systems we obtain interconnection agreements from the applicable local primary electricity utility. Depending on the size of the solar energy system and local law requirements, interconnection agreements are between the local utility and either us or our customer. In almost all cases, interconnection agreements are standard form agreements that have been pre-approved by the local public utility commission or other regulatory body with jurisdiction over interconnection agreements. As such, no additional regulatory approvals are required once interconnection agreements are signed. We maintain a utility administration function, with primary responsibility for engaging with utilities and ensuring our compliance with interconnection rules.

Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the occupational health and safety of our employees and wage regulations. For example, we are subject to the requirements of the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, or OSHA, and comparable state laws that protect and regulate employee health and safety. We have a robust safety department led by a safety professional, and we expend significant resources to comply with OSHA requirements and industry best practices.

Federal and/or state prevailing wage requirements, which generally apply to any “public works” construction project that receives public funds, may apply to installations of our solar energy systems on government facilities. The prevailing wage is the basic hourly rate paid on public works projects to a majority of workers engaged in a particular craft, classification or type of work within a particular area. Prevailing wage requirements are established and enforced by regulatory agencies. Our in-house prevailing wage expert monitors and coordinates our continuing compliance with these regulations.

Government Incentives

U.S. federal, state and local governments have established various incentives and financial mechanisms to reduce the cost of solar energy and to accelerate the adoption of solar energy. These incentives include tax credits, tax abatement, rebates, and net energy metering, or net metering, programs. These incentives help catalyze private sector investments in solar energy and efficiency measures, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

The federal government provides an uncapped investment tax credit, or Federal ITC, that allows a taxpayer to claim a credit of 30% of qualified expenditures for a residential or commercial solar energy system that is placed in service on or before December 31, 2016. This credit is scheduled to reduce to 10% effective January 1, 2017. The federal government also provides accelerated depreciation for eligible solar energy systems.

Approximately half of the states offer a personal and/or corporate investment or production tax credit for solar, that is additive to the Federal ITC. Further, more than half of the states, and many local jurisdictions, have established property tax incentives for renewable energy systems, that include exemptions, exclusions, abatements and credits.

Many state governments, utilities, municipal utilities and co-operative utilities offer a rebate or other cash incentive for the installation and operation of a solar energy system or energy efficiency measures. Capital costs or “up-front” rebates provide funds to solar customers based on the cost, size or expected production of a customer’s solar energy system. Performance-based incentives provide

 

95


Table of Contents

cash payments to a system owner based on the energy generated by their solar energy system during a pre-determined period, and they are paid over that time period. Some states also have established FIT programs that are a type of performance-based incentive where the system owner-producer is paid a set rate for the electricity their system generates over a set period of time.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Some states require utilities to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds a set percentage of the utilities’ aggregate customer peak demand.

Many states also have adopted procurement requirements for renewable energy production. Twenty-nine states have adopted a renewable portfolio standard that requires regulated utilities to procure a specified percentage of total electricity delivered to customers in the state from eligible renewable energy sources, such as solar energy systems, by a specified date. To prove compliance with such mandates, utilities must surrender renewable energy certificates, or RECs. System owners often are able to sell RECs to utilities directly or in REC markets.

Employees and Our Company Values

We take great pride in being a company built on values. Our values are an integral part of who we are and how we conduct business, and they provide the framework for delivering exceptional service to our customers. These values are:

 

  Ÿ  

We are teammates.

 

  Ÿ  

We are innovators who welcome change.

 

  Ÿ  

We provide quality workmanship.

 

  Ÿ  

We act with integrity and honesty.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to lower costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We are anchored in safety.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to exceed customer expectations.

 

  Ÿ  

We change the world for the better.

We strive to attract, hire and retain the best employees and have designed programs to reward and incent our employees, including competitive salaries, equity ownership and substantial opportunities for career advancement.

As of May 31, 2012, we had 1,827 full-time employees, consisting of 507 in sales and marketing, 130 in engineering, 880 in installation, 163 in customer care and project control and 147 others. Of our employees, 1,200 are located in California, including 531 located in our headquarters in San Mateo, California. Our remaining employees are located in 10 other states and Washington, D.C.

Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and the delivery of energy products

 

96


Table of Contents

and services. Because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources, and this requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high San Francisco Bay Area standards for employees employed in these fields. Further, as the industry continues to expand, we are increasingly subject to competition to hire the best salespeople and others who are keys to our growing business. We employ a team of full-time recruiters who are dedicated to identifying and qualifying prospective employees to support our growth.

Our employees are not currently represented by any labor union or subject to any collective bargaining agreement. To date, we have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters and executive offices are located in San Mateo, California, where we occupy approximately 68,025 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in December 2016. Our other locations include sales offices and warehouses in Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Hawaii, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania and Texas. We also maintain sales and support offices in Ontario, Canada.

We lease all of our facilities, and we do not own any real property. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that we will be able to lease suitable additional or alternative space on commercially reasonable terms if and when we need it.

Legal Proceedings

On February 13, 2012, SunPower Corporation filed an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California (Civil Action No. 12-00694), or the Complaint. The Complaint asserts 12 causes of action against six defendants: SolarCity, Thomas Leyden, Matt Giannini, Dan Leary, Felix Aguayo and Alice Cathcart, although only the following six causes of action are asserted against SolarCity: (i) trade secret misappropriation; (ii) conversion; (iii) trespass to chattels; (iv) interference with prospective business advantage; (v) unfair competition; and (vi) statutory unfair competition. Each of Messrs. Leyden, Giannini, Leary and Aguayo, and Ms. Cathcart, or the Individual Defendants, are former SunPower employees, and at the time SunPower filed the Complaint, each was a SolarCity employee. The Complaint’s claims generally relate to alleged unlawful access of SunPower computers by the Individual Defendants for the purpose of securing SunPower information, the alleged misappropriation of SunPower’s trade secret information for competitive advantage or in furtherance of recruiting some or all of the Individual Defendants to leave SunPower and join SolarCity. The Complaint seeks preliminary and permanent injunctions, damages and attorney’s fees. In September 2011, we hired Mr. Leyden as our vice president of commercial sales; subsequently, his title was changed to vice president, project development. Mr. Leyden’s employment with us ceased on March 2, 2012. Discovery in the Complaint has not yet commenced, and no trial date has been set. SolarCity intends to defend itself vigorously against the Complaint’s allegations.

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business.

 

97


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of May 31, 2012:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

     

Lyndon R. Rive

     35       Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Peter J. Rive

     38       Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director

Robert D. Kelly.

     54       Chief Financial Officer

Tobin J. Corey

     50       Chief Revenue Officer

Benjamin J. Cook

     40       Vice President, Structured Finance

Linda L. Keala

     54       Vice President, Human Resources

Mark C. Roe

     48       Vice President, Operations

John M. Stanton

     48       Vice President, Governmental Affairs

Ben Tarbell

     37       Vice President, Products

Seth R. Weissman

     43       Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Elon Musk

     40       Chairman of the Board

Raj Atluru

     43       Director

John H. N. Fisher (1)(2)(3)

     53       Director

Antonio J. Gracias

     41       Director

Hans A. Mehn

     41       Director

Nancy E. Pfund (1)(2)(3)

     56       Director

Jeffrey B. Straubel (1)(2)(3)

     36       Director

 

(1) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the audit committee.

Executive Officers

Lyndon R. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from October 1999 to July 2006, Mr. Rive co-founded and served as vice president and a member of the board of directors of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Prior to this, Mr. Rive founded LRS, a distributor of health products in South Africa. Mr. Rive is also a current member of the U.S. underwater hockey team. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief executive officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

Peter J. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief operations officer, chief technology officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from April 2001 to June 2006, Mr. Rive served as chief technology officer of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Mr. Rive holds a bachelor’s degree in computer science from Queen’s University, Canada. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

 

98


Table of Contents

Robert D. Kelly has served as our chief financial officer since October 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer of Calera Corporation, a clean technology company, from August 2009 to October 2011, and as an independent consultant providing financial advice to retail energy providers and power developers from January 2006 to August 2009. Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer and executive vice president of Calpine Corporation, an independent power producer, from March 2002 to November 2005, as president of Calpine Finance Company from March 2001 to November 2005, and held various financial management roles with Calpine from 1991 to 2001. In December 2005, Calpine filed a petition for voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 in January 2008. Mr. Kelly also served as the marketing manager of Westinghouse Credit Corporation from 1990 to 1991, as vice president of Lloyds Bank PLC from 1989 to 1990, and in various positions with The Bank of Nova Scotia from 1982 to 1989. Mr. Kelly holds a bachelor’s of commerce degree from Memorial University of Newfoundland and an MBA from Dalhousie University, Canada.

Tobin J. Corey has served as our chief revenue officer since January 2012. Since October 2011, Mr. Corey served as an adjunct professor at Stanford University teaching management science and engineering. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Corey was chief executive officer of Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company launching new start ups, from September 1999 to December 2011. From September 1995 to September 1999, Mr. Corey served as president and chief operating officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm. Mr. Corey holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and computer science from Southern Connecticut State University.

Benjamin J. Cook has served as our vice president, structured finance since May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Cook served as vice president of finance for Recurrent Energy, LLC, a distributed utility-scale solar project developer, from January 2009 to February 2010. Prior to Recurrent Energy, Mr. Cook served as director of structured finance and business development in the systems division of SunPower Corporation, a solar products and services company, from November 2006 to December 2008. Prior to SunPower, Mr. Cook served in various positions in technology market development for Tiax, LLC, a technology development company, from January 2005 to November 2006. Mr. Cook also served as founder and chief executive officer of Solar Electric Light Co., a solar power developer, financier, and operator focused on emerging markets, from January 2003 to September 2004. Mr. Cook developed and financed projects for Bechtel Enterprises, the project finance and project development group of the Bechtel construction group, from September 2001 to January 2003. Mr. Cook holds bachelor’s degrees in physics and economics from the University of Virginia and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Linda L. Keala has served as our vice president, human resources since January 2011 and as our director of human resources from November 2010 to January 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Ms. Keala co-founded and served as vice president of TransformBlue, Inc., a mobile internet technology advisor, from July 2009 to November 2010. Prior to TransformBlue, Ms. Keala served as vice president of business operations and secretary of NBX Inc., an online sports entertainment company, from September 2005 to June 2009. From January 2000 to December 2005, Ms. Keala served as vice president, human resources and administration at Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company. Ms. Keala served as executive vice president and chief people officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm, from January 1996 to December 1999.

Mark C. Roe has served as our vice president, operations since January 2011. Mr. Roe joined SolarCity following his brief retirement after serving as senior director of worldwide service at Apple Inc., a designer, manufacturer and marketer of personal computers and related products, from February 2004 to March 2009. Mr. Roe served as vice president of customer service and quality at Palm, Inc., a manufacturer of handheld electronics, from March 2001 to January 2004. Mr. Roe also held positions at Webvan Group, Inc. and Beyond.com, Inc. Mr. Roe holds a bachelor’s degree in industrial engineering and operations research from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, and an MBA from Syracuse University.

 

99


Table of Contents

John M. Stanton has served as our vice president, governmental affairs since March 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Stanton served as executive vice president and general counsel of the Solar Energy Industries Association, where he oversaw legal and government affairs for the solar industry’s pre-eminent trade association, from November 2006 to February 2010. Mr. Stanton also served as vice president for energy, climate and transportation programs at the National Environmental Trust from December 1998 to December 2006. Mr. Stanton also served as legislative counsel for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and as Deputy Attorney General for the state of New Jersey. Mr. Stanton holds a bachelor’s degree in Latin American studies and philosophy from Tulane University and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law School.

Ben Tarbell has served as our vice president, products since May 2010 and previously served as our director of products from November 2006 to May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Tarbell served as program manager, PV Modules for Miasolé, a thin-film solar cell developer, from July 2005 to November 2006. Prior to Miasolé Inc., Mr. Tarbell served as project manager for IDEO Inc., a design consulting firm, from June 1998 to July 2003. Mr. Tarbell holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from Cornell University, a master’s degree in mechanical engineering design from Stanford University and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Seth R. Weissman has served as our vice president and general counsel since September 2008 and as our secretary since May 2009. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Weissman served as vice president, general counsel, and chief privacy officer of Coremetrics, Inc., the leading digital marketing company, from June 2004 to August 2008. Mr. Weissman also practiced employment and corporate law at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, at Stoneman, Chandler and Miller LLP, and at Hutchins, Wheeler, Dittmar, Professional Corporation. Mr. Weissman holds a bachelor’s degree in political science from The Pennsylvania State University and a J.D. from Boston University School of Law.

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Lyndon R. Rive, our co-founder and chief executive officer, and Peter J. Rive, our co-founder, chief operations officer and chief technology officer, are brothers and cousins to Elon Musk, the chairman of our board of directors. There are no other family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Non-Employee Directors

Elon Musk has served as the chairman of our board of directors since July 2006. Mr. Musk has served as the chief executive officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since October 2008, and as chairman of the board of directors of Tesla since April 2004. Mr. Musk has also served as chief executive officer, chief technology officer and chairman of Space Exploration Technologies Corporation, a company which is developing and launching advanced rockets for satellite and eventually human transportation, since May 2002. Mr. Musk co-founded PayPal, Inc., an electronic payment system, which was acquired by eBay Inc. in October 2002, and Zip2 Corporation, a provider of internet enterprise software and services, which was acquired by Compaq Computer Corporation in March 1999. Mr. Musk holds a bachelor’s degree in physics from the University of Pennsylvania and a bachelor’s degree in business from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

We believe Mr. Musk possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with technology companies, extensive experience with energy technology companies and the perspective and experience he brings as one of our largest stockholders.

 

100


Table of Contents

Raj Atluru has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2012. Mr. Atluru has been a partner of Silver Lake Kraftwerk since 2011. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Atluru was a partner at Draper Fisher Jurvetson for 10 years where he spearheaded DFJ’s cleantech investment practice since 2001 and its India investment operations since 2005. Mr. Atluru remains a venture partner at DFJ. He serves on the advisory board of the Cleantech Investors Forum and co-founded The Spotlight Fund, a non-profit dedicated to funding start-up educational entrepreneurs. Mr. Atluru holds a B.S. and an M.S. in Civil/Environmental Engineering and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Atluru possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a cleantech and renewable energy venture capital investor and as a board member.

John H. N. Fisher has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Fisher has served as a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm, for over two decades. Mr. Fisher serves on the board of directors of DFJ ePlanet Ventures and on the Investment Committees of DFJ Growth Fund, DFJ New England, and DFJ Esprit Ventures. Mr. Fisher previously held positions at ABS Ventures, Alex. Brown & Sons Inc., and Bank of America Corporation. Mr. Fisher serves as a Trustee of the California Academy of Sciences and serves on the board of directors of Common Sense Media. Mr. Fisher holds a bachelor’s degree in history of science from Harvard College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Fisher possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and as a board member.

Antonio J. Gracias has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2012. Mr. Gracias has been chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp., a private equity firm, since 2003. Mr. Gracias holds a joint B.S. and M.S. degree in international finance and economics from the Georgetown University School of Foreign Service and a J.D. from the University of Chicago Law School. Mr. Gracias also serves as a member of the board of directors of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer.

We believe that Mr. Gracias possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his management experience with a nationally recognized private equity firm and his operations management and supply chain optimization expertise.

Hans A. Mehn has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2009. Mr. Mehn has also served as a partner at Generation Investment Management LLP, an independent investment firm focused on integrated sustainability research, since January 2008. Mr. Mehn also serves as senior portfolio manager for the Climate Solutions Fund, an investment fund focused on public and private equity investments. Mr. Mehn has also held positions with Swiss Re Ltd. and affiliates, a reinsurance provider, from 1997 to December 2007, and prior to that, with Smith Barney Inc., an investment bank. Mr. Mehn holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and art history from Duke University.

We believe Mr. Mehn possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as an investor focusing on sustainable development and growth companies and as a board member.

Nancy E. Pfund has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Ms. Pfund has also served as a managing partner of DBL Investors, a venture capital firm, since January 2008. Ms. Pfund previously served as a managing director of JPMorgan & Co., an investment bank, from January 2002 to January 2008. Ms. Pfund also serves as a member of the board of directors of the

 

101


Table of Contents

California Clean Energy Fund, a not-for-profit fund mandated by the California Public Utilities Commission to invest in companies pursuing fossil-fuel alternatives, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the UC Davis Center for Energy Efficiency. Ms. Pfund holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in anthropology from Stanford University and an MBA from the Yale School of Management.

We believe Ms. Pfund possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including her extensive experience as a venture capital investor focusing on technology companies, and as a board member.

Jeffrey B. Straubel has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2006. Mr. Straubel has served as chief technology officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since May 2004 and as principal engineer, drive systems from March 2004 to May 2005. Mr. Straubel served as chief technical officer and co-founder of Volacom Inc., an aerospace firm which designed a specialized high-altitude electric aircraft platform, from January 2002 to May 2004. Mr. Straubel holds a bachelor’s degree in energy systems engineering from Stanford University and a master’s degree in engineering, with an emphasis on power electronics, microprocessor control and energy conversion, from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Straubel possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with energy technology companies.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as currently in effect provides that our board of directors shall consist of eleven members. We anticipate filling these two vacancies with independent directors.

Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2013 for the Class I directors, 2014 for the Class II directors and 2015 for the Class III directors.

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class I directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class II directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class III directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

 

102


Table of Contents

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business, reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans, and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Following the end of each year, our board of directors will conduct an annual self-evaluation, which includes a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors have full access to our management and independent advisors.

Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee oversees and reviews with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, and our compensation committee oversees risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market. Under the listing requirements and rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In February and March 2012, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Atluru, Fisher, Gracias, Mehn and Straubel, and Ms. Pfund are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, constituting a majority of our board of directors as required by the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund, who comprise our audit committee, our compensation committee and our nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

 

103


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of the charters for our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will be available without charge, upon request in writing to SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402; Attn: Secretary, or on the investor relations portion of our website, www.solarcity.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Audit Committee .    Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes. Our audit committee generally oversees:

 

  Ÿ  

our accounting and financial reporting processes as well as the audit and integrity of our financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

our compliance with disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting as well as the compliance of our employees, directors and consultants with ethical standards adopted by us.

Our audit committee also has certain responsibilities, including without limitation, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

selecting and hiring the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

supervising and evaluating the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

serving as our qualified legal compliance committee.

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated an audit committee chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that each of the directors serving on our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We are currently seeking an audit committee member who will be a financial expert as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and who has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We anticipate filling this position prior to the closing of this offering. The audit committee will be comprised of independent directors, subject to the phase-in periods available to companies listing on the NYSE or NASDAQ

 

104


Table of Contents

Stock Market in connection with an initial public offering. Each member of the audit committee will be financially literate at the time such member is appointed. The composition of the audit committee will satisfy the independence and other requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and is responsible for evaluating, approving and reviewing the compensation arrangements, plans, policies and programs for our executive officers and directors, and overseeing our cash-based and equity-based compensation plans.

The functions of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and dollar amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance agreements and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

  Ÿ  

administering our equity compensation plans.

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a compensation committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our compensation committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, is a nonemployee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an outside director as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The functions of our nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the board of directors for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing the succession planning for each of our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management; and

 

  Ÿ  

recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each

 

105


Table of Contents

member of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, and we have also adopted a code of ethics for principal executives and senior financial officers.

Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors do not currently receive any cash compensation for their services as directors or as board committee members. The compensation committee has retained Compensia, Inc., a compensation advisory firm, to provide recommendations on non-employee director compensation following this offering based on an analysis of relevant market data.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last completed year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. Before establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to compensation of our executive officers.

 

106


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2011 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our principal executive officer and each of our named executive officers during the last completed fiscal year. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2011.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
(1)($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)
    All
Other
Compensation
(2)($)
    Total
($)
 

Lyndon R. Rive, Chief Executive Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Peter J. Rive, Chief Operations Officer and Chief Technology Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Robert D. Kelly, Chief Financial Officer (3)

    2011      $ 46,731                    $ 2,882,014      $ 31,250      $ 40      $ 2,960,035   

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2011 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that our named executive officers may receive from the options.
(2) The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column represent group term life insurance premiums.
(3) Mr. Kelly joined SolarCity as our chief financial officer in October 2011. His annual base salary is $270,000.

2011 Bonus Decisions

After the conclusion of the fiscal year, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer evaluated our financial performance for 2011 and determined that, based on this performance, as well as their evaluation of the performance and contributions of our chief financial officer, that we should pay a bonus to him. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of his contribution during the year. In addition, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer also took into consideration his responsibilities, experience, skills, equity holdings, and current market practice.

In addition, our board of directors evaluated the performance of our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer and determined to pay bonuses to these individuals. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of each individual’s contributions during the year and equity holdings.

The annual cash bonuses for our named executive officers earning such bonuses for 2011 were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Cash Bonus
Opportunity
    Actual
Cash
Bonus
 

Lyndon R. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Peter J. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Robert D. Kelly

   $ 31,250 (1)    $ 31,250   

 

(1) Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Kelly’s target cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, adjusted to reflect his actual time of employment in 2011.

 

107


Table of Contents

2011 Equity Grants

On May 25, 2011, our board of directors approved stock option grants to purchase shares of our common stock for Messrs. Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive. The stock options granted to these named executive officers were for the right of each to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to $5.07 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date, and have a 48-month time-based vesting schedule.

On October 24, 2011, our board of directors approved the grant to Mr. Kelly of two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock, each with an exercise price equal to $5.92 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date. The first of the two stock options is subject to a four-year time-based vesting schedule with an initial 12-month cliff vesting requirement. The second stock option is subject to a performance-based vesting schedule which provides that 20% of the options to purchase shares of our common stock will vest in full upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with a value of at least $2 billion during his employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

Welfare and Other Employee Benefits

We provide other benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as all of our full-time employees in the country where they reside. These benefits include health, dental, and vision benefits, health and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and basic life insurance coverage. See below for a description of our 401(k) plan.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

We do not provide perquisites to our named executive officers, except in limited situations.

Pension Benefits

We did not sponsor any defined benefit pension or other actuarial plan for our executive officers during 2011.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We did not maintain any nonqualified defined contribution or other deferred compensation plans or arrangements for our executive officers during 2011.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Code limits. We do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to do so. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

Mr. Kelly’s Employment Offer Letter

On October 17, 2011, we named Mr. Kelly our chief financial officer. The terms and conditions of his employment were approved by our board of directors.

 

108


Table of Contents

When we hired Mr. Kelly, our board of directors approved an employment offer letter setting forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including an initial annual base salary of $270,000, an initial target annual cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, and two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock. Other than these terms, Mr. Kelly’s employment is “at will” and for no specific period of time.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Only one of our named executive officers, Mr. Kelly, is eligible to receive certain payments and benefits in connection with his termination of employment under various circumstances. None of our executive officers are eligible to receive any payments or benefits in connection with or following a change in control of our company, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

Our executive officers are eligible to receive any benefits accrued under our broad-based benefit plans, such as accrued vacation pay, in accordance with those plans and policies.

Termination of Employment—Mr. Kelly

In the event that we terminate Mr. Kelly’s employment without cause, Mr. Kelly would be eligible to receive a pro rata portion of any earned commissions or bonus. He is not otherwise eligible to receive any specific payments or benefits in the event of a change in control of SolarCity, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of our named executive officers, information regarding outstanding equity awards held as of December 31, 2011.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Awards –
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Awards –
Option
Expiration
Date
 

Lyndon R. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Peter J. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Robert D. Kelly

    10/24/2011               332,014 (2)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   
    10/24/2011               332,014 (3)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   

 

(1)

These stock options vest over a four-year period as follows: 1/48 th of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable each month following the respective vesting commencement date (September 2, 2009 or May 25, 2011), subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(2)

This stock option vests over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date (October 17, 2011) and 1/36 th of the remaining shares of our common stock subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(3) This stock option vests as follows: 20% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with an aggregate value of at least $2 billion during Mr. Kelly’s employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

 

109


Table of Contents

2011 Director Compensation

In 2011 we did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other non-employee members of our board of directors. The non-employee members of our board of directors do not hold any equity awards or non-equity awards. Mr. Lyndon R. Rive, who is our chief executive officer, and Mr. Peter J. Rive, who is our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, receive no compensation for their service as directors. The compensation received by these executive officers as employees during 2011 is presented in “2011 Summary Compensation Table.”

Employee Benefit Plans

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Plan, prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2012 Plan is effective upon its adoption by our board of directors, but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2012 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2012 Plan is 7,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2007 Stock Plan, or the 2007 Plan, and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options granted under the 2007 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2012 Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above equal to 16,687,383 shares as of May 31, 2012. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

8,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2012 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2012 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan.

Plan Administration .    The 2012 Plan will be administered by our board of directors who, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to

 

110


Table of Contents

each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2012 Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2012 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2012 Plan and awards granted thereunder. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2012 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of all options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting). After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of the stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the grant date. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions the administrator establishes. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units .    Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market

 

111


Table of Contents

value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Performance Units/Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2012 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and awards may be exercised by the participant only during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2012 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the proposed transaction and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2012 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2012 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an outside director’s awards are assumed or substituted for and his or her service as an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Plan Amendment, Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2012 Plan will automatically terminate in 2022, unless we terminate it sooner.

 

112


Table of Contents

2007 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Plan in March 2007, and our stockholders approved our 2007 Plan in August 2007. Our 2007 Plan was amended and restated most recently in February 2012.

Our 2007 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2007 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2012 Plan; however, the 2007 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock option awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2007 Plan is 19,400,000 shares of our common stock. As of May 31, 2012, options to purchase 14,745,352 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2007 Plan and 1,942,031 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2007 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan.

Plan Administration .     The 2007 Plan is administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees (referred to as the “administrator”).

Subject to the provisions of our 2007 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price of the options, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2007 Plan, among other powers. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2007 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2007 Plan and awards granted under the 2007 Plan. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2007 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the

 

113


Table of Contents

option will remain exercisable for twelve months (in the event of a termination due to death) or six months (in the event of a termination due to disability). In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for thirty days following a termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms are set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2007 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2007 Plan, the administrator will make proportional adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be issued under the 2007 Plan and/or the number and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, each award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2007 Plan provides that in the event of a sale, merger or change in control, as defined under the 2007 Plan, each outstanding award will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest and all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2007 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Concurrently with this offering, we are establishing our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our ESPP, prior to the completion of this offering. Our executive officers and all of our other employees will be allowed to participate in our ESPP.

A total of 1,300,000 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

2,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as may be determined by the administrator.

Our board of directors or a committee designated by the board of directors will administer the ESPP and has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility. Every determination made by the administrator will be final and binding upon all parties to the full extent permitted by law.

Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any

 

114


Table of Contents

calendar year, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year as required by applicable local law. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

  Ÿ  

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year.

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for consecutive 6-month offering periods with a new offering period beginning on the first trading days on or after February 1 and August 1 of each year, or on such other date as the administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first offering period under the ESPP will start on the first trading day on or after the date upon which the SEC declares our registration statement effective and end on the first trading day on or after February 1, 2013.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of the compensation he or she receives on each payday during the offering period. Eligible compensation includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, payments for overtime and shift premium commissions (to the extent such commissions are an integral, recurring part of compensation), but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 1,000 shares of common stock during each offering period.

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock on each exercise date. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day of the offering period, unless determined otherwise by the administrator. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Employees who end their participation at any time during an offering period must wait until the beginning of the next offering period to begin participation. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment and the participant will be paid any accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock.

A participant may not transfer credited contributions to his or her account or rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume, or substitute for, each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding options, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date (when such offering period will end) will be set which will occur prior to the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant in writing or electronically that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless the participant has already withdrawn from the offering period.

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP at any time and for any reason, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

 

115


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction where the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain appropriate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

116


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above under “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of those transactions since January 1, 2009, that we have participated in where the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private Placements

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2009, we sold an aggregate of 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $5.41 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      739,370       $ 3,999,992   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      3,696,858         20,000,002   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.

Series E-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2010, we sold an aggregate of 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $6.25 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E-1 preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E-1 preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E-1
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      1,440,000       $ 9,000,000   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      160,000         1,000,000   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      240,000         1,500,000   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(3)

        1,600,000         10,000,000   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

 

117


Table of Contents

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

In June and July 2011, we sold an aggregate of 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $9.68 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.68 per share were issued in connection with the Series F preferred stock financing. Purchasers of the Series F preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and which were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series F preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series F
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      611,096       $ 5,912,354   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      167,036         1,616,074   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      174,694         1,690,165   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      1,033,592         10,000,003   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(3)

        80,768         781,430   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, LLC, Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

Series G Preferred Stock Financing

In February and March 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $23.92 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series G preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that are represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series G preferred stock by the various inventors:

 

Name of Stockholder

  

SolarCity Director

   Number of
Series G
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Fund affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(1)

   Nancy E. Pfund      41,812       $ 999,934   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable

        

Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      627,220         14,999,966   

SilverLake Kraftwerk, L.P

   Raj Atluru      1,149,904         27,499,954   

Valor Solar Holding, LLC

   Antonio J. Gracias      1,045,368         24,999,976   

 

(1) Affiliates of Bay Area Equity Fund holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund – BAEF II, L.P.

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to our executive officers. For a description of certain of these options, see “Executive Compensation—2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table.”

Transactions with First Solar

In October 2008, we entered into a framework agreement with First Solar, Inc., a manufacturer of solar panels and solar energy systems, to purchase 100 megawatts of solar panels between 2009 and 2013. In 2009 and 2010, we purchased approximately $18.5 million and $9.3 million, respectively, of

 

118


Table of Contents

solar panels from First Solar. During these periods, First Solar owned more than 10% of our outstanding common stock. The framework agreement with First Solar was terminated in December 2010. Michael J. Ahearn, who served on our board of directors from October 2008 to October 2009, was the chief executive officer and chairman of the board of First Solar during this period. Jens Meyerhoff, who replaced Mr. Ahearn on our board of directors from October 2009 to December 2010, was the chief financial officer of First Solar during this period. We believe that the prices, terms and conditions of these transactions were commercially reasonably and in the ordinary course of business.

Other Transactions

In late 2010, we received a grant from the California Public Utilities Commission, or CPUC, under its Self-Generation Incentive Program to develop distributed battery energy storage. We partnered with the University of California, Berkeley and Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, to jointly develop the technology. In connection the CPUC grant, in January 2011, we entered into a professional services agreement with Tesla to provide certain design, engineering and consulting services. The total amount payable by us to Tesla under this agreement is approximately $534,000, expected to be paid in 2012. Mr. Musk, the chairman of our board of directors, is the chief executive officer, product architect, chairman of the board of directors and a significant stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Fisher, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson which is a minority stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Straubel, a member of our board of directors, is the chief technology officer of Tesla. Mr. Gracias, a member of our board of directors, also is a member of the board of directors of Tesla; however, he joined our board following the date of these agreements.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and certain purchasers of our preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with whom certain of our directors are affiliated, grants these stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock that will be issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our audit committee charter will be effective when we complete this offering. The charter states that our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. All of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to the audit committee prior to entering into any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. Prior to the creation of our audit committee, our full board of directors reviewed related party transactions.

 

119


Table of Contents

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth under the section entitled “Related Party Transactions” on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

120


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2012, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, by:

 

  Ÿ  

each stockholder who we know is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our executive officers who are selling stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

all other selling stockholders.

We determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the SEC rules. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 56,370,053 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that                  shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. When we computed the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we considered to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2012. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. An asterisk (*) below denotes beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

121


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402.

 

     Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
    Shares
Being
Offered
   Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Offering

Beneficial Owner

   Shares      %        Shares    %

Named Executive Officers, Selling Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Lyndon R. Rive(1)

     3,952,377         6.9        

Peter J. Rive(2)

     3,952,377         6.9           

Robert D. Kelly

                       

Mark C. Roe(3)

     73,668         *           

John Stanton(4)

     81,239         *           

Ben Tarbell(5)

     161,283         *           

Seth R. Weissman(6)

     262,037         *           

Elon Musk(7)

     18,030,188         31.9           

Raj Atluru(8)

     1,149,904         2.0           

John H. N. Fisher(9)

     14,863,016         26.3           

Antonio J. Gracias(10)

     1,170,364         2.1           

Hans A. Mehn(11)

     4,248,912         7.5           

Nancy E. Pfund(12)

     4,190,462         7.4           

Jeffrey B. Straubel

     738,246         1.4           

All current executive officers and directors as a group (17 persons)(13)

     53,013,864         93.7           

Other 5% Stockholders:

             

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher(9)

     14,863,016         26.3           

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.(11)

     4,248,912         7.5           

Entities affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(12)

     4,190,462         7.4           

Other Selling Stockholders:

             
             
             
             
             
             

 

(1) Includes 1,952,378 shares held by the Rive Family Trust dated February 8, 2011, and 999,999 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after May 31, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(2) Includes 999,999 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after May 31, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(3) Includes 34,362 shares held by the Mark C. Roe and Jennifer L. Beaune Revocable Trust dated July 5, 2010, 11,467 shares held by the Mark C. Roe 2012 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust—I, and 11,467 shares held by the Jennifer L. Beaune 2012 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust—I. Also includes 16,372 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after May 31, 2012.
(4) Includes 81,239 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after May 31, 2012.
(5) Includes 84,853 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after May 31, 2012.
(6) Includes 262,037 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after May 31, 2012.
(7) Includes (i) 17,864,366 shares held of record by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003, and (ii) 165,822 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust that expire upon the completion of this offering. Includes 1,500,000 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co.
(8)

Includes 1,149,904 shares held of record by SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. Mr. Atluru is a partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Management Company, the general partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to

 

122


Table of Contents
 

have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Mr. Atluru disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for such fund is 1070 Commercial Street, San Carlos, California 94070.

(9) Includes 177,612 shares held of record by Draper Associates, L.P., 160,396 shares held of record by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, 7,561,714 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 854,188 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., 5,381,876 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 204,916 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, 435,110 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, and 26,098 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC. Also includes (i) 2,476 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, (ii) 20,446 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., (iii) 21,692 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., (iv) 14,134 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., (v) 554 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, (vi) 662 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC and (vii) 1,142 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, that expire upon the completion of this offering. Timothy C. Draper, John H. N. Fisher, Stephen T. Jurvetson, Jennifer Fonstad, Andreas Stavropoulos, Josh Stein and Don Wood are managing directors of the general partner entities of these funds that directly hold shares and as such they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for all entities above is 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(10) Includes 83,496 shares held of record by AJG Growth Fund, LLC, 1,045,368 shares held of record by Valor Solar Holdings, LLC and 41,500 shares held of record by Valor VC, LLC. Mr. Gracias is the manager of AJG Growth Fund, LLC and Valor VC, LLC and is a shareholder, director and chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp, which is the general partner of the general partner of the manager of Valor Solar Holdings, LLC. Mr. Gracias disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Valor VC, LLC and Valor Solar Holdings, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Valor entities and Mr. Gracias is 200 South Michigan Ave., Suite 1020, Chicago, Illinois 60604.
(11) Includes (i) 4,231,442 shares held of record by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and (ii) 17,470 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Mehn is one of the partners of Generation Investment Management LLP which serves as agent for the general partner of Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the shares. Mr. Mehn disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Vine Street, London W1J 0AH United Kingdom.
(12)

Includes (i) 3,491,594 shares held of record by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P., (ii) 619,702 shares held of record by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. Also includes (i) 76,638 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and (ii) 2,528 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Ms. Pfund is a managing partner of H&Q Venture Management, L.L.C., doing business as DBL Investors LLC, the managing member of Bay Area Equity Fund Managers I, L.L.C, the general partner of Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. Ms. Pfund disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Montgomery Street, Suite 2375 , San Francisco, California 94104.

(13) Includes (i) 2,518,020 shares issuable to our current executive officers and directors upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after May 31, 2012 and (ii) 323,564 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by our current executive officers and directors that expire upon the completion of this offering.

 

123


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect when this offering closes. This summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and             shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated. The following information reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

As of May 31, 2012, we had:

 

  Ÿ  

56,370,053 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 193 stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

14,745,352 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.28 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering and based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2012,                      shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described below, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock for an aggregate of 331,640 shares of our common stock that would otherwise expire when this offering is complete, (4) no additional exercises of options to purchase common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2012, and (5) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Each share of Series G preferred stock is initially convertible at the option of the holder into one share of our common stock. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series G preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the original issue price of $23.92 per share by (B) the product of (i) the public offering price in this offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions), multiplied by (ii) 0.6. However, in no event will one share of Series G preferred stock convert into more than approximately 2.47 shares or less than one share of common stock as a result of this conversion adjustment mechanism. As a result, the outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock will convert into no more than 8,372,069 shares and no fewer than 3,386,986 shares of common stock.

 

124


Table of Contents

Common Stock

Common stockholders are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, common stockholders are entitled to shares ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Common stockholders have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of common stockholders are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock that we will issue pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

When this offering is complete, our board of directors will be authorized, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time, up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, rights, preferences and privileges and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series of preferred stock, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of our common stockholders and the likelihood that our common stockholders will receive dividend payments upon liquidation and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of May 31, 2012, we had warrants outstanding to purchase 1,816,650 shares of our common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of our preferred stock into common stock, at exercise prices ranging from approximately $2.41 to $9.68 per share. The shares issuable upon exercise of the outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will convert into 331,640 shares of common stock if these warrants are exercised for cash, as a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, immediately prior to the closing of this offering. If not exercised before this offering is completed, all outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will automatically net exercise into a smaller number of shares of our common stock based on our initial public offering price. The outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock will automatically convert into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share, and if not exercised, these warrants will expire on various dates between June 2014 and April 2015. Each outstanding warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations and reclassifications, consolidations and the like.

Registration Rights

Following this offering’s completion, the holders of an aggregate of 47,096,682 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights agreement between us and the holders of these shares, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

 

125


Table of Contents

The registration rights terminate with respect to the registration rights of an individual holder on the earliest to occur of five years following the completion of this offering or such date as the holder can sell all of the holder’s shares in any three-month period under Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act, unless such holder holds at least 2% of our voting stock.

Demand Registration Rights.     At any time, other than during the six month period following the closing of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares subject to our investors’ rights agreement, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stock, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding the Series E preferred stock or the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series E-1 preferred stock may demand that we effect a registration under the Securities Act covering the public offering and sale of all or part of such registrable securities held by such stockholders. Upon any such demand we must use our best efforts to effect the registration of such registrable securities that have been requested to register together with all other registrable securities that we may have been requested to register by other stockholders pursuant to the incidental registration rights described below. We are only obligated to effect two registrations in response to these demand registration rights.

Incidental Registration Rights.     If we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder initiated demand registration, holders of such registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number registrable securities to be included in the registration statement, subject to certain restrictions.

Short Form Registration Rights.     Following this offering, we are obligated under our investors’ rights agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain eligible for registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 10% of such registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $1,000,000, subject to certain exceptions.

Expenses of Registration.     We will pay all registration expenses related to any demand, company or Form S-3 registration, including reasonable fees and expenses of one special counsel for the holders of such registrable securities, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes (if any), which will be borne by the holders of such registrable securities.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. We expect these provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire or obtain control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

 

126


Table of Contents

Limits on the Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special stockholders meetings may be called only by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay our stockholders ability to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may preclude the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to acquire or obtain control of our company.

Board Classification.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes and that our stockholders will elect one class each year. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board Composition.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

 

127


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     When this offering is complete, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  Ÿ  

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

  Ÿ  

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of common stock.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 662-7232.

Listing on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “SCTY.”

 

128


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

When this offering is complete, we will have an aggregate of          shares of common stock outstanding, assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock into an aggregate of 331,640 shares of our common stock, (4) no exercise of outstanding options to purchase common stock, and (5) the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

Of the outstanding shares, all of the         shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining         shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale when this offering is complete;

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

In addition, of the 14,745,352 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of May 31, 2012, options to purchase 5,793,671 shares of common stock were vested as of May 31, 2012 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering, subject to extension as described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Lock-Up Agreements and Obligations

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors, officers and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements that generally provide that these holders will not offer, pledge, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions described under the heading “Underwriting.”

 

129


Table of Contents

In addition, each grant agreement under our 2007 Plan contains restrictions similar to those set forth in the lock-up agreements described above limiting the disposition of securities issuable pursuant to those plans for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

The 180 day restricted periods described above are subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 180 day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180 day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day period, the restrictions on offers, pledges, sales, agreements to sell or other dispositions of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated waive such extension in writing.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

130


Table of Contents

As of May 31, 2012, 8,144,771 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards. These shares will be eligible for resale in reliance on this rule upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

Stock Options

We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans, ESPP and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements, and subject to vesting of such shares.

Registration Rights

When this offering is complete, the holders of an aggregate of 47,096,682 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

131


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock sold pursuant to this offering to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  Ÿ  

real estate investment trusts;

 

  Ÿ  

regulated investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  Ÿ  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock, except to the extent specifically set forth below;

 

  Ÿ  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

  Ÿ  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

In addition, if a partnership, including any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

132


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder, other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our common stock and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Although not subject to withholding tax, dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

133


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale, net of certain deductions or credits, under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the United States. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% (scheduled to increase to 31% for payments made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012) unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

134


Table of Contents

Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in 2010 generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under these rules, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution, which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners. The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain transition rules, any obligation to withhold under this legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2015. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

135


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional          shares from us and the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, announce the intention to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

 

136


Table of Contents

With respect to us, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

shares sold pursuant to this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares pursuant to any employee equity incentive plans contained in this prospectus, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of exercisable, convertible or exchangeable shares outstanding as of the date of the underwriting agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

entering into a Rule 10b5-1 plan to sell shares after the expiration of the 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares by operation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger or consolidation made to all holders of our capital stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

the issuance of shares, in amount up to an aggregate of 10% of the sum of our fully-diluted shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus plus the shares sold by us in this offering, in connection with mergers or acquisitions of securities, businesses, property or other assets (including pursuant to any employee benefit plans assumed in connection with such transactions), joint ventures, strategic alliances or equipment leasing arrangements.

With respect to our officers, directors and stockholders, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares acquired in open market transactions following completion of this offering, provided that such transfer is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of an officer, director or stockholder (as applicable) or the immediate family of such person, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares by will or intestate succession upon the death of such person, provided that the recipient agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares with the prior written consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of options or other equity incentive awards issued pursuant to any stock option or similar equity incentive or compensation plan approved by our board of directors, provided that such plan is outstanding at the time of this offering, still in effect at the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of warrants issued to such officer, director or stockholder including on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, provided that such exercise is subject to the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement and is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the entry into a Rule 10b5-1 plan to sell shares after the expiration of the 180-day restricted period;

 

  Ÿ  

the sale and transfer of shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

137


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control of our company, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to satisfy any tax obligations due as a result of the exercise of such options or warrants, subject to certain customary restrictions; or

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to us in connection with the repurchase of shares issued pursuant to equity incentive grants or pursuant to agreements under which such shares were issued;

and provided that, pursuant to the second, third or fourth bullets in this paragraph, any transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing or announcement by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee, as applicable) shall be required (except in the case of the fourth bullet above) or shall be voluntarily made in connection with any such transfer or distribution.

The 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. The factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, are our historical financial and operating performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects and those of our industry in general, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

 

138


Table of Contents

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area.     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU .

United Kingdom.     In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth

 

139


Table of Contents

companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Hong Kong.     The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.     This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan.     The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland .     The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in

 

140


Table of Contents

Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre .     This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia .     No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act) in relation to the common shares has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, or the ASIC. This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

(a)    you confirm and warrant that you are either:

(i)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

(ii)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

(iii)    a person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

(iv)    a ‘‘professional investor’’ within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act, and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

(b)    you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common shares for resale in Australia within 12 months of that common shares being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

 

141


Table of Contents

Chile .     The shares are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus supplement and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. We closed a $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in August 2011 and closed an additional $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in May 2012, both of which use lease pass-through structures. In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

142


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation own an interest representing less than 0.01% of our common stock. The underwriters are being represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Palo Alto, California, in connection with the offering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other SEC information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website referred to above. We also maintain a website at http://www.solarcity.com. When this offering is complete, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

143


Table of Contents

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

SolarCity Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

April 26, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share Par Values)

 

    December 31     March 31
2012
    Proforma
Stockholders’
Equity
March 31,
2012
    2010     2011      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 90,668     

Restricted cash

    600        1,796        1,963     

Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $76, $176 and $228 (unaudited) as of December 31,2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively)

    3,479        10,651        35,801     

Rebates receivable

    8,751        13,684        16,625     

Inventories

    30,217        142,742        150,188     

Deferred income tax asset

    1,358        4,306        4,057     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    7,757        17,872        12,577     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    110,432        241,522        311,879     

Restricted cash

    1,942        3,764        3,505     

Solar energy systems – net

    239,611        535,609        623,596     

Property and equipment – net

    9,331        14,421        17,665     

Other assets

    9,948        17,857        20,231     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 976,876     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 43,711      $ 162,586      $ 93,814     

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

    3,244        6,216        4,443     

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

    669        5,430        6,773     

Accrued and other current liabilities

    13,774        30,574        29,580     

Customer deposits

    3,656        13,933        13,680     

Current portion of deferred revenue

    5,215        13,504        16,014     

Borrowings under bank line of credit

    4,495        5,582        25,000     

Current portion of long-term debt

    3,001        2,640        42,111     

Current portion of lease pass-through financing obligation

    3,872        6,060        9,236     

Current portion of sale-leaseback financing obligation

    321        361        368     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    81,958        246,886        241,019     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    40,681        101,359        132,748     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

           14,581        32,339     

Long-term deferred tax liability

    1,358        4,313        4,067     

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

    53,097        46,541        94,576     

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

    15,758        15,144        15,049     

Deferred U.S. Treasury grants income, net of current portion

    18,671        132,004        158,451     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities

    6,554        5,325        13,913     

Other liabilities

    15,715        36,314        49,961     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    233,792        602,467        742,123     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock:

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 45,462, 47,042 and 56,734 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 39,451, 41,893 and 45,280 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively; aggregate liquidation value of $100,864, $122,751 and $203,751 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively

    101,446        125,722        206,940     

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 67,000, 75,000 and 106,000 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, and 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 8,949, 10,465 and 10,619 (unaudited) as of December 31, and 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively

           1        1     

Additional paid-in capital

    3,229        9,538        12,016     

Accumulated deficit

    (90,717     (47,201     (44,445  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (87,488     (37,662     (32,428  

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

    123,514        122,646        60,241     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total equity

    36,026        84,984        27,813     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 976,876     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                  (unaudited)  

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 3,417      $ 8,139   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        3,827        16,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        7,244        24,841   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,345        2,582   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        4,337        12,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        5,682        14,707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        1,562        10,134   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        6,590        16,131   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        6,641        8,562   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        13,231        24,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (11,669     (14,559

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        2,211        3,494   

Other expense, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,148        8,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (15,028     (27,027

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (24     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (15,052     (27,062

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (21,699     (29,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 6,647      $ 2,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 1,228      $ 453   

Diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 1,540      $ 656   

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.13      $ 0.04   

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.04   

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,659,797        10,503,931   

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        12,919,519        17,076,717   

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

Number of shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

    Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interests in
Subsidiaries
    Total
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount            

Balance, January 1, 2009

    31,575      $ 56,186            8,437      $      $ 496      $ (25,873   $ (25,377   $ 19,573        (5,804

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      46               6               6               6   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         40,970        40,970   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      10                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    862               862               862   

Issuance of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at $5.41 per share, net of issuance cost of $144

    4,436        23,856                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (26,227     (26,227     3,507        (22,720

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (8,014     (8,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

    36,011        80,042            8,493               1,364        (52,100     (50,736     56,036        5,300   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      450               92               92               92   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         97,082        97,082   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      6                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    1,773               1,773               1,773   

Issuance of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock at $6.25 per share, net of issuance cost of $96

    3,440        21,404                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (38,617     (38,617     (8,457     (47,074

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (21,147     (21,147
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    39,451        101,446            8,949               3,229        (90,717     (87,488     123,514        36,026   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      1,489        1        1,089               1,090               1,090   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         207,970        207,970   

Issuance of common stock to a consultant

                      7               12               12               12   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                      20               119               119               119   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    5,039               5,039               5,039   

Income tax effect of stock-based compensation

                                    50               50               50   

Issuance of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock upon exercise of warrants

    375        4,576                                                        

Issuance of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at $9.68 per share, net of issuance cost of $93

    2,067        19,700                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           43,516        43,516        (117,230     (73,714

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (91,608     (91,608
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    41,893      $ 125,722            10,465      $ 1      $ 9,538      $ (47,201   $ (37,662   $ 122,646      $ 84,984   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      154               387               387               387   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         3,469        3,469   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    2,091               2,091               2,091   

Issuance of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at $23.92 per share, net of issuance cost of $132

    3,387        81,218                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           2,756        2,756        (29,818     (27,062

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (36,056     (36,056

Balance, March 31, 2012

    45,280      $ 206,940            10,619      $ 1      $ 12,016      $ (44,445   $ (32,428   $ 60,241      $ 27,813   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

          

Net loss

   $ (22,720   $ (47,074   $ (73,714   $ (15,052   $ (27,062

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

          

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     9        26        336        336          

Depreciation and amortization net of amortization of deferred U.S. Treasury grant income

     3,230        5,733        12,338        2,323        3,961   

Interest on lease pass-thorough obligation

            3,285        7,373        1,746        1,899   

Stock-based compensation

     862        1,773        5,101        667        2,091   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                   119                 

Revaluation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     2,227        1,998        2,050        772        8,588   

Revaluation of preferred stock forward contract

                                 350   

Deferred income taxes

                   7        4        3   

Reduction in lease pass-through obligation

            (7,421     (23,528     (5,151     (3,865

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Restricted cash

     250        (1,842     (3,018     (103     92   

Accounts receivable

     342        (1,259     (7,172     (337     (25,150

Rebates receivable

     (6,588     3,339        (4,933     (3,633     (2,941

Inventories

     (5,688     (15,964     (111,150     (4,899     (7,446

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,286     (5,417     (6,945     (1,806     2,223   

Other assets

     (1,559     (7,989     (6,361     463        (2,374

Accounts payable

     14,311        19,999        118,875        (15,905     (68,772

Accrued and other liabilities

     3,194        22,365        29,460        (1,246     7,872   

Customer deposits

     (540     2,478        10,943        (3,324     (253

Deferred revenue

     17,234        22,152        68,301        19,788        33,899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     2,278        (3,818     18,082        (25,357     (76,885

Investing activities:

          

Payments for the cost of solar energy systems

     (61,661     (156,495     (292,933     (57,086     (83,465

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,133     (6,300     (8,772     (2,252     (3,366

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

            (67     (2,547     (2,547       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (61,885     (86,831

Financing activities:

          

Borrowings under long-term debt

     516        1,292        17,270        15,812        57,570   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (736     (1,014     (3,158     (725     (427

Borrowings under bank line of credit

     4,864               5,582               19,418   

Repayments of bank line of credit

     (369            (4,495              

Proceeds from sale-leaseback financing obligation

     5,416        18,266                        

Repayments of sale-leaseback financing obligation

            (7,603     (574     (78     (88

Proceeds from lease pass-through financing obligation

            61,106        64,135        24,348        59,155   

Repayment of capital lease obligations

                   (7,323            (5,481

Proceeds from investment by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     40,970        97,082        207,970        43,293        3,469   

Distributions paid to noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary

     (3,924     (25,039     (88,636     (9,995     (37,829

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     6        92        1,090        180        387   

Proceeds from U.S. Treasury grants

            20,084        65,513        8,082        26,871   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

            1,368        1,297                 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock

     23,856        21,404        19,700               80,868   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        80,917        203,913   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     10,083        20,358        (7,799     (6,325     40,197   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     27,829        37,912        58,270        58,270        50,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 51,945      $ 90,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

          

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 421      $ 1,474      $ 2,841      $ 409      $ 727   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $      $ 3,018      $ 91      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities

          

Conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants to convertible redeemable preferred stock

   $      $      $ 4,576      $ 2,826      $ 4,443   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

SolarCity Corporation or “the Company” was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 21, 2006. The Company is engaged in the design, installation and sale or lease of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers, or sale of electricity generated by solar energy systems to customers. The Company also offers energy efficiency solutions and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs to its customers. The Company’s headquarters are located in San Mateo, California.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 810, Consolidation, the Company consolidates any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which it is the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity; however, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as variable interest entities, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company does not consolidate a VIE in which it has a majority ownership interest when the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary. The Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary in a number of VIEs—refer to Note 12, Solar Investment Funds. The Company evaluates its relationships with the VIEs on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company regularly makes significant estimates and assumptions including, but not limited, to the estimates which affect the estimated selling price of undelivered elements for revenue recognition purposes, the collectibility of accounts receivable, the valuation of inventories, the estimated total costs for long-term contracts used as a basis of determining percentage of completion for such contracts, the estimated fair value and residual values of solar energy systems subject to leases, the useful lives of solar energy systems, property and equipment and intangible assets, the determination of accrued liabilities, accounting for business combinations, the valuation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, the valuation of stock-based compensation, and the determination of valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2012, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated statements of convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity for the three months ended March 31, 2012 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to these three-month periods are unaudited. The results of the three months ended March 31, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 or for any other interim period or other future year.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

Upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) that results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions, all of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company will automatically convert to common stock of SolarCity Corporation. In addition, if not exercised prior to an initial public offering resulting in the conversion of all convertible redeemable preferred stock to common stock, outstanding warrants to acquire Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically net exercise according to their terms into common stock based on the initial public offering price, while warrants to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically convert to common stock warrants. The convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants liability outstanding related to the warrants will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital. The pro forma financial data have been prepared assuming the net exercise of the Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, and the automatic conversion of the convertible redeemable preferred stock outstanding into 45,280,032 shares of common stock of SolarCity Corporation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents, which consist principally of demand deposits with high-credit-quality financial institutions. The Company has exposure to credit risk to the extent cash and cash equivalent balances, including restricted cash, exceed amounts covered by federal deposit insurance. The Company believes that its credit risk is not significant.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents balances collateralizing standby letters of credit, outstanding credit card borrowing facilities and obligations under certain operating leases.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represent trade receivables from sales of residential and commercial customers recorded at net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable. The Company reviews its accounts receivable by aging category to identify significant customers with known disputes or collection issues. In determining the allowance, the Company makes judgments about the creditworthiness of a majority of its customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. The Company also considers its historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are deemed uncollectible.

Rebates Receivable

Rebates receivable represent rebates due from utility companies and government agencies. These receivables include rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved solar energy system installations sold to the customers, and also uncollected incentives from state and local government agencies for solar energy system installations that have been leased to customers or are used to generate and sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. For the rebates assigned to the Company by its customers, the Company assumes the responsibility for collection of the rebate. The processing cycle for these rebates and incentives involves a multi-step process in which the Company accumulates and submits information required by the utility company or state agency necessary for the collection of the rebate. The entire process typically can take up to several months to complete. The Company recognizes rebates receivable upon the solar energy system passing inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and rebates receivable. The associated risk of concentration for cash and cash equivalents is mitigated by banking with creditworthy institutions. At certain times, amounts on deposit exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. To reduce credit risk, management performs periodic credit evaluations and ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Rebates receivable are due from various states and local governments as well as various utility companies. The Company considers the risk of uncollectability of such amounts to be low.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820 , Fair Value Measurements , clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

ASC 820 requires that the valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. ASC 820 establishes a three tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes inputs that may be used to measure fair value as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were no nonrecurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities subsequent to initial recognition.

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, based on the three-tier fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

As of December 31, 2010 :

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 6,554       $ 6,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011:

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 5,325       $ 5,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2012: (unaudited)

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 13,913       $ 13,913   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants is based on unobservable inputs. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using an option-pricing model incorporating assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of fair value. Some of these assumptions include estimates for interest rates, expected dividends, and the fair value of the underlying preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the underlying preferred stock is itself determined using an option-pricing method. Under this method, the fair value of an enterprise’s common stock is estimated as the net value of a series of call options, representing the present value of the expected future returns to the stockholders. Refer to Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities section of this Note 2 for the reconciliation of beginning and ending fair value balances.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

The Company’s other financial instruments include customer deposits, distributions payable to noncontrolling interests, borrowings under lines of credit and long-term debt facilities. The carrying values of its financial instruments other than its long-term debt approximate their fair values due to the fact that they are short-term in nature at December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012. The Company believes that the carrying value of its long-term debt approximates fair value based upon rates currently offered for debt of similar maturities and terms.

Inventories

Inventories include raw materials that include photovoltaic panels, inverters, and mounting hardware as well as miscellaneous electrical components, and work in process that includes raw materials partially installed, along with direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market (on a first-in-first-out basis). Work-in-process primarily relates to solar energy systems that will be sold to customers, which are under construction and are yet to pass inspection.

The Company also evaluates its inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and writes down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Solar Energy Systems

The Company is the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. The Company accounts for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, the Company evaluates lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. The Company utilizes periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are constructed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility companies and will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Solar energy systems under construction represents systems that are under construction, which will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems are completed, interconnected and subsequently leased to customers.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related customer lease agreements.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives  

Furniture and fixtures

     7 years   

Vehicles

     5 years   

Computer hardware and software

     5 years   

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives, currently seven years.

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed from property and equipment and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with FASB ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , the Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets, as appropriate, may not be recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposition is less than the carrying amounts, an impairment loss would be measured based on the discounted cash flows compared to the carrying amounts. There was no impairment charge recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 or 2011, or for the three months ended March 31, 2012 (unaudited).

Capitalization of Software Costs

For costs incurred in development of internal use software, the Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. To date the Company has not incurred any significant costs on internally developed software and all costs incurred to date have been expensed as incurred.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Warranties

The Company warrants its products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. The Company generally provides a warranty on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems it sells of typically between five to twenty years. The manufacturer’s warranty on the solar energy systems components, which is typically passed through to these customers, has a warranty period ranging from one to twenty five years. The changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
    As of and for
the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012  
                 (unaudited)  

Balance – beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        401   

Assumed warranty obligation arising from business acquisitions (Note 3)

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 2,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar Energy Systems Performance Guarantees

The Company guarantees certain specified minimum solar energy production output for systems leased to customers. The Company monitors the solar energy systems to ensure that these outputs are being achieved. The Company believes that the systems as designed are capable of producing the minimum capacity guaranteed. The Company evaluates if any amounts are due to its customers. Through March 31, 2012, no liability has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees based on the Company’s assessment of its exposure.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

Freestanding warrants to acquire shares that may be redeemable are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity . Under ASC 480, freestanding warrants to purchase the Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock are classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets and carried at fair value because the warrants may conditionally obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. The Company initially measured the warrants at fair value on issuance. The warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, and any change in their fair value is recognized as a component of other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, or the conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock. The changes in the value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value as of January 1, 2009

   $ 961   

Change in fair value

     2,227   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2009

     3,188   

Issuances

     1,368   

Change in fair value

     1,998   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2010

     6,554   

Issuances

     1,297   

Exercises

     (4,576

Change in fair value

     2,050   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2011

     5,325   

Change in fair value (unaudited)

     8,588   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of March 31, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 13,913   
  

 

 

 

Deferred U.S. Treasury Grant Income

The Company is eligible for U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable on eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010, which includes solar energy system installations, upon approval by the U.S. Treasury Department. For solar energy systems under lease pass-through arrangements as described in Note 13, the Company reduces the financing obligation and records deferred income for the U.S. Treasury grants which are paid directly to the investors upon receipt of the grants by the investors. The benefit of the U.S. Treasury grants is recorded as deferred income and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems of 30 years. The amortization of the deferred income is recorded as a reduction to depreciation expense which is a component of the cost of revenue of operating leases in the consolidated statement of operations. A catch up adjustment is recorded in the period in which the grant is approved by the U.S. Treasury Department or received by lease pass-through investors to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by lease pass-through

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

investors of the associated grant. The changes in deferred Treasury grant income during the year were as follows (in thousands):

 

U.S. Treasury grant receipts in 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the Company

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements

     54,730   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the company (unaudited)

     23,806   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements (unaudited)

     5,972   

Amortized during the period as a credit to depreciation expense (unaudited)

     (1,988
  

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 165,224   
  

 

 

 

There were no U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable prior to 2010. Of the balance outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, $18,671, $132,004 and $158,451 (unaudited), respectively, are disclosed as noncurrent deferred Treasury grants income in the consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Revenue

The Company records as deferred revenue any amounts that are collected from customers, including lease prepayments, in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue also includes the portion of rebates and incentives received from utility companies and various local and state government agencies, which are recognized as revenue over the lease term, as well as the remote monitoring fee, which is recognized as revenue ratably over the respective contract term.

Revenue Recognition

The Company provides design, installation, and ongoing remote monitoring services of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers. Residential customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements, which also include monitoring services. Commercial customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts, purchase electricity generated by Company-owned solar energy systems under power purchase agreements, or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements. The Company also earns rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved system installations sold to the customers, as well rebates and incentives from utility companies and state and local governments on systems leased to customers or used to sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. The Company considers the proceeds from the rebates to comprise a portion of the proceeds from the sale or lease of the solar energy systems. Commencing in the second quarter of 2010, the Company began offering energy efficiency solutions aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs. The energy efficiency services comprise energy efficiency evaluations and upgrades to homes and household appliances to improve energy efficiency.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, the Company recognizes revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, in accordance with ASC 605-25-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials . Revenue from installation of a system is recognized when (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (4) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenue upon the solar energy system passing an inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation for residential installations. Costs incurred on residential installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company recognizes revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers in accordance with ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction—Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on the percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to total projected costs. Provisions are made for the full amount of any anticipated losses on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company recognized $3.2 million and $0.9 million (unaudited) in losses for these types of contracts in 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, respectively. No losses had been recognized in the three months ended March 31, 2011 and prior periods. Costs in excess of billings are recorded where costs recognized are in excess of amounts billed to customers of purchased commercial solar energy systems. Costs in excess of billings as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 amounted to $1.2 million and $1.5 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings as of December 31, 2010. Billings in excess of costs as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 amounted to $0.7 million and $0.7 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings as of December 31, 2010.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

The Company is the lessor under lease agreements for solar energy systems, which are accounted for as operating leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . The Company records operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on amount of electricity generated by the system, the Company records revenue as the amounts are earned.

The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from the Company under power purchase agreements, the Company has determined that these agreements should be accounted for, in substance, as operating leases pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers (the incremental cost of contract administration, referral fees and sales commissions) are capitalized as an element of solar energy systems and amortized over the term of the related lease or power purchase agreement, which generally ranges from ten to twenty years.

Remote Monitoring Services

The Company provides solar energy systems remote monitoring services which are generally bundled with either the sale or lease of solar energy systems. For systems that the Company sells to customers, the Company provides remote monitoring services over the contractual term specified in the contractual agreements or over the warranty period if not specified in the contracts. For leased systems the Company provides remote monitoring services over the lease term. The Company allocates revenue to the remote monitoring services and other elements in the arrangement using the relative selling price method. The selling price used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices charged by third parties for similar services. The relative selling prices of solar energy systems and leases used in the allocation is based on the Company’s best estimate of the prices that the Company would charge its customers to sell or lease solar energy systems on a standalone basis. For remote monitoring services bundled with the sale of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the term of the associated contract or warranty period, if the contract does not specify the service term. For remote monitoring services bundled with the lease of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the lease term. To date the remote monitoring services revenue has not been material and is included in the consolidated statements of operations under either revenue from operating leases when these services are bundled with leases or revenue from solar energy system sales when these services are bundled with sale of solar energy systems.

Energy Efficiency Services

For energy efficiency services, the Company recognizes revenue upon completion of the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically the energy efficiency services take less than a month to complete. The energy efficiency services are either sold on a standalone basis or bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems. When the sale of energy efficiency services has been bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems, the Company allocates revenue to the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of energy system using the relative selling price method as provided for under ASU 2009-13. The relative selling prices of the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of solar energy systems used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices the Company charges for these products on a standalone basis. To date, the revenue generated from energy efficiency services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

Sale-Leaseback

The Company is party to master lease agreements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to third parties and the simultaneous leaseback of the systems, which the Company then subleases to customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, the Company first determines whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” A solar energy

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

system is determined to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location, including the shipping and reinstallation costs of the solar energy system at the new site, including any diminution in fair value, exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. When the leaseback arrangements expire, the Company has the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to the Company, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to us prior to expiration of the arrangement.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined to be integral equipment, the Company has concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, the Company uses the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, the Company does not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, the Company treats any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly records the proceeds as a sale-leaseback financing obligation in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company allocates the leaseback payments made to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the sale-leaseback financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that it would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the sale-leaseback financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined not to be integral equipment, the Company determines if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, the Company initially records a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in the consolidated balance sheets equal to the lower of the present value of the future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, the Company does not recognize any revenue but defers the gross profit comprising of the net of the revenue and the associated cost of sale. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, the Company recognizes a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defers the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, the Company records the deferred gross profit in the consolidated balance sheets as deferred income and amortizes the deferred income over the leaseback term as a reduction to the leaseback rental expense included in the cost of operating lease revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

Cost of Revenue

Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily made up of depreciation of the cost of leased solar energy systems, reduced by amortization of U.S. Treasury grant income and amortization of initial direct costs associated with those systems.

Solar energy systems cost of revenue includes direct and indirect material and labor costs, warehouse rent, freight, warranty expense, depreciation on vehicles, amortization of initial direct costs and depreciation related to solar energy systems leased to customers, and other overhead costs.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included as an element of sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company incurred advertising costs of $0.7 million, $5.5 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and $1.2 million (unaudited) and $2.7 million (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax reporting purposes, net operating loss carryforwards, and other tax credits measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. A valuation allowance is provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company uses a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon tax authority examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, within the provision for taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company accounts for comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with ASC 220 , Comprehensive Income . Under ASC 220, the Company is required to report comprehensive income (loss), which includes the Company’s net loss, as well as changes in other comprehensive loss items. There were no differences between comprehensive loss as defined by ASC 220 and net loss as reported in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the periods presented.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

The Company applies ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees, to options and other stock-based awards issued to nonemployees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent third party interests in the net assets under certain funding arrangements, or the Funds, that the Company has entered into to finance the cost of solar energy systems under operating leases. The Company has determined that the contractual-provisions in the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. The Company has further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method or the HLBV method. The Company therefore determines the amount of the noncontrolling interests in the net assets at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method which is presented on the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets represent the amounts the third parties would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the Funding arrangements, assuming the net assets of the Funds were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP and distributed to the investors. The third parties interest in the results of operations of these Funds is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each operating period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the Fund and the third parties. The noncontrolling interests balance in these Funds is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of a company about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the executive team, comprising the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer and the chief financial officer. Based on the financial information presented to and reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate the resources and in assessing the performance of the Company, the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reporting segment, solar energy and energy efficiency products and services. The Company’s principal operations, revenue and decision-making functions are located in the United States.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company’s basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock participate in dividends, up to $0.01 per share when and if declared on the common stock and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions in excess of the $0.01 preferred dividend. They are therefore participating securities. As a result, the

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Company calculates the net income (loss) per share using the two-class method. Accordingly, the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is derived from the net income (loss) for the period and, in periods in which the Company has net income attributable to common stockholders, an adjustment is made to remove the noncumulative dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities based on their outstanding shareholder rights. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible redeemable preferred stock as the convertible redeemable preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

The diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury stock method or the as-if converted method as applicable. In periods when the Company incurred a net loss attributable to common stockholders, convertible redeemable preferred stock, stock options, restricted stock units and warrants to purchase convertible redeemable preferred stock are considered to be common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders were computed to give effect to the exchange of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common stock as if the automatic exchange had occurred as of the beginning of each period, or the original date of issuance if later.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions

Building Solutions

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated April 23, 2010, between the Company and Home Performance Pro, Inc., dba Building Solutions, a privately held California corporation, the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities. The acquisition was intended to strengthen the Company’s competitive position by offering customers more comprehensive residential energy efficiency and energy cost reduction solutions, and to broaden the Company’s relationship with its customers. In consideration for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the Company paid $0.08 million on execution of the agreement with further contingent cash consideration due if certain future revenue milestones were met. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition. Management had estimated that there was low likelihood of the revenue targets being achieved and had therefore determined the fair value of the contingent consideration to be insignificant. The revenue targets were not met within the time period stipulated in the purchase agreement.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Cash acquired

   $ 13   

Accounts receivable

     97   

Vehicles and equipment

     16   

Accounts payable

     (61

Other liabilities

     (82

Intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     97   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 80   
  

 

 

 

Clean Currents

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated January 19, 2011, between the Company and Clean Currents, Inc., and Clean Currents Solar of the Mid Atlantic, LLC (collectively “Clean Currents”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from Clean Currents. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $0.4 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 219   

Fixed assets

     14   

Other assets

     98   

Warranty obligation

     (32

Other liabilities

     (296

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     335   

Goodwill

     44   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 382   
  

 

 

 

groSolar

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated February 16, 2011, between the Company and Global Resource Options, Inc., Chesapeake Solar LLC., and groSolar CalMass Inc. (collectively “groSolar”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from groSolar. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $1.9 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 1,155   

Fixed assets

     419   

Vehicle loans

     (164

Warranty obligation

     (317

Other liabilities

     (99

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     401   

Goodwill

     469   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 1,864   
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Financial Information

The pro forma financial information has not been presented as the acquisitions individually and in the aggregate are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Noncancelable Operating Lease Payments Receivable

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from customers under noncancelable operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 10,264   

2013

     7,762   

2014

     7,954   

2015

     8,155   

2016

     8,363   

Thereafter

     91,388   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 133,886   
  

 

 

 

The Company enters into power purchase agreements with its customers which are accounted for, in substance, as leases. These customers are charged solely based on actual power produced by the installed solar energy system at a predefined power rate per Kw/H of power produced. The payments from such arrangements are not included in the table above as they are a function of the power that will be generated by the related solar systems in the future.

Included in revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, was $0.8 million, $1.3 million, $5.0 million, $0.6 million (unaudited) and $3.1 million (unaudited), respectively, which have been accounted for as contingent rentals. The contingent rentals comprise of customer payments under power purchase agreements and performance-based incentives receivable by the Company from various utility companies.

5. Inventories

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 28,099       $ 126,517       $ 129,422   

Work in progress

     2,118         16,225         20,766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,217       $ 142,742       $ 150,188   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Solar Energy Systems, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, leased assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   $ 176,106      $ 441,165      $ 549,202   

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

     11,052        24,029        29,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     187,158        465,194        578,798   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (6,398     (17,797     (22,387
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     180,760        447,397        556,411   

Solar energy systems under construction

     46,174        57,998        25,053   

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers

     12,677        30,214        42,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leased assets

   $ 239,611      $ 535,609        623,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included under solar energy systems leased to customers as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 is $14.5 million and $24.7 million (unaudited), respectively, relating to capital leased assets, with an accumulated depreciation of $0.2 million and $0.5 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under capital leases in prior periods. At December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease payments to be paid to the lessor under this lease arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 811   

2013

     809   

2014

     815   

2015

     821   

2016

     827   

Thereafter

     9,440   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,523   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease receipts to be paid to the Company by sublessees under this lease arrangement for each of the next five annual periods ending December 31, and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 940   

2013

     615   

2014

     622   

2015

     631   

2016

     640   

Thereafter

     10,829   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,277   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7. Property and Equipment, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Vehicles

   $ 7,021      $ 11,943      $ 15,387   

Computer hardware and software

     2,947        3,720        4,582   

Furniture and fixtures

     763        1,394        1,423   

Leasehold improvements

     3,082        5,424        5,605   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,813        22,481        26,997   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,482     (8,060     (9,332
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 9,331      $ 14,421      $ 17,665   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

8. Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
       2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation

   $ 5,607       $ 8,890       $ 8,159   

Accrued expenses

     3,541         11,025         10,321   

Accrued warranty

     1,704         2,462         2,828   

Accrued sales taxes

     1,954         4,736         3,900   

Income taxes payable

             1,552         1,602   

Current portion of deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions

     968         1,538         1,965   

Current portion of capital lease obligation

             371         805   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,774       $ 30,574       $ 29,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Other Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions, net of current portion

   $ 12,321       $ 24,597       $ 33,923   

Deferred rent expense

     3,051         4,567         4,582   

Capital lease obligation

             6,837         11,175   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     343         313         281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,715       $ 36,314       $ 49,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt

Equipment Financing Facility

In May 2008, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank for working capital and equipment financing needs, whereby borrowings were collateralized by all of the Company’s assets other than intellectual property and assets under investment funds discussed in Notes 12, 13, 14 and 15. This facility was modified in 2009 and 2010. Under the facility, the bank provided a total of $2.0 million in committed borrowings available through April, 2010. Interest under the equipment facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. Borrowings under this facility were paid in full in April 2011.

Working Capital Financing

On May 26, 2010, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a Financing Agreement with a bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount to be borrowed under the Financing Agreement is determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by solar energy systems owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, but shall not exceed $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was available for drawdown up to March 31, 2011. No amounts were borrowed as of December 31, 2010.

The Company borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility as of March 31, 2012. Of the amounts borrowed, $12.1 million and $11.9 million (unaudited) was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively, of which $11.1 million and $10.8 million (unaudited) is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. Each loan tranche bears interest at a rate of 2% plus the swap rate applicable to the average life of the scheduled rent receipts for the tranche. For the amounts borrowed as of December 31, 2011, the interest rates ranged between 5.48% and 5.65%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary, and matures on December 31, 2024.

Under the Financing Agreement with the bank, the Company’s subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. The subsidiary is also required to maintain an assets coverage ratio, as defined in the Agreement, greater than 1.30. The bank has no recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company was in compliance with debt covenants as of March 31, 2012.

Vehicle and Other Loans

During the years ended 2010 and prior, the Company had entered into various loan agreements consisting of vehicle and other loans with various financial institutions. The principal amounts for these vehicle and other loans mature over the next four years, until 2015.

In January 2011, the Company entered into an additional $7.0 million term loan facility with a bank to finance the purchase of vehicles. This term loan facility bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR and is secured by the vehicles financed under this facility. As of December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.81%. The term loan facility matures in January 2015. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had drawn $4.0 million of the available amount. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended this term loan to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt (continued)

 

Total other loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $7.7 million (unaudited), respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. Of the amounts outstanding, $3.0 million, $1.6 million and $2.8 million (unaudited) were classified as short term as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 21, 2012, respectively. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Inventory Term Loan Facility (unaudited)

On March 8, 2012, the Company entered into a $58.5 million term loan facility with a syndicate of banks to finance the purchase of inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR and is secured by the Company’s inventory as described in the credit agreement. As of March 31, 2012, the interest rate for this facility was 3.94% (unaudited). The term loan facility matures in August 2013. The Company borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of March 31, 2012, from which the Company paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders. Of the amounts borrowed, $54.8 million was outstanding as of March 31, 2012, of which $16.5 million is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion.

Under this arrangement, the Company is required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. The Company is also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million in each case at the end of each month, and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of March 31, 2012.

Schedule of Principal Maturities of Long-Term Debt

The scheduled principal maturities of long-term debt including working capital financing and vehicle and other loans as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Principal due:

  

2012

   $ 2,640   

2013

     2,746   

2014

     2,720   

2015

     1,152   

2016

     673   

Thereafter

     7,290   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,221   
  

 

 

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit

Working Capital facility

Under the 2008 Bank Loan and Security Agreement, as modified, (Note 10) is a revolving line of credit facility with a commitment of $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, there was $4.5 million borrowed and outstanding under the revolving line of credit, which was all classified as short term under borrowings under bank line of credit. This facility was paid in full in April 2011. The interest rate under the line of credit facility was 6.5% as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit (continued)

 

Revolving Credit Agreement

In April 2011, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement with the same bank the Company had entered into the $7.0 million term loan discussed in Note 10, to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This Revolving Credit Agreement has a $25 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds would bear interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility is secured by the Company’s accounts receivables, inventory and other assets as described in the Revolving Credit Agreement, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. The Company had borrowed $5.6 million under this financing arrangement, which was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and is disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet under borrowings under bank line of credit. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.77%. In January 2012, the Company borrowed $19.4 million, which represented the remainder of this facility. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended the Revolving Credit Agreement to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank as well as extend the maturity date of the facility to July 1, 2012. As of March 31, 2012, $25 million (unaudited) was borrowed and outstanding on this facility.

Under this arrangement, the Company is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. The Company is also required to maintain non-GAAP EBITDA, as defined in the credit agreement, greater than or equal to $1.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, as well as maintain a ratio of liquid assets to funded debt, as defined in the credit agreement, greater than or equal to 2.0 at the end of each month and maintain a tangible net worth, as defined in the credit agreement, greater than $1.0 million at each fiscal year end. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the covenants after giving effect to a waiver of breaches of such covenants that the bank provided in January 2012. This waiver cured the Company’s breach related to the Company reporting non-GAAP EBITDA, as defined in the credit agreement, of less than $6.0 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 as was required under the terms of the borrowing facility. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date did not meet the required liquid assets to funded debt ratio. This also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same bank. The bank has agreed to waive these recent breaches and to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility. If the Company is unable to meet its financial covenants in the future and is unable to obtain future waivers of any such breaches, the bank may declare an event of default. This default could result in the outstanding principal and interest being immediately repayable. The Company would also be unable to request further capital under its borrowing facilities unless the Company obtained such waivers. A request for the immediate repayment of the Company’s borrowings would have a materially adverse impact on the Company’s short term liquidity and capital resources.

Credit Facility for SolarStrong

On November 21, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company and a bank entered into a credit agreement, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility for up to $350 million. This facility would be used to partially fund the Company’s SolarStrong initiative and will be non-recourse to the other assets of the Company. The SolarStrong initiative is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds

The Company has entered into various arrangements with investors to facilitate funding and monetization of solar energy systems. These arrangements include those described in this Note 12, Solar Investment Funds, as well as those described in Note 13, Lease Pass-through Financing Obligation, Note 14, Sale-Leaseback Arrangements, and Note 15, Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation.

VIE Arrangements

Since 2008, wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and fund investors formed and contributed cash or assets to various solar investment funds and entered into related agreements. As of March 31, 2012, the VIE investors had contributed $384.4 million (unaudited) into the VIEs.

The Company has determined it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs by reference to the power and benefits criterion under ASC 810, Consolidation . The Company has considered the provisions within the contractual arrangements, which grant it full power to manage and make decisions that affect the operation of these VIEs, including preparation and approval of budgets. The Company considers that the rights granted to the other investors under the contractual arrangements are more protective in nature rather than participating rights.

As the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, the Company consolidates in its financial statements the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of these funds, and all intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and the investment funds are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Under the related agreements, cash distributions of income and other receipts by the fund, net of agreed-upon expenses and estimated expenses, tax benefits and detriments of income and loss, and tax benefits of tax credits are allocated to the fund investor and Company’s subsidiary as specified in contractual arrangements. Generally, the Company’s subsidiary has the option to acquire the investor’s equity interest as specified in the contractual agreements.

In 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company also issued warrants in 2010 to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company issued additional warrants to this fund investor pursuant to amending and restating the contractual arrangements to increase the funding commitment of this fund in 2011 from $120 million to $218 million.

The Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in four of the VIE funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum return under certain circumstances including in the event of liquidation of the funds or if the Company purchases the investor’s equity stake in the funds or annually for one fund. The amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees is dependent on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds activities and the timing and amounts that the Company would pay to the investor if the Company purchased the investor’s stake in the funds, or timing and amounts of the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. Due to uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amount of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, the Company is unable to determine the potential maximum future payments that it would have to make under these guarantees.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

Upon the sale or liquidation of the fund, distributions would occur in the order and priority specified in the contractual agreements.

Pursuant to management services, maintenance, and warranty arrangements, the Company has been contracted to provide services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing, and performance reporting. In some instances the Company has guaranteed payments to the fund investors as specified in the contractual agreements. The funds’ creditors have no recourse to the general credit of the Company or to that of other funds. As of March 31, 2012, none of the assets of the VIEs have been pledged as collateral for the VIEs’ obligations.

The Company reports the solar energy systems in the VIEs under the solar energy systems, net, line item in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company has aggregated the financial information of the investment funds in the table below. The aggregate carrying value of these funds’ assets and liabilities (after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,318       $ 7,070       $ 9,115   

Accounts receivable, net

     147         632         15,179   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     916         5,056         2,262   

Rebates receivable

     781         2,894         2,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,162         15,652         28,769   

Solar energy systems, net

     112,284         301,573         368,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 120,446       $ 317,225       $ 397,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current Liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 43       $ 31       $   

Customer deposits

     169         2,804         2,582   

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

     3,244         6,216         4,443   

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

     669         2,877         3,735   

Current portion of deferred revenue

     2,672         5,796         7,423   

Accrued and other liabilities

     270         789         686   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,067         18,513         18,869   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     32,460         78,486         106,759   

Deferred U.S. Treasury grant income, net of current portion

     18,671         82,208         103,781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 58,198       $ 179,207       $ 229,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company is contractually obligated to make certain VIE investors whole for losses that the investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from the disallowance or recapture of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits, including in the event that the U.S. Treasury

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

awards cash grants for the solar energy systems in the VIEs that are less than the amounts initially anticipated. The Company accounts for distributions due to the VIE investors that may arise from the reduction in anticipated U.S. Treasury grants under distributions payable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets. Through March 31, 2012, the Company has returned $2.8 million (unaudited) and will return an additional $1.4 million (unaudited) which is accrued as a distribution payable as at March 31, 2012 related to these obligations.

For one VIE fund the Company estimates a reduction in the U.S Treasury grants to be received of approximately $19.0 million (unaudited) as of March 31, 2012. In this particular VIE fund the Company is obligated to contribute additional capital in the form of solar energy systems or cash to purchase additional solar energy systems. The effect of this capital call does not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements as the VIE is consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation

During the years 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company entered into six transactions referred to as “lease pass-through fund arrangements.” Under these arrangements the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries finance solar energy systems under leases with investors for an initial term ranging between 10 and 25 years. These solar energy systems are reported under the line item solar energy systems, net, in the consolidated balance sheets. The cost of the solar energy systems under the lease pass-though arrangements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 was $58.1 million, $128.2 million and $168.2 million (unaudited), respectively. The accumulated depreciation related to these assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 amounted to $0.6 million, $3.9 million and $5.0 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under the lease pass-through arrangements in 2009.

The investors make a large upfront payment to the lessor, which is a subsidiary of the Company, and in some cases, subsequent smaller quarterly payments. The Company accounts for the payments received from the investors under the arrangement as a borrowing by recording the proceeds received as a lease pass-through financing obligation. This obligation is reduced by amounts received by the investors from U.S. Treasury grants, customer payments and incentive rebates associated with the leases assigned to the lease pass-through investor. The incentive rebates and host customer payments are recognized into revenue consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition accounting policy. The U.S. Treasury grants are recognized as a reduction to the depreciation expense, consistent with the Company’s accounting policy for recognition of U.S. Treasury grant income. Interest is calculated on the financing obligation using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the interest rate that equates the present value of the cash amounts to be received by an investor over the master lease term with the present value of the cash amounts paid by the investor to the Company, adjusted for any payments made by the Company. The lease pass-through obligation is nonrecourse once the associated assets have been placed in service and all the contractual arrangements have been assigned to the investor.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from the investors under the lease pass-through fund arrangements for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 2,781   

2013

     1,981   

2014

     2,000   

2015

     1,546   

2016

     1,223   

Thereafter

     9,470   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,001   
  

 

 

 

Concurrent with entering into one of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company entered into an agreement to issue warrants to the investor to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock in the Company if it committed to provide more than a specified threshold in total funding as specified in the contractual agreements, through this or other future funding arrangements. The warrants were issued during 2010 when the Company entered into the second lease pass-through arrangement with the investor.

For two of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company’s subsidiary has pledged its assets to the investor as security for its obligations under the contractual agreements.

For each of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants specified in the contractual arrangements, which the Company had met as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 (unaudited).

Under these arrangements, the Company’s subsidiaries are responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting. The performance of the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary is guaranteed by the Company. As part of the warranty and performance guarantee with the host customers, the Company guarantees certain specified minimum annual solar energy production output for the solar energy systems leased to the customers.

Under the contractual terms of the lease pass-through arrangements there is a one-time future lease payment reset mechanism that is set to occur after the installation of all the solar energy systems in a fund. This reset date occurs when the installed capacity of the solar energy systems and in service placement dates are known or on an agreed upon date. As part of this reset process, the investors returns may be adjusted which may result in the Company contributing additional assets or the investor making additional lease payments.

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements

In 2010, the Company executed a sale-leaseback arrangement with an existing investor, under which a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a 15-year master leaseback arrangement. The assets sold to the investor were valued at $25.2 million. The Company’s subsidiary leased the solar energy systems to end-user customers. The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor for this arrangement together with a funding arrangement entered into in 2009 with the

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements (continued)

 

same investor are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow. The amount in escrow is reduced by $0.25 million per annum in each of the first four years commencing in 2010, and the remaining balance remains in place until the end of the master lease period. Under this arrangement, the Company’s subsidiary is responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting.

In 2011 and 2012, the Company contributed assets with a cost of $10.3 million and $8.8 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively, to its wholly owned subsidiary that in turn sold the assets to a new investor and then executed a 15-year master leaseback agreement with the investor. Under this arrangement, the tax benefits from investment tax credits or Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits inure to the investor as the owner of the assets. A total of $100 million in financing is available from the investor under this fund arrangement in the form of proceeds from the sale of the assets. The investor committed to further increase the funding commitment to $280 million, subject to certain conditions being met as set out in the contractual agreements. As of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, the Company had utilized $26.7 million and $34.9 million (unaudited), respectively, under this arrangement.

The Company has committed to make certain investors that have executed sale-leaseback arrangements with the Company whole for any reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury awards resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted. The Company accrues any such payments due to these investors. Through March 31, 2012, the Company had recorded a total $0.4 million (unaudited) refundable to a single sale-leaseback investor.

The Company has accounted for these sale-leaseback arrangements in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy as described in Note 2.

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation

In November 2009, the Company entered into an arrangement with an investor to finance the development, construction and installation of a ground mounted solar system that was leased to a customer. The Company also entered into an agreement to sell the system to the investor for a cash consideration of $27.2 million, of which $5.4 million was received in 2009, $18.3 million was received in 2010, and the balance of $3.5 million is receivable at the end of the lease period and accrues interest at an annual rate of 4.37%. Concurrent with the sale, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement with the investor to lease back the solar energy system from the investor with lease payments being made on a quarterly basis. The Company’s subsidiary has the option to purchase the system at the end of the lease term of 10 years for a price which is the greater of the fair market value or a predetermined agreed upon value. Additionally, the investor has the option to put its interest in the solar system to the Company within two years following the expiry of six years after placement in service of the solar system, for a value that is the greater of the fair value or a predetermined agreed upon value. As a result of these put and call options, the Company has concluded that it has a continuing involvement with the solar energy system.

The Company has determined that the ground mounted solar energy system qualifies as integral equipment and therefore as a real estate transaction under ASC 360-20, Real Estate Sales, and has been accounted for as a financing. Under the financing method, the receipts from the tax equity investor are reflected as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on the consolidated balance sheets, and

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation (continued)

 

the Company retains the solar energy system asset on the consolidated balance sheets within solar energy systems and depreciates the solar energy system over its estimated useful life of 30 years. The Company also continues to report all of the results of the operations of the system, with the revenue and expenses from the system operations being presented on the consolidated statements of operations on a “gross” basis. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $16.1 million of which $0.3 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.8 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of December 31, 2011, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.5 million of which $0.4 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.1 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of March 31, 2012, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.4 million (unaudited), of which $0.4 million (unaudited) has been classified as current and the balance of $15.0 million (unaudited) has been classified as noncurrent.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual rentals to be received from the customer for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 448   

2013

     457   

2014

     466   

2015

     475   

2016

     485   

Thereafter

     4,240   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,571   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual payments to be paid to the investor under the financing arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 1,239   

2013

     1,245   

2014

     1,251   

2015

     1,257   

2016

     1,264   

Thereafter

     3,830   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,086   
  

 

 

 

The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor together with the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary under the 2010 sale-leaseback fund arrangements discussed in Note 14, are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow that reduces by $0.25 million per annum for the first four years, and remains in place until the end of the master lease period.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity

Stock Split

The Company’s stockholders approved a 2-for-1 forward stock split of each share of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock that became effective on March 27, 2012. The stockholders also approved a proportionate increase in the authorized number of shares of the Company’s common stock, preferred stock and each series of preferred stock and also approved proportionate adjustments to the conversion prices, dividend rates, original issue prices and liquidation preferences of each series of the Company’s preferred stock. The number of the Company’s pre-split common stock covered by stock options issued under the Company’s stock options plans were also proportionately increased to reflect the stock split. The share information and the per share amounts in these financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the impact of the stock split.

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

In July 2006, the Company issued an aggregate of 12.0 million shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.19 per share for cash proceeds of $2.3 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In April 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 5.0 million shares of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.60 per share for cash proceeds of $3.0 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In August 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 8.8 million shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share for cash proceeds of $21.0 million (net of issuance costs of $44,000). This included the proceeds from the conversion of bridge notes representing an aggregate of $2.0 million received in July 2007. In October and November 2008, the Company issued 5.8 million shares of Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.20 per share for cash proceeds of $29.9 million (net of issuance costs of $123,000). In October 2009, the Company issued 4.4 million shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.41 per share for cash proceeds of $23.9 million (net of issuance costs of $144,000). In June 2010, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock for cash proceeds of $21.4 million (net of issuance costs of $96,000). In June and July 2011, the Company issued 2.1 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share for cash proceeds of $20.0 million (net of issuance costs of $93,000). Additionally, in accordance with the Series F financing agreement, the Company has an option to sell an additional 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share within 18 months following the initial closing on June 21, 2011. This option would expire upon the Company being acquired, upon a public offering of the Company’s common stock, upon a new round of equity financing, or within eighteen months of the option agreement date. In February and March 2012, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share for cash proceeds of $81.0 million (net of issuance costs of $132,000). In connection with the Series G preferred stock financing, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of preferred and common stock that it is authorized to issue to 56.7 million shares and 106.0 million shares, respectively.

Significant terms of the convertible redeemable preferred stock as of are as follows:

Dividends— Holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends in preference to the common stockholders at the rates of $0.01 per share per annum, respectively, on each outstanding share of preferred stock payable when and if declared by the board of directors, and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions in excess of the $0.01 preferred dividend. No dividends have been declared to date.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Voting —The holders of each share of convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred stock is convertible.

Conversion —The holder of each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock has the option to convert each share of preferred stock into one share of common stock (subject to adjustment for events of dilution) at any time. The Series G preferred stock shall be automatically converted into shares of common stock, at the applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). In the event that an initial public offering is consummated, then immediately prior to the automatic conversion, the conversion price per share of Series G preferred stock shall be reduced to a price equal to 60% of the price at which shares of the Company’s common stock are sold to the public in such offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions). However, the conversion price per share of the Series G preferred stock shall not be reduced to less than the then-effective conversion price per share of the Series F preferred stock and shall not be increased above the original conversion price as a result of an initial public offering. The Series F preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E-1 preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding Series E-1 preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series A through C convertible redeemable preferred stock shall automatically be converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock, voting together on an as-converted basis, consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

Liquidation Preference —The holders of the Series G preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1 and Series F preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $23.92 per share for the Series G preferred stock, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $9.68, $6.25 and $5.41 per share for the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price for the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock of $5.20 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D liquidation preference to the holders of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series A, B, and C convertible redeemable preferred stock together shall be entitled to receive an amount in preference to the holders of the common stock, at a per share amount equal to their purchase prices of $0.19, $0.60 and $2.40 per share, respectively. After the payment in full of the liquidation preferences to the convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, the remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock. A merger, acquisition, sale of voting control, or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the stockholders of the Company do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation shall be a deemed liquidation.

Redemption —At any time after October 28, 2015, each holder of Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E, Series D, or Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock (collectively referred to as Redeemable Stock) shall be entitled to have the Company redeem all, but not less than all, of such holders’ Redeemable Stock in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the original purchase price of the respective series of preferred stock plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of the Redeemable Stock, or (ii) the fair market value of the Redeemable Stock. This right of redemption is subject to the provision that redemption shall be available if (i) the annual gross revenue of the Company exceeded $200 million for the most recent fiscal year prior to the holder’s notice of redemption; and (ii) the Company has no less than $40 million in available cash.

Registration Rights —The holders of a majority of (a) certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock and (b) each of the Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock may at any time after the earlier of (i) June 21, 2014 or (ii) six months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering, request that the Company file a

 

F-38


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred shares (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof). The Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request and shall use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act. The Company shall have the right to delay such registration under certain circumstances for one period not in excess of 120 days in any 12-month period. The Company shall not be obligated to effect or take action to effect a registration if it has effected two registrations under these demand right provisions during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of, the registration or the initiating holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement —The shares of the Company’s securities held by (i) Lyndon Rive and Peter Rive (the Founders), and (ii) the Major Investors (as defined below) shall be subject to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement (with certain exceptions) with the holders of at least 2 million shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company (or the common stock issued upon conversion thereof) and (a) a specified Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock investor as long as that specified investor shall hold at least 1.2 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), and (b) three specified Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock investors as long as one of the specified investors shall hold at least 0.9 million, 0.8 million and 0.3 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), for the first, second and third specified investors, respectively (such holders each referred to as a Major Investor), such that the Founders or a Major Investor may not sell, transfer or exchange their stock unless such securities are first offered to the Company and then to the Major Investors and, if all such securities are not purchased by the Company or the Major Investors, then each participating Major Investor shall have an opportunity to participate in the sale of any remaining stock on a pro-rata basis. This right of first refusal and of co-sale shall not apply to and shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

Warrant Liability

In connection with the issuance of the convertible bridge notes in July 2007, the Company issued warrants to the note holders to purchase 124,924 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share. The warrants expire the earlier of five years from the date of their issuance or any change of control, or the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock.

During 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase up to 2.70 million shares (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to 3.12 million shares) of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $2.88 per share (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to $3.80 per share), of which warrants to purchase 2.08 million shares were vested as of December 31, 2010. In February 2011, the fund investor exercised its Series C

 

F-39


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and was issued 375,200 shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The warrants agreement expired in March, 2011.

During 2010, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase 995,006 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share, in connection with solar investment funding (Note 12). In 2011, in connection with the amendment and restatement of this funding arrangement to increase the amount that would be contributed by the tax equity investor from $120 million to $218 million, and to extend the time period to complete the construction and placement in service of the assets, the Company issued warrants to the fund investor to purchase a further 490,004 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share.

In June 2011, in connection with the issuance of 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, the Company issued warrants to the investors to acquire 0.2 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, with an exercise price of $9.68.

As discussed in Note 2, the Company accounts for the warrants in accordance with ASC 480 as a liability carried at fair value. The warrants are subject to revaluation at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other expense. The Company has determined the fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company adjusts the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or upon the conversion of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock.

Common Stock

At the inception of the Company in June 2006, the founders were issued four million shares of common stock at an issuance price of $0.0001 per share.

Restricted Stock

In connection with the acquisitions of Declination Solar and Palo Alto Solar, acquired in August 2006 and September 2006, respectively, the Company entered into stock restriction agreements. Pursuant to these agreements, 300,000 shares of common stock were granted to the sellers who became employees of the Company. The Company had the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the unvested shares of common stock upon termination of the sellers’ employment. The repurchase rights lapsed ratably over a four-year period as the shares vested. As of December 31, 2010, all of these shares had been released from this right of repurchase.

In 2007, the Company granted 40,000 shares of restricted stock to a Board member that vested over four years: 25% of the shares vested at the end of the first year of service and the remaining shares vested in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 6,600 shares of this restricted stock vested. As of December 31, 2010, all 40,000 of these shares were vested.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, the Company has reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock

     12,039         12,039         12,039   

Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,010         5,010         5,010   

Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     8,744         9,120         9,120   

Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,781         5,781         5,781   

Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     4,436         4,436         4,436   

Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,440         3,440         3,440   

Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             2,067         2,067   

Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock

                     3,387   

Stock option plans:

        

Shares available for grant

     1,658         1,040         2,453   

Options outstanding

     9,746         13,873         14,706   

Warrants to purchase Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,246         3,246         3,246   

Warrants to purchase Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     2,750         2,750         2,750   

Warrants to purchase Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             206         206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     56,850         63,008         68,641   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

17. Stock Option Plan

Under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan, the Company may grant options to purchase or directly issue incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options, respectively, of common stock to employees, directors, and consultants. Incentive stock options may be granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. If the incentive stock option is granted to a 10% stockholder, then the purchase or exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. Nonstatutory stock options may be granted at a price per share, not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

A summary of stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding – January 1, 2009

     5,040      $ 0.735         5.24         4,442   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.245)

     3,990        1.245                   

Exercised

     (46     0.145                   

Canceled

     (2,356     0.525                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2009

     6,628      $ 1.12         8.54         1,684   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.98)

     3,888        1.98                   

Exercised

     (450     0.205                   

Canceled

     (320     1.62                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2010

     9,746      $ 1.49         7.39       $ 18,570   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $5.035)

     7,043        5.035                   

Exercised

     (1,489     0.73                   

Canceled

     (1,427     2.435                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2011

     13,873      $ 3.28         8.22       $ 37,606   

Granted (unaudited)

     1,280        10.78                   

Exercised (unaudited)

     (154     2.42                   

Canceled (unaudited)

     (293     5.87                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – March 31, 2012 (unaudited)

     14,706      $ 3.89         8.11       $ 103,585   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2010

     3,810      $ 1.02         6.15       $ 9,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2011

     5,044      $ 1.85         7.45       $ 20,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – March 31, 2012 (unaudited)

     5,689      $ 2.04         7.08       $ 50,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2010

     8,992      $ 1.455         7.30       $ 17,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2011

     13,834      $ 3.27         8.21       $ 37,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – March 31, 2012 (unaudited)

     13,636      $ 3.71         8.03       $ 98,506   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, was $1,068, $5,437 and $1,046 (unaudited), respectively. The grant date fair market value of options that vested in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 was $76, $1,939, $3,897, $887 (unaudited) and $2,527 (unaudited), respectively.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, there was approximately $5.1 million, $24.7 million and $26.3 million (unaudited), respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures related to nonvested stock options, which are expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.82, 3.01 and 2.94 years (unaudited) respectively.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

Under ASC 718, the Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted on each grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and applies the straight-line method of expense attribution. The fair values were estimated on each grant date for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     December 31,     March 31  
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0

Annual risk-free rate of return

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.55     1.15

Expected volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.20     87.52

Expected term (years)

     6.10        5.98        6.09        5.80        6.08   

The expected volatility was calculated based on the average historical volatilities of publicly traded peer companies, determined by the Company. The risk free interest rate used was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock options to be valued. The expected dividend yield was zero, as the Company does not anticipate paying a dividend within the relevant time frame. The expected term has been estimated using the simplified method allowed under ASC 718.

As part of the requirements of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust stock-based compensation expense accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock-based compensation expenses to be recognized in future periods.

The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 was $862, $1,773, $5,051, $667 (unaudited) and $2,091 (unaudited), respectively. The Company capitalized costs of $46, $417, $1,417, $270 (unaudited) and $573 (unaudited), in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, as a component of work-in-progress, within solar energy systems leased to customers and solar energy systems held for lease to customers.

This expense was included in cost of revenue and in operating expenses as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
                          (unaudited)  

Cost of sales

   $ 163       $ 144       $ 151       $ 3       $ 48   

Sales and Marketing

     129         233         443         63         194   

General and administrative expenses

     524         979         3,040         331         1,276   

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     2009     2010     2011  

United States

   $ (21,822   $ (38,552   $ 43,595   

Noncontrolling interest

     (876     (8,457     (117,230

Foreign

                   13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (22,698   $ (47,009   $ (73,622
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The income tax provision (benefit) is composed of the following (in thousands):

 

     2009      2010      2011  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 5       $ 10       $ (26

State

     17         55         107   

Foreign

                     4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Provision

     22         65         85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

                   $ 7   

State

                       

Foreign

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Provision

                     7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

 

     2009     2010     2011  

Tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate

     (34.00 )%      (34.00 )%      (34.00 )% 

State income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     1.89        (5.86     (4.59

Minority investment adjustment

     (4.39     11.07        19.38   

Investment in solar funds

     3.63        5.89        6.34   

Stock-based compensation

     1.24        1.25        1.48   

ASC 810 prepaid tax expense

     (5.61     0.09        0.16   

Other

     3.71        1.91        1.11   

Change in valuation allowance

     33.62        19.78        10.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     0.09     0.13     0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     2010     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 2,931      $ 8,216   

Net operating losses

     29,741        34,399   

Accelerated gain on assets

     9,246        14,302   

Investment in solar funds

     10,598        18,346   

Tax rebate revenue

     14,444        27,021   

Other credits

     430        450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     67,390        102,734   

Valuation allowance

     (39,191     (49,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     28,199        53,042   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (17,777     (44,052

Investment in solar funds

     (6,328     (148

Other deferred tax liabilities

     (4,094     (8,849
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (28,199     (53,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $      $ (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of current and noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

 

     2010     2011  

Current:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 3,589      $ 8,809   

Less: valuation allowance

     (2,231     (4,503
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

   $ 1,358      $ 4,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 63,555      $ 93,449   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (27,953     (52,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncurrent gross deferred tax assets

     35,602        40,876   

Less: valuation allowance

     (36,960     (45,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

   $ (1,358   $ (4,313
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2027 if not utilized. In addition, the Company had net operating losses for California income tax purposes of approximately $37.0 million and $37.0 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2021 if not utilized. The Company also had net operating losses for other state income tax purposes of approximately $8.3 million and $2.7 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011,

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

the Company had federal investment tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.13 million and $0.15 million, respectively. The net investment tax credit carryforward begins to expire in 2028 if not utilized.

The Company’s valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the valuation allowance was primarily related to the operating losses. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. Based on the available objective evidence and the Company’s history of losses, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company has applied a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. The Company completed a Section 382 analysis through December 2011 and determined that an ownership change, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, occurred in prior years. Based on the analysis, the Company has undergone two ownership changes. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes occurred through March 31, 2012. Net Operating Loss carryforwards presented have accounted for any limited and potential lost attributes due to the ownership changes and expiration dates.

The income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 were determined based upon the Company’s estimated consolidated effective income tax rates of 0.16% (unaudited) and 0.13% (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The differences between the estimated consolidated effective income tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory rate are primarily attributable to the valuation allowance and the current amortization of the prepaid income taxes due to inter-company sales held within the consolidated group.

As part of the assets monetization strategy, the Company has agreements to sell solar energy systems to the solar investment fund joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until the Company no longer benefits from the underlying asset. Since the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the estimated useful life of the underlying systems which has been estimated to be 30 years. The deferral of the tax expense results in recording of a prepaid tax expense that is included in the consolidated balance sheets as other assets. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 the Company recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.4 million (unaudited), respectively, net of amortization. The amortization of the prepaid tax expense in each period makes up the major component of the tax expense.

It is the intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiary in foreign operations. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiary as such earnings are to be reinvested indefinitely. As of December 31, 2011, there is minimal amount of cumulative earnings upon which U.S. income taxes have not been provided.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to the recognition, measurement and presentation of uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had no amount of unrecognized tax benefits.

The interest expense and penalties for uncertain tax positions will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. There was no interest and penalties accrued for any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010 and 2011.

The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of gross unrecognized benefits will increase or decrease within 12 months of the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company is subject to taxation and files income tax returns in the U.S., various state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s net losses, substantially all of its federal, state, local, and foreign income tax returns since inception are still subject to audit.

19. Defined Contribution Plan

In January 2007, the Company established a 401(k) Retirement Plan (the Retirement Plan) available to employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements. Participants may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation to the Retirement Plan up to a statutory limit. Participants are fully vested in their contributions. The Company may make discretionary contributions to the Retirement Plan as a percentage of participant contributions, subject to established limits. The Company did not make any contributions to the Retirement Plan during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, or for the three month period ended March 31, 2012 (unaudited).

20. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, include the following related party transactions (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
                          (unaudited)  

Net Revenue, Systems:

           

Sale of a solar energy system to Company officers and Board members

   $ 5       $       $       $ 125   

Expenditures:

           

Purchase of inventory from an investor

   $ 18,523       $ 9,259       $       $   

Payment of consulting fees and sales commissions to another investor (included in sales and marketing)

     76         79               $   

The investor from whom the Company purchased inventory as noted above ceased to be an investor in the Company in December 2010.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

Related party balances as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, comprise (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Payable to an investor vendor (included in accounts payable)

   $ 6       $       $   

21. Commitments and Contingencies

Noncancelable Operating Leases

The Company leases office and warehouse facilities under noncancelable operating leases primarily for its United States based warehouse locations. In addition, the Company leases equipment under noncancelable operating leases. Aggregate rent expense for facilities and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, was $1.6 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 5,461   

2013

     5,419   

2014

     5,102   

2015

     4,716   

2016

     4,171   

Thereafter

     15,084   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

   $ 39,953   
  

 

 

 

Indemnification and Guaranteed Returns

As disclosed in Notes 12 and 14, the Company has contractually committed to compensate certain fund investors for losses that the fund investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury grants resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted that results in the reduction of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits. The Company believes that any other payments to its fund investors arising from these obligations are not probable based on currently known facts. As a result, the fair values of any such obligations cannot be reasonably estimated.

As disclosed in Note 12, the Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in several of its funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return upon the occurrence of certain events. The investor in these funds has already received a significant portion of the projected economic benefits from Treasury grant distributions and tax depreciation benefits. Based on the Company’s current financial projections regarding the amount and timing of future distributions to the investor, the Company does not expect to make any payments as a result of these guarantees.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Earnings Income (Loss) Per Common Stock

 

The following table sets for the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 6,647      $ 2,756   

Noncumulative dividends on convertible redeemable preferred stock

                   (1,633     (395     (433

Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders

                   (33,658     (5,024     (1,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 1,228      $ 453   

Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders(1)

                   2,764        312        203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 1,540      $ 656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,659,797        10,503,931   

Dilutive effect of common stock options

                   4,546,088        3,259,722        6,572,786   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        12,919,519        17,076,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.13      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The adjustment represents the benefit that would accrue to common stockholders as a result of assumed conversion of the preferred stock to common stock and hence eliminating the $0.01 preferred dividend.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Earnings Income (Loss) Per Common Stock (continued)

 

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
                          (unaudited)  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     36,010,660         39,450,660         41,893,046         39,825,860         45,280,032   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     60,834                                   

Preferred stock warrants

     2,209,742         3,204,748         1,816,650         1,119,930         1,816,650   

Common stock options

     6,627,062         9,746,200         3,678,225         1,430,192         2,903,793   

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
   Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2012

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

     

Change in fair value of liabilities for the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to preferred stockholders

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     
     

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic common stockholders, basic

     

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock and net exercises of Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     
     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Weighted average effect of dilutive options

     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

 

F-50


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

23. Subsequent Events

For our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011, we evaluated subsequent events through April 26, 2012, the date our consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

2012 Solar Financing Programs

During 2012, the Company has entered into four new tax equity arrangements, one with an existing tax equity investor, for a total of $192.5 million in available financing.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table presents the costs and expenses we will pay, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fees and the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

SEC Registration fee

   $  

FINRA filing fee

      

NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

      

Printing and engraving expenses

      

Legal fees and expenses

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Blue sky fees and expenses

      

Custodian and transfer agent fees

      

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

      
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred for their service for or on our behalf. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we shall advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding. The bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws (except in a proceeding initiated by such person without board approval). In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees for a legal proceeding.

Reference is made to Section          of the underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, indemnifying our directors and officers against limited liabilities. In addition, Section 1.10 of our sixth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement contained in Exhibit 4.5 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of certain of our stockholders against liabilities described therein.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2009, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

(1) Sales of Capital Stock

 

  Ÿ  

In October 2009, we issued 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock to six accredited investors at a price of $5.41 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $23.9 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2010, we issued 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a price of $6.25 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $21.5 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June and July 2011, we issued 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock to 12 accredited investors at a price of $9.68 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $20.0 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In November 2011, we issued 7,500 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $1.62 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $12,112.

 

  Ÿ  

In December 2011, we issued 20,000 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $0.0001 per share for aggregate proceeds of $1.00; and

 

  Ÿ  

In February and March 2012, we issued 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock to seven accredited investors at a price of $23.92 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $81.0 million.

(2) Warrants

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2011, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock to a total of 12 accredited investors at an exercise price of $9.68 per share.

(3) Options Issuances

 

  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through May 31, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,610,293 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants of the registrant under our 2007 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.03 to $10.93, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $2.5 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through May 31, 2012, we granted direct issuances or stock options to purchase an aggregate of 16,894,506 shares of our common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $1.62 to $11.40 share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2007 Plan.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, with respect to the items (1) and (2) above, and Rule 701 thereunder, with respect to the item (3) above, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock
  4.3    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.4    Form of Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.5    Sixth Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 8, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2    2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3    2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4    2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5    Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
10.6    Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7    Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.8†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011

21.1   

List of Subsidiaries

23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2†   

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)

24.1   

Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)

 

To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statements Schedules—All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to

 

II-4


Table of Contents
 

Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) For the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

  a. The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (4) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Mateo, State of California, on the      day of             , 2012.

 

SolarCity Corporation

By:

 

     

  Lyndon R. Rive
  Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Lyndon R. Rive and Robert D. Kelly, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the registration statement filed herewith and any and all amendments to said registration statement (including post-effective amendments and any registration statement for the same offering covered by said registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto), and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done hereby by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

Lyndon R. Rive

  

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

     

Robert D. Kelly

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

     

Peter J. Rive

   Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director  

     

Elon Musk

   Chairman of the Board of Directors  

     

Raj Atluru

   Director  

     

John H. N. Fisher

   Director  

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

Antonio J. Gracias

   Director  

     

Hans A. Mehn

   Director  

     

Nancy E. Pfund

   Director  

     

Jeffrey B. Straubel

   Director  

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock
  4.3      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.4      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.5      Sixth Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 8, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1      Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2      2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3      2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4      2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5      Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
10.6      Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011
10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7      Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.8†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011
21.1      List of Subsidiaries
23.1      Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2†    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)
24.1      Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)

 

To be filed by amendment.
Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.3

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on              , 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   4931   02-0781046

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Lyndon R. Rive

Chief Executive Officer

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Steven V. Bernard

Alexander D. Phillips

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Seth R. Weissman
Phuong Y. Phillips

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

 

Thomas J. Ivey

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

525 University Avenue

Palo Alto, California 94301

(650) 470-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨      Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  x       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration
Fee
         

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

       
 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes shares the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED              , 2012

             Shares

 

LOGO

 

 

This is an initial public offering of SolarCity Corporation’s shares of common stock. We are offering to sell              shares in this offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering to sell an additional              shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 12 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                    , 2012.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse   J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Needham & Company   Roth Capital Partners

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     12   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

     34   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     35   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     35   

CAPITALIZATION

     36   

DILUTION

     38   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     40   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     43   

BUSINESS

     81   

MANAGEMENT

     100   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     109   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     119   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     123   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     126   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     131   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     134   

UNDERWRITING

     138   

EXPERTS

     145   

LEGAL MATTERS

     145   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     145   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who obtain this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares in this offering. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and “SolarCity” refer to SolarCity Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

SolarCity

Our Vision for Better Energy

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

Overview

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 28,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 118% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by reducing the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Investment Funds.”

To date, we have raised $1.68 billion through 22 investment funds and related financing facilities established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $815 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments. We also have made significant investments in our business infrastructure and personnel to support our growth, and as a result we have incurred substantial net losses over the past five years.

Our long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and we are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. Despite these increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, U.S. electricity usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kilowatt hour, or kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 terawatt hours, or TWh, of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

As a result of rising energy prices, the market for energy efficiency solutions is expected to grow significantly. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to 2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to switch to Better Energy in a simple and cost-efficient manner. The key elements of our integrated approach are:

 

  Ÿ  

Sales.     We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing.     We provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy affordable.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering.     We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the custom design process and optimizes the energy production of each solar energy system.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation.     We obtain all necessary building permits and handle the installation of our solar energy systems. By managing these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance.     Our proprietary monitoring software provides both SolarCity and our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation, consumption and carbon offset through an easy-to-read application available on smartphones and any device with a web browser.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services.     Using our proprietary software, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements.

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we offer a simple and efficient process to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.     Most of our solar energy customers purchase energy from us under 20-year contracts, and we leverage these relationships to offer energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      We believe that our size and scale provide our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.      Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. We intend to:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     We intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel and leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     We plan on reducing costs by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary software to further ensure that our integrated team operates as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital and offer lower-priced energy to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities.

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, as more fully described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. For example, you should be aware of the following before investing in our common stock:

 

  Ÿ  

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

  Ÿ  

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems through financing arrangements with fund investors.

 

  Ÿ  

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other energy sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in June 2006 as a Delaware corporation. Our headquarters are located at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402, and our telephone number is (650) 638-1028. You can access our website at www.solarcity.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

“SolarCity,” “SolarGuard,” “SolarLease” and “PowerGuide” are our registered trademarks in the United States and, in some cases, in certain other countries. Our other unregistered trademarks and service marks in the United States include: “Better Energy,” “SolarBid,” “SolarStrong” and “SolarWorks.” This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and tradenames of other companies.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 3(a)(80) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Pursuant to Section 102 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, we have provided reduced executive compensation disclosure and have omitted a compensation discussion and analysis from this prospectus. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we have elected to utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                         shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                         shares

 

Total common stock offered

                         shares

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

                         shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of             additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets.

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market symbol

SCTY

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 56,384,229 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,781,006 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.33 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,192,201 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,892,201 shares of common stock reserved for issuance

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 45,280,032 shares of common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described in “Description of Capital Stock;”

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the conversion of outstanding, non-expiring preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

reflects a two-for-one forward stock split of our capital stock that we effected in March 2012;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adopt our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders in this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to our consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

          

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 3,417      $ 8,139   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        3,827        16,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        7,244        24,841   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,345        2,582   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        4,337        12,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        5,682        14,707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,765        2,284        12,415        1,562        10,134   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        6,590        16,131   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        6,641        8,562   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        13,231        24,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (11,669     (14,559

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        2,211        3,494   

Other expenses, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,148        8,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (15,028     (27,027

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (24     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (15,052     (27,062

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (21,699     (29,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 6,647      $ 2,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.13      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,659,797        10,503,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        12,919,519        17,076,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

          

Basic

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(3):

          

Basic

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders assumes the net exercise of the warrants to purchase Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock and the conversion of the Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase common stock as occurring at the beginning of the fiscal period. Accordingly, the charge for the change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liability recorded in the fiscal period is reversed because this charge would not have been recorded after the net exercise and conversion. Pro forma basic or diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average basic or diluted pro forma shares of common stock. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of March 31, 2012.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2012 is presented on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

 

     As of March 31, 2012  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 90,668      $                    $                

Total current assets

     311,879        

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

     623,596        

Total assets

     976,876        

Total current liabilities

     241,019        

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     132,748        

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

     94,576        

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

     15,049        

Other liabilities

     49,961        

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     206,940        

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (32,428     

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     60,241        

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the net exercise of the outstanding Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, effective upon the closing of this offering.
(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet in the table above assumes the pro forma conversions, net exercise and reclassifications described in (1) above plus the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering and the

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of             , the mid-point range set forth in the cover page, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

         Year Ended December 31,          Three Months
Ended

March  31,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     

New buildings(1)

     2,893         4,843         8,273         3,953   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

     5,817         10,660         18,933         22,886   

Transactions for other energy products and services(2)

     68         404         3,840         2,534   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments as of the dates presented:

 

       As of December 31,      As of March 31,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate Nominal Contracted Payments

   $ 106,082       $ 258,097       $ 485,780       $ 579,527   

 

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a substantial risk of loss. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks occurred, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. See the section entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to our Business

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

Federal, state and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, and internal policies and regulations promulgated by electric utilities, heavily influence the market for electricity generation products and services. These regulations and policies often relate to electricity pricing and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. In the United States, governments and utilities continuously modify these regulations and policies. These regulations and policies could deter customers from purchasing renewable energy, including solar energy systems. This could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for our solar energy systems. For example, utilities commonly charge fees to larger, industrial customers for disconnecting from the electric grid or for having the capacity to use power from the electric grid for back-up purposes. These fees could increase our customers’ cost to use our systems and make them less desirable, thereby harming our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, depending on the region, electricity generated by solar energy systems competes most effectively with expensive peak-hour electricity from the electric grid, rather than the less expensive average price of electricity. Modifications to the utilities’ peak hour pricing policies or rate design, such as to a flat rate, would require us to lower the price of our solar energy systems to compete with the price of electricity from the electric grid.

In addition, any changes to government or internal utility regulations and policies that favor electric utilities could reduce our competitiveness and cause a significant reduction in demand for our products and services. For example, certain jurisdictions have proposed assessing fees on customers purchasing energy from solar energy systems and a utility in San Diego, California recently attempted to impose a new charge that would disproportionately impact solar energy system customers who utilize net metering, either of which would increase the cost of energy to those customers and could reduce demand for our solar energy systems. Any similar government or utility policies adopted in the future could reduce demand for our products and services and adversely impact our growth.

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net energy metering, or net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Utilities operating in states without a net metering policy may receive solar electricity that is exported to the grid at times when there is no

 

12


Table of Contents

simultaneous energy demand by the customer to utilize the generation onsite without providing any compensation to the customer for this generation. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate may be adversely impacted by the failure to expand existing limits on the amount of net metering in states that have implemented it, the failure to adopt a net metering policy where it currently is not in place or the imposition of new charges that only or disproportionately impact customers that utilize net metering. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate also may be adversely impacted by the unavailability of expedited or simplified interconnection for grid-tied solar energy systems or any limitation on the number of customer interconnections or amount of solar energy that utilities are required to allow in their service territory or some part of the grid.

Limits on net metering, interconnection of solar energy systems and other operational policies in key markets could limit the number of solar energy systems installed there. For example, California utilities are currently required to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds 5% of the utilities’ “aggregate customer peak demand.” This cap on net metering in California was increased to 5% in 2010 as utilities neared the prior cap of 2.5%. If the current net metering caps in California, or other jurisdictions, are reached, future customers will be unable to recognize the cost savings associated with net metering. We substantially rely on net metering when we establish competitive pricing for our prospective customers. The absence of net metering for new customers would greatly limit demand for our solar energy systems.

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

U.S. federal, state and local government bodies provide incentives to end users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments and payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation. We rely on these governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives to lower our cost of capital and to incent fund investors to invest in our funds. These incentives enable us to lower the price we charge customers for energy and for our solar energy systems. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase. These reductions or terminations often occur without warning.

The federal government currently offers a 30% investment tax credit under Section 48(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Federal ITC, for the installation of certain solar power facilities until December 31, 2016. This credit is due to adjust to 10% in 2017. Solar energy systems that began construction prior to the end of 2011 were eligible to receive a 30% federal cash grant paid by the U.S. Treasury Department under section 1603 of the “American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009,” or the U.S. Treasury grant, in lieu of the Federal ITC. In addition, applicable authorities may adjust or decrease incentives from time to time or include provisions for minimum domestic content requirements or other requirements to qualify for these incentives.

Reductions in, or eliminations or expirations of, governmental incentives could adversely impact our results of operations and ability to compete in our industry by increasing our cost of capital, causing us to increase the prices of our energy and solar energy systems, and reducing the size of our addressable market. In addition, this would adversely impact our ability to attract investment partners and to form new investment funds and our ability to offer attractive financing to prospective customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, more than 90% of new customers chose to enter into financed lease or power purchase agreements rather than buying a solar energy system for cash.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

Our leases and power purchase agreements are third-party ownership arrangements. Sales of electricity by third parties face regulatory challenges in some states and jurisdictions. Other challenges pertain to whether third-party owned systems qualify for the same levels of rebates or other non-tax incentives available for customer-owned solar energy systems, whether third-party owned systems are eligible at all for these incentives, and whether third-party owned systems are eligible for net metering and the associated significant cost savings. Reductions in, or eliminations of, this treatment of these third-party arrangements could reduce demand for our systems, adversely impact our access to capital and could cause us to increase the price we charge our customers for energy.

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We and our fund investors claim the Federal ITC or the U.S. Treasury grant in amounts based on the fair market value of our solar energy systems. We have obtained independent appraisals to support the fair market values we report for claiming Federal ITCs and U.S. Treasury grants. The Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department review these fair market values. With respect to U.S. Treasury grants, the U.S. Treasury Department reviews the reported fair market value in determining the amount initially awarded, and the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department may also subsequently review the fair market value and determine that amounts previously awarded must be repaid to the U.S. Treasury Department. With respect to Federal ITCs, the Internal Revenue Service may review the fair market value on audit and determine that the tax credits previously claimed must be reduced. If the fair market value is determined to be less than we reported, we may owe the fund or our fund investors an amount equal to this difference, plus any costs and expenses associated with a challenge to that valuation. The U.S. Treasury Department has determined in a small number of instances to award us U.S. Treasury grants for our solar energy systems at a materially lower value than we had established in our appraisals and, as a result, we have been required to pay our fund investors a true-up payment or contribute additional assets to the associated investment funds. Other U.S. Treasury grant applications have been accepted and the U.S. Treasury grant paid in full on the basis of valuations comparable to those projects as to which the U.S. Treasury has determined a significantly lower valuation than that claimed in our U.S. Treasury grant applications. If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department disagrees now or in the future with the fair market value of more of our solar energy systems that we have constructed or that we construct in the future, including any systems for which grants have already been paid, and determines we have claimed too high of a fair market value, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems with fund investors who require particular tax and other benefits.

Our solar energy systems have been eligible for Federal ITCs or U.S. Treasury grants, as well as depreciation benefits. We have relied on, and will continue to rely on, financing structures that monetize a substantial portion of those benefits and provide financing for our solar energy systems. With the lapse of the U.S. Treasury grant program, we anticipate that our reliance on these tax-advantaged financing structures will increase substantially. If, for any reason, we were unable to continue to monetize those benefits through these arrangements, we may be unable to provide and maintain solar energy systems for new customers on an economically viable basis.

 

14


Table of Contents

The availability of this tax-advantaged financing depends upon many factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to compete with other renewable energy companies for the limited number of potential fund investors, each of which has limited funds and limited appetite for the tax benefits associated with these financings;

 

  Ÿ  

the state of financial and credit markets;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the legal or tax risks associated with these financings; and

 

  Ÿ  

non-renewal of these incentives or decreases in the associated benefits.

Under current law, the Federal ITC will be reduced from approximately 30% of the cost of the solar energy systems to approximately 10% for solar energy systems placed in service after December 31, 2016. In addition, U.S. Treasury grants are no longer available for new solar energy systems. Moreover, potential fund investors must remain satisfied that the structures we offer make the tax benefits associated with solar energy systems available to these investors, which depends both on the investors’ assessment of the tax law and the absence of any unfavorable interpretations of that law. Changes in existing law and interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts could reduce the willingness of fund investors to invest in funds associated with these solar energy system investments. We cannot assure you that this type of financing will be available to us. If, for any reason, we are unable to finance solar energy systems through tax-advantaged structures or if we are unable to realize or monetize depreciation benefits, we may no longer be able to provide solar energy systems to new customers on an economically viable basis. This would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We need to enter into additional substantial financing arrangements to facilitate our customers’ access to our solar energy systems, and if this financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to continue to grow our business would be materially adversely impacted.

Our future success depends on our ability to raise capital from third-party fund investors to help finance the deployment of our residential and commercial solar energy systems. In particular, our strategy is to seek to reduce the cost of capital through these arrangements to improve our margins or to offset future reductions in government incentives and to maintain the price competitiveness of our solar energy systems. If we are unable to establish new investment funds when needed, or upon desirable terms, to enable our customers’ access to our solar energy systems with little or no upfront cost, we may be unable to finance installation of our customers’ systems, or our cost of capital could increase, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To date we have raised capital sufficient to finance installation of our customers’ solar energy systems from a number of financial institutions and other large companies. If any of these financial institutions or large companies decide not to invest in future investment funds to finance our solar energy systems, or materially changed the terms under which they are willing to provide future financing, we will need to identify new financial institutions and companies to invest in our investment funds and negotiate new financing terms.

In the past, we encountered challenges raising new funds, which caused us to delay deployment of a substantial number of solar energy systems for which we had signed leases or power purchase agreements with customers. For example, in late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Our future ability to obtain additional financing depends on banks’ and other financing sources’ continued confidence in our business model and the renewable energy industry as a whole. If we experience higher customer default rates than we currently experience in our existing investment funds or we lower the credit rating

 

15


Table of Contents

requirement for new customers, this could make it more difficult or costly to attract future financing. Solar energy has yet to achieve broad market acceptance and depends on continued support in the form of performance-based incentives, rebates, tax credits and other incentives from federal, state and foreign governments. If this support diminishes, our ability to obtain external financing on acceptable terms, or at all, could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we face competition for these investor funds. If we are unable to continue to offer a competitive investment profile, we may lose access to these funds or they may only be available on less favorable terms than our competitors. Our current financing sources may be inadequate to support the anticipated growth in our business plans. Our inability to secure financing could lead to cancelled projects and could impair our ability to accept new projects and customers. In addition, our borrowing costs could increase, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe that a customer’s decision to buy renewable energy from us is primarily driven by their desire to pay less for electricity. The customer’s decision may also be affected by the cost of other renewable energy sources. Decreases in the retail prices of electricity from the utilities or from other renewable energy sources would harm our ability to offer competitive pricing and could harm our business. The price of electricity from utilities could decrease as a result of:

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of a significant number of new power generation plants, including nuclear, coal, natural gas or renewable energy technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of additional electric transmission and distribution lines;

 

  Ÿ  

a reduction in the price of natural gas as a result of new drilling techniques or a relaxation of associated regulatory standards;

 

  Ÿ  

the energy conservation technologies and public initiatives to reduce electricity consumption; and

 

  Ÿ  

development of new renewable energy technologies that provide less expensive energy.

A reduction in utility electricity prices would make the purchase of our solar energy systems or the purchase of energy under our lease and power purchase agreements less economically attractive. In addition, a shift in the timing of peak rates for utility-generated electricity to a time of day when solar energy generation is less efficient could make our solar energy system offerings less competitive and reduce demand for our products and services. If the retail price of energy available from utilities were to decrease due to any of these reasons, or others, we would be at a competitive disadvantage, we may be unable to attract new customers and our growth would be limited.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity would particularly adversely impact our ability to attract commercial customers.

Commercial customers comprise a significant and growing portion of our business, and the commercial market for energy is particularly sensitive to price changes. Typically, commercial customers pay less for energy from utilities than residential customers. Because the price we are able to charge commercial customers is only slightly lower than their current retail rate, any decline in the retail rate of energy for commercial entities could have a significant impact on our ability to attract commercial customers. We may be unable to offer solar energy systems for the commercial market that produce electricity at rates that are competitive with the price of retail electricity on a non-subsidized basis. If this were to occur, we would be at a competitive disadvantage to other energy providers and may be unable to attract new commercial customers, and our business would be harmed.

 

16


Table of Contents

Rising interest rates could adversely impact our business.

Changes in interest rates could have an adverse impact on our business by increasing our cost of capital. For example:

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates would increase our cost of capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates may negatively impact our ability to secure financing on favorable terms to facilitate our customers’ purchase of our solar energy systems or energy generated by our solar energy systems.

The majority of our cash flows to date have been from solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements that have been monetized under various investment fund structures. One of the components of this monetization is the present value of the payment streams from the customers who enter into these leases and power purchase agreements. If the rate of return required by the fund investor rises as a result of a rise in interest rates, it will reduce the present value of the customer payment stream and consequently reduce the total value derived from this monetization. Rising interest rates could harm our business and financial condition.

We have guaranteed a minimum return to be received by an investor in certain of our investment funds and could be adversely affected if we are required to make any payments under those guarantees.

For three of our joint venture investment funds with one investor, with total investments of approximately $86.2 million, we are contractually required to make payments to the investor to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return in the event of liquidation of the funds or if we purchase the investor’s equity stake in the funds, including following the investor’s exercise of its put right. For another fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to make payments to the investor to compensate for payments that the investor would be required to make to a certain third party as a result of the investor not achieving a specified minimum internal rate of return in this fund, assessed annually. In both instances, the amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees depends on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds’ activities, and the amounts that we would pay to the investor if we purchase the investor’s stake in the funds or the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. In a fifth fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to annually distribute a minimum amount. Because of uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amounts of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, we cannot determine the potential maximum future payments that we could have to make under these guarantees. We may agree to similar terms in the future if market conditions require it. Any significant payments that we may be required to make under our guarantees could adversely affect our financial condition.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, there is a one-time reset of the lease payments, and we may be obligated, in connection with the resetting of the lease payments at true up, to refund lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the extent the system sizes, costs, and timing are not consistent with the initial lease payment model.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, the models used to calculate the lease prepayments will be updated for each fund at a fixed date occurring after placement in service of all solar systems or an agreed upon date (typically within the first year of the applicable lease term) to reflect certain specified conditions as they exist at such date, including the ultimate system size of the equipment that was leased, how much it cost, and when it went into service. As a result of this true up, the lease payments are resized and we may be obligated to refund the investor’s lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the fund. Any significant refunds or capital contributions that we may be required to make could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

17


Table of Contents

We are not currently regulated as a utility under applicable law, but we may be subject to regulation as a utility in the future.

Federal law and most state laws do not currently regulate us as a utility. As a result, we are not subject to the various federal and state standards, restrictions and regulatory requirements applicable to U.S. utilities. In the United States, we obtain federal and state regulatory exemptions by establishing “Qualifying Facility” status with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for all of our qualifying solar energy projects. In Canada, we also are generally subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff regulations (including the feed-in tariff rates), however we are not currently subject to regulation as a utility. Our business strategy includes the continued development of larger solar energy systems in the future for our commercial and government customers, which has the potential to impact our regulatory position. Any local, state, federal or foreign regulations could place significant restrictions on our ability to operate our business and execute our business plan by prohibiting or otherwise restricting our sale of electricity. If we were subject to the same state, federal or foreign regulatory authorities as utilities in the United States or if new regulatory bodies were established to oversee our business in the United States or in foreign markets, then our operating costs would materially increase.

A failure to hire and retain a sufficient number of employees in key functions would constrain our growth and our ability to timely complete our customers’ projects.

To support our growth, we need to hire, train, deploy, manage and retain a substantial number of skilled employees. In particular, we need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure to grow our customer base and our business, and we plan to expand our direct sales force. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months before a new salesperson is fully trained and productive. If we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or grow our business.

To complete current and future customer projects and to continue to grow our customer base, we need to hire a large number of installers in the relevant markets. Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for skilled installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and delivery of energy products and services. We also compete with the homebuilding and construction industries for skilled labor. As these industries recover and seek to hire additional workers, our cost of labor may increase. The unionization of our labor force could also increase our labor costs. Shortages of skilled labor could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project. In addition, because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources that requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high regional standards for employees in these fields.

If we cannot meet our hiring, retention and efficiency goals, we may be unable to complete our customers’ projects on time, in an acceptable manner or at all. Any significant failures in this regard would materially impair our growth, reputation, business and financial results. If we are required to pay higher compensation than we anticipate, these greater expenses may also adversely impact our financial results and the growth of our business.

 

18


Table of Contents

It is difficult to evaluate our business and prospects due to our limited operating history.

Since our formation in 2006, we have focused our efforts primarily on the sales, financing, engineering, installation and monitoring of solar energy systems for residential, commercial and government customers. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. We may be unsuccessful in significantly broadening our customer base through installation of solar energy systems within our current markets or in new markets we may enter. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in generating substantial revenue from our new energy efficiency products and services or from any additional energy-related products and services we may introduce in the future. Our limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving and competitive nature of our industry, may not provide an adequate basis for you to evaluate our operating and financing results and business prospects. In addition, we only have limited insight into emerging trends that may adversely impact our business, prospects and operating results. As a result, our limited operating history may impair our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.

We have incurred losses and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses in the past, and we had an accumulated deficit of $44.4 million as of March 31, 2012. We may incur net losses from operations as we increase our spending to finance the expansion of our operations, expand our installation , engineering, administrative, sales and marketing staffs, and implement internal systems and infrastructure to support our growth. We do not know whether our revenue will grow rapidly enough to absorb these costs, and our limited operating history makes it difficult to assess the extent of these expenses or their impact on our operating results. Our ability to achieve profitability depends on a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

growing our customer base;

 

  Ÿ  

finding investors willing to invest in our investment funds;

 

  Ÿ  

maintaining and further lowering our cost of capital;

 

  Ÿ  

reducing the cost of components for our solar energy systems; and

 

  Ÿ  

reducing our operating costs by optimizing our design and installation processes and supply chain logistics.

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may be unable to sustain or increase our profitability in the future.

We face competition from both traditional energy companies and renewable energy companies.

The solar energy and renewable energy industries are both highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive to distinguish themselves within their markets and compete with large utilities. We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. If we cannot offer compelling value to our customers based on these factors, then our business will not grow. Utilities generally have substantially greater financial, technical, operational and other resources than we do. As a result of their greater size, these competitors may be able to devote more resources to the research, development, promotion and sale of their products or respond more quickly to evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions than we can. Utilities could also offer other value-added products or services that could help them to compete with us even if the cost of electricity they offer is higher than ours. In addition, a majority of utilities’ sources of electricity is non-solar, which may allow utilities to sell electricity more cheaply than electricity generated by our solar energy systems.

 

19


Table of Contents

We also compete with solar companies in the downstream value chain of solar energy. For example, we face competition from purely finance driven organizations which then subcontract out the installation of solar energy systems, from installation businesses that seek financing from external parties, from large construction companies and utilities, and increasingly from sophisticated electrical and roofing companies. Some of these competitors specialize in either the residential or commercial solar energy markets, and some may provide energy at lower costs than we do. Many of our competitors also have significant brand name recognition and have extensive knowledge of our target markets. For us to remain competitive, we must distinguish ourselves from our competitors by offering an integrated approach that successfully competes with each level of products and services offered by our competitors at various points in the value chain. If our competitors develop an integrated approach similar to ours including sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and efficiency services, this will reduce our marketplace differentiation.

We also face competition in the energy efficiency evaluation and upgrades market and we expect to face competition in additional markets as we introduce new energy-related products and services. As the solar industry grows and evolves, we will also face new competitors who are not currently in the market. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with existing or new competitors will limit our growth and will have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for 2010 and 2011, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and inventory processes. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. These material weaknesses resulted from an aggregation of deficiencies.

The accounting policies associated with our investment funds are complex, which contributed to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. With regard to our joint venture partnerships, we initially computed the hypothetical liquidation at book value using the fair value of the assets in these joint ventures rather than the carryover basis, resulting in an adjustment to the net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interests in our 2009 consolidated financial statements. For lease pass-through arrangements, we initially characterized funds received from investors as deferred revenue rather than financing obligations, which resulted in adjustments to our 2010 consolidated financial statements. For a particular sale-leaseback transaction, we did not initially defer the correct amount of gain associated with this arrangement, which was corrected in our 2010 consolidated financial statements. The foregoing resulted in restatements of our 2008, 2009 and 2010 consolidated financial statements. In addition, deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls resulted in audit adjustments and delayed our financial statement close process for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011. We are implementing policies and processes to remediate these material weaknesses and improve our internal control over financial reporting.

We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our financial statements. Had we performed such an evaluation or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal

 

20


Table of Contents

control over financial reporting, material weaknesses, in addition to those discussed above, may have been identified. For so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, which may be up to five years following this offering, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. During the course of the evaluation, documentation or attestation, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify weaknesses and deficiencies that we may not otherwise identify in a timely manner or at all as a result of the deferred implementation of this additional level of review.

We have taken numerous steps to address the underlying causes of the control deficiencies referenced above, primarily through the development and implementation of policies, improved processes and documented procedures, and the hiring of additional accounting and finance personnel with technical accounting, inventory accounting and financial reporting experience. If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by law or exchange regulations.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate our existing material weaknesses in a timely manner, if at all, or that in the future additional material weaknesses will not exist or otherwise be discovered, a risk that is significantly increased in light of the complexity of our business. If our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses are not successful or if other deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock by the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Projects for our significant commercial or government customers involve concentrated project risks that may cause significant changes in our financial results.

During any given financial reporting period, we typically have ongoing significant projects for commercial and governmental customers that represent a significant portion of our potential financial results for such period. For example, Walmart is a significant customer for which we have installed a substantial number of solar energy systems. We also recently announced SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country that we anticipate will involve a significant investment in resources and project management over time and will require additional investment funds to support the project. These larger projects create concentrated operating and financial risks. The effect of recognizing revenue or other financial measures on the sale of a larger project, or the failure to recognize revenue or other financial measures as anticipated in a given reporting period because a project is not yet completed under applicable accounting rules by period end, may materially impact our quarterly or annual financial results. In addition, if construction, warranty or operational issues arise on a larger project, or if the timing of such projects unexpectedly shifts for other reasons, such issues could have a material impact on our financial results. If we are unable to successfully manage these significant projects in multiple markets, including our related internal processes and external construction management, or if we are unable to continue to attract such significant customers and projects in the future, our financial results would be harmed.

 

21


Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of suppliers of solar panels and other system components to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems. Any shortage, delay or component price change from these suppliers could result in sales and installation delays, cancellations and loss of market share.

We purchase solar panels, inverters and other system components from a limited number of suppliers, making us susceptible to quality issues, shortages and price changes. If we fail to develop, maintain and expand our relationships with these or other suppliers, we may be unable to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems, or we may only be able to offer our systems at higher costs or after delays. If one or more of the suppliers that we rely upon to meet anticipated demand ceases or reduces production, we may be unable to quickly identify alternate suppliers or to qualify alternative products on commercially reasonable terms, and we may be unable to satisfy this demand. In particular, there are a limited number of inverter suppliers. Once we design a system for use with a particular inverter, if that type of inverter is not readily available at an anticipated price, we may incur additional delay and expense to redesign the system. There have also been periods of industry-wide shortage of key components, including solar panels, in times of rapid industry growth. The manufacturing infrastructure for some of these components has a long lead time, requires significant capital investment and relies on the continued availability of key commodity materials, potentially resulting in an inability to meet demand for these components. Any decline in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar compared to the functional currency of our component suppliers could increase our component prices. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. Any of these shortages, delays or price changes could limit our growth, cause cancellations or adversely affect our profitability, and result in loss of market share and damage to our brand.

Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which could make our future performance difficult to predict and could cause our operating results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a severe decline in the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly in the future. We have experienced seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in the past. However, given that we are an early-stage company operating in a rapidly growing industry, those fluctuations may be masked by our recent growth rates and thus may not be readily apparent from our historical operating results. As such, our past quarterly operating results may not be good indicators of future performance.

In addition to the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, the following factors could cause our operating results to fluctuate:

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration or initiation of any rebates or incentives;

 

  Ÿ  

significant fluctuations in customer demand for our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to complete installations in a timely manner due to market conditions resulting in inconsistently available financing;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to continue to expand our operations, and the amount and timing of expenditures related to this expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital-raising activities or commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our pricing policies or terms or those of our competitors, including utilities; and

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated developments in our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape.

 

22


Table of Contents

For these or other reasons, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance. In addition, our actual revenue, key operating metrics and other operating results in future quarters may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have a severe adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Our business benefits from the declining cost of solar panels, and our financial results would be harmed if this trend reversed or did not continue.

The declining cost of solar panels and the raw materials necessary to manufacture them has been a key driver in the pricing of our solar energy systems and customer adoption of this form of renewable energy. If solar panel and raw materials prices increase or do not continue to decline, our growth could slow and our financial results would suffer. In addition, in the past we have purchased a significant portion of the solar panels used in our solar energy systems from manufacturers based in China, some of whom benefit from favorable foreign regulatory regimes and governmental support, including subsidies. If this support were to decrease or be eliminated, or if tariffs imposed by the U.S. government were to increase the prices of these solar panels, our ability to purchase these products on competitive terms or to access specialized technologies from those countries could be restricted. Any of those events could harm our financial results by requiring us to pay higher prices or to purchase solar panels or other system components from alternative, higher-priced sources. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China and is contemplating increasing the tariffs above current levels. These tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels, which may harm our financial results.

We act as the licensed general contractor for our customers and are subject to risks associated with construction, cost overruns, delays, regulatory compliance and other contingencies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager, and we typically rely on licensed subcontractors to install these commercial systems. We may be liable to customers for any damage we cause to their home or facility, belongings or property during the installation of our systems. For example, we frequently penetrate our customers’ roofs during the installation process and may incur liability for the failure to adequately weatherproof such penetrations following the completion of construction. In addition, shortages of skilled subcontractor labor for our commercial projects could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project.

In addition, the installation of solar energy systems and the evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business is subject to oversight and regulation in accordance with national, state and local laws and ordinances relating to building codes, safety, environmental protection, utility interconnection and metering, and related matters. It is difficult and costly to track the requirements of every individual authority having jurisdiction over our installations and to design solar energy systems to comply with these varying standards. Any new government regulations or utility policies pertaining to our systems may result in significant additional expenses to us and our customers and, as a result, could cause a significant reduction in demand for our systems.

 

23


Table of Contents

Compliance with occupational safety and health requirements and best practices can be costly, and noncompliance with such requirements may result in potentially significant monetary penalties, operational delays and adverse publicity.

The installation of solar energy systems requires our employees to work at heights with complicated and potentially dangerous electrical systems. The evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business requires our employees to work in locations that may contain potentially dangerous levels of asbestos, lead or mold. We also maintain a fleet of more than 460 vehicles that our employees use in the course of their work. There is substantial risk of serious injury or death if proper safety procedures are not followed. Our operations are subject to regulation under the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and equivalent state laws. Changes to OSHA requirements, or stricter interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations, could result in increased costs. If we fail to comply with applicable OSHA regulations, even if no work-related serious injury or death occurs, we may be subject to civil or criminal enforcement and be required to pay substantial penalties, incur significant capital expenditures, or suspend or limit operations. In the past, we have had workplace accidents and received citations from OSHA regulators for alleged safety violations, resulting in fines and operational delays for certain projects. Any such accidents, citations, violations, injuries or failure to comply with industry best practices may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect our business.

Problems with product quality or performance may cause us to incur warranty expenses and performance guarantee expenses, may lower the residual value of our solar energy systems and may damage our market reputation and cause our financial results to decline.

Our solar energy system warranties are lengthy. Customers who buy energy from us under leases or power purchase agreements are covered by warranties equal to the length of the term of these agreements—typically 20 years. Depending on the state where they live, customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash are covered by a warranty up to 10 years in duration. We also make extended warranties available at an additional cost to customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash. In addition, we provide a pass-through of the inverter and panel manufacturers’ warranties to our customers, which generally range from 5 to 25 years. One of these third-party manufacturers could cease operations and no longer honor these warranties, instead leaving us to fulfill these potential obligations to our customers. For example, Evergreen Solar, Inc., one of our former solar panel suppliers, filed for bankruptcy in August 2011. Further, we provide a performance guarantee with our leased solar energy systems that compensates a customer on an annual basis if their system does not meet the electricity production guarantees set forth in their lease.

Because of the limited operating history of our solar energy systems, we have been required to make assumptions and apply judgments regarding a number of factors, including our anticipated rate of warranty claims, and the durability, performance and reliability of our solar energy systems. We have made these assumptions based on the historic performance of similar systems or on accelerated life cycle testing. Our assumptions could prove to be materially different from the actual performance of our systems, causing us to incur substantial expense to repair or replace defective solar energy systems in the future or to compensate customers for systems that do not meet their production guarantees. Product failures or operational deficiencies also would reduce our revenue from power purchase agreements because they are dependent on system production. Any widespread product failures or operating deficiencies may damage our market reputation and adversely impact our financial results.

In addition, we amortize costs of our solar energy systems over 30 years, which typically exceeds the period of the component warranties and the corresponding payment streams from our operating lease arrangements with our customers. In addition, we typically bear the cost of removing the solar energy systems at the end of the lease term. Furthermore, it is difficult to predict how future

 

24


Table of Contents

environmental regulations may affect the costs associated with the removal, disposal or recycling of our solar energy systems. Consequently, if the residual value of the systems is less than we expect at the end of the lease, after giving effect to any associated removal and redeployment costs, we may be required to accelerate all or some of the remaining unamortized expenses. This could materially impair our future operating results.

Product liability claims against us could result in adverse publicity and potentially significant monetary damages.

If one of our solar energy systems or other products injured someone we would be exposed to product liability claims. Because solar energy systems and many of our other current and anticipated products are electricity producing devices, it is possible that consumers could be injured by our products, whether by product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. We rely on our general liability insurance to cover product liability claims and have not obtained separate product liability insurance. Any product liability claim we face could be expensive to defend and divert management’s attention. The successful assertion of product liability claims against us could result in potentially significant monetary damages that could require us to make significant payments, as well as subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position. Also, any product liability claims and any adverse outcomes may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect sales of our systems and other products.

Damage to our brand and reputation would harm our business and results of operations.

We depend significantly on our reputation for high-quality products and services, best-in-class engineering, exceptional customer service and the brand name “SolarCity” to attract new customers and grow our business. If we fail to continue to deliver our solar energy systems and our other energy products and services within the planned timelines, if our products and services do not perform as anticipated or if we damage any of our customers’ properties or cancel projects, our brand and reputation could be significantly impaired. In addition, if we fail to deliver, or fail to continue to deliver, high-quality products and services to our customers through our long-term relationships, our customers will be less likely to purchase future products and services from us, which is a key strategy to achieve our desired growth. We also depend greatly on referrals from existing customers for our growth, in addition to our other marketing efforts. Therefore, our inability to meet or exceed our current customers’ expectations would harm our reputation and growth through referrals.

If we fail to manage our recent and future growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of customer service or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, and we intend to continue to expand our business significantly within existing markets and in a number of new locations in the future. This growth has placed, and any future growth may place, a significant strain on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. In particular, we will be required to expand, train and manage our growing employee base. Our management will also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third-parties and attract new customers and suppliers, as well as to manage multiple geographic locations.

In addition, our current and planned operations, personnel, systems and procedures might be inadequate to support our future growth and may require us to make additional unanticipated investment in our infrastructure. Our success and ability to further scale our business will depend, in part, on our ability to manage these changes in a cost-effective and efficient manner. If we cannot manage our growth, we may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our

 

25


Table of Contents

business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. This could also result in declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increased costs, difficulties in introducing new products and services or other operational difficulties. Any failure to effectively manage growth could adversely impact our business and reputation.

We may not be successful in leveraging our customer base to grow our business through sales of other energy products and services.

To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue and cash receipts from the sale of solar energy systems and the sale of energy under our long-term customer agreements. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. Customer demand for these offerings may be more limited than we anticipate. In addition, several of our other energy products and services, including our battery storage solutions, are in the early stages of testing and development. We may not be successful in completing development of these products as a result of research and development difficulties, technical issues, availability of third-party products or other reasons. Even if we are able to offer these or other additional products and services, we may not successfully generate meaningful customer demand to make these offerings viable. If we fail to deliver these additional products and services, if the costs associated with bringing these additional products and services to market is greater than we anticipate, or if customer demand for these offerings is smaller than we anticipate, our growth will be limited.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

A key component of our growth strategy is to develop or expand our strategic relationships with third parties. For example, we are investing resources in establishing relationships with industry leaders, such as trusted retailers and commercial homebuilders, to generate new customers. Identifying partners and negotiating relationships with them requires significant time and resources. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, our ability to grow our business could be impaired. Even if we are able to establish these relationships, we may not be able to execute on our goal of leveraging these relationships to meaningfully expand our business and customer base. This would limit our growth potential and our opportunities to generate significant additional revenue or cash receipts.

The loss of one or more members of our senior management or key employees may adversely affect our ability to implement our strategy.

We depend on our experienced management team, and the loss of one or more key executives could have a negative impact on our business. In particular, we are dependent on the services of our chief executive officer and co-founder, Lyndon R. Rive, and our chief operations officer, chief technology officer and co-founder, Peter J. Rive. We also depend on our ability to retain and motivate key employees and attract qualified new employees. Neither our founders nor our key employees are bound by employment agreements for any specific term, and we may be unable to replace key members of our management team and key employees in the event we lose their services. Integrating new employees into our management team could prove disruptive to our operations, require substantial resources and management attention and ultimately prove unsuccessful. An inability to attract and retain sufficient managerial personnel who have critical industry experience and relationships could limit or delay our strategic efforts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our business may be harmed if we fail to properly protect our intellectual property.

We believe that the success of our business depends in part on our proprietary technology, including our software, information, processes and know-how. We rely on trade secret and patent protections to secure our intellectual property rights. We cannot be certain that we have adequately protected or will be able to adequately protect our proprietary technology, that our competitors will not be able to utilize our existing technology or develop similar technology independently, that the claims allowed with respect to any patents held by us will be broad enough to protect our technology or that foreign intellectual property laws will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. Moreover, we cannot be certain that our patents provide us with a competitive advantage. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for third parties to obtain and use our intellectual property without our consent. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties, and the expenses incurred in protecting our intellectual property rights, may adversely affect our business. In the future, some of our products could be alleged to infringe existing patents or other intellectual property of third parties, and we cannot be certain that we will prevail in any intellectual property dispute. In addition, any future litigation required to enforce our patents, to protect our trade secrets or know-how or to defend us or indemnify others against claimed infringement of the rights of others could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. See, for example, “Business—Legal Proceedings,” discussing the lawsuit that Sunpower Corporation filed against us.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

The production and installation of solar energy systems depends heavily on suitable meteorological conditions. If meteorological conditions are unexpectedly unfavorable, the electricity production from our solar energy systems may be substantially below our expectations and our ability to timely deploy new systems may be adversely impacted.

The energy produced and revenue and cash receipts generated by a solar energy system depend on suitable solar and weather conditions, both of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, components of our systems, such as panels and inverters, could be damaged by severe weather, such as hailstorms or tornadoes. In these circumstances, we generally would be obligated to bear the expense of repairing the damaged solar energy systems that we own. Sustained unfavorable weather

 

27


Table of Contents

also could unexpectedly delay our installation of solar energy systems, leading to increased expenses and decreased revenue and cash receipts in the relevant periods. Weather patterns could change, making it harder to predict the average annual amount of sunlight striking each location where we install. This could make our solar energy systems less economical overall or make individual systems less economical. Any of these events or conditions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We typically bear the risk of loss and the cost of maintenance and repair on solar systems that are owned or leased by our fund investors.

We typically bear the risk of loss and are generally obligated to cover the cost of maintenance and repair on any solar systems that we sell or lease to our fund investors. At the time we sell or lease a solar system to a fund investor, we enter into a maintenance services agreement where we agree to operate and maintain the system for a fixed fee that is calculated to cover our future expected maintenance costs. If our solar systems require an above-average amount of repairs or if the cost of repairing systems were higher than our estimate, we would need to perform such repairs without additional compensation. If our solar systems, a majority of which are located in California, are damaged in the event of a natural disaster beyond our control, losses could be excluded, such as earthquake damage, or exceed insurance policy limits, and we could incur unforeseen costs that could harm our business and financial condition. We may also incur significant costs for taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, such events. We purchase Property and Business Interruption insurance with industry standard coverage and limits approved by an investor’s third party insurance advisors to hedge against such risk, but such coverage may not cover our losses.

Any unauthorized disclosure or theft of personal information we gather, store and use could harm our reputation and subject us to claims or litigation.

We receive, store and use personal information of our customers, including names, addresses, e-mail addresses, credit information and other housing and energy use information. Unauthorized disclosure of such personal information, whether through breach of our systems by an unauthorized party, employee theft or misuse, or otherwise, could harm our business. If we were subject to an inadvertent disclosure of such personal information, or if a third party were to gain unauthorized access to customer personal information we possess, our operations could be seriously disrupted and we could be subject to claims or litigation arising from damages suffered by our customers. In addition, we could incur significant costs in complying with the multitude of federal, state and local laws regarding the unauthorized disclosure of personal information. Finally, any perceived or actual unauthorized disclosure of such information could harm our reputation, substantially impair our ability to attract and retain customers and have an adverse impact on our business.

We may have trouble refinancing our credit facilities or obtaining new financing for our working capital, equipment financing and other needs in the future or complying with the terms of existing credit facilities. If credit facilities are not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, or if we are unable to comply with their terms, our ability to continue to grow our business would be adversely impacted.

We have entered into several secured credit agreements, including a $58.5 million, 18-month term loan credit facility for the purchase of inventory and working capital needs, a $25.0 million working capital facility that matures in July 2012, and a $7.0 million term facility to finance the purchase of vehicles that matures in January 2015. Each facility requires us to comply with certain financial, reporting and other requirements. The timing of our commercial projects and other large projects has on occasion adversely affected our ability to satisfy certain quarterly financial covenants under these facilities. While our lenders have given us waivers of certain covenants we have not satisfied in the

 

28


Table of Contents

past, there is no assurance that the lenders will waive or forbear from exercising their remedies with respect to any future defaults that might occur, which also could trigger defaults under our other credit agreements. For example, subsequent to March 31, 2012, we did not meet a financial ratio covenant under our $25.0 million working capital facility, which also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility. The bank has agreed to waive these recent breaches and to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility. Further, there is no assurance that we will be able to refinance our working capital facility or enter into new credit facilities on acceptable terms. If we are unable to satisfy quarterly financial covenants and other terms under existing or new facilities or obtain associated waivers or forbearance from our lenders or if we are unable to obtain refinancing or new financings for our working capital, equipment and other needs on acceptable terms if and when needed, our business would be adversely affected.

In the long term, we intend to expand our international activities, which will subject us to a number of risks.

Our long-term strategic plans include international expansion, and we intend to sell our solar energy products and services in international markets. Risks inherent to international operations include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

inability to work successfully with third parties with local expertise to co-develop international projects;

 

  Ÿ  

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations, including export and import restrictions, tax laws and regulations, environmental regulations, labor laws and other government requirements, approvals, permits and licenses;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in general economic and political conditions in the countries where we operate, including changes in government incentives relating to power generation and solar electricity;

 

  Ÿ  

political and economic instability, including wars, acts of terrorism, political unrest, boycotts, curtailments of trade and other business restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties and costs in recruiting and retaining individuals skilled in international business operations;

 

  Ÿ  

international business practices that may conflict with U.S. customs or legal requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

financial risks, such as longer sales and payment cycles and greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar; and

 

  Ÿ  

inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights, including inability to apply for or register material trademarks in foreign countries.

Doing business in foreign markets requires us to be able to respond to rapid changes in market, legal, and political conditions in these countries. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, social and political environments. We may not be able to develop and implement policies and strategies that will be effective in each location where we do business.

 

29


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price you paid.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market after the offering closes. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section and others beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

addition or loss of significant customers;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our industry, products or services;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in expectations regarding our performance by investors or securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

  Ÿ  

volatility in the market price and trading volume of companies in our industry or companies that investors consider comparable;

 

  Ÿ  

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;

 

  Ÿ  

litigation involving us, our industry or both;

 

  Ÿ  

major catastrophic events; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and market conditions and trends.

Further, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, the stock prices of many renewable energy companies have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment and may lose some or all of your investment.

In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

 

30


Table of Contents

As an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, we will utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We have in this prospectus utilized, and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, including reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the additional testing of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting, and we have elected to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We could remain an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2012 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options after June 30, 2012. The              shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares will become eligible for sale, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, upon the expiration of agreements not to sell such shares entered into between the underwriters and such stockholders beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

 

31


Table of Contents

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the selling stockholders, have agreed that we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This agreement is subject to certain limited exceptions and extensions described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreement. After the closing of this offering, we intend to register approximately              shares of common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our stock incentive plans.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and that may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering and may not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering and you will be relying on its judgment regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as described under the heading “Use of Proceeds.” However, management may not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $         per share based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the

 

32


Table of Contents

initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, if we issue restricted stock to our employees under these plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. See “Dilution.”

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may believe advantageous. These provisions include:

 

  Ÿ  

establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

  Ÿ  

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to call a special stockholder meeting;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to act by written consent;

 

  Ÿ  

providing that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

  Ÿ  

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may be forced to sell their stock to realize a return on their investment.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, legal requirements, earnings and other factors. Our ability to pay dividends might be restricted by the terms of any indebtedness that we incur in the future. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends to receive a return on your investment. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

33


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations of future operating results or financial performance, capital expenditures, use of proceeds from this offering, introduction of new products, regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under “Risk Factors.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “might,” “would,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Actual events or results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements.

We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise. Potential investors should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of any of the events described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, including September 2010 data from Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, February 2012 data from Bloomberg New Energy Finance, November 2011 data from the Energy Information Agency or other publicly available information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. We have not commissioned, nor are we affiliated with, any of the independent industry sources we cite. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. Our industry is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

 

34


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we receive in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $         million.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. The selling stockholders may include certain of our executive officers and members of our board of directors or entities affiliated with or controlled by them. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

We will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds in this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering. We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary strategic businesses, products or technologies. We have no commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time.

We intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, pending their use as described above.

Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and increase our visibility in the marketplace. A public market for our common stock will facilitate future access to public equity markets and enhance our ability to use our common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions including compliance with covenants under our credit facilities and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

35


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2012:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering that, among other things, will increase our authorized number of shares of common stock and will authorize a new class of preferred stock, (iii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iv) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the pro-forma adjustments and our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2012  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma,
As  Adjusted(2)(3)
 
    

(in thousands, except

share and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 90,668      $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 111,430      $         $     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 56,733,796 shares authorized and 45,280,032 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     206,940             

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 106,000,000 shares authorized, 10,618,903 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 55,898,935 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        

Additional paid-in capital

     12,016        

Accumulated deficit

     (44,445     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (32,428     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 285,942      $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the net exercise of the outstanding Series C and F convertible preferred stock warrants and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, effective upon the closing of this offering.
(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet in the table above assumes the pro forma conversions, net exercise and reclassifications described in (1) above plus the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering and the

 

36


Table of Contents
 

application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of             , the mid-point range set forth in the cover page, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,706,104 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.89 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,752,397 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 2,452,397 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

37


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2012 was $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to our sale of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2012 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2012

   $                   

Increase in actual net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses as of March 31, 2012 on a pro forma basis.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing Stockholders

     55,898,935                            $                

New Investors

             $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

Total

        100        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to             , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

As of March 31, 2012, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 14,706,104 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $3.89 per share. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For a description of our equity plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares

 

38


Table of Contents

held by new investors to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,706,104 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.89 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,752,397 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 2,452,397 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

39


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

             

Revenue:

             

Operating leases

  $      $ 225      $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 3,417      $ 8,139   

Solar energy systems sales

    23,045        31,962        29,435        22,744        36,406        3,827        16,702   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    23,045        32,187        32,647        32,428        59,551        7,244        24,841   

Cost of revenue:

             

Operating leases

           96        1,911        3,191        5,718        1,345        2,582   

Solar energy systems

    23,164        33,212        28,971        26,953        41,418        4,337        12,125   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    23,164        33,308        30,882        30,144        47,136        5,682        14,707   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    (119     (1,121     1,765        2,284        12,415        1,562        10,134   

Operating expenses:

             

Sales and marketing

    1,749        15,295        10,914        22,404        42,004        6,590        16,131   

General and administrative

    9,144        8,484        10,855        19,227        31,664        6,641        8,562   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

         10,893             23,779             21,769             41,631               73,668               13,231               24,693   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (11,012     (24,900     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (11,669     (14,559

Interest expense, net

    233        214        334        4,901        9,272        2,211        3,494   

Other expenses, net

    (291     1,119        2,360        2,761        3,097        1,148        8,974   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (15,028     (27,027

Income tax provision

                  (22     (65     (92     (24     (35
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (15,052     (27,062

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

           (12,272     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (21,699     (29,818
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

  $ (10,954   $ (13,961   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 6,647      $ 2,756   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock holders:

             

Basic

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.13      $ 0.04   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.04   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,659,797        10,503,931   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        12,919,519        17,076,717   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

             

Basic

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(3):

             

Basic

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders assumes the net exercise of the warrants to purchase Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock and the conversion of the Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase common stock as occurring at the beginning of the fiscal period. Accordingly, the charge for the change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liability recorded in the fiscal period is reversed because this charge would not have been recorded after the net exercise and conversion. Pro forma basic or diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average basic or diluted pro forma shares of common stock. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of March 31, 2012.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2012
 
         2007             2008             2009             2010             2011        
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,459      $ 27,829      $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 90,668   

Total current assets

     24,395        45,124        69,896        110,432        241,522        311,879   

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

            27,838        87,583        239,611        535,609        623,596   

Total assets

     27,132        78,800        164,154        371,264        813,173        976,876   

Total current liabilities

     10,531        19,539        52,012        81,958        246,886        241,019   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

            5,645        21,394        40,681        101,359        132,748   

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

                          53,097        46,541        94,576   

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

                          15,758        15,144        15,049   

Other liabilities

                   120        15,715        36,314        49,961   

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     26,234        56,184        80,042        101,446        125,722        206,940   

Stockholders’ deficit

     (11,912     (25,377     (50,736     (87,488     (37,662     (32,428

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

            19,573        56,036        123,514        122,646        60,241   

 

41


Table of Contents

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to

evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
   

Three Months
Ended March 31,
2012

 
    2009     2010     2011    

New buildings(1)

    2,893        4,843        8,273        3,953   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

    5,817        10,660        18,933        22,886   

Transactions for other energy products and services(2)

    68        404        3,840        2,534   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments as of the dates presented:

 

    As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2012
 
      2009     2010     2011    
    (in thousands)  

Aggregate Nominal Contracted Payments

  $ 106,082      $ 258,097      $ 485,780      $ 579,527   

 

42


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We integrate the sales, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and financing of our distributed solar energy systems with our energy efficiency products and services. This allows us to offer long-term energy solutions to residential, commercial and government customers. Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. Our long-term contractual arrangements typically generate recurring customer payments and enable our customers to have visibility into their future electricity costs and to minimize their exposure to rising retail electricity rates. Our customer relationships also position us to continue to grow our business through energy efficiency products and services offerings including energy efficiency evaluations, appliance upgrades, energy storage solutions and electric vehicle charging stations.

We offer our customers the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems or to purchase the energy that our solar energy systems produce through various financed arrangements. These financed arrangements include long-term contracts that we structure as leases and power purchase agreements. In both financed structures we install our solar energy system at our customer’s premises and charge the customer a monthly fee for the power that our system produces. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is fixed with a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kilowatt hour based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces. The leases and power purchase agreements are typically for 20 years, and generally when there is no upfront fee the specified fees are subject to annual escalations.

Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. During an energy efficiency evaluation, we capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in the home to specifically identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy cost. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We offer our energy efficiency products and services to our solar energy systems customers and on a stand-alone basis. We launched our energy efficiency business in the second quarter of 2010. To date, revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems.

Initially, we only offered our solar energy systems on an outright purchase basis. In mid-2008, we began offering leases and power purchase agreements. Our ability to offer leases and power purchase agreements depends in part on our ability to finance the installation of the solar energy systems by monetizing the resulting customer receivable and related investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to monetize these assets was limited and resulted in an above-normal backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. By the end of 2009, we had raised sufficient investment funds to return to our target backlog. Currently, the majority of our residential energy customers enter

 

43


Table of Contents

into leasing arrangements, and the majority of our commercial customers and government organizations enter into power purchase agreements. We expect customers to continue to favor leases and power purchase agreements.

We compete mainly with the retail electricity rate charged by the utilities in the markets we serve, and our strategy is to price the energy we sell slightly below that rate. As a result, the price our customers pay to buy energy from us varies depending on the state where the customer is located and the local utility. The price we charge also depends on customer price sensitivity, the need to offer a compelling financial benefit and the price other solar energy companies charge in the region. Our commercial rates in a given region are also typically lower than our residential rates in that region because utilities’ commercial retail rates are generally lower than their residential retail rates.

We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We recognize the revenue these arrangements generate on a straight-line basis over the term for leases, or as we generate and deliver energy for power purchase agreements. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency business when we complete the services. Substantially all of our revenue is attributable to customers located in the United States.

Various state and local agencies offer incentive rebates for the installation and operation of solar energy systems. For solar energy systems we sell, we typically have the customer assign the incentive rebate to us. We record the incentive rebates as a component of proceeds from the system sale. For incentive rebates associated with solar energy systems under leases or power purchase agreements, we initially record the rebate as deferred revenue and recognize the deferred revenue as revenue over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

Component materials, third-party appliances and direct labor comprise the substantial majority of the costs of our solar energy systems and energy efficiency products and services. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, the cost of revenue from our leases and power purchase agreements are primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems, which are depreciated over the estimated useful life of 30 years, and the amortization of initial direct costs, which is amortized over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

We classify our outstanding preferred stock warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. These warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each reporting date, with any changes in fair value being recognized as a component of other income or expense, net, in our consolidated statement of operations. When this offering closes, we expect to record a material non-cash charge in our consolidated statement of operations related to the remeasurement of these warrants. Any warrants that are not exercised and do not expire in connection with the closing of the offering will convert into warrants to purchase common stock. These common stock warrants will not be classified as a liability and accordingly will not be subject to further remeasurement.

We have structured different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy. One such structure is a joint venture structure where we and our fund investors both contribute funds or assets into the joint venture. Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of these joint ventures on our income statement. Therefore, after we determine our consolidated net income (loss) for a given period, we are required to allocate a portion of our consolidated net income (loss) to the fund investors in our joint ventures (referred to as the “noncontrolling interests” in our financial statements) and allocate the remainder of the consolidated net income (loss) to our stockholders. These income or loss allocations, reflected on our income statement, can have a significant impact on our reported results of operations. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, our consolidated net

 

44


Table of Contents

income (loss) was a loss of $73.7 million and $27.1 million, respectively. However, after applying the required allocations, the net income (loss) attributable to our stockholders was income of $43.5 million and $2.8 million, respectively. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

Investment Funds

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. We contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. Because these recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives are either paid by government agencies or individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores, and because electricity is a necessity, our fund investors perceive these as high-quality assets. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

We have established different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy, including joint ventures, lease pass-through and sale-leaseback structures, any of which may utilize debt that is non-recourse to us. We call these arrangements our investment funds. The allocation of the economic benefits among us and the fund investors and related accounting varies depending on the structure.

Joint Ventures.     Under joint venture structures, we and our fund investors contribute funds into a joint venture. Then, the joint venture acquires solar energy systems from us and leases the solar energy systems to customers. Prior to the fund investor receiving its contractual rate of return, the fund investors receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and, in some cases, other incentives. After the fund investor receives its contractual rate of return, we receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments and the other incentives.

We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in these joint venture structures. Accordingly, we consolidate the assets and liabilities and operating results of these joint ventures, including the solar energy systems and lease income, in our consolidated financial statements. We recognize the fund investors’ share of the net assets of the joint ventures as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet. We recognize the amounts that are contractually payable to these investors in each period as distributions to noncontrolling interests in our statement of equity. Our statement of cash flows reflects cash received from these fund investors as proceeds from investments by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Our statement of cash flows also reflects cash paid to these fund investors as distributions paid to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. We reflect any unpaid distributions to these fund investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet.

Lease Pass-Through.     Under lease pass-through structures, we lease solar energy systems to fund investors under a master lease agreement, and these investors in turn sublease the solar energy systems to customers. Depending upon the structure, we receive some or all of the value attributable to the accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. The fund investors receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits and, for the duration of the lease term, the long-term recurring customer payments. In some cases, the fund investors also receive a portion of the accelerated tax

 

45


Table of Contents

depreciation. After the lease term, we receive the customer payments, if any. We record the solar energy systems on our consolidated balance sheet as plant, property and equipment and recognize lease revenue generated by the systems ratably over the master lease term. The fund investors typically make significant upfront cash payments that we record on our consolidated balance sheet as lease pass-through financing obligations. We reduce these obligations by amounts received by the fund investors from U.S. Treasury Department grants, customer payments and the associated incentive rebates. We in turn recognize the incentive rebates and customer payments as revenue over the customer lease term and amortize U.S. Treasury Department grants as a reduction to depreciation of the associated solar energy systems over the estimated life of these systems.

Sale-Leaseback.     Under sale-leaseback structures, we generate cash through the sale of solar energy systems to our fund investors, and we then lease these systems back from the investors and sublease them to our customers. For the duration of the lease term, we may, for some of the structures, receive the value attributable to the incentives and the long-term recurring customer payments, and we make leaseback payments to the fund investors. The fund investors receive the customer payments after the lease term. They also receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation and other incentives. At the end of the lease term, we have an option to purchase the solar energy systems from the fund investors. Typically, our customers make monthly lease payments that we recognize as revenue over the term of the subleases on a straight-line basis. Depending on the design, size and construction of the individual systems and the leaseback terms, we may recognize a portion of the revenue from the sale of the systems or we may treat the cash received from the sale as financing received from the fund investors and reflect the cash received as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on our consolidated balance sheet.

Key Operating Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

Buildings

We track the number of residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services. We believe that the relationship we establish with building owners, together with energy-related information we obtain about the building, position us to provide the owner with additional energy-related solutions to further lower their energy costs. Our total number of buildings increased 83% from 5,817 as of December 31, 2009 to 10,660 as of December 31, 2010, 78% to 18,933 as of December 31, 2011, and 21% to 22,886 as of March 31, 2012.

Transactions for Other Energy Products and Services

We use the number of transactions for energy products and services other than the installation of solar energy systems as a key operating metric to evaluate our ability to generate incremental sales from our installed customer base and to expand our business to new customers. Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. We also offer our energy efficiency products and services on a stand-alone basis. Our strategy is to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers and to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products and services.

Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It

 

46


Table of Contents

excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the three months ended March 31, 2012, we completed 68, 404, 3,840 and 2,534 transactions for other energy products and services, respectively.

Nominal Contracted Payments

Our leases and power purchase agreements create long-term recurring customer payments. We use a portion of the value created by these contracts that we refer to as “nominal contracted payments,” together with the value attributable to investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation, Solar Renewable Energy Credits, performance-based incentives, state tax benefits and rebates, to cover the fixed and variable costs associated with installing solar energy systems.

We track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. Aggregate nominal contracted payments include leases and power purchase agreements that we have contributed to investment funds. Currently, third- party investors in such investment funds have contractual rights to a portion of these nominal contracted payments.

Nominal contracted payments is a forward-looking number, and we use judgment in developing the assumptions used to calculate it. Those assumptions may not prove to be accurate over time. Underperformance of the solar energy systems, payment defaults by our customers, cancellation of signed contracts or other factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” could cause our actual results to differ materially from our calculation of nominal contracted payments.

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments as of the dates presented:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
March 31,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate Nominal Contracted Payments

   $ 106,082       $ 258,097       $ 485,780       $ 579,527   

In addition to the nominal contracted payments, our long-term leases and power purchase agreements provide us with a significant post-contract renewal opportunity. Because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, they will continue to have a useful life after the 20-year term of the lease or power purchase agreement. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts. The solar energy systems will be already installed on the customer’s building, which facilitates customer acceptance of our renewal offer and results in limited additional costs to us.

 

47


Table of Contents

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Operating leases.     We classify and account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We consider the proceeds from solar energy system rebate incentives offered by certain state and local governments to form part of the proceeds from our operating leases. We recognize revenue from our operating leases over the operating lease term either on a straight-line basis over the lease term for lease arrangements or as we generate and sell energy to customers under power purchase agreements. We typically bundle and charge for remote monitoring services as part of the lease or power purchase agreement and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the term of the monitoring service. The term of our leases and power purchase agreements ranges between 10 and 20 years.

Solar energy systems sales.     Solar energy systems sales is comprised of revenue from the sale of solar energy systems directly to cash paying customers, revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts and revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services. We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We allocate a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the system to the remote monitoring service and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the monitoring service term. We recognize revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total project labor costs. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency services when we complete the services.

During the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, less than 10% of our solar energy system installations were sales as opposed to operating leases. However, because of our revenue recognition policy, these sales represented 61% and 67%, respectively, of our total revenue for those periods. We expect installations utilizing leases and power purchase agreements to continue to represent the vast majority of our installed systems. As a result, the number of systems sold for cash and delivered in a given financial reporting period will have a disproportionate effect on the total revenue reported for that period.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

Operating Leases Cost of Revenue.     Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems and the amortization of initial direct costs. The depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems is reduced by the amortization of any U.S. Treasury Department grant payment in lieu of the energy investment tax credit associated with these systems. Initial direct costs include allocated contract administration costs, sales commissions and customer acquisition referral fees. Contract administration costs include personnel costs, such as salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs. Operating leases cost of revenue also includes direct and allocated costs associated with monitoring services for these systems.

Solar Energy Systems Cost of Revenue.     The substantial majority of solar energy systems cost of revenue consists of the costs of solar energy systems component acquisition and personnel costs associated with system installations. We acquire the significant component parts of the solar energy systems directly from foreign and domestic manufacturers or distributors. Our employees install our residential solar energy systems and we employ project managers and construction managers who oversee the subcontractors that install commercial systems. To a lesser extent, solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes personnel costs associated with performing our energy efficiency services and related materials. Solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes engineering and

 

48


Table of Contents

design costs, estimated warranty costs, freight charges, allocated corporate overhead costs such as facilities costs, vehicle depreciation costs and personnel costs associated with supply chain, logistics, operations management, safety and quality control. Personnel costs include salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs.

We allocate to solar energy systems cost of revenue certain corporate overhead costs that include rental and operating costs for our corporate facilities, information technology costs, travel expenses and certain professional services to cost of solar energy systems, work in process, cost of sales, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses using the relative proportions of direct payroll costs in each of these functions.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, benefits, bonuses, sales commissions and stock-based compensation as well as advertising, promotional and other marketing related expenses. Sales and marketing expenses also include customer referral fees, allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We expect sales and marketing costs to increase significantly in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to grow our sales headcount and expand our marketing efforts to continue to grow our business.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, bonuses and stock-based compensation and professional fees related to legal, human resources, accounting and structured finance services. General and administrative expenses also include allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We anticipate that we will incur additional administrative headcount costs to support the growth in our business, our investment fund arrangements and the additional costs of being a public reporting company.

Other Income and Expenses

Our other income and expenses consist principally of the change in fair value of warrants issued to certain fund investors that allow them, on achievement of certain contractual terms, to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock, and interest income and expense.

Change in Fair Value of Warrants.     Change in fair value of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We account for changes in the fair value of warrants issued to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock through other income or expenses. The warrants have been classified as liability instruments on the balance sheet. We record any changes in the fair value of these instruments between reporting dates as a component of other income or expense in the income statement.

Interest Income and Expense.     Interest income and expense primarily consist of the interest charges associated with our secured credit revolver agreements, long-term debt facilities, financing obligations and capital lease obligations. Our credit revolver and long-term debt facilities are subject to variable interest rates. The interest charge on our financing obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date or the effective interest rate in the arrangement giving rise to the obligation. The interest charge on capital lease obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date. Interest income and expense also include the amortization of deferred financing

 

49


Table of Contents

costs associated with such secured credit revolvers or long-term debt facilities, partially offset by a nominal amount of interest income generated from our cash holdings in interest-bearing accounts.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to taxation in the United States and Canada. We conduct our business primarily in the United States.

Our effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate primarily due to the valuation allowance on our deferred taxes, state taxes, foreign taxes, joint venture transactions and nondeductible compensation. Our tax expense is primarily composed of the amortization of prepaid tax expense as a result of sales of assets to joint ventures included in our consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods, we maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders

We determine the net income (loss) attributable to stockholders by deducting from net income (loss) in a period the net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. The net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the joint venture fund investors’ allocable share in the results of the joint venture investment funds. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method, or HLBV method. We therefore use the HLBV method to determine the allocable share of the results of the joint ventures attributable to the fund investors, which we record in the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. The HLBV method determines the fund investors’ allocable share of results of the joint venture by calculating the net change in the investors’ share in the consolidated net assets of the joint venture at the beginning and at the end of a period after adjusting for any transactions with the fund investor such as capital contributions or cash distributions.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, cash flow and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Our future financial statements will be affected to the extent that our actual results materially differ from these estimates.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with our principles of consolidation, revenue recognition, property, plant and equipment, warranties, deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds, stock-based compensation, inventory reserves for excess and obsolescence, income taxes and noncontrolling interests have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

50


Table of Contents

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act, and we will utilize certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements reflect our accounts and operations and those of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 810, Consolidation , we consolidate any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which we are the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity. However, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as VIEs, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if (1) that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. This holder is considered the primary beneficiary. We do not consolidate a VIE in which we have a majority ownership interest if we are not considered the primary beneficiary. We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in all of our VIEs and accordingly consolidate the assets and liabilities of such VIEs in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our relationships with our VIEs on an ongoing basis to determine whether we continue to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

Our customers have the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems, to access solar energy systems through contractual arrangements that we account for as operating leases, or to purchase energy through power purchase agreements. We also offer ongoing monitoring services of the solar energy systems. In certain cases, we have entered into sale-leaseback arrangements with our fund investors. In a sale-leaseback arrangement, fund investors invest in solar energy systems while enabling us to sublease the systems to our customers.

In the second quarter of 2010, we also began to offer energy efficiency products and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs.

In accordance with ASC 605-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials , we recognize revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. In instances where we have multiple deliverables in a single arrangement, we allocate the arrangement consideration to the various elements in the arrangement. ASC 605-25 requires the allocation of the arrangement consideration to each element to be based on the relative

 

51


Table of Contents

selling price method. ASC 605-25 also provides a hierarchy of selling price determination, starting with vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; third-party evidence, or TPE, if available and if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, we recognize revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Costs incurred on installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the consolidated balance sheet. Solar energy systems sold to residential and small scale commercial customers typically take three to five months to install. Revenue attributable to the remote monitoring service is recognized over the period of the associated contract, which is generally 5 to 15 years.

We recognize revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers according to ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total projected labor costs, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Solar energy systems sold to large-scale commercial customers may take up to six months to install.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

We recognize revenue attributable to energy efficiency products and services when we complete the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically, energy efficiency services take one to two months to complete. Energy efficiency products and services are sold on a stand-alone basis or bundled with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements. When we bundle the sale of energy efficiency products and services with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements, we allocate revenue to the energy efficiency products and services and the sale, lease or power purchase agreements using the relative selling price method provided by ASU 2009-13. The selling price of the energy efficiency products and services used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices we charge for the products and services on a stand-alone basis. To date, the revenue generated from energy efficiency products and services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated financial statements.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

For solar energy systems under operating leases, we account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases , under which we are the lessor. We record operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on the amount of electricity the system generates, we record revenue as amounts are earned. The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related lease.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from us under power purchase agreements, we have determined that our power purchase agreements should be accounted for, in substance, as operating leases, pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the

 

52


Table of Contents

contracts, assuming the other revenue recognition criteria are met. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related power purchase agreement.

Sale-Leaseback

We are a party to sale-leaseback arrangements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to the fund investor and simultaneous leaseback to us of the systems that we then sublease to our customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, we first determine whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” We determine a solar energy system to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. The cost to remove a system from its existing location includes the cost of shipping and reinstallation of the system at a new site, as well as any diminution in fair value. When the leaseback arrangements expire, we have the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to us, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to us prior to expiration of the arrangement.

For solar energy systems that we have determined to be integral equipment, we have concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, we use the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, we do not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, we treat any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly record the proceeds as a financing obligation in our consolidated balance sheet. We allocate the leaseback payments that we make to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using our incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. We determine our incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that we would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that are not integral equipment, we determine if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, we initially record a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in our consolidated balance sheet equal to the lower of the present value of our future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, we do not recognize any of the revenue but defer the gross profit comprising the net of revenue and cost of sale of the associated solar energy system. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, we recognize a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defer the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, we record the deferred gross profit in our consolidated balance sheet as deferred income and amortize the deferred income over the master lease term as a reduction to the cost of operating lease revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased

We are the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. We account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, we evaluate the lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. We utilize periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

 

53


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

    

Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are constructed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility and are depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Warranties

We warrant our products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems that we sell. The manufacturers’ warranty on the components of the solar energy systems, which we typically pass through to our customers, has a warranty period ranging from 5 to 25 years depending upon the solar energy system component under warranty and the manufacturer. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, the changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March  31,

2012
 
(In thousands)    2010     2011    

Balance—beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        401   

Assumed obligations arising from business acquisitions

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 2,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar Energy Performance Guarantees

We guarantee that our leased solar energy systems will generate a minimum level of solar energy output. We monitor the systems to determine whether the solar energy systems are achieving these specified minimum outputs. If we determine that the guaranteed minimum energy output is not achieved, we record a liability for the estimated amounts payable. We believe that the solar energy systems are capable of producing the minimum production outputs guaranteed and therefore do not record any liability in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees.

Deferred U.S. Treasury Department Grant Proceeds

We have determined that all of our solar energy systems constitute eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010. We submit applications for grants receivable from the U.S. Treasury Department related to eligible property based on 30% of the tax basis of the solar energy systems as supported by independently appraised fair market values of the systems or guideline system values that have been posted by the U.S. Treasury Department on its website. To determine the fair market value of the systems, an independent appraiser considers various factors such as the cost of producing the systems, the estimated price that

 

54


Table of Contents

could be obtained in the market from the sale of the systems, and the present value of the economic benefits expected to be generated by the systems. We then present our appraised fair market value to the U.S. Treasury Department when we apply for grants on our solar energy systems. In a number of cases, the U.S. Treasury Department has determined that grants should be paid based on a lower value for the systems and has in such instances posted guideline system values on its website that should be used in the grant applications.

We initially record the grants receivable for leased solar energy systems as deferred income at the amounts that have been approved for payment by the U.S. Treasury Department and then amortize them on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems. We record the amortization of the deferred income as a credit to depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. We record a catch up adjustment in the period in which the grant is approved to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by the investor of the associated grant, in the case of lease pass-through investment funds. The catch up adjustments we have recorded to date have been immaterial. Some of our investment fund agreements obligate us to reimburse the fund investors based upon the difference between their anticipated benefit from U.S. Treasury grants at the formation of the funds and the benefit they receive from the amounts paid by the U.S. Treasury Department. For the joint venture investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet, and any impact to the consolidated statement of operations, which is determined using the HLBV method, is reflected in the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests line item. For other types of investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors under accrued and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, with no impact to the consolidated statement of operations.

During 2011, the U.S. Treasury Department awarded grants in amounts lower than the appraised fair market values for some solar energy systems. We have appropriately reflected the financial impact of the anticipated reduction in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011.

We received no grants prior to 2010. The changes in deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)       

U.S. Treasury grant receipts during the year ended December 31, 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2010

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the year ended December 31, 2011

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     54,730   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2011

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the three months ended March 31, 2012

     23,806   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     5,972   

Amortization during the three months ended March 31, 2012

     (1,988
  

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2012

   $ 165,224   
  

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of FASB ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees, including our executive officers and employee members of our board of directors, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

We apply ASC 718 and FASB ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees , to options and other stock-based awards issued to non-employees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, we use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date and each reporting period prior to that, as applicable.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends that are estimated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Fair value of our common stock .    Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the common stock’s fair value, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and was primarily determined using the simplified method in accordance with guidance provided by the SEC. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the awards. We will continue to utilize the simplified method for all standard awards until we have established a reasonable period of representative trading history as a public company, at which time we will determine the expected term based on the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, expectations about future option exercise behavior and post-vesting cancellations.

 

  Ÿ  

Volatility.     Because there is no trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the solar energy industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us. If this occurs, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. Higher volatility and longer expected lives would result in an increase to stock-based compensation expense determined on the grant date.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk-free rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury Department securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

  Ÿ  

Dividend yield.     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

56


Table of Contents

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures since the adoption of our option plan. We routinely evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and expectations of future option exercise behavior. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the forfeiture rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected term, expected volatility and forfeiture rate related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to the estimates of our expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense as it relates to the future grants of our stock-based awards.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2009             2010             2011             2011             2012      
                       (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     6.10       5.98        6.09        5.80        6.08   

Volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.20     87.52

Risk-free interest rate

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.55     1.15

Dividend yield

                                   

Stock-based compensation totaled $0.9 million, $1.8 million, $5.1 million, $0.7 million (unaudited) and $2.1 million (unaudited), respectively, in 2009, 2010, and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012. As of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, we had $24.7 million and $26.3 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation expense, which will be recognized over the weighted average remaining vesting period of 3.01 years and 2.94 years, respectively.

Common Stock Valuations

Our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options. The board of directors intended the granted options to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on each grant date. The common stock valuations were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Our board of directors is comprised of a majority of non-employee directors that we believe have the relevant experience and expertise to determine a fair value of our common stock on each respective grant date. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the common stock’s fair value as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

  Ÿ  

concurrent valuations performed by an unrelated third-party valuation expert, as described in the chart below;

 

57


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices of our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

  Ÿ  

our history and the introduction of new products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

the hiring of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

individual sales of our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

Estimates obtained from third-party valuation experts of the fair value of our common stock are set forth below as of the indicated dates:

 

Valuation Date

   Effective as of    Fair Value Per
Common Share
 

December 7, 2010

   December 3, 2010    $ 3.40   

May 24, 2011

   May 12, 2011      5.07   

August 9, 2011

   August 1, 2011      5.88   

September 27, 2011

   September 14, 2011      5.92   

November 1, 2011

   October 25, 2011      5.98   

February 6, 2012

   January 31, 2012      10.74   

March 22, 2012

   March 12, 2012      10.93   

May 21, 2012

   May 14, 2012      11.38   

We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2011 and July 19, 2012:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Common Stock Fair
Value Per Share at
Grant Date
 

January 10, 2011

     531,158       $ 3.40       $ 3.40   

February 16, 2011

     884,620         3.40         3.40   

May 25, 2011

     3,121,058         5.07         5.07   

August 10, 2011

     455,978         5.88         5.88   

October 24, 2011

     1,480,724         5.92         5.92   

November 2, 2011

     97,500         5.98         5.98   

December 5, 2011

     472,100         5.98         5.98   

February 8, 2012

     987,880         10.74         10.74   

March 27, 2012

     292,000         10.93         10.93   

April 25, 2012

     223,400         10.93         10.93   

May 22, 2012

     466,150         11.40         11.40   

June 11, 2012

     105,881         11.40         11.40   

July 19, 2012

     190,167         11.40         11.40   

 

58


Table of Contents

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of May 31, 2012 was $        , of which $         related to vested options and $         related to unvested options.

To determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we first determined our business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Our BEV was measured using a combination of financial and market-based methodologies including the following approaches: (i) the market transaction method, or MTM, (ii) the guideline public company method, or GPCM, or (iii) the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF. The MTM applies an option pricing model to negotiated enterprise valuations of arm’s-length actual transactions in our capital stock with third-party investors. This usually represents the best estimate of fair value. The GPCM considers multiples of financial metrics based on trading multiples of a selected peer group of publicly-traded companies. These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive the indicated values. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate known as the weighted average cost of capital which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. Once calculated, BEV is then weighted based on a qualitative assessment of the relative reliability of each method and the weight that an independent market participant could be expected to place on each indication. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, preferred stock was assumed to convert at the point where conversion provided an economic benefit to the stockholder or was required per the terms of the applicable agreements. Our BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options, using an option pricing method. The option pricing method, or OPM, treats common stock, convertible redeemable preferred stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies.

We believe that the changes in the fair value of our common stock in the periods discussed below were largely driven by achievements in our operational plans, increases in negotiated valuations in arm’s length transactions in our capital securities and improvements in the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets. Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these grant dates include:

January 2011 and February 2011

Between December 2010 and February 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. In December 2010, a strategic investor sold all shares of Series D preferred stock held by it to other investors in an arm’s-length transaction at a per share purchase price of $5.95. This transaction was considered a reliable market price as it was well bargained for and involved a knowledgeable seller and knowledgeable buyers with clearly opposing economic interests. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of December 3, 2010 which

 

59


Table of Contents

determined the fair value to be $3.40 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on the Series D preferred stock transaction as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM and the DCF method. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 30%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately one and one-half years. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $3.40 per share.

May 2011

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 12, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.07 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on the then-anticipated terms of our Series F preferred stock financing, which included issuing 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and warrants to purchase 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share, as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 17 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.07 per share.

August 2011

In June and July 2011, we completed the issuance and sale of 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and in June 2011, we issued warrants exercisable for 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share. In June 2011, we announced the creation of a $158 million fund with U.S. Bancorp and a $280 million fund with Google Inc.; and in July 2011, we announced our agreement to install solar energy systems for Hickam Communities at Joint Base Pearl Harbor-Hickam. Between May 2011 and August 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve overall, despite a brief decline in the financial and stock markets commencing in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of August 1, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.88 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on our Series F preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.88 per share.

October 2011

In September 2011, we announced the offer of a conditional commitment for a partial guarantee of a $344 million Department of Energy loan to help secure financing for our SolarStrong project to install, own and operate up to 160,000 rooftop solar installations on as many as 124 military housing developments across 33 states. Between August 2011 and October 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to stall, precipitated by continued political gridlock on economic issues. Notably, two U.S. solar energy companies, Evergreen Solar, Inc. and Solyndra, Inc., filed for bankruptcy during this period. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of September 14, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.92 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within

 

60


Table of Contents

approximately 12 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.92 per share.

November 2011 and December 2011

In November 2011, we announced our agreement with Bank of America, N.A. to provide us with a $350 million credit facility to facilitate our SolarStrong project. Between September 2011 and December 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets improved and the financial and stock markets exited the brief decline that commenced in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of October 25, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.98 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.98 per share.

February 2012

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of January 31, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.74 per share as of such date. We were engaged in advanced negotiations with investors for our Series G preferred stock financing during this period, at an expected valuation that represented a significant increase over our prior Series F preferred stock financing. The valuation determined a BEV by using the Probability-Weighted Expected Return, or PWER, variation of the MTM based on the then-anticipated terms and price of our Series G preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. We used this methodology given that our internal preparation for an initial public offering was underway at this time. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.74 per share.

March 2012 and April 2012

In February 2012 and March 2012, as previously anticipated, we completed the issuance and sale of 3,386,986 shares of our Series G preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share. In March 2012, we announced our agreement with Rabobank to provide us with $42.5 million in structured financing to fund commercial solar projects in California. Between February 2012 and March 2012, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of March 12, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.93 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.93 per share.

May 2012 through July 2012

In April 2012, we announced our plan to conduct a registered initial public offering of our common stock and the confidential submission to the SEC of our draft registration statement. Between April 2012 and July 2012, the U.S. financial and stock markets stalled, precipitated by global economic

 

61


Table of Contents

issues. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 14, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $11.38 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non- marketability discount of 14%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $11.40 per share.

Nonemployee Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock options issued to nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to quarterly adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations during the period the related services are rendered.

Inventory Reserves for Excess and Obsolescence

Inventories include solar energy system components, including photovoltaic panels, inverters, mounting hardware and miscellaneous electrical components, and work-in-process, including solar energy system components that are partially installed and direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Historically, we have purchased materials and appliances used in our energy efficiency business as they are needed. Accordingly, inventories related to energy efficiency products and services have not been material. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market.

We evaluate our inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and write down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined on the difference between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

The calculation of our tax assets and liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed by applicable accounting principles. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the relevant period.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, we had no material uncertain tax positions.

 

62


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods the company maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets primarily relate to net operating loss carryforwards, accelerated gains for tax purposes and deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. In addition, we had net operating losses for state income tax purposes of approximately $45.3 million and $39.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2016 if not utilized.

Our valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, based on our history of losses, we continued to provide a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. The amount of our valuation allowance could be materially affected should the actual amounts differ from our estimates. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the statement of operations in the periods when the adjustment is determined to be required.

We apply any limitations as a result of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, Section 382, when determining the amount of net operating loss that is available for future use. Based on this analysis, we have undergone two ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Code. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes have occurred through March 31, 2012.

We have agreements to sell solar energy systems to the investment funds structured as joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until we no longer benefit from the underlying asset. Because the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the life of the underlying systems, estimated to be 30 years. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, we recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.4 million net of amortization, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interests

Our noncontrolling interests represent fund investors’ interest in the net assets of certain funding structures, which we consolidate, that we have entered into to finance the costs of solar energy systems under operating leases. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual agreements of the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the HLBV method. We therefore determine the noncontrolling interest balance at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method and record it on our consolidated balance sheet as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet represent the amounts the fund investors would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the contractual agreements of these

 

63


Table of Contents

structures, assuming the net assets of these funding structures were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP. The fund investors’ interest in the results of operations of these funding structures is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each reporting period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the fund and the fund investors. The noncontrolling interests’ balance is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statement of operations data:

      

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 3,417      $ 8,139   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        3,827        16,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        7,244        24,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,345        2,582   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        4,337        12,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        5,682        14,707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,765        2,284        12,415        1,562        10,134   

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        6,590        16,131   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        6,641        8,562   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (11,669     (14,559

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        2,211        3,494   

Other expenses, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,148        8,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (15,028     (27,027

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (24     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (15,052     (27,062

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (21,699     (29,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 6,647      $ 2,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.13      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,659,797        10,503,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        12,919,519        17,076,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2012

Revenue

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 3,417       $ 8,139       $ 4,722         138

Solar energy systems sales

     3,827         16,702         12,875         336
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 7,244       $ 24,841       $ 17,597         243

Total revenue increased by approximately $17.6 million, or 243%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Operating lease revenue increased by approximately $4.7 million, or 138%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements that are in service, which more than doubled from March 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $12.9 million, or 336%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $3.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales, a $5.6 million increase in revenue from long-term contracts and a $3.9 million sale to a specific customer during the three months ended March 31, 2012. In addition, revenue from the sale of energy efficiency products and services increased by $1.0 million during this period. This increase in revenue was offset in part by a lower average sales price of solar energy systems sold for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decline in the average sales price was due to a decrease in the cost of the solar energy system components that in turn led to a downward impact on the competitive market price of solar energy systems sold. We expect that the continuing decline in the cost of solar energy system components will similarly impact our average sales price.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011             2012         $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 1,345      $ 2,582      $ 1,237         92

Gross profit of operating leases

     2,072        5,557        3,485         168
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     61     68     

Solar energy systems

   $ 4,337      $ 12,125      $ 7,788         180

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     (510     4,577        5,087         997

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     (13 )%      27     

Total cost of revenue

   $ 5,682      $ 14,707      $ 9,025         159

Total gross profit

     1,562        10,134        8,572         549

Total gross profit margin

     22     41     

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by approximately $1.2 million, or 92%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the three months ended March 31, 2012, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

 

65


Table of Contents

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $7.8 million, or 180%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase was due to increased costs associated with the rise in solar energy system sales. The increase in the gross margin from a gross loss of 13% to a gross profit of 27% was primarily due to the increase in the volume of sales recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

The cost of our component materials could increase as a result of the U.S. government imposition of tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. These tariffs may have a short-term impact on the price we pay for solar panels purchased from China. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. As a result, we believe there is adequate surplus capacity of non-tariff panels available. In the longer term, we expect the cost of solar panels to continue to decline, although we expect the rate of decline will decrease as component prices approach the cost of manufacture.

Operating Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 6,590       $ 16,131       $ 9,541         145

General and administrative expense

     6,641         8,562         1,921         29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 13,231       $ 24,693       $ 11,462         87

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $9.5 million, or 145%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase was driven primarily by greater marketing and promotional activities in the three months ended March 31, 2012 as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts and sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $3.5 million from $3.5 million to $7.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased our total number of sales and marketing personnel from 173 as of March 31, 2011 to 421 as of March 31, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $3.2 million from $2.4 million to $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $1.9 million, or 29%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 112 as of March 31, 2011 to 186 as of March 31, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $1.4 million from $2.2 million to $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. The administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and their associated legal and professional fees increased by $0.3 million from the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

66


Table of Contents

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Interest expense, net

   $ 2,211       $ 3,494       $ 1,283         58
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other expense, net

     1,148         8,974         7,826         682
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest and all other expenses, net

   $ 3,359       $ 12,468       $ 9,109         271

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $1.3 million, or 58%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. Interest expense comprises imputed interest on financing obligations and interest expense on bank borrowings, net of interest income on cash balances. This increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in the first three months of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $7.8 million, or 682%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a non-cash charge related to a change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Income tax expense

   $ 24       $ 35       $ 11         46
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.01 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. As of March 31, 2012 we had incurred a total of $3.5 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

       Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2012     $     %  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $ (21,699   $ (29,818   $ (8,119     37

The income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the share of income or loss that is allocated to the investors in the joint venture investment funds. This amount is determined as the change in the investors’ interest in the joint venture investment funds between the balance sheet dates at the beginning and end of each reporting period calculated using the HLBV method, less any capital contributions net of any capital distributions. The calculation of the noncontrolling interest balance using the HLBV method depends on the specific contractual liquidation provisions in each of the joint venture funds and is generally affected by, among other factors, the tax attributes allocated to the investors including tax bonus depreciation and income tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of the investment tax credits, the existence of guarantees of minimum returns to the fund investors by us, and the contractual provisions relating to the allocation of tax income or losses in these funds including provisions that govern the level of deficits that can be funded by noncontrolling interests in a liquidation

 

67


Table of Contents

scenario. The calculation is also affected by the cost of the assets sold to the funds which forms the book basis of the net assets allocated to the investors assuming a liquidation scenario. Generally, significant loss allocations to the noncontrolling interests have arisen in situations where there is a significant difference between the fair value and the cost of assets sold to the funds in a particular period accompanied by the absence of guarantees of minimum returns to the investors, since the capital contributions by the noncontrolling interests are based on the fair values of the assets in a fund while the calculation of the noncontrolling interests balance at each reporting period is determined based on the cost of the assets in the fund. The existence of guarantees of minimum returns to the investors and the amounts of deficit that an investor is contractually obligated to fund in a liquidation scenario reduce the amount of losses that are allocated to the noncontrolling interests.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $29.8 million reported in the three months ended March 31, 2012 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 of $62.4 million netted against the excess of distributions over capital contributions of $32.6 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $21.7 million reported in the three months ended March 31, 2011 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011 of $12.0 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $33.7 million.

The net loss allocation to noncontrolling interests was higher in the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 mainly due to the $6.3 million loss allocation in two funds created after the first quarter of 2011 and an additional $1.9 million loss allocation in an existing fund, whose investors have no guaranteed minimum return.

Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                 %                 $                  %        

Operating leases

   $ 3,212       $ 9,684       $ 23,145       $ 6,472        201   $ 13,461         139

Solar energy systems

     29,435         22,744         36,406         (6,691     (23 )%      13,662         60
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 32,647       $ 32,428       $ 59,551       $ (219     (1 )%    $ 27,123         84

2011 Compared to 2010

Total revenue increased by approximately $27.1 million, or 84%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Operating leases revenue increased by approximately $13.5 million, or 139%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements in service and generating revenue. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 135% during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2011 compared to 2010. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we expanded our operations into new territories such as the East Coast and continued our sales penetration within existing territories.

 

68


Table of Contents

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $13.7 million, or 60%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales compared to the prior year. This increase in revenue was offset in part by lower average selling prices of solar energy systems sold in the year 2011. The decline in the average sales price was due to a decrease in the cost of the solar energy system components that in turn led to a downward impact on the competitive market price of solar energy systems sold.

2010 Compared to 2009

Total revenue decreased by approximately $0.2 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Operating lease revenue increased by approximately $6.5 million, or 201%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under operating leases in 2010 compared to 2009. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 130% during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2010 compared to 2009. During 2010, we expanded into new states such as Texas and also implemented an additional four investment funds for financing the cost of solar energy systems that were then placed into operating leases. This was in addition to seven existing investment funds that we implemented in 2008 and 2009.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems decreased by approximately $6.7 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Direct sales to cash paying customers declined in 2010 as we focused more on power purchase agreements and leasing of solar energy systems through investment fund arrangements.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Operating leases

   $ 1,911      $ 3,191      $ 5,718      $ 1,280        67   $ 2,527        79

Gross profit of operating leases

     1,301        6,493        17,427        5,192        399     10,934        168

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     41     67     75        

Solar energy systems

   $ 28,971      $ 26,953      $ 41,418      $ (2,018     (7 )%    $ 14,465        54

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     464        (4,209     (5,012     (4,673     (1,007 )%      (803     (19 )% 

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     2     (19 )%      (14 )%         

Total cost of revenue

   $ 30,882      $ 30,144      $ 47,136      $ (738     (2 )%    $ 16,992        56

Total gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        519        29     10,131        444

Total gross profit margin

     5     7     21        

 

69


Table of Contents

2011 Compared to 2010

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $2.5 million, or 79%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the year ended December 31, 2011, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $14.5 million, or 54%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The change was due to rising costs associated with the increase in commercial solar energy system sales in 2011 and an increase in the aggregate amount of operational overhead costs allocated to these systems attributable to the growth in operational costs that we incurred to support our growth in current and new territories. These overhead costs increased by $15.7 million from $18.3 million in 2010 to $34.0 million in 2011. While we expect these allocated overhead costs to increase in the future, we expect the installation volume to increase at a greater rate than the increase in the overhead costs. Accordingly, the allocated overhead cost per installed system is expected to decrease in the future. The increase was also due to a $2.6 million charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011 to adjust the cost of certain raw material inventory to market value and a $0.1 million charge for slow moving inventory.

2010 Compared to 2009

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $1.3 million, or 67%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in this cost is primarily due to the increased number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the period, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy systems components. As of December 31, 2010, we had eleven investment funds compared to seven investment funds as of December 31, 2009.

Cost of sales of solar energy system decreased by approximately $2.0 million, or 7%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to lower volumes of solar energy system sales and declining costs of solar energy systems components.

Operating Expenses

 

    Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009      2010      2011              $                    %                 $                  %        

Sales and marketing expense

  $ 10,914       $ 22,404       $ 42,004       $ 11,490         105   $ 19,600         87

General and administrative expense

    10,855         19,227         31,664         8,372         77     12,437         65
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expense

  $ 21,769       $ 41,631       $ 73,668       $ 19,862         91   $ 32,037         77

2011 Compared to 2010

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $19.6 million, or 87%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2011 as promotional marketing costs increased by $11.5 million to $23.0 million in 2011 compared to $11.5 million in 2010, as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts to develop our backlog and increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the total number of our sales and

 

70


Table of Contents

marketing personnel from 137 as of December 31, 2010 to 319 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.2 million in payroll costs that increased from $8.6 million in 2010 to $12.8 million in 2011.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $12.4 million, or 65%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 102 as of December 31, 2010 to 155 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $4.1 million from $6.9 million in 2010 to $11.0 million in 2011. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $3.7 million in expenses, which increased from $2.4 million in 2010 to $6.1 million in 2011.

2010 Compared to 2009

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $11.5 million, or 105%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2010 as we intensified our marketing efforts to increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $8.9 million to $11.4 million in 2010 compared to $2.5 million in 2009. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the number of our sales and marketing personnel from 99 as of December 31, 2009 to 137 as of December 31, 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.0 million in payroll costs which increased from $4.6 million in 2009 to $8.6 million in 2010. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Therefore, in 2009, we reduced our spending on sales and marketing initiatives.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $8.4 million, or 77%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increased general and administrative expenses were primarily due to an increase in personnel costs. Personnel costs increased due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 53 as of December 31, 2009 to 102 as of December 31, 2010, including the creation and staffing of a funding structures management group to manage the increased number of investment fund arrangements that we created in 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $3.4 million from $3.5 million in 2009 to $6.9 million in 2010. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $2.3 million in expenses, which increased from $0.1 million in 2009 to $2.4 million in 2010.

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Interest expense, net

   $ 334       $ 4,901       $ 9,272       $ 4,567         1367   $ 4,371         89

Other expenses, net

     2,360         2,761         3,097         401         17     336         12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total interest and other expenses, net

   $ 2,694       $ 7,662       $ 12,369       $ 4,968         184   $ 4,707         61

 

71


Table of Contents

2011 Compared to 2010

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.4 million, or 89%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2011 compared to 2010.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.3 million, or 12%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

2010 Compared to 2009

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.5 million, or 1367%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2010 compared to 2009.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.4 million, or 17%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Income tax expense

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92       $ 43         195   $ 27         42

2011 Compared to 2010

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.03 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011 we had incurred a total of $3.4 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

2010 Compared to 2009

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.04 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase reflects a full year of amortization of the prepaid tax asset recorded in 2009 relating to sales of solar energy systems to investment funds. We incurred $1.3 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems. In 2009, the amortization was only for a portion of the year.

 

72


Table of Contents

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

  $ 3,507      $ (8,457   $ (117,230   $ (11,964     (341 )%    $ (108,773     (1,286 )% 

2011 compared to 2010 compared to 2009

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $117.2 million reported in 2011 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and 2011 of $0.9 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $116.3 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $8.5 million reported in 2010 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2009 and 2010 of $67.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $76.0 million.

The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $3.5 million reported 2009 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2008 and 2009 of $36.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $33.0 million.

This significant loss allocation in 2011 was attributable mainly to the excess of fair value over cost of assets of $122.9 million sold into two funds in which the investors have no guaranteed minimum return. The loss allocation in 2010 is attributable mainly to the excess of fair value over cost of the assets of $6.4 million that were sold into a fund in which the investor had no guaranteed minimum return. The net income allocation in 2009 is attributable to sales of assets in 2009 to funds which had a guaranteed minimum return to the investors.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated cash flow data:

          

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ 2,278      $ (3,818   $ 18,082      $ (25,357   $ (76,885

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (61,885     (86,831

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        80,917        203,913   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalent

   $ 10,083      $ 20,358      $ (7,799  

$

(6,325

 

$

40,197

  

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We finance our operations, including the costs of acquisition and installation of solar energy systems, mainly through a variety of investment fund arrangements that we have formed with fund investors, credit facilities from banks, preferred stock equity offerings and cash generated from our operations. As described below under “—Financing Activities—Investment Fund Commitments,” as of March 31, 2012 we had $672.8 million of available commitments from our fund investors that can be drawn down through our asset monetization strategy.

 

73


Table of Contents

While we have reported operating losses and cash outflows from operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2012, and our secured credit facilities were fully utilized as of March 31, 2012, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and funds available in our existing investment funds that can be drawn down through our assets monetization strategy will be sufficient to meet our projected cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. We are not dependent upon the proceeds of this offering to meet our projected cash requirements.

Operating Activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, we utilized approximately $76.9 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $27.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $4.0 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $2.1 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $1.9 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $8.6 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $3.9 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to a decrease in accounts payable of $68.8 million as we paid our suppliers, an increase in accounts receivable of $25.2 million and an increase in inventories of $7.4 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $33.9 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments and an increase in accrued and other liabilities of $7.9 million.

For the three months ended March 31, 2011, we utilized approximately $25.4 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $15.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $2.3 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $0.7 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $1.7 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $0.8 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $5.2 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $3.6 million, an increase in inventories of $4.9 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $1.8 million and a decrease in accounts payable of $15.9 million. The outflow was offset in part by an decrease in other assets of $0.5 million and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $19.8 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $18.1 million in net cash from operations. This cash inflow primarily resulted from an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $68.3 million relating to upfront lease payments received from fund investors under financing structures designed as operating leases and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, an increase in customer deposits of $10.9 million and an increase in accounts payable of $118.9 million. The cash inflow was offset in part by a decrease in incentive rebates receivable of $4.9 million, an increase in inventories of $111.2 million, and a net loss of approximately $73.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $12.3 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $5.1 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $7.4 million, changes in fair value of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.1 million and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $23.5 million. In addition, the increase in other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased other assets. The sizeable increase in inventories and accounts payable was due to a $106.1 million year-end purchase of inverters and modules that are expected to be used in 2012 in the construction of solar energy systems eligible for the U.S. Treasury Cash Grant Program, the program rules of which required that the cost of the equipment be incurred by December 31, 2011.

 

74


Table of Contents

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we utilized approximately $3.8 million in operating activities. This cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss in the year of $47.1 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $5.7 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $1.8 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $3.3 million, changes in fair value of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.0 million and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $7.4 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $22.2 million relating to upfront lease payments received from a fund investor under a financing structure designed as an operating lease and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments and an increase in customer deposits of $2.5 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $3.3 million. In addition, unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased inventory and other assets.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $2.3 million in cash from operating activities. This cash inflow primarily resulted from increased unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities partially offset by increased inventory and other assets, and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $17.2 million relating to solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, partially offset by an increase in rebates receivable of $6.6 million and a net loss of approximately $22.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $3.2 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $0.9 million and changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.2 million.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures.

In the three months ended March 31, 2012, we used approximately $86.8 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $83.5 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers and $3.4 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the three months ended March 31, 2011, we used approximately $61.9 million in investing activities. Of this amount we used $57.1 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $2.3 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.5 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we used approximately $304.3 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $292.9 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $8.8 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.5 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we used approximately $162.9 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $156.5 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $6.3 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we used approximately $62.8 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $61.7 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $1.1 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

 

75


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

In the three months ended March 31, 2012, we generated approximately $203.9 million from financing activities. We received approximately $80.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $57.6 million from long-term debt and $19.4 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $0.4 million of long-term debt. We received approximately $26.9 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $59.2 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also generated approximately $3.5 million from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures and paid distributions to fund investors of approximately $37.8 million.

In the three months ended March 31, 2011, we generated approximately $80.9 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $43.3 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $10.0 million. We received approximately $8.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $24.3 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received an additional $15.8 million from long-term debt and repaid $0.7 million of long-term debt.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $278.4 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $208.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $88.6 million. We received approximately $65.5 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $64.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also received approximately $19.7 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.3 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $17.3 million from long-term debt and $5.6 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $3.2 million of long-term debt and $4.5 million of revolving line of credit.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately $187.0 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $97.1 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to the fund investors of approximately $25.0 million. We received $61.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received approximately $21.4 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.4 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants. We received approximately $20.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received approximately $18.3 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing, which was partially offset by a repayment of the financing obligation of approximately $7.6 million. Finally, we received an additional $1.3 million from long-term debt and repaid $1.0 million of long-term debt.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $70.6 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $41.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $3.9 million. We received approximately $23.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received approximately $5.4 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing. We also drew down $4.9 million on a revolving line of

 

76


Table of Contents

credit, and received an additional $0.5 million from long-term debt and repaid $0.7 million of long-term debt.

Secured Credit Agreements

In May 2008, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a commercial bank for working capital and equipment financing needs. This facility was subsequently modified to include a revolving line of credit facility and equipment financing facility. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit facility, as modified, bore interest at a rate of 1.5% plus the greater of 5% or the bank’s prime rate and were collateralized by all of our assets other than intellectual property. We borrowed $4.5 million under the revolving line of credit in 2009 and repaid the facility in full in April 2011.

The equipment financing facility, as modified, had a commitment of $1.0 million and was available in two tranches. The first tranche was available to be drawn down through January 13, 2010, and the second tranche was available to be drawn down through April 13, 2010. Interest under the equipment financing facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. The principal amount is payable for the first tranche in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on December 10, 2009, and the principal amount for the second tranche is payable in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on March 10, 2010. This equipment financing facility was repaid in full in April 2011.

In April 2011, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement has a $25.0 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility is secured by our accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. As of December 31, 2011, $5.6 million was borrowed and outstanding under this revolving credit agreement. In January 2012, we borrowed the remainder of this facility, and the full amount remains outstanding as of March 31, 2012. In March 2012, we amended this facility to extend the maturity date to July 2012 and to permit us to incur additional non-recourse secured debt under other facilities.

Under the terms of the revolving credit agreement, we are required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. Under this credit agreement, we also are required to maintain specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums for each fiscal quarter. The non-GAAP EBITDA financials measure is derived from both cash and accruals based accounting, forward looking financial forecasts and financial modeling assumptions and attempts to present a uniform financial measure that is agnostic to the investment fund structures deployed in that reporting period. The specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums were: $1.00 for the quarter ended March 31, 2012; $6.0 million for each of the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011; and negative $2.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In addition, under this credit agreement, we are required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of total cash (excluding cash held within our investment funds) to certain funded debt of at least 2.00:1.00 at the end of each month, and to maintain a tangible net worth of at least $1.00 at the end of each fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all of these covenants, after giving effect to waivers provided by the bank in August 2011, October 2011 and January 2012 that waived the earlier breach of certain of these covenants. These waivers cured our breaches related to our reporting non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $2.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and of negative $2.04 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In addition, these waivers cured our breach relating to a liquidity ratio of 1.71:1.00 on May 31, 2011. We were in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, we reported liquidity ratios of 1.43:1.00 and 1.34:1.00, respectively, and therefore did not meet the required minimum

 

77


Table of Contents

liquidity ratio. This also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same bank. We obtained an additional waiver in June 2012, and the lender has agreed to waive these recent breaches, to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility to October 1, 2012, and to amend the minimum liquidity ratio to 1.25:1.00. The waivers obtained do not expire, as the covenants are calculated on a specific date and we cannot prospectively cure them. Additionally, these waivers did not impose any further financial covenants or restrictions on us.

In January 2011, we entered into a $7.0 million term facility that bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The term facility is secured by the vehicles financed by the facility.

In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. We borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of March 31, 2012, from which we paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR.

Under the terms of the inventory term loan facility we are required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. We are also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million, in each case at the end of each month and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. We were in compliance with these covenants as of March 31, 2012.

We have entered into various other loan agreements consisting of motor vehicles and other assets financing with various financial institutions. Total loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 under these loan agreements and the equipment financing facility amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $7.7 million (unaudited), respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Our credit facilities were fully utilized as of March 31, 2012, and as a result no amounts were available to be drawn.

Investment Fund Commitments

We have investment fund commitments from several fund investors that we can draw upon in the future upon the achievement of specific funding criteria. As of March 31, 2012, we had entered into 19 investment funds that had a total of $672.8 million of undrawn committed capital, including a $350.0 million investment fund structured as debt facility to be used to partially fund our SolarStrong initiative. From our significant customer backlog we allocate to our investment funds leases and power purchase agreements and related economic benefits associated with solar energy systems in accordance with the criteria of the specific funds. Upon such allocation, we are able to draw down on the investment fund commitments. Once received, these proceeds provide working capital to deliver solar energy systems to our customers and form part of our general working capital. Subsequent to March 31, 2012, we executed three additional investment funds with new and existing fund investors, bringing our total investment funds to 22 and the capital available for future monetization to $815.3 million.

 

78


Table of Contents

In November 2011, one of our subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with a bank, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility to be used to partially fund our SolarStrong initiative, which is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative and is non-recourse to our other assets.

In May 2010, one of our subsidiaries entered into a financing agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount that may be borrowed under this agreement was determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by equipment owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, up to a maximum of $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was drawn down by March 31, 2011. The loan tranches bear interest at an average blended rate of 2%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary and is non-recourse to our other assets. We borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility in March 2011, of which $12.1 million and $11.9 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012. Under the working capital financing arrangement, our subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. We were in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012.

Contractual Obligations

Set forth below is information concerning our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 22,803       $ 8,222       $ 5,466       $ 1,825       $ 7,290   

Financing obligations

     15,505         361         806         929         13,409   

Interest(1)

     11,049         1,735         2,917         2,471         3,926   

Operating lease obligations

     39,953         5,461         10,521         8,887         15,084   

Performance guarantee

     90         —           60         30         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 89,400       $ 15,779       $ 19,770       $ 14,142       $ 39,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents obligations for interest payments on long-term debt and financing obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long-term debt, based upon 2011 year end rates.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We include in our consolidated financial statements all assets and liabilities and results of operations of investment fund arrangements that we have entered into. We have not entered into any other transactions that have generated relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships or special purpose entities. Accordingly, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposure includes changes in interest rates because borrowings under our revolving credit agreement bears interest at floating rates based on the LIBOR rate plus a specified margin. We manage our interest rate risk by balancing our amount of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt. For fixed-rate debt,

 

79


Table of Contents

interest rate changes do not affect our earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for floating-rate debt, interest rate changes generally impact our earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

Changes in economic conditions could result in higher interest rates, thereby increasing our interest expense and other operating expenses and reducing our funds available for capital investment, operations or other purposes. In addition, we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow to service debt, which may affect our ability to make future acquisitions or capital expenditures. We may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings or net assets as a result of interest rate fluctuations. A hypothetical 10% change in our interest rate would have changed interest incurred for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 by $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Upon the filing of our initial registration statement, we intend to utilize the extended transition period provided in Securities Act Section 7(a)(2)(B) as allowed by Section 107(b)(1) of the JOBS Act for the adoption of new or revised accounting standards as applicable to emerging growth companies. As part of the election, we will not be required to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standard until such time that a company that does not qualify as an “issuer” (as defined under Section 2(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) is required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

80


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 28,000 buildings. Every five minutes of the working day a new customer makes the switch to Better Energy. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 118% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

To date, we have raised $1.68 billion through 22 investment funds and related financing facilities established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $815 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments.

 

81


Table of Contents

Most of our customer relationships begin when we enter into long-term energy contracts. These long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. More broadly, in the past 20 years, the combined average residential utility rate in our top markets of Arizona, California and Hawaii has doubled.

In addition to rising prices, demand for electricity is inelastic. Despite increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years. To manage electricity demand, many states have implemented tiered pricing mechanisms that charge a higher cost per kilowatt hour, or kWh, as consumption increases. For example, in California, the highest consumption tier rates (Tiers 3-5) increased at 6-8% annually over the five-year period of 2006 through 2010, while the lowest tier rates (Tiers 1-2) remained flat. However, there has not been a corresponding reduction in consumption in the higher-priced tiers, demonstrating the inelasticity of electricity demand.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

SolarCity’s Competitive Position in Our Top Retail Markets

 

LOGO

Note: Current representative residential retail rates by tier, based on publicly available utility data.

 

82


Table of Contents

Distributed solar energy systems, such as ours, provide customers with an alternative to traditional utility energy suppliers. Distributed resources are smaller in unit size and can be constructed at a customer’s site, removing the need for lengthy transmission lines. By bypassing the traditional suppliers and transmission and distribution systems, distributed energy systems de-link the customer’s price of power from external factors such as volatile commodity prices and costs of the incumbent energy supplier. This makes it possible for distributed energy purchasers to buy energy at a predictable and stable price over a long period of time, something traditional energy companies are generally unable to provide.

While the energy generated by distributed solar energy systems has historically been more expensive than centralized alternatives, downward trends in installed solar energy system prices have reduced the relative cost of distributed solar electricity to levels that are competitive with traditional utility generation retail costs. While these developments have adversely impacted panel manufacturers and the overall upstream market, we and other downstream companies have benefited significantly. In 2006, the year we commenced business, solar panel prices were 472% higher than now.

Panel Pricing Trends

 

LOGO

Source: Bloomberg New Energy Finance.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 TWh of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

 

83


Table of Contents

U.S. Residential and Commercial Retail Prices Over Time

 

LOGO

Source: EIA 2010 U.S. sales and revenue data.

Note: The distribution curves are constructed using utility data reported to the EIA and the assumptions described above.

Current market factors indicate that the trend towards increasing retail energy prices will continue, causing the consumption curves depicted above to continue to shift right towards higher electricity cost. The demand curve will continue to expand upward as well, as the country’s population growth, economic growth and the continued proliferation of consumer goods and products that utilize electricity, such as electric vehicles, promote growth in demand. As retail prices for electricity increase and distributed solar energy costs decline, our market opportunity will grow exponentially.

In recent years, government policies have evolved in response to dependence on foreign energy sources and the desire to foster the growth of the renewable energy industry. Federal and state governments have established renewable portfolio standards and incentives to further reduce the cost of solar energy for consumers, including investment tax credits and bonus depreciation. These federal and state incentives helped catalyze private sector investment in solar energy development, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

Historically, incentives have been instrumental in building the market for sustainable energy resources. However, rising retail energy costs, declining cost of solar energy components, and the increased affordability and accessibility of solar energy systems minimize the need for incentives. In line with this trend, while incentives on a dollar per watt basis have decreased over the last decade, installation of solar energy systems continued to grow.

In addition to distributed energy, we provide energy efficiency products and services. These solutions refer to projects or improvements designed to increase the energy efficiency of residences. Typical products and services offered include appliance replacement, upgrades to heating, ventilation and air conditioning, or HVAC, lighting retrofits, equipment installations, load management, energy procurement and rate analysis. The market for energy efficiency solutions has grown significantly, driven largely by rising energy prices, advances in energy efficiency technologies, growing customer awareness of energy and environmental issues, and governmental support for energy efficiency initiatives.

Recognizing energy efficiency initiatives as an offset to growing electricity consumption, many states have created formalized mechanisms to encourage energy efficiency. The potential market for energy efficiency solutions is significant. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to

 

84


Table of Contents

2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to lower their energy costs in a simple and efficient manner. We have disrupted the industry status quo by providing renewable energy directly to customers for less than they are currently paying for utility-generated energy. Unlike utilities, we sell energy with a predictable cost structure that does not rely on limited fossil fuels and is insulated from rising retail electricity prices. We also guarantee the electricity production of our solar energy systems to our customers. Our strategy is to focus on that portion of the solar energy value chain with the most potential: the energy consumer and the customer relationship. We believe we are the only distributed energy company that offers integrated sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and efficiency services without involving the services of multiple third-party participants.

The key elements of our integrated approach are illustrated below:

SolarCity’s Integrated Approach

 

LOGO

 

  Ÿ  

Sales .     We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program. We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing .     Financing makes it possible to install our solar energy systems for little or no upfront cost. Through a streamlined process, we provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy accessible and affordable, either on a fixed monthly fee basis or a fee based on the amount of energy produced.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering .     Our in-house engineering team custom designs a solar energy system for each of our customers. We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the design process and optimizes the design to maximize the energy production of each system. Our engineers complete a structural analysis of each building and produce a full set of structural design and electrical blueprints that contain the specifications for all system components.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation .     Once we complete the design, we obtain all necessary building permits. Our customer care representatives coordinate the SolarCity team and keep our customers apprised of the project status every step of the way. We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For substantially all of our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager. Once we

 

85


Table of Contents
 

complete installing the system, we schedule inspections with the local building department and arrange for interconnection to the power grid with the utility. By handling these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance .     Our proprietary monitoring software provides our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation and consumption. Through an easy-to-read graphical display available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts. These monitoring systems allow us to confirm the continuing proper operation of our solar energy systems, identify maintenance issues and provide our customers with a better understanding of their energy usage, allowing them the opportunity to modify their usage accordingly.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services .     Through our comprehensive energy efficiency evaluations, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. After the evaluation is completed, we review the results with the customer and recommend current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy to a diversified customer base that includes residential home owners, large and small businesses, and government entities:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our solar energy systems rely solely on the free energy produced by the sun, allowing our customers to generate their own energy and reduce the amount they purchase from utilities. We help put solar energy generation within the reach of our customers by providing a variety of pricing options that minimize or eliminate upfront costs. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to access distributed renewable energy generation simply and efficiently. By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we are able to control and oversee the entire process while providing a superior experience to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.      Our business model enables us to develop long-term relationships with our customers. Under our standard customer agreements, our solar energy customers purchase energy from us for 20 years. This approach allows us to maintain an ongoing relationship with our customers through our receipt of payments and our real-time monitoring. We leverage these relationships to offer complementary energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs, which we believe further reinforces our relationship, brand and value to the customer, and reduces our customer acquisition costs. Because our 20-year contracts with our customers exceed the average useful life of most major appliances (such as water heaters and furnaces), we believe we are well-positioned to assist them with future replacements and upgrades. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      Our size enables us to achieve economies of scale in both installation and capital costs, enabling us to offer our customers electricity at rates lower than the retail rate offered by the utility. We believe that our size provides our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

86


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services. For example, we have developed proprietary software that significantly reduces design time, speeds the permitting process and allows us to efficiently manage the installation of every project.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.     Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand. For example, approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We believe our brand is a meaningful factor for customers as they consider their energy alternatives.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments. Our senior leadership team, consisting of our co-founders, Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive, and our chairman, Elon Musk, are widely recognized entrepreneurs and thought leaders with track records of building successful businesses. Additionally, to support our integrated business model, we have developed in-house expertise through strong senior leadership on our engineering, structured finance, legal and government affairs teams.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. The following are key elements of our strategy:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 28,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 118% since 2009. To continue this growth, we intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel. We also intend to continue to leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base. For example, our agreement with The Home Depot has generated installations across multiple markets and validates our brand by working with a trusted name in home improvement. We also recently developed strategic relationships with several homebuilders that we believe will extend our reach to new customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     Our business is based on selling renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. We plan on achieving cost reductions by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary design automation and supply chain management software to further ensure that our engineering team and system installers operate as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers. In addition, we plan to broadly market and sell energy-related products that we source from third-party suppliers, such as electric vehicle charging stations. Our existing long-term customer relationships enable us to sell these products and services with substantially lower acquisition costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar

 

87


Table of Contents
 

energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities. We currently serve customers in 14 states, most recently expanding into Connecticut in February 2012.

Our Innovative Products, Services and Technology

We deliver Better Energy to our customers through a portfolio of complementary products and services that enable more cost effective generation and reduced energy consumption. We have developed enabling technologies that allow us to simplify our customers’ experience and enhance our ability to deliver our products and services.

Solar Energy Products

 

  Ÿ  

Solar Energy Systems.     The major components of our solar energy systems include solar panels that convert sunlight into electrical current, inverters that convert the electrical output from the panels to a usable current compatible with the electric grid, racking that attaches the solar panels to the roof or ground and electrical hardware that connects the solar energy system to the electric grid and our monitoring device. We purchase our components from vendors, maintaining multiple sources for each major component to ensure competitive pricing and an adequate supply of materials. Though we typically install poly-crystalline silicon panels and string inverters, we have installed a wide variety of other technologies, including thin film panels and panel-level power optimizers.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarLease and Power Purchase Agreement Finance Products.     Most of our solar energy customers choose to purchase energy from us pursuant to one of two payment structures: a SolarLease or a power purchase agreement. In both structures, we charge customers a monthly fee for the power produced by our solar energy systems. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is pre-determined and includes a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kWh based on the amount of electricity actually produced by the solar energy system. Under both the SolarLease and power purchase agreement, our customers also have the option to pay little or no upfront costs or to reduce the aggregate amount of their future payments by pre-paying a portion of their future payments. Over the term of the agreement, we own and operate the system and guarantee its performance. Our current standard SolarLeases and power purchase agreements have 20-year terms. Prior to 2010, our standard lease term was 15 years. In a limited number of utility districts, we continue to offer lease terms of less than 20 years in order to comply with applicable incentive programs. In addition, a limited number of our commercial customers have entered into power purchase agreements with terms of between 10 and 20 years.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

Our energy efficiency products and services enable our customers to save money on their energy bills by reducing their energy consumption.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Energy Evaluation.     Our home energy evaluation is the threshold to the broad set of energy efficiency products and services we offer. We sell home energy efficiency evaluations to new solar energy system customers, existing customers, prospective solar energy system customers who are unable to adopt solar energy because of site conditions or credit, and to customers who want to start with energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. During the evaluation, we record details of the home’s construction and energy use, measurements of every major building surface, model numbers of appliances and other energy consuming equipment, and measure combustion efficiency and air leakage in the ducts and building envelope. We create a database of this information and review a report of the results with the customer outlining current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

 

88


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Energy Efficiency Upgrades.     Based on the detailed analysis from the home energy evaluation, we work with customers to identify their priorities to improve the cost effectiveness, efficiency, health and comfort of their home by implementing appropriate upgrades. We generally handle every aspect of an energy efficiency improvement project for our customers including sales, engineering, permitting, procurement, installation, inspections and any supporting rebate or utility documentation. Our core energy efficiency upgrade products and services address heating and cooling, duct sealing, water heating, insulation, weatherization, pool pumps and lighting.

Other Energy Products and Services

 

  Ÿ  

Electric Vehicle Charging.     We believe there is a strong overlap between customer demand for electric vehicles, or EVs, and solar energy. As consumers switch to EVs, their electricity bills increase substantially, driving demand for lower cost electricity. We install EV charging equipment that we source from third parties. We market EV equipment to residential and commercial customers through retail partnerships with companies such as The Home Depot, and through EV manufacturers and dealerships such as Tesla Motors, Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Storage.     We are developing a proprietary battery management system built on our solar energy monitoring communications backbone. The battery management system is designed to enable remote, fully bidirectional control of distributed energy storage that can potentially provide significant benefits to our customers, utilities and grid operators. The benefits of energy storage coupled with a solar energy system to our customers may include back-up power, time-of-use energy arbitrage, rate arbitrage, peak demand shaving and demand response. We believe that advances in battery storage technology, steep reductions in pricing and burgeoning policy changes that support energy storage hold significant promise for enabling deployments of grid-connected energy storage systems.

Enabling Technologies

 

  Ÿ  

SolarBid Sales Management Platform.     SolarBid is a proprietary sales management platform that incorporates a database of rate information by utility, sun exposure, roof orientation and a variety of other factors to enable a detailed analysis and customized graphical presentation of each customer’s savings. SolarBid simplifies the sales process and automates pricing, system configuration and proposal generation. It also automatically prepares the customer agreements, incentive forms and utility paperwork required to complete a project. SolarBid is designed for maximum flexibility, allowing us to quickly add new products, services and geographies.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarWorks Customer Management Software.     SolarWorks is the proprietary software platform we use to track and manage every project. SolarWorks’ embedded database and custom architecture enables reduced costs, improved quality and improved customer experience by supporting scheduling, budgeting and other project management functions as well as customer communications, inventory management and detailed project data.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Designer.     Energy Designer is a proprietary software application our field engineering auditors use to rapidly collect all pertinent site-specific design details on a tablet computer. This information then syncs with our design automation software, reducing design time and accelerating the permitting process.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Performance Pro.     Home Performance Pro is our proprietary energy efficiency evaluation platform that incorporates the U.S. Department of Energy’s Energy Plus simulation engine. Home Performance Pro collects and stores details of a building’s construction and energy use and accurately simulates the reduction in energy use from energy efficiency upgrades. We use Home Performance Pro to identify opportunities to improve our customers’ energy efficiency.

 

89


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

SolarGuard and PowerGuide Proactive Monitoring Solutions.     SolarGuard and PowerGuide provide our customers a real-time view of their home’s or business’s energy generation and consumption. Through easy-to-read graphical displays available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts such as carbon offset and pollution reduction. Our customer service team reviews system performance data using this proprietary monitoring software to confirm continuing efficient operation.

Our Customers

Our customers buy electricity and other energy services from us that lower their overall energy costs. Because our customers are individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores and government agencies, and because electricity is a necessity, we perceive our recurring customer payments as high-quality assets. Our customer base is comprised of the following key sectors:

 

  Ÿ  

Residential .     Our residential customers are individual homeowners and homeowners within communities who have participated in our community solar program that want to switch to cleaner, cheaper energy or reduce their home energy consumption through energy efficiency upgrades. Our community solar programs enable communities to collectively adopt clean energy in partnership with their local government or community organization without requiring any local government funds. We have helped more than 50 communities build more than 1,500 projects.

 

  Ÿ  

Commercial .     Our commercial customers represent several business sectors, including technology, retail, manufacturing, agriculture, nonprofit and houses of worship. Our commercial customers include the world’s largest retailer, the world’s premier semiconductor chip maker and hundreds of other businesses.

 

  Ÿ  

Government .     We have installed solar energy systems for several government entities including the U.S. Air Force, Army, Marines and Navy, and the Department of Homeland Security. In November 2011, SolarCity and Bank of America Merrill Lynch announced project SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. We expect SolarStrong to ultimately create up to 300 megawatts of solar generation capacity that could provide energy to as many as 120,000 military housing units. If completed as anticipated, SolarStrong would be the largest residential solar project in American history.

We generally group our commercial and governmental customers together for our internal customer management purposes. Based on megawatts installed, our business is split approximately equally between our residential and commercial customers.

Our commercial and government customers include:

 

LOGO

 

90


Table of Contents

Why Customers Choose SolarCity

The following examples illustrate the experiences of residential, commercial and government customers and the reasons they select us to provide solar energy systems and related energy products and services.

Residential

 

  Ÿ  

Residential Family.     A California family contacted us to perform an evaluation of their home’s energy usage and costs. We recommended a combination of a solar energy system and energy efficiency products and services to reduce energy costs and consumption and to create a more comfortable home. The family decided to sign a 20-year lease with us for a solar energy system that saves them an average of more than $50 each month. Our energy efficiency evaluators also assessed that the home was losing 60% of its heating through leaks in ductwork and was using an inefficient air cooling system. We replaced the ductwork to reduce leakage and heating costs in the winter and installed a more efficient cooling system to reduce energy costs and increase comfort in the summer. The family now enjoys a more comfortable home and can expect to save thousands of dollars in future energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Residential Homeowner .    A Southern California homeowner decided to sign a 20-year lease with us for a solar energy system that saves her an average of approximately $124 each month on her utility bill. She will pay an initial monthly payment of $84 for her solar electricity, and will see an initial, net monthly savings of $40 per month. Over the lifetime of her contract, she will pay us $27,722, and is projected to save $53,881 on her utility bills, for a net projected savings of $26,109. Her solar power system is expected to offset more than 130,000 pounds of greenhouse gas emissions in its lifetime, the equivalent of planting 74 trees.

Commercial

 

  Ÿ  

Walmart Stores, Inc.      Walmart, the world’s largest retail business, is pursuing an array of sustainability goals, including a long-term goal to be supplied by 100% renewable energy. Walmart’s goal is to purchase renewable solar energy at prices equal to or less than utility energy rates while also providing price certainty for a percentage of these stores’ electricity requirements against the volatility of fossil-based energy prices. Walmart has contracted with us to purchase solar-generated electricity at 128 locations throughout Arizona, California and Colorado. We started our first Walmart project in July 2010, and completed 57 projects by the end of 2011. Our solar energy systems typically offset between 10% and 30% of each Walmart location’s total electricity usage.

 

  Ÿ  

Granite Regional Park .    Granite Regional Park is a private-public partnership between Regional Park Limited Partnership and the City of Sacramento. Regional Park developed the Granite Regional Park with the goal of advancing the City of Sacramento’s sustainability goals and providing additional public greenspace. The park is located on an old mining site and includes office buildings and recreation area. Regional Park will pay $2,780,372 over 20 years for the solar electricity generated by the 901 kW solar system and is projected to reduce its utility bills by $3,710,823, over the contract term, to create a projected net savings of $930,451. The installation is expected to offset more than 29 million pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract period, the equivalent of taking more than 2,500 cars off the road for a year, or planting more than 15,000 trees.

 

91


Table of Contents

Government

 

  Ÿ  

Soaring Heights Communities, Davis-Monthan Air Force Base.     In mid-2009, we entered into a transaction with Soaring Heights Communities LLC, an affiliate of Lend Lease (US) Public Partnerships LLC, a leading developer of privatized military housing, to build what we believe to be the largest solar-powered community in the United States: Soaring Heights Communities at Davis-Monthan Air Force Base in Tucson, Arizona. The project includes approximately 6 megawatts of generation capacity, including approximately 3.28 megawatts of ground-mounted solar panel arrays and an additional 2.76 megawatts of roof-mounted systems, spread among 400 residential buildings. When construction began, the project was estimated to represent an increase of more than 15% over the state of Arizona’s grid-tied solar capacity. The solar electricity generated by the systems offsets the majority of the electricity used by the housing community’s over 900 single and multi-family residences. A photograph of a portion of this project appears below.

 

LOGO

 

  Ÿ  

Chico Unified School District .    Chico Unified School District decided to explore solar power as a way to help meet the school district’s electricity needs, reduce its dependency on polluting power sources and reduce energy expenses. After a careful selection process, we were awarded the contract to build 1.6 MW of solar energy systems across five district sites. As a power purchase agreement customer, the school district avoided the upfront cost of installing solar and simply buys the power produced from our systems at a set rate. The school district’s solar electricity production is expected to offset 85% of the five sites’ collective, total electricity needs. The school district will pay $10,878,887 for the solar electricity over a 20-year period, and the solar power is projected to reduce the school district’s utility bills by approximately $13,320,662 over the same period, to create a projected net savings of $2,441,775. The school district’s solar installations are expected to offset more than 58 million pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract term, the equivalent of taking more than 5,000 cars off the road for a year, or planting more than 30,000 trees.

 

92


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program.

 

  Ÿ  

Direct outside sales force.     Our outside sales force typically resides and works within a market we serve. Our outside sales force allows us to sell to those customers who prefer a face-to-face interaction.

 

  Ÿ  

Call center.      Our call center allows us to sell our energy products and services to customers without visiting their homes or businesses. Because every home or site is unique, we begin by talking with each prospective customer about their energy needs and savings goals. Then, using online satellite technology, our salesperson evaluates the suitability of the site for our products and services. If either a solar energy system or an energy efficiency evaluation is an appropriate solution, our salesperson briefs the customer on our full scope of products and services, collects preliminary utility usage data and site information, and ultimately, provides a preliminary estimate of costs, including rebate applicability. If the customer desires to work with us, contracts can then be executed with e-signatures.

 

  Ÿ  

Channel Partner Network

 

   

SolarCity Network.     The SolarCity Network is a by-invitation business development program that pays referral fees to local professionals and businesses that refer customers to us. Typical network members include realtors, architects, contractors and insurance/financial services providers.

 

   

The Home Depot.     Our products and services are available through The Home Depot stores located in California, Arizona, Oregon, Colorado and Maryland. We are the exclusive solar provider in the stores we serve. We sell through point-of-purchase displays in the stores, through a team of field energy advisors that canvass the stores and speak to prospective customers, and through other direct marketing strategies including in-store flyers, seminars, promotions, search engine marketing campaigns, email campaigns, retail signage and displays, and a co-branded website.

 

   

Homebuilder partners.     Our products and services are available through several new home builders. These partners market solar energy systems through a variety of strategies, including advertising within their model homes, signage within their communities, realtor emails, newspaper inserts, online banners and co-branded flyers. Certain of these partners pre-pay for the electricity that will be produced by the solar energy system installed on the new home they sell, using the benefit of free solar energy as a selling point.

 

   

Other channel partners.     Our products and services also are available through Paramount Energy Solutions, LLC, dba Paramount Solar. Paramount Solar engages residential photovoltaic solar system customers through its own sales and marketing strategies.

 

  Ÿ  

Customer Referral Program .     We believe that customer referrals are the most effective way to market our products and services. Approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We offer cash awards to incentivize our current customers to refer their friends, family and colleagues to install solar energy systems or enroll in an energy efficiency evaluation performed. We also encourage our customers to host solar energy parties with their friends, family and colleagues, where one of our in-house solar consultants make an informal presentation.

 

93


Table of Contents

We also market our products and services through a variety of direct marketing strategies designed to reach qualified homeowners and businesses, including radio ads and public radio sponsorships, newspaper and magazine ads, online banner ads, search engine marketing, direct mail, participation in trade shows, events and home shows, email marketing, public relations, social media, sweepstakes and promotions, newsletters, community programs and field marketing techniques such as door-to-door canvassing. Our in-house marketing team manages and coordinates our media buying and customizes our content for each region.

Operations and Suppliers

We purchase major components such as solar panels and inverters directly from multiple manufacturers. We screen these suppliers and components based on expected cost, reliability, warranty coverage, ease of installation and other ancillary costs. As of June 30, 2012, our primary solar panel suppliers were Trina Solar Limited, Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited and Kyocera Solar, Inc., among others, and our primary inverter suppliers were Power-One, Inc., SMA Solar Technology, AG, Schneider Electric SA and Fronius International GmbH, among others. We typically enter into master contractual arrangements with our major suppliers that define the general terms and conditions of our purchases, including warranties, product specifications, indemnities, delivery and other customary terms. We typically purchase solar panels and inverters on an as-needed basis from our suppliers at then-prevailing prices pursuant to purchase orders issued under our master contractual arrangements. We generally do not have any supplier arrangements that contain long-term pricing or volume commitments , although at times in the past we have made limited purchase commitments to ensure sufficient supply of components.

The U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. We are not the importer of record of these solar panels and as a result we are not responsible for payment of the proposed tariffs.

Our racking systems are manufactured by contract manufacturers in the United States using our design.

We generally source the hundreds of other products related to our solar energy systems and energy efficiency upgrades services, such as HVAC and water heating equipment, fasteners and electrical fittings, through a variety of distributors. In addition, we source our EV charging stations from Tesla Motors and others.

We currently operate in 14 states. We manage inventory through one of our six centralized storage and distribution facilities, and we distribute inventory to local warehouses weekly as needed. We maintain a fleet of over 550 trucks and other vehicles to support our installers and operations. This operational scale is fundamental to our business, as our field teams currently complete more than 1,000 residential installations each month, while our project management teams simultaneously manage thousands of projects as they move through the stages of engineering, permitting, installation and monitoring.

We offer a range of warranties and performance guarantees for our solar energy systems. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems we sell, together with a pass-through of the inverter and module

 

94


Table of Contents

manufacturers’ warranties that generally range from 5 to 25 years. Where we sell the electricity generated by a solar energy system, we provide ongoing service and repair during the entire term of the customer relationship and compensate customers if their system produces less energy than our guarantee in any given year by refunding overpayments.

Securing Our Solar Energy Systems

Unless a customer fully prepays for its solar energy system, we file a uniform commercial code financing statement, or UCC-1, on the systems in the real property records where each system is located prior to or when the system is installed. We file the UCC-1 to put on notice anyone who might perform a title search on the address where the system is located that our property, the solar energy system, is installed on the building. This filing protects our rights as the system’s owner against any mortgage on the real property. If the lender that holds the mortgage on the real property forecloses on our customer’s home, the UCC-1 filing protects our interest in the solar energy system and prohibits the lender from taking ownership of our solar energy system. A UCC-1 fixture filing is not a lien against a customer’s home and does not entitle us to the proceeds of the sale of a home in foreclosure. Typically, when a foreclosed home is sold by the lender, we negotiate with the prospective buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement. We believe the prospective buyer is motivated to assume the existing agreement by the opportunity to purchase energy from us at a lower price than that available from the electric utility. To date, we have only had to repossess three systems. In every other case, we have successfully negotiated with the new buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement.

Competition

We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these traditional utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. We believe that we compete favorably with traditional utilities based on these factors in the regions we service.

We also compete with companies that provide products and services in distinct segments of the downstream solar energy and energy efficiency value chain. For example, many solar companies only install solar energy systems, while others only provide financing for these installations. These distributed energy competitors typically work in contractual arrangements with third parties, leaving the customer in the position of having to deal with different companies for different aspects of their solar energy project. In the residential solar energy system installation market, our competitors include American Solar Electric, Inc., Astrum Solar, Inc., Petersen Dean, Inc., Real Goods Solar, Inc., REC Solar, Inc., Sungevity, Inc., Trinity Solar, Inc., Verengo, Inc. and many smaller local solar companies. In the commercial solar energy system installation market, our competitors include Chevron Corporation, SunPower Corporation and Team Solar, Inc. In the solar project financing market, our competitors include SunRun Inc. In the energy efficiency products and services market, our competitors include Ameresco, Inc.

We believe that we compete favorably with these companies because we take an integrated approach to Better Energy, including offering solar energy systems, energy efficiency offerings, electric vehicle charging stations and additional energy-related products and services, as well as in-house sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, and operations and maintenance. Our competitors offer only a subset of the products and services we provide. Aside from simple cost efficiency, we offer distinct practical benefits as an all-in-one provider. We provide a single point of contact and accountability for our products and services during the relationship with our customers.

 

95


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an essential element of our business, and our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property laws, confidentiality agreements and license agreements to establish and protect our intellectual property rights.

As of June 30, 2012, we had 5 patents issued and 12 pending applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. These patents and applications relate to our installation and mounting hardware, our finance products, our monitoring solutions and our software platforms. Our issued patents start expiring in 2028. We intend to continue to file additional patent applications.

All of our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property and assigning to us any ownership that they may claim in those works.

Government Regulation

We are not a “regulated utility” in the United States under applicable national, state or other local regulatory regimes where we conduct business. For our limited operations in Ontario, Canada, our subsidiary is subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff, or FIT, regulations, including the FIT rates.

To operate our systems we obtain interconnection agreements from the applicable local primary electricity utility. Depending on the size of the solar energy system and local law requirements, interconnection agreements are between the local utility and either us or our customer. In almost all cases, interconnection agreements are standard form agreements that have been pre-approved by the local public utility commission or other regulatory body with jurisdiction over interconnection agreements. As such, no additional regulatory approvals are required once interconnection agreements are signed. We maintain a utility administration function, with primary responsibility for engaging with utilities and ensuring our compliance with interconnection rules.

Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the occupational health and safety of our employees and wage regulations. For example, we are subject to the requirements of the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, or OSHA, and comparable state laws that protect and regulate employee health and safety. We have a robust safety department led by a safety professional, and we expend significant resources to comply with OSHA requirements and industry best practices.

Federal and/or state prevailing wage requirements, which generally apply to any “public works” construction project that receives public funds, may apply to installations of our solar energy systems on government facilities. The prevailing wage is the basic hourly rate paid on public works projects to a majority of workers engaged in a particular craft, classification or type of work within a particular area. Prevailing wage requirements are established and enforced by regulatory agencies. Our in-house prevailing wage expert monitors and coordinates our continuing compliance with these regulations.

Government Incentives

U.S. federal, state and local governments have established various incentives and financial mechanisms to reduce the cost of solar energy and to accelerate the adoption of solar energy. These incentives include tax credits, tax abatement, rebates, and net energy metering, or net metering,

 

96


Table of Contents

programs. These incentives help catalyze private sector investments in solar energy and efficiency measures, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

The federal government provides an uncapped investment tax credit, or Federal ITC, that allows a taxpayer to claim a credit of 30% of qualified expenditures for a residential or commercial solar energy system that is placed in service on or before December 31, 2016. This credit is scheduled to reduce to 10% effective January 1, 2017. The federal government also provides accelerated depreciation for eligible solar energy systems.

Approximately half of the states offer a personal and/or corporate investment or production tax credit for solar, that is additive to the Federal ITC. Further, more than half of the states, and many local jurisdictions, have established property tax incentives for renewable energy systems, that include exemptions, exclusions, abatements and credits.

Many state governments, utilities, municipal utilities and co-operative utilities offer a rebate or other cash incentive for the installation and operation of a solar energy system or energy efficiency measures. Capital costs or “up-front” rebates provide funds to solar customers based on the cost, size or expected production of a customer’s solar energy system. Performance-based incentives provide cash payments to a system owner based on the energy generated by their solar energy system during a pre-determined period, and they are paid over that time period. Some states also have established FIT programs that are a type of performance-based incentive where the system owner-producer is paid a set rate for the electricity their system generates over a set period of time.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Some states require utilities to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds a set percentage of the utilities’ aggregate customer peak demand.

Many states also have adopted procurement requirements for renewable energy production. Twenty-nine states have adopted a renewable portfolio standard that requires regulated utilities to procure a specified percentage of total electricity delivered to customers in the state from eligible renewable energy sources, such as solar energy systems, by a specified date. To prove compliance with such mandates, utilities must surrender renewable energy certificates, or RECs. System owners often are able to sell RECs to utilities directly or in REC markets.

Employees and Our Company Values

We take great pride in being a company built on values. Our values are an integral part of who we are and how we conduct business, and they provide the framework for delivering exceptional service to our customers. These values are:

 

  Ÿ  

We are teammates.

 

  Ÿ  

We are innovators who welcome change.

 

  Ÿ  

We provide quality workmanship.

 

  Ÿ  

We act with integrity and honesty.

 

97


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

We strive to lower costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We are anchored in safety.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to exceed customer expectations.

 

  Ÿ  

We change the world for the better.

We strive to attract, hire and retain the best employees and have designed programs to reward and incent our employees, including competitive salaries, equity ownership and substantial opportunities for career advancement.

As of June 30, 2012, we had 1,922 full-time employees, consisting of 535 in sales and marketing, 137 in engineering, 935 in installation, 165 in customer care and project controls and 150 others. Of our employees, 1,234 are located in California, including 544 located in our headquarters in San Mateo, California. Our remaining employees are located in 10 other states and Washington, D.C.

Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and the delivery of energy products and services. Because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources, and this requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high San Francisco Bay Area standards for employees employed in these fields. Further, as the industry continues to expand, we are increasingly subject to competition to hire the best salespeople and others who are keys to our growing business. We employ a team of full-time recruiters who are dedicated to identifying and qualifying prospective employees to support our growth.

Our employees are not currently represented by any labor union or subject to any collective bargaining agreement. To date, we have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters and executive offices are located in San Mateo, California, where we occupy approximately 68,025 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in December 2016. Our other locations include sales offices and warehouses in Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Hawaii, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania and Texas. We also maintain sales and support offices in Ontario, Canada.

We lease all of our facilities, and we do not own any real property. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that we will be able to lease suitable additional or alternative space on commercially reasonable terms if and when we need it.

Legal Proceedings

On February 13, 2012, SunPower Corporation filed an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California (Civil Action No. 12-00694), or the Complaint. The Complaint asserts 12 causes of action against six defendants: SolarCity, Thomas Leyden, Matt Giannini, Dan Leary, Felix Aguayo and Alice Cathcart, although only the following six causes of action are asserted against SolarCity: (i) trade secret misappropriation; (ii) conversion; (iii) trespass to chattels; (iv) interference with prospective business advantage; (v) unfair competition; and (vi) statutory unfair competition. Each of Messrs. Leyden, Giannini, Leary and Aguayo, and Ms. Cathcart, or the Individual Defendants, are former SunPower employees, and at the time SunPower filed the Complaint, each was a SolarCity employee. The Complaint’s claims generally relate to alleged unlawful access of SunPower computers by the Individual Defendants for the purpose of securing SunPower information,

 

98


Table of Contents

the alleged misappropriation of SunPower’s trade secret information for competitive advantage or in furtherance of recruiting some or all of the Individual Defendants to leave SunPower and join SolarCity. The Complaint seeks preliminary and permanent injunctions, damages and attorney’s fees. In September 2011, we hired Mr. Leyden as our vice president of commercial sales; subsequently, his title was changed to vice president, project development. Mr. Leyden’s employment with us ceased on March 2, 2012. Discovery in the Complaint has not yet commenced, and no trial date has been set. SolarCity intends to defend itself vigorously against the Complaint’s allegations.

On July 18, 2012, we received a subpoena from the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of the Inspector General to deliver certain documents in our possession, including documents related to our application for U.S. Treasury grants on or after January 1, 2007. We are currently reviewing and evaluating the subpoena.

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business.

 

99


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2012:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

     

Lyndon R. Rive

     35       Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Peter J. Rive

     38       Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director

Robert D. Kelly.

     54       Chief Financial Officer

Tobin J. Corey

     50       Chief Revenue Officer

Benjamin J. Cook

     40       Vice President, Structured Finance

Linda L. Keala

     54       Vice President, Human Resources

Mark C. Roe

     48       Vice President, Operations

John M. Stanton

     48       Vice President, Governmental Affairs

Ben Tarbell

     37       Vice President, Products

Seth R. Weissman

     43       Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Elon Musk

     41       Chairman of the Board

Raj Atluru

     43       Director

John H. N. Fisher (1)(2)(3)

     53       Director

Antonio J. Gracias

     41       Director

Hans A. Mehn

     41       Director

Nancy E. Pfund (1)(2)(3)

     56       Director

Jeffrey B. Straubel (1)(2)(3)

     36       Director

 

(1) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the audit committee.

Executive Officers

Lyndon R. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from October 1999 to July 2006, Mr. Rive co-founded and served as vice president and a member of the board of directors of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Prior to this, Mr. Rive founded LRS, a distributor of health products in South Africa. Mr. Rive is also a current member of the U.S. underwater hockey team. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief executive officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

Peter J. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief operations officer, chief technology officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from April 2001 to June 2006, Mr. Rive served as chief technology officer of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Mr. Rive holds a bachelor’s degree in computer science from Queen’s University, Canada. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

 

100


Table of Contents

Robert D. Kelly has served as our chief financial officer since October 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer of Calera Corporation, a clean technology company, from August 2009 to October 2011, and as an independent consultant providing financial advice to retail energy providers and power developers from January 2006 to August 2009. Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer and executive vice president of Calpine Corporation, an independent power producer, from March 2002 to November 2005, as president of Calpine Finance Company from March 2001 to November 2005, and held various financial management roles with Calpine from 1991 to 2001. In December 2005, Calpine filed a petition for voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 in January 2008. Mr. Kelly also served as the marketing manager of Westinghouse Credit Corporation from 1990 to 1991, as vice president of Lloyds Bank PLC from 1989 to 1990, and in various positions with The Bank of Nova Scotia from 1982 to 1989. Mr. Kelly holds a bachelor’s of commerce degree from Memorial University of Newfoundland and an MBA from Dalhousie University, Canada.

Tobin J. Corey has served as our chief revenue officer since January 2012. Since October 2011, Mr. Corey served as an adjunct professor at Stanford University teaching management science and engineering. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Corey was chief executive officer of Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company launching new start ups, from September 1999 to December 2011. From September 1995 to September 1999, Mr. Corey served as president and chief operating officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm. Mr. Corey holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and computer science from Southern Connecticut State University.

Benjamin J. Cook has served as our vice president, structured finance since May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Cook served as vice president of finance for Recurrent Energy, LLC, a distributed utility-scale solar project developer, from January 2009 to February 2010. Prior to Recurrent Energy, Mr. Cook served as director of structured finance and business development in the systems division of SunPower Corporation, a solar products and services company, from November 2006 to December 2008. Prior to SunPower, Mr. Cook served in various positions in technology market development for Tiax, LLC, a technology development company, from January 2005 to November 2006. Mr. Cook also served as founder and chief executive officer of Solar Electric Light Co., a solar power developer, financier, and operator focused on emerging markets, from January 2003 to September 2004. Mr. Cook developed and financed projects for Bechtel Enterprises, the project finance and project development group of the Bechtel construction group, from September 2001 to January 2003. Mr. Cook holds bachelor’s degrees in physics and economics from the University of Virginia and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Linda L. Keala has served as our vice president, human resources since January 2011 and as our director of human resources from November 2010 to January 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Ms. Keala co-founded and served as vice president of TransformBlue, Inc., a mobile internet technology advisor, from July 2009 to November 2010. Prior to TransformBlue, Ms. Keala served as vice president of business operations and secretary of NBX Inc., an online sports entertainment company, from September 2005 to June 2009. From January 2000 to December 2005, Ms. Keala served as vice president, human resources and administration at Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company. Ms. Keala served as executive vice president and chief people officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm, from January 1996 to December 1999.

Mark C. Roe has served as our vice president, operations since January 2011. Mr. Roe joined SolarCity following his brief retirement after serving as senior director of worldwide service at Apple Inc., a designer, manufacturer and marketer of personal computers and related products, from February 2004 to March 2009. Mr. Roe served as vice president of customer service and quality at Palm, Inc., a manufacturer of handheld electronics, from March 2001 to January 2004. Mr. Roe also held positions at Webvan Group, Inc. and Beyond.com, Inc. Mr. Roe holds a bachelor’s degree in industrial engineering and operations research from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, and an MBA from Syracuse University.

 

101


Table of Contents

John M. Stanton has served as our vice president, governmental affairs since March 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Stanton served as executive vice president and general counsel of the Solar Energy Industries Association, where he oversaw legal and government affairs for the solar industry’s pre-eminent trade association, from November 2006 to February 2010. Mr. Stanton also served as vice president for energy, climate and transportation programs at the National Environmental Trust from December 1998 to December 2006. Mr. Stanton also served as legislative counsel for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and as Deputy Attorney General for the state of New Jersey. Mr. Stanton holds a bachelor’s degree in Latin American studies and philosophy from Tulane University and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law School.

Ben Tarbell has served as our vice president, products since May 2010 and previously served as our director of products from November 2006 to May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Tarbell served as program manager, PV Modules for Miasolé, a thin-film solar cell developer, from July 2005 to November 2006. Prior to Miasolé Inc., Mr. Tarbell served as project manager for IDEO Inc., a design consulting firm, from June 1998 to July 2003. Mr. Tarbell holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from Cornell University, a master’s degree in mechanical engineering design from Stanford University and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Seth R. Weissman has served as our vice president and general counsel since September 2008 and as our secretary since May 2009. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Weissman served as vice president, general counsel, and chief privacy officer of Coremetrics, Inc., the leading digital marketing company, from June 2004 to August 2008. Mr. Weissman also practiced employment and corporate law at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, at Stoneman, Chandler and Miller LLP, and at Hutchins, Wheeler, Dittmar, Professional Corporation. Mr. Weissman holds a bachelor’s degree in political science from The Pennsylvania State University and a J.D. from Boston University School of Law.

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Lyndon R. Rive, our co-founder and chief executive officer, and Peter J. Rive, our co-founder, chief operations officer and chief technology officer, are brothers and cousins to Elon Musk, the chairman of our board of directors. There are no other family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Non-Employee Directors

Elon Musk has served as the chairman of our board of directors since July 2006. Mr. Musk has served as the chief executive officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since October 2008, and as chairman of the board of directors of Tesla since April 2004. Mr. Musk has also served as chief executive officer, chief technology officer and chairman of Space Exploration Technologies Corporation, a company which is developing and launching advanced rockets for satellite and eventually human transportation, since May 2002. Mr. Musk co-founded PayPal, Inc., an electronic payment system, which was acquired by eBay Inc. in October 2002, and Zip2 Corporation, a provider of internet enterprise software and services, which was acquired by Compaq Computer Corporation in March 1999. Mr. Musk holds a bachelor’s degree in physics from the University of Pennsylvania and a bachelor’s degree in economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

We believe Mr. Musk possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with technology companies, extensive experience with energy technology companies and the perspective and experience he brings as one of our largest stockholders.

 

102


Table of Contents

Raj Atluru has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2012. Mr. Atluru has been a partner of Silver Lake Kraftwerk since 2011. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Atluru was a partner at Draper Fisher Jurvetson for 10 years where he spearheaded DFJ’s cleantech investment practice since 2001 and its India investment operations since 2005. Mr. Atluru remains a venture partner at DFJ. He serves on the advisory board of the Cleantech Investors Forum and co-founded The Spotlight Fund, a non-profit dedicated to funding start-up educational entrepreneurs. Mr. Atluru holds a B.S. and an M.S. in Civil Engineering and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Atluru possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a cleantech and renewable energy venture capital investor and as a board member.

John H. N. Fisher has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Fisher has served as a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm, for over two decades. Mr. Fisher serves on the board of directors of DFJ ePlanet Ventures and on the Investment Committees of DFJ Growth Fund, DFJ New England, and DFJ Esprit Ventures. Mr. Fisher previously held positions at ABS Ventures, Alex. Brown & Sons Inc., and Bank of America Corporation. Mr. Fisher serves as a Trustee of the California Academy of Sciences and serves on the board of directors of Common Sense Media. Mr. Fisher holds a bachelor’s degree in history of science from Harvard College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Fisher possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and as a board member.

Antonio J. Gracias has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2012. Mr. Gracias has been chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp., a private equity firm, since 2003. Mr. Gracias holds a joint B.S. and M.S. degree in international finance and economics from the Georgetown University School of Foreign Service and a J.D. from the University of Chicago Law School. Mr. Gracias also serves as a member of the board of directors of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer.

We believe that Mr. Gracias possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his management experience with a nationally recognized private equity firm and his operations management and supply chain optimization expertise.

Hans A. Mehn has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2009. Mr. Mehn has also served as a partner at Generation Investment Management LLP, an independent investment firm focused on integrated sustainability research, since January 2008. Mr. Mehn also serves as senior portfolio manager for the Climate Solutions Fund, an investment fund focused on public and private equity investments. Mr. Mehn has also held positions with Swiss Re Ltd. and affiliates, a reinsurance provider, from 1997 to December 2007, and prior to that, with Smith Barney Inc., an investment bank. Mr. Mehn holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and art history from Duke University.

We believe Mr. Mehn possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as an investor focusing on sustainable development and growth companies and as a board member.

Nancy E. Pfund has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Ms. Pfund has also served as a managing partner of DBL Investors, a venture capital firm, since January 2008. Ms. Pfund previously served as a managing director of JPMorgan & Co., an investment bank, from January 2002 to January 2008. Ms. Pfund also serves as a member of the board of directors of the

 

103


Table of Contents

California Clean Energy Fund, a not-for-profit fund mandated by the California Public Utilities Commission to invest in companies pursuing fossil-fuel alternatives, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the UC Davis Center for Energy Efficiency. Ms. Pfund holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in anthropology from Stanford University and an MBA from the Yale School of Management.

We believe Ms. Pfund possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including her extensive experience as a venture capital investor focusing on technology companies, and as a board member.

Jeffrey B. Straubel has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2006. Mr. Straubel has served as chief technology officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since May 2004 and as principal engineer, drive systems from March 2004 to May 2005. Mr. Straubel served as chief technical officer and co-founder of Volacom Inc., an aerospace firm which designed a specialized high-altitude electric aircraft platform, from January 2002 to May 2004. Mr. Straubel holds a bachelor’s degree in energy systems engineering from Stanford University and a master’s degree in engineering, with an emphasis on energy conversion, from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Straubel possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with energy technology companies.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as currently in effect provides that our board of directors shall consist of eleven members. We anticipate filling these two vacancies with independent directors.

Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2013 for the Class I directors, 2014 for the Class II directors and 2015 for the Class III directors.

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class I directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class II directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class III directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

 

104


Table of Contents

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business, reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans, and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Following the end of each year, our board of directors will conduct an annual self-evaluation, which includes a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors have full access to our management and independent advisors.

Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee oversees and reviews with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, and our compensation committee oversees risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market. Under the listing requirements and rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In February and March 2012, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Atluru, Fisher, Gracias, Mehn and Straubel, and Ms. Pfund are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, constituting a majority of our board of directors as required by the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund, who comprise our audit committee, our compensation committee and our nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

 

105


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of the charters for our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will be available without charge, upon request in writing to SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402; Attn: Secretary, or on the investor relations portion of our website, www.solarcity.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Audit Committee .    Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes. Our audit committee generally oversees:

 

  Ÿ  

our accounting and financial reporting processes as well as the audit and integrity of our financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

our compliance with disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting as well as the compliance of our employees, directors and consultants with ethical standards adopted by us.

Our audit committee also has certain responsibilities, including without limitation, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

selecting and hiring the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

supervising and evaluating the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

serving as our qualified legal compliance committee.

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated an audit committee chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that each of the directors serving on our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We are currently seeking an audit committee member who will be a financial expert as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and who has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We anticipate filling this position prior to the closing of this offering. The audit committee will be comprised of independent directors, subject to the phase-in periods available to companies listing on the NYSE or NASDAQ

 

106


Table of Contents

Stock Market in connection with an initial public offering. Each member of the audit committee will be financially literate at the time such member is appointed. The composition of the audit committee will satisfy the independence and other requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and is responsible for evaluating, approving and reviewing the compensation arrangements, plans, policies and programs for our executive officers and directors, and overseeing our cash-based and equity-based compensation plans.

The functions of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and dollar amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance agreements and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

  Ÿ  

administering our equity compensation plans.

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a compensation committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our compensation committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market, is a nonemployee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an outside director as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The functions of our nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the board of directors for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing the succession planning for each of our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management; and

 

  Ÿ  

recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each

 

107


Table of Contents

member of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE or NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, and we have also adopted a code of ethics for principal executives and senior financial officers.

Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors do not currently receive any cash compensation for their services as directors or as board committee members. The compensation committee has retained Compensia, Inc., a compensation advisory firm, to provide recommendations on non-employee director compensation following this offering based on an analysis of relevant market data.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last completed year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. Before establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to compensation of our executive officers.

 

108


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2011 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our principal executive officer and each of our named executive officers during the last completed fiscal year. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2011.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
(1)($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)
    All
Other
Compensation
(2)($)
    Total
($)
 

Lyndon R. Rive, Chief Executive Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Peter J. Rive, Chief Operations Officer and Chief Technology Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Robert D. Kelly, Chief Financial Officer (3)

    2011      $ 46,731                    $ 2,882,014      $ 31,250      $ 40      $ 2,960,035   

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2011 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that our named executive officers may receive from the options.
(2) The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column represent group term life insurance premiums.
(3) Mr. Kelly joined SolarCity as our chief financial officer in October 2011. His annual base salary is $270,000.

2011 Bonus Decisions

After the conclusion of the fiscal year, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer evaluated our financial performance for 2011 and determined that, based on this performance, as well as their evaluation of the performance and contributions of our chief financial officer, that we should pay a bonus to him. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of his contribution during the year. In addition, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer also took into consideration his responsibilities, experience, skills, equity holdings, and current market practice.

In addition, our board of directors evaluated the performance of our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer and determined to pay bonuses to these individuals. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of each individual’s contributions during the year and equity holdings.

The annual cash bonuses for our named executive officers earning such bonuses for 2011 were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Cash Bonus
Opportunity
    Actual
Cash
Bonus
 

Lyndon R. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Peter J. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Robert D. Kelly

   $ 31,250 (1)    $ 31,250   

 

(1) Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Kelly’s target cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, adjusted to reflect his actual time of employment in 2011.

 

109


Table of Contents

2011 Equity Grants

On May 25, 2011, our board of directors approved stock option grants to purchase shares of our common stock for Messrs. Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive. The stock options granted to these named executive officers were for the right of each to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to $5.07 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date, and have a 48-month time-based vesting schedule.

On October 24, 2011, our board of directors approved the grant to Mr. Kelly of two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock, each with an exercise price equal to $5.92 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date. The first of the two stock options is subject to a four-year time-based vesting schedule with an initial 12-month cliff vesting requirement. The second stock option is subject to a performance-based vesting schedule which provides that 20% of the options to purchase shares of our common stock will vest in full upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with a value of at least $2 billion during his employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

Welfare and Other Employee Benefits

We provide other benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as all of our full-time employees in the country where they reside. These benefits include health, dental, and vision benefits, health and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and basic life insurance coverage. See below for a description of our 401(k) plan.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

We do not provide perquisites to our named executive officers, except in limited situations.

Pension Benefits

We did not sponsor any defined benefit pension or other actuarial plan for our executive officers during 2011.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We did not maintain any nonqualified defined contribution or other deferred compensation plans or arrangements for our executive officers during 2011.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Code limits. We do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to do so. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

Mr. Kelly’s Employment Offer Letter

On October 17, 2011, we named Mr. Kelly our chief financial officer. The terms and conditions of his employment were approved by our board of directors.

 

110


Table of Contents

When we hired Mr. Kelly, our board of directors approved an employment offer letter setting forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including an initial annual base salary of $270,000, an initial target annual cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, and two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock. Other than these terms, Mr. Kelly’s employment is “at will” and for no specific period of time.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Only one of our named executive officers, Mr. Kelly, is eligible to receive certain payments and benefits in connection with his termination of employment under various circumstances. None of our executive officers are eligible to receive any payments or benefits in connection with or following a change in control of our company, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

Our executive officers are eligible to receive any benefits accrued under our broad-based benefit plans, such as accrued vacation pay, in accordance with those plans and policies.

Termination of Employment—Mr. Kelly

In the event that we terminate Mr. Kelly’s employment without cause, Mr. Kelly would be eligible to receive a pro rata portion of any earned commissions or bonus. He is not otherwise eligible to receive any specific payments or benefits in the event of a change in control of SolarCity, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of our named executive officers, information regarding outstanding equity awards held as of December 31, 2011.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Awards –
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Awards –
Option
Expiration
Date
 

Lyndon R. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Peter J. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Robert D. Kelly

    10/24/2011               332,014 (2)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   
    10/24/2011               332,014 (3)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   

 

(1)

These stock options vest over a four-year period as follows: 1/48 th of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable each month following the respective vesting commencement date (September 2, 2009 or May 25, 2011), subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(2)

This stock option vests over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date (October 17, 2011) and 1/36 th of the remaining shares of our common stock subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(3) This stock option vests as follows: 20% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with an aggregate value of at least $2 billion during Mr. Kelly’s employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

 

111


Table of Contents

2011 Director Compensation

In 2011 we did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other non-employee members of our board of directors. The non-employee members of our board of directors do not hold any equity awards or non-equity awards. Mr. Lyndon R. Rive, who is our chief executive officer, and Mr. Peter J. Rive, who is our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, receive no compensation for their service as directors. The compensation received by these executive officers as employees during 2011 is presented in “2011 Summary Compensation Table.”

Employee Benefit Plans

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Plan, prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2012 Plan is effective upon its adoption by our board of directors, but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2012 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2012 Plan is 7,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2007 Stock Plan, or the 2007 Plan, and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options granted under the 2007 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2012 Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above equal to 16,673,207 shares as of June 30, 2012. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

8,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2012 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2012 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan.

Plan Administration .    The 2012 Plan will be administered by our board of directors who, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to

 

112


Table of Contents

each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2012 Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2012 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2012 Plan and awards granted thereunder. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2012 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of all options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting). After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of the stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the grant date. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions the administrator establishes. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units .    Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market

 

113


Table of Contents

value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Performance Units/Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2012 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and awards may be exercised by the participant only during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2012 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the proposed transaction and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2012 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2012 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an outside director’s awards are assumed or substituted for and his or her service as an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Plan Amendment; Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2012 Plan will automatically terminate in 2022, unless we terminate it sooner.

 

114


Table of Contents

2007 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Plan in March 2007, and our stockholders approved our 2007 Plan in August 2007. Our 2007 Plan was amended and restated most recently in February 2012.

Our 2007 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2007 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2012 Plan; however, the 2007 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock option awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2007 Plan is 19,400,000 shares of our common stock. As of June 30, 2012, options to purchase 14,781,006 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2007 Plan and 1,892,201 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2007 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan.

Plan Administration .     The 2007 Plan is administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees (referred to as the “administrator”).

Subject to the provisions of our 2007 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price of the options, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2007 Plan, among other powers. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2007 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2007 Plan and awards granted under the 2007 Plan. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2007 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the

 

115


Table of Contents

option will remain exercisable for twelve months (in the event of a termination due to death) or six months (in the event of a termination due to disability). In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for thirty days following a termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms are set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2007 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2007 Plan, the administrator will make proportional adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be issued under the 2007 Plan and/or the number and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, each award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2007 Plan provides that in the event of a sale, merger or change in control, as defined under the 2007 Plan, each outstanding award will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest and all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2007 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Concurrently with this offering, we are establishing our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our ESPP, prior to the completion of this offering. Our executive officers and all of our other employees will be allowed to participate in our ESPP.

A total of 1,300,000 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

2,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as may be determined by the administrator.

Our board of directors or a committee designated by the board of directors will administer the ESPP and has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility. Every determination made by the administrator will be final and binding upon all parties to the full extent permitted by law.

Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any

 

116


Table of Contents

calendar year, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year as required by applicable local law. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

  Ÿ  

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year.

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for consecutive 6-month offering periods with a new offering period beginning on the first trading days on or after February 1 and August 1 of each year, or on such other date as the administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first offering period under the ESPP will start on the first trading day on or after the date upon which the SEC declares our registration statement effective and end on the first trading day on or after February 1, 2013.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of the compensation he or she receives on each payday during the offering period. Eligible compensation includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, payments for overtime and shift premium commissions (to the extent such commissions are an integral, recurring part of compensation), but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 1,000 shares of common stock during each offering period.

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock on each exercise date. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day of the offering period, unless determined otherwise by the administrator. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Employees who end their participation at any time during an offering period must wait until the beginning of the next offering period to begin participation. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment and the participant will be paid any accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock.

A participant may not transfer credited contributions to his or her account or rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume, or substitute for, each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding options, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date (when such offering period will end) will be set which will occur prior to the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant in writing or electronically that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless the participant has already withdrawn from the offering period.

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP at any time and for any reason, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

 

117


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction where the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain appropriate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

118


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above under “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of those transactions since January 1, 2009, that we have participated in where the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private Placements

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2009, we sold an aggregate of 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $5.41 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      739,370       $ 3,999,992   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      3,696,858         20,000,002   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.

Series E-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2010, we sold an aggregate of 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $6.25 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E-1 preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E-1 preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E-1
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      1,440,000       $ 9,000,000   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      160,000         1,000,000   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      240,000         1,500,000   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(3)

        1,600,000         10,000,000   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

 

119


Table of Contents

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

In June and July 2011, we sold an aggregate of 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $9.68 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.68 per share were issued in connection with the Series F preferred stock financing. Purchasers of the Series F preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and which were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series F preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series F
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      611,096       $ 5,912,354   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      167,036         1,616,074   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      174,694         1,690,165   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      1,033,592         10,000,003   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(3)

        80,768         781,430   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, LLC, Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

Series G Preferred Stock Financing

In February and March 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $23.92 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series G preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that are represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series G preferred stock by the various inventors:

 

Name of Stockholder

  

SolarCity Director

   Number of
Series G
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Fund affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(1)

   Nancy E. Pfund      41,812       $ 999,934   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable

        

Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      627,220         14,999,966   

SilverLake Kraftwerk, L.P

   Raj Atluru      1,149,904         27,499,954   

Valor Solar Holding, LLC

   Antonio J. Gracias      1,045,368         24,999,976   

 

(1) Affiliates of Bay Area Equity Fund holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund – BAEF II, L.P.

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to our executive officers. For a description of certain of these options, see “Executive Compensation—2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table.”

Transactions with First Solar

In October 2008, we entered into a framework agreement with First Solar, Inc., a manufacturer of solar panels and solar energy systems, to purchase 100 megawatts of solar panels between 2009 and 2013. In 2009 and 2010, we purchased approximately $18.5 million and $9.3 million, respectively, of

 

120


Table of Contents

solar panels from First Solar. During these periods, First Solar owned more than 10% of our outstanding common stock. The framework agreement with First Solar was terminated in December 2010. Michael J. Ahearn, who served on our board of directors from October 2008 to October 2009, was the chief executive officer and chairman of the board of First Solar during this period. Jens Meyerhoff, who replaced Mr. Ahearn on our board of directors from October 2009 to December 2010, was the chief financial officer of First Solar during this period. We believe that the prices, terms and conditions of these transactions were commercially reasonably and in the ordinary course of business.

Other Transactions

In late 2010, we received a grant from the California Public Utilities Commission, or CPUC, under its Self-Generation Incentive Program to develop distributed battery energy storage. We partnered with the University of California, Berkeley and Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, to jointly develop the technology. In connection the CPUC grant, in January 2011, we entered into a professional services agreement with Tesla to provide certain design, engineering and consulting services. The total amount payable by us to Tesla under this agreement is approximately $534,000, expected to be paid in 2012. Mr. Musk, the chairman of our board of directors, is the chief executive officer, product architect, chairman of the board of directors and a significant stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Fisher, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson which is a minority stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Straubel, a member of our board of directors, is the chief technology officer of Tesla. Mr. Gracias, a member of our board of directors, also is a member of the board of directors of Tesla; however, he joined our board following the date of these agreements.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and certain purchasers of our preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with whom certain of our directors are affiliated, grants these stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock that will be issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our audit committee charter will be effective when we complete this offering. The charter states that our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. All of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to the audit committee prior to entering into any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. Prior to the creation of our audit committee, our full board of directors reviewed related party transactions.

 

121


Table of Contents

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth under the section entitled “Related Party Transactions” on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

122


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2012, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, by:

 

  Ÿ  

each stockholder who we know is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our executive officers who are selling stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

all other selling stockholders.

We determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the SEC rules. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 56,384,229 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that                  shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. When we computed the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we considered to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. An asterisk (*) below denotes beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

123


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402.

 

     Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
    Shares
Being
Offered
   Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Offering

Beneficial Owner

   Shares      %        Shares    %

Named Executive Officers, Selling Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Lyndon R. Rive(1)

     3,994,042         7.0        

Peter J. Rive(2)

     3,994,042         7.0           

Robert D. Kelly

                       

Mark C. Roe(3)

     77,760         *           

John Stanton(4)

     84,140         *           

Ben Tarbell(5)

     164,824         *           

Seth R. Weissman(6)

     269,534         *           

Elon Musk(7)

     18,030,188         31.9           

Raj Atluru(8)

     1,149,904         2.0           

John H. N. Fisher(9)

     14,863,016         26.3           

Antonio J. Gracias(10)

     1,170,364         2.1           

Hans A. Mehn(11)

     4,248,912         7.5           

Nancy E. Pfund(12)

     4,190,462         7.4           

Jeffrey B. Straubel

     738,246         1.3           

All current executive officers and directors as a group (17 persons)(13)

     53,122,514         93.8           

Other 5% Stockholders:

             

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher(9)

     14,863,016         26.3           

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.(11)

     4,248,912         7.5           

Entities affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(12)

     4,190,462         7.4           

Other Selling Stockholders:

             
             
             
             
             
             

 

(1) Includes 1,952,378 shares held by the Rive Family Trust dated February 8, 2011, and 1,041,664 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(2) Includes 1,041,664 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(3) Includes 34,362 shares held by the Mark C. Roe and Jennifer L. Beaune Revocable Trust dated July 5, 2010, 11,467 shares held by the Mark C. Roe 2012 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust—I, and 11,467 shares held by the Jennifer L. Beaune 2012 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust—I. Also includes 20,464 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012.
(4) Includes 84,140 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012.
(5) Includes 88,124 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012.
(6) Includes 269,534 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012.
(7) Includes (i) 17,864,366 shares held of record by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003, and (ii) 165,822 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust that expire upon the completion of this offering. Includes 1,500,000 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co.
(8)

Includes 1,149,904 shares held of record by SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. Mr. Atluru is a partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Management Company, the general partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to

 

124


Table of Contents
 

have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Mr. Atluru disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for such fund is 1070 Commercial Street, San Carlos, California 94070.

(9) Includes 177,612 shares held of record by Draper Associates, L.P., 160,396 shares held of record by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, 7,561,714 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 854,188 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., 5,381,876 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 204,916 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, 435,110 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, and 26,098 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC. Also includes (i) 2,476 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, (ii) 20,446 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., (iii) 21,692 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., (iv) 14,134 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., (v) 554 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, (vi) 662 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC and (vii) 1,142 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, that expire upon the completion of this offering. Timothy C. Draper, John H. N. Fisher, Stephen T. Jurvetson, Jennifer Fonstad, Andreas Stavropoulos, Josh Stein and Don Wood are managing directors of the general partner entities of these funds that directly hold shares and as such they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for all entities above is 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(10) Includes 83,496 shares held of record by AJG Growth Fund, LLC, 1,045,368 shares held of record by Valor Solar Holdings, LLC and 41,500 shares held of record by Valor VC, LLC. Mr. Gracias is the manager of AJG Growth Fund, LLC and Valor VC, LLC and is a shareholder, director and chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp, which is the general partner of the general partner of the manager of Valor Solar Holdings, LLC. Mr. Gracias disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Valor VC, LLC and Valor Solar Holdings, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Valor entities and Mr. Gracias is 200 South Michigan Ave., Suite 1020, Chicago, Illinois 60604.
(11) Includes (i) 4,231,442 shares held of record by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and (ii) 17,470 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Mehn is one of the partners of Generation Investment Management LLP which serves as agent for the general partner of Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the shares. Mr. Mehn disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Vine Street, London W1J 0AH United Kingdom.
(12)

Includes (i) 3,491,594 shares held of record by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P., (ii) 619,702 shares held of record by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. Also includes (i) 76,638 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and (ii) 2,528 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Ms. Pfund is a managing partner of H&Q Venture Management, L.L.C., doing business as DBL Investors LLC, the managing member of Bay Area Equity Fund Managers I, L.L.C, the general partner of Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. Ms. Pfund disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Montgomery Street, Suite 2375 , San Francisco, California 94104.

(13) Includes (i) 2,626,670 shares issuable to our current executive officers and directors upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012 and (ii) 323,564 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by our current executive officers and directors that expire upon the completion of this offering.

 

125


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect when this offering closes. This summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and             shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated. The following information reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible redeemable preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

As of June 30, 2012, we had:

 

  Ÿ  

56,384,229 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 196 stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

14,781,006 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.33 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering and based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012,                      shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described below, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock for an aggregate of 331,640 shares of our common stock that would otherwise expire when this offering is complete, (4) no additional exercises of options to purchase common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, and (5) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Each share of Series G preferred stock is initially convertible at the option of the holder into one share of our common stock. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series G preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the original issue price of $23.92 per share by (B) the product of (i) the public offering price in this offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions), multiplied by (ii) 0.6. However, in no event will one share of Series G preferred stock convert into more than approximately 2.47 shares or less than one share of common stock as a result of this conversion adjustment mechanism. As a result, the outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock will convert into no more than 8,372,069 shares and no fewer than 3,386,986 shares of common stock.

 

126


Table of Contents

Common Stock

Common stockholders are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, common stockholders are entitled to shares ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Common stockholders have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of common stockholders are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock that we will issue pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

When this offering is complete, our board of directors will be authorized, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time, up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, rights, preferences and privileges and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series of preferred stock, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of our common stockholders and the likelihood that our common stockholders will receive dividend payments upon liquidation and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2012, we had warrants outstanding to purchase 1,816,650 shares of our common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of our preferred stock into common stock, at exercise prices ranging from approximately $2.41 to $9.68 per share. The shares issuable upon exercise of the outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will convert into 331,640 shares of common stock if these warrants are exercised for cash, as a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, immediately prior to the closing of this offering. If not exercised before this offering is completed, all outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will automatically net exercise into a smaller number of shares of our common stock based on our initial public offering price. The outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock will automatically convert into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share, and if not exercised, these warrants will expire on various dates between June 2014 and April 2015. Each outstanding warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations and reclassifications, consolidations and the like.

Registration Rights

Following this offering’s completion, the holders of an aggregate of 47,096,682 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights agreement between us and the holders of these shares, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

 

127


Table of Contents

The registration rights terminate with respect to the registration rights of an individual holder on the earliest to occur of five years following the completion of this offering or such date as the holder can sell all of the holder’s shares in any three-month period under Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act, unless such holder holds at least 2% of our voting stock.

Demand Registration Rights.     At any time, other than during the six month period following the closing of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares subject to our investors’ rights agreement, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stock, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding the Series E preferred stock or the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series E-1 preferred stock may demand that we effect a registration under the Securities Act covering the public offering and sale of all or part of such registrable securities held by such stockholders. Upon any such demand we must use our best efforts to effect the registration of such registrable securities that have been requested to register together with all other registrable securities that we may have been requested to register by other stockholders pursuant to the incidental registration rights described below. We are only obligated to effect two registrations in response to these demand registration rights.

Incidental Registration Rights.     If we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder initiated demand registration, holders of such registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number registrable securities to be included in the registration statement, subject to certain restrictions.

Short Form Registration Rights.     Following this offering, we are obligated under our investors’ rights agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain eligible for registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 10% of such registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $1,000,000, subject to certain exceptions.

Expenses of Registration.     We will pay all registration expenses related to any demand, company or Form S-3 registration, including reasonable fees and expenses of one special counsel for the holders of such registrable securities, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes (if any), which will be borne by the holders of such registrable securities.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. We expect these provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire or obtain control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

 

128


Table of Contents

Limits on the Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special stockholders meetings may be called only by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay our stockholders ability to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may preclude the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to acquire or obtain control of our company.

Board Classification.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes and that our stockholders will elect one class each year. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board Composition.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

 

129


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     When this offering is complete, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  Ÿ  

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

  Ÿ  

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of common stock.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 662-7232.

Listing on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “SCTY.”

 

130


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

When this offering is complete, we will have an aggregate of          shares of common stock outstanding, assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock into an aggregate of 331,640 shares of our common stock, (4) no exercise of outstanding options to purchase common stock, and (5) the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

Of the outstanding shares, all of the         shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining         shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale when this offering is complete;

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

In addition, of the 14,781,006 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2012, options to purchase 6,034,157 shares of common stock were vested as of June 30, 2012 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering, subject to extension as described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Lock-Up Agreements and Obligations

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors, officers and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements that generally provide that these holders will not offer, pledge, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions described under the heading “Underwriting.”

 

131


Table of Contents

In addition, each grant agreement under our 2007 Plan contains restrictions similar to those set forth in the lock-up agreements described above limiting the disposition of securities issuable pursuant to those plans for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

The 180 day restricted periods described above are subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 180 day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180 day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day period, the restrictions on offers, pledges, sales, agreements to sell or other dispositions of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated waive such extension in writing.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

132


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2012, 7,844,205 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards. These shares will be eligible for resale in reliance on this rule upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

Stock Options

We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans, ESPP and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements, and subject to vesting of such shares.

Registration Rights

When this offering is complete, the holders of an aggregate of 47,096,682 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

133


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock sold pursuant to this offering to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  Ÿ  

real estate investment trusts;

 

  Ÿ  

regulated investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  Ÿ  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock, except to the extent specifically set forth below;

 

  Ÿ  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

  Ÿ  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

In addition, if a partnership, including any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

134


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder, other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our common stock and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Although not subject to withholding tax, dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

135


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale, net of certain deductions or credits, under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the United States. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% (scheduled to increase to 31% for payments made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012) unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

136


Table of Contents

Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in 2010 generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under these rules, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution, which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners. The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain transition rules, any obligation to withhold under this legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2015. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

137


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional          shares from us and the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, announce the intention to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

 

138


Table of Contents

With respect to us, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

shares sold pursuant to this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares pursuant to any employee equity incentive plans contained in this prospectus, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of exercisable, convertible or exchangeable shares outstanding as of the date of the underwriting agreement; or

 

  Ÿ  

the issuance of shares, in amount up to an aggregate of 10% of the sum of our fully-diluted shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus plus the shares sold by us in this offering, in connection with mergers or acquisitions of securities, businesses, property or other assets (including pursuant to any employee benefit plans assumed in connection with such transactions), joint ventures, strategic alliances or equipment leasing arrangements (provided that in each case such recipients agree to lock up their shares for the balance of the lock-up period).

With respect to our officers, directors and stockholders, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares acquired in open market transactions following completion of this offering, provided that such transfer is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of an officer, director or stockholder (as applicable) or the immediate family of such person, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares by will or intestate succession upon the death of such person, provided that the recipient agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares with the prior written consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of options or other equity incentive awards issued pursuant to any stock option or similar equity incentive or compensation plan approved by our board of directors, provided that such plan is outstanding at the time of this offering, still in effect at the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of warrants issued to such officer, director or stockholder including on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, provided that such exercise is subject to the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement and is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the entry into a Rule 10b5-1 plan to sell shares after the expiration of the 180-day restricted period;

 

  Ÿ  

the sale and transfer of shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control of our company, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

139


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to satisfy any tax obligations due as a result of the exercise of such options or warrants, subject to certain customary restrictions; or

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to us in connection with the repurchase of shares issued pursuant to equity incentive grants or pursuant to agreements under which such shares were issued;

and provided that, pursuant to the second, third or fourth bullets in this paragraph, any transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing or announcement by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee, as applicable) shall be required (except in the case of the fourth bullet above) or shall be voluntarily made in connection with any such transfer or distribution.

The 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. The factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, are our historical financial and operating performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects and those of our industry in general, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the

 

140


Table of Contents

market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area.     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU .

United Kingdom.     In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Hong Kong.     The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies

 

141


Table of Contents

Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.     This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan.     The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland .     The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In

 

142


Table of Contents

particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre .     This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia .     No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act) in relation to the common shares has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, or the ASIC. This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

(a)    you confirm and warrant that you are either:

(i)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

(ii)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

(iii)    a person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

(iv)    a ‘‘professional investor’’ within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act, and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

(b)    you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common shares for resale in Australia within 12 months of that common shares being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Chile .     The shares are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus supplement and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

 

 

143


Table of Contents

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. We closed a $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in August 2011 and closed an additional $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in May 2012, both of which use lease pass-through structures. In July 2012, we received an initial commitment for $150 million in lease financing from an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. This investment uses a lease pass-through structure and will be funded in monthly tranches through the end of 2013. In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

144


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation own an interest representing less than 0.01% of our common stock. The underwriters are being represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Palo Alto, California, in connection with the offering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other SEC information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website referred to above. We also maintain a website at http://www.solarcity.com. When this offering is complete, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

145


Table of Contents

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

SolarCity Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

April 26, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share Par Values)

 

    December 31     March 31
2012
    Proforma
Stockholders’
Equity
March 31, 2012
    2010     2011      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 90,668     

Restricted cash

    600        1,796        1,963     

Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $76, $176 and $228 (unaudited) as of December 31,2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively)

    3,479        10,651        35,801     

Rebates receivable

    8,751        13,684        16,625     

Inventories

    30,217        142,742        150,188     

Deferred income tax asset

    1,358        4,306        4,057     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    7,757        17,872        12,577     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    110,432        241,522        311,879     

Restricted cash

    1,942        3,764        3,505     

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

    239,611        535,609        623,596     

Property and equipment – net

    9,331        14,421        17,665     

Other assets

    9,948        17,857        20,231     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets(1)

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 976,876     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 43,711      $ 162,586      $ 93,814     

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

    3,244        6,216        4,443     

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

    669        5,430        6,773     

Accrued and other current liabilities

    13,774        30,574        29,580     

Customer deposits

    3,656        13,933        13,680     

Current portion of deferred revenue

    5,215        13,504        16,014     

Borrowings under bank line of credit

    4,495        5,582        25,000     

Current portion of long-term debt

    3,001        2,640        42,111     

Current portion of lease pass-through financing obligation

    3,872        6,060        9,236     

Current portion of sale-leaseback financing obligation

    321        361        368     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    81,958        246,886        241,019     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    40,681        101,359        132,748     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

           14,581        32,339     

Long-term deferred tax liability

    1,358        4,313        4,067     

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

    53,097        46,541        94,576     

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

    15,758        15,144        15,049     

Deferred U.S. Treasury grants income, net of current portion

    18,671        132,004        158,451     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities

    6,554        5,325        13,913     

Other liabilities

    15,715        36,314        49,961     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities(1)

    233,792        602,467        742,123     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock:

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 45,462, 47,042 and 56,734 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 39,451, 41,893 and 45,280 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively; aggregate liquidation value of $100,864, $122,751 and $203,751 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively

    101,446        125,722        206,940     

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 67,000, 75,000 and 106,000 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, and 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 8,949, 10,465 and 10,619 (unaudited) as of December 31, and 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively

           1        1     

Additional paid-in capital

    3,229        9,538        12,016     

Accumulated deficit

    (90,717     (47,201     (44,445  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (87,488     (37,662     (32,428  

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

    123,514        122,646        60,241     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total equity

    36,026        84,984        27,813     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 976,876     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

(1) The Company’s consolidated assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 include $120,446, $317,225 and $397,286 (unaudited), respectively, being assets of variable interest entities or VIEs, that can only be used to settle obligations of the VIEs. These assets include solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net, of $112,284, $301,573 and $ 368,517 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. The Company’s consolidated liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 included $3,726, $9,840 and $7,711 (unaudited), respectively, being liabilities of VIEs whose creditors have no recourse to the Company. See further description in Note 12, Solar Investment Funds .

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                  (unaudited)  

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 3,417      $ 8,139   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        3,827        16,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        7,244        24,841   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,345        2,582   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        4,337        12,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        5,682        14,707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        1,562        10,134   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        6,590        16,131   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        6,641        8,562   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        13,231        24,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (11,669     (14,559

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        2,211        3,494   

Other expense, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,148        8,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (15,028     (27,027

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (24     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (15,052     (27,062

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (21,699     (29,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 6,647      $ 2,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 1,228      $ 453   

Diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 1,540      $ 656   

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.13      $ 0.04   

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.04   

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,659,797        10,503,931   

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        12,919,519        17,076,717   

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

Number of shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

    Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interests in
Subsidiaries
    Total
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount            

Balance, January 1, 2009

    31,575      $ 56,186            8,437      $      $ 496      $ (25,873   $ (25,377   $ 19,573        (5,804

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      46               6               6               6   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         40,970        40,970   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      10                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    862               862               862   

Issuance of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at $5.41 per share, net of issuance cost of $144

    4,436        23,856                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (26,227     (26,227     3,507        (22,720

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (8,014     (8,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

    36,011        80,042            8,493               1,364        (52,100     (50,736     56,036        5,300   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      450               92               92               92   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         97,082        97,082   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      6                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    1,773               1,773               1,773   

Issuance of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock at $6.25 per share, net of issuance cost of $96

    3,440        21,404                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (38,617     (38,617     (8,457     (47,074

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (21,147     (21,147
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    39,451        101,446            8,949               3,229        (90,717     (87,488     123,514        36,026   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      1,489        1        1,089               1,090               1,090   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         207,970        207,970   

Issuance of common stock to a consultant

                      7               12               12               12   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                      20               119               119               119   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    5,039               5,039               5,039   

Income tax effect of stock-based compensation

                                    50               50               50   

Issuance of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock upon exercise of warrants

    375        4,576                                                        

Issuance of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at $9.68 per share, net of issuance cost of $93

    2,067        19,700                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           43,516        43,516        (117,230     (73,714

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (91,608     (91,608
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    41,893      $ 125,722            10,465      $ 1      $ 9,538      $ (47,201   $ (37,662   $ 122,646      $ 84,984   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash (unaudited)

                      154               387               387               387   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests (unaudited)

                                                         3,469        3,469   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                    2,091               2,091               2,091   

Issuance of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at $23.92 per share, net of issuance cost of $132 (unaudited)

    3,387        81,218                                                        

Net income (loss) (unaudited)

                                           2,756        2,756        (29,818     (27,062

Distributions to noncontrolling interests (unaudited)

                                                         (36,056     (36,056

Balance, March 31, 2012 (unaudited)

    45,280      $ 206,940            10,619      $ 1      $ 12,016      $ (44,445   $ (32,428   $ 60,241      $ 27,813   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

          

Net loss

   $ (22,720   $ (47,074   $ (73,714   $ (15,052   $ (27,062

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

          

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     9        26        336        336          

Depreciation and amortization net of amortization of deferred U.S. Treasury grant income

     3,230        5,733        12,338        2,323        3,961   

Interest on lease pass-thorough financing obligation

            3,285        7,373        1,746        1,899   

Stock-based compensation

     862        1,773        5,101        667        2,091   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                   119                 

Revaluation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     2,227        1,998        2,050        772        8,588   

Revaluation of preferred stock forward contract

                                 350   

Deferred income taxes

                   7        4        3   

Reduction in lease pass-through financing obligation

            (7,421     (23,528     (5,151     (3,865

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Restricted cash

     250        (1,842     (3,018     (103     92   

Accounts receivable

     342        (1,259     (7,172     (337     (25,150

Rebates receivable

     (6,588     3,339        (4,933     (3,633     (2,941

Inventories

     (5,688     (15,964     (111,150     (4,899     (7,446

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,286     (5,417     (6,945     (1,806     2,223   

Other assets

     (1,559     (7,989     (6,361     463        (2,374

Accounts payable

     14,311        19,999        118,875        (15,905     (68,772

Accrued and other liabilities

     3,194        22,365        29,460        (1,246     7,872   

Customer deposits

     (540     2,478        10,943        (3,324     (253

Deferred revenue

     17,234        22,152        68,301        19,788        33,899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     2,278        (3,818     18,082        (25,357     (76,885

Investing activities:

          

Payments for the cost of solar energy systems, leased and to be leased

     (61,661     (156,495     (292,933     (57,086     (83,465

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,133     (6,300     (8,772     (2,252     (3,366

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

            (67     (2,547     (2,547       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (61,885     (86,831

Financing activities:

          

Borrowings under long-term debt

     516        1,292        17,270        15,812        57,570   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (736     (1,014     (3,158     (725     (427

Borrowings under bank line of credit

     4,864               5,582               19,418   

Repayments of bank line of credit

     (369            (4,495              

Proceeds from sale-leaseback financing obligation

     5,416        18,266                        

Repayments of sale-leaseback financing obligation

            (7,603     (574     (78     (88

Proceeds from lease pass-through financing obligation

            61,106        64,135        24,348        59,155   

Repayment of capital lease obligations

                   (7,323            (5,481

Proceeds from investment by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     40,970        97,082        207,970        43,293        3,469   

Distributions paid to noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary

     (3,924     (25,039     (88,636     (9,995     (37,829

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     6        92        1,090        180        387   

Proceeds from U.S. Treasury grants

            20,084        65,513        8,082        26,871   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

            1,368        1,297                 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock

     23,856        21,404        19,700               80,868   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        80,917        203,913   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     10,083        20,358        (7,799     (6,325     40,197   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     27,829        37,912        58,270        58,270        50,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 51,945      $ 90,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

          

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 421      $ 1,474      $ 2,841      $ 409      $ 727   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $      $ 3,018      $ 91      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities

          

Conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants to convertible redeemable preferred stock

   $      $      $ 4,576      $ 4,576      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

SolarCity Corporation or “the Company” was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 21, 2006. The Company is engaged in the design, installation and sale or lease of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers, or sale of electricity generated by solar energy systems to customers. The Company also offers energy efficiency solutions and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs to its customers. The Company’s headquarters are located in San Mateo, California.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 810, Consolidation, the Company consolidates any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which it is the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity; however, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as variable interest entities, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company does not consolidate a VIE in which it has a majority ownership interest when the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary. The Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary in a number of VIEs—refer to Note 12, Solar Investment Funds. The Company evaluates its relationships with the VIEs on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company regularly makes significant estimates and assumptions including, but not limited, to the estimates which affect the estimated selling price of undelivered elements for revenue recognition purposes, the collectibility of accounts receivable, the valuation of inventories, the estimated total costs for long-term contracts used as a basis of determining percentage of completion for such contracts, the estimated fair value and residual values of solar energy systems subject to leases, the useful lives of solar energy systems, property and equipment and intangible assets, the determination of accrued liabilities, accounting for business combinations, the valuation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, the valuation of stock-based compensation, and the determination of valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2012, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated statements of convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity for the three months ended March 31, 2012 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to these three-month periods are unaudited. The results of the three months ended March 31, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 or for any other interim period or other future year.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

Upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) that results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions, all of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company will automatically convert to common stock of SolarCity Corporation. In addition, if not exercised prior to an initial public offering resulting in the conversion of all convertible redeemable preferred stock to common stock, outstanding warrants to acquire Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically net exercise according to their terms into common stock based on the initial public offering price, while warrants to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically convert to common stock warrants. The convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants liability outstanding related to the warrants will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital. The pro forma financial data have been prepared assuming the net exercise of the Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, and the automatic conversion of the convertible redeemable preferred stock outstanding into 45,280,032 shares of common stock of SolarCity Corporation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents, which consist principally of demand deposits with high-credit-quality financial institutions. The Company has exposure to credit risk to the extent cash and cash equivalent balances, including restricted cash, exceed amounts covered by federal deposit insurance. The Company believes that its credit risk is not significant.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents balances collateralizing standby letters of credit, outstanding credit card borrowing facilities and obligations under certain operating leases.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represent trade receivables from sales of residential and commercial customers recorded at net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable. The Company reviews its accounts receivable by aging category to identify significant customers with known disputes or collection issues. In determining the allowance, the Company makes judgments about the creditworthiness of a majority of its customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. The Company also considers its historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are deemed uncollectible.

Rebates Receivable

Rebates receivable represent rebates due from utility companies and government agencies. These receivables include rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved solar energy system installations sold to the customers, and also uncollected incentives from state and local government agencies for solar energy system installations that have been leased to customers or are used to generate and sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. For the rebates assigned to the Company by its customers, the Company assumes the responsibility for collection of the rebate. The processing cycle for these rebates and incentives involves a multi-step process in which the Company accumulates and submits information required by the utility company or state agency necessary for the collection of the rebate. The entire process typically can take up to several months to complete. The Company recognizes rebates receivable upon the solar energy system passing inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and rebates receivable. The associated risk of concentration for cash and cash equivalents is mitigated by banking with creditworthy institutions. At certain times, amounts on deposit exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. To reduce credit risk, management performs periodic credit evaluations and ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Rebates receivable are due from various states and local governments as well as various utility companies. The Company considers the risk of uncollectability of such amounts to be low.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820 , Fair Value Measurements , clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

ASC 820 requires that the valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. ASC 820 establishes a three tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes inputs that may be used to measure fair value as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were no nonrecurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities subsequent to initial recognition.

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, based on the three-tier fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

As of December 31, 2010 :

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 6,554       $ 6,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011:

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 5,325       $ 5,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2012: (unaudited)

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 13,913       $ 13,913   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants is based on unobservable inputs. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using an option-pricing model incorporating assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of fair value. Some of these assumptions include estimates for interest rates, expected dividends, and the fair value of the underlying preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the underlying preferred stock is itself determined using an option-pricing method. Under this method, the fair value of an enterprise’s common stock is estimated as the net value of a series of call options, representing the present value of the expected future returns to the stockholders. Refer to Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities section of this Note 2 for the reconciliation of beginning and ending fair value balances.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

The Company’s other financial instruments include customer deposits, distributions payable to noncontrolling interests, borrowings under lines of credit and long-term debt facilities. The carrying values of its financial instruments other than its long-term debt approximate their fair values due to the fact that they are short-term in nature at December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012. The Company believes that the carrying value of its long-term debt approximates fair value based upon rates currently offered for debt of similar maturities and terms.

Inventories

Inventories include raw materials that include photovoltaic panels, inverters, and mounting hardware as well as miscellaneous electrical components, and work in process that includes raw materials partially installed, along with direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market (on a first-in-first-out basis). Work-in-process primarily relates to solar energy systems that will be sold to customers, which are under construction and are yet to pass inspection.

The Company also evaluates its inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and writes down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased

The Company is the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. The Company accounts for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, the Company evaluates lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. The Company utilizes periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are constructed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility companies and will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Solar energy systems under construction represents systems that are under construction, which will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems are completed, interconnected and subsequently leased to customers.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related customer lease agreements.

Payments for costs incurred on solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, are reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows under investing activities. Costs include inventory purchased and subsequently transferred upon commencement of the construction of these assets.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives  

Furniture and fixtures

     7 years   

Vehicles

     5 years   

Computer hardware and software

     5 years   

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives, currently seven years.

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed from property and equipment and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with FASB ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , the Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets, as appropriate, may not be recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposition is less than the carrying amounts, an impairment loss would be measured based on the discounted cash flows compared to the carrying amounts. There was no impairment charge recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 or 2011, or for the three months ended March 31, 2012 (unaudited).

Capitalization of Software Costs

For costs incurred in development of internal use software, the Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. To date the Company has not incurred any significant costs on internally developed software and all costs incurred to date have been expensed as incurred.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Warranties

The Company warrants its products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. The Company generally provides a warranty on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems it sells of typically between five to twenty years. The manufacturer’s warranty on the solar energy systems components, which is typically passed through to these customers, has a warranty period ranging from one to twenty five years. The changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
    As of and for
the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012  
                 (unaudited)  

Balance – beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        401   

Assumed warranty obligation arising from business acquisitions (Note 3)

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 2,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar Energy Systems Performance Guarantees

The Company guarantees certain specified minimum solar energy production output for systems leased to customers. The Company monitors the solar energy systems to ensure that these outputs are being achieved. The Company believes that the systems as designed are capable of producing the minimum capacity guaranteed. The Company evaluates if any amounts are due to its customers. Through March 31, 2012, no liability has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees based on the Company’s assessment of its exposure.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

Freestanding warrants to acquire shares that may be redeemable are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity . Under ASC 480, freestanding warrants to purchase the Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock are classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets and carried at fair value because the warrants may conditionally obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. The Company initially measured the warrants at fair value on issuance. The warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, and any change in their fair value is recognized as a component of other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, or the conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock. The changes in the value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value as of January 1, 2009

   $ 961   

Change in fair value

     2,227   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2009

     3,188   

Issuances

     1,368   

Change in fair value

     1,998   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2010

     6,554   

Issuances

     1,297   

Exercises

     (4,576

Change in fair value

     2,050   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2011

     5,325   

Change in fair value (unaudited)

     8,588   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of March 31, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 13,913   
  

 

 

 

Deferred U.S. Treasury Grant Income

The Company is eligible for U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable on eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010, which includes solar energy system installations, upon approval by the U.S. Treasury Department. For solar energy systems under lease pass-through arrangements as described in Note 13, the Company reduces the financing obligation and records deferred income for the U.S. Treasury grants which are paid directly to the investors upon receipt of the grants by the investors. The benefit of the U.S. Treasury grants is recorded as deferred income and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems of 30 years. The amortization of the deferred income is recorded as a reduction to depreciation expense which is a component of the cost of revenue of operating leases in the consolidated statement of operations. A catch up adjustment is recorded in the period in which the grant is approved by the U.S. Treasury Department or received by lease pass-through investors to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by lease pass-through

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

investors of the associated grant. The changes in deferred Treasury grant income during the year were as follows (in thousands):

 

U.S. Treasury grant receipts in 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the Company

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements

     54,730   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the company (unaudited)

     23,806   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements (unaudited)

     5,972   

Amortized during the period as a credit to depreciation expense (unaudited)

     (1,988
  

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 165,224   
  

 

 

 

There were no U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable prior to 2010. Of the balance outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, $18,671, $132,004 and $158,451 (unaudited), respectively, are disclosed as noncurrent deferred Treasury grants income in the consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Revenue

The Company records as deferred revenue any amounts that are collected from customers, including lease prepayments, in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue also includes the portion of rebates and incentives received from utility companies and various local and state government agencies, which are recognized as revenue over the lease term, as well as the remote monitoring fee, which is recognized as revenue ratably over the respective contract term.

Revenue Recognition

The Company provides design, installation, and ongoing remote monitoring services of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers. Residential customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements, which also include monitoring services. Commercial customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts, purchase electricity generated by Company-owned solar energy systems under power purchase agreements, or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements. The Company also earns rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved system installations sold to the customers, as well rebates and incentives from utility companies and state and local governments on systems leased to customers or used to sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. The Company considers the proceeds from the rebates to comprise a portion of the proceeds from the sale or lease of the solar energy systems. Commencing in the second quarter of 2010, the Company began offering energy efficiency solutions aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs. The energy efficiency services comprise energy efficiency evaluations and upgrades to homes and household appliances to improve energy efficiency.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, the Company recognizes revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, in accordance with ASC 605-25-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials . Revenue from installation of a system is recognized when (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (4) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenue upon the solar energy system passing an inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation for residential installations. Costs incurred on residential installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company recognizes revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers in accordance with ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction—Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on the percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to total projected costs. Provisions are made for the full amount of any anticipated losses on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company recognized $3.2 million and $0.9 million (unaudited) in losses for these types of contracts in 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, respectively. No losses had been recognized in the three months ended March 31, 2011 and prior periods. Costs in excess of billings are recorded where costs recognized are in excess of amounts billed to customers of purchased commercial solar energy systems. Costs in excess of billings as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 amounted to $1.2 million and $1.5 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings as of December 31, 2010. Billings in excess of costs as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 amounted to $0.7 million and $0.7 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings as of December 31, 2010.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

The Company is the lessor under lease agreements for solar energy systems, which are accounted for as operating leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . The Company records operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on amount of electricity generated by the system, the Company records revenue as the amounts are earned.

The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from the Company under power purchase agreements, the Company has determined that these agreements should be accounted for, in substance, as operating leases pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers (the incremental cost of contract administration, referral fees and sales commissions) are capitalized as an element of solar energy systems and amortized over the term of the related lease or power purchase agreement, which generally ranges from ten to twenty years.

Remote Monitoring Services

The Company provides solar energy systems remote monitoring services which are generally bundled with either the sale or lease of solar energy systems. For systems that the Company sells to customers, the Company provides remote monitoring services over the contractual term specified in the contractual agreements or over the warranty period if not specified in the contracts. For leased systems the Company provides remote monitoring services over the lease term. The Company allocates revenue to the remote monitoring services and other elements in the arrangement using the relative selling price method. The selling price used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices charged by third parties for similar services. The relative selling prices of solar energy systems and leases used in the allocation is based on the Company’s best estimate of the prices that the Company would charge its customers to sell or lease solar energy systems on a standalone basis. For remote monitoring services bundled with the sale of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the term of the associated contract or warranty period, if the contract does not specify the service term. For remote monitoring services bundled with the lease of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the lease term. To date the remote monitoring services revenue has not been material and is included in the consolidated statements of operations under either revenue from operating leases when these services are bundled with leases or revenue from solar energy system sales when these services are bundled with sale of solar energy systems.

Energy Efficiency Services

For energy efficiency services, the Company recognizes revenue upon completion of the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically the energy efficiency services take less than a month to complete. The energy efficiency services are either sold on a standalone basis or bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems. When the sale of energy efficiency services has been bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems, the Company allocates revenue to the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of energy system using the relative selling price method as provided for under ASU 2009-13. The relative selling prices of the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of solar energy systems used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices the Company charges for these products on a standalone basis. To date, the revenue generated from energy efficiency services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

Sale-Leaseback

The Company is party to master lease agreements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to third parties and the simultaneous leaseback of the systems, which the Company then subleases to customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, the Company first determines whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” A solar energy

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

system is determined to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location, including the shipping and reinstallation costs of the solar energy system at the new site, including any diminution in fair value, exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. When the leaseback arrangements expire, the Company has the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to the Company, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to us prior to expiration of the arrangement.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined to be integral equipment, the Company has concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, the Company uses the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, the Company does not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, the Company treats any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly records the proceeds as a sale-leaseback financing obligation in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company allocates the leaseback payments made to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the sale-leaseback financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that it would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the sale-leaseback financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined not to be integral equipment, the Company determines if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, the Company initially records a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in the consolidated balance sheets equal to the lower of the present value of the future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, the Company does not recognize any revenue but defers the gross profit comprising of the net of the revenue and the associated cost of sale. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, the Company recognizes a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defers the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, the Company records the deferred gross profit in the consolidated balance sheets as deferred income and amortizes the deferred income over the leaseback term as a reduction to the leaseback rental expense included in the cost of operating lease revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

Cost of Revenue

Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily made up of depreciation of the cost of leased solar energy systems, reduced by amortization of U.S. Treasury grant income and amortization of initial direct costs associated with those systems.

Solar energy systems cost of revenue includes direct and indirect material and labor costs, warehouse rent, freight, warranty expense, depreciation on vehicles, amortization of initial direct costs and depreciation related to solar energy systems leased to customers, and other overhead costs.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included as an element of sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company incurred advertising costs of $0.7 million, $5.5 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and $1.2 million (unaudited) and $2.7 million (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax reporting purposes, net operating loss carryforwards, and other tax credits measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. A valuation allowance is provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company uses a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon tax authority examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, within the provision for taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company accounts for comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with ASC 220 , Comprehensive Income . Under ASC 220, the Company is required to report comprehensive income (loss), which includes the Company’s net loss, as well as changes in other comprehensive loss items. There were no differences between comprehensive loss as defined by ASC 220 and net loss as reported in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the periods presented.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

The Company applies ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees, to options and other stock-based awards issued to nonemployees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent third party interests in the net assets under certain funding arrangements, or the Funds, that the Company has entered into to finance the cost of solar energy systems under operating leases. The Company has determined that the contractual-provisions in the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. The Company has further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method or the HLBV method. The Company therefore determines the amount of the noncontrolling interests in the net assets at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method which is presented on the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets represent the amounts the third parties would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the Funding arrangements, assuming the net assets of the Funds were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP and distributed to the investors. The third parties interest in the results of operations of these Funds is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each operating period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the Fund and the third parties. The noncontrolling interests balance in these Funds is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of a company about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the executive team, comprising the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer and the chief financial officer. Based on the financial information presented to and reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate the resources and in assessing the performance of the Company, the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reporting segment, solar energy and energy efficiency products and services. The Company’s principal operations, revenue and decision-making functions are located in the United States.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company’s basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock participate in dividends, up to $0.01 per share when and if declared on the common stock and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions in excess of the $0.01 preferred dividend. They are therefore participating securities. As a result, the

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Company calculates the net income (loss) per share using the two-class method. Accordingly, the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is derived from the net income (loss) for the period and, in periods in which the Company has net income attributable to common stockholders, an adjustment is made to remove the noncumulative dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities based on their outstanding shareholder rights. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible redeemable preferred stock as the convertible redeemable preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

The diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury stock method or the as-if converted method as applicable. In periods when the Company incurred a net loss attributable to common stockholders, convertible redeemable preferred stock, stock options, restricted stock units and warrants to purchase convertible redeemable preferred stock are considered to be common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders were computed to give effect to the exchange of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common stock as if the automatic exchange had occurred as of the beginning of each period, or the original date of issuance if later.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions

Building Solutions

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated April 23, 2010, between the Company and Home Performance Pro, Inc., dba Building Solutions, a privately held California corporation, the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities. The acquisition was intended to strengthen the Company’s competitive position by offering customers more comprehensive residential energy efficiency and energy cost reduction solutions, and to broaden the Company’s relationship with its customers. In consideration for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the Company paid $0.08 million on execution of the agreement with further contingent cash consideration due if certain future revenue milestones were met. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition. Management had estimated that there was low likelihood of the revenue targets being achieved and had therefore determined the fair value of the contingent consideration to be insignificant. The revenue targets were not met within the time period stipulated in the purchase agreement.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Cash acquired

   $ 13   

Accounts receivable

     97   

Vehicles and equipment

     16   

Accounts payable

     (61

Other liabilities

     (82

Intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     97   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 80   
  

 

 

 

Clean Currents

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated January 19, 2011, between the Company and Clean Currents, Inc., and Clean Currents Solar of the Mid Atlantic, LLC (collectively “Clean Currents”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from Clean Currents. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $0.4 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 219   

Fixed assets

     14   

Other assets

     98   

Warranty obligation

     (32

Other liabilities

     (296

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     335   

Goodwill

     44   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 382   
  

 

 

 

groSolar

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated February 16, 2011, between the Company and Global Resource Options, Inc., Chesapeake Solar LLC., and groSolar CalMass Inc. (collectively “groSolar”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from groSolar. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $1.9 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 1,155   

Fixed assets

     419   

Vehicle loans

     (164

Warranty obligation

     (317

Other liabilities

     (99

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     401   

Goodwill

     469   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 1,864   
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Financial Information

The pro forma financial information has not been presented as the acquisitions individually and in the aggregate are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Noncancelable Operating Lease Payments Receivable

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from customers under noncancelable operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 10,264   

2013

     7,762   

2014

     7,954   

2015

     8,155   

2016

     8,363   

Thereafter

     91,388   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 133,886   
  

 

 

 

The Company enters into power purchase agreements with its customers which are accounted for, in substance, as leases. These customers are charged solely based on actual power produced by the installed solar energy system at a predefined power rate per Kw/H of power produced. The payments from such arrangements are not included in the table above as they are a function of the power that will be generated by the related solar systems in the future.

Included in revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, was $0.8 million, $1.3 million, $5.0 million, $0.6 million (unaudited) and $3.1 million (unaudited), respectively, which have been accounted for as contingent rentals. The contingent rentals comprise of customer payments under power purchase agreements and performance-based incentives receivable by the Company from various utility companies.

5. Inventories

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 28,099       $ 126,517       $ 129,422   

Work in progress

     2,118         16,225         20,766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,217       $ 142,742       $ 150,188   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Work in progress represents costs incurred on solar energy systems that are undergoing installation for sale to customers and are yet to be commissioned.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, leased assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   $ 176,106      $ 441,165      $ 549,202   

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

     11,052        24,029        29,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     187,158        465,194        578,798   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (6,398     (17,797     (22,387
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     180,760        447,397        556,411   

Solar energy systems under construction

     46,174        57,998        25,053   

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers

     12,677        30,214        42,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leased assets

   $ 239,611      $ 535,609        623,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included under solar energy systems leased to customers as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 is $14.5 million and $24.7 million (unaudited), respectively, relating to capital leased assets, with an accumulated depreciation of $0.2 million and $0.5 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under capital leases in prior periods. At December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease payments to be paid to the lessor under this lease arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 811   

2013

     809   

2014

     815   

2015

     821   

2016

     827   

Thereafter

     9,440   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,523   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease receipts to be paid to the Company by sublessees under this lease arrangement for each of the next five annual periods ending December 31, and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 940   

2013

     615   

2014

     622   

2015

     631   

2016

     640   

Thereafter

     10,829   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,277   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7. Property and Equipment, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Vehicles

   $ 7,021      $ 11,943      $ 15,387   

Computer hardware and software

     2,947        3,720        4,582   

Furniture and fixtures

     763        1,394        1,423   

Leasehold improvements

     3,082        5,424        5,605   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,813        22,481        26,997   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,482     (8,060     (9,332
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 9,331      $ 14,421      $ 17,665   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

8. Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
       2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation

   $ 5,607       $ 8,890       $ 8,159   

Accrued expenses

     3,541         11,025         10,321   

Accrued warranty

     1,704         2,462         2,828   

Accrued sales taxes

     1,954         4,736         3,900   

Income taxes payable

             1,552         1,602   

Current portion of deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions

     968         1,538         1,965   

Current portion of capital lease obligation

             371         805   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,774       $ 30,574       $ 29,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Other Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions, net of current portion

   $ 12,321       $ 24,597       $ 33,923   

Deferred rent expense

     3,051         4,567         4,582   

Capital lease obligation

             6,837         11,175   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     343         313         281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,715       $ 36,314       $ 49,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt

Equipment Financing Facility

In May 2008, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank for working capital and equipment financing needs, whereby borrowings were collateralized by all of the Company’s assets other than intellectual property and assets under investment funds discussed in Notes 12, 13, 14 and 15. This facility was modified in 2009 and 2010. Under the facility, the bank provided a total of $2.0 million in committed borrowings available through April, 2010. Interest under the equipment facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. Borrowings under this facility were paid in full in April 2011.

Working Capital Financing

On May 26, 2010, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a Financing Agreement with a bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount to be borrowed under the Financing Agreement is determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by solar energy systems owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, but shall not exceed $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was available for drawdown up to March 31, 2011. No amounts were borrowed as of December 31, 2010.

The Company borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility as of March 31, 2012. Of the amounts borrowed, $12.1 million and $11.9 million (unaudited) was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively, of which $11.1 million and $10.8 million (unaudited) is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. Each loan tranche bears interest at a rate of 2% plus the swap rate applicable to the average life of the scheduled rent receipts for the tranche. For the amounts borrowed as of December 31, 2011, the interest rates ranged between 5.48% and 5.65%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary, and matures on December 31, 2024.

Under the Financing Agreement with the bank, the Company’s subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. The bank has no recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company was in compliance with debt covenants as of March 31, 2012.

Vehicle and Other Loans

During the years ended 2010 and prior, the Company had entered into various loan agreements consisting of vehicle and other loans with various financial institutions. The principal amounts for these vehicle and other loans mature over the next four years, until 2015.

In January 2011, the Company entered into an additional $7.0 million term loan facility with a bank to finance the purchase of vehicles. This term loan facility bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR and is secured by the vehicles financed under this facility. As of December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.81%. The term loan facility matures in January 2015. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had drawn $4.0 million of the available amount. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended this term loan to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt (continued)

 

Total other loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $7.7 million (unaudited), respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. Of the amounts outstanding, $3.0 million, $1.6 million and $2.8 million (unaudited) were classified as short term as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 21, 2012, respectively. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Inventory Term Loan Facility (unaudited)

On March 8, 2012, the Company entered into a $58.5 million term loan facility with a syndicate of banks to finance the purchase of inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR and is secured by the Company’s inventory as described in the credit agreement. As of March 31, 2012, the interest rate for this facility was 3.94% (unaudited). The term loan facility matures in August 2013. The Company borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of March 31, 2012, from which the Company paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders. Of the amounts borrowed, $54.8 million was outstanding as of March 31, 2012, of which $16.5 million is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion.

Under this arrangement, the Company is required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. The Company is also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million in each case at the end of each month, and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of March 31, 2012.

Schedule of Principal Maturities of Long-Term Debt

The scheduled principal maturities of long-term debt including working capital financing and vehicle and other loans as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Principal due:

  

2012

   $ 2,640   

2013

     2,746   

2014

     2,720   

2015

     1,152   

2016

     673   

Thereafter

     7,290   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,221   
  

 

 

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit

Working Capital facility

Under the 2008 Bank Loan and Security Agreement, as modified, (Note 10) is a revolving line of credit facility with a commitment of $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, there was $4.5 million borrowed and outstanding under the revolving line of credit, which was all classified as short term under borrowings under bank line of credit. This facility was paid in full in April 2011. The interest rate under the line of credit facility was 6.5% as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit (continued)

 

Revolving Credit Agreement

In April 2011, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement with the same bank the Company had entered into the $7.0 million term loan discussed in Note 10, to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This Revolving Credit Agreement has a $25 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds would bear interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility is secured by the Company’s accounts receivables, inventory and other assets as described in the Revolving Credit Agreement, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. The Company had borrowed $5.6 million under this financing arrangement, which was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and is disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet under borrowings under bank line of credit. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.77%. In January 2012, the Company borrowed $19.4 million, which represented the remainder of this facility. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended the Revolving Credit Agreement to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank as well as extend the maturity date of the facility to July 1, 2012. As of March 31, 2012, $25 million (unaudited) was borrowed and outstanding on this facility.

Under the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Company is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. Under this credit agreement, the Company also is required to maintain specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums for each fiscal quarter. The non-GAAP EBITDA financials measure is derived from both cash and accruals based accounting, forward looking financial forecasts and financial modeling assumptions and attempts to present a uniform financial measure that is agnostic to the investment fund structures deployed in that reporting period. The specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums were: $1.00 for the quarter ended March 31, 2012; $6.0 million for each of the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011; and negative $2.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In addition, under this credit agreement, the Company is required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of total cash (excluding cash held within its investment funds) to certain funded debt of at least 2.00:1.00 at the end of each month, and to maintain a tangible net worth of at least $1.00 at the end of each fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all of these covenants, after giving effect to waivers provided by the bank in August 2011, October 2011 and January 2012 that waived the earlier breach of certain of these covenants. These waivers cured the Company’s breaches related to the reporting of non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $2.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and negative $2.04 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In addition, these waivers cured the Company’s breach relating to a liquidity ratio of 1.71:1.00 on May 31, 2011. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, the Company reported liquidity ratios of 1.43:1.00 and 1.34:1.00, respectively, and therefore did not meet the required minimum liquidity ratio. This also resulted in a default under the $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same bank. The Company obtained an additional waiver in June 2012, and the lender has agreed to waive these recent breaches, to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility to October 1, 2012, and to amend the minimum liquidity ratio to 1.25:1.00. The waivers obtained do not expire, as the covenants are calculated on a specific date and the Company cannot prospectively cure them. Additionally, these waivers did not impose any further financial covenants or restrictions on the Company.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit (continued)

 

Credit Facility for SolarStrong

On November 21, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company and a bank entered into a credit agreement, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility for up to $350 million. This facility would be used to partially fund the Company’s SolarStrong initiative and will be non-recourse to the other assets of the Company. The SolarStrong initiative is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative.

12. Solar Investment Funds

The Company has entered into various arrangements with investors to facilitate funding and monetization of solar energy systems. These arrangements include those described in this Note 12, Solar Investment Funds, as well as those described in Note 13, Lease Pass-through Financing Obligation, Note 14, Sale-Leaseback Arrangements, and Note 15, Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation.

VIE Arrangements

Since 2008, wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and fund investors formed and contributed cash or assets to various solar investment funds and entered into related agreements. As of March 31, 2012, the VIE investors had contributed $384.4 million (unaudited) into the VIEs.

The Company has determined it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs by reference to the power and benefits criterion under ASC 810, Consolidation . The Company has considered the provisions within the contractual arrangements, which grant it full power to manage and make decisions that affect the operation of these VIEs, including preparation and approval of budgets. The Company considers that the rights granted to the other investors under the contractual arrangements are more protective in nature rather than participating rights.

As the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, the Company consolidates in its financial statements the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of these funds, and all intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and the investment funds are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Under the related agreements, cash distributions of income and other receipts by the fund, net of agreed-upon expenses and estimated expenses, tax benefits and detriments of income and loss, and tax benefits of tax credits are allocated to the fund investor and Company’s subsidiary as specified in contractual arrangements. Generally, the Company’s subsidiary has the option to acquire the investor’s equity interest as specified in the contractual agreements.

In 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company also issued warrants in 2010 to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company issued additional warrants to this fund investor pursuant to amending and restating the contractual arrangements to increase the funding commitment of this fund in 2011 from $120 million to $218 million.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

The Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in four of the VIE funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum return under certain circumstances including in the event of liquidation of the funds or if the Company purchases the investor’s equity stake in the funds or annually for one fund. The amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees is dependent on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds activities and the timing and amounts that the Company would pay to the investor if the Company purchased the investor’s stake in the funds, or timing and amounts of the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. Due to uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amount of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, the Company is unable to determine the potential maximum future payments that it would have to make under these guarantees.

Upon the sale or liquidation of the fund, distributions would occur in the order and priority specified in the contractual agreements.

Pursuant to management services, maintenance, and warranty arrangements, the Company has been contracted to provide services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing, and performance reporting. In some instances the Company has guaranteed payments to the fund investors as specified in the contractual agreements. The funds’ creditors have no recourse to the general credit of the Company or to that of other funds. As of March 31, 2012, none of the assets of the VIEs have been pledged as collateral for the VIEs’ obligations.

The Company reports the solar energy systems in the VIEs under the solar energy systems, net, line item in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

The Company has aggregated the financial information of the investment funds in the table below. The aggregate carrying value of these funds’ assets and liabilities (after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,318       $ 7,070       $ 9,115   

Accounts receivable, net

     147         632         15,179   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     916         5,056         2,262   

Rebates receivable

     781         2,894         2,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,162         15,652         28,769   

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net

     112,284         301,573         368,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 120,446       $ 317,225       $ 397,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current Liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 43       $ 31       $   

Customer deposits

     169         2,804         2,582   

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

     3,244         6,216         4,443   

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

     669         2,877         3,735   

Current portion of deferred revenue

     2,672         5,796         7,423   

Accrued and other liabilities

     270         789         686   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,067         18,513         18,869   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     32,460         78,486         106,759   

Deferred U.S. Treasury grant income, net of current portion

     18,671         82,208         103,781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 58,198       $ 179,207       $ 229,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company is contractually obligated to make certain VIE investors whole for losses that the investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from the disallowance or recapture of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits, including in the event that the U.S. Treasury awards cash grants for the solar energy systems in the VIEs that are less than the amounts initially anticipated. The Company accounts for distributions due to the VIE investors that may arise from the reduction in anticipated U.S. Treasury grants under distributions payable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets. Through March 31, 2012, the Company has returned $2.8 million (unaudited) and will return an additional $1.4 million (unaudited) which is accrued as a distribution payable as at March 31, 2012 related to these obligations.

For one VIE fund the Company estimates a reduction in the U.S Treasury grants to be received of approximately $19.0 million (unaudited) as of March 31, 2012. In this particular VIE fund the Company is obligated to contribute additional capital in the form of solar energy systems or cash to purchase additional solar energy systems. The effect of this capital call does not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements as the VIE is consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation

During the years 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company entered into six transactions referred to as “lease pass-through fund arrangements.” Under these arrangements the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries finance the cost of solar energy systems with investors for an initial term ranging between 10 and 25 years. These solar energy systems are subject to lease or power purchase agreements with customers with an initial term not exceeding 20 years. These solar energy systems are reported under the line item solar energy systems, net, in the consolidated balance sheets. The cost of the solar energy systems under the lease pass-though arrangements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 was $58.1 million, $128.2 million and $168.2 million (unaudited), respectively. The accumulated depreciation related to these assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 amounted to $0.6 million, $3.9 million and $5.0 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under the lease pass-through arrangements in 2009.

The investors make a large upfront payment to the lessor, which is a subsidiary of the Company, and in some cases, subsequent smaller quarterly payments. The Company accounts for the payments received from the investors under the arrangement as a borrowing by recording the proceeds received as a lease pass-through financing obligation, which would be repaid from U.S. Treasury grants, customer payments and incentive rebates that would be received by the investors. Under this approach the Company continues to account for the arrangement with the customers in its consolidated financial statements, whether the cash generated from the customer arrangements is received by the Company or paid directly by the investor. A portion of the amounts received by the investors from U.S. Treasury grants, customer payments and incentive rebates associated with the leases assigned to the lease pass-through investor is applied to reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation, and the balance allocated to interest expense. The incentive rebates and host customer payments are recognized into revenue consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition accounting policy. The U.S. Treasury grants are initially recorded as deferred U.S. Treasury grants income and subsequently recognized as a reduction to the depreciation expense, consistent with the Company’s accounting policy for recognition of U.S. Treasury grant income. Interest is calculated on the financing obligation using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the interest rate that equates the present value of the cash amounts to be received by an investor over the master lease term with the present value of the cash amounts paid by the investor to the Company, adjusted for any payments made by the Company. The lease pass-through obligation is nonrecourse once the associated assets have been placed in service and all the contractual arrangements have been assigned to the investor.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from the investors under the lease pass-through fund arrangements for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 2,781   

2013

     1,981   

2014

     2,000   

2015

     1,546   

2016

     1,223   

Thereafter

     9,470   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,001   
  

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation (continued)

 

Concurrent with entering into one of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company entered into an agreement to issue warrants to the investor to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock in the Company if it committed to provide more than a specified threshold in total funding as specified in the contractual agreements, through this or other future funding arrangements. The warrants were issued during 2010 when the Company entered into the second lease pass-through arrangement with the investor.

For two of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company’s subsidiary has pledged its assets to the investor as security for its obligations under the contractual agreements.

For each of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants specified in the contractual arrangements, which the Company had met as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 (unaudited).

Under these arrangements, the Company’s subsidiaries are responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting. The performance of the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary is guaranteed by the Company. As part of the warranty and performance guarantee with the host customers, the Company guarantees certain specified minimum annual solar energy production output for the solar energy systems leased to the customers.

Under the contractual terms of the lease pass-through arrangements there is a one-time future lease payment reset mechanism that is set to occur after the installation of all the solar energy systems in a fund. This reset date occurs when the installed capacity of the solar energy systems and in service placement dates are known or on an agreed upon date. As part of this reset process, the investors returns may be adjusted which may result in the Company contributing additional assets or the investors making additional lease payments. Since these funds are wholly owned subsidiaries that are consolidated by the Company, the contribution of assets would be eliminated on consolidation, while additional payments by the investor would be recorded as additional financing obligation.

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements

In 2010, the Company executed a sale-leaseback arrangement with an existing investor, under which a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a 15-year master leaseback arrangement. The assets sold to the investor were valued at $25.2 million. The Company’s subsidiary leased the solar energy systems to end-user customers. The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor for this arrangement together with a funding arrangement entered into in 2009 with the same investor are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow. The amount in escrow is reduced by $0.25 million per annum in each of the first four years commencing in 2010, and the remaining balance remains in place until the end of the master lease period. Under this arrangement, the Company’s subsidiary is responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting.

In 2011 and 2012, the Company contributed assets with a cost of $10.3 million and $8.8 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively, to its wholly owned subsidiary that in turn sold the assets to a new investor and then executed a 15-year master leaseback agreement with the investor. Under this arrangement, the tax benefits from investment tax credits or Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits inure to the investor as the owner of the assets. A total of $100

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements (continued)

 

million in financing is available from the investor under this fund arrangement in the form of proceeds from the sale of the assets. The investor committed to further increase the funding commitment to $280 million, subject to certain conditions being met as set out in the contractual agreements. As of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, the Company had utilized $26.7 million and $34.9 million (unaudited), respectively, under this arrangement.

The Company has committed to make certain investors that have executed sale-leaseback arrangements with the Company whole for any reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury awards resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted. The Company accrues any such payments due to these investors. Through March 31, 2012, the Company had recorded a total $0.4 million (unaudited) refundable to a single sale-leaseback investor.

The Company has accounted for these sale-leaseback arrangements in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy as described in Note 2.

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation

In November 2009, the Company entered into an arrangement with an investor to finance the development, construction and installation of a ground mounted solar system that was leased to a customer. The Company also entered into an agreement to sell the system to the investor for a cash consideration of $27.2 million, of which $5.4 million was received in 2009, $18.3 million was received in 2010, and the balance of $3.5 million is receivable at the end of the lease period and accrues interest at an annual rate of 4.37%. Concurrent with the sale, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement with the investor to lease back the solar energy system from the investor with lease payments being made on a quarterly basis. The Company’s subsidiary has the option to purchase the system at the end of the lease term of 10 years for a price which is the greater of the fair market value or a predetermined agreed upon value. Additionally, the investor has the option to put its interest in the solar system to the Company within two years following the expiry of six years after placement in service of the solar system, for a value that is the greater of the fair value or a predetermined agreed upon value. As a result of these put and call options, the Company has concluded that it has a continuing involvement with the solar energy system.

The Company has determined that the ground mounted solar energy system qualifies as integral equipment and therefore as a real estate transaction under ASC 360-20, Real Estate Sales, and has been accounted for as a financing. Under the financing method, the receipts from the tax equity investor are reflected as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on the consolidated balance sheets, and the Company retains the solar energy system asset on the consolidated balance sheets within solar energy systems and depreciates the solar energy system over its estimated useful life of 30 years. The Company also continues to report all of the results of the operations of the system, with the revenue and expenses from the system operations being presented on the consolidated statements of operations on a “gross” basis. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $16.1 million of which $0.3 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.8 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of December 31, 2011, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.5 million of which $0.4 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.1 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of March 31, 2012, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.4 million (unaudited),

 

F-35


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation (continued)

 

of which $0.4 million (unaudited) has been classified as current and the balance of $15.0 million (unaudited) has been classified as noncurrent.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual rentals to be received from the customer for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 448   

2013

     457   

2014

     466   

2015

     475   

2016

     485   

Thereafter

     4,240   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,571   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual payments to be paid to the investor under the financing arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 1,239   

2013

     1,245   

2014

     1,251   

2015

     1,257   

2016

     1,264   

Thereafter

     3,830   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,086   
  

 

 

 

The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor together with the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary under the 2010 sale-leaseback fund arrangements discussed in Note 14, are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow that reduces by $0.25 million per annum for the first four years, and remains in place until the end of the master lease period.

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity

Stock Split

The Company’s stockholders approved a 2-for-1 forward stock split of each share of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock that became effective on March 27, 2012. The stockholders also approved a proportionate increase in the authorized number of shares of the Company’s common stock, preferred stock and each series of preferred stock and also approved proportionate adjustments to the conversion prices, dividend rates, original issue prices and liquidation preferences of each series of the Company’s preferred stock. The number of the Company’s pre-split common stock covered by stock options issued under the Company’s stock options plans were also

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

proportionately increased to reflect the stock split. The share information and the per share amounts in these financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the impact of the stock split.

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

In July 2006, the Company issued an aggregate of 12.0 million shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.19 per share for cash proceeds of $2.3 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In April 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 5.0 million shares of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.60 per share for cash proceeds of $3.0 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In August 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 8.8 million shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share for cash proceeds of $21.0 million (net of issuance costs of $44,000). This included the proceeds from the conversion of bridge notes representing an aggregate of $2.0 million received in July 2007. In October and November 2008, the Company issued 5.8 million shares of Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.20 per share for cash proceeds of $29.9 million (net of issuance costs of $123,000). In October 2009, the Company issued 4.4 million shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.41 per share for cash proceeds of $23.9 million (net of issuance costs of $144,000). In June 2010, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock for cash proceeds of $21.4 million (net of issuance costs of $96,000). In June and July 2011, the Company issued 2.1 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share for cash proceeds of $20.0 million (net of issuance costs of $93,000). Additionally, in accordance with the Series F financing agreement, the Company has an option to sell an additional 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share within 18 months following the initial closing on June 21, 2011. This option would expire upon the Company being acquired, upon a public offering of the Company’s common stock, upon a new round of equity financing, or within eighteen months of the option agreement date. In February and March 2012, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share for cash proceeds of $81.0 million (net of issuance costs of $132,000). In connection with the Series G preferred stock financing, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of preferred and common stock that it is authorized to issue to 56.7 million shares and 106.0 million shares, respectively.

Significant terms of the convertible redeemable preferred stock as of are as follows:

Dividends— Holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends in preference to the common stockholders at the rates of $0.01 per share per annum, respectively, on each outstanding share of preferred stock payable when and if declared by the board of directors, and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions in excess of the $0.01 preferred dividend. No dividends have been declared to date.

Voting —The holders of each share of convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred stock is convertible.

Conversion —The holder of each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock has the option to convert each share of preferred stock into one share of common stock (subject to adjustment for events of

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

dilution) at any time. The Series G preferred stock shall be automatically converted into shares of common stock, at the applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). In the event that an initial public offering is consummated, then immediately prior to the automatic conversion, the conversion price per share of Series G preferred stock shall be reduced to a price equal to 60% of the price at which shares of the Company’s common stock are sold to the public in such offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions). However, the conversion price per share of the Series G preferred stock shall not be reduced to less than the then-effective conversion price per share of the Series F preferred stock and shall not be increased above the original conversion price as a result of an initial public offering. The Series F preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E-1 preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding Series E-1 preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series A through C convertible redeemable preferred stock shall automatically be converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock, voting together on an as-converted basis, consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Liquidation Preference —The holders of the Series G preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1 and Series F preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $23.92 per share for the Series G preferred stock, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $9.68, $6.25 and $5.41 per share for the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price for the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock of $5.20 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D liquidation preference to the holders of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series A, B, and C convertible redeemable preferred stock together shall be entitled to receive an amount in preference to the holders of the common stock, at a per share amount equal to their purchase prices of $0.19, $0.60 and $2.40 per share, respectively. After the payment in full of the liquidation preferences to the convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, the remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock. A merger, acquisition, sale of voting control, or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the stockholders of the Company do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation shall be a deemed liquidation.

Redemption —At any time after October 28, 2015, each holder of Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E, Series D, or Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock (collectively referred to as Redeemable Stock) shall be entitled to have the Company redeem all, but not less than all, of such holders’ Redeemable Stock in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the original purchase price of the respective series of preferred stock plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of the Redeemable Stock, or (ii) the fair market value of the Redeemable Stock. This right of redemption is subject to the provision that redemption shall be available if (i) the annual gross revenue of the Company exceeded $200 million for the most recent fiscal year prior to the holder’s notice of redemption; and (ii) the Company has no less than $40 million in available cash.

Registration Rights —The holders of a majority of (a) certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock and (b) each of the Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock may at any time after the earlier of (i) June 21, 2014 or (ii) six months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering, request that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred shares (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof). The Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request and shall use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act. The Company shall have the right to delay such registration under certain circumstances for one period not in excess of 120 days in any 12-month period. The Company shall not be obligated to effect or take action to effect a registration if it has effected two registrations

 

F-39


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

under these demand right provisions during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of, the registration or the initiating holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement —The shares of the Company’s securities held by (i) Lyndon Rive and Peter Rive (the Founders), and (ii) the Major Investors (as defined below) shall be subject to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement (with certain exceptions) with the holders of at least 2 million shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company (or the common stock issued upon conversion thereof) and (a) a specified Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock investor as long as that specified investor shall hold at least 1.2 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), and (b) three specified Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock investors as long as one of the specified investors shall hold at least 0.9 million, 0.8 million and 0.3 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), for the first, second and third specified investors, respectively (such holders each referred to as a Major Investor), such that the Founders or a Major Investor may not sell, transfer or exchange their stock unless such securities are first offered to the Company and then to the Major Investors and, if all such securities are not purchased by the Company or the Major Investors, then each participating Major Investor shall have an opportunity to participate in the sale of any remaining stock on a pro-rata basis. This right of first refusal and of co-sale shall not apply to and shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

Warrant Liability

In connection with the issuance of the convertible bridge notes in July 2007, the Company issued warrants to the note holders to purchase 124,924 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share. The warrants expire the earlier of five years from the date of their issuance or any change of control, or the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock.

During 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase up to 2.70 million shares (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to 3.12 million shares) of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $2.88 per share (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to $3.80 per share), of which warrants to purchase 2.08 million shares were vested as of December 31, 2010. In February 2011, the fund investor exercised its Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and was issued 375,200 shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The warrants agreement expired in March, 2011.

During 2010, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase 995,006 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share, in connection with solar investment funding (Note 12). In 2011, in connection with the amendment and restatement of this funding arrangement to increase the amount that would be contributed by the tax

 

F-40


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

equity investor from $120 million to $218 million, and to extend the time period to complete the construction and placement in service of the assets, the Company issued warrants to the fund investor to purchase a further 490,004 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share.

In June 2011, in connection with the issuance of 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, the Company issued warrants to the investors to acquire 0.2 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, with an exercise price of $9.68.

As discussed in Note 2, the Company accounts for the warrants in accordance with ASC 480 as a liability carried at fair value. The warrants are subject to revaluation at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other expense. The Company has determined the fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company adjusts the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or upon the conversion of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock.

Common Stock

At the inception of the Company in June 2006, the founders were issued four million shares of common stock at an issuance price of $0.0001 per share.

Restricted Stock

In connection with the acquisitions of Declination Solar and Palo Alto Solar, acquired in August 2006 and September 2006, respectively, the Company entered into stock restriction agreements. Pursuant to these agreements, 300,000 shares of common stock were granted to the sellers who became employees of the Company. The Company had the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the unvested shares of common stock upon termination of the sellers’ employment. The repurchase rights lapsed ratably over a four-year period as the shares vested. As of December 31, 2010, all of these shares had been released from this right of repurchase.

In 2007, the Company granted 40,000 shares of restricted stock to a Board member that vested over four years: 25% of the shares vested at the end of the first year of service and the remaining shares vested in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 6,600 shares of this restricted stock vested. As of December 31, 2010, all 40,000 of these shares were vested.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, the Company has reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock

     12,039         12,039         12,039   

Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,010         5,010         5,010   

Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     8,744         9,120         9,120   

Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,781         5,781         5,781   

Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     4,436         4,436         4,436   

Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,440         3,440         3,440   

Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             2,067         2,067   

Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock

                     3,387   

Stock option plans:

        

Shares available for grant

     1,658         1,040         2,453   

Options outstanding

     9,746         13,873         14,706   

Warrants to purchase Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,246         3,246         3,246   

Warrants to purchase Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     2,750         2,750         2,750   

Warrants to purchase Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             206         206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     56,850         63,008         68,641   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

17. Stock Option Plan

Under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan, the Company may grant options to purchase or directly issue incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options, respectively, of common stock to employees, directors, and consultants. Incentive stock options may be granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. If the incentive stock option is granted to a 10% stockholder, then the purchase or exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. Nonstatutory stock options may be granted at a price per share, not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

A summary of stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding – January 1, 2009

     5,040      $ 0.735         5.24         4,442   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.245)

     3,990        1.245                   

Exercised

     (46     0.145                   

Canceled

     (2,356     0.525                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2009

     6,628      $ 1.12         8.54         1,684   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.98)

     3,888        1.98                   

Exercised

     (450     0.205                   

Canceled

     (320     1.62                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2010

     9,746      $ 1.49         7.39       $ 18,570   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $5.035)

     7,043        5.035                   

Exercised

     (1,489     0.73                   

Canceled

     (1,427     2.435                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2011

     13,873      $ 3.28         8.22       $ 37,606   

Granted (unaudited)

     1,280        10.78                   

Exercised (unaudited)

     (154     2.42                   

Canceled (unaudited)

     (293     5.87                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – March 31, 2012 (unaudited)

     14,706      $ 3.89         8.11       $ 103,585   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2010

     3,810      $ 1.02         6.15       $ 9,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2011

     5,044      $ 1.85         7.45       $ 20,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – March 31, 2012 (unaudited)

     5,689      $ 2.04         7.08       $ 50,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2010

     8,992      $ 1.455         7.30       $ 17,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2011

     13,834      $ 3.27         8.21       $ 37,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – March 31, 2012 (unaudited)

     13,636      $ 3.71         8.03       $ 98,506   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, was $1,068, $5,437 and $1,046 (unaudited), respectively. The grant date fair market value of options that vested in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 was $76, $1,939, $3,897, $887 (unaudited) and $2,527 (unaudited), respectively.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, there was approximately $5.1 million, $24.7 million and $26.3 million (unaudited), respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures related to nonvested stock options, which are expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.82, 3.01 and 2.94 years (unaudited) respectively.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

Under ASC 718, the Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted on each grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and applies the straight-line method of expense attribution. The fair values were estimated on each grant date for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     December 31,     March 31  
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0

Annual risk-free rate of return

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.55     1.15

Expected volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.20     87.52

Expected term (years)

     6.10        5.98        6.09        5.80        6.08   

The expected volatility was calculated based on the average historical volatilities of publicly traded peer companies, determined by the Company. The risk free interest rate used was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock options to be valued. The expected dividend yield was zero, as the Company does not anticipate paying a dividend within the relevant time frame. The expected term has been estimated using the simplified method allowed under ASC 718.

As part of the requirements of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust stock-based compensation expense accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock-based compensation expenses to be recognized in future periods.

The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 was $862, $1,773, $5,051, $667 (unaudited) and $2,091 (unaudited), respectively. The Company capitalized costs of $46, $417, $1,417, $270 (unaudited) and $573 (unaudited), in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, as a component of work-in-progress, within solar energy systems leased to customers and solar energy systems held for lease to customers.

This expense was included in cost of revenue and in operating expenses as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2009              2010              2011              2011              2012      
                          (unaudited)  

Cost of sales

   $ 163       $ 144       $ 151       $ 3       $ 48   

Sales and Marketing

     129         233         443         63         194   

General and administrative expenses

     524         979         3,040         331         1,276   

 

F-44


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     2009     2010     2011  

United States

   $ (21,822   $ (38,552   $ 43,595   

Noncontrolling interest

     (876     (8,457     (117,230

Foreign

                   13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (22,698   $ (47,009   $ (73,622
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The income tax provision (benefit) is composed of the following (in thousands):

 

     2009      2010      2011  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 5       $ 10       $ (26

State

     17         55         107   

Foreign

                     4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Provision

     22         65         85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

                   $ 7   

State

                       

Foreign

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Provision

                     7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

 

     2009     2010     2011  

Tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate

     (34.00 )%      (34.00 )%      (34.00 )% 

State income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     1.89        (5.86     (4.59

Minority investment adjustment

     (4.39     11.07        19.38   

Investment in solar funds

     3.63        5.89        6.34   

Stock-based compensation

     1.24        1.25        1.48   

ASC 810 prepaid tax expense

     (5.61     0.09        0.16   

Other

     3.71        1.91        1.11   

Change in valuation allowance

     33.62        19.78        10.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     0.09     0.13     0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     2010     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 2,931      $ 8,216   

Net operating losses

     29,741        34,399   

Accelerated gain on assets

     9,246        14,302   

Investment in solar funds

     10,598        18,346   

Tax rebate revenue

     14,444        27,021   

Other credits

     430        450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     67,390        102,734   

Valuation allowance

     (39,191     (49,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     28,199        53,042   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (17,777     (44,052

Investment in solar funds

     (6,328     (148

Other deferred tax liabilities

     (4,094     (8,849
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (28,199     (53,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $      $ (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of current and noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

 

     2010     2011  

Current:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 3,589      $ 8,809   

Less: valuation allowance

     (2,231     (4,503
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

   $ 1,358      $ 4,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 63,555      $ 93,449   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (27,953     (52,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncurrent gross deferred tax assets

     35,602        40,876   

Less: valuation allowance

     (36,960     (45,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

   $ (1,358   $ (4,313
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2027 if not utilized. In addition, the Company had net operating losses for California income tax purposes of approximately $37.0 million and $37.0 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2021 if not utilized. The Company also had net operating losses for other state income tax purposes of approximately $8.3 million and $2.7 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011,

 

F-46


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

the Company had federal investment tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.13 million and $0.15 million, respectively. The net investment tax credit carryforward begins to expire in 2028 if not utilized.

The Company’s valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the valuation allowance was primarily related to the operating losses. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. Based on the available objective evidence and the Company’s history of losses, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company has applied a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. The Company completed a Section 382 analysis through December 2011 and determined that an ownership change, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, occurred in prior years. Based on the analysis, the Company has undergone two ownership changes. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes occurred through March 31, 2012. Net Operating Loss carryforwards presented have accounted for any limited and potential lost attributes due to the ownership changes and expiration dates.

The income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 were determined based upon the Company’s estimated consolidated effective income tax rates of 0.16% (unaudited) and 0.13% (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The differences between the estimated consolidated effective income tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory rate are primarily attributable to the valuation allowance and the current amortization of the prepaid income taxes due to inter-company sales held within the consolidated group.

As part of the assets monetization strategy, the Company has agreements to sell solar energy systems to the solar investment fund joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until the Company no longer benefits from the underlying asset. Since the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the estimated useful life of the underlying systems which has been estimated to be 30 years. The deferral of the tax expense results in recording of a prepaid tax expense that is included in the consolidated balance sheets as other assets. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 the Company recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.4 million (unaudited), respectively, net of amortization. The amortization of the prepaid tax expense in each period makes up the major component of the tax expense.

It is the intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiary in foreign operations. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiary as such earnings are to be reinvested indefinitely. As of December 31, 2011, there is minimal amount of cumulative earnings upon which U.S. income taxes have not been provided.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to the recognition, measurement and presentation of uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had no amount of unrecognized tax benefits.

The interest expense and penalties for uncertain tax positions will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. There was no interest and penalties accrued for any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010 and 2011.

The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of gross unrecognized benefits will increase or decrease within 12 months of the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company is subject to taxation and files income tax returns in the U.S., various state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s net losses, substantially all of its federal, state, local, and foreign income tax returns since inception are still subject to audit.

19. Defined Contribution Plan

In January 2007, the Company established a 401(k) Retirement Plan (the Retirement Plan) available to employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements. Participants may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation to the Retirement Plan up to a statutory limit. Participants are fully vested in their contributions. The Company may make discretionary contributions to the Retirement Plan as a percentage of participant contributions, subject to established limits. The Company did not make any contributions to the Retirement Plan during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, or for the three month period ended March 31, 2012 (unaudited).

20. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, include the following related party transactions (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
                          (unaudited)  

Net Revenue, Systems:

           

Sale of a solar energy system to Company officers and Board members

   $ 5       $       $       $ 125   

Expenditures:

           

Purchase of inventory from an investor

   $ 18,523       $ 9,259       $       $   

Payment of consulting fees and sales commissions to another investor (included in sales and marketing)

     76         79               $   

The investor from whom the Company purchased inventory as noted above ceased to be an investor in the Company in December 2010.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

Related party balances as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, comprise (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Payable to an investor vendor (included in accounts payable)

   $ 6       $       $   

21. Commitments and Contingencies

Noncancelable Operating Leases

The Company leases office and warehouse facilities under noncancelable operating leases primarily for its United States based warehouse locations. In addition, the Company leases equipment under noncancelable operating leases. Aggregate rent expense for facilities and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, was $1.6 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 5,461   

2013

     5,419   

2014

     5,102   

2015

     4,716   

2016

     4,171   

Thereafter

     15,084   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

   $ 39,953   
  

 

 

 

Indemnification and Guaranteed Returns

As disclosed in Notes 12 and 14, the Company has contractually committed to compensate certain fund investors for losses that the fund investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury grants resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted that results in the reduction of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits. The Company believes that any other payments to its fund investors arising from these obligations are not probable based on currently known facts. As a result, the fair values of any such obligations cannot be reasonably estimated.

As disclosed in Note 12, the Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in several of its funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return upon the occurrence of certain events, including the dissolution of the funds, or if the Company purchases the investors’ equity stake in the funds, or for one of the funds annually. The investor in these funds has already received a significant portion of the projected economic benefits from Treasury grant distributions and tax depreciation benefits. Based on the Company’s current financial projections regarding the amount and timing of future distributions to the investor, the Company does not expect to make any payments as a result of these guarantees and has not accrued any liabilities relating to these guarantees. The amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees is dependent on

 

F-49


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

21. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds activities and the timing and amounts that the Company would pay to the investor in the event the Company purchased the investor’s stake in the funds, or the timing and amount of distributions to the investors upon the liquidation of the funds. Due to uncertainties surrounding estimating the amounts of these factors, the Company is unable to estimate the maximum potential payments that could be payable under these guarantees.

As discussed in Note 13, under the lease pass-through investment funds is a one-time lease payment reset mechanism that is set to occur after the installation of all the solar energy systems in a fund. As a result of this mechanism, the Company may be required to contribute additional assets to the fund. Since the funds in these structures are wholly owned and consolidated by the Company, the contribution of additional assets would be eliminated on consolidation.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets for the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 6,647      $ 2,756   

Noncumulative dividends on convertible redeemable preferred stock(1)

                   (1,633     (395     (433

Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders(2)

                   (33,658     (5,024     (1,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 1,228      $ 453   

Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders(3)

                   2,764        312        203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 1,540      $ 656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,659,797        10,503,931   

Dilutive effect of common stock options

                   4,546,088        3,259,722        6,572,786   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        12,919,519        17,076,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.13      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Noncumulative dividends payable on convertible redeemable preferred stock represents a $0.01 noncumulative preferred dividend that would be payable to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders prior to any other allocations to preferred and common stockholders.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share (continued)

 

(2) Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders represents the share of available undistributed earnings as adjusted for noncumulative preferred dividends that would be allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders on an as-converted basis.
(3) Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders represents the impact of reallocation of undistributed earnings to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, as described in (2) above, to reflect potential impact of dilutive securities.

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
                          (unaudited)  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     36,010,660         39,450,660         41,893,046         39,825,860         45,280,032   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     60,834                                   

Preferred stock warrants

     2,209,742         3,204,748         1,816,650         1,119,930         1,816,650   

Common stock options

     6,627,062         9,746,200         3,678,225         1,430,192         2,903,793   

 

F-52


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share (continued)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
   Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2012
     (unaudited)

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

     

Change in fair value of liabilities for the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic common stockholders, basic

     

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock and net exercises of Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Weighted average effect of dilutive options

     

Weighted average effect of dilutive common stock warrants

     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

23. Subsequent Events

For our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011, we evaluated subsequent events through April 26, 2012, the date our consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

2012 Solar Financing Programs

During 2012, the Company has entered into four new tax equity arrangements, one with an existing tax equity investor, for a total of $192.5 million in available financing.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table presents the costs and expenses we will pay, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fees and the NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

SEC Registration fee

   $  

FINRA filing fee

      

NYSE or NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

      

Printing and engraving expenses

      

Legal fees and expenses

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Blue sky fees and expenses

      

Custodian and transfer agent fees

      

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

      
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred for their service for or on our behalf. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we shall advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding. The bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws (except in a proceeding initiated by such person without board approval). In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees for a legal proceeding.

Reference is made to Section          of the underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, indemnifying our directors and officers against limited liabilities. In addition, Section 1.10 of our sixth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement contained in Exhibit 4.5 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of certain of our stockholders against liabilities described therein.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2009, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

(1) Sales of Capital Stock

 

  Ÿ  

In October 2009, we issued 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock to six accredited investors at a price of $5.41 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $23.9 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2010, we issued 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a price of $6.25 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $21.5 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June and July 2011, we issued 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock to 12 accredited investors at a price of $9.68 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $20.0 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In November 2011, we issued 7,500 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $1.62 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $12,112.

 

  Ÿ  

In December 2011, we issued 20,000 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $0.0001 per share for aggregate proceeds of $1.00; and

 

  Ÿ  

In February and March 2012, we issued 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock to seven accredited investors at a price of $23.92 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $81.0 million.

(2) Warrants

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2011, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock to a total of 12 accredited investors at an exercise price of $9.68 per share.

(3) Options Issuances

 

  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through June 30, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,624,469 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants of the registrant under our 2007 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.03 to $10.93, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $2.6 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through June 30, 2012, we granted direct issuances or stock options to purchase an aggregate of 17,000,387 shares of our common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $1.62 to $11.40 share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2007 Plan.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, with respect to the items (1) and (2) above, and Rule 701 thereunder, with respect to the item (3) above, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock
  4.3    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.4    Form of Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.5    Sixth Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 8, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2    2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3    2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4    2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5    Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
10.6    Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7    Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.8†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011

21.1   

List of Subsidiaries

23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2†   

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)

24.1   

Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)

 

To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statements Schedules—All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to

 

II-4


Table of Contents
 

Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) For the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

  a. The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (4) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Mateo, State of California, on the      day of             , 2012.

 

SolarCity Corporation

By:

 

     

  Lyndon R. Rive
  Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Lyndon R. Rive and Robert D. Kelly, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the registration statement filed herewith and any and all amendments to said registration statement (including post-effective amendments and any registration statement for the same offering covered by said registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto), and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done hereby by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

Lyndon R. Rive

  

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

     

Robert D. Kelly

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

     

Peter J. Rive

   Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director  

     

Elon Musk

   Chairman of the Board of Directors  

     

Raj Atluru

   Director  

     

John H. N. Fisher

   Director  

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

Antonio J. Gracias

   Director  

     

Hans A. Mehn

   Director  

     

Nancy E. Pfund

   Director  

     

Jeffrey B. Straubel

   Director  

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock
  4.3      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.4      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.5      Sixth Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 8, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1      Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2      2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3      2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4      2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5      Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
10.6      Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011
10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7      Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.8†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011
21.1      List of Subsidiaries
23.1      Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2†    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)
24.1      Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)

 

To be filed by amendment.
Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.4

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on                          , 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   4931   02-0781046

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Lyndon R. Rive

Chief Executive Officer

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Steven V. Bernard

Alexander D. Phillips

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Seth R. Weissman
Phuong Y. Phillips

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

 

Thomas J. Ivey

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

525 University Avenue

Palo Alto, California 94301

(650) 470-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨      Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  x       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration
Fee
         

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $                            $                
 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes shares the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                 , 2012

             Shares

 

LOGO

 

 

This is an initial public offering of SolarCity Corporation’s shares of common stock. We are offering to sell              shares in this offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering to sell an additional              shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 13 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                    , 2012.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse   J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Needham & Company   Roth Capital Partners

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     13   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

     36   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     37   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     37   

CAPITALIZATION

     38   

DILUTION

     40   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     42   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     45   

BUSINESS

     88   

MANAGEMENT

     107   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     116   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     126   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     130   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     133   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     138   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     141   

UNDERWRITING

     145   

EXPERTS

     152   

LEGAL MATTERS

     152   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     152   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who obtain this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares in this offering. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and “SolarCity” refer to SolarCity Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

SolarCity

Our Vision for Better Energy

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

Overview

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 28,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by reducing the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Investment Funds.”

To date, we have raised $1.7 billion through 22 investment funds and related financing facilities established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $822.9 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments. We also have made significant investments in our business infrastructure and personnel to support our growth, and as a result we have incurred substantial net losses over the past five years.

Our long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and we are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. Despite these increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, U.S. electricity usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kilowatt hour, or kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 terawatt hours, or TWh, of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual

 

 

2


Table of Contents

growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

As a result of rising energy prices, the market for energy efficiency solutions is expected to grow significantly. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to 2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to switch to Better Energy in a simple and cost-efficient manner. The key elements of our integrated approach are:

 

  Ÿ  

Sales.     We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing.     We provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy affordable.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering.     We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the custom design process and optimizes the energy production of each solar energy system.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation.     We obtain all necessary building permits and handle the installation of our solar energy systems. By managing these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance.     Our proprietary monitoring software provides both SolarCity and our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation, consumption and carbon offset through an easy-to-read application available on smartphones and any device with a web browser.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services.     Using our proprietary software, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements.

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we offer a simple and efficient process to our customers.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.     Most of our solar energy customers purchase energy from us under 20-year contracts, and we leverage these relationships to offer energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      We believe that our size and scale provide our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.      Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. We intend to:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     We intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel and leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     We plan on reducing costs by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary software to further ensure that our integrated team operates as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital and offer lower-priced energy to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, as more fully described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. For example, you should be aware of the following before investing in our common stock:

 

  Ÿ  

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

  Ÿ  

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems through financing arrangements with fund investors.

 

  Ÿ  

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other energy sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in June 2006 as a Delaware corporation. Our headquarters are located at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402, and our telephone number is (650) 638-1028. You can access our website at www.solarcity.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

“SolarCity,” “SolarGuard,” “SolarLease” and “PowerGuide” are our registered trademarks in the United States and, in some cases, in certain other countries. Our other unregistered trademarks and service marks in the United States include: “Better Energy,” “SolarBid,” “SolarStrong” and “SolarWorks.” This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and tradenames of other companies.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 3(a)(80) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Pursuant to Section 102 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, we have provided reduced executive compensation disclosure and have omitted a compensation discussion and analysis from this prospectus. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we have elected to utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                         shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                         shares

 

Total common stock offered

                         shares

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

                         shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of             additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets.

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

SCTY

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 56,384,229 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.33 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,197,445 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,897,445 shares of common stock reserved for issuance

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 45,280,032 shares of common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described in “Description of Capital Stock;”

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the conversion of outstanding, non-expiring preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adopt our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders in this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to our consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

          

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

          

Basic

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(3):

          

Basic

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders assumes the net exercise of the warrants to purchase Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock and the conversion of the Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase common stock as occurring at the beginning of the fiscal period. Accordingly, the charge for the change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liability recorded in the fiscal period is reversed because this charge would not have been recorded after the net exercise and conversion. Pro forma basic or diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average basic or diluted pro forma shares of common stock. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2012.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2012 is presented on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

 

     As of June 30, 2012  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,779      $                    $                

Total current assets

     268,754        

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

     729,243        

Total assets

     1,043,379        

Total current liabilities

     246,443        

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     151,490        

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

     148,927        

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

     14,952        

Other liabilities

     72,887        

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     206,940        

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (54,829     

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     31,328        

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the net exercise of the outstanding Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, effective upon the closing of this offering.
(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet in the table above assumes the pro forma conversions, net exercise and reclassifications described in (1) above plus the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering and the

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of             , the mid-point range set forth in the cover page, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

         Year Ended December 31,          Six Months
Ended

June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     

New buildings(1)

     2,570         4,753         7,949         9,480   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

     5,501         10,254         18,203         27,683   

Megawatts booked(2)

     36         92         134         200   

Megawatts deployed(2)

     15         31         72         72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed (end of period)(2)

     27         58         129         201   

Transactions for other energy products and services(3)

     67         401         3,741         5,348   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and solar energy systems we have sold to customers.
(3) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specific periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

       As of December 31,      As of June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

   $ 65,234       $ 183,188       $ 252,752       $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

   $ 106,204       $ 273,166       $ 485,780       $ 711,912   

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a substantial risk of loss. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks occurred, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. See the section entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to our Business

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

Federal, state and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, and internal policies and regulations promulgated by electric utilities, heavily influence the market for electricity generation products and services. These regulations and policies often relate to electricity pricing and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. In the United States, governments and utilities continuously modify these regulations and policies. These regulations and policies could deter customers from purchasing renewable energy, including solar energy systems. This could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for our solar energy systems. For example, utilities commonly charge fees to larger, industrial customers for disconnecting from the electric grid or for having the capacity to use power from the electric grid for back-up purposes. These fees could increase our customers’ cost to use our systems and make them less desirable, thereby harming our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, depending on the region, electricity generated by solar energy systems competes most effectively with expensive peak-hour electricity from the electric grid, rather than the less expensive average price of electricity. Modifications to the utilities’ peak hour pricing policies or rate design, such as to a flat rate, would require us to lower the price of our solar energy systems to compete with the price of electricity from the electric grid.

In addition, any changes to government or internal utility regulations and policies that favor electric utilities could reduce our competitiveness and cause a significant reduction in demand for our products and services. For example, certain jurisdictions have proposed assessing fees on customers purchasing energy from solar energy systems and a utility in San Diego, California recently attempted to impose a new charge that would disproportionately impact solar energy system customers who utilize net metering, either of which would increase the cost of energy to those customers and could reduce demand for our solar energy systems. Any similar government or utility policies adopted in the future could reduce demand for our products and services and adversely impact our growth.

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net energy metering, or net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Utilities operating in states without a net metering policy may receive solar electricity that is exported to the grid at times when there is no

 

13


Table of Contents

simultaneous energy demand by the customer to utilize the generation onsite without providing any compensation to the customer for this generation. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate may be adversely impacted by the failure to expand existing limits on the amount of net metering in states that have implemented it, the failure to adopt a net metering policy where it currently is not in place or the imposition of new charges that only or disproportionately impact customers that utilize net metering. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate also may be adversely impacted by the unavailability of expedited or simplified interconnection for grid-tied solar energy systems or any limitation on the number of customer interconnections or amount of solar energy that utilities are required to allow in their service territory or some part of the grid.

Limits on net metering, interconnection of solar energy systems and other operational policies in key markets could limit the number of solar energy systems installed there. For example, California utilities are currently required to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds 5% of the utilities’ “aggregate customer peak demand.” This cap on net metering in California was increased to 5% in 2010 as utilities neared the prior cap of 2.5%. If the current net metering caps in California, or other jurisdictions, are reached, future customers will be unable to recognize the cost savings associated with net metering. We substantially rely on net metering when we establish competitive pricing for our prospective customers. The absence of net metering for new customers would greatly limit demand for our solar energy systems.

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

U.S. federal, state and local government bodies provide incentives to end users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments and payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation. We rely on these governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives to lower our cost of capital and to incent fund investors to invest in our funds. These incentives enable us to lower the price we charge customers for energy and for our solar energy systems. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase. These reductions or terminations often occur without warning.

The federal government currently offers a 30% investment tax credit under Section 48(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Federal ITC, for the installation of certain solar power facilities until December 31, 2016. This credit is due to adjust to 10% in 2017. Solar energy systems that began construction prior to the end of 2011 were eligible to receive a 30% federal cash grant paid by the U.S. Treasury Department under section 1603 of the “American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009,” or the U.S. Treasury grant, in lieu of the Federal ITC. In addition, applicable authorities may adjust or decrease incentives from time to time or include provisions for minimum domestic content requirements or other requirements to qualify for these incentives.

Reductions in, or eliminations or expirations of, governmental incentives could adversely impact our results of operations and ability to compete in our industry by increasing our cost of capital, causing us to increase the prices of our energy and solar energy systems, and reducing the size of our addressable market. In addition, this would adversely impact our ability to attract investment partners and to form new investment funds and our ability to offer attractive financing to prospective customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, more than 90% of new customers chose to enter into financed lease or power purchase agreements rather than buying a solar energy system for cash.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

Our leases and power purchase agreements are third-party ownership arrangements. Sales of electricity by third parties face regulatory challenges in some states and jurisdictions. Other challenges pertain to whether third-party owned systems qualify for the same levels of rebates or other non-tax incentives available for customer-owned solar energy systems, whether third-party owned systems are eligible at all for these incentives, and whether third-party owned systems are eligible for net metering and the associated significant cost savings. Reductions in, or eliminations of, this treatment of these third-party arrangements could reduce demand for our systems, adversely impact our access to capital and could cause us to increase the price we charge our customers for energy.

The Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Treasury has issued a subpoena to deliver certain documents in our possession relating to our participation in the U.S. Treasury grant program. These documents will be delivered to the Department of Justice, which is investigating the administration and implementation of the U.S. Treasury grant program.

On July 18, 2012, we and two other solar companies received a subpoena from the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of the Inspector General to deliver certain documents in our possession. In particular, the subpoena requested, among other things, documents dated, created, revised or referred to since January 1, 2007 that relate to our applications for U.S. Treasury grants or communications with certain other solar development companies or certain firms that appraise solar energy property for U.S. Treasury grant application purposes. The Inspector General is working with the Civil Division of the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate the administration and implementation of the U.S. Treasury grant program. We are currently reviewing and evaluating the subpoena and intend to cooperate fully with the Inspector General and the Department of Justice. We anticipate that at least six months will be required to gather all of the requested documents and provide them to the Inspector General. On August 9, 2012, in response to a meeting we had with the Department of Justice and our written communication to the attorney assigned to the matter, we received a letter from the Department of Justice indicating that the government’s investigation focuses on our possible misrepresentations to the Department of Treasury in applications under the Treasury grant program, including misrepresentations concerning the fair market value of the solar power systems submitted for grant under that program. The letter stated that the subpoena seeks documents relevant to that issue and is not intended to be construed more broadly than that.

We are not aware of, and have not been made aware of, any specific allegations of misconduct or misrepresentation by us or our officers, directors or employees, and no such assertions have been made by the Inspector General or the Department of Justice. However, if at the conclusion of the investigation the Department of Justice concludes that misrepresentations were made, the Department of Justice could decide to bring a civil action to recover amounts it believes were improperly paid to us. If it were successful in asserting this action, we could then be required to pay damages and penalties for any funds received based on such misrepresentations (which, in turn, could require us to make indemnity payments to certain of our fund investors). In addition, depending on the contract terms in our investment fund documents, if the investigation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the fund or in one case us, it could prevent us from satisfying the conditions to drawing on investment commitments from certain of our fund investors. Such consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and prospects. Additionally, the period of time necessary to resolve the investigation is uncertain, and this matter could require significant management and financial resources that could otherwise be devoted to the operation of our business.

 

15


Table of Contents

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We and our fund investors claim the Federal ITC or the U.S. Treasury grant in amounts based on the fair market value of our solar energy systems. We have obtained independent appraisals to support the fair market values we report for claiming Federal ITCs and U.S. Treasury grants. The Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department review these fair market values. With respect to U.S. Treasury grants, the U.S. Treasury Department reviews the reported fair market value in determining the amount initially awarded, and the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department may also subsequently review the fair market value and determine that amounts previously awarded must be repaid to the U.S. Treasury Department. With respect to Federal ITCs, the Internal Revenue Service may review the fair market value on audit and determine that the tax credits previously claimed must be reduced. If the fair market value is determined to be less than we reported, we may owe the fund or our fund investors an amount equal to this difference, plus any costs and expenses associated with a challenge to that valuation. The U.S. Treasury Department has determined in a small number of instances to award us U.S. Treasury grants for our solar energy systems at a materially lower value than we had established in our appraisals and, as a result, we have been required to pay our fund investors a true-up payment or contribute additional assets to the associated investment funds. Other U.S. Treasury grant applications have been accepted and the U.S. Treasury grant paid in full on the basis of valuations comparable to those projects as to which the U.S. Treasury has determined a significantly lower valuation than that claimed in our U.S. Treasury grant applications. If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department disagrees now or in the future with the fair market value of more of our solar energy systems that we have constructed or that we construct in the future, including any systems for which grants have already been paid, and determines we have claimed too high of a fair market value, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems with fund investors who require particular tax and other benefits.

Our solar energy systems have been eligible for Federal ITCs or U.S. Treasury grants, as well as depreciation benefits. We have relied on, and will continue to rely on, financing structures that monetize a substantial portion of those benefits and provide financing for our solar energy systems. With the lapse of the U.S. Treasury grant program, we anticipate that our reliance on these tax-advantaged financing structures will increase substantially. If, for any reason, we were unable to continue to monetize those benefits through these arrangements, we may be unable to provide and maintain solar energy systems for new customers on an economically viable basis.

The availability of this tax-advantaged financing depends upon many factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to compete with other renewable energy companies for the limited number of potential fund investors, each of which has limited funds and limited appetite for the tax benefits associated with these financings;

 

  Ÿ  

the state of financial and credit markets;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the legal or tax risks associated with these financings; and

 

  Ÿ  

non-renewal of these incentives or decreases in the associated benefits.

 

16


Table of Contents

Under current law, the Federal ITC will be reduced from approximately 30% of the cost of the solar energy systems to approximately 10% for solar energy systems placed in service after December 31, 2016. In addition, U.S. Treasury grants are no longer available for new solar energy systems. Moreover, potential fund investors must remain satisfied that the structures we offer make the tax benefits associated with solar energy systems available to these investors, which depends both on the investors’ assessment of the tax law and the absence of any unfavorable interpretations of that law. Changes in existing law and interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts could reduce the willingness of fund investors to invest in funds associated with these solar energy system investments. We cannot assure you that this type of financing will be available to us. If, for any reason, we are unable to finance solar energy systems through tax-advantaged structures or if we are unable to realize or monetize depreciation benefits, we may no longer be able to provide solar energy systems to new customers on an economically viable basis. This would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We need to enter into additional substantial financing arrangements to facilitate our customers’ access to our solar energy systems, and if this financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to continue to grow our business would be materially adversely impacted.

Our future success depends on our ability to raise capital from third-party fund investors to help finance the deployment of our residential and commercial solar energy systems. In particular, our strategy is to seek to reduce the cost of capital through these arrangements to improve our margins or to offset future reductions in government incentives and to maintain the price competitiveness of our solar energy systems. If we are unable to establish new investment funds when needed, or upon desirable terms, to enable our customers’ access to our solar energy systems with little or no upfront cost, we may be unable to finance installation of our customers’ systems, or our cost of capital could increase, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To date we have raised capital sufficient to finance installation of our customers’ solar energy systems from a number of financial institutions and other large companies. If any of these financial institutions or large companies decide not to invest in future investment funds to finance our solar energy systems due to general market conditions, concerns about our business or prospects, the pendency of the Department of Justice investigation or any other reason, or materially changed the terms under which they are willing to provide future financing, we will need to identify new financial institutions and companies to invest in our investment funds and negotiate new financing terms.

In the past, we encountered challenges raising new funds, which caused us to delay deployment of a substantial number of solar energy systems for which we had signed leases or power purchase agreements with customers. For example, in late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Our future ability to obtain additional financing depends on banks’ and other financing sources’ continued confidence in our business model and the renewable energy industry as a whole. If we experience higher customer default rates than we currently experience in our existing investment funds or we lower the credit rating requirement for new customers, this could make it more difficult or costly to attract future financing. Solar energy has yet to achieve broad market acceptance and depends on continued support in the form of performance-based incentives, rebates, tax credits and other incentives from federal, state and foreign governments. If this support diminishes, our ability to obtain external financing on acceptable terms, or at all, could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we face competition for these investor funds. If we are unable to continue to offer a competitive investment profile, we may lose access to these funds or they may only be available on less favorable terms than our competitors. Our current financing sources may be inadequate to support the anticipated growth in our business plans. Our inability to secure financing could lead to cancelled projects and could impair our ability to accept

 

17


Table of Contents

new projects and customers. In addition, our borrowing costs could increase, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe that a customer’s decision to buy renewable energy from us is primarily driven by their desire to pay less for electricity. The customer’s decision may also be affected by the cost of other renewable energy sources. Decreases in the retail prices of electricity from the utilities or from other renewable energy sources would harm our ability to offer competitive pricing and could harm our business. The price of electricity from utilities could decrease as a result of:

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of a significant number of new power generation plants, including nuclear, coal, natural gas or renewable energy technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of additional electric transmission and distribution lines;

 

  Ÿ  

a reduction in the price of natural gas as a result of new drilling techniques or a relaxation of associated regulatory standards;

 

  Ÿ  

the energy conservation technologies and public initiatives to reduce electricity consumption; and

 

  Ÿ  

development of new renewable energy technologies that provide less expensive energy.

A reduction in utility electricity prices would make the purchase of our solar energy systems or the purchase of energy under our lease and power purchase agreements less economically attractive. In addition, a shift in the timing of peak rates for utility-generated electricity to a time of day when solar energy generation is less efficient could make our solar energy system offerings less competitive and reduce demand for our products and services. If the retail price of energy available from utilities were to decrease due to any of these reasons, or others, we would be at a competitive disadvantage, we may be unable to attract new customers and our growth would be limited.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity would particularly adversely impact our ability to attract commercial customers.

Commercial customers comprise a significant and growing portion of our business, and the commercial market for energy is particularly sensitive to price changes. Typically, commercial customers pay less for energy from utilities than residential customers. Because the price we are able to charge commercial customers is only slightly lower than their current retail rate, any decline in the retail rate of energy for commercial entities could have a significant impact on our ability to attract commercial customers. We may be unable to offer solar energy systems for the commercial market that produce electricity at rates that are competitive with the price of retail electricity on a non-subsidized basis. If this were to occur, we would be at a competitive disadvantage to other energy providers and may be unable to attract new commercial customers, and our business would be harmed.

Rising interest rates could adversely impact our business.

Changes in interest rates could have an adverse impact on our business by increasing our cost of capital. For example:

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates would increase our cost of capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates may negatively impact our ability to secure financing on favorable terms to facilitate our customers’ purchase of our solar energy systems or energy generated by our solar energy systems.

 

18


Table of Contents

The majority of our cash flows to date have been from solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements that have been monetized under various investment fund structures. One of the components of this monetization is the present value of the payment streams from the customers who enter into these leases and power purchase agreements. If the rate of return required by the fund investor rises as a result of a rise in interest rates, it will reduce the present value of the customer payment stream and consequently reduce the total value derived from this monetization. Rising interest rates could harm our business and financial condition.

We have guaranteed a minimum return to be received by an investor in certain of our investment funds and could be adversely affected if we are required to make any payments under those guarantees.

For three of our joint venture investment funds with one investor, with total investments of approximately $86.2 million, we are contractually required to make payments to the investor to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return in the event of liquidation of the funds or if we purchase the investor’s equity stake in the funds, including following the investor’s exercise of its put right. For another fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to make payments to the investor to compensate for payments that the investor would be required to make to a certain third party as a result of the investor not achieving a specified minimum internal rate of return in this fund, assessed annually. In both instances, the amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees depends on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds’ activities, and the amounts that we would pay to the investor if we purchase the investor’s stake in the funds or the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. In a fifth fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to annually distribute a minimum amount. Because of uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amounts of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, we cannot determine the potential maximum future payments that we could have to make under these guarantees. We may agree to similar terms in the future if market conditions require it. Any significant payments that we may be required to make under our guarantees could adversely affect our financial condition.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, there is a one-time reset of the lease payments, and we may be obligated, in connection with the resetting of the lease payments at true up, to refund lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the extent the system sizes, costs, and timing are not consistent with the initial lease payment model.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, the models used to calculate the lease prepayments will be updated for each fund at a fixed date occurring after placement in service of all solar systems or an agreed upon date (typically within the first year of the applicable lease term) to reflect certain specified conditions as they exist at such date, including the ultimate system size of the equipment that was leased, how much it cost, and when it went into service. As a result of this true up, the lease payments are resized and we may be obligated to refund the investor’s lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the fund. Any significant refunds or capital contributions that we may be required to make could adversely affect our financial condition.

We are not currently regulated as a utility under applicable law, but we may be subject to regulation as a utility in the future.

Federal law and most state laws do not currently regulate us as a utility. As a result, we are not subject to the various federal and state standards, restrictions and regulatory requirements applicable to U.S. utilities. In the United States, we obtain federal and state regulatory exemptions by establishing “Qualifying Facility” status with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for all of our qualifying solar energy projects. In Canada, we also are generally subject to the regulations of the relevant

 

19


Table of Contents

energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff regulations (including the feed-in tariff rates), however we are not currently subject to regulation as a utility. Our business strategy includes the continued development of larger solar energy systems in the future for our commercial and government customers, which has the potential to impact our regulatory position. Any local, state, federal or foreign regulations could place significant restrictions on our ability to operate our business and execute our business plan by prohibiting or otherwise restricting our sale of electricity. If we were subject to the same state, federal or foreign regulatory authorities as utilities in the United States or if new regulatory bodies were established to oversee our business in the United States or in foreign markets, then our operating costs would materially increase.

A failure to hire and retain a sufficient number of employees in key functions would constrain our growth and our ability to timely complete our customers’ projects.

To support our growth, we need to hire, train, deploy, manage and retain a substantial number of skilled employees. In particular, we need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure to grow our customer base and our business, and we plan to expand our direct sales force. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months before a new salesperson is fully trained and productive. If we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or grow our business.

To complete current and future customer projects and to continue to grow our customer base, we need to hire a large number of installers in the relevant markets. Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for skilled installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and delivery of energy products and services. We also compete with the homebuilding and construction industries for skilled labor. As these industries recover and seek to hire additional workers, our cost of labor may increase. The unionization of our labor force could also increase our labor costs. Shortages of skilled labor could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project. In addition, because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources that requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high regional standards for employees in these fields.

If we cannot meet our hiring, retention and efficiency goals, we may be unable to complete our customers’ projects on time, in an acceptable manner or at all. Any significant failures in this regard would materially impair our growth, reputation, business and financial results. If we are required to pay higher compensation than we anticipate, these greater expenses may also adversely impact our financial results and the growth of our business.

It is difficult to evaluate our business and prospects due to our limited operating history.

Since our formation in 2006, we have focused our efforts primarily on the sales, financing, engineering, installation and monitoring of solar energy systems for residential, commercial and government customers. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. We may be unsuccessful in significantly broadening our customer base through installation of solar energy systems within our current markets or in new markets we may enter. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in generating substantial revenue from our new energy efficiency products and services or from any additional

 

20


Table of Contents

energy-related products and services we may introduce in the future. Our limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving and competitive nature of our industry, may not provide an adequate basis for you to evaluate our operating and financing results and business prospects. In addition, we only have limited insight into emerging trends that may adversely impact our business, prospects and operating results. As a result, our limited operating history may impair our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.

We have incurred losses and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses in the past, and we had an accumulated deficit of $70.3 million as of June 30, 2012. We may incur net losses from operations as we increase our spending to finance the expansion of our operations, expand our installation , engineering, administrative, sales and marketing staffs, and implement internal systems and infrastructure to support our growth. We do not know whether our revenue will grow rapidly enough to absorb these costs, and our limited operating history makes it difficult to assess the extent of these expenses or their impact on our operating results. Our ability to achieve profitability depends on a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

growing our customer base;

 

  Ÿ  

finding investors willing to invest in our investment funds;

 

  Ÿ  

maintaining and further lowering our cost of capital;

 

  Ÿ  

reducing the cost of components for our solar energy systems; and

 

  Ÿ  

reducing our operating costs by optimizing our design and installation processes and supply chain logistics.

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may be unable to sustain or increase our profitability in the future.

We face competition from both traditional energy companies and renewable energy companies.

The solar energy and renewable energy industries are both highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive to distinguish themselves within their markets and compete with large utilities. We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. If we cannot offer compelling value to our customers based on these factors, then our business will not grow. Utilities generally have substantially greater financial, technical, operational and other resources than we do. As a result of their greater size, these competitors may be able to devote more resources to the research, development, promotion and sale of their products or respond more quickly to evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions than we can. Utilities could also offer other value-added products or services that could help them to compete with us even if the cost of electricity they offer is higher than ours. In addition, a majority of utilities’ sources of electricity is non-solar, which may allow utilities to sell electricity more cheaply than electricity generated by our solar energy systems.

We also compete with solar companies in the downstream value chain of solar energy. For example, we face competition from purely finance driven organizations which then subcontract out the installation of solar energy systems, from installation businesses that seek financing from external parties, from large construction companies and utilities, and increasingly from sophisticated electrical and roofing companies. Some of these competitors specialize in either the residential or commercial solar energy markets, and some may provide energy at lower costs than we do. Many of our competitors also have significant brand name recognition and have extensive knowledge of our target

 

21


Table of Contents

markets. For us to remain competitive, we must distinguish ourselves from our competitors by offering an integrated approach that successfully competes with each level of products and services offered by our competitors at various points in the value chain. If our competitors develop an integrated approach similar to ours including sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and efficiency services, this will reduce our marketplace differentiation.

We also face competition in the energy efficiency evaluation and upgrades market and we expect to face competition in additional markets as we introduce new energy-related products and services. As the solar industry grows and evolves, we will also face new competitors who are not currently in the market. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with existing or new competitors will limit our growth and will have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for 2010 and 2011, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and inventory processes. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. These material weaknesses resulted from an aggregation of deficiencies.

The accounting policies associated with our investment funds are complex, which contributed to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. With regard to our joint venture partnerships, we initially computed the hypothetical liquidation at book value using the fair value of the assets in these joint ventures rather than the carryover basis, resulting in an adjustment to the net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interests in our 2009 consolidated financial statements. For lease pass-through arrangements, we initially characterized funds received from investors as deferred revenue rather than financing obligations, which resulted in adjustments to our 2010 consolidated financial statements. For a particular sale-leaseback transaction, we did not initially defer the correct amount of gain associated with this arrangement, which was corrected in our 2010 consolidated financial statements. The foregoing resulted in restatements of our 2008, 2009 and 2010 consolidated financial statements. In addition, deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls resulted in audit adjustments and delayed our financial statement close process for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011. We are implementing policies and processes to remediate these material weaknesses and improve our internal control over financial reporting.

We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our financial statements. Had we performed such an evaluation or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, material weaknesses, in addition to those discussed above, may have been identified. For so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, which may be up to five years following this offering, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. During the course of the evaluation, documentation or attestation, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify weaknesses and

 

22


Table of Contents

deficiencies that we may not otherwise identify in a timely manner or at all as a result of the deferred implementation of this additional level of review.

We have taken numerous steps to address the underlying causes of the control deficiencies referenced above, primarily through the development and implementation of policies, improved processes and documented procedures, and the hiring of additional accounting and finance personnel with technical accounting, inventory accounting and financial reporting experience. If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by law or exchange regulations.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate our existing material weaknesses in a timely manner, if at all, or that in the future additional material weaknesses will not exist or otherwise be discovered, a risk that is significantly increased in light of the complexity of our business. If our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses are not successful or if other deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock by the NASDAQ Global Market, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Projects for our significant commercial or government customers involve concentrated project risks that may cause significant changes in our financial results.

During any given financial reporting period, we typically have ongoing significant projects for commercial and governmental customers that represent a significant portion of our potential financial results for such period. For example, Walmart is a significant customer for which we have installed a substantial number of solar energy systems. We also recently announced SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country that we anticipate will involve a significant investment in resources and project management over time and will require additional investment funds to support the project. These larger projects create concentrated operating and financial risks. The effect of recognizing revenue or other financial measures on the sale of a larger project, or the failure to recognize revenue or other financial measures as anticipated in a given reporting period because a project is not yet completed under applicable accounting rules by period end, may materially impact our quarterly or annual financial results. In addition, if construction, warranty or operational issues arise on a larger project, or if the timing of such projects unexpectedly shifts for other reasons, such issues could have a material impact on our financial results. If we are unable to successfully manage these significant projects in multiple markets, including our related internal processes and external construction management, or if we are unable to continue to attract such significant customers and projects in the future, our financial results would be harmed.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers of solar panels and other system components to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems. Any shortage, delay or component price change from these suppliers could result in sales and installation delays, cancellations and loss of market share.

We purchase solar panels, inverters and other system components from a limited number of suppliers, making us susceptible to quality issues, shortages and price changes. If we fail to develop, maintain and expand our relationships with these or other suppliers, we may be unable to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems, or we may only be able to offer our systems at

 

23


Table of Contents

higher costs or after delays. If one or more of the suppliers that we rely upon to meet anticipated demand ceases or reduces production, we may be unable to quickly identify alternate suppliers or to qualify alternative products on commercially reasonable terms, and we may be unable to satisfy this demand. In particular, there are a limited number of inverter suppliers. Once we design a system for use with a particular inverter, if that type of inverter is not readily available at an anticipated price, we may incur additional delay and expense to redesign the system. There have also been periods of industry-wide shortage of key components, including solar panels, in times of rapid industry growth. The manufacturing infrastructure for some of these components has a long lead time, requires significant capital investment and relies on the continued availability of key commodity materials, potentially resulting in an inability to meet demand for these components. Any decline in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar compared to the functional currency of our component suppliers could increase our component prices. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. Any of these shortages, delays or price changes could limit our growth, cause cancellations or adversely affect our profitability, and result in loss of market share and damage to our brand.

Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which could make our future performance difficult to predict and could cause our operating results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a severe decline in the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly in the future. We have experienced seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in the past. However, given that we are an early-stage company operating in a rapidly growing industry, those fluctuations may be masked by our recent growth rates and thus may not be readily apparent from our historical operating results. As such, our past quarterly operating results may not be good indicators of future performance.

In addition to the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, the following factors could cause our operating results to fluctuate:

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration or initiation of any rebates or incentives;

 

  Ÿ  

significant fluctuations in customer demand for our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to complete installations in a timely manner due to market conditions resulting in inconsistently available financing;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to continue to expand our operations, and the amount and timing of expenditures related to this expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital-raising activities or commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our pricing policies or terms or those of our competitors, including utilities; and

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated developments in our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape.

For these or other reasons, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance. In addition, our actual revenue, key operating metrics and other operating results in future quarters may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have a severe adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our business benefits from the declining cost of solar panels, and our financial results would be harmed if this trend reversed or did not continue.

The declining cost of solar panels and the raw materials necessary to manufacture them has been a key driver in the pricing of our solar energy systems and customer adoption of this form of renewable energy. If solar panel and raw materials prices increase or do not continue to decline, our growth could slow and our financial results would suffer. In addition, in the past we have purchased a significant portion of the solar panels used in our solar energy systems from manufacturers based in China, some of whom benefit from favorable foreign regulatory regimes and governmental support, including subsidies. If this support were to decrease or be eliminated, or if tariffs imposed by the U.S. government were to increase the prices of these solar panels, our ability to purchase these products on competitive terms or to access specialized technologies from those countries could be restricted. Any of those events could harm our financial results by requiring us to pay higher prices or to purchase solar panels or other system components from alternative, higher-priced sources. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China and is contemplating increasing the tariffs above current levels. These tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels, which may harm our financial results.

We act as the licensed general contractor for our customers and are subject to risks associated with construction, cost overruns, delays, regulatory compliance and other contingencies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager, and we typically rely on licensed subcontractors to install these commercial systems. We may be liable to customers for any damage we cause to their home or facility, belongings or property during the installation of our systems. For example, we frequently penetrate our customers’ roofs during the installation process and may incur liability for the failure to adequately weatherproof such penetrations following the completion of construction. In addition, shortages of skilled subcontractor labor for our commercial projects could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project.

In addition, the installation of solar energy systems and the evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business is subject to oversight and regulation in accordance with national, state and local laws and ordinances relating to building codes, safety, environmental protection, utility interconnection and metering, and related matters. It is difficult and costly to track the requirements of every individual authority having jurisdiction over our installations and to design solar energy systems to comply with these varying standards. Any new government regulations or utility policies pertaining to our systems may result in significant additional expenses to us and our customers and, as a result, could cause a significant reduction in demand for our systems.

Compliance with occupational safety and health requirements and best practices can be costly, and noncompliance with such requirements may result in potentially significant monetary penalties, operational delays and adverse publicity.

The installation of solar energy systems requires our employees to work at heights with complicated and potentially dangerous electrical systems. The evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business requires our employees to work in locations that may contain potentially dangerous levels of asbestos, lead or mold. We also maintain a fleet of more than 460

 

25


Table of Contents

vehicles that our employees use in the course of their work. There is substantial risk of serious injury or death if proper safety procedures are not followed. Our operations are subject to regulation under the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and equivalent state laws. Changes to OSHA requirements, or stricter interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations, could result in increased costs. If we fail to comply with applicable OSHA regulations, even if no work-related serious injury or death occurs, we may be subject to civil or criminal enforcement and be required to pay substantial penalties, incur significant capital expenditures, or suspend or limit operations. In the past, we have had workplace accidents and received citations from OSHA regulators for alleged safety violations, resulting in fines and operational delays for certain projects. Any such accidents, citations, violations, injuries or failure to comply with industry best practices may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect our business.

Problems with product quality or performance may cause us to incur warranty expenses and performance guarantee expenses, may lower the residual value of our solar energy systems and may damage our market reputation and cause our financial results to decline.

Our solar energy system warranties are lengthy. Customers who buy energy from us under leases or power purchase agreements are covered by warranties equal to the length of the term of these agreements—typically 20 years. Depending on the state where they live, customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash are covered by a warranty up to 10 years in duration. We also make extended warranties available at an additional cost to customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash. In addition, we provide a pass-through of the inverter and panel manufacturers’ warranties to our customers, which generally range from 5 to 25 years. One of these third-party manufacturers could cease operations and no longer honor these warranties, instead leaving us to fulfill these potential obligations to our customers. For example, Evergreen Solar, Inc., one of our former solar panel suppliers, filed for bankruptcy in August 2011. Further, we provide a performance guarantee with our leased solar energy systems that compensates a customer on an annual basis if their system does not meet the electricity production guarantees set forth in their lease.

Because of the limited operating history of our solar energy systems, we have been required to make assumptions and apply judgments regarding a number of factors, including our anticipated rate of warranty claims, and the durability, performance and reliability of our solar energy systems. We have made these assumptions based on the historic performance of similar systems or on accelerated life cycle testing. Our assumptions could prove to be materially different from the actual performance of our systems, causing us to incur substantial expense to repair or replace defective solar energy systems in the future or to compensate customers for systems that do not meet their production guarantees. Product failures or operational deficiencies also would reduce our revenue from power purchase agreements because they are dependent on system production. Any widespread product failures or operating deficiencies may damage our market reputation and adversely impact our financial results.

In addition, we amortize costs of our solar energy systems over 30 years, which typically exceeds the period of the component warranties and the corresponding payment streams from our operating lease arrangements with our customers. In addition, we typically bear the cost of removing the solar energy systems at the end of the lease term. Furthermore, it is difficult to predict how future environmental regulations may affect the costs associated with the removal, disposal or recycling of our solar energy systems. Consequently, if the residual value of the systems is less than we expect at the end of the lease, after giving effect to any associated removal and redeployment costs, we may be required to accelerate all or some of the remaining unamortized expenses. This could materially impair our future operating results.

 

26


Table of Contents

Product liability claims against us could result in adverse publicity and potentially significant monetary damages.

If one of our solar energy systems or other products injured someone we would be exposed to product liability claims. Because solar energy systems and many of our other current and anticipated products are electricity producing devices, it is possible that consumers could be injured by our products, whether by product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. We rely on our general liability insurance to cover product liability claims and have not obtained separate product liability insurance. Any product liability claim we face could be expensive to defend and divert management’s attention. The successful assertion of product liability claims against us could result in potentially significant monetary damages that could require us to make significant payments, as well as subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position. Also, any product liability claims and any adverse outcomes may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect sales of our systems and other products.

Damage to our brand and reputation would harm our business and results of operations.

We depend significantly on our reputation for high-quality products and services, best-in-class engineering, exceptional customer service and the brand name “SolarCity” to attract new customers and grow our business. If we fail to continue to deliver our solar energy systems and our other energy products and services within the planned timelines, if our products and services do not perform as anticipated or if we damage any of our customers’ properties or cancel projects, our brand and reputation could be significantly impaired. In addition, if we fail to deliver, or fail to continue to deliver, high-quality products and services to our customers through our long-term relationships, our customers will be less likely to purchase future products and services from us, which is a key strategy to achieve our desired growth. We also depend greatly on referrals from existing customers for our growth, in addition to our other marketing efforts. Therefore, our inability to meet or exceed our current customers’ expectations would harm our reputation and growth through referrals.

If we fail to manage our recent and future growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of customer service or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, and we intend to continue to expand our business significantly within existing markets and in a number of new locations in the future. This growth has placed, and any future growth may place, a significant strain on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. In particular, we will be required to expand, train and manage our growing employee base. Our management will also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third-parties and attract new customers and suppliers, as well as to manage multiple geographic locations.

In addition, our current and planned operations, personnel, systems and procedures might be inadequate to support our future growth and may require us to make additional unanticipated investment in our infrastructure. Our success and ability to further scale our business will depend, in part, on our ability to manage these changes in a cost-effective and efficient manner. If we cannot manage our growth, we may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. This could also result in declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increased costs, difficulties in introducing new products and services or other operational difficulties. Any failure to effectively manage growth could adversely impact our business and reputation.

 

27


Table of Contents

We may not be successful in leveraging our customer base to grow our business through sales of other energy products and services.

To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue and cash receipts from the sale of solar energy systems and the sale of energy under our long-term customer agreements. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. Customer demand for these offerings may be more limited than we anticipate. In addition, several of our other energy products and services, including our battery storage solutions, are in the early stages of testing and development. We may not be successful in completing development of these products as a result of research and development difficulties, technical issues, availability of third-party products or other reasons. Even if we are able to offer these or other additional products and services, we may not successfully generate meaningful customer demand to make these offerings viable. If we fail to deliver these additional products and services, if the costs associated with bringing these additional products and services to market is greater than we anticipate, or if customer demand for these offerings is smaller than we anticipate, our growth will be limited.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

A key component of our growth strategy is to develop or expand our strategic relationships with third parties. For example, we are investing resources in establishing relationships with industry leaders, such as trusted retailers and commercial homebuilders, to generate new customers. Identifying partners and negotiating relationships with them requires significant time and resources. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, our ability to grow our business could be impaired. Even if we are able to establish these relationships, we may not be able to execute on our goal of leveraging these relationships to meaningfully expand our business and customer base. This would limit our growth potential and our opportunities to generate significant additional revenue or cash receipts.

The loss of one or more members of our senior management or key employees may adversely affect our ability to implement our strategy.

We depend on our experienced management team, and the loss of one or more key executives could have a negative impact on our business. In particular, we are dependent on the services of our chief executive officer and co-founder, Lyndon R. Rive, and our chief operations officer, chief technology officer and co-founder, Peter J. Rive. We also depend on our ability to retain and motivate key employees and attract qualified new employees. Neither our founders nor our key employees are bound by employment agreements for any specific term, and we may be unable to replace key members of our management team and key employees in the event we lose their services. Integrating new employees into our management team could prove disruptive to our operations, require substantial resources and management attention and ultimately prove unsuccessful. An inability to attract and retain sufficient managerial personnel who have critical industry experience and relationships could limit or delay our strategic efforts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may be harmed if we fail to properly protect our intellectual property.

We believe that the success of our business depends in part on our proprietary technology, including our software, information, processes and know-how. We rely on trade secret and patent protections to secure our intellectual property rights. We cannot be certain that we have adequately protected or will be able to adequately protect our proprietary technology, that our competitors will not be able to utilize our existing technology or develop similar technology independently, that the claims

 

28


Table of Contents

allowed with respect to any patents held by us will be broad enough to protect our technology or that foreign intellectual property laws will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. Moreover, we cannot be certain that our patents provide us with a competitive advantage. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for third parties to obtain and use our intellectual property without our consent. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties, and the expenses incurred in protecting our intellectual property rights, may adversely affect our business. In the future, some of our products could be alleged to infringe existing patents or other intellectual property of third parties, and we cannot be certain that we will prevail in any intellectual property dispute. In addition, any future litigation required to enforce our patents, to protect our trade secrets or know-how or to defend us or indemnify others against claimed infringement of the rights of others could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. See, for example, “Business—Legal Proceedings,” discussing the lawsuit that Sunpower Corporation filed against us.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

The production and installation of solar energy systems depends heavily on suitable meteorological conditions. If meteorological conditions are unexpectedly unfavorable, the electricity production from our solar energy systems may be substantially below our expectations and our ability to timely deploy new systems may be adversely impacted.

The energy produced and revenue and cash receipts generated by a solar energy system depend on suitable solar and weather conditions, both of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, components of our systems, such as panels and inverters, could be damaged by severe weather, such as hailstorms or tornadoes. In these circumstances, we generally would be obligated to bear the expense of repairing the damaged solar energy systems that we own. Sustained unfavorable weather also could unexpectedly delay our installation of solar energy systems, leading to increased expenses and decreased revenue and cash receipts in the relevant periods. Weather patterns could change, making it harder to predict the average annual amount of sunlight striking each location where we install. This could make our solar energy systems less economical overall or make individual systems less economical. Any of these events or conditions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

We typically bear the risk of loss and the cost of maintenance and repair on solar systems that are owned or leased by our fund investors.

We typically bear the risk of loss and are generally obligated to cover the cost of maintenance and repair on any solar systems that we sell or lease to our fund investors. At the time we sell or lease a solar system to a fund investor, we enter into a maintenance services agreement where we agree to operate and maintain the system for a fixed fee that is calculated to cover our future expected maintenance costs. If our solar systems require an above-average amount of repairs or if the cost of repairing systems were higher than our estimate, we would need to perform such repairs without additional compensation. If our solar systems, a majority of which are located in California, are damaged in the event of a natural disaster beyond our control, losses could be excluded, such as earthquake damage, or exceed insurance policy limits, and we could incur unforeseen costs that could harm our business and financial condition. We may also incur significant costs for taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, such events. We purchase Property and Business Interruption insurance with industry standard coverage and limits approved by an investor’s third party insurance advisors to hedge against such risk, but such coverage may not cover our losses.

Any unauthorized disclosure or theft of personal information we gather, store and use could harm our reputation and subject us to claims or litigation.

We receive, store and use personal information of our customers, including names, addresses, e-mail addresses, credit information and other housing and energy use information. Unauthorized disclosure of such personal information, whether through breach of our systems by an unauthorized party, employee theft or misuse, or otherwise, could harm our business. If we were subject to an inadvertent disclosure of such personal information, or if a third party were to gain unauthorized access to customer personal information we possess, our operations could be seriously disrupted and we could be subject to claims or litigation arising from damages suffered by our customers. In addition, we could incur significant costs in complying with the multitude of federal, state and local laws regarding the unauthorized disclosure of personal information. Finally, any perceived or actual unauthorized disclosure of such information could harm our reputation, substantially impair our ability to attract and retain customers and have an adverse impact on our business.

We may have trouble refinancing our credit facilities or obtaining new financing for our working capital, equipment financing and other needs in the future or complying with the terms of existing credit facilities. If credit facilities are not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, or if we are unable to comply with their terms, our ability to continue to grow our business would be adversely impacted.

We have entered into several secured credit agreements, including a $58.5 million, 18-month term loan credit facility for the purchase of inventory and working capital needs, a $25.0 million working capital facility that matures in October 2012, and a $7.0 million term facility to finance the purchase of vehicles that matures in January 2015. Each facility requires us to comply with certain financial, reporting and other requirements. The timing of our commercial projects and other large projects has on occasion adversely affected our ability to satisfy certain quarterly financial covenants under these facilities. While our lenders have given us waivers of certain covenants we have not satisfied in the past, there is no assurance that the lenders will waive or forbear from exercising their remedies with respect to any future defaults that might occur, which also could trigger defaults under our other credit agreements. For example, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, we did not meet a financial ratio covenant under our $25.0 million working capital facility, which also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility. The bank has agreed to waive these recent breaches, to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility to October 1, 2012, and to amend the financial covenant that we breached. On June 30, 2012, we breached a financial covenant related to non-GAAP EBITDA

 

30


Table of Contents

under the same working capital and vehicle financing facilities. The bank has agreed to waive this breach.

Further, there is no assurance that we will be able to refinance our working capital facility or enter into new credit facilities on acceptable terms. If we are unable to satisfy quarterly financial covenants and other terms under existing or new facilities or obtain associated waivers or forbearance from our lenders or if we are unable to obtain refinancing or new financings for our working capital, equipment and other needs on acceptable terms if and when needed, our business would be adversely affected.

In the long term, we intend to expand our international activities, which will subject us to a number of risks.

Our long-term strategic plans include international expansion, and we intend to sell our solar energy products and services in international markets. Risks inherent to international operations include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

inability to work successfully with third parties with local expertise to co-develop international projects;

 

  Ÿ  

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations, including export and import restrictions, tax laws and regulations, environmental regulations, labor laws and other government requirements, approvals, permits and licenses;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in general economic and political conditions in the countries where we operate, including changes in government incentives relating to power generation and solar electricity;

 

  Ÿ  

political and economic instability, including wars, acts of terrorism, political unrest, boycotts, curtailments of trade and other business restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties and costs in recruiting and retaining individuals skilled in international business operations;

 

  Ÿ  

international business practices that may conflict with U.S. customs or legal requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

financial risks, such as longer sales and payment cycles and greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar; and

 

  Ÿ  

inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights, including inability to apply for or register material trademarks in foreign countries.

Doing business in foreign markets requires us to be able to respond to rapid changes in market, legal, and political conditions in these countries. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, social and political environments. We may not be able to develop and implement policies and strategies that will be effective in each location where we do business.

Risks Related to this Offering

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price you paid.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and

 

31


Table of Contents

representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market after the offering closes. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section and others beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

addition or loss of significant customers;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our industry, products or services;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in expectations regarding our performance by investors or securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

  Ÿ  

volatility in the market price and trading volume of companies in our industry or companies that investors consider comparable;

 

  Ÿ  

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;

 

  Ÿ  

litigation involving us, our industry or both;

 

  Ÿ  

major catastrophic events; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and market conditions and trends.

Further, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, the stock prices of many renewable energy companies have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment and may lose some or all of your investment.

In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

As an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, we will utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We have in this prospectus utilized, and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, including reduced

 

32


Table of Contents

disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the additional testing of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting, and we have elected to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We could remain an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2012 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options after June 30, 2012. The              shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares will become eligible for sale, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, upon the expiration of agreements not to sell such shares entered into between the underwriters and such stockholders beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

 

33


Table of Contents

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the selling stockholders, have agreed that we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This agreement is subject to certain limited exceptions and extensions described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreement. After the closing of this offering, we intend to register approximately              shares of common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our stock incentive plans.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and that may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering and may not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering and you will be relying on its judgment regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as described under the heading “Use of Proceeds.” However, management may not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $         per share based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you

 

34


Table of Contents

acquire. This dilution is due in large part because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, if we issue restricted stock to our employees under these plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. See “Dilution.”

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may believe advantageous. These provisions include:

 

  Ÿ  

establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

  Ÿ  

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to call a special stockholder meeting;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to act by written consent;

 

  Ÿ  

providing that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

  Ÿ  

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may be forced to sell their stock to realize a return on their investment.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, legal requirements, earnings and other factors. Our ability to pay dividends might be restricted by the terms of any indebtedness that we incur in the future. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends to receive a return on your investment. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

35


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations of future operating results or financial performance, capital expenditures, use of proceeds from this offering, introduction of new products, regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under “Risk Factors.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “might,” “would,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Actual events or results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements.

We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise. Potential investors should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of any of the events described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, including September 2010 data from Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, February 2012 data from Bloomberg New Energy Finance, November 2011 data from the Energy Information Agency or other publicly available information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. We have not commissioned, nor are we affiliated with, any of the independent industry sources we cite. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. Our industry is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

 

36


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we receive in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $         million.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. The selling stockholders may include certain of our executive officers and members of our board of directors or entities affiliated with or controlled by them. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

We will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds in this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering. We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary strategic businesses, products or technologies. We have no commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time.

We intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, pending their use as described above.

Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and increase our visibility in the marketplace. A public market for our common stock will facilitate future access to public equity markets and enhance our ability to use our common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions including compliance with covenants under our credit facilities and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

37


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2012:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering that, among other things, will increase our authorized number of shares of common stock and will authorize a new class of preferred stock, (iii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iv) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the pro-forma adjustments and our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2012  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma,
As  Adjusted(2)(3)
 
    

(in thousands, except

share and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,779      $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 108,580      $         $     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 56,733,796 shares authorized and 45,280,032 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     206,940             

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 106,000,000 shares authorized, 11,104,197 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 56,384,229 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        

Additional paid-in capital

     15,448        

Accumulated deficit

     (70,278     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (54,829     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 260,691      $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the net exercise of the outstanding Series C and F convertible preferred stock warrants and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, effective upon the closing of this offering.
(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet in the table above assumes the pro forma conversions, net exercise and reclassifications described in (1) above plus the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering and the

 

38


Table of Contents
 

application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of             , the mid-point range set forth in the cover page, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.33 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,197,445 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,897,445 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

39


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2012 was $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to our sale of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2012 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2012

   $                   

Increase in actual net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses as of June 30, 2012 on a pro forma basis.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing Stockholders

     56,384,229                            $                

New Investors

             $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

Total

        100        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to             , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

As of June 30, 2012, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 14,775,762 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.33 per share. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For a description of our equity plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares

 

40


Table of Contents

held by new investors to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.33 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,197,445 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,897,445 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

41


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

             

Revenue:

             

Operating leases

  $      $ 225      $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

    23,045        31,962        29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    23,045        32,187        32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

             

Operating leases

           96        1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

    23,164        33,212        28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    23,164        33,308        30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    (119     (1,121     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

             

Sales and marketing

    1,749        15,295        10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

    9,144        8,484        10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

         10,893             23,779             21,769             41,631               73,668        30,700        51,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (11,012     (24,900     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

    233        214        334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

    (291     1,119        2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

                  (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714    
(35,463

    (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

           (12,272     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

  $ (10,954   $ (13,961   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock holders:

             

Basic

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82        0.22      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

             

Basic

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(3):

             

Basic

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders assumes the net exercise of the warrants to purchase Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock and the conversion of the Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase common stock as occurring at the beginning of the fiscal period. Accordingly, the charge for the change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liability recorded in the fiscal period is reversed because this charge would not have been recorded after the net exercise and conversion. Pro forma basic or diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average basic or diluted pro forma shares of common stock. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2012.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
2012
 
         2007             2008             2009             2010             2011        
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,459      $ 27,829      $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 61,779   

Total current assets

     24,395        45,124        69,896        110,432        241,522        268,754   

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

            27,838        87,583        239,611        535,609        729,243   

Total assets

     27,132        78,800        164,154        371,264        813,173        1,043,379   

Total current liabilities

     10,531        19,539        52,012        81,958        246,886        246,443   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

            5,645        21,394        40,681        101,359        151,490   

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

                          53,097        46,541        148,927   

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

                          15,758        15,144        14,952   

Other liabilities

                   120        15,715        36,314        72,887   

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     26,234        56,184        80,042        101,446        125,722        206,940   

Stockholders’ deficit

     (11,912     (25,377     (50,736     (87,488     (37,662     (54,829

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

            19,573        56,036        123,514        122,646        31,328   

 

43


Table of Contents

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to

evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
   

Six Months
Ended June 30,
2012

 
    2009     2010     2011    

New buildings(1)

    2,570        4,753        7,949        9,480   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

    5,501        10,254        18,203        27,683   

Megawatts booked(2)

    36        92        134        200   

Megawatts deployed(2)

    15        31        72        72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed (end of period)(2)

    27        58        129        201   

Transactions for other energy products and services(3)

    67        401        3,741        5,348   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and that we have sold to customers.
(3) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specified periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

    As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
2012
 
      2009     2010     2011    
    (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

  $ 65,234      $ 183,188      $ 252,752      $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

  $ 106,204      $ 273,166      $ 485,780      $ 711,912   

 

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We integrate the sales, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and financing of our distributed solar energy systems with our energy efficiency products and services. This allows us to offer long-term energy solutions to residential, commercial and government customers. Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. Our long-term contractual arrangements typically generate recurring customer payments and enable our customers to have visibility into their future electricity costs and to minimize their exposure to rising retail electricity rates. Our customer relationships also position us to continue to grow our business through energy efficiency products and services offerings including energy efficiency evaluations, appliance upgrades, energy storage solutions and electric vehicle charging stations.

We offer our customers the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems or to purchase the energy that our solar energy systems produce through various financed arrangements. These financed arrangements include long-term contracts that we structure as leases and power purchase agreements. In both financed structures we install our solar energy system at our customer’s premises and charge the customer a monthly fee for the power that our system produces. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is fixed with a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kilowatt hour based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces. The leases and power purchase agreements are typically for 20 years, and generally when there is no upfront fee the specified fees are subject to annual escalations.

Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. During an energy efficiency evaluation, we capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in the home to specifically identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy cost. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We offer our energy efficiency products and services to our solar energy systems customers and on a stand-alone basis. We launched our energy efficiency business in the second quarter of 2010. To date, revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems.

Initially, we only offered our solar energy systems on an outright purchase basis. In mid-2008, we began offering leases and power purchase agreements. Our ability to offer leases and power purchase agreements depends in part on our ability to finance the installation of the solar energy systems by monetizing the resulting customer receivable and related investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to monetize these assets was limited and resulted in an above-normal backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. By the end of 2009, we had raised sufficient investment funds to return to our target backlog. Currently, the majority of our residential energy customers enter

 

45


Table of Contents

into leasing arrangements, and the majority of our commercial customers and government organizations enter into power purchase agreements. We expect customers to continue to favor leases and power purchase agreements.

We compete mainly with the retail electricity rate charged by the utilities in the markets we serve, and our strategy is to price the energy we sell slightly below that rate. As a result, the price our customers pay to buy energy from us varies depending on the state where the customer is located and the local utility. The price we charge also depends on customer price sensitivity, the need to offer a compelling financial benefit and the price other solar energy companies charge in the region. Our commercial rates in a given region are also typically lower than our residential rates in that region because utilities’ commercial retail rates are generally lower than their residential retail rates.

We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We recognize the revenue these arrangements generate on a straight-line basis over the term for leases, or as we generate and deliver energy for power purchase agreements. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency business when we complete the services. Substantially all of our revenue is attributable to customers located in the United States.

The amount of operating leases revenue that we recognize in a given period is dependent in part on the amount of energy generated by solar energy systems under power purchase agreements and by systems with energy output performance incentives, which in turn is dependent in part on the amount of sunlight. As a result, operating leases revenue has in the past been impacted by seasonally shorter daylight hours in winter months. As the relative percentage of our revenue attributable to power purchase agreements or performance-based incentives increases, this seasonality may become more significant.

Various state and local agencies offer incentive rebates for the installation and operation of solar energy systems. For solar energy systems we sell, we typically have the customer assign the incentive rebate to us. We record the incentive rebates as a component of proceeds from the system sale. For incentive rebates associated with solar energy systems under leases or power purchase agreements, we initially record the rebate as deferred revenue and recognize the deferred revenue as revenue over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

Component materials, third-party appliances and direct labor comprise the substantial majority of the costs of our solar energy systems and energy efficiency products and services. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, the cost of revenue from our leases and power purchase agreements are primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems, which are depreciated over the estimated useful life of 30 years, and the amortization of initial direct costs, which is amortized over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

We classify our outstanding preferred stock warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. These warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each reporting date, with any changes in fair value being recognized as a component of other income or expense, net, in our consolidated statement of operations. When this offering closes, we expect to record a material non-cash charge in our consolidated statement of operations related to the remeasurement of these warrants. Any warrants that are not exercised and do not expire in connection with the closing of the offering will convert into warrants to purchase common stock. These common stock warrants will not be classified as a liability and accordingly will not be subject to further remeasurement.

We have structured different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy. One such structure is a joint venture structure where we and our fund investors both

 

46


Table of Contents

contribute funds or assets into the joint venture. Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of these joint ventures on our income statement. Therefore, after we determine our consolidated net income (loss) for a given period, we are required to allocate a portion of our consolidated net income (loss) to the fund investors in our joint ventures (referred to as the “noncontrolling interests” in our financial statements) and allocate the remainder of the consolidated net income (loss) to our stockholders. These income or loss allocations, reflected on our income statement, can have a significant impact on our reported results of operations. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, our consolidated net income (loss) was a loss of $73.7 million and $48.9 million, respectively. However, after applying the required allocations, the net income (loss) attributable to our stockholders was income of $43.5 million and a loss of $23.1 million, respectively. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

Investment Funds

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. We contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. Because these recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives are either paid by government agencies or individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores, and because electricity is a necessity, our fund investors perceive these as high-quality assets with a relatively low loss rate. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

We have established different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy, including joint ventures, lease pass-through and sale-leaseback structures, any of which may utilize debt that is non-recourse to us. We call these arrangements our investment funds. The allocation of the economic benefits among us and the fund investors and related accounting varies depending on the structure.

Joint Ventures.     Under joint venture structures, we and our fund investors contribute funds into a joint venture. Then, the joint venture acquires solar energy systems from us and leases the solar energy systems to customers. Prior to the fund investor receiving its contractual rate of return, the fund investors receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and, in some cases, other incentives. After the fund investor receives its contractual rate of return, we receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments and the other incentives.

We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in these joint venture structures. Accordingly, we consolidate the assets and liabilities and operating results of these joint ventures, including the solar energy systems and lease income, in our consolidated financial statements. We recognize the fund investors’ share of the net assets of the joint ventures as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet. We recognize the amounts that are contractually payable to these investors in each period as distributions to noncontrolling interests in our statement of equity. Our statement of cash flows reflects cash received from these fund investors as proceeds from investments by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Our statement of cash flows also reflects cash

 

47


Table of Contents

paid to these fund investors as distributions paid to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. We reflect any unpaid distributions to these fund investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet.

Lease Pass-Through.     Under lease pass-through structures, we lease solar energy systems to fund investors under a master lease agreement, and these investors in turn sublease the solar energy systems to customers. Depending upon the structure, we receive some or all of the value attributable to the accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. The fund investors receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits and, for the duration of the lease term, the long-term recurring customer payments. In some cases, the fund investors also receive a portion of the accelerated tax depreciation. After the lease term, we receive the customer payments, if any. We record the solar energy systems on our consolidated balance sheet as plant, property and equipment and recognize lease revenue generated by the systems ratably over the master lease term. The fund investors typically make significant upfront cash payments that we record on our consolidated balance sheet as lease pass-through financing obligations. We reduce these obligations by amounts received by the fund investors from U.S. Treasury Department grants, customer payments and the associated incentive rebates. We in turn recognize the incentive rebates and customer payments as revenue over the customer lease term and amortize U.S. Treasury Department grants as a reduction to depreciation of the associated solar energy systems over the estimated life of these systems.

Sale-Leaseback.     Under sale-leaseback structures, we generate cash through the sale of solar energy systems to our fund investors, and we then lease these systems back from the investors and sublease them to our customers. For the duration of the lease term, we may, for some of the structures, receive the value attributable to the incentives and the long-term recurring customer payments, and we make leaseback payments to the fund investors. The fund investors receive the customer payments after the lease term. They also receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation and other incentives. At the end of the lease term, we have an option to purchase the solar energy systems from the fund investors. Typically, our customers make monthly lease payments that we recognize as revenue over the term of the subleases on a straight-line basis. Depending on the design, size and construction of the individual systems and the leaseback terms, we may recognize a portion of the revenue from the sale of the systems or we may treat the cash received from the sale as financing received from the fund investors and reflect the cash received as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on our consolidated balance sheet.

Key Operating Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

Buildings

We track the number of residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services. We believe that the relationship we establish with building owners, together with energy-related information we obtain about the building, position us to provide the owner with additional energy-related solutions to further lower their energy costs. Our total number of buildings increased 86% from 5,501 as of December 31, 2009 to 10,254 as of December 31, 2010, 78% to 18,203 as of December 31, 2011, and 52% to 27,683 as of June 30, 2012.

Megawatts Booked, Megawatts Deployed and Cumulative Megawatts Deployed

We track the electricity-generating production capacity of our solar energy systems as measured in megawatts. Because the size of solar energy systems varies greatly, we believe that tracking the

 

48


Table of Contents

aggregate megawatt production capacity of the systems is an indicator of the growth rate of our solar energy systems business. We track megawatts booked in a given period as an indicator of sales activity in the period. We track megawatts deployed in a given period as an indicator of asset growth in the period. We track cumulative megawatts deployed as of the end of a given period as an indicator of our historical growth and our future opportunity to provide customers with additional energy-related solutions to further lower their energy costs.

Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and solar energy systems we have sold to customers. Until we have begun the design process, the customer may terminate these contracts with little or no penalty.

The following sets forth the megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems we have booked or deployed during the period presented and the cumulative megawatts deployed as of the end of each period presented:

       Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
 
       2009      2010      2011     

Megawatts booked

     36         92         134         200   

Megawatts deployed

     15         31         72         72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed

     27         58         129         201   

Transactions for Other Energy Products and Services

We use the number of transactions for energy products and services other than the installation of solar energy systems as a key operating metric to evaluate our ability to generate incremental sales from our installed customer base and to expand our business to new customers. Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. We also offer our energy efficiency products and services on a stand-alone basis. Our strategy is to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers and to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products and services.

Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the six months ended June 30, 2012, we completed 67, 401, 3,741 and 5,348 transactions for other energy products and services, respectively.

Nominal Contracted Payments

Our leases and power purchase agreements create long-term recurring customer payments. We use a portion of the value created by these contracts that we refer to as “nominal contracted payments,” together with the value attributable to investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation, Solar Renewable Energy Credits, performance-based incentives, state tax benefits and rebates, to cover the fixed and variable costs associated with installing solar energy systems.

We track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specific periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the

 

49


Table of Contents

sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. Aggregate nominal contracted payments include leases and power purchase agreements that we have contributed to investment funds. Currently, third- party investors in such investment funds have contractual rights to a portion of these nominal contracted payments.

Nominal contracted payments is a forward-looking number, and we use judgment in developing the assumptions used to calculate it. Those assumptions may not prove to be accurate over time. Underperformance of the solar energy systems, payment defaults by our customers, cancellation of signed contracts or other factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” could cause our actual results to differ materially from our calculation of nominal contracted payments.

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

   $ 65,234       $ 183,188       $ 252,752       $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

   $ 106,204       $ 273,166       $ 485,780       $ 711,912   

In addition to the nominal contracted payments, our long-term leases and power purchase agreements provide us with a significant post-contract renewal opportunity. Because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, they will continue to have a useful life after the 20-year term of the lease or power purchase agreement. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts. The solar energy systems will be already installed on the customer’s building, which facilitates customer acceptance of our renewal offer and results in limited additional costs to us.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Operating leases.     We classify and account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We consider the proceeds from solar energy system rebate incentives offered by certain state and local governments to form part of the proceeds from our operating leases. We recognize revenue from our operating leases over the operating lease term either on a straight-line basis over the lease term for lease arrangements or as we generate and sell energy to customers under power purchase agreements. We typically bundle and charge for remote monitoring services as part of the lease or power purchase agreement and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the term of the monitoring service. The term of our leases and power purchase agreements ranges between 10 and 20 years.

 

50


Table of Contents

Solar energy systems sales.     Solar energy systems sales is comprised of revenue from the sale of solar energy systems directly to cash paying customers, revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts and revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services. We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We allocate a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the system to the remote monitoring service and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the monitoring service term. We recognize revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total project labor costs. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency services when we complete the services.

During the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, less than 10% of our solar energy system installations were sales as opposed to operating leases. However, because of our revenue recognition policy, these sales represented 61% and 72%, respectively, of our total revenue for those periods. We expect installations utilizing leases and power purchase agreements to continue to represent the vast majority of our installed systems. As a result, the number of systems sold for cash and delivered in a given financial reporting period will have a disproportionate effect on the total revenue reported for that period.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

Operating Leases Cost of Revenue.     Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems and the amortization of initial direct costs. The depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems is reduced by the amortization of any U.S. Treasury Department grant payment in lieu of the energy investment tax credit associated with these systems. Initial direct costs include allocated contract administration costs, sales commissions and customer acquisition referral fees. Contract administration costs include personnel costs, such as salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs. Operating leases cost of revenue also includes direct and allocated costs associated with monitoring services for these systems.

Solar Energy Systems Cost of Revenue.     The substantial majority of solar energy systems cost of revenue consists of the costs of solar energy systems component acquisition and personnel costs associated with system installations. We acquire the significant component parts of the solar energy systems directly from foreign and domestic manufacturers or distributors. Our employees install our residential solar energy systems and we employ project managers and construction managers who oversee the subcontractors that install commercial systems. To a lesser extent, solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes personnel costs associated with performing our energy efficiency services and related materials. Solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes engineering and design costs, estimated warranty costs, freight charges, allocated corporate overhead costs such as facilities costs, vehicle depreciation costs and personnel costs associated with supply chain, logistics, operations management, safety and quality control. Personnel costs include salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs.

We allocate to solar energy systems cost of revenue certain corporate overhead costs that include rental and operating costs for our corporate facilities, information technology costs, travel expenses and certain professional services to cost of solar energy systems, work in process, cost of sales, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses using the relative proportions of direct payroll costs in each of these functions.

 

51


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, benefits, bonuses, sales commissions and stock-based compensation as well as advertising, promotional and other marketing related expenses. Sales and marketing expenses also include customer referral fees, allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We expect sales and marketing costs to increase significantly in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to grow our sales headcount and expand our marketing efforts to continue to grow our business.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, bonuses and stock-based compensation and professional fees related to legal, human resources, accounting and structured finance services. General and administrative expenses also include allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We anticipate that we will incur additional administrative headcount costs to support the growth in our business, our investment fund arrangements and the additional costs of being a public reporting company.

Other Income and Expenses

Our other income and expenses consist principally of the change in fair value of warrants issued to certain fund investors that allow them, on achievement of certain contractual terms, to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock, and interest income and expense.

Change in Fair Value of Warrants.     Change in fair value of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We account for changes in the fair value of warrants issued to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock through other income or expenses. The warrants have been classified as liability instruments on the balance sheet. We record any changes in the fair value of these instruments between reporting dates as a component of other income or expense in the income statement.

Interest Income and Expense.     Interest income and expense primarily consist of the interest charges associated with our secured credit revolver agreements, long-term debt facilities, financing obligations and capital lease obligations. Our credit revolver and long-term debt facilities are subject to variable interest rates. The interest charge on our financing obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date or the effective interest rate in the arrangement giving rise to the obligation. The interest charge on capital lease obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date. Interest income and expense also include the amortization of deferred financing costs associated with such secured credit revolvers or long-term debt facilities, partially offset by a nominal amount of interest income generated from our cash holdings in interest-bearing accounts.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to taxation in the United States and Canada. We conduct our business primarily in the United States.

Our effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate primarily due to the valuation allowance on our deferred taxes, state taxes, foreign taxes, joint venture transactions and nondeductible compensation. Our tax expense is primarily composed of the amortization of prepaid tax expense as a result of sales of assets to joint ventures included in our consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods, we maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders

We determine the net income (loss) attributable to stockholders by deducting from net income (loss) in a period the net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. The net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the joint venture fund investors’ allocable share in the results of the joint venture investment funds. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method, or HLBV method. We therefore use the HLBV method to determine the allocable share of the results of the joint ventures attributable to the fund investors, which we record in the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. The HLBV method determines the fund investors’ allocable share of results of the joint venture by calculating the net change in the investors’ share in the consolidated net assets of the joint venture at the beginning and at the end of a period after adjusting for any transactions with the fund investor such as capital contributions or cash distributions.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, cash flow and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Our future financial statements will be affected to the extent that our actual results materially differ from these estimates.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with our principles of consolidation, revenue recognition, property, plant and equipment, warranties, deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds, stock-based compensation, inventory reserves for excess and obsolescence, income taxes and noncontrolling interests have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act, and we will utilize certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies.

 

53


Table of Contents

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements reflect our accounts and operations and those of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 810, Consolidation , we consolidate any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which we are the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity. However, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as VIEs, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if (1) that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. This holder is considered the primary beneficiary. We do not consolidate a VIE in which we have a majority ownership interest if we are not considered the primary beneficiary. We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in all of our VIEs and accordingly consolidate the assets and liabilities of such VIEs in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our relationships with our VIEs on an ongoing basis to determine whether we continue to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

Our customers have the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems, to access solar energy systems through contractual arrangements that we account for as operating leases, or to purchase energy through power purchase agreements. We also offer ongoing monitoring services of the solar energy systems. In certain cases, we have entered into sale-leaseback arrangements with our fund investors. In a sale-leaseback arrangement, fund investors invest in solar energy systems while enabling us to sublease the systems to our customers.

In the second quarter of 2010, we also began to offer energy efficiency products and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs.

In accordance with ASC 605-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials , we recognize revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. In instances where we have multiple deliverables in a single arrangement, we allocate the arrangement consideration to the various elements in the arrangement. ASC 605-25 requires the allocation of the arrangement consideration to each element to be based on the relative selling price method. ASC 605-25 also provides a hierarchy of selling price determination, starting with vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; third-party evidence, or TPE, if available and if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, we recognize revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Costs incurred on installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the consolidated balance sheet. Solar energy systems sold to residential and small scale commercial customers typically take three to five months to install. Revenue attributable to the remote monitoring service is recognized over the period of the associated contract, which is generally 5 to 15 years.

 

54


Table of Contents

We recognize revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers according to ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total projected labor costs, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Solar energy systems sold to large-scale commercial customers may take up to six months to install.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

We recognize revenue attributable to energy efficiency products and services when we complete the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically, energy efficiency services take one to two months to complete. Energy efficiency products and services are sold on a stand-alone basis or bundled with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements. When we bundle the sale of energy efficiency products and services with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements, we allocate revenue to the energy efficiency products and services and the sale, lease or power purchase agreements using the relative selling price method provided by ASU 2009-13. The selling price of the energy efficiency products and services used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices we charge for the products and services on a stand-alone basis. To date, the revenue generated from energy efficiency products and services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated financial statements.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

For solar energy systems under operating leases, we account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases , under which we are the lessor. We record operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on the amount of electricity the system generates, we record revenue as amounts are earned. The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related lease.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from us under power purchase agreements, we have determined that our power purchase agreements should be accounted for, in substance, as operating leases, pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming the other revenue recognition criteria are met. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related power purchase agreement.

Sale-Leaseback

We are a party to sale-leaseback arrangements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to the fund investor and simultaneous leaseback to us of the systems that we then sublease to our customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, we first determine whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” We determine a solar energy system to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. The cost to remove a system from its existing location includes the cost of shipping and reinstallation of the system at a new site, as well as any diminution in fair value. When the leaseback arrangements expire, we have the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to us, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to us prior to expiration of the arrangement.

 

55


Table of Contents

For solar energy systems that we have determined to be integral equipment, we have concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, we use the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, we do not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, we treat any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly record the proceeds as a financing obligation in our consolidated balance sheet. We allocate the leaseback payments that we make to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using our incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. We determine our incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that we would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that are not integral equipment, we determine if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, we initially record a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in our consolidated balance sheet equal to the lower of the present value of our future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, we do not recognize any of the revenue but defer the gross profit comprising the net of revenue and cost of sale of the associated solar energy system. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, we recognize a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defer the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, we record the deferred gross profit in our consolidated balance sheet as deferred income and amortize the deferred income over the master lease term as a reduction to the cost of operating lease revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased

We are the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. We account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, we evaluate the lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. We utilize periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

    

Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are constructed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility and are depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Presentation of cash flows associated with solar energy systems

We disclose cash flows associated with solar energy systems in accordance with ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows (ASC 230). We determine the appropriate classification of cash payments

 

56


Table of Contents

related to solar energy systems depending on the activity that is likely to be the predominant source of cash flows for the item being paid for. Accordingly we present payments made in a period for costs incurred to install solar energy systems that will be leased to customers, including the payments for cost of the inventory that is utilized in such systems, as investing activities in the statement of cash flows. Payments made for inventory that is utilized for solar energy systems that will be sold to customers are presented as cash flows from operations in the statement of cash flows.

Warranties

We warrant our products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems that we sell. The manufacturers’ warranty on the components of the solar energy systems, which we typically pass through to our customers, has a warranty period ranging from 5 to 25 years depending upon the solar energy system component under warranty and the manufacturer. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012, the changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,

2012
 
(In thousands)    2010     2011    

Balance—beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        1,032   

Assumed obligations arising from business acquisitions

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 3,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar Energy Performance Guarantees

We guarantee that our leased solar energy systems will generate a minimum level of solar energy output. We monitor the systems to determine whether the solar energy systems are achieving these specified minimum outputs. If we determine that the guaranteed minimum energy output is not achieved, we record a liability for the estimated amounts payable. We believe that the solar energy systems are capable of producing the minimum production outputs guaranteed and therefore do not record any liability in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees.

Deferred U.S. Treasury Department Grant Proceeds

We have determined that all of our solar energy systems constitute eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010. We submit applications for grants receivable from the U.S. Treasury Department related to eligible property based on 30% of the tax basis of the solar energy systems as supported by independently appraised fair market values of the systems or guideline system values that have been posted by the U.S. Treasury Department on its website. To determine the fair market value of the systems, an independent appraiser considers various factors such as the cost of producing the systems, the estimated price that could be obtained in the market from the sale of the systems, and the present value of the economic benefits expected to be generated by the systems. We then present our appraised fair market value to the U.S. Treasury Department when we apply for grants on our solar energy systems. In a number of cases, the U.S. Treasury Department has determined that grants should be paid based on a lower value for the systems and has in such instances posted guideline system values on its website that should be used in the grant applications.

 

57


Table of Contents

We initially record the grants receivable for leased solar energy systems as deferred income at the amounts that have been approved for payment by the U.S. Treasury Department and then amortize them on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems. We record the amortization of the deferred income as a credit to depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. We record a catch up adjustment in the period in which the grant is approved to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by the investor of the associated grant, in the case of lease pass-through investment funds. The catch up adjustments we have recorded to date have been immaterial. Some of our investment fund agreements obligate us to reimburse the fund investors based upon the difference between their anticipated benefit from U.S. Treasury grants at the formation of the funds and the benefit they receive from the amounts paid by the U.S. Treasury Department. For the joint venture investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet, and any impact to the consolidated statement of operations, which is determined using the HLBV method, is reflected in the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests line item. For sale-leaseback investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors under accrued and other current liabilities and reduce the deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions included within other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, with no impact to the consolidated statement of operations. For lease pass-through investment funds, all amounts received from the investors are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as a lease pass-through financing obligation and the amounts we expect to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable would reduce the lease pass-through obligation with no impact on the consolidated statement of operations.

During 2011, the U.S. Treasury Department awarded grants in amounts lower than the appraised fair market values for some solar energy systems. We have appropriately reflected the financial impact of the anticipated reduction in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011.

We received no grants prior to 2010. The changes in deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)       

U.S. Treasury grant receipts during the year ended December 31, 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2010

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the year ended December 31, 2011

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     54,730   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2011

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the six months ended June 30, 2012

     45,005   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     12,442   

Amortization during the six months ended June 30, 2012

     (4,177
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2012

   $ 190,704   
  

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of FASB ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees, including our executive officers and employee members of our board of directors, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

We apply ASC 718 and FASB ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees , to options and other stock-based awards issued to non-employees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, we use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date and each reporting period prior to that, as applicable.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends that are estimated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Fair value of our common stock .    Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the common stock’s fair value, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and was primarily determined using the simplified method in accordance with guidance provided by the SEC. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the awards. We will continue to utilize the simplified method for all standard awards until we have established a reasonable period of representative trading history as a public company, at which time we will determine the expected term based on the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, expectations about future option exercise behavior and post-vesting cancellations.

 

  Ÿ  

Volatility.     Because there is no trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the solar energy industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us. If this occurs, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. Higher volatility and longer expected lives would result in an increase to stock-based compensation expense determined on the grant date.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk-free rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury Department securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

  Ÿ  

Dividend yield.     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

59


Table of Contents

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures since the adoption of our option plan. We routinely evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and expectations of future option exercise behavior. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the forfeiture rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected term, expected volatility and forfeiture rate related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to the estimates of our expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense as it relates to the future grants of our stock-based awards.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
         2009             2010             2011             2011             2012      
                       (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     6.10       5.98        6.09        6.09        6.13   

Volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.89     87.52

Risk-free interest rate

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.27     1.12

Dividend yield

                                   

Stock-based compensation totaled $0.9 million, $1.8 million, $5.1 million, $1.7 million and $4.7 million, respectively, in 2009, 2010, and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012. As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, we had $24.7 million and $29.0 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation expense, which will be recognized over the weighted average remaining vesting period of 3.01 years and 2.85 years, respectively.

Common Stock Valuations

Our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options. The board of directors intended the granted options to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on each grant date. The common stock valuations were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Our board of directors is comprised of a majority of non-employee directors that we believe have the relevant experience and expertise to determine a fair value of our common stock on each respective grant date. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the common stock’s fair value as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

  Ÿ  

concurrent valuations performed by an unrelated third-party valuation expert, as described in the chart below;

 

60


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices of our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

  Ÿ  

our history and the introduction of new products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

the hiring of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

individual sales of our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

Estimates obtained from third-party valuation experts of the fair value of our common stock are set forth below as of the indicated dates:

 

Valuation Date

   Effective as of    Fair Value Per
Common Share
 

December 7, 2010

   December 3, 2010    $ 3.40   

May 24, 2011

   May 12, 2011      5.07   

August 9, 2011

   August 1, 2011      5.88   

September 27, 2011

   September 14, 2011      5.92   

November 1, 2011

   October 25, 2011      5.98   

February 6, 2012

   January 31, 2012      10.74   

March 22, 2012

   March 12, 2012      10.93   

May 21, 2012

   May 14, 2012      11.38   

We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2011 and August 14, 2012:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Common Stock Fair
Value Per Share at
Grant Date
 

January 10, 2011

     531,158       $ 3.40       $ 3.40   

February 16, 2011

     884,620         3.40         3.40   

May 25, 2011

     3,121,058         5.07         5.07   

August 10, 2011

     455,978         5.88         5.88   

October 24, 2011

     1,480,724         5.92         5.92   

November 2, 2011

     97,500         5.98         5.98   

December 5, 2011

     472,100         5.98         5.98   

February 8, 2012

     987,880         10.74         10.74   

March 27, 2012

     292,000         10.93         10.93   

April 25, 2012

     223,400         10.93         10.93   

May 22, 2012

     466,150         11.40         11.40   

June 11, 2012

     105,881         11.40         11.40   

July 19, 2012

     190,167         11.40         11.40   

 

61


Table of Contents

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of June 30, 2012 was $        , of which $         related to vested options and $         related to unvested options.

To determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we first determined our business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Our BEV was measured using a combination of financial and market-based methodologies including the following approaches: (i) the market transaction method, or MTM, (ii) the guideline public company method, or GPCM, or (iii) the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF. The MTM applies an option pricing model to negotiated enterprise valuations of arm’s-length actual transactions in our capital stock with third-party investors. This usually represents the best estimate of fair value. The GPCM considers multiples of financial metrics based on trading multiples of a selected peer group of publicly-traded companies. These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive the indicated values. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate known as the weighted average cost of capital which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. Once calculated, BEV is then weighted based on a qualitative assessment of the relative reliability of each method and the weight that an independent market participant could be expected to place on each indication. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, preferred stock was assumed to convert at the point where conversion provided an economic benefit to the stockholder or was required per the terms of the applicable agreements. Our BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options, using an option pricing method. The option pricing method, or OPM, treats common stock, convertible redeemable preferred stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies.

We believe that the changes in the fair value of our common stock in the periods discussed below were largely driven by achievements in our operational plans, increases in negotiated valuations in arm’s length transactions in our capital securities and improvements in the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets. Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these grant dates include:

January 2011 and February 2011

Between December 2010 and February 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. In December 2010, a strategic investor sold all shares of Series D preferred stock held by it to other investors in an arm’s-length transaction at a per share purchase price of $5.95. This transaction was considered a reliable market price as it was well bargained for and involved a knowledgeable seller and knowledgeable buyers with clearly opposing economic interests. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of December 3, 2010 which

 

62


Table of Contents

determined the fair value to be $3.40 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on a secondary Series D preferred stock transaction as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM and the DCF method. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 30%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately one and one-half years. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $3.40 per share.

May 2011

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 12, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.07 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on the then-anticipated terms of our Series F preferred stock financing, which included issuing 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and warrants to purchase 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share, as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 17 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.07 per share.

August 2011

In June and July 2011, we completed the issuance and sale of 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and in June 2011, we issued warrants exercisable for 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share. In June 2011, we announced the creation of a $158 million fund with U.S. Bancorp and a $280 million fund with Google Inc.; and in July 2011, we announced our agreement to install solar energy systems for Hickam Communities at Joint Base Pearl Harbor-Hickam. Between May 2011 and August 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve overall, despite a brief decline in the financial and stock markets commencing in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of August 1, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.88 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on our Series F preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.88 per share.

October 2011

In September 2011, we announced the offer of a conditional commitment for a partial guarantee of a $344 million Department of Energy loan to help secure financing for our SolarStrong project to install, own and operate up to 160,000 rooftop solar installations on as many as 124 military housing developments across 33 states. Between August 2011 and October 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to stall, precipitated by continued political gridlock on economic issues. Notably, two U.S. solar energy companies, Evergreen Solar, Inc. and Solyndra, Inc., filed for bankruptcy during this period. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of September 14, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.92 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within

 

63


Table of Contents

approximately 12 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.92 per share.

November 2011 and December 2011

In November 2011, we announced our agreement with Bank of America, N.A. to provide us with a $350 million credit facility to facilitate our SolarStrong project. Between September 2011 and December 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets improved and the financial and stock markets exited the brief decline that commenced in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of October 25, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.98 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.98 per share.

February 2012

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of January 31, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.74 per share as of such date. We were engaged in advanced negotiations with investors for our Series G preferred stock financing during this period, at an expected valuation that represented a significant increase over our prior Series F preferred stock financing. The valuation determined a BEV by using the Probability-Weighted Expected Return, or PWER, variation of the MTM based on the then-anticipated terms and price of our Series G preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. We used this methodology given that our internal preparation for an initial public offering was underway at this time. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.74 per share.

March 2012 and April 2012

In February 2012 and March 2012, as previously anticipated, we completed the issuance and sale of 3,386,986 shares of our Series G preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share. Although each share of Series G preferred stock is currently convertible into one share of common stock, upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series G preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing $23.92 by 60% of the initial public offering price, subject to a specified maximum and minimum adjustment. Therefore, although the nominal value of Series G preferred stock was $23.92 per share, the effective value of such shares on an as-converted to common stock basis may be less than $23.92 per share. In March 2012, we announced our agreement with Rabobank to provide us with $42.5 million in structured financing to fund commercial solar projects in California. Between February 2012 and March 2012, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of March 12, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.93 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.93 per share.

 

64


Table of Contents

May 2012 through July 2012

In April 2012, we announced our plan to conduct a registered initial public offering of our common stock and the confidential submission to the SEC of our draft registration statement. Between April 2012 and July 2012, the U.S. financial and stock markets stalled, precipitated by global economic issues. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 14, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $11.38 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non- marketability discount of 14%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $11.40 per share.

Nonemployee Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock options issued to nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to quarterly adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations during the period the related services are rendered.

Inventory Reserves for Excess and Obsolescence

Inventories include solar energy system components, including photovoltaic panels, inverters, mounting hardware and miscellaneous electrical components, and work-in-process, including solar energy system components that are partially installed and direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Historically, we have purchased materials and appliances used in our energy efficiency business as they are needed. Accordingly, inventories related to energy efficiency products and services have not been material. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market.

We evaluate our inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and write down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined on the difference between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

The calculation of our tax assets and liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed by applicable accounting principles. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled

 

65


Table of Contents

issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the relevant period.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, we had no material uncertain tax positions.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods the company maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets primarily relate to net operating loss carryforwards, accelerated gains for tax purposes and deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. In addition, we had net operating losses for state income tax purposes of approximately $45.3 million and $39.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2016 if not utilized.

Our valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, based on our history of losses, we continued to provide a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. The amount of our valuation allowance could be materially affected should the actual amounts differ from our estimates. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the statement of operations in the periods when the adjustment is determined to be required.

We apply any limitations as a result of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, Section 382, when determining the amount of net operating loss that is available for future use. Based on this analysis, we have undergone two ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Code. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes have occurred through June 30, 2012.

We have agreements to sell solar energy systems to the investment funds structured as joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until we no longer benefit from the underlying asset. Because the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the life of the underlying systems, estimated to be 30 years. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, we recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.3 million net of amortization, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interests

Our noncontrolling interests represent fund investors’ interest in the net assets of certain funding structures, which we consolidate, that we have entered into to finance the costs of solar energy systems under operating leases. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual agreements of the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have

 

66


Table of Contents

further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the HLBV method. We therefore determine the noncontrolling interest balance at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method and record it on our consolidated balance sheet as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet represent the amounts the fund investors would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the contractual agreements of these structures, assuming the net assets of these funding structures were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP. The fund investors’ interest in the results of operations of these funding structures is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each reporting period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the fund and the fund investors. The noncontrolling interests’ balance is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

67


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statement of operations data:

     

Revenue:

         

Operating leases

  $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

    29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

         

Operating leases

    1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

    28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

    10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

    334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

    2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

    (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

  $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

         

Basic

  $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2012

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 9,099       $ 19,667       $ 10,568         116

Solar energy systems sales

     11,179         51,748         40,569         363
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 20,278       $ 71,415       $ 51,137         252

Total revenue increased by approximately $51.1 million, or 252%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Operating leases revenue increased by approximately $10.6 million, or 116%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements that are in service, which increased by 75% from June 30, 2011 to June 30, 2012. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. Operating leases revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2012 included $7.8 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $4.2 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $40.6 million, or 363%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales, a $14.8 million increase in revenue from long-term contracts and a $3.9 million sale to a specific customer during the six months ended June 30, 2012. In addition, revenue from the sale of energy efficiency products and services increased by $2.6 million during this period. This increase in revenue was offset in part by a lower average sales price of solar energy systems sold for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The decline in the average sales price was due to a decrease in the cost of the solar energy system components that in turn led to a downward impact on the competitive market price of solar energy systems sold. We expect that the continuing decline in the cost of solar energy system components will similarly impact our average sales price.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011             2012         $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 1,397      $ 6,292      $ 4,895         350

Gross profit of operating leases

     7,702        13,375        5,673         74

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     85     68     

Solar energy systems

   $ 16,339      $ 44,024      $ 27,685         169

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     (5,160     7,724        12,884         250

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     (46 )%      15     

Total cost of revenue

   $ 17,736      $ 50,316      $ 32,580         184

Total gross profit

     2,542        21,099        18,557         730

Total gross profit margin

     13     30     

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by approximately $4.9 million, or 350%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating

 

69


Table of Contents

leases that were interconnected in the six months ended June 30, 2012, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $27.7 million, or 169%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was due to increased costs associated with the rise in solar energy system sales. The increase in the gross margin from a gross loss of 46% to a gross profit of 15% was primarily due to the increase in the volume of sales recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. Due to increased volume, we were able to allocate overhead to more units, leading to a lower cost per unit.

The cost of our component materials could increase as a result of the U.S. government imposition of tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. These tariffs may have a short-term impact on the price we pay for solar panels purchased from China. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. As a result, we believe there is adequate surplus capacity of non-tariff panels available. In the longer term, we expect the cost of solar panels to continue to decline, although we expect the rate of decline will decrease as component prices approach the cost of manufacture.

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 15,243       $ 31,831       $ 16,588         109

General and administrative expense

     15,457         19,350         3,893         25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 30,700       $ 51,181       $ 20,481         67

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $16.6 million, or 109%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was driven primarily by greater marketing and promotional activities in the six months ended June 30, 2012 as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts and sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $3.8 million from $8.7 million to $12.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased our total number of personnel allocated to sales and marketing expense from 195 as of June 30, 2011 to 562 as of June 30, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $6.6 million from $5.5 million to $12.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $3.9 million, or 25%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due primarily to an increase in the number of our personnel allocated to general and administrative expense from 113 as of June 30, 2011 to 210 as of June 30, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $3.7 million from $5.7 million to $9.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. The administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and their associated legal and professional fees increased by $0.4 million from the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012.

 

70


Table of Contents

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Interest expense, net

   $ 5,397       $ 8,335       $ 2,938         54

Other expense, net

     1,833         10,429         8,596         469
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest and all other expenses, net

   $ 7,230       $ 18,764       $ 11,534         160

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $2.9 million, or 54%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. Interest expense comprises imputed interest on financing obligations and interest expense on bank borrowings, net of interest income on cash balances. This increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in the first six months of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $8.6 million, or 469%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a non-cash charge related to a change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $     %  

Income tax expense

   $ 75       $ 65       $ (10     (13 )% 

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.01 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2012, we had incurred a total of $3.4 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

       Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2012     $     %  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $ (47,393   $ (25,834   $ (21,559     (45 )% 

The income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the share of income or loss that is allocated to the investors in the joint venture investment funds. This amount is determined as the change in the investors’ interest in the joint venture investment funds between the balance sheet dates at the beginning and end of each reporting period calculated using the HLBV method, less any capital contributions net of any capital distributions. The calculation of the noncontrolling interest balance using the HLBV method depends on the specific contractual liquidation provisions in each of the joint venture funds and is generally affected by, among other factors, the tax attributes allocated to the investors including tax bonus depreciation and income tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of the investment tax credits, the existence of guarantees of minimum returns to the fund investors by us, and the contractual provisions relating to the allocation of tax income or losses in these funds including provisions that govern the level of deficits that can be funded by noncontrolling interests in a liquidation

 

71


Table of Contents

scenario. The calculation is also affected by the cost of the assets sold to the funds which forms the book basis of the net assets allocated to the investors assuming a liquidation scenario. Generally, significant loss allocations to the noncontrolling interests have arisen in situations where there is a significant difference between the fair value and the cost of assets sold to the funds in a particular period accompanied by the absence of guarantees of minimum returns to the investors, since the capital contributions by the noncontrolling interests are based on the fair values of the assets in a fund while the calculation of the noncontrolling interests balance at each reporting period is determined based on the cost of the assets in the fund. The existence of guarantees of minimum returns to the investors and the amounts of deficit that an investor is contractually obligated to fund in a liquidation scenario reduce the amount of losses that are allocated to the noncontrolling interests.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $25.8 million reported in the six months ended June 30, 2012 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 of $91.3 million netted against the excess of distributions over capital contributions of $65.5 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $47.4 million reported in the six months ended June 30, 2011 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 of $24.2 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $23.2 million.

The net loss allocation to noncontrolling interests was lower in the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the comparative period in 2011 mainly due to an approximately $14.6 million higher loss allocation in 2011 to an investor in a fund into which we had sold assets with a larger excess of fair value over cost in 2011 compared to 2012, and an approximately $6.9 million higher loss allocation in 2011 to an investor in two funds into which we had contributed assets, while we did not contribute any assets into these funds in 2012.

Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                 %                 $                  %        

Operating leases

   $ 3,212       $ 9,684       $ 23,145       $ 6,472        201   $ 13,461         139

Solar energy systems

     29,435         22,744         36,406         (6,691     (23 )%      13,662         60
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 32,647       $ 32,428       $ 59,551       $ (219     (1 )%    $ 27,123         84

2011 Compared to 2010

Total revenue increased by approximately $27.1 million, or 84%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Operating leases revenue increased by approximately $13.5 million, or 139%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements in service and generating revenue. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 135% during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2011 compared to 2010.

 

72


Table of Contents

Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we expanded our operations into new territories such as the East Coast and continued our sales penetration within existing territories. Operating leases revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $9.6 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $5.8 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $13.7 million, or 60%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales compared to the prior year. This increase in revenue was offset in part by lower average selling prices of solar energy systems sold in the year 2011. The decline in the average sales price was due to a decrease in the cost of the solar energy system components that in turn led to a downward impact on the competitive market price of solar energy systems sold.

2010 Compared to 2009

Total revenue decreased by approximately $0.2 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Operating lease revenue increased by approximately $6.5 million, or 201%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under operating leases in 2010 compared to 2009. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 130% during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2010 compared to 2009. During 2010, we expanded into new states such as Texas and also implemented an additional four investment funds for financing the cost of solar energy systems that were then placed into operating leases. This was in addition to seven existing investment funds that we implemented in 2008 and 2009. Operating leases revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 included $3.8 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $2.7 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems decreased by approximately $6.7 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Direct sales to cash paying customers declined in 2010 as we focused more on power purchase agreements and leasing of solar energy systems through investment fund arrangements.

 

73


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Operating leases

   $ 1,911      $ 3,191      $ 5,718      $ 1,280        67   $ 2,527        79

Gross profit of operating leases

     1,301        6,493        17,427        5,192        399     10,934        168

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     41     67     75        

Solar energy systems

   $ 28,971      $ 26,953      $ 41,418      $ (2,018     (7 )%    $ 14,465        54

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     464        (4,209     (5,012     (4,673     (1,007 )%      (803     (19 )% 

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     2     (19 )%      (14 )%         

Total cost of revenue

   $ 30,882      $ 30,144      $ 47,136      $ (738     (2 )%    $ 16,992        56

Total gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        519        29     10,131        444

Total gross profit margin

     5     7     21        

2011 Compared to 2010

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $2.5 million, or 79%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the year ended December 31, 2011, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $14.5 million, or 54%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The change was due to rising costs associated with the increase in commercial solar energy system sales in 2011 and an increase in the aggregate amount of operational overhead costs allocated to these systems attributable to the growth in operational costs that we incurred to support our growth in current and new territories. These overhead costs increased by $15.7 million from $18.3 million in 2010 to $34.0 million in 2011. While we expect these allocated overhead costs to increase in the future, we expect the installation volume to increase at a greater rate than the increase in the overhead costs. Accordingly, the allocated overhead cost per installed system is expected to decrease in the future. The increase was also due to a $2.6 million charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011 to adjust the cost of certain raw material inventory to market value and a $0.1 million charge for slow moving inventory.

2010 Compared to 2009

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $1.3 million, or 67%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in this cost is primarily due to the increased number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the period, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy systems components. As of December 31, 2010, we had eleven investment funds compared to seven investment funds as of December 31, 2009.

Cost of sales of solar energy system decreased by approximately $2.0 million, or 7%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to lower volumes of solar energy system sales and declining costs of solar energy systems components.

 

74


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

    Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009      2010      2011              $                    %                 $                  %        

Sales and marketing expense

  $ 10,914       $ 22,404       $ 42,004       $ 11,490         105   $ 19,600         87

General and administrative expense

    10,855         19,227         31,664         8,372         77     12,437         65
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expense

  $ 21,769       $ 41,631       $ 73,668       $ 19,862         91   $ 32,037         77

2011 Compared to 2010

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $19.6 million, or 87%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2011 as promotional marketing costs increased by $11.5 million to $23.0 million in 2011 compared to $11.5 million in 2010, as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts to develop our backlog and increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the total number of our sales and marketing personnel from 137 as of December 31, 2010 to 319 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.2 million in payroll costs that increased from $8.6 million in 2010 to $12.8 million in 2011.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $12.4 million, or 65%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 102 as of December 31, 2010 to 155 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $4.1 million from $6.9 million in 2010 to $11.0 million in 2011. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $3.7 million in expenses, which increased from $2.4 million in 2010 to $6.1 million in 2011.

2010 Compared to 2009

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $11.5 million, or 105%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2010 as we intensified our marketing efforts to increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $8.9 million to $11.4 million in 2010 compared to $2.5 million in 2009. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the number of our sales and marketing personnel from 99 as of December 31, 2009 to 137 as of December 31, 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.0 million in payroll costs which increased from $4.6 million in 2009 to $8.6 million in 2010. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Therefore, in 2009, we reduced our spending on sales and marketing initiatives.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $8.4 million, or 77%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increased general and administrative expenses were primarily due to an increase in personnel costs. Personnel costs increased due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 53 as of December 31, 2009 to 102 as of December 31, 2010, including the creation and staffing of a funding structures management group to manage the increased number of investment fund

 

75


Table of Contents

arrangements that we created in 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $3.4 million from $3.5 million in 2009 to $6.9 million in 2010. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $2.3 million in expenses, which increased from $0.1 million in 2009 to $2.4 million in 2010.

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Interest expense, net

   $ 334       $ 4,901       $ 9,272       $ 4,567         1367   $ 4,371         89

Other expenses, net

     2,360         2,761         3,097         401         17     336         12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total interest and other expenses, net

   $ 2,694       $ 7,662       $ 12,369       $ 4,968         184   $ 4,707         61

2011 Compared to 2010

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.4 million, or 89%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2011 compared to 2010.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.3 million, or 12%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

2010 Compared to 2009

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.5 million, or 1367%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2010 compared to 2009.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.4 million, or 17%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Income tax expense

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92       $ 43         195   $ 27         42

2011 Compared to 2010

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.03 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011 we had incurred a total of $3.4 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our

 

76


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

2010 Compared to 2009

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.04 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase reflects a full year of amortization of the prepaid tax asset recorded in 2009 relating to sales of solar energy systems to investment funds. We incurred $1.3 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems. In 2009, the amortization was only for a portion of the year.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

  $ 3,507      $ (8,457   $ (117,230   $ (11,964     (341 )%    $ (108,773     (1,286 )% 

2011 compared to 2010 compared to 2009

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $117.2 million reported in 2011 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and 2011 of $0.9 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $116.3 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $8.5 million reported in 2010 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2009 and 2010 of $67.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $76.0 million.

The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $3.5 million reported 2009 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2008 and 2009 of $36.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $33.0 million.

This significant loss allocation in 2011 was attributable mainly to the excess of fair value over cost of assets of $122.9 million sold into two funds in which the investors have no guaranteed minimum return. The loss allocation in 2010 is attributable mainly to the excess of fair value over cost of the assets of $6.4 million that were sold into a fund in which the investor had no guaranteed minimum return. The net income allocation in 2009 is attributable to sales of assets in 2009 to funds which had a guaranteed minimum return to the investors.

 

77


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each of the quarters indicated. The consolidated financial statements for each of these quarters have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the consolidated results of operations for these periods. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

            

Operating leases

   $ 3,417      $ 5,682      $ 7,004      $ 7,042      $ 8,139      $ 11,528   

Solar energy systems sales

     3,827        7,352        11,527        13,700        16,702        35,046   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     7,244        13,034        18,531        20,742        24,841        46,574   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

            

Operating leases

     1,345        52        1,892        2,429        2,582        3,710   

Solar energy systems

     4,337        12,002        15,076        10,003        12,125        31,899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     5,682        12,054        16,968        12,432        14,707        35,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,562        980        1,563        8,310        10,134        10,965   

Operating expenses:

            

Sales and marketing

     6,590        8,653        12,003        14,758        16,131        15,700   

General and administrative

     6,641        8,816        8,669        7,538        8,562        10,788   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     13,231        17,469        20,672        22,296        24,693        26,488   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (11,669     (16,489     (19,109     (13,986     (14,559     (15,523

Interest expense, net

     2,211        3,186        2,119        1,756        3,494        4,841   

Other expenses, net

     1,148        685        51        1,213        8,974        1,455   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (15,028     (20,360     (21,279     (16,955     (27,027     (21,819

Income tax provision

     (24     (51     13        (30     (35     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (15,052     (20,411     (21,266     (16,985     (27,062     (21,849

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (21,699     (25,694     (38,779     (31,058     (29,818     3,984   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ 6,647      $ 5,283      $ 17,513      $ 14,073      $ 2,756      $ (25,833
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue and Cost of Revenue

Operating leases revenue has increased sequentially over the quarters presented as a result of our continued installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets. Operating leases revenue for the fourth quarter of 2011 was impacted due to seasonality in that the reduction in daylight hours adversely affected the revenue from power purchase agreements and performance-based incentives.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems has also increased sequentially over the quarters presented primarily due to large commercial solar energy system sales that continued to increase. In

 

78


Table of Contents

the second quarter of 2012 we recorded $11.5 million and $7.0 million in higher revenue from large commercial systems and long-term contracts, respectively, compared to the first quarter of 2012.

Cost of operating leases revenue, which is comprised mainly of depreciation, has generally increased as the number of installed solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements has increased. In the second quarter of 2011, however, we recorded significantly lower cost of operating leases revenues as we recognized a catch-up adjustment on the amortization of U.S. Treasury grants related to our investment funds amounting to $1.4 million.

Cost of revenue from sale of solar energy systems has generally increased as the sales of solar energy systems have increased. In the first three quarters of 2011, we recorded negative gross margins from sale of solar energy systems as we absorbed higher levels of operational costs related to headcount and infrastructure costs incurred for future growth. Additionally, we recorded a charge of $2.6 million in the second quarter of 2011 to write down the carrying value of certain inventory items to reflect the then expected net realizable values of the inventory.

Operating Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses have generally increased as we have continued to broaden our marketing efforts to develop our backlog and increase our sales in new and existing markets. In 2012 we reevaluated and subsequently implemented new marketing strategies to reduce our average customer acquisition cost, resulting in lower sales and marketing costs in the second quarter of 2012.

We recorded lower general and administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of 2011 as we incurred lower legal fees associated with the formation of investment funds as compared prior quarters. In the second quarter of 2012, we recorded higher general and administrative expenses as we incurred higher audit, accounting and legal fees associated with our investment funds.

Interest Expense, Net

The fluctuation in the interest expense has resulted from changes in the financing obligations balances and the amount of loan borrowings in each period. The higher interest expense in the second quarter of 2012 was due to a higher average balance of bank borrowings and lease pass-through obligations in that quarter.

Other Expenses, Net

The significant increase recorded in the first quarter of 2012 resulted from the significant increase in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants liability between December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

We have recorded losses attributable to noncontrolling interests in the four quarters of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012 mainly due to sales of assets with significant excess of fair value over costs to a fund which does not have a guarantee of minimum returns to the investor, leading to significant loss allocations to the investor. In the second quarter of 2012, however, the value of assets sold to this fund had an excess of fair value over costs of only $2.3 million which resulted in a much smaller loss allocation to the investor in the quarter. This loss was more than offset by the income allocation to an investor in funds with guarantees of minimum returns to the investor. Additionally, a loss allocated to an investor in a fund in the first quarter of 2012 was reversed in the second quarter as U.S. Treasury grants for this fund were received and distributed to the investor.

 

79


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated cash flow data:

          

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ 2,278      $ (3,818   $ 18,082      $ (12,518   $ (38,464

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (130,711     (180,522

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        140,478        230,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalent

   $ 10,083      $ 20,358      $ (7,799  

$

(2,751

 

$

11,308

  

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We finance our operations, including the costs of acquisition and installation of solar energy systems, mainly through a variety of investment fund arrangements that we have formed with fund investors, credit facilities from banks, preferred stock equity offerings and cash generated from our operations. As described below under “—Financing Activities—Investment Fund Commitments,” as of June 30, 2012 we had $671.1 million of available commitments from our fund investors that can be drawn down through our asset monetization strategy.

While we have reported operating losses and cash outflows from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and our secured credit facilities were fully utilized as of June 30, 2012, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and funds available in our existing investment funds that can be drawn down through our assets monetization strategy will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. We are not dependent upon the proceeds of this offering to meet our cash requirements.

Operating Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2012, we utilized approximately $38.5 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $48.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $9.0 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $4.7 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $4.9 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $9.6 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $7.3 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to a decrease in accounts payable of $68.1 million as we paid our suppliers, an increase in accounts receivable of $16.4 million and an increase in other assets of $5.1 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $62.5 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, an increase in accrued and other liabilities of $21.7 million and an decrease in inventories of $2.2 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we utilized approximately $12.5 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $35.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $3.4 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $1.7 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $4.4 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of

 

80


Table of Contents

approximately $2.5 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $10.8 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $6.4 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $2.0 million, a decrease in accounts payable of $3.6 million and a increase in inventories of $2.9 million. The outflow was offset in part by an decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.9 million, an increase in accrued and other liabilities of $2.4 million and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $35.6 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $18.1 million in net cash from operations. This cash inflow primarily resulted from an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $68.3 million relating to upfront lease payments received from fund investors under financing structures designed as operating leases and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, an increase in customer deposits of $10.9 million and an increase in accounts payable of $118.9 million. The cash inflow was offset in part by a decrease in incentive rebates receivable of $4.9 million, an increase in inventories of $111.2 million, and a net loss of approximately $73.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $12.3 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $5.1 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $7.4 million, changes in fair value of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.1 million and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $23.5 million. In addition, the increase in other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased other assets. The sizeable increase in inventories and accounts payable was due to a $106.1 million year-end purchase of inverters and modules that are expected to be used in 2012 in the construction of solar energy systems eligible for the U.S. Treasury cash grant program, the program rules of which required that the cost of the equipment be incurred by December 31, 2011.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we utilized approximately $3.8 million in operating activities. This cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss in the year of $47.1 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $5.7 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $1.8 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $3.3 million, changes in fair value of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.0 million and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $7.4 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $22.2 million relating to upfront lease payments received from a fund investor under a financing structure designed as an operating lease and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments and an increase in customer deposits of $2.5 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $3.3 million. In addition, unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased inventory and other assets.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $2.3 million in cash from operating activities. This cash inflow primarily resulted from increased unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities partially offset by increased inventory and other assets, and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $17.2 million relating to solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, partially offset by an increase in rebates receivable of $6.6 million and a net loss of approximately $22.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $3.2 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $0.9 million and changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.2 million.

 

81


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures.

In the six months ended June 30, 2012, we used approximately $180.5 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $174.6 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers and $6.0 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the six months ended June 30, 2011, we used approximately $130.7 million in investing activities. Of this amount we used $124.3 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $3.8 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.6 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we used approximately $304.3 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $292.9 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $8.8 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.5 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we used approximately $162.9 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $156.5 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $6.3 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we used approximately $62.8 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $61.7 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $1.1 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

Financing Activities

In the six months ended June 30, 2012, we generated approximately $230.3 million from financing activities. We received approximately $80.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $60.5 million from long-term debt and $19.4 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $18.1 million of long-term debt. We received approximately $48.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $123.6 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also generated approximately $21.8 million from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures and paid distributions to fund investors of approximately $91.3 million.

In the six months ended June 30, 2011, we generated approximately $140.5 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $70.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $47.8 million. We received approximately $38.8 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $50.2 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received an additional $15.8 million from long-term debt and $5.6 million from our revolving line of credit, and we repaid $2.1 million of long-term debt and $4.5 million on our revolving line of credit.

 

82


Table of Contents

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $278.4 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $208.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $88.6 million. We received approximately $65.5 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $64.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also received approximately $19.7 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.3 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $17.3 million from long-term debt and $5.6 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $3.2 million of long-term debt and $4.5 million of revolving line of credit.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately $187.0 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $97.1 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to the fund investors of approximately $25.0 million. We received $61.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received approximately $21.4 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.4 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants. We received approximately $20.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received approximately $18.3 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing, which was partially offset by a repayment of the financing obligation of approximately $7.6 million. Finally, we received an additional $1.3 million from long-term debt and repaid $1.0 million of long-term debt.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $70.6 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $41.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $3.9 million. We received approximately $23.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received approximately $5.4 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing. We also drew down $4.9 million on a revolving line of credit, and received an additional $0.5 million from long-term debt and repaid $0.7 million of long-term debt.

Secured Credit Agreements

In May 2008, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a commercial bank for working capital and equipment financing needs. This facility was subsequently modified to include a revolving line of credit facility and equipment financing facility. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit facility, as modified, bore interest at a rate of 1.5% plus the greater of 5% or the bank’s prime rate and were collateralized by all of our assets other than intellectual property. We borrowed $4.5 million under the revolving line of credit in 2009 and repaid the facility in full in April 2011.

The equipment financing facility, as modified, had a commitment of $1.0 million and was available in two tranches. The first tranche was available to be drawn down through January 13, 2010, and the second tranche was available to be drawn down through April 13, 2010. Interest under the equipment financing facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. The principal amount is payable for the first tranche in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on December 10, 2009, and the principal amount for the second tranche is payable in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on March 10, 2010. This equipment financing facility was repaid in full in April 2011.

 

83


Table of Contents

In April 2011, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement has a $25.0 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility is secured by our accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. As of December 31, 2011, $5.6 million was borrowed and outstanding under this revolving credit agreement. In January 2012, we borrowed the remainder of this facility, and the full amount remains outstanding as of June 30, 2012. In March 2012, we amended this facility to extend the maturity date to July 2012 and to permit us to incur additional non-recourse secured debt under other facilities.

Under the terms of the revolving credit agreement, we are required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. Under this credit agreement, we also are required to maintain specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums for each fiscal quarter. The non-GAAP EBITDA financials measure is derived from both cash and accruals based accounting, forward looking financial forecasts and financial modeling assumptions and attempts to present a uniform financial measure that is agnostic to the investment fund structures deployed in that reporting period. The specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums were: $1.00 for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012; $6.0 million for each of the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011; and negative $2.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In addition, under this credit agreement, we are required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of total cash (excluding cash held within our investment funds) to certain funded debt of at least 2.00:1.00 at the end of each month, and to maintain a tangible net worth of at least $1.00 at the end of each fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all of these covenants, after giving effect to waivers provided by the bank in August 2011, October 2011 and January 2012 that waived the earlier breach of certain of these covenants. These waivers cured our breaches related to our reporting non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $2.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and of negative $2.04 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In addition, these waivers cured our breach relating to a liquidity ratio of 1.71:1.00 on May 31, 2011. We were in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, we reported liquidity ratios of 1.43:1.00 and 1.34:1.00, respectively, and therefore did not meet the required minimum liquidity ratio. This also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same bank. We obtained an additional waiver in June 2012, and the lender has agreed to waive these recent breaches, to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility to October 1, 2012, and to amend the minimum liquidity ratio to 1.25:1.00. As of June 30, 2012, we reported non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $6.6 million and therefore breached the non-GAAP EBITDA covenant of $1.00. This also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same bank. The bank has agreed to waive this breach. The waivers obtained do not expire, as the covenants are calculated on a specific date and we cannot prospectively cure them. Additionally, these waivers did not impose any further financial covenants or restrictions on us.

In January 2011, we entered into a $7.0 million term facility that bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The term facility is secured by the vehicles financed by the facility.

In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. We borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of June 30, 2012, from which we paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders.

 

84


Table of Contents

Of the amounts borrowed, $40.8 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2012, of which $7.0 million is included in our consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR.

Under the terms of the inventory term loan facility we are required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. We are also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million, in each case at the end of each month and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. We were in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 2012.

We have entered into various other loan agreements consisting of motor vehicles and other assets financing with various financial institutions. Total loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 under these loan agreements and the equipment financing facility amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $8.0 million, respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Our credit facilities were fully utilized as of June 30, 2012, and as a result no amounts were available to be drawn.

Investment Fund Commitments

We have investment fund commitments from several fund investors that we can draw upon in the future upon the achievement of specific funding criteria. As of June 30, 2012, we had entered into 20 investment funds that had a total of $671.1 million of undrawn committed capital, including a $350.0 million investment fund structured as debt facility to be used to partially fund our SolarStrong initiative. From our significant customer backlog we allocate to our investment funds leases and power purchase agreements and related economic benefits associated with solar energy systems in accordance with the criteria of the specific funds. Upon such allocation and upon our satisfaction of the conditions precedent to drawing upon such commitments, we are able to draw down on the investment fund commitments. Once received, these proceeds provide working capital to deliver solar energy systems to our customers and form part of our general working capital. Subsequent to June 30, 2012, we executed two additional investment funds with new and existing fund investors, bringing our total investment funds to 22 and the capital available for future monetization to $822.9 million. A significant portion of these commitments can be used only for solar energy systems that commenced construction during 2011 (either physically or through incurrence of sufficient project costs) in order to qualify for the U.S. Treasury grant. As our supply of such solar energy systems decreases, we may not be able to satisfy the drawing conditions for all such commitments.

In November 2011, one of our subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with a bank, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility to be used to partially fund our SolarStrong initiative, which is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative and is non-recourse to our other assets.

In May 2010, one of our subsidiaries entered into a financing agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount that may be borrowed under this agreement was determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by equipment owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, up to a maximum of $16.3 million. The

 

85


Table of Contents

loan was funded in four tranches and was drawn down by March 31, 2011. The loan tranches bear interest at an average blended rate of 2%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary and is non-recourse to our other assets. We borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility in March 2011, of which $12.1 million and $11.6 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012. Under the working capital financing arrangement, our subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. We were in compliance with the covenants as of June 30, 2012.

Contractual Obligations

Set forth below is information concerning our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 22,803       $ 8,222       $ 5,466       $ 1,825       $ 7,290   

Financing obligations

     15,505         361         806         929         13,409   

Interest(1)

     11,049         1,735         2,917         2,471         3,926   

Operating lease obligations

     39,953         5,461         10,521         8,887         15,084   

Performance guarantee

     90         —           60         30         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 89,400       $ 15,779       $ 19,770       $ 14,142       $ 39,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents obligations for interest payments on long-term debt and financing obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long-term debt, based upon 2011 year end rates.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We include in our consolidated financial statements all assets and liabilities and results of operations of investment fund arrangements that we have entered into. We have not entered into any other transactions that have generated relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships or special purpose entities. Accordingly, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposure includes changes in interest rates because borrowings under our revolving credit agreement bears interest at floating rates based on the LIBOR rate plus a specified margin. We manage our interest rate risk by balancing our amount of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt. For fixed-rate debt, interest rate changes do not affect our earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for floating-rate debt, interest rate changes generally impact our earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

Changes in economic conditions could result in higher interest rates, thereby increasing our interest expense and other operating expenses and reducing our funds available for capital investment, operations or other purposes. In addition, we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow to service debt, which may affect our ability to make future acquisitions or capital expenditures. We may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings or net assets as a result of interest rate fluctuations. A hypothetical 10% change in our interest rate would have changed interest incurred for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 by $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

 

86


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Upon the filing of our initial registration statement, we intend to utilize the extended transition period provided in Securities Act Section 7(a)(2)(B) as allowed by Section 107(b)(1) of the JOBS Act for the adoption of new or revised accounting standards as applicable to emerging growth companies. As part of the election, we will not be required to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standard until such time that a company that does not qualify as an “issuer” (as defined under Section 2(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) is required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

87


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 28,000 buildings. Every five minutes of the working day a new customer makes the switch to Better Energy. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

To date, we have raised $1.7 billion through 22 investment funds and related financing facilities established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $822.9 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments.

 

88


Table of Contents

Most of our customer relationships begin when we enter into long-term energy contracts. These long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. More broadly, in the past 20 years, the combined average residential utility rate in our top markets of Arizona, California and Hawaii has doubled.

In addition to rising prices, demand for electricity is inelastic. Despite increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years. To manage electricity demand, many states have implemented tiered pricing mechanisms that charge a higher cost per kilowatt hour, or kWh, as consumption increases. For example, in California, the highest consumption tier rates (Tiers 3-5) increased at 6-8% annually over the five-year period of 2006 through 2010, while the lowest tier rates (Tiers 1-2) remained flat. However, there has not been a corresponding reduction in consumption in the higher-priced tiers, demonstrating the inelasticity of electricity demand.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

SolarCity’s Competitive Position in Our Top Retail Markets

 

LOGO

Note: Current representative residential retail rates by tier, based on publicly available utility data.

 

89


Table of Contents

Distributed solar energy systems, such as ours, provide customers with an alternative to traditional utility energy suppliers. Distributed resources are smaller in unit size and can be constructed at a customer’s site, removing the need for lengthy transmission lines. By bypassing the traditional suppliers and transmission and distribution systems, distributed energy systems de-link the customer’s price of power from external factors such as volatile commodity prices and costs of the incumbent energy supplier. This makes it possible for distributed energy purchasers to buy energy at a predictable and stable price over a long period of time, something traditional energy companies are generally unable to provide.

While the energy generated by distributed solar energy systems has historically been more expensive than centralized alternatives, downward trends in installed solar energy system prices have reduced the relative cost of distributed solar electricity to levels that are competitive with traditional utility generation retail costs. While these developments have adversely impacted panel manufacturers and the overall upstream market, we and other downstream companies have benefited significantly. In 2006, the year we commenced business, solar panel prices were 472% higher than now.

Panel Pricing Trends

 

LOGO

Source: Bloomberg New Energy Finance.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 TWh of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

 

90


Table of Contents

U.S. Residential and Commercial Retail Prices Over Time

 

LOGO

Source: EIA 2010 U.S. sales and revenue data.

Note: The distribution curves are constructed using utility data reported to the EIA and the assumptions described above.

Current market factors indicate that the trend towards increasing retail energy prices will continue, causing the consumption curves depicted above to continue to shift right towards higher electricity cost. The demand curve will continue to expand upward as well, as the country’s population growth, economic growth and the continued proliferation of consumer goods and products that utilize electricity, such as electric vehicles, promote growth in demand. As retail prices for electricity increase and distributed solar energy costs decline, our market opportunity will grow exponentially.

In recent years, government policies have evolved in response to dependence on foreign energy sources and the desire to foster the growth of the renewable energy industry. Federal and state governments have established renewable portfolio standards and incentives to further reduce the cost of solar energy for consumers, including investment tax credits and bonus depreciation. These federal and state incentives helped catalyze private sector investment in solar energy development, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

Historically, incentives have been instrumental in building the market for sustainable energy resources. However, rising retail energy costs, declining cost of solar energy components, and the increased affordability and accessibility of solar energy systems minimize the need for incentives. In line with this trend, while incentives on a dollar per watt basis have decreased over the last decade, installation of solar energy systems continued to grow.

In addition to distributed energy, we provide energy efficiency products and services. These solutions refer to projects or improvements designed to increase the energy efficiency of residences. Typical products and services offered include appliance replacement, upgrades to heating, ventilation and air conditioning, or HVAC, lighting retrofits, equipment installations, load management, energy procurement and rate analysis. The market for energy efficiency solutions has grown significantly, driven largely by rising energy prices, advances in energy efficiency technologies, growing customer awareness of energy and environmental issues, and governmental support for energy efficiency initiatives.

Recognizing energy efficiency initiatives as an offset to growing electricity consumption, many states have created formalized mechanisms to encourage energy efficiency. The potential market for energy efficiency solutions is significant. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to

 

91


Table of Contents

2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to lower their energy costs in a simple and efficient manner. We have disrupted the industry status quo by providing renewable energy directly to customers for less than they are currently paying for utility-generated energy. Unlike utilities, we sell energy with a predictable cost structure that does not rely on limited fossil fuels and is insulated from rising retail electricity prices. We also guarantee the electricity production of our solar energy systems to our customers. Our strategy is to focus on that portion of the solar energy value chain with the most potential: the energy consumer and the customer relationship. We believe we are the only distributed energy company that offers integrated sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and efficiency services without involving the services of multiple third-party participants.

The key elements of our integrated approach are illustrated below:

SolarCity’s Integrated Approach

 

LOGO

 

  Ÿ  

Sales .     We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program. We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing .     Financing makes it possible to install our solar energy systems for little or no upfront cost. Through a streamlined process, we provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy accessible and affordable, either on a fixed monthly fee basis or a fee based on the amount of energy produced.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering .     Our in-house engineering team custom designs a solar energy system for each of our customers. We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the design process and optimizes the design to maximize the energy production of each system. Our engineers complete a structural analysis of each building and produce a full set of structural design and electrical blueprints that contain the specifications for all system components.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation .     Once we complete the design, we obtain all necessary building permits. Our customer care representatives coordinate the SolarCity team and keep our customers apprised of the project status every step of the way. We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For substantially all of our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our

 

92


Table of Contents
 

commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager. Once we complete installing the system, we schedule inspections with the local building department and arrange for interconnection to the power grid with the utility. By handling these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance .     Our proprietary monitoring software provides our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation and consumption. Through an easy-to-read graphical display available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts. These monitoring systems allow us to confirm the continuing proper operation of our solar energy systems, identify maintenance issues and provide our customers with a better understanding of their energy usage, allowing them the opportunity to modify their usage accordingly.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services .     Through our comprehensive energy efficiency evaluations, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. After the evaluation is completed, we review the results with the customer and recommend current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy to a diversified customer base that includes residential home owners, large and small businesses, and government entities:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our solar energy systems rely solely on the free energy produced by the sun, allowing our customers to generate their own energy and reduce the amount they purchase from utilities. We help put solar energy generation within the reach of our customers by providing a variety of pricing options that minimize or eliminate upfront costs. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to access distributed renewable energy generation simply and efficiently. By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we are able to control and oversee the entire process while providing a superior experience to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.      Our business model enables us to develop long-term relationships with our customers. Under our standard customer agreements, our solar energy customers purchase energy from us for 20 years. This approach allows us to maintain an ongoing relationship with our customers through our receipt of payments and our real-time monitoring. We leverage these relationships to offer complementary energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs, which we believe further reinforces our relationship, brand and value to the customer, and reduces our customer acquisition costs. Because our 20-year contracts with our customers exceed the average useful life of most major appliances (such as water heaters and furnaces), we believe we are well-positioned to assist them with future replacements and upgrades. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      Our size enables us to achieve economies of scale in both installation and capital costs, enabling us to offer our customers electricity at rates lower than

 

93


Table of Contents
 

the retail rate offered by the utility. We believe that our size provides our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services. For example, we have developed proprietary software that significantly reduces design time, speeds the permitting process and allows us to efficiently manage the installation of every project.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.     Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand. For example, approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We believe our brand is a meaningful factor for customers as they consider their energy alternatives.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments. Our senior leadership team, consisting of our co-founders, Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive, and our chairman, Elon Musk, are widely recognized entrepreneurs and thought leaders with track records of building successful businesses. Additionally, to support our integrated business model, we have developed in-house expertise through strong senior leadership on our engineering, structured finance, legal and government affairs teams.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. The following are key elements of our strategy:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 28,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. To continue this growth, we intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel. We also intend to continue to leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base. For example, our agreement with The Home Depot has generated installations across multiple markets and validates our brand by working with a trusted name in home improvement. We also recently developed strategic relationships with several homebuilders that we believe will extend our reach to new customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     Our business is based on selling renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. We plan on achieving cost reductions by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary design automation and supply chain management software to further ensure that our engineering team and system installers operate as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers. In addition, we plan to broadly market and sell energy-related products that we source from third-party suppliers, such as electric vehicle charging stations.

 

94


Table of Contents
 

Our existing long-term customer relationships enable us to sell these products and services with substantially lower acquisition costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities. We currently serve customers in 14 states, most recently expanding into Connecticut in February 2012.

Our Innovative Products, Services and Technology

We deliver Better Energy to our customers through a portfolio of complementary products and services that enable more cost effective generation and reduced energy consumption. We have developed enabling technologies that allow us to simplify our customers’ experience and enhance our ability to deliver our products and services.

Solar Energy Products

 

  Ÿ  

Solar Energy Systems.     The major components of our solar energy systems include solar panels that convert sunlight into electrical current, inverters that convert the electrical output from the panels to a usable current compatible with the electric grid, racking that attaches the solar panels to the roof or ground and electrical hardware that connects the solar energy system to the electric grid and our monitoring device. We purchase our components from vendors, maintaining multiple sources for each major component to ensure competitive pricing and an adequate supply of materials. Though we typically install poly-crystalline silicon panels and string inverters, we have installed a wide variety of other technologies, including thin film panels and panel-level power optimizers.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarLease and Power Purchase Agreement Finance Products.     Most of our solar energy customers choose to purchase energy from us pursuant to one of two payment structures: a SolarLease or a power purchase agreement. In both structures, we charge customers a monthly fee for the power produced by our solar energy systems. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is pre-determined and includes a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kWh based on the amount of electricity actually produced by the solar energy system. Under both the SolarLease and power purchase agreement, our customers also have the option to pay little or no upfront costs or to reduce the aggregate amount of their future payments by pre-paying a portion of their future payments. Over the term of the agreement, we own and operate the system and guarantee its performance. Our current standard SolarLeases and power purchase agreements have 20-year terms. Prior to 2010, our standard lease term was 15 years. In a limited number of utility districts, we continue to offer lease terms of less than 20 years in order to comply with applicable incentive programs. In addition, a limited number of our commercial customers have entered into power purchase agreements with terms of between 10 and 20 years.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

Our energy efficiency products and services enable our customers to save money on their energy bills by reducing their energy consumption.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Energy Evaluation.     Our home energy evaluation is the threshold to the broad set of energy efficiency products and services we offer. We sell home energy efficiency evaluations to new solar energy system customers, existing customers, prospective solar energy system customers who are unable to adopt solar energy because of site conditions or credit, and to customers who want to start with energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary

 

95


Table of Contents
 

software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. During the evaluation, we record details of the home’s construction and energy use, measurements of every major building surface, model numbers of appliances and other energy consuming equipment, and measure combustion efficiency and air leakage in the ducts and building envelope. We create a database of this information and review a report of the results with the customer outlining current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Efficiency Upgrades.     Based on the detailed analysis from the home energy evaluation, we work with customers to identify their priorities to improve the cost effectiveness, efficiency, health and comfort of their home by implementing appropriate upgrades. We generally handle every aspect of an energy efficiency improvement project for our customers including sales, engineering, permitting, procurement, installation, inspections and any supporting rebate or utility documentation. Our core energy efficiency upgrade products and services address heating and cooling, duct sealing, water heating, insulation, weatherization, pool pumps and lighting.

Other Energy Products and Services

 

  Ÿ  

Electric Vehicle Charging.     We believe there is a strong overlap between customer demand for electric vehicles, or EVs, and solar energy. As consumers switch to EVs, their electricity bills increase substantially, driving demand for lower cost electricity. We install EV charging equipment that we source from third parties. We market EV equipment to residential and commercial customers through retail partnerships with companies such as The Home Depot, and through EV manufacturers and dealerships such as Tesla Motors, Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Storage.     We are developing a proprietary battery management system built on our solar energy monitoring communications backbone. The battery management system is designed to enable remote, fully bidirectional control of distributed energy storage that can potentially provide significant benefits to our customers, utilities and grid operators. The benefits of energy storage coupled with a solar energy system to our customers may include back-up power, time-of-use energy arbitrage, rate arbitrage, peak demand shaving and demand response. We believe that advances in battery storage technology, steep reductions in pricing and burgeoning policy changes that support energy storage hold significant promise for enabling deployments of grid-connected energy storage systems.

Enabling Technologies

 

  Ÿ  

SolarBid Sales Management Platform.     SolarBid is a proprietary sales management platform that incorporates a database of rate information by utility, sun exposure, roof orientation and a variety of other factors to enable a detailed analysis and customized graphical presentation of each customer’s savings. SolarBid simplifies the sales process and automates pricing, system configuration and proposal generation. It also automatically prepares the customer agreements, incentive forms and utility paperwork required to complete a project. SolarBid is designed for maximum flexibility, allowing us to quickly add new products, services and geographies.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarWorks Customer Management Software.     SolarWorks is the proprietary software platform we use to track and manage every project. SolarWorks’ embedded database and custom architecture enables reduced costs, improved quality and improved customer experience by supporting scheduling, budgeting and other project management functions as well as customer communications, inventory management and detailed project data.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Designer.     Energy Designer is a proprietary software application our field engineering auditors use to rapidly collect all pertinent site-specific design details on a tablet computer. This

 

96


Table of Contents
 

information then syncs with our design automation software, reducing design time and accelerating the permitting process.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Performance Pro.     Home Performance Pro is our proprietary energy efficiency evaluation platform that incorporates the U.S. Department of Energy’s Energy Plus simulation engine. Home Performance Pro collects and stores details of a building’s construction and energy use and accurately simulates the reduction in energy use from energy efficiency upgrades. We use Home Performance Pro to identify opportunities to improve our customers’ energy efficiency.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarGuard and PowerGuide Proactive Monitoring Solutions.     SolarGuard and PowerGuide provide our customers a real-time view of their home’s or business’s energy generation and consumption. Through easy-to-read graphical displays available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts such as carbon offset and pollution reduction. Our customer service team reviews system performance data using this proprietary monitoring software to confirm continuing efficient operation.

Our Customers

Our customers buy electricity and other energy services from us that lower their overall energy costs. Because our customers are individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores and government agencies, and because electricity is a necessity, we perceive our recurring customer payments as high-quality assets. Our customer base is comprised of the following key sectors:

 

  Ÿ  

Residential .     Our residential customers are individual homeowners and homeowners within communities who have participated in our community solar program that want to switch to cleaner, cheaper energy or reduce their home energy consumption through energy efficiency upgrades. Our community solar programs enable communities to collectively adopt clean energy in partnership with their local government or community organization without requiring any local government funds. We have helped more than 50 communities build more than 1,500 projects.

 

  Ÿ  

Commercial .     Our commercial customers represent several business sectors, including technology, retail, manufacturing, agriculture, nonprofit and houses of worship. Our commercial customers include the world’s largest retailer, the world’s premier semiconductor chip maker and hundreds of other businesses.

 

  Ÿ  

Government .     We have installed solar energy systems for several government entities including the U.S. Air Force, Army, Marines and Navy, and the Department of Homeland Security. In November 2011, SolarCity and Bank of America Merrill Lynch announced project SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. We expect SolarStrong to ultimately create up to 300 megawatts of solar generation capacity that could provide energy to as many as 120,000 military housing units. If completed as anticipated, SolarStrong would be the largest residential solar project in American history.

We generally group our commercial and governmental customers together for our internal customer management purposes. Based on megawatts installed, our business is split approximately equally between our residential and commercial customers.

 

97


Table of Contents

Our commercial and government customers include:

 

LOGO

Why Customers Choose SolarCity

The following examples illustrate the experiences of residential, commercial and government customers and the reasons they select us to provide solar energy systems and related energy products and services.

Residential

 

  Ÿ  

California Family.     A California family contacted us to perform an evaluation of their home’s energy usage and costs. We recommended a combination of a solar energy system and energy efficiency products and services to reduce energy costs and consumption and to create a more comfortable home. The family decided to sign a 20-year lease with us for a solar energy system that saves them an average of more than $50 each month. Our energy efficiency evaluators also assessed that the home was losing 60% of its heating through leaks in ductwork and was using an inefficient air cooling system. We replaced the ductwork to reduce leakage and heating costs in the winter and installed a more efficient cooling system to reduce energy costs and increase comfort in the summer. The family now enjoys a more comfortable home and can expect to save thousands of dollars in future energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

New Jersey Family .    A New Jersey family of four had been looking at solar as a way to do something positive for the environment and reduce energy costs. We provided a range of solar power options, and after considering purchasing a solar energy system from us that would have provided positive cash flow in 5-6 years, the family decided to lease a system from us with an initial $46 per month payment. The family’s solar energy system produces enough electricity to reduce their utility electricity bill by more than $100 per month, creating an immediate, average net savings of more than $50 per month. Over the 20-year term of the family’s contract, they will pay us $16,127 and are projected to save $38,999 on their utility bills, for a net projected savings of $22,872. Their solar energy system is expected to offset 212,767 pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract term, the equivalent of planting 115 trees.

Commercial

 

  Ÿ  

Walmart Stores, Inc.      Walmart, the world’s largest retail business, is pursuing an array of sustainability goals, including a long-term goal to be supplied by 100% renewable energy. Walmart’s goal is to purchase renewable solar energy at prices equal to or less than utility energy rates while also providing price certainty for a percentage of these stores’ electricity requirements against the volatility of fossil-based energy prices. Walmart has contracted with us to purchase solar-generated electricity at 169 locations throughout Arizona, California, Colorado, Maryland, New York and Ohio. We started our first Walmart project in July 2010, and completed 57 projects by the end of 2011. Our solar energy systems typically offset between 10% and 30% of each Walmart location’s total electricity usage.

 

98


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Granite Regional Park .    Granite Regional Park is a private-public partnership between Regional Park Limited Partnership and the City of Sacramento. Regional Park developed the Granite Regional Park with the goal of advancing the City of Sacramento’s sustainability goals and providing additional public greenspace. The park is located on an old mining site and includes office buildings and recreation area. Regional Park will pay $2,780,372 over 20 years for the solar electricity generated by the 901 kW solar energy system and is projected to reduce its utility bills by $3,710,823, over the contract term, to create a projected net savings of $930,451. The installation is expected to offset more than 29 million pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract period, the equivalent of taking more than 2,500 cars off the road for a year, or planting more than 15,000 trees.

Government

 

  Ÿ  

Soaring Heights Communities, Davis-Monthan Air Force Base.     In mid-2009, we entered into a transaction with Soaring Heights Communities LLC, an affiliate of Lend Lease (US) Public Partnerships LLC, a leading developer of privatized military housing, to build what we believe to be the largest solar-powered community in the United States: Soaring Heights Communities at Davis-Monthan Air Force Base in Tucson, Arizona. The project includes approximately 6 megawatts of generation capacity, including approximately 3.28 megawatts of ground-mounted solar panel arrays and an additional 2.76 megawatts of roof-mounted systems, spread among 400 residential buildings. When construction began, the project was estimated to represent an increase of more than 15% over the state of Arizona’s grid-tied solar capacity. The solar electricity generated by the systems offsets the majority of the electricity used by the housing community’s over 900 single and multi-family residences. A photograph of a portion of this project appears below.

 

LOGO

 

  Ÿ  

Chico Unified School District .    Chico Unified School District decided to explore solar power as a way to help meet the school district’s electricity needs, reduce its dependency on polluting power sources and reduce energy expenses. After a careful selection process, we were

 

99


Table of Contents
 

awarded the contract to build 1.6 MW of solar energy systems across five district sites. As a power purchase agreement customer, the school district avoided the upfront cost of installing solar and simply buys the power produced from our systems at a set rate. The school district’s solar electricity production is expected to offset 85% of the five sites’ collective, total electricity needs. The school district will pay $10,878,887 for the solar electricity over a 20-year period, and the solar power is projected to reduce the school district’s utility bills by approximately $13,320,662 over the same period, to create a projected net savings of $2,441,775. The school district’s solar installations are expected to offset more than 58 million pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract term, the equivalent of taking more than 5,000 cars off the road for a year, or planting more than 30,000 trees.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program.

 

  Ÿ  

Direct outside sales force.     Our outside sales force typically resides and works within a market we serve. Our outside sales force allows us to sell to those customers who prefer a face-to-face interaction.

 

  Ÿ  

Call center.      Our call center allows us to sell our energy products and services to customers without visiting their homes or businesses. Because every home or site is unique, we begin by talking with each prospective customer about their energy needs and savings goals. Then, using online satellite technology, our salesperson evaluates the suitability of the site for our products and services. If either a solar energy system or an energy efficiency evaluation is an appropriate solution, our salesperson briefs the customer on our full scope of products and services, collects preliminary utility usage data and site information, and ultimately, provides a preliminary estimate of costs, including rebate applicability. If the customer desires to work with us, contracts can then be executed with e-signatures.

 

  Ÿ  

Channel Partner Network

 

   

SolarCity Network.     The SolarCity Network is a by-invitation business development program that pays referral fees to local professionals and businesses that refer customers to us. Typical network members include realtors, architects, contractors and insurance/financial services providers.

 

   

The Home Depot.     Our products and services are available through The Home Depot stores located in California, Arizona, Oregon, Colorado and Maryland. We are the exclusive solar provider in the stores we serve. We sell through point-of-purchase displays in the stores, through a team of field energy advisors that canvass the stores and speak to prospective customers, and through other direct marketing strategies including in-store flyers, seminars, promotions, search engine marketing campaigns, email campaigns, retail signage and displays, and a co-branded website.

 

   

Homebuilder partners.     Our products and services are available through several new home builders, including Shea Homes. These partners market solar energy systems through a variety of strategies, including advertising within their model homes, signage within their communities, realtor emails, newspaper inserts, online banners and co-branded flyers. Certain of these partners pre-pay for the electricity that will be produced by the solar energy system installed on the new home they sell, using the benefit of free solar energy as a selling point.

 

100


Table of Contents
   

Other channel partners.     Our products and services also are available through Paramount Energy Solutions, LLC, dba Paramount Solar. Paramount Solar engages residential photovoltaic solar system customers through its own sales and marketing strategies.

 

  Ÿ  

Customer Referral Program .     We believe that customer referrals are the most effective way to market our products and services. Approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We offer cash awards to incentivize our current customers to refer their friends, family and colleagues to install solar energy systems or enroll in an energy efficiency evaluation performed. We also encourage our customers to host solar energy parties with their friends, family and colleagues, where one of our in-house solar consultants make an informal presentation.

We also market our products and services through a variety of direct marketing strategies designed to reach qualified homeowners and businesses, including radio ads and public radio sponsorships, newspaper and magazine ads, online banner ads, search engine marketing, direct mail, participation in trade shows, events and home shows, email marketing, public relations, social media, sweepstakes and promotions, newsletters, community programs and field marketing techniques such as door-to-door canvassing. Our in-house marketing team manages and coordinates our media buying and customizes our content for each region.

Operations and Suppliers

We purchase major components such as solar panels and inverters directly from multiple manufacturers. We screen these suppliers and components based on expected cost, reliability, warranty coverage, ease of installation and other ancillary costs. As of June 30, 2012, our primary solar panel suppliers were Trina Solar Limited, Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited and Kyocera Solar, Inc., among others, and our primary inverter suppliers were Power-One, Inc., SMA Solar Technology, AG, Schneider Electric SA and Fronius International GmbH, among others. We typically enter into master contractual arrangements with our major suppliers that define the general terms and conditions of our purchases, including warranties, product specifications, indemnities, delivery and other customary terms. We typically purchase solar panels and inverters on an as-needed basis from our suppliers at then-prevailing prices pursuant to purchase orders issued under our master contractual arrangements. We generally do not have any supplier arrangements that contain long-term pricing or volume commitments , although at times in the past we have made limited purchase commitments to ensure sufficient supply of components.

The U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. We are not the importer of record of these solar panels and as a result we are not responsible for payment of the proposed tariffs.

Our racking systems are manufactured by contract manufacturers in the United States using our design.

We generally source the hundreds of other products related to our solar energy systems and energy efficiency upgrades services, such as HVAC and water heating equipment, fasteners and electrical fittings, through a variety of distributors. In addition, we source our EV charging stations from Tesla Motors and others.

 

101


Table of Contents

We currently operate in 14 states. We manage inventory through one of our six centralized storage and distribution facilities, and we distribute inventory to local warehouses weekly as needed. We maintain a fleet of over 550 trucks and other vehicles to support our installers and operations. This operational scale is fundamental to our business, as our field teams currently complete more than 1,000 residential installations each month, while our project management teams simultaneously manage thousands of projects as they move through the stages of engineering, permitting, installation and monitoring.

We offer a range of warranties and performance guarantees for our solar energy systems. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems we sell, together with a pass-through of the inverter and module manufacturers’ warranties that generally range from 5 to 25 years. Where we sell the electricity generated by a solar energy system, we compensate customers if their system produces less energy than our guarantee in any given year by refunding overpayments. We also provide ongoing service and repair during the entire term of the customer relationship. Costs associated with such ongoing service and repair have not been material.

Securing Our Solar Energy Systems

Unless a customer fully prepays for its solar energy system, we file a uniform commercial code financing statement, or UCC-1, on the systems in the real property records where each system is located prior to or when the system is installed. We file the UCC-1 to put on notice anyone who might perform a title search on the address where the system is located that our property, the solar energy system, is installed on the building. This filing protects our rights as the system’s owner against any mortgage on the real property. If the lender that holds the mortgage on the real property forecloses on our customer’s home, the UCC-1 filing protects our interest in the solar energy system and prohibits the lender from taking ownership of our solar energy system. A UCC-1 fixture filing is not a lien against a customer’s home and does not entitle us to the proceeds of the sale of a home in foreclosure. Typically, when a foreclosed home is sold by the lender, we negotiate with the prospective buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement. We believe the prospective buyer is motivated to assume the existing agreement by the opportunity to purchase energy from us at a lower price than that available from the electric utility. To date, we have only had to repossess three systems. In every other case, we have successfully negotiated with the new buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement.

Competition

We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these traditional utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. We believe that we compete favorably with traditional utilities based on these factors in the regions we service.

We also compete with companies that provide products and services in distinct segments of the downstream solar energy and energy efficiency value chain. For example, many solar companies only install solar energy systems, while others only provide financing for these installations. These distributed energy competitors typically work in contractual arrangements with third parties, leaving the customer in the position of having to deal with different companies for different aspects of their solar energy project. In the residential solar energy system installation market, our competitors include American Solar Electric, Inc., Astrum Solar, Inc., Petersen Dean, Inc., Real Goods Solar, Inc., REC Solar, Inc., Sungevity, Inc., Trinity Solar, Inc., Verengo, Inc. and many smaller local solar companies.

 

102


Table of Contents

In the commercial solar energy system installation market, our competitors include Chevron Corporation, SunPower Corporation and Team Solar, Inc. In the solar project financing market, our competitors include SunRun Inc. In the energy efficiency products and services market, our competitors include Ameresco, Inc.

We believe that we compete favorably with these companies because we take an integrated approach to Better Energy, including offering solar energy systems, energy efficiency offerings, electric vehicle charging stations and additional energy-related products and services, as well as in-house sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, and operations and maintenance. Our competitors offer only a subset of the products and services we provide. Aside from simple cost efficiency, we offer distinct practical benefits as an all-in-one provider. We provide a single point of contact and accountability for our products and services during the relationship with our customers.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an essential element of our business, and our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property laws, confidentiality agreements and license agreements to establish and protect our intellectual property rights.

As of June 30, 2012, we had 5 patents issued and 12 pending applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. These patents and applications relate to our installation and mounting hardware, our finance products, our monitoring solutions and our software platforms. Our issued patents start expiring in 2028. We intend to continue to file additional patent applications.

All of our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property and assigning to us any ownership that they may claim in those works.

Government Regulation

We are not a “regulated utility” in the United States under applicable national, state or other local regulatory regimes where we conduct business. For our limited operations in Ontario, Canada, our subsidiary is subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff, or FIT, regulations, including the FIT rates.

To operate our systems we obtain interconnection agreements from the applicable local primary electricity utility. Depending on the size of the solar energy system and local law requirements, interconnection agreements are between the local utility and either us or our customer. In almost all cases, interconnection agreements are standard form agreements that have been pre-approved by the local public utility commission or other regulatory body with jurisdiction over interconnection agreements. As such, no additional regulatory approvals are required once interconnection agreements are signed. We maintain a utility administration function, with primary responsibility for engaging with utilities and ensuring our compliance with interconnection rules.

Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the occupational health and safety of our employees and wage regulations. For example, we are subject to the requirements of the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, or OSHA, and comparable state laws that protect and regulate employee health and safety. We have a robust safety department led by a safety professional, and we expend significant resources to comply with OSHA requirements and industry best practices.

 

103


Table of Contents

Federal and/or state prevailing wage requirements, which generally apply to any “public works” construction project that receives public funds, may apply to installations of our solar energy systems on government facilities. The prevailing wage is the basic hourly rate paid on public works projects to a majority of workers engaged in a particular craft, classification or type of work within a particular area. Prevailing wage requirements are established and enforced by regulatory agencies. Our in-house prevailing wage expert monitors and coordinates our continuing compliance with these regulations.

Government Incentives

U.S. federal, state and local governments have established various incentives and financial mechanisms to reduce the cost of solar energy and to accelerate the adoption of solar energy. These incentives include tax credits, cash grants, tax abatements, rebates, and net energy metering, or net metering, programs. These incentives help catalyze private sector investments in solar energy and efficiency measures, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

The federal government provides an uncapped investment tax credit, or Federal ITC, that allows a taxpayer to claim a credit of 30% of qualified expenditures for a residential or commercial solar energy system that is placed in service on or before December 31, 2016. This credit is scheduled to reduce to 10% effective January 1, 2017. Solar energy systems that began construction prior to the end of 2011 are eligible to receive a 30% federal cash grant paid by the U.S. Treasury Department under section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or the U.S. Treasury grant, in lieu of the Federal ITC. The federal government also provides accelerated depreciation for eligible solar energy systems.

We have received U.S. Treasury grants with respect to the vast majority of the solar energy systems that we have installed, and we expect to receive U.S. Treasury grants with respect to many more solar energy systems that we will install in the near future. We have relied on, and will continue to rely in the near future on, U.S. Treasury grants to lower our cost of capital and to incent fund investors to invest in our funds. Also, the U.S. Treasury grants have enabled us to lower the price we charge customers for our solar energy systems.

Approximately half of the states offer a personal and/or corporate investment or production tax credit for solar, that is additive to the Federal ITC. Further, more than half of the states, and many local jurisdictions, have established property tax incentives for renewable energy systems, that include exemptions, exclusions, abatements and credits.

Many state governments, utilities, municipal utilities and co-operative utilities offer a rebate or other cash incentive for the installation and operation of a solar energy system or energy efficiency measures. Capital costs or “up-front” rebates provide funds to solar customers based on the cost, size or expected production of a customer’s solar energy system. Performance-based incentives provide cash payments to a system owner based on the energy generated by their solar energy system during a pre-determined period, and they are paid over that time period. Some states also have established FIT programs that are a type of performance-based incentive where the system owner-producer is paid a set rate for the electricity their system generates over a set period of time.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy

generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end

 

104


Table of Contents

of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Some states require utilities to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds a set percentage of the utilities’ aggregate customer peak demand.

Many states also have adopted procurement requirements for renewable energy production. Twenty-nine states have adopted a renewable portfolio standard that requires regulated utilities to procure a specified percentage of total electricity delivered to customers in the state from eligible renewable energy sources, such as solar energy systems, by a specified date. To prove compliance with such mandates, utilities must surrender renewable energy certificates, or RECs. System owners often are able to sell RECs to utilities directly or in REC markets.

Employees and Our Company Values

We take great pride in being a company built on values. Our values are an integral part of who we are and how we conduct business, and they provide the framework for delivering exceptional service to our customers. These values are:

 

  Ÿ  

We are teammates.

 

  Ÿ  

We are innovators who welcome change.

 

  Ÿ  

We provide quality workmanship.

 

  Ÿ  

We act with integrity and honesty.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to lower costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We are anchored in safety.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to exceed customer expectations.

 

  Ÿ  

We change the world for the better.

We strive to attract, hire and retain the best employees and have designed programs to reward and incent our employees, including competitive salaries, equity ownership and substantial opportunities for career advancement.

As of June 30, 2012, we had 1,922 full-time employees, consisting of 535 in sales and marketing, 137 in engineering, 935 in installation, 165 in customer care and project controls and 150 others. Of our employees, 1,234 are located in California, including 544 located in our headquarters in San Mateo, California. Our remaining employees are located in 10 other states and Washington, D.C.

Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and the delivery of energy products and services. Because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources, and this requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high San Francisco Bay Area standards for employees employed in these fields. Further, as the industry continues to expand, we are increasingly subject to competition to hire the best salespeople and others who are keys to our growing business. We employ a team of full-time recruiters who are dedicated to identifying and qualifying prospective employees to support our growth.

Our employees are not currently represented by any labor union or subject to any collective bargaining agreement. To date, we have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

 

105


Table of Contents

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters and executive offices are located in San Mateo, California, where we occupy approximately 68,025 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in December 2016. Our other locations include sales offices and warehouses in Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Hawaii, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania and Texas. We also maintain sales and support offices in Ontario, Canada.

We lease all of our facilities, and we do not own any real property. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that we will be able to lease suitable additional or alternative space on commercially reasonable terms if and when we need it.

Legal Proceedings

On February 13, 2012, SunPower Corporation filed an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California (Civil Action No. 12-00694), or the Complaint. The Complaint asserts 12 causes of action against six defendants: SolarCity, Thomas Leyden, Matt Giannini, Dan Leary, Felix Aguayo and Alice Cathcart, although only the following six causes of action are asserted against SolarCity: (i) trade secret misappropriation; (ii) conversion; (iii) trespass to chattels; (iv) interference with prospective business advantage; (v) unfair competition; and (vi) statutory unfair competition. Each of Messrs. Leyden, Giannini, Leary and Aguayo, and Ms. Cathcart, or the Individual Defendants, are former SunPower employees, and at the time SunPower filed the Complaint, each was a SolarCity employee. The Complaint’s claims generally relate to alleged unlawful access of SunPower computers by the Individual Defendants for the purpose of securing SunPower information, the alleged misappropriation of SunPower’s trade secret information for competitive advantage or in furtherance of recruiting some or all of the Individual Defendants to leave SunPower and join SolarCity. The Complaint seeks preliminary and permanent injunctions, damages and attorney’s fees. In September 2011, we hired Mr. Leyden as our vice president of commercial sales; subsequently, his title was changed to vice president, project development. Mr. Leyden’s employment with us ceased on March 2, 2012. Discovery in the Complaint has not yet commenced, and no trial date has been set. SolarCity intends to defend itself vigorously against the Complaint’s allegations.

On July 18, 2012, we and two other solar companies received a subpoena from the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of the Inspector General to deliver certain documents in our possession. In particular, the subpoena requested, among other things, documents dated, created, revised or referred to since January 1, 2007 that relate to our applications for U.S. Treasury grants or communications with certain other solar development companies or certain firms that appraise solar energy property for U.S. Treasury grant application purposes. The Inspector General is working with the Civil Division of the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate the administration and implementation of the U.S. Treasury grant program. We are currently reviewing and evaluating the subpoena and intend to cooperate fully with the Inspector General and the Department of Justice. We anticipate that at least six months will be required to gather all of the requested documents and provide them to the Inspector General. On August 9, 2012, in response to a meeting we had with the Department of Justice and our written communication to the attorney assigned to the matter, we received a letter from the Department of Justice indicating that the government’s investigation focuses on our possible misrepresentations to the Department of Treasury in applications under the Treasury grant program, including misrepresentations concerning the fair market value of the solar power systems submitted for grant under that program. The letter stated that the subpoena seeks documents relevant to that issue and is not intended to be construed more broadly than that. We are not aware of, and have not been made aware of, any specific allegations of misconduct or misrepresentation by us or our officers, directors or employees, and no such assertions have been made by the Inspector General or the Department of Justice.

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business.

 

106


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2012:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

     

Lyndon R. Rive

     35       Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Peter J. Rive

     38       Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director

Robert D. Kelly.

     54       Chief Financial Officer

Tobin J. Corey

     50       Chief Revenue Officer

Benjamin J. Cook

     40       Vice President, Structured Finance

Linda L. Keala

     54       Vice President, Human Resources

Mark C. Roe

     48       Vice President, Operations

John M. Stanton

     48       Vice President, Governmental Affairs

Ben Tarbell

     37       Vice President, Products

Seth R. Weissman

     43       Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Elon Musk

     41       Chairman of the Board

Raj Atluru

     43       Director

John H. N. Fisher (1)(2)(3)

     53       Director

Antonio J. Gracias

     41       Director

Hans A. Mehn

     41       Director

Nancy E. Pfund (1)(2)(3)

     56       Director

Jeffrey B. Straubel (1)(2)(3)

     36       Director

 

(1) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the audit committee.

Executive Officers

Lyndon R. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from October 1999 to July 2006, Mr. Rive co-founded and served as vice president and a member of the board of directors of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Prior to this, Mr. Rive founded LRS, a distributor of health products in South Africa. Mr. Rive is also a current member of the U.S. underwater hockey team. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief executive officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

Peter J. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief operations officer, chief technology officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from April 2001 to June 2006, Mr. Rive served as chief technology officer of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Mr. Rive holds a bachelor’s degree in computer science from Queen’s University, Canada. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

 

107


Table of Contents

Robert D. Kelly has served as our chief financial officer since October 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer of Calera Corporation, a clean technology company, from August 2009 to October 2011, and as an independent consultant providing financial advice to retail energy providers and power developers from January 2006 to August 2009. Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer and executive vice president of Calpine Corporation, an independent power producer, from March 2002 to November 2005, as president of Calpine Finance Company from March 2001 to November 2005, and held various financial management roles with Calpine from 1991 to 2001. In December 2005, Calpine filed a petition for voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 in January 2008. Mr. Kelly also served as the marketing manager of Westinghouse Credit Corporation from 1990 to 1991, as vice president of Lloyds Bank PLC from 1989 to 1990, and in various positions with The Bank of Nova Scotia from 1982 to 1989. Mr. Kelly holds a bachelor’s of commerce degree from Memorial University of Newfoundland and an MBA from Dalhousie University, Canada.

Tobin J. Corey has served as our chief revenue officer since January 2012. Since October 2011, Mr. Corey served as an adjunct professor at Stanford University teaching management science and engineering. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Corey was chief executive officer of Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company launching new start ups, from September 1999 to December 2011. From September 1995 to September 1999, Mr. Corey served as president and chief operating officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm. Mr. Corey holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and computer science from Southern Connecticut State University.

Benjamin J. Cook has served as our vice president, structured finance since May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Cook served as vice president of finance for Recurrent Energy, LLC, a distributed utility-scale solar project developer, from January 2009 to February 2010. Prior to Recurrent Energy, Mr. Cook served as director of structured finance and business development in the systems division of SunPower Corporation, a solar products and services company, from November 2006 to December 2008. Prior to SunPower, Mr. Cook served in various positions in technology market development for Tiax, LLC, a technology development company, from January 2005 to November 2006. Mr. Cook also served as founder and chief executive officer of Solar Electric Light Co., a solar power developer, financier, and operator focused on emerging markets, from January 2003 to September 2004. Mr. Cook developed and financed projects for Bechtel Enterprises, the project finance and project development group of the Bechtel construction group, from September 2001 to January 2003. Mr. Cook holds bachelor’s degrees in physics and economics from the University of Virginia and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Linda L. Keala has served as our vice president, human resources since January 2011 and as our director of human resources from November 2010 to January 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Ms. Keala co-founded and served as vice president of TransformBlue, Inc., a mobile internet technology advisor, from July 2009 to November 2010. Prior to TransformBlue, Ms. Keala served as vice president of business operations and secretary of NBX Inc., an online sports entertainment company, from September 2005 to June 2009. From January 2000 to December 2005, Ms. Keala served as vice president, human resources and administration at Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company. Ms. Keala served as executive vice president and chief people officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm, from January 1996 to December 1999.

Mark C. Roe has served as our vice president, operations since January 2011. Mr. Roe joined SolarCity following his brief retirement after serving as senior director of worldwide service at Apple Inc., a designer, manufacturer and marketer of personal computers and related products, from February 2004 to March 2009. Mr. Roe served as vice president of customer service and quality at Palm, Inc., a manufacturer of handheld electronics, from March 2001 to January 2004. Mr. Roe also held positions at Webvan Group, Inc. and Beyond.com, Inc. Mr. Roe holds a bachelor’s degree in

 

108


Table of Contents

industrial engineering and operations research from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, and an MBA from Syracuse University.

John M. Stanton has served as our vice president, governmental affairs since March 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Stanton served as executive vice president and general counsel of the Solar Energy Industries Association, where he oversaw legal and government affairs for the solar industry’s pre-eminent trade association, from November 2006 to February 2010. Mr. Stanton also served as vice president for energy, climate and transportation programs at the National Environmental Trust from December 1998 to December 2006. Mr. Stanton also served as legislative counsel for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and as Deputy Attorney General for the state of New Jersey. Mr. Stanton holds a bachelor’s degree in Latin American studies and philosophy from Tulane University and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law School.

Ben Tarbell has served as our vice president, products since May 2010 and previously served as our director of products from November 2006 to May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Tarbell served as program manager, PV Modules for Miasolé, a thin-film solar cell developer, from July 2005 to November 2006. Prior to Miasolé Inc., Mr. Tarbell served as project manager for IDEO Inc., a design consulting firm, from June 1998 to July 2003. Mr. Tarbell holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from Cornell University, a master’s degree in mechanical engineering design from Stanford University and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Seth R. Weissman has served as our vice president and general counsel since September 2008 and as our secretary since May 2009. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Weissman served as vice president, general counsel, and chief privacy officer of Coremetrics, Inc., the leading digital marketing company, from June 2004 to August 2008. Mr. Weissman also practiced employment and corporate law at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, at Stoneman, Chandler and Miller LLP, and at Hutchins, Wheeler, Dittmar, Professional Corporation. Mr. Weissman holds a bachelor’s degree in political science from The Pennsylvania State University and a J.D. from Boston University School of Law.

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Lyndon R. Rive, our co-founder and chief executive officer, and Peter J. Rive, our co-founder, chief operations officer and chief technology officer, are brothers and cousins to Elon Musk, the chairman of our board of directors. There are no other family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Non-Employee Directors

Elon Musk has served as the chairman of our board of directors since July 2006. Mr. Musk has served as the chief executive officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since October 2008, and as chairman of the board of directors of Tesla since April 2004. Mr. Musk has also served as chief executive officer, chief technology officer and chairman of Space Exploration Technologies Corporation, a company which is developing and launching advanced rockets for satellite and eventually human transportation, since May 2002. Mr. Musk co-founded PayPal, Inc., an electronic payment system, which was acquired by eBay Inc. in October 2002, and Zip2 Corporation, a provider of internet enterprise software and services, which was acquired by Compaq Computer Corporation in March 1999. Mr. Musk holds a bachelor’s degree in physics from the University of Pennsylvania and a bachelor’s degree in economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

We believe Mr. Musk possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with technology companies, extensive

 

109


Table of Contents

experience with energy technology companies and the perspective and experience he brings as one of our largest stockholders.

Raj Atluru has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2012. Mr. Atluru has been a partner of Silver Lake Kraftwerk since 2011. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Atluru was a partner at Draper Fisher Jurvetson for 10 years where he spearheaded DFJ’s cleantech investment practice and its India investment operations. Mr. Atluru remains a venture partner at DFJ. Mr. Atluru has been investing in the energy and resource sectors since 1997 and has served on the board of directors of numerous private companies. Mr. Atluru holds a B.S. and an M.S. in Civil Engineering and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Atluru possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a cleantech and renewable energy venture capital investor and as a board member.

John H. N. Fisher has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Fisher has served as a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm, for over two decades. Mr. Fisher serves on the board of directors of DFJ ePlanet Ventures and on the Investment Committees of DFJ Growth Fund, DFJ New England, and DFJ Esprit Ventures. Mr. Fisher previously held positions at ABS Ventures, Alex. Brown & Sons Inc., and Bank of America Corporation. Mr. Fisher serves as a Trustee of the California Academy of Sciences and serves on the board of directors of Common Sense Media. Mr. Fisher holds a bachelor’s degree in history of science from Harvard College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Fisher possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and as a board member.

Antonio J. Gracias has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2012. Mr. Gracias has been chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp., a private equity firm, since 2003. Mr. Gracias holds a joint B.S. and M.S. degree in international finance and economics from the Georgetown University School of Foreign Service and a J.D. from the University of Chicago Law School. Mr. Gracias also serves as a member of the board of directors of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer.

We believe that Mr. Gracias possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his management experience with a nationally recognized private equity firm and his operations management and supply chain optimization expertise.

Hans A. Mehn has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2009. Mr. Mehn has also served as a partner at Generation Investment Management LLP, an independent investment firm focused on integrated sustainability research, since January 2008. Mr. Mehn also serves as senior portfolio manager for the Climate Solutions Fund, an investment fund focused on public and private equity investments. Mr. Mehn has also held positions with Swiss Re Ltd. and affiliates, a reinsurance provider, from 1997 to December 2007, and prior to that, with Smith Barney Inc., an investment bank. Mr. Mehn holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and art history from Duke University.

We believe Mr. Mehn possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as an investor focusing on sustainable development and growth companies and as a board member.

Nancy E. Pfund has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Ms. Pfund has also served as a managing partner of DBL Investors, a venture capital firm, since January 2008.

 

110


Table of Contents

Ms. Pfund previously served as a managing director of JPMorgan & Co., an investment bank, from January 2002 to January 2008. Ms. Pfund also serves as a member of the board of directors of the California Clean Energy Fund, a not-for-profit fund mandated by the California Public Utilities Commission to invest in companies pursuing fossil-fuel alternatives, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the UC Davis Center for Energy Efficiency. Ms. Pfund holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in anthropology from Stanford University and an MBA from the Yale School of Management.

We believe Ms. Pfund possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including her extensive experience as a venture capital investor focusing on technology companies, and as a board member.

Jeffrey B. Straubel has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2006. Mr. Straubel has served as chief technology officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since May 2004 and as principal engineer, drive systems from March 2004 to May 2005. Mr. Straubel served as chief technical officer and co-founder of Volacom Inc., an aerospace firm which designed a specialized high-altitude electric aircraft platform, from January 2002 to May 2004. Mr. Straubel holds a bachelor’s degree in energy systems engineering from Stanford University and a master’s degree in engineering, with an emphasis on energy conversion, from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Straubel possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with energy technology companies.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as currently in effect provides that our board of directors shall consist of eleven members. We anticipate filling these two vacancies with independent directors.

Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2013 for the Class I directors, 2014 for the Class II directors and 2015 for the Class III directors.

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class I directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class II directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class III directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

 

111


Table of Contents

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business, reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans, and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Following the end of each year, our board of directors will conduct an annual self-evaluation, which includes a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors have full access to our management and independent advisors.

Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee oversees and reviews with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, and our compensation committee oversees risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market. Under the listing requirements and rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In February and March 2012, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Atluru, Fisher, Gracias, Mehn and Straubel, and Ms. Pfund are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, constituting a majority of our board of directors as required by the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund, who comprise our audit committee, our compensation committee and our nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

 

112


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of the charters for our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will be available without charge, upon request in writing to SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402; Attn: Secretary, or on the investor relations portion of our website, www.solarcity.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Audit Committee .    Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes. Our audit committee generally oversees:

 

  Ÿ  

our accounting and financial reporting processes as well as the audit and integrity of our financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

our compliance with disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting as well as the compliance of our employees, directors and consultants with ethical standards adopted by us.

Our audit committee also has certain responsibilities, including without limitation, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

selecting and hiring the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

supervising and evaluating the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

serving as our qualified legal compliance committee.

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated an audit committee chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that each of the directors serving on our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We are currently seeking an audit committee member who will be a financial expert as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and who has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market. We anticipate filling this position prior to the closing of this offering. The audit committee will be comprised of independent directors, subject to the phase-in periods available to companies listing on the NASDAQ Stock Market in connection with an initial public

 

113


Table of Contents

offering. Each member of the audit committee will be financially literate at the time such member is appointed. The composition of the audit committee will satisfy the independence and other requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and is responsible for evaluating, approving and reviewing the compensation arrangements, plans, policies and programs for our executive officers and directors, and overseeing our cash-based and equity-based compensation plans.

The functions of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and dollar amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance agreements and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

  Ÿ  

administering our equity compensation plans.

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a compensation committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our compensation committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market, is a nonemployee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an outside director as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The functions of our nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the board of directors for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing the succession planning for each of our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management; and

 

  Ÿ  

recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a nominating and corporate governance committee

 

114


Table of Contents

chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, and we have also adopted a code of ethics for principal executives and senior financial officers.

Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors do not currently receive any cash compensation for their services as directors or as board committee members. The compensation committee has retained Compensia, Inc., a compensation advisory firm, to provide recommendations on non-employee director compensation following this offering based on an analysis of relevant market data.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last completed year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. Before establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to compensation of our executive officers.

 

115


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2011 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our principal executive officer and each of our named executive officers during the last completed fiscal year. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2011.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
(1)($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)
    All
Other
Compensation
(2)($)
    Total
($)
 

Lyndon R. Rive, Chief Executive Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Peter J. Rive, Chief Operations Officer and Chief Technology Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Robert D. Kelly, Chief Financial Officer (3)

    2011      $ 46,731                    $ 2,882,014      $ 31,250      $ 40      $ 2,960,035   

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2011 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that our named executive officers may receive from the options.
(2) The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column represent group term life insurance premiums.
(3) Mr. Kelly joined SolarCity as our chief financial officer in October 2011. His annual base salary is $270,000.

2011 Bonus Decisions

After the conclusion of the fiscal year, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer evaluated our financial performance for 2011 and determined that, based on this performance, as well as their evaluation of the performance and contributions of our chief financial officer, that we should pay a bonus to him. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of his contribution during the year. In addition, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer also took into consideration his responsibilities, experience, skills, equity holdings, and current market practice.

In addition, our board of directors evaluated the performance of our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer and determined to pay bonuses to these individuals. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of each individual’s contributions during the year and equity holdings.

The annual cash bonuses for our named executive officers earning such bonuses for 2011 were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Cash Bonus
Opportunity
    Actual
Cash
Bonus
 

Lyndon R. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Peter J. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Robert D. Kelly

   $ 31,250 (1)    $ 31,250   

 

(1) Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Kelly’s target cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, adjusted to reflect his actual time of employment in 2011.

 

116


Table of Contents

2011 Equity Grants

On May 25, 2011, our board of directors approved stock option grants to purchase shares of our common stock for Messrs. Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive. The stock options granted to these named executive officers were for the right of each to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to $5.07 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date, and have a 48-month time-based vesting schedule.

On October 24, 2011, our board of directors approved the grant to Mr. Kelly of two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock, each with an exercise price equal to $5.92 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date. The first of the two stock options is subject to a four-year time-based vesting schedule with an initial 12-month cliff vesting requirement. The second stock option is subject to a performance-based vesting schedule which provides that 20% of the options to purchase shares of our common stock will vest in full upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with a value of at least $2 billion during his employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

Welfare and Other Employee Benefits

We provide other benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as all of our full-time employees in the country where they reside. These benefits include health, dental, and vision benefits, health and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and basic life insurance coverage. See below for a description of our 401(k) plan.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

We do not provide perquisites to our named executive officers, except in limited situations.

Pension Benefits

We did not sponsor any defined benefit pension or other actuarial plan for our executive officers during 2011.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We did not maintain any nonqualified defined contribution or other deferred compensation plans or arrangements for our executive officers during 2011.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Code limits. We do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to do so. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

Mr. Kelly’s Employment Offer Letter

On October 17, 2011, we named Mr. Kelly our chief financial officer. The terms and conditions of his employment were approved by our board of directors.

 

117


Table of Contents

When we hired Mr. Kelly, our board of directors approved an employment offer letter setting forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including an initial annual base salary of $270,000, an initial target annual cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, and two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock. Other than these terms, Mr. Kelly’s employment is “at will” and for no specific period of time.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Only one of our named executive officers, Mr. Kelly, is eligible to receive certain payments and benefits in connection with his termination of employment under various circumstances. None of our executive officers are eligible to receive any payments or benefits in connection with or following a change in control of our company, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

Our executive officers are eligible to receive any benefits accrued under our broad-based benefit plans, such as accrued vacation pay, in accordance with those plans and policies.

Termination of Employment—Mr. Kelly

In the event that we terminate Mr. Kelly’s employment without cause, Mr. Kelly would be eligible to receive a pro rata portion of any earned commissions or bonus. He is not otherwise eligible to receive any specific payments or benefits in the event of a change in control of SolarCity, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of our named executive officers, information regarding outstanding equity awards held as of December 31, 2011.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Awards –
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Awards –
Option
Expiration
Date
 

Lyndon R. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Peter J. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Robert D. Kelly

    10/24/2011               332,014 (2)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   
    10/24/2011               332,014 (3)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   

 

(1)

These stock options vest over a four-year period as follows: 1/48 th of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable each month following the respective vesting commencement date (September 2, 2009 or May 25, 2011), subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(2)

This stock option vests over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date (October 17, 2011) and 1/36 th of the remaining shares of our common stock subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(3) This stock option vests as follows: 20% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with an aggregate value of at least $2 billion during Mr. Kelly’s employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

 

118


Table of Contents

2011 Director Compensation

In 2011 we did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other non-employee members of our board of directors. The non-employee members of our board of directors do not hold any equity awards or non-equity awards. Mr. Lyndon R. Rive, who is our chief executive officer, and Mr. Peter J. Rive, who is our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, receive no compensation for their service as directors. The compensation received by these executive officers as employees during 2011 is presented in “2011 Summary Compensation Table.”

Employee Benefit Plans

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Plan, prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2012 Plan is effective upon its adoption by our board of directors, but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2012 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2012 Plan is 7,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2007 Stock Plan, or the 2007 Plan, and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options granted under the 2007 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2012 Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above equal to 16,673,207 shares as of June 30, 2012. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

8,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2012 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2012 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan.

Plan Administration .    The 2012 Plan will be administered by our board of directors who, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to

 

119


Table of Contents

each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2012 Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2012 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2012 Plan and awards granted thereunder. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2012 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of all options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting). After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of the stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the grant date. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions the administrator establishes. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units .    Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market

 

120


Table of Contents

value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Performance Units/Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2012 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and awards may be exercised by the participant only during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2012 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the proposed transaction and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2012 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2012 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an outside director’s awards are assumed or substituted for and his or her service as an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Plan Amendment; Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2012 Plan will automatically terminate in 2022, unless we terminate it sooner.

 

121


Table of Contents

2007 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Plan in March 2007, and our stockholders approved our 2007 Plan in August 2007. Our 2007 Plan was amended and restated most recently in February 2012.

Our 2007 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2007 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2012 Plan; however, the 2007 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock option awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2007 Plan is 19,400,000 shares of our common stock. As of June 30, 2012, options to purchase 14,775,762 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2007 Plan and 1,897,445 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2007 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan.

Plan Administration .     The 2007 Plan is administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees (referred to as the “administrator”).

Subject to the provisions of our 2007 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price of the options, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2007 Plan, among other powers. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2007 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2007 Plan and awards granted under the 2007 Plan. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2007 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of

 

122


Table of Contents

time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months (in the event of a termination due to death) or six months (in the event of a termination due to disability). In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for thirty days following a termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms are set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2007 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2007 Plan, the administrator will make proportional adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be issued under the 2007 Plan and/or the number and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, each award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2007 Plan provides that in the event of a sale, merger or change in control, as defined under the 2007 Plan, each outstanding award will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest and all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2007 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Concurrently with this offering, we are establishing our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our ESPP, prior to the completion of this offering. Our executive officers and all of our other employees will be allowed to participate in our ESPP.

A total of 1,300,000 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

2,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as may be determined by the administrator.

Our board of directors or a committee designated by the board of directors will administer the ESPP and has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility. Every determination made by the administrator will be final and binding upon all parties to the full extent permitted by law.

 

123


Table of Contents

Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year as required by applicable local law. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

  Ÿ  

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year.

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for consecutive 6-month offering periods with a new offering period beginning on the first trading days on or after February 1 and August 1 of each year, or on such other date as the administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first offering period under the ESPP will start on the first trading day on or after the date upon which the SEC declares our registration statement effective and end on the first trading day on or after February 1, 2013.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of the compensation he or she receives on each payday during the offering period. Eligible compensation includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, payments for overtime and shift premium commissions (to the extent such commissions are an integral, recurring part of compensation), but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 1,000 shares of common stock during each offering period.

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock on each exercise date. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day of the offering period, unless determined otherwise by the administrator. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Employees who end their participation at any time during an offering period must wait until the beginning of the next offering period to begin participation. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment and the participant will be paid any accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock.

A participant may not transfer credited contributions to his or her account or rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume, or substitute for, each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding options, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date (when such offering period will end) will be set which will occur prior to the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant in writing or electronically that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless the participant has already withdrawn from the offering period.

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP at any time and for any reason, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

 

124


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction where the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain appropriate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

125


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above under “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of those transactions since January 1, 2009, that we have participated in where the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private Placements

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2009, we sold an aggregate of 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $5.41 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      739,370       $ 3,999,992   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      3,696,858         20,000,002   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.

Series E-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2010, we sold an aggregate of 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $6.25 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E-1 preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E-1 preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E-1
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      1,440,000       $ 9,000,000   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      160,000         1,000,000   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      240,000         1,500,000   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(3)

        1,600,000         10,000,000   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

 

126


Table of Contents

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

In June and July 2011, we sold an aggregate of 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $9.68 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.68 per share were issued in connection with the Series F preferred stock financing. Purchasers of the Series F preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and which were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series F preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series F
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      611,096       $ 5,912,354   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      167,036         1,616,074   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      174,694         1,690,165   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      1,033,592         10,000,003   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(3)

        80,768         781,430   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, LLC, Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

Series G Preferred Stock Financing

In February and March 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $23.92 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series G preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that are represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series G preferred stock by the various inventors:

 

Name of Stockholder

  

SolarCity Director

   Number of
Series G
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Fund affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(1)

   Nancy E. Pfund      41,812       $ 999,934   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable

        

Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      627,220         14,999,966   

SilverLake Kraftwerk, L.P

   Raj Atluru      1,149,904         27,499,954   

Valor Solar Holding, LLC

   Antonio J. Gracias      1,045,368         24,999,976   

 

(1) Affiliates of Bay Area Equity Fund holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund – BAEF II, L.P.

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to our executive officers. For a description of certain of these options, see “Executive Compensation—2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table.”

Transactions with First Solar

In October 2008, we entered into a framework agreement with First Solar, Inc., a manufacturer of solar panels and solar energy systems, to purchase 100 megawatts of solar panels between 2009 and

 

127


Table of Contents

2013. In 2009 and 2010, we purchased approximately $18.5 million and $9.3 million, respectively, of solar panels from First Solar. During these periods, First Solar owned more than 10% of our outstanding common stock. The framework agreement with First Solar was terminated in December 2010. Michael J. Ahearn, who served on our board of directors from October 2008 to October 2009, was the chief executive officer and chairman of the board of First Solar during this period. Jens Meyerhoff, who replaced Mr. Ahearn on our board of directors from October 2009 to December 2010, was the chief financial officer of First Solar during this period. We believe that the prices, terms and conditions of these transactions were commercially reasonably and in the ordinary course of business.

Other Transactions

In late 2010, we received a grant from the California Public Utilities Commission, or CPUC, under its Self-Generation Incentive Program to develop distributed battery energy storage. We partnered with the University of California, Berkeley and Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, to jointly develop the technology. In connection the CPUC grant, in January 2011, we entered into a professional services agreement with Tesla to provide certain design, engineering and consulting services. The total amount payable by us to Tesla under this agreement is approximately $534,000, expected to be paid in 2012. Mr. Musk, the chairman of our board of directors, is the chief executive officer, product architect, chairman of the board of directors and a significant stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Fisher, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson which is a minority stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Straubel, a member of our board of directors, is the chief technology officer of Tesla. Mr. Gracias, a member of our board of directors, also is a member of the board of directors of Tesla; however, he joined our board following the date of these agreements.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and certain purchasers of our preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with whom certain of our directors are affiliated, grants these stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock that will be issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our audit committee charter will be effective when we complete this offering. The charter states that our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. All of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to the audit committee prior to entering into any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. Prior to the creation of our audit committee, our full board of directors reviewed related party transactions.

 

128


Table of Contents

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth under the section entitled “Related Party Transactions” on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

129


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2012, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, by:

 

  Ÿ  

each stockholder who we know is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our executive officers who are selling stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

all other selling stockholders.

We determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the SEC rules. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 56,384,229 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that                  shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. When we computed the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we considered to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. An asterisk (*) below denotes beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

130


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402.

 

     Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
    Shares
Being
Offered
     Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Offering
 

Beneficial Owner

   Shares      %        Shares      %  

Named Executive Officers, Selling Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Lyndon R. Rive(1)

     3,994,042         7.0     370,519         3,623,523             

Peter J. Rive(2)

     3,994,042         7.0        370,519         3,623,523      

Robert D. Kelly

                                 

Ben Tarbell(3)

     164,824         *        15,000         149,824      

Seth R. Weissman(4)

     269,534         *        27,495         242,039      

Elon Musk(5)

     18,030,188         31.9                18,030,188      

Raj Atluru(6)

     1,149,904         2.0                1,149,904      

John H. N. Fisher(7)

     14,863,016         26.3                14,863,016      

Antonio J. Gracias(8)

     1,170,364         2.1                1,170,364      

Hans A. Mehn(9)

     4,248,912         7.5                4,248,912      

Nancy E. Pfund(10)

     4,190,462         7.4                4,190,462      

Jeffrey B. Straubel

     738,246         1.3                738,246      

All current executive officers and directors as a group (17 persons)(11)

     53,122,514         93.8        783,533         52,338,981      

Other 5% Stockholders:

             

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher(7)

     14,863,016         26.3                14,863,016      

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.(9)

     4,248,912         7.5                4,248,912      

Entities affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(10)

     4,190,462         7.4                4,190,462      

Other Selling Stockholders:

             

Ajmere Dale(12)

     86,458         *        8,770         77,688      

Chrysanthe Gussis(13)

     101,342         *        10,449         90,893      

 

(1) Includes 1,952,378 shares held by the Rive Family Trust dated February 8, 2011, and 1,041,664 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(2) Includes 1,041,664 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(3) Includes 88,124 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012.
(4) Includes 269,534 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012.
(5) Includes (i) 17,864,366 shares held of record by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003, and (ii) 165,822 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust that expire upon the completion of this offering. Includes 1,500,000 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co.
(6) Includes 1,149,904 shares held of record by SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. Mr. Atluru is a partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Management Company, the general partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Mr. Atluru disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for such fund is 1070 Commercial Street, San Carlos, California 94070.
(7)

Includes 177,612 shares held of record by Draper Associates, L.P., 160,396 shares held of record by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, 7,561,714 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 854,188 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., 5,381,876 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 204,916 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, 435,110 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, and 26,098 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC. Also includes (i) 2,476 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, (ii) 20,446 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher

 

131


Table of Contents
 

Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., (iii) 21,692 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., (iv) 14,134 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., (v) 554 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, (vi) 662 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC and (vii) 1,142 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, that expire upon the completion of this offering. Timothy C. Draper, John H. N. Fisher, Stephen T. Jurvetson, Jennifer Fonstad, Andreas Stavropoulos, Josh Stein and Don Wood are managing directors of the general partner entities of these funds that directly hold shares and as such they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for all entities above is 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(8) Includes 83,496 shares held of record by AJG Growth Fund, LLC, 1,045,368 shares held of record by Valor Solar Holdings, LLC and 41,500 shares held of record by Valor VC, LLC. Mr. Gracias is the manager of AJG Growth Fund, LLC and Valor VC, LLC and is a shareholder, director and chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp, which is the general partner of the general partner of the manager of Valor Solar Holdings, LLC. Mr. Gracias disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Valor VC, LLC and Valor Solar Holdings, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Valor entities and Mr. Gracias is 200 South Michigan Ave., Suite 1020, Chicago, Illinois 60604.
(9) Includes (i) 4,231,442 shares held of record by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and (ii) 17,470 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Mehn is one of the partners of Generation Investment Management LLP which serves as agent for the general partner of Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the shares. Mr. Mehn disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Vine Street, London W1J 0AH United Kingdom.
(10)

Includes (i) 3,491,594 shares held of record by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P., (ii) 619,702 shares held of record by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. Also includes (i) 76,638 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and (ii) 2,528 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Ms. Pfund is a managing partner of H&Q Venture Management, L.L.C., doing business as DBL Investors LLC, the managing member of Bay Area Equity Fund Managers I, L.L.C, the general partner of Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. Ms. Pfund disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Montgomery Street, Suite 2375 , San Francisco, California 94104.

(11) Includes (i) 2,626,670 shares issuable to our current executive officers and directors upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012 and (ii) 323,564 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by our current executive officers and directors that expire upon the completion of this offering.
(12) Includes 86,458 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.
(13) Includes 101,342 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

 

132


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect when this offering closes. This summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and             shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated. The following information reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible redeemable preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

As of June 30, 2012, we had:

 

  Ÿ  

56,384,229 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 196 stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,762 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.33 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering and based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012,                      shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described below, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock for an aggregate of 331,640 shares of our common stock that would otherwise expire when this offering is complete, (4) no additional exercises of options to purchase common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, and (5) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Each share of Series G preferred stock is initially convertible at the option of the holder into one share of our common stock. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series G preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the original issue price of $23.92 per share by (B) the product of (i) the public offering price in this offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions), multiplied by (ii) 0.6. However, in no event will one share of Series G preferred stock convert into more than approximately 2.47 shares or less than one share of common stock as a result of this conversion adjustment mechanism. As a result, the outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock will convert into no more than 8,372,069 shares and no fewer than 3,386,986 shares of common stock.

 

133


Table of Contents

Common Stock

Common stockholders are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, common stockholders are entitled to shares ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Common stockholders have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of common stockholders are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock that we will issue pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

When this offering is complete, our board of directors will be authorized, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time, up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, rights, preferences and privileges and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series of preferred stock, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of our common stockholders and the likelihood that our common stockholders will receive dividend payments upon liquidation and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2012, we had warrants outstanding to purchase 1,816,650 shares of our common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of our preferred stock into common stock, at exercise prices ranging from approximately $2.41 to $9.68 per share. The shares issuable upon exercise of the outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will convert into 331,640 shares of common stock if these warrants are exercised for cash, as a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, immediately prior to the closing of this offering. If not exercised before this offering is completed, all outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will automatically net exercise into a smaller number of shares of our common stock based on our initial public offering price. The outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock will automatically convert into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share, and if not exercised, these warrants will expire on various dates between June 2014 and April 2015. Each outstanding warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations and reclassifications, consolidations and the like.

Registration Rights

Following this offering’s completion, the holders of an aggregate of 47,096,682 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights

 

134


Table of Contents

agreement between us and the holders of these shares, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

The registration rights terminate with respect to the registration rights of an individual holder on the earliest to occur of five years following the completion of this offering or such date as the holder can sell all of the holder’s shares in any three-month period under Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act, unless such holder holds at least 2% of our voting stock.

Demand Registration Rights.     At any time, other than during the six month period following the closing of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares subject to our investors’ rights agreement, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stock, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding the Series E preferred stock or the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series E-1 preferred stock may demand that we effect a registration under the Securities Act covering the public offering and sale of all or part of such registrable securities held by such stockholders. Upon any such demand we must use our best efforts to effect the registration of such registrable securities that have been requested to register together with all other registrable securities that we may have been requested to register by other stockholders pursuant to the incidental registration rights described below. We are only obligated to effect two registrations in response to these demand registration rights.

Incidental Registration Rights.     If we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder initiated demand registration, holders of such registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number registrable securities to be included in the registration statement, subject to certain restrictions.

Short Form Registration Rights.     Following this offering, we are obligated under our investors’ rights agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain eligible for registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 10% of such registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $1,000,000, subject to certain exceptions.

Expenses of Registration.     We will pay all registration expenses related to any demand, company or Form S-3 registration, including reasonable fees and expenses of one special counsel for the holders of such registrable securities, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes (if any), which will be borne by the holders of such registrable securities.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. We expect these provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any

 

135


Table of Contents

attempt to acquire or obtain control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Limits on the Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special stockholders meetings may be called only by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay our stockholders ability to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may preclude the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to acquire or obtain control of our company.

Board Classification.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes and that our stockholders will elect one class each year. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board Composition.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     When this offering is complete, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain

 

136


Table of Contents

circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  Ÿ  

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

  Ÿ  

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of common stock.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 662-7232.

Listing on the NASDAQ Global Market

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “SCTY.”

 

137


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

When this offering is complete, we will have an aggregate of          shares of common stock outstanding, assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock into an aggregate of 331,640 shares of our common stock, (4) no exercise of outstanding options to purchase common stock, and (5) the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

Of the outstanding shares, all of the         shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining         shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale when this offering is complete;

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

In addition, of the 14,775,762 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2012, options to purchase 6,034,157 shares of common stock were vested as of June 30, 2012 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering, subject to extension as described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Lock-Up Agreements and Obligations

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors, officers and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements that generally provide that these holders will not offer, pledge, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions described under the heading “Underwriting.”

 

138


Table of Contents

In addition, each grant agreement under our 2007 Plan contains restrictions similar to those set forth in the lock-up agreements described above limiting the disposition of securities issuable pursuant to those plans for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

The 180 day restricted periods described above are subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 180 day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180 day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day period, the restrictions on offers, pledges, sales, agreements to sell or other dispositions of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated waive such extension in writing.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

139


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2012, 7,844,205 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards. These shares will be eligible for resale in reliance on this rule upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

Stock Options

We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans, ESPP and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements, and subject to vesting of such shares.

Registration Rights

When this offering is complete, the holders of an aggregate of 47,096,682 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

140


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock sold pursuant to this offering to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  Ÿ  

real estate investment trusts;

 

  Ÿ  

regulated investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  Ÿ  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock, except to the extent specifically set forth below;

 

  Ÿ  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

  Ÿ  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

In addition, if a partnership, including any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

141


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder, other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our common stock and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Although not subject to withholding tax, dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States;

 

142


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale, net of certain deductions or credits, under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the United States. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% (scheduled to increase to 31% for payments made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012) unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in 2010 generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under these rules, unless such institution enters into an

 

143


Table of Contents

agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution, which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners. The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain transition rules, any obligation to withhold under this legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2015. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

144


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional          shares from us and the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, announce the intention to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written

 

145


Table of Contents

consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

With respect to us, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

shares sold pursuant to this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares pursuant to any employee equity incentive plans contained in this prospectus, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of exercisable, convertible or exchangeable shares outstanding as of the date of the underwriting agreement; or

 

  Ÿ  

the issuance of shares, in amount up to an aggregate of 10% of the sum of our fully-diluted shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus plus the shares sold by us in this offering, in connection with mergers or acquisitions of securities, businesses, property or other assets (including pursuant to any employee benefit plans assumed in connection with such transactions), joint ventures, strategic alliances or equipment leasing arrangements (provided that in each case such recipients agree to lock up their shares for the balance of the lock-up period).

With respect to our officers, directors and stockholders, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares acquired in open market transactions following completion of this offering, provided that such transfer is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of an officer, director or stockholder (as applicable) or the immediate family of such person, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares by will or intestate succession upon the death of such person, provided that the recipient agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares with the prior written consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of options or other equity incentive awards issued pursuant to any stock option or similar equity incentive or compensation plan approved by our board of directors, provided that such plan is outstanding at the time of this offering, still in effect at the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of warrants issued to such officer, director or stockholder including on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, provided that such exercise is subject to the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement and is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the entry into a Rule 10b5-1 plan to sell shares after the expiration of the 180-day restricted period;

 

  Ÿ  

the sale and transfer of shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

146


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control of our company, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to satisfy any tax obligations due as a result of the exercise of such options or warrants, subject to certain customary restrictions; or

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to us in connection with the repurchase of shares issued pursuant to equity incentive grants or pursuant to agreements under which such shares were issued;

and provided that, pursuant to the second, third or fourth bullets in this paragraph, any transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing or announcement by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee, as applicable) shall be required (except in the case of the fourth bullet above) or shall be voluntarily made in connection with any such transfer or distribution.

The 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. The factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, are our historical financial and operating performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects and those of our industry in general, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the

 

147


Table of Contents

representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area.     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU .

United Kingdom.     In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This

 

148


Table of Contents

document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Hong Kong.     The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.     This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan.     The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland .     The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards

 

149


Table of Contents

for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre .     This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia .     No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act) in relation to the common shares has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, or the ASIC. This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

(a)    you confirm and warrant that you are either:

(i)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

(ii)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

(iii)    a person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

(iv)    a ‘‘professional investor’’ within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act, and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

(b)    you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common shares for resale in Australia within 12 months of that common shares being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Chile .     The shares are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y

 

150


Table of Contents

Seguros de Chile). This prospectus supplement and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. We closed a $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in August 2011 and closed an additional $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in May 2012, both of which use lease pass-through structures. In July 2012, we received an initial commitment for $150 million in lease financing from an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. This investment uses a lease pass-through structure and will be funded in monthly tranches through the end of 2013. In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

151


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation own an interest representing less than 0.01% of our common stock. The underwriters are being represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Palo Alto, California, in connection with the offering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other SEC information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website referred to above. We also maintain a website at http://www.solarcity.com. When this offering is complete, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

152


Table of Contents

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

SolarCity Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

April 26, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share Par Values)

 

    December 31     June 30
2012
    Pro forma
Stockholders’
Equity
June 30,
2012
    2010     2011      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 61,779     

Restricted cash

    600        1,796        2,309     

Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $76, $176 and $296 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively)

    3,479        10,651        27,047     

Rebates receivable

    8,751        13,684        13,032     

Inventories

    30,217        142,742        140,589     

Deferred income tax asset

    1,358        4,306        5,137     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    7,757        17,872        18,861     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    110,432        241,522        268,754     

Restricted cash

    1,942        3,764        3,632     

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

    239,611        535,609        729,243     

Property and equipment – net

    9,331        14,421        18,761     

Other assets

    9,948        17,857        22,989     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets(1)

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 1,043,379     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 43,711      $ 162,586      $ 94,511     

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

    3,244        6,216        2,197     

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

    669        5,430        9,282     

Accrued and other current liabilities

    13,774        30,574        29,906     

Customer deposits

    3,656        13,933        8,908     

Current portion of deferred revenue

    5,215        13,504        25,915     

Borrowings under bank line of credit

    4,495        5,582        25,000     

Current portion of long-term debt

    3,001        2,640        37,875     

Current portion of lease pass-through financing obligation

    3,872        6,060        12,474     

Current portion of sale-leaseback financing obligation

    321        361        375     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    81,958        246,886        246,443     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    40,681        101,359        151,490     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

           14,581        23,787     

Long-term deferred tax liability

    1,358        4,313        5,150     

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

    53,097        46,541        148,927     

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

    15,758        15,144        14,952     

Deferred U.S. Treasury grants income, net of current portion

    18,671        132,004        181,422     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities

    6,554        5,325        14,882     

Other liabilities

    15,715        36,314        72,887     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities(1)

    233,792        602,467        859,940     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock:

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 45,462, 47,042 and 56,734 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 39,451, 41,893 and 45,280 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; aggregate liquidation value of $100,864, $122,751 and $203,751 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively

    101,446        125,722        206,940     

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share Par Values)

  

  

  

   
    December 31     June 30
2012
    Pro forma
Stockholders’
Equity
June 30,
2012
    2010     2011      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 67,000, 75,000 and 106,000 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, and 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 8,949, 10,465 and 11,104 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively

           1        1     

Additional paid-in capital

    3,229        9,538        15,448     

Accumulated deficit

    (90,717     (47,201     (70,278  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (87,488     (37,662     (54,829  

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

    123,514        122,646        31,328     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total equity

    36,026        84,984        (23,501  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 1,043,379     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

(1) The Company’s consolidated assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 include $120,446, $317,225 and $416,962 (unaudited), respectively, being assets of variable interest entities, or VIEs, that can only be used to settle obligations of the VIEs. These assets include solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net, of $112,284, $301,573 and $399,132 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; cash and cash equivalents of $6,318, $7,070 and $12,353 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accounts receivable, net, of $147, $632, and $1,265 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; prepaid expenses and other assets of $916, $5,056, and $921 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; rebates receivable of $781, $2,894 and $3,291 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012. The Company’s consolidated liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 included $3,726, $9,840 and $9,483 (unaudited), respectively, being liabilities of VIEs whose creditors have no recourse to the Company. These liabilities include distributions payable to noncontrolling interests of $3,244, $6,216 and $2,197 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; customer deposits of $169, $2,804 and $4,849 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accounts payable of $43, $31 and $7 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accrued and other payables of $270, $789 and $1,100 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 and bank borrowings of $0, $0 and $1,330 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012.

See further description in Note 12, Solar Investment Funds.

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                  (unaudited)  

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expense, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 2,189      $ (23,077

Diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 2,813      $ (23,077

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

Number of shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

    Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interests in
Subsidiaries
    Total
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount            

Balance, January 1, 2009

    31,575      $ 56,186            8,437      $      $ 496      $ (25,873   $ (25,377   $ 19,573        (5,804

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      46               6               6               6   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         40,970        40,970   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      10                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    862               862               862   

Issuance of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at $5.41 per share, net of issuance cost of $144

    4,436        23,856                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (26,227     (26,227     3,507        (22,720

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (8,014     (8,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

    36,011        80,042            8,493               1,364        (52,100     (50,736     56,036        5,300   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      450               92               92               92   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         97,082        97,082   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      6                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    1,773               1,773               1,773   

Issuance of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock at $6.25 per share, net of issuance cost of $96

    3,440        21,404                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (38,617     (38,617     (8,457     (47,074

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (21,147     (21,147
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    39,451        101,446            8,949               3,229        (90,717     (87,488     123,514        36,026   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      1,489        1        1,089               1,090               1,090   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         207,970        207,970   

Issuance of common stock to a consultant

                      7               12               12               12   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                      20               119               119               119   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    5,039               5,039               5,039   

Income tax effect of stock-based compensation

                                    50               50               50   

Issuance of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock upon exercise of warrants

    375        4,576                                                        

Issuance of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at $9.68 per share, net of issuance cost of $93

    2,067        19,700                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           43,516        43,516        (117,230     (73,714

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (91,608     (91,608
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    41,893      $ 125,722            10,465      $ 1      $ 9,538      $ (47,201   $ (37,662   $ 122,646      $ 84,984   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash (unaudited)

                      639               1,197               1,197               1,197   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests (unaudited)

                                                         21,795        21,795   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                    4,713               4,713               4,713   

Issuance of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at $23.92 per share, net of issuance cost of $132 (unaudited)

    3,387        81,218                                                        

Net income (loss) (unaudited)

                                           (23,077     (23,077     (25,834     (48,911

Distributions to noncontrolling interests (unaudited)

                                                         (87,279     (87,279
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

    45,280      $ 206,940            11,104      $ 1      $ 15,448      $ (70,278   $ (54,829   $ 31,328      $ (23,501
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

          

Net loss

   $ (22,720   $ (47,074   $ (73,714     (35,463   $ (48,911

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

          

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     9        26        336        336        10   

Depreciation and amortization net of amortization of deferred U.S. Treasury grant income

     3,230        5,733        12,338        3,383        9,021   

Interest on lease pass-thorough financing obligation

            3,285        7,373        4,416        4,939   

Stock-based compensation

     862        1,773        5,101        1,671        4,713   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                   119                 

Revaluation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     2,227        1,998        2,050        2,487        9,557   

Revaluation of preferred stock forward contract

                                 350   

Deferred income taxes

                   7        6        6   

Reduction in lease pass-through financing obligation

            (7,421     (23,528     (10,846     (7,290

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Restricted cash

     250        (1,842     (3,018     (1,327     (381

Accounts receivable

     342        (1,259     (7,172     (1,991     (16,396

Rebates receivable

     (6,588     3,339        (4,933     (6,392     652   

Inventories

     (5,688     (15,964     (111,150     (2,873     2,153   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,286     (5,417     (6,945     97        (2,941

Other assets

     (1,559     (7,989     (6,361     829        (5,132

Accounts payable

     14,311        19,999        118,875        (3,573     (68,075

Accrued and other liabilities

     3,194        22,365        29,460        2,434        21,744   

Customer deposits

     (540     2,478        10,943        (1,332     (5,025

Deferred revenue

     17,234        22,152        68,301        35,620        62,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     2,278        (3,818     18,082        (12,518     (38,464

Investing activities:

          

Payments for the cost of solar energy systems, leased and to be leased

     (61,661     (156,495     (292,933     (124,343     (174,552

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,133     (6,300     (8,772     (3,821     (5,970

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

            (67     (2,547     (2,547       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (130,711     (180,522

Financing activities:

          

Borrowings under long-term debt

     516        1,292        17,270        15,812        60,532   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (736     (1,014     (3,158     (2,098     (18,127

Borrowings under bank line of credit

     4,864               5,582        5,582        19,418   

Repayments of bank line of credit

     (369            (4,495     (4,495       

Proceeds from sale-leaseback financing obligation

     5,416        18,266                        

Repayments of sale-leaseback financing obligation

            (7,603     (574     (404     (178

Proceeds from lease pass-through financing obligation

            61,106        64,135        50,247        123,593   

Repayment of capital lease obligations

                   (7,323            (15,582

Proceeds from investment by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     40,970        97,082        207,970        69,999        21,795   

Distributions paid to noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary

     (3,924     (25,039     (88,636     (47,779     (91,298

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     6        92        1,090        301        1,197   

Proceeds from U.S. Treasury grants

            20,084        65,513        38,792        48,076   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

            1,368        1,297                 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock

     23,856        21,404        19,700        14,521        80,868   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        140,478        230,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     10,083        20,358        (7,799     (2,751     11,308   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     27,829        37,912        58,270        58,270        50,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 55,519      $ 61,779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

          

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 421      $ 1,474      $ 2,841      $ 1,378      $ 3,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $      $ 3,018      $ 91      $ 91      $ 2,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities

          

Conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants to convertible redeemable preferred stock

   $      $      $ 4,576      $ 4,576      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

SolarCity Corporation or “the Company” was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 21, 2006. The Company is engaged in the design, installation and sale or lease of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers, or sale of electricity generated by solar energy systems to customers. The Company also offers energy efficiency solutions and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs to its customers. The Company’s headquarters are located in San Mateo, California.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification Section 810, or ASC, 810, Consolidation, the Company consolidates any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which it is the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity; however, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as variable interest entities, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company does not consolidate a VIE in which it has a majority ownership interest when the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary. The Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary in a number of VIEs—refer to Note 12, Solar Investment Funds. The Company evaluates its relationships with the VIEs on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company regularly makes significant estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, the estimates which affect the estimated selling price of undelivered elements for revenue recognition purposes, the collectibility of accounts receivable, the valuation of inventories, the estimated total costs for long-term contracts used as a basis of determining percentage of completion for such contracts, the estimated fair value and residual values of solar energy systems subject to leases, the useful lives of solar energy systems, property and equipment and intangible assets, the determination of accrued liabilities, accounting for business combinations, the valuation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, the valuation of stock-based compensation, and the determination of valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2012, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated statements of convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity for the six months ended June 30, 2012 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to these six-month periods are unaudited. The results of the six months ended June 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 or for any other interim period or other future year.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

Upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) that results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions, all of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company will automatically convert to common stock of SolarCity Corporation. In addition, if not exercised prior to an initial public offering resulting in the conversion of all convertible redeemable preferred stock to common stock, outstanding warrants to acquire Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically net exercise according to their terms into common stock based on the initial public offering price, while warrants to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically convert to common stock warrants. The convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants liability outstanding related to the warrants will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital. The pro forma financial data have been prepared assuming the net exercise of the Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, and the automatic conversion of the convertible redeemable preferred stock outstanding into 45,280,032 shares of common stock of SolarCity Corporation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents, which consist principally of demand deposits with high-credit-quality financial institutions. The Company has exposure to credit risk to the extent cash and cash equivalent balances, including restricted cash, exceed amounts covered by federal deposit insurance. The Company believes that its credit risk is not significant.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents balances collateralizing standby letters of credit, outstanding credit card borrowing facilities and obligations under certain operating leases.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represent trade receivables from sales of residential and commercial customers recorded at net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable. The Company reviews its accounts receivable by aging category to identify significant customers with known disputes or collection issues. In determining the allowance, the Company makes judgments about the creditworthiness of a majority of its customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. The Company also considers its historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are deemed uncollectible.

Rebates Receivable

Rebates receivable represent rebates due from utility companies and government agencies. These receivables include rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved solar energy system installations sold to the customers, and also uncollected incentives from state and local government agencies for solar energy system installations that have been leased to customers or are used to generate and sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. For the rebates assigned to the Company by its customers, the Company assumes the responsibility for collection of the rebate. The processing cycle for these rebates and incentives involves a multi-step process in which the Company accumulates and submits information required by the utility company or state agency necessary for the collection of the rebate. The entire process typically can take up to several months to complete. The Company recognizes rebates receivable upon the solar energy system passing inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and rebates receivable. The associated risk of concentration for cash and cash equivalents is mitigated by banking with creditworthy institutions. At certain times, amounts on deposit exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. To reduce credit risk, management performs periodic credit evaluations and ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Rebates receivable are due from various states and local governments as well as various utility companies. The Company considers the risk of uncollectability of such amounts to be low.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820 , Fair Value Measurements , clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

ASC 820 requires that the valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. ASC 820 establishes a three tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes inputs that may be used to measure fair value as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, there were no nonrecurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities subsequent to initial recognition.

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, based on the three-tier fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

As of December 31, 2010 :

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 6,554       $ 6,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011:

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 5,325       $ 5,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2012: (unaudited)

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 14,882       $ 14,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants is based on unobservable inputs. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using an option-pricing model incorporating assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of fair value. Some of these assumptions include estimates for interest rates, expected dividends, and the fair value of the underlying preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the underlying preferred stock is itself determined using an option-pricing method. Under this method, the fair value of an enterprise’s common stock is estimated as the net value of a series of call options, representing the present value of the expected future returns to the stockholders. Refer to Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities section of this Note 2 for the reconciliation of beginning and ending fair value balances.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

The Company’s other financial instruments include customer deposits, distributions payable to noncontrolling interests, borrowings under lines of credit and long-term debt facilities. The carrying values of its financial instruments other than its long-term debt approximate their fair values due to the fact that they are short-term in nature at December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012. The Company believes that the carrying value of its long-term debt approximates fair value based upon rates currently offered for debt of similar maturities and terms.

Inventories

Inventories include raw materials that include photovoltaic panels, inverters, and mounting hardware as well as miscellaneous electrical components, and work in process that includes raw materials partially installed, along with direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market (on a first-in-first-out basis). Work-in-process primarily relates to solar energy systems that will be sold to customers, which are under construction and are yet to pass inspection.

The Company also evaluates its inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and writes down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased

The Company is the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. The Company accounts for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, the Company evaluates lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. The Company utilizes periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are installed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility companies and will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Solar energy systems under construction represents systems that are under installation, which will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems are completed, interconnected and subsequently leased to customers.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related customer lease agreements.

Presentation of Cash Flows Associated with Solar Energy Systems

The Company discloses cash flows associated with solar energy systems in accordance with ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows (ASC 230). The Company determines the appropriate classification of cash payments related to solar energy systems depending on the activity that is likely to be the predominant source of cash flows for the item being paid for. Accordingly, the Company presents payments made in a period for costs incurred to install solar energy systems that will be leased to customers, including the payments for cost of the inventory that is utilized in such systems, as investing activities in the statement of cash flows. Payments made for inventory that will be utilized for solar energy systems that will be sold to customers are presented as cash flows from operations in the statement of cash flows.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives  

Furniture and fixtures

     7 years   

Vehicles

     5 years   

Computer hardware and software

     5 years   

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives, currently seven years.

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed from property and equipment and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with FASB ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , the Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets, as appropriate, may not be recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposition is less than the carrying amounts, an impairment loss would be measured based on the discounted cash flows compared to the carrying amounts. There was no impairment charge recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 or 2011, or for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Capitalization of Software Costs

For costs incurred in development of internal use software, the Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. To date the Company has not incurred any significant costs on internally developed software and all costs incurred to date have been expensed as incurred.

Warranties

The Company warrants its products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. The Company generally provides a warranty on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems it sells of typically between five to twenty years. The manufacturer’s warranty on the solar energy systems components, which is typically passed through to these customers, has a warranty period ranging from one to twenty five years. The changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
    As of and for
the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012  
                 (unaudited)  

Balance – beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        1,032   

Assumed warranty obligation arising from business acquisitions (Note 3)

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 3,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar Energy Systems Performance Guarantees

The Company guarantees certain specified minimum solar energy production output for systems leased to customers. The Company monitors the solar energy systems to ensure that these outputs are being achieved. The Company believes that the systems as designed are capable of producing the minimum capacity guaranteed. The Company evaluates if any amounts are due to its customers. Through June 30, 2012, no liability has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees based on the Company’s assessment of its exposure.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

Freestanding warrants to acquire shares that may be redeemable are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity . Under ASC 480, freestanding warrants to purchase the Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock are classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets and carried at fair value because the warrants may conditionally obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. The Company initially measured the warrants at fair value on issuance. The warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, and any change in their fair value is recognized as a component of other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, or the conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock. The changes in the value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value as of January 1, 2009

   $ 961   

Change in fair value

     2,227   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2009

     3,188   

Issuances

     1,368   

Change in fair value

     1,998   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2010

     6,554   

Issuances

     1,297   

Exercises

     (4,576

Change in fair value

     2,050   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2011

     5,325   

Change in fair value (unaudited)

     9,557   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 14,882   
  

 

 

 

Deferred U.S. Treasury Grant Income

The Company is eligible for U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable on eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010, which includes solar energy system installations, upon approval by the U.S. Treasury Department. For solar energy systems under lease pass-through arrangements as described in Note 13, the Company reduces the financing obligation and records deferred income for the U.S. Treasury grants which are paid directly to the investors upon receipt of the grants by the investors. The benefit of the U.S. Treasury grants is recorded as deferred income and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems of 30 years. The amortization of the deferred income is recorded as a reduction to depreciation expense which is a component of the cost of revenue of operating leases in the consolidated statement of operations. A catch up adjustment is recorded in the period in which the grant is approved by the U.S. Treasury Department or received by lease pass-through investors to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by lease pass-through

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

investors of the associated grant. The changes in deferred Treasury grant income during the year were as follows (in thousands):

 

U.S. Treasury grant receipts in 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the Company

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements

     54,730   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the company (unaudited)

     45,005   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements (unaudited)

     12,442   

Amortized during the period as a credit to depreciation expense (unaudited)

     (4,177
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 190,704   
  

 

 

 

There were no U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable prior to 2010. Of the balance outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, $18,671, $132,004 and $181,422 (unaudited), respectively, are disclosed as noncurrent deferred Treasury grants income in the consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Revenue

The Company records as deferred revenue any amounts that are collected from customers, including lease prepayments, in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue also includes the portion of rebates and incentives received from utility companies and various local and state government agencies, which are recognized as revenue over the lease term, as well as the remote monitoring fee, which is recognized as revenue ratably over the respective contract term. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and as of June 30, 2012, deferred revenue from rebates and incentives included in the deferred revenue balance in the consolidated balance sheet amounted to $39.9 million, $80.2 million and $97.0 million (unaudited), respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company provides design, installation, and ongoing remote monitoring services of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers. Residential customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements, which also include monitoring services. Commercial customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts, purchase electricity generated by Company-owned solar energy systems under power purchase agreements, or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements. The Company also earns rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved system installations sold to the customers, as well rebates and incentives from utility companies and state and local governments on systems leased to customers or used to sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. The Company considers the proceeds from the rebates to comprise a portion of the proceeds from the sale or lease of the solar energy systems. Commencing in the second quarter of

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

2010, the Company began offering energy efficiency solutions aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs. The energy efficiency services comprise energy efficiency evaluations and upgrades to homes and household appliances to improve energy efficiency.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, the Company recognizes revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, in accordance with ASC 605-25-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials . Revenue from installation of a system is recognized when (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (4) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenue upon the solar energy system passing an inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation for residential installations. Costs incurred on residential installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company recognizes revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers in accordance with ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction—Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on the percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to total projected costs. Provisions are made for the full amount of any anticipated losses on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company recognized $3.2 million, $2.2 million (unaudited) and $3.4 million (unaudited) in losses for these types of contracts in 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. No losses had been recognized in periods prior to 2011. Costs in excess of billings are recorded where costs recognized are in excess of amounts billed to customers of purchased commercial solar energy systems. Costs in excess of billings as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $1.2 million and $1.6 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings as of December 31, 2010. Billings in excess of costs as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $0.7 million and $1.4 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings as of December 31, 2010.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

The Company is the lessor under lease agreements for solar energy systems, which are accounted for as operating leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . The Company records operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on amount of electricity generated by the system, the Company records revenue as the amounts are earned.

The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from the Company under power purchase agreements, the Company has determined that these agreements should be accounted for, in

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

substance, as operating leases pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

The portion of rebates and incentives recognized within operating leases revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 amounted to $1.1 million, $3.8 million, $9.6 million, $3.6 million (unaudited) and $7.8 million (unaudited), respectively.

Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers (the incremental cost of contract administration, referral fees and sales commissions) are capitalized as an element of solar energy systems and amortized over the term of the related lease or power purchase agreement, which generally ranges from ten to twenty years.

Remote Monitoring Services

The Company provides solar energy systems remote monitoring services which are generally bundled with either the sale or lease of solar energy systems. For systems that the Company sells to customers, the Company provides remote monitoring services over the contractual term specified in the contractual agreements or over the warranty period if not specified in the contracts. For leased systems the Company provides remote monitoring services over the lease term. The Company allocates revenue to the remote monitoring services and other elements in the arrangement using the relative selling price method. The selling price used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices charged by third parties for similar services. The relative selling prices of solar energy systems and leases used in the allocation is based on the Company’s best estimate of the prices that the Company would charge its customers to sell or lease solar energy systems on a standalone basis. For remote monitoring services bundled with the sale of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the term of the associated contract or warranty period, if the contract does not specify the service term. For remote monitoring services bundled with the lease of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the lease term. To date the remote monitoring services revenue has not been material and is included in the consolidated statements of operations under either revenue from operating leases when these services are bundled with leases or revenue from solar energy system sales when these services are bundled with sale of solar energy systems.

Energy Efficiency Services

For energy efficiency services, the Company recognizes revenue upon completion of the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically the energy efficiency services take less than a month to complete. The energy efficiency services are either sold on a standalone basis or bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems. When the sale of energy efficiency services has been bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems, the Company allocates revenue to the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of energy system using the relative selling price method. The relative selling prices of the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of solar energy systems used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices the Company charges for these products on a standalone basis. To date, the revenue generated from

energy efficiency services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Sale-Leaseback

The Company is party to master lease agreements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to third parties and the simultaneous leaseback of the systems, which the Company then subleases to customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, the Company first determines whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” A solar energy system is determined to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location, including the shipping and reinstallation costs of the solar energy system at the new site, including any diminution in fair value, exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. When the leaseback arrangements expire, the Company has the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to the Company, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to the Company prior to expiration of the arrangement.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined to be integral equipment, the Company has concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, the Company uses the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, the Company does not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, the Company treats any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly records the proceeds as a sale-leaseback financing obligation in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company allocates the leaseback payments made to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the sale-leaseback financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that it would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the sale-leaseback financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined not to be integral equipment, the Company determines if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, the Company initially records a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in the consolidated balance sheets equal to the lower of the present value of the future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, the Company does not recognize any revenue but defers the gross profit comprising of the net of the revenue and the associated cost of sale. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, the Company recognizes a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defers the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, the Company records the deferred gross profit in the consolidated balance sheets as deferred income and amortizes the deferred income over the leaseback term as a reduction to the leaseback rental expense included in the cost of operating lease revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

Cost of Revenue

Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily made up of depreciation of the cost of leased solar energy systems, reduced by amortization of U.S. Treasury grant income and amortization of initial direct costs associated with those systems.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Solar energy systems cost of revenue includes direct and indirect material and labor costs, warehouse rent, freight, warranty expense, depreciation on vehicles, amortization of initial direct costs and depreciation related to solar energy systems leased to customers, and other overhead costs.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included as an element of sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company incurred advertising costs of $0.7 million, $5.5 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and $3.5 million (unaudited) and $3.2 million (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax reporting purposes, net operating loss carryforwards, and other tax credits measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. A valuation allowance is provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company uses a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon tax authority examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, within the provision for taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company accounts for comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with ASC 220 , Comprehensive Income . Under ASC 220, the Company is required to report comprehensive income (loss), which includes the Company’s net loss, as well as changes in other comprehensive loss items. There were no differences between comprehensive loss as defined by ASC 220 and net loss as reported in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the periods presented.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

The Company applies ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees, to options and other stock-based awards issued to nonemployees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent third party interests in the net assets under certain funding arrangements, or the Funds, that the Company has entered into to finance the cost of solar energy systems under operating leases. The Company has determined that the contractual-provisions in the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. The Company has further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method or the HLBV method. The Company therefore determines the amount of the noncontrolling interests in the net assets at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method which is presented on the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets represent the amounts the third parties would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the Funding arrangements, assuming the net assets of the Funds were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP and distributed to the investors. The third parties interest in the results of operations of these Funds is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each operating period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the Fund and the third parties. The noncontrolling interests balance in these Funds is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of a company about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the executive team, comprising the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer and the chief financial officer. Based on the financial information presented to and reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate the resources and in assessing the performance of the Company, the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reporting segment, solar energy and energy efficiency products and services. The Company’s principal operations, revenue and decision-making functions are located in the United States.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company’s basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock is entitled to receive dividends of up to $0.01 per share when and if dividends are declared on the common stock and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions to common stockholders. They are therefore participating securities. As a result, the Company calculates the net income (loss) per share using the two-class method. Accordingly, the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is derived from the net income (loss) for the period and, in periods in which the Company has net income attributable to common stockholders, an adjustment is made for the noncumulative dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities based on their outstanding shareholder rights. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible redeemable preferred stock as the convertible redeemable preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

The diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury stock method or the as-if converted method as applicable. In periods when the Company incurred a net loss attributable to common stockholders, convertible redeemable preferred stock, stock options, restricted stock units and warrants to purchase convertible redeemable preferred stock are considered to be common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders were computed to give effect to the exchange of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common stock as if the automatic exchange had occurred as of the beginning of each period, or the original date of issuance if later.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions

Building Solutions

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated April 23, 2010, between the Company and Home Performance Pro, Inc., dba Building Solutions, a privately held California corporation, the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities. The acquisition was intended to strengthen the Company’s competitive position by offering customers more comprehensive residential energy efficiency and energy cost reduction solutions, and to broaden the Company’s relationship with its customers. In consideration for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the Company paid $0.08 million on execution of the agreement with further contingent cash consideration due if certain future revenue milestones were met. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition. Management had estimated that there was low likelihood of the revenue targets being achieved and had therefore determined the fair value of the contingent consideration to be insignificant. The revenue targets were not met within the time period stipulated in the purchase agreement.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Cash acquired

   $ 13   

Accounts receivable

     97   

Vehicles and equipment

     16   

Accounts payable

     (61

Other liabilities

     (82

Intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     97   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 80   
  

 

 

 

Clean Currents

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated January 19, 2011, between the Company and Clean Currents, Inc., and Clean Currents Solar of the Mid Atlantic, LLC (collectively “Clean Currents”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from Clean Currents. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $0.4 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 219   

Fixed assets

     14   

Other assets

     98   

Warranty obligation

     (32

Other liabilities

     (296

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     335   

Goodwill

     44   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 382   
  

 

 

 

groSolar

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated February 16, 2011, between the Company and Global Resource Options, Inc., Chesapeake Solar LLC., and groSolar CalMass Inc. (collectively “groSolar”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from groSolar. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $1.9 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 1,155   

Fixed assets

     419   

Vehicle loans

     (164

Warranty obligation

     (317

Other liabilities

     (99

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     401   

Goodwill

     469   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 1,864   
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Financial Information

The pro forma financial information has not been presented as the acquisitions individually and in the aggregate are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Noncancelable Operating Lease Payments Receivable

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from customers under noncancelable operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 10,264   

2013

     7,762   

2014

     7,954   

2015

     8,155   

2016

     8,363   

Thereafter

     91,388   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 133,886   
  

 

 

 

The Company enters into power purchase agreements with its customers which are accounted for, in substance, as leases. These customers are charged solely based on actual power produced by the installed solar energy system at a predefined power rate per Kw/H of power produced. The payments from such arrangements are not included in the table above as they are a function of the power that will be generated by the related solar systems in the future.

Included in revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, was $0.8 million, $1.3 million, $5.0 million, $2.0 million (unaudited) and $8.2 million (unaudited), respectively, which have been accounted for as contingent rentals. The contingent rentals comprise of customer payments under power purchase agreements and performance-based incentives receivable by the Company from various utility companies.

5. Inventories

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 28,099       $ 126,517       $ 128,628   

Work in progress

     2,118         16,225         11,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,217       $ 142,742       $ 140,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Work in progress represents costs incurred on solar energy systems that are undergoing installation for sale to customers and are yet to be commissioned.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, leased assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   $ 176,106      $ 441,165      $ 649,969   

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

     11,052        24,029        36,498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     187,158        465,194        686,467   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (6,398     (17,797     (28,363
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     180,760        447,397        658,104   

Solar energy systems under construction

     46,174        57,998        45,085   

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers

     12,677        30,214        26,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net

   $ 239,611      $ 535,609      $ 729,243   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included under solar energy systems leased to customers as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 is $14.5 million and $44.8 million (unaudited), respectively, relating to capital leased assets, with an accumulated depreciation of $0.2 million and $1.1 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under capital leases as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease payments to be paid to the lessor under this lease arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 811   

2013

     809   

2014

     815   

2015

     821   

2016

     827   

Thereafter

     9,440   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,523   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease receipts to be paid to the Company by sublessees under this lease arrangement for each of the next five annual periods ending December 31, and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 940   

2013

     615   

2014

     622   

2015

     631   

2016

     640   

Thereafter

     10,829   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,277   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7. Property and Equipment, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Vehicles

   $ 7,021      $ 11,943      $ 16,644   

Computer hardware and software

     2,947        3,720        4,431   

Furniture and fixtures

     763        1,394        1,626   

Leasehold improvements

     3,082        5,424        6,397   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,813        22,481        29,098   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,482     (8,060     (10,337
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 9,331      $ 14,421      $ 18,761   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

8. Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
       2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation

   $ 5,607       $ 8,890       $ 11,173   

Accrued expenses

     3,541         11,025         6,730   

Accrued warranty

     1,704         2,462         3,406   

Accrued sales taxes

     1,954         4,736         4,076   

Income taxes payable

             1,552           

Current portion of deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions

     968         1,538         2,514   

Current portion of capital lease obligation

             371         2,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,774       $ 30,574       $ 29,906   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Other Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions, net of current portion

   $ 12,321       $ 24,597       $ 46,877   

Deferred rent expense

     3,051         4,567         4,553   

Capital lease obligation

             6,837         19,911   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     343         313         1,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,715       $ 36,314       $ 72,887   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt

Equipment Financing Facility

In May 2008, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank for working capital and equipment financing needs, whereby borrowings were collateralized by all of the Company’s assets other than intellectual property and assets under investment funds discussed in Notes 12, 13, 14 and 15. This facility was modified in 2009 and 2010. Under the facility, the bank provided a total of $2.0 million in committed borrowings available through April, 2010. Interest under the equipment facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. Borrowings under this facility were paid in full in April 2011.

Working Capital Financing

On May 26, 2010, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a Financing Agreement with a bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount to be borrowed under the Financing Agreement is determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by solar energy systems owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, but shall not exceed $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was available for drawdown up to March 31, 2011. No amounts were borrowed as of December 31, 2010.

The Company had borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility as of June 30, 2012. Of the amounts borrowed, $12.1 million and $11.6 million (unaudited) was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively, of which $11.1 million and $10.6 million (unaudited) is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. Each loan tranche bears interest at a rate of 2% plus the swap rate applicable to the average life of the scheduled rent receipts for the tranche. For the amounts borrowed as of December 31, 2011, the interest rates ranged between 5.48% and 5.65%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary, and matures on December 31, 2024.

Under the Financing Agreement with the bank, the Company’s subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. The bank has no recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company was in compliance with debt covenants as of June 30, 2012.

Vehicle and Other Loans

During the years ended 2010 and prior, the Company had entered into various loan agreements consisting of vehicle and other loans with various financial institutions. The principal amounts for these vehicle and other loans mature over the next four years, until 2015.

In January 2011, the Company entered into an additional $7.0 million term loan facility with a bank to finance the purchase of vehicles. This term loan facility bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR and is secured by the vehicles financed under this facility. As of December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.81%. The term loan facility matures in January 2015. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had drawn $4.0 million of the available amount. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended this term loan to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt (continued)

 

Total other loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $8.0 million (unaudited), respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. Of the amounts outstanding, $3.0 million, $1.6 million and $2.9 million (unaudited) were classified as short term as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, respectively. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Inventory Term Loan Facility (unaudited)

On March 8, 2012, the Company entered into a $58.5 million term loan facility with a syndicate of banks to finance the purchase of inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR and is secured by the Company’s inventory as described in the credit agreement. As of June 30, 2012, the interest rate for this facility was 3.95% (unaudited). The term loan facility matures in August 2013. The Company borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of June 30, 2012, from which the Company paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders. Of the amounts borrowed, $40.8 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2012, of which $7.0 million is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion.

Under this arrangement, the Company is required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. The Company is also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million in each case at the end of each month, and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 2012.

Schedule of Principal Maturities of Long-Term Debt

The scheduled principal maturities of long-term debt including working capital financing and vehicle and other loans as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Principal due:

  

2012

   $ 2,640   

2013

     2,746   

2014

     2,720   

2015

     1,152   

2016

     673   

Thereafter

     7,290   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,221   
  

 

 

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit

Working Capital facility

Under the 2008 Bank Loan and Security Agreement, as modified, (Note 10) is a revolving line of credit facility with a commitment of $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, there was $4.5 million borrowed and outstanding under the revolving line of credit, which was all classified as short term under borrowings under bank line of credit. This facility was paid in full in April 2011. The interest rate under the line of credit facility was 6.5% as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit (continued)

 

Revolving Credit Agreement

In April 2011, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement with the same bank the Company had entered into the $7.0 million term loan discussed in Note 10, to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This Revolving Credit Agreement has a $25 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds would bear interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility is secured by the Company’s accounts receivables, inventory and other assets as described in the Revolving Credit Agreement, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. The Company had borrowed $5.6 million under this financing arrangement, which was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and is disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet under borrowings under bank line of credit. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.77%. In January 2012, the Company borrowed $19.4 million, which represented the remainder of this facility. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended the Revolving Credit Agreement to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank as well as extend the maturity date of the facility to July 1, 2012. As of June 30, 2012, $25 million (unaudited) was borrowed and outstanding on this facility.

Under the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Company is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. Under this credit agreement, the Company also is required to maintain specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums for each fiscal quarter. The non-GAAP EBITDA financials measure is derived from both cash and accruals based accounting, forward looking financial forecasts and financial modeling assumptions and attempts to present a uniform financial measure that is agnostic to the investment fund structures deployed in that reporting period. The specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums were: $1.00 for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012; $6.0 million for each of the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011; and negative $2.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In addition, under this credit agreement, the Company is required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of total cash (excluding cash held within its investment funds) to certain funded debt of at least 2.00:1.00 at the end of each month, and to maintain a tangible net worth of at least $1.00 at the end of each fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all of these covenants, after giving effect to waivers provided by the bank in August 2011, October 2011 and January 2012 that waived the earlier breach of certain of these covenants. These waivers cured the Company’s breaches related to the reporting of non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $2.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and negative $2.04 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In addition, these waivers cured the Company’s breach relating to a liquidity ratio of 1.71:1.00 on May 31, 2011. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, the Company reported liquidity ratios of 1.43:1.00 and 1.34:1.00, respectively, and therefore did not meet the required minimum liquidity ratio. This also resulted in a default under the $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same bank. The Company obtained an additional waiver in June 2012, and the lender has agreed to waive these recent breaches, to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility to October 1, 2012, and to amend the minimum liquidity ratio to 1.25:1.00. As of June 30, 2012, the Company reported non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $6.6 million and therefore breached the non-GAAP EBITDA covenant of $1.00. This breach resulted in a default under the Company’s $7.0 million vehicle financing facility discussed in Note 10. The bank has agreed to waive this breach. The waivers obtained do not expire, as the covenants are calculated on a specific date and the Company cannot prospectively cure them. Additionally, these waivers did not impose any further financial covenants or restrictions on the Company.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit (continued)

 

Credit Facility for SolarStrong

On November 21, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company and a bank entered into a credit agreement, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility for up to $350 million. This facility would be used to partially fund the Company’s SolarStrong initiative and will be non-recourse to the other assets of the Company. The SolarStrong initiative is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative. As of June 30, 2012, the Company’s subsidiary had borrowed $1.3 million. The debt is payable over a 20-year term and accrues interest at a rate of 7.27%. Under this facility, the Company’s subsidiary is required to comply with various financial and non-financial covenants.

12. Solar Investment Funds

The Company has entered into various arrangements with investors to facilitate funding and monetization of solar energy systems. These arrangements include those described in this Note 12, Solar Investment Funds, as well as those described in Note 13, Lease Pass-through Financing Obligation, Note 14, Sale-Leaseback Arrangements, and Note 15, Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation.

VIE Arrangements

Since 2008, wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and fund investors formed and contributed cash or assets to various solar investment funds and entered into related agreements. As of June 30, 2012, the VIE investors had contributed $402.7 million (unaudited) into the VIEs.

The Company has determined it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs by reference to the power and benefits criterion under ASC 810, Consolidation . The Company has considered the provisions within the contractual arrangements, which grant it full power to manage and make decisions that affect the operation of these VIEs, including preparation and approval of budgets. The Company considers that the rights granted to the other investors under the contractual arrangements are more protective in nature rather than participating rights.

As the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, the Company consolidates in its financial statements the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of these funds, and all intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and the investment funds are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Under the related agreements, cash distributions of income and other receipts by the fund, net of agreed-upon expenses and estimated expenses, tax benefits and detriments of income and loss, and tax benefits of tax credits are allocated to the fund investor and Company’s subsidiary as specified in contractual arrangements. Generally, the Company’s subsidiary has the option to acquire the investor’s equity interest as specified in the contractual agreements.

In 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company also issued warrants in 2010 to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company issued additional warrants to this fund investor pursuant to amending and restating the contractual

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

arrangements to increase the funding commitment of this fund in 2011 from $120 million to $218 million.

The Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in four of the VIE funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum return under certain circumstances including in the event of liquidation of the funds or if the Company purchases the investor’s equity stake in the funds or annually for one fund. The amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees is dependent on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds activities and the timing and amounts that the Company would pay to the investor if the Company purchased the investor’s stake in the funds, or timing and amounts of the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. Due to uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amount of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, the Company is unable to determine the potential maximum future payments that it would have to make under these guarantees.

Upon the sale or liquidation of the fund, distributions would occur in the order and priority specified in the contractual agreements.

Pursuant to management services, maintenance, and warranty arrangements, the Company has been contracted to provide services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing, and performance reporting. In some instances the Company has guaranteed payments to the fund investors as specified in the contractual agreements. The funds’ creditors have no recourse to the general credit of the Company or to that of other funds. As of June 30, 2012, the assets of one of the VIEs with a carrying value of $8.9 million have been pledged as collateral for the VIE’s borrowings under the SolarStrong facility. None of the assets of the other VIEs have been pledged as collateral for the VIEs’ obligations.

The Company reports the solar energy systems in the VIEs under the solar energy systems, net, line item in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

The Company has aggregated the financial information of the investment funds in the table below. The aggregate carrying value of these funds’ assets and liabilities (after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,318       $ 7,070       $ 12,353   

Accounts receivable, net

     147         632         1,265   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     916         5,056         921   

Rebates receivable

     781         2,894         3,291   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,162         15,652         17,830   

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net

     112,284         301,573         399,132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 120,446       $ 317,225       $ 416,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current Liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 43       $ 31       $ 7   

Customer deposits

     169         2,804         4,849   

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

     3,244         6,216         2,197   

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

     669         2,877         5,184   

Current portion of deferred revenue

     2,672         5,796         13,156   

Accrued and other liabilities

     270         789         1,100   

Bank borrowings

     —           —           1,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,067         18,513         27,823   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     32,460         78,486         119,201   

Deferred U.S. Treasury grant income, net of current portion

     18,671         82,208         122,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 58,198       $ 179,207       $ 269,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company is contractually obligated to make certain VIE investors whole for losses that the investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from the disallowance or recapture of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits, including in the event that the U.S. Treasury awards cash grants for the solar energy systems in the VIEs that are less than the amounts initially anticipated. The Company accounts for distributions due to the VIE investors that may arise from the reduction in anticipated U.S. Treasury grants under distributions payable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets. Through June 30, 2012, the Company has returned $3.6 million (unaudited) and will return an additional $0.7 million (unaudited) which is accrued as a distribution payable as at June 30, 2012 related to these obligations.

For one VIE fund the Company estimates a reduction in the U.S Treasury grants to be received of approximately $19.0 million (unaudited) as of June 30, 2012. In this particular VIE fund the Company is obligated to contribute additional capital in the form of solar energy systems or cash to purchase additional solar energy systems. The effect of this capital call does not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements as the VIE is consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation

During the years 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company entered into six transactions referred to as “lease pass-through fund arrangements.” Under these arrangements the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries finance the cost of solar energy systems with investors for an initial term ranging between 10 and 25 years. These solar energy systems are subject to lease or power purchase agreements with customers with an initial term not exceeding 20 years. These solar energy systems are reported under the line item solar energy systems, net, in the consolidated balance sheets. The cost of the solar energy systems under the lease pass-though arrangements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 was $58.1 million, $128.2 million and $198.9 million (unaudited), respectively. The accumulated depreciation related to these assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $0.6 million, $3.9 million and $6.4 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under the lease pass-through arrangements in 2009.

The investors make a large upfront payment to the lessor, which is a subsidiary of the Company, and in some cases, subsequent smaller quarterly payments. The Company accounts for the payments received from the investors under the arrangement as a borrowing by recording the proceeds received as a lease pass-through financing obligation, which would be repaid from U.S. Treasury grants, customer payments and incentive rebates that would be received by the investors. Under this approach the Company continues to account for the arrangement with the customers in its consolidated financial statements, whether the cash generated from the customer arrangements is received by the Company or paid directly to the investor. A portion of the amounts received by the investors from U.S. Treasury grants, customer payments and incentive rebates associated with the leases assigned to the lease pass-through investor is applied to reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation, and the balance allocated to interest expense. The incentive rebates and host customer payments are recognized into revenue consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition accounting policy. The U.S. Treasury grants are initially recorded as deferred U.S. Treasury grants income and subsequently recognized as a reduction to the depreciation expense, consistent with the Company’s accounting policy for recognition of U.S. Treasury grant income. Interest is calculated on the financing obligation using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the interest rate that equates the present value of the cash amounts to be received by an investor over the master lease term with the present value of the cash amounts paid by the investor to the Company, adjusted for any payments made by the Company. The lease pass-through obligation is nonrecourse once the associated assets have been placed in service and all the contractual arrangements have been assigned to the investor.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from the investors under the lease pass-through fund arrangements for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 2,781   

2013

     1,981   

2014

     2,000   

2015

     1,546   

2016

     1,223   

Thereafter

     9,470   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,001   
  

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation (continued)

 

Concurrent with entering into one of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company entered into an agreement to issue warrants to the investor to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock in the Company if it committed to provide more than a specified threshold in total funding as specified in the contractual agreements, through this or other future funding arrangements. The warrants were issued during 2010 when the Company entered into the second lease pass-through arrangement with the investor.

For two of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company’s subsidiary has pledged its assets to the investor as security for its obligations under the contractual agreements.

For each of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants specified in the contractual arrangements, which the Company had met as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

Under these arrangements, the Company’s subsidiaries are responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting. The performance of the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary is guaranteed by the Company. As part of the warranty and performance guarantee with the host customers, the Company guarantees certain specified minimum annual solar energy production output for the solar energy systems leased to the customers.

Under the contractual terms of the lease pass-through arrangements there is a one-time future lease payment reset mechanism that is set to occur after the installation of all the solar energy systems in a fund. This reset date occurs when the installed capacity of the solar energy systems and in service placement dates are known or on an agreed upon date. As part of this reset process, the lease prepayment will be updated to reflect certain specified conditions as they exist at such date, including the ultimate system size of the equipment that was leased, how much it cost and when it went into service. As a result of this reset, the Company may be obligated to refund a portion of the investor’s lease prepayments or may be entitled to receive an additional lease prepayment from the investor. Additional payments by the investor would be recorded as additional lease pass-through financing obligation, while refunds of lease prepayments would reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation.

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements

In 2010, the Company executed a sale-leaseback arrangement with an existing investor, under which a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a 15-year master leaseback arrangement. The assets sold to the investor were valued at $25.2 million. The Company’s subsidiary leased the solar energy systems to end-user customers. The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor for this arrangement together with a funding arrangement entered into in 2009 with the same investor are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow. The amount in escrow is reduced by $0.25 million per annum in each of the first four years commencing in 2010, and the remaining balance remains in place until the end of the master lease period. Under this arrangement, the Company’s subsidiary is responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting.

As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company had contributed assets with a cost of $10.3 million and $31.3 million (unaudited), respectively, to its wholly owned subsidiary that in turn sold the assets to a new investor and then executed a 15-year master leaseback agreement with the investor. Under this arrangement, the tax benefits from investment tax credits or Treasury grants in lieu

 

F-35


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements (continued)

 

of tax credits inure to the investor as the owner of the assets. A total of $100 million in financing is available from the investor under this fund arrangement in the form of proceeds from the sale of the assets. The investor committed to further increase the funding commitment to $280 million, subject to certain conditions being met as set out in the contractual agreements. As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company had utilized $26.7 million and $65.2 million (unaudited), respectively, under this arrangement.

The Company has committed to make certain investors that have executed sale-leaseback arrangements with the Company whole for any reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury awards resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted. The Company accrues any such payments due to these investors. Through June 30, 2012, the Company had recorded a total $0.5 million (unaudited) refundable to a single sale-leaseback investor.

The Company has accounted for these sale-leaseback arrangements in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy as described in Note 2.

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation

In November 2009, the Company entered into an arrangement with an investor to finance the development, construction and installation of a ground mounted solar system that was leased to a customer. The Company also entered into an agreement to sell the system to the investor for a cash consideration of $27.2 million, of which $5.4 million was received in 2009, $18.3 million was received in 2010, and the balance of $3.5 million is receivable at the end of the lease period and accrues interest at an annual rate of 4.37%. Concurrent with the sale, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement with the investor to lease back the solar energy system from the investor with lease payments being made on a quarterly basis. The Company’s subsidiary has the option to purchase the system at the end of the lease term of 10 years for a price which is the greater of the fair market value or a predetermined agreed upon value. Additionally, the investor has the option to put its interest in the solar system to the Company within two years following the expiry of six years after placement in service of the solar system, for a value that is the greater of the fair value or a predetermined agreed upon value. As a result of these put and call options, the Company has concluded that it has a continuing involvement with the solar energy system.

The Company has determined that the ground mounted solar energy system qualifies as integral equipment and therefore as a real estate transaction under ASC 360-20, Real Estate Sales, and has been accounted for as a financing. Under the financing method, the receipts from the tax equity investor are reflected as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on the consolidated balance sheets, and the Company retains the solar energy system asset on the consolidated balance sheets within solar energy systems and depreciates the solar energy system over its estimated useful life of 30 years. The Company also continues to report all of the results of the operations of the system, with the revenue and expenses from the system operations being presented on the consolidated statements of operations on a “gross” basis. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $16.1 million of which $0.3 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.8 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of December 31, 2011, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.5 million of which $0.4 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.1 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of June 30, 2012, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.3 million (unaudited),

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation (continued)

 

of which $0.4 million (unaudited) has been classified as current and the balance of $14.9 million (unaudited) has been classified as noncurrent.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual rentals to be received from the customer for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 448   

2013

     457   

2014

     466   

2015

     475   

2016

     485   

Thereafter

     4,240   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,571   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual payments to be paid to the investor under the financing arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 1,239   

2013

     1,245   

2014

     1,251   

2015

     1,257   

2016

     1,264   

Thereafter

     3,830   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,086   
  

 

 

 

The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor together with the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary under the 2010 sale-leaseback fund arrangements discussed in Note 14, are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow that reduces by $0.25 million per annum for the first four years, and remains in place until the end of the master lease period.

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity

Stock Split

The Company’s stockholders approved a 2-for-1 forward stock split of each share of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock that became effective on March 27, 2012. The stockholders also approved a proportionate increase in the authorized number of shares of the Company’s common stock, preferred stock and each series of preferred stock and also approved proportionate adjustments to the conversion prices, dividend rates, original issue prices and liquidation preferences of each series of the Company’s preferred stock. The number of the Company’s pre-split common stock covered by stock options issued under the Company’s stock options plans were also

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

proportionately increased to reflect the stock split. The share information and the per share amounts in these financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the impact of the stock split.

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

In July 2006, the Company issued an aggregate of 12.0 million shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.19 per share for cash proceeds of $2.3 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In April 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 5.0 million shares of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.60 per share for cash proceeds of $3.0 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In August 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 8.8 million shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share for cash proceeds of $21.0 million (net of issuance costs of $44,000). This included the proceeds from the conversion of bridge notes representing an aggregate of $2.0 million received in July 2007. In October and November 2008, the Company issued 5.8 million shares of Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.20 per share for cash proceeds of $29.9 million (net of issuance costs of $123,000). In October 2009, the Company issued 4.4 million shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.41 per share for cash proceeds of $23.9 million (net of issuance costs of $144,000). In June 2010, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock for cash proceeds of $21.4 million (net of issuance costs of $96,000). In June and July 2011, the Company issued 2.1 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share for cash proceeds of $20.0 million (net of issuance costs of $93,000). Additionally, in accordance with the Series F financing agreement, the Company has an option to sell an additional 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share within 18 months following the initial closing on June 21, 2011. This option would expire upon the Company being acquired, upon a public offering of the Company’s common stock, upon a new round of equity financing, or within eighteen months of the option agreement date. In February and March 2012, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share for cash proceeds of $81.0 million (net of issuance costs of $132,000). In connection with the Series G preferred stock financing, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of preferred and common stock that it is authorized to issue to 56.7 million shares and 106.0 million shares, respectively.

Significant terms of the convertible redeemable preferred stock as of are as follows:

Dividends— Holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends in preference to the common stockholders at the rate of $0.01 per share per annum on each outstanding share of preferred stock payable when and if declared by the board of directors, and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions made to the common stockholders. No dividends have been declared to date.

Voting —The holders of each share of convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred stock is convertible.

Conversion —The holder of each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock has the option to convert each share of preferred stock into one share of common stock (subject to adjustment for events of

 

F-38


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

dilution) at any time. The Series G preferred stock shall be automatically converted into shares of common stock, at the applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). In the event that an initial public offering is consummated, then immediately prior to the automatic conversion, the conversion price per share of Series G preferred stock shall be reduced to a price equal to 60% of the price at which shares of the Company’s common stock are sold to the public in such offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions). However, the conversion price per share of the Series G preferred stock shall not be reduced to less than the then-effective conversion price per share of the Series F preferred stock and shall not be increased above the original conversion price as a result of an initial public offering. The Series F preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E-1 preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding Series E-1 preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series A through C convertible redeemable preferred stock shall automatically be converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock, voting together on an as-converted basis, consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Liquidation Preference —The holders of the Series G preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1 and Series F preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $23.92 per share for the Series G preferred stock, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $9.68, $6.25 and $5.41 per share for the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price for the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock of $5.20 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D liquidation preference to the holders of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series A, B, and C convertible redeemable preferred stock together shall be entitled to receive an amount in preference to the holders of the common stock, at a per share amount equal to their purchase prices of $0.19, $0.60 and $2.40 per share, respectively. After the payment in full of the liquidation preferences to the convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, the remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock. A merger, acquisition, sale of voting control, or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the stockholders of the Company do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation shall be a deemed liquidation.

Redemption —At any time after October 28, 2015, each holder of Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E, Series D, or Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock (collectively referred to as Redeemable Stock) shall be entitled to have the Company redeem all, but not less than all, of such holders’ Redeemable Stock in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the original purchase price of the respective series of preferred stock plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of the Redeemable Stock, or (ii) the fair market value of the Redeemable Stock. This right of redemption is subject to the provision that redemption shall be available if (i) the annual gross revenue of the Company exceeded $200 million for the most recent fiscal year prior to the holder’s notice of redemption; and (ii) the Company has no less than $40 million in available cash.

Registration Rights —The holders of a majority of (a) certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock and (b) each of the Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock may at any time after the earlier of (i) June 21, 2014 or (ii) six months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering, request that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred shares (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof). The Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request and shall use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act. The Company shall have the right to delay such registration under certain circumstances for one period not in excess of 120 days in any 12-month period. The Company shall not be obligated to effect or take action to effect a registration if it has effected two registrations

 

F-40


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

under these demand right provisions during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of, the registration or the initiating holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement —The shares of the Company’s securities held by (i) Lyndon Rive and Peter Rive (the Founders), and (ii) the Major Investors (as defined below) shall be subject to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement (with certain exceptions) with the holders of at least 2 million shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company (or the common stock issued upon conversion thereof) and (a) a specified Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock investor as long as that specified investor shall hold at least 1.2 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), and (b) three specified Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock investors as long as one of the specified investors shall hold at least 0.9 million, 0.8 million and 0.3 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), for the first, second and third specified investors, respectively (such holders each referred to as a Major Investor), such that the Founders or a Major Investor may not sell, transfer or exchange their stock unless such securities are first offered to the Company and then to the Major Investors and, if all such securities are not purchased by the Company or the Major Investors, then each participating Major Investor shall have an opportunity to participate in the sale of any remaining stock on a pro-rata basis. This right of first refusal and of co-sale shall not apply to and shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

Warrant Liability

In connection with the issuance of the convertible bridge notes in July 2007, in August 2007 the Company issued warrants to the note holders to purchase 124,924 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share. The warrants expire the earlier of five years from the date of their issuance or any change of control, or the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. These warrants were exercised in August 2012.

During 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase up to 2.70 million shares (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to 3.12 million shares) of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $2.88 per share (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to $3.80 per share), of which warrants to purchase 2.08 million shares were vested as of December 31, 2010. In February 2011, the fund investor exercised its Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and was issued 375,200 shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The warrants agreement expired in March 2011.

During 2010, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase 995,006 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share, in connection with solar investment funding (Note 12). In 2011, in connection with the amendment and restatement of this funding arrangement to increase the amount that would be contributed by the tax

 

F-41


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

equity investor from $120 million to $218 million, and to extend the time period to complete the construction and placement in service of the assets, the Company issued warrants to the fund investor to purchase a further 490,004 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share.

In June 2011, in connection with the issuance of 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, the Company issued warrants to the investors to acquire 0.2 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, with an exercise price of $9.68.

As discussed in Note 2, the Company accounts for the warrants in accordance with ASC 480 as a liability carried at fair value. The warrants are subject to revaluation at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other expense. The Company has determined the fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company adjusts the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or upon the conversion of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock.

Common Stock

At the inception of the Company in June 2006, the founders were issued four million shares of common stock at an issuance price of $0.0001 per share.

Restricted Stock

In connection with the acquisitions of Declination Solar and Palo Alto Solar, acquired in August 2006 and September 2006, respectively, the Company entered into stock restriction agreements. Pursuant to these agreements, 300,000 shares of common stock were granted to the sellers who became employees of the Company. The Company had the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the unvested shares of common stock upon termination of the sellers’ employment. The repurchase rights lapsed ratably over a four-year period as the shares vested. As of December 31, 2010, all of these shares had been released from this right of repurchase.

In 2007, the Company granted 40,000 shares of restricted stock to a Board member that vested over four years: 25% of the shares vested at the end of the first year of service and the remaining shares vested in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 6,600 shares of this restricted stock vested. As of December 31, 2010, all 40,000 of these shares were vested.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company has reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock

     12,039         12,039         12,039   

Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,010         5,010         5,010   

Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     8,744         9,120         9,120   

Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,781         5,781         5,781   

Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     4,436         4,436         4,436   

Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,440         3,440         3,440   

Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             2,067         2,067   

Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock

                     3,387   

Stock option plans:

        

Shares available for grant

     1,658         1,040         8,897   

Options outstanding

     9,746         13,873         14,776   

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

                     1,300   

Warrants to purchase Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,246         3,246         3,246   

Warrants to purchase Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     2,750         2,750         2,750   

Warrants to purchase Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             206         206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     56,850         63,008         76,455   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

17. Stock Option Plan

Under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan, the Company may grant options to purchase or directly issue incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options, respectively, of common stock to employees, directors, and consultants. Incentive stock options may be granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. If the incentive stock option is granted to a 10% stockholder, then the purchase or exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. Nonstatutory stock options may be granted at a price per share, not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

A summary of stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding – January 1, 2009

     5,040      $ 0.735         5.24         4,442   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.245)

     3,990        1.245                   

Exercised

     (46     0.145                   

Canceled

     (2,356     0.525                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2009

     6,628      $ 1.12         8.54         1,684   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.98)

     3,888        1.98                   

Exercised

     (450     0.205                   

Canceled

     (320     1.62                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2010

     9,746      $ 1.49         7.39       $ 18,570   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $5.035)

     7,043        5.035                   

Exercised

     (1,489     0.73                   

Canceled

     (1,427     2.435                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2011

     13,873      $ 3.28         8.22       $ 37,606   

Granted (unaudited)

     2,075        10.97                   

Exercised (unaudited)

     (639     1.85                   

Canceled (unaudited)

     (533     5.74                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     14,776      $ 4.33         8.11       $ 104,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2010

     3,810      $ 1.02         6.15       $ 9,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2011

     5,044      $ 1.85         7.45       $ 20,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     6,034      $ 2.25         7.27       $ 55,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2010

     8,992      $ 1.455         7.30       $ 17,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2011

     13,834      $ 3.27         8.21       $ 37,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     13,787      $ 4.13         8.05       $ 100,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, was $1,068, $5,437 and $5,591 (unaudited), respectively. The grant date fair market value of options that vested in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 was $76, $1,939, $3,897, $1,982 (unaudited) and $5,436 (unaudited), respectively.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, there was approximately $5.1 million, $24.7 million and $29.0 million (unaudited), respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures related to nonvested stock options, which are expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.82, 3.01 and 2.85 years (unaudited) respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

Under ASC 718, the Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted on each grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and applies the straight-line method of expense attribution. The fair values were estimated on each grant date for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     December 31,     June 30  
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0

Annual risk-free rate of return

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.27     1.12

Expected volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.89     87.52

Expected term (years)

     6.10        5.98        6.09        6.09        6.13   

The expected volatility was calculated based on the average historical volatilities of publicly traded peer companies, determined by the Company. The risk free interest rate used was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock options to be valued. The expected dividend yield was zero, as the Company does not anticipate paying a dividend within the relevant time frame. The expected term has been estimated using the simplified method allowed under ASC 718.

As part of the requirements of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust stock-based compensation expense accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock-based compensation expenses to be recognized in future periods.

The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 was $862, $1,773, $5,051, $1,671 (unaudited) and $4,713 (unaudited), respectively. The Company capitalized costs of $46, $417, $1,417, $614 (unaudited) and $1,225 (unaudited), in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, as a component of work-in-progress, within solar energy systems leased to customers and solar energy systems held for lease to customers.

This expense was included in cost of revenue and in operating expenses as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
         2009              2010              2011              2011              2012      
                          (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 163       $ 144       $ 151       $ 17       $ 201   

Sales and marketing

     129         233         443         149         528   

General and administrative

     524         979         3,040         891         2,759   

18. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

United States

   $ (21,822   $ (38,552   $ 43,595   

Noncontrolling interest

     (876     (8,457     (117,230

Foreign

                   13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (22,698   $ (47,009   $ (73,622
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The income tax provision (benefit) is composed of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 5       $ 10       $ (26

State

     17         55         107   

Foreign

                     4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Provision

     22         65         85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

                   $ 7   

State

                       

Foreign

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Provision

                     7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate

     (34.00 )%      (34.00 )%      (34.00 )% 

State income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     1.89        (5.86     (4.59

Minority investment adjustment

     (4.39     11.07        19.38   

Investment in solar funds

     3.63        5.89        6.34   

Stock-based compensation

     1.24        1.25        1.48   

ASC 810 prepaid tax expense

     (5.61     0.09        0.16   

Other

     3.71        1.91        1.11   

Change in valuation allowance

     33.62        19.78        10.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     0.09     0.13     0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 2,931      $ 8,216   

Net operating losses

     29,741        34,399   

Accelerated gain on assets

     9,246        14,302   

Investment in solar funds

     10,598        18,346   

Tax rebate revenue

     14,444        27,021   

Other credits

     430        450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     67,390        102,734   

Valuation allowance

     (39,191     (49,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     28,199        53,042   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (17,777     (44,052

Investment in solar funds

     (6,328     (148

Other deferred tax liabilities

     (4,094     (8,849
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (28,199     (53,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $      $ (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of current and noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Current:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 3,589      $ 8,809   

Less: valuation allowance

     (2,231     (4,503
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

   $ 1,358      $ 4,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 63,555      $ 93,449   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (27,953     (52,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncurrent gross deferred tax assets

     35,602        40,876   

Less: valuation allowance

     (36,960     (45,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

   $ (1,358   $ (4,313
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2027 if not utilized. In addition, the Company had net operating losses for California income tax purposes of approximately $37.0 million and $37.0 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2021 if not utilized. The

 

F-47


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Company also had net operating losses for other state income tax purposes of approximately $8.3 million and $2.7 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal investment tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.13 million and $0.15 million, respectively. The net investment tax credit carryforward begins to expire in 2028 if not utilized.

The Company’s valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the valuation allowance was primarily related to the operating losses. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. Based on the available objective evidence and the Company’s history of losses, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company has applied a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. The Company completed a Section 382 analysis through December 2011 and determined that an ownership change, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, occurred in prior years. Based on the analysis, the Company has undergone two ownership changes. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes occurred through June 30, 2012. Net Operating Loss carryforwards presented have accounted for any limited and potential lost attributes due to the ownership changes and expiration dates.

The income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 were determined based upon the Company’s estimated consolidated effective income tax rates of negative 0.23% (unaudited) and 0.13% (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The differences between the estimated consolidated effective income tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory rate are primarily attributable to the valuation allowance and the current amortization of the prepaid income taxes due to inter-company sales held within the consolidated group.

As part of the assets monetization strategy, the Company has agreements to sell solar energy systems to the solar investment fund joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until the Company no longer benefits from the underlying asset. Since the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the estimated useful life of the underlying systems which has been estimated to be 30 years. The deferral of the tax expense results in recording of a prepaid tax expense that is included in the consolidated balance sheets as other assets. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 the Company recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.3 million (unaudited), respectively, net of amortization. The amortization of the prepaid tax expense in each period makes up the major component of the tax expense.

It is the intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiary in foreign operations. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiary

 

F-48


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

as such earnings are to be reinvested indefinitely. As of December 31, 2011, there is minimal amount of cumulative earnings upon which U.S. income taxes have not been provided.

Uncertain Tax Positions

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to the recognition, measurement and presentation of uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had no amount of unrecognized tax benefits.

The interest expense and penalties for uncertain tax positions will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. There was no interest and penalties accrued for any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010 and 2011.

The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of gross unrecognized benefits will increase or decrease within 12 months of the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company is subject to taxation and files income tax returns in the U.S., various state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s net losses, substantially all of its federal, state, local, and foreign income tax returns since inception are still subject to audit.

19. Defined Contribution Plan

In January 2007, the Company established a 401(k) Retirement Plan (the Retirement Plan) available to employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements. Participants may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation to the Retirement Plan up to a statutory limit. Participants are fully vested in their contributions. The Company may make discretionary contributions to the Retirement Plan as a percentage of participant contributions, subject to established limits. The Company did not make any contributions to the Retirement Plan during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, or for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

20. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012, include the following related party transactions (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
                          (unaudited)  

Net Revenue, Systems:

           

Sale of a solar energy system to Company officers and Board members

   $ 5       $       $       $ 183   

Expenditures:

           

Purchase of inventory from an investor

   $ 18,523       $ 9,259       $       $   

Payment of consulting fees and sales commissions to another investor (included in sales and marketing)

     76         79                   

 

F-49


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

The investor from whom the Company purchased inventory as noted above ceased to be an investor in the Company in December 2010.

Related party balances as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, comprise (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Payable to an investor vendor (included in accounts payable)

   $ 6       $       $   

21. Commitments and Contingencies

Noncancelable Operating Leases

The Company leases office and warehouse facilities under noncancelable operating leases primarily for its United States based warehouse locations. In addition, the Company leases equipment under noncancelable operating leases. Aggregate rent expense for facilities and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, was $1.3 million, $1.6 million, $2.9 million, $1.4 million (unaudited) and $1.7 million (unaudited), respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 5,461   

2013

     5,419   

2014

     5,102   

2015

     4,716   

2016

     4,171   

Thereafter

     15,084   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

   $ 39,953   
  

 

 

 

Indemnification and Guaranteed Returns

As disclosed in Notes 12 and 14, the Company has contractually committed to compensate certain fund investors for losses that the fund investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury grants resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted that results in the reduction of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits. The Company believes that any other payments to its fund investors arising from these obligations are not probable based on currently known facts. As a result, the fair values of any such obligations cannot be reasonably estimated.

As disclosed in Note 12, the Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in several of its funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return upon the occurrence of certain events, including the dissolution of the funds, or if the Company purchases the investors’ equity stake in the funds, or for one of the funds annually. The investor in these funds

 

F-50


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

21. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

has already received a significant portion of the projected economic benefits from Treasury grant distributions and tax depreciation benefits. Based on the Company’s current financial projections regarding the amount and timing of future distributions to the investor, the Company does not expect to make any payments as a result of these guarantees and has not accrued any liabilities relating to these guarantees. The amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees is dependent on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds activities and the timing and amounts that the Company would pay to the investor in the event the Company purchased the investor’s stake in the funds, or the timing and amount of distributions to the investors upon the liquidation of the funds. Due to uncertainties surrounding estimating the amounts of these factors, the Company is unable to estimate the maximum potential payments that could be payable under these guarantees.

As discussed in Note 13, under the lease pass-through investment funds is a one-time lease payment reset mechanism that is set to occur after the installation of all the solar energy systems in a fund. As a result of this mechanism, the Company may be required to refund lease prepayments previously received from investors. Any refunds of lease prepayments would reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets for the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077

Noncumulative dividends on convertible redeemable preferred stock(1)

                   (1,633     (795       

Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders(2)

                   (33,658     (8,946       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 2,189      $ (23,077

Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders(3)

                   2,764        624          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 2,813      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   

Dilutive effect of common stock options

                   4,546,088        3,712,488          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Noncumulative dividends payable on convertible redeemable preferred stock represents a $0.01 noncumulative preferred dividend that would be payable to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders prior to any other allocations to preferred and common stockholders if all the earnings for each period were distributed.
(2)

Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders represents the share of available undistributed earnings as adjusted for noncumulative preferred dividends that would be allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders on an as-converted basis.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share (continued)

 

(3) Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders represents the impact of reallocation of undistributed earnings to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, as described in (2) above, to reflect potential impact of dilutive securities.

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
                          (unaudited)  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     36,010,660         39,450,660         41,893,046         39,825,860         45,280,032   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     60,834                                   

Preferred stock warrants

     2,209,742         3,204,748         1,816,650         1,119,930         1,816,650   

Common stock options

     6,627,062         9,746,200         3,678,225         3,720,315         1,995,856   

 

F-53


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share (continued)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
   Six Months
Ended

June 30, 2012
     (unaudited)

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

     

Change in fair value of liabilities for the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic common stockholders, basic

     

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock and net exercises of Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Weighted average effect of dilutive options

     

Weighted average effect of dilutive common stock warrants

     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

23. Subsequent Events

For our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011, we evaluated subsequent events through August 15, 2012, the date our consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

2012 Solar Financing Programs

During 2012, the Company has entered into six new tax equity arrangements, one with an existing tax equity investor, for a total of $357.5 million in available financing.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table presents the costs and expenses we will pay, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fees and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

SEC Registration fee

   $  

FINRA filing fee

      

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

      

Printing and engraving expenses

      

Legal fees and expenses

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Blue sky fees and expenses

      

Custodian and transfer agent fees

      

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

      
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred for their service for or on our behalf. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we shall advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding. The bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws (except in a proceeding initiated by such person without board approval). In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees for a legal proceeding.

Reference is made to Section 9 of the underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, indemnifying our directors and officers against limited liabilities. In addition, Section 1.10 of our seventh amended and restated investors’ rights agreement contained in Exhibit 4.5 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of certain of our stockholders against liabilities described therein.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2009, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

(1) Sales of Capital Stock

 

  Ÿ  

In October 2009, we issued 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock to six accredited investors at a price of $5.41 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $23.9 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2010, we issued 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a price of $6.25 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $21.5 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June and July 2011, we issued 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock to 12 accredited investors at a price of $9.68 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $20.0 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In November 2011, we issued 7,500 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $1.62 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $12,112.

 

  Ÿ  

In December 2011, we issued 20,000 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $0.0001 per share for aggregate proceeds of $1.00; and

 

  Ÿ  

In February and March 2012, we issued 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock to seven accredited investors at a price of $23.92 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $81.0 million.

 

  Ÿ  

In August 2012, we issued 112,835 shares of Series C preferred stock to two accredited investors upon exercise of outstanding warrants.

(2) Warrants

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2011, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock to a total of 12 accredited investors at an exercise price of $9.68 per share.

(3) Options Issuances

 

  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through July 31, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,671,898 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants of the registrant under our 2007 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.03 to $11.40, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $2.7 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through July 31, 2012, we granted direct issuances or stock options to purchase an aggregate of 17,190,554 shares of our common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $1.62 to $11.40 share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2007 Plan.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, with respect to the items (1) and (2) above, and Rule 701 thereunder, with respect to the item (3) above, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock
  4.3    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.4    Form of Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.5    Seventh Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 24, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2    2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3    2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4    2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5    Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
10.6    Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.6D    Fourth Amendment and Waiver to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.7    Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7C    Third Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.8†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011

21.1   

List of Subsidiaries

23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2†   

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)

24.1   

Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)

99.1   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on April 26, 2012

99.2   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on June 21, 2012

99.3   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on July 23, 2012

99.4   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 15, 2012

 

To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statements Schedules—All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being

 

II-4


Table of Contents

registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) For the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

  a. The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (4) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Mateo, State of California, on the      day of                 , 2012.

 

SolarCity Corporation

By:

 

     

  Lyndon R. Rive
  Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Lyndon R. Rive and Robert D. Kelly, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the registration statement filed herewith and any and all amendments to said registration statement (including post-effective amendments and any registration statement for the same offering covered by said registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto), and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done hereby by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

Lyndon R. Rive

  

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

     

Robert D. Kelly

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

     

Peter J. Rive

   Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director  

     

Elon Musk

   Chairman of the Board of Directors  

     

Raj Atluru

   Director  

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

John H. N. Fisher

   Director  

     

Antonio J. Gracias

   Director  

     

Hans A. Mehn

   Director  

     

Nancy E. Pfund

   Director  

     

Jeffrey B. Straubel

   Director  

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

    1.1†       Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1†       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
    3.2†       Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
    3.3         Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
    3.4         Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
    4.1†       Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
    4.2         Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock
    4.3         Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
    4.4         Form of Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock
    4.5         Seventh Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 24, 2012
    5.1†       Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
  10.1         Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
  10.2         2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
  10.3         2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
  10.4         2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
  10.5         Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
  10.5A       First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
  10.5B       Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
  10.6         Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
  10.6A       First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011
  10.6B       Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
  10.6C       Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
  10.6D       Fourth Amendment and Waiver to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of June 28, 2012
  10.7         Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
  10.7A       First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  10.7B       Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012
  10.7C       Third Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of June 28, 2012
  10.8†       Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
  10.9       Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011
  21.1         List of Subsidiaries
  23.1         Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.2†       Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1         Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)
  99.1       Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on April 26, 2012
  99.2       Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on June 21, 2012
  99.3       Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on July 23, 2012
  99.4       Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 15, 2012

 

To be filed by amendment.
Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.5

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on                          , 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   4931   02-0781046

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Lyndon R. Rive

Chief Executive Officer

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Steven V. Bernard

Alexander D. Phillips

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Seth R. Weissman
Phuong Y. Phillips

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

 

Thomas J. Ivey

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

525 University Avenue

Palo Alto, California 94301

(650) 470-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨      Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  x       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration
Fee
         

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $                            $                
 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes shares the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                 , 2012

             Shares

 

LOGO

 

 

This is an initial public offering of SolarCity Corporation’s shares of common stock. We are offering to sell              shares in this offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering to sell an additional              shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 13 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                    , 2012.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse   BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Needham & Company   Roth Capital Partners

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     13   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

     36   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     37   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     37   

CAPITALIZATION

     38   

DILUTION

     40   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     42   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     45   

BUSINESS

     88   

MANAGEMENT

     108   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     117   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     127   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     131   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     134   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     139   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     142   

UNDERWRITING

     146   

EXPERTS

     153   

LEGAL MATTERS

     153   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     153   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who obtain this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares in this offering. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and “SolarCity” refer to SolarCity Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

SolarCity

Our Vision for Better Energy

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

Overview

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 28,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by reducing the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Investment Funds.”

To date, we have raised $1.7 billion through 22 investment funds and related financing facilities established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $822.9 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments. We also have made significant investments in our business infrastructure and personnel to support our growth, and as a result we have incurred substantial net losses over the past five years.

Our long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and we are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. Despite these increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, U.S. electricity usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kilowatt hour, or kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 terawatt hours, or TWh, of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual

 

 

2


Table of Contents

growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

As a result of rising energy prices, the market for energy efficiency solutions is expected to grow significantly. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to 2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to switch to Better Energy in a simple and cost-efficient manner. The key elements of our integrated approach are:

 

  Ÿ  

Sales.     We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing.     We provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy affordable.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering.     We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the custom design process and optimizes the energy production of each solar energy system.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation.     We obtain all necessary building permits and handle the installation of our solar energy systems. By managing these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance.     Our proprietary monitoring software provides both SolarCity and our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation, consumption and carbon offset through an easy-to-read application available on smartphones and any device with a web browser.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services.     Using our proprietary software, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements.

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we offer a simple and efficient process to our customers.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.     Most of our solar energy customers purchase energy from us under 20-year contracts, and we leverage these relationships to offer energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      We believe that our size and scale provide our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.      Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. We intend to:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     We intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel and leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     We plan on reducing costs by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary software to further ensure that our integrated team operates as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital and offer lower-priced energy to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, as more fully described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. For example, you should be aware of the following before investing in our common stock:

 

  Ÿ  

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

  Ÿ  

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems through financing arrangements with fund investors.

 

  Ÿ  

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other energy sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in June 2006 as a Delaware corporation. Our headquarters are located at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402, and our telephone number is (650) 638-1028. You can access our website at www.solarcity.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

“SolarCity,” “SolarGuard,” “SolarLease” and “PowerGuide” are our registered trademarks in the United States and, in some cases, in certain other countries. Our other unregistered trademarks and service marks in the United States include: “Better Energy,” “SolarBid,” “SolarStrong” and “SolarWorks.” This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and tradenames of other companies.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 3(a)(80) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Pursuant to Section 102 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, we have provided reduced executive compensation disclosure and have omitted a compensation discussion and analysis from this prospectus. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we have elected to utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                         shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                         shares

 

Total common stock offered

                         shares

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

                         shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of             additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets.

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

SCTY

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 56,384,229 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.33 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,197,445 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,897,445 shares of common stock reserved for issuance

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 45,280,032 shares of common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described in “Description of Capital Stock;”

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the conversion of outstanding, non-expiring preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adopt our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders in this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to our consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

          

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

          

Basic

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(3):

          

Basic

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders assumes the net exercise of the warrants to purchase Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock and the conversion of the Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase common stock as occurring at the beginning of the fiscal period. Accordingly, the charge for the change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liability recorded in the fiscal period is reversed because this charge would not have been recorded after the net exercise and conversion. Pro forma basic or diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average basic or diluted pro forma shares of common stock. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2012.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2012 is presented on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

 

     As of June 30, 2012  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,779      $                    $                

Total current assets

     268,754        

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

     729,243        

Total assets

     1,043,379        

Total current liabilities

     246,443        

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     151,490        

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

     148,927        

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

     14,952        

Other liabilities

     72,887        

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     206,940        

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (54,829     

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     31,328        

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the net exercise of the outstanding Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, effective upon the closing of this offering.
(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet in the table above assumes the pro forma conversions, net exercise and reclassifications described in (1) above plus the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering and the

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of             , the mid-point range set forth in the cover page, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

         Year Ended December 31,          Six Months
Ended

June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     

New buildings(1)

     2,570         4,753         7,949         9,480   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

     5,501         10,254         18,203         27,683   

Megawatts booked(2)

     36         92         134         200   

Megawatts deployed(2)

     15         31         72         72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed (end of period)(2)

     27         58         129         201   

Transactions for other energy products and services(3)

     67         401         3,741         5,348   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and solar energy systems we have sold to customers.
(3) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specific periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

       As of December 31,      As of June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

   $ 65,234       $ 183,188       $ 252,752       $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

   $ 106,204       $ 273,166       $ 485,780       $ 711,912   

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a substantial risk of loss. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks occurred, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. See the section entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to our Business

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

Federal, state and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, and internal policies and regulations promulgated by electric utilities, heavily influence the market for electricity generation products and services. These regulations and policies often relate to electricity pricing and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. In the United States, governments and utilities continuously modify these regulations and policies. These regulations and policies could deter customers from purchasing renewable energy, including solar energy systems. This could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for our solar energy systems. For example, utilities commonly charge fees to larger, industrial customers for disconnecting from the electric grid or for having the capacity to use power from the electric grid for back-up purposes. These fees could increase our customers’ cost to use our systems and make them less desirable, thereby harming our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, depending on the region, electricity generated by solar energy systems competes most effectively with expensive peak-hour electricity from the electric grid, rather than the less expensive average price of electricity. Modifications to the utilities’ peak hour pricing policies or rate design, such as to a flat rate, would require us to lower the price of our solar energy systems to compete with the price of electricity from the electric grid.

In addition, any changes to government or internal utility regulations and policies that favor electric utilities could reduce our competitiveness and cause a significant reduction in demand for our products and services. For example, certain jurisdictions have proposed assessing fees on customers purchasing energy from solar energy systems and a utility in San Diego, California recently attempted to impose a new charge that would disproportionately impact solar energy system customers who utilize net metering, either of which would increase the cost of energy to those customers and could reduce demand for our solar energy systems. Any similar government or utility policies adopted in the future could reduce demand for our products and services and adversely impact our growth.

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net energy metering, or net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Utilities operating in states without a net metering policy may receive solar electricity that is exported to the grid at times when there is no

 

13


Table of Contents

simultaneous energy demand by the customer to utilize the generation onsite without providing any compensation to the customer for this generation. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate may be adversely impacted by the failure to expand existing limits on the amount of net metering in states that have implemented it, the failure to adopt a net metering policy where it currently is not in place or the imposition of new charges that only or disproportionately impact customers that utilize net metering. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate also may be adversely impacted by the unavailability of expedited or simplified interconnection for grid-tied solar energy systems or any limitation on the number of customer interconnections or amount of solar energy that utilities are required to allow in their service territory or some part of the grid.

Limits on net metering, interconnection of solar energy systems and other operational policies in key markets could limit the number of solar energy systems installed there. For example, California utilities are currently required to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds 5% of the utilities’ “aggregate customer peak demand.” This cap on net metering in California was increased to 5% in 2010 as utilities neared the prior cap of 2.5%. If the current net metering caps in California, or other jurisdictions, are reached, future customers will be unable to recognize the cost savings associated with net metering. We substantially rely on net metering when we establish competitive pricing for our prospective customers. The absence of net metering for new customers would greatly limit demand for our solar energy systems.

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

U.S. federal, state and local government bodies provide incentives to end users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments and payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation. We rely on these governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives to lower our cost of capital and to incent fund investors to invest in our funds. These incentives enable us to lower the price we charge customers for energy and for our solar energy systems. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase. These reductions or terminations often occur without warning.

The federal government currently offers a 30% investment tax credit under Section 48(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Federal ITC, for the installation of certain solar power facilities until December 31, 2016. This credit is due to adjust to 10% in 2017. Solar energy systems that began construction prior to the end of 2011 were eligible to receive a 30% federal cash grant paid by the U.S. Treasury Department under section 1603 of the “American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009,” or the U.S. Treasury grant, in lieu of the Federal ITC. In addition, applicable authorities may adjust or decrease incentives from time to time or include provisions for minimum domestic content requirements or other requirements to qualify for these incentives.

Reductions in, or eliminations or expirations of, governmental incentives could adversely impact our results of operations and ability to compete in our industry by increasing our cost of capital, causing us to increase the prices of our energy and solar energy systems, and reducing the size of our addressable market. In addition, this would adversely impact our ability to attract investment partners and to form new investment funds and our ability to offer attractive financing to prospective customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, more than 90% of new customers chose to enter into financed lease or power purchase agreements rather than buying a solar energy system for cash.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

Our leases and power purchase agreements are third-party ownership arrangements. Sales of electricity by third parties face regulatory challenges in some states and jurisdictions. Other challenges pertain to whether third-party owned systems qualify for the same levels of rebates or other non-tax incentives available for customer-owned solar energy systems, whether third-party owned systems are eligible at all for these incentives, and whether third-party owned systems are eligible for net metering and the associated significant cost savings. Reductions in, or eliminations of, this treatment of these third-party arrangements could reduce demand for our systems, adversely impact our access to capital and could cause us to increase the price we charge our customers for energy.

The Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Treasury has issued subpoenas to a number of significant participants in the rooftop solar energy installation industry, including us. The subpoena we received requires us to deliver certain documents in our possession relating to our participation in the U.S. Treasury grant program. These documents will be delivered to the Department of Justice, which is investigating the administration and implementation of the U.S. Treasury grant program.

On July 18, 2012, we, two other solar companies with significant market share and others related to the industry received a subpoena from the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of the Inspector General to deliver certain documents in our respective possession. In particular, our subpoena requested, among other things, documents dated, created, revised or referred to since January 1, 2007 that relate to our applications for U.S. Treasury grants or communications with certain other solar development companies or certain firms that appraise solar energy property for U.S. Treasury grant application purposes. The Inspector General is working with the Civil Division of the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate the administration and implementation of the U.S. Treasury grant program. We are currently reviewing and evaluating the subpoena and intend to cooperate fully with the Inspector General and the Department of Justice. We anticipate that at least six months will be required to gather all of the requested documents and provide them to the Inspector General, and at least another year following that for the Inspector General to conclude its review of the materials. On August 9, 2012, in response to a meeting we had with the Department of Justice and written communication to the attorney assigned to the matter, we received a letter from the Department of Justice indicating that the government’s investigation focuses on our possible misrepresentations to the Department of Treasury in applications under the Treasury grant program, including misrepresentations concerning the fair market value of the solar power systems submitted for grant under that program. The letter stated that the subpoena seeks documents relevant to that issue and is not intended to be construed more broadly than that.

We are not aware of, and have not been made aware of, any specific allegations of misconduct or misrepresentation by us or our officers, directors or employees, and no such assertions have been made by the Inspector General or the Department of Justice. However, if at the conclusion of the investigation the Inspector General concludes that misrepresentations were made, the Department of Justice could decide to bring a civil action to recover amounts it believes were improperly paid to us. If it were successful in asserting this action, we could then be required to pay damages and penalties for any funds received based on such misrepresentations (which, in turn, could require us to make indemnity payments to certain of our fund investors). Such consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and prospects. Additionally, the period of time necessary to resolve the investigation is uncertain, and this matter could require significant management and financial resources that could otherwise be devoted to the operation of our business.

 

15


Table of Contents

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We and our fund investors claim the Federal ITC or the U.S. Treasury grant in amounts based on the fair market value of our solar energy systems. We have obtained independent appraisals to support the fair market values we report for claiming Federal ITCs and U.S. Treasury grants. The Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department review these fair market values. With respect to U.S. Treasury grants, the U.S. Treasury Department reviews the reported fair market value in determining the amount initially awarded, and the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department may also subsequently review the fair market value and determine that amounts previously awarded must be repaid to the U.S. Treasury Department. With respect to Federal ITCs, the Internal Revenue Service may review the fair market value on audit and determine that the tax credits previously claimed must be reduced. If the fair market value is determined to be less than we reported, we may owe the fund or our fund investors an amount equal to this difference, plus any costs and expenses associated with a challenge to that valuation. The U.S. Treasury Department has determined in a small number of instances to award us U.S. Treasury grants for our solar energy systems at a materially lower value than we had established in our appraisals and, as a result, we have been required to pay our fund investors a true-up payment or contribute additional assets to the associated investment funds. Other U.S. Treasury grant applications have been accepted and the U.S. Treasury grant paid in full on the basis of valuations comparable to those projects as to which the U.S. Treasury has determined a significantly lower valuation than that claimed in our U.S. Treasury grant applications. The U.S. Department of Treasury issued valuation guidelines on June 30, 2011, and no grant applications that we have submitted at values below those guidelines have been reduced by the Treasury Department. If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department disagrees now or in the future, as a result of any future audit, the outcome of the Department of Treasury Inspector General investigation or otherwise, with the fair market value of more of our solar energy systems that we have constructed or that we construct in the future, including any systems for which grants have already been paid, and determines we have claimed too high of a fair market value, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects. For example, a hypothetical five percent downward adjustment in the fair market value in the approximately $320 million of U.S. Department of Treasury grant applications that we have submitted as of August 24, 2012 would obligate us to repay approximately $16 million to our fund investors.

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems with fund investors who require particular tax and other benefits.

Our solar energy systems have been eligible for Federal ITCs or U.S. Treasury grants, as well as depreciation benefits. We have relied on, and will continue to rely on, financing structures that monetize a substantial portion of those benefits and provide financing for our solar energy systems. With the lapse of the U.S. Treasury grant program, we anticipate that our reliance on these tax-advantaged financing structures will increase substantially. If, for any reason, we were unable to continue to monetize those benefits through these arrangements, we may be unable to provide and maintain solar energy systems for new customers on an economically viable basis.

The availability of this tax-advantaged financing depends upon many factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to compete with other renewable energy companies for the limited number of potential fund investors, each of which has limited funds and limited appetite for the tax benefits associated with these financings;

 

16


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the state of financial and credit markets;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the legal or tax risks associated with these financings; and

 

  Ÿ  

non-renewal of these incentives or decreases in the associated benefits.

Under current law, the Federal ITC will be reduced from approximately 30% of the cost of the solar energy systems to approximately 10% for solar energy systems placed in service after December 31, 2016. In addition, U.S. Treasury grants are no longer available for new solar energy systems. Moreover, potential fund investors must remain satisfied that the structures we offer make the tax benefits associated with solar energy systems available to these investors, which depends both on the investors’ assessment of the tax law and the absence of any unfavorable interpretations of that law. Changes in existing law and interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts could reduce the willingness of fund investors to invest in funds associated with these solar energy system investments. We cannot assure you that this type of financing will be available to us. If, for any reason, we are unable to finance solar energy systems through tax-advantaged structures or if we are unable to realize or monetize depreciation benefits, we may no longer be able to provide solar energy systems to new customers on an economically viable basis. This would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We need to enter into additional substantial financing arrangements to facilitate our customers’ access to our solar energy systems, and if this financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to continue to grow our business would be materially adversely impacted.

Our future success depends on our ability to raise capital from third-party fund investors to help finance the deployment of our residential and commercial solar energy systems. In particular, our strategy is to seek to reduce the cost of capital through these arrangements to improve our margins or to offset future reductions in government incentives and to maintain the price competitiveness of our solar energy systems. If we are unable to establish new investment funds when needed, or upon desirable terms, to enable our customers’ access to our solar energy systems with little or no upfront cost, we may be unable to finance installation of our customers’ systems, or our cost of capital could increase, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To date we have raised capital sufficient to finance installation of our customers’ solar energy systems from a number of financial institutions and other large companies. The contract terms in certain of our investment fund documents condition our ability to draw on investment commitments from the fund investors, including if an event occurs that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the fund or in one case on us. If we do not satisfy such condition due to events related to our business or a specific investment fund or developments in our industry (including related to the Department of Treasury Inspector General investigation) or otherwise, and as a result we are unable to draw on existing commitments, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and prospects. If any of the financial institutions or large companies that currently invest in our investment funds decide not to invest in future investment funds to finance our solar energy systems due to general market conditions, concerns about our business or prospects, the pendency of the Department of Treasury Inspector General investigation or any other reason, or materially changed the terms under which they are willing to provide future financing, we will need to identify new financial institutions and companies to invest in our investment funds and negotiate new financing terms.

In the past, we encountered challenges raising new funds, which caused us to delay deployment of a substantial number of solar energy systems for which we had signed leases or power purchase agreements with customers. For example, in late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted

 

17


Table of Contents

in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Our future ability to obtain additional financing depends on banks’ and other financing sources’ continued confidence in our business model and the renewable energy industry as a whole. If we experience higher customer default rates than we currently experience in our existing investment funds or we lower the credit rating requirement for new customers, this could make it more difficult or costly to attract future financing. Solar energy has yet to achieve broad market acceptance and depends on continued support in the form of performance-based incentives, rebates, tax credits and other incentives from federal, state and foreign governments. If this support diminishes, our ability to obtain external financing on acceptable terms, or at all, could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we face competition for these investor funds. If we are unable to continue to offer a competitive investment profile, we may lose access to these funds or they may only be available on less favorable terms than our competitors. Our current financing sources may be inadequate to support the anticipated growth in our business plans. Our inability to secure financing could lead to cancelled projects and could impair our ability to accept new projects and customers. In addition, our borrowing costs could increase, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe that a customer’s decision to buy renewable energy from us is primarily driven by their desire to pay less for electricity. The customer’s decision may also be affected by the cost of other renewable energy sources. Decreases in the retail prices of electricity from the utilities or from other renewable energy sources would harm our ability to offer competitive pricing and could harm our business. The price of electricity from utilities could decrease as a result of:

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of a significant number of new power generation plants, including nuclear, coal, natural gas or renewable energy technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of additional electric transmission and distribution lines;

 

  Ÿ  

a reduction in the price of natural gas as a result of new drilling techniques or a relaxation of associated regulatory standards;

 

  Ÿ  

the energy conservation technologies and public initiatives to reduce electricity consumption; and

 

  Ÿ  

development of new renewable energy technologies that provide less expensive energy.

A reduction in utility electricity prices would make the purchase of our solar energy systems or the purchase of energy under our lease and power purchase agreements less economically attractive. In addition, a shift in the timing of peak rates for utility-generated electricity to a time of day when solar energy generation is less efficient could make our solar energy system offerings less competitive and reduce demand for our products and services. If the retail price of energy available from utilities were to decrease due to any of these reasons, or others, we would be at a competitive disadvantage, we may be unable to attract new customers and our growth would be limited.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity would particularly adversely impact our ability to attract commercial customers.

Commercial customers comprise a significant and growing portion of our business, and the commercial market for energy is particularly sensitive to price changes. Typically, commercial customers pay less for energy from utilities than residential customers. Because the price we are able to charge commercial customers is only slightly lower than their current retail rate, any decline in the retail rate of energy for commercial entities could have a significant impact on our ability to attract commercial customers. We may be unable to offer solar energy systems for the commercial market that produce

 

18


Table of Contents

electricity at rates that are competitive with the price of retail electricity on a non-subsidized basis. If this were to occur, we would be at a competitive disadvantage to other energy providers and may be unable to attract new commercial customers, and our business would be harmed.

Rising interest rates could adversely impact our business.

Changes in interest rates could have an adverse impact on our business by increasing our cost of capital. For example:

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates would increase our cost of capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates may negatively impact our ability to secure financing on favorable terms to facilitate our customers’ purchase of our solar energy systems or energy generated by our solar energy systems.

The majority of our cash flows to date have been from solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements that have been monetized under various investment fund structures. One of the components of this monetization is the present value of the payment streams from the customers who enter into these leases and power purchase agreements. If the rate of return required by the fund investor rises as a result of a rise in interest rates, it will reduce the present value of the customer payment stream and consequently reduce the total value derived from this monetization. Rising interest rates could harm our business and financial condition.

We have guaranteed a minimum return to be received by an investor in certain of our investment funds and could be adversely affected if we are required to make any payments under those guarantees.

For three of our joint venture investment funds with one investor, with total investments of approximately $86.2 million, we are contractually required to make payments to the investor to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return in the event of liquidation of the funds or if we purchase the investor’s equity stake in the funds, including following the investor’s exercise of its put right. For another fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to make payments to the investor to compensate for payments that the investor would be required to make to a certain third party as a result of the investor not achieving a specified minimum internal rate of return in this fund, assessed annually. In both instances, the amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees depends on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds’ activities, and the amounts that we would pay to the investor if we purchase the investor’s stake in the funds or the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. In a fifth fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to annually distribute a minimum amount. Because of uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amounts of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, we cannot determine the potential maximum future payments that we could have to make under these guarantees. We may agree to similar terms in the future if market conditions require it. Any significant payments that we may be required to make under our guarantees could adversely affect our financial condition.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, there is a one-time reset of the lease payments, and we may be obligated, in connection with the resetting of the lease payments at true up, to refund lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the extent the system sizes, costs, and timing are not consistent with the initial lease payment model.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, the models used to calculate the lease prepayments will be updated for each fund at a fixed date occurring after placement in service of all solar systems or an agreed upon date (typically within the first year of the applicable lease term) to reflect certain

 

19


Table of Contents

specified conditions as they exist at such date, including the ultimate system size of the equipment that was leased, how much it cost, and when it went into service. As a result of this true up, the lease payments are resized and we may be obligated to refund the investor’s lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the fund. Any significant refunds or capital contributions that we may be required to make could adversely affect our financial condition.

We are not currently regulated as a utility under applicable law, but we may be subject to regulation as a utility in the future.

Federal law and most state laws do not currently regulate us as a utility. As a result, we are not subject to the various federal and state standards, restrictions and regulatory requirements applicable to U.S. utilities. In the United States, we obtain federal and state regulatory exemptions by establishing “Qualifying Facility” status with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for all of our qualifying solar energy projects. In Canada, we also are generally subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff regulations (including the feed-in tariff rates), however we are not currently subject to regulation as a utility. Our business strategy includes the continued development of larger solar energy systems in the future for our commercial and government customers, which has the potential to impact our regulatory position. Any local, state, federal or foreign regulations could place significant restrictions on our ability to operate our business and execute our business plan by prohibiting or otherwise restricting our sale of electricity. If we were subject to the same state, federal or foreign regulatory authorities as utilities in the United States or if new regulatory bodies were established to oversee our business in the United States or in foreign markets, then our operating costs would materially increase.

A failure to hire and retain a sufficient number of employees in key functions would constrain our growth and our ability to timely complete our customers’ projects.

To support our growth, we need to hire, train, deploy, manage and retain a substantial number of skilled employees. In particular, we need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure to grow our customer base and our business, and we plan to expand our direct sales force. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months before a new salesperson is fully trained and productive. If we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or grow our business.

To complete current and future customer projects and to continue to grow our customer base, we need to hire a large number of installers in the relevant markets. Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for skilled installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and delivery of energy products and services. We also compete with the homebuilding and construction industries for skilled labor. As these industries recover and seek to hire additional workers, our cost of labor may increase. The unionization of our labor force could also increase our labor costs. Shortages of skilled labor could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project. In addition, because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources that requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high regional standards for employees in these fields.

If we cannot meet our hiring, retention and efficiency goals, we may be unable to complete our customers’ projects on time, in an acceptable manner or at all. Any significant failures in this regard would materially impair our growth, reputation, business and financial results. If we are required to pay

 

20


Table of Contents

higher compensation than we anticipate, these greater expenses may also adversely impact our financial results and the growth of our business.

It is difficult to evaluate our business and prospects due to our limited operating history.

Since our formation in 2006, we have focused our efforts primarily on the sales, financing, engineering, installation and monitoring of solar energy systems for residential, commercial and government customers. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. We may be unsuccessful in significantly broadening our customer base through installation of solar energy systems within our current markets or in new markets we may enter. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in generating substantial revenue from our new energy efficiency products and services or from any additional energy-related products and services we may introduce in the future. Our limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving and competitive nature of our industry, may not provide an adequate basis for you to evaluate our operating and financing results and business prospects. In addition, we only have limited insight into emerging trends that may adversely impact our business, prospects and operating results. As a result, our limited operating history may impair our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.

We have incurred losses and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses in the past, and we had an accumulated deficit of $70.3 million as of June 30, 2012. We may incur net losses from operations as we increase our spending to finance the expansion of our operations, expand our installation , engineering, administrative, sales and marketing staffs, and implement internal systems and infrastructure to support our growth. We do not know whether our revenue will grow rapidly enough to absorb these costs, and our limited operating history makes it difficult to assess the extent of these expenses or their impact on our operating results. Our ability to achieve profitability depends on a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

growing our customer base;

 

  Ÿ  

finding investors willing to invest in our investment funds;

 

  Ÿ  

maintaining and further lowering our cost of capital;

 

  Ÿ  

reducing the cost of components for our solar energy systems; and

 

  Ÿ  

reducing our operating costs by optimizing our design and installation processes and supply chain logistics.

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may be unable to sustain or increase our profitability in the future.

We face competition from both traditional energy companies and renewable energy companies.

The solar energy and renewable energy industries are both highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive to distinguish themselves within their markets and compete with large utilities. We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. If we cannot offer compelling value to our customers based on these factors, then our business will not grow. Utilities generally have substantially greater financial, technical, operational and other resources than we do. As a result of their greater size, these competitors may be able to devote more resources to the research, development, promotion and sale of their products or respond more quickly to evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions than we can. Utilities could also offer other value-

 

21


Table of Contents

added products or services that could help them to compete with us even if the cost of electricity they offer is higher than ours. In addition, a majority of utilities’ sources of electricity is non-solar, which may allow utilities to sell electricity more cheaply than electricity generated by our solar energy systems.

We also compete with solar companies in the downstream value chain of solar energy. For example, we face competition from purely finance driven organizations which then subcontract out the installation of solar energy systems, from installation businesses that seek financing from external parties, from large construction companies and utilities, and increasingly from sophisticated electrical and roofing companies. Some of these competitors specialize in either the residential or commercial solar energy markets, and some may provide energy at lower costs than we do. Many of our competitors also have significant brand name recognition and have extensive knowledge of our target markets. For us to remain competitive, we must distinguish ourselves from our competitors by offering an integrated approach that successfully competes with each level of products and services offered by our competitors at various points in the value chain. If our competitors develop an integrated approach similar to ours including sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and efficiency services, this will reduce our marketplace differentiation.

We also face competition in the energy efficiency evaluation and upgrades market and we expect to face competition in additional markets as we introduce new energy-related products and services. As the solar industry grows and evolves, we will also face new competitors who are not currently in the market. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with existing or new competitors will limit our growth and will have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for 2010 and 2011, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and inventory processes. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. These material weaknesses resulted from an aggregation of deficiencies.

The accounting policies associated with our investment funds are complex, which contributed to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. With regard to our joint venture partnerships, we initially computed the hypothetical liquidation at book value using the fair value of the assets in these joint ventures rather than the carryover basis, resulting in an adjustment to the net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interests in our 2009 consolidated financial statements. For lease pass-through arrangements, we initially characterized funds received from investors as deferred revenue rather than financing obligations, which resulted in adjustments to our 2010 consolidated financial statements. For a particular sale-leaseback transaction, we did not initially defer the correct amount of gain associated with this arrangement, which was corrected in our 2010 consolidated financial statements. The foregoing resulted in restatements of our 2008, 2009 and 2010 consolidated financial statements. In addition, deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls resulted in audit adjustments and delayed our financial statement close process for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011. We are implementing policies and processes to remediate these material weaknesses and improve our internal control over financial reporting.

We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged our independent registered

 

22


Table of Contents

public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our financial statements. Had we performed such an evaluation or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, material weaknesses, in addition to those discussed above, may have been identified. For so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, which may be up to five years following this offering, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. During the course of the evaluation, documentation or attestation, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify weaknesses and deficiencies that we may not otherwise identify in a timely manner or at all as a result of the deferred implementation of this additional level of review.

We have taken numerous steps to address the underlying causes of the control deficiencies referenced above, primarily through the development and implementation of policies, improved processes and documented procedures, and the hiring of additional accounting and finance personnel with technical accounting, inventory accounting and financial reporting experience. If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by law or exchange regulations.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate our existing material weaknesses in a timely manner, if at all, or that in the future additional material weaknesses will not exist or otherwise be discovered, a risk that is significantly increased in light of the complexity of our business. If our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses are not successful or if other deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock by the NASDAQ Global Market, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Projects for our significant commercial or government customers involve concentrated project risks that may cause significant changes in our financial results.

During any given financial reporting period, we typically have ongoing significant projects for commercial and governmental customers that represent a significant portion of our potential financial results for such period. For example, Walmart is a significant customer for which we have installed a substantial number of solar energy systems. We also recently announced SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country that we anticipate will involve a significant investment in resources and project management over time and will require additional investment funds to support the project. These larger projects create concentrated operating and financial risks. The effect of recognizing revenue or other financial measures on the sale of a larger project, or the failure to recognize revenue or other financial measures as anticipated in a given reporting period because a project is not yet completed under applicable accounting rules by period end, may materially impact our quarterly or annual financial results. In addition, if construction, warranty or operational issues arise on a larger project, or if the timing of such projects unexpectedly shifts for other reasons, such issues could have a material impact on our financial results. If we are unable to successfully manage these significant projects in multiple markets, including our related internal processes and external construction management, or if we are unable to continue to attract such significant customers and projects in the future, our financial results would be harmed.

 

23


Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of suppliers of solar panels and other system components to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems. Any shortage, delay or component price change from these suppliers could result in sales and installation delays, cancellations and loss of market share.

We purchase solar panels, inverters and other system components from a limited number of suppliers, making us susceptible to quality issues, shortages and price changes. If we fail to develop, maintain and expand our relationships with these or other suppliers, we may be unable to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems, or we may only be able to offer our systems at higher costs or after delays. If one or more of the suppliers that we rely upon to meet anticipated demand ceases or reduces production, we may be unable to quickly identify alternate suppliers or to qualify alternative products on commercially reasonable terms, and we may be unable to satisfy this demand. In particular, there are a limited number of inverter suppliers. Once we design a system for use with a particular inverter, if that type of inverter is not readily available at an anticipated price, we may incur additional delay and expense to redesign the system. There have also been periods of industry-wide shortage of key components, including solar panels, in times of rapid industry growth. The manufacturing infrastructure for some of these components has a long lead time, requires significant capital investment and relies on the continued availability of key commodity materials, potentially resulting in an inability to meet demand for these components. Any decline in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar compared to the functional currency of our component suppliers could increase our component prices. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. Any of these shortages, delays or price changes could limit our growth, cause cancellations or adversely affect our profitability, and result in loss of market share and damage to our brand.

Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which could make our future performance difficult to predict and could cause our operating results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a severe decline in the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly in the future. We have experienced seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in the past. However, given that we are an early-stage company operating in a rapidly growing industry, those fluctuations may be masked by our recent growth rates and thus may not be readily apparent from our historical operating results. As such, our past quarterly operating results may not be good indicators of future performance.

In addition to the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, the following factors could cause our operating results to fluctuate:

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration or initiation of any rebates or incentives;

 

  Ÿ  

significant fluctuations in customer demand for our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to complete installations in a timely manner due to market conditions resulting in inconsistently available financing;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to continue to expand our operations, and the amount and timing of expenditures related to this expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital-raising activities or commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our pricing policies or terms or those of our competitors, including utilities; and

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated developments in our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape.

 

24


Table of Contents

For these or other reasons, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance. In addition, our actual revenue, key operating metrics and other operating results in future quarters may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have a severe adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Our business benefits from the declining cost of solar panels, and our financial results would be harmed if this trend reversed or did not continue.

The declining cost of solar panels and the raw materials necessary to manufacture them has been a key driver in the pricing of our solar energy systems and customer adoption of this form of renewable energy. If solar panel and raw materials prices increase or do not continue to decline, our growth could slow and our financial results would suffer. In addition, in the past we have purchased a significant portion of the solar panels used in our solar energy systems from manufacturers based in China, some of whom benefit from favorable foreign regulatory regimes and governmental support, including subsidies. If this support were to decrease or be eliminated, or if tariffs imposed by the U.S. government were to increase the prices of these solar panels, our ability to purchase these products on competitive terms or to access specialized technologies from those countries could be restricted. Any of those events could harm our financial results by requiring us to pay higher prices or to purchase solar panels or other system components from alternative, higher-priced sources. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China and is contemplating increasing the tariffs above current levels. These tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels, which may harm our financial results.

We act as the licensed general contractor for our customers and are subject to risks associated with construction, cost overruns, delays, regulatory compliance and other contingencies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager, and we typically rely on licensed subcontractors to install these commercial systems. We may be liable to customers for any damage we cause to their home or facility, belongings or property during the installation of our systems. For example, we frequently penetrate our customers’ roofs during the installation process and may incur liability for the failure to adequately weatherproof such penetrations following the completion of construction. In addition, shortages of skilled subcontractor labor for our commercial projects could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project.

In addition, the installation of solar energy systems and the evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business is subject to oversight and regulation in accordance with national, state and local laws and ordinances relating to building codes, safety, environmental protection, utility interconnection and metering, and related matters. It is difficult and costly to track the requirements of every individual authority having jurisdiction over our installations and to design solar energy systems to comply with these varying standards. Any new government regulations or utility policies pertaining to our systems may result in significant additional expenses to us and our customers and, as a result, could cause a significant reduction in demand for our systems.

 

25


Table of Contents

Compliance with occupational safety and health requirements and best practices can be costly, and noncompliance with such requirements may result in potentially significant monetary penalties, operational delays and adverse publicity.

The installation of solar energy systems requires our employees to work at heights with complicated and potentially dangerous electrical systems. The evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business requires our employees to work in locations that may contain potentially dangerous levels of asbestos, lead or mold. We also maintain a fleet of more than 460 vehicles that our employees use in the course of their work. There is substantial risk of serious injury or death if proper safety procedures are not followed. Our operations are subject to regulation under the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and equivalent state laws. Changes to OSHA requirements, or stricter interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations, could result in increased costs. If we fail to comply with applicable OSHA regulations, even if no work-related serious injury or death occurs, we may be subject to civil or criminal enforcement and be required to pay substantial penalties, incur significant capital expenditures, or suspend or limit operations. In the past, we have had workplace accidents and received citations from OSHA regulators for alleged safety violations, resulting in fines and operational delays for certain projects. Any such accidents, citations, violations, injuries or failure to comply with industry best practices may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect our business.

Problems with product quality or performance may cause us to incur warranty expenses and performance guarantee expenses, may lower the residual value of our solar energy systems and may damage our market reputation and cause our financial results to decline.

Our solar energy system warranties are lengthy. Customers who buy energy from us under leases or power purchase agreements are covered by warranties equal to the length of the term of these agreements—typically 20 years. Depending on the state where they live, customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash are covered by a warranty up to 10 years in duration. We also make extended warranties available at an additional cost to customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash. In addition, we provide a pass-through of the inverter and panel manufacturers’ warranties to our customers, which generally range from 5 to 25 years. One of these third-party manufacturers could cease operations and no longer honor these warranties, instead leaving us to fulfill these potential obligations to our customers. For example, Evergreen Solar, Inc., one of our former solar panel suppliers, filed for bankruptcy in August 2011. Further, we provide a performance guarantee with our leased solar energy systems that compensates a customer on an annual basis if their system does not meet the electricity production guarantees set forth in their lease.

Because of the limited operating history of our solar energy systems, we have been required to make assumptions and apply judgments regarding a number of factors, including our anticipated rate of warranty claims, and the durability, performance and reliability of our solar energy systems. We have made these assumptions based on the historic performance of similar systems or on accelerated life cycle testing. Our assumptions could prove to be materially different from the actual performance of our systems, causing us to incur substantial expense to repair or replace defective solar energy systems in the future or to compensate customers for systems that do not meet their production guarantees. Product failures or operational deficiencies also would reduce our revenue from power purchase agreements because they are dependent on system production. Any widespread product failures or operating deficiencies may damage our market reputation and adversely impact our financial results.

In addition, we amortize costs of our solar energy systems over 30 years, which typically exceeds the period of the component warranties and the corresponding payment streams from our operating lease arrangements with our customers. In addition, we typically bear the cost of removing the solar energy systems at the end of the lease term. Furthermore, it is difficult to predict how future environmental regulations may affect the costs associated with the removal, disposal or recycling of

 

26


Table of Contents

our solar energy systems. Consequently, if the residual value of the systems is less than we expect at the end of the lease, after giving effect to any associated removal and redeployment costs, we may be required to accelerate all or some of the remaining unamortized expenses. This could materially impair our future operating results.

Product liability claims against us could result in adverse publicity and potentially significant monetary damages.

If one of our solar energy systems or other products injured someone we would be exposed to product liability claims. Because solar energy systems and many of our other current and anticipated products are electricity producing devices, it is possible that consumers could be injured by our products, whether by product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. We rely on our general liability insurance to cover product liability claims and have not obtained separate product liability insurance. Any product liability claim we face could be expensive to defend and divert management’s attention. The successful assertion of product liability claims against us could result in potentially significant monetary damages that could require us to make significant payments, as well as subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position. Also, any product liability claims and any adverse outcomes may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect sales of our systems and other products.

Damage to our brand and reputation would harm our business and results of operations.

We depend significantly on our reputation for high-quality products and services, best-in-class engineering, exceptional customer service and the brand name “SolarCity” to attract new customers and grow our business. If we fail to continue to deliver our solar energy systems and our other energy products and services within the planned timelines, if our products and services do not perform as anticipated or if we damage any of our customers’ properties or cancel projects, our brand and reputation could be significantly impaired. In addition, if we fail to deliver, or fail to continue to deliver, high-quality products and services to our customers through our long-term relationships, our customers will be less likely to purchase future products and services from us, which is a key strategy to achieve our desired growth. We also depend greatly on referrals from existing customers for our growth, in addition to our other marketing efforts. Therefore, our inability to meet or exceed our current customers’ expectations would harm our reputation and growth through referrals.

If we fail to manage our recent and future growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of customer service or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, and we intend to continue to expand our business significantly within existing markets and in a number of new locations in the future. This growth has placed, and any future growth may place, a significant strain on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. In particular, we will be required to expand, train and manage our growing employee base. Our management will also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third-parties and attract new customers and suppliers, as well as to manage multiple geographic locations.

In addition, our current and planned operations, personnel, systems and procedures might be inadequate to support our future growth and may require us to make additional unanticipated investment in our infrastructure. Our success and ability to further scale our business will depend, in part, on our ability to manage these changes in a cost-effective and efficient manner. If we cannot manage our growth, we may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. This could also result in declines in quality or

 

27


Table of Contents

customer satisfaction, increased costs, difficulties in introducing new products and services or other operational difficulties. Any failure to effectively manage growth could adversely impact our business and reputation.

We may not be successful in leveraging our customer base to grow our business through sales of other energy products and services.

To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue and cash receipts from the sale of solar energy systems and the sale of energy under our long-term customer agreements. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. Customer demand for these offerings may be more limited than we anticipate. In addition, several of our other energy products and services, including our battery storage solutions, are in the early stages of testing and development. We may not be successful in completing development of these products as a result of research and development difficulties, technical issues, availability of third-party products or other reasons. Even if we are able to offer these or other additional products and services, we may not successfully generate meaningful customer demand to make these offerings viable. If we fail to deliver these additional products and services, if the costs associated with bringing these additional products and services to market is greater than we anticipate, or if customer demand for these offerings is smaller than we anticipate, our growth will be limited.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

A key component of our growth strategy is to develop or expand our strategic relationships with third parties. For example, we are investing resources in establishing relationships with industry leaders, such as trusted retailers and commercial homebuilders, to generate new customers. Identifying partners and negotiating relationships with them requires significant time and resources. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, our ability to grow our business could be impaired. Even if we are able to establish these relationships, we may not be able to execute on our goal of leveraging these relationships to meaningfully expand our business and customer base. This would limit our growth potential and our opportunities to generate significant additional revenue or cash receipts.

The loss of one or more members of our senior management or key employees may adversely affect our ability to implement our strategy.

We depend on our experienced management team, and the loss of one or more key executives could have a negative impact on our business. In particular, we are dependent on the services of our chief executive officer and co-founder, Lyndon R. Rive, and our chief operations officer, chief technology officer and co-founder, Peter J. Rive. We also depend on our ability to retain and motivate key employees and attract qualified new employees. Neither our founders nor our key employees are bound by employment agreements for any specific term, and we may be unable to replace key members of our management team and key employees in the event we lose their services. Integrating new employees into our management team could prove disruptive to our operations, require substantial resources and management attention and ultimately prove unsuccessful. An inability to attract and retain sufficient managerial personnel who have critical industry experience and relationships could limit or delay our strategic efforts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may be harmed if we fail to properly protect our intellectual property.

We believe that the success of our business depends in part on our proprietary technology, including our software, information, processes and know-how. We rely on trade secret and patent

 

28


Table of Contents

protections to secure our intellectual property rights. We cannot be certain that we have adequately protected or will be able to adequately protect our proprietary technology, that our competitors will not be able to utilize our existing technology or develop similar technology independently, that the claims allowed with respect to any patents held by us will be broad enough to protect our technology or that foreign intellectual property laws will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. Moreover, we cannot be certain that our patents provide us with a competitive advantage. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for third parties to obtain and use our intellectual property without our consent. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties, and the expenses incurred in protecting our intellectual property rights, may adversely affect our business. In the future, some of our products could be alleged to infringe existing patents or other intellectual property of third parties, and we cannot be certain that we will prevail in any intellectual property dispute. In addition, any future litigation required to enforce our patents, to protect our trade secrets or know-how or to defend us or indemnify others against claimed infringement of the rights of others could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. See, for example, “Business—Legal Proceedings,” discussing the lawsuit that Sunpower Corporation filed against us.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

The production and installation of solar energy systems depends heavily on suitable meteorological conditions. If meteorological conditions are unexpectedly unfavorable, the electricity production from our solar energy systems may be substantially below our expectations and our ability to timely deploy new systems may be adversely impacted.

The energy produced and revenue and cash receipts generated by a solar energy system depend on suitable solar and weather conditions, both of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, components of our systems, such as panels and inverters, could be damaged by severe weather, such as hailstorms or tornadoes. In these circumstances, we generally would be obligated to bear the expense of repairing the damaged solar energy systems that we own. Sustained unfavorable weather also could unexpectedly delay our installation of solar energy systems, leading to increased expenses and decreased revenue and cash receipts in the relevant periods. Weather patterns could change, making it harder to predict the average annual amount of sunlight striking each location where we

 

29


Table of Contents

install. This could make our solar energy systems less economical overall or make individual systems less economical. Any of these events or conditions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We typically bear the risk of loss and the cost of maintenance and repair on solar systems that are owned or leased by our fund investors.

We typically bear the risk of loss and are generally obligated to cover the cost of maintenance and repair on any solar systems that we sell or lease to our fund investors. At the time we sell or lease a solar system to a fund investor, we enter into a maintenance services agreement where we agree to operate and maintain the system for a fixed fee that is calculated to cover our future expected maintenance costs. If our solar systems require an above-average amount of repairs or if the cost of repairing systems were higher than our estimate, we would need to perform such repairs without additional compensation. If our solar systems, a majority of which are located in California, are damaged in the event of a natural disaster beyond our control, losses could be excluded, such as earthquake damage, or exceed insurance policy limits, and we could incur unforeseen costs that could harm our business and financial condition. We may also incur significant costs for taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, such events. We purchase Property and Business Interruption insurance with industry standard coverage and limits approved by an investor’s third party insurance advisors to hedge against such risk, but such coverage may not cover our losses.

Any unauthorized disclosure or theft of personal information we gather, store and use could harm our reputation and subject us to claims or litigation.

We receive, store and use personal information of our customers, including names, addresses, e-mail addresses, credit information and other housing and energy use information. Unauthorized disclosure of such personal information, whether through breach of our systems by an unauthorized party, employee theft or misuse, or otherwise, could harm our business. If we were subject to an inadvertent disclosure of such personal information, or if a third party were to gain unauthorized access to customer personal information we possess, our operations could be seriously disrupted and we could be subject to claims or litigation arising from damages suffered by our customers. In addition, we could incur significant costs in complying with the multitude of federal, state and local laws regarding the unauthorized disclosure of personal information. Finally, any perceived or actual unauthorized disclosure of such information could harm our reputation, substantially impair our ability to attract and retain customers and have an adverse impact on our business.

We may have trouble refinancing our credit facilities or obtaining new financing for our working capital, equipment financing and other needs in the future or complying with the terms of existing credit facilities. If credit facilities are not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, or if we are unable to comply with their terms, our ability to continue to grow our business would be adversely impacted.

We have entered into several secured credit agreements, including a $58.5 million, 18-month term loan credit facility for the purchase of inventory and working capital needs, a $25.0 million working capital facility that matures in October 2012, and a $7.0 million term facility to finance the purchase of vehicles that matures in January 2015. Each facility requires us to comply with certain financial, reporting and other requirements. The timing of our commercial projects and other large projects has on occasion adversely affected our ability to satisfy certain quarterly financial covenants under these facilities. While our lenders have given us waivers of certain covenants we have not satisfied in the past, there is no assurance that the lenders will waive or forbear from exercising their remedies with respect to any future defaults that might occur, which also could trigger defaults under our other credit agreements. For example, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, we did not meet a financial ratio

 

30


Table of Contents

covenant under our $25.0 million working capital facility, which also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility. The bank has agreed to waive these recent breaches, to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility to October 1, 2012, and to amend the financial covenant that we breached. On June 30, 2012, we breached a financial covenant related to non-GAAP EBITDA under the same working capital and vehicle financing facilities. The bank has agreed to waive this breach.

Further, there is no assurance that we will be able to refinance our working capital facility or enter into new credit facilities on acceptable terms. If we are unable to satisfy quarterly financial covenants and other terms under existing or new facilities or obtain associated waivers or forbearance from our lenders or if we are unable to obtain refinancing or new financings for our working capital, equipment and other needs on acceptable terms if and when needed, our business would be adversely affected.

In the long term, we intend to expand our international activities, which will subject us to a number of risks.

Our long-term strategic plans include international expansion, and we intend to sell our solar energy products and services in international markets. Risks inherent to international operations include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

inability to work successfully with third parties with local expertise to co-develop international projects;

 

  Ÿ  

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations, including export and import restrictions, tax laws and regulations, environmental regulations, labor laws and other government requirements, approvals, permits and licenses;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in general economic and political conditions in the countries where we operate, including changes in government incentives relating to power generation and solar electricity;

 

  Ÿ  

political and economic instability, including wars, acts of terrorism, political unrest, boycotts, curtailments of trade and other business restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties and costs in recruiting and retaining individuals skilled in international business operations;

 

  Ÿ  

international business practices that may conflict with U.S. customs or legal requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

financial risks, such as longer sales and payment cycles and greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar; and

 

  Ÿ  

inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights, including inability to apply for or register material trademarks in foreign countries.

Doing business in foreign markets requires us to be able to respond to rapid changes in market, legal, and political conditions in these countries. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, social and political environments. We may not be able to develop and implement policies and strategies that will be effective in each location where we do business.

 

31


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price you paid.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market after the offering closes. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section and others beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

addition or loss of significant customers;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our industry, products or services;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in expectations regarding our performance by investors or securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

  Ÿ  

volatility in the market price and trading volume of companies in our industry or companies that investors consider comparable;

 

  Ÿ  

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;

 

  Ÿ  

litigation involving us, our industry or both;

 

  Ÿ  

major catastrophic events; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and market conditions and trends.

Further, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, the stock prices of many renewable energy companies have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment and may lose some or all of your investment.

In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

 

32


Table of Contents

As an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, we will utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We have in this prospectus utilized, and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, including reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the additional testing of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting, and we have elected to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We could remain an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2012 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options after June 30, 2012. The              shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares will become eligible for sale, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, upon the expiration of agreements not to sell such shares entered into between the underwriters and such stockholders beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

 

33


Table of Contents

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the selling stockholders, have agreed that we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This agreement is subject to certain limited exceptions and extensions described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreement. After the closing of this offering, we intend to register approximately              shares of common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our stock incentive plans.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and that may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering and may not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering and you will be relying on its judgment regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as described under the heading “Use of Proceeds.” However, management may not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $         per share based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you

 

34


Table of Contents

acquire. This dilution is due in large part because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, if we issue restricted stock to our employees under these plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. See “Dilution.”

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may believe advantageous. These provisions include:

 

  Ÿ  

establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

  Ÿ  

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to call a special stockholder meeting;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to act by written consent;

 

  Ÿ  

providing that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

  Ÿ  

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may be forced to sell their stock to realize a return on their investment.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, legal requirements, earnings and other factors. Our ability to pay dividends might be restricted by the terms of any indebtedness that we incur in the future. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends to receive a return on your investment. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

35


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations of future operating results or financial performance, capital expenditures, use of proceeds from this offering, introduction of new products, regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under “Risk Factors.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “might,” “would,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Actual events or results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements.

We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise. Potential investors should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of any of the events described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, including September 2010 data from Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, February 2012 data from Bloomberg New Energy Finance, November 2011 data from the Energy Information Agency or other publicly available information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. We have not commissioned, nor are we affiliated with, any of the independent industry sources we cite. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. Our industry is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

 

36


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we receive in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $         million.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. The selling stockholders may include certain of our executive officers and members of our board of directors or entities affiliated with or controlled by them. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

We will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds in this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering. We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary strategic businesses, products or technologies. We have no commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time.

We intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, pending their use as described above.

Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and increase our visibility in the marketplace. A public market for our common stock will facilitate future access to public equity markets and enhance our ability to use our common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions including compliance with covenants under our credit facilities and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

37


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2012:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering that, among other things, will increase our authorized number of shares of common stock and will authorize a new class of preferred stock, (iii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iv) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the pro-forma adjustments and our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2012  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma,
As  Adjusted(2)(3)
 
    

(in thousands, except

share and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,779      $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 108,580      $         $     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 56,733,796 shares authorized and 45,280,032 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     206,940             

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 106,000,000 shares authorized, 11,104,197 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 56,384,229 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        

Additional paid-in capital

     15,448        

Accumulated deficit

     (70,278     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (54,829     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 260,691      $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the net exercise of the outstanding Series C and F convertible preferred stock warrants and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, effective upon the closing of this offering.
(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet in the table above assumes the pro forma conversions, net exercise and reclassifications described in (1) above plus the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering and the

 

38


Table of Contents
 

application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of             , the mid-point range set forth in the cover page, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.33 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,197,445 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,897,445 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

39


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2012 was $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to our sale of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2012 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2012

   $                   

Increase in actual net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses as of June 30, 2012 on a pro forma basis.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing Stockholders

     56,384,229                            $                

New Investors

             $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

Total

        100        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to             , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

As of June 30, 2012, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 14,775,762 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.33 per share. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For a description of our equity plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares

 

40


Table of Contents

held by new investors to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.33 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,197,445 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,897,445 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

41


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

             

Revenue:

             

Operating leases

  $      $ 225      $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

    23,045        31,962        29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    23,045        32,187        32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

             

Operating leases

           96        1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

    23,164        33,212        28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    23,164        33,308        30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    (119     (1,121     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

             

Sales and marketing

    1,749        15,295        10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

    9,144        8,484        10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

         10,893             23,779             21,769             41,631               73,668        30,700        51,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (11,012     (24,900     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

    233        214        334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

    (291     1,119        2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

                  (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714    
(35,463

    (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

           (12,272     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

  $ (10,954   $ (13,961   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock holders:

             

Basic

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82        0.22      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

             

Basic

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(3):

             

Basic

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders assumes the net exercise of the warrants to purchase Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock and the conversion of the Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase common stock as occurring at the beginning of the fiscal period. Accordingly, the charge for the change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liability recorded in the fiscal period is reversed because this charge would not have been recorded after the net exercise and conversion. Pro forma basic or diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average basic or diluted pro forma shares of common stock. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2012.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
2012
 
         2007             2008             2009             2010             2011        
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,459      $ 27,829      $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 61,779   

Total current assets

     24,395        45,124        69,896        110,432        241,522        268,754   

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

            27,838        87,583        239,611        535,609        729,243   

Total assets

     27,132        78,800        164,154        371,264        813,173        1,043,379   

Total current liabilities

     10,531        19,539        52,012        81,958        246,886        246,443   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

            5,645        21,394        40,681        101,359        151,490   

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

                          53,097        46,541        148,927   

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

                          15,758        15,144        14,952   

Other liabilities

                   120        15,715        36,314        72,887   

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     26,234        56,184        80,042        101,446        125,722        206,940   

Stockholders’ deficit

     (11,912     (25,377     (50,736     (87,488     (37,662     (54,829

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

            19,573        56,036        123,514        122,646        31,328   

 

43


Table of Contents

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to

evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
   

Six Months
Ended June 30,
2012

 
    2009     2010     2011    

New buildings(1)

    2,570        4,753        7,949        9,480   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

    5,501        10,254        18,203        27,683   

Megawatts booked(2)

    36        92        134        200   

Megawatts deployed(2)

    15        31        72        72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed (end of period)(2)

    27        58        129        201   

Transactions for other energy products and services(3)

    67        401        3,741        5,348   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and that we have sold to customers.
(3) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specified periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

    As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
2012
 
      2009     2010     2011    
    (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

  $ 65,234      $ 183,188      $ 252,752      $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

  $ 106,204      $ 273,166      $ 485,780      $ 711,912   

 

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We integrate the sales, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and financing of our distributed solar energy systems with our energy efficiency products and services. This allows us to offer long-term energy solutions to residential, commercial and government customers. Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. Our long-term contractual arrangements typically generate recurring customer payments and enable our customers to have visibility into their future electricity costs and to minimize their exposure to rising retail electricity rates. Our customer relationships also position us to continue to grow our business through energy efficiency products and services offerings including energy efficiency evaluations, appliance upgrades, energy storage solutions and electric vehicle charging stations.

We offer our customers the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems or to purchase the energy that our solar energy systems produce through various financed arrangements. These financed arrangements include long-term contracts that we structure as leases and power purchase agreements. In both financed structures we install our solar energy system at our customer’s premises and charge the customer a monthly fee for the power that our system produces. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is fixed with a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kilowatt hour based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces. The leases and power purchase agreements are typically for 20 years, and generally when there is no upfront fee the specified fees are subject to annual escalations.

Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. During an energy efficiency evaluation, we capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in the home to specifically identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy cost. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We offer our energy efficiency products and services to our solar energy systems customers and on a stand-alone basis. We launched our energy efficiency business in the second quarter of 2010. To date, revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems.

Initially, we only offered our solar energy systems on an outright purchase basis. In mid-2008, we began offering leases and power purchase agreements. Our ability to offer leases and power purchase agreements depends in part on our ability to finance the installation of the solar energy systems by monetizing the resulting customer receivable and related investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to monetize these assets was limited and resulted in an above-normal backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. By the end of 2009, we had raised sufficient investment funds to return to our target backlog. Currently, the majority of our residential energy customers enter

 

45


Table of Contents

into leasing arrangements, and the majority of our commercial customers and government organizations enter into power purchase agreements. We expect customers to continue to favor leases and power purchase agreements.

We compete mainly with the retail electricity rate charged by the utilities in the markets we serve, and our strategy is to price the energy we sell slightly below that rate. As a result, the price our customers pay to buy energy from us varies depending on the state where the customer is located and the local utility. The price we charge also depends on customer price sensitivity, the need to offer a compelling financial benefit and the price other solar energy companies charge in the region. Our commercial rates in a given region are also typically lower than our residential rates in that region because utilities’ commercial retail rates are generally lower than their residential retail rates.

We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We recognize the revenue these arrangements generate on a straight-line basis over the term for leases, or as we generate and deliver energy for power purchase agreements. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency business when we complete the services. Substantially all of our revenue is attributable to customers located in the United States.

The amount of operating leases revenue that we recognize in a given period is dependent in part on the amount of energy generated by solar energy systems under power purchase agreements and by systems with energy output performance incentives, which in turn is dependent in part on the amount of sunlight. As a result, operating leases revenue has in the past been impacted by seasonally shorter daylight hours in winter months. As the relative percentage of our revenue attributable to power purchase agreements or performance-based incentives increases, this seasonality may become more significant.

Various state and local agencies offer incentive rebates for the installation and operation of solar energy systems. For solar energy systems we sell, we typically have the customer assign the incentive rebate to us. We record the incentive rebates as a component of proceeds from the system sale. For incentive rebates associated with solar energy systems under leases or power purchase agreements, we initially record the rebate as deferred revenue and recognize the deferred revenue as revenue over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

Component materials, third-party appliances and direct labor comprise the substantial majority of the costs of our solar energy systems and energy efficiency products and services. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, the cost of revenue from our leases and power purchase agreements are primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems, which are depreciated over the estimated useful life of 30 years, and the amortization of initial direct costs, which is amortized over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

We classify our outstanding preferred stock warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. These warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each reporting date, with any changes in fair value being recognized as a component of other income or expense, net, in our consolidated statement of operations. When this offering closes, we expect to record a material non-cash charge in our consolidated statement of operations related to the remeasurement of these warrants. Any warrants that are not exercised and do not expire in connection with the closing of the offering will convert into warrants to purchase common stock. These common stock warrants will not be classified as a liability and accordingly will not be subject to further remeasurement.

We have structured different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy. One such structure is a joint venture structure where we and our fund investors both

 

46


Table of Contents

contribute funds or assets into the joint venture. Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of these joint ventures on our income statement. Therefore, after we determine our consolidated net income (loss) for a given period, we are required to allocate a portion of our consolidated net income (loss) to the fund investors in our joint ventures (referred to as the “noncontrolling interests” in our financial statements) and allocate the remainder of the consolidated net income (loss) to our stockholders. These income or loss allocations, reflected on our income statement, can have a significant impact on our reported results of operations. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, our consolidated net income (loss) was a loss of $73.7 million and $48.9 million, respectively. However, after applying the required allocations, the net income (loss) attributable to our stockholders was income of $43.5 million and a loss of $23.1 million, respectively. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

Investment Funds

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. We contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. Because these recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives are either paid by government agencies or individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores, and because electricity is a necessity, our fund investors perceive these as high-quality assets with a relatively low loss rate. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

We have established different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy, including joint ventures, lease pass-through and sale-leaseback structures, any of which may utilize debt that is non-recourse to us. We call these arrangements our investment funds. The allocation of the economic benefits among us and the fund investors and related accounting varies depending on the structure.

Joint Ventures.     Under joint venture structures, we and our fund investors contribute funds into a joint venture. Then, the joint venture acquires solar energy systems from us and leases the solar energy systems to customers. Prior to the fund investor receiving its contractual rate of return, the fund investors receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and, in some cases, other incentives. After the fund investor receives its contractual rate of return, we receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments and the other incentives.

We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in these joint venture structures. Accordingly, we consolidate the assets and liabilities and operating results of these joint ventures, including the solar energy systems and lease income, in our consolidated financial statements. We recognize the fund investors’ share of the net assets of the joint ventures as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet. We recognize the amounts that are contractually payable to these investors in each period as distributions to noncontrolling interests in our statement of equity. Our statement of cash flows reflects cash received from these fund investors as proceeds from investments by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Our statement of cash flows also reflects cash

 

47


Table of Contents

paid to these fund investors as distributions paid to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. We reflect any unpaid distributions to these fund investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet.

Lease Pass-Through.     Under lease pass-through structures, we lease solar energy systems to fund investors under a master lease agreement, and these investors in turn sublease the solar energy systems to customers. Depending upon the structure, we receive some or all of the value attributable to the accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. The fund investors receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits and, for the duration of the lease term, the long-term recurring customer payments. In some cases, the fund investors also receive a portion of the accelerated tax depreciation. After the lease term, we receive the customer payments, if any. We record the solar energy systems on our consolidated balance sheet as plant, property and equipment and recognize lease revenue generated by the systems ratably over the master lease term. The fund investors typically make significant upfront cash payments that we record on our consolidated balance sheet as lease pass-through financing obligations. We reduce these obligations by amounts received by the fund investors from U.S. Treasury Department grants, customer payments and the associated incentive rebates. We in turn recognize the incentive rebates and customer payments as revenue over the customer lease term and amortize U.S. Treasury Department grants as a reduction to depreciation of the associated solar energy systems over the estimated life of these systems.

Sale-Leaseback.     Under sale-leaseback structures, we generate cash through the sale of solar energy systems to our fund investors, and we then lease these systems back from the investors and sublease them to our customers. For the duration of the lease term, we may, for some of the structures, receive the value attributable to the incentives and the long-term recurring customer payments, and we make leaseback payments to the fund investors. The fund investors receive the customer payments after the lease term. They also receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation and other incentives. At the end of the lease term, we have an option to purchase the solar energy systems from the fund investors. Typically, our customers make monthly lease payments that we recognize as revenue over the term of the subleases on a straight-line basis. Depending on the design, size and construction of the individual systems and the leaseback terms, we may recognize a portion of the revenue from the sale of the systems or we may treat the cash received from the sale as financing received from the fund investors and reflect the cash received as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on our consolidated balance sheet.

Key Operating Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

Buildings

We track the number of residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services. We believe that the relationship we establish with building owners, together with energy-related information we obtain about the building, position us to provide the owner with additional energy-related solutions to further lower their energy costs. Our total number of buildings increased 86% from 5,501 as of December 31, 2009 to 10,254 as of December 31, 2010, 78% to 18,203 as of December 31, 2011, and 52% to 27,683 as of June 30, 2012.

Megawatts Booked, Megawatts Deployed and Cumulative Megawatts Deployed

We track the electricity-generating production capacity of our solar energy systems as measured in megawatts. Because the size of solar energy systems varies greatly, we believe that tracking the

 

48


Table of Contents

aggregate megawatt production capacity of the systems is an indicator of the growth rate of our solar energy systems business. We track megawatts booked in a given period as an indicator of sales activity in the period. We track megawatts deployed in a given period as an indicator of asset growth in the period. We track cumulative megawatts deployed as of the end of a given period as an indicator of our historical growth and our future opportunity to provide customers with additional energy-related solutions to further lower their energy costs.

Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and solar energy systems we have sold to customers. Until we have begun the design process, the customer may terminate these contracts with little or no penalty.

The following sets forth the megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems we have booked or deployed during the period presented and the cumulative megawatts deployed as of the end of each period presented:

       Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
 
       2009      2010      2011     

Megawatts booked

     36         92         134         200   

Megawatts deployed

     15         31         72         72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed

     27         58         129         201   

Transactions for Other Energy Products and Services

We use the number of transactions for energy products and services other than the installation of solar energy systems as a key operating metric to evaluate our ability to generate incremental sales from our installed customer base and to expand our business to new customers. Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. We also offer our energy efficiency products and services on a stand-alone basis. Our strategy is to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers and to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products and services.

Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the six months ended June 30, 2012, we completed 67, 401, 3,741 and 5,348 transactions for other energy products and services, respectively.

Nominal Contracted Payments

Our leases and power purchase agreements create long-term recurring customer payments. We use a portion of the value created by these contracts that we refer to as “nominal contracted payments,” together with the value attributable to investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation, Solar Renewable Energy Credits, performance-based incentives, state tax benefits and rebates, to cover the fixed and variable costs associated with installing solar energy systems.

We track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specific periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the

 

49


Table of Contents

sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. Aggregate nominal contracted payments include leases and power purchase agreements that we have contributed to investment funds. Currently, third- party investors in such investment funds have contractual rights to a portion of these nominal contracted payments.

Nominal contracted payments is a forward-looking number, and we use judgment in developing the assumptions used to calculate it. Those assumptions may not prove to be accurate over time. Underperformance of the solar energy systems, payment defaults by our customers, cancellation of signed contracts or other factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” could cause our actual results to differ materially from our calculation of nominal contracted payments.

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

   $ 65,234       $ 183,188       $ 252,752       $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

   $ 106,204       $ 273,166       $ 485,780       $ 711,912   

In addition to the nominal contracted payments, our long-term leases and power purchase agreements provide us with a significant post-contract renewal opportunity. Because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, they will continue to have a useful life after the 20-year term of the lease or power purchase agreement. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts. The solar energy systems will be already installed on the customer’s building, which facilitates customer acceptance of our renewal offer and results in limited additional costs to us.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Operating leases.     We classify and account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We consider the proceeds from solar energy system rebate incentives offered by certain state and local governments to form part of the proceeds from our operating leases. We recognize revenue from our operating leases over the operating lease term either on a straight-line basis over the lease term for lease arrangements or as we generate and sell energy to customers under power purchase agreements. We typically bundle and charge for remote monitoring services as part of the lease or power purchase agreement and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the term of the monitoring service. The term of our leases and power purchase agreements ranges between 10 and 20 years.

 

50


Table of Contents

Solar energy systems sales.     Solar energy systems sales is comprised of revenue from the sale of solar energy systems directly to cash paying customers, revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts and revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services. We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We allocate a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the system to the remote monitoring service and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the monitoring service term. We recognize revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total project labor costs. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency services when we complete the services.

During the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, less than 10% of our solar energy system installations were sales as opposed to operating leases. However, because of our revenue recognition policy, these sales represented 61% and 72%, respectively, of our total revenue for those periods. We expect installations utilizing leases and power purchase agreements to continue to represent the vast majority of our installed systems. As a result, the number of systems sold for cash and delivered in a given financial reporting period will have a disproportionate effect on the total revenue reported for that period.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

Operating Leases Cost of Revenue.     Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems and the amortization of initial direct costs. The depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems is reduced by the amortization of any U.S. Treasury Department grant payment in lieu of the energy investment tax credit associated with these systems. Initial direct costs include allocated contract administration costs, sales commissions and customer acquisition referral fees. Contract administration costs include personnel costs, such as salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs. Operating leases cost of revenue also includes direct and allocated costs associated with monitoring services for these systems.

Solar Energy Systems Cost of Revenue.     The substantial majority of solar energy systems cost of revenue consists of the costs of solar energy systems component acquisition and personnel costs associated with system installations. We acquire the significant component parts of the solar energy systems directly from foreign and domestic manufacturers or distributors. Our employees install our residential solar energy systems and we employ project managers and construction managers who oversee the subcontractors that install commercial systems. To a lesser extent, solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes personnel costs associated with performing our energy efficiency services and related materials. Solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes engineering and design costs, estimated warranty costs, freight charges, allocated corporate overhead costs such as facilities costs, vehicle depreciation costs and personnel costs associated with supply chain, logistics, operations management, safety and quality control. Personnel costs include salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs.

We allocate to solar energy systems cost of revenue certain corporate overhead costs that include rental and operating costs for our corporate facilities, information technology costs, travel expenses and certain professional services to cost of solar energy systems, work in process, cost of sales, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses using the relative proportions of direct payroll costs in each of these functions.

 

51


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, benefits, bonuses, sales commissions and stock-based compensation as well as advertising, promotional and other marketing related expenses. Sales and marketing expenses also include customer referral fees, allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We expect sales and marketing costs to increase significantly in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to grow our sales headcount and expand our marketing efforts to continue to grow our business.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, bonuses and stock-based compensation and professional fees related to legal, human resources, accounting and structured finance services. General and administrative expenses also include allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We anticipate that we will incur additional administrative headcount costs to support the growth in our business, our investment fund arrangements and the additional costs of being a public reporting company.

Other Income and Expenses

Our other income and expenses consist principally of the change in fair value of warrants issued to certain fund investors that allow them, on achievement of certain contractual terms, to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock, and interest income and expense.

Change in Fair Value of Warrants.     Change in fair value of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We account for changes in the fair value of warrants issued to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock through other income or expenses. The warrants have been classified as liability instruments on the balance sheet. We record any changes in the fair value of these instruments between reporting dates as a component of other income or expense in the income statement.

Interest Income and Expense.     Interest income and expense primarily consist of the interest charges associated with our secured credit revolver agreements, long-term debt facilities, financing obligations and capital lease obligations. Our credit revolver and long-term debt facilities are subject to variable interest rates. The interest charge on our financing obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date or the effective interest rate in the arrangement giving rise to the obligation. The interest charge on capital lease obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date. Interest income and expense also include the amortization of deferred financing costs associated with such secured credit revolvers or long-term debt facilities, partially offset by a nominal amount of interest income generated from our cash holdings in interest-bearing accounts.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to taxation in the United States and Canada. We conduct our business primarily in the United States.

Our effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate primarily due to the valuation allowance on our deferred taxes, state taxes, foreign taxes, joint venture transactions and nondeductible compensation. Our tax expense is primarily composed of the amortization of prepaid tax expense as a result of sales of assets to joint ventures included in our consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods, we maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders

We determine the net income (loss) attributable to stockholders by deducting from net income (loss) in a period the net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. The net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the joint venture fund investors’ allocable share in the results of the joint venture investment funds. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method, or HLBV method. We therefore use the HLBV method to determine the allocable share of the results of the joint ventures attributable to the fund investors, which we record in the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. The HLBV method determines the fund investors’ allocable share of results of the joint venture by calculating the net change in the investors’ share in the consolidated net assets of the joint venture at the beginning and at the end of a period after adjusting for any transactions with the fund investor such as capital contributions or cash distributions.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, cash flow and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Our future financial statements will be affected to the extent that our actual results materially differ from these estimates.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with our principles of consolidation, revenue recognition, property, plant and equipment, warranties, deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds, stock-based compensation, inventory reserves for excess and obsolescence, income taxes and noncontrolling interests have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act, and we will utilize certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies.

 

53


Table of Contents

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements reflect our accounts and operations and those of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 810, Consolidation , we consolidate any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which we are the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity. However, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as VIEs, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if (1) that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. This holder is considered the primary beneficiary. We do not consolidate a VIE in which we have a majority ownership interest if we are not considered the primary beneficiary. We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in all of our VIEs and accordingly consolidate the assets and liabilities of such VIEs in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our relationships with our VIEs on an ongoing basis to determine whether we continue to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

Our customers have the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems, to access solar energy systems through contractual arrangements that we account for as operating leases, or to purchase energy through power purchase agreements. We also offer ongoing monitoring services of the solar energy systems. In certain cases, we have entered into sale-leaseback arrangements with our fund investors. In a sale-leaseback arrangement, fund investors invest in solar energy systems while enabling us to sublease the systems to our customers.

In the second quarter of 2010, we also began to offer energy efficiency products and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs.

In accordance with ASC 605-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials , we recognize revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. In instances where we have multiple deliverables in a single arrangement, we allocate the arrangement consideration to the various elements in the arrangement. ASC 605-25 requires the allocation of the arrangement consideration to each element to be based on the relative selling price method. ASC 605-25 also provides a hierarchy of selling price determination, starting with vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; third-party evidence, or TPE, if available and if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, we recognize revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Costs incurred on installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the consolidated balance sheet. Solar energy systems sold to residential and small scale commercial customers typically take three to five months to install. Revenue attributable to the remote monitoring service is recognized over the period of the associated contract, which is generally 5 to 15 years.

 

54


Table of Contents

We recognize revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers according to ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total projected labor costs, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Solar energy systems sold to large-scale commercial customers may take up to six months to install.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

We recognize revenue attributable to energy efficiency products and services when we complete the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically, energy efficiency services take one to two months to complete. Energy efficiency products and services are sold on a stand-alone basis or bundled with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements. When we bundle the sale of energy efficiency products and services with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements, we allocate revenue to the energy efficiency products and services and the sale, lease or power purchase agreements using the relative selling price method provided by ASU 2009-13. The selling price of the energy efficiency products and services used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices we charge for the products and services on a stand-alone basis. To date, the revenue generated from energy efficiency products and services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated financial statements.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

For solar energy systems under operating leases, we account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases , under which we are the lessor. We record operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on the amount of electricity the system generates, we record revenue as amounts are earned. The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related lease.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from us under power purchase agreements, we have determined that our power purchase agreements should be accounted for, in substance, as operating leases, pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming the other revenue recognition criteria are met. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related power purchase agreement.

Sale-Leaseback

We are a party to sale-leaseback arrangements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to the fund investor and simultaneous leaseback to us of the systems that we then sublease to our customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, we first determine whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” We determine a solar energy system to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. The cost to remove a system from its existing location includes the cost of shipping and reinstallation of the system at a new site, as well as any diminution in fair value. When the leaseback arrangements expire, we have the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to us, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to us prior to expiration of the arrangement.

 

55


Table of Contents

For solar energy systems that we have determined to be integral equipment, we have concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, we use the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, we do not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, we treat any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly record the proceeds as a financing obligation in our consolidated balance sheet. We allocate the leaseback payments that we make to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using our incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. We determine our incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that we would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that are not integral equipment, we determine if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, we initially record a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in our consolidated balance sheet equal to the lower of the present value of our future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, we do not recognize any of the revenue but defer the gross profit comprising the net of revenue and cost of sale of the associated solar energy system. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, we recognize a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defer the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, we record the deferred gross profit in our consolidated balance sheet as deferred income and amortize the deferred income over the master lease term as a reduction to the cost of operating lease revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased

We are the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. We account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, we evaluate the lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. We utilize periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

    

Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are constructed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility and are depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Presentation of cash flows associated with solar energy systems

We disclose cash flows associated with solar energy systems in accordance with ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows (ASC 230). We determine the appropriate classification of cash payments

 

56


Table of Contents

related to solar energy systems depending on the activity that is likely to be the predominant source of cash flows for the item being paid for. Accordingly we present payments made in a period for costs incurred to install solar energy systems that will be leased to customers, including the payments for cost of the inventory that is utilized in such systems, as investing activities in the statement of cash flows. Payments made for inventory that is utilized for solar energy systems that will be sold to customers are presented as cash flows from operations in the statement of cash flows.

Warranties

We warrant our products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems that we sell. The manufacturers’ warranty on the components of the solar energy systems, which we typically pass through to our customers, has a warranty period ranging from 5 to 25 years depending upon the solar energy system component under warranty and the manufacturer. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012, the changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,

2012
 
(In thousands)    2010     2011    

Balance—beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        1,032   

Assumed obligations arising from business acquisitions

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 3,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar Energy Performance Guarantees

We guarantee that our leased solar energy systems will generate a minimum level of solar energy output. We monitor the systems to determine whether the solar energy systems are achieving these specified minimum outputs. If we determine that the guaranteed minimum energy output is not achieved, we record a liability for the estimated amounts payable. We believe that the solar energy systems are capable of producing the minimum production outputs guaranteed and therefore do not record any liability in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees.

Deferred U.S. Treasury Department Grant Proceeds

We have determined that all of our solar energy systems constitute eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010. We submit applications for grants receivable from the U.S. Treasury Department related to eligible property based on 30% of the tax basis of the solar energy systems as supported by independently appraised fair market values of the systems or guideline system values that have been posted by the U.S. Treasury Department on its website. To determine the fair market value of the systems, an independent appraiser considers various factors such as the cost of producing the systems, the estimated price that could be obtained in the market from the sale of the systems, and the present value of the economic benefits expected to be generated by the systems. We then present our appraised fair market value to the U.S. Treasury Department when we apply for grants on our solar energy systems. In a number of cases, the U.S. Treasury Department has determined that grants should be paid based on a lower value for the systems and has in such instances posted guideline system values on its website that should be used in the grant applications.

 

57


Table of Contents

We initially record the grants receivable for leased solar energy systems as deferred income at the amounts that have been approved for payment by the U.S. Treasury Department and then amortize them on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems. We record the amortization of the deferred income as a credit to depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. We record a catch up adjustment in the period in which the grant is approved to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by the investor of the associated grant, in the case of lease pass-through investment funds. The catch up adjustments we have recorded to date have been immaterial. Some of our investment fund agreements obligate us to reimburse the fund investors based upon the difference between their anticipated benefit from U.S. Treasury grants at the formation of the funds and the benefit they receive from the amounts paid by the U.S. Treasury Department. For the joint venture investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet, and any impact to the consolidated statement of operations, which is determined using the HLBV method, is reflected in the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests line item. For sale-leaseback investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors under accrued and other current liabilities and reduce the deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions included within other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, with no impact to the consolidated statement of operations. For lease pass-through investment funds, all amounts received from the investors are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as a lease pass-through financing obligation and the amounts we expect to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable would reduce the lease pass-through obligation with no impact on the consolidated statement of operations.

During 2011, the U.S. Treasury Department awarded grants in amounts lower than the appraised fair market values for some solar energy systems. We have appropriately reflected the financial impact of the anticipated reduction in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011.

We received no grants prior to 2010. The changes in deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)       

U.S. Treasury grant receipts during the year ended December 31, 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2010

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the year ended December 31, 2011

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     54,730   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2011

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the six months ended June 30, 2012

     45,005   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     12,442   

Amortization during the six months ended June 30, 2012

     (4,177
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2012

   $ 190,704   
  

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of FASB ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees, including our executive officers and employee members of our board of directors, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

We apply ASC 718 and FASB ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees , to options and other stock-based awards issued to non-employees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, we use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date and each reporting period prior to that, as applicable.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends that are estimated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Fair value of our common stock .    Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the common stock’s fair value, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and was primarily determined using the simplified method in accordance with guidance provided by the SEC. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the awards. We will continue to utilize the simplified method for all standard awards until we have established a reasonable period of representative trading history as a public company, at which time we will determine the expected term based on the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, expectations about future option exercise behavior and post-vesting cancellations.

 

  Ÿ  

Volatility.     Because there is no trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the solar energy industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us. If this occurs, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. Higher volatility and longer expected lives would result in an increase to stock-based compensation expense determined on the grant date.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk-free rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury Department securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

  Ÿ  

Dividend yield.     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

59


Table of Contents

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures since the adoption of our option plan. We routinely evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and expectations of future option exercise behavior. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the forfeiture rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected term, expected volatility and forfeiture rate related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to the estimates of our expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense as it relates to the future grants of our stock-based awards.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
         2009             2010             2011             2011             2012      
                       (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     6.10       5.98        6.09        6.09        6.13   

Volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.89     87.52

Risk-free interest rate

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.27     1.12

Dividend yield

                                   

Stock-based compensation totaled $0.9 million, $1.8 million, $5.1 million, $1.7 million and $4.7 million, respectively, in 2009, 2010, and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012. As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, we had $24.7 million and $29.0 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation expense, which will be recognized over the weighted average remaining vesting period of 3.01 years and 2.85 years, respectively.

Common Stock Valuations

Our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options. The board of directors intended the granted options to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on each grant date. The common stock valuations were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Our board of directors is comprised of a majority of non-employee directors that we believe have the relevant experience and expertise to determine a fair value of our common stock on each respective grant date. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the common stock’s fair value as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

  Ÿ  

concurrent valuations performed by an unrelated third-party valuation expert, as described in the chart below;

 

60


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices of our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

  Ÿ  

our history and the introduction of new products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

the hiring of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

individual sales of our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

Estimates obtained from third-party valuation experts of the fair value of our common stock are set forth below as of the indicated dates:

 

Valuation Date

   Effective as of    Fair Value Per
Common Share
 

December 7, 2010

   December 3, 2010    $ 3.40   

May 24, 2011

   May 12, 2011      5.07   

August 9, 2011

   August 1, 2011      5.88   

September 27, 2011

   September 14, 2011      5.92   

November 1, 2011

   October 25, 2011      5.98   

February 6, 2012

   January 31, 2012      10.74   

March 22, 2012

   March 12, 2012      10.93   

May 21, 2012

   May 14, 2012      11.38   

We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2011 and August 14, 2012:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Common Stock Fair
Value Per Share at
Grant Date
 

January 10, 2011

     531,158       $ 3.40       $ 3.40   

February 16, 2011

     884,620         3.40         3.40   

May 25, 2011

     3,121,058         5.07         5.07   

August 10, 2011

     455,978         5.88         5.88   

October 24, 2011

     1,480,724         5.92         5.92   

November 2, 2011

     97,500         5.98         5.98   

December 5, 2011

     472,100         5.98         5.98   

February 8, 2012

     987,880         10.74         10.74   

March 27, 2012

     292,000         10.93         10.93   

April 25, 2012

     223,400         10.93         10.93   

May 22, 2012

     466,150         11.40         11.40   

June 11, 2012

     105,881         11.40         11.40   

July 19, 2012

     190,167         11.40         11.40   

 

61


Table of Contents

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of June 30, 2012 was $        , of which $         related to vested options and $         related to unvested options.

To determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we first determined our business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Our BEV was measured using a combination of financial and market-based methodologies including the following approaches: (i) the market transaction method, or MTM, (ii) the guideline public company method, or GPCM, or (iii) the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF. The MTM applies an option pricing model to negotiated enterprise valuations of arm’s-length actual transactions in our capital stock with third-party investors. This usually represents the best estimate of fair value. The GPCM considers multiples of financial metrics based on trading multiples of a selected peer group of publicly-traded companies. These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive the indicated values. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate known as the weighted average cost of capital which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. Once calculated, BEV is then weighted based on a qualitative assessment of the relative reliability of each method and the weight that an independent market participant could be expected to place on each indication. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, preferred stock was assumed to convert at the point where conversion provided an economic benefit to the stockholder or was required per the terms of the applicable agreements. Our BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options, using an option pricing method. The option pricing method, or OPM, treats common stock, convertible redeemable preferred stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies.

We believe that the changes in the fair value of our common stock in the periods discussed below were largely driven by achievements in our operational plans, increases in negotiated valuations in arm’s length transactions in our capital securities and improvements in the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets. Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these grant dates include:

January 2011 and February 2011

Between December 2010 and February 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. In December 2010, a strategic investor sold all shares of Series D preferred stock held by it to other investors in an arm’s-length transaction at a per share purchase price of $5.95. This transaction was considered a reliable market price as it was well bargained for and involved a knowledgeable seller and knowledgeable buyers with clearly opposing economic interests. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of December 3, 2010 which

 

62


Table of Contents

determined the fair value to be $3.40 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on a secondary Series D preferred stock transaction as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM and the DCF method. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 30%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately one and one-half years. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $3.40 per share.

May 2011

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 12, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.07 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on the then-anticipated terms of our Series F preferred stock financing, which included issuing 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and warrants to purchase 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share, as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 17 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.07 per share.

August 2011

In June and July 2011, we completed the issuance and sale of 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and in June 2011, we issued warrants exercisable for 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share. In June 2011, we announced the creation of a $158 million fund with U.S. Bancorp and a $280 million fund with Google Inc.; and in July 2011, we announced our agreement to install solar energy systems for Hickam Communities at Joint Base Pearl Harbor-Hickam. Between May 2011 and August 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve overall, despite a brief decline in the financial and stock markets commencing in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of August 1, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.88 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on our Series F preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.88 per share.

October 2011

In September 2011, we announced the offer of a conditional commitment for a partial guarantee of a $344 million Department of Energy loan to help secure financing for our SolarStrong project to install, own and operate up to 160,000 rooftop solar installations on as many as 124 military housing developments across 33 states. Between August 2011 and October 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to stall, precipitated by continued political gridlock on economic issues. Notably, two U.S. solar energy companies, Evergreen Solar, Inc. and Solyndra, Inc., filed for bankruptcy during this period. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of September 14, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.92 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within

 

63


Table of Contents

approximately 12 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.92 per share.

November 2011 and December 2011

In November 2011, we announced our agreement with Bank of America, N.A. to provide us with a $350 million credit facility to facilitate our SolarStrong project. Between September 2011 and December 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets improved and the financial and stock markets exited the brief decline that commenced in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of October 25, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.98 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.98 per share.

February 2012

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of January 31, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.74 per share as of such date. We were engaged in advanced negotiations with investors for our Series G preferred stock financing during this period, at an expected valuation that represented a significant increase over our prior Series F preferred stock financing. The valuation determined a BEV by using the Probability-Weighted Expected Return, or PWER, variation of the MTM based on the then-anticipated terms and price of our Series G preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. We used this methodology given that our internal preparation for an initial public offering was underway at this time. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.74 per share.

March 2012 and April 2012

In February 2012 and March 2012, as previously anticipated, we completed the issuance and sale of 3,386,986 shares of our Series G preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share. Although each share of Series G preferred stock is currently convertible into one share of common stock, upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series G preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing $23.92 by 60% of the initial public offering price, subject to a specified maximum and minimum adjustment. Therefore, although the nominal value of Series G preferred stock was $23.92 per share, the effective value of such shares on an as-converted to common stock basis may be less than $23.92 per share. In March 2012, we announced our agreement with Rabobank to provide us with $42.5 million in structured financing to fund commercial solar projects in California. Between February 2012 and March 2012, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of March 12, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.93 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.93 per share.

 

64


Table of Contents

May 2012 through July 2012

In April 2012, we announced our plan to conduct a registered initial public offering of our common stock and the confidential submission to the SEC of our draft registration statement. Between April 2012 and July 2012, the U.S. financial and stock markets stalled, precipitated by global economic issues. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 14, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $11.38 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non- marketability discount of 14%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $11.40 per share.

Nonemployee Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock options issued to nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to quarterly adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations during the period the related services are rendered.

Inventory Reserves for Excess and Obsolescence

Inventories include solar energy system components, including photovoltaic panels, inverters, mounting hardware and miscellaneous electrical components, and work-in-process, including solar energy system components that are partially installed and direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Historically, we have purchased materials and appliances used in our energy efficiency business as they are needed. Accordingly, inventories related to energy efficiency products and services have not been material. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market.

We evaluate our inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and write down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined on the difference between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

The calculation of our tax assets and liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed by applicable accounting principles. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled

 

65


Table of Contents

issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the relevant period.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, we had no material uncertain tax positions.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods the company maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets primarily relate to net operating loss carryforwards, accelerated gains for tax purposes and deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. In addition, we had net operating losses for state income tax purposes of approximately $45.3 million and $39.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2016 if not utilized.

Our valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, based on our history of losses, we continued to provide a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. The amount of our valuation allowance could be materially affected should the actual amounts differ from our estimates. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the statement of operations in the periods when the adjustment is determined to be required.

We apply any limitations as a result of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, Section 382, when determining the amount of net operating loss that is available for future use. Based on this analysis, we have undergone two ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Code. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes have occurred through June 30, 2012.

We have agreements to sell solar energy systems to the investment funds structured as joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until we no longer benefit from the underlying asset. Because the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the life of the underlying systems, estimated to be 30 years. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, we recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.3 million net of amortization, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interests

Our noncontrolling interests represent fund investors’ interest in the net assets of certain funding structures, which we consolidate, that we have entered into to finance the costs of solar energy systems under operating leases. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual agreements of the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have

 

66


Table of Contents

further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the HLBV method. We therefore determine the noncontrolling interest balance at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method and record it on our consolidated balance sheet as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet represent the amounts the fund investors would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the contractual agreements of these structures, assuming the net assets of these funding structures were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP. The fund investors’ interest in the results of operations of these funding structures is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each reporting period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the fund and the fund investors. The noncontrolling interests’ balance is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

67


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statement of operations data:

     

Revenue:

         

Operating leases

  $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

    29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

         

Operating leases

    1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

    28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

    10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

    334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

    2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

    (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

  $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

         

Basic

  $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2012

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 9,099       $ 19,667       $ 10,568         116

Solar energy systems sales

     11,179         51,748         40,569         363
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 20,278       $ 71,415       $ 51,137         252

Total revenue increased by approximately $51.1 million, or 252%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Operating leases revenue increased by approximately $10.6 million, or 116%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements that are in service, which increased by 75% from June 30, 2011 to June 30, 2012. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. Operating leases revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2012 included $7.8 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $4.2 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $40.6 million, or 363%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales, a $14.8 million increase in revenue from long-term contracts and a $3.9 million sale to a specific customer during the six months ended June 30, 2012. In addition, revenue from the sale of energy efficiency products and services increased by $2.6 million during this period. This increase in revenue was offset in part by a lower average sales price of solar energy systems sold for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The decline in the average sales price was due to a decrease in the cost of the solar energy system components that in turn led to a downward impact on the competitive market price of solar energy systems sold. We expect that the continuing decline in the cost of solar energy system components will similarly impact our average sales price.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011             2012         $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 1,397      $ 6,292      $ 4,895         350

Gross profit of operating leases

     7,702        13,375        5,673         74

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     85     68     

Solar energy systems

   $ 16,339      $ 44,024      $ 27,685         169

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     (5,160     7,724        12,884         250

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     (46 )%      15     

Total cost of revenue

   $ 17,736      $ 50,316      $ 32,580         184

Total gross profit

     2,542        21,099        18,557         730

Total gross profit margin

     13     30     

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by approximately $4.9 million, or 350%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating

 

69


Table of Contents

leases that were interconnected in the six months ended June 30, 2012, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $27.7 million, or 169%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was due to increased costs associated with the rise in solar energy system sales. The increase in the gross margin from a gross loss of 46% to a gross profit of 15% was primarily due to the increase in the volume of sales recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. Due to increased volume, we were able to allocate overhead to more units, leading to a lower cost per unit.

The cost of our component materials could increase as a result of the U.S. government imposition of tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. These tariffs may have a short-term impact on the price we pay for solar panels purchased from China. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. As a result, we believe there is adequate surplus capacity of non-tariff panels available. In the longer term, we expect the cost of solar panels to continue to decline, although we expect the rate of decline will decrease as component prices approach the cost of manufacture.

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 15,243       $ 31,831       $ 16,588         109

General and administrative expense

     15,457         19,350         3,893         25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 30,700       $ 51,181       $ 20,481         67

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $16.6 million, or 109%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was driven primarily by greater marketing and promotional activities in the six months ended June 30, 2012 as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts and sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $3.8 million from $8.7 million to $12.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased our total number of personnel allocated to sales and marketing expense from 195 as of June 30, 2011 to 562 as of June 30, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $6.6 million from $5.5 million to $12.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $3.9 million, or 25%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due primarily to an increase in the number of our personnel allocated to general and administrative expense from 113 as of June 30, 2011 to 210 as of June 30, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $3.7 million from $5.7 million to $9.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. The administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and their associated legal and professional fees increased by $0.4 million from the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012.

 

70


Table of Contents

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Interest expense, net

   $ 5,397       $ 8,335       $ 2,938         54

Other expense, net

     1,833         10,429         8,596         469
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest and all other expenses, net

   $ 7,230       $ 18,764       $ 11,534         160

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $2.9 million, or 54%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. Interest expense comprises imputed interest on financing obligations and interest expense on bank borrowings, net of interest income on cash balances. This increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in the first six months of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $8.6 million, or 469%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a non-cash charge related to a change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $     %  

Income tax expense

   $ 75       $ 65       $ (10     (13 )% 

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.01 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2012, we had incurred a total of $3.4 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

       Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2012     $     %  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $ (47,393   $ (25,834   $ (21,559     (45 )% 

The income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the share of income or loss that is allocated to the investors in the joint venture investment funds. This amount is determined as the change in the investors’ interest in the joint venture investment funds between the balance sheet dates at the beginning and end of each reporting period calculated using the HLBV method, less any capital contributions net of any capital distributions. The calculation of the noncontrolling interest balance using the HLBV method depends on the specific contractual liquidation provisions in each of the joint venture funds and is generally affected by, among other factors, the tax attributes allocated to the investors including tax bonus depreciation and income tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of the investment tax credits, the existence of guarantees of minimum returns to the fund investors by us, and the contractual provisions relating to the allocation of tax income or losses in these funds including provisions that govern the level of deficits that can be funded by noncontrolling interests in a liquidation

 

71


Table of Contents

scenario. The calculation is also affected by the cost of the assets sold to the funds which forms the book basis of the net assets allocated to the investors assuming a liquidation scenario. Generally, significant loss allocations to the noncontrolling interests have arisen in situations where there is a significant difference between the fair value and the cost of assets sold to the funds in a particular period accompanied by the absence of guarantees of minimum returns to the investors, since the capital contributions by the noncontrolling interests are based on the fair values of the assets in a fund while the calculation of the noncontrolling interests balance at each reporting period is determined based on the cost of the assets in the fund. The existence of guarantees of minimum returns to the investors and the amounts of deficit that an investor is contractually obligated to fund in a liquidation scenario reduce the amount of losses that are allocated to the noncontrolling interests.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $25.8 million reported in the six months ended June 30, 2012 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 of $91.3 million netted against the excess of distributions over capital contributions of $65.5 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $47.4 million reported in the six months ended June 30, 2011 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 of $24.2 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $23.2 million.

The net loss allocation to noncontrolling interests was lower in the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the comparative period in 2011 mainly due to an approximately $14.6 million higher loss allocation in 2011 to an investor in a fund into which we had sold assets with a larger excess of fair value over cost in 2011 compared to 2012, and an approximately $6.9 million higher loss allocation in 2011 to an investor in two funds into which we had contributed assets, while we did not contribute any assets into these funds in 2012.

Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                 %                 $                  %        

Operating leases

   $ 3,212       $ 9,684       $ 23,145       $ 6,472        201   $ 13,461         139

Solar energy systems

     29,435         22,744         36,406         (6,691     (23 )%      13,662         60
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 32,647       $ 32,428       $ 59,551       $ (219     (1 )%    $ 27,123         84

2011 Compared to 2010

Total revenue increased by approximately $27.1 million, or 84%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Operating leases revenue increased by approximately $13.5 million, or 139%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements in service and generating revenue. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 135% during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2011 compared to 2010.

 

72


Table of Contents

Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we expanded our operations into new territories such as the East Coast and continued our sales penetration within existing territories. Operating leases revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $9.6 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $5.8 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $13.7 million, or 60%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales compared to the prior year. This increase in revenue was offset in part by lower average selling prices of solar energy systems sold in the year 2011. The decline in the average sales price was due to a decrease in the cost of the solar energy system components that in turn led to a downward impact on the competitive market price of solar energy systems sold.

2010 Compared to 2009

Total revenue decreased by approximately $0.2 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Operating lease revenue increased by approximately $6.5 million, or 201%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under operating leases in 2010 compared to 2009. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 130% during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2010 compared to 2009. During 2010, we expanded into new states such as Texas and also implemented an additional four investment funds for financing the cost of solar energy systems that were then placed into operating leases. This was in addition to seven existing investment funds that we implemented in 2008 and 2009. Operating leases revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 included $3.8 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $2.7 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems decreased by approximately $6.7 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Direct sales to cash paying customers declined in 2010 as we focused more on power purchase agreements and leasing of solar energy systems through investment fund arrangements.

 

73


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Operating leases

   $ 1,911      $ 3,191      $ 5,718      $ 1,280        67   $ 2,527        79

Gross profit of operating leases

     1,301        6,493        17,427        5,192        399     10,934        168

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     41     67     75        

Solar energy systems

   $ 28,971      $ 26,953      $ 41,418      $ (2,018     (7 )%    $ 14,465        54

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     464        (4,209     (5,012     (4,673     (1,007 )%      (803     (19 )% 

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     2     (19 )%      (14 )%         

Total cost of revenue

   $ 30,882      $ 30,144      $ 47,136      $ (738     (2 )%    $ 16,992        56

Total gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        519        29     10,131        444

Total gross profit margin

     5     7     21        

2011 Compared to 2010

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $2.5 million, or 79%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the year ended December 31, 2011, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $14.5 million, or 54%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The change was due to rising costs associated with the increase in commercial solar energy system sales in 2011 and an increase in the aggregate amount of operational overhead costs allocated to these systems attributable to the growth in operational costs that we incurred to support our growth in current and new territories. These overhead costs increased by $15.7 million from $18.3 million in 2010 to $34.0 million in 2011. While we expect these allocated overhead costs to increase in the future, we expect the installation volume to increase at a greater rate than the increase in the overhead costs. Accordingly, the allocated overhead cost per installed system is expected to decrease in the future. The increase was also due to a $2.6 million charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011 to adjust the cost of certain raw material inventory to market value and a $0.1 million charge for slow moving inventory.

2010 Compared to 2009

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $1.3 million, or 67%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in this cost is primarily due to the increased number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the period, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy systems components. As of December 31, 2010, we had eleven investment funds compared to seven investment funds as of December 31, 2009.

Cost of sales of solar energy system decreased by approximately $2.0 million, or 7%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to lower volumes of solar energy system sales and declining costs of solar energy systems components.

 

74


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

    Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009      2010      2011              $                    %                 $                  %        

Sales and marketing expense

  $ 10,914       $ 22,404       $ 42,004       $ 11,490         105   $ 19,600         87

General and administrative expense

    10,855         19,227         31,664         8,372         77     12,437         65
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expense

  $ 21,769       $ 41,631       $ 73,668       $ 19,862         91   $ 32,037         77

2011 Compared to 2010

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $19.6 million, or 87%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2011 as promotional marketing costs increased by $11.5 million to $23.0 million in 2011 compared to $11.5 million in 2010, as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts to develop our backlog and increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the total number of our sales and marketing personnel from 137 as of December 31, 2010 to 319 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.2 million in payroll costs that increased from $8.6 million in 2010 to $12.8 million in 2011.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $12.4 million, or 65%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 102 as of December 31, 2010 to 155 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $4.1 million from $6.9 million in 2010 to $11.0 million in 2011. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $3.7 million in expenses, which increased from $2.4 million in 2010 to $6.1 million in 2011.

2010 Compared to 2009

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $11.5 million, or 105%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2010 as we intensified our marketing efforts to increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $8.9 million to $11.4 million in 2010 compared to $2.5 million in 2009. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the number of our sales and marketing personnel from 99 as of December 31, 2009 to 137 as of December 31, 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.0 million in payroll costs which increased from $4.6 million in 2009 to $8.6 million in 2010. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Therefore, in 2009, we reduced our spending on sales and marketing initiatives.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $8.4 million, or 77%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increased general and administrative expenses were primarily due to an increase in personnel costs. Personnel costs increased due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 53 as of December 31, 2009 to 102 as of December 31, 2010, including the creation and staffing of a funding structures management group to manage the increased number of investment fund

 

75


Table of Contents

arrangements that we created in 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $3.4 million from $3.5 million in 2009 to $6.9 million in 2010. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $2.3 million in expenses, which increased from $0.1 million in 2009 to $2.4 million in 2010.

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Interest expense, net

   $ 334       $ 4,901       $ 9,272       $ 4,567         1367   $ 4,371         89

Other expenses, net

     2,360         2,761         3,097         401         17     336         12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total interest and other expenses, net

   $ 2,694       $ 7,662       $ 12,369       $ 4,968         184   $ 4,707         61

2011 Compared to 2010

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.4 million, or 89%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2011 compared to 2010.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.3 million, or 12%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

2010 Compared to 2009

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.5 million, or 1367%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2010 compared to 2009.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.4 million, or 17%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Income tax expense

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92       $ 43         195   $ 27         42

2011 Compared to 2010

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.03 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011 we had incurred a total of $3.4 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our

 

76


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

2010 Compared to 2009

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.04 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase reflects a full year of amortization of the prepaid tax asset recorded in 2009 relating to sales of solar energy systems to investment funds. We incurred $1.3 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems. In 2009, the amortization was only for a portion of the year.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

  $ 3,507      $ (8,457   $ (117,230   $ (11,964     (341 )%    $ (108,773     (1,286 )% 

2011 compared to 2010 compared to 2009

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $117.2 million reported in 2011 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and 2011 of $0.9 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $116.3 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $8.5 million reported in 2010 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2009 and 2010 of $67.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $76.0 million.

The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $3.5 million reported 2009 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2008 and 2009 of $36.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $33.0 million.

This significant loss allocation in 2011 was attributable mainly to the excess of fair value over cost of assets of $122.9 million sold into two funds in which the investors have no guaranteed minimum return. The loss allocation in 2010 is attributable mainly to the excess of fair value over cost of the assets of $6.4 million that were sold into a fund in which the investor had no guaranteed minimum return. The net income allocation in 2009 is attributable to sales of assets in 2009 to funds which had a guaranteed minimum return to the investors.

 

77


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each of the quarters indicated. The consolidated financial statements for each of these quarters have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the consolidated results of operations for these periods. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

            

Operating leases

   $ 3,417      $ 5,682      $ 7,004      $ 7,042      $ 8,139      $ 11,528   

Solar energy systems sales

     3,827        7,352        11,527        13,700        16,702        35,046   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     7,244        13,034        18,531        20,742        24,841        46,574   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

            

Operating leases

     1,345        52        1,892        2,429        2,582        3,710   

Solar energy systems

     4,337        12,002        15,076        10,003        12,125        31,899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     5,682        12,054        16,968        12,432        14,707        35,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,562        980        1,563        8,310        10,134        10,965   

Operating expenses:

            

Sales and marketing

     6,590        8,653        12,003        14,758        16,131        15,700   

General and administrative

     6,641        8,816        8,669        7,538        8,562        10,788   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     13,231        17,469        20,672        22,296        24,693        26,488   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (11,669     (16,489     (19,109     (13,986     (14,559     (15,523

Interest expense, net

     2,211        3,186        2,119        1,756        3,494        4,841   

Other expenses, net

     1,148        685        51        1,213        8,974        1,455   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (15,028     (20,360     (21,279     (16,955     (27,027     (21,819

Income tax provision

     (24     (51     13        (30     (35     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (15,052     (20,411     (21,266     (16,985     (27,062     (21,849

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (21,699     (25,694     (38,779     (31,058     (29,818     3,984   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ 6,647      $ 5,283      $ 17,513      $ 14,073      $ 2,756      $ (25,833
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue and Cost of Revenue

Operating leases revenue has increased sequentially over the quarters presented as a result of our continued installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets. Operating leases revenue for the fourth quarter of 2011 was impacted due to seasonality in that the reduction in daylight hours adversely affected the revenue from power purchase agreements and performance-based incentives.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems has also increased sequentially over the quarters presented primarily due to large commercial solar energy system sales that continued to increase. In

 

78


Table of Contents

the second quarter of 2012 we recorded $11.5 million and $7.0 million in higher revenue from large commercial systems and long-term contracts, respectively, compared to the first quarter of 2012.

Cost of operating leases revenue, which is comprised mainly of depreciation, has generally increased as the number of installed solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements has increased. In the second quarter of 2011, however, we recorded significantly lower cost of operating leases revenue as we recognized a catch-up adjustment on the amortization of U.S. Treasury grants related to our investment funds amounting to $1.4 million.

Cost of revenue from sale of solar energy systems has generally increased as the sales of solar energy systems have increased. In the first three quarters of 2011, we recorded negative gross margins from sale of solar energy systems as we absorbed higher levels of operational costs related to headcount and infrastructure costs incurred for future growth. Additionally, we recorded a charge of $2.6 million in the second quarter of 2011 to write down the carrying value of certain inventory items to reflect the then expected net realizable values of the inventory.

Operating Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses have generally increased as we have continued to broaden our marketing efforts to develop our backlog and increase our sales in new and existing markets. In 2012 we reevaluated and subsequently implemented new marketing strategies to reduce our average customer acquisition cost, resulting in lower sales and marketing costs in the second quarter of 2012.

We recorded lower general and administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of 2011 as we incurred lower legal fees associated with the formation of investment funds as compared prior quarters. In the second quarter of 2012, we recorded higher general and administrative expenses as we incurred higher audit, accounting and legal fees associated with our investment funds.

Interest Expense, Net

The fluctuation in the interest expense has resulted from changes in the financing obligations balances and the amount of loan borrowings in each period. The higher interest expense in the second quarter of 2012 was due to a higher average balance of bank borrowings and lease pass-through obligations in that quarter.

Other Expenses, Net

The significant increase recorded in the first quarter of 2012 resulted from the significant increase in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants liability between December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

We have recorded losses attributable to noncontrolling interests in the four quarters of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012 mainly due to sales of assets with significant excess of fair value over costs to a fund which does not have a guarantee of minimum returns to the investor, leading to significant loss allocations to the investor. In the second quarter of 2012, however, the value of assets sold to this fund had an excess of fair value over costs of only $2.3 million which resulted in a much smaller loss allocation to the investor in the quarter. This loss was more than offset by the income allocation to an investor in funds with guarantees of minimum returns to the investor. Additionally, a loss allocated to an investor in a fund in the first quarter of 2012 was reversed in the second quarter as U.S. Treasury grants for this fund were received and distributed to the investor.

 

79


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated cash flow data:

          

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ 2,278      $ (3,818   $ 18,082      $ (12,518   $ (38,464

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (130,711     (180,522

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        140,478        230,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalent

   $ 10,083      $ 20,358      $ (7,799  

$

(2,751

 

$

11,308

  

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We finance our operations, including the costs of acquisition and installation of solar energy systems, mainly through a variety of investment fund arrangements that we have formed with fund investors, credit facilities from banks, preferred stock equity offerings and cash generated from our operations. As described below under “—Financing Activities—Investment Fund Commitments,” as of June 30, 2012 we had $671.1 million of available commitments from our fund investors that can be drawn down through our asset monetization strategy.

While we have reported operating losses and cash outflows from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and our secured credit facilities were fully utilized as of June 30, 2012, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and funds available in our existing investment funds that can be drawn down through our assets monetization strategy will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. We are not dependent upon the proceeds of this offering to meet our cash requirements.

Operating Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2012, we utilized approximately $38.5 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $48.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $9.0 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $4.7 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $4.9 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $9.6 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $7.3 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to a decrease in accounts payable of $68.1 million as we paid our suppliers, an increase in accounts receivable of $16.4 million and an increase in other assets of $5.1 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $62.5 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, an increase in accrued and other liabilities of $21.7 million and an decrease in inventories of $2.2 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we utilized approximately $12.5 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $35.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $3.4 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $1.7 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $4.4 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of

 

80


Table of Contents

approximately $2.5 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $10.8 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $6.4 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $2.0 million, a decrease in accounts payable of $3.6 million and a increase in inventories of $2.9 million. The outflow was offset in part by an decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.9 million, an increase in accrued and other liabilities of $2.4 million and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $35.6 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $18.1 million in net cash from operations. This cash inflow primarily resulted from an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $68.3 million relating to upfront lease payments received from fund investors under financing structures designed as operating leases and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, an increase in customer deposits of $10.9 million and an increase in accounts payable of $118.9 million. The cash inflow was offset in part by a decrease in incentive rebates receivable of $4.9 million, an increase in inventories of $111.2 million, and a net loss of approximately $73.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $12.3 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $5.1 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $7.4 million, changes in fair value of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.1 million and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $23.5 million. In addition, the increase in other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased other assets. The sizeable increase in inventories and accounts payable was due to a $106.1 million year-end purchase of inverters and modules that are expected to be used in 2012 in the construction of solar energy systems eligible for the U.S. Treasury cash grant program, the program rules of which required that the cost of the equipment be incurred by December 31, 2011.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we utilized approximately $3.8 million in operating activities. This cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss in the year of $47.1 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $5.7 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $1.8 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $3.3 million, changes in fair value of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.0 million and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $7.4 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $22.2 million relating to upfront lease payments received from a fund investor under a financing structure designed as an operating lease and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments and an increase in customer deposits of $2.5 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $3.3 million. In addition, unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased inventory and other assets.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $2.3 million in cash from operating activities. This cash inflow primarily resulted from increased unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities partially offset by increased inventory and other assets, and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $17.2 million relating to solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, partially offset by an increase in rebates receivable of $6.6 million and a net loss of approximately $22.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $3.2 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $0.9 million and changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.2 million.

 

81


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures.

In the six months ended June 30, 2012, we used approximately $180.5 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $174.6 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers and $6.0 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the six months ended June 30, 2011, we used approximately $130.7 million in investing activities. Of this amount we used $124.3 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $3.8 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.6 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we used approximately $304.3 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $292.9 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $8.8 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.5 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we used approximately $162.9 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $156.5 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $6.3 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we used approximately $62.8 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $61.7 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $1.1 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

Financing Activities

In the six months ended June 30, 2012, we generated approximately $230.3 million from financing activities. We received approximately $80.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $60.5 million from long-term debt and $19.4 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $18.1 million of long-term debt. We received approximately $48.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $123.6 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also generated approximately $21.8 million from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures and paid distributions to fund investors of approximately $91.3 million.

In the six months ended June 30, 2011, we generated approximately $140.5 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $70.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $47.8 million. We received approximately $38.8 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $50.2 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received an additional $15.8 million from long-term debt and $5.6 million from our revolving line of credit, and we repaid $2.1 million of long-term debt and $4.5 million on our revolving line of credit.

 

82


Table of Contents

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $278.4 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $208.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $88.6 million. We received approximately $65.5 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $64.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also received approximately $19.7 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.3 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $17.3 million from long-term debt and $5.6 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $3.2 million of long-term debt and $4.5 million of revolving line of credit.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately $187.0 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $97.1 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to the fund investors of approximately $25.0 million. We received $61.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received approximately $21.4 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.4 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants. We received approximately $20.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received approximately $18.3 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing, which was partially offset by a repayment of the financing obligation of approximately $7.6 million. Finally, we received an additional $1.3 million from long-term debt and repaid $1.0 million of long-term debt.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $70.6 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $41.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $3.9 million. We received approximately $23.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received approximately $5.4 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing. We also drew down $4.9 million on a revolving line of credit, and received an additional $0.5 million from long-term debt and repaid $0.7 million of long-term debt.

Secured Credit Agreements

In May 2008, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a commercial bank for working capital and equipment financing needs. This facility was subsequently modified to include a revolving line of credit facility and equipment financing facility. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit facility, as modified, bore interest at a rate of 1.5% plus the greater of 5% or the bank’s prime rate and were collateralized by all of our assets other than intellectual property. We borrowed $4.5 million under the revolving line of credit in 2009 and repaid the facility in full in April 2011.

The equipment financing facility, as modified, had a commitment of $1.0 million and was available in two tranches. The first tranche was available to be drawn down through January 13, 2010, and the second tranche was available to be drawn down through April 13, 2010. Interest under the equipment financing facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. The principal amount is payable for the first tranche in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on December 10, 2009, and the principal amount for the second tranche is payable in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on March 10, 2010. This equipment financing facility was repaid in full in April 2011.

 

83


Table of Contents

In April 2011, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement has a $25.0 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility is secured by our accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. As of December 31, 2011, $5.6 million was borrowed and outstanding under this revolving credit agreement. In January 2012, we borrowed the remainder of this facility, and the full amount remains outstanding as of June 30, 2012. In March 2012, we amended this facility to extend the maturity date to July 2012 and to permit us to incur additional non-recourse secured debt under other facilities.

Under the terms of the revolving credit agreement, we are required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. Under this credit agreement, we also are required to maintain specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums for each fiscal quarter. The non-GAAP EBITDA financials measure is derived from both cash and accruals based accounting, forward looking financial forecasts and financial modeling assumptions and attempts to present a uniform financial measure that is agnostic to the investment fund structures deployed in that reporting period. The specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums were: $1.00 for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012; $6.0 million for each of the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011; and negative $2.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In addition, under this credit agreement, we are required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of total cash (excluding cash held within our investment funds) to certain funded debt of at least 2.00:1.00 at the end of each month, and to maintain a tangible net worth of at least $1.00 at the end of each fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all of these covenants, after giving effect to waivers provided by the bank in August 2011, October 2011 and January 2012 that waived the earlier breach of certain of these covenants. These waivers cured our breaches related to our reporting non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $2.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and of negative $2.04 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In addition, these waivers cured our breach relating to a liquidity ratio of 1.71:1.00 on May 31, 2011. We were in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, we reported liquidity ratios of 1.43:1.00 and 1.34:1.00, respectively, and therefore did not meet the required minimum liquidity ratio. This also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same bank. We obtained an additional waiver in June 2012, and the lender has agreed to waive these recent breaches, to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility to October 1, 2012, and to amend the minimum liquidity ratio to 1.25:1.00. As of June 30, 2012, we reported non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $6.6 million and therefore breached the non-GAAP EBITDA covenant of $1.00. This also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same bank. The bank has agreed to waive this breach. The waivers obtained do not expire, as the covenants are calculated on a specific date and we cannot prospectively cure them. Additionally, these waivers did not impose any further financial covenants or restrictions on us.

In January 2011, we entered into a $7.0 million term facility that bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The term facility is secured by the vehicles financed by the facility.

In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. We borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of June 30, 2012, from which we paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders.

 

84


Table of Contents

Of the amounts borrowed, $40.8 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2012, of which $7.0 million is included in our consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR.

Under the terms of the inventory term loan facility we are required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. We are also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million, in each case at the end of each month and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. We were in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 2012.

We have entered into various other loan agreements consisting of motor vehicles and other assets financing with various financial institutions. Total loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 under these loan agreements and the equipment financing facility amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $8.0 million, respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Our credit facilities were fully utilized as of June 30, 2012, and as a result no amounts were available to be drawn.

Investment Fund Commitments

We have investment fund commitments from several fund investors that we can draw upon in the future upon the achievement of specific funding criteria. As of June 30, 2012, we had entered into 20 investment funds that had a total of $671.1 million of undrawn committed capital, including a $350.0 million investment fund structured as debt facility to be used to partially fund our SolarStrong initiative. From our significant customer backlog we allocate to our investment funds leases and power purchase agreements and related economic benefits associated with solar energy systems in accordance with the criteria of the specific funds. Upon such allocation and upon our satisfaction of the conditions precedent to drawing upon such commitments, we are able to draw down on the investment fund commitments. Once received, these proceeds provide working capital to deliver solar energy systems to our customers and form part of our general working capital. Subsequent to June 30, 2012, we executed two additional investment funds with new and existing fund investors, bringing our total investment funds to 22 and the capital available for future monetization to $822.9 million. A significant portion of these commitments can be used only for solar energy systems that commenced construction during 2011 (either physically or through incurrence of sufficient project costs) in order to qualify for the U.S. Treasury grant. As our supply of such solar energy systems decreases, we may not be able to satisfy the drawing conditions for all such commitments.

In November 2011, one of our subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with a bank, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility to be used to partially fund our SolarStrong initiative, which is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative and is non-recourse to our other assets.

In May 2010, one of our subsidiaries entered into a financing agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount that may be borrowed under this agreement was determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by equipment owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, up to a maximum of $16.3 million. The

 

85


Table of Contents

loan was funded in four tranches and was drawn down by March 31, 2011. The loan tranches bear interest at an average blended rate of 2%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary and is non-recourse to our other assets. We borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility in March 2011, of which $12.1 million and $11.6 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012. Under the working capital financing arrangement, our subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. We were in compliance with the covenants as of June 30, 2012.

Contractual Obligations

Set forth below is information concerning our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 22,803       $ 8,222       $ 5,466       $ 1,825       $ 7,290   

Financing obligations

     15,505         361         806         929         13,409   

Interest(1)

     11,049         1,735         2,917         2,471         3,926   

Operating lease obligations

     39,953         5,461         10,521         8,887         15,084   

Performance guarantee

     90         —           60         30         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 89,400       $ 15,779       $ 19,770       $ 14,142       $ 39,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents obligations for interest payments on long-term debt and financing obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long-term debt, based upon 2011 year end rates.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We include in our consolidated financial statements all assets and liabilities and results of operations of investment fund arrangements that we have entered into. We have not entered into any other transactions that have generated relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships or special purpose entities. Accordingly, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposure includes changes in interest rates because borrowings under our revolving credit agreement bears interest at floating rates based on the LIBOR rate plus a specified margin. We manage our interest rate risk by balancing our amount of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt. For fixed-rate debt, interest rate changes do not affect our earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for floating-rate debt, interest rate changes generally impact our earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

Changes in economic conditions could result in higher interest rates, thereby increasing our interest expense and other operating expenses and reducing our funds available for capital investment, operations or other purposes. In addition, we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow to service debt, which may affect our ability to make future acquisitions or capital expenditures. We may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings or net assets as a result of interest rate fluctuations. A hypothetical 10% change in our interest rate would have changed interest incurred for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 by $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

 

86


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Upon the filing of our initial registration statement, we intend to utilize the extended transition period provided in Securities Act Section 7(a)(2)(B) as allowed by Section 107(b)(1) of the JOBS Act for the adoption of new or revised accounting standards as applicable to emerging growth companies. As part of the election, we will not be required to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standard until such time that a company that does not qualify as an “issuer” (as defined under Section 2(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) is required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

87


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 28,000 buildings. Every five minutes of the working day a new customer makes the switch to Better Energy. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

To date, we have raised $1.7 billion through 22 investment funds and related financing facilities established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $822.9 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments.

 

88


Table of Contents

Most of our customer relationships begin when we enter into long-term energy contracts. These long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. More broadly, in the past 20 years, the combined average residential utility rate in our top markets of Arizona, California and Hawaii has doubled.

In addition to rising prices, demand for electricity is inelastic. Despite increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years. To manage electricity demand, many states have implemented tiered pricing mechanisms that charge a higher cost per kilowatt hour, or kWh, as consumption increases. For example, in California, the highest consumption tier rates (Tiers 3-5) increased at 6-8% annually over the five-year period of 2006 through 2010, while the lowest tier rates (Tiers 1-2) remained flat. However, there has not been a corresponding reduction in consumption in the higher-priced tiers, demonstrating the inelasticity of electricity demand.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

SolarCity’s Competitive Position in Our Top Retail Markets

 

LOGO

Note: Current representative residential retail rates by tier, based on publicly available utility data.

 

89


Table of Contents

Distributed solar energy systems, such as ours, provide customers with an alternative to traditional utility energy suppliers. Distributed resources are smaller in unit size and can be constructed at a customer’s site, removing the need for lengthy transmission lines. By bypassing the traditional suppliers and transmission and distribution systems, distributed energy systems de-link the customer’s price of power from external factors such as volatile commodity prices and costs of the incumbent energy supplier. This makes it possible for distributed energy purchasers to buy energy at a predictable and stable price over a long period of time, something traditional energy companies are generally unable to provide.

While the energy generated by distributed solar energy systems has historically been more expensive than centralized alternatives, downward trends in installed solar energy system prices have reduced the relative cost of distributed solar electricity to levels that are competitive with traditional utility generation retail costs. While these developments have adversely impacted panel manufacturers and the overall upstream market, we and other downstream companies have benefited significantly. In 2006, the year we commenced business, solar panel prices were 472% higher than now.

Panel Pricing Trends

 

LOGO

Source: Bloomberg New Energy Finance.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 TWh of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

 

90


Table of Contents

U.S. Residential and Commercial Retail Prices Over Time

 

LOGO

Source: EIA 2010 U.S. sales and revenue data.

Note: The distribution curves are constructed using utility data reported to the EIA and the assumptions described above.

Current market factors indicate that the trend towards increasing retail energy prices will continue, causing the consumption curves depicted above to continue to shift right towards higher electricity cost. The demand curve will continue to expand upward as well, as the country’s population growth, economic growth and the continued proliferation of consumer goods and products that utilize electricity, such as electric vehicles, promote growth in demand. As retail prices for electricity increase and distributed solar energy costs decline, our market opportunity will grow exponentially.

In recent years, government policies have evolved in response to dependence on foreign energy sources and the desire to foster the growth of the renewable energy industry. Federal and state governments have established renewable portfolio standards and incentives to further reduce the cost of solar energy for consumers, including investment tax credits and bonus depreciation. These federal and state incentives helped catalyze private sector investment in solar energy development, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

Historically, incentives have been instrumental in building the market for sustainable energy resources. However, rising retail energy costs, declining cost of solar energy components, and the increased affordability and accessibility of solar energy systems minimize the need for incentives. In line with this trend, while incentives on a dollar per watt basis have decreased over the last decade, installation of solar energy systems continued to grow.

In addition to distributed energy, we provide energy efficiency products and services. These solutions refer to projects or improvements designed to increase the energy efficiency of residences. Typical products and services offered include appliance replacement, upgrades to heating, ventilation and air conditioning, or HVAC, lighting retrofits, equipment installations, load management, energy procurement and rate analysis. The market for energy efficiency solutions has grown significantly, driven largely by rising energy prices, advances in energy efficiency technologies, growing customer awareness of energy and environmental issues, and governmental support for energy efficiency initiatives.

Recognizing energy efficiency initiatives as an offset to growing electricity consumption, many states have created formalized mechanisms to encourage energy efficiency. The potential market for energy efficiency solutions is significant. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to

 

91


Table of Contents

2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to lower their energy costs in a simple and efficient manner. We have disrupted the industry status quo by providing renewable energy directly to customers for less than they are currently paying for utility-generated energy. Unlike utilities, we sell energy with a predictable cost structure that does not rely on limited fossil fuels and is insulated from rising retail electricity prices. We also guarantee the electricity production of our solar energy systems to our customers. Our strategy is to focus on that portion of the solar energy value chain with the most potential: the energy consumer and the customer relationship. We believe we are the only distributed energy company that offers integrated sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and efficiency services without involving the services of multiple third-party participants.

The key elements of our integrated approach are illustrated below:

SolarCity’s Integrated Approach

 

LOGO

 

  Ÿ  

Sales .     We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program. We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing .     Financing makes it possible to install our solar energy systems for little or no upfront cost. Through a streamlined process, we provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy accessible and affordable, either on a fixed monthly fee basis or a fee based on the amount of energy produced.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering .     Our in-house engineering team custom designs a solar energy system for each of our customers. We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the design process and optimizes the design to maximize the energy production of each system. Our engineers complete a structural analysis of each building and produce a full set of structural design and electrical blueprints that contain the specifications for all system components.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation .     Once we complete the design, we obtain all necessary building permits. Our customer care representatives coordinate the SolarCity team and keep our customers apprised of the project status every step of the way. We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For substantially all of our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our

 

92


Table of Contents
 

commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager. Once we complete installing the system, we schedule inspections with the local building department and arrange for interconnection to the power grid with the utility. By handling these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance .     Our proprietary monitoring software provides our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation and consumption. Through an easy-to-read graphical display available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts. These monitoring systems allow us to confirm the continuing proper operation of our solar energy systems, identify maintenance issues and provide our customers with a better understanding of their energy usage, allowing them the opportunity to modify their usage accordingly.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services .     Through our comprehensive energy efficiency evaluations, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. After the evaluation is completed, we review the results with the customer and recommend current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy to a diversified customer base that includes residential home owners, large and small businesses, and government entities:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our solar energy systems rely solely on the free energy produced by the sun, allowing our customers to generate their own energy and reduce the amount they purchase from utilities. We help put solar energy generation within the reach of our customers by providing a variety of pricing options that minimize or eliminate upfront costs. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to access distributed renewable energy generation simply and efficiently. By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we are able to control and oversee the entire process while providing a superior experience to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.      Our business model enables us to develop long-term relationships with our customers. Under our standard customer agreements, our solar energy customers purchase energy from us for 20 years. This approach allows us to maintain an ongoing relationship with our customers through our receipt of payments and our real-time monitoring. We leverage these relationships to offer complementary energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs, which we believe further reinforces our relationship, brand and value to the customer, and reduces our customer acquisition costs. Because our 20-year contracts with our customers exceed the average useful life of most major appliances (such as water heaters and furnaces), we believe we are well-positioned to assist them with future replacements and upgrades. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      Our size enables us to achieve economies of scale in both installation and capital costs, enabling us to offer our customers electricity at rates lower than

 

93


Table of Contents
 

the retail rate offered by the utility. We believe that our size provides our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services. For example, we have developed proprietary software that significantly reduces design time, speeds the permitting process and allows us to efficiently manage the installation of every project.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.     Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand. For example, approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We believe our brand is a meaningful factor for customers as they consider their energy alternatives.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments. Our senior leadership team, consisting of our co-founders, Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive, and our chairman, Elon Musk, are widely recognized entrepreneurs and thought leaders with track records of building successful businesses. Additionally, to support our integrated business model, we have developed in-house expertise through strong senior leadership on our engineering, structured finance, legal and government affairs teams.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. The following are key elements of our strategy:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     Since our founding in 2006, we have provided systems or services on more than 28,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. To continue this growth, we intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel. We also intend to continue to leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base. For example, our agreement with The Home Depot has generated installations across multiple markets and validates our brand by working with a trusted name in home improvement. We also recently developed strategic relationships with several homebuilders that we believe will extend our reach to new customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     Our business is based on selling renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. We plan on achieving cost reductions by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary design automation and supply chain management software to further ensure that our engineering team and system installers operate as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers. In addition, we plan to broadly market and sell energy-related products that we source from third-party suppliers, such as electric vehicle charging stations.

 

94


Table of Contents
 

Our existing long-term customer relationships enable us to sell these products and services with substantially lower acquisition costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities. We currently serve customers in 14 states, most recently expanding into Connecticut in February 2012.

Our Innovative Products, Services and Technology

We deliver Better Energy to our customers through a portfolio of complementary products and services that enable more cost effective generation and reduced energy consumption. We have developed enabling technologies that allow us to simplify our customers’ experience and enhance our ability to deliver our products and services.

Solar Energy Products

 

  Ÿ  

Solar Energy Systems.     The major components of our solar energy systems include solar panels that convert sunlight into electrical current, inverters that convert the electrical output from the panels to a usable current compatible with the electric grid, racking that attaches the solar panels to the roof or ground and electrical hardware that connects the solar energy system to the electric grid and our monitoring device. We purchase our components from vendors, maintaining multiple sources for each major component to ensure competitive pricing and an adequate supply of materials. Though we typically install poly-crystalline silicon panels and string inverters, we have installed a wide variety of other technologies, including thin film panels and panel-level power optimizers.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarLease and Power Purchase Agreement Finance Products.     Most of our solar energy customers choose to purchase energy from us pursuant to one of two payment structures: a SolarLease or a power purchase agreement. In both structures, we charge customers a monthly fee for the power produced by our solar energy systems. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is pre-determined and includes a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kWh based on the amount of electricity actually produced by the solar energy system. Under both the SolarLease and power purchase agreement, our customers also have the option to pay little or no upfront costs or to reduce the aggregate amount of their future payments by pre-paying a portion of their future payments. Over the term of the agreement, we own and operate the system and guarantee its performance. Our current standard SolarLeases and power purchase agreements have 20-year terms. Prior to 2010, our standard lease term was 15 years. In a limited number of utility districts, we continue to offer lease terms of less than 20 years in order to comply with applicable incentive programs. In addition, a limited number of our commercial customers have entered into power purchase agreements with terms of between 10 and 20 years.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

Our energy efficiency products and services enable our customers to save money on their energy bills by reducing their energy consumption.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Energy Evaluation.     Our home energy evaluation is the threshold to the broad set of energy efficiency products and services we offer. We sell home energy efficiency evaluations to new solar energy system customers, existing customers, prospective solar energy system customers who are unable to adopt solar energy because of site conditions or credit, and to customers who want to start with energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary

 

95


Table of Contents
 

software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. During the evaluation, we record details of the home’s construction and energy use, measurements of every major building surface, model numbers of appliances and other energy consuming equipment, and measure combustion efficiency and air leakage in the ducts and building envelope. We create a database of this information and review a report of the results with the customer outlining current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Efficiency Upgrades.     Based on the detailed analysis from the home energy evaluation, we work with customers to identify their priorities to improve the cost effectiveness, efficiency, health and comfort of their home by implementing appropriate upgrades. We generally handle every aspect of an energy efficiency improvement project for our customers including sales, engineering, permitting, procurement, installation, inspections and any supporting rebate or utility documentation. Our core energy efficiency upgrade products and services address heating and cooling, duct sealing, water heating, insulation, weatherization, pool pumps and lighting.

Other Energy Products and Services

 

  Ÿ  

Electric Vehicle Charging.     We believe there is a strong overlap between customer demand for electric vehicles, or EVs, and solar energy. As consumers switch to EVs, their electricity bills increase substantially, driving demand for lower cost electricity. We install EV charging equipment that we source from third parties. We market EV equipment to residential and commercial customers through retail partnerships with companies such as The Home Depot, and through EV manufacturers and dealerships such as Tesla Motors, Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Storage.     We are developing a proprietary battery management system built on our solar energy monitoring communications backbone. The battery management system is designed to enable remote, fully bidirectional control of distributed energy storage that can potentially provide significant benefits to our customers, utilities and grid operators. The benefits of energy storage coupled with a solar energy system to our customers may include back-up power, time-of-use energy arbitrage, rate arbitrage, peak demand shaving and demand response. We believe that advances in battery storage technology, steep reductions in pricing and burgeoning policy changes that support energy storage hold significant promise for enabling deployments of grid-connected energy storage systems.

Enabling Technologies

 

  Ÿ  

SolarBid Sales Management Platform.     SolarBid is a proprietary sales management platform that incorporates a database of rate information by utility, sun exposure, roof orientation and a variety of other factors to enable a detailed analysis and customized graphical presentation of each customer’s savings. SolarBid simplifies the sales process and automates pricing, system configuration and proposal generation. It also automatically prepares the customer agreements, incentive forms and utility paperwork required to complete a project. SolarBid is designed for maximum flexibility, allowing us to quickly add new products, services and geographies.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarWorks Customer Management Software.     SolarWorks is the proprietary software platform we use to track and manage every project. SolarWorks’ embedded database and custom architecture enables reduced costs, improved quality and improved customer experience by supporting scheduling, budgeting and other project management functions as well as customer communications, inventory management and detailed project data.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Designer.     Energy Designer is a proprietary software application our field engineering auditors use to rapidly collect all pertinent site-specific design details on a tablet computer. This

 

96


Table of Contents
 

information then syncs with our design automation software, reducing design time and accelerating the permitting process.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Performance Pro.     Home Performance Pro is our proprietary energy efficiency evaluation platform that incorporates the U.S. Department of Energy’s Energy Plus simulation engine. Home Performance Pro collects and stores details of a building’s construction and energy use and accurately simulates the reduction in energy use from energy efficiency upgrades. We use Home Performance Pro to identify opportunities to improve our customers’ energy efficiency.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarGuard and PowerGuide Proactive Monitoring Solutions.     SolarGuard and PowerGuide provide our customers a real-time view of their home’s or business’s energy generation and consumption. Through easy-to-read graphical displays available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts such as carbon offset and pollution reduction. Our customer service team reviews system performance data using this proprietary monitoring software to confirm continuing efficient operation.

Our Customers

Our customers buy electricity and other energy services from us that lower their overall energy costs. Because our customers are individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores and government agencies, and because electricity is a necessity, we perceive our recurring customer payments as high-quality assets. Our customer base is comprised of the following key sectors:

 

  Ÿ  

Residential .     Our residential customers are individual homeowners and homeowners within communities who have participated in our community solar program that want to switch to cleaner, cheaper energy or reduce their home energy consumption through energy efficiency upgrades. Our community solar programs enable communities to collectively adopt clean energy in partnership with their local government or community organization without requiring any local government funds. We have helped more than 50 communities build more than 1,500 projects.

 

  Ÿ  

Commercial .     Our commercial customers represent several business sectors, including technology, retail, manufacturing, agriculture, nonprofit and houses of worship. Our commercial customers include the world’s largest retailer, the world’s premier semiconductor chip maker and hundreds of other businesses.

 

  Ÿ  

Government .     We have installed solar energy systems for several government entities including the U.S. Air Force, Army, Marines and Navy, and the Department of Homeland Security. In November 2011, SolarCity and Bank of America Merrill Lynch announced project SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. We expect SolarStrong to ultimately create up to 300 megawatts of solar generation capacity that could provide energy to as many as 120,000 military housing units. If completed as anticipated, SolarStrong would be the largest residential solar project in American history.

We generally group our commercial and governmental customers together for our internal customer management purposes. Based on megawatts installed, our business is split approximately equally between our residential and commercial customers.

 

97


Table of Contents

Our commercial and government customers include:

 

LOGO

Why Customers Choose SolarCity

The following examples illustrate the experiences of residential, commercial and government customers and the reasons they select us to provide solar energy systems and related energy products and services.

Residential

 

  Ÿ  

California Family.     A California family contacted us to perform an evaluation of their home’s energy usage and costs. We recommended a combination of a solar energy system and energy efficiency products and services to reduce energy costs and consumption and to create a more comfortable home. The family decided to sign a 20-year lease with us for a solar energy system that saves them an average of more than $50 each month. Our energy efficiency evaluators also assessed that the home was losing 60% of its heating through leaks in ductwork and was using an inefficient air cooling system. We replaced the ductwork to reduce leakage and heating costs in the winter and installed a more efficient cooling system to reduce energy costs and increase comfort in the summer. The family now enjoys a more comfortable home and can expect to save thousands of dollars in future energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

New Jersey Family .    A New Jersey family of four had been looking at solar as a way to do something positive for the environment and reduce energy costs. We provided a range of solar power options, and after considering purchasing a solar energy system from us that would have provided positive cash flow in 5-6 years, the family decided to lease a system from us with an initial $46 per month payment. The family’s solar energy system produces enough electricity to reduce their utility electricity bill by more than $100 per month, creating an immediate, average net savings of more than $50 per month. Over the 20-year term of the family’s contract, they will pay us $16,127 and are projected to save $38,999 on their utility bills, for a net projected savings of $22,872. Their solar energy system is expected to offset 212,767 pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract term, the equivalent of planting 115 trees.

Commercial

 

  Ÿ  

Walmart Stores, Inc.      Walmart, the world’s largest retail business, is pursuing an array of sustainability goals, including a long-term goal to be supplied by 100% renewable energy. Walmart’s goal is to purchase renewable solar energy at prices equal to or less than utility energy rates while also providing price certainty for a percentage of these stores’ electricity requirements against the volatility of fossil-based energy prices. Walmart has contracted with us to purchase solar-generated electricity at 169 locations throughout Arizona, California, Colorado, Maryland, New York and Ohio. We started our first Walmart project in July 2010, and completed 57 projects by the end of 2011. Our solar energy systems typically offset between 10% and 30% of each Walmart location’s total electricity usage.

 

98


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Granite Regional Park .    Granite Regional Park is a private-public partnership between Regional Park Limited Partnership and the City of Sacramento. Regional Park developed the Granite Regional Park with the goal of advancing the City of Sacramento’s sustainability goals and providing additional public greenspace. The park is located on an old mining site and includes office buildings and recreation area. Regional Park will pay $2,780,372 over 20 years for the solar electricity generated by the 901 kW solar energy system and is projected to reduce its utility bills by $3,710,823, over the contract term, to create a projected net savings of $930,451. The installation is expected to offset more than 29 million pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract period, the equivalent of taking more than 2,500 cars off the road for a year, or planting more than 15,000 trees.

Government

 

  Ÿ  

Soaring Heights Communities, Davis-Monthan Air Force Base.     In mid-2009, we entered into a transaction with Soaring Heights Communities LLC, an affiliate of Lend Lease (US) Public Partnerships LLC, a leading developer of privatized military housing, to build what we believe to be the largest solar-powered community in the United States: Soaring Heights Communities at Davis-Monthan Air Force Base in Tucson, Arizona. The project includes approximately 6 megawatts of generation capacity, including approximately 3.28 megawatts of ground-mounted solar panel arrays and an additional 2.76 megawatts of roof-mounted systems, spread among 400 residential buildings. When construction began, the project was estimated to represent an increase of more than 15% over the state of Arizona’s grid-tied solar capacity. The solar electricity generated by the systems offsets the majority of the electricity used by the housing community’s over 900 single and multi-family residences. A photograph of a portion of this project appears below.

 

LOGO

 

  Ÿ  

Chico Unified School District .    Chico Unified School District decided to explore solar power as a way to help meet the school district’s electricity needs, reduce its dependency on polluting power sources and reduce energy expenses. After a careful selection process, we were

 

99


Table of Contents
 

awarded the contract to build 1.6 MW of solar energy systems across five district sites. As a power purchase agreement customer, the school district avoided the upfront cost of installing solar and simply buys the power produced from our systems at a set rate. The school district’s solar electricity production is expected to offset 85% of the five sites’ collective, total electricity needs. The school district will pay $10,878,887 for the solar electricity over a 20-year period, and the solar power is projected to reduce the school district’s utility bills by approximately $13,320,662 over the same period, to create a projected net savings of $2,441,775. The school district’s solar installations are expected to offset more than 58 million pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract term, the equivalent of taking more than 5,000 cars off the road for a year, or planting more than 30,000 trees.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program.

 

  Ÿ  

Direct outside sales force.     Our outside sales force typically resides and works within a market we serve. Our outside sales force allows us to sell to those customers who prefer a face-to-face interaction.

 

  Ÿ  

Call center.      Our call center allows us to sell our energy products and services to customers without visiting their homes or businesses. Because every home or site is unique, we begin by talking with each prospective customer about their energy needs and savings goals. Then, using online satellite technology, our salesperson evaluates the suitability of the site for our products and services. If either a solar energy system or an energy efficiency evaluation is an appropriate solution, our salesperson briefs the customer on our full scope of products and services, collects preliminary utility usage data and site information, and ultimately, provides a preliminary estimate of costs, including rebate applicability. If the customer desires to work with us, contracts can then be executed with e-signatures.

 

  Ÿ  

Channel Partner Network

 

   

SolarCity Network.     The SolarCity Network is a by-invitation business development program that pays referral fees to local professionals and businesses that refer customers to us. Typical network members include realtors, architects, contractors and insurance/financial services providers.

 

   

The Home Depot.     Our products and services are available through The Home Depot stores located in California, Arizona, Oregon, Colorado and Maryland. We are the exclusive solar provider in the stores we serve. We sell through point-of-purchase displays in the stores, through a team of field energy advisors that canvass the stores and speak to prospective customers, and through other direct marketing strategies including in-store flyers, seminars, promotions, search engine marketing campaigns, email campaigns, retail signage and displays, and a co-branded website.

 

   

Homebuilder partners.     Our products and services are available through several new home builders, including Shea Homes. These partners market solar energy systems through a variety of strategies, including advertising within their model homes, signage within their communities, realtor emails, newspaper inserts, online banners and co-branded flyers. Certain of these partners pre-pay for the electricity that will be produced by the solar energy system installed on the new home they sell, using the benefit of free solar energy as a selling point.

 

100


Table of Contents
   

Other channel partners.     Our products and services also are available through Paramount Energy Solutions, LLC, dba Paramount Solar. Paramount Solar engages residential photovoltaic solar system customers through its own sales and marketing strategies.

 

  Ÿ  

Customer Referral Program .     We believe that customer referrals are the most effective way to market our products and services. Approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We offer cash awards to incentivize our current customers to refer their friends, family and colleagues to install solar energy systems or enroll in an energy efficiency evaluation performed. We also encourage our customers to host solar energy parties with their friends, family and colleagues, where one of our in-house solar consultants make an informal presentation.

We also market our products and services through a variety of direct marketing strategies designed to reach qualified homeowners and businesses, including radio ads and public radio sponsorships, newspaper and magazine ads, online banner ads, search engine marketing, direct mail, participation in trade shows, events and home shows, email marketing, public relations, social media, sweepstakes and promotions, newsletters, community programs and field marketing techniques such as door-to-door canvassing. Our in-house marketing team manages and coordinates our media buying and customizes our content for each region.

Operations and Suppliers

We purchase major components such as solar panels and inverters directly from multiple manufacturers. We screen these suppliers and components based on expected cost, reliability, warranty coverage, ease of installation and other ancillary costs. As of June 30, 2012, our primary solar panel suppliers were Trina Solar Limited, Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited and Kyocera Solar, Inc., among others, and our primary inverter suppliers were Power-One, Inc., SMA Solar Technology, AG, Schneider Electric SA and Fronius International GmbH, among others. We typically enter into master contractual arrangements with our major suppliers that define the general terms and conditions of our purchases, including warranties, product specifications, indemnities, delivery and other customary terms. We typically purchase solar panels and inverters on an as-needed basis from our suppliers at then-prevailing prices pursuant to purchase orders issued under our master contractual arrangements. We generally do not have any supplier arrangements that contain long-term pricing or volume commitments , although at times in the past we have made limited purchase commitments to ensure sufficient supply of components.

The U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. We are not the importer of record of these solar panels and as a result we are not responsible for payment of the proposed tariffs.

Our racking systems are manufactured by contract manufacturers in the United States using our design.

We generally source the hundreds of other products related to our solar energy systems and energy efficiency upgrades services, such as HVAC and water heating equipment, fasteners and electrical fittings, through a variety of distributors. In addition, we source our EV charging stations from Tesla Motors and others.

 

101


Table of Contents

We currently operate in 14 states. We manage inventory through one of our six centralized storage and distribution facilities, and we distribute inventory to local warehouses weekly as needed. We maintain a fleet of over 550 trucks and other vehicles to support our installers and operations. This operational scale is fundamental to our business, as our field teams currently complete more than 1,000 residential installations each month, while our project management teams simultaneously manage thousands of projects as they move through the stages of engineering, permitting, installation and monitoring.

We offer a range of warranties and performance guarantees for our solar energy systems. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems we sell, together with a pass-through of the inverter and module manufacturers’ warranties that generally range from 5 to 25 years. Where we sell the electricity generated by a solar energy system, we compensate customers if their system produces less energy than our guarantee in any given year by refunding overpayments. We also provide ongoing service and repair during the entire term of the customer relationship. Costs associated with such ongoing service and repair have not been material.

Securing Our Solar Energy Systems

Unless a customer fully prepays for its solar energy system, we file a uniform commercial code financing statement, or UCC-1, on the systems in the real property records where each system is located prior to or when the system is installed. We file the UCC-1 to put on notice anyone who might perform a title search on the address where the system is located that our property, the solar energy system, is installed on the building. This filing protects our rights as the system’s owner against any mortgage on the real property. If the lender that holds the mortgage on the real property forecloses on our customer’s home, the UCC-1 filing protects our interest in the solar energy system and prohibits the lender from taking ownership of our solar energy system. A UCC-1 fixture filing is not a lien against a customer’s home and does not entitle us to the proceeds of the sale of a home in foreclosure. Typically, when a foreclosed home is sold by the lender, we negotiate with the prospective buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement. We believe the prospective buyer is motivated to assume the existing agreement by the opportunity to purchase energy from us at a lower price than that available from the electric utility. To date, we have only had to repossess three systems. In every other case, we have successfully negotiated with the new buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement.

Competition

We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these traditional utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. We believe that we compete favorably with traditional utilities based on these factors in the regions we service.

We also compete with companies that provide products and services in distinct segments of the downstream solar energy and energy efficiency value chain. For example, many solar companies only install solar energy systems, while others only provide financing for these installations. These distributed energy competitors typically work in contractual arrangements with third parties, leaving the customer in the position of having to deal with different companies for different aspects of their solar energy project. In the residential solar energy system installation market, our competitors include American Solar Electric, Inc., Astrum Solar, Inc., Petersen Dean, Inc., Real Goods Solar, Inc., REC Solar, Inc., Sungevity, Inc., Trinity Solar, Inc., Verengo, Inc. and many smaller local solar companies.

 

102


Table of Contents

In the commercial solar energy system installation market, our competitors include Chevron Corporation, SunPower Corporation and Team Solar, Inc. In the solar project financing market, our competitors include SunRun Inc. In the energy efficiency products and services market, our competitors include Ameresco, Inc.

We believe that we compete favorably with these companies because we take an integrated approach to Better Energy, including offering solar energy systems, energy efficiency offerings, electric vehicle charging stations and additional energy-related products and services, as well as in-house sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, and operations and maintenance. Our competitors offer only a subset of the products and services we provide. Aside from simple cost efficiency, we offer distinct practical benefits as an all-in-one provider. We provide a single point of contact and accountability for our products and services during the relationship with our customers.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an essential element of our business, and our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property laws, confidentiality agreements and license agreements to establish and protect our intellectual property rights.

As of June 30, 2012, we had 5 patents issued and 12 pending applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. These patents and applications relate to our installation and mounting hardware, our finance products, our monitoring solutions and our software platforms. Our issued patents start expiring in 2028. We intend to continue to file additional patent applications.

All of our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property and assigning to us any ownership that they may claim in those works.

Government Regulation

We are not a “regulated utility” in the United States under applicable national, state or other local regulatory regimes where we conduct business. For our limited operations in Ontario, Canada, our subsidiary is subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff, or FIT, regulations, including the FIT rates.

To operate our systems we obtain interconnection agreements from the applicable local primary electricity utility. Depending on the size of the solar energy system and local law requirements, interconnection agreements are between the local utility and either us or our customer. In almost all cases, interconnection agreements are standard form agreements that have been pre-approved by the local public utility commission or other regulatory body with jurisdiction over interconnection agreements. As such, no additional regulatory approvals are required once interconnection agreements are signed. We maintain a utility administration function, with primary responsibility for engaging with utilities and ensuring our compliance with interconnection rules.

Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the occupational health and safety of our employees and wage regulations. For example, we are subject to the requirements of the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, or OSHA, and comparable state laws that protect and regulate employee health and safety. We have a robust safety department led by a safety professional, and we expend significant resources to comply with OSHA requirements and industry best practices.

 

103


Table of Contents

Federal and/or state prevailing wage requirements, which generally apply to any “public works” construction project that receives public funds, may apply to installations of our solar energy systems on government facilities. The prevailing wage is the basic hourly rate paid on public works projects to a majority of workers engaged in a particular craft, classification or type of work within a particular area. Prevailing wage requirements are established and enforced by regulatory agencies. Our in-house prevailing wage expert monitors and coordinates our continuing compliance with these regulations.

Government Incentives

U.S. federal, state and local governments have established various incentives and financial mechanisms to reduce the cost of solar energy and to accelerate the adoption of solar energy. These incentives include tax credits, cash grants, tax abatements, rebates, and net energy metering, or net metering, programs. These incentives help catalyze private sector investments in solar energy and efficiency measures, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

The federal government provides an uncapped investment tax credit, or Federal ITC, that allows a taxpayer to claim a credit of 30% of qualified expenditures for a residential or commercial solar energy system that is placed in service on or before December 31, 2016. This credit is scheduled to reduce to 10% effective January 1, 2017. Solar energy systems that began construction prior to the end of 2011 are eligible to receive a 30% federal cash grant paid by the U.S. Treasury Department under section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or the U.S. Treasury grant, in lieu of the Federal ITC. The federal government also provides accelerated depreciation for eligible solar energy systems.

We have received U.S. Treasury grants with respect to the vast majority of the solar energy systems that we have installed, and we expect to receive U.S. Treasury grants with respect to many more solar energy systems that we will install in the near future. We have relied on, and will continue to rely in the near future on, U.S. Treasury grants to lower our cost of capital and to incent fund investors to invest in our funds. Also, the U.S. Treasury grants have enabled us to lower the price we charge customers for our solar energy systems.

Approximately half of the states offer a personal and/or corporate investment or production tax credit for solar, that is additive to the Federal ITC. Further, more than half of the states, and many local jurisdictions, have established property tax incentives for renewable energy systems, that include exemptions, exclusions, abatements and credits.

Many state governments, utilities, municipal utilities and co-operative utilities offer a rebate or other cash incentive for the installation and operation of a solar energy system or energy efficiency measures. Capital costs or “up-front” rebates provide funds to solar customers based on the cost, size or expected production of a customer’s solar energy system. Performance-based incentives provide cash payments to a system owner based on the energy generated by their solar energy system during a pre-determined period, and they are paid over that time period. Some states also have established FIT programs that are a type of performance-based incentive where the system owner-producer is paid a set rate for the electricity their system generates over a set period of time.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy

generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end

 

104


Table of Contents

of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Some states require utilities to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds a set percentage of the utilities’ aggregate customer peak demand.

Many states also have adopted procurement requirements for renewable energy production. Twenty-nine states have adopted a renewable portfolio standard that requires regulated utilities to procure a specified percentage of total electricity delivered to customers in the state from eligible renewable energy sources, such as solar energy systems, by a specified date. To prove compliance with such mandates, utilities must surrender renewable energy certificates, or RECs. System owners often are able to sell RECs to utilities directly or in REC markets.

Employees and Our Company Values

We take great pride in being a company built on values. Our values are an integral part of who we are and how we conduct business, and they provide the framework for delivering exceptional service to our customers. These values are:

 

  Ÿ  

We are teammates.

 

  Ÿ  

We are innovators who welcome change.

 

  Ÿ  

We provide quality workmanship.

 

  Ÿ  

We act with integrity and honesty.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to lower costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We are anchored in safety.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to exceed customer expectations.

 

  Ÿ  

We change the world for the better.

We strive to attract, hire and retain the best employees and have designed programs to reward and incent our employees, including competitive salaries, equity ownership and substantial opportunities for career advancement.

As of June 30, 2012, we had 1,922 full-time employees, consisting of 535 in sales and marketing, 137 in engineering, 935 in installation, 165 in customer care and project controls and 150 others. Of our employees, 1,234 are located in California, including 544 located in our headquarters in San Mateo, California. Our remaining employees are located in 10 other states and Washington, D.C.

Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and the delivery of energy products and services. Because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources, and this requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high San Francisco Bay Area standards for employees employed in these fields. Further, as the industry continues to expand, we are increasingly subject to competition to hire the best salespeople and others who are keys to our growing business. We employ a team of full-time recruiters who are dedicated to identifying and qualifying prospective employees to support our growth.

Our employees are not currently represented by any labor union or subject to any collective bargaining agreement. To date, we have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

 

105


Table of Contents

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters and executive offices are located in San Mateo, California, where we occupy approximately 68,025 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in December 2016. Our other locations include sales offices and warehouses in Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Hawaii, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania and Texas. We also maintain sales and support offices in Ontario, Canada.

We lease all of our facilities, and we do not own any real property. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that we will be able to lease suitable additional or alternative space on commercially reasonable terms if and when we need it.

Legal Proceedings

On February 13, 2012, SunPower Corporation filed an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California (Civil Action No. 12-00694). The complaint asserts 12 causes of action against six defendants: SolarCity, Thomas Leyden, Matt Giannini, Dan Leary, Felix Aguayo and Alice Cathcart, although only the following six causes of action are asserted against SolarCity: trade secret misappropriation; conversion; trespass to chattels; interference with prospective business advantage; unfair competition; and statutory unfair competition. Each of Messrs. Leyden, Giannini, Leary and Aguayo, and Ms. Cathcart, or the Individual Defendants, are former SunPower employees, and at the time SunPower filed the complaint, each was a SolarCity employee. The complaint’s claims generally relate to alleged unlawful access of SunPower computers by the Individual Defendants for the purpose of securing SunPower information, the alleged misappropriation of SunPower’s trade secret information for competitive advantage or in furtherance of recruiting some or all of the Individual Defendants to leave SunPower and join SolarCity. The complaint seeks preliminary and permanent injunctions, damages and attorney’s fees. In September 2011, we hired Mr. Leyden as our vice president of commercial sales; subsequently, his title was changed to vice president, project development. Mr. Leyden’s employment with us ceased on March 2, 2012. Discovery in the complaint has not yet commenced, and no trial date has been set. SolarCity intends to defend itself vigorously against the complaint’s allegations.

On August 17, 2012, Kevin Demattio, a former outside sales employee, filed a putative class action complaint against SolarCity in the Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles (Civil Action No. BC490482). Mr. Demattio purports to represent a class of certain current and former outside sales representatives, and those with a similar title, who worked for us in California for the four-year period prior to the filing of the complaint. The complaint alleges causes of action for failure to pay proper wages due under various commission pay plans; failure to properly pay the wages of terminated (or resigned) employees; failure to provide proper itemized wage statements because of an alleged failure to specify requisite information; failure to keep accurate time records; and related claims for unfair competition and a California state statute permitting individuals to pursue claims not pursued by a state agency. Mr. Demattio seeks unspecified damages for himself and affected class members, including all wages due and owing, applicable statutory penalties (including waiting time penalties), interest, attorneys’ fees and costs. As the complaint has not yet been served, we have not yet responded to the complaint. We intend to defend ourselves vigorously against the complaint’s allegations.

On July 18, 2012, we, two other solar companies with significant market share in the rooftop solar energy installation industry and others related to the industry received a subpoena from the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of the Inspector General to deliver certain documents in our respective possession. In particular, our subpoena requested, among other things, documents dated, created, revised or referred to since January 1, 2007 that relate to our applications for U.S. Treasury grants or communications with certain other solar development companies or certain firms that appraise solar energy property for U.S. Treasury grant application purposes. The Inspector General is working with the

Civil Division of the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate the administration and implementation of

 

106


Table of Contents

the U.S. Treasury grant program. We are currently reviewing and evaluating the subpoena and intend to cooperate fully with the Inspector General and the Department of Justice. We anticipate that at least six months will be required to gather all of the requested documents and provide them to the Inspector General, and at least another year following that for the Inspector General to conclude its review of the materials. On August 9, 2012, in response to a meeting we had with the Department of Justice and written communication to the attorney assigned to the matter, we received a letter from the Department of Justice indicating that the government’s investigation focuses on our possible misrepresentations to the Department of Treasury in applications under the Treasury grant program, including misrepresentations concerning the fair market value of the solar power systems submitted for grant under that program. The letter stated that the subpoena seeks documents relevant to that issue and is not intended to be construed more broadly than that. We are not aware of, and have not been made aware of, any specific allegations of misconduct or misrepresentation by us or our officers, directors or employees, and no such assertions have been made by the Inspector General or the Department of Justice.

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business.

 

107


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2012:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

     

Lyndon R. Rive

     35       Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Peter J. Rive

     38       Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director

Robert D. Kelly.

     54       Chief Financial Officer

Tobin J. Corey

     50       Chief Revenue Officer

Benjamin J. Cook

     40       Vice President, Structured Finance

Linda L. Keala

     54       Vice President, Human Resources

Mark C. Roe

     48       Vice President, Operations

John M. Stanton

     48       Vice President, Governmental Affairs

Ben Tarbell

     37       Vice President, Products

Seth R. Weissman

     43       Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Elon Musk

     41       Chairman of the Board

Raj Atluru

     43       Director

John H. N. Fisher (1)(2)(3)

     53       Director

Antonio J. Gracias

     41       Director

Hans A. Mehn

     41       Director

Nancy E. Pfund (1)(2)(3)

     56       Director

Jeffrey B. Straubel (1)(2)(3)

     36       Director

 

(1) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the audit committee.

Executive Officers

Lyndon R. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from October 1999 to July 2006, Mr. Rive co-founded and served as vice president and a member of the board of directors of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Prior to this, Mr. Rive founded LRS, a distributor of health products in South Africa. Mr. Rive is also a current member of the U.S. underwater hockey team. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief executive officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

Peter J. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief operations officer, chief technology officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from April 2001 to June 2006, Mr. Rive served as chief technology officer of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Mr. Rive holds a bachelor’s degree in computer science from Queen’s University, Canada. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

 

108


Table of Contents

Robert D. Kelly has served as our chief financial officer since October 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer of Calera Corporation, a clean technology company, from August 2009 to October 2011, and as an independent consultant providing financial advice to retail energy providers and power developers from January 2006 to August 2009. Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer and executive vice president of Calpine Corporation, an independent power producer, from March 2002 to November 2005, as president of Calpine Finance Company from March 2001 to November 2005, and held various financial management roles with Calpine from 1991 to 2001. In December 2005, Calpine filed a petition for voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 in January 2008. Mr. Kelly also served as the marketing manager of Westinghouse Credit Corporation from 1990 to 1991, as vice president of Lloyds Bank PLC from 1989 to 1990, and in various positions with The Bank of Nova Scotia from 1982 to 1989. Mr. Kelly holds a bachelor’s of commerce degree from Memorial University of Newfoundland and an MBA from Dalhousie University, Canada.

Tobin J. Corey has served as our chief revenue officer since January 2012. Since October 2011, Mr. Corey served as an adjunct professor at Stanford University teaching management science and engineering. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Corey was chief executive officer of Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company launching new start ups, from September 1999 to December 2011. From September 1995 to September 1999, Mr. Corey served as president and chief operating officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm. Mr. Corey holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and computer science from Southern Connecticut State University.

Benjamin J. Cook has served as our vice president, structured finance since May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Cook served as vice president of finance for Recurrent Energy, LLC, a distributed utility-scale solar project developer, from January 2009 to February 2010. Prior to Recurrent Energy, Mr. Cook served as director of structured finance and business development in the systems division of SunPower Corporation, a solar products and services company, from November 2006 to December 2008. Prior to SunPower, Mr. Cook served in various positions in technology market development for Tiax, LLC, a technology development company, from January 2005 to November 2006. Mr. Cook also served as founder and chief executive officer of Solar Electric Light Co., a solar power developer, financier, and operator focused on emerging markets, from January 2003 to September 2004. Mr. Cook developed and financed projects for Bechtel Enterprises, the project finance and project development group of the Bechtel construction group, from September 2001 to January 2003. Mr. Cook holds bachelor’s degrees in physics and economics from the University of Virginia and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Linda L. Keala has served as our vice president, human resources since January 2011 and as our director of human resources from November 2010 to January 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Ms. Keala co-founded and served as vice president of TransformBlue, Inc., a mobile internet technology advisor, from July 2009 to November 2010. Prior to TransformBlue, Ms. Keala served as vice president of business operations and secretary of NBX Inc., an online sports entertainment company, from September 2005 to June 2009. From January 2000 to December 2005, Ms. Keala served as vice president, human resources and administration at Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company. Ms. Keala served as executive vice president and chief people officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm, from January 1996 to December 1999.

Mark C. Roe has served as our vice president, operations since January 2011. Mr. Roe joined SolarCity following his brief retirement after serving as senior director of worldwide service at Apple Inc., a designer, manufacturer and marketer of personal computers and related products, from February 2004 to March 2009. Mr. Roe served as vice president of customer service and quality at Palm, Inc., a manufacturer of handheld electronics, from March 2001 to January 2004. Mr. Roe also held positions at Webvan Group, Inc. and Beyond.com, Inc. Mr. Roe holds a bachelor’s degree in

 

109


Table of Contents

industrial engineering and operations research from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, and an MBA from Syracuse University.

John M. Stanton has served as our vice president, governmental affairs since March 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Stanton served as executive vice president and general counsel of the Solar Energy Industries Association, where he oversaw legal and government affairs for the solar industry’s pre-eminent trade association, from November 2006 to February 2010. Mr. Stanton also served as vice president for energy, climate and transportation programs at the National Environmental Trust from December 1998 to December 2006. Mr. Stanton also served as legislative counsel for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and as Deputy Attorney General for the state of New Jersey. Mr. Stanton holds a bachelor’s degree in Latin American studies and philosophy from Tulane University and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law School.

Ben Tarbell has served as our vice president, products since May 2010 and previously served as our director of products from November 2006 to May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Tarbell served as program manager, PV Modules for Miasolé, a thin-film solar cell developer, from July 2005 to November 2006. Prior to Miasolé Inc., Mr. Tarbell served as project manager for IDEO Inc., a design consulting firm, from June 1998 to July 2003. Mr. Tarbell holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from Cornell University, a master’s degree in mechanical engineering design from Stanford University and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Seth R. Weissman has served as our vice president and general counsel since September 2008 and as our secretary since May 2009. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Weissman served as vice president, general counsel, and chief privacy officer of Coremetrics, Inc., the leading digital marketing company, from June 2004 to August 2008. Mr. Weissman also practiced employment and corporate law at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, at Stoneman, Chandler and Miller LLP, and at Hutchins, Wheeler, Dittmar, Professional Corporation. Mr. Weissman holds a bachelor’s degree in political science from The Pennsylvania State University and a J.D. from Boston University School of Law.

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Lyndon R. Rive, our co-founder and chief executive officer, and Peter J. Rive, our co-founder, chief operations officer and chief technology officer, are brothers and cousins to Elon Musk, the chairman of our board of directors. There are no other family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Non-Employee Directors

Elon Musk has served as the chairman of our board of directors since July 2006. Mr. Musk has served as the chief executive officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since October 2008, and as chairman of the board of directors of Tesla since April 2004. Mr. Musk has also served as chief executive officer, chief technology officer and chairman of Space Exploration Technologies Corporation, a company which is developing and launching advanced rockets for satellite and eventually human transportation, since May 2002. Mr. Musk co-founded PayPal, Inc., an electronic payment system, which was acquired by eBay Inc. in October 2002, and Zip2 Corporation, a provider of internet enterprise software and services, which was acquired by Compaq Computer Corporation in March 1999. Mr. Musk holds a bachelor’s degree in physics from the University of Pennsylvania and a bachelor’s degree in economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

We believe Mr. Musk possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with technology companies, extensive

 

110


Table of Contents

experience with energy technology companies and the perspective and experience he brings as one of our largest stockholders.

Raj Atluru has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2012. Mr. Atluru has been a partner of Silver Lake Kraftwerk since 2011. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Atluru was a partner at Draper Fisher Jurvetson for 10 years where he spearheaded DFJ’s cleantech investment practice and its India investment operations. Mr. Atluru remains a venture partner at DFJ. Mr. Atluru has been investing in the energy and resource sectors since 1997 and has served on the board of directors of numerous private companies. Mr. Atluru holds a B.S. and an M.S. in Civil Engineering and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Atluru possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a cleantech and renewable energy venture capital investor and as a board member.

John H. N. Fisher has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Fisher has served as a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm, for over two decades. Mr. Fisher serves on the board of directors of DFJ ePlanet Ventures and on the Investment Committees of DFJ Growth Fund, DFJ New England, and DFJ Esprit Ventures. Mr. Fisher previously held positions at ABS Ventures, Alex. Brown & Sons Inc., and Bank of America Corporation. Mr. Fisher serves as a Trustee of the California Academy of Sciences and serves on the board of directors of Common Sense Media. Mr. Fisher holds a bachelor’s degree in history of science from Harvard College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Fisher possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and as a board member.

Antonio J. Gracias has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2012. Mr. Gracias has been chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp., a private equity firm, since 2003. Mr. Gracias holds a joint B.S. and M.S. degree in international finance and economics from the Georgetown University School of Foreign Service and a J.D. from the University of Chicago Law School. Mr. Gracias also serves as a member of the board of directors of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer.

We believe that Mr. Gracias possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his management experience with a nationally recognized private equity firm and his operations management and supply chain optimization expertise.

Hans A. Mehn has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2009. Mr. Mehn has also served as a partner at Generation Investment Management LLP, an independent investment firm focused on integrated sustainability research, since January 2008. Mr. Mehn also serves as senior portfolio manager for the Climate Solutions Fund, an investment fund focused on public and private equity investments. Mr. Mehn has also held positions with Swiss Re Ltd. and affiliates, a reinsurance provider, from 1997 to December 2007, and prior to that, with Smith Barney Inc., an investment bank. Mr. Mehn holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and art history from Duke University.

We believe Mr. Mehn possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as an investor focusing on sustainable development and growth companies and as a board member.

Nancy E. Pfund has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Ms. Pfund has also served as a managing partner of DBL Investors, a venture capital firm, since January 2008.

 

111


Table of Contents

Ms. Pfund previously served as a managing director of JPMorgan & Co., an investment bank, from January 2002 to January 2008. Ms. Pfund also serves as a member of the board of directors of the California Clean Energy Fund, a not-for-profit fund mandated by the California Public Utilities Commission to invest in companies pursuing fossil-fuel alternatives, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the UC Davis Center for Energy Efficiency. Ms. Pfund holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in anthropology from Stanford University and an MBA from the Yale School of Management.

We believe Ms. Pfund possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including her extensive experience as a venture capital investor focusing on technology companies, and as a board member.

Jeffrey B. Straubel has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2006. Mr. Straubel has served as chief technology officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since May 2004 and as principal engineer, drive systems from March 2004 to May 2005. Mr. Straubel served as chief technical officer and co-founder of Volacom Inc., an aerospace firm which designed a specialized high-altitude electric aircraft platform, from January 2002 to May 2004. Mr. Straubel holds a bachelor’s degree in energy systems engineering from Stanford University and a master’s degree in engineering, with an emphasis on energy conversion, from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Straubel possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with energy technology companies.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as currently in effect provides that our board of directors shall consist of eleven members. We anticipate filling these two vacancies with independent directors.

Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2013 for the Class I directors, 2014 for the Class II directors and 2015 for the Class III directors.

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class I directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class II directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class III directors will be             ,            and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

 

112


Table of Contents

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business, reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans, and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Following the end of each year, our board of directors will conduct an annual self-evaluation, which includes a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors have full access to our management and independent advisors.

Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee oversees and reviews with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, and our compensation committee oversees risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market. Under the listing requirements and rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In February and March 2012, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Atluru, Fisher, Gracias, Mehn and Straubel, and Ms. Pfund are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, constituting a majority of our board of directors as required by the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund, who comprise our audit committee, our compensation committee and our nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

 

113


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of the charters for our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will be available without charge, upon request in writing to SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402; Attn: Secretary, or on the investor relations portion of our website, www.solarcity.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Audit Committee .    Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes. Our audit committee generally oversees:

 

  Ÿ  

our accounting and financial reporting processes as well as the audit and integrity of our financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

our compliance with disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting as well as the compliance of our employees, directors and consultants with ethical standards adopted by us.

Our audit committee also has certain responsibilities, including without limitation, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

selecting and hiring the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

supervising and evaluating the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

serving as our qualified legal compliance committee.

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated an audit committee chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that each of the directors serving on our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We are currently seeking an audit committee member who will be a financial expert as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and who has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market. We anticipate filling this position prior to the closing of this offering. The audit committee will be comprised of independent directors, subject to the phase-in periods available to companies listing on the NASDAQ Stock Market in connection with an initial public

 

114


Table of Contents

offering. Each member of the audit committee will be financially literate at the time such member is appointed. The composition of the audit committee will satisfy the independence and other requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and is responsible for evaluating, approving and reviewing the compensation arrangements, plans, policies and programs for our executive officers and directors, and overseeing our cash-based and equity-based compensation plans.

The functions of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and dollar amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance agreements and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

  Ÿ  

administering our equity compensation plans.

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a compensation committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our compensation committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market, is a nonemployee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an outside director as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The functions of our nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the board of directors for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing the succession planning for each of our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management; and

 

  Ÿ  

recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a nominating and corporate governance committee

 

115


Table of Contents

chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, and we have also adopted a code of ethics for principal executives and senior financial officers.

Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors do not currently receive any cash compensation for their services as directors or as board committee members. The compensation committee has retained Compensia, Inc., a compensation advisory firm, to provide recommendations on non-employee director compensation following this offering based on an analysis of relevant market data.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last completed year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. Before establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to compensation of our executive officers.

 

116


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2011 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our principal executive officer and each of our named executive officers during the last completed fiscal year. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2011.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
(1)($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)
    All
Other
Compensation
(2)($)
    Total
($)
 

Lyndon R. Rive, Chief Executive Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Peter J. Rive, Chief Operations Officer and Chief Technology Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Robert D. Kelly, Chief Financial Officer (3)

    2011      $ 46,731                    $ 2,882,014      $ 31,250      $ 40      $ 2,960,035   

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2011 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that our named executive officers may receive from the options.
(2) The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column represent group term life insurance premiums.
(3) Mr. Kelly joined SolarCity as our chief financial officer in October 2011. His annual base salary is $270,000.

2011 Bonus Decisions

After the conclusion of the fiscal year, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer evaluated our financial performance for 2011 and determined that, based on this performance, as well as their evaluation of the performance and contributions of our chief financial officer, that we should pay a bonus to him. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of his contribution during the year. In addition, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer also took into consideration his responsibilities, experience, skills, equity holdings, and current market practice.

In addition, our board of directors evaluated the performance of our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer and determined to pay bonuses to these individuals. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of each individual’s contributions during the year and equity holdings.

The annual cash bonuses for our named executive officers earning such bonuses for 2011 were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Cash Bonus
Opportunity
    Actual
Cash
Bonus
 

Lyndon R. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Peter J. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Robert D. Kelly

   $ 31,250 (1)    $ 31,250   

 

(1) Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Kelly’s target cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, adjusted to reflect his actual time of employment in 2011.

 

117


Table of Contents

2011 Equity Grants

On May 25, 2011, our board of directors approved stock option grants to purchase shares of our common stock for Messrs. Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive. The stock options granted to these named executive officers were for the right of each to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to $5.07 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date, and have a 48-month time-based vesting schedule.

On October 24, 2011, our board of directors approved the grant to Mr. Kelly of two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock, each with an exercise price equal to $5.92 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date. The first of the two stock options is subject to a four-year time-based vesting schedule with an initial 12-month cliff vesting requirement. The second stock option is subject to a performance-based vesting schedule which provides that 20% of the options to purchase shares of our common stock will vest in full upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with a value of at least $2 billion during his employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

Welfare and Other Employee Benefits

We provide other benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as all of our full-time employees in the country where they reside. These benefits include health, dental, and vision benefits, health and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and basic life insurance coverage. See below for a description of our 401(k) plan.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

We do not provide perquisites to our named executive officers, except in limited situations.

Pension Benefits

We did not sponsor any defined benefit pension or other actuarial plan for our executive officers during 2011.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We did not maintain any nonqualified defined contribution or other deferred compensation plans or arrangements for our executive officers during 2011.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Code limits. We do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to do so. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

Mr. Kelly’s Employment Offer Letter

On October 17, 2011, we named Mr. Kelly our chief financial officer. The terms and conditions of his employment were approved by our board of directors.

 

118


Table of Contents

When we hired Mr. Kelly, our board of directors approved an employment offer letter setting forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including an initial annual base salary of $270,000, an initial target annual cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, and two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock. Other than these terms, Mr. Kelly’s employment is “at will” and for no specific period of time.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Only one of our named executive officers, Mr. Kelly, is eligible to receive certain payments and benefits in connection with his termination of employment under various circumstances. None of our executive officers are eligible to receive any payments or benefits in connection with or following a change in control of our company, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

Our executive officers are eligible to receive any benefits accrued under our broad-based benefit plans, such as accrued vacation pay, in accordance with those plans and policies.

Termination of Employment—Mr. Kelly

In the event that we terminate Mr. Kelly’s employment without cause, Mr. Kelly would be eligible to receive a pro rata portion of any earned commissions or bonus. He is not otherwise eligible to receive any specific payments or benefits in the event of a change in control of SolarCity, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of our named executive officers, information regarding outstanding equity awards held as of December 31, 2011.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Awards –
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Awards –
Option
Expiration
Date
 

Lyndon R. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Peter J. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Robert D. Kelly

    10/24/2011               332,014 (2)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   
    10/24/2011               332,014 (3)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   

 

(1)

These stock options vest over a four-year period as follows: 1/48 th of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable each month following the respective vesting commencement date (September 2, 2009 or May 25, 2011), subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(2)

This stock option vests over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date (October 17, 2011) and 1/36 th of the remaining shares of our common stock subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(3) This stock option vests as follows: 20% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with an aggregate value of at least $2 billion during Mr. Kelly’s employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

 

119


Table of Contents

2011 Director Compensation

In 2011 we did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other non-employee members of our board of directors. The non-employee members of our board of directors do not hold any equity awards or non-equity awards. Mr. Lyndon R. Rive, who is our chief executive officer, and Mr. Peter J. Rive, who is our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, receive no compensation for their service as directors. The compensation received by these executive officers as employees during 2011 is presented in “2011 Summary Compensation Table.”

Employee Benefit Plans

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Plan, prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2012 Plan is effective upon its adoption by our board of directors, but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2012 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2012 Plan is 7,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2007 Stock Plan, or the 2007 Plan, and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options granted under the 2007 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2012 Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above equal to 16,673,207 shares as of June 30, 2012. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

8,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2012 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2012 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan.

Plan Administration .    The 2012 Plan will be administered by our board of directors who, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to

 

120


Table of Contents

each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2012 Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2012 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2012 Plan and awards granted thereunder. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2012 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of all options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting). After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of the stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the grant date. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions the administrator establishes. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units .    Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market

 

121


Table of Contents

value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Performance Units/Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2012 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and awards may be exercised by the participant only during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2012 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the proposed transaction and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2012 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2012 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an outside director’s awards are assumed or substituted for and his or her service as an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Plan Amendment; Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2012 Plan will automatically terminate in 2022, unless we terminate it sooner.

 

122


Table of Contents

2007 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Plan in March 2007, and our stockholders approved our 2007 Plan in August 2007. Our 2007 Plan was amended and restated most recently in February 2012.

Our 2007 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2007 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2012 Plan; however, the 2007 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock option awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2007 Plan is 19,400,000 shares of our common stock. As of June 30, 2012, options to purchase 14,775,762 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2007 Plan and 1,897,445 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2007 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan.

Plan Administration .     The 2007 Plan is administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees (referred to as the “administrator”).

Subject to the provisions of our 2007 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price of the options, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2007 Plan, among other powers. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2007 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2007 Plan and awards granted under the 2007 Plan. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2007 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of

 

123


Table of Contents

time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months (in the event of a termination due to death) or six months (in the event of a termination due to disability). In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for thirty days following a termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms are set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2007 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2007 Plan, the administrator will make proportional adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be issued under the 2007 Plan and/or the number and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, each award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2007 Plan provides that in the event of a sale, merger or change in control, as defined under the 2007 Plan, each outstanding award will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest and all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2007 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Concurrently with this offering, we are establishing our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our ESPP, prior to the completion of this offering. Our executive officers and all of our other employees will be allowed to participate in our ESPP.

A total of 1,300,000 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

2,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as may be determined by the administrator.

Our board of directors or a committee designated by the board of directors will administer the ESPP and has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility. Every determination made by the administrator will be final and binding upon all parties to the full extent permitted by law.

 

124


Table of Contents

Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year as required by applicable local law. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

  Ÿ  

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year.

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for consecutive 6-month offering periods with a new offering period beginning on the first trading days on or after February 1 and August 1 of each year, or on such other date as the administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first offering period under the ESPP will start on the first trading day on or after the date upon which the SEC declares our registration statement effective and end on the first trading day on or after February 1, 2013.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of the compensation he or she receives on each payday during the offering period. Eligible compensation includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, payments for overtime and shift premium commissions (to the extent such commissions are an integral, recurring part of compensation), but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 1,000 shares of common stock during each offering period.

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock on each exercise date. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day of the offering period, unless determined otherwise by the administrator. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Employees who end their participation at any time during an offering period must wait until the beginning of the next offering period to begin participation. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment and the participant will be paid any accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock.

A participant may not transfer credited contributions to his or her account or rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume, or substitute for, each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding options, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date (when such offering period will end) will be set which will occur prior to the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant in writing or electronically that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless the participant has already withdrawn from the offering period.

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP at any time and for any reason, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

 

125


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction where the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain appropriate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

126


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above under “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of those transactions since January 1, 2009, that we have participated in where the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private Placements

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2009, we sold an aggregate of 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $5.41 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      739,370       $ 3,999,992   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      3,696,858         20,000,002   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.

Series E-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2010, we sold an aggregate of 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $6.25 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E-1 preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E-1 preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E-1
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      1,440,000       $ 9,000,000   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      160,000         1,000,000   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      240,000         1,500,000   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(3)

        1,600,000         10,000,000   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

 

127


Table of Contents

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

In June and July 2011, we sold an aggregate of 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $9.68 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.68 per share were issued in connection with the Series F preferred stock financing. Purchasers of the Series F preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and which were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series F preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series F
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      611,096       $ 5,912,354   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      167,036         1,616,074   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn      174,694         1,690,165   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      1,033,592         10,000,003   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(3)

        80,768         781,430   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, LLC, Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

Series G Preferred Stock Financing

In February and March 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $23.92 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series G preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that are represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series G preferred stock by the various inventors:

 

Name of Stockholder

  

SolarCity Director

   Number of
Series G
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Fund affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(1)

   Nancy E. Pfund      41,812       $ 999,934   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable

        

Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      627,220         14,999,966   

SilverLake Kraftwerk, L.P

   Raj Atluru      1,149,904         27,499,954   

Valor Solar Holding, LLC

   Antonio J. Gracias      1,045,368         24,999,976   

 

(1) Affiliates of Bay Area Equity Fund holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund – BAEF II, L.P.

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to our executive officers. For a description of certain of these options, see “Executive Compensation—2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table.”

Transactions with First Solar

In October 2008, we entered into a framework agreement with First Solar, Inc., a manufacturer of solar panels and solar energy systems, to purchase 100 megawatts of solar panels between 2009 and

 

128


Table of Contents

2013. In 2009 and 2010, we purchased approximately $18.5 million and $9.3 million, respectively, of solar panels from First Solar. During these periods, First Solar owned more than 10% of our outstanding common stock. The framework agreement with First Solar was terminated in December 2010. Michael J. Ahearn, who served on our board of directors from October 2008 to October 2009, was the chief executive officer and chairman of the board of First Solar during this period. Jens Meyerhoff, who replaced Mr. Ahearn on our board of directors from October 2009 to December 2010, was the chief financial officer of First Solar during this period. We believe that the prices, terms and conditions of these transactions were commercially reasonably and in the ordinary course of business.

Other Transactions

In late 2010, we received a grant from the California Public Utilities Commission, or CPUC, under its Self-Generation Incentive Program to develop distributed battery energy storage. We partnered with the University of California, Berkeley and Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, to jointly develop the technology. In connection the CPUC grant, in January 2011, we entered into a professional services agreement with Tesla to provide certain design, engineering and consulting services. The total amount payable by us to Tesla under this agreement is approximately $534,000, expected to be paid in 2012. Mr. Musk, the chairman of our board of directors, is the chief executive officer, product architect, chairman of the board of directors and a significant stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Fisher, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson which is a minority stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Straubel, a member of our board of directors, is the chief technology officer of Tesla. Mr. Gracias, a member of our board of directors, also is a member of the board of directors of Tesla; however, he joined our board following the date of these agreements.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and certain purchasers of our preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with whom certain of our directors are affiliated, grants these stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock that will be issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our audit committee charter will be effective when we complete this offering. The charter states that our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. All of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to the audit committee prior to entering into any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. Prior to the creation of our audit committee, our full board of directors reviewed related party transactions.

 

129


Table of Contents

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth under the section entitled “Related Party Transactions” on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

130


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2012, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, by:

 

  Ÿ  

each stockholder who we know is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our executive officers who are selling stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

all other selling stockholders.

We determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the SEC rules. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 56,384,229 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that                  shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. When we computed the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we considered to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. An asterisk (*) below denotes beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

131


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402.

 

     Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
    Shares
Being
Offered
     Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Offering
 

Beneficial Owner

   Shares      %        Shares      %  

Named Executive Officers, Selling Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Lyndon R. Rive(1)

     3,994,042         7.0     370,519         3,623,523             

Peter J. Rive(2)

     3,994,042         7.0        370,519         3,623,523      

Robert D. Kelly

                                 

Ben Tarbell(3)

     164,824         *        15,000         149,824      

Seth R. Weissman(4)

     269,534         *        27,495         242,039      

Elon Musk(5)

     18,030,188         31.9                18,030,188      

Raj Atluru(6)

     1,149,904         2.0                1,149,904      

John H. N. Fisher(7)

     14,863,016         26.3                14,863,016      

Antonio J. Gracias(8)

     1,170,364         2.1                1,170,364      

Hans A. Mehn(9)

     4,248,912         7.5                4,248,912      

Nancy E. Pfund(10)

     4,190,462         7.4                4,190,462      

Jeffrey B. Straubel

     738,246         1.3                738,246      

All current executive officers and directors as a group (17 persons)(11)

     53,122,514         93.8        783,533         52,338,981      

Other 5% Stockholders:

             

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher(7)

     14,863,016         26.3                14,863,016      

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.(9)

     4,248,912         7.5                4,248,912      

Entities affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(10)

     4,190,462         7.4                4,190,462      

Other Selling Stockholders:

             

Ajmere Dale(12)

     86,458         *        8,770         77,688      

Chrysanthe Gussis(13)

     101,342         *        10,449         90,893      

 

(1) Includes 1,952,378 shares held by the Rive Family Trust dated February 8, 2011, and 1,041,664 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(2) Includes 1,041,664 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(3) Includes 88,124 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012.
(4) Includes 269,534 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012.
(5) Includes (i) 17,864,366 shares held of record by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003, and (ii) 165,822 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust that expire upon the completion of this offering. Includes 1,500,000 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co.
(6) Includes 1,149,904 shares held of record by SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. Mr. Atluru is a partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Management Company, the general partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Mr. Atluru disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for such fund is 1070 Commercial Street, San Carlos, California 94070.
(7)

Includes 177,612 shares held of record by Draper Associates, L.P., 160,396 shares held of record by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, 7,561,714 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 854,188 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., 5,381,876 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 204,916 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, 435,110 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, and 26,098 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC. Also includes (i) 2,476 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, (ii) 20,446 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher

 

132


Table of Contents
 

Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., (iii) 21,692 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., (iv) 14,134 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., (v) 554 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, (vi) 662 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC and (vii) 1,142 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, that expire upon the completion of this offering. Timothy C. Draper, John H. N. Fisher, Stephen T. Jurvetson, Jennifer Fonstad, Andreas Stavropoulos, Josh Stein and Don Wood are managing directors of the general partner entities of these funds that directly hold shares and as such they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for all entities above is 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(8) Includes 83,496 shares held of record by AJG Growth Fund, LLC, 1,045,368 shares held of record by Valor Solar Holdings, LLC and 41,500 shares held of record by Valor VC, LLC. Mr. Gracias is the manager of AJG Growth Fund, LLC and Valor VC, LLC and is a shareholder, director and chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp, which is the general partner of the general partner of the manager of Valor Solar Holdings, LLC. Mr. Gracias disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Valor VC, LLC and Valor Solar Holdings, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Valor entities and Mr. Gracias is 200 South Michigan Ave., Suite 1020, Chicago, Illinois 60604.
(9) Includes (i) 4,231,442 shares held of record by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and (ii) 17,470 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Mehn is one of the partners of Generation Investment Management LLP which serves as agent for the general partner of Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the shares. Mr. Mehn disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Vine Street, London W1J 0AH United Kingdom.
(10)

Includes (i) 3,491,594 shares held of record by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P., (ii) 619,702 shares held of record by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. Also includes (i) 76,638 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and (ii) 2,528 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Ms. Pfund is a managing partner of H&Q Venture Management, L.L.C., doing business as DBL Investors LLC, the managing member of Bay Area Equity Fund Managers I, L.L.C, the general partner of Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. Ms. Pfund disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Montgomery Street, Suite 2375 , San Francisco, California 94104.

(11) Includes (i) 2,626,670 shares issuable to our current executive officers and directors upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012 and (ii) 323,564 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by our current executive officers and directors that expire upon the completion of this offering.
(12) Includes 86,458 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.
(13) Includes 101,342 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

 

133


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect when this offering closes. This summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and             shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated. The following information reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible redeemable preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

As of June 30, 2012, we had:

 

  Ÿ  

56,384,229 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 196 stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,762 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.33 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering and based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012,                      shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described below, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock for an aggregate of 331,640 shares of our common stock that would otherwise expire when this offering is complete, (4) no additional exercises of options to purchase common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, and (5) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Each share of Series G preferred stock is initially convertible at the option of the holder into one share of our common stock. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series G preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the original issue price of $23.92 per share by (B) the product of (i) the public offering price in this offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions), multiplied by (ii) 0.6. However, in no event will one share of Series G preferred stock convert into more than approximately 2.47 shares or less than one share of common stock as a result of this conversion adjustment mechanism. As a result, the outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock will convert into no more than 8,372,069 shares and no fewer than 3,386,986 shares of common stock.

 

134


Table of Contents

Common Stock

Common stockholders are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, common stockholders are entitled to shares ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Common stockholders have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of common stockholders are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock that we will issue pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

When this offering is complete, our board of directors will be authorized, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time, up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, rights, preferences and privileges and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series of preferred stock, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of our common stockholders and the likelihood that our common stockholders will receive dividend payments upon liquidation and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2012, we had warrants outstanding to purchase 1,816,650 shares of our common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of our preferred stock into common stock, at exercise prices ranging from approximately $2.41 to $9.68 per share. The shares issuable upon exercise of the outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will convert into 331,640 shares of common stock if these warrants are exercised for cash, as a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share, immediately prior to the closing of this offering. If not exercised before this offering is completed, all outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock will automatically net exercise into a smaller number of shares of our common stock based on our initial public offering price. The outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock will automatically convert into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share, and if not exercised, these warrants will expire on various dates between June 2014 and April 2015. Each outstanding warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations and reclassifications, consolidations and the like.

Registration Rights

Following this offering’s completion, the holders of an aggregate of 47,096,682 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights

 

135


Table of Contents

agreement between us and the holders of these shares, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

The registration rights terminate with respect to the registration rights of an individual holder on the earliest to occur of five years following the completion of this offering or such date as the holder can sell all of the holder’s shares in any three-month period under Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act, unless such holder holds at least 2% of our voting stock.

Demand Registration Rights.     At any time, other than during the six month period following the closing of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares subject to our investors’ rights agreement, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stock, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding the Series E preferred stock or the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series E-1 preferred stock may demand that we effect a registration under the Securities Act covering the public offering and sale of all or part of such registrable securities held by such stockholders. Upon any such demand we must use our best efforts to effect the registration of such registrable securities that have been requested to register together with all other registrable securities that we may have been requested to register by other stockholders pursuant to the incidental registration rights described below. We are only obligated to effect two registrations in response to these demand registration rights.

Incidental Registration Rights.     If we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder initiated demand registration, holders of such registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number registrable securities to be included in the registration statement, subject to certain restrictions.

Short Form Registration Rights.     Following this offering, we are obligated under our investors’ rights agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain eligible for registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 10% of such registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $1,000,000, subject to certain exceptions.

Expenses of Registration.     We will pay all registration expenses related to any demand, company or Form S-3 registration, including reasonable fees and expenses of one special counsel for the holders of such registrable securities, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes (if any), which will be borne by the holders of such registrable securities.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. We expect these provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any

 

136


Table of Contents

attempt to acquire or obtain control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Limits on the Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special stockholders meetings may be called only by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay our stockholders ability to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may preclude the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to acquire or obtain control of our company.

Board Classification.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes and that our stockholders will elect one class each year. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board Composition.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     When this offering is complete, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain

 

137


Table of Contents

circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  Ÿ  

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

  Ÿ  

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of common stock.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 662-7232.

Listing on the NASDAQ Global Market

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “SCTY.”

 

138


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

When this offering is complete, we will have an aggregate of          shares of common stock outstanding, assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock into an aggregate of 331,640 shares of our common stock, (4) no exercise of outstanding options to purchase common stock, and (5) the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

Of the outstanding shares, all of the         shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining         shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale when this offering is complete;

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

In addition, of the 14,775,762 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2012, options to purchase 6,034,157 shares of common stock were vested as of June 30, 2012 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering, subject to extension as described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Lock-Up Agreements and Obligations

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors, officers and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements that generally provide that these holders will not offer, pledge, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions described under the heading “Underwriting.”

 

139


Table of Contents

In addition, each grant agreement under our 2007 Plan contains restrictions similar to those set forth in the lock-up agreements described above limiting the disposition of securities issuable pursuant to those plans for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

The 180 day restricted periods described above are subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 180 day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180 day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day period, the restrictions on offers, pledges, sales, agreements to sell or other dispositions of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated waive such extension in writing.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

140


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2012, 7,844,205 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards. These shares will be eligible for resale in reliance on this rule upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

Stock Options

We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans, ESPP and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements, and subject to vesting of such shares.

Registration Rights

When this offering is complete, the holders of an aggregate of 47,096,682 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

141


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock sold pursuant to this offering to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  Ÿ  

real estate investment trusts;

 

  Ÿ  

regulated investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  Ÿ  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock, except to the extent specifically set forth below;

 

  Ÿ  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

  Ÿ  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

In addition, if a partnership, including any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

142


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder, other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our common stock and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Although not subject to withholding tax, dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States;

 

143


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale, net of certain deductions or credits, under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the United States. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% (scheduled to increase to 31% for payments made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012) unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in 2010 generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under these rules, unless such institution enters into an

 

144


Table of Contents

agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution, which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners. The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain transition rules, any obligation to withhold under this legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2015. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

145


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional          shares from us and the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, announce the intention to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

 

146


Table of Contents

With respect to us, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

shares sold pursuant to this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares pursuant to any employee equity incentive plans contained in this prospectus, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of exercisable, convertible or exchangeable shares outstanding as of the date of the underwriting agreement; or

 

  Ÿ  

the issuance of shares, in amount up to an aggregate of 10% of the sum of our fully-diluted shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus plus the shares sold by us in this offering, in connection with mergers or acquisitions of securities, businesses, property or other assets (including pursuant to any employee benefit plans assumed in connection with such transactions), joint ventures, strategic alliances or equipment leasing arrangements (provided that in each case such recipients agree to lock up their shares for the balance of the lock-up period).

With respect to our officers, directors and stockholders, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares acquired in open market transactions following completion of this offering, provided that such transfer is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of an officer, director or stockholder (as applicable) or the immediate family of such person, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares by will or intestate succession upon the death of such person, provided that the recipient agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares with the prior written consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of options or other equity incentive awards issued pursuant to any stock option or similar equity incentive or compensation plan approved by our board of directors, provided that such plan is outstanding at the time of this offering, still in effect at the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of warrants issued to such officer, director or stockholder including on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, provided that such exercise is subject to the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement and is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the entry into a Rule 10b5-1 plan to sell shares after the expiration of the 180-day restricted period;

 

  Ÿ  

the sale and transfer of shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control of our company, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

147


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to satisfy any tax obligations due as a result of the exercise of such options or warrants, subject to certain customary restrictions; or

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to us in connection with the repurchase of shares issued pursuant to equity incentive grants or pursuant to agreements under which such shares were issued;

and provided that, pursuant to the second, third or fourth bullets in this paragraph, any transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing or announcement by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee, as applicable) shall be required (except in the case of the fourth bullet above) or shall be voluntarily made in connection with any such transfer or distribution.

The 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. The factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, are our historical financial and operating performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects and those of our industry in general, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the

 

148


Table of Contents

market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area.     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU .

United Kingdom.     In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Hong Kong.     The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies

 

149


Table of Contents

Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.     This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan.     The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland .     The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In

 

150


Table of Contents

particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre .     This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia .     No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act) in relation to the common shares has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, or the ASIC. This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

(a)    you confirm and warrant that you are either:

(i)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

(ii)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

(iii)    a person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

(iv)    a ‘‘professional investor’’ within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act, and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

(b)    you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common shares for resale in Australia within 12 months of that common shares being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Chile .     The shares are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus supplement and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

 

151


Table of Contents

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. We closed a $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in August 2011 and closed an additional $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in May 2012, both of which use lease pass-through structures. In July 2012, we received an initial commitment for $150 million in lease financing from an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. This investment uses a lease pass-through structure and will be funded in monthly tranches through the end of 2013. In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

152


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation own an interest representing less than 0.01% of our common stock. The underwriters are being represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Palo Alto, California, in connection with the offering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other SEC information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website referred to above. We also maintain a website at http://www.solarcity.com. When this offering is complete, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

153


Table of Contents

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

SolarCity Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

April 26, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share Par Values)

 

    December 31     June 30
2012
    Pro forma
Stockholders’
Equity
June 30,
2012
    2010     2011      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 61,779     

Restricted cash

    600        1,796        2,309     

Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $76, $176 and $296 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively)

    3,479        10,651        27,047     

Rebates receivable

    8,751        13,684        13,032     

Inventories

    30,217        142,742        140,589     

Deferred income tax asset

    1,358        4,306        5,137     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    7,757        17,872        18,861     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    110,432        241,522        268,754     

Restricted cash

    1,942        3,764        3,632     

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

    239,611        535,609        729,243     

Property and equipment – net

    9,331        14,421        18,761     

Other assets

    9,948        17,857        22,989     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets(1)

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 1,043,379     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 43,711      $ 162,586      $ 94,511     

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

    3,244        6,216        2,197     

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

    669        5,430        9,282     

Accrued and other current liabilities

    13,774        30,574        29,906     

Customer deposits

    3,656        13,933        8,908     

Current portion of deferred revenue

    5,215        13,504        25,915     

Borrowings under bank line of credit

    4,495        5,582        25,000     

Current portion of long-term debt

    3,001        2,640        37,875     

Current portion of lease pass-through financing obligation

    3,872        6,060        12,474     

Current portion of sale-leaseback financing obligation

    321        361        375     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    81,958        246,886        246,443     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    40,681        101,359        151,490     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

           14,581        23,787     

Long-term deferred tax liability

    1,358        4,313        5,150     

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

    53,097        46,541        148,927     

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

    15,758        15,144        14,952     

Deferred U.S. Treasury grants income, net of current portion

    18,671        132,004        181,422     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities

    6,554        5,325        14,882     

Other liabilities

    15,715        36,314        72,887     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities(1)

    233,792        602,467        859,940     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock:

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 45,462, 47,042 and 56,734 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 39,451, 41,893 and 45,280 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; aggregate liquidation value of $100,864, $122,751 and $203,751 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively

    101,446        125,722        206,940     

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share Par Values)

  

  

  

   
    December 31     June 30
2012
    Pro forma
Stockholders’
Equity
June 30,
2012
    2010     2011      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 67,000, 75,000 and 106,000 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, and 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 8,949, 10,465 and 11,104 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively

           1        1     

Additional paid-in capital

    3,229        9,538        15,448     

Accumulated deficit

    (90,717     (47,201     (70,278  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (87,488     (37,662     (54,829  

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

    123,514        122,646        31,328     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total equity

    36,026        84,984        (23,501  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 1,043,379     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

(1) The Company’s consolidated assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 include $120,446, $317,225 and $416,962 (unaudited), respectively, being assets of variable interest entities, or VIEs, that can only be used to settle obligations of the VIEs. These assets include solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net, of $112,284, $301,573 and $399,132 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; cash and cash equivalents of $6,318, $7,070 and $12,353 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accounts receivable, net, of $147, $632, and $1,265 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; prepaid expenses and other assets of $916, $5,056, and $921 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; rebates receivable of $781, $2,894 and $3,291 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012. The Company’s consolidated liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 included $3,726, $9,840 and $9,483 (unaudited), respectively, being liabilities of VIEs whose creditors have no recourse to the Company. These liabilities include distributions payable to noncontrolling interests of $3,244, $6,216 and $2,197 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; customer deposits of $169, $2,804 and $4,849 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accounts payable of $43, $31 and $7 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accrued and other payables of $270, $789 and $1,100 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 and bank borrowings of $0, $0 and $1,330 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012.

See further description in Note 12, Solar Investment Funds.

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                  (unaudited)  

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expense, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 2,189      $ (23,077

Diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 2,813      $ (23,077

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

Number of shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

    Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interests in
Subsidiaries
    Total
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount            

Balance, January 1, 2009

    31,575      $ 56,186            8,437      $      $ 496      $ (25,873   $ (25,377   $ 19,573        (5,804

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      46               6               6               6   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         40,970        40,970   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      10                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    862               862               862   

Issuance of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at $5.41 per share, net of issuance cost of $144

    4,436        23,856                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (26,227     (26,227     3,507        (22,720

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (8,014     (8,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

    36,011        80,042            8,493               1,364        (52,100     (50,736     56,036        5,300   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      450               92               92               92   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         97,082        97,082   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      6                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    1,773               1,773               1,773   

Issuance of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock at $6.25 per share, net of issuance cost of $96

    3,440        21,404                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (38,617     (38,617     (8,457     (47,074

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (21,147     (21,147
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    39,451        101,446            8,949               3,229        (90,717     (87,488     123,514        36,026   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      1,489        1        1,089               1,090               1,090   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         207,970        207,970   

Issuance of common stock to a consultant

                      7               12               12               12   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                      20               119               119               119   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    5,039               5,039               5,039   

Income tax effect of stock-based compensation

                                    50               50               50   

Issuance of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock upon exercise of warrants

    375        4,576                                                        

Issuance of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at $9.68 per share, net of issuance cost of $93

    2,067        19,700                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           43,516        43,516        (117,230     (73,714

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (91,608     (91,608
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    41,893      $ 125,722            10,465      $ 1      $ 9,538      $ (47,201   $ (37,662   $ 122,646      $ 84,984   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash (unaudited)

                      639               1,197               1,197               1,197   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests (unaudited)

                                                         21,795        21,795   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                    4,713               4,713               4,713   

Issuance of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at $23.92 per share, net of issuance cost of $132 (unaudited)

    3,387        81,218                                                        

Net income (loss) (unaudited)

                                           (23,077     (23,077     (25,834     (48,911

Distributions to noncontrolling interests (unaudited)

                                                         (87,279     (87,279
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

    45,280      $ 206,940            11,104      $ 1      $ 15,448      $ (70,278   $ (54,829   $ 31,328      $ (23,501
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

          

Net loss

   $ (22,720   $ (47,074   $ (73,714     (35,463   $ (48,911

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

          

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     9        26        336        336        10   

Depreciation and amortization net of amortization of deferred U.S. Treasury grant income

     3,230        5,733        12,338        3,383        9,021   

Interest on lease pass-thorough financing obligation

            3,285        7,373        4,416        4,939   

Stock-based compensation

     862        1,773        5,101        1,671        4,713   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                   119                 

Revaluation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     2,227        1,998        2,050        2,487        9,557   

Revaluation of preferred stock forward contract

                                 350   

Deferred income taxes

                   7        6        6   

Reduction in lease pass-through financing obligation

            (7,421     (23,528     (10,846     (7,290

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Restricted cash

     250        (1,842     (3,018     (1,327     (381

Accounts receivable

     342        (1,259     (7,172     (1,991     (16,396

Rebates receivable

     (6,588     3,339        (4,933     (6,392     652   

Inventories

     (5,688     (15,964     (111,150     (2,873     2,153   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,286     (5,417     (6,945     97        (2,941

Other assets

     (1,559     (7,989     (6,361     829        (5,132

Accounts payable

     14,311        19,999        118,875        (3,573     (68,075

Accrued and other liabilities

     3,194        22,365        29,460        2,434        21,744   

Customer deposits

     (540     2,478        10,943        (1,332     (5,025

Deferred revenue

     17,234        22,152        68,301        35,620        62,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     2,278        (3,818     18,082        (12,518     (38,464

Investing activities:

          

Payments for the cost of solar energy systems, leased and to be leased

     (61,661     (156,495     (292,933     (124,343     (174,552

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,133     (6,300     (8,772     (3,821     (5,970

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

            (67     (2,547     (2,547       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (130,711     (180,522

Financing activities:

          

Borrowings under long-term debt

     516        1,292        17,270        15,812        60,532   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (736     (1,014     (3,158     (2,098     (18,127

Borrowings under bank line of credit

     4,864               5,582        5,582        19,418   

Repayments of bank line of credit

     (369            (4,495     (4,495       

Proceeds from sale-leaseback financing obligation

     5,416        18,266                        

Repayments of sale-leaseback financing obligation

            (7,603     (574     (404     (178

Proceeds from lease pass-through financing obligation

            61,106        64,135        50,247        123,593   

Repayment of capital lease obligations

                   (7,323            (15,582

Proceeds from investment by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     40,970        97,082        207,970        69,999        21,795   

Distributions paid to noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary

     (3,924     (25,039     (88,636     (47,779     (91,298

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     6        92        1,090        301        1,197   

Proceeds from U.S. Treasury grants

            20,084        65,513        38,792        48,076   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

            1,368        1,297                 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock

     23,856        21,404        19,700        14,521        80,868   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        140,478        230,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     10,083        20,358        (7,799     (2,751     11,308   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     27,829        37,912        58,270        58,270        50,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 55,519      $ 61,779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

          

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 421      $ 1,474      $ 2,841      $ 1,378      $ 3,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $      $ 3,018      $ 91      $ 91      $ 2,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities

          

Conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants to convertible redeemable preferred stock

   $      $      $ 4,576      $ 4,576      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

SolarCity Corporation or “the Company” was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 21, 2006. The Company is engaged in the design, installation and sale or lease of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers, or sale of electricity generated by solar energy systems to customers. The Company also offers energy efficiency solutions and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs to its customers. The Company’s headquarters are located in San Mateo, California.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification Section 810, or ASC, 810, Consolidation, the Company consolidates any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which it is the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity; however, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as variable interest entities, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company does not consolidate a VIE in which it has a majority ownership interest when the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary. The Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary in a number of VIEs—refer to Note 12, Solar Investment Funds. The Company evaluates its relationships with the VIEs on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company regularly makes significant estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, the estimates which affect the estimated selling price of undelivered elements for revenue recognition purposes, the collectibility of accounts receivable, the valuation of inventories, the estimated total costs for long-term contracts used as a basis of determining percentage of completion for such contracts, the estimated fair value and residual values of solar energy systems subject to leases, the useful lives of solar energy systems, property and equipment and intangible assets, the determination of accrued liabilities, accounting for business combinations, the valuation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, the valuation of stock-based compensation, and the determination of valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2012, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated statements of convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity for the six months ended June 30, 2012 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to these six-month periods are unaudited. The results of the six months ended June 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 or for any other interim period or other future year.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

Upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) that results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions, all of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company will automatically convert to common stock of SolarCity Corporation. In addition, if not exercised prior to an initial public offering resulting in the conversion of all convertible redeemable preferred stock to common stock, outstanding warrants to acquire Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically net exercise according to their terms into common stock based on the initial public offering price, while warrants to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically convert to common stock warrants. The convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants liability outstanding related to the warrants will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital. The pro forma financial data have been prepared assuming the net exercise of the Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, and the automatic conversion of the convertible redeemable preferred stock outstanding into 45,280,032 shares of common stock of SolarCity Corporation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents, which consist principally of demand deposits with high-credit-quality financial institutions. The Company has exposure to credit risk to the extent cash and cash equivalent balances, including restricted cash, exceed amounts covered by federal deposit insurance. The Company believes that its credit risk is not significant.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents balances collateralizing standby letters of credit, outstanding credit card borrowing facilities and obligations under certain operating leases.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represent trade receivables from sales of residential and commercial customers recorded at net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable. The Company reviews its accounts receivable by aging category to identify significant customers with known disputes or collection issues. In determining the allowance, the Company makes judgments about the creditworthiness of a majority of its customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. The Company also considers its historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are deemed uncollectible.

Rebates Receivable

Rebates receivable represent rebates due from utility companies and government agencies. These receivables include rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved solar energy system installations sold to the customers, and also uncollected incentives from state and local government agencies for solar energy system installations that have been leased to customers or are used to generate and sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. For the rebates assigned to the Company by its customers, the Company assumes the responsibility for collection of the rebate. The processing cycle for these rebates and incentives involves a multi-step process in which the Company accumulates and submits information required by the utility company or state agency necessary for the collection of the rebate. The entire process typically can take up to several months to complete. The Company recognizes rebates receivable upon the solar energy system passing inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and rebates receivable. The associated risk of concentration for cash and cash equivalents is mitigated by banking with creditworthy institutions. At certain times, amounts on deposit exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. To reduce credit risk, management performs periodic credit evaluations and ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Rebates receivable are due from various states and local governments as well as various utility companies. The Company considers the risk of uncollectability of such amounts to be low.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820 , Fair Value Measurements , clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

ASC 820 requires that the valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. ASC 820 establishes a three tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes inputs that may be used to measure fair value as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, there were no nonrecurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities subsequent to initial recognition.

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, based on the three-tier fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

As of December 31, 2010 :

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 6,554       $ 6,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011:

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 5,325       $ 5,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2012: (unaudited)

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 14,882       $ 14,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants is based on unobservable inputs. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using an option-pricing model incorporating assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of fair value. Some of these assumptions include estimates for interest rates, expected dividends, and the fair value of the underlying preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the underlying preferred stock is itself determined using an option-pricing method. Under this method, the fair value of an enterprise’s common stock is estimated as the net value of a series of call options, representing the present value of the expected future returns to the stockholders. Refer to Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities section of this Note 2 for the reconciliation of beginning and ending fair value balances.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

The Company’s other financial instruments include customer deposits, distributions payable to noncontrolling interests, borrowings under lines of credit and long-term debt facilities. The carrying values of its financial instruments other than its long-term debt approximate their fair values due to the fact that they are short-term in nature at December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012. The Company believes that the carrying value of its long-term debt approximates fair value based upon rates currently offered for debt of similar maturities and terms.

Inventories

Inventories include raw materials that include photovoltaic panels, inverters, and mounting hardware as well as miscellaneous electrical components, and work in process that includes raw materials partially installed, along with direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market (on a first-in-first-out basis). Work-in-process primarily relates to solar energy systems that will be sold to customers, which are under construction and are yet to pass inspection.

The Company also evaluates its inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and writes down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased

The Company is the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. The Company accounts for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, the Company evaluates lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. The Company utilizes periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are installed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility companies and will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Solar energy systems under construction represents systems that are under installation, which will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems are completed, interconnected and subsequently leased to customers.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related customer lease agreements.

Presentation of Cash Flows Associated with Solar Energy Systems

The Company discloses cash flows associated with solar energy systems in accordance with ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows (ASC 230). The Company determines the appropriate classification of cash payments related to solar energy systems depending on the activity that is likely to be the predominant source of cash flows for the item being paid for. Accordingly, the Company presents payments made in a period for costs incurred to install solar energy systems that will be leased to customers, including the payments for cost of the inventory that is utilized in such systems, as investing activities in the statement of cash flows. Payments made for inventory that will be utilized for solar energy systems that will be sold to customers are presented as cash flows from operations in the statement of cash flows.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives  

Furniture and fixtures

     7 years   

Vehicles

     5 years   

Computer hardware and software

     5 years   

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives, currently seven years.

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed from property and equipment and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with FASB ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , the Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets, as appropriate, may not be recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposition is less than the carrying amounts, an impairment loss would be measured based on the discounted cash flows compared to the carrying amounts. There was no impairment charge recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 or 2011, or for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Capitalization of Software Costs

For costs incurred in development of internal use software, the Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. To date the Company has not incurred any significant costs on internally developed software and all costs incurred to date have been expensed as incurred.

Warranties

The Company warrants its products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. The Company generally provides a warranty on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems it sells of typically between five to twenty years. The manufacturer’s warranty on the solar energy systems components, which is typically passed through to these customers, has a warranty period ranging from one to twenty five years. The changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
    As of and for
the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012  
                 (unaudited)  

Balance – beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        1,032   

Assumed warranty obligation arising from business acquisitions (Note 3)

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 3,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar Energy Systems Performance Guarantees

The Company guarantees certain specified minimum solar energy production output for systems leased to customers. The Company monitors the solar energy systems to ensure that these outputs are being achieved. The Company believes that the systems as designed are capable of producing the minimum capacity guaranteed. The Company evaluates if any amounts are due to its customers. Through June 30, 2012, no liability has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees based on the Company’s assessment of its exposure.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

Freestanding warrants to acquire shares that may be redeemable are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity . Under ASC 480, freestanding warrants to purchase the Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock are classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets and carried at fair value because the warrants may conditionally obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. The Company initially measured the warrants at fair value on issuance. The warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, and any change in their fair value is recognized as a component of other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, or the conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock. The changes in the value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value as of January 1, 2009

   $ 961   

Change in fair value

     2,227   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2009

     3,188   

Issuances

     1,368   

Change in fair value

     1,998   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2010

     6,554   

Issuances

     1,297   

Exercises

     (4,576

Change in fair value

     2,050   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2011

     5,325   

Change in fair value (unaudited)

     9,557   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 14,882   
  

 

 

 

Deferred U.S. Treasury Grant Income

The Company is eligible for U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable on eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010, which includes solar energy system installations, upon approval by the U.S. Treasury Department. For solar energy systems under lease pass-through arrangements as described in Note 13, the Company reduces the financing obligation and records deferred income for the U.S. Treasury grants which are paid directly to the investors upon receipt of the grants by the investors. The benefit of the U.S. Treasury grants is recorded as deferred income and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems of 30 years. The amortization of the deferred income is recorded as a reduction to depreciation expense which is a component of the cost of revenue of operating leases in the consolidated statement of operations. A catch up adjustment is recorded in the period in which the grant is approved by the U.S. Treasury Department or received by lease pass-through investors to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by lease pass-through

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

investors of the associated grant. The changes in deferred Treasury grant income during the year were as follows (in thousands):

 

U.S. Treasury grant receipts in 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the Company

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements

     54,730   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the company (unaudited)

     45,005   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements (unaudited)

     12,442   

Amortized during the period as a credit to depreciation expense (unaudited)

     (4,177
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 190,704   
  

 

 

 

There were no U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable prior to 2010. Of the balance outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, $18,671, $132,004 and $181,422 (unaudited), respectively, are disclosed as noncurrent deferred Treasury grants income in the consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Revenue

The Company records as deferred revenue any amounts that are collected from customers, including lease prepayments, in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue also includes the portion of rebates and incentives received from utility companies and various local and state government agencies, which are recognized as revenue over the lease term, as well as the remote monitoring fee, which is recognized as revenue ratably over the respective contract term. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and as of June 30, 2012, deferred revenue from rebates and incentives included in the deferred revenue balance in the consolidated balance sheet amounted to $39.9 million, $80.2 million and $97.0 million (unaudited), respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company provides design, installation, and ongoing remote monitoring services of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers. Residential customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements, which also include monitoring services. Commercial customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts, purchase electricity generated by Company-owned solar energy systems under power purchase agreements, or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements. The Company also earns rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved system installations sold to the customers, as well rebates and incentives from utility companies and state and local governments on systems leased to customers or used to sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. The Company considers the proceeds from the rebates to comprise a portion of the proceeds from the sale or lease of the solar energy systems. Commencing in the second quarter of

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

2010, the Company began offering energy efficiency solutions aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs. The energy efficiency services comprise energy efficiency evaluations and upgrades to homes and household appliances to improve energy efficiency.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, the Company recognizes revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, in accordance with ASC 605-25-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials . Revenue from installation of a system is recognized when (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (4) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenue upon the solar energy system passing an inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation for residential installations. Costs incurred on residential installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company recognizes revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers in accordance with ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction—Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on the percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to total projected costs. Provisions are made for the full amount of any anticipated losses on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company recognized $3.2 million, $2.2 million (unaudited) and $3.4 million (unaudited) in losses for these types of contracts in 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. No losses had been recognized in periods prior to 2011. Costs in excess of billings are recorded where costs recognized are in excess of amounts billed to customers of purchased commercial solar energy systems. Costs in excess of billings as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $1.2 million and $1.6 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings as of December 31, 2010. Billings in excess of costs as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $0.7 million and $1.4 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings as of December 31, 2010.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

The Company is the lessor under lease agreements for solar energy systems, which are accounted for as operating leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . The Company records operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on amount of electricity generated by the system, the Company records revenue as the amounts are earned.

The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from the Company under power purchase agreements, the Company has determined that these agreements should be accounted for, in

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

substance, as operating leases pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

The portion of rebates and incentives recognized within operating leases revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 amounted to $1.1 million, $3.8 million, $9.6 million, $3.6 million (unaudited) and $7.8 million (unaudited), respectively.

Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers (the incremental cost of contract administration, referral fees and sales commissions) are capitalized as an element of solar energy systems and amortized over the term of the related lease or power purchase agreement, which generally ranges from ten to twenty years.

Remote Monitoring Services

The Company provides solar energy systems remote monitoring services which are generally bundled with either the sale or lease of solar energy systems. For systems that the Company sells to customers, the Company provides remote monitoring services over the contractual term specified in the contractual agreements or over the warranty period if not specified in the contracts. For leased systems the Company provides remote monitoring services over the lease term. The Company allocates revenue to the remote monitoring services and other elements in the arrangement using the relative selling price method. The selling price used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices charged by third parties for similar services. The relative selling prices of solar energy systems and leases used in the allocation is based on the Company’s best estimate of the prices that the Company would charge its customers to sell or lease solar energy systems on a standalone basis. For remote monitoring services bundled with the sale of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the term of the associated contract or warranty period, if the contract does not specify the service term. For remote monitoring services bundled with the lease of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the lease term. To date the remote monitoring services revenue has not been material and is included in the consolidated statements of operations under either revenue from operating leases when these services are bundled with leases or revenue from solar energy system sales when these services are bundled with sale of solar energy systems.

Energy Efficiency Services

For energy efficiency services, the Company recognizes revenue upon completion of the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically the energy efficiency services take less than a month to complete. The energy efficiency services are either sold on a standalone basis or bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems. When the sale of energy efficiency services has been bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems, the Company allocates revenue to the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of energy system using the relative selling price method. The relative selling prices of the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of solar energy systems used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices the Company charges for these products on a standalone basis. To date, the revenue generated from

energy efficiency services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Sale-Leaseback

The Company is party to master lease agreements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to third parties and the simultaneous leaseback of the systems, which the Company then subleases to customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, the Company first determines whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” A solar energy system is determined to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location, including the shipping and reinstallation costs of the solar energy system at the new site, including any diminution in fair value, exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. When the leaseback arrangements expire, the Company has the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to the Company, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to the Company prior to expiration of the arrangement.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined to be integral equipment, the Company has concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, the Company uses the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, the Company does not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, the Company treats any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly records the proceeds as a sale-leaseback financing obligation in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company allocates the leaseback payments made to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the sale-leaseback financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that it would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the sale-leaseback financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined not to be integral equipment, the Company determines if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, the Company initially records a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in the consolidated balance sheets equal to the lower of the present value of the future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, the Company does not recognize any revenue but defers the gross profit comprising of the net of the revenue and the associated cost of sale. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, the Company recognizes a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defers the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, the Company records the deferred gross profit in the consolidated balance sheets as deferred income and amortizes the deferred income over the leaseback term as a reduction to the leaseback rental expense included in the cost of operating lease revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

Cost of Revenue

Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily made up of depreciation of the cost of leased solar energy systems, reduced by amortization of U.S. Treasury grant income and amortization of initial direct costs associated with those systems.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Solar energy systems cost of revenue includes direct and indirect material and labor costs, warehouse rent, freight, warranty expense, depreciation on vehicles, amortization of initial direct costs and depreciation related to solar energy systems leased to customers, and other overhead costs.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included as an element of sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company incurred advertising costs of $0.7 million, $5.5 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and $3.5 million (unaudited) and $3.2 million (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax reporting purposes, net operating loss carryforwards, and other tax credits measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. A valuation allowance is provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company uses a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon tax authority examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, within the provision for taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company accounts for comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with ASC 220 , Comprehensive Income . Under ASC 220, the Company is required to report comprehensive income (loss), which includes the Company’s net loss, as well as changes in other comprehensive loss items. There were no differences between comprehensive loss as defined by ASC 220 and net loss as reported in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the periods presented.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

The Company applies ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees, to options and other stock-based awards issued to nonemployees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent third party interests in the net assets under certain funding arrangements, or the Funds, that the Company has entered into to finance the cost of solar energy systems under operating leases. The Company has determined that the contractual-provisions in the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. The Company has further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method or the HLBV method. The Company therefore determines the amount of the noncontrolling interests in the net assets at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method which is presented on the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets represent the amounts the third parties would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the Funding arrangements, assuming the net assets of the Funds were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP and distributed to the investors. The third parties interest in the results of operations of these Funds is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each operating period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the Fund and the third parties. The noncontrolling interests balance in these Funds is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of a company about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the executive team, comprising the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer and the chief financial officer. Based on the financial information presented to and reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate the resources and in assessing the performance of the Company, the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reporting segment, solar energy and energy efficiency products and services. The Company’s principal operations, revenue and decision-making functions are located in the United States.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company’s basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock is entitled to receive dividends of up to $0.01 per share when and if dividends are declared on the common stock and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions to common stockholders. They are therefore participating securities. As a result, the Company calculates the net income (loss) per share using the two-class method. Accordingly, the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is derived from the net income (loss) for the period and, in periods in which the Company has net income attributable to common stockholders, an adjustment is made for the noncumulative dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities based on their outstanding shareholder rights. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible redeemable preferred stock as the convertible redeemable preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

The diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury stock method or the as-if converted method as applicable. In periods when the Company incurred a net loss attributable to common stockholders, convertible redeemable preferred stock, stock options, restricted stock units and warrants to purchase convertible redeemable preferred stock are considered to be common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders were computed to give effect to the exchange of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common stock as if the automatic exchange had occurred as of the beginning of each period, or the original date of issuance if later.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions

Building Solutions

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated April 23, 2010, between the Company and Home Performance Pro, Inc., dba Building Solutions, a privately held California corporation, the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities. The acquisition was intended to strengthen the Company’s competitive position by offering customers more comprehensive residential energy efficiency and energy cost reduction solutions, and to broaden the Company’s relationship with its customers. In consideration for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the Company paid $0.08 million on execution of the agreement with further contingent cash consideration due if certain future revenue milestones were met. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition. Management had estimated that there was low likelihood of the revenue targets being achieved and had therefore determined the fair value of the contingent consideration to be insignificant. The revenue targets were not met within the time period stipulated in the purchase agreement.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Cash acquired

   $ 13   

Accounts receivable

     97   

Vehicles and equipment

     16   

Accounts payable

     (61

Other liabilities

     (82

Intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     97   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 80   
  

 

 

 

Clean Currents

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated January 19, 2011, between the Company and Clean Currents, Inc., and Clean Currents Solar of the Mid Atlantic, LLC (collectively “Clean Currents”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from Clean Currents. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $0.4 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 219   

Fixed assets

     14   

Other assets

     98   

Warranty obligation

     (32

Other liabilities

     (296

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     335   

Goodwill

     44   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 382   
  

 

 

 

groSolar

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated February 16, 2011, between the Company and Global Resource Options, Inc., Chesapeake Solar LLC., and groSolar CalMass Inc. (collectively “groSolar”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from groSolar. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $1.9 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 1,155   

Fixed assets

     419   

Vehicle loans

     (164

Warranty obligation

     (317

Other liabilities

     (99

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     401   

Goodwill

     469   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 1,864   
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Financial Information

The pro forma financial information has not been presented as the acquisitions individually and in the aggregate are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Noncancelable Operating Lease Payments Receivable

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from customers under noncancelable operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 10,264   

2013

     7,762   

2014

     7,954   

2015

     8,155   

2016

     8,363   

Thereafter

     91,388   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 133,886   
  

 

 

 

The Company enters into power purchase agreements with its customers which are accounted for, in substance, as leases. These customers are charged solely based on actual power produced by the installed solar energy system at a predefined power rate per Kw/H of power produced. The payments from such arrangements are not included in the table above as they are a function of the power that will be generated by the related solar systems in the future.

Included in revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, was $0.8 million, $1.3 million, $5.0 million, $2.0 million (unaudited) and $8.2 million (unaudited), respectively, which have been accounted for as contingent rentals. The contingent rentals comprise of customer payments under power purchase agreements and performance-based incentives receivable by the Company from various utility companies.

5. Inventories

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 28,099       $ 126,517       $ 128,628   

Work in progress

     2,118         16,225         11,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,217       $ 142,742       $ 140,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Work in progress represents costs incurred on solar energy systems that are undergoing installation for sale to customers and are yet to be commissioned.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, leased assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   $ 176,106      $ 441,165      $ 649,969   

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

     11,052        24,029        36,498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     187,158        465,194        686,467   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (6,398     (17,797     (28,363
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     180,760        447,397        658,104   

Solar energy systems under construction

     46,174        57,998        45,085   

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers

     12,677        30,214        26,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net

   $ 239,611      $ 535,609      $ 729,243   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included under solar energy systems leased to customers as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 is $14.5 million and $44.8 million (unaudited), respectively, relating to capital leased assets, with an accumulated depreciation of $0.2 million and $1.1 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under capital leases as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease payments to be paid to the lessor under this lease arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 811   

2013

     809   

2014

     815   

2015

     821   

2016

     827   

Thereafter

     9,440   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,523   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease receipts to be paid to the Company by sublessees under this lease arrangement for each of the next five annual periods ending December 31, and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 940   

2013

     615   

2014

     622   

2015

     631   

2016

     640   

Thereafter

     10,829   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,277   
  

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased, Net (continued)

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

7. Property and Equipment, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Vehicles

   $ 7,021      $ 11,943      $ 16,644   

Computer hardware and software

     2,947        3,720        4,431   

Furniture and fixtures

     763        1,394        1,626   

Leasehold improvements

     3,082        5,424        6,397   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,813        22,481        29,098   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,482     (8,060     (10,337
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 9,331      $ 14,421      $ 18,761   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

8. Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
       2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation

   $ 5,607       $ 8,890       $ 11,173   

Accrued expenses

     3,541         11,025         6,730   

Accrued warranty

     1,704         2,462         3,406   

Accrued sales taxes

     1,954         4,736         4,076   

Income taxes payable

             1,552           

Current portion of deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions

     968         1,538         2,514   

Current portion of capital lease obligation

             371         2,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,774       $ 30,574       $ 29,906   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Other Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions, net of current portion

   $ 12,321       $ 24,597       $ 46,877   

Deferred rent expense

     3,051         4,567         4,553   

Capital lease obligation

             6,837         19,911   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     343         313         1,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,715       $ 36,314       $ 72,887   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Long-Term Debt

Equipment Financing Facility

In May 2008, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank for working capital and equipment financing needs, whereby borrowings were collateralized by all of the Company’s assets other than intellectual property and assets under investment funds discussed in Notes 12, 13, 14 and 15. This facility was modified in 2009 and 2010. Under the facility, the bank provided a total of $2.0 million in committed borrowings available through April, 2010. Interest under the equipment facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. Borrowings under this facility were paid in full in April 2011.

Working Capital Financing

On May 26, 2010, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a Financing Agreement with a bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount to be borrowed under the Financing Agreement is determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by solar energy systems owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, but shall not exceed $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was available for drawdown up to March 31, 2011. No amounts were borrowed as of December 31, 2010.

The Company had borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility as of June 30, 2012. Of the amounts borrowed, $12.1 million and $11.6 million (unaudited) was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively, of which $11.1 million and $10.6 million (unaudited) is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. Each loan tranche bears interest at a rate of 2% plus the swap rate applicable to the average life of the scheduled rent receipts for the tranche. For the amounts borrowed as of December 31, 2011, the interest rates ranged between 5.48% and 5.65%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary, and matures on December 31, 2024.

Under the Financing Agreement with the bank, the Company’s subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. The bank has no recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company was in compliance with debt covenants as of June 30, 2012.

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt (continued)

 

Vehicle and Other Loans

During the years ended 2010 and prior, the Company had entered into various loan agreements consisting of vehicle and other loans with various financial institutions. The principal amounts for these vehicle and other loans mature over the next four years, until 2015.

In January 2011, the Company entered into an additional $7.0 million term loan facility with a bank to finance the purchase of vehicles. This term loan facility bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR and is secured by the vehicles financed under this facility. As of December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.81%. The term loan facility matures in January 2015. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had drawn $4.0 million of the available amount. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended this term loan to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank.

Total other loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $8.0 million (unaudited), respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. Of the amounts outstanding, $3.0 million, $1.6 million and $2.9 million (unaudited) were classified as short term as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, respectively. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Inventory Term Loan Facility (unaudited)

On March 8, 2012, the Company entered into a $58.5 million term loan facility with a syndicate of banks to finance the purchase of inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR and is secured by the Company’s inventory as described in the credit agreement. As of June 30, 2012, the interest rate for this facility was 3.95% (unaudited). The term loan facility matures in August 2013. The Company borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of June 30, 2012, from which the Company paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders. Of the amounts borrowed, $40.8 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2012, of which $7.0 million is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion.

Under this arrangement, the Company is required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. The Company is also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million in each case at the end of each month, and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 2012.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt (continued) (continued)

 

Schedule of Principal Maturities of Long-Term Debt

The scheduled principal maturities of long-term debt including working capital financing and vehicle and other loans as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Principal due:

  

2012

   $ 2,640   

2013

     2,746   

2014

     2,720   

2015

     1,152   

2016

     673   

Thereafter

     7,290   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,221   
  

 

 

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit

Working Capital facility

Under the 2008 Bank Loan and Security Agreement, as modified, (Note 10) is a revolving line of credit facility with a commitment of $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, there was $4.5 million borrowed and outstanding under the revolving line of credit, which was all classified as short term under borrowings under bank line of credit. This facility was paid in full in April 2011. The interest rate under the line of credit facility was 6.5% as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.

Revolving Credit Agreement

In April 2011, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement with the same bank the Company had entered into the $7.0 million term loan discussed in Note 10, to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This Revolving Credit Agreement has a $25 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds would bear interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility is secured by the Company’s accounts receivables, inventory and other assets as described in the Revolving Credit Agreement, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. The Company had borrowed $5.6 million under this financing arrangement, which was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and is disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet under borrowings under bank line of credit. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.77%. In January 2012, the Company borrowed $19.4 million, which represented the remainder of this facility. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended the Revolving Credit Agreement to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank as well as extend the maturity date of the facility to July 1, 2012. As of June 30, 2012, $25 million (unaudited) was borrowed and outstanding on this facility.

Under the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Company is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. Under this credit agreement, the Company also is required to maintain specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums for each fiscal quarter. The non-GAAP EBITDA financials measure is derived from both cash and accruals based accounting, forward looking financial forecasts and financial modeling assumptions and attempts to present a uniform

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit (continued)

 

financial measure that is agnostic to the investment fund structures deployed in that reporting period. The specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums were: $1.00 for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012; $6.0 million for each of the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011; and negative $2.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In addition, under this credit agreement, the Company is required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of total cash (excluding cash held within its investment funds) to certain funded debt of at least 2.00:1.00 at the end of each month, and to maintain a tangible net worth of at least $1.00 at the end of each fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all of these covenants, after giving effect to waivers provided by the bank in August 2011, October 2011 and January 2012 that waived the earlier breach of certain of these covenants. These waivers cured the Company’s breaches related to the reporting of non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $2.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and negative $2.04 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In addition, these waivers cured the Company’s breach relating to a liquidity ratio of 1.71:1.00 on May 31, 2011. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, the Company reported liquidity ratios of 1.43:1.00 and 1.34:1.00, respectively, and therefore did not meet the required minimum liquidity ratio. This also resulted in a default under the $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same bank. The Company obtained an additional waiver in June 2012, and the lender has agreed to waive these recent breaches, to extend the maturity date of the working capital facility to October 1, 2012, and to amend the minimum liquidity ratio to 1.25:1.00. As of June 30, 2012, the Company reported non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $6.6 million and therefore breached the non-GAAP EBITDA covenant of $1.00. This breach resulted in a default under the Company’s $7.0 million vehicle financing facility discussed in Note 10. The bank has agreed to waive this breach. The waivers obtained do not expire, as the covenants are calculated on a specific date and the Company cannot prospectively cure them. Additionally, these waivers did not impose any further financial covenants or restrictions on the Company.

Credit Facility for SolarStrong

On November 21, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company and a bank entered into a credit agreement, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility for up to $350 million. This facility would be used to partially fund the Company’s SolarStrong initiative and will be non-recourse to the other assets of the Company. The SolarStrong initiative is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative. As of June 30, 2012, the Company’s subsidiary had borrowed $1.3 million. The debt is payable over a 20-year term and accrues interest at a rate of 7.27%. Under this facility, the Company’s subsidiary is required to comply with various financial and non-financial covenants.

12. Solar Investment Funds

The Company has entered into various arrangements with investors to facilitate funding and monetization of solar energy systems. These arrangements include those described in this Note 12, Solar Investment Funds, as well as those described in Note 13, Lease Pass-through Financing Obligation, Note 14, Sale-Leaseback Arrangements, and Note 15, Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

VIE Arrangements

Since 2008, wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and fund investors formed and contributed cash or assets to various solar investment funds and entered into related agreements. As of June 30, 2012, the VIE investors had contributed $402.7 million (unaudited) into the VIEs.

The Company has determined it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs by reference to the power and benefits criterion under ASC 810, Consolidation . The Company has considered the provisions within the contractual arrangements, which grant it full power to manage and make decisions that affect the operation of these VIEs, including preparation and approval of budgets. The Company considers that the rights granted to the other investors under the contractual arrangements are more protective in nature rather than participating rights.

As the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, the Company consolidates in its financial statements the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of these funds, and all intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and the investment funds are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Under the related agreements, cash distributions of income and other receipts by the fund, net of agreed-upon expenses and estimated expenses, tax benefits and detriments of income and loss, and tax benefits of tax credits are allocated to the fund investor and Company’s subsidiary as specified in contractual arrangements. Generally, the Company’s subsidiary has the option to acquire the investor’s equity interest as specified in the contractual agreements.

In 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company also issued warrants in 2010 to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company issued additional warrants to this fund investor pursuant to amending and restating the contractual arrangements to increase the funding commitment of this fund in 2011 from $120 million to $218 million.

The Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in four of the VIE funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum return under certain circumstances including in the event of liquidation of the funds or if the Company purchases the investor’s equity stake in the funds or annually for one fund. The amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees is dependent on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds activities and the timing and amounts that the Company would pay to the investor if the Company purchased the investor’s stake in the funds, or timing and amounts of the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. Due to uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amount of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, the Company is unable to determine the potential maximum future payments that it would have to make under these guarantees.

Upon the sale or liquidation of the fund, distributions would occur in the order and priority specified in the contractual agreements.

Pursuant to management services, maintenance, and warranty arrangements, the Company has been contracted to provide services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing, and

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

performance reporting. In some instances the Company has guaranteed payments to the fund investors as specified in the contractual agreements. The funds’ creditors have no recourse to the general credit of the Company or to that of other funds. As of June 30, 2012, the assets of one of the VIEs with a carrying value of $8.9 million have been pledged as collateral for the VIE’s borrowings under the SolarStrong facility. None of the assets of the other VIEs have been pledged as collateral for the VIEs’ obligations.

The Company reports the solar energy systems in the VIEs under the solar energy systems, net, line item in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company has aggregated the financial information of the investment funds in the table below. The aggregate carrying value of these funds’ assets and liabilities (after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,318       $ 7,070       $ 12,353   

Accounts receivable, net

     147         632         1,265   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     916         5,056         921   

Rebates receivable

     781         2,894         3,291   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,162         15,652         17,830   

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net

     112,284         301,573         399,132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 120,446       $ 317,225       $ 416,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current Liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 43       $ 31       $ 7   

Customer deposits

     169         2,804         4,849   

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

     3,244         6,216         2,197   

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

     669         2,877         5,184   

Current portion of deferred revenue

     2,672         5,796         13,156   

Accrued and other liabilities

     270         789         1,100   

Bank borrowings

     —           —           1,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,067         18,513         27,823   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     32,460         78,486         119,201   

Deferred U.S. Treasury grant income, net of current portion

     18,671         82,208         122,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 58,198       $ 179,207       $ 269,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company is contractually obligated to make certain VIE investors whole for losses that the investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from the disallowance or recapture of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits, including in the event that the U.S. Treasury awards cash grants for the solar energy systems in the VIEs that are less than the amounts initially

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

anticipated. The Company accounts for distributions due to the VIE investors that may arise from the reduction in anticipated U.S. Treasury grants under distributions payable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets. Through June 30, 2012, the Company has returned $3.6 million (unaudited) and will return an additional $0.7 million (unaudited) which is accrued as a distribution payable as at June 30, 2012 related to these obligations.

For one VIE fund the Company estimates a reduction in the U.S Treasury grants to be received of approximately $19.0 million (unaudited) as of June 30, 2012. In this particular VIE fund the Company is obligated to contribute additional capital in the form of solar energy systems or cash to purchase additional solar energy systems. The effect of this capital call does not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements as the VIE is consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation

During the years 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company entered into six transactions referred to as “lease pass-through fund arrangements.” Under these arrangements the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries finance the cost of solar energy systems with investors for an initial term ranging between 10 and 25 years. These solar energy systems are subject to lease or power purchase agreements with customers with an initial term not exceeding 20 years. These solar energy systems are reported under the line item solar energy systems, net, in the consolidated balance sheets. The cost of the solar energy systems under the lease pass-though arrangements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 was $58.1 million, $128.2 million and $198.9 million (unaudited), respectively. The accumulated depreciation related to these assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $0.6 million, $3.9 million and $6.4 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under the lease pass-through arrangements in 2009.

The investors make a large upfront payment to the lessor, which is a subsidiary of the Company, and in some cases, subsequent smaller quarterly payments. The Company accounts for the payments received from the investors under the arrangement as a borrowing by recording the proceeds received as a lease pass-through financing obligation, which would be repaid from U.S. Treasury grants, customer payments and incentive rebates that would be received by the investors. Under this approach the Company continues to account for the arrangement with the customers in its consolidated financial statements, whether the cash generated from the customer arrangements is received by the Company or paid directly to the investor. A portion of the amounts received by the investors from U.S. Treasury grants, customer payments and incentive rebates associated with the leases assigned to the lease pass-through investor is applied to reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation, and the balance allocated to interest expense. The incentive rebates and host customer payments are recognized into revenue consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition accounting policy. The U.S. Treasury grants are initially recorded as deferred U.S. Treasury grants income and subsequently recognized as a reduction to the depreciation expense, consistent with the Company’s accounting policy for recognition of U.S. Treasury grant income. Interest is calculated on the financing obligation using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the interest rate that equates the present value of the cash amounts to be received by an investor over the master lease term with the present value of the cash amounts paid by the investor to the Company, adjusted for any payments made by the Company. The lease pass-through obligation is nonrecourse once the associated assets have been placed in service and all the contractual arrangements have been assigned to the investor.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from the investors under the lease pass-through fund arrangements for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 2,781   

2013

     1,981   

2014

     2,000   

2015

     1,546   

2016

     1,223   

Thereafter

     9,470   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,001   
  

 

 

 

Concurrent with entering into one of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company entered into an agreement to issue warrants to the investor to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock in the Company if it committed to provide more than a specified threshold in total funding as specified in the contractual agreements, through this or other future funding arrangements. The warrants were issued during 2010 when the Company entered into the second lease pass-through arrangement with the investor.

For two of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company’s subsidiary has pledged its assets to the investor as security for its obligations under the contractual agreements.

For each of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants specified in the contractual arrangements, which the Company had met as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

Under these arrangements, the Company’s subsidiaries are responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting. The performance of the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary is guaranteed by the Company. As part of the warranty and performance guarantee with the host customers, the Company guarantees certain specified minimum annual solar energy production output for the solar energy systems leased to the customers.

Under the contractual terms of the lease pass-through arrangements there is a one-time future lease payment reset mechanism that is set to occur after the installation of all the solar energy systems in a fund. This reset date occurs when the installed capacity of the solar energy systems and in service placement dates are known or on an agreed upon date. As part of this reset process, the lease prepayment will be updated to reflect certain specified conditions as they exist at such date, including the ultimate system size of the equipment that was leased, how much it cost and when it went into service. As a result of this reset, the Company may be obligated to refund a portion of the investor’s lease prepayments or may be entitled to receive an additional lease prepayment from the investor. Additional payments by the investor would be recorded as additional lease pass-through financing obligation, while refunds of lease prepayments would reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements

In 2010, the Company executed a sale-leaseback arrangement with an existing investor, under which a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a 15-year master leaseback arrangement. The assets sold to the investor were valued at $25.2 million. The Company’s subsidiary leased the solar energy systems to end-user customers. The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor for this arrangement together with a funding arrangement entered into in 2009 with the same investor are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow. The amount in escrow is reduced by $0.25 million per annum in each of the first four years commencing in 2010, and the remaining balance remains in place until the end of the master lease period. Under this arrangement, the Company’s subsidiary is responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting.

As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company had contributed assets with a cost of $10.3 million and $31.3 million (unaudited), respectively, to its wholly owned subsidiary that in turn sold the assets to a new investor and then executed a 15-year master leaseback agreement with the investor. Under this arrangement, the tax benefits from investment tax credits or Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits inure to the investor as the owner of the assets. A total of $100 million in financing is available from the investor under this fund arrangement in the form of proceeds from the sale of the assets. The investor committed to further increase the funding commitment to $280 million, subject to certain conditions being met as set out in the contractual agreements. As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company had utilized $26.7 million and $65.2 million (unaudited), respectively, under this arrangement.

The Company has committed to make certain investors that have executed sale-leaseback arrangements with the Company whole for any reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury awards resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted. The Company accrues any such payments due to these investors. Through June 30, 2012, the Company had recorded a total $0.5 million (unaudited) refundable to a single sale-leaseback investor.

The Company has accounted for these sale-leaseback arrangements in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy as described in Note 2.

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation

In November 2009, the Company entered into an arrangement with an investor to finance the development, construction and installation of a ground mounted solar system that was leased to a customer. The Company also entered into an agreement to sell the system to the investor for a cash consideration of $27.2 million, of which $5.4 million was received in 2009, $18.3 million was received in 2010, and the balance of $3.5 million is receivable at the end of the lease period and accrues interest at an annual rate of 4.37%. Concurrent with the sale, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement with the investor to lease back the solar energy system from the investor with lease payments being made on a quarterly basis. The Company’s subsidiary has the option to purchase the system at the end of the lease term of 10 years for a price which is the greater of the fair market value or a predetermined agreed upon value. Additionally, the investor has the option to put its interest in the solar system to the Company within two years following the expiry of six years after placement in service of the solar system, for a value that is the greater of the fair value or a predetermined agreed upon value. As a result of these put and call options, the Company has concluded that it has a continuing involvement with the solar energy system.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation (continued)

 

The Company has determined that the ground mounted solar energy system qualifies as integral equipment and therefore as a real estate transaction under ASC 360-20, Real Estate Sales, and has been accounted for as a financing. Under the financing method, the receipts from the tax equity investor are reflected as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on the consolidated balance sheets, and the Company retains the solar energy system asset on the consolidated balance sheets within solar energy systems and depreciates the solar energy system over its estimated useful life of 30 years. The Company also continues to report all of the results of the operations of the system, with the revenue and expenses from the system operations being presented on the consolidated statements of operations on a “gross” basis. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $16.1 million of which $0.3 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.8 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of December 31, 2011, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.5 million of which $0.4 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.1 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of June 30, 2012, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.3 million (unaudited), of which $0.4 million (unaudited) has been classified as current and the balance of $14.9 million (unaudited) has been classified as noncurrent.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual rentals to be received from the customer for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 448   

2013

     457   

2014

     466   

2015

     475   

2016

     485   

Thereafter

     4,240   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,571   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual payments to be paid to the investor under the financing arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 1,239   

2013

     1,245   

2014

     1,251   

2015

     1,257   

2016

     1,264   

Thereafter

     3,830   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,086   
  

 

 

 

The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor together with the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary under the 2010 sale-leaseback fund arrangements discussed in Note 14, are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow that reduces by $0.25 million per annum for the first four years, and remains in place until the end of the master lease period.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity

Stock Split

The Company’s stockholders approved a 2-for-1 forward stock split of each share of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock that became effective on March 27, 2012. The stockholders also approved a proportionate increase in the authorized number of shares of the Company’s common stock, preferred stock and each series of preferred stock and also approved proportionate adjustments to the conversion prices, dividend rates, original issue prices and liquidation preferences of each series of the Company’s preferred stock. The number of the Company’s pre-split common stock covered by stock options issued under the Company’s stock options plans were also proportionately increased to reflect the stock split. The share information and the per share amounts in these financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the impact of the stock split.

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

In July 2006, the Company issued an aggregate of 12.0 million shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.19 per share for cash proceeds of $2.3 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In April 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 5.0 million shares of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.60 per share for cash proceeds of $3.0 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In August 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 8.8 million shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share for cash proceeds of $21.0 million (net of issuance costs of $44,000). This included the proceeds from the conversion of bridge notes representing an aggregate of $2.0 million received in July 2007. In October and November 2008, the Company issued 5.8 million shares of Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.20 per share for cash proceeds of $29.9 million (net of issuance costs of $123,000). In October 2009, the Company issued 4.4 million shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.41 per share for cash proceeds of $23.9 million (net of issuance costs of $144,000). In June 2010, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock for cash proceeds of $21.4 million (net of issuance costs of $96,000). In June and July 2011, the Company issued 2.1 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share for cash proceeds of $20.0 million (net of issuance costs of $93,000). Additionally, in accordance with the Series F financing agreement, the Company has an option to sell an additional 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share within 18 months following the initial closing on June 21, 2011. This option would expire upon the Company being acquired, upon a public offering of the Company’s common stock, upon a new round of equity financing, or within eighteen months of the option agreement date. In February and March 2012, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share for cash proceeds of $81.0 million (net of issuance costs of $132,000). In connection with the Series G preferred stock financing, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of preferred and common stock that it is authorized to issue to 56.7 million shares and 106.0 million shares, respectively.

Significant terms of the convertible redeemable preferred stock as of are as follows:

Dividends— Holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends in preference to the common stockholders at the rate of $0.01 per share per annum on each outstanding share of preferred stock payable when and if declared by the board of directors, and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions made to the common stockholders. No dividends have been declared to date.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Voting —The holders of each share of convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred stock is convertible.

Conversion —The holder of each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock has the option to convert each share of preferred stock into one share of common stock (subject to adjustment for events of dilution) at any time. The Series G preferred stock shall be automatically converted into shares of common stock, at the applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). In the event that an initial public offering is consummated, then immediately prior to the automatic conversion, the conversion price per share of Series G preferred stock shall be reduced to a price equal to 60% of the price at which shares of the Company’s common stock are sold to the public in such offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions). However, the conversion price per share of the Series G preferred stock shall not be reduced to less than the then-effective conversion price per share of the Series F preferred stock and shall not be increased above the original conversion price as a result of an initial public offering. The Series F preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E-1 preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding Series E-1 preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series A through C convertible redeemable preferred stock shall automatically be converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in

 

F-39


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock, voting together on an as-converted basis, consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

Liquidation Preference —The holders of the Series G preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1 and Series F preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $23.92 per share for the Series G preferred stock, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $9.68, $6.25 and $5.41 per share for the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price for the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock of $5.20 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D liquidation preference to the holders of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series A, B, and C convertible redeemable preferred stock together shall be entitled to receive an amount in preference to the holders of the common stock, at a per share amount equal to their purchase prices of $0.19, $0.60 and $2.40 per share, respectively. After the payment in full of the liquidation preferences to the convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, the remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock. A merger, acquisition, sale of voting control, or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the stockholders of the Company do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation shall be a deemed liquidation.

Redemption —At any time after October 28, 2015, each holder of Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E, Series D, or Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock (collectively referred to as Redeemable Stock) shall be entitled to have the Company redeem all, but not less than all, of such holders’ Redeemable Stock in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the original purchase price of the respective series of preferred stock plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of the Redeemable Stock, or (ii) the fair market value of the Redeemable Stock. This right of redemption is subject to the provision that redemption shall be available if (i) the annual gross revenue of the Company exceeded $200 million for the most recent fiscal year prior to the holder’s notice of redemption; and (ii) the Company has no less than $40 million in available cash.

Registration Rights —The holders of a majority of (a) certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock and (b) each of the Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock may at any time after the earlier of (i) June 21, 2014 or (ii) six months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering, request that the Company file a

 

F-40


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred shares (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof). The Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request and shall use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act. The Company shall have the right to delay such registration under certain circumstances for one period not in excess of 120 days in any 12-month period. The Company shall not be obligated to effect or take action to effect a registration if it has effected two registrations under these demand right provisions during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of, the registration or the initiating holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement —The shares of the Company’s securities held by (i) Lyndon Rive and Peter Rive (the Founders), and (ii) the Major Investors (as defined below) shall be subject to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement (with certain exceptions) with the holders of at least 2 million shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company (or the common stock issued upon conversion thereof) and (a) a specified Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock investor as long as that specified investor shall hold at least 1.2 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), and (b) three specified Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock investors as long as one of the specified investors shall hold at least 0.9 million, 0.8 million and 0.3 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), for the first, second and third specified investors, respectively (such holders each referred to as a Major Investor), such that the Founders or a Major Investor may not sell, transfer or exchange their stock unless such securities are first offered to the Company and then to the Major Investors and, if all such securities are not purchased by the Company or the Major Investors, then each participating Major Investor shall have an opportunity to participate in the sale of any remaining stock on a pro-rata basis. This right of first refusal and of co-sale shall not apply to and shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

Warrant Liability

In connection with the issuance of the convertible bridge notes in July 2007, in August 2007 the Company issued warrants to the note holders to purchase 124,924 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share. The warrants expire the earlier of five years from the date of their issuance or any change of control, or the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. These warrants were exercised in August 2012.

During 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase up to 2.70 million shares (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to 3.12 million shares) of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $2.88 per share (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to $3.80 per share), of which warrants to purchase 2.08 million shares were vested as of December 31, 2010. In February 2011, the fund investor exercised its Series C

 

F-41


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and was issued 375,200 shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The warrants agreement expired in March 2011.

During 2010, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase 995,006 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share, in connection with solar investment funding (Note 12). In 2011, in connection with the amendment and restatement of this funding arrangement to increase the amount that would be contributed by the tax equity investor from $120 million to $218 million, and to extend the time period to complete the construction and placement in service of the assets, the Company issued warrants to the fund investor to purchase a further 490,004 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share.

In June 2011, in connection with the issuance of 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, the Company issued warrants to the investors to acquire 0.2 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, with an exercise price of $9.68.

As discussed in Note 2, the Company accounts for the warrants in accordance with ASC 480 as a liability carried at fair value. The warrants are subject to revaluation at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other expense. The Company has determined the fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company adjusts the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or upon the conversion of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock.

Common Stock

At the inception of the Company in June 2006, the founders were issued four million shares of common stock at an issuance price of $0.0001 per share.

Restricted Stock

In connection with the acquisitions of Declination Solar and Palo Alto Solar, acquired in August 2006 and September 2006, respectively, the Company entered into stock restriction agreements. Pursuant to these agreements, 300,000 shares of common stock were granted to the sellers who became employees of the Company. The Company had the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the unvested shares of common stock upon termination of the sellers’ employment. The repurchase rights lapsed ratably over a four-year period as the shares vested. As of December 31, 2010, all of these shares had been released from this right of repurchase.

In 2007, the Company granted 40,000 shares of restricted stock to a Board member that vested over four years: 25% of the shares vested at the end of the first year of service and the remaining shares vested in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 6,600 shares of this restricted stock vested. As of December 31, 2010, all 40,000 of these shares were vested.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company has reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock

     12,039         12,039         12,039   

Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,010         5,010         5,010   

Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     8,744         9,120         9,120   

Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,781         5,781         5,781   

Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     4,436         4,436         4,436   

Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,440         3,440         3,440   

Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             2,067         2,067   

Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock

                     3,387   

Stock option plans:

        

Shares available for grant

     1,658         1,040         8,897   

Options outstanding

     9,746         13,873         14,776   

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

                     1,300   

Warrants to purchase Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,246         3,246         3,246   

Warrants to purchase Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     2,750         2,750         2,750   

Warrants to purchase Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             206         206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     56,850         63,008         76,455   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

17. Stock Option Plan

Under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan, the Company may grant options to purchase or directly issue incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options, respectively, of common stock to employees, directors, and consultants. Incentive stock options may be granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. If the incentive stock option is granted to a 10% stockholder, then the purchase or exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. Nonstatutory stock options may be granted at a price per share, not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

A summary of stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding – January 1, 2009

     5,040      $ 0.735         5.24         4,442   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.245)

     3,990        1.245                   

Exercised

     (46     0.145                   

Canceled

     (2,356     0.525                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2009

     6,628      $ 1.12         8.54         1,684   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.98)

     3,888        1.98                   

Exercised

     (450     0.205                   

Canceled

     (320     1.62                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2010

     9,746      $ 1.49         7.39       $ 18,570   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $5.035)

     7,043        5.035                   

Exercised

     (1,489     0.73                   

Canceled

     (1,427     2.435                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2011

     13,873      $ 3.28         8.22       $ 37,606   

Granted (unaudited)

     2,075        10.97                   

Exercised (unaudited)

     (639     1.85                   

Canceled (unaudited)

     (533     5.74                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     14,776      $ 4.33         8.11       $ 104,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2010

     3,810      $ 1.02         6.15       $ 9,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2011

     5,044      $ 1.85         7.45       $ 20,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     6,034      $ 2.25         7.27       $ 55,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2010

     8,992      $ 1.455         7.30       $ 17,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2011

     13,834      $ 3.27         8.21       $ 37,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     13,787      $ 4.13         8.05       $ 100,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, was $1,068, $5,437 and $5,591 (unaudited), respectively. The grant date fair market value of options that vested in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 was $76, $1,939, $3,897, $1,982 (unaudited) and $5,436 (unaudited), respectively.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, there was approximately $5.1 million, $24.7 million and $29.0 million (unaudited), respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures related to nonvested stock options, which are expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.82, 3.01 and 2.85 years (unaudited) respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

Under ASC 718, the Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted on each grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and applies the straight-line method of expense attribution. The fair values were estimated on each grant date for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     December 31,     June 30  
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0

Annual risk-free rate of return

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.27     1.12

Expected volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.89     87.52

Expected term (years)

     6.10        5.98        6.09        6.09        6.13   

The expected volatility was calculated based on the average historical volatilities of publicly traded peer companies, determined by the Company. The risk free interest rate used was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock options to be valued. The expected dividend yield was zero, as the Company does not anticipate paying a dividend within the relevant time frame. The expected term has been estimated using the simplified method allowed under ASC 718.

As part of the requirements of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust stock-based compensation expense accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock-based compensation expenses to be recognized in future periods.

The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 was $862, $1,773, $5,051, $1,671 (unaudited) and $4,713 (unaudited), respectively. The Company capitalized costs of $46, $417, $1,417, $614 (unaudited) and $1,225 (unaudited), in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, as a component of work-in-progress, within solar energy systems leased to customers and solar energy systems held for lease to customers.

This expense was included in cost of revenue and in operating expenses as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
         2009              2010              2011              2011              2012      
                          (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 163       $ 144       $ 151       $ 17       $ 201   

Sales and marketing

     129         233         443         149         528   

General and administrative

     524         979         3,040         891         2,759   

18. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

United States

   $ (21,822   $ (38,552   $ 43,595   

Noncontrolling interest

     (876     (8,457     (117,230

Foreign

                   13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (22,698   $ (47,009   $ (73,622
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The income tax provision (benefit) is composed of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 5       $ 10       $ (26

State

     17         55         107   

Foreign

                     4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Provision

     22         65         85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

                   $ 7   

State

                       

Foreign

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Provision

                     7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate

     (34.00 )%      (34.00 )%      (34.00 )% 

State income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     1.89        (5.86     (4.59

Minority investment adjustment

     (4.39     11.07        19.38   

Investment in solar funds

     3.63        5.89        6.34   

Stock-based compensation

     1.24        1.25        1.48   

ASC 810 prepaid tax expense

     (5.61     0.09        0.16   

Other

     3.71        1.91        1.11   

Change in valuation allowance

     33.62        19.78        10.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     0.09     0.13     0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 2,931      $ 8,216   

Net operating losses

     29,741        34,399   

Accelerated gain on assets

     9,246        14,302   

Investment in solar funds

     10,598        18,346   

Tax rebate revenue

     14,444        27,021   

Other credits

     430        450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     67,390        102,734   

Valuation allowance

     (39,191     (49,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     28,199        53,042   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (17,777     (44,052

Investment in solar funds

     (6,328     (148

Other deferred tax liabilities

     (4,094     (8,849
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (28,199     (53,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $      $ (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of current and noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Current:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 3,589      $ 8,809   

Less: valuation allowance

     (2,231     (4,503
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

   $ 1,358      $ 4,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 63,555      $ 93,449   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (27,953     (52,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncurrent gross deferred tax assets

     35,602        40,876   

Less: valuation allowance

     (36,960     (45,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

   $ (1,358   $ (4,313
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2027 if not utilized. In addition, the Company had net operating losses for California income tax purposes of approximately $37.0 million and $37.0 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2021 if not utilized. The

 

F-47


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Company also had net operating losses for other state income tax purposes of approximately $8.3 million and $2.7 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal investment tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.13 million and $0.15 million, respectively. The net investment tax credit carryforward begins to expire in 2028 if not utilized.

The Company’s valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the valuation allowance was primarily related to the operating losses. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. Based on the available objective evidence and the Company’s history of losses, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company has applied a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. The Company completed a Section 382 analysis through December 2011 and determined that an ownership change, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, occurred in prior years. Based on the analysis, the Company has undergone two ownership changes. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes occurred through June 30, 2012. Net Operating Loss carryforwards presented have accounted for any limited and potential lost attributes due to the ownership changes and expiration dates.

The income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 were determined based upon the Company’s estimated consolidated effective income tax rates of negative 0.23% (unaudited) and 0.13% (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The differences between the estimated consolidated effective income tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory rate are primarily attributable to the valuation allowance and the current amortization of the prepaid income taxes due to inter-company sales held within the consolidated group.

As part of the assets monetization strategy, the Company has agreements to sell solar energy systems to the solar investment fund joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until the Company no longer benefits from the underlying asset. Since the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the estimated useful life of the underlying systems which has been estimated to be 30 years. The deferral of the tax expense results in recording of a prepaid tax expense that is included in the consolidated balance sheets as other assets. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 the Company recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.3 million (unaudited), respectively, net of amortization. The amortization of the prepaid tax expense in each period makes up the major component of the tax expense.

It is the intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiary in foreign operations. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiary

 

F-48


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

as such earnings are to be reinvested indefinitely. As of December 31, 2011, there is minimal amount of cumulative earnings upon which U.S. income taxes have not been provided.

Uncertain Tax Positions

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to the recognition, measurement and presentation of uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had no amount of unrecognized tax benefits.

The interest expense and penalties for uncertain tax positions will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. There was no interest and penalties accrued for any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010 and 2011.

The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of gross unrecognized benefits will increase or decrease within 12 months of the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company is subject to taxation and files income tax returns in the U.S., various state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s net losses, substantially all of its federal, state, local, and foreign income tax returns since inception are still subject to audit.

19. Defined Contribution Plan

In January 2007, the Company established a 401(k) Retirement Plan (the Retirement Plan) available to employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements. Participants may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation to the Retirement Plan up to a statutory limit. Participants are fully vested in their contributions. The Company may make discretionary contributions to the Retirement Plan as a percentage of participant contributions, subject to established limits. The Company did not make any contributions to the Retirement Plan during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, or for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

20. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012, include the following related party transactions (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
                          (unaudited)  

Net Revenue, Systems:

           

Sale of a solar energy system to Company officers and Board members

   $ 5       $       $       $ 183   

Expenditures:

           

Purchase of inventory from an investor

   $ 18,523       $ 9,259       $       $   

Payment of consulting fees and sales commissions to another investor (included in sales and marketing)

     76         79                   

 

F-49


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

The investor from whom the Company purchased inventory as noted above ceased to be an investor in the Company in December 2010.

Related party balances as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, comprise (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Payable to an investor vendor (included in accounts payable)

   $ 6       $       $   

21. Commitments and Contingencies

Noncancelable Operating Leases

The Company leases office and warehouse facilities under noncancelable operating leases primarily for its United States based warehouse locations. In addition, the Company leases equipment under noncancelable operating leases. Aggregate rent expense for facilities and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, was $1.3 million, $1.6 million, $2.9 million, $1.4 million (unaudited) and $1.7 million (unaudited), respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 5,461   

2013

     5,419   

2014

     5,102   

2015

     4,716   

2016

     4,171   

Thereafter

     15,084   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

   $ 39,953   
  

 

 

 

Indemnification and Guaranteed Returns

As disclosed in Notes 12 and 14, the Company has contractually committed to compensate certain fund investors for losses that the fund investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury grants resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted that results in the reduction of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits. The Company believes that any other payments to its fund investors arising from these obligations are not probable based on currently known facts. As a result, the fair values of any such obligations cannot be reasonably estimated.

As disclosed in Note 12, the Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in several of its funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return upon the occurrence of certain events, including the dissolution of the funds, or if the Company purchases the investors’ equity stake in the funds, or for one of the funds annually. The investor in these funds

 

F-50


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

21. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

has already received a significant portion of the projected economic benefits from Treasury grant distributions and tax depreciation benefits. Based on the Company’s current financial projections regarding the amount and timing of future distributions to the investor, the Company does not expect to make any payments as a result of these guarantees and has not accrued any liabilities relating to these guarantees. The amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees is dependent on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds activities and the timing and amounts that the Company would pay to the investor in the event the Company purchased the investor’s stake in the funds, or the timing and amount of distributions to the investors upon the liquidation of the funds. Due to uncertainties surrounding estimating the amounts of these factors, the Company is unable to estimate the maximum potential payments that could be payable under these guarantees.

As discussed in Note 13, under the lease pass-through investment funds is a one-time lease payment reset mechanism that is set to occur after the installation of all the solar energy systems in a fund. As a result of this mechanism, the Company may be required to refund lease prepayments previously received from investors. Any refunds of lease prepayments would reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets for the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077

Noncumulative dividends on convertible redeemable preferred stock(1)

                   (1,633     (795       

Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders(2)

                   (33,658     (8,946       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 2,189      $ (23,077

Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders(3)

                   2,764        624          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 2,813      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   

Dilutive effect of common stock options

                   4,546,088        3,712,488          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Noncumulative dividends payable on convertible redeemable preferred stock represents a $0.01 noncumulative preferred dividend that would be payable to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders prior to any other allocations to preferred and common stockholders if all the earnings for each period were distributed.
(2)

Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders represents the share of available undistributed earnings as adjusted for noncumulative preferred dividends that would be allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders on an as-converted basis.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share (continued)

 

(3) Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders represents the impact of reallocation of undistributed earnings to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, as described in (2) above, to reflect potential impact of dilutive securities.

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
                          (unaudited)  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     36,010,660         39,450,660         41,893,046         39,825,860         45,280,032   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     60,834                                   

Preferred stock warrants

     2,209,742         3,204,748         1,816,650         1,119,930         1,816,650   

Common stock options

     6,627,062         9,746,200         3,678,225         3,720,315         1,995,856   

 

F-53


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share (continued)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
   Six Months
Ended

June 30, 2012
     (unaudited)

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

     

Change in fair value of liabilities for the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic common stockholders, basic

     

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock and net exercises of Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Weighted average effect of dilutive options

     

Weighted average effect of dilutive common stock warrants

     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

23. Subsequent Events

For our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011, we evaluated subsequent events through August 15, 2012, the date our consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

2012 Solar Financing Programs

During 2012, the Company has entered into six new tax equity arrangements, one with an existing tax equity investor, for a total of $357.5 million in available financing.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table presents the costs and expenses we will pay, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fees and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

SEC Registration fee

   $  

FINRA filing fee

      

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

      

Printing and engraving expenses

      

Legal fees and expenses

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Blue sky fees and expenses

      

Custodian and transfer agent fees

      

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

      
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred for their service for or on our behalf. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we shall advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding. The bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws (except in a proceeding initiated by such person without board approval). In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees for a legal proceeding.

Reference is made to Section 9 of the underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, indemnifying our directors and officers against limited liabilities. In addition, Section 1.10 of our seventh amended and restated investors’ rights agreement contained in Exhibit 4.5 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of certain of our stockholders against liabilities described therein.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2009, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

(1) Sales of Capital Stock

 

  Ÿ  

In October 2009, we issued 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock to six accredited investors at a price of $5.41 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $23.9 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2010, we issued 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a price of $6.25 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $21.5 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June and July 2011, we issued 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock to 12 accredited investors at a price of $9.68 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $20.0 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In November 2011, we issued 7,500 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $1.62 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $12,112.

 

  Ÿ  

In December 2011, we issued 20,000 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $0.0001 per share for aggregate proceeds of $1.00; and

 

  Ÿ  

In February and March 2012, we issued 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock to seven accredited investors at a price of $23.92 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $81.0 million.

 

  Ÿ  

In August 2012, we issued 112,835 shares of Series C preferred stock to two accredited investors upon exercise of outstanding warrants.

(2) Warrants

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2011, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock to a total of 12 accredited investors at an exercise price of $9.68 per share.

(3) Options Issuances

 

  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through July 31, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,671,898 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants of the registrant under our 2007 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.03 to $11.40, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $2.7 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through July 31, 2012, we granted direct issuances or stock options to purchase an aggregate of 17,190,554 shares of our common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $1.62 to $11.40 share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2007 Plan.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, with respect to the items (1) and (2) above, and Rule 701 thereunder, with respect to the item (3) above, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock
  4.3    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.4    Form of Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.5    Seventh Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 24, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2    2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3    2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4    2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5    Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
10.6    Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.6D    Fourth Amendment and Waiver to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.7    Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7C    Third Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.8†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011

21.1   

List of Subsidiaries

23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2†   

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)

24.1   

Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)

99.1   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on April 26, 2012

99.2   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on June 21, 2012

99.3   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on July 23, 2012

99.4   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 15, 2012

 

To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statements Schedules—All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being

 

II-4


Table of Contents

registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) For the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

  a. The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (4) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Mateo, State of California, on the      day of                 , 2012.

 

SolarCity Corporation

By:

 

     

  Lyndon R. Rive
  Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Lyndon R. Rive and Robert D. Kelly, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the registration statement filed herewith and any and all amendments to said registration statement (including post-effective amendments and any registration statement for the same offering covered by said registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto), and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done hereby by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

Lyndon R. Rive

  

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

     

Robert D. Kelly

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

     

Peter J. Rive

   Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director  

     

Elon Musk

   Chairman of the Board of Directors  

     

Raj Atluru

   Director  

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

John H. N. Fisher

   Director  

     

Antonio J. Gracias

   Director  

     

Hans A. Mehn

   Director  

     

Nancy E. Pfund

   Director  

     

Jeffrey B. Straubel

   Director  

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

    1.1†       Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1†       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
    3.2†       Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
    3.3         Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
    3.4         Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
    4.1†       Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
    4.2         Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock
    4.3         Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
    4.4         Form of Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock
    4.5         Seventh Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 24, 2012
    5.1†       Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
  10.1         Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
  10.2         2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
  10.3         2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
  10.4         2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
  10.5         Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
  10.5A       First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
  10.5B       Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
  10.6         Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
  10.6A       First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011
  10.6B       Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
  10.6C       Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
  10.6D       Fourth Amendment and Waiver to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of June 28, 2012
  10.7         Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
  10.7A       First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  10.7B       Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012
  10.7C       Third Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of June 28, 2012
  10.8†       Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
  10.9       Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011
  21.1         List of Subsidiaries
  23.1         Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.2†       Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1         Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)
  99.1       Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on April 26, 2012
  99.2       Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on June 21, 2012
  99.3       Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on July 23, 2012
  99.4       Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 15, 2012

 

To be filed by amendment.
Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.6

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on                     , 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   4931   02-0781046

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Lyndon R. Rive

Chief Executive Officer

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Steven V. Bernard

Alexander D. Phillips

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Seth R. Weissman
Phuong Y. Phillips

SolarCity Corporation

3055 Clearview Way

San Mateo, California 94402

(650) 638-1028

 

Thomas J. Ivey

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

525 University Avenue

Palo Alto, California 94301

(650) 470-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨      Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  x       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration
Fee
         

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $                        $          
 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes shares the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                     , 2012

             Shares

 

LOGO

 

 

This is an initial public offering of SolarCity Corporation’s shares of common stock. We are offering to sell              shares in this offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering to sell an additional              shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 13 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                    , 2012.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse   BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Needham & Company   Roth Capital Partners

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     13   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

     36   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     37   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     37   

CAPITALIZATION

     38   

DILUTION

     40   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     42   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     45   

BUSINESS

     89   

MANAGEMENT

     109   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     118   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     128   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     132   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     135   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     140   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     143   

UNDERWRITING

     147   

EXPERTS

     154   

LEGAL MATTERS

     154   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     154   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who obtain this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares in this offering. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and “SolarCity” refer to SolarCity Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

SolarCity

Our Vision for Better Energy

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

Overview

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided or contracted to provide systems or services on more than 33,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by reducing the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Investment Funds.”

To date, we have raised $1.57 billion through 23 investment funds and related financing facilities established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $664.6 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments. We also have made significant investments in our business infrastructure and personnel to support our growth, and as a result we have incurred substantial net losses over the past five years.

Our long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and we are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. Despite these increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, U.S. electricity usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years.

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kilowatt hour, or kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 terawatt hours, or TWh, of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual

 

 

2


Table of Contents

growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

As a result of rising energy prices, the market for energy efficiency solutions is expected to grow significantly. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to 2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to switch to Better Energy in a simple and cost-efficient manner. The key elements of our integrated approach are:

 

  Ÿ  

Sales.     We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing.     We provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy affordable.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering.     We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the custom design process and optimizes the energy production of each solar energy system.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation.     We obtain all necessary building permits and handle the installation of our solar energy systems. By managing these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance.     Our proprietary monitoring software provides both SolarCity and our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation, consumption and carbon offset through an easy-to-read application available on smartphones and any device with a web browser.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services.     Using our proprietary software, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements.

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we offer a simple and efficient process to our customers.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.     Most of our solar energy customers purchase energy from us under 20-year contracts, and we leverage these relationships to offer energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      We believe that our size and scale provide our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.      Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. We intend to:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     We intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel and leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     We plan on reducing costs by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary software to further ensure that our integrated team operates as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital and offer lower-priced energy to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, as more fully described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. For example, you should be aware of the following before investing in our common stock:

 

  Ÿ  

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

 

  Ÿ  

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

  Ÿ  

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems through financing arrangements with fund investors.

 

  Ÿ  

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other energy sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in June 2006 as a Delaware corporation. Our headquarters are located at 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402, and our telephone number is (650) 638-1028. You can access our website at www.solarcity.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

“SolarCity,” “SolarGuard,” “SolarLease” and “PowerGuide” are our registered trademarks in the United States and, in some cases, in certain other countries. Our other unregistered trademarks and service marks in the United States include: “Better Energy,” “SolarBid,” “SolarStrong” and “SolarWorks.” This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and tradenames of other companies.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 3(a)(80) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Pursuant to Section 102 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, we have provided reduced executive compensation disclosure and have omitted a compensation discussion and analysis from this prospectus. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we have elected to utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                         shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                         shares

 

Total common stock offered

                         shares

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

                         shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of             additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets.

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

SCTY

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 56,433,200 shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,847,376 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.41 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

101,679 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted after July 31, 2012 at an exercise price of $12.20 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

112,835 shares of Series C preferred stock issued on August 6, 2012 upon exercise of warrants;

 

  Ÿ  

206,716 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $9.67 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,076,860 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,776,860 shares of common stock reserved for issuance

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

under our 2007 Stock Plan as of July 31, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 45,392,867 shares of common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described in “Description of Capital Stock;”

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the conversion of outstanding, non-expiring preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adopt our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders in this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to our consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

          

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

          

Basic

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       $          $     
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(3):

          

Basic

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders assumes the net exercise of the warrants to purchase Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock and the conversion of the Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase common stock as occurring at the beginning of the fiscal period. Accordingly, the charge for the change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liability recorded in the fiscal period is reversed because this charge would not have been recorded after the net exercise and conversion. Pro forma basic or diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average basic or diluted pro forma shares of common stock. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2012.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2012 is presented on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

 

     As of June 30, 2012  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,779      $                    $                

Total current assets

     268,754        

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

     729,243        

Total assets

     1,043,379        

Total current liabilities

     246,443        

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     151,490        

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

     148,927        

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

     14,952        

Other liabilities

     72,887        

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     206,940        

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (54,829     

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     31,328        

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the net exercise of the outstanding Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, effective upon the closing of this offering.
(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet in the table above assumes the pro forma conversions, net exercise and reclassifications described in (1) above plus the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering and the

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of             , the mid-point range set forth in the cover page, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

         Year Ended December 31,          Six Months
Ended

June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     

New buildings(1)

     2,570         4,753         7,949         9,480   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

     5,501         10,254         18,203         27,683   

Megawatts booked(2)

     36         92         134         200   

Megawatts deployed(2)

     15         31         72         72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed (end of period)(2)

     27         58         129         201   

Transactions for other energy products and services(3)

     67         401         3,741         5,348   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and solar energy systems we have sold to customers.
(3) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specific periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

       As of December 31,      As of June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

   $ 65,234       $ 183,188       $ 252,752       $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

   $ 106,204       $ 273,166       $ 485,780       $ 711,912   

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a substantial risk of loss. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks occurred, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. See the section entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to our Business

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

Federal, state and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, and internal policies and regulations promulgated by electric utilities, heavily influence the market for electricity generation products and services. These regulations and policies often relate to electricity pricing and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. In the United States, governments and utilities continuously modify these regulations and policies. These regulations and policies could deter customers from purchasing renewable energy, including solar energy systems. This could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for our solar energy systems. For example, utilities commonly charge fees to larger, industrial customers for disconnecting from the electric grid or for having the capacity to use power from the electric grid for back-up purposes. These fees could increase our customers’ cost to use our systems and make them less desirable, thereby harming our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, depending on the region, electricity generated by solar energy systems competes most effectively with expensive peak-hour electricity from the electric grid, rather than the less expensive average price of electricity. Modifications to the utilities’ peak hour pricing policies or rate design, such as to a flat rate, would require us to lower the price of our solar energy systems to compete with the price of electricity from the electric grid.

In addition, any changes to government or internal utility regulations and policies that favor electric utilities could reduce our competitiveness and cause a significant reduction in demand for our products and services. For example, certain jurisdictions have proposed assessing fees on customers purchasing energy from solar energy systems and a utility in San Diego, California recently attempted to impose a new charge that would disproportionately impact solar energy system customers who utilize net metering, either of which would increase the cost of energy to those customers and could reduce demand for our solar energy systems. Any similar government or utility policies adopted in the future could reduce demand for our products and services and adversely impact our growth.

We rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to our customers in some of our key markets.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net energy metering, or net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Utilities operating in states without a net metering policy may receive solar electricity that is exported to the grid at times when there is no

 

13


Table of Contents

simultaneous energy demand by the customer to utilize the generation onsite without providing any compensation to the customer for this generation. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate may be adversely impacted by the failure to expand existing limits on the amount of net metering in states that have implemented it, the failure to adopt a net metering policy where it currently is not in place or the imposition of new charges that only or disproportionately impact customers that utilize net metering. Our ability to sell solar energy systems or the electricity they generate also may be adversely impacted by the unavailability of expedited or simplified interconnection for grid-tied solar energy systems or any limitation on the number of customer interconnections or amount of solar energy that utilities are required to allow in their service territory or some part of the grid.

Limits on net metering, interconnection of solar energy systems and other operational policies in key markets could limit the number of solar energy systems installed there. For example, California utilities are currently required to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds 5% of the utilities’ “aggregate customer peak demand.” This cap on net metering in California was increased to 5% in 2010 as utilities neared the prior cap of 2.5%. If the current net metering caps in California, or other jurisdictions, are reached, future customers will be unable to recognize the cost savings associated with net metering. We substantially rely on net metering when we establish competitive pricing for our prospective customers. The absence of net metering for new customers would greatly limit demand for our solar energy systems.

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

U.S. federal, state and local government bodies provide incentives to end users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments and payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation. We rely on these governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives to lower our cost of capital and to incent fund investors to invest in our funds. These incentives enable us to lower the price we charge customers for energy and for our solar energy systems. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase. These reductions or terminations often occur without warning.

The federal government currently offers a 30% investment tax credit under Section 48(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Federal ITC, for the installation of certain solar power facilities until December 31, 2016. This credit is due to adjust to 10% in 2017. Solar energy systems that began construction prior to the end of 2011 were eligible to receive a 30% federal cash grant paid by the U.S. Treasury Department under section 1603 of the “American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009,” or the U.S. Treasury grant, in lieu of the Federal ITC. In addition, applicable authorities may adjust or decrease incentives from time to time or include provisions for minimum domestic content requirements or other requirements to qualify for these incentives.

Reductions in, or eliminations or expirations of, governmental incentives could adversely impact our results of operations and ability to compete in our industry by increasing our cost of capital, causing us to increase the prices of our energy and solar energy systems, and reducing the size of our addressable market. In addition, this would adversely impact our ability to attract investment partners and to form new investment funds and our ability to offer attractive financing to prospective customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, more than 90% of new customers chose to enter into financed lease or power purchase agreements rather than buying a solar energy system for cash.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

Our leases and power purchase agreements are third-party ownership arrangements. Sales of electricity by third parties face regulatory challenges in some states and jurisdictions. Other challenges pertain to whether third-party owned systems qualify for the same levels of rebates or other non-tax incentives available for customer-owned solar energy systems, whether third-party owned systems are eligible at all for these incentives, and whether third-party owned systems are eligible for net metering and the associated significant cost savings. Reductions in, or eliminations of, this treatment of these third-party arrangements could reduce demand for our systems, adversely impact our access to capital and could cause us to increase the price we charge our customers for energy.

The Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Treasury has issued subpoenas to a number of significant participants in the rooftop solar energy installation industry, including us. The subpoena we received requires us to deliver certain documents in our possession relating to our participation in the U.S. Treasury grant program. These documents will be delivered to the Department of Justice, which is investigating the administration and implementation of the U.S. Treasury grant program.

In July 2012, we and other companies with significant market share, and other companies related to the solar industry, received subpoenas from the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of the Inspector General to deliver certain documents in our respective possession. In particular, our subpoena requested, among other things, documents dated, created, revised or referred to since January 1, 2007 that relate to our applications for U.S. Treasury grants or communications with certain other solar development companies or certain firms that appraise solar energy property for U.S. Treasury grant application purposes. The Inspector General is working with the Civil Division of the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate the administration and implementation of the U.S. Treasury grant program, including possible misrepresentations made in grant applications by companies in the solar industry. We are currently reviewing and evaluating the subpoena and intend to cooperate fully with the Inspector General and the Department of Justice. We anticipate that at least six months will be required to gather all of the requested documents and provide them to the Inspector General, and at least another year following that for the Inspector General to conclude its review of the materials. As to us, on August 9, 2012, we received a letter from the Department of Justice indicating that the government’s investigation focuses on our possible misrepresentations to the Department of Treasury in applications under the Treasury grant program, including misrepresentations concerning the fair market value of the solar power systems submitted for grant under that program. The letter stated that the subpoena seeks documents relevant to that issue and is not intended to be construed more broadly than that.

We are not aware of, and have not been made aware of, any specific allegations of misconduct or misrepresentation by us or our officers, directors or employees, and no such assertions have been made by the Inspector General or the Department of Justice. However, if at the conclusion of the investigation the Inspector General concludes that misrepresentations were made, the Department of Justice could decide to bring a civil action to recover amounts it believes were improperly paid to us. If it were successful in asserting this action, we could then be required to pay damages and penalties for any funds received based on such misrepresentations (which, in turn, could require us to make indemnity payments to certain of our fund investors). Such consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and prospects. Additionally, the period of time necessary to resolve the investigation is uncertain, and this matter could require significant management and financial resources that could otherwise be devoted to the operation of our business.

 

15


Table of Contents

If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department makes additional determinations that the fair market value of our solar energy systems is materially lower than what we have claimed, we may have to pay significant amounts to our investment funds or to our fund investors and such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We and our fund investors claim the Federal ITC or the U.S. Treasury grant in amounts based on the fair market value of our solar energy systems. We have obtained independent appraisals to support the fair market values we report for claiming Federal ITCs and U.S. Treasury grants. The Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department review these fair market values. With respect to U.S. Treasury grants, the U.S. Treasury Department reviews the reported fair market value in determining the amount initially awarded, and the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department may also subsequently review the fair market value and determine that amounts previously awarded must be repaid to the U.S. Treasury Department. With respect to Federal ITCs, the Internal Revenue Service may review the fair market value on audit and determine that the tax credits previously claimed must be reduced. If the fair market value is determined to be less than we reported, we may owe the fund or our fund investors an amount equal to this difference, plus any costs and expenses associated with a challenge to that valuation. The U.S. Treasury Department has determined in a small number of instances to award us U.S. Treasury grants for our solar energy systems at a materially lower value than we had established in our appraisals and, as a result, we have been required to pay our fund investors a true-up payment or contribute additional assets to the associated investment funds. Other U.S. Treasury grant applications have been accepted and the U.S. Treasury grant paid in full on the basis of valuations comparable to those projects as to which the U.S. Treasury has determined a significantly lower valuation than that claimed in our U.S. Treasury grant applications. The U.S. Department of Treasury issued valuation guidelines on June 30, 2011, and no grant applications that we have submitted at values below those guidelines have been reduced by the Treasury Department. If the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury Department disagrees now or in the future, as a result of any future audit, the outcome of the Department of Treasury Inspector General investigation or otherwise, with the fair market value of more of our solar energy systems that we have constructed or that we construct in the future, including any systems for which grants have already been paid, and determines we have claimed too high of a fair market value, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects. For example, a hypothetical five percent downward adjustment in the fair market value in the approximately $325 million of U.S. Department of Treasury grant applications that we have submitted as of August 31, 2012 would obligate us to repay approximately $16 million to our fund investors.

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to finance these systems with fund investors who require particular tax and other benefits.

Our solar energy systems have been eligible for Federal ITCs or U.S. Treasury grants, as well as depreciation benefits. We have relied on, and will continue to rely on, financing structures that monetize a substantial portion of those benefits and provide financing for our solar energy systems. With the lapse of the U.S. Treasury grant program, we anticipate that our reliance on these tax-advantaged financing structures will increase substantially. If, for any reason, we were unable to continue to monetize those benefits through these arrangements, we may be unable to provide and maintain solar energy systems for new customers on an economically viable basis.

The availability of this tax-advantaged financing depends upon many factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to compete with other renewable energy companies for the limited number of potential fund investors, each of which has limited funds and limited appetite for the tax benefits associated with these financings;

 

16


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the state of financial and credit markets;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the legal or tax risks associated with these financings; and

 

  Ÿ  

non-renewal of these incentives or decreases in the associated benefits.

Under current law, the Federal ITC will be reduced from approximately 30% of the cost of the solar energy systems to approximately 10% for solar energy systems placed in service after December 31, 2016. In addition, U.S. Treasury grants are no longer available for new solar energy systems. Moreover, potential fund investors must remain satisfied that the structures we offer make the tax benefits associated with solar energy systems available to these investors, which depends both on the investors’ assessment of the tax law and the absence of any unfavorable interpretations of that law. Changes in existing law and interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts could reduce the willingness of fund investors to invest in funds associated with these solar energy system investments. We cannot assure you that this type of financing will be available to us. If, for any reason, we are unable to finance solar energy systems through tax-advantaged structures or if we are unable to realize or monetize depreciation benefits, we may no longer be able to provide solar energy systems to new customers on an economically viable basis. This would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We need to enter into additional substantial financing arrangements to facilitate our customers’ access to our solar energy systems, and if this financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to continue to grow our business would be materially adversely impacted.

Our future success depends on our ability to raise capital from third-party fund investors to help finance the deployment of our residential and commercial solar energy systems. In particular, our strategy is to seek to reduce the cost of capital through these arrangements to improve our margins or to offset future reductions in government incentives and to maintain the price competitiveness of our solar energy systems. If we are unable to establish new investment funds when needed, or upon desirable terms, to enable our customers’ access to our solar energy systems with little or no upfront cost, we may be unable to finance installation of our customers’ systems, or our cost of capital could increase, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To date we have raised capital sufficient to finance installation of our customers’ solar energy systems from a number of financial institutions and other large companies. The contract terms in certain of our investment fund documents condition our ability to draw on investment commitments from the fund investors, including if an event occurs that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the fund or in one case on us. If we do not satisfy such condition due to events related to our business or a specific investment fund or developments in our industry (including related to the Department of Treasury Inspector General investigation) or otherwise, and as a result we are unable to draw on existing commitments, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and prospects. If any of the financial institutions or large companies that currently invest in our investment funds decide not to invest in future investment funds to finance our solar energy systems due to general market conditions, concerns about our business or prospects, the pendency of the Department of Treasury Inspector General investigation or any other reason, or materially changed the terms under which they are willing to provide future financing, we will need to identify new financial institutions and companies to invest in our investment funds and negotiate new financing terms.

In the past, we encountered challenges raising new funds, which caused us to delay deployment of a substantial number of solar energy systems for which we had signed leases or power purchase agreements with customers. For example, in late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted

 

17


Table of Contents

in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Our future ability to obtain additional financing depends on banks’ and other financing sources’ continued confidence in our business model and the renewable energy industry as a whole. If we experience higher customer default rates than we currently experience in our existing investment funds or we lower the credit rating requirement for new customers, this could make it more difficult or costly to attract future financing. Solar energy has yet to achieve broad market acceptance and depends on continued support in the form of performance-based incentives, rebates, tax credits and other incentives from federal, state and foreign governments. If this support diminishes, our ability to obtain external financing on acceptable terms, or at all, could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we face competition for these investor funds. If we are unable to continue to offer a competitive investment profile, we may lose access to these funds or they may only be available on less favorable terms than our competitors. Our current financing sources may be inadequate to support the anticipated growth in our business plans. Our inability to secure financing could lead to cancelled projects and could impair our ability to accept new projects and customers. In addition, our borrowing costs could increase, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or electricity from other sources would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe that a customer’s decision to buy renewable energy from us is primarily driven by their desire to pay less for electricity. The customer’s decision may also be affected by the cost of other renewable energy sources. Decreases in the retail prices of electricity from the utilities or from other renewable energy sources would harm our ability to offer competitive pricing and could harm our business. The price of electricity from utilities could decrease as a result of:

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of a significant number of new power generation plants, including nuclear, coal, natural gas or renewable energy technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

the construction of additional electric transmission and distribution lines;

 

  Ÿ  

a reduction in the price of natural gas as a result of new drilling techniques or a relaxation of associated regulatory standards;

 

  Ÿ  

the energy conservation technologies and public initiatives to reduce electricity consumption; and

 

  Ÿ  

development of new renewable energy technologies that provide less expensive energy.

A reduction in utility electricity prices would make the purchase of our solar energy systems or the purchase of energy under our lease and power purchase agreements less economically attractive. In addition, a shift in the timing of peak rates for utility-generated electricity to a time of day when solar energy generation is less efficient could make our solar energy system offerings less competitive and reduce demand for our products and services. If the retail price of energy available from utilities were to decrease due to any of these reasons, or others, we would be at a competitive disadvantage, we may be unable to attract new customers and our growth would be limited.

A material drop in the retail price of utility-generated electricity would particularly adversely impact our ability to attract commercial customers.

Commercial customers comprise a significant and growing portion of our business, and the commercial market for energy is particularly sensitive to price changes. Typically, commercial customers pay less for energy from utilities than residential customers. Because the price we are able to charge commercial customers is only slightly lower than their current retail rate, any decline in the retail rate of energy for commercial entities could have a significant impact on our ability to attract commercial customers. We may be unable to offer solar energy systems for the commercial market that produce

 

18


Table of Contents

electricity at rates that are competitive with the price of retail electricity on a non-subsidized basis. If this were to occur, we would be at a competitive disadvantage to other energy providers and may be unable to attract new commercial customers, and our business would be harmed.

Rising interest rates could adversely impact our business.

Changes in interest rates could have an adverse impact on our business by increasing our cost of capital. For example:

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates would increase our cost of capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

rising interest rates may negatively impact our ability to secure financing on favorable terms to facilitate our customers’ purchase of our solar energy systems or energy generated by our solar energy systems.

The majority of our cash flows to date have been from solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements that have been monetized under various investment fund structures. One of the components of this monetization is the present value of the payment streams from the customers who enter into these leases and power purchase agreements. If the rate of return required by the fund investor rises as a result of a rise in interest rates, it will reduce the present value of the customer payment stream and consequently reduce the total value derived from this monetization. Rising interest rates could harm our business and financial condition.

We have guaranteed a minimum return to be received by an investor in certain of our investment funds and could be adversely affected if we are required to make any payments under those guarantees.

For three of our joint venture investment funds with one investor, with total investments of approximately $86.2 million, we are contractually required to make payments to the investor to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return in the event of liquidation of the funds or if we purchase the investor’s equity stake in the funds, including following the investor’s exercise of its put right. For another fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to make payments to the investor to compensate for payments that the investor would be required to make to a certain third party as a result of the investor not achieving a specified minimum internal rate of return in this fund, assessed annually. In both instances, the amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees depends on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds’ activities, and the amounts that we would pay to the investor if we purchase the investor’s stake in the funds or the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. In a fifth fund with the same investor, we have guaranteed to annually distribute a minimum amount. Because of uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amounts of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, we cannot determine the potential maximum future payments that we could have to make under these guarantees. We may agree to similar terms in the future if market conditions require it. Any significant payments that we may be required to make under our guarantees could adversely affect our financial condition.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, there is a one-time reset of the lease payments, and we may be obligated, in connection with the resetting of the lease payments at true up, to refund lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the extent the system sizes, costs, and timing are not consistent with the initial lease payment model.

In our lease pass-through investment funds, the models used to calculate the lease prepayments will be updated for each fund at a fixed date occurring after placement in service of all solar systems or an agreed upon date (typically within the first year of the applicable lease term) to reflect certain

 

19


Table of Contents

specified conditions as they exist at such date, including the ultimate system size of the equipment that was leased, how much it cost, and when it went into service. As a result of this true up, the lease payments are resized and we may be obligated to refund the investor’s lease prepayments or to contribute additional assets to the fund. Any significant refunds or capital contributions that we may be required to make could adversely affect our financial condition.

We are not currently regulated as a utility under applicable law, but we may be subject to regulation as a utility in the future.

Federal law and most state laws do not currently regulate us as a utility. As a result, we are not subject to the various federal and state standards, restrictions and regulatory requirements applicable to U.S. utilities. In the United States, we obtain federal and state regulatory exemptions by establishing “Qualifying Facility” status with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for all of our qualifying solar energy projects. In Canada, we also are generally subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff regulations (including the feed-in tariff rates), however we are not currently subject to regulation as a utility. Our business strategy includes the continued development of larger solar energy systems in the future for our commercial and government customers, which has the potential to impact our regulatory position. Any local, state, federal or foreign regulations could place significant restrictions on our ability to operate our business and execute our business plan by prohibiting or otherwise restricting our sale of electricity. If we were subject to the same state, federal or foreign regulatory authorities as utilities in the United States or if new regulatory bodies were established to oversee our business in the United States or in foreign markets, then our operating costs would materially increase.

A failure to hire and retain a sufficient number of employees in key functions would constrain our growth and our ability to timely complete our customers’ projects.

To support our growth, we need to hire, train, deploy, manage and retain a substantial number of skilled employees. In particular, we need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure to grow our customer base and our business, and we plan to expand our direct sales force. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months before a new salesperson is fully trained and productive. If we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or grow our business.

To complete current and future customer projects and to continue to grow our customer base, we need to hire a large number of installers in the relevant markets. Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for skilled installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and delivery of energy products and services. We also compete with the homebuilding and construction industries for skilled labor. As these industries recover and seek to hire additional workers, our cost of labor may increase. The unionization of our labor force could also increase our labor costs. Shortages of skilled labor could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project. In addition, because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources that requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high regional standards for employees in these fields.

If we cannot meet our hiring, retention and efficiency goals, we may be unable to complete our customers’ projects on time, in an acceptable manner or at all. Any significant failures in this regard would materially impair our growth, reputation, business and financial results. If we are required to pay

 

20


Table of Contents

higher compensation than we anticipate, these greater expenses may also adversely impact our financial results and the growth of our business.

It is difficult to evaluate our business and prospects due to our limited operating history.

Since our formation in 2006, we have focused our efforts primarily on the sales, financing, engineering, installation and monitoring of solar energy systems for residential, commercial and government customers. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. We may be unsuccessful in significantly broadening our customer base through installation of solar energy systems within our current markets or in new markets we may enter. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in generating substantial revenue from our new energy efficiency products and services or from any additional energy-related products and services we may introduce in the future. Our limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving and competitive nature of our industry, may not provide an adequate basis for you to evaluate our operating and financing results and business prospects. In addition, we only have limited insight into emerging trends that may adversely impact our business, prospects and operating results. As a result, our limited operating history may impair our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.

We have incurred losses and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses in the past, and we had an accumulated deficit of $70.3 million as of June 30, 2012. We may incur net losses from operations as we increase our spending to finance the expansion of our operations, expand our installation , engineering, administrative, sales and marketing staffs, and implement internal systems and infrastructure to support our growth. We do not know whether our revenue will grow rapidly enough to absorb these costs, and our limited operating history makes it difficult to assess the extent of these expenses or their impact on our operating results. Our ability to achieve profitability depends on a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

growing our customer base;

 

  Ÿ  

finding investors willing to invest in our investment funds;

 

  Ÿ  

maintaining and further lowering our cost of capital;

 

  Ÿ  

reducing the cost of components for our solar energy systems; and

 

  Ÿ  

reducing our operating costs by optimizing our design and installation processes and supply chain logistics.

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may be unable to sustain or increase our profitability in the future.

We face competition from both traditional energy companies and renewable energy companies.

The solar energy and renewable energy industries are both highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive to distinguish themselves within their markets and compete with large utilities. We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. If we cannot offer compelling value to our customers based on these factors, then our business will not grow. Utilities generally have substantially greater financial, technical, operational and other resources than we do. As a result of their greater size, these competitors may be able to devote more resources to the research, development, promotion and sale of their products or respond more quickly to evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions than we can. Utilities could also offer other value-

 

21


Table of Contents

added products or services that could help them to compete with us even if the cost of electricity they offer is higher than ours. In addition, a majority of utilities’ sources of electricity is non-solar, which may allow utilities to sell electricity more cheaply than electricity generated by our solar energy systems.

We also compete with solar companies in the downstream value chain of solar energy. For example, we face competition from purely finance driven organizations which then subcontract out the installation of solar energy systems, from installation businesses that seek financing from external parties, from large construction companies and utilities, and increasingly from sophisticated electrical and roofing companies. Some of these competitors specialize in either the residential or commercial solar energy markets, and some may provide energy at lower costs than we do. Many of our competitors also have significant brand name recognition and have extensive knowledge of our target markets. For us to remain competitive, we must distinguish ourselves from our competitors by offering an integrated approach that successfully competes with each level of products and services offered by our competitors at various points in the value chain. If our competitors develop an integrated approach similar to ours including sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and efficiency services, this will reduce our marketplace differentiation.

We also face competition in the energy efficiency evaluation and upgrades market and we expect to face competition in additional markets as we introduce new energy-related products and services. As the solar industry grows and evolves, we will also face new competitors who are not currently in the market. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with existing or new competitors will limit our growth and will have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for 2010 and 2011, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and inventory processes. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. These material weaknesses resulted from an aggregation of deficiencies.

The accounting policies associated with our investment funds are complex, which contributed to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. With regard to our joint venture partnerships, we initially computed the hypothetical liquidation at book value using the fair value of the assets in these joint ventures rather than the carryover basis, resulting in an adjustment to the net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interests in our 2009 consolidated financial statements. For lease pass-through arrangements, we initially characterized funds received from investors as deferred revenue rather than financing obligations, which resulted in adjustments to our 2010 consolidated financial statements. For a particular sale-leaseback transaction, we did not initially defer the correct amount of gain associated with this arrangement, which was corrected in our 2010 consolidated financial statements. The foregoing resulted in restatements of our 2008, 2009 and 2010 consolidated financial statements. In addition, deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls resulted in audit adjustments and delayed our financial statement close process for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011. We are implementing policies and processes to remediate these material weaknesses and improve our internal control over financial reporting.

We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged our independent registered

 

22


Table of Contents

public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our financial statements. Had we performed such an evaluation or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, material weaknesses, in addition to those discussed above, may have been identified. For so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, which may be up to five years following this offering, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. During the course of the evaluation, documentation or attestation, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify weaknesses and deficiencies that we may not otherwise identify in a timely manner or at all as a result of the deferred implementation of this additional level of review.

We have taken numerous steps to address the underlying causes of the control deficiencies referenced above, primarily through the development and implementation of policies, improved processes and documented procedures, and the hiring of additional accounting and finance personnel with technical accounting, inventory accounting and financial reporting experience. If we fail to remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by law or exchange regulations.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate our existing material weaknesses in a timely manner, if at all, or that in the future additional material weaknesses will not exist or otherwise be discovered, a risk that is significantly increased in light of the complexity of our business. If our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses are not successful or if other deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock by the NASDAQ Global Market, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Projects for our significant commercial or government customers involve concentrated project risks that may cause significant changes in our financial results.

During any given financial reporting period, we typically have ongoing significant projects for commercial and governmental customers that represent a significant portion of our potential financial results for such period. For example, Walmart is a significant customer for which we have installed a substantial number of solar energy systems. We also recently announced SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country that we anticipate will involve a significant investment in resources and project management over time and will require additional investment funds to support the project. These larger projects create concentrated operating and financial risks. The effect of recognizing revenue or other financial measures on the sale of a larger project, or the failure to recognize revenue or other financial measures as anticipated in a given reporting period because a project is not yet completed under applicable accounting rules by period end, may materially impact our quarterly or annual financial results. In addition, if construction, warranty or operational issues arise on a larger project, or if the timing of such projects unexpectedly shifts for other reasons, such issues could have a material impact on our financial results. If we are unable to successfully manage these significant projects in multiple markets, including our related internal processes and external construction management, or if we are unable to continue to attract such significant customers and projects in the future, our financial results would be harmed.

 

23


Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of suppliers of solar panels and other system components to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems. Any shortage, delay or component price change from these suppliers could result in sales and installation delays, cancellations and loss of market share.

We purchase solar panels, inverters and other system components from a limited number of suppliers, making us susceptible to quality issues, shortages and price changes. If we fail to develop, maintain and expand our relationships with these or other suppliers, we may be unable to adequately meet anticipated demand for our solar energy systems, or we may only be able to offer our systems at higher costs or after delays. If one or more of the suppliers that we rely upon to meet anticipated demand ceases or reduces production, we may be unable to quickly identify alternate suppliers or to qualify alternative products on commercially reasonable terms, and we may be unable to satisfy this demand. In particular, there are a limited number of inverter suppliers. Once we design a system for use with a particular inverter, if that type of inverter is not readily available at an anticipated price, we may incur additional delay and expense to redesign the system. There have also been periods of industry-wide shortage of key components, including solar panels, in times of rapid industry growth. The manufacturing infrastructure for some of these components has a long lead time, requires significant capital investment and relies on the continued availability of key commodity materials, potentially resulting in an inability to meet demand for these components. Any decline in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar compared to the functional currency of our component suppliers could increase our component prices. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. Any of these shortages, delays or price changes could limit our growth, cause cancellations or adversely affect our profitability, and result in loss of market share and damage to our brand.

Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which could make our future performance difficult to predict and could cause our operating results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a severe decline in the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly in the future. We have experienced seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in the past. However, given that we are an early-stage company operating in a rapidly growing industry, those fluctuations may be masked by our recent growth rates and thus may not be readily apparent from our historical operating results. As such, our past quarterly operating results may not be good indicators of future performance.

In addition to the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, the following factors could cause our operating results to fluctuate:

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration or initiation of any rebates or incentives;

 

  Ÿ  

significant fluctuations in customer demand for our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to complete installations in a timely manner due to market conditions resulting in inconsistently available financing;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to continue to expand our operations, and the amount and timing of expenditures related to this expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital-raising activities or commitments;

 

24


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

changes in our pricing policies or terms or those of our competitors, including utilities; and

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated developments in our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape.

For these or other reasons, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance. In addition, our actual revenue, key operating metrics and other operating results in future quarters may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have a severe adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Our business benefits from the declining cost of solar panels, and our financial results would be harmed if this trend reversed or did not continue.

The declining cost of solar panels and the raw materials necessary to manufacture them has been a key driver in the pricing of our solar energy systems and customer adoption of this form of renewable energy. If solar panel and raw materials prices increase or do not continue to decline, our growth could slow and our financial results would suffer. In addition, in the past we have purchased a significant portion of the solar panels used in our solar energy systems from manufacturers based in China, some of whom benefit from favorable foreign regulatory regimes and governmental support, including subsidies. If this support were to decrease or be eliminated, or if tariffs imposed by the U.S. government were to increase the prices of these solar panels, our ability to purchase these products on competitive terms or to access specialized technologies from those countries could be restricted. Any of those events could harm our financial results by requiring us to pay higher prices or to purchase solar panels or other system components from alternative, higher-priced sources. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China and is contemplating increasing the tariffs above current levels. These tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels, which may harm our financial results.

We act as the licensed general contractor for our customers and are subject to risks associated with construction, cost overruns, delays, regulatory compliance and other contingencies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager, and we typically rely on licensed subcontractors to install these commercial systems. We may be liable to customers for any damage we cause to their home or facility, belongings or property during the installation of our systems. For example, we frequently penetrate our customers’ roofs during the installation process and may incur liability for the failure to adequately weatherproof such penetrations following the completion of construction. In addition, shortages of skilled subcontractor labor for our commercial projects could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to the cost of such project, cost overruns, delays or other execution issues may cause us to not achieve our expected margins or cover our costs for that project.

In addition, the installation of solar energy systems and the evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business is subject to oversight and regulation in accordance with national, state and local laws and ordinances relating to building codes, safety, environmental protection, utility interconnection and metering, and related matters. It is difficult and costly to track the requirements of every individual authority having jurisdiction over our installations and to design solar energy systems to comply with these varying standards. Any new government regulations or utility policies pertaining to our systems may result in significant additional expenses to us and our customers and, as a result, could cause a significant reduction in demand for our systems.

 

25


Table of Contents

Compliance with occupational safety and health requirements and best practices can be costly, and noncompliance with such requirements may result in potentially significant monetary penalties, operational delays and adverse publicity.

The installation of solar energy systems requires our employees to work at heights with complicated and potentially dangerous electrical systems. The evaluation and modification of buildings as part of our energy efficiency business requires our employees to work in locations that may contain potentially dangerous levels of asbestos, lead or mold. We also maintain a fleet of more than 570 vehicles that our employees use in the course of their work. There is substantial risk of serious injury or death if proper safety procedures are not followed. Our operations are subject to regulation under the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and equivalent state laws. Changes to OSHA requirements, or stricter interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations, could result in increased costs. If we fail to comply with applicable OSHA regulations, even if no work-related serious injury or death occurs, we may be subject to civil or criminal enforcement and be required to pay substantial penalties, incur significant capital expenditures, or suspend or limit operations. In the past, we have had workplace accidents and received citations from OSHA regulators for alleged safety violations, resulting in fines and operational delays for certain projects. Any such accidents, citations, violations, injuries or failure to comply with industry best practices may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect our business.

Problems with product quality or performance may cause us to incur warranty expenses and performance guarantee expenses, may lower the residual value of our solar energy systems and may damage our market reputation and cause our financial results to decline.

Our solar energy system warranties are lengthy. Customers who buy energy from us under leases or power purchase agreements are covered by warranties equal to the length of the term of these agreements—typically 20 years. Depending on the state where they live, customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash are covered by a warranty up to 10 years in duration. We also make extended warranties available at an additional cost to customers who purchase our solar energy systems for cash. In addition, we provide a pass-through of the inverter and panel manufacturers’ warranties to our customers, which generally range from 5 to 25 years. One of these third-party manufacturers could cease operations and no longer honor these warranties, instead leaving us to fulfill these potential obligations to our customers. For example, Evergreen Solar, Inc., one of our former solar panel suppliers, filed for bankruptcy in August 2011. Further, we provide a performance guarantee with our leased solar energy systems that compensates a customer on an annual basis if their system does not meet the electricity production guarantees set forth in their lease.

Because of the limited operating history of our solar energy systems, we have been required to make assumptions and apply judgments regarding a number of factors, including our anticipated rate of warranty claims, and the durability, performance and reliability of our solar energy systems. We have made these assumptions based on the historic performance of similar systems or on accelerated life cycle testing. Our assumptions could prove to be materially different from the actual performance of our systems, causing us to incur substantial expense to repair or replace defective solar energy systems in the future or to compensate customers for systems that do not meet their production guarantees. Product failures or operational deficiencies also would reduce our revenue from power purchase agreements because they are dependent on system production. Any widespread product failures or operating deficiencies may damage our market reputation and adversely impact our financial results.

In addition, we amortize costs of our solar energy systems over 30 years, which typically exceeds the period of the component warranties and the corresponding payment streams from our operating lease arrangements with our customers. In addition, we typically bear the cost of removing the solar energy systems at the end of the lease term. Furthermore, it is difficult to predict how future environmental regulations may affect the costs associated with the removal, disposal or recycling of

 

26


Table of Contents

our solar energy systems. Consequently, if the residual value of the systems is less than we expect at the end of the lease, after giving effect to any associated removal and redeployment costs, we may be required to accelerate all or some of the remaining unamortized expenses. This could materially impair our future operating results.

Product liability claims against us could result in adverse publicity and potentially significant monetary damages.

If one of our solar energy systems or other products injured someone we would be exposed to product liability claims. Because solar energy systems and many of our other current and anticipated products are electricity producing devices, it is possible that consumers could be injured by our products, whether by product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. We rely on our general liability insurance to cover product liability claims and have not obtained separate product liability insurance. Any product liability claim we face could be expensive to defend and divert management’s attention. The successful assertion of product liability claims against us could result in potentially significant monetary damages that could require us to make significant payments, as well as subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position. Also, any product liability claims and any adverse outcomes may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect sales of our systems and other products.

Damage to our brand and reputation would harm our business and results of operations.

We depend significantly on our reputation for high-quality products and services, best-in-class engineering, exceptional customer service and the brand name “SolarCity” to attract new customers and grow our business. If we fail to continue to deliver our solar energy systems and our other energy products and services within the planned timelines, if our products and services do not perform as anticipated or if we damage any of our customers’ properties or cancel projects, our brand and reputation could be significantly impaired. In addition, if we fail to deliver, or fail to continue to deliver, high-quality products and services to our customers through our long-term relationships, our customers will be less likely to purchase future products and services from us, which is a key strategy to achieve our desired growth. We also depend greatly on referrals from existing customers for our growth, in addition to our other marketing efforts. Therefore, our inability to meet or exceed our current customers’ expectations would harm our reputation and growth through referrals.

If we fail to manage our recent and future growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of customer service or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, and we intend to continue to expand our business significantly within existing markets and in a number of new locations in the future. This growth has placed, and any future growth may place, a significant strain on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. In particular, we will be required to expand, train and manage our growing employee base. Our management will also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third-parties and attract new customers and suppliers, as well as to manage multiple geographic locations.

In addition, our current and planned operations, personnel, systems and procedures might be inadequate to support our future growth and may require us to make additional unanticipated investment in our infrastructure. Our success and ability to further scale our business will depend, in part, on our ability to manage these changes in a cost-effective and efficient manner. If we cannot manage our growth, we may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. This could also result in declines in quality or

 

27


Table of Contents

customer satisfaction, increased costs, difficulties in introducing new products and services or other operational difficulties. Any failure to effectively manage growth could adversely impact our business and reputation.

We may not be successful in leveraging our customer base to grow our business through sales of other energy products and services.

To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue and cash receipts from the sale of solar energy systems and the sale of energy under our long-term customer agreements. We launched our energy efficiency line of products and services in mid-2010, and revenue attributable to this line of business has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems. Customer demand for these offerings may be more limited than we anticipate. In addition, several of our other energy products and services, including our battery storage solutions, are in the early stages of testing and development. We may not be successful in completing development of these products as a result of research and development difficulties, technical issues, availability of third-party products or other reasons. Even if we are able to offer these or other additional products and services, we may not successfully generate meaningful customer demand to make these offerings viable. If we fail to deliver these additional products and services, if the costs associated with bringing these additional products and services to market is greater than we anticipate, or if customer demand for these offerings is smaller than we anticipate, our growth will be limited.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

A key component of our growth strategy is to develop or expand our strategic relationships with third parties. For example, we are investing resources in establishing relationships with industry leaders, such as trusted retailers and commercial homebuilders, to generate new customers. Identifying partners and negotiating relationships with them requires significant time and resources. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, our ability to grow our business could be impaired. Even if we are able to establish these relationships, we may not be able to execute on our goal of leveraging these relationships to meaningfully expand our business and customer base. This would limit our growth potential and our opportunities to generate significant additional revenue or cash receipts.

The loss of one or more members of our senior management or key employees may adversely affect our ability to implement our strategy.

We depend on our experienced management team, and the loss of one or more key executives could have a negative impact on our business. In particular, we are dependent on the services of our chief executive officer and co-founder, Lyndon R. Rive, and our chief operations officer, chief technology officer and co-founder, Peter J. Rive. We also depend on our ability to retain and motivate key employees and attract qualified new employees. Neither our founders nor our key employees are bound by employment agreements for any specific term, and we may be unable to replace key members of our management team and key employees in the event we lose their services. Integrating new employees into our management team could prove disruptive to our operations, require substantial resources and management attention and ultimately prove unsuccessful. An inability to attract and retain sufficient managerial personnel who have critical industry experience and relationships could limit or delay our strategic efforts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may be harmed if we fail to properly protect our intellectual property.

We believe that the success of our business depends in part on our proprietary technology, including our software, information, processes and know-how. We rely on trade secret and patent

 

28


Table of Contents

protections to secure our intellectual property rights. We cannot be certain that we have adequately protected or will be able to adequately protect our proprietary technology, that our competitors will not be able to utilize our existing technology or develop similar technology independently, that the claims allowed with respect to any patents held by us will be broad enough to protect our technology or that foreign intellectual property laws will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. Moreover, we cannot be certain that our patents provide us with a competitive advantage. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for third parties to obtain and use our intellectual property without our consent. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties, and the expenses incurred in protecting our intellectual property rights, may adversely affect our business. In the future, some of our products could be alleged to infringe existing patents or other intellectual property of third parties, and we cannot be certain that we will prevail in any intellectual property dispute. In addition, any future litigation required to enforce our patents, to protect our trade secrets or know-how or to defend us or indemnify others against claimed infringement of the rights of others could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. See, for example, “Business—Legal Proceedings,” discussing the lawsuit that Sunpower Corporation filed against us.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

The production and installation of solar energy systems depends heavily on suitable meteorological conditions. If meteorological conditions are unexpectedly unfavorable, the electricity production from our solar energy systems may be substantially below our expectations and our ability to timely deploy new systems may be adversely impacted.

The energy produced and revenue and cash receipts generated by a solar energy system depend on suitable solar and weather conditions, both of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, components of our systems, such as panels and inverters, could be damaged by severe weather, such as hailstorms or tornadoes. In these circumstances, we generally would be obligated to bear the expense of repairing the damaged solar energy systems that we own. Sustained unfavorable weather also could unexpectedly delay our installation of solar energy systems, leading to increased expenses and decreased revenue and cash receipts in the relevant periods. Weather patterns could change, making it harder to predict the average annual amount of sunlight striking each location where we

 

29


Table of Contents

install. This could make our solar energy systems less economical overall or make individual systems less economical. Any of these events or conditions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We typically bear the risk of loss and the cost of maintenance and repair on solar systems that are owned or leased by our fund investors.

We typically bear the risk of loss and are generally obligated to cover the cost of maintenance and repair on any solar systems that we sell or lease to our fund investors. At the time we sell or lease a solar system to a fund investor, we enter into a maintenance services agreement where we agree to operate and maintain the system for a fixed fee that is calculated to cover our future expected maintenance costs. If our solar systems require an above-average amount of repairs or if the cost of repairing systems were higher than our estimate, we would need to perform such repairs without additional compensation. If our solar systems, a majority of which are located in California, are damaged in the event of a natural disaster beyond our control, losses could be excluded, such as earthquake damage, or exceed insurance policy limits, and we could incur unforeseen costs that could harm our business and financial condition. We may also incur significant costs for taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, such events. We purchase Property and Business Interruption insurance with industry standard coverage and limits approved by an investor’s third party insurance advisors to hedge against such risk, but such coverage may not cover our losses.

Any unauthorized disclosure or theft of personal information we gather, store and use could harm our reputation and subject us to claims or litigation.

We receive, store and use personal information of our customers, including names, addresses, e-mail addresses, credit information and other housing and energy use information. Unauthorized disclosure of such personal information, whether through breach of our systems by an unauthorized party, employee theft or misuse, or otherwise, could harm our business. If we were subject to an inadvertent disclosure of such personal information, or if a third party were to gain unauthorized access to customer personal information we possess, our operations could be seriously disrupted and we could be subject to claims or litigation arising from damages suffered by our customers. In addition, we could incur significant costs in complying with the multitude of federal, state and local laws regarding the unauthorized disclosure of personal information. Finally, any perceived or actual unauthorized disclosure of such information could harm our reputation, substantially impair our ability to attract and retain customers and have an adverse impact on our business.

We may have trouble refinancing our credit facilities or obtaining new financing for our working capital, equipment financing and other needs in the future or complying with the terms of existing credit facilities. If credit facilities are not available to us on acceptable terms, if and when needed, or if we are unable to comply with their terms, our ability to continue to grow our business would be adversely impacted.

We have entered into several secured credit agreements, including a $75.0 million working capital facility that matures in September 2014, a $58.5 million term loan credit facility for the purchase of inventory and working capital needs that matures in August 2013, and a $7.0 million term facility to finance the purchase of vehicles that matures in January 2015. Each facility requires us to comply with certain financial, reporting and other requirements. The timing of our commercial projects and other large projects has on occasion adversely affected our ability to satisfy certain financial covenants under these or prior facilities. While our lenders have given us waivers of certain covenants we have not satisfied in the past, there is no assurance that the lenders will waive or forbear from exercising their remedies with respect to any future defaults that might occur, which also could trigger defaults under our other credit agreements. For example, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, we did not meet a

 

30


Table of Contents

financial ratio covenant, and on June 30, 2012, we breached a financial covenant related to non-GAAP EBITDA under our prior $25.0 million working capital facility, which also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same administrative bank agent. The bank waived these breaches, and in September 2012 we refinanced all amounts borrowed under the $25.0 million facility with the new $75.0 million working capital facility. We believe that the financial and other covenants are generally more favorable to us than those in the prior facility, however we cannot assure you that we will not breach these covenants in the future.

Further, there is no assurance that we will be able to enter into new credit facilities on acceptable terms. If we are unable to satisfy financial covenants and other terms under existing or new facilities or obtain associated waivers or forbearance from our lenders or if we are unable to obtain refinancing or new financings for our working capital, equipment and other needs on acceptable terms if and when needed, our business would be adversely affected.

In the long term, we intend to expand our international activities, which will subject us to a number of risks.

Our long-term strategic plans include international expansion, and we intend to sell our solar energy products and services in international markets. Risks inherent to international operations include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

inability to work successfully with third parties with local expertise to co-develop international projects;

 

  Ÿ  

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations, including export and import restrictions, tax laws and regulations, environmental regulations, labor laws and other government requirements, approvals, permits and licenses;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in general economic and political conditions in the countries where we operate, including changes in government incentives relating to power generation and solar electricity;

 

  Ÿ  

political and economic instability, including wars, acts of terrorism, political unrest, boycotts, curtailments of trade and other business restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties and costs in recruiting and retaining individuals skilled in international business operations;

 

  Ÿ  

international business practices that may conflict with U.S. customs or legal requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

financial risks, such as longer sales and payment cycles and greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar; and

 

  Ÿ  

inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights, including inability to apply for or register material trademarks in foreign countries.

Doing business in foreign markets requires us to be able to respond to rapid changes in market, legal, and political conditions in these countries. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, social and political environments. We may not be able to develop and implement policies and strategies that will be effective in each location where we do business.

 

31


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price you paid.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market after the offering closes. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section and others beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

addition or loss of significant customers;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our industry, products or services;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in expectations regarding our performance by investors or securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

  Ÿ  

volatility in the market price and trading volume of companies in our industry or companies that investors consider comparable;

 

  Ÿ  

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;

 

  Ÿ  

litigation involving us, our industry or both;

 

  Ÿ  

major catastrophic events; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and market conditions and trends.

Further, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, the stock prices of many renewable energy companies have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment and may lose some or all of your investment.

In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

 

32


Table of Contents

As an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, we will utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We have in this prospectus utilized, and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, including reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the additional testing of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting, and we have elected to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We could remain an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of July 31, 2012 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options after July 31, 2012. The              shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares will become eligible for sale, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, upon the expiration of agreements not to sell such shares entered into between the underwriters and such stockholders beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

 

33


Table of Contents

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the selling stockholders, have agreed that we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This agreement is subject to certain limited exceptions and extensions described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreement. After the closing of this offering, we intend to register approximately              shares of common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our stock incentive plans.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and that may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering and may not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering and you will be relying on its judgment regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as described under the heading “Use of Proceeds.” However, management may not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $         per share based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you

 

34


Table of Contents

acquire. This dilution is due in large part because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, if we issue restricted stock to our employees under these plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. See “Dilution.”

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may believe advantageous. These provisions include:

 

  Ÿ  

establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

  Ÿ  

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to call a special stockholder meeting;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of stockholders to act by written consent;

 

  Ÿ  

providing that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

  Ÿ  

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may be forced to sell their stock to realize a return on their investment.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, legal requirements, earnings and other factors. Our ability to pay dividends might be restricted by the terms of any indebtedness that we incur in the future. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends to receive a return on your investment. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

35


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations of future operating results or financial performance, capital expenditures, use of proceeds from this offering, introduction of new products, regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under “Risk Factors.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “might,” “would,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Actual events or results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements.

We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise. Potential investors should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of any of the events described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, including September 2010 data from Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, February 2012 data from Bloomberg New Energy Finance, November 2011 data from the Energy Information Agency or other publicly available information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. We have not commissioned, nor are we affiliated with, any of the independent industry sources we cite. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. Our industry is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

 

36


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we receive in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $         million.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. The selling stockholders may include certain of our executive officers and members of our board of directors or entities affiliated with or controlled by them. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

We will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds in this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering. We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary strategic businesses, products or technologies. We have no commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time.

We intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, pending their use as described above.

Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and increase our visibility in the marketplace. A public market for our common stock will facilitate future access to public equity markets and enhance our ability to use our common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions including compliance with covenants under our credit facilities and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

37


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2012:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering that, among other things, will increase our authorized number of shares of common stock and will authorize a new class of preferred stock, (iii) the net exercise of outstanding Series C and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (iv) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital effective upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the pro-forma adjustments and our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2012  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma,
As  Adjusted(2)(3)
 
    

(in thousands, except

share and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,779      $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 108,580      $         $     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 56,733,796 shares authorized and 45,280,032 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     206,940             

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 106,000,000 shares authorized, 11,104,197 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 56,384,229 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        

Additional paid-in capital

     15,448        

Accumulated deficit

     (70,278     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (54,829     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 260,691      $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the net exercise of the outstanding Series C and F convertible preferred stock warrants and (iii) the reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, effective upon the closing of this offering.
(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet in the table above assumes the pro forma conversions, net exercise and reclassifications described in (1) above plus the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering and the

 

38


Table of Contents
 

application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of             , the mid-point range set forth in the cover page, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses we will pay.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.33 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,197,445 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,897,445 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

39


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2012 was $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to our sale of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2012 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2012

   $                   

Increase in actual net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses as of June 30, 2012 on a pro forma basis.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing Stockholders

     56,384,229                            $                

New Investors

             $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

Total

        100        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to             , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

As of June 30, 2012, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 14,775,762 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.33 per share. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For a description of our equity plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares

 

40


Table of Contents

held by new investors to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

14,775,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.33 per share under our 2007 Stock Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

331,640 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock and Series F preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.94 per share that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,197,445 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 1,897,445 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2012, 7,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become available when this offering closes.

 

41


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

             

Revenue:

             

Operating leases

  $      $ 225      $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

    23,045        31,962        29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    23,045        32,187        32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

             

Operating leases

           96        1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

    23,164        33,212        28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    23,164        33,308        30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    (119     (1,121     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

             

Sales and marketing

    1,749        15,295        10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

    9,144        8,484        10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

         10,893             23,779             21,769             41,631               73,668        30,700        51,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (11,012     (24,900     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

    233        214        334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

    (291     1,119        2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

                  (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (10,954     (26,233     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714    
(35,463

    (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

           (12,272     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders(1)

  $ (10,954   $ (13,961   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010         2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock holders:

             

Basic

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82        0.22      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (1.36   $ (1.70   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,041,992        8,229,036        8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

             

Basic

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          $          $        
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(3):

             

Basic

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of our joint venture investment funds on our income statement. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”
(2) Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders assumes the net exercise of the warrants to purchase Series C and F convertible redeemable preferred stock and the conversion of the Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase common stock as occurring at the beginning of the fiscal period. Accordingly, the charge for the change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liability recorded in the fiscal period is reversed because this charge would not have been recorded after the net exercise and conversion. Pro forma basic or diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average basic or diluted pro forma shares of common stock. See Note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into 41,893,046 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 45,280,032 shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2012.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
2012
 
         2007             2008             2009             2010             2011        
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,459      $ 27,829      $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 61,779   

Total current assets

     24,395        45,124        69,896        110,432        241,522        268,754   

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

            27,838        87,583        239,611        535,609        729,243   

Total assets

     27,132        78,800        164,154        371,264        813,173        1,043,379   

Total current liabilities

     10,531        19,539        52,012        81,958        246,886        246,443   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

            5,645        21,394        40,681        101,359        151,490   

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

                          53,097        46,541        148,927   

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

                          15,758        15,144        14,952   

Other liabilities

                   120        15,715        36,314        72,887   

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     26,234        56,184        80,042        101,446        125,722        206,940   

Stockholders’ deficit

     (11,912     (25,377     (50,736     (87,488     (37,662     (54,829

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

            19,573        56,036        123,514        122,646        31,328   

 

43


Table of Contents

Key operating metrics:

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to

evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
   

Six Months
Ended June 30,
2012

 
    2009     2010     2011    

New buildings(1)

    2,570        4,753        7,949        9,480   

Buildings (end of period)(1)

    5,501        10,254        18,203        27,683   

Megawatts booked(2)

    36        92        134        200   

Megawatts deployed(2)

    15        31        72        72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed (end of period)(2)

    27        58        129        201   

Transactions for other energy products and services(3)

    67        401        3,741        5,348   

 

(1) Buildings includes all residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services.
(2) Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and that we have sold to customers.
(3) Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring.

We also track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specified periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. For a more detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics.”

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

    As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
2012
 
      2009     2010     2011    
    (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

  $ 65,234      $ 183,188      $ 252,752      $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

  $ 106,204      $ 273,166      $ 485,780      $ 711,912   

 

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We integrate the sales, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and financing of our distributed solar energy systems with our energy efficiency products and services. This allows us to offer long-term energy solutions to residential, commercial and government customers. Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. Our long-term contractual arrangements typically generate recurring customer payments and enable our customers to have visibility into their future electricity costs and to minimize their exposure to rising retail electricity rates. Our customer relationships also position us to continue to grow our business through energy efficiency products and services offerings including energy efficiency evaluations, appliance upgrades, energy storage solutions and electric vehicle charging stations.

We offer our customers the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems or to purchase the energy that our solar energy systems produce through various financed arrangements. These financed arrangements include long-term contracts that we structure as leases and power purchase agreements. In both financed structures we install our solar energy system at our customer’s premises and charge the customer a monthly fee for the power that our system produces. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is fixed with a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kilowatt hour based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces. The leases and power purchase agreements are typically for 20 years, and generally when there is no upfront fee the specified fees are subject to annual escalations.

Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. During an energy efficiency evaluation, we capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in the home to specifically identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy cost. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We offer our energy efficiency products and services to our solar energy systems customers and on a stand-alone basis. We launched our energy efficiency business in the second quarter of 2010. To date, revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services has not been material compared to revenue attributable to our solar energy systems.

Initially, we only offered our solar energy systems on an outright purchase basis. In mid-2008, we began offering leases and power purchase agreements. Our ability to offer leases and power purchase agreements depends in part on our ability to finance the installation of the solar energy systems by monetizing the resulting customer receivable and related investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to monetize these assets was limited and resulted in an above-normal backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. By the end of 2009, we had raised sufficient investment funds to return to our target backlog. Currently, the majority of our residential energy customers enter

 

45


Table of Contents

into leasing arrangements, and the majority of our commercial customers and government organizations enter into power purchase agreements. We expect customers to continue to favor leases and power purchase agreements.

We compete mainly with the retail electricity rate charged by the utilities in the markets we serve, and our strategy is to price the energy we sell slightly below that rate. As a result, the price our customers pay to buy energy from us varies depending on the state where the customer is located and the local utility. The price we charge also depends on customer price sensitivity, the need to offer a compelling financial benefit and the price other solar energy companies charge in the region. Our commercial rates in a given region are also typically lower than our residential rates in that region because utilities’ commercial retail rates are generally lower than their residential retail rates.

We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We recognize the revenue these arrangements generate on a straight-line basis over the term for leases, or as we generate and deliver energy for power purchase agreements. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency business when we complete the services. Substantially all of our revenue is attributable to customers located in the United States.

The amount of operating leases revenue that we recognize in a given period is dependent in part on the amount of energy generated by solar energy systems under power purchase agreements and by systems with energy output performance incentives, which in turn is dependent in part on the amount of sunlight. As a result, operating leases revenue has in the past been impacted by seasonally shorter daylight hours in winter months. As the relative percentage of our revenue attributable to power purchase agreements or performance-based incentives increases, this seasonality may become more significant.

Various state and local agencies offer incentive rebates for the installation and operation of solar energy systems. For solar energy systems we sell, we typically have the customer assign the incentive rebate to us. We record the incentive rebates as a component of proceeds from the system sale. For incentive rebates associated with solar energy systems under leases or power purchase agreements, we initially record the rebate as deferred revenue and recognize the deferred revenue as revenue over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

Component materials, third-party appliances and direct labor comprise the substantial majority of the costs of our solar energy systems and energy efficiency products and services. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, the cost of revenue from our leases and power purchase agreements are primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems, which are depreciated over the estimated useful life of 30 years, and the amortization of initial direct costs, which is amortized over the term of the lease or power purchase agreement.

We classify our outstanding preferred stock warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. These warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each reporting date, with any changes in fair value being recognized as a component of other income or expense, net, in our consolidated statement of operations. When this offering closes, we expect to record a material non-cash charge in our consolidated statement of operations related to the remeasurement of these warrants. Any warrants that are not exercised and do not expire in connection with the closing of the offering will convert into warrants to purchase common stock. These common stock warrants will not be classified as a liability and accordingly will not be subject to further remeasurement.

We have structured different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy. One such structure is a joint venture structure where we and our fund investors both

 

46


Table of Contents

contribute funds or assets into the joint venture. Under GAAP, we are required to present the impact of a hypothetical liquidation of these joint ventures on our income statement. Therefore, after we determine our consolidated net income (loss) for a given period, we are required to allocate a portion of our consolidated net income (loss) to the fund investors in our joint ventures (referred to as the “noncontrolling interests” in our financial statements) and allocate the remainder of the consolidated net income (loss) to our stockholders. These income or loss allocations, reflected on our income statement, can have a significant impact on our reported results of operations. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, our consolidated net income (loss) was a loss of $73.7 million and $48.9 million, respectively. However, after applying the required allocations, the net income (loss) attributable to our stockholders was income of $43.5 million and a loss of $23.1 million, respectively. For a more detailed discussion of this accounting treatment, see “—Components of Results of Operations—Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders.”

Investment Funds

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. We contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. Because these recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives are either paid by government agencies or individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores, and because electricity is a necessity, our fund investors perceive these as high-quality assets with a relatively low loss rate. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

We have established different types of investment funds to implement our asset monetization strategy, including joint ventures, lease pass-through and sale-leaseback structures, any of which may utilize debt that is non-recourse to us. We call these arrangements our investment funds. The allocation of the economic benefits among us and the fund investors and related accounting varies depending on the structure.

Joint Ventures.     Under joint venture structures, we and our fund investors contribute funds into a joint venture. Then, the joint venture acquires solar energy systems from us and leases the solar energy systems to customers. Prior to the fund investor receiving its contractual rate of return, the fund investors receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and, in some cases, other incentives. After the fund investor receives its contractual rate of return, we receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments and the other incentives.

We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in these joint venture structures. Accordingly, we consolidate the assets and liabilities and operating results of these joint ventures, including the solar energy systems and lease income, in our consolidated financial statements. We recognize the fund investors’ share of the net assets of the joint ventures as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet. We recognize the amounts that are contractually payable to these investors in each period as distributions to noncontrolling interests in our statement of equity. Our statement of cash flows reflects cash received from these fund investors as proceeds from investments by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Our statement of cash flows also reflects cash

 

47


Table of Contents

paid to these fund investors as distributions paid to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. We reflect any unpaid distributions to these fund investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet.

Lease Pass-Through.     Under lease pass-through structures, we lease solar energy systems to fund investors under a master lease agreement, and these investors in turn sublease the solar energy systems to customers. Depending upon the structure, we receive some or all of the value attributable to the accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. The fund investors receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits and, for the duration of the lease term, the long-term recurring customer payments. In some cases, the fund investors also receive a portion of the accelerated tax depreciation. After the lease term, we receive the customer payments, if any. We record the solar energy systems on our consolidated balance sheet as plant, property and equipment and recognize lease revenue generated by the systems ratably over the master lease term. The fund investors typically make significant upfront cash payments that we record on our consolidated balance sheet as lease pass-through financing obligations. We reduce these obligations by amounts received by the fund investors from U.S. Treasury Department grants, customer payments and the associated incentive rebates. We in turn recognize the incentive rebates and customer payments as revenue over the customer lease term and amortize U.S. Treasury Department grants as a reduction to depreciation of the associated solar energy systems over the estimated life of these systems.

Sale-Leaseback.     Under sale-leaseback structures, we generate cash through the sale of solar energy systems to our fund investors, and we then lease these systems back from the investors and sublease them to our customers. For the duration of the lease term, we may, for some of the structures, receive the value attributable to the incentives and the long-term recurring customer payments, and we make leaseback payments to the fund investors. The fund investors receive the customer payments after the lease term. They also receive the value attributable to the investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation and other incentives. At the end of the lease term, we have an option to purchase the solar energy systems from the fund investors. Typically, our customers make monthly lease payments that we recognize as revenue over the term of the subleases on a straight-line basis. Depending on the design, size and construction of the individual systems and the leaseback terms, we may recognize a portion of the revenue from the sale of the systems or we may treat the cash received from the sale as financing received from the fund investors and reflect the cash received as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on our consolidated balance sheet.

Key Operating Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key operating metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

Buildings

We track the number of residential and commercial buildings where we have installed or contracted to install a solar energy system, or performed or contracted to perform an energy efficiency evaluation or other energy efficiency services. We believe that the relationship we establish with building owners, together with energy-related information we obtain about the building, position us to provide the owner with additional energy-related solutions to further lower their energy costs. Our total number of buildings increased 86% from 5,501 as of December 31, 2009 to 10,254 as of December 31, 2010, 78% to 18,203 as of December 31, 2011, and 52% to 27,683 as of June 30, 2012.

Megawatts Booked, Megawatts Deployed and Cumulative Megawatts Deployed

We track the electricity-generating production capacity of our solar energy systems as measured in megawatts. Because the size of solar energy systems varies greatly, we believe that tracking the

 

48


Table of Contents

aggregate megawatt production capacity of the systems is an indicator of the growth rate of our solar energy systems business. We track megawatts booked in a given period as an indicator of sales activity in the period. We track megawatts deployed in a given period as an indicator of asset growth in the period. We track cumulative megawatts deployed as of the end of a given period as an indicator of our historical growth and our future opportunity to provide customers with additional energy-related solutions to further lower their energy costs.

Megawatts booked represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems pursuant to customer contracts signed during the applicable period. Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems that have had all required inspections completed during the applicable period. Cumulative megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt production capacity of operating solar energy systems subject to leases and power purchase agreements and solar energy systems we have sold to customers. Until we have begun the design process, the customer may terminate these contracts with little or no penalty.

The following sets forth the megawatt production capacity of solar energy systems we have booked or deployed during the period presented and the cumulative megawatts deployed as of the end of each period presented:

 

       Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
       2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  

Megawatts booked

     36         92         134         43         200   

Residential

     16         36         49         17         61   

Others

     20         56         85         26         139   

Megawatts deployed

     15         31         72         34         72   

Cumulative megawatts deployed

     27         58         129         91         201   

Transactions for Other Energy Products and Services

We use the number of transactions for energy products and services other than the installation of solar energy systems as a key operating metric to evaluate our ability to generate incremental sales from our installed customer base and to expand our business to new customers. Our solar energy systems serve as a gateway for us to perform energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades for our residential customers. We also offer our energy efficiency products and services on a stand-alone basis. Our strategy is to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers and to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products and services.

Transactions for other energy products and services includes all transactions during the period when we perform or contract to perform a service or provide, install or contract to install a product. It excludes the outright sale or installation of a solar energy system under a lease or power purchase agreement and any related monitoring. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the six months ended June 30, 2012, we completed 67, 401, 3,741 and 5,348 transactions for other energy products and services, respectively.

Nominal Contracted Payments

Our leases and power purchase agreements create long-term recurring customer payments. We use a portion of the value created by these contracts that we refer to as “nominal contracted payments,” together with the value attributable to investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation, Solar Renewable Energy Credits, performance-based incentives, state tax benefits and rebates, to cover the fixed and variable costs associated with installing solar energy systems.

We track the nominal contracted payments of our leases and power purchase agreements entered into during specific periods and as of specified dates. Nominal contracted payments equal the

 

49


Table of Contents

sum of the cash payments that the customer is obligated to pay over the term of the agreement. When calculating nominal contracted payments, we only include those leases and power purchase agreements that are signed. For a lease, we include the monthly fee and upfront fee as set forth in the lease. As an example, the nominal contracted payments for a 20-year lease with monthly payments of $200 and an upfront payment of $5,000 is $53,000. For a power purchase agreement, we multiply the contract price per kilowatt hour by the estimated annual energy output of the associated solar energy system to determine the nominal contracted payment. The nominal contracted payments of a particular lease or power purchase agreement decline as the payments are received by us or a fund investor. Aggregate nominal contracted payments include leases and power purchase agreements that we have contributed to investment funds. Currently, third- party investors in such investment funds have contractual rights to a portion of these nominal contracted payments.

Nominal contracted payments is a forward-looking number, and we use judgment in developing the assumptions used to calculate it. Those assumptions may not prove to be accurate over time. Underperformance of the solar energy systems, payment defaults by our customers, cancellation of signed contracts or other factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” could cause our actual results to differ materially from our calculation of nominal contracted payments.

The following table sets forth, with respect to our leases and power purchase agreements, the aggregate nominal contracted payments of such agreements signed during the period presented and the aggregate nominal contracted payments remaining as of the end of each period presented as of the dates presented:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (agreements signed during period)

   $ 65,234       $ 183,188       $ 252,752       $ 247,309   

Aggregate nominal contracted payments (remaining as of period end)

   $ 106,204       $ 273,166       $ 485,780       $ 711,912   

In addition to the nominal contracted payments, our long-term leases and power purchase agreements provide us with a significant post-contract renewal opportunity. Because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, they will continue to have a useful life after the 20-year term of the lease or power purchase agreement. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts. The solar energy systems will be already installed on the customer’s building, which facilitates customer acceptance of our renewal offer and results in limited additional costs to us.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Operating leases.     We classify and account for our leases and power purchase agreements as operating leases. We consider the proceeds from solar energy system rebate incentives offered by certain state and local governments to form part of the proceeds from our operating leases. We recognize revenue from our operating leases over the operating lease term either on a straight-line basis over the lease term for lease arrangements or as we generate and sell energy to customers under power purchase agreements. We typically bundle and charge for remote monitoring services as part of the lease or power purchase agreement and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the term of the monitoring service. The term of our leases and power purchase agreements ranges between 10 and 20 years.

 

50


Table of Contents

Solar energy systems sales.     Solar energy systems sales is comprised of revenue from the sale of solar energy systems directly to cash paying customers, revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts and revenue attributable to our energy efficiency products and services. We generally recognize revenue from solar energy systems sold to our customers when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection. We allocate a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the system to the remote monitoring service and recognize the allocated amount as revenue over the monitoring service term. We recognize revenue generated from long-term solar energy system sales contracts on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total project labor costs. We recognize revenue from our energy efficiency services when we complete the services.

During the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, less than 10% of our solar energy system installations were sales as opposed to operating leases. However, because of our revenue recognition policy, these sales represented 61% and 72%, respectively, of our total revenue for those periods. We expect installations utilizing leases and power purchase agreements to continue to represent the vast majority of our installed systems. As a result, the number of systems sold for cash and delivered in a given financial reporting period will have a disproportionate effect on the total revenue reported for that period.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

Operating Leases Cost of Revenue.     Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily comprised of the depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems and the amortization of initial direct costs. The depreciation of the cost of the solar energy systems is reduced by the amortization of any U.S. Treasury Department grant payment in lieu of the energy investment tax credit associated with these systems. Initial direct costs include allocated contract administration costs, sales commissions and customer acquisition referral fees. Contract administration costs include personnel costs, such as salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs. Operating leases cost of revenue also includes direct and allocated costs associated with monitoring services for these systems.

Solar Energy Systems Cost of Revenue.     The substantial majority of solar energy systems cost of revenue consists of the costs of solar energy systems component acquisition and personnel costs associated with system installations. We acquire the significant component parts of the solar energy systems directly from foreign and domestic manufacturers or distributors. Our employees install our residential solar energy systems and we employ project managers and construction managers who oversee the subcontractors that install commercial systems. To a lesser extent, solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes personnel costs associated with performing our energy efficiency services and related materials. Solar energy systems cost of revenue also includes engineering and design costs, estimated warranty costs, freight charges, allocated corporate overhead costs such as facilities costs, vehicle depreciation costs and personnel costs associated with supply chain, logistics, operations management, safety and quality control. Personnel costs include salary, bonus, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation costs.

We allocate to solar energy systems cost of revenue certain corporate overhead costs that include rental and operating costs for our corporate facilities, information technology costs, travel expenses and certain professional services to cost of solar energy systems, work in process, cost of sales, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses using the relative proportions of direct payroll costs in each of these functions.

 

51


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, benefits, bonuses, sales commissions and stock-based compensation as well as advertising, promotional and other marketing related expenses. Sales and marketing expenses also include customer referral fees, allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We expect sales and marketing costs to increase significantly in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to grow our sales headcount and expand our marketing efforts to continue to grow our business.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include personnel costs such as salaries, bonuses and stock-based compensation and professional fees related to legal, human resources, accounting and structured finance services. General and administrative expenses also include allocated corporate overhead costs related to facilities and information technology, travel and professional services. We anticipate that we will incur additional administrative headcount costs to support the growth in our business, our investment fund arrangements and the additional costs of being a public reporting company.

Other Income and Expenses

Our other income and expenses consist principally of the change in fair value of warrants issued to certain fund investors that allow them, on achievement of certain contractual terms, to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock, and interest income and expense.

Change in Fair Value of Warrants.     Change in fair value of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We account for changes in the fair value of warrants issued to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock through other income or expenses. The warrants have been classified as liability instruments on the balance sheet. We record any changes in the fair value of these instruments between reporting dates as a component of other income or expense in the income statement.

Interest Income and Expense.     Interest income and expense primarily consist of the interest charges associated with our secured credit revolver agreements, long-term debt facilities, financing obligations and capital lease obligations. Our credit revolver and long-term debt facilities are subject to variable interest rates. The interest charge on our financing obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date or the effective interest rate in the arrangement giving rise to the obligation. The interest charge on capital lease obligations is fixed at the inception of the related transaction based on the incremental borrowing rate in effect on such date. Interest income and expense also include the amortization of deferred financing costs associated with such secured credit revolvers or long-term debt facilities, partially offset by a nominal amount of interest income generated from our cash holdings in interest-bearing accounts.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to taxation in the United States and Canada. We conduct our business primarily in the United States.

Our effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate primarily due to the valuation allowance on our deferred taxes, state taxes, foreign taxes, joint venture transactions and nondeductible compensation. Our tax expense is primarily composed of the amortization of prepaid tax expense as a result of sales of assets to joint ventures included in our consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods, we maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Stockholders

We determine the net income (loss) attributable to stockholders by deducting from net income (loss) in a period the net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. The net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the joint venture fund investors’ allocable share in the results of the joint venture investment funds. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method, or HLBV method. We therefore use the HLBV method to determine the allocable share of the results of the joint ventures attributable to the fund investors, which we record in the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. The HLBV method determines the fund investors’ allocable share of results of the joint venture by calculating the net change in the investors’ share in the consolidated net assets of the joint venture at the beginning and at the end of a period after adjusting for any transactions with the fund investor such as capital contributions or cash distributions.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, cash flow and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Our future financial statements will be affected to the extent that our actual results materially differ from these estimates.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with our principles of consolidation, revenue recognition, property, plant and equipment, warranties, deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds, stock-based compensation, inventory reserves for excess and obsolescence, income taxes and noncontrolling interests have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act, and we will utilize certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies.

 

53


Table of Contents

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements reflect our accounts and operations and those of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 810, Consolidation , we consolidate any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which we are the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity. However, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as VIEs, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if (1) that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. This holder is considered the primary beneficiary. We do not consolidate a VIE in which we have a majority ownership interest if we are not considered the primary beneficiary. We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in all of our VIEs and accordingly consolidate the assets and liabilities of such VIEs in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our relationships with our VIEs on an ongoing basis to determine whether we continue to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

Our customers have the option to either purchase and own solar energy systems, to access solar energy systems through contractual arrangements that we account for as operating leases, or to purchase energy through power purchase agreements. We also offer ongoing monitoring services of the solar energy systems. In certain cases, we have entered into sale-leaseback arrangements with our fund investors. In a sale-leaseback arrangement, fund investors invest in solar energy systems while enabling us to sublease the systems to our customers.

In the second quarter of 2010, we also began to offer energy efficiency products and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs.

In accordance with ASC 605-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials , we recognize revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. In instances where we have multiple deliverables in a single arrangement, we allocate the arrangement consideration to the various elements in the arrangement. ASC 605-25 requires the allocation of the arrangement consideration to each element to be based on the relative selling price method. ASC 605-25 also provides a hierarchy of selling price determination, starting with vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; third-party evidence, or TPE, if available and if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, we recognize revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, when we install the solar energy system and it passes utility inspection, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Costs incurred on installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the consolidated balance sheet. Solar energy systems sold to residential and small scale commercial customers typically take three to five months to install. Revenue attributable to the remote monitoring service is recognized over the period of the associated contract, which is generally 5 to 15 years.

 

54


Table of Contents

We recognize revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers according to ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total projected labor costs, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Solar energy systems sold to large-scale commercial customers may take up to six months to install.

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

We recognize revenue attributable to energy efficiency products and services when we complete the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically, energy efficiency services take one to two months to complete. Energy efficiency products and services are sold on a stand-alone basis or bundled with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements. When we bundle the sale of energy efficiency products and services with the sale of solar energy systems or lease or power purchase agreements, we allocate revenue to the energy efficiency products and services and the sale, lease or power purchase agreements using the relative selling price method provided by ASU 2009-13. The selling price of the energy efficiency products and services used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices we charge for the products and services on a stand-alone basis. To date, the revenue generated from energy efficiency products and services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated financial statements.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

For solar energy systems under operating leases, we account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases , under which we are the lessor. We record operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on the amount of electricity the system generates, we record revenue as amounts are earned. The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related lease.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from us under power purchase agreements, we have determined that our power purchase agreements should be accounted for, in substance, as operating leases, pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming the other revenue recognition criteria are met. Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized as an element of property, plant and equipment and amortized over the term of the related power purchase agreement.

Sale-Leaseback

We are a party to sale-leaseback arrangements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to the fund investor and simultaneous leaseback to us of the systems that we then sublease to our customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, we first determine whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” We determine a solar energy system to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. The cost to remove a system from its existing location includes the cost of shipping and reinstallation of the system at a new site, as well as any diminution in fair value. When the leaseback arrangements expire, we have the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to us, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to us prior to expiration of the arrangement.

 

55


Table of Contents

For solar energy systems that we have determined to be integral equipment, we have concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, we use the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, we do not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, we treat any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly record the proceeds as a financing obligation in our consolidated balance sheet. We allocate the leaseback payments that we make to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using our incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. We determine our incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that we would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that are not integral equipment, we determine if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, we initially record a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in our consolidated balance sheet equal to the lower of the present value of our future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, we do not recognize any of the revenue but defer the gross profit comprising the net of revenue and cost of sale of the associated solar energy system. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, we recognize a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defer the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, we record the deferred gross profit in our consolidated balance sheet as deferred income and amortize the deferred income over the master lease term as a reduction to the cost of operating lease revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased

We are the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. We account for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, we evaluate the lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. We utilize periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

    

Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are constructed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility and are depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Presentation of cash flows associated with solar energy systems

We disclose cash flows associated with solar energy systems in accordance with ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows (ASC 230). We determine the appropriate classification of cash payments

 

56


Table of Contents

related to solar energy systems depending on the activity that is likely to be the predominant source of cash flows for the item being paid for. Accordingly we present payments made in a period for costs incurred to install solar energy systems that will be leased to customers, including the payments for cost of the inventory that is utilized in such systems, as investing activities in the statement of cash flows. Payments made for inventory that is utilized for solar energy systems that will be sold to customers are presented as cash flows from operations in the statement of cash flows. In the event that we are unable to determine the predominant source of cash flows for solar energy system component part costs that are paid for in a period, we classify such payments as cash flows from operating activities. Accordingly, we may classify payments for costs in a period as operating activities when the items paid for are subsequently utilized in leased solar energy systems in a different period and which payments otherwise would have been classified as investing activities. Because we do not track payments for component parts at the individual component part level as they are not unique and can be used in either leased solar energy systems or solar energy systems that are sold to customers, we are unable to identify when a particular component part that is transferred to a solar energy system that is to be leased was actually paid for. Accordingly, we treat costs of raw material transferred to systems to be leased as if they were paid in the period they are transferred to the systems and disclose such costs as cash outflows from investing activities in the period. While a consequence of this approach is that the quarterly and year-to-date cash flows may be inconsistent in periods when payments for costs do not match the deployment of the component parts to solar energy systems that are leased, we believe that this approach more accurately reflects the cash outflows from investing activities for solar energy systems that we have funded through investment funds. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, we paid $81.7 million, $192.4 million, $337.8 million, $147.7 million and $307.3 million, respectively, for solar energy systems. Of these amounts $61.6 million, $156.5 million, $292.9 million, $124.3 million and $174.6 million have been disclosed as cash payments for leased systems and disclosed as investing activities in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Warranties

We warrant our products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems that we sell. The manufacturers’ warranty on the components of the solar energy systems, which we typically pass through to our customers, has a warranty period ranging from 5 to 25 years depending upon the solar energy system component under warranty and the manufacturer. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012, the changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,

2012
 
(In thousands)    2010     2011    

Balance—beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        1,032   

Assumed obligations arising from business acquisitions

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 3,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

Solar Energy Performance Guarantees

We guarantee that our leased solar energy systems will generate a minimum level of solar energy output. We monitor the systems to determine whether the solar energy systems are achieving these specified minimum outputs. If we determine that the guaranteed minimum energy output is not achieved, we record a liability for the estimated amounts payable. We believe that the solar energy systems are capable of producing the minimum production outputs guaranteed and therefore do not record any liability in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees.

Deferred U.S. Treasury Department Grant Proceeds

We have determined that all of our solar energy systems constitute eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010. We submit applications for grants receivable from the U.S. Treasury Department related to eligible property based on 30% of the tax basis of the solar energy systems as supported by independently appraised fair market values of the systems or guideline system values that have been posted by the U.S. Treasury Department on its website. To determine the fair market value of the systems, an independent appraiser considers various factors such as the cost of producing the systems, the estimated price that could be obtained in the market from the sale of the systems, and the present value of the economic benefits expected to be generated by the systems. We then present our appraised fair market value to the U.S. Treasury Department when we apply for grants on our solar energy systems. In a number of cases, the U.S. Treasury Department has determined that grants should be paid based on a lower value for the systems and has in such instances posted guideline system values on its website that should be used in the grant applications.

We initially record the grants receivable for leased solar energy systems as deferred income at the amounts that have been approved for payment by the U.S. Treasury Department and then amortize them on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems. We record the amortization of the deferred income as a credit to depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. We record a catch up adjustment in the period in which the grant is approved to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by the investor of the associated grant, in the case of lease pass-through investment funds. The catch up adjustments we have recorded to date have been immaterial. Some of our investment fund agreements obligate us to reimburse the fund investors based upon the difference between their anticipated benefit from U.S. Treasury grants at the formation of the funds and the benefit they receive from the amounts paid by the U.S. Treasury Department. For the joint venture investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet, and any impact to the consolidated statement of operations, which is determined using the HLBV method, is reflected in the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests line item. For sale-leaseback investment funds where we are contractually obligated to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable, we record amounts we expect to pay the investors under accrued and other current liabilities and reduce the deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions included within other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, with no impact to the consolidated statement of operations. For lease pass-through investment funds, all amounts received from the investors are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as a lease pass-through financing obligation and the amounts we expect to reimburse investors for reductions in anticipated grants receivable would reduce the lease pass-through obligation with no impact on the consolidated statement of operations.

 

58


Table of Contents

During 2011, the U.S. Treasury Department awarded grants in amounts lower than the appraised fair market values for some solar energy systems. We have appropriately reflected the financial impact of the anticipated reduction in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011.

We received no grants prior to 2010. The changes in deferred U.S. Treasury Department grant proceeds for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)       

U.S. Treasury grant receipts during the year ended December 31, 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2010

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the year ended December 31, 2011

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     54,730   

Amortization during the year ended December 31, 2011

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grant receipts and receivable during the six months ended June 30, 2012

     45,005   

U.S. Treasury grants receipts and receivable by investors under lease pass-through investment funds

     12,442   

Amortization during the six months ended June 30, 2012

     (4,177
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2012

   $ 190,704   
  

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of FASB ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees, including our executive officers and employee members of our board of directors, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

We apply ASC 718 and FASB ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees , to options and other stock-based awards issued to non-employees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, we use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date and each reporting period prior to that, as applicable.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends that are estimated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Fair value of our common stock .    Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the common stock’s fair value, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and was primarily determined using the simplified method in

 

59


Table of Contents
 

accordance with guidance provided by the SEC. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the awards. We will continue to utilize the simplified method for all standard awards until we have established a reasonable period of representative trading history as a public company, at which time we will determine the expected term based on the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, expectations about future option exercise behavior and post-vesting cancellations.

 

  Ÿ  

Volatility.     Because there is no trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the solar energy industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us. If this occurs, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. Higher volatility and longer expected lives would result in an increase to stock-based compensation expense determined on the grant date.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk-free rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury Department securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

  Ÿ  

Dividend yield.     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures since the adoption of our option plan. We routinely evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and expectations of future option exercise behavior. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the forfeiture rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected term, expected volatility and forfeiture rate related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to the estimates of our expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense as it relates to the future grants of our stock-based awards.

 

60


Table of Contents

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
         2009             2010             2011             2011             2012      
                       (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     6.10       5.98        6.09        6.09        6.13   

Volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.89     87.52

Risk-free interest rate

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.27     1.12

Dividend yield

                                   

Stock-based compensation totaled $0.9 million, $1.8 million, $5.1 million, $1.7 million and $4.7 million, respectively, in 2009, 2010, and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012. As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, we had $24.7 million and $29.0 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation expense, which will be recognized over the weighted average remaining vesting period of 3.01 years and 2.85 years, respectively.

Common Stock Valuations

Our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options. The board of directors intended the granted options to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on each grant date. The common stock valuations were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Our board of directors is comprised of a majority of non-employee directors that we believe have the relevant experience and expertise to determine a fair value of our common stock on each respective grant date. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the common stock’s fair value as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

  Ÿ  

concurrent valuations performed by an unrelated third-party valuation expert, as described in the chart below;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices of our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

  Ÿ  

our history and the introduction of new products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

the hiring of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

individual sales of our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

 

61


Table of Contents

Estimates obtained from third-party valuation experts of the fair value of our common stock are set forth below as of the indicated dates:

 

Report Date

   Effective as of    Third Party
Estimate of Fair
Value Per
Common Share
 

December 7, 2010

   December 3, 2010    $ 3.40   

May 24, 2011

   May 12, 2011      5.07   

August 9, 2011

   August 1, 2011      5.88   

September 27, 2011

   September 14, 2011      5.92   

November 1, 2011

   October 25, 2011      5.98   

February 6, 2012

   January 31, 2012      10.74   

March 22, 2012

   March 12, 2012      10.93   

May 21, 2012

   May 14, 2012      11.38   

August 14, 2012

   August 9, 2012      12.20   

September 11, 2012

   September 6, 2012      18.48   

We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2011 and September 19, 2012:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Common Stock Fair
Value Per Share at
Grant Date
 

January 10, 2011

     531,158       $ 3.40       $ 3.40   

February 16, 2011

     884,620         3.40         3.40   

May 25, 2011

     3,121,058         5.07         5.07   

August 10, 2011

     455,978         5.88         5.88   

October 24, 2011

     1,480,724         5.92         5.92   

November 2, 2011

     97,500         5.98         5.98   

December 5, 2011

     472,100         5.98         5.98   

February 8, 2012

     987,880         10.74         10.74   

March 27, 2012

     292,000         10.93         10.93   

April 25, 2012

     223,400         10.93         10.93   

May 22, 2012

     466,150         11.40         11.40   

June 11, 2012

     105,881         11.40         11.40   

July 19, 2012

     189,817         11.40         11.40   

August 15, 2012

     101,679         12.20         12.20   

September 12, 2012

     151,612         18.48         18.48   

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of June 30, 2012 was $        , of which $         related to vested options and $         related to unvested options.

To determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we first determined our business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Our BEV was measured using a combination of financial and market-based methodologies including the following approaches: (i) the market transaction method, or MTM, (ii) the guideline public company method, or GPCM, or (iii) the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF. The MTM applies an option pricing model to negotiated enterprise valuations of arm’s-length actual transactions in our capital stock with third-party investors. This usually represents the best estimate of fair value. The GPCM considers multiples of financial metrics based on trading multiples of a selected peer group of publicly-traded companies.

 

62


Table of Contents

These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive the indicated values. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate known as the weighted average cost of capital which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. Once calculated, BEV is then weighted based on a qualitative assessment of the relative reliability of each method and the weight that an independent market participant could be expected to place on each indication. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, preferred stock was assumed to convert at the point where conversion provided an economic benefit to the stockholder or was required per the terms of the applicable agreements. Our BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options, using an option pricing method. The option pricing method, or OPM, treats common stock, convertible redeemable preferred stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies.

We believe that the changes in the fair value of our common stock in the periods discussed below were largely driven by achievements in our operational plans, increases in negotiated valuations in arm’s length transactions in our capital securities and improvements in the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets. Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these grant dates include:

January 2011 and February 2011

Between December 2010 and February 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. In December 2010, a strategic investor sold all shares of Series D preferred stock held by it to other investors in an arm’s-length transaction at a per share purchase price of $5.95. This transaction was considered a reliable market price as it was well bargained for and involved a knowledgeable seller and knowledgeable buyers with clearly opposing economic interests. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of December 3, 2010 which determined the fair value to be $3.40 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on a secondary Series D preferred stock transaction as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM and the DCF method. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 30%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately one and one-half years. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $3.40 per share.

May 2011

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 12, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.07 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on the then-anticipated terms of our Series F preferred stock financing, which included issuing 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68

 

63


Table of Contents

per share and warrants to purchase 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share, as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 17 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.07 per share.

August 2011

In June and July 2011, we completed the issuance and sale of 2,067,186 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share and in June 2011, we issued warrants exercisable for 206,716 shares of our Series F preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.68 per share. In June 2011, we announced the creation of a $158 million fund with U.S. Bancorp and a $280 million fund with Google Inc.; and in July 2011, we announced our agreement to install solar energy systems for Hickam Communities at Joint Base Pearl Harbor-Hickam. Between May 2011 and August 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve overall, despite a brief decline in the financial and stock markets commencing in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of August 1, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.88 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the MTM weighted at 100% based on our Series F preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the GPCM. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.88 per share.

October 2011

In September 2011, we announced the offer of a conditional commitment for a partial guarantee of a $344 million Department of Energy loan to help secure financing for our SolarStrong project to install, own and operate up to 160,000 rooftop solar installations on as many as 124 military housing developments across 33 states. Between August 2011 and October 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to stall, precipitated by continued political gridlock on economic issues. Notably, two U.S. solar energy companies, Evergreen Solar, Inc. and Solyndra, Inc., filed for bankruptcy during this period. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of September 14, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.92 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 12 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.92 per share.

November 2011 and December 2011

In November 2011, we announced our agreement with Bank of America, N.A. to provide us with a $350 million credit facility to facilitate our SolarStrong project. Between September 2011 and December 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets improved and the financial and stock markets exited the brief decline that commenced in August 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of October 25, 2011 which determined the fair value to be $5.98 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the GPCM weighted at 90% and the DCF method weighted at 10%. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 20%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based

 

64


Table of Contents

on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 14 months. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.98 per share.

February 2012

We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of January 31, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.74 per share as of such date. We were engaged in advanced negotiations with investors for our Series G preferred stock financing during this period, at an expected valuation that represented a significant increase over our prior Series F preferred stock financing. The valuation determined a BEV by using the Probability-Weighted Expected Return, or PWER, variation of the MTM based on the then-anticipated terms and price of our Series G preferred stock financing as the best indication of value. To corroborate the BEV, the valuation also considered the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. We used this methodology given that our internal preparation for an initial public offering was underway at this time. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.74 per share.

March 2012 and April 2012

In February 2012 and March 2012, as previously anticipated, we completed the issuance and sale of 3,386,986 shares of our Series G preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share. Although each share of Series G preferred stock is currently convertible into one share of common stock, upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series G preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing $23.92 by 60% of the initial public offering price, subject to a specified maximum and minimum adjustment. Therefore, although the nominal value of Series G preferred stock was $23.92 per share, the effective value of such shares on an as-converted to common stock basis may be less than $23.92 per share. In March 2012, we announced our agreement with Rabobank to provide us with $42.5 million in structured financing to fund commercial solar projects in California. Between February 2012 and March 2012, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to improve. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of March 12, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $10.93 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non-marketability discount of 15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.93 per share.

May 2012 through July 2012

In April 2012, we announced our plan to conduct a registered initial public offering of our common stock and the confidential submission to the SEC of our draft registration statement. Between April 2012 and July 2012, the U.S. financial and stock markets stalled, precipitated by global economic issues. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of May 14, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $11.38 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a non- marketability discount of 14%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $11.40 per share.

 

65


Table of Contents

August 2012

Between July 2012 and August 2012, the U.S. economy was stable and the financial and stock markets improved following the brief decline that commenced in May 2012. We also continued to close additional significant investment funds with new and existing fund investors during this period to support our continued growth. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of August 9, 2012 which determined the fair value to be $12.20 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a nonmarketability discount of 13%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $12.20 per share.

September 2012

Between August 2012 and September 2012, the U.S. economy was stable and the financial and stock markets improved. During this period, we continued to make significant progress in our preparation for a potential initial public offering, and we also closed a $75.0 million working capital facility to support our continued growth. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of September 6, 2012, which determined the fair value to be $18.48 per share as of such date. The valuation determined a BEV by using the PWER method variation of the MTM based on the probability-weighted present value of a range of initial public offering outcomes and liquidity scenarios. The fair value reflects a nonmarketability discount of 13-15%, which was allocated to the common stock on a noncontrolling interest basis, based on liquidity events occurring over a variety of time periods. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $18.48 per share.

Nonemployee Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock options issued to nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to quarterly adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations during the period the related services are rendered.

Inventory Reserves for Excess and Obsolescence

Inventories include solar energy system components, including photovoltaic panels, inverters, mounting hardware and miscellaneous electrical components, and work-in-process, including solar energy system components that are partially installed and direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Historically, we have purchased materials and appliances used in our energy efficiency business as they are needed. Accordingly, inventories related to energy efficiency products and services have not been material. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market.

We evaluate our inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and write down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined on the difference between financial reporting

 

66


Table of Contents

and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

The calculation of our tax assets and liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed by applicable accounting principles. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the relevant period.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, we had no material uncertain tax positions.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had deferred tax assets of approximately $67.4 million and $102.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $28.2 million and $53.0 million, respectively. During these periods the company maintained a net deferred tax asset and booked a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets primarily relate to net operating loss carryforwards, accelerated gains for tax purposes and deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. In addition, we had net operating losses for state income tax purposes of approximately $45.3 million and $39.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2016 if not utilized.

Our valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, based on our history of losses, we continued to provide a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. The amount of our valuation allowance could be materially affected should the actual amounts differ from our estimates. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the statement of operations in the periods when the adjustment is determined to be required.

We apply any limitations as a result of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, Section 382, when determining the amount of net operating loss that is available for future use. Based on this analysis, we have undergone two ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Code. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes have occurred through June 30, 2012.

We have agreements to sell solar energy systems to the investment funds structured as joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until we no longer benefit from the underlying asset. Because the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the life of the underlying systems, estimated to be 30 years. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, we recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.3 million net of amortization, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interests

Our noncontrolling interests represent fund investors’ interest in the net assets of certain funding structures, which we consolidate, that we have entered into to finance the costs of solar energy systems under operating leases. We have determined that the provisions in the contractual agreements of the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. We have further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the HLBV method. We therefore determine the noncontrolling interest balance at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method and record it on our consolidated balance sheet as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet represent the amounts the fund investors would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the contractual agreements of these structures, assuming the net assets of these funding structures were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP. The fund investors’ interest in the results of operations of these funding structures is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each reporting period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the fund and the fund investors. The noncontrolling interests’ balance is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

68


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statement of operations data:

     

Revenue:

         

Operating leases

  $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

    29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

         

Operating leases

    1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

    28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

    10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

    334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expenses, net

    2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

    (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

  $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

         

Basic

  $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2012

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 9,099       $ 19,667       $ 10,568         116

Solar energy systems sales

     11,179         51,748         40,569         363
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 20,278       $ 71,415       $ 51,137         252

Total revenue increased by approximately $51.1 million, or 252%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Operating leases revenue increased by approximately $10.6 million, or 116%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements that are in service, which increased by 75% from June 30, 2011 to June 30, 2012. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. Operating leases revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2012 included $7.8 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $4.2 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $40.6 million, or 363%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales, a $14.8 million increase in revenue from long-term contracts and a $3.9 million sale to a specific customer during the six months ended June 30, 2012. In addition, revenue from the sale of energy efficiency products and services increased by $2.6 million during this period. This increase in revenue was offset in part by a lower average sales price of solar energy systems sold for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The decline in the average sales price was due to a decrease in the cost of the solar energy system components that in turn led to a downward impact on the competitive market price of solar energy systems sold. We expect that the continuing decline in the cost of solar energy system components will similarly impact our average sales price.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011             2012         $      %  

Operating leases

   $ 1,397      $ 6,292      $ 4,895         350

Gross profit of operating leases

     7,702        13,375        5,673         74

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     85     68     

Solar energy systems

   $ 16,339      $ 44,024      $ 27,685         169

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     (5,160     7,724        12,884         250

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     (46 )%      15     

Total cost of revenue

   $ 17,736      $ 50,316      $ 32,580         184

Total gross profit

     2,542        21,099        18,557         730

Total gross profit margin

     13     30     

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by approximately $4.9 million, or 350%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was

 

70


Table of Contents

primarily due to an increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the six months ended June 30, 2012, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $27.7 million, or 169%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was due to increased costs associated with the rise in solar energy system sales. The increase in the gross margin from a gross loss of 46% to a gross profit of 15% was primarily due to the increase in the volume of sales recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. Due to increased volume, we were able to allocate overhead to more units, leading to a lower cost per unit.

The cost of our component materials could increase as a result of the U.S. government imposition of tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. These tariffs may have a short-term impact on the price we pay for solar panels purchased from China. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. As a result, we believe there is adequate surplus capacity of non-tariff panels available. In the longer term, we expect the cost of solar panels to continue to decline, although we expect the rate of decline will decrease as component prices approach the cost of manufacture.

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 15,243       $ 31,831       $ 16,588         109

General and administrative expense

     15,457         19,350         3,893         25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 30,700       $ 51,181       $ 20,481         67

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $16.6 million, or 109%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was driven primarily by greater marketing and promotional activities in the six months ended June 30, 2012 as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts and sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $3.8 million from $8.7 million to $12.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased our total number of personnel allocated to sales and marketing expense from 195 as of June 30, 2011 to 562 as of June 30, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $6.6 million from $5.5 million to $12.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $3.9 million, or 25%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due primarily to an increase in the number of our personnel allocated to general and administrative expense from 113 as of June 30, 2011 to 210 as of June 30, 2012. As a result of this growth in headcount, payroll costs increased by $3.7 million from $5.7 million to $9.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. The administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and their associated legal and professional fees increased by $0.4 million from the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012.

 

71


Table of Contents

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $      %  

Interest expense, net

   $ 5,397       $ 8,335       $ 2,938         54

Other expense, net

     1,833         10,429         8,596         469
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest and all other expenses, net

   $ 7,230       $ 18,764       $ 11,534         160

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $2.9 million, or 54%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. Interest expense comprises imputed interest on financing obligations and interest expense on bank borrowings, net of interest income on cash balances. This increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in the first six months of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $8.6 million, or 469%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a non-cash charge related to a change in the fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)        2011              2012          $     %  

Income tax expense

   $ 75       $ 65       $ (10     (13 )% 

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.01 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2012, we had incurred a total of $3.4 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

       Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2012     $     %  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $
 
(47,393
 
 
  $ (25,834   $ (21,559     (45 )% 

The income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the share of income or loss that is allocated to the investors in the joint venture investment funds. This amount is determined as the change in the investors’ interest in the joint venture investment funds between the balance sheet dates at the beginning and end of each reporting period calculated using the HLBV method, less any capital contributions net of any capital distributions. The calculation of the noncontrolling interest balance using the HLBV method depends on the specific contractual liquidation provisions in each of the joint venture funds and is generally affected by, among other factors, the tax attributes allocated to the investors including tax bonus depreciation and income tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of the investment tax credits, the existence of guarantees of minimum returns to the fund investors by us, and the contractual provisions relating to the allocation of tax income or losses in these funds including

 

72


Table of Contents

provisions that govern the level of deficits that can be funded by noncontrolling interests in a liquidation scenario. The calculation is also affected by the cost of the assets sold to the funds which forms the book basis of the net assets allocated to the investors assuming a liquidation scenario. Generally, significant loss allocations to the noncontrolling interests have arisen in situations where there is a significant difference between the fair value and the cost of assets sold to the funds in a particular period accompanied by the absence of guarantees of minimum returns to the investors, since the capital contributions by the noncontrolling interests are based on the fair values of the assets in a fund while the calculation of the noncontrolling interests balance at each reporting period is determined based on the cost of the assets in the fund. The existence of guarantees of minimum returns to the investors and the amounts of deficit that an investor is contractually obligated to fund in a liquidation scenario reduce the amount of losses that are allocated to the noncontrolling interests.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $25.8 million reported in the six months ended June 30, 2012 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 of $91.3 million netted against the excess of distributions over capital contributions of $65.5 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $47.4 million reported in the six months ended June 30, 2011 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 of $24.2 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $23.2 million.

The net loss allocation to noncontrolling interests was lower in the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the comparative period in 2011 mainly due to an approximately $14.6 million higher loss allocation in 2011 to an investor in a fund into which we had sold assets with a larger excess of fair value over cost in 2011 compared to 2012, and an approximately $6.9 million higher loss allocation in 2011 to an investor in two funds into which we had contributed assets, while we did not contribute any assets into these funds in 2012.

Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                 %                 $                  %        

Operating leases

   $ 3,212       $ 9,684       $ 23,145       $ 6,472        201   $ 13,461         139

Solar energy systems

     29,435         22,744         36,406         (6,691     (23 )%      13,662         60
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 32,647       $ 32,428       $ 59,551       $ (219     (1 )%    $ 27,123         84

2011 Compared to 2010

Total revenue increased by approximately $27.1 million, or 84%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Operating leases revenue increased by approximately $13.5 million, or 139%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements in service and generating revenue. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 135% during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2011 compared to 2010.

 

73


Table of Contents

Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we expanded our operations into new territories such as the East Coast and continued our sales penetration within existing territories. Operating leases revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $9.6 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $5.8 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems increased by approximately $13.7 million, or 60%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in large commercial solar energy system sales compared to the prior year. This increase in revenue was offset in part by lower average selling prices of solar energy systems sold in the year 2011. The decline in the average sales price was due to a decrease in the cost of the solar energy system components that in turn led to a downward impact on the competitive market price of solar energy systems sold.

2010 Compared to 2009

Total revenue decreased by approximately $0.2 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Operating lease revenue increased by approximately $6.5 million, or 201%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase is attributable to an increased number of solar energy systems under operating leases in 2010 compared to 2009. The number of solar energy systems under leases and power purchase agreements increased by 130% during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year. This significant growth was attributable to our continued success in the installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets and the more rapid deployment of solar energy systems under these agreements. There was no significant change in the pricing of the leases or power purchase agreements in 2010 compared to 2009. During 2010, we expanded into new states such as Texas and also implemented an additional four investment funds for financing the cost of solar energy systems that were then placed into operating leases. This was in addition to seven existing investment funds that we implemented in 2008 and 2009. Operating leases revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 included $3.8 million in revenue attributable to rebates and incentives, representing an increase of $2.7 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems decreased by approximately $6.7 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Direct sales to cash paying customers declined in 2010 as we focused more on power purchase agreements and leasing of solar energy systems through investment fund arrangements.

 

74


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Operating leases

   $ 1,911      $ 3,191      $ 5,718      $ 1,280        67   $ 2,527        79

Gross profit of operating leases

     1,301        6,493        17,427        5,192        399     10,934        168

Gross profit margin of operating lease revenue

     41     67     75        

Solar energy systems

   $ 28,971      $ 26,953      $ 41,418      $ (2,018     (7 )%    $ 14,465        54

Gross (loss) profit of solar energy systems

     464        (4,209     (5,012     (4,673     (1,007 )%      (803     (19 )% 

Gross (loss) profit margin of solar energy systems

     2     (19 )%      (14 )%         

Total cost of revenue

   $ 30,882      $ 30,144      $ 47,136      $ (738     (2 )%    $ 16,992        56

Total gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        519        29     10,131        444

Total gross profit margin

     5     7     21        

2011 Compared to 2010

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $2.5 million, or 79%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the increase in the aggregate number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the year ended December 31, 2011, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy system components.

Cost of sales of solar energy systems increased by approximately $14.5 million, or 54%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The change was due to rising costs associated with the increase in commercial solar energy system sales in 2011 and an increase in the aggregate amount of operational overhead costs allocated to these systems attributable to the growth in operational costs that we incurred to support our growth in current and new territories. These overhead costs increased by $15.7 million from $18.3 million in 2010 to $34.0 million in 2011. While we expect these allocated overhead costs to increase in the future, we expect the installation volume to increase at a greater rate than the increase in the overhead costs. Accordingly, the allocated overhead cost per installed system is expected to decrease in the future. The increase was also due to a $2.6 million charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011 to adjust the cost of certain raw material inventory to market value and a $0.1 million charge for slow moving inventory.

2010 Compared to 2009

Cost of operating lease revenue increased by $1.3 million, or 67%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in this cost is primarily due to the increased number of solar energy systems placed under operating leases that were interconnected in the period, offset in part by declining costs of solar energy systems components. As of December 31, 2010, we had eleven investment funds compared to seven investment funds as of December 31, 2009.

Cost of sales of solar energy system decreased by approximately $2.0 million, or 7%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to lower volumes of solar energy system sales and declining costs of solar energy systems components.

 

75


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

    Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009      2010      2011              $                    %                 $                  %        

Sales and marketing expense

  $ 10,914       $ 22,404       $ 42,004       $ 11,490         105   $ 19,600         87

General and administrative expense

    10,855         19,227         31,664         8,372         77     12,437         65
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expense

  $ 21,769       $ 41,631       $ 73,668       $ 19,862         91   $ 32,037         77

2011 Compared to 2010

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $19.6 million, or 87%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2011 as promotional marketing costs increased by $11.5 million to $23.0 million in 2011 compared to $11.5 million in 2010, as we continued to broaden our marketing efforts to develop our backlog and increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the total number of our sales and marketing personnel from 137 as of December 31, 2010 to 319 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.2 million in payroll costs that increased from $8.6 million in 2010 to $12.8 million in 2011.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $12.4 million, or 65%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 102 as of December 31, 2010 to 155 as of December 31, 2011. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $4.1 million from $6.9 million in 2010 to $11.0 million in 2011. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $3.7 million in expenses, which increased from $2.4 million in 2010 to $6.1 million in 2011.

2010 Compared to 2009

Sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $11.5 million, or 105%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was driven primarily by increased marketing activities in 2010 as we intensified our marketing efforts to increase our sales in new and existing sales territories. The expenditure on promotional marketing costs increased by $8.9 million to $11.4 million in 2010 compared to $2.5 million in 2009. In line with the broader marketing efforts, we increased the number of our sales and marketing personnel from 99 as of December 31, 2009 to 137 as of December 31, 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase of $4.0 million in payroll costs which increased from $4.6 million in 2009 to $8.6 million in 2010. In late 2008 and early 2009, as a result of the state of the capital markets, our ability to finance the installation of solar energy systems was limited and resulted in a significant backlog of signed sales orders for solar energy systems. Therefore, in 2009, we reduced our spending on sales and marketing initiatives.

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $8.4 million, or 77%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increased general and administrative expenses were primarily due to an increase in personnel costs. Personnel costs increased due to an increase in the number of our administrative and management personnel from 53 as of December 31, 2009 to 102 as of December 31, 2010, including the creation and staffing of a funding structures management group to manage the increased number of investment fund

 

76


Table of Contents

arrangements that we created in 2010. The increase in personnel headcount resulted in an increase in payroll costs of $3.4 million from $3.5 million in 2009 to $6.9 million in 2010. The increased administrative overhead costs associated with a larger number of investment funds and additional legal and professional fees resulted in an increase of $2.3 million in expenses, which increased from $0.1 million in 2009 to $2.4 million in 2010.

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Interest expense, net

   $ 334       $ 4,901       $ 9,272       $ 4,567         1367   $ 4,371         89

Other expenses, net

     2,360         2,761         3,097         401         17     336         12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total interest and other expenses, net

   $ 2,694       $ 7,662       $ 12,369       $ 4,968         184   $ 4,707         61

2011 Compared to 2010

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.4 million, or 89%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2011 compared to 2010.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.3 million, or 12%, in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

2010 Compared to 2009

Interest expense, net, increased by approximately $4.5 million, or 1367%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is in line with higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding balance of bank debt in 2010 compared to 2009.

Other expenses, net, increased by approximately $0.4 million, or 17%, in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a change in value of warrants outstanding to acquire our convertible redeemable preferred stock that we issued mainly to fund investors.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    2009      2010      2011            $                  %                 $                  %        

Income tax expense

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92       $ 43         195   $ 27         42

2011 Compared to 2010

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.03 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011 we had incurred a total of $3.4 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our

 

77


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems.

2010 Compared to 2009

Income tax expense increased by approximately $0.04 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase reflects a full year of amortization of the prepaid tax asset recorded in 2009 relating to sales of solar energy systems to investment funds. We incurred $1.3 million of income tax expense in connection with sales of solar energy systems to the investment funds. Because no gain on the sale of the solar energy systems was recognized in our consolidated financial statements, the tax expense was deferred and is being recognized as tax expense over the estimated useful life of the solar energy systems. In 2009, the amortization was only for a portion of the year.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Change 2010 vs. 2009     Change 2011 vs. 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009     2010     2011           $                 %                 $                 %        

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

  $ 3,507      $ (8,457   $ (117,230   $ (11,964     (341 )%    $ (108,773     (1,286 )% 

2011 compared to 2010 compared to 2009

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $117.2 million reported in 2011 is attributable to a decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2010 and 2011 of $0.9 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $116.3 million.

The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $8.5 million reported in 2010 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2009 and 2010 of $67.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $76.0 million.

The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $3.5 million reported 2009 is attributable to an increase in the noncontrolling interest’s balance between December 31, 2008 and 2009 of $36.5 million less capital contributions net of distributions of $33.0 million.

This significant loss allocation in 2011 was attributable mainly to the excess of fair value over cost of assets of $122.9 million sold into two funds in which the investors have no guaranteed minimum return. The loss allocation in 2010 is attributable mainly to the excess of fair value over cost of the assets of $6.4 million that were sold into a fund in which the investor had no guaranteed minimum return. The net income allocation in 2009 is attributable to sales of assets in 2009 to funds which had a guaranteed minimum return to the investors.

 

78


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each of the quarters indicated. The consolidated financial statements for each of these quarters have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the consolidated results of operations for these periods. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

            

Operating leases

   $ 3,417      $ 5,682      $ 7,004      $ 7,042      $ 8,139      $ 11,528   

Solar energy systems sales

     3,827        7,352        11,527        13,700        16,702        35,046   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     7,244        13,034        18,531        20,742        24,841        46,574   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

            

Operating leases

     1,345        52        1,892        2,429        2,582        3,710   

Solar energy systems

     4,337        12,002        15,076        10,003        12,125        31,899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     5,682        12,054        16,968        12,432        14,707        35,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,562        980        1,563        8,310        10,134        10,965   

Operating expenses:

            

Sales and marketing

     6,590        8,653        12,003        14,758        16,131        15,700   

General and administrative

     6,641        8,816        8,669        7,538        8,562        10,788   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     13,231        17,469        20,672        22,296        24,693        26,488   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (11,669     (16,489     (19,109     (13,986     (14,559     (15,523

Interest expense, net

     2,211        3,186        2,119        1,756        3,494        4,841   

Other expenses, net

     1,148        685        51        1,213        8,974        1,455   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (15,028     (20,360     (21,279     (16,955     (27,027     (21,819

Income tax provision

     (24     (51     13        (30     (35     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (15,052     (20,411     (21,266     (16,985     (27,062     (21,849

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (21,699     (25,694     (38,779     (31,058     (29,818     3,984   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ 6,647      $ 5,283      $ 17,513      $ 14,073      $ 2,756      $ (25,833
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue and Cost of Revenue

Operating leases revenue has increased sequentially over the quarters presented as a result of our continued installation of solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements in new and existing markets. Operating leases revenue for the fourth quarter of 2011 was impacted due to seasonality in that the reduction in daylight hours adversely affected the revenue from power purchase agreements and performance-based incentives.

Revenue from sale of solar energy systems has also increased sequentially over the quarters presented primarily due to large commercial solar energy system sales that continued to increase. In

 

79


Table of Contents

the second quarter of 2012 we recorded $11.5 million and $7.0 million in higher revenue from large commercial systems and long-term contracts, respectively, compared to the first quarter of 2012.

Cost of operating leases revenue, which is comprised mainly of depreciation, has generally increased as the number of installed solar energy systems under lease and power purchase agreements has increased. In the second quarter of 2011, however, we recorded significantly lower cost of operating leases revenue as we recognized a catch-up adjustment on the amortization of U.S. Treasury grants related to our investment funds amounting to $1.4 million.

Cost of revenue from sale of solar energy systems has generally increased as the sales of solar energy systems have increased. In the first three quarters of 2011, we recorded negative gross margins from sale of solar energy systems as we absorbed higher levels of operational costs related to headcount and infrastructure costs incurred for future growth. Additionally, we recorded a charge of $2.6 million in the second quarter of 2011 to write down the carrying value of certain inventory items to reflect the then expected net realizable values of the inventory.

Operating Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses have generally increased as we have continued to broaden our marketing efforts to develop our backlog and increase our sales in new and existing markets. In 2012 we reevaluated and subsequently implemented new marketing strategies to reduce our average customer acquisition cost, resulting in lower sales and marketing costs in the second quarter of 2012.

We recorded lower general and administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of 2011 as we incurred lower legal fees associated with the formation of investment funds as compared prior quarters. In the second quarter of 2012, we recorded higher general and administrative expenses as we incurred higher audit, accounting and legal fees associated with our investment funds.

Interest Expense, Net

The fluctuation in the interest expense has resulted from changes in the financing obligations balances and the amount of loan borrowings in each period. The higher interest expense in the second quarter of 2012 was due to a higher average balance of bank borrowings and lease pass-through obligations in that quarter.

Other Expenses, Net

The significant increase recorded in the first quarter of 2012 resulted from the significant increase in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants liability between December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

We have recorded losses attributable to noncontrolling interests in the four quarters of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012 mainly due to sales of assets with significant excess of fair value over costs to a fund which does not have a guarantee of minimum returns to the investor, leading to significant loss allocations to the investor. In the second quarter of 2012, however, the value of assets sold to this fund had an excess of fair value over costs of only $2.3 million which resulted in a much smaller loss allocation to the investor in the quarter. This loss was more than offset by the income allocation to an investor in funds with guarantees of minimum returns to the investor. Additionally, a loss allocated to an investor in a fund in the first quarter of 2012 was reversed in the second quarter as U.S. Treasury grants for this fund were received and distributed to the investor.

 

80


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated cash flow data:

          

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ 2,278      $ (3,818   $ 18,082      $ (12,518   $ (38,464

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (130,711     (180,522

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        140,478        230,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalent

   $ 10,083      $ 20,358      $ (7,799  

$

(2,751

 

$

11,308

  

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We finance our operations, including the costs of acquisition and installation of solar energy systems, mainly through a variety of investment fund arrangements that we have formed with fund investors, credit facilities from banks, preferred stock equity offerings and cash generated from our operations. As described below under “—Financing Activities—Investment Fund Commitments,” as of June 30, 2012 we had $671.1 million of available commitments from our fund investors that can be drawn down through our asset monetization strategy.

While we have reported operating losses and cash outflows from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and our secured credit facilities were fully utilized as of June 30, 2012, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, funds available under a secured credit facility that we entered into subsequent to June 30, 2012 and funds available in our existing investment funds that can be drawn down through our assets monetization strategy will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. We are not dependent upon the proceeds of this offering to meet our cash requirements.

Operating Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2012, we utilized approximately $38.5 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $48.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $9.0 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $4.7 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $4.9 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $9.6 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $7.3 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to a decrease in accounts payable of $68.1 million as we paid our suppliers, an increase in accounts receivable of $16.4 million and an increase in other assets of $5.1 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $62.5 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, an increase in accrued and other liabilities of $21.7 million and an decrease in inventories of $2.2 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we utilized approximately $12.5 million in operating activities. The cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $35.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $3.4 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $1.7 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $4.4 million, changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of

 

81


Table of Contents

approximately $2.5 million, and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $10.8 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $6.4 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $2.0 million, a decrease in accounts payable of $3.6 million and a increase in inventories of $2.9 million. The outflow was offset in part by an decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.9 million, an increase in accrued and other liabilities of $2.4 million and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $35.6 million relating to lease payments received from customers and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $18.1 million in net cash from operations. This cash inflow primarily resulted from an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $68.3 million relating to upfront lease payments received from fund investors under financing structures designed as operating leases and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, an increase in customer deposits of $10.9 million and an increase in accounts payable of $118.9 million. The cash inflow was offset in part by a decrease in incentive rebates receivable of $4.9 million, an increase in inventories of $111.2 million, and a net loss of approximately $73.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $12.3 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $5.1 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $7.4 million, changes in fair value of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.1 million and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $23.5 million. In addition, the increase in other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased other assets. The sizeable increase in inventories and accounts payable was due to a $106.1 million year-end purchase of inverters and modules that are expected to be used in 2012 in the construction of solar energy systems eligible for the U.S. Treasury cash grant program, the program rules of which required that the cost of the equipment be incurred by December 31, 2011.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we utilized approximately $3.8 million in operating activities. This cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss in the year of $47.1 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $5.7 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $1.8 million, interest on lease pass-through obligation of $3.3 million, changes in fair value of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.0 million and increased by a reduction in lease pass-through obligation of approximately $7.4 million. The outflow was offset in part by an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $22.2 million relating to upfront lease payments received from a fund investor under a financing structure designed as an operating lease and solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments and an increase in customer deposits of $2.5 million. The cash outflow also increased in part due to an increase in incentive rebates receivable of $3.3 million. In addition, unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities resulted in additional net inflows of cash, which were partially offset by increased inventory and other assets.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $2.3 million in cash from operating activities. This cash inflow primarily resulted from increased unpaid accounts payable and other liabilities partially offset by increased inventory and other assets, and an increase in deferred revenue of approximately $17.2 million relating to solar energy system incentive rebate payments received from various state and local governments, partially offset by an increase in rebates receivable of $6.6 million and a net loss of approximately $22.7 million, reduced by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of approximately $3.2 million, stock-based compensation of approximately $0.9 million and changes in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants of approximately $2.2 million.

 

82


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures.

In the six months ended June 30, 2012, we used approximately $180.5 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $174.6 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers and $6.0 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the six months ended June 30, 2011, we used approximately $130.7 million in investing activities. Of this amount we used $124.3 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $3.8 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.6 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we used approximately $304.3 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $292.9 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $8.8 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and invested approximately $2.5 million in the acquisitions of related businesses.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we used approximately $162.9 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $156.5 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $6.3 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we used approximately $62.8 million in investing activities. Of this amount, we used $61.7 million on the design, acquisition and installation of solar energy systems under operating leases with our customers. We also used $1.1 million in the acquisition of vehicles, office equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture.

Financing Activities

In the six months ended June 30, 2012, we generated approximately $230.3 million from financing activities. We received approximately $80.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $60.5 million from long-term debt and $19.4 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $18.1 million of long-term debt. We received approximately $48.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $123.6 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also generated approximately $21.8 million from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures and paid distributions to fund investors of approximately $91.3 million.

In the six months ended June 30, 2011, we generated approximately $140.5 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $70.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $47.8 million. We received approximately $38.8 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $50.2 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received an additional $15.8 million from long-term debt and $5.6 million from our revolving line of credit, and we repaid $2.1 million of long-term debt and $4.5 million on our revolving line of credit.

 

83


Table of Contents

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $278.4 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $208.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by various fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $88.6 million. We received approximately $65.5 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received $64.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We also received approximately $19.7 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.3 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received an additional $17.3 million from long-term debt and $5.6 million from our revolving line of credit and repaid $3.2 million of long-term debt and $4.5 million of revolving line of credit.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately $187.0 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $97.1 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to the fund investors of approximately $25.0 million. We received $61.1 million from fund investors in our lease pass-through investment funds. We received approximately $21.4 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and approximately $1.4 million from the issuance of warrants to acquire convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants. We received approximately $20.1 million from U.S. Treasury Department grants associated with solar energy systems that we had leased to customers. We received approximately $18.3 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing, which was partially offset by a repayment of the financing obligation of approximately $7.6 million. Finally, we received an additional $1.3 million from long-term debt and repaid $1.0 million of long-term debt.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated approximately $70.6 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $41.0 million of this amount from proceeds from investments by fund investors in our joint ventures, partially offset by distributions paid to fund investors of approximately $3.9 million. We received approximately $23.9 million, net of transaction costs, from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock. We received approximately $5.4 million from financing obligations related to sales of solar energy systems to a fund investor under a sale-leaseback transaction that was accounted for as financing. We also drew down $4.9 million on a revolving line of credit, and received an additional $0.5 million from long-term debt and repaid $0.7 million of long-term debt.

Secured Credit Agreements

In September 2012, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as administrative agent, and a syndicate of banks, including Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement has a $75.0 million committed facility, of which $70.0 million was initially available pursuant to the facility’s terms. The borrowed funds bear interest at a rate of 3.875% plus LIBOR or, at our option, at a rate equal to 2.875%, plus the higher of (A) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (B) Bank of America’s published “prime rate,” or (C) LIBOR plus 1%. The facility is secured by certain of our machinery and equipment, accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. This facility matures in September 2014, which date may be extended by an additional year if we satisfy certain financial conditions. As of September 12, 2012, $40.0 million was borrowed and outstanding under this revolving credit agreement, of which we used approximately $25.0 million to fully repay our prior revolving credit facility described below.

Under the terms of this revolving credit agreement, we are required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation

 

84


Table of Contents

of audited consolidated financial statements. We are also required to maintain a debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, of at least 1.25:1.00 at the end of each fiscal quarter, and to maintain unencumbered liquidity, as defined in the credit agreement, of at least $35.0 million, measured at the end of each month prior to December 31, 2012 and at least $50.0 million at the end of each month thereafter; provided, however, in each case, an event of default shall not have been deemed to occur unless (i) the unencumbered liquidity is below the foregoing applicable thresholds for two consecutive months or (ii) (A) before the earlier of the date that we certify unencumbered liquidity is in excess of $50.0 million or December 31, 2012, the unencumbered liquidity is less than $30.0 million and (B) after the earlier of the date that we certify unencumbered liquidity is in excess of $50.0 million or December 31, 2012, the unencumbered liquidity is less than $40.0 million.

In May 2008, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a commercial bank for working capital and equipment financing needs. This facility was subsequently modified to include a revolving line of credit facility and equipment financing facility. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit facility, as modified, bore interest at a rate of 1.5% plus the greater of 5% or the bank’s prime rate and were collateralized by all of our assets other than intellectual property. We borrowed $4.5 million under the revolving line of credit in 2009 and repaid the facility in full in April 2011.

The equipment financing facility, as modified, had a commitment of $1.0 million and was available in two tranches. The first tranche was available to be drawn down through January 13, 2010, and the second tranche was available to be drawn down through April 13, 2010. Interest under the equipment financing facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. The principal amount is payable for the first tranche in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on December 10, 2009, and the principal amount for the second tranche is payable in 57 equal installments plus accrued interest beginning on March 10, 2010. This equipment financing facility was repaid in full in April 2011.

In April 2011, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement had a $25.0 million committed facility. Borrowed funds bore interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility was secured by our accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. As of December 31, 2011, $5.6 million was borrowed and outstanding under this revolving credit agreement. In January 2012, we borrowed the remainder of this facility, and the full amount remained outstanding as of June 30, 2012. In September 2012, we repaid this facility in connection with entering into a new $75.0 million working capital facility.

Under the terms of the revolving credit agreement, we were required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. Under this credit agreement, we also were required to maintain specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums for each fiscal quarter. The non-GAAP EBITDA financials measure was derived from both cash and accruals based accounting, forward looking financial forecasts and financial modeling assumptions and attempts to present a uniform financial measure that was agnostic to the investment fund structures deployed in that reporting period. The specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums were: $1.00 for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012; $6.0 million for each of the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011; and negative $2.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In addition, under this credit agreement, we were required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of total cash (excluding cash held within our investment funds) to certain funded debt of at least 2.00:1.00 at the end of each month, and to maintain a tangible net worth of at least $1.00 at the end of each fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all of these covenants, after giving effect to waivers provided by the bank in August 2011, October 2011 and January 2012 that waived the earlier breach of certain of these covenants. These waivers cured our breaches related to our reporting

 

85


Table of Contents

non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $2.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and of negative $2.04 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In addition, these waivers cured our breach relating to a liquidity ratio of 1.71:1.00 on May 31, 2011. We were in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, we reported liquidity ratios of 1.43:1.00 and 1.34:1.00, respectively, and therefore did not meet the required minimum liquidity ratio. As of June 30, 2012, we reported non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $6.6 million and therefore breached the non-GAAP EBITDA covenant of $1.00. This also resulted in a default under our $7.0 million vehicle financing facility with the same administrative bank agent. We obtained additional waivers to these breaches in June 2012 and August 2012. We believe that the financial and other covenants contained in the September 2012 working facility that replaced our previous revolving credit facility are generally more favorable to us and better reflect our business than those in the prior facility.

In January 2011, we entered into a $7.0 million term facility that bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The term facility is secured by the vehicles financed by the facility.

In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as administrative agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as sole lead arranger and sole book manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. We borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of June 30, 2012, from which we paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders. Of the amounts borrowed, $40.8 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2012, of which $7.0 million is included in our consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR.

Under the terms of the inventory term loan facility we are required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. We are also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million, in each case at the end of each month and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. We were in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 2012.

We have entered into various other loan agreements consisting of motor vehicles and other assets financing with various financial institutions. Total loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 under these loan agreements and the equipment financing facility amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $8.0 million, respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Our credit facilities were fully utilized as of June 30, 2012, and as a result no amounts were available to be drawn. Subsequently, in September 2012, we entered into the $75.0 million working capital facility described above, of which approximately $25.0 million was used to repay our prior working capital facility, an additional $15.0 million was drawn for general corporate purposes and $30.0 million remained available to be drawn as of September 12, 2012.

Investment Fund Commitments

We have investment fund commitments from several fund investors that we can draw upon in the future upon the achievement of specific funding criteria. As of June 30, 2012, we had entered into 20 investment funds that had a total of $671.1 million of undrawn committed capital, including a $350.0 million investment fund structured as debt facility to be used to partially fund our SolarStrong

 

86


Table of Contents

initiative. From our significant customer backlog we allocate to our investment funds leases and power purchase agreements and related economic benefits associated with solar energy systems in accordance with the criteria of the specific funds. Upon such allocation and upon our satisfaction of the conditions precedent to drawing upon such commitments, we are able to draw down on the investment fund commitments. Once received, these proceeds provide working capital to deliver solar energy systems to our customers and form part of our general working capital. Subsequent to June 30, 2012, we executed three additional investment funds with new and existing fund investors, bringing our total investment funds to 23 and the capital available for future monetization to $664.6 million. A significant portion of these commitments can be used only for solar energy systems that commenced construction during 2011 (either physically or through incurrence of sufficient project costs) in order to qualify for the U.S. Treasury grant. As our supply of such solar energy systems decreases, we may not be able to satisfy the drawing conditions for all such commitments.

In November 2011, one of our subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with a bank, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility to be used to partially fund our SolarStrong initiative, which is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative and is non-recourse to our other assets.

In May 2010, one of our subsidiaries entered into a financing agreement with a commercial bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount that may be borrowed under this agreement was determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by equipment owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, up to a maximum of $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was drawn down by March 31, 2011. The loan tranches bear interest at an average blended rate of 2%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary and is non-recourse to our other assets. We borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility in March 2011, of which $12.1 million and $11.6 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012. Under the working capital financing arrangement, our subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. We were in compliance with the covenants as of June 30, 2012.

Contractual Obligations

Set forth below is information concerning our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 22,803       $ 8,222       $ 5,466       $ 1,825       $ 7,290   

Financing obligations

     15,505         361         806         929         13,409   

Interest(1)

     11,049         1,735         2,917         2,471         3,926   

Operating lease obligations

     39,953         5,461         10,521         8,887         15,084   

Performance guarantee

     90         —           60         30         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 89,400       $ 15,779       $ 19,770       $ 14,142       $ 39,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents obligations for interest payments on long-term debt and financing obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long-term debt, based upon 2011 year end rates.

 

87


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We include in our consolidated financial statements all assets and liabilities and results of operations of investment fund arrangements that we have entered into. We have not entered into any other transactions that have generated relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships or special purpose entities. Accordingly, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposure includes changes in interest rates because borrowings under our revolving credit agreement bears interest at floating rates based on the LIBOR rate plus a specified margin. We manage our interest rate risk by balancing our amount of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt. For fixed-rate debt, interest rate changes do not affect our earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for floating-rate debt, interest rate changes generally impact our earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

Changes in economic conditions could result in higher interest rates, thereby increasing our interest expense and other operating expenses and reducing our funds available for capital investment, operations or other purposes. In addition, we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow to service debt, which may affect our ability to make future acquisitions or capital expenditures. We may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings or net assets as a result of interest rate fluctuations. A hypothetical 10% change in our interest rate would have changed interest incurred for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 by $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Upon the filing of our initial registration statement, we intend to utilize the extended transition period provided in Securities Act Section 7(a)(2)(B) as allowed by Section 107(b)(1) of the JOBS Act for the adoption of new or revised accounting standards as applicable to emerging growth companies. As part of the election, we will not be required to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standard until such time that a company that does not qualify as an “issuer” (as defined under Section 2(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) is required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. We adopted this guidance and its adoption did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

88


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We sell renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our long-term agreements generate recurring customer payments and position us to provide our growing base of customers with other energy products and services that further lower their energy costs. We call this “Better Energy.”

The demand for Better Energy is allowing us to install more solar energy systems than any other company in the United States. We believe this significant demand for our energy solutions results from the following value propositions:

 

  Ÿ  

We lower energy costs .     Our customers buy renewable energy from us for less than they currently pay for electricity from utilities with little to no up-front cost. They are also able to lock in their energy costs for the long term and insulate themselves from rising energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We build long-term customer relationships .     Most of our customers agree to a 20-year contract term, positioning us to provide them with additional energy-related solutions during this relationship to further lower their energy costs. At the end of the original contract term, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

We make it easy .     We perform the entire process, from permitting through installation, and make it simple for customers to switch to renewable energy.

 

  Ÿ  

We focus on quality .     Our top priority is to provide value and quality service to our customers. We have assembled a highly skilled team of in-house professionals dedicated to the highest engineering standards, overall quality and customer service.

We currently serve customers in 14 states, and we intend to expand our footprint internationally, operating in every market where distributed solar energy generation is a viable economic alternative to utility generation. We generate revenue from a mix of residential customers, commercial entities such as Walmart, eBay and Intel, and government entities such as the U.S. Military. Since our founding in 2006, we have provided or contracted to provide systems or services on more than 33,000 buildings. Every five minutes of the working day a new customer makes the switch to Better Energy. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. We structure these customer agreements as either leases or power purchase agreements. Our lease customers pay a fixed monthly fee with an electricity production guarantee. Our power purchase agreement customers pay a rate based on the amount of electricity the solar energy system actually produces.

Our long-term lease and power purchase agreements create high-quality recurring customer payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives. Our financial strategy is to monetize these assets at the lowest cost of capital. We share the economic benefit of this lower cost of capital with our customers by lowering the price they pay for energy. Historically, we have monetized the assets created by substantially all of our leases and power purchase agreements via investment funds we have formed with fund investors. In general, we contribute the assets to the investment fund and receive upfront cash and retain a residual interest. The allocation among us and the fund investors of the economic benefits as well as the timing of receipt of such economic benefits varies depending on the structure of the investment fund. We use a portion of the cash received from the investment fund to cover our variable and fixed costs associated with installing the related solar energy systems. We invest the excess cash in the growth of our business. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of monetizing the value through investment funds, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

To date, we have raised $1.57 billion through 23 investment funds and related financing facilities established with banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Google, PG&E Corporation and U.S. Bancorp, and we continue to create additional investment funds. Approximately $664.6 million of the amount we have raised remains available for future deployments.

 

89


Table of Contents

Most of our customer relationships begin when we enter into long-term energy contracts. These long-term energy contracts serve as a gateway for us to engage our residential customers in performing energy efficiency evaluations and energy efficiency upgrades. During an energy efficiency evaluation, our proprietary software enables us to capture, catalog and analyze all of the energy loads in a home to identify the most valuable and actionable solutions to lower energy costs. We then offer to perform the appropriate upgrades to improve the home’s energy efficiency. We also offer energy-related products such as electric vehicle charging stations and proprietary advanced monitoring software, and are expanding our product portfolio to include additional products such as on-site battery storage solutions. Approximately 21% of our new residential solar energy system customers in 2011 purchased additional energy products or services from us, and as our customers’ energy needs evolve over time, we believe we are well-positioned to be their provider of choice.

Market Opportunity

According to the Energy Information Agency, or EIA, in 2010, total sales of retail electricity in the United States were $368 billion. U.S. retail electricity prices have increased at an average annual rate of 3.4% and 3.2% from 2000 to 2010 for residential and commercial customers, respectively, with average residential prices rising from 8.24 cents to 11.54 cents per kilowatt hour, or kWh, and average commercial prices rising from 7.43 cents to 10.19 cents per kWh over this period. The average annual rate increase in the states where we operate has been higher. For example, in Hawaii, the average annual rate increases over the past 10 years reached as high as 7.7% and 8.0% for residential and commercial customers, respectively. More broadly, in the past 20 years, the combined average residential utility rate in our top markets of Arizona, California and Hawaii has doubled.

In addition to rising prices, demand for electricity is inelastic. Despite increasing U.S. retail electricity prices, usage has continued to grow over the past 10 years. To manage electricity demand, many states have implemented tiered pricing mechanisms that charge a higher cost per kWh as consumption increases. For example, in California, the highest consumption tier rates (Tiers 3-5) increased at 6-8% annually over the five-year period of 2006 through 2010, while the lowest tier rates (Tiers 1-2) remained flat. However, there has not been a corresponding reduction in consumption in the higher-priced tiers, demonstrating the inelasticity of electricity demand.

Rising retail electricity prices, coupled with inelastic demand, create a significant and growing market opportunity for lower cost retail energy. SolarCity sells cleaner, cheaper energy than utilities.

SolarCity’s Competitive Position in Our Top Retail Markets

 

LOGO

Note: Current representative residential retail rates by tier, based on publicly available utility data.

 

90


Table of Contents

Distributed solar energy systems, such as ours, provide customers with an alternative to traditional utility energy suppliers. Distributed resources are smaller in unit size and can be constructed at a customer’s site, removing the need for lengthy transmission lines. By bypassing the traditional suppliers and transmission and distribution systems, distributed energy systems de-link the customer’s price of power from external factors such as volatile commodity prices and costs of the incumbent energy supplier. This makes it possible for distributed energy purchasers to buy energy at a predictable and stable price over a long period of time, something traditional energy companies are generally unable to provide.

While the energy generated by distributed solar energy systems has historically been more expensive than centralized alternatives, downward trends in installed solar energy system prices have reduced the relative cost of distributed solar electricity to levels that are competitive with traditional utility generation retail costs. While these developments have adversely impacted panel manufacturers and the overall upstream market, we and other downstream companies have benefited significantly. In 2006, the year we commenced business, solar panel prices were 472% higher than now.

Panel Pricing Trends

 

LOGO

Source: Bloomberg New Energy Finance.

 

91


Table of Contents

Across the United States, many utility customers are paying retail electricity prices at or above our current blended electricity price of 15 cents per kWh. Based on EIA data, in 2010 approximately 340 TWh of the retail electricity sold in the United States was priced, on average, at or above our current blended electricity price. The volume of sales in TWh at or above this rate increased approximately 295% from 2001 to 2010. In dollar terms, 2010 data suggests a U.S. market size of $58 billion at an electricity price at or above 15 cents per kWh. Using historical annual growth rates for residential and commercial retail electricity prices for 2000 to 2010 and flat electricity consumption, the implied U.S. market size at or above 15 cents per kWh increases to $170 billion, or 950 TWh, by 2017.

U.S. Residential and Commercial Retail Prices Over Time

 

LOGO

Source: EIA 2010 U.S. sales and revenue data.

Note: The distribution curves are constructed using utility data reported to the EIA and the assumptions described above.

Current market factors indicate that the trend towards increasing retail energy prices will continue, causing the consumption curves depicted above to continue to shift right towards higher electricity cost. The demand curve will continue to expand upward as well, as the country’s population growth, economic growth and the continued proliferation of consumer goods and products that utilize electricity, such as electric vehicles, promote growth in demand. As retail prices for electricity increase and distributed solar energy costs decline, our market opportunity will grow exponentially.

In recent years, government policies have evolved in response to dependence on foreign energy sources and the desire to foster the growth of the renewable energy industry. Federal and state governments have established renewable portfolio standards and incentives to further reduce the cost of solar energy for consumers, including investment tax credits and bonus depreciation. These federal and state incentives helped catalyze private sector investment in solar energy development, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

Historically, incentives have been instrumental in building the market for sustainable energy resources. However, rising retail energy costs, declining cost of solar energy components, and the increased affordability and accessibility of solar energy systems minimize the need for incentives. In line with this trend, while incentives on a dollar per watt basis have decreased over the last decade, installation of solar energy systems continued to grow.

In addition to distributed energy, we provide energy efficiency products and services. These solutions refer to projects or improvements designed to increase the energy efficiency of residences. Typical products and services offered include appliance replacement, upgrades to heating, ventilation and air conditioning, or HVAC, lighting retrofits, equipment installations, load management, energy

 

92


Table of Contents

procurement and rate analysis. The market for energy efficiency solutions has grown significantly, driven largely by rising energy prices, advances in energy efficiency technologies, growing customer awareness of energy and environmental issues, and governmental support for energy efficiency initiatives.

Recognizing energy efficiency initiatives as an offset to growing electricity consumption, many states have created formalized mechanisms to encourage energy efficiency. The potential market for energy efficiency solutions is significant. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory estimates that energy efficiency services sector spending in the United States will increase more than four-fold from 2008 to 2020, reaching $80 billion under a high-growth scenario and approximately $37 billion under a low-growth scenario. This sector consists primarily of the installation and deployment of energy efficiency products and services, including energy efficiency-related engineering, construction, services, technical support and equipment.

Our Approach

We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to lower their energy costs in a simple and efficient manner. We have disrupted the industry status quo by providing renewable energy directly to customers for less than they are currently paying for utility-generated energy. Unlike utilities, we sell energy with a predictable cost structure that does not rely on limited fossil fuels and is insulated from rising retail electricity prices. We also guarantee the electricity production of our solar energy systems to our customers. Our strategy is to focus on that portion of the solar energy value chain with the most potential: the energy consumer and the customer relationship. We believe we are the only distributed energy company that offers integrated sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, maintenance and efficiency services without involving the services of multiple third-party participants.

The key elements of our integrated approach are illustrated below:

SolarCity’s Integrated Approach

 

LOGO

 

  Ÿ  

Sales .     We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program. We have structured our sales organization to efficiently engage prospective customers, from initial interest through customized proposals and, ultimately, signed contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Financing .     Financing makes it possible to install our solar energy systems for little or no upfront cost. Through a streamlined process, we provide multiple pricing options to our customers to help make renewable, distributed energy accessible and affordable, either on a fixed monthly fee basis or a fee based on the amount of energy produced.

 

  Ÿ  

Engineering .     Our in-house engineering team custom designs a solar energy system for each of our customers. We have developed software that simplifies and expedites the design

 

93


Table of Contents
 

process and optimizes the design to maximize the energy production of each system. Our engineers complete a structural analysis of each building and produce a full set of structural design and electrical blueprints that contain the specifications for all system components.

 

  Ÿ  

Installation .     Once we complete the design, we obtain all necessary building permits. Our customer care representatives coordinate the SolarCity team and keep our customers apprised of the project status every step of the way. We are a licensed contractor in every community we service, and we are responsible for every customer installation. For substantially all of our residential projects, we are the general contractor, construction manager and installer. For our commercial projects, we are the general contractor and construction manager. Once we complete installing the system, we schedule inspections with the local building department and arrange for interconnection to the power grid with the utility. By handling these logistics, we make the installation process simple for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Monitoring and Maintenance .     Our proprietary monitoring software provides our customers with a real-time view of their energy generation and consumption. Through an easy-to-read graphical display available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts. These monitoring systems allow us to confirm the continuing proper operation of our solar energy systems, identify maintenance issues and provide our customers with a better understanding of their energy usage, allowing them the opportunity to modify their usage accordingly.

 

  Ÿ  

Complementary Products and Services .     Through our comprehensive energy efficiency evaluations, we analyze our customers’ energy usage and identify opportunities for energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. After the evaluation is completed, we review the results with the customer and recommend current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths enable us to deliver Better Energy to a diversified customer base that includes residential home owners, large and small businesses, and government entities:

 

  Ÿ  

Lower cost energy.     We sell energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. Our solar energy systems rely solely on the free energy produced by the sun, allowing our customers to generate their own energy and reduce the amount they purchase from utilities. We help put solar energy generation within the reach of our customers by providing a variety of pricing options that minimize or eliminate upfront costs. Our customers typically achieve a lower overall electricity bill immediately upon installation. As retail utility rates rise, our customers’ savings increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Easy to switch.     We have developed an integrated approach that allows our customers to access distributed renewable energy generation simply and efficiently. By providing the sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring and maintenance ourselves, we are able to control and oversee the entire process while providing a superior experience to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Long-term customer relationships.      Our business model enables us to develop long-term relationships with our customers. Under our standard customer agreements, our solar energy customers purchase energy from us for 20 years. This approach allows us to maintain an ongoing relationship with our customers through our receipt of payments and our real-time monitoring. We leverage these relationships to offer complementary energy efficiency services tailored to our customers’ needs, which we believe further reinforces our relationship, brand

 

94


Table of Contents
 

and value to the customer, and reduces our customer acquisition costs. Because our 20-year contracts with our customers exceed the average useful life of most major appliances (such as water heaters and furnaces), we believe we are well-positioned to assist them with future replacements and upgrades. In addition, because our solar energy systems have an estimated life of 30 years, we intend to offer our customers renewal contracts at the end of the original contract term.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant size and scale.      Our size enables us to achieve economies of scale in both installation and capital costs, enabling us to offer our customers electricity at rates lower than the retail rate offered by the utility. We believe that our size provides our customers with confidence in our continuing ability to service their system and guarantee its performance over the duration of their long-term contract.

 

  Ÿ  

Innovative technology.     We continually innovate and develop new technologies to facilitate our growth and to enhance the delivery of our products and services. For example, we have developed proprietary software that significantly reduces design time, speeds the permitting process and allows us to efficiently manage the installation of every project.

 

  Ÿ  

Brand recognition.     Our ability to provide high-quality services, our dedication to best-in-class engineering efforts and our exceptional customer service have helped us establish a recognized and trusted national brand. For example, approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We believe our brand is a meaningful factor for customers as they consider their energy alternatives.

 

  Ÿ  

Strong leadership team.     We are led by a strong management team with demonstrated execution capabilities and an ability to adapt to rapidly changing market environments. Our senior leadership team, consisting of our co-founders, Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive, and our chairman, Elon Musk, are widely recognized entrepreneurs and thought leaders with track records of building successful businesses. Additionally, to support our integrated business model, we have developed in-house expertise through strong senior leadership on our engineering, structured finance, legal and government affairs teams.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the largest provider of clean distributed energy in the world. We plan to achieve this disruptive strategy by providing every home and business an alternative to their energy bill that is cleaner and cheaper than their current energy provider. The following are key elements of our strategy:

 

  Ÿ  

Rapidly grow our customer base.     Since our founding in 2006, we have provided or contracted to provide systems or services on more than 33,000 buildings. In addition, aggregate contractual cash payments that our customers are obligated to pay over the term of our long-term customer agreements have grown at a compounded annual rate of 122% since 2009. To continue this growth, we intend to invest significantly in additional sales, marketing and operations personnel. We also intend to continue to leverage strategic relationships with new and existing industry leaders to further expand our business and customer base. For example, our agreement with The Home Depot has generated installations across multiple markets and validates our brand by working with a trusted name in home improvement. We also recently developed strategic relationships with several homebuilders that we believe will extend our reach to new customers. We also plan to open kiosks in Best Buy stores nationwide.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to offer lower priced energy.     Our business is based on selling renewable energy to our customers at prices below utility rates. We plan on achieving cost reductions by continuing to leverage our buying power with our suppliers, developing additional proprietary design automation and supply chain management software to further ensure that our

 

95


Table of Contents
 

engineering team and system installers operate as efficiently as possible, and working with fund investors to develop innovative financing solutions to lower our cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our brand and long-term customer relationships to provide complementary products.     We plan to continue to invest in and develop complementary energy products, software and services, such as energy storage and energy management technologies, to offer further cost-savings to our customers. We also plan to expand our energy efficiency business to our commercial customers. In addition, we plan to broadly market and sell energy-related products that we source from third-party suppliers, such as electric vehicle charging stations. Our existing long-term customer relationships enable us to sell these products and services with substantially lower acquisition costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand into new locations.     We intend to continue to expand into new locations, initially targeting those markets where climate, government regulations and incentives position solar energy as an economically compelling alternative to utilities. We currently serve customers in 14 states, most recently expanding into Connecticut in February 2012.

Our Innovative Products, Services and Technology

We deliver Better Energy to our customers through a portfolio of complementary products and services that enable more cost effective generation and reduced energy consumption. We have developed enabling technologies that allow us to simplify our customers’ experience and enhance our ability to deliver our products and services.

Solar Energy Products

 

  Ÿ  

Solar Energy Systems.     The major components of our solar energy systems include solar panels that convert sunlight into electrical current, inverters that convert the electrical output from the panels to a usable current compatible with the electric grid, racking that attaches the solar panels to the roof or ground and electrical hardware that connects the solar energy system to the electric grid and our monitoring device. We purchase our components from vendors, maintaining multiple sources for each major component to ensure competitive pricing and an adequate supply of materials. Though we typically install poly-crystalline silicon panels and string inverters, we have installed a wide variety of other technologies, including thin film panels and panel-level power optimizers.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarLease and Power Purchase Agreement Finance Products.     Most of our solar energy customers choose to purchase energy from us pursuant to one of two payment structures: a SolarLease or a power purchase agreement. In both structures, we charge customers a monthly fee for the power produced by our solar energy systems. In the lease structure, this monthly payment is pre-determined and includes a production guarantee. In the power purchase agreement structure, we charge customers a fee per kWh based on the amount of electricity actually produced by the solar energy system. Under both the SolarLease and power purchase agreement, our customers also have the option to pay little or no upfront costs or to reduce the aggregate amount of their future payments by pre-paying a portion of their future payments. Over the term of the agreement, we own and operate the system and guarantee its performance. Our current standard SolarLeases and power purchase agreements have 20-year terms. Prior to 2010, our standard lease term was 15 years. In a limited number of utility districts, we continue to offer lease terms of less than 20 years in order to comply with applicable incentive programs. In addition, a limited number of our commercial customers have entered into power purchase agreements with terms of between 10 and 20 years.

 

96


Table of Contents

Energy Efficiency Products and Services

Our energy efficiency products and services enable our customers to save money on their energy bills by reducing their energy consumption.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Energy Evaluation.     Our home energy evaluation is the threshold to the broad set of energy efficiency products and services we offer. We sell home energy efficiency evaluations to new solar energy system customers, existing customers, prospective solar energy system customers who are unable to adopt solar energy because of site conditions or credit, and to customers who want to start with energy efficiency improvements. Using our proprietary software, our home energy evaluation consists of a detailed in-home diagnosis that identifies energy use and loss. During the evaluation, we record details of the home’s construction and energy use, measurements of every major building surface, model numbers of appliances and other energy consuming equipment, and measure combustion efficiency and air leakage in the ducts and building envelope. We create a database of this information and review a report of the results with the customer outlining current and future opportunities to improve energy efficiency and home comfort. We then offer to perform these upgrades.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Efficiency Upgrades.     Based on the detailed analysis from the home energy evaluation, we work with customers to identify their priorities to improve the cost effectiveness, efficiency, health and comfort of their home by implementing appropriate upgrades. We generally handle every aspect of an energy efficiency improvement project for our customers including sales, engineering, permitting, procurement, installation, inspections and any supporting rebate or utility documentation. Our core energy efficiency upgrade products and services address heating and cooling, duct sealing, water heating, insulation, weatherization, pool pumps and lighting.

Other Energy Products and Services

 

  Ÿ  

Electric Vehicle Charging.     We believe there is a strong overlap between customer demand for electric vehicles, or EVs, and solar energy. As consumers switch to EVs, their electricity bills increase substantially, driving demand for lower cost electricity. We install EV charging equipment that we source from third parties. We market EV equipment to residential and commercial customers through retail partnerships with companies such as The Home Depot, and through EV manufacturers and dealerships such as Tesla Motors, Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Storage.     We are developing a proprietary battery management system built on our solar energy monitoring communications backbone. The battery management system is designed to enable remote, fully bidirectional control of distributed energy storage that can potentially provide significant benefits to our customers, utilities and grid operators. The benefits of energy storage coupled with a solar energy system to our customers may include back-up power, time-of-use energy arbitrage, rate arbitrage, peak demand shaving and demand response. We believe that advances in battery storage technology, steep reductions in pricing and burgeoning policy changes that support energy storage hold significant promise for enabling deployments of grid-connected energy storage systems. We currently have over 100 energy storage pilot projects under contract.

Enabling Technologies

 

  Ÿ  

SolarBid Sales Management Platform.     SolarBid is a proprietary sales management platform that incorporates a database of rate information by utility, sun exposure, roof orientation and a variety of other factors to enable a detailed analysis and customized graphical presentation of each customer’s savings. SolarBid simplifies the sales process and automates pricing, system configuration and proposal generation. It also automatically prepares the customer agreements, incentive forms and utility paperwork required to complete a project. SolarBid is designed for maximum flexibility, allowing us to quickly add new products, services and geographies.

 

97


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

SolarWorks Customer Management Software.     SolarWorks is the proprietary software platform we use to track and manage every project. SolarWorks’ embedded database and custom architecture enables reduced costs, improved quality and improved customer experience by supporting scheduling, budgeting and other project management functions as well as customer communications, inventory management and detailed project data.

 

  Ÿ  

Energy Designer.     Energy Designer is a proprietary software application our field engineering auditors use to rapidly collect all pertinent site-specific design details on a tablet computer. This information then syncs with our design automation software, reducing design time and accelerating the permitting process.

 

  Ÿ  

Home Performance Pro.     Home Performance Pro is our proprietary energy efficiency evaluation platform that incorporates the U.S. Department of Energy’s Energy Plus simulation engine. Home Performance Pro collects and stores details of a building’s construction and energy use and accurately simulates the reduction in energy use from energy efficiency upgrades. We use Home Performance Pro to identify opportunities to improve our customers’ energy efficiency.

 

  Ÿ  

SolarGuard and PowerGuide Proactive Monitoring Solutions.     SolarGuard and PowerGuide provide our customers a real-time view of their home’s or business’s energy generation and consumption. Through easy-to-read graphical displays available on smartphones and any device with a web browser, our monitoring systems collect, monitor and display critical performance data from our solar energy systems, including production levels, local weather, electricity usage and environmental impacts such as carbon offset and pollution reduction. Our customer service team reviews system performance data using this proprietary monitoring software to confirm continuing efficient operation.

Our Customers

Our customers buy electricity and other energy services from us that lower their overall energy costs. Because our customers are individuals or commercial businesses with high credit scores and government agencies, and because electricity is a necessity, we perceive our recurring customer payments as high-quality assets. Our customer base is comprised of the following key sectors:

 

  Ÿ  

Residential .     Our residential customers are individual homeowners and homeowners within communities who have participated in our community solar program that want to switch to cleaner, cheaper energy or reduce their home energy consumption through energy efficiency upgrades. Our community solar programs enable communities to collectively adopt clean energy in partnership with their local government or community organization without requiring any local government funds. We have helped more than 50 communities build more than 1,500 projects.

 

  Ÿ  

Commercial .     Our commercial customers represent several business sectors, including technology, retail, manufacturing, agriculture, nonprofit and houses of worship. Our commercial customers include the world’s largest retailer, the world’s premier semiconductor chip maker and hundreds of other businesses.

 

  Ÿ  

Government .     We have installed solar energy systems for several government entities including the U.S. Air Force, Army, Marines and Navy, and the Department of Homeland Security. In November 2011, SolarCity and Bank of America Merrill Lynch announced project SolarStrong, our five-year plan to build more than $1 billion in solar energy projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. We expect SolarStrong to ultimately create up to 300 megawatts of solar generation capacity that could provide energy to as many as 120,000 military housing units. If completed as anticipated, SolarStrong would be the largest residential solar project in American history.

 

98


Table of Contents

We generally group our commercial and governmental customers together for our internal customer management purposes. Based on cumulative megawatts deployed, our business is split approximately equally between our residential and commercial customers.

Our commercial and government customers include:

 

LOGO

Why Customers Choose SolarCity

The following examples illustrate the experiences of residential, commercial and government customers and the reasons they select us to provide solar energy systems and related energy products and services.

Residential

 

  Ÿ  

California Family.     A California family contacted us to perform an evaluation of their home’s energy usage and costs. We recommended a combination of a solar energy system and energy efficiency products and services to reduce energy costs and consumption and to create a more comfortable home. The family decided to sign a 20-year lease with us for a solar energy system that saves them an average of more than $50 each month. Our energy efficiency evaluators also assessed that the home was losing 60% of its heating through leaks in ductwork and was using an inefficient air cooling system. We replaced the ductwork to reduce leakage and heating costs in the winter and installed a more efficient cooling system to reduce energy costs and increase comfort in the summer. The family now enjoys a more comfortable home and can expect to save thousands of dollars in future energy costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Maryland Homeowner.     A Maryland homeowner sought a solar energy solution to reduce high summertime electricity bills and ultimately decided to lease a solar energy system from us. Over the 20-year term of the contract, he will pay us $29,746 and is projected to create a net savings of $8,305 compared to his projected utility bills. The solar energy system is expected to offset 240,024 pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract term, the equivalent of planting approximately 130 trees. The solar energy system components, including panels, inverters and labor, cost approximately $18,276.

Commercial

 

  Ÿ  

Walmart Stores, Inc.      Walmart, the world’s largest retail business, is pursuing an array of sustainability goals, including a long-term goal to be supplied by 100% renewable energy. Walmart’s goal is to purchase renewable solar energy at prices equal to or less than utility energy rates while also providing price certainty for a percentage of these stores’ electricity requirements against the volatility of fossil-based energy prices. Walmart has contracted with us to purchase solar-generated electricity at 169 locations throughout Arizona, California, Colorado, Maryland, New York and Ohio. We started our first Walmart project in July 2010, and completed 57 projects by the end of 2011. Our solar energy systems typically offset between 10% and 30% of each Walmart location’s total electricity usage.

 

99


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Granite Regional Park .    Granite Regional Park is a private-public partnership between Regional Park Limited Partnership and the City of Sacramento. Regional Park developed the Granite Regional Park with the goal of advancing the City of Sacramento’s sustainability goals and providing additional public greenspace. The park is located on an old mining site and includes office buildings and recreation area. Regional Park will pay $2,639,115 over 20 years for the solar electricity generated by the 901 kW solar energy system and is projected to create a net savings of $437,617 compared to the park’s projected utility bills over this period. The installation is expected to offset more than 27 million pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract period, the equivalent of taking approximately 2,500 cars off the road for a year, or planting approximately 15,000 trees.

Government

 

  Ÿ  

Soaring Heights Communities, Davis-Monthan Air Force Base.     In mid-2009, we entered into a transaction with Soaring Heights Communities LLC, an affiliate of Lend Lease (US) Public Partnerships LLC, a leading developer of privatized military housing, to build what we believe to be the largest solar-powered community in the United States: Soaring Heights Communities at Davis-Monthan Air Force Base in Tucson, Arizona. The project includes approximately 6 megawatts of generation capacity, including approximately 3.28 megawatts of ground-mounted solar panel arrays and an additional 2.76 megawatts of roof-mounted systems, spread among 400 residential buildings. When construction began, the project was estimated to represent an increase of more than 15% over the state of Arizona’s grid-tied solar capacity. The solar electricity generated by the systems offsets the majority of the electricity used by the housing community’s over 900 single and multi-family residences. A photograph of a portion of this project appears below.

 

LOGO

 

100


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Chico Unified School District .    Chico Unified School District decided to explore solar power as a way to help meet the school district’s electricity needs, reduce its dependency on polluting power sources and reduce energy expenses. After a careful selection process, we were awarded the contract to build 1.6 MW of solar energy systems across five district sites. As a power purchase agreement customer, the school district avoided the upfront cost of installing solar and simply buys the power produced from our systems at a set rate. The school district’s solar electricity production is expected to offset 85% of the five sites’ collective, total electricity needs. The school district will pay $10,907,432 for the solar electricity over a 20-year period, and the solar power is projected to create a net savings of $2,441,775 compared to the school district’s projected utility bills over this period. The school district’s solar installations are expected to offset more than 57 million pounds of greenhouse gas emissions over the contract term, the equivalent of taking approximately 5,000 cars off the road for a year, or planting approximately 30,000 trees.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products and services through a national sales organization that includes a direct outside sales force, a call center, a channel partner network and a robust customer referral program.

 

  Ÿ  

Direct outside sales force.     Our outside sales force typically resides and works within a market we serve. Our outside sales force allows us to sell to those customers who prefer a face-to-face interaction.

 

  Ÿ  

Call center.      Our call center allows us to sell our energy products and services to customers without visiting their homes or businesses. Because every home or site is unique, we begin by talking with each prospective customer about their energy needs and savings goals. Then, using online satellite technology, our salesperson evaluates the suitability of the site for our products and services. If either a solar energy system or an energy efficiency evaluation is an appropriate solution, our salesperson briefs the customer on our full scope of products and services, collects preliminary utility usage data and site information, and ultimately, provides a preliminary estimate of costs, including rebate applicability. If the customer desires to work with us, contracts can then be executed with e-signatures.

 

  Ÿ  

Channel Partner Network

 

   

SolarCity Network.     The SolarCity Network is a by-invitation business development program that pays referral fees to local professionals and businesses that refer customers to us. Typical network members include realtors, architects, contractors and insurance/financial services providers.

 

   

The Home Depot.     Our products and services are available through The Home Depot stores located in California, Arizona, Oregon, Colorado and Maryland. We are the exclusive solar provider in the stores we serve. We sell through point-of-purchase displays in the stores, through a team of field energy advisors that canvass the stores and speak to prospective customers, and through other direct marketing strategies including in-store flyers, seminars, promotions, search engine marketing campaigns, email campaigns, retail signage and displays, and a co-branded website.

 

   

Homebuilder partners.     Our products and services are available through several new home builders, including Shea Homes. These partners market solar energy systems through a variety of strategies, including advertising within their model homes, signage within their communities, realtor emails, newspaper inserts, online banners and co-branded flyers. Certain of these partners pre-pay for the electricity that will be produced by the solar energy system installed on the new home they sell, using the benefit of free solar energy as a selling point.

 

101


Table of Contents
   

Other channel partners.     Our products and services also are available through Paramount Energy Solutions, LLC, dba Paramount Solar. Paramount Solar engages residential photovoltaic solar system customers through its own sales and marketing strategies.

 

  Ÿ  

Customer Referral Program .     We believe that customer referrals are the most effective way to market our products and services. Approximately 25% of our new residential projects in 2011 originated from existing customer referrals. We offer cash awards to incentivize our current customers to refer their friends, family and colleagues to install solar energy systems or enroll in an energy efficiency evaluation performed. We also encourage our customers to host solar energy parties with their friends, family and colleagues, where one of our in-house solar consultants make an informal presentation.

We also market our products and services through a variety of direct marketing strategies designed to reach qualified homeowners and businesses, including radio ads and public radio sponsorships, newspaper and magazine ads, online banner ads, search engine marketing, direct mail, participation in trade shows, events and home shows, email marketing, public relations, social media, sweepstakes and promotions, newsletters, community programs and field marketing techniques such as door-to-door canvassing. Our in-house marketing team manages and coordinates our media buying and customizes our content for each region.

Operations and Suppliers

We purchase major components such as solar panels and inverters directly from multiple manufacturers. We screen these suppliers and components based on expected cost, reliability, warranty coverage, ease of installation and other ancillary costs. As of August 31, 2012, our primary solar panel suppliers were Trina Solar Limited, Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited and Kyocera Solar, Inc., among others, and our primary inverter suppliers were Power-One, Inc., SMA Solar Technology, AG, Schneider Electric SA and Fronius International GmbH, among others. We typically enter into master contractual arrangements with our major suppliers that define the general terms and conditions of our purchases, including warranties, product specifications, indemnities, delivery and other customary terms. We typically purchase solar panels and inverters on an as-needed basis from our suppliers at then-prevailing prices pursuant to purchase orders issued under our master contractual arrangements. We generally do not have any supplier arrangements that contain long-term pricing or volume commitments , although at times in the past we have made limited purchase commitments to ensure sufficient supply of components.

The U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar panels imported from China. The average level of these tariffs on the Chinese solar panels that we purchase currently is approximately 35%, but that level has not been finalized and could increase. Because we purchase many of our solar panels from Chinese suppliers, these tariffs may increase the price of these solar panels. However, we expect the effect of the tariffs on prices of these solar panels to be limited, because prior to the U.S. government’s action our Chinese solar panel vendors began developing manufacturing and supply outside of China that is not subject to the proposed tariffs. We are not the importer of record of these solar panels and as a result we are not responsible for payment of the proposed tariffs.

Our racking systems are manufactured by contract manufacturers in the United States using our design.

We generally source the hundreds of other products related to our solar energy systems and energy efficiency upgrades services, such as HVAC and water heating equipment, fasteners and electrical fittings, through a variety of distributors. In addition, we source our EV charging stations from Tesla Motors and others.

 

102


Table of Contents

We currently operate in 14 states. We manage inventory through one of our six centralized storage and distribution facilities, and we distribute inventory to local warehouses weekly as needed. We maintain a fleet of over 570 trucks and other vehicles to support our installers and operations. This operational scale is fundamental to our business, as our field teams currently complete more than 1,000 residential installations each month, while our project management teams simultaneously manage thousands of projects as they move through the stages of engineering, permitting, installation and monitoring.

We offer a range of warranties and performance guarantees for our solar energy systems. We generally provide warranties of between 10 to 20 years on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems we sell, together with a pass-through of the inverter and module manufacturers’ warranties that generally range from 5 to 25 years. Where we sell the electricity generated by a solar energy system, we compensate customers if their system produces less energy than our guarantee in any given year by refunding overpayments. We also provide ongoing service and repair during the entire term of the customer relationship. Costs associated with such ongoing service and repair have not been material.

Securing Our Solar Energy Systems

Unless a customer fully prepays for its solar energy system, we file a uniform commercial code financing statement, or UCC-1, on the systems in the real property records where each system is located prior to or when the system is installed. We file the UCC-1 to put on notice anyone who might perform a title search on the address where the system is located that our property, the solar energy system, is installed on the building. This filing protects our rights as the system’s owner against any mortgage on the real property. If the lender that holds the mortgage on the real property forecloses on our customer’s home, the UCC-1 filing protects our interest in the solar energy system and prohibits the lender from taking ownership of our solar energy system. A UCC-1 fixture filing is not a lien against a customer’s home and does not entitle us to the proceeds of the sale of a home in foreclosure. Typically, when a foreclosed home is sold by the lender, we negotiate with the prospective buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement. We believe the prospective buyer is motivated to assume the existing agreement by the opportunity to purchase energy from us at a lower price than that available from the electric utility. To date, we have only had to repossess four systems. In every other case, we have successfully negotiated with the new buyer to assume the existing lease or power purchase agreement.

Competition

We believe that our primary competitors are the traditional utilities that supply energy to our potential customers. We compete with these traditional utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which customers can switch to electricity generated by our solar energy systems. We believe that we compete favorably with traditional utilities based on these factors in the regions we service.

We also compete with companies that provide products and services in distinct segments of the downstream solar energy and energy efficiency value chain. For example, many solar companies only install solar energy systems, while others only provide financing for these installations. These distributed energy competitors typically work in contractual arrangements with third parties, leaving the customer in the position of having to deal with different companies for different aspects of their solar energy project. In the residential solar energy system installation market, our competitors include American Solar Electric, Inc., Astrum Solar, Inc., Petersen Dean, Inc., Real Goods Solar, Inc., REC Solar, Inc., Sungevity, Inc., Trinity Solar, Inc., Verengo, Inc. and many smaller local solar companies.

 

103


Table of Contents

In the commercial solar energy system installation market, our competitors include Chevron Corporation, SunPower Corporation and Team Solar, Inc. In the solar project financing market, our competitors include SunRun Inc. In the energy efficiency products and services market, our competitors include Ameresco, Inc.

We believe that we compete favorably with these companies because we take an integrated approach to Better Energy, including offering solar energy systems, energy efficiency offerings, electric vehicle charging stations and additional energy-related products and services, as well as in-house sales, financing, engineering, installation, monitoring, and operations and maintenance. Our competitors offer only a subset of the products and services we provide. Aside from simple cost efficiency, we offer distinct practical benefits as an all-in-one provider. We provide a single point of contact and accountability for our products and services during the relationship with our customers.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an essential element of our business, and our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property laws, confidentiality agreements and license agreements to establish and protect our intellectual property rights.

As of August 31, 2012, we had 6 patents issued and 17 pending applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. These patents and applications relate to our installation and mounting hardware, our finance products, our monitoring solutions and our software platforms. Our issued patents start expiring in 2028. We intend to continue to file additional patent applications.

All of our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property and assigning to us any ownership that they may claim in those works.

Government Regulation

We are not a “regulated utility” in the United States under applicable national, state or other local regulatory regimes where we conduct business. For our limited operations in Ontario, Canada, our subsidiary is subject to the regulations of the relevant energy regulatory agencies applicable to all producers of electricity under the relevant feed-in tariff, or FIT, regulations, including the FIT rates.

To operate our systems we obtain interconnection agreements from the applicable local primary electricity utility. Depending on the size of the solar energy system and local law requirements, interconnection agreements are between the local utility and either us or our customer. In almost all cases, interconnection agreements are standard form agreements that have been pre-approved by the local public utility commission or other regulatory body with jurisdiction over interconnection agreements. As such, no additional regulatory approvals are required once interconnection agreements are signed. We maintain a utility administration function, with primary responsibility for engaging with utilities and ensuring our compliance with interconnection rules.

Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the occupational health and safety of our employees and wage regulations. For example, we are subject to the requirements of the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, or OSHA, and comparable state laws that protect and regulate employee health and safety. We have a robust safety department led by a safety professional, and we expend significant resources to comply with OSHA requirements and industry best practices.

 

104


Table of Contents

Federal and/or state prevailing wage requirements, which generally apply to any “public works” construction project that receives public funds, may apply to installations of our solar energy systems on government facilities. The prevailing wage is the basic hourly rate paid on public works projects to a majority of workers engaged in a particular craft, classification or type of work within a particular area. Prevailing wage requirements are established and enforced by regulatory agencies. Our in-house prevailing wage expert monitors and coordinates our continuing compliance with these regulations.

Government Incentives

U.S. federal, state and local governments have established various incentives and financial mechanisms to reduce the cost of solar energy and to accelerate the adoption of solar energy. These incentives include tax credits, cash grants, tax abatements, rebates, and net energy metering, or net metering, programs. These incentives help catalyze private sector investments in solar energy and efficiency measures, including the installation and operation of residential and commercial solar energy systems.

The federal government provides an uncapped investment tax credit, or Federal ITC, that allows a taxpayer to claim a credit of 30% of qualified expenditures for a residential or commercial solar energy system that is placed in service on or before December 31, 2016. This credit is scheduled to reduce to 10% effective January 1, 2017. Solar energy systems that began construction prior to the end of 2011 are eligible to receive a 30% federal cash grant paid by the U.S. Treasury Department under section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or the U.S. Treasury grant, in lieu of the Federal ITC. The federal government also provides accelerated depreciation for eligible solar energy systems.

We have received U.S. Treasury grants with respect to the vast majority of the solar energy systems that we have installed, and we expect to receive U.S. Treasury grants with respect to many more solar energy systems that we will install in the near future. We have relied on, and will continue to rely in the near future on, U.S. Treasury grants to lower our cost of capital and to incent fund investors to invest in our funds. Also, the U.S. Treasury grants have enabled us to lower the price we charge customers for our solar energy systems.

Approximately half of the states offer a personal and/or corporate investment or production tax credit for solar, that is additive to the Federal ITC. Further, more than half of the states, and many local jurisdictions, have established property tax incentives for renewable energy systems, that include exemptions, exclusions, abatements and credits.

Many state governments, utilities, municipal utilities and co-operative utilities offer a rebate or other cash incentive for the installation and operation of a solar energy system or energy efficiency measures. Capital costs or “up-front” rebates provide funds to solar customers based on the cost, size or expected production of a customer’s solar energy system. Performance-based incentives provide cash payments to a system owner based on the energy generated by their solar energy system during a pre-determined period, and they are paid over that time period. Some states also have established FIT programs that are a type of performance-based incentive where the system owner-producer is paid a set rate for the electricity their system generates over a set period of time.

Forty-three states have a regulatory policy known as net metering. Each of the states and Washington, D.C., where we currently serve customers has adopted a net metering policy except for Texas, where certain individual utilities have adopted a policy similar to net metering. Net metering typically allows our customers to interconnect their on-site solar energy systems to the utility grid and offset their utility electricity purchases by receiving a bill credit at the utility’s retail rate for energy

generated by their solar energy system in excess of electric load that is exported to the grid. At the end

 

105


Table of Contents

of the billing period, the customer simply pays for the net energy used or receives a credit at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. Some states require utilities to provide net metering to their customers until the total generating capacity of net metered systems exceeds a set percentage of the utilities’ aggregate customer peak demand.

Many states also have adopted procurement requirements for renewable energy production. Twenty-nine states have adopted a renewable portfolio standard that requires regulated utilities to procure a specified percentage of total electricity delivered to customers in the state from eligible renewable energy sources, such as solar energy systems, by a specified date. To prove compliance with such mandates, utilities must surrender renewable energy certificates, or RECs. System owners often are able to sell RECs to utilities directly or in REC markets.

Employees and Our Company Values

We take great pride in being a company built on values. Our values are an integral part of who we are and how we conduct business, and they provide the framework for delivering exceptional service to our customers. These values are:

 

  Ÿ  

We are teammates.

 

  Ÿ  

We are innovators who welcome change.

 

  Ÿ  

We provide quality workmanship.

 

  Ÿ  

We act with integrity and honesty.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to lower costs.

 

  Ÿ  

We are anchored in safety.

 

  Ÿ  

We strive to exceed customer expectations.

 

  Ÿ  

We change the world for the better.

We strive to attract, hire and retain the best employees and have designed programs to reward and incent our employees, including competitive salaries, equity ownership and substantial opportunities for career advancement.

As of August 31, 2012, we had 2,055 full-time employees, consisting of 584 in sales and marketing, 148 in engineering, 961 in installation, 202 in customer care and project controls and 160 others. Of our employees, 1,307 are located in California, including 578 located in our headquarters in San Mateo, California. Our remaining employees are located in 12 other states and Washington, D.C.

Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is increasing, particularly for installers and other personnel involved in the installation of solar energy systems and the delivery of energy products and services. Because we are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area, we compete for a limited pool of technical and engineering resources, and this requires us to pay wages that are competitive with relatively high San Francisco Bay Area standards for employees employed in these fields. Further, as the industry continues to expand, we are increasingly subject to competition to hire the best salespeople and others who are keys to our growing business. We employ a team of full-time recruiters who are dedicated to identifying and qualifying prospective employees to support our growth.

Our employees are not currently represented by any labor union or subject to any collective bargaining agreement. To date, we have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

 

106


Table of Contents

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters and executive offices are located in San Mateo, California, where we occupy approximately 68,025 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in December 2016. Our other locations include sales offices and warehouses in Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Hawaii, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania and Texas. We also maintain sales and support offices in Ontario, Canada.

We lease all of our facilities, and we do not own any real property. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that we will be able to lease suitable additional or alternative space on commercially reasonable terms if and when we need it.

Legal Proceedings

On February 13, 2012, SunPower Corporation filed an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California (Civil Action No. 12-00694). The complaint asserts 12 causes of action against six defendants: SolarCity, Thomas Leyden, Matt Giannini, Dan Leary, Felix Aguayo and Alice Cathcart, although only the following six causes of action are asserted against SolarCity: trade secret misappropriation; conversion; trespass to chattels; interference with prospective business advantage; unfair competition; and statutory unfair competition. Each of Messrs. Leyden, Giannini, Leary and Aguayo, and Ms. Cathcart, or the Individual Defendants, are former SunPower employees, and at the time SunPower filed the complaint, each was a SolarCity employee. The complaint’s claims generally relate to alleged unlawful access of SunPower computers by the Individual Defendants for the purpose of securing SunPower information, the alleged misappropriation of SunPower’s trade secret information for competitive advantage or in furtherance of recruiting some or all of the Individual Defendants to leave SunPower and join SolarCity. The complaint seeks preliminary and permanent injunctions, damages and attorney’s fees. In September 2011, we hired Mr. Leyden as our vice president of commercial sales; subsequently, his title was changed to vice president, project development. Mr. Leyden’s employment with us ceased on March 2, 2012. Discovery in the complaint has not yet commenced, and no trial date has been set. SolarCity intends to defend itself vigorously against the complaint’s allegations.

On August 17, 2012, Kevin Demattio, a former outside sales employee, filed a putative class action complaint against SolarCity in the Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles (Civil Action No. BC490482). Mr. Demattio purports to represent a class of certain current and former outside sales representatives, and those with a similar title, who worked for us in California for the four-year period prior to the filing of the complaint. The complaint alleges causes of action for failure to pay proper wages due under various commission pay plans; failure to properly pay the wages of terminated (or resigned) employees; failure to provide proper itemized wage statements because of an alleged failure to specify requisite information; failure to keep accurate time records; and related claims for unfair competition and a California state statute permitting individuals to pursue claims not pursued by a state agency. Mr. Demattio seeks unspecified damages for himself and affected class members, including all wages due and owing, applicable statutory penalties (including waiting time penalties), interest, attorneys’ fees and costs. As the complaint has not yet been served, we have not yet responded to the complaint. We intend to defend ourselves vigorously against the complaint’s allegations.

In July 2012, we and other companies with significant market share, and other companies related to the solar industry, received subpoenas from the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of the Inspector General to deliver certain documents in our respective possession. In particular, our subpoena requested, among other things, documents dated, created, revised or referred to since January 1, 2007 that relate to our applications for U.S. Treasury grants or communications with certain other solar development companies or certain firms that appraise solar energy property for U.S. Treasury grant application purposes. The Inspector General is working with the Civil Division of the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate the administration and implementation of the U.S. Treasury grant program,

 

107


Table of Contents

including possible misrepresentations made in grant applications by companies in the solar industry. We are currently reviewing and evaluating the subpoena and intend to cooperate fully with the Inspector General and the Department of Justice. We anticipate that at least six months will be required to gather all of the requested documents and provide them to the Inspector General, and at least another year following that for the Inspector General to conclude its review of the materials. As to us, on August 9, 2012, we received a letter from the Department of Justice indicating that the government’s investigation focuses on our possible misrepresentations to the Department of Treasury in applications under the Treasury grant program, including misrepresentations concerning the fair market value of the solar power systems submitted for grant under that program. The letter stated that the subpoena seeks documents relevant to that issue and is not intended to be construed more broadly than that. We are not aware of, and have not been made aware of, any specific allegations of misconduct or misrepresentation by us or our officers, directors or employees, and no such assertions have been made by the Inspector General or the Department of Justice.

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business.

 

108


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of September 19, 2012:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

     

Lyndon R. Rive

     35       Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Peter J. Rive

     38       Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director

Robert D. Kelly.

     54       Chief Financial Officer

Tobin J. Corey

     50       Chief Revenue Officer

Linda L. Keala

     54       Vice President, Human Resources

Mark C. Roe

     49       Vice President, Operations

John M. Stanton

     49       Vice President, Governmental Affairs

Ben Tarbell

     37       Vice President, Products

Seth R. Weissman

     43       Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Elon Musk

     41       Chairman of the Board

Raj Atluru

     43       Director

John H. N. Fisher(1)(2)(3)

     53       Director

Antonio J. Gracias

     41       Director

Donald R. Kendall, Jr.(3)

     60       Director

Nancy E. Pfund(1)(2)(3)

     56       Director

Jeffrey B. Straubel(1)(2)

     36       Director

 

(1) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the audit committee.

Executive Officers

Lyndon R. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from October 1999 to July 2006, Mr. Rive co-founded and served as vice president and a member of the board of directors of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Prior to this, Mr. Rive founded LRS, a distributor of health products in South Africa. Mr. Rive is also a current member of the U.S. underwater hockey team. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief executive officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

Peter J. Rive , one of our founders, has served as chief operations officer, chief technology officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2006. Prior to co-founding SolarCity, from April 2001 to June 2006, Mr. Rive served as chief technology officer of Everdream Corporation, a leading provider of distributed computer management software and services acquired by Dell Inc. in 2007. Mr. Rive holds a bachelor’s degree in computer science from Queen’s University, Canada. Mr. Rive was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his perspective and experience as one of our founders and as our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, as well as his extensive background in the solar industry.

Robert D. Kelly has served as our chief financial officer since October 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer of Calera Corporation, a clean technology

 

109


Table of Contents

company, from August 2009 to October 2011, and as an independent consultant providing financial advice to retail energy providers and power developers from January 2006 to August 2009. Mr. Kelly served as chief financial officer and executive vice president of Calpine Corporation, an independent power producer, from March 2002 to November 2005, as president of Calpine Finance Company from March 2001 to November 2005, and held various financial management roles with Calpine from 1991 to 2001. In December 2005, Calpine filed a petition for voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 in January 2008. Mr. Kelly also served as the marketing manager of Westinghouse Credit Corporation from 1990 to 1991, as vice president of Lloyds Bank PLC from 1989 to 1990, and in various positions with The Bank of Nova Scotia from 1982 to 1989. Mr. Kelly holds a bachelor’s of commerce degree from Memorial University of Newfoundland and an MBA from Dalhousie University, Canada.

Tobin J. Corey has served as our chief revenue officer since January 2012. Since October 2011, Mr. Corey served as an adjunct professor at Stanford University teaching management science and engineering. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Corey was chief executive officer of Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company launching new start ups, from September 1999 to December 2011. From September 1995 to September 1999, Mr. Corey served as president and chief operating officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm. Mr. Corey holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and computer science from Southern Connecticut State University.

Linda L. Keala has served as our vice president, human resources since January 2011 and as our director of human resources from November 2010 to January 2011. Prior to joining SolarCity, Ms. Keala co-founded and served as vice president of TransformBlue, Inc., a mobile internet technology advisor, from July 2009 to November 2010. Prior to TransformBlue, Ms. Keala served as vice president of business operations and secretary of NBX Inc., an online sports entertainment company, from September 2005 to June 2009. From January 2000 to December 2005, Ms. Keala served as vice president, human resources and administration at Intend Change Group, Inc., a venture capital construction company. Ms. Keala served as executive vice president and chief people officer of USWeb Corporation, an internet services firm, from January 1996 to December 1999.

Mark C. Roe has served as our vice president, operations since January 2011. Mr. Roe joined SolarCity following his brief retirement after serving as senior director of worldwide service at Apple Inc., a designer, manufacturer and marketer of personal computers and related products, from February 2004 to March 2009. Mr. Roe served as vice president of customer service and quality at Palm, Inc., a manufacturer of handheld electronics, from March 2001 to January 2004. Mr. Roe also held positions at Webvan Group, Inc. and Beyond.com, Inc. Mr. Roe holds a bachelor’s degree in industrial engineering and operations research from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, and an MBA from Syracuse University.

John M. Stanton has served as our vice president, governmental affairs since March 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Stanton served as executive vice president and general counsel of the Solar Energy Industries Association, where he oversaw legal and government affairs for the solar industry’s pre-eminent trade association, from November 2006 to February 2010. Mr. Stanton also served as vice president for energy, climate and transportation programs at the National Environmental Trust from December 1998 to December 2006. Mr. Stanton also served as legislative counsel for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and as Deputy Attorney General for the state of New Jersey. Mr. Stanton holds a bachelor’s degree in Latin American studies and philosophy from Tulane University and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law School.

Ben Tarbell has served as our vice president, products since May 2010 and previously served as our director of products from November 2006 to May 2010. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Tarbell served as program manager, PV Modules for Miasolé, a thin-film solar cell developer, from July 2005

 

110


Table of Contents

to November 2006. Prior to Miasolé Inc., Mr. Tarbell served as project manager for IDEO Inc., a design consulting firm, from June 1998 to July 2003. Mr. Tarbell holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from Cornell University, a master’s degree in mechanical engineering design from Stanford University and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Seth R. Weissman has served as our vice president and general counsel since September 2008 and as our secretary since May 2009. Prior to joining SolarCity, Mr. Weissman served as vice president, general counsel, and chief privacy officer of Coremetrics, Inc., the leading digital marketing company, from June 2004 to August 2008. Mr. Weissman also practiced employment and corporate law at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, at Stoneman, Chandler and Miller LLP, and at Hutchins, Wheeler, Dittmar, Professional Corporation. Mr. Weissman holds a bachelor’s degree in political science from The Pennsylvania State University and a J.D. from Boston University School of Law.

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Lyndon R. Rive, our co-founder and chief executive officer, and Peter J. Rive, our co-founder, chief operations officer and chief technology officer, are brothers and cousins to Elon Musk, the chairman of our board of directors. There are no other family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Non-Employee Directors

Elon Musk has served as the chairman of our board of directors since July 2006. Mr. Musk has served as the chief executive officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since October 2008, and as chairman of the board of directors of Tesla since April 2004. Mr. Musk has also served as chief executive officer, chief technology officer and chairman of Space Exploration Technologies Corporation, a company which is developing and launching advanced rockets for satellite and eventually human transportation, since May 2002. Mr. Musk co-founded PayPal, Inc., an electronic payment system, which was acquired by eBay Inc. in October 2002, and Zip2 Corporation, a provider of internet enterprise software and services, which was acquired by Compaq Computer Corporation in March 1999. Mr. Musk holds a bachelor’s degree in physics from the University of Pennsylvania and a bachelor’s degree in economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

We believe Mr. Musk possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with technology companies, extensive experience with energy technology companies and the perspective and experience he brings as one of our largest stockholders.

Raj Atluru has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2012. Mr. Atluru has been a partner of Silver Lake Kraftwerk since 2011. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Atluru was a partner at Draper Fisher Jurvetson for 10 years where he spearheaded DFJ’s cleantech investment practice and its India investment operations. Mr. Atluru remains a venture partner at DFJ. Mr. Atluru has been investing in the energy and resource sectors since 1997 and has served on the board of directors of numerous private companies. Mr. Atluru holds a B.S. and an M.S. in Civil Engineering and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Atluru possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a cleantech and renewable energy venture capital investor and as a board member.

John H. N. Fisher has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Fisher has served as a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm, for

 

111


Table of Contents

over two decades. Mr. Fisher serves on the board of directors of DFJ ePlanet Ventures and on the Investment Committees of DFJ Growth Fund, DFJ New England, and DFJ Esprit Ventures. Mr. Fisher previously held positions at ABS Ventures, Alex. Brown & Sons Inc., and Bank of America Corporation. Mr. Fisher serves as a Trustee of the California Academy of Sciences and serves on the board of directors of Common Sense Media. Mr. Fisher holds a bachelor’s degree in history of science from Harvard College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Fisher possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and as a board member.

Antonio J. Gracias has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2012. Mr. Gracias has been chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp., a private equity firm, since 2003. Mr. Gracias holds a joint B.S. and M.S. degree in international finance and economics from the Georgetown University School of Foreign Service and a J.D. from the University of Chicago Law School. Mr. Gracias also serves as a member of the board of directors of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer.

We believe that Mr. Gracias possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his management experience with a nationally recognized private equity firm and his operations management and supply chain optimization expertise.

Donald R. Kendall, Jr. has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2012. Mr. Kendall has served as managing director and chief executive officer of Kenmont Capital Partners, a private equity firm specializing in power and energy investments, since October 1998. Mr. Kendall previously served as president of Cogen Technologies Capital Company, a power generation firm, and concurrently as chairman and chief executive officer of Palmetto Partners, an investment management firm, from July 1993 to October 1998. Mr. Kendall holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from Hamilton College and an MBA from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth.

We believe Mr. Kendall possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with power, energy and alternative energy companies, his experience in executive management positions and his experience as a member of several public and private boards of directors.

Nancy E. Pfund has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Ms. Pfund has also served as a managing partner of DBL Investors, a venture capital firm, since January 2008. Ms. Pfund previously served as a managing director of JPMorgan & Co., an investment bank, from January 2002 to January 2008. Ms. Pfund also serves as a member of the board of directors of the California Clean Energy Fund, a not-for-profit fund mandated by the California Public Utilities Commission to invest in companies pursuing fossil-fuel alternatives, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the UC Davis Center for Energy Efficiency. Ms. Pfund holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in anthropology from Stanford University and an MBA from the Yale School of Management.

We believe Ms. Pfund possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including her extensive experience as a venture capital investor focusing on technology companies, and as a board member.

Jeffrey B. Straubel has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2006. Mr. Straubel has served as chief technology officer of Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, since May 2004 and as principal engineer, drive systems from

 

112


Table of Contents

March 2004 to May 2005. Mr. Straubel served as chief technical officer and co-founder of Volacom Inc., an aerospace firm which designed a specialized high-altitude electric aircraft platform, from January 2002 to May 2004. Mr. Straubel holds a bachelor’s degree in energy systems engineering from Stanford University and a master’s degree in engineering, with an emphasis on energy conversion, from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Straubel possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience with energy technology companies.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as currently in effect provides that our board of directors shall consist of eleven members. We anticipate filling these two vacancies with independent directors.

Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2013 for the Class I directors, 2014 for the Class II directors and 2015 for the Class III directors.

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class I directors will be Mr. Atluru, Mr. Fisher and Mr. Lyndon Rive, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class II directors will be Mr. Gracias, Ms. Pfund and Mr. Peter Rive, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class III directors will be Mr. Kendall, Mr. Musk and Mr. Straubel, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business, reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans, and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Following the end of each year, our board of directors will conduct an annual self-evaluation, which includes a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors have full access to our management and independent advisors.

Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee oversees and reviews with management our policies with

 

113


Table of Contents

respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, and our compensation committee oversees risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market. Under the listing requirements and rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Atluru, Fisher, Gracias, Kendall and Straubel, and Ms. Pfund are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, constituting a majority of our board of directors as required by the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Fisher and Kendall and Ms. Pfund, who comprise our audit committee, and Mr. Straubel, who joins Mr. FIsher and Ms. Pfund on our compensation committee and our nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for their respective committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of the charters for our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will be available without charge, upon request in writing to SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402; Attn: Secretary, or on the investor relations portion of our website, www.solarcity.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

 

114


Table of Contents

Audit Committee .    Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes. Our audit committee generally oversees:

 

  Ÿ  

our accounting and financial reporting processes as well as the audit and integrity of our financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

our compliance with disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting as well as the compliance of our employees, directors and consultants with ethical standards adopted by us.

Our audit committee also has certain responsibilities, including without limitation, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

selecting and hiring the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

supervising and evaluating the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

serving as our qualified legal compliance committee.

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Kendall and Ms. Pfund. Mr. Kendall serves as our audit committee chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that each of the directors serving on our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Kendall meets the requirements of a financial expert as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and who has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our audit committee, and our board of directors believes that each member meets the independence and other requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and is responsible for evaluating, approving and reviewing the compensation arrangements, plans, policies and programs for our executive officers and directors, and overseeing our cash-based and equity-based compensation plans.

 

115


Table of Contents

The functions of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and dollar amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance agreements and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

  Ÿ  

administering our equity compensation plans.

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a compensation committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our compensation committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market, is a nonemployee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an outside director as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The functions of our nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the board of directors for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing the succession planning for each of our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management; and

 

  Ÿ  

recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Fisher and Straubel and Ms. Pfund. We have not designated a nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, and we have also adopted a code of ethics for principal executives and senior financial officers.

 

116


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

In 2011, none of our non-employee directors received any cash, equity, or other compensation for their services as directors or as members of any board committee.

In September 2012, we implemented a director compensation plan, pursuant to which our future non-employee directors are eligible to receive equity awards and annual cash retainers as compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. Under the director compensation plan, each individual who joins our board of directors as a non-employee director following the implementation of the plan will receive an initial stock option grant to purchase 30,000 shares at the time of initial election or appointment and additional triennial option grants for the purchase of 15,000 shares, as well as an annual cash retainer of $15,000, subject to continued service on our board of directors. Such non-employee directors who serve on committees of our board of directors will receive various specified additional equity awards and cash retainers.

Mr. Kendall joined our board of directors in September 2012. Pursuant to our director compensation plan, we granted him an option to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock, and we will pay him an annual cash retainer of $15,000, subject to his continued service as member of our board of directors. In connection with Mr. Kendall’s appointment as chairperson of our audit committee, we granted him an additional option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock, and we will pay him an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000, subject to his continued service as chairperson of our audit committee. In addition, in connection with Mr. Kendall joining our board of directors, we awarded him a special, one-time grant of restricted stock units covering 16,991 shares of common stock.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last completed year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. Before establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to compensation of our executive officers.

 

117


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2011 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our principal executive officer and each of our named executive officers during the last completed fiscal year. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2011.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
(1)($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)
    All
Other
Compensation
(2)($)
    Total
($)
 

Lyndon R. Rive, Chief Executive Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Peter J. Rive, Chief Operations Officer and Chief Technology Officer

    2011      $ 251,731                    $ 3,753,400      $ 100,000      $ 54      $ 4,105,185   

Robert D. Kelly, Chief Financial Officer (3)

    2011      $ 46,731                    $ 2,882,014      $ 31,250      $ 40      $ 2,960,035   

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2011 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that our named executive officers may receive from the options.
(2) The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column represent group term life insurance premiums.
(3) Mr. Kelly joined SolarCity as our chief financial officer in October 2011. His annual base salary is $270,000.

2011 Bonus Decisions

After the conclusion of the fiscal year, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer evaluated our financial performance for 2011 and determined that, based on this performance, as well as their evaluation of the performance and contributions of our chief financial officer, that we should pay a bonus to him. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of his contribution during the year. In addition, our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer also took into consideration his responsibilities, experience, skills, equity holdings, and current market practice.

In addition, our board of directors evaluated the performance of our chief executive officer and our chief operations officer and determined to pay bonuses to these individuals. These determinations were based on a subjective assessment of each individual’s contributions during the year and equity holdings.

The annual cash bonuses for our named executive officers earning such bonuses for 2011 were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Cash Bonus
Opportunity
    Actual
Cash
Bonus
 

Lyndon R. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Peter J. Rive

          $ 100,000   

Robert D. Kelly

   $ 31,250 (1)    $ 31,250   

 

(1) Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Kelly’s target cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, adjusted to reflect his actual time of employment in 2011.

 

118


Table of Contents

2011 Equity Grants

On May 25, 2011, our board of directors approved stock option grants to purchase shares of our common stock for Messrs. Lyndon R. Rive and Peter J. Rive. The stock options granted to these named executive officers were for the right of each to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to $5.07 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date, and have a 48-month time-based vesting schedule.

On October 24, 2011, our board of directors approved the grant to Mr. Kelly of two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock, each with an exercise price equal to $5.92 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date. The first of the two stock options is subject to a four-year time-based vesting schedule with an initial 12-month cliff vesting requirement. The second stock option is subject to a performance-based vesting schedule which provides that 20% of the options to purchase shares of our common stock will vest in full upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with a value of at least $2 billion during his employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

Welfare and Other Employee Benefits

We provide other benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as all of our full-time employees in the country where they reside. These benefits include health, dental, and vision benefits, health and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and basic life insurance coverage. See below for a description of our 401(k) plan.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

We do not provide perquisites to our named executive officers, except in limited situations.

Pension Benefits

We did not sponsor any defined benefit pension or other actuarial plan for our executive officers during 2011.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We did not maintain any nonqualified defined contribution or other deferred compensation plans or arrangements for our executive officers during 2011.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Code limits. We do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to do so. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

Mr. Kelly’s Employment Offer Letter

On October 17, 2011, we named Mr. Kelly our chief financial officer. The terms and conditions of his employment were approved by our board of directors.

 

119


Table of Contents

When we hired Mr. Kelly, our board of directors approved an employment offer letter setting forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including an initial annual base salary of $270,000, an initial target annual cash bonus opportunity of $150,000, and two stock option awards, each to purchase 332,014 shares of our common stock. Other than these terms, Mr. Kelly’s employment is “at will” and for no specific period of time.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Only one of our named executive officers, Mr. Kelly, is eligible to receive certain payments and benefits in connection with his termination of employment under various circumstances. None of our executive officers are eligible to receive any payments or benefits in connection with or following a change in control of our company, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

Our executive officers are eligible to receive any benefits accrued under our broad-based benefit plans, such as accrued vacation pay, in accordance with those plans and policies.

Termination of Employment—Mr. Kelly

In the event that we terminate Mr. Kelly’s employment without cause, Mr. Kelly would be eligible to receive a pro rata portion of any earned commissions or bonus. He is not otherwise eligible to receive any specific payments or benefits in the event of a change in control of SolarCity, except as provided in our equity plans (and described below) applicable to all equity award holders.

2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of our named executive officers, information regarding outstanding equity awards held as of December 31, 2011.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Awards –
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Awards –
Option
Expiration
Date
 

Lyndon R. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Peter J. Rive

    09/02/2009        562,500        437,500 (1)    $ 1.62        09/01/2019   
    05/25/2011        145,832        854,168 (1)    $ 5.07        05/24/2021   

Robert D. Kelly

    10/24/2011               332,014 (2)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   
    10/24/2011               332,014 (3)    $ 5.92        10/23/2021   

 

(1)

These stock options vest over a four-year period as follows: 1/48 th of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable each month following the respective vesting commencement date (September 2, 2009 or May 25, 2011), subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(2)

This stock option vests over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date (October 17, 2011) and 1/36 th of the remaining shares of our common stock subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to the optionee continuing to be a service provider to us on each such vesting date.

(3) This stock option vests as follows: 20% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option vest and become exercisable upon the closing of each capital-raising transaction with an aggregate value of at least $2 billion during Mr. Kelly’s employment, up to a maximum of $10 billion in capital raised.

 

120


Table of Contents

2011 Director Compensation

In 2011 we did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other non-employee members of our board of directors. The non-employee members of our board of directors do not hold any equity awards or non-equity awards. Mr. Lyndon R. Rive, who is our chief executive officer, and Mr. Peter J. Rive, who is our chief operations officer and chief technology officer, receive no compensation for their service as directors. The compensation received by these executive officers as employees during 2011 is presented in “2011 Summary Compensation Table.”

Employee Benefit Plans

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Plan, prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2012 Plan is effective upon its adoption by our board of directors, but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2012 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2012 Plan is 7,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2007 Stock Plan, or the 2007 Plan, and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options granted under the 2007 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2012 Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above equal to 16,673,207 shares as of June 30, 2012. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

8,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2012 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2012 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan.

Plan Administration .    The 2012 Plan will be administered by our board of directors who, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to

 

121


Table of Contents

each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2012 Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2012 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2012 Plan and awards granted thereunder. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2012 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of all options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting). After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of the stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the grant date. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions the administrator establishes. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units .    Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market

 

122


Table of Contents

value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Performance Units/Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2012 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2012 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and awards may be exercised by the participant only during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2012 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the proposed transaction and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2012 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2012 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an outside director’s awards are assumed or substituted for and his or her service as an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Plan Amendment; Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2012 Plan will automatically terminate in 2022, unless we terminate it sooner.

 

123


Table of Contents

2007 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Plan in March 2007, and our stockholders approved our 2007 Plan in August 2007. Our 2007 Plan was amended and restated most recently in February 2012.

Our 2007 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2007 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2012 Plan; however, the 2007 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock option awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2007 Plan is 19,400,000 shares of our common stock. As of July 31, 2012, options to purchase 14,847,376 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2007 Plan and 1,776,860 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2007 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan.

Plan Administration .     The 2007 Plan is administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees (referred to as the “administrator”).

Subject to the provisions of our 2007 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price of the options, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2007 Plan, among other powers. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2007 Plan, to institute an exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced, participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2007 Plan and awards granted under the 2007 Plan. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2007 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of

 

124


Table of Contents

time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months (in the event of a termination due to death) or six months (in the event of a termination due to disability). In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for thirty days following a termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms are set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2007 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2007 Plan, the administrator will make proportional adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be issued under the 2007 Plan and/or the number and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, each award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2007 Plan provides that in the event of a sale, merger or change in control, as defined under the 2007 Plan, each outstanding award will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest and all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2007 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Concurrently with this offering, we are establishing our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve our ESPP, prior to the completion of this offering. Our executive officers and all of our other employees will be allowed to participate in our ESPP.

A total of 1,300,000 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

2,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as may be determined by the administrator.

Our board of directors or a committee designated by the board of directors will administer the ESPP and has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility. Every determination made by the administrator will be final and binding upon all parties to the full extent permitted by law.

 

125


Table of Contents

Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year as required by applicable local law. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

  Ÿ  

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year.

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for consecutive 6-month offering periods with a new offering period beginning on the first trading days on or after May 15 and November 15 of each year, or on such other date as the administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first offering period under the ESPP will start on the first trading day on or after the date upon which the SEC declares our registration statement effective and end on the first trading day on or after May 15, 2013.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of the compensation he or she receives on each payday during the offering period. Eligible compensation includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, payments for overtime and shift premium commissions (to the extent such commissions are an integral, recurring part of compensation), but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 1,000 shares of common stock during each offering period.

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock on each exercise date. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day of the offering period, unless determined otherwise by the administrator. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Employees who end their participation at any time during an offering period must wait until the beginning of the next offering period to begin participation. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment and the participant will be paid any accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock.

A participant may not transfer credited contributions to his or her account or rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume, or substitute for, each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding options, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date (when such offering period will end) will be set which will occur prior to the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant in writing or electronically that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless the participant has already withdrawn from the offering period.

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP at any time and for any reason, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

 

126


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction where the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain appropriate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

127


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above under “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of those transactions since January 1, 2009, that we have participated in where the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private Placements

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2009, we sold an aggregate of 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $5.41 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      739,370       $ 3,999,992   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn(2)      3,696,858         20,000,002   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.
(2) Mr. Mehn resigned as a member of our board of directors effective as of September 17, 2012.

Series E-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2010, we sold an aggregate of 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $6.25 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series E-1 preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E-1 preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series E-1
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      1,440,000       $ 9,000,000   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      160,000         1,000,000   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn(3)      240,000         1,500,000   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(4)

        1,600,000         10,000,000   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Associates, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P. and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mr. Mehn resigned as a member of our board of directors effective as of September 17, 2012.
(4) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

 

128


Table of Contents

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

In June and July 2011, we sold an aggregate of 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $9.68 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.68 per share were issued in connection with the Series F preferred stock financing. Purchasers of the Series F preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and which were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series F preferred stock by the various investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   SolarCity Director    Number of
Series F
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson(1)

   John H. N. Fisher      611,096       $ 5,912,354   

Funds affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(2)

   Nancy E. Pfund      167,036         1,616,074   

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.

   Hans A. Mehn(3)      174,694         1,690,165   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      1,033,592         10,000,003   

Fund affiliated with Mayfield Fund(4)

        80,768         781,430   

 

(1) Draper Fisher Jurvetson affiliates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, LLC, Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC and Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC.
(2) Bay Area Equity Fund affiliates holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P.
(3) Mr. Mehn resigned as a member of our board of directors effective as of September 17, 2012.
(4) Mayfield Fund affiliate holding our securities is Mayfield XIII, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership, or Mayfield. Mayfield owns less than 5% of our capital stock.

Series G Preferred Stock Financing

In February and March 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $23.92 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Purchasers of the Series G preferred stock include a trust controlled by a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that are represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series G preferred stock by the various inventors:

 

Name of Stockholder

  

SolarCity Director

   Number of
Series G
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Fund affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(1)

   Nancy E. Pfund      41,812       $ 999,934   

Elon Musk, as Trustee of the Elon Musk Revocable

        

Trust dated July 22, 2003

   Elon Musk      627,220         14,999,966   

SilverLake Kraftwerk, L.P

   Raj Atluru      1,149,904         27,499,954   

Valor Solar Holding, LLC

   Antonio J. Gracias      1,045,368         24,999,976   

 

(1) Affiliates of Bay Area Equity Fund holding securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and DBL Equity Fund – BAEF II, L.P.

Preferred Stock Warrant Exercises

In August 2012, Elon Musk, a member of our board of directors, and Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P., an affiliate of Nancy Pfund, another member of our board of directors, exercised warrants to purchase an aggregate of 112,835 shares of our Series C preferred stock for aggregate proceeds to us of $149,999. We originally issued these warrants in August 2007 in connection with our Series C preferred stock financing.

 

129


Table of Contents

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to our executive officers. For a description of certain of these options, see “Executive Compensation—2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table.”

Transactions with First Solar

In October 2008, we entered into a framework agreement with First Solar, Inc., a manufacturer of solar panels and solar energy systems, to purchase 100 megawatts of solar panels between 2009 and 2013. In 2009 and 2010, we purchased approximately $18.5 million and $9.3 million, respectively, of solar panels from First Solar. During these periods, First Solar owned more than 10% of our outstanding common stock. The framework agreement with First Solar was terminated in December 2010. Michael J. Ahearn, who served on our board of directors from October 2008 to October 2009, was the chief executive officer and chairman of the board of First Solar during this period. Jens Meyerhoff, who replaced Mr. Ahearn on our board of directors from October 2009 to December 2010, was the chief financial officer of First Solar during this period. We believe that the prices, terms and conditions of these transactions were commercially reasonably and in the ordinary course of business.

Other Transactions

In late 2010, we received a grant from the California Public Utilities Commission, or CPUC, under its Self-Generation Incentive Program to develop distributed battery energy storage. We partnered with the University of California, Berkeley and Tesla Motors, Inc., a high-performance electric vehicle developer and manufacturer, to jointly develop the technology. In connection the CPUC grant, in January 2011, we entered into a professional services agreement with Tesla to provide certain design, engineering and consulting services. The total amount payable by us to Tesla under this agreement is approximately $534,000, expected to be paid in 2012. Mr. Musk, the chairman of our board of directors, is the chief executive officer, product architect, chairman of the board of directors and a significant stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Fisher, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson which is a minority stockholder of Tesla. Mr. Straubel, a member of our board of directors, is the chief technology officer of Tesla. Mr. Gracias, a member of our board of directors, also is a member of the board of directors of Tesla; however, he joined our board following the date of these agreements.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and certain purchasers of our preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with whom certain of our directors are affiliated, grants these stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock that will be issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our audit committee charter will be effective when we complete this offering. The charter states that our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party

 

130


Table of Contents

transaction. All of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to the audit committee prior to entering into any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. Prior to the creation of our audit committee, our full board of directors reviewed related party transactions.

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth under the section entitled “Related Party Transactions” on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

131


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 31, 2012, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, by:

 

  Ÿ  

each stockholder who we know is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our current directors;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our current executive officers who are selling stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

all other selling stockholders.

We determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the SEC rules. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 56,433,200 shares of common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that                  shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. When we computed the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we considered to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2012. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. An asterisk (*) below denotes beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

132


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o SolarCity Corporation, 3055 Clearview Way, San Mateo, California 94402.

 

     Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
    Shares
Being
Offered
     Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Offering
 

Beneficial Owner

   Shares      %        Shares      %  

Named Executive Officers, Selling Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Lyndon R. Rive(1)

     4,035,710         7.0     370,519         3,665,191             

Peter J. Rive(2)

     4,035,710         7.0        370,519         3,665,191      

Robert D. Kelly

                                 

Ben Tarbell(3)

     167,531         *        15,000         152,531      

Seth R. Weissman(4)

     277,034         *        27,495         249,539      

Elon Musk(5)

     18,030,187         31.9                18,030,187      

Raj Atluru(6)

     1,149,904         2.0                1,149,904      

John H. N. Fisher(7)

     14,863,016         26.3                14,863,016      

Antonio J. Gracias(8)

     1,170,364         2.1                1,170,364      

Donald R. Kendall, Jr.(9)

                                 

Nancy E. Pfund(10)

     4,178,374         7.4                4,178,374      

Jeffrey B. Straubel

     758,246         1.3                758,246      

All current executive officers and directors as a group (16 persons)(11)

     48,887,469         86.1        783,533         48,103,936      

Other 5% Stockholders:

             

Funds affiliated with Draper Fisher(7)

     14,863,016         26.3                14,863,016      

Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P.(12)

     4,248,912         7.5                4,248,912      

Entities affiliated with Bay Area Equity Fund(10)

     4,178,374         7.4                4,178,374      

Other Selling Stockholders:

             

Ajmere Dale(13)

     89,373         *        8,770         80,603      

Chrysanthe Gussis(14)

     104,499         *        10,449         94,050      

 

(1) Includes 1,952,378 shares held by the Rive Family Trust dated February 8, 2011, and 1,083,332 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(2) Includes 1,083,332 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2012. Also includes (i) 669,480 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to 137 Ventures, L.P. and (ii) 330,520 shares subject to an option granted by Mr. Rive to 137 Ventures, L.P. with an exercise price of $14.00 per share.
(3) Includes 90,831 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2012.
(4) Includes 269,534 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2012.
(5) Includes (i) 17,864,366 shares held of record on July 31, 2012 by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003, (ii) 62,461 shares issued on August 6, 2012 upon exercise of warrants and (iii) 165,822 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust that expire upon the completion of this offering. Includes 1,500,000 shares pledged as collateral to secure certain personal indebtedness owed to Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co.
(6) Includes 1,149,904 shares held of record by SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. Mr. Atluru is a partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Management Company, the general partner of SilverLake Kraftwerk Fund, L.P. and as such may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Mr. Atluru disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for such fund is 1070 Commercial Street, San Carlos, California 94070.
(7)

Includes 177,612 shares held of record by Draper Associates, L.P., 160,396 shares held of record by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, 7,561,714 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 854,188 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., 5,381,876 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 204,916 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, 435,110 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, and 26,098 shares held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC. Also includes (i) 2,476 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC, (ii) 20,446 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher

 

133


Table of Contents
 

Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., (iii) 21,692 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund X, L.P., (iv) 14,134 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., (v) 554 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, (vi) 662 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners X, LLC and (vii) 1,142 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, that expire upon the completion of this offering. Timothy C. Draper, John H. N. Fisher, Stephen T. Jurvetson, Jennifer Fonstad, Andreas Stavropoulos, Josh Stein and Don Wood are managing directors of the general partner entities of these funds that directly hold shares and as such they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for all entities above is 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(8) Includes 83,496 shares held of record by AJG Growth Fund, LLC, 1,045,368 shares held of record by Valor Solar Holdings, LLC and 41,500 shares held of record by Valor VC, LLC. Mr. Gracias is the manager of AJG Growth Fund, LLC and Valor VC, LLC and is a shareholder, director and chief executive officer of Valor Management Corp, which is the general partner of the general partner of the manager of Valor Solar Holdings, LLC. Mr. Gracias disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Valor VC, LLC and Valor Solar Holdings, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Valor entities and Mr. Gracias is 200 South Michigan Ave., Suite 1020, Chicago, Illinois 60604.
(9) Mr. Kendall was elected as a member of our board of directors effective as of September 17, 2012.
(10)

Includes (i) 3,491,594 shares held of record on July 31, 2012 by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P., (ii) 50,374 shares issued on August 6, 2012 upon exercise of warrants by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and (iii) 619,702 shares held of record by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. Also includes (i) 14,176 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. and (ii) 2,528 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by DBL Equity Fund—BAEF II, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. Ms. Pfund is a managing partner of H&Q Venture Management, L.L.C., doing business as DBL Investors LLC, the managing member of Bay Area Equity Fund Managers I, L.L.C, the general partner of Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P. Ms. Pfund disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is One Montgomery Street, Suite 2375 , San Francisco, California 94104.

(11) Includes (i) 2,698,626 shares issuable to our current executive officers and directors upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2012, (ii) 112,835 shares issued on August 6, 2012 upon exercise of warrants and (iii) 181,170 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants held by our current executive officers and directors that expire upon the completion of this offering.
(12) Includes (i) 4,231,442 shares held of record by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. and (ii) 17,470 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund, L.P. that expire upon the completion of this offering. The address for these entities is One Vine Street, London W1J 0AH United Kingdom.
(13) Includes 89,373 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2012.
(14) Includes 104,499 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2012.

 

134


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect when this offering closes. This summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and              shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated. The following information reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible redeemable preferred stock into 45,392,867 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

As of July 31, 2012, we had:

 

  Ÿ  

56,433,200 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 210 stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

112,835 shares of Series C preferred stock issued on August 6, 2012 upon exercise of warrants;

 

  Ÿ  

206,716 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $9.67 per share, that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

1,485,010 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

14,847,376 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.41 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

101,679 shares of common stock issuable upon stock options granted after July 31, 2012 at an exercise price of $12.20 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering and based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2012,                      shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 45,280,032 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, including the conversion of each share of our Series G preferred stock into one share of common stock that is subject to potential adjustment as described below, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock for an aggregate of 206,716 shares of our common stock that would otherwise expire when this offering is complete, (4) no additional exercises of options to purchase common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2012, and (5) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Each share of Series G preferred stock is initially convertible at the option of the holder into one share of our common stock. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series G preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the original issue price of $23.92 per share by (B) the product of (i) the public offering price in this offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions), multiplied by (ii) 0.6. However, in no event will one share of Series G preferred stock convert into more than approximately 2.47 shares or less than one share of common stock as a result of this conversion adjustment

 

135


Table of Contents

mechanism. As a result, the outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock will convert into no more than 8,372,069 shares and no fewer than 3,386,986 shares of common stock.

Common Stock

Common stockholders are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, common stockholders are entitled to shares ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Common stockholders have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of common stockholders are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock that we will issue pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

When this offering is complete, our board of directors will be authorized, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time, up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, rights, preferences and privileges and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series of preferred stock, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of our common stockholders and the likelihood that our common stockholders will receive dividend payments upon liquidation and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of July 31, 2012, we had warrants outstanding to purchase 1,816,650 shares of our common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of our preferred stock into common stock, at exercise prices ranging from approximately $2.41 to $9.68 per share. On August 6, 2012, warrants to purchase 112,835 shares of Series C preferred stock were exercised, and no warrants to purchase Series C preferred stock remain outstanding. The shares issuable upon exercise of the outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock will convert into 206,716 shares of common stock if these warrants are exercised for cash, as a weighted average exercise price of $9.67 per share, immediately prior to the closing of this offering. If not exercised before this offering is completed, all outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock will automatically net exercise into a smaller number of shares of our common stock based on our initial public offering price. The outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock will automatically convert into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share, and if not exercised, these warrants will expire on various dates between June 2014 and April 2015. Each outstanding warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations and reclassifications, consolidations and the like.

 

136


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Following this offering’s completion, the holders of an aggregate of 47,084,593 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights agreement between us and the holders of these shares, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

The registration rights terminate with respect to the registration rights of an individual holder on the earliest to occur of five years following the completion of this offering or such date as the holder can sell all of the holder’s shares in any three-month period under Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act, unless such holder holds at least 2% of our voting stock.

Demand Registration Rights.     At any time, other than during the six month period following the closing of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares subject to our investors’ rights agreement, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stock, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding the Series E preferred stock or the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series E-1 preferred stock may demand that we effect a registration under the Securities Act covering the public offering and sale of all or part of such registrable securities held by such stockholders. Upon any such demand we must use our best efforts to effect the registration of such registrable securities that have been requested to register together with all other registrable securities that we may have been requested to register by other stockholders pursuant to the incidental registration rights described below. We are only obligated to effect two registrations in response to these demand registration rights.

Incidental Registration Rights.     If we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder initiated demand registration, holders of such registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number registrable securities to be included in the registration statement, subject to certain restrictions.

Short Form Registration Rights.     Following this offering, we are obligated under our investors’ rights agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain eligible for registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 10% of such registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $1,000,000, subject to certain exceptions.

Expenses of Registration.     We will pay all registration expenses related to any demand, company or Form S-3 registration, including reasonable fees and expenses of one special counsel for the holders of such registrable securities, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes (if any), which will be borne by the holders of such registrable securities.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. We expect these provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to

 

137


Table of Contents

negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire or obtain control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Limits on the Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special stockholders meetings may be called only by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay our stockholders ability to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may preclude the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to acquire or obtain control of our company.

Board Classification.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes and that our stockholders will elect one class each year. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board Composition.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a

 

138


Table of Contents

minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     When this offering is complete, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  Ÿ  

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

  Ÿ  

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of common stock.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 662-7232.

Listing on the NASDAQ Global Market

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “SCTY.”

 

139


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

When this offering is complete, we will have an aggregate of          shares of common stock outstanding, assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 45,392,867 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, (2) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,485,010 shares of common stock, (3) the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock into an aggregate of 206,716 shares of our common stock, (4) no exercise of outstanding options to purchase common stock, and (5) the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

Of the outstanding shares, all of the         shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining         shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale when this offering is complete;

 

  Ÿ  

no shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

         shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

In addition, of the 14,847,376 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of July 31, 2012, options to purchase 6,245,860 shares of common stock were vested as of July 31, 2012 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering, subject to extension as described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Lock-Up Agreements and Obligations

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors, officers and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements that generally provide that these holders will not offer, pledge, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions described under the heading “Underwriting.”

 

140


Table of Contents

In addition, each grant agreement under our 2007 Plan contains restrictions similar to those set forth in the lock-up agreements described above limiting the disposition of securities issuable pursuant to those plans for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

The 180 day restricted periods described above are subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 180 day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180 day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day period, the restrictions on offers, pledges, sales, agreements to sell or other dispositions of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated waive such extension in writing.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

141


Table of Contents

As of July 31, 2012, 7,891,444 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards. These shares will be eligible for resale in reliance on this rule upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

Stock Options

We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans, ESPP and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements, and subject to vesting of such shares.

Registration Rights

When this offering is complete, the holders of an aggregate of 47,084,593 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

142


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock sold pursuant to this offering to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  Ÿ  

real estate investment trusts;

 

  Ÿ  

regulated investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  Ÿ  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock, except to the extent specifically set forth below;

 

  Ÿ  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

  Ÿ  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

In addition, if a partnership, including any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

143


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder, other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our common stock and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Although not subject to withholding tax, dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States;

 

144


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale, net of certain deductions or credits, under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the United States. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% (scheduled to increase to 31% for payments made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012) unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in 2010 generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under these rules, unless such institution enters into an

 

145


Table of Contents

agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution, which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners. The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain transition rules, any obligation to withhold under this legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2015. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

146


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional          shares from us and the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, announce the intention to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

 

147


Table of Contents

With respect to us, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

shares sold pursuant to this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares pursuant to any employee equity incentive plans contained in this prospectus, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of exercisable, convertible or exchangeable shares outstanding as of the date of the underwriting agreement; or

 

  Ÿ  

the issuance of shares, in amount up to an aggregate of 10% of the sum of our fully-diluted shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus plus the shares sold by us in this offering, in connection with mergers or acquisitions of securities, businesses, property or other assets (including pursuant to any employee benefit plans assumed in connection with such transactions), joint ventures, strategic alliances or equipment leasing arrangements (provided that in each case such recipients agree to lock up their shares for the balance of the lock-up period).

With respect to our officers, directors and stockholders, the lock-up restrictions do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares acquired in open market transactions following completion of this offering, provided that such transfer is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of an officer, director or stockholder (as applicable) or the immediate family of such person, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares by will or intestate succession upon the death of such person, provided that the recipient agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions described above;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or distribution of shares with the prior written consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of options or other equity incentive awards issued pursuant to any stock option or similar equity incentive or compensation plan approved by our board of directors, provided that such plan is outstanding at the time of this offering, still in effect at the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the exercise of warrants issued to such officer, director or stockholder including on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, provided that such exercise is subject to the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement and is not reasonably expected to lead to, or result in, any public report or filing with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the entry into a Rule 10b5-1 plan to sell shares after the expiration of the 180-day restricted period;

 

  Ÿ  

the sale and transfer of shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control of our company, subject to certain customary restrictions;

 

148


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to satisfy any tax obligations due as a result of the exercise of such options or warrants, subject to certain customary restrictions; or

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares to us in connection with the repurchase of shares issued pursuant to equity incentive grants or pursuant to agreements under which such shares were issued;

and provided that, pursuant to the second, third or fourth bullets in this paragraph, any transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing or announcement by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee, as applicable) shall be required (except in the case of the fourth bullet above) or shall be voluntarily made in connection with any such transfer or distribution.

The 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. The factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, are our historical financial and operating performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects and those of our industry in general, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SCTY.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the

 

149


Table of Contents

market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area.     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU .

United Kingdom.     In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Hong Kong.     The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies

 

150


Table of Contents

Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.     This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan.     The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland .     The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In

 

151


Table of Contents

particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre .     This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia .     No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act) in relation to the common shares has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, or the ASIC. This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

(a)    you confirm and warrant that you are either:

(i)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

(ii)    a ‘‘sophisticated investor’’ under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

(iii)    a person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

(iv)    a ‘‘professional investor’’ within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act, and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

(b)    you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common shares for resale in Australia within 12 months of that common shares being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Chile .     The shares are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus supplement and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

 

152


Table of Contents

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        . The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for a portion of our out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this offering in an amount equal to approximately $        .

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. We closed a $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in August 2011 and closed an additional $100 million investment fund with Credit Suisse in May 2012, both of which use lease pass-through structures. In July 2012, we received an initial commitment for $150 million in lease financing from an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. This investment uses a lease pass-through structure and will be funded in monthly tranches through the end of 2013. In March 2012, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Lenders to obtain funding for the purchase of certain inventory and other working capital needs. This credit agreement has an approximately $58.5 million committed facility. The facility is secured by certain of our inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR. In September 2012, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as administrative agent, and a syndicate of banks, including Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement has a $75.0 million committed facility. The borrowed funds bear interest at a rate of 3.875% plus LIBOR or, at our option, at a rate equal to 2.875%, plus the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, or Bank of America’s published “prime rate,” or LIBOR plus 1%. The facility is secured by certain of our machinery and equipment, accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

153


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation own an interest representing less than 0.01% of our common stock. The underwriters are being represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Palo Alto, California, in connection with the offering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other SEC information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website referred to above. We also maintain a website at http://www.solarcity.com. When this offering is complete, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

154


Table of Contents

SOLARCITY CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

SolarCity Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SolarCity Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

April 26, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share Par Values)

 

    December 31     June 30
2012
    Pro forma
Stockholders’
Equity
June 30,
2012
    2010     2011      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 61,779     

Restricted cash

    600        1,796        2,309     

Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $76, $176 and $296 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively)

    3,479        10,651        27,047     

Rebates receivable

    8,751        13,684        13,032     

Inventories

    30,217        142,742        140,589     

Deferred income tax asset

    1,358        4,306        5,137     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    7,757        17,872        18,861     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    110,432        241,522        268,754     

Restricted cash

    1,942        3,764        3,632     

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased – net

    239,611        535,609        729,243     

Property and equipment – net

    9,331        14,421        18,761     

Other assets

    9,948        17,857        22,989     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets(1)

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 1,043,379     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 43,711      $ 162,586      $ 94,511     

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

    3,244        6,216        2,197     

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

    669        5,430        9,282     

Accrued and other current liabilities

    13,774        30,574        29,906     

Customer deposits

    3,656        13,933        8,908     

Current portion of deferred revenue

    5,215        13,504        25,915     

Borrowings under bank line of credit

    4,495        5,582        25,000     

Current portion of long-term debt

    3,001        2,640        37,875     

Current portion of lease pass-through financing obligation

    3,872        6,060        12,474     

Current portion of sale-leaseback financing obligation

    321        361        375     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    81,958        246,886        246,443     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    40,681        101,359        151,490     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

           14,581        23,787     

Long-term deferred tax liability

    1,358        4,313        5,150     

Lease pass-through financing obligation, net of current portion

    53,097        46,541        148,927     

Sale-leaseback financing obligation, net of current portion

    15,758        15,144        14,952     

Deferred U.S. Treasury grants income, net of current portion

    18,671        132,004        181,422     

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities

    6,554        5,325        14,882     

Other liabilities

    15,715        36,314        72,887     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities(1)

    233,792        602,467        859,940     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock:

       

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 45,462, 47,042 and 56,734 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 39,451, 41,893 and 45,280 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; aggregate liquidation value of $100,864, $122,751 and $203,751 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively

    101,446        125,722        206,940     

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share Par Values)

  

  

  

   
    December 31     June 30
2012
    Pro forma
Stockholders’
Equity
June 30,
2012
    2010     2011      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value – authorized, 67,000, 75,000 and 106,000 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, and 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 8,949, 10,465 and 11,104 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively

           1        1     

Additional paid-in capital

    3,229        9,538        15,448     

Accumulated deficit

    (90,717     (47,201     (70,278  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (87,488     (37,662     (54,829  

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

    123,514        122,646        31,328     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total equity

    36,026        84,984        (23,501  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity

  $ 371,264      $ 813,173      $ 1,043,379     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

(1) The Company’s consolidated assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 include $120,446, $317,225 and $416,962 (unaudited), respectively, being assets of variable interest entities, or VIEs, that can only be used to settle obligations of the VIEs. These assets include solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net, of $112,284, $301,573 and $399,132 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively; cash and cash equivalents of $6,318, $7,070 and $12,353 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accounts receivable, net, of $147, $632, and $1,265 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; prepaid expenses and other assets of $916, $5,056, and $921 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; rebates receivable of $781, $2,894 and $3,291 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012. The Company’s consolidated liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 included $3,726, $9,840 and $9,483 (unaudited), respectively, being liabilities of VIEs whose creditors have no recourse to the Company. These liabilities include distributions payable to noncontrolling interests of $3,244, $6,216 and $2,197 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; customer deposits of $169, $2,804 and $4,849 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accounts payable of $43, $31 and $7 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012; accrued and other payables of $270, $789 and $1,100 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 and bank borrowings of $0, $0 and $1,330 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012.

See further description in Note 12, Solar Investment Funds.

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                  (unaudited)  

Revenue:

          

Operating leases

   $ 3,212      $ 9,684      $ 23,145      $ 9,099      $ 19,667   

Solar energy systems sales

     29,435        22,744        36,406        11,179        51,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     32,647        32,428        59,551        20,278        71,415   

Cost of revenue:

          

Operating leases

     1,911        3,191        5,718        1,397        6,292   

Solar energy systems

     28,971        26,953        41,418        16,339        44,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,882        30,144        47,136        17,736        50,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,765        2,284        12,415        2,542        21,099   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     10,914        22,404        42,004        15,243        31,831   

General and administrative

     10,855        19,227        31,664        15,457        19,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,769        41,631        73,668        30,700        51,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,004     (39,347     (61,253     (28,158     (30,082

Interest expense, net

     334        4,901        9,272        5,397        8,335   

Other expense, net

     2,360        2,761        3,097        1,833        10,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,698     (47,009     (73,622     (35,388     (48,846

Income tax provision

     (22     (65     (92     (75     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22,720     (47,074     (73,714     (35,463     (48,911

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     3,507        (8,457     (117,230     (47,393     (25,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 2,189      $ (23,077

Diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 2,813      $ (23,077

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16

Diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   

Diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

Number of shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

          

Basic

          

Diluted

          

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Equity

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

    Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interests in
Subsidiaries
    Total
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount            

Balance, January 1, 2009

    31,575      $ 56,186            8,437      $      $ 496      $ (25,873   $ (25,377   $ 19,573        (5,804

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      46               6               6               6   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         40,970        40,970   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      10                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    862               862               862   

Issuance of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at $5.41 per share, net of issuance cost of $144

    4,436        23,856                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (26,227     (26,227     3,507        (22,720

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (8,014     (8,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

    36,011        80,042            8,493               1,364        (52,100     (50,736     56,036        5,300   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      450               92               92               92   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         97,082        97,082   

Vested portion of restricted common stock issued to a Board member

                      6                                             

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    1,773               1,773               1,773   

Issuance of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock at $6.25 per share, net of issuance cost of $96

    3,440        21,404                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           (38,617     (38,617     (8,457     (47,074

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (21,147     (21,147
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    39,451        101,446            8,949               3,229        (90,717     (87,488     123,514        36,026   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                      1,489        1        1,089               1,090               1,090   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

                                                         207,970        207,970   

Issuance of common stock to a consultant

                      7               12               12               12   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                      20               119               119               119   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    5,039               5,039               5,039   

Income tax effect of stock-based compensation

                                    50               50               50   

Issuance of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock upon exercise of warrants

    375        4,576                                                        

Issuance of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at $9.68 per share, net of issuance cost of $93

    2,067        19,700                                                        

Net income (loss)

                                           43,516        43,516        (117,230     (73,714

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                                                         (91,608     (91,608
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    41,893      $ 125,722            10,465      $ 1      $ 9,538      $ (47,201   $ (37,662   $ 122,646      $ 84,984   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash (unaudited)

                      639               1,197               1,197               1,197   

Contributions from noncontrolling interests (unaudited)

                                                         21,795        21,795   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                    4,713               4,713               4,713   

Issuance of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at $23.92 per share, net of issuance cost of $132 (unaudited)

    3,387        81,218                                                        

Net income (loss) (unaudited)

                                           (23,077     (23,077     (25,834     (48,911

Distributions to noncontrolling interests (unaudited)

                                                         (87,279     (87,279
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

    45,280      $ 206,940            11,104      $ 1      $ 15,448      $ (70,278   $ (54,829   $ 31,328      $ (23,501
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

          

Net loss

   $ (22,720   $ (47,074   $ (73,714   $ (35,463   $ (48,911

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

          

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     9        26        336        336        10   

Depreciation and amortization net of amortization of deferred U.S. Treasury grant income

     3,230        5,733        12,338        3,383        9,021   

Interest on lease pass-thorough financing obligation

            3,285        7,373        4,416        4,939   

Stock-based compensation

     862        1,773        5,101        1,671        4,713   

Donations of common stock to a charitable organization

                   119                 

Revaluation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     2,227        1,998        2,050        2,487        9,557   

Revaluation of preferred stock forward contract

                                 350   

Deferred income taxes

                   7        6        6   

Reduction in lease pass-through financing obligation

            (7,421     (23,528     (10,846     (7,290

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Restricted cash

     250        (1,842     (3,018     (1,327     (381

Accounts receivable

     342        (1,259     (7,172     (1,991     (16,396

Rebates receivable

     (6,588     3,339        (4,933     (6,392     652   

Inventories

     (5,688     (15,964     (111,150     (2,873     2,153   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,286     (5,417     (6,945     97        (2,941

Other assets

     (1,559     (7,989     (6,361     829        (5,132

Accounts payable

     14,311        19,999        118,875        (3,573     (68,075

Accrued and other liabilities

     3,194        22,365        29,460        2,434        21,744   

Customer deposits

     (540     2,478        10,943        (1,332     (5,025

Deferred revenue

     17,234        22,152        68,301        35,620        62,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     2,278        (3,818     18,082        (12,518     (38,464

Investing activities:

          

Payments for the cost of solar energy systems, leased and to be leased

     (61,661     (156,495     (292,933     (124,343     (174,552

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,133     (6,300     (8,772     (3,821     (5,970

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

            (67     (2,547     (2,547       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (62,794     (162,862     (304,252     (130,711     (180,522

Financing activities:

          

Borrowings under long-term debt

     516        1,292        17,270        15,812        60,532   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (736     (1,014     (3,158     (2,098     (18,127

Borrowings under bank line of credit

     4,864               5,582        5,582        19,418   

Repayments of bank line of credit

     (369            (4,495     (4,495       

Proceeds from sale-leaseback financing obligation

     5,416        18,266                        

Repayments of sale-leaseback financing obligation

            (7,603     (574     (404     (178

Proceeds from lease pass-through financing obligation

            61,106        64,135        50,247        123,593   

Repayment of capital lease obligations

                   (7,323            (15,582

Proceeds from investment by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries

     40,970        97,082        207,970        69,999        21,795   

Distributions paid to noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary

     (3,924     (25,039     (88,636     (47,779     (91,298

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     6        92        1,090        301        1,197   

Proceeds from U.S. Treasury grants

            20,084        65,513        38,792        48,076   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

            1,368        1,297                 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock

     23,856        21,404        19,700        14,521        80,868   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,599        187,038        278,371        140,478        230,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     10,083        20,358        (7,799     (2,751     11,308   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     27,829        37,912        58,270        58,270        50,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 37,912      $ 58,270      $ 50,471      $ 55,519      $ 61,779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

          

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 421      $ 1,474      $ 2,841      $ 1,378      $ 3,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $      $ 3,018      $ 91      $ 91      $ 2,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities

          

Conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants to convertible redeemable preferred stock

   $      $      $ 4,576      $ 4,576      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

SolarCity Corporation or “the Company” was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 21, 2006. The Company is engaged in the design, installation and sale or lease of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers, or sale of electricity generated by solar energy systems to customers. The Company also offers energy efficiency solutions and services aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs to its customers. The Company’s headquarters are located in San Mateo, California.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification Section 810, or ASC, 810, Consolidation, the Company consolidates any variable interest entity, or VIE, of which it is the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity; however, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as variable interest entities, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if that party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company does not consolidate a VIE in which it has a majority ownership interest when the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary. The Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary in a number of VIEs—refer to Note 12, Solar Investment Funds. The Company evaluates its relationships with the VIEs on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company regularly makes significant estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, the estimates which affect the estimated selling price of undelivered elements for revenue recognition purposes, the collectibility of accounts receivable, the valuation of inventories, the estimated total costs for long-term contracts used as a basis of determining percentage of completion for such contracts, the estimated fair value and residual values of solar energy systems subject to leases, the useful lives of solar energy systems, property and equipment and intangible assets, the determination of accrued liabilities, accounting for business combinations, the valuation of convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, the valuation of stock-based compensation, and the determination of valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2012, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated statements of convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity for the six months ended June 30, 2012 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to these six-month periods are unaudited. The results of the six months ended June 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 or for any other interim period or other future year.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

Upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) that results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions, all of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company will automatically convert to common stock of SolarCity Corporation. In addition, if not exercised prior to an initial public offering resulting in the conversion of all convertible redeemable preferred stock to common stock, outstanding warrants to acquire Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically net exercise according to their terms into common stock based on the initial public offering price, while warrants to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically convert to common stock warrants. The convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants liability outstanding related to the warrants will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital. The pro forma financial data have been prepared assuming the net exercise of the Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, and the automatic conversion of the convertible redeemable preferred stock outstanding into 45,280,032 shares of common stock of SolarCity Corporation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents, which consist principally of demand deposits with high-credit-quality financial institutions. The Company has exposure to credit risk to the extent cash and cash equivalent balances, including restricted cash, exceed amounts covered by federal deposit insurance. The Company believes that its credit risk is not significant.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents balances collateralizing standby letters of credit, outstanding credit card borrowing facilities and obligations under certain operating leases.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represent trade receivables from sales of residential and commercial customers recorded at net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable. The Company reviews its accounts receivable by aging category to identify significant customers with known disputes or collection issues. In determining the allowance, the Company makes judgments about the creditworthiness of a majority of its customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. The Company also considers its historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are deemed uncollectible.

Rebates Receivable

Rebates receivable represent rebates due from utility companies and government agencies. These receivables include rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved solar energy system installations sold to the customers, and also uncollected incentives from state and local government agencies for solar energy system installations that have been leased to customers or are used to generate and sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. For the rebates assigned to the Company by its customers, the Company assumes the responsibility for collection of the rebate. The processing cycle for these rebates and incentives involves a multi-step process in which the Company accumulates and submits information required by the utility company or state agency necessary for the collection of the rebate. The entire process typically can take up to several months to complete. The Company recognizes rebates receivable upon the solar energy system passing inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and rebates receivable. The associated risk of concentration for cash and cash equivalents is mitigated by banking with creditworthy institutions. At certain times, amounts on deposit exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. To reduce credit risk, management performs periodic credit evaluations and ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Rebates receivable are due from various states and local governments as well as various utility companies. The Company considers the risk of uncollectability of such amounts to be low.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820 , Fair Value Measurements , clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

ASC 820 requires that the valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. ASC 820 establishes a three tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes inputs that may be used to measure fair value as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, there were no nonrecurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities subsequent to initial recognition.

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, based on the three-tier fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

As of December 31, 2010 :

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 6,554       $ 6,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011:

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 5,325       $ 5,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2012: (unaudited)

           

Liabilities:

           

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 14,882       $ 14,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants is based on unobservable inputs. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using an option-pricing model incorporating assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of fair value. Some of these assumptions include estimates for interest rates, expected dividends, and the fair value of the underlying preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the underlying preferred stock is itself determined using an option-pricing method. Under this method, the fair value of an enterprise’s common stock is estimated as the net value of a series of call options, representing the present value of the expected future returns to the stockholders. Refer to Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities section of this Note 2 for the reconciliation of beginning and ending fair value balances.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

The Company’s other financial instruments include customer deposits, distributions payable to noncontrolling interests, borrowings under lines of credit and long-term debt facilities. The carrying values of its financial instruments other than its long-term debt approximate their fair values due to the fact that they are short-term in nature at December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012. The Company believes that the carrying value of its long-term debt approximates fair value based upon rates currently offered for debt of similar maturities and terms.

Inventories

Inventories include raw materials that include photovoltaic panels, inverters, and mounting hardware as well as miscellaneous electrical components, and work in process that includes raw materials partially installed, along with direct and indirect capitalized installation costs. Raw materials and work-in-process are stated at the lower of cost or market (on a first-in-first-out basis). Work-in-process primarily relates to solar energy systems that will be sold to customers, which are under construction and are yet to pass inspection.

The Company also evaluates its inventory reserves on a quarterly basis and writes down the value of inventories for estimated excess and obsolete inventories based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased

The Company is the operating lessor of the solar energy systems under leases that qualify as operating leases. The Company accounts for the leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . To determine lease classification, the Company evaluates lease terms to determine whether there is a transfer of ownership or bargain purchase option at the end of the lease, whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the useful life, or whether the present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value at lease inception. The Company utilizes periodic appraisals to estimate useful life and fair values at lease inception, and residual values at lease termination. Solar energy systems are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   30 years

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

   Lease term (10 to 20 years)

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers are installed systems pending interconnection with the respective utility companies and will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems have been interconnected and placed in service.

Solar energy systems under construction represents systems that are under installation, which will be depreciated as solar energy systems leased to customers when the respective systems are completed, interconnected and subsequently leased to customers.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related customer lease agreements.

Presentation of Cash Flows Associated with Solar Energy Systems

The Company discloses cash flows associated with solar energy systems in accordance with ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows (ASC 230). The Company determines the appropriate classification of cash payments related to solar energy systems depending on the activity that is likely to be the predominant source of cash flows for the item being paid for. Accordingly, the Company presents payments made in a period for costs incurred to install solar energy systems that will be leased to customers, including the payments for cost of the inventory that is utilized in such systems, as investing activities in the statement of cash flows. Payments made for inventory that will be utilized for solar energy systems that will be sold to customers are presented as cash flows from operations in the statement of cash flows.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows.

 

     Useful Lives  

Furniture and fixtures

     7 years   

Vehicles

     5 years   

Computer hardware and software

     5 years   

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives, currently seven years.

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed from property and equipment and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with FASB ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , the Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets, as appropriate, may not be recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposition is less than the carrying amounts, an impairment loss would be measured based on the discounted cash flows compared to the carrying amounts. There was no impairment charge recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 or 2011, or for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Capitalization of Software Costs

For costs incurred in development of internal use software, the Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. To date the Company has not incurred any significant costs on internally developed software and all costs incurred to date have been expensed as incurred.

Warranties

The Company warrants its products for various periods against defects in material or installation workmanship. The Company generally provides a warranty on the generating and nongenerating parts of the solar energy systems it sells of typically between five to twenty years. The manufacturer’s warranty on the solar energy systems components, which is typically passed through to these customers, has a warranty period ranging from one to twenty five years. The changes in accrued warranty balance, recorded as a component of accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
    As of and for
the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012  
                 (unaudited)  

Balance – beginning of the period

   $ 1,148      $ 1,704      $ 2,462   

Provision charged to warranty expense

     614        531        1,032   

Assumed warranty obligation arising from business acquisitions (Note 3)

            349          

Less warranty claims

     (58     (122     (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – end of the period

   $ 1,704      $ 2,462      $ 3,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar Energy Systems Performance Guarantees

The Company guarantees certain specified minimum solar energy production output for systems leased to customers. The Company monitors the solar energy systems to ensure that these outputs are being achieved. The Company believes that the systems as designed are capable of producing the minimum capacity guaranteed. The Company evaluates if any amounts are due to its customers. Through June 30, 2012, no liability has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements relating to these guarantees based on the Company’s assessment of its exposure.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

Freestanding warrants to acquire shares that may be redeemable are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity . Under ASC 480, freestanding warrants to purchase the Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock are classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets and carried at fair value because the warrants may conditionally obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. The Company initially measured the warrants at fair value on issuance. The warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, and any change in their fair value is recognized as a component of other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, or the conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock. The changes in the value of the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrant liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value as of January 1, 2009

   $ 961   

Change in fair value

     2,227   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2009

     3,188   

Issuances

     1,368   

Change in fair value

     1,998   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2010

     6,554   

Issuances

     1,297   

Exercises

     (4,576

Change in fair value

     2,050   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2011

     5,325   

Change in fair value (unaudited)

     9,557   
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 14,882   
  

 

 

 

Deferred U.S. Treasury Grant Income

The Company is eligible for U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable on eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of December 2010, which includes solar energy system installations, upon approval by the U.S. Treasury Department. For solar energy systems under lease pass-through arrangements as described in Note 13, the Company reduces the financing obligation and records deferred income for the U.S. Treasury grants which are paid directly to the investors upon receipt of the grants by the investors. The benefit of the U.S. Treasury grants is recorded as deferred income and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related solar energy systems of 30 years. The amortization of the deferred income is recorded as a reduction to depreciation expense which is a component of the cost of revenue of operating leases in the consolidated statement of operations. A catch up adjustment is recorded in the period in which the grant is approved by the U.S. Treasury Department or received by lease pass-through investors to recognize the portion of the grant that matches proportionally the amortization for the period between the date of placement in service of the solar energy systems and approval by the U.S. Treasury Department or receipt by lease pass-through

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

investors of the associated grant. The changes in deferred Treasury grant income during the year were as follows (in thousands):

 

U.S. Treasury grant receipts in 2010

   $ 20,084   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (744
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     19,340   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the Company

     68,585   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements

     54,730   

Amortized during the year as a credit to depreciation expense

     (5,221
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     137,434   

U.S. Treasury grants received and receivable by the company (unaudited)

     45,005   

U.S. Treasury grants received by investors under lease pass-through arrangements (unaudited)

     12,442   

Amortized during the period as a credit to depreciation expense (unaudited)

     (4,177
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

   $ 190,704   
  

 

 

 

There were no U.S. Treasury grants received or receivable prior to 2010. Of the balance outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, $18,671, $132,004 and $181,422 (unaudited), respectively, are disclosed as noncurrent deferred Treasury grants income in the consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Revenue

The Company records as deferred revenue any amounts that are collected from customers, including lease prepayments, in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue also includes the portion of rebates and incentives received from utility companies and various local and state government agencies, which are recognized as revenue over the lease term, as well as the remote monitoring fee, which is recognized as revenue ratably over the respective contract term. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and as of June 30, 2012, deferred revenue from rebates and incentives included in the deferred revenue balance in the consolidated balance sheet amounted to $39.9 million, $80.2 million and $97.0 million (unaudited), respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company provides design, installation, and ongoing remote monitoring services of solar energy systems to residential and commercial customers. Residential customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements, which also include monitoring services. Commercial customers generally purchase solar energy systems from the Company under fixed-price contracts, purchase electricity generated by Company-owned solar energy systems under power purchase agreements, or lease Company-owned solar energy systems under lease agreements. The Company also earns rebates that have been assigned to the Company by its cash customers on state-approved system installations sold to the customers, as well rebates and incentives from utility companies and state and local governments on systems leased to customers or used to sell electricity to customers under power purchase agreements. The Company considers the proceeds from the rebates to comprise a portion of the proceeds from the sale or lease of the solar energy systems. Commencing in the second quarter of

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

2010, the Company began offering energy efficiency solutions aimed at improving residential energy efficiency and lowering overall residential energy costs. The energy efficiency services comprise energy efficiency evaluations and upgrades to homes and household appliances to improve energy efficiency.

Solar Energy Systems Sales

For solar energy systems sold to customers, the Company recognizes revenue, net of any applicable governmental sales taxes, in accordance with ASC 605-25-25 , Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , and ASC 605-10-S99 , Revenue Recognition—Overall—SEC Materials . Revenue from installation of a system is recognized when (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (4) collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenue upon the solar energy system passing an inspection by the responsible city department after completion of system installation for residential installations. Costs incurred on residential installations before the systems are completed are included in inventories as work in progress in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company recognizes revenue for solar energy systems constructed for large scale commercial customers in accordance with ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction—Type and Production Type Contracts . Revenue is recognized on the percentage-of-completion basis, based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to total projected costs. Provisions are made for the full amount of any anticipated losses on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company recognized $3.2 million, $2.2 million (unaudited) and $3.4 million (unaudited) in losses for these types of contracts in 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. No losses had been recognized in periods prior to 2011. Costs in excess of billings are recorded where costs recognized are in excess of amounts billed to customers of purchased commercial solar energy systems. Costs in excess of billings as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $1.2 million and $1.6 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings as of December 31, 2010. Billings in excess of costs as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $0.7 million and $1.4 million (unaudited), respectively, and are included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings as of December 31, 2010.

Operating Leases and Power Purchase Agreements

The Company is the lessor under lease agreements for solar energy systems, which are accounted for as operating leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases . The Company records operating lease revenue from minimum lease payments, including upfront rebates and incentives earned from such systems, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For incentives that are earned based on amount of electricity generated by the system, the Company records revenue as the amounts are earned.

The difference between the payments received and the revenue recognized is recorded as deferred revenue on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

For solar energy systems where customers purchase electricity from the Company under power purchase agreements, the Company has determined that these agreements should be accounted for, in

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

substance, as operating leases pursuant to ASC 840. Revenue is recognized based upon the amount of electricity delivered as determined by remote monitoring equipment at rates specified under the contracts, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

The portion of rebates and incentives recognized within operating leases revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 amounted to $1.1 million, $3.8 million, $9.6 million, $3.6 million (unaudited) and $7.8 million (unaudited), respectively.

Initial direct costs from the origination of solar energy systems leased to customers (the incremental cost of contract administration, referral fees and sales commissions) are capitalized as an element of solar energy systems and amortized over the term of the related lease or power purchase agreement, which generally ranges from ten to twenty years.

Remote Monitoring Services

The Company provides solar energy systems remote monitoring services which are generally bundled with either the sale or lease of solar energy systems. For systems that the Company sells to customers, the Company provides remote monitoring services over the contractual term specified in the contractual agreements or over the warranty period if not specified in the contracts. For leased systems the Company provides remote monitoring services over the lease term. The Company allocates revenue to the remote monitoring services and other elements in the arrangement using the relative selling price method. The selling price used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices charged by third parties for similar services. The relative selling prices of solar energy systems and leases used in the allocation is based on the Company’s best estimate of the prices that the Company would charge its customers to sell or lease solar energy systems on a standalone basis. For remote monitoring services bundled with the sale of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the term of the associated contract or warranty period, if the contract does not specify the service term. For remote monitoring services bundled with the lease of solar energy systems, the Company recognizes revenue attributable to the remote monitoring services over the lease term. To date the remote monitoring services revenue has not been material and is included in the consolidated statements of operations under either revenue from operating leases when these services are bundled with leases or revenue from solar energy system sales when these services are bundled with sale of solar energy systems.

Energy Efficiency Services

For energy efficiency services, the Company recognizes revenue upon completion of the services, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Typically the energy efficiency services take less than a month to complete. The energy efficiency services are either sold on a standalone basis or bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems. When the sale of energy efficiency services has been bundled with the sale or lease of solar energy systems, the Company allocates revenue to the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of energy system using the relative selling price method. The relative selling prices of the energy efficiency services and the sale or lease of solar energy systems used in the allocation is determined by reference to the prices the Company charges for these products on a standalone basis. To date, the revenue generated from

energy efficiency services has not been material and has been included as a component of solar energy systems sales revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Sale-Leaseback

The Company is party to master lease agreements that provide for the sale of solar energy systems to third parties and the simultaneous leaseback of the systems, which the Company then subleases to customers. In sale-leaseback arrangements, the Company first determines whether the solar energy system under the sale-leaseback arrangement is “integral equipment.” A solar energy system is determined to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location, including the shipping and reinstallation costs of the solar energy system at the new site, including any diminution in fair value, exceeds ten percent of the fair value of the solar energy system at the time of its original installation. When the leaseback arrangements expire, the Company has the option to purchase the solar energy system, and in most cases, the lessor has the option to sell the system back to the Company, though in some instances the lessor can only sell the system back to the Company prior to expiration of the arrangement.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined to be integral equipment, the Company has concluded that these rights create a continuing involvement. Therefore, the Company uses the financing method to account for the sale-leaseback of such solar energy systems. Under the financing method, the Company does not recognize as revenue any of the sale proceeds received from the lessor that contractually constitutes a payment to acquire the solar energy system. Instead, the Company treats any such sale proceeds received as financing capital to install and deliver the solar energy system and accordingly records the proceeds as a sale-leaseback financing obligation in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company allocates the leaseback payments made to the lessor between interest expense and a reduction to the sale-leaseback financing obligation. Interest on the financing obligation is calculated using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the arrangement on the outstanding financing obligation. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate by reference to the interest rates that it would obtain in the financial markets to borrow amounts equal to the sale-leaseback financing obligation over a term similar to the master lease term.

For solar energy systems that the Company has determined not to be integral equipment, the Company determines if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. For leasebacks classified as capital leases, the Company initially records a capital lease asset and capital lease obligation in the consolidated balance sheets equal to the lower of the present value of the future minimum leaseback payments or the fair value of the solar energy system. For capital leasebacks, the Company does not recognize any revenue but defers the gross profit comprising of the net of the revenue and the associated cost of sale. For leasebacks classified as operating leases, the Company recognizes a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale, and defers the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, the Company records the deferred gross profit in the consolidated balance sheets as deferred income and amortizes the deferred income over the leaseback term as a reduction to the leaseback rental expense included in the cost of operating lease revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

Cost of Revenue

Operating leases cost of revenue is primarily made up of depreciation of the cost of leased solar energy systems, reduced by amortization of U.S. Treasury grant income and amortization of initial direct costs associated with those systems.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

Solar energy systems cost of revenue includes direct and indirect material and labor costs, warehouse rent, freight, warranty expense, depreciation on vehicles, amortization of initial direct costs and depreciation related to solar energy systems leased to customers, and other overhead costs.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included as an element of sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company incurred advertising costs of $0.7 million, $5.5 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and $3.5 million (unaudited) and $3.2 million (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax reporting purposes, net operating loss carryforwards, and other tax credits measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. A valuation allowance is provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company uses a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon tax authority examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, within the provision for taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company accounts for comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with ASC 220 , Comprehensive Income . Under ASC 220, the Company is required to report comprehensive income (loss), which includes the Company’s net loss, as well as changes in other comprehensive loss items. There were no differences between comprehensive loss as defined by ASC 220 and net loss as reported in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the periods presented.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation costs under the provisions of ASC 718 , Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards that are

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted to employees based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. ASC 718 is also applied to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled during the periods reported.

The Company applies ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non Employees, to options and other stock-based awards issued to nonemployees. In accordance with ASC 718 and ASC Subtopic 505-50, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the options at the measurement date.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent third party interests in the net assets under certain funding arrangements, or the Funds, that the Company has entered into to finance the cost of solar energy systems under operating leases. The Company has determined that the contractual-provisions in the funding arrangements represent substantive profit sharing arrangements. The Company has further determined that the appropriate methodology for calculating the noncontrolling interests balances that reflects the substantive profit sharing arrangements is a balance sheet approach using the hypothetical liquidation at book value method or the HLBV method. The Company therefore determines the amount of the noncontrolling interests in the net assets at each balance sheet date using the HLBV method which is presented on the consolidated balance sheets as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Under the HLBV method, the amounts reported as noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets represent the amounts the third parties would hypothetically receive at each balance sheet date under the liquidation provisions of the Funding arrangements, assuming the net assets of the Funds were liquidated at recorded amounts determined in accordance with GAAP and distributed to the investors. The third parties interest in the results of operations of these Funds is determined as the difference in noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets at the start and end of each operating period, after taking into account any capital transactions between the Fund and the third parties. The noncontrolling interests balance in these Funds is reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of a company about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the executive team, comprising the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer and the chief financial officer. Based on the financial information presented to and reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate the resources and in assessing the performance of the Company, the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reporting segment, solar energy and energy efficiency products and services. The Company’s principal operations, revenue and decision-making functions are located in the United States.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company’s basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Procedures (continued)

 

shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock is entitled to receive dividends of up to $0.01 per share when and if dividends are declared on the common stock and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions to common stockholders. They are therefore participating securities. As a result, the Company calculates the net income (loss) per share using the two-class method. Accordingly, the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is derived from the net income (loss) for the period and, in periods in which the Company has net income attributable to common stockholders, an adjustment is made for the noncumulative dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities based on their outstanding shareholder rights. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible redeemable preferred stock as the convertible redeemable preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

The diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury stock method or the as-if converted method as applicable. In periods when the Company incurred a net loss attributable to common stockholders, convertible redeemable preferred stock, stock options, restricted stock units and warrants to purchase convertible redeemable preferred stock are considered to be common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders were computed to give effect to the exchange of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common stock as if the automatic exchange had occurred as of the beginning of each period, or the original date of issuance if later.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 relating to Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions

Building Solutions

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated April 23, 2010, between the Company and Home Performance Pro, Inc., dba Building Solutions, a privately held California corporation, the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities. The acquisition was intended to strengthen the Company’s competitive position by offering customers more comprehensive residential energy efficiency and energy cost reduction solutions, and to broaden the Company’s relationship with its customers. In consideration for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the Company paid $0.08 million on execution of the agreement with further contingent cash consideration due if certain future revenue milestones were met. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition. Management had estimated that there was low likelihood of the revenue targets being achieved and had therefore determined the fair value of the contingent consideration to be insignificant. The revenue targets were not met within the time period stipulated in the purchase agreement.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Cash acquired

   $ 13   

Accounts receivable

     97   

Vehicles and equipment

     16   

Accounts payable

     (61

Other liabilities

     (82

Intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     97   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 80   
  

 

 

 

Clean Currents

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated January 19, 2011, between the Company and Clean Currents, Inc., and Clean Currents Solar of the Mid Atlantic, LLC (collectively “Clean Currents”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from Clean Currents. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $0.4 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and has included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Acquisitions (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 219   

Fixed assets

     14   

Other assets

     98   

Warranty obligation

     (32

Other liabilities

     (296

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     335   

Goodwill

     44   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 382   
  

 

 

 

groSolar

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated February 16, 2011, between the Company and Global Resource Options, Inc., Chesapeake Solar LLC., and groSolar CalMass Inc. (collectively “groSolar”), the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from groSolar. In consideration for the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company paid $1.9 million. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations , and included the results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date and recorded the related assets and liabilities based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was intended to extend the Company’s geographic reach to the East Coast of the United States with a goal to increase the customer base.

The following table summarizes the accounting for this acquisition (in thousands):

 

Inventory

   $ 1,155   

Fixed assets

     419   

Vehicle loans

     (164

Warranty obligation

     (317

Other liabilities

     (99

Intangible assets:

  

Orders backlog

     401   

Goodwill

     469   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 1,864   
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Financial Information

The pro forma financial information has not been presented as the acquisitions individually and in the aggregate are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Noncancelable Operating Lease Payments Receivable

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from customers under noncancelable operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 10,264   

2013

     7,762   

2014

     7,954   

2015

     8,155   

2016

     8,363   

Thereafter

     91,388   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 133,886   
  

 

 

 

The Company enters into power purchase agreements with its customers which are accounted for, in substance, as leases. These customers are charged solely based on actual power produced by the installed solar energy system at a predefined power rate per Kw/H of power produced. The payments from such arrangements are not included in the table above as they are a function of the power that will be generated by the related solar systems in the future.

Included in revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, was $0.8 million, $1.3 million, $5.0 million, $2.0 million (unaudited) and $8.2 million (unaudited), respectively, which have been accounted for as contingent rentals. The contingent rentals comprise of customer payments under power purchase agreements and performance-based incentives receivable by the Company from various utility companies.

5. Inventories

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 28,099       $ 126,517       $ 128,628   

Work in progress

     2,118         16,225         11,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,217       $ 142,742       $ 140,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Work in progress represents costs incurred on solar energy systems that are undergoing installation for sale to customers and are yet to be commissioned.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Solar Energy Systems, Leased and To Be Leased, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, leased assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Solar energy systems leased to customers

   $ 176,106      $ 441,165      $ 649,969   

Initial direct costs related to solar energy systems leased to customers

     11,052        24,029        36,498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     187,158        465,194        686,467   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (6,398     (17,797     (28,363
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     180,760        447,397        658,104   

Solar energy systems under construction

     46,174        57,998        45,085   

Solar energy systems held for lease to customers

     12,677        30,214        26,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net

   $ 239,611      $ 535,609      $ 729,243   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included under solar energy systems leased to customers as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 is $14.5 million and $44.8 million (unaudited), respectively, relating to capital leased assets, with an accumulated depreciation of $0.2 million and $1.1 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under capital leases as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease payments to be paid to the lessor under this lease arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 811   

2013

     809   

2014

     815   

2015

     821   

2016

     827   

Thereafter

     9,440   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,523   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual lease receipts to be paid to the Company by sublessees under this lease arrangement for each of the next five annual periods ending December 31, and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 940   

2013

     615   

2014

     622   

2015

     631   

2016

     640   

Thereafter

     10,829   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,277   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7. Property and Equipment, Net

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Vehicles

   $ 7,021      $ 11,943      $ 16,644   

Computer hardware and software

     2,947        3,720        4,431   

Furniture and fixtures

     763        1,394        1,626   

Leasehold improvements

     3,082        5,424        6,397   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,813        22,481        29,098   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,482     (8,060     (10,337
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 9,331      $ 14,421      $ 18,761   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

8. Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
       2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation

   $ 5,607       $ 8,890       $ 11,173   

Accrued expenses

     3,541         11,025         6,730   

Accrued warranty

     1,704         2,462         3,406   

Accrued sales taxes

     1,954         4,736         4,076   

Income taxes payable

             1,552           

Current portion of deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions

     968         1,538         2,514   

Current portion of capital lease obligation

             371         2,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,774       $ 30,574       $ 29,906   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Other Liabilities

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions, net of current portion

   $ 12,321       $ 24,597       $ 46,877   

Deferred rent expense

     3,051         4,567         4,553   

Capital lease obligation

             6,837         19,911   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     343         313         1,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,715       $ 36,314       $ 72,887   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt

Equipment Financing Facility

In May 2008, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a bank for working capital and equipment financing needs, whereby borrowings were collateralized by all of the Company’s assets other than intellectual property and assets under investment funds discussed in Notes 12, 13, 14 and 15. This facility was modified in 2009 and 2010. Under the facility, the bank provided a total of $2.0 million in committed borrowings available through April, 2010. Interest under the equipment facility is payable monthly at a rate of 8% per annum. Borrowings under this facility were paid in full in April 2011.

Working Capital Financing

On May 26, 2010, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a financing agreement with a bank to obtain funding for working capital. The amount to be borrowed under the financing agreement is determined based on the estimated present value of expected future lease rentals to be generated by solar energy systems owned by the subsidiary and leased to a customer, but shall not exceed $16.3 million. The loan was funded in four tranches and was available for drawdown up to March 31, 2011. No amounts were borrowed as of December 31, 2010.

The Company had borrowed $13.3 million under this working capital financing facility as of June 30, 2012. Of the amounts borrowed, $12.1 million and $11.6 million (unaudited) was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively, of which $11.1 million and $10.6 million (unaudited) is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively. Each loan tranche bears interest at a rate of 2% plus the swap rate applicable to the average life of the scheduled rent receipts for the tranche. For the amounts borrowed as of December 31, 2011, the interest rates ranged between 5.48% and 5.65%. The loan is secured by substantially all the assets of the subsidiary, and matures on December 31, 2024.

Under the financing agreement with the bank, the Company’s subsidiary is required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of financial statements. The bank has no recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company was in compliance with debt covenants as of June 30, 2012.

Vehicle and Other Loans

During the years ended 2010 and prior, the Company had entered into various loan agreements consisting of vehicle and other loans with various financial institutions. The principal amounts for these vehicle and other loans mature over the next four years, until 2015.

In January 2011, the Company entered into an additional $7.0 million term loan facility with a bank to finance the purchase of vehicles. This term loan facility bears interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR and is secured by the vehicles financed under this facility. As of December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.81%. The term loan facility matures in January 2015. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had drawn $4.0 million of the available amount. In March 2012, the Company and the bank amended this term loan to allow the Company to incur additional secured financing from another bank.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Long-Term Debt (continued)

 

Total other loans payable as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, amounted to $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $8.0 million (unaudited), respectively, with interest rates between 0.0% and 11.31%. Of the amounts outstanding, $3.0 million, $1.6 million and $2.9 million (unaudited) were classified as short term as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, respectively. The loans are secured by the underlying property and equipment.

Inventory Term Loan Facility (unaudited)

On March 8, 2012, the Company entered into a $58.5 million term loan facility with a syndicate of banks to finance the purchase of inventory. Interest on the borrowed funds bears interest at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR and is secured by the Company’s inventory as described in the credit agreement. As of June 30, 2012, the interest rate for this facility was 3.95% (unaudited). The term loan facility matures in August 2013. The Company borrowed $58.5 million under this term loan facility as of June 30, 2012, from which the Company paid $1.5 million as fees to the lenders. Of the amounts borrowed, $40.8 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2012, of which $7.0 million is included in the consolidated balance sheet under long-term debt, net of current portion.

Under this arrangement, the Company is required to meet various financial covenants, including completion and presentation of financial statements. The Company is also required to maintain (i) a loan coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 2.5 at the end of each quarter, (ii) liquidity, as defined in the debt agreement, of $20.0 million if the debt, as defined in the debt agreement, is at least $35.0 million or $15.0 million if debt is less than $35.0 million in each case at the end of each month, and (iii) minimum debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the debt agreement, of 1.25 at the end of each quarter. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 2012.

Schedule of Principal Maturities of Long-Term Debt

The scheduled principal maturities of long-term debt including working capital financing and vehicle and other loans as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Principal due:

  

2012

   $ 2,640   

2013

     2,746   

2014

     2,720   

2015

     1,152   

2016

     673   

Thereafter

     7,290   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,221   
  

 

 

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit

Working Capital facility

Under the 2008 bank loan and security agreement, as modified, (Note 10) is a revolving line of credit facility with a commitment of $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, there was $4.5 million borrowed and outstanding under the revolving line of credit, which was all classified as short term under borrowings under bank line of credit. This facility was paid in full in April 2011. The interest rate under the line of credit facility was 6.5% as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit (continued)

 

Revolving Credit Agreement

In April 2011, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement with the same bank the Company had entered into the $7.0 million term loan discussed in Note 10, to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement had a $25.0 million committed facility. Interest on the borrowed funds bore interest at a rate of 2.5% plus LIBOR. The facility was secured by the Company’s accounts receivables, inventory and other assets as described in the revolving credit agreement, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. The Company had borrowed $5.6 million under this financing arrangement, which was outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and is disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet under borrowings under bank line of credit. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate for this facility was 2.77%. In January 2012, the Company borrowed $19.4 million, which represented the remainder of this facility. As of June 30, 2012, $25.0 million (unaudited) was borrowed and outstanding on this facility. The facility was repaid in September 2012, in connection with entering into a new $75.0 million working capital facility.

Under the terms of the revolving credit agreement, the Company was required to meet various restrictive covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, such as the completion and presentation of audited consolidated financial statements. Under this credit agreement, the Company also was required to maintain specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums for each fiscal quarter. The non-GAAP EBITDA financials measure was derived from both cash and accruals based accounting, forward looking financial forecasts and financial modeling assumptions and attempts to present a uniform financial measure that was agnostic to the investment fund structures deployed in that reporting period. The specified non-GAAP EBITDA minimums were: $1.00 for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012; $6.0 million for each of the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011; and negative $2.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In addition, under this credit agreement, the Company was required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of total cash (excluding cash held within its investment funds) to certain funded debt of at least 2.00:1.00 at the end of each month, and to maintain a tangible net worth of at least $1.00 at the end of each fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all of these covenants, after giving effect to waivers provided by the bank in August 2011, October 2011 and January 2012 that waived the earlier breach of certain of these covenants. These waivers cured the Company’s breaches related to the reporting of non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $2.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and negative $2.04 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In addition, these waivers cured the Company’s breach relating to a liquidity ratio of 1.71:1.00 on May 31, 2011. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2012, but subsequent to that date, on April 30, 2012 and May 31, 2012, the Company reported liquidity ratios of 1.43:1.00 and 1.34:1.00, respectively, and therefore did not meet the required minimum liquidity ratio. As of June 30, 2012, the Company reported non-GAAP EBITDA of negative $6.6 million and therefore breached the non-GAAP EBITDA covenant of $1.00. This also resulted in a default under the Company’s $7.0 million vehicle financing facility discussed in Note 10 with the same administrative bank agent. We obtained additional waivers to these breaches in June 2012 and August 2012.

Credit Facility for SolarStrong

On November 21, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company and a bank entered into a credit agreement, whereby the bank would provide this subsidiary with a credit facility for up to $350 million.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Borrowings Under Bank Lines Credit (continued)

 

This facility would be used to partially fund the Company’s SolarStrong initiative and will be non-recourse to the other assets of the Company. The SolarStrong initiative is a five-year plan to build solar power projects for privatized U.S. military housing communities across the country. The credit facility will be drawn down in tranches as defined in the credit facility agreement, with the interest rates to be determined as the amounts are drawn down. The credit facility will be collateralized by assets of the SolarStrong initiative. As of June 30, 2012, the Company’s subsidiary had borrowed $1.3 million. The debt is payable over a 20-year term and accrues interest at a rate of 7.27%. Under this facility, the Company’s subsidiary is required to comply with various financial and non-financial covenants.

12. Solar Investment Funds

The Company has entered into various arrangements with investors to facilitate funding and monetization of solar energy systems. These arrangements include those described in this Note 12, Solar Investment Funds, as well as those described in Note 13, Lease Pass-through Financing Obligation, Note 14, Sale-Leaseback Arrangements, and Note 15, Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation.

VIE Arrangements

Since 2008, wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and fund investors formed and contributed cash or assets to various solar investment funds and entered into related agreements. As of June 30, 2012, the VIE investors had contributed $402.7 million (unaudited) into the VIEs.

The Company has determined it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs by reference to the power and benefits criterion under ASC 810, Consolidation . The Company has considered the provisions within the contractual arrangements, which grant it full power to manage and make decisions that affect the operation of these VIEs, including preparation and approval of budgets. The Company considers that the rights granted to the other investors under the contractual arrangements are more protective in nature rather than participating rights.

As the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, the Company consolidates in its financial statements the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of these funds, and all intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and the investment funds are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Under the related agreements, cash distributions of income and other receipts by the fund, net of agreed-upon expenses and estimated expenses, tax benefits and detriments of income and loss, and tax benefits of tax credits are allocated to the fund investor and Company’s subsidiary as specified in contractual arrangements. Generally, the Company’s subsidiary has the option to acquire the investor’s equity interest as specified in the contractual agreements.

In 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company also issued warrants in 2010 to a fund investor to purchase shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock. The Company issued additional warrants to this fund investor pursuant to amending and restating the contractual arrangements to increase the funding commitment of this fund in 2011 from $120 million to $218 million.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

The Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in four of the VIE funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum return under certain circumstances including in the event of liquidation of the funds or if the Company purchases the investor’s equity stake in the funds or annually for one fund. The amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees is dependent on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds activities and the timing and amounts that the Company would pay to the investor if the Company purchased the investor’s stake in the funds, or timing and amounts of the distributions to the investor upon liquidation of the funds. Due to uncertainties associated with estimating the timing and amount of distributions to the investor and the possibility for and timing of the liquidation of the funds, the Company is unable to determine the potential maximum future payments that it would have to make under these guarantees.

Upon the sale or liquidation of the fund, distributions would occur in the order and priority specified in the contractual agreements.

Pursuant to management services, maintenance, and warranty arrangements, the Company has been contracted to provide services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing, and performance reporting. In some instances the Company has guaranteed payments to the fund investors as specified in the contractual agreements. The funds’ creditors have no recourse to the general credit of the Company or to that of other funds. As of June 30, 2012, the assets of one of the VIEs with a carrying value of $8.9 million have been pledged as collateral for the VIE’s borrowings under the SolarStrong facility. None of the assets of the other VIEs have been pledged as collateral for the VIEs’ obligations.

The Company reports the solar energy systems in the VIEs under the solar energy systems, net, line item in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Solar Investment Funds (continued)

 

The Company has aggregated the financial information of the investment funds in the table below. The aggregate carrying value of these funds’ assets and liabilities (after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,318       $ 7,070       $ 12,353   

Accounts receivable, net

     147         632         1,265   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     916         5,056         921   

Rebates receivable

     781         2,894         3,291   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,162         15,652         17,830   

Solar energy systems, leased and to be leased, net

     112,284         301,573         399,132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 120,446       $ 317,225       $ 416,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current Liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 43       $ 31       $ 7   

Customer deposits

     169         2,804         4,849   

Distributions payable to noncontrolling interests

     3,244         6,216         2,197   

Current portion of deferred U.S. Treasury grants income

     669         2,877         5,184   

Current portion of deferred revenue

     2,672         5,796         13,156   

Accrued and other liabilities

     270         789         1,100   

Bank borrowings

     —           —           1,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,067         18,513         27,823   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     32,460         78,486         119,201   

Deferred U.S. Treasury grant income, net of current portion

     18,671         82,208         122,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 58,198       $ 179,207       $ 269,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company is contractually obligated to make certain VIE investors whole for losses that the investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from the disallowance or recapture of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits, including in the event that the U.S. Treasury awards cash grants for the solar energy systems in the VIEs that are less than the amounts initially anticipated. The Company accounts for distributions due to the VIE investors that may arise from the reduction in anticipated U.S. Treasury grants under distributions payable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets. Through June 30, 2012, the Company has returned $3.6 million (unaudited) and will return an additional $0.7 million (unaudited) which is accrued as a distribution payable as at June 30, 2012 related to these obligations.

For one VIE fund the Company estimates a reduction in the U.S Treasury grants to be received of approximately $19.0 million (unaudited) as of June 30, 2012. In this particular VIE fund the Company is obligated to contribute additional capital in the form of solar energy systems or cash to purchase additional solar energy systems. The effect of this capital call does not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements as the VIE is consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation

During the years 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company entered into six transactions referred to as “lease pass-through fund arrangements.” Under these arrangements the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries finance the cost of solar energy systems with investors for an initial term ranging between 10 and 25 years. These solar energy systems are subject to lease or power purchase agreements with customers with an initial term not exceeding 20 years. These solar energy systems are reported under the line item solar energy systems, net, in the consolidated balance sheets. The cost of the solar energy systems under the lease pass-though arrangements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 was $58.1 million, $128.2 million and $198.9 million (unaudited), respectively. The accumulated depreciation related to these assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 amounted to $0.6 million, $3.9 million and $6.4 million (unaudited), respectively. There were no assets under the lease pass-through arrangements in 2009.

The investors make a large upfront payment to the lessor, which is a subsidiary of the Company, and in some cases, subsequent smaller quarterly payments. The Company accounts for the payments received from the investors under the arrangement as a borrowing by recording the proceeds received as a lease pass-through financing obligation, which would be repaid from U.S. Treasury grants, customer payments and incentive rebates that would be received by the investors. Under this approach the Company continues to account for the arrangement with the customers in its consolidated financial statements, whether the cash generated from the customer arrangements is received by the Company or paid directly to the investor. A portion of the amounts received by the investors from U.S. Treasury grants, customer payments and incentive rebates associated with the leases assigned to the lease pass-through investor is applied to reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation, and the balance allocated to interest expense. The incentive rebates and host customer payments are recognized into revenue consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition accounting policy. The U.S. Treasury grants are initially recorded as deferred U.S. Treasury grants income and subsequently recognized as a reduction to the depreciation expense, consistent with the Company’s accounting policy for recognition of U.S. Treasury grant income. Interest is calculated on the financing obligation using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the interest rate that equates the present value of the cash amounts to be received by an investor over the master lease term with the present value of the cash amounts paid by the investor to the Company, adjusted for any payments made by the Company. The lease pass-through obligation is nonrecourse once the associated assets have been placed in service and all the contractual arrangements have been assigned to the investor.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments to be received from the investors under the lease pass-through fund arrangements for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 2,781   

2013

     1,981   

2014

     2,000   

2015

     1,546   

2016

     1,223   

Thereafter

     9,470   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,001   
  

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Lease Pass-Through Financing Obligation (continued)

 

Concurrent with entering into one of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company entered into an agreement to issue warrants to the investor to acquire Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock in the Company if it committed to provide more than a specified threshold in total funding as specified in the contractual agreements, through this or other future funding arrangements. The warrants were issued during 2010 when the Company entered into the second lease pass-through arrangement with the investor.

For two of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company’s subsidiary has pledged its assets to the investor as security for its obligations under the contractual agreements.

For each of the lease pass-through arrangements, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants specified in the contractual arrangements, which the Company had met as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

Under these arrangements, the Company’s subsidiaries are responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting. The performance of the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary is guaranteed by the Company. As part of the warranty and performance guarantee with the host customers, the Company guarantees certain specified minimum annual solar energy production output for the solar energy systems leased to the customers.

Under the contractual terms of the lease pass-through arrangements there is a one-time future lease payment reset mechanism that is set to occur after the installation of all the solar energy systems in a fund. This reset date occurs when the installed capacity of the solar energy systems and in service placement dates are known or on an agreed upon date. As part of this reset process, the lease prepayment will be updated to reflect certain specified conditions as they exist at such date, including the ultimate system size of the equipment that was leased, how much it cost and when it went into service. As a result of this reset, the Company may be obligated to refund a portion of the investor’s lease prepayments or may be entitled to receive an additional lease prepayment from the investor. Additional payments by the investor would be recorded as additional lease pass-through financing obligation, while refunds of lease prepayments would reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation.

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements

In 2010, the Company executed a sale-leaseback arrangement with an existing investor, under which a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a 15-year master leaseback arrangement. The assets sold to the investor were valued at $25.2 million. The Company’s subsidiary leased the solar energy systems to end-user customers. The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor for this arrangement together with a funding arrangement entered into in 2009 with the same investor are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow. The amount in escrow is reduced by $0.25 million per annum in each of the first four years commencing in 2010, and the remaining balance remains in place until the end of the master lease period. Under this arrangement, the Company’s subsidiary is responsible for services such as warranty support, accounting, lease servicing and performance reporting.

As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company had contributed assets with a cost of $10.3 million and $31.3 million (unaudited), respectively, to its wholly owned subsidiary that in turn sold

 

F-35


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Sale-Leaseback Arrangements (continued)

 

the assets to a new investor and then executed a 15-year master leaseback agreement with the investor. Under this arrangement, the tax benefits from investment tax credits or Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits inure to the investor as the owner of the assets. A total of $100 million in financing is available from the investor under this fund arrangement in the form of proceeds from the sale of the assets. The investor committed to further increase the funding commitment to $280 million, subject to certain conditions being met as set out in the contractual agreements. As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company had utilized $26.7 million and $65.2 million (unaudited), respectively, under this arrangement.

The Company has committed to make certain investors that have executed sale-leaseback arrangements with the Company whole for any reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury awards resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted. The Company accrues any such payments due to these investors. Through June 30, 2012, the Company had recorded a total $0.5 million (unaudited) refundable to a single sale-leaseback investor.

The Company has accounted for these sale-leaseback arrangements in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy as described in Note 2.

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation

In November 2009, the Company entered into an arrangement with an investor to finance the development, construction and installation of a ground mounted solar system that was leased to a customer. The Company also entered into an agreement to sell the system to the investor for a cash consideration of $27.2 million, of which $5.4 million was received in 2009, $18.3 million was received in 2010, and the balance of $3.5 million is receivable at the end of the lease period and accrues interest at an annual rate of 4.37%. Concurrent with the sale, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement with the investor to lease back the solar energy system from the investor with lease payments being made on a quarterly basis. The Company’s subsidiary has the option to purchase the system at the end of the lease term of 10 years for a price which is the greater of the fair market value or a predetermined agreed upon value. Additionally, the investor has the option to put its interest in the solar system to the Company within two years following the expiry of six years after placement in service of the solar system, for a value that is the greater of the fair value or a predetermined agreed upon value. As a result of these put and call options, the Company has concluded that it has a continuing involvement with the solar energy system.

The Company has determined that the ground mounted solar energy system qualifies as integral equipment and therefore as a real estate transaction under ASC 360-20, Real Estate Sales, and has been accounted for as a financing. Under the financing method, the receipts from the tax equity investor are reflected as a sale-leaseback financing obligation on the consolidated balance sheets, and the Company retains the solar energy system asset on the consolidated balance sheets within solar energy systems and depreciates the solar energy system over its estimated useful life of 30 years. The Company also continues to report all of the results of the operations of the system, with the revenue and expenses from the system operations being presented on the consolidated statements of operations on a “gross” basis. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $16.1 million of which $0.3 million has been classified as current and the balance of $15.8 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of December 31, 2011, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.5 million of which $0.4 million has been

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Sale-Leaseback Financing Obligation (continued)

 

classified as current and the balance of $15.1 million has been classified as noncurrent. As of June 30, 2012, the balance of sale-leaseback financing obligation outstanding was $15.3 million (unaudited), of which $0.4 million (unaudited) has been classified as current and the balance of $14.9 million (unaudited) has been classified as noncurrent.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual rentals to be received from the customer for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 448   

2013

     457   

2014

     466   

2015

     475   

2016

     485   

Thereafter

     4,240   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,571   
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are also included as part of the noncancelable operating lease payments from customers disclosed in Note 4.

As of December 31, 2011, future minimum annual payments to be paid to the investor under the financing arrangement for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 1,239   

2013

     1,245   

2014

     1,251   

2015

     1,257   

2016

     1,264   

Thereafter

     3,830   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,086   
  

 

 

 

The obligations of the Company’s subsidiary to the investor together with the obligations of the Company’s subsidiary under the 2010 sale-leaseback fund arrangements discussed in Note 14, are guaranteed by the Company and supported by a $1.25 million restricted cash escrow that reduces by $0.25 million per annum for the first four years, and remains in place until the end of the master lease period.

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity

Stock Split

The Company’s stockholders approved a 2-for-1 forward stock split of each share of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock that became effective on March 27, 2012. The stockholders also approved a proportionate increase in the authorized number of shares of the Company’s common stock, preferred stock and each series of preferred stock and also approved proportionate adjustments to the conversion prices, dividend rates, original issue prices and liquidation preferences of each series of the Company’s preferred stock. The number of the Company’s pre-split common stock covered by stock options issued under the Company’s stock options plans were also

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

proportionately increased to reflect the stock split. The share information and the per share amounts in these financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the impact of the stock split.

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

In July 2006, the Company issued an aggregate of 12.0 million shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.19 per share for cash proceeds of $2.3 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In April 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 5.0 million shares of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.60 per share for cash proceeds of $3.0 million (net of issuance costs of $7,000). In August 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 8.8 million shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share for cash proceeds of $21.0 million (net of issuance costs of $44,000). This included the proceeds from the conversion of bridge notes representing an aggregate of $2.0 million received in July 2007. In October and November 2008, the Company issued 5.8 million shares of Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.20 per share for cash proceeds of $29.9 million (net of issuance costs of $123,000). In October 2009, the Company issued 4.4 million shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $5.41 per share for cash proceeds of $23.9 million (net of issuance costs of $144,000). In June 2010, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock for cash proceeds of $21.4 million (net of issuance costs of $96,000). In June and July 2011, the Company issued 2.1 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share for cash proceeds of $20.0 million (net of issuance costs of $93,000). Additionally, in accordance with the Series F financing agreement, the Company has an option to sell an additional 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $9.68 per share within 18 months following the initial closing on June 21, 2011. This option would expire upon the Company being acquired, upon a public offering of the Company’s common stock, upon a new round of equity financing, or within eighteen months of the option agreement date. In February and March 2012, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at a price of $23.92 per share for cash proceeds of $81.0 million (net of issuance costs of $132,000). In connection with the Series G preferred stock financing, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of preferred and common stock that it is authorized to issue to 56.7 million shares and 106.0 million shares, respectively.

Significant terms of the convertible redeemable preferred stock as of are as follows:

Dividends— Holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends in preference to the common stockholders at the rate of $0.01 per share per annum on each outstanding share of preferred stock payable when and if declared by the board of directors, and thereafter participate pro rata on an as converted basis with the common stock holders on any distributions made to the common stockholders. No dividends have been declared to date.

Voting —The holders of each share of convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred stock is convertible.

Conversion —The holder of each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock has the option to convert each share of preferred stock into one share of common stock (subject to adjustment for events of

 

F-38


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

dilution) at any time. The Series G preferred stock shall be automatically converted into shares of common stock, at the applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). In the event that an initial public offering is consummated, then immediately prior to the automatic conversion, the conversion price per share of Series G preferred stock shall be reduced to a price equal to 60% of the price at which shares of the Company’s common stock are sold to the public in such offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions). However, the conversion price per share of the Series G preferred stock shall not be reduced to less than the then-effective conversion price per share of the Series F preferred stock and shall not be increased above the original conversion price as a result of an initial public offering. The Series F preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E-1 preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding Series E-1 preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stockholders consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The Series A through C convertible redeemable preferred stock shall automatically be converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock, voting together on an as-converted basis, consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Liquidation Preference —The holders of the Series G preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1 and Series F preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $23.92 per share for the Series G preferred stock, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price of $9.68, $6.25 and $5.41 per share for the Series F, Series E-1 and Series E preferred stock, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E liquidation preferences to the holders of Series G, Series F, Series E-1 and Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock and common stock an amount equal to the original purchase price for the Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock of $5.20 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D liquidation preference to the holders of the Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E and Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock, the holders of the Series A, B, and C convertible redeemable preferred stock together shall be entitled to receive an amount in preference to the holders of the common stock, at a per share amount equal to their purchase prices of $0.19, $0.60 and $2.40 per share, respectively. After the payment in full of the liquidation preferences to the convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, the remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock. A merger, acquisition, sale of voting control, or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the stockholders of the Company do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation shall be a deemed liquidation.

Redemption —At any time after October 28, 2015, each holder of Series G, Series F, Series E-1, Series E, Series D, or Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock (collectively referred to as Redeemable Stock) shall be entitled to have the Company redeem all, but not less than all, of such holders’ Redeemable Stock in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the original purchase price of the respective series of preferred stock plus all declared and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of the Redeemable Stock, or (ii) the fair market value of the Redeemable Stock. This right of redemption is subject to the provision that redemption shall be available if (i) the annual gross revenue of the Company exceeded $200 million for the most recent fiscal year prior to the holder’s notice of redemption; and (ii) the Company has no less than $40 million in available cash.

Registration Rights —The holders of a majority of (a) certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock and (b) each of the Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock may at any time after the earlier of (i) June 21, 2014 or (ii) six months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering, request that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of certain shares of convertible redeemable preferred shares (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof). The Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request and shall use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act. The Company shall have the right to delay such registration under certain circumstances for one period not in excess of 120 days in any 12-month period. The Company shall not be obligated to effect or take action to effect a registration if it has effected two registrations

 

F-40


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

under these demand right provisions during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of, the registration or the initiating holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement —The shares of the Company’s securities held by (i) Lyndon Rive and Peter Rive (the Founders), and (ii) the Major Investors (as defined below) shall be subject to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement (with certain exceptions) with the holders of at least 2 million shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series E-1, Series F and Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company (or the common stock issued upon conversion thereof) and (a) a specified Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock investor as long as that specified investor shall hold at least 1.2 million shares of Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), and (b) three specified Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock investors as long as one of the specified investors shall hold at least 0.9 million, 0.8 million and 0.3 million shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof), for the first, second and third specified investors, respectively (such holders each referred to as a Major Investor), such that the Founders or a Major Investor may not sell, transfer or exchange their stock unless such securities are first offered to the Company and then to the Major Investors and, if all such securities are not purchased by the Company or the Major Investors, then each participating Major Investor shall have an opportunity to participate in the sale of any remaining stock on a pro-rata basis. This right of first refusal and of co-sale shall not apply to and shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock (A) in which the price is at least $6.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

Warrant Liability

In connection with the issuance of the convertible bridge notes in July 2007, in August 2007 the Company issued warrants to the note holders to purchase 124,924 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.40 per share. The warrants expire the earlier of five years from the date of their issuance or any change of control, or the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. These warrants were exercised in August 2012.

During 2008, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase up to 2.70 million shares (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to 3.12 million shares) of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $2.88 per share (subsequently adjusted pursuant to its terms to $3.80 per share), of which warrants to purchase 2.08 million shares were vested as of December 31, 2010. In February 2011, the fund investor exercised its Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants and was issued 375,200 shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock. The warrants agreement expired in March 2011.

During 2010, the Company issued warrants to a fund investor to purchase 995,006 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share, in connection with solar investment funding (Note 12). In 2011, in connection with the amendment and restatement of this funding arrangement to increase the amount that would be contributed by the tax

 

F-41


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

equity investor from $120 million to $218 million, and to extend the time period to complete the construction and placement in service of the assets, the Company issued warrants to the fund investor to purchase a further 490,004 shares of Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price equal to $5.41 per share.

In June 2011, in connection with the issuance of 2.0 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, the Company issued warrants to the investors to acquire 0.2 million shares of Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock, with an exercise price of $9.68.

As discussed in Note 2, the Company accounts for the warrants in accordance with ASC 480 as a liability carried at fair value. The warrants are subject to revaluation at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other expense. The Company has determined the fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company adjusts the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or upon the conversion of the outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock.

Common Stock

At the inception of the Company in June 2006, the founders were issued four million shares of common stock at an issuance price of $0.0001 per share.

Restricted Stock

In connection with the acquisitions of Declination Solar and Palo Alto Solar, acquired in August 2006 and September 2006, respectively, the Company entered into stock restriction agreements. Pursuant to these agreements, 300,000 shares of common stock were granted to the sellers who became employees of the Company. The Company had the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the unvested shares of common stock upon termination of the sellers’ employment. The repurchase rights lapsed ratably over a four-year period as the shares vested. As of December 31, 2010, all of these shares had been released from this right of repurchase.

In 2007, the Company granted 40,000 shares of restricted stock to a Board member that vested over four years: 25% of the shares vested at the end of the first year of service and the remaining shares vested in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 6,600 shares of this restricted stock vested. As of December 31, 2010, all 40,000 of these shares were vested.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrant Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company has reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock

     12,039         12,039         12,039   

Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,010         5,010         5,010   

Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     8,744         9,120         9,120   

Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock

     5,781         5,781         5,781   

Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     4,436         4,436         4,436   

Series E-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,440         3,440         3,440   

Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             2,067         2,067   

Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock

                     3,387   

Stock option plans:

        

Shares available for grant

     1,658         1,040         8,897   

Options outstanding

     9,746         13,873         14,776   

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

                     1,300   

Warrants to purchase Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock

     3,246         3,246         3,246   

Warrants to purchase Series E convertible redeemable preferred stock

     2,750         2,750         2,750   

Warrants to purchase Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock

             206         206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     56,850         63,008         76,455   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

17. Stock Option Plan

Under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan, the Company may grant options to purchase or directly issue incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options, respectively, of common stock to employees, directors, and consultants. Incentive stock options may be granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. If the incentive stock option is granted to a 10% stockholder, then the purchase or exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. Nonstatutory stock options may be granted at a price per share, not less than 100% of the fair market value at date of grant. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

A summary of stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding – January 1, 2009

     5,040      $ 0.735         5.24         4,442   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.245)

     3,990        1.245                   

Exercised

     (46     0.145                   

Canceled

     (2,356     0.525                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2009

     6,628      $ 1.12         8.54         1,684   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $1.98)

     3,888        1.98                   

Exercised

     (450     0.205                   

Canceled

     (320     1.62                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2010

     9,746      $ 1.49         7.39       $ 18,570   

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $5.035)

     7,043        5.035                   

Exercised

     (1,489     0.73                   

Canceled

     (1,427     2.435                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2011

     13,873      $ 3.28         8.22       $ 37,606   

Granted (unaudited)

     2,075        10.97                   

Exercised (unaudited)

     (639     1.85                   

Canceled (unaudited)

     (533     5.74                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     14,776      $ 4.33         8.11       $ 104,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2010

     3,810      $ 1.02         6.15       $ 9,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – December 31, 2011

     5,044      $ 1.85         7.45       $ 20,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     6,034      $ 2.25         7.27       $ 55,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2010

     8,992      $ 1.455         7.30       $ 17,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2011

     13,834      $ 3.27         8.21       $ 37,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest – June 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     13,787      $ 4.13         8.05       $ 100,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, was $1,068, $5,437 and $5,591 (unaudited), respectively. The grant date fair market value of options that vested in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 was $76, $1,939, $3,897, $1,982 (unaudited) and $5,436 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, there was approximately $5.1 million, $24.7 million and $29.0 million (unaudited), respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures related to nonvested stock options, which are expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.82, 3.01 and 2.85 years (unaudited) respectively.

Under ASC 718, the Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted on each grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and applies the straight-line method of expense attribution. The fair values were estimated on each grant date for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     December 31,     June 30  
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0

Annual risk-free rate of return

     2.44     2.50     1.95     2.27     1.12

Expected volatility

     97.82     88.49     87.26     86.89     87.52

Expected term (years)

     6.10        5.98        6.09        6.09        6.13   

The expected volatility was calculated based on the average historical volatilities of publicly traded peer companies, determined by the Company. The risk free interest rate used was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock options to be valued. The expected dividend yield was zero, as the Company does not anticipate paying a dividend within the relevant time frame. The expected term has been estimated using the simplified method allowed under ASC 718.

As part of the requirements of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust stock-based compensation expense accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock-based compensation expenses to be recognized in future periods.

The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 was $862, $1,773, $5,051, $1,671 (unaudited) and $4,713 (unaudited), respectively. The Company capitalized costs of $46, $417, $1,417, $614 (unaudited) and $1,225 (unaudited), in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, as a component of work-in-progress, within solar energy systems leased to customers and solar energy systems held for lease to customers.

This expense was included in cost of revenue and in operating expenses as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
         2009              2010              2011              2011              2012      
                          (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 163       $ 144       $ 151       $ 17       $ 201   

Sales and marketing

     129         233         443         149         528   

General and administrative

     524         979         3,040         891         2,759   

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

United States

   $ (21,822   $ (38,552   $ 43,595   

Noncontrolling interest

     (876     (8,457     (117,230

Foreign

                   13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (22,698   $ (47,009   $ (73,622
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The income tax provision (benefit) is composed of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 5       $ 10       $ (26

State

     17         55         107   

Foreign

                     4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Provision

     22         65         85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

                   $ 7   

State

                       

Foreign

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Provision

                     7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 22       $ 65       $ 92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate

     (34.00 )%      (34.00 )%      (34.00 )% 

State income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     1.89        (5.86     (4.59

Minority investment adjustment

     (4.39     11.07        19.38   

Investment in solar funds

     3.63        5.89        6.34   

Stock-based compensation

     1.24        1.25        1.48   

ASC 810 prepaid tax expense

     (5.61     0.09        0.16   

Other

     3.71        1.91        1.11   

Change in valuation allowance

     33.62        19.78        10.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     0.09     0.13     0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 2,931      $ 8,216   

Net operating losses

     29,741        34,399   

Accelerated gain on assets

     9,246        14,302   

Investment in solar funds

     10,598        18,346   

Tax rebate revenue

     14,444        27,021   

Other credits

     430        450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     67,390        102,734   

Valuation allowance

     (39,191     (49,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     28,199        53,042   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (17,777     (44,052

Investment in solar funds

     (6,328     (148

Other deferred tax liabilities

     (4,094     (8,849
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (28,199     (53,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $      $ (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of current and noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Current:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 3,589      $ 8,809   

Less: valuation allowance

     (2,231     (4,503
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

   $ 1,358      $ 4,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

    

Deferred tax assets

   $ 63,555      $ 93,449   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (27,953     (52,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncurrent gross deferred tax assets

     35,602        40,876   

Less: valuation allowance

     (36,960     (45,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

   $ (1,358   $ (4,313
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million and $97.0 million, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2027 if not utilized. In addition, the Company had net operating losses for California income tax purposes of approximately $37.0 million and $37.0 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which expire at various dates beginning in 2021 if not utilized. The

 

F-47


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Company also had net operating losses for other state income tax purposes of approximately $8.3 million and $2.7 million, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal investment tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.13 million and $0.15 million, respectively. The net investment tax credit carryforward begins to expire in 2028 if not utilized.

The Company’s valuation allowance increased by approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and by approximately $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the valuation allowance was primarily related to the operating losses. The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. Based on the available objective evidence and the Company’s history of losses, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company has applied a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets net of the expected income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. The Company completed a Section 382 analysis through December 2011 and determined that an ownership change, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, occurred in prior years. Based on the analysis, the Company has undergone two ownership changes. The first ownership change occurred on July 7, 2006, and the second ownership change occurred on August 8, 2007. No additional ownership changes occurred through June 30, 2012. Net Operating Loss carryforwards presented have accounted for any limited and potential lost attributes due to the ownership changes and expiration dates.

The income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 were determined based upon the Company’s estimated consolidated effective income tax rates of negative 0.23% (unaudited) and 0.13% (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The differences between the estimated consolidated effective income tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory rate are primarily attributable to the valuation allowance and the current amortization of the prepaid income taxes due to inter-company sales held within the consolidated group.

As part of the assets monetization strategy, the Company has agreements to sell solar energy systems to the solar investment fund joint ventures. The gain on the sale of the assets has been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. These transactions are treated as inter-company sales and as such, tax is not recognized on the sale until the Company no longer benefits from the underlying asset. Since the systems remain within the consolidated group, the tax expense incurred related to these sales is being deferred and amortized over the estimated useful life of the underlying systems which has been estimated to be 30 years. The deferral of the tax expense results in recording of a prepaid tax expense that is included in the consolidated balance sheets as other assets. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012 the Company recorded a long-term prepaid tax expense of $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $3.3 million (unaudited), respectively, net of amortization. The amortization of the prepaid tax expense in each period makes up the major component of the tax expense.

It is the intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiary in foreign operations. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiary

 

F-48


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

18. Income Taxes (continued)

 

as such earnings are to be reinvested indefinitely. As of December 31, 2011, there is minimal amount of cumulative earnings upon which U.S. income taxes have not been provided.

Uncertain Tax Positions

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to the recognition, measurement and presentation of uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had no amount of unrecognized tax benefits.

The interest expense and penalties for uncertain tax positions will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. There was no interest and penalties accrued for any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010 and 2011.

The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of gross unrecognized benefits will increase or decrease within 12 months of the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company is subject to taxation and files income tax returns in the U.S., various state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s net losses, substantially all of its federal, state, local, and foreign income tax returns since inception are still subject to audit.

19. Defined Contribution Plan

In January 2007, the Company established a 401(k) Retirement Plan (the Retirement Plan) available to employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements. Participants may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation to the Retirement Plan up to a statutory limit. Participants are fully vested in their contributions. The Company may make discretionary contributions to the Retirement Plan as a percentage of participant contributions, subject to established limits. The Company did not make any contributions to the Retirement Plan during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, or for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (unaudited).

20. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012, include the following related party transactions (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2009      2010      2011     
                          (unaudited)  

Net Revenue, Systems:

           

Sale of a solar energy system to Company officers and Board members

   $ 5       $       $       $ 183   

Expenditures:

           

Purchase of inventory from an investor

   $ 18,523       $ 9,259       $       $   

Payment of consulting fees and sales commissions to another investor (included in sales and marketing)

     76         79                   

 

F-49


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

The investor from whom the Company purchased inventory as noted above ceased to be an investor in the Company in December 2010.

Related party balances as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, comprise (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Payable to an investor vendor (included in accounts payable)

   $ 6       $       $   

21. Commitments and Contingencies

Noncancelable Operating Leases

The Company leases office and warehouse facilities under noncancelable operating leases primarily for its United States based warehouse locations. In addition, the Company leases equipment under noncancelable operating leases. Aggregate rent expense for facilities and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, was $1.3 million, $1.6 million, $2.9 million, $1.4 million (unaudited) and $1.7 million (unaudited), respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 5,461   

2013

     5,419   

2014

     5,102   

2015

     4,716   

2016

     4,171   

Thereafter

     15,084   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

   $ 39,953   
  

 

 

 

Indemnification and Guaranteed Returns

As disclosed in Notes 12 and 14, the Company has contractually committed to compensate certain fund investors for losses that the fund investors may suffer in certain limited circumstances resulting from reductions in the tax credit or U.S. Treasury grants resulting from changes in the tax basis submitted that results in the reduction of tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants in lieu of tax credits. The Company believes that any other payments to its fund investors arising from these obligations are not probable based on currently known facts. As a result, the fair values of any such obligations cannot be reasonably estimated.

As disclosed in Note 12, the Company is contractually required to make payments to an investor in several of its funds to ensure the investor achieves a specified minimum internal rate of return upon the occurrence of certain events, including the dissolution of the funds, or if the Company purchases the investors’ equity stake in the funds, or for one of the funds annually. The investor in these funds

 

F-50


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

21. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

has already received a significant portion of the projected economic benefits from Treasury grant distributions and tax depreciation benefits. Based on the Company’s current financial projections regarding the amount and timing of future distributions to the investor, the Company does not expect to make any payments as a result of these guarantees and has not accrued any liabilities relating to these guarantees. The amounts of potential future payments under these guarantees is dependent on the amounts and timing of future distributions to the investor from the funds, the tax benefits that accrue to the investor from the funds activities and the timing and amounts that the Company would pay to the investor in the event the Company purchased the investor’s stake in the funds, or the timing and amount of distributions to the investors upon the liquidation of the funds. Due to uncertainties surrounding estimating the amounts of these factors, the Company is unable to estimate the maximum potential payments that could be payable under these guarantees.

As discussed in Note 13, under the lease pass-through investment funds is a one-time lease payment reset mechanism that is set to occur after the installation of all the solar energy systems in a fund. As a result of this mechanism, the Company may be required to refund lease prepayments previously received from investors. Any refunds of lease prepayments would reduce the lease pass-through financing obligation.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets for the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 43,516      $ 11,930      $ (23,077

Noncumulative dividends on convertible redeemable preferred stock(1)

                   (1,633     (795       

Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders(2)

                   (33,658     (8,946       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 8,225      $ 2,189      $ (23,077

Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders(3)

                   2,764        624          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (26,227   $ (38,617   $ 10,989      $ 2,813      $ (23,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     8,378,590        8,583,772        9,977,646        9,729,472        10,690,564   

Dilutive effect of common stock options

                   4,546,088        3,712,488          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     8,378,590        8,583,772        14,523,734        13,441,960        10,690,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.82      $ 0.22      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ (3.13   $ (4.50   $ 0.76      $ 0.21      $ (2.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Noncumulative dividends payable on convertible redeemable preferred stock represents a $0.01 noncumulative preferred dividend that would be payable to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders prior to any other allocations to preferred and common stockholders if all the earnings for each period were distributed.
(2) Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders represents the share of available undistributed earnings as adjusted for noncumulative preferred dividends that would be allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders on an as-converted basis.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share (continued)

 

(3) Adjustment to undistributed earnings allocated to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders represents the impact of reallocation of undistributed earnings to convertible redeemable preferred stockholders, as described in (2) above, to reflect potential impact of dilutive securities.

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
                          (unaudited)  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     36,010,660         39,450,660         41,893,046         39,825,860         45,280,032   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     60,834                                   

Preferred stock warrants

     2,209,742         3,204,748         1,816,650         1,119,930         1,816,650   

Common stock options

     6,627,062         9,746,200         3,678,225         3,720,315         1,995,856   

 

F-53


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share (continued)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share during the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
   Six Months
Ended

June 30, 2012
     (unaudited)

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

     

Change in fair value of liabilities for the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic common stockholders, basic

     

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock and net exercises of Series C and Series F convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Weighted average effect of dilutive options

     

Weighted average effect of dilutive common stock warrants

     

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

23. Subsequent Events

For our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011, we evaluated subsequent events through August 15, 2012, the date our consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

2012 Solar Financing Programs

During 2012, the Company has entered into six new tax equity arrangements, one with an existing tax equity investor, for a total of $357.5 million in available financing.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

SolarCity Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

23. Subsequent Events (continued)

 

Credit Facility

In September 2012, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of banks to obtain funding for working capital and general corporate needs. This revolving credit agreement has a $75.0 million committed facility, of which $70.0 million was initially available pursuant to the facility’s terms. The borrowed funds bear interest at a rate of 3.875% plus LIBOR or, at the Company’s option, at a rate equal to 2.875%, plus the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, or Bank of America’s published “prime rate,” or LIBOR plus 1%. The facility is secured by certain of the Company’s machinery and equipment, accounts receivables, inventory and other assets, excluding certain inventory pledged to other lenders. This facility matures in September 2014, which date may be extended by an additional year if the Company satisfies certain financial conditions. As of September 12, 2012, $40.0 million was borrowed and outstanding under this revolving credit agreement, of which the Company used approximately $25.0 million to fully repay its prior revolving credit facility.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table presents the costs and expenses we will pay, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fees and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

SEC Registration fee

   $  

FINRA filing fee

      

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

      

Printing and engraving expenses

      

Legal fees and expenses

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Blue sky fees and expenses

      

Custodian and transfer agent fees

      

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

      
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred for their service for or on our behalf. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we shall advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding. The bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws (except in a proceeding initiated by such person without board approval). In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees for a legal proceeding.

Reference is made to Section 9 of the underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, indemnifying our directors and officers against limited liabilities. In addition, Section 1.10 of our seventh amended and restated investors’ rights agreement contained in Exhibit 4.5 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of certain of our stockholders against liabilities described therein.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2009, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

(1) Sales of Capital Stock

 

  Ÿ  

In October 2009, we issued 4,436,228 shares of Series E preferred stock to six accredited investors at a price of $5.41 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $23.9 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2010, we issued 3,440,000 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a price of $6.25 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $21.5 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In June and July 2011, we issued 2,067,186 shares of Series F preferred stock to 12 accredited investors at a price of $9.68 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $20.0 million;

 

  Ÿ  

In November 2011, we issued 7,500 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $1.62 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $12,112.

 

  Ÿ  

In December 2011, we issued 20,000 shares of common stock to one investor at a price of $0.0001 per share for aggregate proceeds of $1.00; and

 

  Ÿ  

In February and March 2012, we issued 3,386,986 shares of Series G preferred stock to seven accredited investors at a price of $23.92 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $81.0 million.

 

  Ÿ  

In August 2012, we issued 112,835 shares of Series C preferred stock to two accredited investors upon exercise of outstanding warrants.

(2) Warrants

 

  Ÿ  

In June 2011, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 206,716 shares of Series F preferred stock to a total of 12 accredited investors at an exercise price of $9.68 per share.

(3) Options Issuances

 

  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through August 31, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,681,387 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants of the registrant under our 2007 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.03 to $12.20, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $2.7 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2009 through July 31, 2012, we granted direct issuances or stock options to purchase an aggregate of 17,291,883 shares of our common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $1.62 to $11.40 share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2007 Plan.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, with respect to the items (1) and (2) above, and Rule 701 thereunder, with respect to the item (3) above, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.3    Form of Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.4    Seventh Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 24, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2    2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3    2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4    2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5    Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
10.6        Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.6D    Fourth Amendment and Waiver to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.7    Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7C    Third Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.8†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011

10.10†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A. and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of September 10, 2012
21.1   

List of Subsidiaries

23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2†   

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)

24.1   

Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)

99.1   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on April 26, 2012

99.2   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on June 21, 2012

99.3   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on July 20, 2012

99.4   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 15, 2012

99.5   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 30, 2012

 

To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statements Schedules—All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) For the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

  a. The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (4) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Mateo, State of California, on the        day of                     , 2012.

 

SolarCity Corporation

By:

 

     

  Lyndon R. Rive
  Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Lyndon R. Rive and Robert D. Kelly, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the registration statement filed herewith and any and all amendments to said registration statement (including post-effective amendments and any registration statement for the same offering covered by said registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto), and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done hereby by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

Lyndon R. Rive

  

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

     

Robert D. Kelly

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

     

Peter J. Rive

   Founder, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Director  

     

Elon Musk

   Chairman of the Board of Directors  

     

Raj Atluru

   Director  

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

John H. N. Fisher

   Director  

     

Antonio J. Gracias

   Director  

     

Donald R. Kendall, Jr.

   Director  

     

Nancy E. Pfund

   Director  

     

Jeffrey B. Straubel

   Director  

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock
  4.3      Form of Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock
  4.4      Seventh Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated February 24, 2012
  5.1†    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1      Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2      2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3      2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4      2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5      Office Lease Agreement, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of July 30, 2010
10.5A    First Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 15, 2010
10.5B    Second Amendment to Lease, between Locon San Mateo, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of March 31, 2011
10.6      Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of January 24, 2011
10.6A    First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of May 1, 2011
10.6B    Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of October 19, 2011
10.6C    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.6D    Fourth Amendment and Waiver to Term Loan Agreement between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.7      Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of April 1, 2011
10.7A    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of October 19, 2011


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.7B    Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of March 6, 2012
10.7C    Third Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of June 28, 2012
10.8†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of March 8, 2012
10.9    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert D. Kelly, dated October 6, 2011
10.10†    Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A. and other banks and financial institutions party thereto, dated as of September 10, 2012
21.1      List of Subsidiaries
23.1      Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2†    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1)
24.1      Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement)
99.1    Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on April 26, 2012
99.2    Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on June 21, 2012
99.3    Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on July 20, 2012
99.4    Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 15, 2012
99.5   

Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1, confidentially submitted on August 30, 2012

 

To be filed by amendment.